Chromalox Full Catalog

Chromalox Sales and Application Engineering Offices
V VOLCO COMPANY DD VALIN CORPORATION

CENTRAL AMERICA CHROMALOX (UK) Brazil Trinidad & Tobago
7505 Highway 7 (Seattle Area) AMP House, 2nd Floor TECHNOHEAT MASSY ENERGY
P.O. Box 26363 830 S.W. 34th Street Belize Dingwall Road Ave. Benedito de Lima, 346 ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS LTD.
Minneapolis, MN 55426 Suite E CHROMALOX (UK) Croydon Rio Pequeno - CEP 05376-020 61 Cipero Street
PH: 800-289-4328 Renton, WA 98057-4815 AMP House, 2nd Floor Surrey Sao Paulo - SP San Fernando
952-933-6631 PH: 800-634-5573 CR0 2LX Brazil Trinidad, W.I.
CHROMALOX WORLDWIDE LOCATIONS
Dingwall Road
FX: 952-933-6541 425-282-6030 Croydon United Kingdom PH: 55-11-3714-6256/99763-1541 PH: 1-868-657-8622
(Atkins, IA Area) FX: 425-282-6035 Surrey PH: 44 (0) 208 665 8900 E: raphaelyukio@technoheat.com.br E: shadia.jack@massygroup.com
PH: 800-289-4328 (Alaska Area) CR0 2LX FX: 44 (0) 208 689 0571 Yamasaki@technoheat.com.br
319-446-7245 PH: 800-634-5573 United Kingdom E: uksales@chromalox.com Venezuela
PH: 44 (0) 208 665 8900 OPTEC TECNOLOGIA LTDA. INTECH INSTRUMENTOS Y
FX: 319-446-7246 E: slc@valin.com Web: http://www.chromalox.co.uk Rua Josephina Martinelli da Silva, EQUIPOS C.A.
FX: 44 (0) 208 689 0571
(Omaha, NE Area) Anguilla Nro. 50 Av. Rio Caura
EE VALIN CORPORATION E: uksales@chromalox.com
PH: 800-289-4328 Bermuda Vila Santa Catarina – CEP 04368- Centro Empresarial Torre Humboldt
(Salt Lake City Area) Web: http://www.chromalox.co.uk
402-933-9703 020 Ofic. 04-04
801 W. Robinson Dr., Suite 200 Bonaire
FX:402-933-9726 Costa Rica Sao Paulo - SP Prados del Este
North Salt Lake, UT 84054
Brazil Caracas 1080
DD E: sales@volco.net PH: 801-936-4200 ELECTRO MAZ LTDA. British Virgin Islands
PH: 5511-5678-6211 Venezuela
FX: 801-936-4204 75 Metros Este De La Plywood Grenada
W CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE Colima de Tibás FX: 5511-5678-5859 PH: 58-212-978-4430//978-4433
(Denver Area) (Boise, ID Area) San Jose Martinique FX: 58-212-977-3613
E: locfonseca@optec.com.br
PH:866-856-4437 PH: 208-373-0066 Costa Rica Montserrat Web: www.optec.com.br E: sales@intech-ie.com
FX:866-818-0984 FX: 208-373-7722 PH: 506-2236-9038 St. Barthelemy Web: www.intech-ie.com
E: is@chromalox.com E: slc@valin.com FX: 506-2235-6666 Chile
St. Kit & Nevis AISLANTES Y TECNOLOGIA LTDA INTECH INSTRUMENTOS Y
X CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE FF PROVAN E: misaeljrartavia@gmail.com (SAFE ENERGY) EQUIPOS C. A.
St. Lucia
HH (Dallas Area) Quebec & Ottawa Web: www.mazcr.com San Gerardo 780, Recoleta Puerto La Cruz
PH:972-243-7557 2315 Halpern St. Vincent & The Grenadines Santiago, 8431595 Av. Intercomunal Andres Bello,
FX:972-243-7697 St. Laurent, Quebec H4S 1S3 El Salvador CCMT, Sector Galería,
SERDINSA S.A. DE C.V. Turks & Caicos Islands Chile
HH E: is@chromalox.com PH: 800-361-3370
Col. y Ave. Acolhuatan PH: 562-2621-6006 x-201 Local NG-26, Sector Las Garzas
GG FF Y CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE
514-332-3230
FX: 514-332-3552
Poligono 5, No. 14
SIÈGE SOCIAL, USINE ET STOCK
PRINCIPAL, ETIREX S.A. E: gaguirre@safe-energy.cl
Lecherias, Edo Anzoategui
Ciudad Delgado, San Salvador Venezuela
(Houston Area) Route de Chãteau-Thierry fotaegui@safe-energy.cl
E: info@provan.ca El Salvador PH: 281-286-1122
PH: 281-847-1868 Noyant et Aconin FABRESTEL LTDA FX: 281-286-4971
FX: 281-847-0354 GG K&D PRATT INSTRUMENTATION PH: 503-2276-7523 Soissons Carmen 545, Casilla 398
DD HH E: is@chromalox.com New Brunswick, Newfoundland, FX: 503-2276-2278 Cedex Santiago
E: oriente@intech-ie.com
V Labrador, Nova Scotia, Prince E: serdinsa@gmail.com 02203 Chile
I A Z VALIN CORPORATION Edward Island Web: www.serdinsa.com France PH: 562-222-8473/4144
CC H B (Phoenix Area) 126 Glencoe Drive PH: 33 (0) 3 23 74 39 39 FX: 562-222-2755
8350 S. Kyrene Road Donovan’s Industrial Park Guatemala FX: 33 (0) 3 23 74 39 00
IMPORTACIONES CHAVEZ E: mchavez@fabrestel.cl
J
K G E D
Suite 102 Mt. Pearl, NL A1N 4S9
BB Tempe, AZ 85284 PH: 709-724-7286 13 Ave. 13-12 Condominio E: ventes@chromalox.com Web: www.fabrestel.cl
EE W U L El Frugal 3 Web: http://www.chromalox.fr
T M C PH: 480-496-4222
FX: 480-496-4131
FX: 709-722-6975
Zona 5, Villa Nueva Gaudeloupe
Colombia
E: instrumentation@kdpratt.com Cd. de Guatemala INSTRU ELECTRONIC COLOMBIA S.A.S.
S O N F E: slc@valin.com Guatemala
Martinique Carrera 19, No, 82-33
DD AA Z AA VALIN CORPORATION
HH CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE
PH: 502-4740-7674 Puerto Rico
Ofc. 203
Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba,
X R P (Southern California) Northwest Territories, Nova Scotia, E: wrchavez@hotmail.com M. R. FRANCESCHINI, INC.
Santa Fe De Bogota
Colombia
1701 E. Edinger Avenue, Bldg. J Nunavut, Ontario, Saskatchewan, San Alberto Building PH: 57-1-610-4084/4107
Y Santa Ana, CA 92705 Yukon Territory Honduras 611 Condado Avenue
SUMINISTROS ELECTRICOS S.R.L. FX: 57-1-618-4734 Sales Office
Q PH:714-953-1635 PH: 877-238-4754
2 - 3 Ave. S.E.
San Juan 00907-3819
Puerto Rico E: gloriaf@instruelectronic.com
FX:714-953-2126 FX: 888-292-9607
E: slc@valin.com E: is@chromalox.com
Boulv. Juan Pablo II PH: 787-725-7080/7067 ventas@instruelectronic.com Manufacturing Facilities
Apdo. Postal No. 1913 FX: 787-721-5762 Web: www.instruelectronic.com
BB VALIN CORPORATION San Pedro Sula
E: raulm@mrfpr.com DKP TRADING LTDA
(Northern California) MEXICO Honduras
Web: www.mrfpr.com Calle 34 No. 29-50, Ofc. 301
1941 Ringwood Ave. PH: 504-2557-0657/5519
UNITED STATES & CANADA G CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE N CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE
San Jose, CA 95131
PRECISA FX: 504-2557-3370
Bucaramanga
SOUTH AMERICA
Heat Trace Industrial Heaters Component Technologies
(Cleveland Area) (Charlotte Area) Emma 93 Planta Alta Colombia
PH: 800-707-1337 PH: 704-841-8727 PH:408-730-9850 Colonia Nativitas E: alex.umanzor@selhn.com PH: 577-632-0487
A CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE FX:408-730-1363
(New England Area) FX: 800-707-2335 FX: 704-841-0797 C. P. 03500, Mexico D. F. Web: www.selhn.com CHROMALOX INC. FX: 577-632-0488
PH: 877-468-1569
FX: 877-491-8737
E: is@chromalox.com E: is@chromalox.com E: slc@valin.com
CC VALIN CORPORATION
Central Mexico
Mexico
YPP DE HONDURAS S.A. DE C.V.
Km. 2.6 Autopista a Puerto Cortes
103 Gamma Drive
Pittsburgh, PA 15238
E: ventas@dkptrading.com
Web: www.pktrading.com
& Systems
H DAVE RAY & ASSOCIATES O APPLIED THERMAL SYSTEMS, INC. Q APPLEBEE-CHURCH PH: 52-55-5579-7911//5696-6127 Cholma, Cortes
United States
E: is@chromalox.com 4949 Delmere Avenue 6111 Heritage Park Drive, Suite 2796 Summerdale Drive N. (Portland Area) PH: 412-967-3800 Ecuador
FX: 52-55-5696-6116
Your Local Sales Office
Clearwater, FL 33761 18977 N.E. Portal Way Honduras FX: 412-967-5148
B LIBERTY ELECTRIC SALES, INC. Royal Oak, MI 48073-1086 A-700 PH: 504-2617-8899/8700 PROYECTOS INTEGRALES DEL
PH: 727-726-8334 Portland, OR 97230 E: preci@prodigy.net.mx ECUADOR PIL S.A.
113 Twin Oaks Dr. PH: 248-280-0000 Chattanooga, TN 37416 E: latinamerica@chromalox.com
FX: 248-280-0998 PH: 800-733-8826 800-666-7706 PH: 800-634-5573 TEMPER DE GUADALAJARA ferhandaly@quimicashandal.com Avenida Amazonas N39-82 y Pereira
Syracuse, NY 13206 503-667-9222 Web: www.chromalox.com
PH: 800-777-2345 423-899-9664 FX: 727-726-9663 Fermin Riestra No. 1105 Edificio Casa Vivanco, Septimo Piso
(Kalamazoo Area) FX: 503-667-5840 Guyana
315-437-8100 PH: 269-342-5895 FX: 800-506-7905 E: kmorse@applebeechurch.com Col. Moderna CARIBBEAN Quito
FX: 315-437-0681 (Nashville Area) E: slc@valin.com Guadalajara, Jalisco Paraguay Ecuador
E: sales@georgeinstrument.com (Orlando Area) Mexico CP 44190 CHROMALOX, INC. PH: 593-2-226-3414/0683
(Albany Area) PH: 615-953-0009 (Outside) PH: 407-460-7722 103 Gamma Drive Uruguay
I GORDON HATCH COMPANY, INC. 800-733-8826 (Inside) Guadalajara FX: 593-2-224-5957
PH: 800-777-2345 FX: 727-726-9663 Pittsburgh, PA 15238 CHROMALOX (UK)
N118 W18252 Bunsen Drive FX: 800-506-7905 Mexico E: ventas.ec@pilautomation.com
(Buffalo Area) (Miami Area) PH: 52-33-3613-9236//9235 United States AMP House, 2nd Floor
Germantown, WI 53022 (Jacksonville Area) PH: 1-412-967-3800
PH: 800-777-2345 PH: 800-925-4328 PH: 305-815-7300 FX: 52-33-3613-9241 Dingwall Road French Guiana
PH: 615-953-0009 (Outside) FX: 305-752-4894 FX: 1-412-967-5148 Croydon SIÈGE SOCIAL, USINE ET STOCK
(Rochester Area) 262-253-4800 423-490-1411(Outside) E: jfregaladogdl@tempergdl.com.mx
FX: 877-925-8234 E: latinamerica@chromalox.com Surrey PRINCIPAL, ETIREX S.A.
PH: 800-777-2345 800-733-8826 (Inside) R ROSS & PETHTEL, INC.
262-253-4180 VICSA Web: www.chromalox.com CR0 2LX Route de Chãteau-Thierry
E: info@libertyelectricsales.com FX: 800-506-7905 10905 North Harrell’s Ferry Road Revolucion No. 74 United Kingdom Noyant et Aconin
E: sales@gordonhatch.com Baton Rouge, LA 70816 Antigua & Barbuda Soissons
C FABER ASSOCIATES, INC. (Knoxville Area) Entre G. Madrid & E. Monroy PH: 44 (0) 208 665 8900
PH: 225-273-2202 Colonia Centro Bahamas FX: 44 (0) 208 689 0571 Cedex
1111 Paulison Avenue J CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE PH:423-490-1411 (Outside) FX: 225-273-2297
P.O. Box 2000 (Chicago Area) 800-733-8826 (Inside) Hermosillo, Sonora C.P. 83000 Barbados 02203
E: uksales@chromalox.com
Clifton, NJ 07015 PH: 847-290-6000 FX: 800-506-7905 (Jackson, MS Area) Sonora France
Cayman Islands Web: http://www.chromalox.co.uk
PH: 973-546-7900 FX: 847-290-6070 PH: 601-922-8487 Mexico PH: 33 (0) 3 23 74 39 39
E: heatersales@applied-thermal.com PH: 52-66-22-130582 Dominica Falkland Islands FX: 33 (0) 3 23 74 39 00
Central NJ: 732-572-3434 E: is@chromalox.com E: info@rosspethtel.com
NY: 212-947-4100 P APPLEBEE-CHURCH, INC. FX: 52-66-22-171454 Grenada Suriname E: ventes@chromalox.com
NY: 516-681-9304 K DAVE RAY & ASSOCIATES 3120-H100 Medlock Bridge Road S CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE E: tlopez@vicsa.com.mx Web: http://www.chromalox.fr
(Little Rock Area) Gaudeloupe Argentina
NY: 914-739-7889 (Indianapolis Area) Norcross, GA 30071 FLARGENT S.A.
FX: 973-546-9337 PH: 800-825-9890 PH: 770-368-0030 PH: 855-245-9841 TODO INDUSTRIAL Haiti Chacabuco 271, 10th Floor
Peru
FX: 317-773-0980 FX: 770-449-8489 FX: 412-967-3938 Avenida Verano #308 JARA RESISTENCIAS S.R.L.
Jamaica Buenos Aires
PRODUCT CATALOG
E: info@faberinc.com Fracc. Villas de Imaq Calle Los Olivos Mz. E-1 Lote 14-15
INDUSTRIAL
E: sales@georgeinstrument.com (Birmingham, AL Area) E: is@chromalox.com Argentina
D CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE Reynosa, Tamaulipas U.S. Virgin Islands Asociación Virgen del Carmen
PH: 205-879-4417 Inside T CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE Mexico CP 88780 PH: 5411-5355-2062 Ate Vitarte
(Philadelphia Area) L CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE 205-408-5868 Outside (St. Louis Area) Tamaulipas E: jgrimaux@flargent.com Lima
HEATERS &
PH: 610-647-7880 (Cincinnati Area) FX: 205-408-0401
FX: 610-647-7889 PH: 513-874-6612 PH: 855-245-9841 Mexico Perú
DIAMORE S.A.
FX: 513-874-1575 (Columbia, SC Area) FX: 412-967-3938 PH: 52-899-9267948 PH: 511-351-3060
E: is@chromalox.com Ave. Cobo 1524/28
CONTROLS
PH: 803-772-3142 Inside E: is@chromalox.com FX: 52-899-9267948 FX: 511-494-1159
(Louisville Area) 1406 Buenos Aires
E CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE 803-407-2520 Outside E: storresc@todoindustrial.com E: ventas@jararesistencias.com
PH: 502-426-HEAT U CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE PH: 541-14-921-3049
103 Gamma Drive FX: 803-407-2502 Web: www.jararesistencias.com
(Kansas City Area) COMBUSTION CONTROL Y FX: 541-14-924-2932
Pittsburgh, PA 15238 E: is@chromalox.com (Greenville, SC Area)
PH: 412-967-3940 PH: 855-245-9841 REP. INDUSTRIALES E: martin@diamoresa.com.ar
M CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE PH: 864-627-4328
FX: 412-967-3938 Bonifacio Salinas 5415-6
FX: 412-967-3938 (Richmond Area) FX: 770-449-8489
Torres De Linda Vista
Chromalox USA
E: is@chromalox.com PH: 800-851-4328 E: is@chromalox.com
E: sales@applebeechurch.com Guadalupe, Nuevo Leon
804-755-6007 103 Gamma Drive Phone: (412) 967-3800 email: sales@chromalox.com
F CHROMALOX SALES OFFICE Mexico 67110
FX: 804-755-7443 Mexico Pittsburgh, PA 15238 Fax: (412) 967-5148 www.chromalox.com
(Baltimore Area)
PH: 855-826-7579 E: is@chromalox.com PH: 52-81-83-349530 USA Toll-Free: 1-800-443-2640
FX: 855-826-7582 FX: 52-81-83-794767
E: is@chromalox.com E: combustion.control@yahoo.com
Copyright © 2011, 2015, Chromalox, Inc. All rights reserved. Chromalox and the Chromalox logo are trademarks of Chromalox, Inc. P130-9
Components
Components
COMPONENT
HEATERS
Overview
Component Heaters include the

basic types of heating elements:
• Tubular Elements
• Thin Blade Heaters
• Strip Heaters
• Ring & Disc Heaters
• Band & Nozzle Heaters
• Cartridge Heaters
• Flexible Heaters
• Specialty Heaters
Component heaters may be used by

themselves to solve many heating prob-
lems. They may also be incorporated into
more complex heating systems, providing a
complete thermal solution for your heating
requirements.
Chromalox carries the widest selection of Tubular heating elements perform excep- Thin blade heater elements provide more
standard component heaters in many shapes, tional heat transfer by conduction, convection surface area than standard tubular elements to
sizes and wattages. Chromalox is the “First or radiation to heat liquids, air, gases and offer greater wattage or lower watt densities.
Choice for Thermal Solutions”. surfaces. In most heater assemblies, tubular Select from many sheath materials with watt
element design configurations vary — round, densities to 75 W/in2 and sheath temperatures
Applications triangular, flat press and formed. Bends are as high as 1200°F. Heating elements can be as
made to customer requirements Custom built long as 120" and are capable of being formed
With component heaters, most often the shape
from 0.200" to 0.625" diameters, a multitude into many configurations for heating via im-
and size will be the determining factor in most
of sheath materials with sheath temperature mersion, direct surface contact or convection.
heater applications. Brief descriptions of each
capabilities up to 1600°F, watt densities to fit Three wire construction within the element
heater type follow, with selection guidelines
many applications and up to 690 volts. Avail- provides uniform heating. Available in single
that lead to a detailed description on individual
able with over 20 optional terminations and or 3-phase current terminations with a 120 to
product pages.
many stocked accessories. 240 volt range.
A-1
Components
Components
Application Guidelines
Applications (cont’d.)
Strip/Ring/Disc heating elements are rug- Band heaters grip tightly to cylindrical sur- W/in2 to 200 W/in2 and sheath temperatures to
ged and easy to install for heat transfer by faces to supply uniform heat transfer, critical 1800°F. Optional end seals resist contaminants
conduction or convection to heat liquids, air, to the heater life. Chromalox band heaters and moisture from entering inside the heater.
gases and surfaces with sheath temperatures are flexible and come in one or two-piece Chromalox provides a variety of sizes, wattage
up to 1500°F and watt densities to 35 W/in2. construction for easy installation and removal. ratings, voltages and protective features to
Common applications include drying, melting, They accommodate diameters as small as meet many challenging applications.
baking and curing. Strip heater sizes range 15/16" and as large as 20" and are capable of
from 0.5" wide to 2.5" and lengths to 72" reaching sheath temperatures up to 1500°F. Flexible heaters are very versatile and provide
long. Heaters bolt or clamp to many surfaces. Stainless steel braids and conduit protect solutions to a vast number of low-to-medium
Nested ring heaters can provide concentrated terminations and resist contamination. Com- temperature applications. Heaters are manu-
heat in small areas. Select from many sheath pletely customize your heater by specifying factured with rugged light-weight materials
materials, termination styles, operating tem- exact physical dimensions, material, electric providing chemical and moisture resistance
peratures, sizes, voltages, wattage ratings and ratings and terminations. with operating temperatures to 392°F. Wire
mounting devices. elements are durable and wound precisely
Cartridge heaters are high efficiency heating within the structure for optimal performance.
elements. Diameters of cartridge heaters range A variety of electrical, shape and contour fit-
from 0.25" to 1.25". Watt densities from 25 tings to meet many specifications.
Tubular Heaters — Section Outline Tubular Heaters — Selection Guidelines

Section Page Diameter
Type Sheath (In.) Model Page
Application-Modifications A-7 Round INCOLOY® 0.475 TRI A-13
0.475 TRID A-14
Factory Bending A-8 0.475 TRIW A-14
Terminals A-10 0.430 TRI A-15
0.375 TRI A-16
Customer Bending A-12 0.315 TRI A-17
0.260 TRI A-19
0.246 TRI A-20
0.200 TSSM A-21
Stainless Steel 0.475 TRSS A-22
0.475 TRSSH A-23
0.475 TRSSN A-23
Steel 0.475 TRS A-24
0.475 TRSCD A-24
0.475 TRSC A-25
0.315 TRS A-27
Copper 0.475 TRC A-28
0.475 TRCC A-28
0.315 TRC A-30
Heart Shaped INCOLOY® 0.5 TI A-31
0.375 TI A-33
0.375 RTU A-35
0.375 UTU A-37
0.375 UTU-LT A-40
0.430 UTUA-LT A-41
0.375 URPT A-42
0.375 LMS A-43
Steel 0.5 TS A-44
0.375 TS A-45
Flat Pressed INCOLOY® 0.375, 0.4375 ATS A-47
0.375, 0.4375 ATU A-47
Round/Single End INCOLOY® 0.475 STRI A-48
0.315 STRI A-49
Steel 0.475 STRS A-50
0.315 STRS A-51
Copper 0.475 STRC A-52
0.315 STRC A-53
Hopper Heater INCOLOY® FSRM A-54
Thin Blade Stainless Steel CTB A-55
Mini Tubular MTH A-56
A-2
Components
Components
COMPONENT
HEATERS
Selection Guidelines
Strip, Ring & Disc Heaters — Section Outline Cartridge Heaters — Section Outline
Section Page
Section Page
Application & Features A-57 Application Guidelines A-111
Selection & Installation A-58 Selection Guidelines A-112
Modifications A-59 Installation Recommendations A-113
Accessories A-60 Modifications and Options A-114
Thermocouple Leadwire A-116
Strip, Ring & Disc Heaters — Selection Guidelines
Cartridge Heaters — Selection Guidelines
Type Size (In.) Model Page Type/Sheath Size (In.) Model Page
Strip 1-1/2 OT A-63 INCOLOY ®
1/4 - 3/4 CIR A-117
S & SE A-64 SS 1/8-3/4 C-DD A-124
ST A-65 Brass 15/16 - 1-19/64 C-HD A-125
PT A-65
INCONEL® 600 .495, .685, .935 MZ A-126
TH A-66
Split 3/8 - 1 SST/QST A-128
STTH A-66
Screw Base SCB A-130
Strip 3/4 SN A-67
2-1/2 WS A-67 Sleeve Adapter Accessory A-130
1 SNH A-68 Heavy Duty CTRH A-131
1 NH A-68 Stud Heater CBH A-132
3/4 NS A-69
3/4 NSL A-69
1/2 NSA A-70
1-1/8 SSNHM A-70 Flexible Heaters — Section Outline
1-11/16 SSE A-71 Section Page
1-11/16 SSEM A-71
Overview A-133
Explosion-Proof AEPS A-72
Technical & Applications A-134
Ring A A-73
Selection Guidelines A-136
HSN A-74
HSW A-74 Ordering Guidelines A-140
RHSW A-74
Disc HSP A-75
Mighty-Tuff Strip MIS A-76 Flexible Heaters — Selection Guidelines
Mica Strip MSH A-78
Type Description Model Page
Slicone Rubber General Purpose SL A-137
Enclosure & Air SL-N A-138
Band & Nozzle Heaters — Selection Guidelines SL-B A-139
Silicone Rubber Drum SLDH A-144
Type Size (In.) Model Page Heavy Duty Woven Drum Heaters PHD A-146
One-Piece Band 1-1/2 DB A-80 with Thermostat PHDT A-146
2-1/2 DBW A-81 Thermal Insulation Drum IBG A-147
Two-Piece Band 1-1/2 HB A-82
One-Piece/Mica Ins. MB-1 A-87
Two-Piece/Mica Ins. MB-2 A-90
Ceramic Band CB A-91
Aluma-Flex Band AFH A-97
Mighty-Tuff Band MTB A-104
A-3
Components
Tubular Heaters
Construction In Moving Air — Compression
fittings, factory mounted fittings or
• Up to 172" Lengths (Std.) Chromalox tubular elements are used for prac- brackets will mount a tubular element
tically the entire range of electric resistance in a duct or air heating chamber.
heating applications.
• 75 - 10,000 Watts (Std.) In Moving Air
A metal sheath material is selected. The
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt (Std.) proper size resistance wire for the heating
element is carefully selected and verified by
• 3 - 53 W/In2 (Std.) computer calculations to ensure the longest
service life possible. The high quality resistor
wire is carefully tested and inspected to meet
• Max. Sheath Temp. rigid specifications prior to being coiled. The
• Copper — 350°F resistance wire is then welded to a terminal
pin to assure positive connection. The wire is
• Steel — 750°F centered in a metal sheath and insulated with
high quality magnesium oxide which is highly
• Stainless Steel — 1200°F compacted around it and acts as an electri-
cal insulator. This material readily conducts In Transferring Heat to Metal Parts - Dies,
• INCOLOY® — 1600°F the heat from the coiled resistor to the metal Molds, Platens — The available diameters,
sheath and puts the heat where it is required, lengths, ratings, watt densities, cross-sec-
which results in maximum heater life. tions, and maximum temperatures provide the
The highly compacted magnesium oxide holds solution for a given job.

Applications the terminal pin securely allowing maximum Transferring Heat to Metal
torque of eight inch pounds when tightening
Extremely Versatile Heat Source — Highly
terminal hardware
adaptable, the tubular element, in its many
forms and as a component of Chromalox
packaged heaters and systems, has vastly Terminal Pin Metal
Compacted
increased the scale of electric heating applica- Sheath
Magnesium Oxide
tions. The heaters' mechanical and electrical
flexibility are important to process engineers
and product designers alike, as heating
requirements can be matched accurately
by proper selection from a great variety of Cold Length
element lengths, sheaths, diameters and watt
densities. Helically Coiled Resistor Wire
Product Uniformity — Electric tubular heating Typical Installations

elements provide a method of applying the
exact amount of heat required at a specific In Free Air — For applications like ovens and
area. When used with appropriate temperature drying cabinets, tubular elements are com-
control, product repeatability is assured. pact, rugged heat sources. Their formability
Increased Production — Adding heat to a permits fitting around other oven components
process often leads to increased production. and work protrusions, concentrating heat at
For example, drying time may be reduced by any point.
heating the air or the product being dried.
Chemical and cleaning processes are often In Free Air
more efficient when heated and a more consis- In Liquids — Tubular elements listed may be
tent finished product results. mounted through the side wall of a tank with
compression fittings or by factory mounted
Less Down Time — Chromalox quality tubular fittings.
elements with properly applied watt density
and sheath material will provide long life, less In Liquids
down time and little or no maintenance.
A-4
Components
Tubular Heaters
TUBULAR
Application
Guidelines (cont’d.)
Where air flowing over elements permits use
Liquid Heating of higher watt densities, make sure air flow is
Note — Depth of groove should never exceed
evenly distributed. element diameter to assure positive clamping.
Direct Immersion — Water and water solu-
tions can generally be heated to any desired Allow approximately 1/8" per foot of element Grooves should be machined to the following
temperature. If liquid is under pressure, length for expansion and contraction of ele- tolerences:
temperatures should not exceed the maximum ments (i.e., 24" long element could expand Clamp-On Heating
sheath temperature of the element minus 1/4" when energized).
100°F.
Clamp-On Heating
Note — Heated section of element must be Element
Use watt densities compatible with work 0.003
immersed at all times when energized. Longer 0.015
Dia. Less
cold ends can be provided, if required. temperatures. Refer to Application Guide for 0.008
Tubular Heating of Solids, Liquids, Air & Gas 0.010
Threaded fittings are available for mounting or use curve G-175S in Technical section.
through tank walls. Heaters should be clamped tightly for good
heat transfer but should be allowed to expand WARNING — When insulation is used over
Oil Heating as they heat up. Heaters clamped too tightly elements, an air space must be provided be-
will bow away from the heated surface which tween the elements and insulation. Insulation
Steel sheath elements can be used for heating results in poor heating efficiency and possible should never be in direct contact with heated
oils, heat transfer oils and other solutions not heater failure. It is generally best to tighten the section of elements.
corrosive to steel sheath. middle clamp first to hold the element. Other
clamps should be tightened enough to hold, Application Engineering
Air & Gas Heating but back off 1/2 turn to allow for expansion
and contraction. Is available from direct sales and engineering
Use watt densities compatible with work representatives. The largest, most experienced
temperatures. Refer to Technical section of Heaters should be spaced on approximately
organization of field engineers in the country
this catalog. Heaters mounted horizontally two inch centers minimum.
is ready to help solve any heating problem.
must be supported to avoid sagging at high
Heaters are commonly installed by clamping Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
temperatures.
into machined grooves for better heat transfer. (See back of catalog.)
Proper spacing of supports may vary with
application temperature, element diameter and Tubular Heating Application Guidelines
sheath material. Generally 12 to 18" spacing of Temperature Work Allowable
supports is adequate. Product To Desired Suggested Sheath Temperature Watt Density
Be Heated (°F) Application Material (°F) (W/In2)
Max. Sheath Temperatures Solids
Molds, Platens, Up to 1400 Clamp-On INCOLOY® Up to 300 30
Dies, Pipes, Up to 500 20
To assure maximum life, tubular elements Tanks Up to 800 15
should not be operated beyond the tempera- Up to 1000 10
tures in this tabulation: Up to 1200 7
Up to 1400 2.5
Max. Allowable Liquids
Sheath Material Sheath Temp. (°F) Water, Clean Up to 250 Immersion Copper 250 Up to 802
Copper 350 Up to 550 Immersion INCOLOY® 550 40
Steel 750 Water Solutions, Up to 200 Immersion 304SS 200 50
MONEL® 900 Mild Corrosion1, Up to 200 Immersion INCOLOY® 200 50
Stainless Steel 1200 Corrosive1
INCOLOY® 1600 Oil
INCONEL® 1600 Low Viscosity Up to 180 Immersion Steel Up to 180 23
Med. Viscosity 15
High Viscosity 6.5
Metric Diameter Equivalents Air & Gases
Moving, 9'/sec Up to 1500 In Ducts INCOLOY® 500 40
Inches (±0.005) Millimeter Velocity 800 32
0.5 12.7 1000 25
0.475 12.07 1200 15
0.43 10.92 1500 2
0.375 9.53 Still Up to 1500 Ovens INCOLOY® 700 30
0.315 8 1000 20
0.26 6.6 1200 10
0.246 6.25 1500 2
0.2 5.08 1. See Corrosion Guide in Technical section. 2.VDE - 50 W/In2 max.
A-5
COMPONENTS
Tubular Heaters
Design & Installation
Guidelines
Design Considerations Terminal Selection — Stocked tubulars are Easy Bending — To put heat where it is needed,
shipped with standard terminals, see Terminal tubular elements can be bent to fit most require-
Sheath Material — For resisting corrosion Options in this section. Many other terminals and ments. See following pages for customer bend-
inherent in the process or environment and for terminal end seals are available made to order. ing and factory bending details. Bending should
withstanding the sheath temperature required — be done around a smooth round object such as
Standard sheath materials are INCOLOY®, steel, CAUTION — Protect terminals from possible a piece of pipe. For minimum bending radii, see
copper and stainless steel (type 304). Other contamination from surrounding atmospheres Bending Guidelines.
types of stainless steel, MONEL®, titanium and such as oil fumes, chemical vapors from other
INCONEL® are available. processes, moisture, weather, etc. MgO insula- Triangular Cross-Section
tion is hygroscopic.
Job Requirements — The calculation of total These unique cross-sectioned elements are
heat requirements for an application is outlined Vacuums — Tubular heaters operate at higher specially designed for high element surface
in Technical section. For assistance, contact your temperatures in a vacuum because there is no air temperature applications, and wherever extreme
Local Chromalox field sales engineer who will to take away the heat. Therefore, watt densities rigidity is required.
be glad to contribute his judgement, experience are recommended to be 20 to 30% lower. It is
and knowledge in solving your heating problem. recommended terminals of the element be kept Triangulation — A patented extra step by
outside of the vacuum. Chromalox to increase insulation density and
After the specific heater size and rating has been maximize heat transfer and operating life. This
tentatively selected, the watt density must be Code Compliance — Chromalox manufac- method of compaction increases uniformity of
checked against the curves in Technical section. tures the highest quality heaters and con- resistance wire spacing to help eliminate hot
trols and, where applicable, in compliance and cold spots. It also increases the rigidity
If the heater selected has a watt density higher with such codes as the Canadian Standards of the element, which is an advantage in some
than stipulated by the curve, consider these Association (CSA), Underwriters Laborato- applications.
alternatives: ries Inc. (UL) and Verification of Devices for
Europe Testing and Certification Institute (VDE) The terminal ends of these elements are re-
1. Use more heaters of a lower watt density rounded to facilitate the use of threaded fittings
to obtain the required kW capacity. and CE.
or other mounting methods.
2. Reduce the kW capacity needed by Installation Guidelines The heart shaped cross-section is recommended
reducing heat losses and/or allowing for for certain heavy duty applications. It has added
a longer heat-up time. Wiring — Must be in accordance with The Na- structural strength, achieved through die press-
tional Electrical Code (NEC). It is important to ing, which resists deform-ation or sagging
Watt Densities — The watt density of the use the correct wire gauge to carry the amperage when installed in the flow of high velocity air
element, or watts per square inch of element required. A wire not large enough can overheat, or thick oils and compounds, or in high surface
heated area, should be low for heating asphalt, become brittle and break. The ambient tempera- temperature air heating.
molasses and other thick substances with low ture must also be considered in choosing the
heat transferability. It can be higher for heating correct type of wire and insulation. Make sure
air, metals, liquids and other heat-conducting wiring to terminals is tight. Keep terminals away
materials. See curves in Technical section for from heat, if possible. (For higher temperatures,
A
determining allowable watt densities. contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.)
G Heated Length G
When high operating temperatures are needed, Mounting Methods — Elements can be supplied B
watt density must be limited in order not to with threaded fittings for mounting thru walls E E
exceed the maximum sheath temperature. Watt of tanks, ovens, etc. Compression threaded fit-
density is given in the specifications for each tings are also available for easy field installation. F F
tubular heater. Rings, clips, brackets and washers can also be
attached to elements for mounting purposes.
In general, a viscous material with low thermal C
D
Terminal
Insulation
conductivity requires a low watt density. Higher Size
watt densities can be used with thinner liquids
and with materials of high thermal conductivity.
Premature loss of the element due to excessive
temperature may result if the material’s heat- Dimensions (In.) Terminal
take-away ability is low. Also, the material may Sheath Material A B C D E F G Size
be charred, carbonized or its chemical makeup Copper 1 1 3/8 21/64 3-3/8 1-1/2 1±1/16 #10-32
altered by overheating. Steel or INCOLOY® 1 1 3/8 21/64 3-3/8 1-1/2 1±1/16 #10-32
Copper, Steel or INCOLOY® 1 1 1/2 15/32 3-7/16 2-1/2 13/16±1/16 #8-32
1. See complete heater dimensions in table on product pages.
A-6
COMPONENTS
Tubular Heaters
TUBULAR
Modifications
Repressed Bends — Tubulars can be bent
World Leader in the Manufacture of Electric to tighter radii at the factory. Bends are then
Heating Elements — Chromalox offers the In addition, titanium and other 300 series stain-
repressed to ensure re-compaction of insula- less steel sheaths are available upon request. For
most complete line of tubular heaters available. tion for long life. Customer bending on larger
Standard diameters are: applications requiring other materials, contact
radii does not require repressing. (See Factory your Local Chromalox Sales office.
}
Standard Cross-Section Bending Guidelines in this section).
Diameters Views Cold Section — Longer cold ends can be sup-
Sheath Length — Larger diameter heaters can plied, as required, up to 20 inches. For longer
0.2 be made in unspliced lengths up to 40 feet.
0.246 cold ends, contact your Local Chromalox Sales
0.260 This eliminates the need for a spliced joint which office.
0.315 Round
0.375
is always a possible weak point that might cause Factory Bending — Tighter bends can be made
0.43 premature heater failure. at the factory.
0.475 Max. Heater
}
Triangular Element Dia. (In.) Length (Ft. ± 1%) Tubular heaters can be formed to many different
3/8”
1/2” (heart shape) 0.2 10 shapes to suit your application. This is done by
specially designed bending tools and repressing
0.246 30
}
dies for bending on many different radii.
3/8” 0.315 30
7/16” Flat Pressed 0.375 30 Additional Features — Many additional features
are available for the difficult jobs which require
0.43 40
custom designed elements employing Chro-
0.475 40 malox's vast engineering experience.
Round Cross Section — Highly adaptable where
elements must be bent — particularly if bending 3/8 17±1/8"
is performed in the field. 1/2 17±1/8
Single Ended 10
Triangular Cross Section — Patented process Threaded Fittings
produces elements with the closest possible Terminal Construction — Many choices to suit
dimensional control. your application. Tubular elements generally
have a terminal for electrical connection at each
Triangulated Cross Section — Flat pressed. end. Single end construction has both terminals Nickel Plated
Patented process provides large contact area at the same end. Steel Washer
for clamp-on applications. This means more ef-
ficient heat transfer, fewer elements since higher UL and CSA — Chromalox tubular heaters can
element ratings may be employed. be furnished as UL Recognized and CSA Certified
components with the addition of a terminal end A
Voltage or Wattage — Heaters can be made seal. Terminal end seals can be added to stock Gasket Washer
for operation on any voltage and rated at any elements and shipped in one week. (UL File
wattage suitable for the application within E198480, Guide UBJY2, CSA File 40859). Use Welded or
practical limits. For voltages higher than 480V, “end seal/moisture barrier” in place of end seal. Brazed Ring
specify high voltage terminal construction. See
Component section Tubular Heater (0.475 or VDE and CE — Chromalox tubular heaters can
1/2" diameter only). be furnished as VDE Certified and CE certified.
Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
Special Wattage Distribution — Heaters can
be made with higher wattages toward the end of Wide Choice of Sheath Materials — Available B
the heated section to help offset losses in certain to meet a wide variety of applications. Standard
applications. Check with your Local Chromalox sheath materials are: INCOLOY®, steel, type
Sales office for additional information. 304 and 316 stainless steel, copper, INCONEL®
and MONEL®.
Tubing — Standard industrial grade wall thick-
ness:
Max. Wall Dimensions (In.)
Element Fitting Mtg. Hole Thickness Thrd. Size
Dia. (In.) Material Dia. (In.) (In.) F A B
0.246 Brass 13/32 7/32 3/8 - 24 15/32 7/8
0.315 Brass 15/32 5/16 7/16 - 28 13/16 7/8
3/8 Brass 17/32 5/16 1/2 - 28 13/16 7/8
1/2-0.475 Brass 21/32 5/16 5/8 - 24 13/16 1
0.246 Steel 13/32 7/32 3/8 - 24 15/32 7/8
0.315 Steel 15/32 5/16 7/16 - 28 13/16 7/8
3/8 Steel 17/32 5/16 1/2 - 28 13/16 7/8
1/2-0.475 Steel 21/32 5/16 5/8 - 24 13/16 1
0.246 Stainless Steel 13/32 7/32 3/8 - 24 15/32 7/8
0.315 Stainless Steel 15/32 5/16 7/16 - 28 13/16 7/8
3/8 Stainless Steel 17/32 5/16 1/2 - 28 13/16 7/8
1/2-0.475 Stainless Steel 21/32 5/16 5/8 - 24 13/16 1
A-7
COMPONENTS
Tubular
Figure 1 Figure 2
Heaters B
Factory Bending Dia.
Guidelines
R Dia. A
R
L
L
Note — OAL represents overall length.

OAL = 2L + 1.14R - 0.43" Dia. OAL = 2L - 0.86R - 1.43" Dia. + A
Figure 3 Figure 4
R1 Dia.
R1 Dia. A
R2
B1 A
L
B2
R2 R1
C
B H
L1
L2
OAL = 2H - 0.86R2 - 2.86" Dia. + 2A + 1.14R1 OAL = 2L2 + 1.14R1 - 1.29" Dia. + 2L1 + 1.14R2
Factory Minimum Bends for Tubular Heaters

Element Dia. Inside Dimensions (In.)1
& Sheath R1,2,3 A B1,2 C Inside D E
∆
1/2" INCOLOY® 5 3/4 1-3/8 1 1-1/2 5 8
Steel & Copper 1/2 1-3/8 1 1-1/2 8 6
0.475" INCOLOY® 3/4 1-3/8 1 1-1/2 3 8
Steel & Copper 1/2 1-3/8 1 1-1/2 3 6
0.430" INCOLOY® 7/16 1-3/8 1 1 3 8
Steel & Copper 7/16 1-3/8 1 1 3 6
∆ 3/8" INCOLOY® 5 9/16 1-3/16 1 1-1/2 3-3/4 5
Steel & Copper 3/8 1-3/16 1 1-1/2 6 3
0.375" INCOLOY® 3/8 1-3/16 1 1 2-5/8 5
Steel & Copper 3/8 1-3/16 1 1 2-5/8 3
0.315" INCOLOY® 9/16 1-3/16 1 1-1/2 2 5
Steel & Copper 5/16 1-3/16 1 1-1/2 2 3
0.260" INCOLOY® 1/4 1-1/8 1 1-7/8 5
Steel & Copper 1/4 1-1/8 1 1 1-7/8 3
0.245" INCOLOY® 3/8 1-1/16 1 1-3/16 1-1/2 5
Steel & Copper 1/4 1-1/16 1 1-3/16 1-1/2 3
0.200" INCOLOY® 1/4 1/4 1 3/4 1-1/4 5
To Order — Specify model, PCN, volts, watts, special features, if required, and quantity.
Specify for Factory Formed Tubulars:
A. Figure number.
B. A, B1,2, C, D, E, H, J, K, L1,2 and R1,2,3 dimension as required.
C. N - number of turns, Dia. - Element Diameter- aid < - angle as required.
D. Material for threaded fittings.
E. Special terminal type.
F. Position of crown (flat side) of element (TC, TI, TS only).
G. Submit sketch with special details.
Notes —
1. These are general guidelines only. Special dimensions and configurations
are possible. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
2. A dimension can be less if no fittings are required.
3. C dimension may need to be greater if special fittings are used.
4. E dimension is a minimum when R dimension is less than customer
minimum bending radius.
5. Heart Shaped cross-section only.
A-8
COMPONENTS
Tubular Heaters
TUBULAR
Factory Bending
Guidelines (cont’d.)
Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7
L1
R1 R3
Dia. Dia.
R1 R2 R4
Dia. B1 R1
R2 H
R2 B2
B1 A R1 H A B A
R3 R3 R4 C I
B2 C R2 R1
R1 B H C
R1 I X = No. L1 L2
L1 L2 Outside
L3 Hairpins
L2
OAL = 2L2 + 2H + 2I + 2L3(X-1) - 0.86R3 - 0.86R4 - 4.86Dia. + OAL = 2H + 0.86R3 - 0.86R4 - 6.15Dia.
OAL = 2H + 0.86R3 - 3.72Dia. + 2L1 + 2L2 + 2.28R1 + 1.14R2 1.14R1(X) + 1.14R2(X-1) - (2X-1)0.43Dia. + 2I + 2L1 + 2.28R1 + 1.14R2
R1 A
R Dia. A L
E Dia. J
L2
R A
<.
D B2
R2
B
B B1
L1
OAL = 0.0175(<.)(2D/2 + Dia.) + 1.14R + 0.43Dia. OAL = 2L + 3.42R - 1.29Dia. + 2E OAL = 2L1 + 2.28R2 - 1.29Dia. + 2L2 + 1.14R1

Dia.
H
K
Dia.
D C
J
L
C
D A
R
D
C
R Dia.
OAL = (D + Dia.)3.14 + 1.14R + 2C + 3.71Dia. - A OAL = (D + Dia.)3.14 + 1.14R + 2H + 3.28Dia. - A OAL = [(D + Dia.)(3.14)(Number of 360°’s)] + 2C

K A
J C L1
R2 I R2
R1 C
L1 H
View A View B L2 B1 C A
Dia. Dia. B2 B1
D H R1 Dia.
D
Dia.
B2
A A L2
OAL = [(D + Dia.)(3.14)(No. 360°’s)] + (D/2) + K + C OAL = 2H + 2L2 + 2L1 - A - 1.72R1 - 0.86R2 - 6.29Dia. OAL = 2L2 + 2H - A - 2.28R1 - 0.86R2 - 3.29Dia.
A-9
A-9
COMPONENTS
Tubular Heaters
Terminal Options
Standard, Alternate and Moisture Resistant Terminals
Sheath Sheath
Dia. Max. Dia. Max.
Type Description (In.) Volts Type Description (In.) Volts
Standard Terminals
3 0.315
0.375
480
480
28 1/4
0.246
0.25
240
240
1/4 3/ Mica
Mica 0.43 480 0.26 240
0.475 480
1 3/
1
Sheath Dia. Per Tab Sheath Dia. Per Tab
Welded on threaded pin (#10-32), nut Welded on threaded pin (#8-32), nut
and washer and washer
4 Mica
0.43
0.475
480
480
34 0.2 240
1/4
0.5 480
Sheath Dia. Per Tab Sheath Dia.

Per Tab 1/
Threaded terminal pin (#8-32), nut

and washer Leadwire with sleeving, #6 Connector
8 0.246
0.25
240
240
STRI /
STRS/
0.315
0.475
240
480
0.26 240 STRC 1
Sheath Dia. Per Tab 0.315 240
0.375 240
0.43 240
0.475 240
1/4
3/4 1/
Terminal connector - 5/16" long, Single-end tubular termination, 10"
#10-32 machine screw leadwire
Alternate Terminals
23 0.43
0.475
600
600
30 Sheath Dia.
All 240
1/ Per Tab 1/4
0.5 600
Mica
1/
Sheath Dia. Per Tab
Threaded terminal pin (#8-32), nut 3/4

and washer Ark-Les R Connector
24 1/4
0.43
0.475
600
600
30R Sheath Dia. Per Tab
All 240
Mica 1/4
0.5 600
3/4 1/
13/1
/1
Threaded terminal pin (#8-32), nut
and washer Right-angle Ark-Les Connector R
25 3/4
0.246
0.25
240
240
37 0.315
0.375
240
240
11/3 0.26 240 0.43 480
3/4 1
0.315 240 1/4 0.475 480
3/
0.375 240
0.43 240
Sheath Dia. 0.475 240 3/4
Per Tab .31 .3 .43 .4
1/4
Extra mechanical strength
5/16" Long #10-32 Bolt with nut # 8-32 thread
A-10
COMPONENTS
Tubular Heaters
TUBULAR
Terminal Options (cont’d.)
Standard, Alternate and Moisture Resistant Terminals
Sheath Sheath
Dia. Max. Dia. Max.
Type Description (In.) Volts Type Description (In.) Volts
Alternate Terminals (cont.d)
38 Dia. (In.) A 0.315
0.375
480
480
48 7/8 0.246
0.25
240
240
0.315 3/8 1/4
0.43 480 0.26 240
0.375 1/2
0.43, 0.475 9/16
0.475 480 5/16 0.315 240
0.375 240
Sheath Dia. Per Tab
0.475 240
A
,
Narrow profile terminal connector
1-5/8 5/16" Long #10-32 or #8-32
Leadwire type terminal machine screw.
47-L 0.315
0.375
480
480
49/50 Ceramic Spacer 7/8 0.315
0.43
480
480
0.43 480 0.475 480
0.475 480 13/32 0.5 480
1-3/4 1/2 Silicone Bushing
7/16
12
Silicone bushing/ceramic disc seal,
epoxy/RTV/silicone resin can be placed
under bushing (type 49, #8-32 thread/
105°C leadwire, silicone sleeving type 50, #10-32 thread)
47-M 0.315
0.375
480
480
53 Sheath Dia. Per Tab #10-32
0.315
0.375
480
480
0.43 480 0.43 480
0.475 480 0.475 480
1-3/4 1/2
Ceramic Bushing
12
1-1/8
200°C leadwire, silicone sleeving Air set cement, >700˚F temp

Moisture Resistant Terminals Note: Type 26 is the only Hermetic Seal, all others are Barriers.
13 1-3/4 0.246
0.25
240
240
39/40 13/16
0.43 480
0.475 480
15/32 0.26 240 1/4 5/16 1/4 0.5 480
0.315" Dia. and Smaller 0.315 300
0.375 480
2 0.43 480
#8-32
3/4 0.475 480 Sheath Dia. Ceramic Bushing
0.375" Dia. and Larger
0.5 550 Per Tab
EPDM rubber vulcanized to sheath Epoxy, 194°F max. temp., (type 39)
and leadwire, max. temp. 220˚F RT V, 350°F max. temp., (type 40)
26 Sheath Dia. Per Tab
#10-32
0.315
0.375
240
480
42 0.475 480
1-7/8 Silicone
0.43 480 Rubber Boot
1-7/8 1/4-28 0.5 480
0.375" Dia.
and Smaller
16 Gauge Lead Wire
0.43" Dia. 1/2
and Larger 2-1/8 14
Hermetic seal, 1000˚F max. Silicone rubber boot potted with RTV
element temp. sealant, 0.475" dia. single-end only
39/40 0.315
0.375
480
480
V V Seal (284˚F) 0.26 480
Sheath 1/4 13/32 #10-32 to
Dia. Per Tab 0.43 480 VP V Seal Plus (392˚F)
0.475
A A Seal (Sheath Limit)
Ceramic Bushing RX Seal (600˚F)

1 G Seal (1100˚F)
Epoxy, 194°F max. temp., (type 39)
RT V, 350°F max. temp., (type 40)
A-11
COMPONENTS
Tubular Heaters
Customer Bending Customer Bending
& Accessories Simple element configurations can be made section, see dimensions for the element on
easily in the field from stocked tubulars listed its catalog page and determine as follows:
Brackets, Discs & Clips Example — To locate end of cold section of
in this catalog. If copper or stainless sheaths
Brackets, Discs and Clips — Various types of are selected, specify “To be fully annealed TRI-1645 tubular element, refer to the indi-
brackets and clips can be fastened to the heaters for bending.” Elements can be bent around any vidual product page. Sheath length: 16" Less
to facilitate installation. The following are typical. round, smooth surface of the right diameter. heated length: 9-1/8" Total cold length: 6-7/8"
Cold length of each end (6-7/8" ÷ 2) = 3-7/16"
For other brackets to meet your installation Three precuations should be observed to prevent
requirements, contact your Local Chromalox damage to the element: Terminal end bending can be done with pipe
Sales office. section of slightly larger diameter than sheath.
1. Radius of the round object, around which A minimum 1" straight section should be left at
the element is bent, should be no smaller the end. Note — To protect sheath, copper sheet
than the minimum radius for the element, can be bolted to vise jaws and end of pipe can
4-1/2" 4-1/2"
3-3/8" 3-3/8" as shown in the table below. be filed to remove sharp edge.
2. Sharp edges of tools should not be permitted Before bending, it is best to lay out and dimen-
3/4" 3/4" to gouge the element sheath while bending. sion the configuration. Also, it is best to start
31/32" 31/32" bending from the center of the heater and work
1-15/16" 1-7/16" 1-15/16" 1-1/2" 3. End of cold section of the element should not
toward the terminal ends.
fall within the bend nor come within 1/4" of
Flange - Support Flange - Support either side of the bend. To locate end of cold
0.315" Element 0.475" Element
Customer Bending — Min. Inside Radius (In.)

Sheath Degree
7/16" Material of Bend 1/2" 0.475" 0.430" 3/8" 0.375" 0.315" 0.26" 0.246" 0.2"
Copper 90 3-1/2 1-1/2 1-5/16 2-5/16 1-1/8 15/16 7/8 3/4 Not Std.
180 3-1/2 1-1/2 1-5/16 2-5/16 1-1/8 15/16 7/8 3/4 Mat.
1-1/2" O.D. Steel 90 2-1/2 1-1/2 1-5/16 1-7/8 1-1/8 15/16 7/8 3/4 in this
180 2-1/2 1-1/2 1-5/16 1-7/8 1-1/8 15/16 7/8 3/4 Dia.
Elements are on Alloy 90 2-1/2 1-1/2 1-5/16 1-7/8 1-1/8 15/16 7/8 3/4 5/8
1" Dia. Bolt Circle 180 2-1/2 1-1/2 1-5/16 1-7/8 1-1/8 15/16 7/8 3/4 5/8
5/32" 1. For radii smaller than shown, special processing is required to achieve good life
Disc Clip-Anchor qualities. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
Compression Fittings
Field Installed Compression Fittings — For
0.475, 0.315 and 0.246" diameter elements.
Available in both brass and steel, these fittings Leave 1" Min.
have been tested to 600 psi hydrostatic pres- Straight Section
sures and may be used in tank walls for liquid at Terminal End
immersion as well as in air ducts and a variety
of other applications.
1/4
Compression fittings do not require brazing and R 1/4
can be field mounted in minutes. They may be
positioned anywhere along the cold section of
the heating element. Do not position over heated End of Heated Section Must Not Be Within These Two Points
section. Cannot be installed over terminal Type Terminal End Bending
#26 (Hermetic Seal), and some other terminals
wider than sheath diameter.
Dimensions (In.) Thread Size
Tank Wall Compression Assembled
Nut Elem. Mtg. Hole Max. Wall Overall
Hex Nut Gasket Material 1
Dia. Dia. Thickness Length F G PCN
Fitting
Brass 0.246 13/32 7/32 1-7/16 3/8-24 1/2-24 144151
Brass 0.315 15/32 5/16 1-1/2 7/16-28 1/2-24 144143
Brass 0.475 21/32 5/16 2 5/8-24 3/4-24 144135
Steel 0.246 13/32 7/32 1-3/4 3/8-24 1/2-24 143474
Ferrule Steel 0.315 15/32 5/16 1-3/4 7/16-28 1/2-24 143466
Thread F Thread G Steel 0.475 21/32 5/16 2-1/8 5/8-24 3/4-24 143458
Washer
Compression Fittings for 0.475, 0.315 and 0.246" To Order—Specify PCN, material, element diameter and quantity. Available in pairs only.
Diameter Elements for Installation in the Field. 1. Available only in brass and steel at this time.
A-12
COMPONENTS
TEH
TUBULAR
Tubular Enclosure
and Switchgear
Heaters
• Several Standard Models in
Stock
• UL and CSA Component

Recognized
• Optional Adjustable Ambient

Thermostat 0-107°F
(-18 to 42°C)
• Custom Designs Available 3-1/2” (89.1)

8-9/16” (216.9)
1-1/2”
(38.1)
1-1/4” (31.8)
Description Features
Type TEH Tubular Enclosure Heaters and Gen- • Element construction features Nichrome A
eral Purpose Air Heaters are used for freeze resistance wire, high grade MgO and INCOLOY
protection and condensate protection in electri- sheath to ensure long life
cal enclosures and switchgear. They can also • Moisture resistant terminal seal
be installed in equipment to keep mechanical
components functioning in applications such as • Standard Wattages to 400 watts, higher cus-
valve enclosures and line metering. tom wattages available
• Multiple enclosure configurations for versatile
mounting
Applications • Optional ambient sensing adjustable thermo-
stat
Freeze or condensate protection in enclosures
containing mechanical and electronic equipment, • Standard 8-32 Screw terminals or 1/4” Quick
such as: temperature control panels, control Disconnect for lead wire connection
valve housings, ATMs, traffic signal boxes, and • Galvanized sheet metal cover to prevent cor-
line metering enclosures. rosion
• Optional terminal cover to prevent incidental
contact
A-1
COMPONENTS
TEH
Tubular Enclosure
and Switchgear
Heaters (cont’d.)
Determining Minimum Recommended Wattage
Total Surface Area Ft2 (m2)
˚F/˚C
Above 2 3 4 5 6 7.5 9 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
Ambient (0.19) (0.28) (0.37) (0.46) (0.56) (0.7) (0.84) (0.93) (1.39) (1.86) (2.32) (2.79) (3.72) (4.65)
Uninsulated Enclosures
20 30 40 55 70 80 100 120 135 205 270 335 405 540 670
40 55 80 110 135 160 200 245 270 405 540 670 805 1,075 1,340
60 90 120 160 205 245 300 365 405 605 805 1,005 1,210 1,610 2,010
80 110 160 215 270 325 400 485 540 805 1,075 1,340 1,610 2,145 2,680
100 135 200 270 335 405 500 605 670 1,005 1,340 1,675 2,010 2,680 3,350
120 165 240 320 405 485 600 725 805 1,210 1,610 2,010 2,415 3,220 4,020
140 190 280 375 470 565 700 845 940 1,410 1,880 2,345 2,815 3,775 4,690
Insulated Enclosures
20 10 10 15 20 20 25 30 35 50 65 80 100 130 160
40 15 20 30 35 40 50 60 65 100 130 160 195 260 320
60 20 30 55 50 60 75 90 100 145 195 240 290 385 480
80 30 40 55 65 80 100 115 130 195 260 320 320 515 640
100 35 50 65 80 100 125 145 160 240 320 400 400 640 800
120 40 60 80 100 115 150 175 195 290 385 480 480 770 960
140 45 70 90 115 135 175 205 225 340 450 560 560 900 1,120
Stock Parts list

Without Thermostat With Thermostat
Volts Watts PCN Model PCN Model

120 100 058616 TEH-A-100W-120V-O-O-O-D 058739 TEH-A-100W-120V-O-O-A-T
240 350 058704 TEH-A-350W-240V-O-O-O-T 058827 TEH-A-350W-240V-O-O-A-T
Notes:
1. 8-32 Screw Terminals are Standard on Stock Parts
2. Type "A" Enclosure Standard on Stock Parts
3. Models "With Thermostat" include 0-107°F (-18 to 42°C) adjustable ambient thermostat.
A-2
COMPONENTS
TEH
Model
TEH
TUBULAR
Code Enclosure Type
Tubular Enclosure A
B
Base with U-Shaped Mounting
Base with L-Shaped Mounting
and Switchgear C Base with Mounting Brackets
Heaters (cont’d.) D Top

Code Power (Watts)
XXXW
Code Voltage (Volts)
24 24 V
Notes: 120 120 V
1. Enclosure type “C” includes mounting bracket 208 208 V
option “S”. 240 240 V
2. Heaters with enclosure type "D" are designed to be Code Terminal Cover
mounted on top of those with enclosure type "C". O None
See instructions for details.
T Included
3. Standard models available in 25 W increments up
to 400W max. Code Mounting Brackets
4. Thermostat option only available with type A O None
enclosure. S Included (See note 1)
5. For custom designs, including voltages, watt- Code Thermostat
ages, and configurations with preset thermostats. O None
contact sales.
A Adjustable
P Preset
Code Terminal Type
T 8-32 Terminals (Std.)
D 1/4" Quick Disconnect
TEH- A- 200W- 120V- T- S- A- T Typical Model Number
Terminal Configurations Element Closure Configurations

8-32 Screw Terminals
1/4" Quick Connect

Type A Type B
Terminal Cover
Type D
Type C
*See specification data sheet for full dimensions Type A with Thermostat
(SDS- PB301)
A-3
Components
TRI
TUBULAR
.475" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
Dimensions
• INCOLOY® Sheath
13/16 A ± 1% 13/16
• 450 - 4,750 Watts
B
• 120 and 240 Volt
• 30 W/In2
0.475" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath
• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp. All Dimensions in Inches
Applications Features

Versatile tubular elements can be designed for Type 4 Terminals — Standard. Integral parts
use in most applications. See guidelines in the of the element are of high strength to resist
Tubular Heater Overview section. bending during tightening of the wiring con-
nections. Type 4 is threaded extension of the
Advantages cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the
The metal sheath isolates and protects the re- Tubular Heater Overview section.
sistor wire from the environment. At the same Work Temperatures — See Tubular Heater
time, it maximizes heat transfer capability to Overview section.
the work. Tubular elements can be bent to put
the heat where it works best. Bending — Customer’s minimum inside
bending radius is 1-1/2". See bending require
-ments in the Tubular Heater Overview section.
Specifications and Ordering Information
Dimensions (In.) INCOLOY® Sheath
Sheath Wt.
Watts Volts W/In2 A Heated B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
450 120 30 16 9-1/8 TRI-1645 NS 281316 0.5
540 120 30 18 11-1/8 TRI-1845 NS 281324 0.5
635 120 30 20 13-1/8 TRI-2045 NS 281332 0.5
750 120 30 23 16-1/8 TRI-2345 NS 281340 0.5
750 240 30 23 16-1/8 TRI-2345 NS 281359 0.5
825 240 30 25 18-1/8 TRI-2545 NS 281367 0.7
900 240 30 27 20-1/8 TRI-2745 NS 281375 0.9
1,000 120 30 28 21-1/8 TRI-2845 NS 175716 1
1,000 240 30 28 21-1/8 TRI-2845 NS 281383 1
1,100 240 30 30 23-1/8 TRI-3045 NS 281391 1
1,200 240 30 32 25-1/8 TRI-3245 NS 281404 1.1
1,275 240 30 34 27-1/8 TRI-3445 NS 281412 1.1
1,350 240 30 36 29-1/8 TRI-3645 NS 281420 1.2
1,500 120 30 40 33-1/8 TRI-4045 NS 175724 1.3
1,500 240 30 40 33-1/8 TRI-4045 NS 281439 1.3
1,725 240 30 44 37-1/8 TRI-4445 NS 281447 1.4
1,800 240 30 46 39-1/8 TRI-4645 NS 281455 1.6
1,950 240 30 50 43-1/8 TRI-5045 NS 281463 1.8
2,000 240 30 54-1/4 47-3/8 TRI-5445 NS 281471 1.8
2,250 240 30 58 51 TRI-5845 NS 281244 1.8
2,500 120 30 60 53 TRI-6045 NS 175732 1.8
2,500 240 30 60 53 TRI-6045 NS 281252 1.8
2,750 240 30 66 59 TRI-6645 NS 281260 1.8
3,000 240 30 70 63 TRI-7045 NS 281279 1.8
3,125 240 30 74 67 TRI-7445 NS 281287 1.8
3,250 240 30 78 71 TRI-7845 NS 281295 1.8
3,500 240 30 85 78 TRI-8545 NS 281308 2.3
4,000 240 30 100 93 TRI-10045 NS 281480 3.3
4,500 240 30 108 101 TRI-10845 NS 281498 3.3
4,750 240 30 112 105 TRI-11245 NS 281500 3.3
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
To Order—Specify model, PCN, watts, volts and quantity.
A-13
Components
TRID & TRIW

.475" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
• INCOLOY® Sheath Dimensions
• 1,000 - 7,500 Watts

13/16 A ± 1% 13/16
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt B
• 19 and 22 W/In2 (type TRID)
• 40 W/In2 (type TRIW)

All Dimensions in Inches
• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp.
Applications Dimensions (In.) INCOLOY® Sheath
Versatile tubular elements can be designed for Wt.
use in most applications. See guidelines in the Watts Volts W/In2 Sheath A Heated B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Tubular Heater Overview section. TRID — 22 W/In2
1,000 240 22 40 28-1/8 TRID-4065 NS 143722 1.3
1,000 480 22 40 28-1/8 TRID-4065 NS 143730 1.3
Advantages 1,250 240 22 43-9/16 31-11/16 TRID-4365 NS 143749 1.5
1,250 480 22 43-9/16 31-11/16 TRID-4365 NS 175740 1.5
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 1,500 240 22 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRID-5465 NS 143757 1.8
resistor wire from the environment. At the 1,500 480 22 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRID-5465 NS 143765 1.8
2,000 240 22 70 58-1/8 TRID-7065 NS 143773 1.8
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability 2,000 480 22 70 58-1/8 TRID-7065 NS 143781 1.8
to the work. Tubular elements can be bent to 2,500 240 22 85 73-1/8 TRID-8565 NS 143790 2.3
put the heat where it works best. 2,500 480 22 85 73-1/8 TRID-8565 NS 143802 2.3
3,000 240 22 100 88-1/8 TRID-10065 NS 143810 3.3
3,000 480 22 100 88-1/8 TRID-10065 NS 143829 3.3
Features
3,334 240 22 108 96-1/8 TRID-10865 NS 143837 3.3
4,167 240 22 134 122-1/8 TRID-13465 NS 143845 4.3
Type 4 Terminals — Standard. Integral parts 5,000 240 22 160 148-1/8 TRID-16065 NS 143853 6
of the element are of high strength to resist TRID — 19 W/In2
bending during tightening of the wiring con- 1,667 240 19 70 54-3/8 TRID-7085 NS 177560 1.8
nections. Type 4 is threaded extension of the 2,225 240 19 91-3/4 76 TRID-9285 NS 177578 2.3
2,778 240 19 108 92-3/8 TRID-10885 NS 177586 3.3
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the TRIW — 40 W/In2
Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,000 120 40 20 13-1/8 TRIW-2045 NS 143490 0.5
1,000 240 40 20 13-1/8 TRIW-2045 NS 143503 0.5
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 1,250 120 40 23 16-1/8 TRIW-2345 NS 143511 0.5
Heater Overview section. 1,250 240 40 23 16-1/8 TRIW-2345 NS 175759 0.5
1,500 120 40 28 21-1/8 TRIW-2845 NS 143520 1
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside bend- 1,500 240 40 28 21-1/8 TRIW-2845 NS 143538 1
1,500 480 40 28 21-1/8 TRIW-2845 NS 175767 1
ing radius is 1-1/2". See bending requirements
2,000 240 40 40 28 TRIW-4065 NS 143546 1.3
in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 2,000 480 40 40 28 TRIW-4065 NS 143554 1.3
2,500 240 40 43-1/2 31-1/2 TRIW-4365 NS 143562 1.3
2,500 480 40 43-1/2 31-1/2 TRIW-4365 NS 143570 1.3
3,000 240 40 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRIW-5465 NS 143589 1.8
3,000 480 40 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRIW-5465 NS 143597 1.8
3,500 240 40 60 48 TRIW-6065 NS 143600 1.8
4,000 240 40 70 58 TRIW-7065 NS 143618 1.8
4,000 480 40 70 58 TRIW-7065 NS 143626 1.8
5,000 240 40 85 73 TRIW-8565 NS 143634 2.3
5,000 480 40 85 73 TRIW-8565 NS 143642 2.3
6,000 240 40 100 88 TRIW-10065 NS 143650 3.3
6,000 480 40 100 88 TRIW-10065 NS 143669 3.3
7,500 240 40 112 100 TRIW-11265 NS 143677 3.3
A-14
Components
TRI
TUBULAR
.430" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
• 400 - 4,500 Watts Dimensions
• 120 and 240 Volt

13/16 A ± 1% 13/16
• 30 W/In2 B

Tubular Heater Overview section.
The metal sheath isolates and protects the
resistor wire from the environment. At the Work Temperatures — See Tubular
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability Heater Overview section.
to the work. Tubular elements can be bent to
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside bend-
put the heat where it works best.
ing radius is 1-5/16". See bending require-
ments in the Tubular Heater Overview section.

Wt.
Watts Volts W/In2 Sheath A Heated B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
400 120 30 16 9-1/8 TRI-1644 NS 337201 0.5
575 120 30 20 13-1/8 TRI-2044 NS 337210 0.5
900 240 30 28 21-1/8 TRI-2844 NS 337228 1
1,100 240 30 32 25-1/8 TRI-3244 NS 337236 1.1
1,300 240 30 36 29-1/8 TRI-3644 NS 337244 1.2
1,400 240 30 40 33-1/8 TRI-4044 NS 337252 1.2
2,000 240 30 54 47-1/8 TRI-5444 NS 337260 1.7
2,300 240 30 60 53 TRI-6044 NS 337279 1.7
2,500 240 30 66 59 TRI-6644 NS 337287 1.7
2,700 240 30 70 63 TRI-7044 NS 337295 1.7
3,100 240 30 78 71 TRI-7844 NS 337308 1.7
3,400 240 30 85 78 TRI-8544 NS 337316 2.2
4,000 240 30 100 93 TRI-10044 NS 337324 3.2
4,300 240 30 108 101 TRI-10844 NS 337332 3.2
4,500 240 30 112 105 TRI-11244 NS 337340 3.2
A-15
Components
TRI
.375" Dia.
Round Cross-Section

0.375" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath 3/8
• 120 and 240 Volt
• 30 W/In2

B
A ± 1% 1
Versatile tubular elements can be designed for Type 3 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the
use in most applications. See guidelines in the cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the
Tubular Heater Overview section. Tubular Heater Overview section.
Advantages Work Temperatures — See Tubular

Heater Overview section.
Bending — Customer’s minimum
resistor wire from the environment. At the
bending inside radius is 1-1/8". See bending
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability
requirements in the Tubular Heater
Overview section.

Wt.
350 120 30 16 9-1/4 TRI-1643 NS 337033 0.4
500 120 30 20 13-1/4 TRI-2043 NS 337041 0.4
800 120 30 28 21-1/4 TRI-2843 NS 337050 0.8
800 240 30 28 21-1/4 TRI-2843 NS 337068 0.8
950 120 30 32 25-1/4 TRI-3243 NS 337076 0.8
950 240 30 32 25-1/4 TRI-3243 NS 337084 0.8
1,100 240 30 36 29-1/4 TRI-3643 NS 337092 0.8
1,300 120 30 42 35-1/4 TRI-4243 NS 337105 1
1,300 240 30 42 35-1/4 TRI-4243 NS 337113 1
1,500 240 30 48 41-1/4 TRI-4843 NS 337121 1.1
1,800 120 30 54 47-1/4 TRI-5443 NS 337130 1.3
1,800 240 30 54 47-1/4 TRI-5443 NS 337148 1.3
2,100 240 30 62 55-1/4 TRI-6243 NS 337156 1.3
2,400 240 30 70 63-1/4 TRI-7043 NS 337164 1.3
3,000 240 30 86 79-1/4 TRI-8643 NS 337172 1.8
3,600 240 30 102 95-1/4 TRI-10243 NS 337180 2
4,000 240 30 112 105-1/4 TRI-11243 NS 337199 2.5
A-16
Components
TRI
TUBULAR
.315" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
• 275 - 1,450 Watts

Dimensions
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt 0.315" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath 3/8
• 30 W/In2

B
A ± 1% 1
Applications
Versatile tubular elements can be designed for
use in most applications. See guidelines in the
Advantages Dimensions (In.) INCOLOY® Sheath

Wt.
The metal sheath isolates and protects the Watts Volts W/In2 Sheath A Heated B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
resistor wire from the environment. At the 275 120 30 16 9-1/4 TRI-1648 NS 281519 0.4
350 120 30 18 11-1/4 TRI-1848 NS 281527 0.4
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability 400 120 30 20 13-1/4 TRI-2048 NS 281535 0.4
to the work. Tubular elements can be bent to 500 120 30 22 15-1/4 TRI-2248 NS 281543 0.5
put the heat where it works best. 650 120 30 25 18-1/4 TRI-2548 NS 281551 0.6
650 240 30 25 18-1/4 TRI-2548 NS 281560 0.6
Features 700 120 30 27 20-1/4 TRI-2748 NS 281578 0.7
700 240 30 27 20-1/4 TRI-2748 NS 281586 0.7
Type 3 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 625 120 30 28 21-1/4 TRI-2848 NS 281594 0.8
625 240 30 28 21-1/4 TRI-2848 NS 281607 0.8
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the
800 120 30 30 23-1/4 TRI-3048 NS 281615 0.8
Tubular Heater Overview section. 800 240 30 30 23-1/4 TRI-3048 NS 281623 0.8
750 120 30 32 25-1/4 TRI-3248 NS 281631 0.8
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 750 240 30 32 25-1/4 TRI-3248 NS 281640 0.8
Heater Overview section. 900 120 30 34 27-1/4 TRI-3448 NS 281658 0.8
900 240 30 34 27-1/4 TRI-3448 NS 281666 0.8
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside bend- 850 120 30 36 29-1/4 TRI-3648 NS 176591 0.8
ing radius is 15/16". See bending requirements 850 240 30 36 29-1/4 TRI-3648 NS 281674 0.8
in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,050 120 30 38 31-1/4 TRI-3848 NS 281682 0.9
1,050 240 30 38 31-1/4 TRI-3848 NS 281690 0.9
975 120 30 40 33-1/4 TRI-4048 NS 281703 1
975 240 30 40 33-1/4 TRI-4048 NS 281711 1
1,200 120 30 42 35-1/4 TRI-4248 NS 281720 1
1,200 240 30 42 35-1/4 TRI-4248 NS 281738 1
1,250 120 30 44 37-1/4 TRI-4448 NS 281746 1
1,250 240 30 44 37-1/4 TRI-4448 NS 281754 1
1,150 120 30 46 39-1/4 TRI-4648 NS 176604 1
1,150 240 30 46 39-1/4 TRI-4648 NS 281762 1
1,150 480 30 46 39-1/4 TRI-4648 NS 176612 1
1,350 120 30 48 41-1/4 TRI-4848 NS 281770 1.1
1,350 240 30 48 41-1/4 TRI-4848 NS 281789 1.1
1,450 120 30 50 43-1/4 TRI-5048 NS 281797 1.2
1,450 240 30 50 43-1/4 TRI-5048 NS 281800 1.2
1,325 120 30 52 45-1/4 TRI-5248 NS 176620 1.3
1,325 240 30 52 45-1/4 TRI-5248 NS 281818 1.3
1,325 480 30 52 45-1/4 TRI-5248 NS 176639 1.3
A-17
Components
TRI
.315" Dia. Round
Cross-Section (cont’d.)
• 1,550 - 3,150 Watts Dimensions

0.315" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath 3/8
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
• 30 W/In2

B
A ± 1% 1
Applications All Dimensions in Inches

use in most applications. See guidelines in the Specifications and Ordering Information
Advantages Wt.
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 1,550 120 30 54 47-1/4 TRI-5448 NS 281826 1.3
1,550 240 30 54 47-1/4 TRI-5448 NS 281834 1.3
resistor wire from the environment. At the 1,500 120 30 58 51-1/4 TRI-5848 NS 281842 1.3
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability 1,500 240 30 58 51-1/4 TRI-5848 NS 281850 1.3
to the work. Tubular elements can be bent to 1,500 480 30 58 51-1/4 TRI-5848 NS 176647 1.3
put the heat where it works best. 1,850 120 30 62 55-1/4 TRI-6248 NS 281869 1.3
1,850 240 30 62 55-1/4 TRI-6248 NS 281877 1.3
1,675 120 30 64 57-1/4 TRI-6448 NS 176655 1.3
Features 1,675 240 30 64 57-1/4 TRI-6448 NS 281885 1.3
1,675 480 30 64 57-1/4 TRI-6448 NS 176663 1.3
Type 3 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 1,950 120 30 66 59-1/4 TRI-6648 NS 281893 1.3
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 1,950 240 30 66 59-1/4 TRI-6648 NS 281906 1.3
1,850 120 30 70 63-1/4 TRI-7048 NS 176671 1.3
Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,850 240 30 70 63-1/4 TRI-7048 NS 281914 1.3
1,850 480 30 70 63-1/4 TRI-7048 NS 176680 1.3
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 2,250 240 30 74 67-1/4 TRI-7448 NS 281922 1.5
Heater Overview section. 2,025 120 30 76 69-1/4 TRI-7648 NS 176698 1.5
2,025 240 30 76 69-1/4 TRI-7648 NS 281930 1.5
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside bend- 2,025 480 30 76 69-1/4 TRI-7648 NS 176700 1.5
ing radius is 15/16". See bending requirements 2,350 240 30 78 71-1/4 TRI-7848 NS 281949 1.5
in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 2,200 120 30 82 75-1/4 TRI-8248 NS 176719 1.8
2,200 240 30 82 75-1/4 TRI-8248 NS 281957 1.8
2,200 480 30 82 75-1/4 TRI-8248 NS 176727 1.8
2,600 240 30 86 79-1/4 TRI-8648 NS 281965 1.8
2,375 240 30 88 81-1/4 TRI-8848 NS 281973 1.8
2,375 480 30 88 81-1/4 TRI-8848 NS 176735 1.8
2,750 240 30 90 83-1/4 TRI-9048 NS 281981 1.8
2,550 240 30 94 87-1/4 TRI-9448 NS 176743 1.8
2,550 480 30 94 87-1/4 TRI-9448 NS 176751 1.8
3,000 240 30 98 91-1/4 TRI-9848 NS 281990 2
2,700 240 30 100 93-1/4 TRI-10048 NS 176760 2
2,700 480 30 100 93-1/4 TRI-10048 NS 176778 2
3,150 240 30 102 95-1/4 TRI-10248 NS 282001 2
2,875 240 30 106 99-1/4 TRI-10648 NS 176786 2.3
2,875 480 30 106 99-1/4 TRI-10648 NS 176794 2.3
3,050 240 30 112 105-1/4 TRI-11248 NS 282010 2.5
3,050 480 30 112 105-1/4 TRI-11248 NS 176807 2.5
A-18
Components
TRI
TUBULAR
.260" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
• 120 and 240 Volt 1

• 30 W/In2

B
A ± 1%

use in most applications. See guidelines in the Specifications and Ordering Information
Advantages Wt.
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 175 120 30 12 7-1/2 TRI-1216 NS 337359 0.2
360 120 30 20 15-1/2 TRI-2016 NS 337375 0.3
550 120 30 28 23-1/2 TRI-2816 NS 337412 0.5
550 240 30 28 23-1/2 TRI-2816 NS 337420 0.5
Features 650 120 30 32 27-1/2 TRI-3216 NS 337439 0.6
650 240 30 32 27-1/2 TRI-3216 NS 337447 0.6
Type 28 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 725 120 30 36 31-1/2 TRI-3616 NS 337455 0.6
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 725 240 30 36 31-1/2 TRI-3616 NS 337463 0.6
Tubular Heater Overview section. 825 120 30 40 35-1/2 TRI-4016 NS 337471 0.7
825 240 30 40 35-1/2 TRI-4016 NS 337480 0.7
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 975 120 30 46 41-1/2 TRI-4616 NS 337498 0.7
975 240 30 46 41-1/2 TRI-4616 NS 337500 0.7
1,100 240 30 52 47-1/2 TRI-5216 NS 337527 0.9
ing radius is 7/8". See bending requirements in 1,250 240 30 58 53-1/2 TRI-5816 NS 337543 0.9
the Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,400 120 30 64 59-1/2 TRI-6416 NS 337551 0.9
1,400 240 30 64 59-1/2 TRI-6416 NS 337560 0.9
1,525 120 30 70 65-1/2 TRI-7016 NS 337578 0.9
1,525 240 30 70 65-1/2 TRI-7016 NS 337586 0.9
1,650 120 30 76 71-1/2 TRI-7616 NS 337594 0.9
1,650 240 30 76 71-1/2 TRI-7616 NS 337607 0.9
1,800 120 30 82 77-1/2 TRI-8216 NS 337615 1.3
1,800 240 30 82 77-1/2 TRI-8216 NS 337623 1.3
1,950 120 30 88 83-1/2 TRI-8816 NS 337631 1.3
1,950 240 30 88 83-1/2 TRI-8816 NS 337640 1.3
2,100 240 30 94 89-1/2 TRI-9416 NS 337658 1.3
2,200 240 30 100 95-1/2 TRI-10016 NS 337666 1.7
2,350 240 30 106 101-1/2 TRI-10616 NS 337674 1.7
2,500 240 30 112 107-1/2 TRI-11216 NS 337682 1.7
A-19
Components
TRI
.246" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
Dimensions
• 165 - 2,365 Watts
1
• 120 and 240 Volt 0.246" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath
• 30 W/In2
• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp. B

A ± 1%

Applications
Versatile tubular elements can be designed for Specifications and Ordering Information
use in most applications. See guidelines in the
Wt.
Advantages
165 120 30 12 7-1/2 TRI-1212 NS 282052 0.2
255 120 30 16 11-1/2 TRI-1612 NS 282060 0.3
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 340 120 30 20 15-1/2 TRI-2012 NS 282079 0.3
430 240 30 24 19-1/2 TRI-2412 NS 282095 0.3
605 120 30 32 27-1/2 TRI-3212 NS 282124 0.5
Features 605 240 30 32 27-1/2 TRI-3212 NS 177439 0.5
690 120 30 36 31-1/2 TRI-3612 NS 282132 0.5
690 240 30 36 31-1/2 TRI-3612 NS 282140 0.5
Small Diameter Tubular Elements — Most
780 120 30 40 35-1/2 TRI-4012 NS 177447 0.7
easily bent to conform to work surfaces and 780 240 30 40 35-1/2 TRI-4012 NS 143870 0.7
to “pack” heat into confined spaces. Because 910 120 30 46 41-1/2 TRI-4612 NS 177455 0.7
of the small cross-section, these tubulars also 910 240 30 46 41-1/2 TRI-4612 NS 282159 0.7
heat up and cool rapidly. 1,045 120 30 52 47-1/2 TRI-5212 NS 282167 0.9
1,045 240 30 52 47-1/2 TRI-5212 NS 143888 0.9
1,175 120 30 58 53-1/2 TRI-5812 NS 177463 0.9
Type 28 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 1,175 240 30 58 53-1/2 TRI-5812 NS 177471 0.9
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 1,310 120 30 64 59-1/2 TRI-6412 NS 282175 0.9
Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,310 240 30 64 59-1/2 TRI-6412 NS 282183 0.9
1,440 120 30 70 65-1/2 TRI-7012 NS 282191 0.9
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 1,440 240 30 70 65-1/2 TRI-7012 NS 282204 0.9
1,570 240 30 76 71-1/2 TRI-7612 NS 282212 0.9
1,700 240 30 82 77-1/2 TRI-8212 NS 177500 1.2
ing radius is 3/4". See bending requirements in 1,835 120 30 88 83-1/2 TRI-8812 NS 177519 1.2
the Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,835 240 30 88 83-1/2 TRI-8812 NS 177527 1.2
1,965 240 30 94 89-1/2 TRI-9412 NS 282220 1.2
2,100 240 30 100 95-1/2 TRI-10012 NS 177535 1.7
2,230 240 30 106 101-1/2 TRI-10612 NS 177543 1.7
2,365 240 30 112 107-1/2 TRI-11212 NS 177551 1.7
A-20
Components
TSSM
TUBULAR
.200" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
Dimensions
• 75 - 1,200 Watts
6 A 6
• 28, 57.7 and 115 Volt
• 29 - 49 W/In2
B
0.200" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath All Dimensions in Inches
Compasses and gyroscopes, tubing “wrap- Type 34 Terminals — Standard with high
arounds,” oil igniters and burning off flue temperature leads attached to sheath. See
gases. terminal detail drawing in the Tubular Heater
Overview section.
Advantages
Work Temperatures — See Tubular Heater
An Extremely Versatile Element — Used Overview section.
where just a little heat is needed or where a
high temperature is needed quickly in a tight
ing radius is 5/8". See bending requirements
spot. Heat-up is fast due to the small mass of
in the Tubular Heater Overview section.
the element.
Flexible — Easily forms to a wide range of
configurations.

Wt.
75 28 40 6 3 TSSM-6 S 143319 0.1
110 57.7 35 8 5 TSSM-8 S 143327 0.1
150 57.7 34 10 7 TSSM-10 S 143335 0.1
175 115 31 12 9 TSSM-12 S 143343 0.1
225 115 33 14 11 TSSM-14 S 143351 0.1
275 115 34 16 13 TSSM-16 S 143360 0.2
300 115 32 18 15 TSSM-18 S 143378 0.2
350 115 33 20 17 TSSM-20 S 143386 0.2
830 115 49 30 27 TSSM-30 S 143394 0.2
1,120 115 48 40 37 TSSM-40 S 143407 0.3
1,400 115 47 50 47 TSSM-50 S 143415 0.3
1,400 115 29 60 57 TSSM-60 NS 143423 0.4
1,200 115 29 70 67 TSSM-70 S 143431 0.5
A-21
Components
TRSS
.475" Dia.
Round Cross-Section Dimensions
• Stainless Steel Sheath 13/16 A ± 1% 13/16

(type 304)
B
• 1,000 - 7,500 Watts
• 120, 208, 240, 277 and 480 Volt

0.475" Dia. 304SS Sheath
• 50 W/In2
Versatile tubular elements can be designed for Type 4 Terminals — Integral parts of the
use in most applications. See guidelines in the element are of high strength to resist bending
Tubular Heater Overview section. during tightening of the wiring connections.
Type 4 is threaded extension of the cold pin.
Advantages See terminal detail drawing in the Tubular
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside
bending radius is 1-1/2". See bending require-

Dimensions (In.) 304 Stainless Steel Sheath
Wt.
Watts Volts W/In 2
Sheath A Heated B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
1,000 120 50 20 13-1/8 TRSS-2045 NS 143909 0.5
1,000 208 50 20 13-1/8 TRSS-2045 NS 328090 0.5
1,000 277 50 20 13-1/8 TRSS-2045 NS 143917 0.5
1,000 277 50 20 13-1/8 TRSS-2045 NS 328102 0.5
1,250 240 50 23 16-1/8 TRSS-2345 NS 143925 0.5
1,500 120 50 28 21-1/8 TRSS-2845 NS 143933 1
1,500 208 50 28 21-1/8 TRSS-2845 NS 328110 1
1,500 240 50 28 21-1/8 TRSS-2845 NS 143941 1
1,500 480 50 28 21-1/8 TRSS-2845 NS 143950 1
2,000 120 50 40 28 TRSS-4065 NS 143968 1.3
2,000 208 50 40 28 TRSS-4065 NS 328129 1.3
2,000 240 50 40 28 TRSS-4065 NS 143976 1.3
2,000 480 50 40 28 TRSS-4065 NS 143984 1.3
2,500 208 50 43-1/2 31-1/2 TRSS-4365 NS 328137 1.3
2,500 240 50 43-1/2 31-1/2 TRSS-4365 NS 143992 1.3
2,500 480 50 43-1/2 31-1/2 TRSS-4365 NS 144004 1.3
3,000 208 50 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRSS-5465 NS 328145 1.8
3,000 240 50 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRSS-5465 NS 144012 1.8
3,000 480 50 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRSS-5465 NS 144020 1.8
4,000 208 50 70 58 TRSS-7065 NS 328153 1.8
4,000 240 50 70 58 TRSS-7065 NS 144055 1.8
4,000 480 50 70 58 TRSS-7065 NS 144063 1.8
5,000 208 50 85 73 TRSS-8565 NS 328161 2.3
5,000 240 50 85 73 TRSS-8565 NS 144071 2.3
5,000 480 50 85 73 TRSS-8565 NS 144080 2.3
6,000 208 50 100 88 TRSS-10065 NS 328170 3.3
6,000 240 50 100 88 TRSS-10065 NS 144098 3.3
6,000 480 50 100 88 TRSS-10065 NS 144100 3.3
7,500 240 50 112 100 TRSS-11265 NS 144119 3.3
A-22
Components
TRSSH & TRSSN
TUBULAR
.475" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
• Stainless Steel Sheath Dimensions

(type 304 and 316)
• 1,000 - 5,000 Watts 13/16 A ± 1% 13/16
B
• 240 and 480 Volt
• 23 W/In2 (type TRSSH)
• 46 W/In2 (type TRSSN) 0.475" Dia. 304SS or 316SS Sheath

Bending — Customer’s minimum inside

Dimensions (In.) Stainless Steel Sheath
Wt.
Watts Volts W/In Sheath A Heated B
2
Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
TRSSH — 304 Stainless Steel — 23 W/In2
1,000 240 23 40 28 TRSSH-4065 NS 328188 1.3
1,000 480 23 40 28 TRSSH-4065 NS 328196 1.3
1,500 240 23 54-1/4 42-1/4 TRSSH-5465 NS 328209 1.8
1,500 480 23 54-1/4 42-1/4 TRSSH-5465 NS 328217 1.8
2,000 240 23 70 58 TRSSH-7065 NS 328225 1.8
2,000 480 23 70 58 TRSSH-7065 NS 328233 1.8
2,500 240 23 85 73 TRSSH-8565 NS 328241 2.3
2,500 480 23 85 73 TRSSH-8565 NS 328250 2.3
3,000 240 23 100 88 TRSSH-10065 NS 328268 3.3
3,000 480 23 100 88 TRSSH-10065 NS 328276 3.3
3,334 240 23 108 96 TRSSH-10865 NS 328284 3.3
TRSSN — 316 Stainless Steel — 46 W/In2
3,000 240 46 54-1/4 42-1/4 TRSSN-5465 NS 328049 1.5
3,000 480 46 54-1/4 42-1/4 TRSSN-5465 NS 328014 1.5
4,000 240 46 70 58 TRSSN-7065 NS 328022 1.8
4,000 480 46 70 58 TRSSN-7065 NS 328030 1.8
5,000 240 46 85 73 TRSSN-8565 NS 328057 2.3
5,000 480 46 85 73 TRSSN-8565 NS 328065 2.3
A-23
Components
TRS & TRSCD

.475" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
• Steel Sheath Dimensions
• 300 - 3,000 Watts

13/16 A ± 1% 13/16
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
B
• 20 W/In (type TRS)

2
• 14 and 15 W/In2 (type TRSCD)

0.475" Dia. Steel Sheath
Applications Dimensions (In.) Steel Sheath

Wt.
Watts Volts W/In 2
Versatile tubular elements can be designed for TRS — 20 W/In2
use in most applications. See guidelines in the 300 120 20 16 9-1/8 TRS-1645 NS 174609 0.5
Tubular Heater Overview section. 350 120 20 18 11-1/8 TRS-1845 NS 174617 0.5
425 120 20 20 13-1/8 TRS-2045 NS 174625 0.5
Advantages 500 120 20 23 16-1/8 TRS-2345 NS 174633 0.5
500 240 20 23 16-1/8 TRS-2345 NS 174641 0.5
575 120 20 25 18-1/8 TRS-2545 NS 174650 0.5
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 575 240 20 25 18-1/8 TRS-2545 NS 174668 0.5
resistor wire from the environment. At the 600 120 20 27 20-1/8 TRS-2745 NS 174676 0.5
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability 600 240 20 27 20-1/8 TRS-2745 NS 174684 0.5
750 120 20 28 21-1/8 TRS-2845 NS 174692 1
to the work. Tubular elements can be bent to 750 208 20 28 21-1/8 TRS-2845 NS 328356 1
put the heat where it works best. 750 240 20 28 21-1/8 TRS-2845 NS 174705 1
775 120 20 30 23-1/8 TRS-3045 NS 174713 1
Features 775 240 20 30 23-1/8 TRS-3045 NS 174721 1
800 120 20 32 25-1/8 TRS-3245 NS 174730 1
800 240 20 32 25-1/8 TRS-3245 NS 174748 1
Type 4 Terminals — Standard. Integral parts
850 120 20 34 27-1/8 TRS-3445 NS 174756 1
of the element are of high strength to resist 850 240 20 34 27-1/8 TRS-3445 NS 174764 1
bending during tightening of the wiring con- 900 120 20 36 29-1/8 TRS-3645 NS 174772 1
nections. Type 4 is threaded extension of the 900 240 20 36 29-1/8 TRS-3645 NS 174780 1
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 950 120 20 38 31-1/8 TRS-3845 NS 174799 1
Tubular Heater Overview section. 950 240 20 38 31-1/8 TRS-3845 NS 174801 1
TRSCD — 15 W/In2
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 1,000 240 15 54 42-3/8 TRSCD-5465 NS 175492 1.8
Heater Overview section. 1,334 240 15 70 58-1/8 TRSCD-7065 NS 175505 1.8
1,667 240 15 85 73-1/8 TRSCD-8565 NS 175513 2.3
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside 2,000 240 15 100 88-1/8 TRSCD-10065 NS 175521 3.3
bending radius is 1-1/2". See bending require- 2,000 480 15 100 88-1/8 TRSCD-10065 NS 175572 3.3
ments in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 2,500 240 15 118 106-1/8 TRSCD-11865 NS 175530 3.3
3,000 240 15 140 128-1/8 TRSCD-14065 NS 175548 4.3
TRSCD — 15 W/In2
1,115 240 14 70 54-3/8 TRSCD-7085 NS 175441 1.8
1,390 240 14 91-3/4 76 TRSCD-9285 NS 175450 2.3
A-24
Components
TRSC
TUBULAR
.475" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
• 1,000 - 2,000 Watts

13/16 A ± 1% 13/16
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
B
• 20 - 22 W/In2
• 750°F Max. Sheath Temp

Applications Specifications and Ordering Information

Dimensions (In.) Steel Sheath
use in most applications. See guidelines in the Wt.
Tubular Heater Overview section. Watts Volts W/In 2
TRSC — 20 W/In2
Advantages 1,667 240 20 70 54-3/8 TRSC-7085 NS 175468 1.8
2,225 240 20 92 76 TRSC-9285 NS 175476 2.3
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 2,225 480 20 92 76 TRSC-9285 NS 175564 2.3
2,778 240 20 108 92-3/8 TRSC-10885 NS 175484 3.3
resistor wire from the environment. At the TRSC — 22 W/In2
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability 1,000 120 22 40 28-1/8 TRSC-4065 NS 174810 1
to the work. Tubular elements can be bent to 1,000 240 22 40 28-1/8 TRSC-4065 NS 174828 1
put the heat where it works best. 1,000 480 22 40 28-1/8 TRSC-4065 NS 174836 1
1,250 120 22 43-9/16 31-11/16 TRSC-4365 NS 174844 1
1,250 240 22 43-9/16 31-11/16 TRSC-4365 NS 174852 1
Features 1,250 480 22 43-9/16 31-11/16 TRSC-4365 NS 174860 1
1,300 120 22 46 34-1/8 TRSC-4665 NS 174879 1
Type 4 Terminals — Standard. Integral parts 1,300 240 22 46 34-1/8 TRSC-4665 NS 174887 1
of the element are of high strength to resist 1,300 480 22 46 34-1/8 TRSC-4665 NS 174895 1
bending during tightening of the wiring con- 1,350 120 22 48 36-1/8 TRSC-4865 NS 174908 1.5
nections. Type 4 is threaded extension of the 1,350 240 22 48 36-1/8 TRSC-4865 NS 174916 1.5
1,350 480 22 48 36-1/8 TRSC-4865 NS 174924 1.5
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 1,400 120 22 50 38-1/8 TRSC-5065 NS 174932 1.5
Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,400 240 22 50 38-1/8 TRSC-5065 NS 174940 1.5
1,400 480 22 50 38-1/8 TRSC-5065 NS 174959 1.5
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 1,450 120 22 52 40-1/8 TRSC-5265 NS 174967 1.5
Heater Overview section. 1,450 240 22 52 40-1/8 TRSC-5265 NS 174975 1.5
1,450 480 22 52 40-1/8 TRSC-5265 NS 174983 1.5
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside 1,500 120 22 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRSC-5465 NS 174991 1.6
bending radius is 1-1/2". See bending require- 1,500 240 22 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRSC-5465 NS 175003 1.6
1,500 480 22 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRSC-5465 NS 175011 1.6
ments in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,670 120 22 58 46-1/8 TRSC-5865 NS 175020 1.6
1,670 240 22 58 46-1/8 TRSC-5865 NS 175038 1.6
1,670 480 22 58 46-1/8 TRSC-5865 NS 175046 1.6
1,750 120 22 60 48-1/8 TRSC-6065 NS 175054 1.6
1,750 240 22 60 48-1/8 TRSC-6065 NS 175062 1.6
1,750 480 22 60 48-1/8 TRSC-6065 NS 175070 1.6
1,875 120 22 66 51-1/8 TRSC-6665 NS 175089 1.7
1,875 240 22 66 51-1/8 TRSC-6665 NS 175097 1.7
1,875 480 22 66 51-1/8 TRSC-6665 NS 175100 1.7
2,000 120 22 70 58-1/8 TRSC-7065 NS 175118 1.7
2,000 240 22 70 58-1/8 TRSC-7065 NS 175126 1.7
2,000 480 22 70 58-1/8 TRSC-7065 NS 175134 1.7
A-25
Components
TRSC
.475" Dia. Round
• 2,120 - 5,000 Watts

13/16 A ± 1% 13/16
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
B
• 22 W/In2


2,120 120 22 74 62-1/8 TRSC-7465 NS 175142 1.8
Advantages 2,120 240 22 74 62-1/8 TRSC-7465 NS 175150 1.8
2,120 480 22 74 62-1/8 TRSC-7465 NS 175169 1.8
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 2,250 120 22 78 66-1/8 TRSC-7865 NS 175177 1.9
2,250 240 22 78 66-1/8 TRSC-7865 NS 175185 1.9
resistor wire from the environment. At the 2,250 480 22 78 66-1/8 TRSC-7865 NS 175193 1.9
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability 2,380 120 22 82 70-1/8 TRSC-8265 NS 175206 2
to the work. Tubular elements can be bent to 2,380 240 22 82 70-1/8 TRSC-8265 NS 175214 2
put the heat where it works best. 2,380 480 22 82 70-1/8 TRSC-8265 NS 175222 2
2,500 120 22 85 73-1/8 TRSC-8565 NS 175230 2
2,500 240 22 85 73-1/8 TRSC-8565 NS 175249 2
Features 2,500 480 22 85 73-1/8 TRSC-8565 NS 175257 2
2,620 120 22 90 78-1/8 TRSC-9065 NS 175265 2.2
Type 4 Terminals — Standard. Integral parts 2,620 240 22 90 78-1/8 TRSC-9065 NS 175273 2.2
of the element are of high strength to resist 2,620 480 22 90 78-1/8 TRSC-9065 NS 175281 2.2
bending during tightening of the wiring con- 2,750 120 22 94 82-1/8 TRSC-9465 NS 175290 2.4
2,750 240 22 94 82-1/8 TRSC-9465 NS 175302 2.4
nections. Type 4 is threaded extension of the 2,750 480 22 94 82-1/8 TRSC-9465 NS 175310 2.4
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 2,880 120 22 98 86-1/8 TRSC-9865 NS 175329 2.4
Tubular Heater Overview section. 2,880 240 22 98 86-1/8 TRSC-9865 NS 175337 2.4
2,880 480 22 98 86-1/8 TRSC-9865 NS 175345 2.4
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 3,000 240 22 100 88-1/8 TRSC-10065 NS 175353 2.5
Heater Overview section. 3,000 480 22 100 88-1/8 TRSC-10065 NS 175361 2.5
3,120 240 22 106 94-1/8 TRSC-10665 NS 175370 2.5
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside 3,120 480 22 106 94-1/8 TRSC-10665 NS 175388 2.5
3,334 240 22 108 96-1/8 TRSC-10865 NS 175396 2.5
bending radius is 1-1/2". See bending require- 3,334 480 22 108 96-1/8 TRSC-10865 NS 175409 2.5
ments in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 2,500 240 22 118 106-1/8 TRSC-11865 NS 175417 2.6
4,167 240 22 134 122-1/8 TRSC-13465 NS 175425 2.6
5,000 240 22 160 148-1/8 TRSC-16065 NS 175433 2.6
A-26
Components
TRS
TUBULAR
.315" Dia.
Round Cross-Section

0.315" Dia. Steel Sheath 3/8
• 200 - 2,175 Watts
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
• 20 W/In2
B
• 750°F Max. Sheath Temp. A ± 1% 1
Applications
use in most applications. See guidelines in the Dimensions (In.) Steel Sheath
Wt.
200 120 20 16 9-1/4 TRS-1648 NS 176153 0.4
Advantages 275 120 20 20 13-1/4 TRS-2048 NS 176161 0.4
450 120 20 28 21-1/4 TRS-2848 NS 176170 0.4
450 240 20 28 21-1/4 TRS-2848 NS 176188 0.4
525 120 20 32 25-1/4 TRS-3248 NS 176196 0.8
resistor wire from the environment. At the 525 240 20 32 25-1/4 TRS-3248 NS 176209 0.8
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability 600 120 20 36 29-1/4 TRS-3648 NS 176217 0.8
to the work. Tubular elements can be bent to 600 240 20 36 29-1/4 TRS-3648 NS 176225 0.8
put the heat where it works best. 700 120 20 40 33-1/4 TRS-4048 NS 176233 1
700 240 20 40 33-1/4 TRS-4048 NS 176241 1
825 120 20 46 39-1/4 TRS-4648 NS 176250 1
Features 825 240 20 46 39-1/4 TRS-4648 NS 176268 1
825 480 20 46 39-1/4 TRS-4648 NS 176276 1
Type 3 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 950 120 20 52 45-1/4 TRS-5248 NS 176284 1.3
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 950 240 20 52 45-1/4 TRS-5248 NS 176292 1.3
950 480 20 52 45-1/4 TRS-5248 NS 176305 1.3
Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,075 120 20 58 51-1/4 TRS-5848 NS 176313 1.3
1,075 240 20 58 51-1/4 TRS-5848 NS 176321 1.3
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 1,075 480 20 58 51-1/4 TRS-5848 NS 176330 1.3
Heater Overview section. 1,200 120 20 64 57-1/4 TRS-6448 NS 176348 1.3
1,200 240 20 64 57-1/4 TRS-6448 NS 176356 1.3
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside bend- 1,200 480 20 64 57-1/4 TRS-6448 NS 176364 1.3
1,325 120 20 70 63-1/4 TRS-7048 NS 176372 1.3
ing radius is 15/16". See bending requirements 1,325 240 20 70 63-1/4 TRS-7048 NS 176380 1.3
in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,325 480 20 70 63-1/4 TRS-7048 NS 176399 1.3
1,450 120 20 76 69-1/4 TRS-7648 NS 176401 1.3
1,450 240 20 76 69-1/4 TRS-7648 NS 176410 1.3
1,450 480 20 76 69-1/4 TRS-7648 NS 176428 1.3
1,575 120 20 82 75-1/4 TRS-8248 NS 176436 1.8
1,575 240 20 82 75-1/4 TRS-8248 NS 176444 1.8
1,575 480 20 82 75-1/4 TRS-8248 NS 176452 1.8
1,700 120 20 88 81-1/4 TRS-8848 NS 176460 1.8
1,700 240 20 88 81-1/4 TRS-8848 NS 176479 1.8
1,700 480 20 88 81-1/4 TRS-8848 NS 176487 1.8
1,825 120 20 94 87-1/4 TRS-9448 NS 176495 1.8
1,825 240 20 94 87-1/4 TRS-9448 NS 176508 1.8
1,825 480 20 94 87-1/4 TRS-9448 NS 176516 1.8
1,925 120 20 100 93-1/4 TRS-10048 NS 176524 2.5
1,925 240 20 100 93-1/4 TRS-10048 NS 176532 2.5
1,925 480 20 100 93-1/4 TRS-10048 NS 176540 2.5
2,025 240 20 106 99-1/4 TRS-10648 NS 176559 2.5
2,025 480 20 106 99-1/4 TRS-10648 NS 176567 2.5
2,175 240 20 112 105-1/4 TRS-11248 NS 176575 2.5
2,175 480 20 112 105-1/4 TRS-11248 NS 176583 2.5
A-27
Components
TRC & TRCC

.475" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
• Copper Sheath Dimensions
• 675 - 2,500 Watts

13/16 A ± 1% 13/16
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt
B
• 50 W/In2

0.475" Dia. Copper Sheath

Dimensions (In.) Copper Sheath
TRC — 50 W/In2
Advantages 675 120 50 16 9-1/8 TRC-1645 NS 173788 0.5
815 120 50 18 11-1/8 TRC-1845 NS 173796 0.5
1,000 120 50 20 13-1/8 TRC-2045 NS 173809 0.5
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 1,000 208 50 20 13-1/8 TRC-2045 NS 173817 0.5
resistor wire from the environment. At the 1,000 240 50 20 13-1/8 TRC-2045 NS 173825 0.5
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability 1,250 120 50 23 16-1/8 TRC-2345 NS 173833 0.5
to the work. Tubular elements can be bent to 1,250 208 50 23 16-1/8 TRC-2345 NS 173841 0.5
1,250 240 50 23 16-1/8 TRC-2345 NS 173850 0.5
put the heat where it works best. 1,300 120 50 25 18-1/8 TRC-2545 NS 173868 0.5
1,300 240 50 25 18-1/8 TRC-2545 NS 173876 0.5
Features 1,450 120 50 27 20-1/8 TRC-2745 NS 173884 0.5
1,450 240 50 27 20-1/8 TRC-2745 NS 173892 0.5
Type 4 Terminals — Standard. Integral parts 1,500 120 50 28 21-1/8 TRC-2845 NS 173905 1
of the element are of high strength to resist 1,500 208 50 28 21-1/8 TRC-2845 NS 173913 1
1,500 240 50 28 21-1/8 TRC-2845 NS 173921 1
bending during tightening of the wiring con- 1,500 480 50 28 21-1/8 TRC-2845 NS 173930 1
nections. Type 4 is threaded extension of the 1,650 120 50 30 23-1/8 TRC-3045 NS 173948 1
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 1,650 240 50 30 23-1/8 TRC-3045 NS 173956 1
1,800 120 50 32 25-1/8 TRC-3245 NS 173964 1
Tubular Heater Overview section. 240 50 32 25-1/8 TRC-3245 NS 173972 1
1,800
1,950 120 50 34 27-1/8 TRC-3445 NS 173980 1
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 240 50 34 27-1/8 TRC-3445 NS 173999 1
1,950
2,100 120 50 36 29-1/8 TRC-3645 NS 174000 1
2,100 240 50 36 29-1/8 TRC-3645 NS 174019 1
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside 120 50 38 31-1/8 TRC-3845 NS 174027 1
2,200
bending radius is 1-1/2". See bending require- 2,200 240 50 38 31-1/8 TRC-3845 NS 174035 1
ments in the Tubular Heater Overview section. TRC — 50 W/In2
2,000 120 50 40 28-1/8 TRCC-4065 NS 174043 1.3
2,000 208 50 40 28-1/8 TRCC-4065 NS 174051 1.3
2,000 240 50 40 28-1/8 TRCC-4065 NS 174060 1.3
2,000 480 50 40 28-1/8 TRCC-4065 NS 174078 1.3
2,350 120 50 41 29-1/8 TRCC-4165 NS 174086 1.3
2,350 240 50 41 29-1/8 TRCC-4165 NS 174094 1.3
2,500 120 50 43-9/16 31-11/16 TRCC-4365 NS 174107 1.3
2,500 208 50 43-9/16 31-11/16 TRCC-4365 NS 174115 1.3
2,500 240 50 43-9/16 31-11/16 TRCC-4365 NS 174123 1.3
2,500 480 50 43-9/16 31-11/16 TRCC-4365 NS 174131 1.3
A-28
Components
TRCC
TUBULAR
.475" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
Dimensions
• Copper Sheath
13/16 A ± 1% 13/16
• 2,600 - 10,000 Watts
B
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt
• 40 - 50 W/In2

Applications Dimensions (In.) Copper Sheath
Wt.
Versatile tubular elements can be designed for Watts Volts W/In 2
use in most applications. See guidelines in the 2,600 120 50 44 32-1/8 TRCC-4465 NS 174140 1.3
Tubular Heater Overview section. 2,600 240 50 44 32-1/8 TRCC-4465 NS 174158 1.3
2,700 120 50 46 34-1/8 TRCC-4665 NS 174166 1.3
2,700 240 50 46 34-1/8 TRCC-4665 NS 174174 1.3
Advantages 2,800 120 50 48 36-1/8 TRCC-4865 NS 174182 1.3
2,800 240 50 48 36-1/8 TRCC-4865 NS 174190 1.3
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 2,900 120 50 50 38-1/8 TRCC-5065 NS 174203 1.8
resistor wire from the environment. At the 2,900 240 50 50 38-1/8 TRCC-5065 NS 174211 1.8
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability 3,000 208 50 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRCC-5465 NS 174220 1.8
3,000 240 50 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRCC-5465 NS 174238 1.8
to the work. Tubular elements can be bent to 3,000 480 50 54-1/4 42-3/8 TRCC-5465 NS 174246 1.8
put the heat where it works best. 3,250 240 50 58 46-1/8 TRCC-5865 NS 174254 1.8
3,250 480 50 58 46-1/8 TRCC-5865 NS 174262 1.8
Features 3,500 240 50 60 48-1/8 TRCC-6065 NS 174270 1.8
3,500 480 50 60 48-1/8 TRCC-6065 NS 174289 1.8
3,750 240 50 66 51-1/8 TRCC-6665 NS 174297 1.8
Type 4 Terminals — Standard. Integral parts 3,750 480 50 66 51-1/8 TRCC-6665 NS 174300 1.8
of the element are of high strength to resist 4,000 208 50 70 58-1/8 TRCC-7065 NS 174318 1.8
bending during tightening of the wiring con- 4,000 240 50 70 58-1/8 TRCC-7065 NS 174326 1.8
4,000 480 50 70 58-1/8 TRCC-7065 NS 174334 1.8
nections. Type 4 is threaded extension of the 4,250 240 50 74 62-1/8 TRCC-7465 NS 174342 2.3
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 4,250 480 50 74 62-1/8 TRCC-7465 NS 174350 2.3
Tubular Heater Overview section. 4,500 240 50 78 66-1/8 TRCC-7865 NS 174369 2.3
4,500 480 50 78 66-1/8 TRCC-7865 NS 174377 2.3
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 4,750 240 50 82 70-1/8 TRCC-8265 NS 174385 2.3
4,750 480 50 82 70-1/8 TRCC-8265 NS 174393 2.3
5,000 208 50 85 73-1/8 TRCC-8565 NS 174406 2.3
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside 5,000 240 50 85 73-1/8 TRCC-8565 NS 174414 2.3
5,000 480 50 85 73-1/8 TRCC-8565 NS 174422 2.3
bending radius is 1-1/2". See bending require- 5,250 240 50 90 78-1/8 TRCC-9065 NS 174430 2.3
ments in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 5,250 480 50 90 78-1/8 TRCC-9065 NS 174449 2.3
5,500 240 50 94 82-1/8 TRCC-9465 NS 174457 2.3
5,500 480 50 94 82-1/8 TRCC-9465 NS 174465 2.3
5,750 240 50 98 86-1/8 TRCC-9865 NS 174473 3.3
5,750 480 50 98 86-1/8 TRCC-9865 NS 174481 3.3
6,000 208 50 100 88-1/8 TRCC-10065 NS 174490 3.3
6,000 240 50 100 88-1/8 TRCC-10065 NS 174502 3.3
6,000 480 50 100 88-1/8 TRCC-10065 NS 174510 3.3
6,667 208 50 108 96-1/8 TRCC-10865 NS 174529 3.3
6,667 240 50 108 96-1/8 TRCC-10865 NS 174537 3.3
6,667 480 50 108 96-1/8 TRCC-10865 NS 174545 3.3
8,334 480 50 134 122-1/8 TRCC-13465 NS 174553 4.3
10,000 480 50 160 148-1/8 TRCC-16065 NS 174561 4.3
2,778 240 50 60 44-3/8 TRCC-6085 NS 174570 1.8
4,166 240 50 78 62-3/8 TRCC-7885 NS 174588 2
5,556 240 50 92 76-5/8 TRCC-9285 NS 174596 3
A-29
Components
TRC
.315" Dia.
Round Cross-Section
• Copper Sheath Dimensions
• 500 - 5,475 Watts 0.315" Dia. Copper Sheath 3/8
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
• 53 W/In2
B
• 350°F Max. Sheath Temp. A ± 1% 1
Applications
use in most applications. See guidelines in the Dimensions (In.) Copper Sheath
Wt.
500 120 53 16 9-1/4 TRC-1648 NS 175775 0.4
Advantages 700 120 53 20 13-1/4 TRC-2048 NS 175783 0.4
700 240 53 20 13-1/4 TRC-2048 NS 175791 0.4
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 1,125 120 53 28 21-1/4 TRC-2848 NS 175804 0.8
1,125 240 53 28 21-1/4 TRC-2848 NS 175812 0.8
resistor wire from the environment. At the 1,325 120 53 32 25-1/4 TRC-3248 NS 175820 0.8
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability 1,325 240 53 32 25-1/4 TRC-3248 NS 175839 0.8
to the work. Tubular elements can be bent to 1,525 120 53 36 29-1/4 TRC-3648 NS 175847 0.8
1,525 240 53 36 29-1/4 TRC-3648 NS 175855 0.8
1,725 120 53 40 33-1/4 TRC-4048 NS 175863 1
1,725 240 53 40 33-1/4 TRC-4048 NS 175871 1
Features 2,050 120 53 46 39-1/4 TRC-4648 NS 175880 1
2,050 240 53 46 39-1/4 TRC-4648 NS 175898 1
Type 3 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 2,050 480 53 46 39-1/4 TRC-4648 NS 175900 1
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 2,350 120 53 52 45-1/4 TRC-5248 NS 175919 1.3
2,350 240 53 52 45-1/4 TRC-5248 NS 175927 1.3
Tubular Heater Overview section. 2,350 480 53 52 45-1/4 TRC-5248 NS 175935 1.3
2,675 120 53 58 51-1/4 TRC-5848 NS 175943 1.3
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 2,675 240 53 58 51-1/4 TRC-5848 NS 175951 1.3
Heater Overview section. 2,675 480 53 58 51-1/4 TRC-5848 NS 177594 1.3
2,975 120 53 64 57-1/4 TRC-6448 NS 175960 1.3
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside bend- 2,975 240 53 64 57-1/4 TRC-6448 NS 175978 1.3
ing radius is 15/16". See bending requirements 2,975 480 53 64 57-1/4 TRC-6448 NS 175986 1.3
3,300 240 53 70 63-1/4 TRC-7048 NS 175994 1.3
in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 3,300 480 53 70 63-1/4 TRC-7048 NS 176006 1.3
3,600 240 53 76 69-1/4 TRC-7648 NS 176014 1.3
3,600 480 53 76 69-1/4 TRC-7648 NS 176022 1.3
3,900 240 53 82 75-1/4 TRC-8248 NS 176030 1.8
3,900 480 53 82 75-1/4 TRC-8248 NS 176049 1.8
4,225 240 53 88 81-1/4 TRC-8848 NS 176057 1.8
4,225 480 53 88 81-1/4 TRC-8848 NS 176065 1.8
4,525 240 53 94 87-1/4 TRC-9448 NS 176073 1.8
4,525 480 53 94 87-1/4 TRC-9448 NS 176081 1.8
4,850 240 53 100 93-1/4 TRC-10048 NS 176090 2.5
4,850 480 53 100 93-1/4 TRC-10048 NS 176102 2.5
5,150 240 53 106 99-1/4 TRC-10648 NS 176110 2.5
5,150 480 53 106 99-1/4 TRC-10648 NS 176129 2.5
5,475 240 53 112 105-1/4 TRC-11248 NS 176137 2.5
5,475 480 53 112 105-1/4 TRC-11248 NS 176145 2.5
A-30
Components
TI
TUBULAR
1/2" Dia.
Heart Cross-Section
Dimensions
13/16 A ± 1/2% 13/16
• 450 - 2,500 Watts B
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt

Round 1/2" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath
• 30 W/In2 Section
Round
Section
2-1/2 2-1/2

High element surface temperature clamp-on Wt.
Watts Volts W/In 2
Sheath A Sheath B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
or air heating applications or where extreme
450 120 30 16 9-1/2 TI-1645 NS 144160 0.5
rigidity is required. 540 120 30 18 11-1/2 TI-1845 NS 144178 0.5
635 120 30 20 13-1/2 TI-2045 NS 144186 0.5
Advantages 750 120 30 23 16-1/2 TI-2345 NS 144194 0.5
750 240 30 23 16-1/2 TI-2345 NS 144207 0.5
More uniform surface temperatures and 825 120 30 25 18-1/2 TI-2545 NS 171600 0.5
825 240 30 25 18-1/2 TI-2545 NS 144215 0.5
resistance to deformation.
900 120 30 27 20-1/2 TI-2745 NS 171619 0.5
900 240 30 27 20-1/2 TI-2745 NS 144223 0.5
Features 1,000 120 30 28 21-1/2 TI-2845 NS 144231 1
1,000 240 30 28 21-1/2 TI-2845 NS 144240 1
Type 4 Terminals — Standard. Integral parts 1,100 120 30 30 23-1/2 TI-3045 NS 171627 1
of the element are of high strength to resist 1,100 240 30 30 23-1/2 TI-3045 NS 144258 1
bending during tightening of the wiring con- 1,200 120 30 32 25-1/2 TI-3245 NS 171635 1
1,200 240 30 32 25-1/2 TI-3245 NS 144493 1
1,275 120 30 34 27-1/2 TI-3445 NS 171643 1
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 1,275 240 30 34 27-1/2 TI-3445 NS 144266 1
Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,350 120 30 36 29-1/2 TI-3645 NS 171651 1
1,350 240 30 36 29-1/2 TI-3645 NS 144274 1
Work Temperatures — See Tubular Heater 1,425 120 30 38 31-1/2 TI-3845 NS 171660 1
Overview section. 1,425 240 30 38 31-1/2 TI-3845 NS 144282 1
1,500 120 30 40 33-1/2 TI-4045 NS 144290 1.3
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside bend- 1,500 240 30 40 33-1/2 TI-4045 NS 144303 1.3
ing radius is 2-1/2". See bending requirements 1,650 120 30 43-1/2 37 TI-4345 NS 171678 1.3
1,650 240 30 43-1/2 37 TI-4345 NS 144311 1.3
in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 1,725 120 30 44 37-1/2 TI-4445 NS 171686 1.3
1,725 240 30 44 37-1/2 TI-4445 NS 144320 1.3
1,800 120 30 46 39-1/2 TI-4645 NS 171694 1.3
1,800 240 30 46 39-1/2 TI-4645 NS 144338 1.3
1,875 120 30 48 41-1/2 TI-4845 NS 171707 1.3
1,875 240 30 48 41-1/2 TI-4845 NS 144346 1.3
1,950 120 30 50 43-1/2 TI-5045 NS 171715 1.3
1,950 240 30 50 43-1/2 TI-5045 NS 144354 1.3
1,950 480 30 50 43-1/2 TI-5045 NS 171723 1.3
2,000 120 30 54-1/4 47-3/8 TI-5445 NS 144362 1.8
2,000 240 30 54-1/4 47-3/8 TI-5445 NS 144370 1.8
2,000 480 30 54-1/4 47-3/8 TI-5445 NS 171731 1.8
2,250 120 30 58 51-1/2 TI-5845 NS 171740 1.8
2,250 240 30 58 51-1/2 TI-5845 NS 144389 1.8
2,250 480 30 58 51-1/2 TI-5845 NS 171758 1.8
2,500 120 30 60 53-1/2 TI-6045 NS 171766 1.8
2,500 240 30 60 53-1/2 TI-6045 NS 144397 1.8
2,500 480 30 60 53-1/2 TI-6045 NS 171774 1.8
A-31
Components
TI
1/2" Dia. Heart
• INCOLOY® Sheath Dimensions
• 2,750 - 6,750 Watts 13/16 A ± 1/2% 13/16
B
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
• 30 W/In2 Round 1/2" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath Round

Section Section
• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp. 2-1/2 2-1/2
Applications
High element surface temperature clamp-on
or air heating applications or where extreme Dimensions (In.) INCOLOY® Sheath
Wt.
rigidity is required. Watts Volts W/In 2
2,750 120 30 66 59-1/2 TI-6645 NS 171782 1.8
Advantages 2,750 240 30 66 59-1/2 TI-6645 NS 144400 1.8
2,750 480 30 66 59-1/2 TI-6645 NS 171790 1.8
More uniform surface temperatures and 3,000 120 30 70 63-1/2 TI-7045 NS 171803 1.8
resistance to deformation. 3,000 240 30 70 63-1/2 TI-7045 NS 144418 1.8
3,000 480 30 70 63-1/2 TI-7045 NS 171811 1.8
Features 3,125 120 30 74 67-1/2 TI-7445 NS 171820 1.8
3,125 240 30 74 67-1/2 TI-7445 NS 144426 1.8
3,125 480 30 74 67-1/2 TI-7445 NS 171838 1.8
Type 4 Terminals — Standard. Integral parts 3,250 120 30 78 71-1/2 TI-7845 NS 171846 2.3
of the element are of high strength to resist 3,250 240 30 78 71-1/2 TI-7845 NS 144434 2.3
bending during tightening of the wiring con- 3,250 480 30 78 71-1/2 TI-7845 NS 171854 2.3
nections. Type 4 is threaded extension of the 3,375 240 30 82 75-1/2 TI-8245 NS 144442 2.3
3,375 480 30 82 75-1/2 TI-8245 NS 171862 2.3
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 3,500 240 30 85 78-1/2 TI-8545 NS 144450 2.3
Tubular Heater Overview section. 3,500 480 30 85 78-1/2 TI-8545 NS 171870 2.3
3,625 240 30 90 83-1/2 TI-9045 NS 171889 2.3
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 3,625 480 30 90 83-1/2 TI-9045 NS 171897 2.3
Heater Overview section. 3,750 240 30 94 87-1/2 TI-9445 NS 171900 2.3
3,750 480 30 94 87-1/2 TI-9445 NS 171918 2.3
ing radius is 2-1/2". See bending requirements 3,875 480 30 98 91-1/2 TI-9845 NS 171934 2.3
4,000 240 30 100 93-1/2 TI-10045 NS 144469 3.3
in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 4,000 480 30 100 93-1/2 TI-10045 NS 171942 3.3
4,500 240 30 108 101-1/2 TI-10845 NS 144477 3.3
4,500 480 30 108 101-1/2 TI-10845 NS 171950 3.3
4,750 240 30 112 105-1/2 TI-11245 NS 144485 3.3
4,750 480 30 112 105-1/2 TI-11245 NS 171969 3.3
5,000 240 30 118 111-1/2 TI-11845 NS 171977 3.3
5,000 480 30 118 111-1/2 TI-11845 NS 171985 3.3
5,250 240 30 130 123-1/2 TI-13045 NS 171993 3.3
5,250 480 30 130 123-1/2 TI-13045 NS 172005 3.3
5,500 240 30 136 129-1/2 TI-13645 NS 172013 3.3
5,500 480 30 136 129-1/2 TI-13645 NS 172021 3.3
5,750 240 30 142 135-1/2 TI-14245 NS 172030 4.3
5,750 480 30 142 135-1/2 TI-14245 NS 172048 4.3
6,000 480 30 148 141-1/2 TI-14845 NS 172056 4.3
6,250 480 30 156 149-1/2 TI-15645 NS 172064 4.3
6,500 480 30 164 157-1/2 TI-16445 NS 172072 4.3
6,750 480 30 172 165-1/2 TI-17245 NS 172080 4.3
A-32
Components
TI
TUBULAR
3/8" Dia.
Heart Cross-Section
Dimensions
• 300 - 1,850 Watts Round Section

3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath 1
1-1/2
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
• 30 W/In2 B 3/8
A ± 1/2%

High element surface temperature clamp-on Wt.
or air heating applications or where extreme Watts Volts W/In2 Sheath A Sheath B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
rigidity is required. 300 120 30 16 9-1/2 TI-1648 NS 282263 0.4
350 120 30 18 11-1/2 TI-1848 NS 282271 0.4
450 120 30 20 13-1/2 TI-2048 NS 282280 0.4
Advantages 500 120 30 22 15-1/2 TI-2248 NS 282298 0.4
650 120 30 25 18-1/2 TI-2548 NS 282300 0.4
More uniform surface temperatures and 650 240 30 25 18-1/2 TI-2548 NS 282319 0.4
resistance to deformation. 700 120 30 27 20-1/2 TI-2748 NS 282327 0.4
700 240 30 27 20-1/2 TI-2748 NS 282335 0.4
Features 750 120 30 28 21-1/2 TI-2848 NS 282343 0.8
750 240 30 28 21-1/2 TI-2848 NS 282351 0.8
800 120 30 30 23-1/2 TI-3048 NS 282360 0.8
Type 3 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 240 30 30 23-1/2 TI-3048 NS 282370 0.8
800
850 120 30 32 25-1/2 TI-3248 NS 282386 0.8
Tubular Heater Overview section. 240 30 32 25-1/2 TI-3248 NS 282394 0.8
850
900 120 30 34 27-1/2 TI-3448 NS 282407 0.8
Work Temperatures — See Tubular Heater 240 30 34 27-1/2 TI-3448 NS 282415 0.8
900
Overview section.
1,000 120 30 36 29-1/2 TI-3648 NS 282423 0.8
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside 1,000 240 30 36 29-1/2 TI-3648 NS 282431 0.8
1,050 120 30 38 31-1/2 TI-3848 NS 282440 0.8
bending radius is 1-7/8". See bending inside 1,050 240 30 38 31-1/2 TI-3848 NS 282458 0.8
requirements in the Tubular Heater Overview 1,100 120 30 40 33-1/2 TI-4048 NS 282466 1
section. 1,100 240 30 40 33-1/2 TI-4048 NS 282474 1
1,200 120 30 42 35-1/2 TI-4248 NS 282482 1
1,200 240 30 42 35-1/2 TI-4248 NS 282490 1
1,250 120 30 44 37-1/2 TI-4448 NS 282503 1
1,250 240 30 44 37-1/2 TI-4448 NS 282511 1
1,300 120 30 46 39-1/2 TI-4648 NS 282520 1
1,300 240 30 46 39-1/2 TI-4648 NS 282538 1
1,350 120 30 48 41-1/2 TI-4848 NS 282546 1
1,350 240 30 48 41-1/2 TI-4848 NS 282554 1
1,450 120 30 50 43-1/2 TI-5048 NS 282562 1
1,450 240 30 50 43-1/2 TI-5048 NS 282570 1
1,450 480 30 50 43-1/2 TI-5048 NS 173462 1
1,550 120 30 54 47-1/2 TI-5448 NS 282589 1.3
1,550 240 30 54 47-1/2 TI-5448 NS 282597 1.3
1,550 480 30 54 47-1/2 TI-5448 NS 173470 1.3
1,700 120 30 58 51-1/2 TI-5848 NS 282600 1.3
1,700 240 30 58 51-1/2 TI-5848 NS 282618 1.3
1,700 480 30 58 51-1/2 TI-5848 NS 173489 1.3
1,850 120 30 62 55-1/2 TI-6248 NS 282626 1.3
1,850 240 30 62 55-1/2 TI-6248 NS 282634 1.3
1,850 480 30 62 55-1/2 TI-6248 NS 173497 1.3
A-33
Components
TI
3/8" Dia. Heart
Dimensions
• 1,950 - 5,350 Watts Round Section

1
1-1/2 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
• 30 W/In2 B 3/8
A ± 1/2%

High element surface temperature clamp-on, Dimensions (In.) INCOLOY® Sheath
or air heating applications, or where extreme Wt.
Watts Volts W/In2 Sheath A Sheath B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
rigidity is required.
1,950 120 30 66 59-1/2 TI-6648 NS 282642 1.3
1,950 240 30 66 59-1/2 TI-6648 NS 282650 1.3
Advantages 1,950 480 30 66 59-1/2 TI-6648 NS 173500 1.3
2,100 120 30 70 63-1/2 TI-7048 NS 282669 1.3
More uniform surface temperatures and 2,100 240 30 70 63-1/2 TI-7048 NS 282677 1.3
resistance to deformation. 2,100 480 30 70 63-1/2 TI-7048 NS 173518 1.3
2,250 120 30 74 67-1/2 TI-7448 NS 173526 1.3
Features 2,250 240 30 74 67-1/2 TI-7448 NS 282685 1.3
2,250 480 30 74 67-1/2 TI-7448 NS 173534 1.3
Type 3 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 2,350 120 30 78 71-1/2 TI-7848 NS 173542 1.8
2,350 240 30 78 71-1/2 TI-7848 NS 282693 1.8
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 2,350 480 30 78 71-1/2 TI-7848 NS 173550 1.8
Tubular Heater Overview section. 2,500 240 30 82 75-1/2 TI-8248 NS 282706 1.8
2,500 480 30 82 75-1/2 TI-8248 NS 173569 1.8
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 2,600 240 30 86 79-1/2 TI-8648 NS 282714 1.8
Heater Overview section. 2,600 480 30 86 79-1/2 TI-8648 NS 173577 1.8
2,750 240 30 90 83-1/2 TI-9048 NS 282722 1.8
ing radius is 1-7/8". See bending requirements 2,900 240 30 94 87-1/2 TI-9448 NS 282730 1.8
2,900 480 30 94 87-1/2 TI-9448 NS 173593 1.8
3,000 240 30 98 91-1/2 TI-9848 NS 282749 1.8
3,000 480 30 98 91-1/2 TI-9848 NS 173606 1.8
3,150 240 30 102 95-1/2 TI-10248 NS 282757 2.5
3,150 480 30 102 95-1/2 TI-10248 NS 173614 2.5
3,300 240 30 106 99-1/2 TI-10648 NS 282765 2.5
3,300 480 30 106 99-1/2 TI-10648 NS 173622 2.5
3,500 240 30 112 105-1/2 TI-11248 NS 282773 2.5
3,500 480 30 112 105-1/2 TI-11248 NS 173630 2.5
3,650 240 30 118 111-1/2 TI-11848 NS 173649 2.5
3,650 480 30 118 111-1/2 TI-11848 NS 173657 2.5
3,900 240 30 124 117-1/2 TI-12448 NS 173665 2.5
3,900 480 30 124 117-1/2 TI-12448 NS 173673 2.5
4,100 240 30 130 123-1/2 TI-13048 NS 173681 2.5
4,100 480 30 130 123-1/2 TI-13048 NS 173690 2.5
4,300 240 30 136 129-1/2 TI-13648 NS 173702 3.8
4,300 480 30 136 129-1/2 TI-13648 NS 173710 3.8
4,500 240 30 142 135-1/2 TI-14248 NS 173729 3.8
4,500 480 30 142 135-1/2 TI-14248 NS 173737 3.8
4,700 480 30 148 141-1/2 TI-14848 NS 173745 3.8
4,950 480 30 156 149-1/2 TI-15648 NS 173753 3.8
5,200 480 30 164 157-1/2 TI-16448 NS 173761 3.8
5,350 480 30 172 165-1/2 TI-17248 NS 173770 3.8
A-34
Components
RTU
TUBULAR
3/8" Dia.
Heart Cross-Section
Dimensions
• INCOLOY Sheath
®
A ± 1/2%
• 400 - 2,500 Watts
3/4 B
• 120, 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt
• 40 W/In2 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath
• 1-1/2" Cold End All Dimensions in Inches

(400 - 650 Watts)
Applications
• 2-1/8" Cold End Features
(800 - 2,500 Watts) • Radiant Heating in Room Ambient
Type 8 Terminals — Standard with
• Heating High Velocity Air threaded clip to facilitate wiring.
• Low Temperature Clamp-ons Retaining Rings locate elements in radiant
• Component of Radiant Heater heater assemblies.
(type RAD and RADD) Advantages
Specially constructed to provide excellent Overview section.
service life in radiant heating applications.

Wt.
400 120 40 10-1/4 7-1/4 RTU-2063AX35 NS 147766 0.8
650 120 40 16-5/8 13-5/8 RTU-2063AX29 NS 147774 0.8
800 120 40 21-1/16 16-3/16 RTU-2083A NS 106112 0.8
800 208 40 21-1/16 16-3/16 RTU-2083AV NS 106120 0.8
800 240 40 21-1/16 16-3/16 RTU-2083A NS 106139 0.8
800 275 40 21-1/16 16-3/16 RTU-2083AV NS 106147 0.8
1,100 120 40 27-5/32 22-29/32 RTU-3113A NS 106155 1
1,100 208 40 27-5/32 22-29/32 RTU-3113AV NS 106163 1
1,100 240 40 27-5/32 22-29/32 RTU-3113A NS 106171 1
1,100 275 40 27-5/32 22-29/32 RTU-3113AV NS 106180 1
1,300 208 40 32-1/8 27-7/8 RTU-3133AV NS 147782 1
1,300 240 40 32-1/8 27-7/8 RTU-3133A NS 108409 1
1,300 275 40 32-1/8 27-7/8 RTU-3133AV NS 147790 1
1,300 480 40 32-1/8 27-7/8 RTU-3133A NS 108396 1
1,800 208 40 42-27/32 38-19/32 RTU-4183AV NS 106198 1.3
1,800 240 40 42-27/32 38-19/32 RTU-4183A NS 106200 1.3
1,800 275 40 42-27/32 38-19/32 RTU-4183AV NS 106219 1.3
1,800 480 40 42-27/32 38-19/32 RTU-4183A NS 106227 1.3
2,150 208 40 50-1/32 45-17/32 RTU-5213AV NS 147803 1.4
2,150 240 40 50-1/32 45-17/32 RTU-5213A NS 147820 1.4
2,150 275 40 50-1/32 45-17/32 RTU-5213AV NS 147811 1.4
2,150 480 40 50-1/32 45-17/32 RTU-5213A NS 147838 1.4
2,500 208 40 57-15/32 53-7/32 RTU-5253AV NS 106235 1.5
2,500 240 40 57-15/32 53-7/32 RTU-5253A NS 106243 1.5
2,500 275 40 57-15/32 53-7/32 RTU-5253AV NS 106251 1.5
2,500 480 40 57-15/32 53-7/32 RTU-5253A NS 106260 1.5
2,500 480 40 57-15/32 53-7/32 RTU-5253M NS 147846 1.5
A-35
Components
RTU
3/8" Dia. Heart
Dimensions
A ± 1/2%
• 2,700 - 6,500 Watts
3/4 B
• 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt
• 40 W/In2 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath

• 2-1/8, 3-3/8 and 4" Cold Ends
• Radiant Heating in Room Ambient Type 8 Terminals — Standard with threaded
• Component of Radiant Heater clip to facilitate wiring.
• Heating High Velocity Air
(Type RAD and RADD) Retaining Rings locate elements in radiant
• Low Temperature Clamp-ons heater assemblies.
Advantages Work Temperatures — See Tubular Heater
Overview section.
Specially constructed to provide excellent
service life in radiant heating applications. Bending — Customer’s minimum inside
Wt.
2-1/8" Cold End
2,700 208 40 61-27/32 57-11/32 RTU-6273AV NS 147854 1.6
2,700 240 40 61-27/32 57-11/32 RTU-6273A NS 147870 1.6
2,700 275 40 61-27/32 57-11/32 RTU-6273AV NS 147862 1.6
2,700 480 40 61-27/32 57-11/32 RTU-6273A NS 147889 1.6
3,000 208 40 69-1/4 65 RTU-6303AV NS 106278 1.8
3,000 240 40 69-1/4 65 RTU-6303A NS 106286 1.8
3,000 275 40 69-1/4 65 RTU-6303AV NS 106294 1.8
3,000 480 40 69-1/4 65 RTU-6303A NS 106307 1.8
3,000 480 40 69-1/4 65 RTU-6303M NS 147897 1.8
3,350 208 40 75-21/32 71-5/32 RTU-7333AV NS 147900 1.8
3,350 240 40 75-21/32 71-5/32 RTU-7333A NS 147926 1.8
3,350 275 40 75-21/32 71-5/32 RTU-7333AV NS 147918 1.8
3,350 480 40 75-21/32 71-5/32 RTU-7333A NS 147934 1.8
3,600 208 40 81-9/32 77-1/32 RTU-7363AV NS 106315 2
3,600 240 40 81-9/32 77-1/32 RTU-7363A NS 106323 2
3,600 275 40 81-9/32 77-1/32 RTU-7363AV NS 106331 2
3,600 480 40 81-9/32 77-1/32 RTU-7363A NS 106340 2
3,600 480 40 81-9/32 77-1/32 RTU-7363M NS 147942 2
4,500 208 40 100-1/2 96 RTU-8453AV NS 147950 3.5
4,500 240 40 100-1/2 96 RTU-8453A NS 147977 3.5
4,500 275 40 100-1/2 96 RTU-8453AV NS 147967 3.5
4,500 480 40 100-1/2 96 RTU-8453A NS 147985 3.5
4,000 240 40 109-1/4 105 RTU-7303AX10 NS 106358 4
3-3/8" Cold End
5,000 240 40 134-1/2 127-3/4 RTU-7303AX13 NS 106366 5
4" Cold End
5,500 240 40 153-7/8 145-7/8 RTU-7303AX9A NS 106374 6
6,500 240 40 179-1/4 171-1/4 RTU-7363AX38 NS 106382 8
A-36
Components
UTU
TUBULAR
3/8" Dia.
Heart Cross-Section
• 800 - 3,600 Watts

Dimensions
• 120, 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt
B
Alternate Ring Position
• 40 W/In2
INCONEL® Weld 2 Ref.

• 2-1/8" Cold Ends
3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath
3/4 A ± 1/4"
• Component of Radiant Heater All Dimensions in Inches

(Type U-RAD, DU-RAD
and RUTU) Applications Features
clip to facilitate wiring.
Retaining Rings locate elements in radiant
• Low Temperature Clamp-ons heater assemblies.
Advantages Work Temperatures — See Tubular Heater
Overview section.
service life in radiant heating applications. Bending — Lengthwise only. See bending
requirements Tubular Heater Overview section.

Wt.
800 120 40 10-1/2 8-3/8 UTU-2 NS 106438 0.8
800 208 40 10-1/2 8-3/8 UTU-2V NS 106446 0.8
800 240 40 10-1/2 8-3/8 UTU-2 NS 106454 0.8
800 275 40 10-1/2 8-3/8 UTU-2V NS 106462 0.8
1,100 120 40 13-9/16 11-7/16 UTU-3 NS 106470 1
1,100 208 40 13-9/16 11-7/16 UTU-3V NS 106489 1
1,100 240 40 13-9/16 11-7/16 UTU-3 NS 106497 1
1,100 275 40 13-9/16 11-7/16 UTU-3V NS 106500 1
1,800 208 40 21-5/16 19-3/16 UTU-4V NS 106518 1.3
1,800 240 40 21-5/16 19-3/16 UTU-4 NS 106526 1.3
1,800 275 40 21-5/16 19-3/16 UTU-4V NS 106534 1.3
1,800 480 40 21-5/16 19-3/16 UTU-4 NS 106542 1.3
2,500 208 40 28-11/16 26-9/16 UTU-5V NS 106550 1.5
2,500 240 40 28-11/16 26-9/16 UTU-5 NS 106569 1.5
2,500 275 40 28-11/16 26-9/16 UTU-5V NS 106577 1.5
2,500 480 40 28-11/16 26-9/16 UTU-5 NS 106585 1.5
3,000 208 40 34-9/16 32-7/16 UTU-6V NS 106593 1.8
3,000 240 40 34-9/16 32-7/16 UTU-6 NS 106606 1.8
3,000 275 40 34-9/16 32-7/16 UTU-6V NS 106614 1.8
3,000 480 40 34-9/16 32-7/16 UTU-6 NS 106622 1.8
3,600 208 40 40-9/16 38-7/16 UTU-7V NS 106630 2
3,600 240 40 40-9/16 38-7/16 UTU-7 NS 106649 2
3,600 275 40 40-9/16 38-7/16 UTU-7V NS 106657 2
3,600 480 40 40-9/16 38-7/16 UTU-7 NS 106665 2
A-37
Components
UTU
3/8" Dia. Heart
Dimensions
• 1,600 - 3,950 Watts
1-1/8
• 120, 208, 275 and 480 Volt 2-7/16
3/4
• 40 W/In2

1
1-5/8
• Component of Radiant Heater
(type DU-RAD)
G ± 1/4"
Applications
• Radiant Heating in Room Ambient Specifications and Ordering Information
• Heating High Velocity Air INCOLOY® Sheath
G - DIM Wt.
Watts Volts W/In 2
(In.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
• Low Temperature Clamp-ons
1,600 120 40 18-5/16 UTU-40 NS 147002 1
Advantages 1,600 208 40 18-5/16 UTU-40V NS 147029 1
1,600 240 40 18-5/16 UTU-40 NS 147010 1
1,600 275 40 18-5/16 UTU-40V NS 147037 1
Specially constructed to provide excellent 1,970 120 40 22-13/16 UTU-48 NS 147045 1
service life in radiant heating applications. 1,970 208 40 22-13/16 UTU-48V NS 147061 1
1,970 240 40 22-13/16 UTU-48 NS 147053 1
Features 1,970 275 40 22-13/16 UTU-48V NS 147070 1
2,440 120 40 27-13/16 UTU-58 NS 147088 2
Type 3 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 2,440 208 40 27-13/16 UTU-58V NS 147117 2
2,440 240 40 27-13/16 UTU-58 NS 147096 2
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 2,440 275 40 27-13/16 UTU-58V NS 147125 2
Tubular Heater Overview section. 2,440 480 40 27-13/16 UTU-58 NS 147109 2
2,820 120 40 31-13/16 UTU-66 NS 147133 2
Retaining Rings locate elements in radiant 2,820 208 40 31-13/16 UTU-66V NS 147168 2
heater assemblies. 2,820 240 40 31-13/16 UTU-66 NS 147141 2
2,820 275 40 31-13/16 UTU-66V NS 147176 2
Work Temperatures — See Tubular Heater 2,820 480 40 31-13/16 UTU-66 NS 147150 2
Overview section. 3,190 120 40 35-13/16 UTU-74 NS 147184 2
3,190 208 40 35-13/16 UTU-74V NS 147221 2
3,190 240 40 35-13/16 UTU-74 NS 147192 2
3,190 275 40 35-13/16 UTU-74V NS 147230 2
3,190 480 40 35-13/16 UTU-74 NS 147205 2
3,570 208 40 39-7/8 UTU-82V NS 147248 2
3,570 240 40 39-7/8 UTU-82 NS 147264 2
3,570 275 40 39-7/8 UTU-82V NS 147256 2
3,570 480 40 39-7/8 UTU-82 NS 147272 2
3,950 208 40 43-7/8 UTU-90V NS 147280 2
3,950 240 40 43-7/8 UTU-90 NS 147301 2
3,950 275 40 43-7/8 UTU-90V NS 147299 2
3,950 480 40 43-7/8 UTU-90 NS 147310 2
A-38
Components
UTU
TUBULAR
3/8" Dia. Heart
Dimensions
• 4,520 - 7,830 Watts
1-1/8
• 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt 2-7/16
3/4
• 40 W/In2
1
(type DU-RAD) 1-5/8
Applications G ± 1/4"
• Radiant Heating in Room Ambient
• Heating High Velocity Air Specifications and Ordering Information
• Low Temperature Clamp-ons INCOLOY® Sheath
G - DIM Wt.
Advantages Watts Volts W/In2 (In.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
4,520 208 40 49-7/8 UTU-102V NS 147328 2
Specially constructed to provide excellent 4,520 240 40 49-7/8 UTU-102 NS 147344 2
4,520 275 40 49-7/8 UTU-102V NS 147336 2
service life in radiant heating applications. 4,520 480 40 49-7/8 UTU-102 NS 147352 2
4,990 208 40 54-7/8 UTU-112V NS 147360 3
Features 4,990 240 40 54-7/8 UTU-112 NS 147387 3
4,990 275 40 54-7/8 UTU-112V NS 147379 3
Type 3 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 4,990 480 40 54-7/8 UTU-112 NS 147395 3
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 5,560 208 40 60-15/16 UTU-124V NS 147408 3
Tubular Heater Overview section. 5,560 240 40 60-15/16 UTU-124 NS 147424 3
5,560 275 40 60-15/16 UTU-124V NS 147416 3
5,560 480 40 60-15/16 UTU-124 NS 147432 3
Retaining Rings locate elements in radiant
6,130 208 40 66-15/16 UTU-136V NS 147440 3
heater assemblies. 6,130 240 40 66-15/16 UTU-136 NS 147467 3
6,130 275 40 66-15/16 UTU-136V NS 147459 3
Bending — Lengthwise only. See bending 6,130 480 40 66-15/16 UTU-136 NS 147475 3
requirements in the Tubular Heater Overview 6,700 208 40 72-15/16 UTU-148V NS 147483 4
section. 6,700 240 40 72-15/16 UTU-148 NS 147504 4
6,700 275 40 72-15/16 UTU-148V NS 147491 4
6,700 480 40 72-15/16 UTU-148 NS 147512 4
7,100 208 40 77 UTU-156V NS 147520 4
7,100 240 40 77 UTU-156 NS 147547 4
7,100 275 40 77 UTU-156V NS 147539 4
7,100 480 40 77 UTU-156 NS 147555 4
7,450 240 40 81 UTU-164 NS 147580 4
7,450 275 40 81 UTU-164V NS 147571 4
7,450 480 40 81 UTU-164 NS 147598 4
7,830 208 40 85-1/16 UTU-172V NS 147600 5
7,830 240 40 85-1/16 UTU-172 NS 147627 5
7,830 275 40 85-1/16 UTU-172V NS 147619 5
7,830 480 40 85-1/16 UTU-172 NS 147635 5
A-39
Components
UTU-LT
3/8" Dia.
Heart Cross-Section
• 800 - 3,600 Watts

Dimensions
• 120, 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt
A ± 1/4" 3/4
• 40 W/In2 B
• 2-1/8" Cold Ends 0.609 R.
• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp. 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath 1-1/4

(type U-RAD-LT) Applications Features
Threaded liquid-tight fittings permit mounting Type 8 Terminals — Standard with threaded
for high-velocity air or immersion heating of clip to facilitate wiring.
liquids which are not corrosive to INCOLOY®.
When used for immersion heating, heated sec- Liquid-Tight Fittings — Standard for
tion of element must be immersed installation ease.
at all times. Work Temperatures — See Tubular
Advantages
Bending — Lengthwise only. See Tubular
Specially constructed to provide excellent Heater Overview section.

Wt.
Watts Volts W/In 2
800 120 40 10-1/2 8-3/8 UTU-2LT NS 106673 1
800 208 40 10-1/2 8-3/8 UTU-2LTV NS 147643 1
800 240 40 10-1/2 8-3/8 UTU-2LT NS 106681 1
800 275 40 10-1/2 8-3/8 UTU-2LTV NS 147651 1
1,100 120 40 13-9/16 11-7/16 UTU-3LT NS 106690 1.3
1,100 208 40 13-9/16 11-7/16 UTU-3LTV NS 147660 1.3
1,100 240 40 13-9/16 11-7/16 UTU-3LT NS 106702 1.3
1,100 275 40 13-9/16 11-7/16 UTU-3LTV NS 147678 1.3
1,800 208 40 21-5/16 19-3/16 UTU-4LTV NS 147686 1.5
1,800 240 40 21-5/16 19-3/16 UTU-4LT NS 106710 1.5
1,800 275 40 21-5/16 19-3/16 UTU-4LTV NS 147694 1.5
1,800 480 40 21-5/16 19-3/16 UTU-4LT NS 106729 1.5
2,500 208 40 28-11/16 26-9/16 UTU-5LTV NS 147707 1.8
2,500 240 40 28-11/16 26-9/16 UTU-5LT NS 106737 1.8
2,500 275 40 28-11/16 26-9/16 UTU-5LTV NS 147715 1.8
2,500 480 40 28-11/16 26-9/16 UTU-5LT NS 106745 1.8
3,000 208 40 34-9/16 32-7/16 UTU-6LTV NS 147723 2
3,000 240 40 34-9/16 32-7/16 UTU-6LT NS 106753 2
3,000 275 40 34-9/16 32-7/16 UTU-6LTV NS 147731 2
3,000 480 40 34-9/16 32-7/16 UTU-6LT NS 106761 2
3,600 208 40 40-9/16 38-7/16 UTU-7LTV NS 147740 2.3
3,600 240 40 40-9/16 38-7/16 UTU-7LT NS 106770 2.3
3,600 275 40 40-9/16 38-7/16 UTU-7LTV NS 147758 2.3
3,600 480 40 40-9/16 38-7/16 UTU-7LT NS 106788 2.3
A-40
Components
UTUA-LT
TUBULAR
430” Dia.
Round Cross- Section Replacement Elements - Dimensions (Inches)
• INCOLOY Sheath A ± 1/4
• 2000 and 4500 Watts

240 and 480 Volt
0.609”R
• 9/16 - 18 Bulkhead Fittings
• Replacement Element for

Aitken* OH, SH, PPH and
PHX Radiant Heaters B
Replaces heating elements in radiant comfort Liquid-Tight Fittings - 9/16-18 Brass for
heaters manufactured by Aitken Products, mounting. Nuts, washers and gaskets in-
Inc. It can also be used in other heating ap- cluded.
plications where threaded liquid-tight fittings
permit mounting for high-velocity air or im- 10-32 Terminals - Stainless steel, complete
mersion heating of liquids which are not cor- with nuts and washers.
rosive to INCOLOY. When used for immersion
heating, heated section of element must be Work Temperatures - See Tubular Heater
immersed at all times. overview section for element rated 40 W/In2
Advantages Bending - Lengthwise only. See Tubular

Heater Overview Section.

Dimensions (In)
40 W/In 2
Wt.
Watts Volts A B Model Aitken* Part No. Stock PCN (Lbs)
2000 240 21.5 20.5 UTUA-224LT HE20240 S 106016 2
2000 480 21.5 20.5 UTUA-248LT HE20480 S 106024 2
4500 240 43 42 UTUA-424LT HE45240 S 106032 3
4500 480 43 42 UTUA-448LT HE45480 S 106040 3
To Order—Specify model, watts, volts, phase and quantity.
*Aitken is a registered trademark of Aitken Products, Inc.
A-41
Components
URPT
3/8" Dia.
Heart Cross-Section
• 4,400 - 6,000 Watts
• 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt

Dimensions
• 40 W/In2 B
Alternate Ring Position
• 1600oF Max. Sheath Temp.

(type U-RP) 3/4 A ± 1/4"
clip to facilitate wiring.
Retaining Rings — locate elements in radiant
• Low Temperature Clamp-Ons heater assemblies.
Advantages Work Temperatures — See Tubular
service life in radiant heating applications. Bending — Lengthwise only. See bending
requirements bending requirements in the

Wt.
Watts Volts W/In 2
4,400 208 40 49-7/16 47-3/16 URPT-444V NS 147993 2
4,400 240 40 49-7/16 47-3/16 URPT-444 NS 148013 2
4,400 275 40 49-7/16 47-3/16 URPT-444V NS 148005 2
4,400 480 40 49-7/16 47-3/16 URPT-444 NS 148021 2
6,000 208 40 67-1/16 64-13/16 URPT-560V NS 148030 3
6,000 240 40 67-1/16 64-13/16 URPT-560 NS 148056 3
6,000 275 40 67-1/16 64-13/16 URPT-560V NS 148048 3
6,000 480 40 67-1/16 64-13/16 URPT-560 NS 148064 3
A-42
Components
LMS
TUBULAR
3/8" Dia.
Heart Cross-Section
Dimensions
• 450 - 1,750 Watts
B
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt

• 42 - 47 W/In2

A ± 1/2%
• 1600oF Max. Sheath Temp. 3" Min. Gauge Bare Alloy Stranded Wire
(type LN and LW) Applications Features
• Radiant Heating in Room Ambient Lead Wire — Terminals useful wherever flex-
ible leads are desired.
• Low Temperature Clamp-ons Overview section.
Advantages Bending — Lengthwise only. Minimum inside
bending radius 1-7/8". See bending require-
Specially constructed to provide excellent ments in the Tubular Heater Overview section.

Wt.
450 120 48 12-1/4 8 LMS-15 S 114083 1
725 208 44 18-1/8 13-7/8 LMS-21X1 S 114104 1
725 240 44 18-1/8 13-7/8 LMS-21 S 114091 1
1,150 208 43 27 22-3/4 LMS-30X1 NS 114120 1
1,150 240 43 27 22-3/4 LMS-30 S 114112 1
1,750 208 42 40 35-3/4 LMS-43X1 NS 114147 2
1,750 240 42 40 35-3/4 LMS-43 S 114139 2
1,750 480 42 40 35-3/4 LMS-43X2 S 114155 2
A-43
A-43
Components
TS
1/2" Dia.
Heart Cross-Section
• Steel Sheath
Dimensions
• 3,700 - 5,300 Watts
13/16 A ± 1/2% 13/16
• 240 and 480 Volt B
• 20 W/In2
Round 1/2" Dia. Steel Sheath Round
• 750°F Max. Sheath Temp. Section Section
2-1/2 2-1/2
High element surface temperature clamp-on Type 4 Terminals — Integral parts of the
or air heating applications or where extreme element are of high strength to resist bending
rigidity is required. during tightening of the wiring connections.
Type 4 is threaded extension of the cold pin.
Advantages See terminal detail drawing in the Tubular
More uniform surface temperatures and
resistance to deformation. Work Temperatures — See Tubular

Wt.
3,700 240 20 112 105-1/2 TS-11245 NS 171425 3.3
3,700 480 20 112 105-1/2 TS-11245 NS 171432 3.3
3,800 240 20 124 117-1/2 TS-12445 NS 171440 3.3
3,800 480 20 124 117-1/2 TS-12445 NS 171459 3.3
3,920 240 20 130 123-1/2 TS-13045 NS 171467 3.3
3,920 480 20 130 123-1/2 TS-13045 NS 171475 3.3
4,075 240 20 136 129-1/2 TS-13645 NS 171483 4.3
4,075 480 20 136 129-1/2 TS-13645 NS 171491 4.3
4,250 240 20 142 135-1/2 TS-14245 NS 171504 4.3
4,250 480 20 142 135-1/2 TS-14245 NS 171512 4.3
4,450 240 20 148 141-1/2 TS-14845 NS 171520 4.3
4,450 480 20 148 141-1/2 TS-14845 NS 171539 4.3
4,700 240 20 156 149-1/2 TS-15645 NS 171547 4.3
4,700 480 20 156 149-1/2 TS-15645 NS 171555 4.3
5,000 240 20 164 157-1/2 TS-16445 NS 171563 4.3
5,000 480 20 164 157-1/2 TS-16445 NS 171571 4.3
5,300 240 20 172 165-1/2 TS-17245 NS 171580 4.3
5,300 480 20 172 165-1/2 TS-17245 NS 171598 4.3
To Order—Specify model, PCN, watts, volts and quantity. If element is to be bent, specify
“must be annealed”.
A-44
Components
TS
TUBULAR
3/8" Dia.
Heart Cross-Section Dimensions
Round Section
3/8" Heart Shaped Steel Sheath 1
1-1/2
• Steel Sheath
• 225 - 1,500 Watts

3/8
B
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt A ± 1/2%
• 20 W/In2 All Dimensions in Inches

Wt.
Applications Watts Volts W/In2 Sheath A Sheath B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
225 120 20 16 9-1/2 TS-1648 NS 282845 0.4
High element surface temperature clamp-on 250 120 20 18 11-1/2 TS-1848 NS 282853 0.4
or air heating applications or where extreme 300 120 20 20 13-1/2 TS-2048 NS 282861 0.4
rigidity is required. 350 120 20 22 15-1/2 TS-2248 NS 172750 0.4
450 120 20 25 18-1/2 TS-2548 NS 282870 0.4
500 120 20 27 20-1/2 TS-2748 NS 282888 0.4
Advantages 500 240 20 27 20-1/2 TS-2748 NS 282896 0.4
500 120 20 28 21-1/2 TS-2848 NS 282909 0.8
More uniform surface temperatures and 500 240 20 28 21-1/2 TS-2848 NS 282917 0.8
resistance to deformation. 550 120 20 30 23-1/2 TS-3048 NS 282925 0.8
550 240 20 30 23-1/2 TS-3048 NS 172769 0.8
600 120 20 32 25-1/2 TS-3248 NS 282933 0.8
Features 600 240 20 32 25-1/2 TS-3248 NS 172777 0.8
650 120 20 34 27-1/2 TS-3448 NS 172785 0.8
Type 3 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 650 240 20 34 27-1/2 TS-3448 NS 172793 0.8
cold pin. See terminal detail drawing in the 700 120 20 36 29-1/2 TS-3648 NS 282941 0.8
700 240 20 36 29-1/2 TS-3648 NS 282950 0.8
Tubular Heater Overview section. 750 120 20 38 31-1/2 TS-3848 NS 282968 0.8
750 240 20 38 31-1/2 TS-3848 NS 282976 0.8
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 800 120 20 40 33-1/2 TS-4048 NS 172806 1
Heater Overview section. 800 240 20 40 33-1/2 TS-4048 NS 282984 1
850 120 20 42 35-1/2 TS-4248 NS 172814 1
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside bend- 850 240 20 42 35-1/2 TS-4248 NS 172822 1
ing radius is 1-7/8". See bending requirements 900 120 20 44 37-1/2 TS-4448 NS 172830 1
900 240 20 44 37-1/2 TS-4448 NS 282992 1
in the Tubular Heater Overview section. 950 120 20 46 39-1/2 TS-4648 NS 172849 1
950 240 20 46 39-1/2 TS-4648 NS 172857 1
1,000 120 20 48 41-1/2 TS-4848 NS 283004 1
1,000 240 20 48 41-1/2 TS-4848 NS 283012 1
1,000 480 20 48 41-1/2 TS-4848 NS 172865 1
1,050 120 20 50 43-1/2 TS-5048 NS 172873 1
1,050 240 20 50 43-1/2 TS-5048 NS 172881 1
1,050 480 20 50 43-1/2 TS-5048 NS 172890 1
1,100 120 20 54 47-1/2 TS-5448 NS 283020 1.3
1,100 240 20 54 47-1/2 TS-5448 NS 172902 1.3
1,100 480 20 54 47-1/2 TS-5448 NS 172910 1.3
1,200 120 20 58 51-1/2 TS-5848 NS 172929 1.3
1,200 240 20 58 51-1/2 TS-5848 NS 283039 1.3
1,200 480 20 58 51-1/2 TS-5848 NS 172937 1.3
1,300 120 20 62 55-1/2 TS-6248 NS 172945 1.3
1,300 240 20 62 55-1/2 TS-6248 NS 283047 1.3
1,300 480 20 62 55-1/2 TS-6248 NS 172953 1.3
1,400 120 20 66 59-1/2 TS-6648 NS 172961 1.3
1,400 240 20 66 59-1/2 TS-6648 NS 172970 1.3
1,400 480 20 66 59-1/2 TS-6648 NS 172988 1.3
1,500 120 20 70 63-1/2 TS-7048 NS 283055 1.3
1,500 240 20 70 63-1/2 TS-7048 NS 172996 1.3
1,500 480 20 70 63-1/2 TS-7048 NS 173008 1.3
A-45
A-45
Components
TS
3/8" Dia. Heart
Dimensions
• Steel Sheath Round Section

3/8" Heart Shaped Steel Sheath
1-1/2 1
• 1,600 - 3,800 Watts
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt B

3/8
A ± 1/2%
• 20 W/In2
Applications Wt.
Watts Volts W/In 2
High element surface temperature clamp-on 1,600 120 20 74 67-1/2 TS-7448 NS 173016 1.3
1,600 240 20 74 67-1/2 TS-7448 NS 173024 1.3
or air heating applications or where extreme 1,600 480 20 74 67-1/2 TS-7448 NS 173032 1.3
rigidity is required. 1,700 120 20 78 71-1/2 TS-7848 NS 173040 1.8
1,700 240 20 78 71-1/2 TS-7848 NS 173059 1.8
Advantages 1,700 480 20 78 71-1/2 TS-7848 NS 173067 1.8
1,800 120 20 82 75-1/2 TS-8248 NS 173075 1.8
More uniform surface temperatures and 1,800 240 20 82 75-1/2 TS-8248 NS 173083 1.8
1,800 480 20 82 75-1/2 TS-8248 NS 173091 1.8
resistance to deformation. 1,850 120 20 86 79-1/2 TS-8648 NS 173104 1.8
1,850 240 20 86 79-1/2 TS-8648 NS 173112 1.8
Features 1,850 480 20 86 79-1/2 TS-8648 NS 173120 1.8
1,950 120 20 90 83-1/2 TS-9048 NS 173139 1.8
Type 3 Terminals — Heliarc-welded to the 1,950 240 20 90 83-1/2 TS-9048 NS 173147 1.8
1,950 480 20 90 83-1/2 TS-9048 NS 173155 1.8
2,050 120 20 94 87-1/2 TS-9448 NS 173163 1.8
Tubular Heater Overview section. 2,050 240 20 94 87-1/2 TS-9448 NS 173171 1.8
2,050 480 20 94 87-1/2 TS-9448 NS 173180 1.8
2,150 120 20 98 91-1/2 TS-9848 NS 173198 1.8
Overview section. 2,150 240 20 98 91-1/2 TS-9848 NS 173200 1.8
2,150 480 20 98 91-1/2 TS-9848 NS 173219 1.8
Bending — Customer’s minimum inside 2,250 120 20 102 95-1/2 TS-10248 NS 173227 2.5
bending radius is 1-7/8". See inside bending 2,250 240 20 102 95-1/2 TS-10248 NS 173235 2.5
requirements in the Tubular Heater Overview 2,250 480 20 102 95-1/2 TS-10248 NS 173243 2.5
section. 2,350 240 20 106 99-1/2 TS-10648 NS 173251 2.5
2,350 480 20 106 99-1/2 TS-10648 NS 173260 2.5
2,500 240 20 112 105-1/2 TS-11248 NS 283063 2.5
2,500 480 20 112 105-1/2 TS-11248 NS 173278 2.5
2,600 240 20 118 111-1/2 TS-11848 NS 173286 2.5
2,600 480 20 118 111-1/2 TS-11848 NS 173294 2.5
2,750 240 20 124 117-1/2 TS-12448 NS 173307 2.5
2,750 480 20 124 117-1/2 TS-12448 NS 173315 2.5
2,900 240 20 130 123-1/2 TS-13048 NS 173323 2.5
2,900 480 20 130 123-1/2 TS-13048 NS 173331 2.5
3,050 240 20 136 129-1/2 TS-13648 NS 173340 3.3
3,050 480 20 136 129-1/2 TS-13648 NS 173358 3.3
3,200 240 20 142 135-1/2 TS-14248 NS 173366 3.3
3,200 480 20 142 135-1/2 TS-14248 NS 173374 3.3
3,350 240 20 148 141-1/2 TS-14848 NS 173382 3.3
3,350 480 20 148 141-1/2 TS-14848 NS 173390 3.3
3,550 240 20 156 149-1/2 TS-15648 NS 173403 3.3
3,550 480 20 156 149-1/2 TS-15648 NS 173411 3.3
3,700 240 20 164 157-1/2 TS-16448 NS 173420 3.3
3,700 480 20 164 157-1/2 TS-16448 NS 173438 3.3
3,800 240 20 172 165-1/2 TS-17248 NS 173446 3.3
3,800 480 20 172 165-1/2 TS-17248 NS 173454 3.3
A-46
Components
ATS & ATU
TUBULAR
3/8 & 7/16" Dia.
Flat Cross-Section
• 575 - 1,350 Watts
• 120 and 240 Volt Dimensions

• 26 - 38 W/In2 A ± 1/2%
• Straight Elements (type ATS) INCOLOY® Sheath
• U-Shape Elements (type ATU) H

R F
Nom.Dia. W
Applications
Flat Pressed Length
• Clamp-ons All Dimensions in Inches
• Immersion (Corrosive Liquids, Fry Dimensions - Inches
Kettles, etc.) Nom. line voltages up to 480 volts. For application
Dia. W H R F details see Tubular Heater Overview section.
• Low Temperature Air Heating 3/8 3/8 5/16 9/16 1-7/8
7/16 7/16 3/8 21/32 2-3/16 Type 3 and 4 Terminals — Type 3 (3/8" dia.)
are Heliarc-welded to cold pin. Type 4 (7/16"
Features dia.) are threaded end of cold pin. See terminal
detail drawings in the Tubular Heater Overview
Flat-Pressed after triangulation to increase
section.
contact surface, improve heat conductivity.
Bending — Generally not recommended for
Series Wiring — Two or more elements of
flat-pressed, triangulated elements.
equal wattage may be connected in series on

Nom. Wt.
Dia. (In.) Watts Volts W/In2 Sheath A Heated B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
ATS — Straight
7/16 1,000 120 38 26-1/2 19-5/8 ATS-2610 NS 149147 0.8
7/16 900 240 35 26-1/2 19-5/8 ATS-2690 NS 283207 0.8
7/16 1,000 120 27 33-1/2 26-5/8 ATS-3310 NS 149155 1
7/16 1,200 240 36 33-1/2 26-5/8 ATS-3312 NS 283215 1
3/8 600 120 35 21-1/8 14-3/8 ATS-2160 NS 283194 0.6
3/8 575 240 34 21-1/8 14-3/8 ATS-2157 NS 149112 0.6
3/8 600 120 26 26-1/8 19-3/8 ATS-2660 NS 149120 0.8
3/8 675 240 29 26-1/8 19-3/8 ATS-2667 NS 149139 0.8
3/8 1,350 240 31 42-7/8 36-1/8 ATS-4313 NS 149163 1.2
ATU — U-Shape
7/16 1,000 120 38 13 9-1/2 ATU-1310 NS 283266 0.8
7/16 900 240 35 13 9-1/2 ATU-1390 NS 283274 0.8
7/16 1,000 120 27 16-1/2 13-1/16 ATU-1610 NS 283282 1
7/16 1,200 240 36 16-1/2 13-1/16 ATU-1612 NS 283290 1
3/8 600 120 35 10-1/2 7 ATU-1060 NS 283223 0.6
3/8 575 240 34 10-1/2 7 ATU-1057 NS 283231 0.6
3/8 600 120 26 12-7/8 9-1/2 ATU-1260 NS 283240 0.8
3/8 675 240 29 12-7/8 9-1/2 ATU-1267 NS 283258 0.8
3/8 1,350 240 31 21-1/4 18 ATU-2113 NS 283303 1.2
A-47
Components
STRI
.475" Dia. Round
Cross-Section
Single-End Terminal
Dimensions
10
• 325 - 3,400 Watts 0.475" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath
• 120 and 240 Volt 1/2

1-1/2 B 3-3/16
• 3 - 30 W/In2
A ± 1%

Applications
Wt.
Molds and other heat-transferring metal parts Watts Volts W/In2 Sheath A Heated B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
and air heating applications. Immersion heat- 325 120 30 11-7/8 7-3/16 STRI-1245 NS 149892 0.5
ing with flange, screwplug, threaded fitting or 500 120 30 15-7/8 11-3/16 STRI-1645 NS 149905 0.5
500 240 30 15-7/8 11-3/16 STRI-1645 S 149913 0.5
other means of mounting.
675 120 30 19-7/8 15-3/16 STRI-2045 NS 149921 0.5
675 240 30 19-7/8 15-3/16 STRI-2045 NS 149930 0.5
Advantages 850 120 30 23-7/8 19-3/16 STRI-2445 S 149948 0.5
850 240 30 23-7/8 19-3/16 STRI-2445 NS 149956 0.5
Elements with both terminals at one end, in 1,025 120 30 27-7/8 23-3/16 STRI-2845 NS 149964 1
dies, can simplify wiring in many cases. Use 1,025 240 30 27-7/8 23-3/16 STRI-2845 NS 149972 1
1,225 120 30 31-7/8 27-3/16 STRI-3245 NS 149980 1
slim elements to concentrate heat into a con- 1,225 240 30 31-7/8 27-3/16 STRI-3245 S 149999 1
fined area, taking up less space than a 1,400 120 30 35-7/8 31-3/16 STRI-3645 NS 170018 1
U-shaped elements with terminals at each end. 1,400 240 30 35-7/8 31-3/16 STRI-3645 NS 170026 1
1,575 120 30 39-7/8 35-3/16 STRI-4045 NS 170034 1.3
1,575 240 30 39-7/8 35-3/16 STRI-4045 S 170042 1.3
Features 1,750 120 30 43-7/8 39-3/16 STRI-4445 NS 170050 1.3
1,750 240 30 43-7/8 39-3/16 STRI-4445 NS 170069 1.3
Construction — Similar to the standard 1,575 120 25 47-7/8 43-3/16 STRI-4845 NS 170077 1.3
Chromalox tubular design, except that both 1,925 240 30 47-7/8 43-3/16 STRI-4845 NS 170085 1.3
terminals of the embedded resistor wire are 1,450 120 21 51-7/8 47-3/16 STRI-5245 NS 170093 1.8
2,100 240 30 51-7/8 47-3/16 STRI-5245 NS 170106 1.8
at one end of the element. 10" lead wires have 1,325 120 17 55-7/8 51-3/16 STRI-5645 NS 170114 1.8
silicone-impregnated Fiberglas® sleeves and 2,275 240 30 55-7/8 51-3/16 STRI-5645 NS 170122 1.8
are attached to the terminals inside a ceramic 1,225 120 15 59-7/8 55-3/16 STRI-6045 NS 170130 1.8
2,475 240 30 59-7/8 55-3/16 STRI-6045 NS 170149 1.8
terminal bushing. 1,000 120 10 71-7/8 67‑3/16 STRI-7245 NS 170157 1.8
3,000 240 30 71-7/8 67-3/16 STRI-7245 NS 170165 1.8
Sealed End for Immersion Heating on end
850 120 7 83-7/8 79-3/16 STRI-8445 NS 170173 2.3
opposite terminals is provided on all stock, 240 29 83-7/8 79-3/16 STRI-8445 NS 170181 2.3
3,400
single-end elements. When ordering non- 750 120 6 95-7/8 91-3/16 STRI-9645 NS 170190 3.3
stock elements for use as immersion heaters, 3,000 240 22 95-7/8 91-3/16 STRI-9645 NS 170202 3.3
specify “sealed end”. 650 120 4 107-7/8 103-3/16 STRI-10845 NS 170210 3.3
2,600 240 17 107-7/8 103-3/16 STRI-10845 NS 170229 3.3
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 575 120 3 119-7/8 115-3/16 STRI-12045 NS 170237 3.3
2,300 240 13 119-7/8 115-3/16 STRI-12045 NS 170245 3.3
To Order— Specify model, PCN, watts, volts and quantity. When used as an
Bending — Generally not recommended for immersion heater, specify “sealed end”.
single-end elements.
A-48
Components
STRI
TUBULAR
.315" Dia. Round
Cross-Section
Single-End Terminal
Dimensions
• 225 - 2,400 Watts 10

• 120 and 240 Volt

1/2
• 4 - 30 W/In2 1-1/2 B 3-1/4
• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp. A ± 1%


Molds and other heat-transferring metal parts Dimensions (In.) INCOLOY® Sheath
and air heating applications. Immersion heat-
Sheath Heated Wt.
ing with flange, screwplug, threaded fitting or Watts Volts W/In2 A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
other means of mounting. 450 120 30 19-7/8 15-1/8 STRI-2048 NS 170982 0.4
450 240 30 19-7/8 15-1/8 STRI-2048 NS 170990 0.4
Advantages 575 120 30 23-7/8 19-1/8 STRI-2448 S 171002 0.4
575 240 30 23-7/8 19-1/8 STRI-2448 S 171010 0.4
Elements with both terminals at one end, 700 120 30 27-7/8 23-1/8 STRI-2848 NS 171029 0.8
in dies, can simplify wiring in many cases. 700 240 30 27-7/8 23-1/8 STRI-2848 NS 171037 0.8
800 120 30 31-7/8 27-1/8 STRI-3248 NS 171045 0.8
Use slim elements to concentrate heat into a 800 240 30 31-7/8 27-1/8 STRI-3248 NS 171053 0.8
confined area, taking up less space than a U- 925 120 30 35-7/8 31-1/8 STRI-3648 NS 171061 0.8
shaped element with terminals at each end. 925 240 30 35-7/8 31-1/8 STRI-3648 NS 171070 0.8
1,050 120 30 39-7/8 35-1/8 STRI-4048 NS 171088 1
1,050 240 30 39-7/8 35-1/8 STRI-4048 S 171096 1
Features
1,175 120 30 43-7/8 39-1/8 STRI-4448 NS 171109 1
1,175 240 30 43-7/8 39-1/8 STRI-4448 NS 171117 1
Construction — Similar to the standard 1,200 120 28 47-7/8 43-1/8 STRI-4848 NS 171125 1
Chromalox tubular design, except that both 1,275 240 30 47-7/8 43-1/8 STRI-4848 NS 171133 1
terminals of the embedded resistor wire are 1,200 120 26 51-7/8 47-1/8 STRI-5248 NS 171141 1.3
at one end of the element. 10" lead wires have 1,400 240 30 51-7/8 47-1/8 STRI-5248 NS 171150 1.3
1,150 120 23 55-7/8 51-1/8 STRI-5648 NS 171168 1.3
silicone-impregnated Fiberglas® sleeves and 1,525 240 30 55-7/8 51-1/8 STRI-5648 NS 171176 1.3
are attached to the terminals inside a ceramic 1,075 120 13.7 59-7/8 55-1/8 STRI-6048 NS 171184 1.3
terminal bushing. 1,650 240 30 59-7/8 55-1/8 STRI-6048 NS 171192 1.3
875 120 13 71-7/8 67-1/8 STRI-7248 NS 171205 1.3
Sealed End for Immersion Heating on end 2,000 240 30 71-7/8 67-1/8 STRI-7248 S 171213 1.3
opposite terminals is provided on all stock, 750 120 10 83-7/8 79-1/8 STRI-8448 NS 171221 1.8
2,350 240 30 83-7/8 79-1/8 STRI-8448 NS 171230 1.8
single-end elements. When ordering non- 650 120 7 95-7/8 91-1/8 STRI-9648 NS 171248 1.8
stock elements for use as immersion heaters, 2,400 240 27 95-7/8 91-1/8 STRI-9648 NS 171256 1.8
specify “sealed end”. 575 120 6 107-7/8 103-1/8 STRI-10848 NS 171264 2.5
2,300 240 23 107-7/8 103-1/8 STRI-10848 NS 171272 2.5
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 500 120 4 119-7/8 115-1/8 STRI-12048 NS 171280 2.5
Heater Overview section. 2,000 240 18 119-7/8 115-1/8 STRI-12048 NS 171299 2.5
Bending — Generally not recommended for To Order— Specify model, PCN, watts, volts and quantity. When used as an
immersion heater, specify “sealed end”.
A-49
Components
STRS
.475" Dia. Round
Cross-Section
Single-End Terminal
Dimensions
• Steel Sheath
• 200 - 2,725 Watts 10

• 120 and 240 Volt
1/2
• 3 - 20 W/In2 1-1/2 B 3-3/16
• 750°F Max. Sheath Temp. A ± 1%

Molds and other heat-transferring metal parts Dimensions (In.) Steel Sheath
Wt.
and air heating applications. Immersion heat- Watts Volts W/In2
ing with flange, screwplug, threaded fitting or 450 120 20 19-7/8 15-3/16 STRS-2045 NS 149577 0.5
other means of mounting. 450 240 20 19-7/8 15-3/16 STRS-2045 NS 149585 0.5
575 120 20 23-7/8 19-3/16 STRS-2445 NS 149593 0.5
Advantages 575 240 20 23-7/8 19-3/16 STRS-2445 NS 149606 0.5
700 120 20 27-7/8 23-3/16 STRS-2845 NS 149614 1
700 240 20 27-7/8 23-3/16 STRS-2845 NS 149622 1
Elements with both terminals at one end, in 800 120 20 31-7/8 27-3/16 STRS-3245 NS 149630 1
dies, can simplify wiring in many cases. Use 800 240 20 31-7/8 27-3/16 STRS-3245 NS 149649 1
slim elements to concentrate heat into a con- 925 120 20 35-7/8 31-3/16 STRS-3645 NS 149657 1
925 240 20 35-7/8 31-3/16 STRS-3645 NS 149665 1
fined area, taking up less space than a 1,050 120 20 39-7/8 35-3/16 STRS-4045 NS 149673 1.3
U-shaped element with terminals at each end. 1,050 240 20 39-7/8 35-3/16 STRS-4045 NS 149681 1.3
1,175 120 20 43-7/8 39-3/16 STRS-4445 NS 149690 1.3
Features 1,175 240 20 43-7/8 39-3/16 STRS-4445 NS 149702 1.3
1,275 120 20 47-7/8 43-3/16 STRS-4845 NS 149710 1.3
1,275 240 20 47-7/8 43-3/16 STRS-4845 NS 149729 1.3
Construction — Similar to the standard
1,400 120 20 51-7/8 47-3/16 STRS-5245 NS 149737 1.8
Chromalox tubular design, except that both 1,400 240 20 51-7/8 47-3/16 STRS-5245 NS 149745 1.8
terminals of the embedded resistor wire are 1,325 120 17 55-7/8 51-3/16 STRS-5645 NS 149753 1.8
at one end of the element. 10" lead wires have 1,525 240 20 55-7/8 51-3/16 STRS-5645 NS 149761 1.8
1,225 120 15 59-7/8 55-3/16 STRS-6045 NS 149770 1.8
silicone-impregnated Fiberglas® sleeves and 1,650 240 20 59-7/8 55-3/16 STRS-6045 NS 149788 1.8
are attached to the terminals inside a ceramic 1,000 120 10 71-7/8 67-3/16 STRS-7245 NS 149796 1.8
terminal bushing. 2,000 240 20 71-7/8 67-3/16 STRS-7245 NS 149809 1.8
850 120 7 83-7/8 79-3/16 STRS-8445 NS 149817 2.3
Sealed End for Immersion Heating on 2,350 240 20 83-7/8 79-3/16 STRS-8445 NS 149825 2.3
750 120 6 95-7/8 91-3/16 STRS-9645 NS 149833 3.3
end opposite terminals is provided on all 2,725 240 20 95-7/8 91-3/16 STRS-9645 NS 149841 3.3
stock single-end elements. When ordering 650 120 4 107-7/8 103-3/16 STRS-10845 NS 149850 3.3
non-stock elements for use as immersion 2,600 240 17 107-7/8 103-3/16 STRS-10845 NS 149868 3.3
heaters, specify “sealed end”. 575 120 3 119-7/8 115-3/16 STRS-12045 NS 149876 3.3
2,300 240 13 119-7/8 115-3/16 STRS-12045 NS 149884 3.3
Work Temperatures — See Tubular Heater Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
To Order—Specify model, PCN, watts, volts and quantity. If element is to be bent,
Overview section. specify “must be annealed”.
Bending — Generally not recommended
for single-end elements.
A-50
Components
STRS
TUBULAR
.315" Dia. Round
Cross-Section
Single-End Terminal
• 150 - 2,050 Watts 10

• 120 and 240 Volt
• 4 - 20 W/In2 1/2
1-1/2 B 3-1/4
A ± 1%

Molds and other heat-transferring metal parts Dimensions (In.) Steel Sheath
Wt.
and air heating applications. Immersion heat- Watts Volts W/In2
ing with flange, screwplug, threaded fitting or
150 120 20 11-7/8 7-1/8 STRS-1248 NS 170608 0.4
other means of mounting. 225 120 20 15-7/8 11-1/8 STRS-1648 NS 170616 0.4
225 240 20 15-7/8 11-1/8 STRS-1648 S 170624 0.4
Advantages 300 120 20 19-7/8 15-1/8 STRS-2048 NS 170632 0.4
300 240 20 19-7/8 15-1/8 STRS-2048 NS 170640 0.4
Elements with both terminals at one end, in 375 120 20 23-7/8 19-1/8 STRS-2448 NS 170659 0.4
375 240 20 23-7/8 19-1/8 STRS-2448 S 170667 0.4
dies, can simplify wiring in many cases. Use
450 120 20 27-7/8 23-1/8 STRS-2848 NS 170675 0.8
slim elements to concentrate heat into a con- 450 240 20 27-7/8 23-1/8 STRS-2848 S 170683 0.8
fined area, taking up less space than a 550 120 20 31-7/8 27-1/8 STRS-3248 NS 170691 0.8
U-shaped element with terminals at each end. 550 240 20 31-7/8 27-1/8 STRS-3248 S 170704 0.8
625 120 20 35-7/8 31-1/8 STRS-3648 NS 170712 0.8
Features 625 240 20 35-7/8 31-1/8 STRS-3648 NS 170720 0.8
700 120 20 39-7/8 35-1/8 STRS-4048 NS 170739 1
700 240 20 39-7/8 35-1/8 STRS-4048 NS 170747 1
Construction — Similar to the standard 775 120 20 43-7/8 39-1/8 STRS-4448 NS 170755 1
Chromalox tubular design, except that both 775 240 20 43-7/8 39-1/8 STRS-4448 NS 170763 1
terminals of the embedded resistor wire are 850 120 20 47-7/8 43-1/8 STRS-4848 NS 170721 1
850 240 20 47-7/8 43-1/8 STRS-4848 NS 170780 1
at one end of the element. 10" lead wires have
925 120 20 51-7/8 47-1/8 STRS-5248 NS 170798 1.3
silicone-impregnated Fiberglas® sleeves and 925 240 20 51-7/8 47-1/8 STRS-5248 NS 170800 1.3
are attached to the terminals inside a ceramic 1,025 120 20 55-7/8 51-1/8 STRS-5648 NS 170819 1.3
terminal bushing. 1,025 240 20 55-7/8 51-1/8 STRS-5648 NS 170827 1.3
1,075 120 19.7 59-7/8 55-1/8 STRS-6048 NS 170835 1.3
Sealed End for Immersion Heating on end 1,100 240 20 59-7/8 55-1/8 STRS-6048 NS 170843 1.3
opposite terminals is provided on all stock, 875 120 13 71-7/8 67-1/8 STRS-7248 NS 170851 1.3
1,325 240 20 71-7/8 67-1/8 STRS-7248 NS 170860 1.3
single-end elements. When ordering non-
750 120 10 83-7/8 79-1/8 STRS-8448 NS 170878 1.8
stock elements for use as immersion heaters, 1,575 240 20 83-7/8 79-1/8 STRS-8448 NS 170886 1.8
specify “sealed end”. 650 120 7 95-7/8 91-1/8 STRS-9648 NS 170894 1.8
1,800 240 20 95-7/8 91-1/8 STRS-9648 NS 170907 1.8
Work Temperatures — See Tubular Heater 575 120 6 107-7/8 103-1/8 STRS-10848 NS 170915 2.5
Overview section. 2,050 240 20 107-7/8 103-1/8 STRS-10848 NS 170923 2.5
500 120 4 119-7/8 115-1/8 STRS-12048 NS 170915 2.5
Bending — Generally not recommended 2,000 240 13 119-7/8 115-1/8 STRS-12048 NS 170923 2.5
for single-end elements. Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
A-51
Components
STRC
.475" Dia. Round
Cross-Section
Single-End Terminal
Dimensions
• Copper Sheath 10
• 525 - 4,125 Watts
1/2
• 120 and 240 Volt
1-1/2 B 3-3/16
• 3 - 50 W/In2 A ± 1%
Applications Dimensions (In.) Copper Sheath
Wt.
Molds and other heat-transferring metal parts
and air heating applications. Immersion heat- 525 120 50 11-7/8 7-3/16 STRC-1245 NS 149198 0.5
825 120 50 15-7/8 11-3/16 STRC-1645 NS 149200 0.5
ing with flange, screwplug, threaded fitting or 825 240 50 15-7/8 11-3/16 STRC-1645 NS 149219 0.5
other means of mounting. 1,125 120 50 19-7/8 15-3/16 STRC-2045 NS 149227 0.5
1,125 240 50 19-7/8 15-3/16 STRC-2045 NS 149235 0.5
Advantages 1,425 120 50 23-7/8 19-3/16 STRC-2445 NS 149243 0.5
1,425 240 50 23-7/8 19-3/16 STRC-2445 NS 149251 0.5
Elements with both terminals at one end, in 1,725 120 50 27-7/8 23-3/16 STRC-2845 NS 149260 1
1,725 240 50 27-7/8 23-3/16 STRC-2845 NS 149278 1
dies, can simplify wiring in many cases. Use 2,025 120 50 31-7/8 27-3/16 STRC-3245 NS 149286 1
slim elements to concentrate heat into a con- 2,025 240 50 31-7/8 27-3/16 STRC-3245 NS 149294 1
fined area, taking up less space than a 2,200 120 47 35-7/8 31-3/16 STRC-3645 NS 149307 1
U-shaped element with terminals at each end. 2,325 240 50 35-7/8 31-3/16 STRC-3645 NS 149315 1
1,950 120 37 39-7/8 35-3/16 STRC-4045 NS 149323 1.3
2,625 240 50 39-7/8 35-3/16 STRC-4045 NS 149331 1.3
Features
1,750 120 30 43-7/8 39-3/16 STRC-4445 NS 149340 1.3
2,925 240 50 43-7/8 39-3/16 STRC-4445 NS 149358 1.3
Construction — Similar to the standard 1,575 120 25 47-7/8 43-3/16 STRC-4845 NS 149366 1.3
Chromalox tubular design, except that both 3,225 240 50 47-7/8 43-3/16 STRC-4845 NS 149374 1.3
terminals of the embedded resistor wire are 1,450 120 21 51-7/8 47-3/16 STRC-5245 NS 149382 1.8
at one end of the element. 10" lead wires have 3,525 240 50 51-7/8 47-3/16 STRC-5245 NS 149390 1.8
1,325 120 17 55-7/8 51-3/16 STRC-5645 NS 149403 1.8
silicone-impregnated Fiberglas® sleeves and 3,825 240 50 55-7/8 51-3/16 STRC-5645 NS 149411 1.8
are attached to the terminals inside a ceramic 1,225 120 15 59-7/8 55-3/16 STRC-6045 NS 149420 1.8
terminal bushing. 4,125 240 50 59-7/8 55-3/16 STRC-6045 NS 149438 1.8
1,000 120 10 71-7/8 67-3/16 STRC-7245 NS 149446 1.8
Sealed End for Immersion Heating on end 4,000 240 40 71-7/8 67-3/16 STRC-7245 NS 149454 1.8
opposite terminals is provided on all stock, 850 120 7 83-7/8 79-3/16 STRC-8445 NS 149462 2.3
3,400 240 29 83-7/8 79-3/16 STRC-8445 NS 149470 2.3
single-end elements. When ordering non- 750 120 6 95-7/8 91-3/16 STRC-9645 NS 149489 3.3
stock elements for use as immersion heaters, 3,000 240 22 95-7/8 91-3/16 STRC-9645 NS 149497 3.3
specify “sealed end”. 650 120 4 107-7/8 103-3/16 STRC-10845 NS 149500 3.3
2,600 240 17 107-7/8 103-3/16 STRC-10845 NS 149518 3.3
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 575 120 3 119-7/8 115-3/16 STRC-12045 NS 149526 3.3
Heater Overview section. 2,300 240 13 119-7/8 115-3/16 STRC-12045 NS 149534 3.3
Bending — Generally not recommended for To Order— Specify model, PCN, watts, volts and quantity. When used as an
A-52
Components
STRC
TUBULAR
.315" Dia. Round
Cross-Section
Single-End Terminal
Dimensions
• Copper Sheath
10
• 350 - 2,400 Watts 0.315" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath
• 120 and 240 Volt 1/2
1-1/2
• 4 - 50 W/In2 B 3-1/4
A ± 1%
Applications
Molds and other heat-transferring metal parts Specifications and Ordering Information
and air heating applications. Immersion heat-
ing with flange, screwplug, threaded fitting or Dimensions (In.) Copper Sheath
Wt.
other means of mounting. Watts Volts W/In2 Sheath A Heated B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
350 120 50 11-7/8 7-1/8 STRC-1248 NS 170253 0.4
Advantages 550 120 50 15-7/8 11-1/8 STRC-1648 NS 170261 0.4
550 240 50 15-7/8 11-1/8 STRC-1648 NS 170270 0.4
Elements with both terminals at one end, in 750 120 50 19-7/8 15-1/8 STRC-2048 NS 170288 0.4
dies, can simplify wiring in many cases. Use 750 240 50 19-7/8 15-1/8 STRC-2048 NS 170296 0.4
950 120 50 23-7/8 19-1/8 STRC-2448 NS 170309 0.4
slim elements to concentrate heat into a con- 950 240 50 23-7/8 19-1/8 STRC-2448 NS 170317 0.4
fined area, taking up less space than a 1,150 120 50 27-7/8 23-1/8 STRC-2848 NS 170325 0.8
U-shaped element with terminals at each end. 1,150 240 50 27-7/8 23-1/8 STRC-2848 NS 170333 0.8
1,200 120 45 31-7/8 27-1/8 STRC-3248 NS 170341 0.8
Features 1,350 240 50 31-7/8 27-1/8 STRC-3248 NS 170350 0.8
1,200 120 39 35-7/8 31-1/8 STRC-3648 NS 170368 0.8
1,500 240 50 35-7/8 31-1/8 STRC-3648 NS 170376 0.8
Construction — Similar to the standard 1,200 120 34 39-7/8 35-1/8 STRC-4048 NS 170384 1
Chromalox tubular design, except that both 1,750 240 50 39-7/8 35-1/8 STRC-4048 NS 170392 1
terminals of the embedded resistor wire are 1,200 120 31 43-7/8 39-1/8 STRC-4448 NS 170405 1
at one end of the element. 10" lead wires have 1,950 240 50 43-7/8 39-1/8 STRC-4448 NS 170413 1
1,200 120 28 47-7/8 43-1/8 STRC-4848 NS 170421 1
silicone-impregnated Fiberglas® sleeves and 2,150 240 50 47-7/8 43-1/8 STRC-4848 NS 170430 1
are attached to the terminals inside a ceramic 1,200 120 26 51-7/8 47-1/8 STRC-5248 NS 170448 1.3
terminal bushing. 2,350 240 50 51-7/8 47-1/8 STRC-5248 NS 170456 1.3
1,150 120 23 55-7/8 51-1/8 STRC-5648 NS 170464 1.3
Sealed End for Immersion Heating on end 2,400 240 47 55-7/8 51-1/8 STRC-5648 NS 170472 1.3
opposite terminals is provided on all stock, 1,075 120 19.7 59-7/8 55-1/8 STRC-6048 NS 170480 1.3
single-end elements. When ordering non-stock 2,400 240 44 59-7/8 55-1/8 STRC-6048 NS 170499 1.3
875 120 13 71-7/8 67-1/8 STRC-7248 NS 170501 1.3
elements, specify “sealed end” when used as 2,400 240 36 71-7/8 67-1/8 STRC-7248 NS 170510 1.3
an immersion heater. 750 120 10 83-7/8 79-1/8 STRC-8448 NS 170528 1.8
2,400 240 31 83-7/8 79-1/8 STRC-8448 NS 170536 1.8
Work Temperatures — See Tubular 650 120 7 95-7/8 91-1/8 STRC-9648 NS 170544 1.8
Heater Overview section. 2,400 240 27 95-7/8 91-1/8 STRC-9648 NS 170552 1.8
575 120 6 107-7/8 103-1/8 STRC-10848 NS 170560 2.5
Bending — Generally not recommended for 2,300 240 23 107-7/8 103-1/8 STRC-10848 NS 170579 2.5
single-end elements. 500 120 4 110-7/8 115-1/8 STRC-12048 NS 170587 2.5
2,000 240 18 110-7/8 115-1/8 STRC-12048 NS 170595 2.5
A-53
Components
FSRM
High Temperature
Modular Hopper Heater
• 225 - 2,600 Watts
• 240 and 480 Volt
• 3 - 15 W/In2
• Up to 750°F and Above

Hopper Temp. (Depending on Dimensions
W/In2) (2) 5/8" Dia. Mtg. Holes
• Custom Built to Fit

Requirements 6" Leadwire
A
Chromalox
Applications Nameplate
• Electrostatic Precipitators B
• Fabric Filter Dust Collecting Hoppers Terminal Box

Aluminized Steel
Advantages Back Panel
3-1/2
Made-To-Order to your hopper specifications. All Dimensions in Inches
Low Watt Density design ensures long life

while providing operating temperatures of 250 Construction Options
to 350°F or higher.
0.375" Tubular Heating Elements are serpen- • Special Voltages
Heaters (when unenergized) Can Withstand tine bent and mounted on a steel angle frame
upset conditions where temperatures in the support with a backup aluminized steel sheet • Wattage
hopper may be as high as 1200°F. metal reflective encasement. • Sizes
Features When Installed on the sides of the hopper and • Shapes
insulated, they provide a blanket heat coverage
Manufactured From formed 0.375" diameter effect.
INCOLOY® sheathed tubular low watt density
elements for long life. Specifications and Ordering Information
Equipped With 6", 14 gauge nickel plated Wt.
copper lead wire with mica type high tempera- Watts Volts W/In2 Size Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
ture insulation rated 842°F (450°C) for easy 225 240 3 6 x 12 FSRM-0612 NS 329092 8
connection. 450 240 6 6 x 12 FSRM-0612 NS 329105 8
550 480 3.8 12 x 12 FSRM-1212 NS 329113 16
Shock and Vibration resistant design. 900 480 6 12 x 12 FSRM-1212 NS 329121 16
650 480 3 12 x 18 FSRM-1218 NS 329130 24
Modules are Fire Resistant and not affected 1,300 480 6 12 x 18 FSRM-1218 NS 329148 24
1,000 480 3 18 x 18 FSRM-1818 NS 329156 32
by internal hopper fires. 2,000 480 6 18 x 18 FSRM-1818 NS 329172 32
450 240 3.1 12 x 12 FSRM-1212 NS 329180 16
875 480 3 12 x 24 FSRM-1224 NS 329199 32
1,750 480 6 12 x 24 FSRM-1224 NS 329201 32
2,600 480 4.5 12 x 48 FSRM-1248 NS 329210 64
Refer to Electromechanical To Order—Specify model, PCN, watts, volts and quantity.
Controls and Thermostats in
the Controls section.
A-54
COMPONENTS
CTB
TUBULAR
Thin Blade Heater
• 0.275 x 1" Profile
• 120 and 240 Volt
• 1 & 3 Phase
• Stainless Steel Sheath
• 10 - 75 W/In2
• High Temperature (up to 1200°F

Side Mount Bottom Mount
Sheath Temperature)
Applications
• Immersion for deep fat fryers, degreasers,
plating tanks, humidifiers, lube and fuel oil
heaters, hydraulic oil heaters, water heaters.
• Clamp-on for griddles, tanks, platens, dies,
molds, heat sealing.
• Process air duct heaters, dirty gas stream, high
temperature gas.
Construction Unique Bending Properties make thin blade
Advantages easy to apply to most difficult spatial limitations.
Thin Space Saving Profile — 1/4" by 1" mini-
More Efficient Heat Transfer — The larger mizes possible interference with the process be- Minimum Bending potential is 1" radius on the
sheath area of the Thin Blade conveys heat more ing heated. Unit can hug bottom or side of tank. major axis and 1/2" radius on the minor axis.
rapidly to medium being heated.
Completely Sealed Sheath permits complete Greater Mechanical Strength — Makes the
Long Life — Particularly well suited to deep immersion of heated length. elongated cross-section more rigid than the
fat frying. The oil suffers less degradation and tube.
lasts longer.
Features Specifications and Ordering Information

Adaptable to a wide range of applications Dimensions (In.) PCN Wt.
now served by tubular elements with unique Sheath Length Heated Length Watts W/In2 120V 240V Model Stock (Lbs.)
advantages. 30 27 1,300 20 329287 329439 CTBS-30130 NS 3.75
30 27 650 10 329295 329447 CTBS-3065 NS 3.75
Three Wire Construction — Provides a balanced 36 33 1,600 20 329308 329455 CTBS-36160 NS 4.5
36 33 800 10 329316 329463 CTBS-3680 NS 4.5
3-phase load. A wide array of heat settings using 42 39 1,900 20 329324 329471 CTBS-42190 NS 6
only a low-cost selector switch. 42 39 950 10 329332 329480 CTBS-4295 NS 6
48 45 2,200 20 329340 329498 CTBS-48220 NS 6.75
48 45 1,100 10 329359 329500 CTBS-48110 NS 6.75
A-55
Components
MTH
Mini-Tubular Heaters
• 360° Heated Area
• Readily Conforms to Surface
• Fast Response and Quick Heat Closed Wound Coil

Transfer Special Wound Coil for Profiled
Heat Pattern
• Helical Coil Design for Superior
Performance
L ELEMENT ELEMENTA A
• Shock, Vibration, Contamination Description L +.000
D ±.015 D ±.015 DIAMETERDIAMETER
+.000 -.002
and Corrosion Resistant -.002
With the capability to be formed into many circumference
L of the part. A
The small diameter
ELEMENT
DMini-Tubular
±.015 DIAMETER +.000
• Available with Thermocouple shapes, the Mini-Tubular is adaptable to a Band Heaters at 3/4” and 7/8”
-.002
variety of applications. 90° inside diameter are exact OEM replacements.
Grounded at End on .125 and 90°
Also available is
C a square profile design that
.188 Swaged or drawn alloy cable, compacted C
increases surface contact
90°for improved con-
magnesium oxide and a Fhelical or straight
F HIGH ductive heat transfer. An internal thermocouple
C
• Sheath Diameters: .040”, .062”, HIGH
resistance element are the assembled com- TEMP.in some sizes allows for precise temperature
TEMP.
.093”, .125” and .188” ponents of the Mini-Tubular. Small LEAD
diameters
WIRE LEAD WIRE F
monitoring and control.HIGH
and cross-sections allow a quick response, TEMP.
LEAD WIRE
providing heat in tight spaces where most Mini-Tubular Heaters can also be supplied
heaters cannot be installed. The typically spiral straight for field bending.
Specifications - Closed Wound Coil design allows heat to be applied to the full
Model I.D.
Number (A) Length (L) Watts Volts Terminations
MTC826 7/8" 2-5/8" 780 240
MTC831 7/8" 3-1/8" 650 240 L ELEMENT A
D ±.015 DIAMETER +.000
MTC836 7/8" 3-5/8" 630 240 -.002
MTC842X 7/8" 4-5/16" 760 240 45° 45° C
C 45° C
MTC852X 7/8" 5-5/16" 950 240 C C
90° C
MTC861X 7/8" 6-15/16" 1120 240
MTC872X 7/8" 7-15/16" 1200 240 C
MTC882X 7/8" 8-15/16" 1260 240 F HIGH
MTC520 1/2" 2" 340 120 TEMP.
MTC525 1/2" 2-1/2" 325 120 LEAD WIRE
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
MTC530 1/2" 3" 350 120
MTC535 1/2" 3-1/2" 400 120
MTC545 1/2" 4-1/2" 450 120
MTC555 1/2" 5-1/2" 550 120
MTC565 1/2" 6-1/2" 650 120
Above items standard with built-in thermocou-
ple and 36” cable, “C” = 1” in straight position
(Type 1). C
C
C C
C C
45° C 1/16" 45˚
Specifications - Special Wound Coil C 1/16"45˚ 45˚
1/16"
Model Diameter Length
Number (D) (L) Watts Volts Type 4 Type 5
MTC546 1/2" 4-5/8" 300 120
MTC546 1/2" 4-5/8" 300 240 Mini-Tubular Heaters are available with standard high temperature leads (450°F/250°C), teflon
Above items standard with built-in thermo- leads, flexible stainless steel braided lead protection or with stainless steel armor cable.
couple and 48” armor cable, “C” = 1” at 45˚
(Type 2).
A-56
Components
Strip & Ring Heaters
STRIP AND RING

Applications
& Features
• Up to 72" Lengths High Quality, Coiled Alloy Resistor Wire is Resistor Wire is Embedded in specially
uniformly spaced over the width and length formulated, high-grade refractory mate-
• Up to 3,000 Watts of the strip heater to assure even heat rial which both insulates the resistor and
distribution. transfers heat rapidly to the sheath.
• 120 - 480 Volt
• Up to 38 W/In2
• Maximum Sheath Temp.

• Rust-Resisting Iron 750°F
• MONEL 900°F ®
• Chrome Steel 1200°F

• INCOLOY ®
1500°F Refractory is then Compressed to Rock- Maximum Heat Transfer, from the instant
Hardness and high density under tremen- the element is first energized, is provided
• Accessory Clamping Devices, dous hydraulic pressure to maximize heat by the high emissivity black oxide finish. El-
Optional transfer from coil to sheath. Elements are ements with shiny surfaces do not transfer
oven cured at high temperatures to semi- heat as well.
vitrify and mature the refractory.
Applications
Chromalox strip heaters are used principally In general, a viscous material with low thermal More Stocked Models — Hundreds of models
for convection-type air heating and clamp-on conductivity requires a low watt density. in stock and available for immediate shipment.
installations. When selecting strip heaters High watt densities can be used with thinner
for either, two important factors must be liquids and with materials of high thermal Lengthwise and Cross Section Curving
considered: conductivity. Premature loss of the element — Available only on made-to-order products
due to excessive temperature may result if the for efficient heat transfer. Strip and ring heat-
1. The proper sheath material for resisting ers can be factory formed to fit the shape of
any rusting and oxidizing inherent in the material's heat-take-away ability is low. Also,
the material may be charred, carbonized or its the surface to be heated.
process or environment and for withstand-
ing the sheath temperature required. chemical makeup altered by overheating. Easy Installation — Chromalox clamping
Standard sheath materials are rust- devices and mounting tabs speed installation.
resisting iron, chrome steel and INCOLOY® Features
(type NS only). Stainless Steel and More Choices of Strip Heater Terminal Loca-
Choice of Sheath Materials capable of operat- tions — To simplify wiring layout between
MONEL® sheaths are available.
ing up to 1500°F sheath temperature to heat elements and power lines.
2. The watt density of the element, or watts various processes economically. These include
per square inch of heated area, should be rust-resisting iron (750°F), chrome steel Many Additional Features — Available to
low for heating asphalt, molasses and (1200°F), Monel® (900°F), and INCOLOY® adapt heaters to suit special applications
other thick substances with low heat (1500°F). — made-to-order.
transferability. It can be higher for heating Installations — Minimum maintenance costs.
Refractory Insulated Construction exclusively.
air, metals and other heat-conducting
By far the most rugged and best for long, Controls are Part of the Total Chromalox
materials. (See Technical section for
dependable service. Package for your heating job, regardless of its
determining allowable watt densities.)
More Types and Ratings — More precise type or the temperature precision you need.
When high operating temperatures are Refer to the Controls section.
matching to your power service and work load
needed, watt density must be limited in
requirements. Special ratings and sizes can be
order not to exceed the maximum sheath
manufactured readily.
temperature. Watt density is given in the
table for each strip heater.
A-57
Components

Selection & Installation
Guidelines
• Utility Clamps Clamping Bands Oven Mounting
• Milled Plates Clamping Bands can be used to firmly fasten Oven Mounting — Application of strip ele-
strips longitudinally to large diameter cylindrical ments to ovens may be made simply with
• Clamping Bands surfaces. the use of welded-on studs and secondary
insulation bushings. Mounting holes in tabs
Connecting Lead Wires — Should be nickel- are slotted to allow for expansion. Refer to
• Oven Mounting plated copper, nickel or alloy. Copper will oxi- Modifications in this section.
dize and loosen connections. Do not use copper
terminal lugs. See Accessories in this section. Oven Mounting
Installation Guidelines
Clamping Bands
Chromalox strip elements, in most cases, can
be applied with standard hardware. However,
for firm contact and best heat transfer, stocked
Chromalox clamps are recommended.
Note — Heat insulating material should not
be placed against the sheath of the heating
element
Utility Clamps
Utility Clamps secure strip elements to flat Selection Guidelines
surfaces or surfaces with large radii such as
large tanks. Threaded studs are welded to
surface, heaters are positioned, then clamps
are bolted down. Where more than one clamp Temperature Product Allowable
is used, tighten nuts and then back off 1/2 turn Product to Desired Sheath Temp. Watt Density
to allow for expansion. be Heated for Products Material (˚F) (W/In2)
Solids
Utility Clamps Molds, Platens, Dies, Up to 1400°F Rust-Resisting Iron 560 3
Pipes, Tanks Clamp-On Applications 150 8
Chrome Steel 850 7
700 10
400 15
INCOLOY® 1 200 28
750 20
1100 8
1350 3
1400 2.5
Air & Gases
Free Air Velocity- Up to 1400°F Rust-Resisting Iron 500 3
Milled Plates 1 ft/sec. Bracket Mounted 100 8
Chrome Steel 950 7
Milled Plates allow heaters to be held in posi- 800 10
tion in platens and similar objects with a steel 500 15
plate recessed to heaters width, thickness and INCOLOY® 1 1400 3
positions, then screwed to the working plate 400 34
or surface. Free Air Velocity- Up to 1400°F Rust-Resisting Iron 500 3
4 ft/sec. Bracket Mounted 250 8
Milled Plates Chrome Steel 1000 7
850 10
550 15
INCOLOY® 1 1400 5
600 34
Note: 1CSA Only
A-58
Components

Accessories (cont’d.)
• Element Clamps
• Mounting Studs
Clamp 5971 — Use to clamp two strip heaters Clamp 5970 — Use to clamp three strip
on 2" centers using 5/16" studs spaced 5" heaters on 2" centers using 5/16" studs at 5"
apart (PCN 263636). intervals (PCN 263652).
Clamp 5971 Clamp 5970

Element Clamps 5/16" Dia. Stud Hole 5/16" Dia. Stud Hole
Cast-iron clamps, for use with Chromalox 1-1/2

strip and ring elements, retain their strength 3
at elevated temperatures to assure maximum
sheath-to-surface contact. Resulting uniform 2 5
efficient heat transfer from internal resistance

3
wire to the heated material minimize hot spots 1-1/2
on the element, contributing to long service life. 11/16
3
5" Min. Rad.
5/8
5" Min. Rad.
Clamp 6018 — Usually used in sets of two or

more to clamp ring elements to flat surfaces. Clamp 6933 — Use to clamp two strip heaters Mounting Studs
5/16" flathead machine screws are normally on 3" centers using 3/8" studs at 5" intervals
(PCN 263644). Mounting Studs — For use with Chromalox
used with head brazed or welded to work clamps. For all clamps except No. 6933, studs
surface (PCN 263978). are 5/16 — 18 x 1-1/2" Monel® (PCN 127845),
Clamp 6933
Clamp 6018 steel washer (PCN 127853), Monel® nut
3/8" Dia.
(PCN 127861). For No. 6993 clamp; studs are
5/16" Dia.
Stud Hole 5/16" — 18 x 2" Monel® (PCN 127837).
Stud Hole
4 Installation — Fasten studs to the work
surface by welding, brazing or threading. Use
correct size stud to fit clamp. See Selection &
3/8 3-1/2 3-3/8 Installation Guidelines in the Components sec-
tion. For temperatures over 750°F, stainless
15/16 steel studs are recommended.
5" Min. Rad.
Note — When tightening nuts, torsion should
not exceed 10 foot pounds maximum. Heaters
must be allowed to expand. One center clamp
should hold heater. Nuts on other clamps
should be backed off approximately 1/2 turn to
allow for heater expansion.
A-62
Components

Accessories Porcelain Hi-Temp Insulation
Shims Porcelain Hi-Temp Insulation —
• Protective Terminal Covers For insulating buss bars spec. 51 porcelain
• Shims insulators 1/2 L x 13/16" W with 1/8 x 9/16"
slot. 95 pieces per lb.
• Ceramic Post Terminal
Insulators
• Porcelain Hi-Temp Insulation
Protective Terminal Covers — Types OT,

PT, SE, WS and Seamless Types SSE, SSEM,
SSNH and SSNHM. Helps guard termi- Ceramic Post Terminal Insulaters
To Order — Specify pounds, PCN 269780 and
nals from spillovers, dripping. Removable
Ceramic Post Terminal Insulators — All types porcelain insulators.
sheet-metal cover, with Bx fitting, is shipped
separately. except NS and SN. Use with insulated wire to
For Insulating Bare Wires — Two types
help protect against electrical shock. Wires
OT-AC-1 (PCN 129242) available:
can leave terminal at any angle.
1. Porcelain Tubing — 3/8" O.D. x 1/8" I.D.
C Ceramic Post Terminal Insulators x 6" L (may be broken for shorter lengths).
B Suitable for 10-gauge or smaller; 8-gauge
A takes No. 6 porcelain bead.
To Order — Specify quantity and PCN 263863.
Porcelain Tubing
PT-AC-1 (PCN 255724)
B
C Dimensions (In.)
A Insulator
Hardware Type OD Height PCN
Nickel Plate Steel 0.75 0.86 259805
Stainless Steel 0.75 0.86 255732
2. Porcelain Beads — Listed in table below.
Can be used when wiring does not permit
SE-AC-1 (PCN 256727) straight tubing.
C B Porcelain Beads
Cap
A
Wave Spring A B
C
Protective Terminal Covers Skirt
Dimensions (In.)
Model A B C 3. When selecting porcelain beads for
stranded wire, use next larger gauge wire
OT-AC-1 2 2-1/2 2-1/2
and use bead for that size (i.e., 10 gauge
PT-AC-1 1-7/8 1-1/8 1-3/4
stranded wire requires a No. 6 bead).
SE-AC-11 2-1/16 1-1/2 2
1. Used on type WS (mounted Porcelain Beads
sideways).
Dimensions (In.) Wire Size No. Beads No. Beads
Shims Bead Size A B C Solid Per Ft. (Pieces) PCN
2 0.17 0.068 0.17 14 B&S 88 4,535 263880
Shims — Types OT, PT, S, SE and TH. Provide 3 0.2 0.092 0.2 12 B&S 69 2,900 263900
same advantage as flush-top construction 4 0.26 0.156 0.26 8 B&S 51 1,500 263927
and can be used with stock heaters. Shims 5 0.33 0.124 0.33 10 B&S 45 650 263943
6 0.4 0.156 0.4 8 B&S 38 360 263960
are 0.031" thick, 29/32" wide and lengths to fit
To Order—Specify PCN and quantity.
heater.
A-60
Components
STRIP AND RING

Wire & Accessories
(cont’d.)
High Temperature (Bare) Wire Buss Bar
• High Temperature (Bare) Wire DIM (In.)
Size Solid/S Amp- Nom. Buss Bar Amp-
AWG Strand/F acity1 O.D. Model PCN Monel Width Thick acity1 PCN
• Insulated Wire 550°F Max. Wire Temp. 700°F Max. Wire Temp.
Nickel-plated Copper, Uninsulated Solid
• Buss Bar 14 S 41 .064 CSB-14 263839
0.5 .032 18 346124
10 S 70 .102 CSB-10 263812
8 S 93 .128 CSB-8 263804 0.5 .064 28 346132
• Silicone Boot Termination Kit 1000°F Max. Wire Temp. Perforated Slot Size = 7/32 Dia.
Manganese-Nickel, Uninsulated 0.5 .032 9 346140
• Silicone Boot Termination Kit 14 F 12 .075 AFB-14 269317 0.5 .064 16 346159
14 S 12 .064 ASB-14 269309
with Thermostat 12 F 15 .097 AFB-12 269296
To Order — Specify PCN and number
of feet.
10 S 20 .102 ASB-10 269261
1. These current values will cause the
To Order — Specify PCN and quantity. conductor to operate at 100°F above
Ambient Temperature Corrections for surrounding ambient. Values may also be
Insulated Wires — Multiply ampacity values, used for bare wire with porcelain tubes or
in tables below, by the following correction bead insulation. Monel max. limit is 800˚F.
factors to determine current-carrying capacity
at higher ambient temperatures. Insulated Wire
Ambient Nickel Nom. Silicone Boot Termination Kit
Temp. Nickel-Plated MGS- Size Solid/S Amp- O.D.
Copper Teflon® Silicone Teflon® Mica AWG Strand/F acity1 Insul In. Model PCN SBK — The silicone boot termination kit
°C °F Insulated Glass Glass Glass 392°F Max. Wire Temp. Type A Nickel Wire provides electrical insulation for strip heater
30 86 — — — 1.36 Silicone Rubber Treated Glass Braid terminals and leads with ring type insulated
50 122 0.98 0.97 0.98 — Insulated 600V UL Listed
60 140 0.95 0.94 0.95 — connector on one end for bringing power to
16 F 27 .224 3-CFI-16 263759 the strip heaters.
70 158 0.93 0.9 0.93 —
80 176 0.9 0.87 0.9 — 14 F 36 .237 3-CFI-14 263732
90 194 0.87 0.83 0.87 — 12 F 45 .263 3-CFI-12 263716
100 212 0.85 0.79 0.85 1.22
Silicone Boot Termination Kit
10 S 60 .29 3-CSI-10 263687
120 248 0.79 0.71 0.79 — 482°F Max. Wire Temp. Type TGT, with Thermostat
140 284 0.72 0.61 0.72 — Nickel-plated Copper, Teflon® Impregnated
149 300 0.65 0.5 0.65 1.12 Glass Braid Insulated 600V UL Listed SBKT — The silicone boot termination kit with
177 350 0.58 0.35 0.58 —
204 400 0.49 — 0.49 1 14 F 39 .121 6-CFI-14 263791 thermostat used with strip heaters provides
232 450 0.35 — 0.35 — 10 F 73 .17 6-CFI-10 263775 an inexpensive way to maintain temperature
260 500 — — — 0.87 10 S 73 .156 6-CSI-10 295419 in control cabinets, panels and other small en-
269 550 — — — — 8 F 93 .212 6-CFI-8 263767 closures. In this application, strip heaters are
300 572 — — — 0.7
482°F Max. Wire Temp. Teflon® Tape and used to prevent freezing and corrosion, and to
Note — After exposure to high tempera- Silicone Impregnated Glass Braid control humidity in enclosures with humidity
tures, all wire insulation becomes brittle Insulated 600V UL Listed
and will not withstand repeated flexing. sensitive electronic components.
14 F 39 .121 3-AFI-14 269253
12 F 54 .141 3-AFI-12 269237 Temperature (°F)
Wire & Buss Bar 10 F 73 .17 3-AFI-10 269210
Model PCN Closes Opens
842°F Max. Wire Temp. Nickel-clad
Copper, MGS-Mica Glass Insulated 600V SBKT-1 386011 38 53
High-temperature wire and buss bar are rec-
16 F 331 .065 6-CFIM-16 295355 SBKT-2 386020 60 75
ommended for connections to heater terminals
14 F 441 .102 6-CFIM-14 295363 SBKT-3 386038 105 120
and for runs in heated zones. When ambient 12 F 551 .118 6-CFIM-12 295371
temperature exceeds maximum allowed for SBK 121890 N/A N/A
To Order — Specify PCN and quantity.
insulated wire, use bare wire or buss bar with 1. See note 1 in Buss Bar Table. SBKT
porcelain insulators. Current-carrying capaci- 2. These wiring recommendations are
ties should be carefully noted. general in nature. Confirm actual wire
size and selection in accordance with
Buss bar is solid or perforated to facilitate NEC (National Electrical Code).
wiring, especially when terminals are in line.
Perforated buss bar, has 11/32 x 7/32" slots
on 7/16" centers. When connecting elements
with buss bar, provide expansion loops
between elements. Buss bars may be used in
multiples for higher ampacity (approx.
33-1/2% per buss bar) than listed above,
center.
A-61
Components

• Element Clamps
• Mounting Studs
Clamp 5971 — Use to clamp two strip heaters Clamp 5970 — Use to clamp three strip
on 2" centers using 5/16" studs spaced 5" heaters on 2" centers using 5/16" studs at 5"
apart (PCN 263636). intervals (PCN 263652).
Clamp 5971 Clamp 5970

Element Clamps 5/16" Dia. Stud Hole 5/16" Dia. Stud Hole
Cast-iron clamps, for use with Chromalox 1-1/2

strip and ring elements, retain their strength 3
at elevated temperatures to assure maximum
sheath-to-surface contact. Resulting uniform 2 5
efficient heat transfer from internal resistance

3
wire to the heated material minimize hot spots 1-1/2
on the element, contributing to long service life. 11/16
3
5" Min. Rad.
5/8
5" Min. Rad.
Clamp 6018 — Usually used in sets of two or

more to clamp ring elements to flat surfaces. Clamp 6933 — Use to clamp two strip heaters Mounting Studs
5/16" flathead machine screws are normally on 3" centers using 3/8" studs at 5" intervals
(PCN 263644). Mounting Studs — For use with Chromalox
used with head brazed or welded to work clamps. For all clamps except No. 6933, studs
surface (PCN 263978). are 5/16 — 18 x 1-1/2" Monel® (PCN 127845),
Clamp 6933
Clamp 6018 steel washer (PCN 127853), Monel® nut
3/8" Dia.
(PCN 127861). For No. 6993 clamp; studs are
5/16" Dia.
Stud Hole 5/16" — 18 x 2" Monel® (PCN 127837).
Stud Hole
4 Installation — Fasten studs to the work
surface by welding, brazing or threading. Use
correct size stud to fit clamp. See Selection &
3/8 3-1/2 3-3/8 Installation Guidelines in the Components sec-
tion. For temperatures over 750°F, stainless
15/16 steel studs are recommended.
5" Min. Rad.
Note — When tightening nuts, torsion should
not exceed 10 foot pounds maximum. Heaters
must be allowed to expand. One center clamp
should hold heater. Nuts on other clamps
should be backed off approximately 1/2 turn to
allow for heater expansion.
A-62
Components
OT
STRIP AND RING

1-1/2" Wide Two Offset
Terminals, One End
• 7-1/2 - 47-1/2" Lengths
Dimensions
• 150 - 2,250 Watts
A
• 120 and 240 Volt B
5/16 x 1/2" Slot
• 6 - 27 W/In 2 1-1/2

C
Applications #10-32 Thd. 3/8
15/16
Strip heaters are used for heat transfer by All Dimensions in Inches
conduction or convection to heat liquids, air,
gases and surfaces. See guidelines in the Strip

Dimensions (In.) Rust-Resisting Iron Sheath Chrome Steel Sheath
120V 240V 120V 240V Wt.
A B C Watts W/In2 Model Stock PCN Stock PCN Watts W/In2 Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
7-1/2 6-1/2 6 150 11 OT-715 S 129314 S 129322 200 15 OT-702 S 129613 S 129621 0.5
8 7 6-1/2 150 10 OT-815 S 129330 S 129349 250 17 OT-802 S 129630 S 129648 0.56
8 7 6-1/2 175 12 OT-817 S 129357 S 129365 400 27 OT-804 S 129656 S 129664 0.56
10-1/2 9-1/2 9 250 10 OT-1025 S 129373 S 129381 350 15 OT-1003 S 129672 S 129680 0.75
10-1/2 9-1/2 9 — — — S — — — 400 17 OT-1004 S 129699 S 129701 0.88
12 11 10-1/2 250 8 OT-1225 S 129390 S 129402 250 8 OT-1202 S 129710 S 129728 0.88
12 11 10-1/2 — — — S — — — 350 14 OT-1203 S 129736 S 129744 0.88
12 11 10-1/2 — — — S — — — 500 17 OT-1205 S 129752 S 129760 0.88
14 13 12-1/2 300 8 OT-1430 S 129410 S 129429 500 14 OT-1405 S 129779 S 129787 1
15-1/4 14-1/4 13-3/4 325 8 OT-1532 S 129437 S 129445 500 12 OT-1505 S 129795 S 129808 1.13
17-7/8 16-7/8 16-3/8 350 6.5 OT-1835 S 129453 S 129461 500 10 OT-1805 S 129816 S 129824 1.38
17-7/8 16-7/8 16-3/8 375 7 OT-1837 S 129470 S 129488 750 15 OT-1807 S 129832 S 129840 1.38
17-7/8 16-7/8 16-3/8 500 10 OT-1850 S 129496 S 129509 1,000 19 OT-1801 S 129859 S 129867 1.38
19-1/2 18-1/2 18 350 6 OT-1935 S 129517 S 129525 500 9 OT-1905 S 129875 S 129883 1.5
19-1/2 18-1/2 18 500 8 OT-1950 S 129533 S 129541 750 13.5 OT-1907 S 129891 S 129904 1.5
19-1/2 18-1/2 18 — — — S — S — 1,000 18 OT-1901 S 129912 S 129920 1.5
21 20 19-1/2 500 8 OT-2150 S 129550 S 129568 750 12 OT-2107 S 129939 S 129947 1.63
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 500 7 OT-2450 S 129576 S 129584 500 7 OT-2405 S 129955 S 129963 1.81
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 750 10 OT-2475 S 129592 S 129605 750 10 OT-2407 S 129971 S 129980 1.81
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 — — — — — — — 1,000 14 OT-2401 S 129998 S 130008 1.81
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 — — — — — — — 1,500 19 OT-2415 S 129226 S 129234 1.81
25-1/2 24-1/2 24 500 6 OT-2550 S 121005 S 121013 750 9 OT-2507 S 121208 S 121216 2.06
25-1/2 24-1/2 24 750 9 OT-2575 S 121021 S 121030 1,000 13 OT-2501 S 121224 S 121232 2
26-3/4 25-3/4 25-1/4 700 8 OT-2670 S 121048 S 121056 1,000 12 OT-2601 S 121240 S 121259 2.19
26-3/4 25-3/4 25-1/4 750 9 OT-2675 NS 121064 S 121072 — — — — — — — 2.19
30-1/2 29-3/8 28 750 8 OT-3075 S 121080 S 121099 750 8 OT-3007 S 121267 S 121275 2.38
30-1/2 29-3/8 28 — — — — — — — 1,000 11 OT-3001 S 121283 S 121291 2.38
30-1/2 29-3/8 28 — — — — — — — 1,250 13 OT-3012 S — S 121304 2.38
33-1/2 32-3/8 31 750 7 OT-3375 S 121101 S 121110 750 7 OT-3307 S 121312 S 121320 2.69
35-7/8 34-3/4 33-1/2 1,000 9 OT-3610 S 121128 S 121136 1,500 13 OT-3601 S 121339 S 121347 2.88
38-1/2 37-1/2 36 800 6 OT-3880 S 121144 S 121152 1,000 8 OT-3801 S 121355 S 121363 3.19
38-1/2 37-1/2 36 1,000 8 OT-3810 S 121160 S 121179 1,500 12 OT-3815 NS 121371 S 121380 3.19
42-1/2 41-3/8 40 1,250 9 OT-4312 S 121187 S 121195 1,500 11 OT-4315 S 121398 S 121400 3.38
47-7/8 46-3/4 45-3/8 — — — — — — — 1,350 9 OT-4813 S — S 121419 3.75
47-7/8 46-3/4 45-3/8 — — — — — — — 2,250 14 OT-4822 S — S 121427 3.75
A-63
Components
S & SE
1-1/2" Wide
Dimensions (type S)
• One Terminal, Each End (type S) A
B
5/16 x 1/2" Slot
• Two Terminals, One End (type SE)
1-1/2
• 8 - 71-7/8" Lengths
C
• 150 - 3,000 Watts #10-32 Thd.
3/8
15/16
• 120 and 240 Volt
Dimensions (type SE)
• 6 - 21 W/In2
A
B
5/16 x 1/2" Slot
Applications 1-1/2
Strip heaters are used for heat transfer by
conduction or convection to heat liquids, air, C
3/8
gases and surfaces. See guidelines in the Strip 15/16
#10-32 Thd.
Heater Overview section. All Dimensions in Inches

120V 240V 120V 240V Wt.
8 7 6-1/2 150 10 S-815 S 131115 S 131123 250 17 S-802 NS 131473 NS 131481 0.7
9-1/2 8-1/2 8 200 10 S-920 S 131131 S 131140 300 15 S-903 S 131490 S 131502 0.8
12 11 10-1/2 250 9 S-1225 S 131158 S 131166 250 9 S-1202 S 131510 S 131529 0.9
12 11 10-1/2 — — — — — — — 500 17 S-1205 S 131537 S 131545 0.9
14 13 12-1/2 300 8 S-1430 S 131174 S 131182 500 14 S-1405 S 131553 S 131561 1.1
15-1/4 14-1/4 13-3/4 325 8 S-1532 NS 131190 S 131203 500 12 S-1505 S 131570 NS 131588 1.2
17-7/8 16-7/8 16-3/8 375 8 S-1837 NS 131211 S 131220 500 10 S-1805 S 131596 S 131609 1.4
17-7/8 16-7/8 16-3/8 500 10 S-1850 S 131238 S 131246 750 15 S-1807 S 131617 S 131625 1.4
17-7/8 16-7/8 16-3/8 — — — — — — — 1,000 20 S-1801 S 131633 S 131641 1.4
19-1/2 18-1/2 18 500 9 S-1950 S 131254 S 131262 500 9 S-1905 S 131650 S 131668 1.5
19-1/2 18-1/2 18 — — — — — — — 750 13 S-1907 NS 131676 S 131684 1.6
19-1/2 18-1/2 18 — — — — — — — 1,000 18 S-1901 NS 131692 S 131705 1.6
21 20 19-1/2 500 8 S-2050 S 131270 S 131289 500 8 S-2005 NS 131713 S 131721 1.8
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 250 4 S-2425 S 131297 S 131300 500 7 S-2405 S 131730 S 131748 1.9
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 500 7 S-2450 NS 131318 S 131326 750 10 S-2407 S 131756 S 131764 1.9
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 — — — — — — — 1,000 14 S-2401 S 131772 S 131780 1.9
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 — — — — — — — 1,500 21 S-2415 S 131799 S 131801 1.9
25-1/2 24-1/2 24 750 10 S-2575 S 131334 S 131342 1,000 12 S-2501 NS 131810 S 131828 2
26-3/4 25-3/4 25-1/4 700 8 S-2670 NS 131350 NS 131369 750 9 S-2607 NS 131836 NS 131844 2.1
30-1/2 29-3/8 28 750 8 S-3075 NS 131377 NS 131385 750 8 S-3007 NS 131852 NS 131860 2.1
33-1/2 32-3/8 31 750 7 S-3375 NS 131393 S 131406 1,000 10 S-3301 NS 131879 NS 131887 2.6
35-7/8 34-3/4 33-3/8 1,000 7 S-3610 S 131414 S 131422 1,000 9 S-3601 S 131895 S 131908 2.8
38-1/2 37-3/8 36 1,000 8 S-3810 S 131430 S 131449 1,000 8 S-3801 NS 131916 S 131924 3
42-1/2 41-3/8 40 1,250 9 S-4312 S 131457 S 131465 1,500 11 S-4301 NS 131932 S 131940 3.4
25-1/2 24-1/2 24 500 6 SE-2550 — — NS 130260 — — — — — — —
33-1/2 32-3/8 31 750 7 SE-3375 S 130331 — — — — — — — — —
38-1/2 37-3/8 36 800 7 SE-3880 S 130374 — — — — — — — — —
53-7/8 52-3/4 51-3/8 — — — — — — — 1,500 9 SE-54 — — S 130964 4.5
53-7/8 52-3/4 51-3/8 — — — — — — — 2,500 14 SE-54 — — S 130980 4.5
63-7/8 62-3/4 61-3/8 — — — — — — — 1,800 9 SE-64 — — S 131000 5.88
63-7/8 62-3/4 61-3/8 — — — — — — — 3,000 14 SE-64 — — S 131027 5.88
71-7/8 70-3/4 69-3/8 — — — — — — — 2,000 8 SE-72 — — S 131035 6
71-7/8 70-3/4 69-3/8 — — — — — — — 3,300 12 SE-72 — — S 131043 6
MONEL® Sheath
8 7 6-1/2 150 10 SE-815M S 259995 — — — — — — — — —
A-64
Components
ST & PT
STRIP AND RING

1-1/2" Wide
• Two Terminals, Centered (type ST)

Dimensions (type PT)
• Two Terminals, One End (type PT) A
B
• 5-1/2 - 23-3/4" Lengths 5/16 x 1/2" Slot
1-1/2
• 125 - 1,000 Watts
• 120 and 240 Volt D

3/8
#10-32 Thd.
15/16
• 12 - 27 W/In 2
Dimensions (type ST)

Applications
A
B
Strip heaters are used for heat transfer by 5/16 x 1/2" Slot
gases and surfaces. See guidelines in the Strip 1-1/2
D
#10-32 3/8
15/16 Thd.

Dimensions (In.) 120V 240V
Wt.
A B D Watts W/In 2
Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
ST — Chrome Steel Sheath
10-1/2 9-1/2 9 350 15 ST-1003 NS 133102 NS 133110 0.8
12 11 10-1/2 500 17 ST-1205 NS 133129 NS 133137 0.9
15-1/4 14-1/4 13-3/4 500 12 ST-1505 NS 133145 NS 133153 1.1
17-7/8 16-7/8 16-3/8 750 15 ST-1807 NS 133161 NS 133170 1.4
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 1,000 14 ST-2401 NS 133188 NS 133196 1.8
PT — Rust-Resisting Iron Sheath
5-1/2 4-1/2 4 125 14 PT-512 S 131959 S 257017 0.4
6 5 4-1/2 150 14 PT-615 S 131967 S 131975 0.5
PT — Chrome Steel Sheath
5-1/2 4-1/2 4 250 27 PT-502 S 132329 S 257025 0.4
6 5 4-1/2 300 27 PT-603 S 132337 S 132345 0.5
Note — Chromalox can furnish type PT made-to-order lengths between 7-1/2 and
23-3/4". As an option, see type OT strip heaters.
A-65
Components
TH & STTH STTH

STTH
Only
1-1/2" Wide Only
3 Terminals, 3 Heat
• 3 Terminals, One End (type TH) STTH

Only
• 3 Terminals, Centered Dimensions (type TH)
(type STTH) A
B
• 10-1/2 - 23-3/4" Lengths 5/16 x 1/2" Slot
1-1/2
• 400 - 3,000 Watts
• 120 and 240 Volt D

#10-32 Thd. 3/8
• 10 - 20 W/In2 15/16
Dimensions (type STTH)

Applications
A
Strip heaters are used for heat transfer by B
conduction or convection to heat liquids, air, 5/16 x 1/2" Slot
gases and surfaces. See guidelines in the Strip 1-1/2
Three-Heat Strips — Have three terminals that
D
split the heater into two equal circuits. Center #10-32 Thd. 3/8
terminal is common. 15/16

Dimensions (In.) Chrome Steel Sheath
120V 240V Wt.
A B D Watts W/In2 Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
TH — 3 Terminals, One End
10-1/2 9-1/2 9 400 17 TH-10 S 133356 — — 0.8
12 11 10-1/2 500 17 TH-12 NS 133364 S 133372 0.9
15-1/4 14-1/4 13-3/4 750 18 TH-15 NS 133380 S 133399 1.1
17-7/8 16-7/8 16-3/8 1,000 20 TH-18 NS 133401 NS 133410 1.4
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 1,250 17 TH-24 NS 133428 NS 133436 1.4
30-1/2 29-3/8 28 1,500 16 TH-30 NS 133444 NS 133452 2.4
35-7/8 34-3/4 33-3/8 1,750 15 TH-36 NS 133460 NS 133479 2.9
42-1/2 41-3/8 40 1,500 11 TH-43 NS 133487 NS 133495 3.4
42-1/2 41-3/4 40 2,000 15 TH-43 NS 133508 NS 133516 3.4
47-7/8 46-3/4 45-3/8 1,700 11 TH-48 NS 133524 NS 133532 3.7
47-7/8 46-3/4 45-3/8 2,250 14 TH-48 NS 133540 NS 133559 3.7
53-7/8 52-3/4 51-3/8 2,000 11 TH-54 NS 133567 NS 133575 4.1
53-7/8 52-3/4 51-3/8 2,500 14 TH-54 NS 133583 NS 133591 4.1
63-7/8 62-3/4 61-3/8 2,250 10 TH-64 NS 133604 NS 133612 4.9
63-7/8 62-3/4 61-3/8 3,000 13 TH-64 NS 133620 NS 133639 4.9
71-7/8 70-3/4 69-3/8 2,500 10 TH-72 NS — NS 133647 5.7
71-7/8 70-3/4 69-3/8 3,000 13 TH-72 NS — NS 133655 5.7
STTH — 3 Terminals, Centered
23 22 21-1/2 750 12 STTH-2307 NS 141452 NS 141460 1.4
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 1,000 15 STTH-2401 NS 141479 NS 141487 1.4
A-66
COMPONENTS
SN & WS
STRIP AND RING

3/4" Wide (SN)
2-1/2" Wide (WS) Dimensions (type SN)
A
B 5/16 x 1/2" Slot
Type SN 3/4
• 9-1/2 - 35-3/4" Lengths

D
• 100 - 600 Watts #6-32 Thd. 3/8
11/16
• 120 and 240 Volt All Dimensions in Inches
• 7 - 11 W/In 2
Type WS Dimensions (In.) Rust-Resisting Iron Sheath
120V 240V
• 6-1/2 - 25-1/2" Lengths Wt.
• 400 - 1,500 Watts 9-1/2 8-1/2 8 100 8 SN -910 S 132919 — — 0.4
10-1/2 9-1/2 9 150 11 SN-1015 S 132927 — — 0.5
• 120 and 240 Volt
12 11 10-1/2 150 9 SN-1215 S 132935 — — 0.6
• 8 - 25 W/In2 15-1/4 14-1/4 13-3/4 200 8 SN-1520 S 132943 S 132951 0.8
17-7/8 16-7/8 16-3/8 250 8 SN-1825 S 132960 S 132978 0.9
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 300 7 SN-2430 S 132986 S 132994 1
30-3/8 29-3/8 28-7/8 450 8 SN-3045 S 133006 S 133014 1.3
Applications 35-3/4 34-3/4 34-1/4 600 9 SN-3660 NS 133022 S 133030 1.5
Stock Status: S = stock AS = assembly stock NS = non-stock
Strip heaters are used for heat transfer by con- To Order—Specify model, PCN, watts, volts and quantity.
duction or convection to heat liquids, air, gases
and surfaces. See guidelines in the Strip Heater Dimensions (type WS)
Overview section. A
B
5/16 x 1/2" Slot
2-1/2
D 3/8
#10-32 Thd.
15/16

Wt.
A B C Watts W/In Model 2
Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
WS — Rust-Resisting Iron Sheath
6-1/2 5-1/2 5 400 14 WS-640 S 132716 S 132724 0.8
8-1/2 7-1/2 7 500 16 WS-850 S 132732 S 132740 1
12 11 10-1/2 600 12 WS-1260 NS 144880 NS 144899 1.4
15-1/4 14-1/4 13-3/4 750 11 WS-1575 S 132759 S 132767 1.9
21 20 19-1/2 850 8 WS-2185 NS 132775 NS 132783 2.3
25-1/2 24-1/2 24 1,000 8 WS-2510 S 132791 S 132804 2.6
WS — Chrome Steel Sheath
6-1/2 5-1/2 5 500 25 WS-605 S 132812 S 132820 0.8
8-1/2 7-1/2 7 600 19 WS-806 S 132839 S 132847 1
12 11 10-1/2 800 16 WS-1208 NS 144872 NS 144864 1.4
15-1/4 14-1/4 13-3/4 1,000 14 WS-1501 S 132855 S 132863 1.9
21 20 19-1/2 1,250 12 WS-2101 NS 132871 S 132880 2.3
25-1/2 24-1/2 24 1,500 12 WS-2515 NS 132898 S 132900 2.6
Note — If terminal housing is required with a type WS strip heater, use a type SE-AC-1
mounted sideways. Ceramic post terminal insulators can also be used.
(See StripHeater Overview Section.)
A-67
Components
SNH & NH
1" Wide
• Two Terminals, One End
(type SNH)
Dimensions (type NH)
• One Terminal, Each End
A
(type NH) B 5/16 x 1/2" Slot
• 8 - 53-7/8" Lengths
• 250 - 1,500 Watts

D
# 10 - 32 Thd.
• 120 and 240 Volt 3/8

• 7 - 24 W/In2 15/16
Dimensions (type SNH)

Applications A
B
5/16 x 1/2" Slot
Strip heaters are used for heat transfer by
gases and surfaces. See guidelines in the Strip
D
# 10 - 32 Thd. 3/8

15/16

Dimensions (In.) Chrome Steel Sheath Chrome Steel Sheath
120V 240V 120V 240V Wt.
A B D Watts W/In2 Model Stock PCN Stock PCN Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
8 7 6-1/2 250 24 SNH-08 S 133727 — — NH-08 NS 133209 — — 0.4
9-1/2 8-1/2 8 300 21 SNH-09 S 133735 — — NH-09 NS 133217 — — 0.4
11 10 9-1/2 350 19 SNH-11 S 133743 — — NH-11 NS 133225 — — 0.5
12 11 10-1/2 400 19 SNH-12 S 133751 S 133760 NH-12 NS 133233 — — 0.6
14 13 12-1/2 450 17 SNH-14 S 133778 S 133786 NS-14 NS 133241 — — 0.7
15-1/4 14-1/4 13-3/4 500 17 SNH-15 S 133794 S 133807 NH-15 NS 133250 NS 133268 0.8
17-7/8 16-7/8 16-3/8 600 17 SNH-18 S 133815 S 133823 NH-18 NS 133276 NS 133284 0.9
19-1/2 18-1/2 18 600 15 SNH-19 NS 133831 S 133840 — — — — — 1
19-1/2 18-1/2 18 700 17 — — — — — NH-19 NS 133292 NS 133305 1
21 20 19-1/2 750 17 SNH-21 NS 133858 S 133866 NH-21 NS 133313 NS 133321 1
22-1/2 21-1/2 21 750 16 SNH-22 NS 133874 S 133882 — — — — — 1
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 300 7 — — — — — NH-24 NS 133330 NS 133348 1
23-3/4 22-3/4 22-1/4 800 16 SNH-24 NS 133890 S 133903 — — — — — 1
25-1/2 24-1/2 24 900 16 SNH-25 NS 133911 NS 133920 — — — — — 1.1
27-1/2 26-1/2 26 900 14 SNH-27 NS 133938 NS 133946 — — — — — 1.1
28-3/4 27-3/4 27-1/4 1,000 16 SNH-28 NS 133954 S 133962 — — — — — 1.3
30-1/2 29-3/8 28 1,000 15 SNH-30 S 133970 S 133989 — — — — — 1.3
33-1/2 32-3/8 31 1,000 14 SNH-33 NS 133997 S 134009 — — — — — 1.4
35-7/8 34-3/4 33-3/8 1,000 13 SNH-36 NS 134017 S 134025 — — — — — 1.5
38-1/2 37-3/8 36 1,250 15 SNH-38 NS 134033 NS 134041 — — — — — 1.6
39-7/8 38-3/4 37-3/8 1,250 14 SNH-40 NS 134050 S 134068 — — — — — 1.6
42-1/2 41-3/8 40 1,250 13 SNH-43 NS 134076 NS 134084 — — — — — 1.8
43-7/8 42-3/4 41-3/8 1,250 13 SNH-44 NS 134092 NS 134105 — — — — — 1.8
45-7/8 44-3/4 43-3/8 1,500 14 SNH-46 NS 134113 S 134121 — — — — — 1.9
47-7/8 46-3/4 45-3/8 1,500 14 SNH-48 NS 134130 NS 134148 — — — — — 2
50-7/8 49-3/4 48-3/8 1,500 13 SNH-51 NS 134156 NS 134164 — — — — — 2.1
53-7/8 52-3/4 51-3/8 1,500 12 SNH-54 NS 134172 NS 134180 — — — — — 2.3
A-68
Components
NS & NSL
STRIP AND RING

3/4" Wide
High Temperature
• Terminal Block, One End

(type NS) Dimensions (type NS)
• Lead Wires, One End (type NSL)

A
3/4
• 12-1/2 - 54" Lengths 5/16 3/8
• 500 - 3,000 Watts 3/4 1-1/8
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt 1-1/2 B 2-1/8
• One-Piece INCOLOY® Sheath All Dimensions in Inches
• 24 - 38 W/In2

Dimensions (type NSL)
Applications
A
Strip heaters are used for heat transfer by 5/16 3/8 3/4
gases and surfaces. See guidelines in the Strip 3/4
1-1/2 B 2-1/8 10
One-piece strip heaters are supplied without Heated
mounting tabs as standard. Length

Dimensions (In.) INCOLOY® Sheath — Terminal Block INCOLOY® Sheath — Wire Leads
120V 240V 480V 120V 240V 480V Wt.
A B Watts W/In2 Model Stock PCN Stock PCN Stock PCN Model Stock PCN Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
12-1/2 8-7/8 500 32 NS-1205 S 129250 NS 142199 — — NSL-1205 NS 165462 NS 165470 — — 7
13-3/4 10-1/8 500 28 NS-1405 NS 142201 S 129269 — — NSL-1405 NS 165489 NS 165497 — — 7
15-7/16 11-13/16 500 24 NS-1505 NS 142210 NS 142228 — — NSL-1505 NS 165550 NS 165518 — — 7
17-13/16 14-3/16 750 30 NS-1807 NS 142236 NS 142244 — — NSL-1807 NS 165526 S 144928 — — 0.9
18-1/2 14-7/8 1,000 38 NS-1801 NS 142252 NS 142260 — — NSL-1801 NS 165534 NS 165542 NS 165876 0.9
19-3/8 15-3/4 1,000 36 NS-1901 NS 142287 S 129277 NS 142295 NSL-1901 NS 165569 NS 165577 NS 165585 1
21-7/16 17-13/16 1,100 35 NS-2001 NS 142308 NS 142316 — — NSL-2001 NS 165593 NS 165606 NS 165614 1.1
23-3/4 20-1/8 1,200 34 NS-2401 NS 142332 NS 142340 NS 142359 NSL-2401 NS 165622 S 144936 NS 165630 1.2
25-1/4 21-5/8 1,300 34 NS-2501 NS 142367 NS 142375 NS 142383 NSL-2501 NS 165649 NS 165657 NS 165665 1.3
26-15/16 23-5/16 1,400 34 NS-2601 NS 142391 S 129285 NS 142404 NSL-2601 NS 165673 S 144944 NS 165681 1.3
33-15/16 30-5/16 1,500 28 NS-3301 NS 142447 S 142455 NS 142463 NSL-3301 NS 165729 NS 144952 NS 165737 1.7
36-3/8 32-3/4 1,850 32 NS-3601 NS 142471 S 142480 NS 142498 NSL-3601 NS 165745 S 144960 NS 165753 1.9
39 35-3/8 2,000 32 NS-3802 NS 142500 NS 142519 NS 142527 NSL-3802 NS 165761 NS 165770 NS 165788 2
51-3/8 47-3/4 2,700 32 NS-4827 NS 142560 S 142578 NS 142586 NSL-4827 NS 165825 NS 165833 NS 165841 2.7
54 50-3/8 3,000 34 NS-5403 NS — S 142594 NS 142607 NSL-5403 — — NS 165850 NS 165868 2.8
A-69
Components
NSA & SSNHM Dimensions (type NSA)

1/2" Wide (NSA) A
1-1/8" Wide (SSNHM) 1 B 3
1/2
Type NSA
D 1-3/4
• 7-1/16 - 16-1/4" Lengths 3/8
• 125 - 400 Watts All Dimensions in Inches
• 120 and 240 Volt Specifications and Ordering Information — NSA

• One-Piece INCOLOY® Sheath 120V 240V Wt.
• 7 - 32 W/In2 7-1/16 3-1/16 5-5/16 125 32 NSA-711 NS 328292 — — 0.2
10-11/16 6-11/16 8-15/16 300 20 NSA-1013 NS 328305 — — 0.3
11-1/8 7-1/8 9-3/8 350 22 NSA-1123 — — NS 328348 0.4
13-3/4 9-3/4 12 200 11 NSA-1422 — — NS 328321 0.5
14-3/16 10-3/16 12-7/16 200 7 NSA-1412 NS 328313 — — 0.5
Type SSNHM 16-1/4 12-1/4 14-1/2 400 19 NSA-1624 — — S 328330 0.6
• 8-1/8 - 27-5/8" Lengths To Order—Specify model, PCN, watts, volts and quantity.
(with Optional Mounting Tabs)
• 200 - 800 Watts
• 120 and 240 Volt
• One-Piece Monel Sheath

Dimensions (type SSNHM)
• 900ºF Max. Sheath Temp. A
B
1-5/8
• 13 - 19 W/In2 5/16 x 1/2" Slot
1-1/8
D
#6-32 Thd. 3/8
Strip heaters are used for heat transfer by Specifications and Ordering Information — SSNHM
gases and surfaces. See guidelines in the Strip Dimensions (In.) MONEL® Sheath
Heater Overview section. 120V 240V Wt.
One-piece strip heaters are supplied without
8-1/8 7-3/8 6-5/8 200 19 SSNHM-08 NS 142842 NS — 0.4
mounting tabs as standard. 9-5/8 8-7/8 8-1/8 275 19 SSNHM-09 NS 142850 NS — 0.4
11-1/8 10-3/8 9-5/8 300 16 SSNHM-11 NS 142869 NS — 0.5
12-1/8 11-3/8 10-5/8 320 16 SSNHM-12 NS 142877 NS 142885 0.6
14-1/8 13-3/8 12-5/8 375 14 SSNHM-14 NS 142893 NS 142906 0.7
15-3/8 14-5/8 13-7/8 415 14 SSNHM-15 NS 142914 NS 142922 0.8
18 17-1/8 16-1/2 495 13 SSNHM-18 NS 142930 NS 142949 1.4
19-5/8 18-7/8 18-1/8 550 13 SSNHM-19 NS 142957 NS 142965 1.4
21-1/8 20-3/8 19-5/8 600 13 SSNHM-21 NS 142973 NS 142981 1.6
22-5/8 21-7/8 22-1/8 625 13 SSNHM-22 NS 142990 NS 143001 1.8
23-7/8 23-1/8 22-3/8 675 13 SSNHM-24 NS 143010 NS 143028 1.8
25-5/8 24-7/8 24-1/8 725 13 SSNHM-25 NS 143036 NS 143044 2.1
27-5/8 26-7/8 26-1/8 800 13 SSNHM-27 NS 143052 NS 143060 2.3
A-70
Components
SSE & SSEM
STRIP AND RING

1-11/16" Wide Two SSE
Only
Terminals, One End
• 8-1/8 - 72" Lengths Dimensions
• 200 - 2,550 Watts A

B
1-7/8
• 120 and 240 Volt 5/16 x 1/2" Slot
1-11/16
• 10 - 13 W/In2
• Optional Mounting Tabs D

#10-32 Thd. 3/8
Type SSE All Dimensions in Inches

• Rust Resisting One-Piece
Iron Sheath Specifications and Ordering Information
• 750˚F Max. Sheath Temp. Dimensions (In.) 120V 240V Wt.
Type SSEM SSE — Rust-Resisting Iron Sheath
• Monel One-Piece Sheath 8-1/8 7-3/8 6-5/8 200 13 SSE-820 NS 141495 NS — 0.7
10-5/8 9-7/8 9-1/8 275 11 SSE-1027 NS 141508 NS 141516 0.8
• 900˚F Max. Sheath Temp. 12-1/8 11-3/8 10-5/8 320 11 SSE-1232 NS 141524 NS 141532 0.9
14-1/8 13-3/8 12-5/8 375 10 SSE-1437 NS 141540 NS 141559 1
15-3/8 14-5/8 13-7/8 415 10 SSE-1541 NS 141567 NS 141575 1.1
18 17-1/4 16-1/2 500 10 SSE-1849 NS 141583 NS 141591 1.4
19-5/8 18-7/8 18-1/8 550 10 SSE-1955 NS 141604 NS 141612 1.5
21-1/8 20-3/8 19-5/8 625 10 SSE-2060 NS 141620 NS 141639 1.7
Applications 23-7/8 23-1/8 22-3/8 750 10 SSE-2467 NS 141647 NS 141655 1.8
25-5/8 24-7/8 24-1/8 800 10 SSE-2572 NS 141663 NS 141671 2.1
Strip heaters are used for heat transfer by 30-5/8 29-3/8 28-1/8 1,000 10 SSE-3085 NS 141680 NS 141698 2.3
conduction or convection to heat liquids, air, 33-5/8 32-3/8 31-1/8 1,250 12 SSE-3392 NS 141700 NS 141719 2.7
gases and surfaces. See guidelines in the Strip 36 34-7/8 33-1/2 1,500 13 SSE-3611 NS 141727 NS 141735 2.9
38-5/8 37-3/8 36-1/8 1,500 12 SSE-3817 NS 141743 NS 141751 3.2
Heater Overview section. 42-5/8 41-3/8 40-1/8 1,500 11 SSE-4315 NS 141760 NS 141778 3.4
48 46-3/4 45-1/2 1,650 10 SSE-4816 NS 141786 NS 141794 3.8
Seamless strip elements are supplied without 54 52-3/4 51-1/2 1,875 10 SSE-5418 NS 141807 NS 141815 4.2
mounting tabs as standard. 64 62-3/4 61-1/2 2,250 10 SSE-6422 — — NS 141823 5.1
72 70-3/4 69-1/2 2,550 10 SSE-7225 — — NS 141831 5.8
SSEM — MONEL® Sheath
8-1/8 7-3/8 6-5/8 200 13 SSEM-820 NS 141840 NS — 0.7
10-5/8 9-7/8 9-1/8 275 11 SSEM-1027 NS 141858 NS 141866 0.8
12-1/8 11-3/8 10-5/8 320 11 SSEM-1232 NS 141874 NS 141882 0.9
14-1/8 13-3/8 12-5/8 375 10 SSEM-1437 NS 141890 NS 141903 1
15-3/8 14-5/8 13-7/8 415 10 SSEM-1541 NS 141911 NS 141920 1.1
18 17-1/4 16-1/2 500 10 SSEM-1849 NS 141938 NS 141946 1.4
19-5/8 18-7/8 18-1/8 550 10 SSEM-1955 NS 141954 NS 141962 1.5
21-1/8 20-3/8 19-5/8 625 10 SSEM-2060 NS 141970 NS 141989 1.7
23-7/8 23-1/8 22-3/8 750 10 SSEM-2467 NS 141997 NS 142009 1.8
25-5/8 24-7/8 24-1/8 800 10 SSEM-2572 NS 142017 NS 142025 2.1
30-5/8 29-3/8 28-1/8 1,000 10 SSEM-3085 NS 142033 NS 142041 2.3
33-5/8 32-3/8 31-1/8 1,250 12 SSEM-3392 NS 142050 NS 142068 2.7
36 34-7/8 33-1/2 1,500 13 SSEM-3611 NS 142076 NS 142084 2.9
38-5/8 37-3/8 36-1/8 1,500 12 SSEM-3817 NS 142092 NS 142105 3.2
42-5/8 41-3/8 40-1/8 1,500 11 SSEM-4315 NS 142113 NS 142121 3.4
48 46-3/4 45-1/2 1,650 10 SSEM-4816 NS 142130 NS 142148 3.8
54 52-3/4 51-1/2 1,875 10 SSEM-5418 NS 142156 NS 142164 4.2
64 62-3/4 61-1/2 2,250 10 SSEM-6422 — — NS 142172 5.1
72 70-3/4 69-1/2 2,550 10 SSEM-7225 — — NS 142180 5.8
To Order—Specify model, PCN, watts, volts, phase and quantity.
A-71
Components
AEPS
Explosion-Proof
Strip Heater
• 32-3/4 - 128-3/4" Lengths

Dimensions
• 110 - 1,100 Watts B
9/32 x 3/8" Slot (4) Slots, 3/8" Wide
on 4-3/4" Dia. B.C.
• 120, 208, 240, 277 and 480 Volt
3/4" Conduit
3 Opening
Applications A
For coal, ore, resins and other bulk handling 4-5/16

equipment.
Explosion-Proof Applications — (NEC Class 5-3/8 All Dimensions in Inches
II, Group E, F, G and Class I, Group C and D)
chemical and petrochemical plants, tanks, Specifications and Ordering Information for 9 Watts/In2.
large pipes, control cabinets, resin material
handling equipment, aggregate and other bulk Dimensions (In.)
raw material processors. Wt.
A B Watts Volts Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Features Temp. Code T3 (for Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C, D) – 9 W/in2
24 32-3/4 220 120 AEPS-024-220-917 NS 235213 24
UL Listed for use in Division I, Class I, Groups 24 32-3/4 220 240 AEPS-024-220-917 NS 235221 24
36 44-3/4 330 120 AEPS-036-330-917 NS 235230 27.2
B, C, D; Class II, Groups E, F and G hazardous 36 44-3/4 330 240 AEPS-036-330-917 NS 235248 27.2
locations. 48 56-3/4 440 120 AEPS-048-440-917 NS 235256 30.6
48 56-3/4 440 240 AEPS-048-440-917 NS 235264 30.6
Integral manual reset. 60 68-3/4 550 208 AEPS-060-550-917 NS 235222 34
Overtemperature cutout. 60 68-3/4 550 240 AEPS-060-550-917 NS 235280 34
72 80-3/4 660 208 AEPS-072-660-917 NS 235299 37.4
72 80-3/4 660 240 AEPS-072-660-917 NS 235301 37.4
Freeze Protection — Particularly effective
when installed at the mouth of the mine 84 92-3/4 770 208 AEPS-084-770-917 NS 235310 40.9
84 92-3/4 770 240 AEPS-084-770-917 NS 235328 40.9
where warm moist air and coal or ore are first 96 104-3/4 880 240 AEPS-096-880-917 NS 235336 44.3
exposed to cold outside air, causing condensa- 96 104-3/4 880 480 AEPS-096-880-917 NS 235344 44.3
108 116-3/4 990 277 AEPS-108-990-917 NS 235352 47.8
tion and subsequent freezing at temperatures
below 32°F. Conveyor heaters prevent such 108 116-3/4 990 480 AEPS-108-990-917 NS 235360 47.8
120 128-3/4 1,100 277 AEPS-120-1100-917 NS 235379 50.9
freezing, keeping the conveyors in uninter- 120 128-3/4 1,100 480 AEPS-120-1100-917 NS 235387 50.9
rupted operation.
Easy System Start-Up in freezing weather.
Keeps Resins and Process Liquids Free-
Flowing regardless of ambient temperature.
Long Life Operation — Heaters, inserted into
solid aluminum body, resist physical dam-
age from rough handling and/or contact with
process material (Patented design).
Mounting — Channel in extrusion facilitates
mounting to any surface. Clamps are supplied
or bolt holes can be drilled through extrusion
plate.
A-72
Components
STRIP AND RING

Dimensions
Single & Three 17/32
Heat Ring Heater

B
• 125 - 1,800 Watts A
1-1/2
• 120 and 240 Volt

C
• Ring Clamp (type 6018) Mounts All Dimensions in Inches
Element to Heated Surface
Features Refractory-Insulated Construction — for

Applications dependable long service life.
Chrome Steel Sheath — 1200°F max. sheath
• Tank Bottoms temp. Easy Installation — Circular shape and use of
Chromalox utility clamps simplifies use of ring
• Platens Single-Heat Rings — Have two terminals for heaters.
single wattage on-off switch or thermostat.
• Dies Nesting Rings to Pack Heat in a Small Area
Three-Heat Rings — Have three terminals — For example A-65, A-80 and A-90 combina-
• Hot Plates that split the heater into two equal circuits.
tion provide 4,050 Watts within a 11" circle.
Center terminal is common.
• Glue and Lead Melting Pots

Dimensions (In.) Chrome Steel Sheath — Single Heat Chrome Steel Sheath — Three Heat
120V 240V 120V 240V Wt.
A B C Watts W/In2 Model Stock PCN Stock PCN Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
2-15/32 7/8 1/4 125 10 A-00 S 135239 — — — — — — — 0.2
2-15/32 7/8 1/4 150 13 A-00 S 135247 — — — — — — — 0.2
2-15/32 7/8 1/4 200 17 A-00 S 135255 — — — — — — — 0.2
3 7/8 1/4 200 12 A-10 S 135263 — — — — — — — 0.3
3 7/8 1/4 250 15 A-10 S 135271 — — — — — — — 0.3
3 7/8 1/4 300 18 A-10 S 135280 — — — — — — — 0.3
3-1/2 7/8 1/4 200 9 A-15 S 135298 S 135300 — — — — — 0.5
3-1/2 7/8 1/4 300 14 A-15 S 135319 S 135327 — — — — — 0.5
3-1/2 7/8 1/4 350 16 A-15 S 135335 S 135343 — — — — — 0.5
3-31/32 1-11/16 5/16 300 12 A-20 S 135351 S 135360 A-20-3 S 135415 NS 135423 0.7
3-31/32 1-11/16 5/16 400 15 A-20 S 135378 S 135386 A-20-3 NS 135431 NS 135440 0.7
3-31/32 1-11/16 5/16 500 19 A-20 S 135394 S 135407 A-20-3 NS 135458 NS 135466 0.7
4-5/8 2-1/4 5/16 450 14 A-30 S 135474 S 135482 A-30-3 NS 135538 NS 135546 0.8
4-5/8 2-1/4 5/16 500 15 A-30 S 135490 S 135503 A-30-3 S 135554 S 135562 0.8
4-5/8 2-1/4 5/16 550 17 A-30 S 135511 S 135520 A-30-3 S 135570 NS 135589 0.8
5-7/16 3 5/16 500 12 A-40 S 135597 S 135600 A-40-3 S 135650 NS 135669 0.8
5-7/16 3 5/16 660 16 A-40 S 135618 S 135626 A-40-3 S 135677 NS 135685 0.8
5-7/16 3 5/16 750 18 A-40 S 135634 S 135642 A-40-3 NS 135693 S 135706 0.8
6-1/16 4-5/16 5/16 400 10 A-50 S 135714 S 135722 A-50-3 NS 135773 NS 135781 0.9
6-1/16 4-5/16 5/16 450 11 A-50 NS 135730 NS 135749 A-50-3 NS 135790 NS 135802 0.9
6-1/16 4-5/16 5/16 500 13 A-50 S 135757 S 135765 A-50-3 NS 135810 NS 135829 0.9
6-1/8 3 5/16 660 12 A-65 NS 135837 NS 135845 A-65-3 NS 135896 NS 135909 1
6-1/8 3 5/16 750 14 A-65 S 135853 S 135861 A-65-3 NS 135917 NS 135925 1
6-1/8 3 5/16 1,000 19 A-65 S 135870 S 135888 A-65-3 NS 135933 NS 135941 1
6-19/32 4-1/2 5/16 500 11 A-60 S 135950 S 135968 A-60-3 NS 136012 NS 136020 1
6-19/32 4-1/2 5/16 660 14 A-60 S 135976 NS 135984 A-60-3 NS 136039 NS 136047 1
6-19/32 4-1/2 5/16 750 16 A-60 S 135992 S 136004 A-60-3 S 136055 S 136063 1
7-7/16 5-5/16 5/16 550 9 A-70 S 136071 S 136080 A-70-3 NS 136135 NS 136143 1.1
7-7/16 5-5/16 5/16 660 11 A-70 NS 136098 — — A-70-3 S 136151 NS 136160 1.1
7-7/16 5-5/16 5/16 750 13 A-70 S 136119 S 136127 A-70-3 NS 136178 NS 136186 1.1
8-3/8 6-3/16 5/16 880 14 A-80 S 136194 S 136207 A-80-3 NS 136258 NS 136266 1.3
8-3/8 6-3/16 5/16 1,050 16 A-80 S 136215 S 136223 A-80-3 NS 136274 NS 136282 1.3
8-3/8 6-3/16 5/16 1,250 19 A-80 S 136231 S 136240 A-80-3 S 136290 NS 136303 1.3
10-31/32 8-1/2 5/16 1,000 10 A-90 S 136311 S 136320 A-90-3 S 136370 S 136389 1.8
10-31/32 8-1/2 5/16 1,500 16 A-90 S 136338 S 136346 A-90-3 NS 136397 NS 136400 1.8
10-31/32 8-1/2 5/16 1,800 19 A-90 S 136354 S 136362 A-90-3 NS 136418 NS 136426 1.8
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock To Order — Specify model, PCN, watts, volts and quantity.
A-73
Components
HSN, HSW & RHSW Full

Sheath
Half & Full Sheath Only
Ring Heaters
HSW &
RHSW
• Narrow Ring (type HSN) Full &
Half
Dimensions Sheath
• Wide Ring (type HSW)
17-32
• Split Rivet/Wide Ring
Full
(type RHSW) Sheath
B Only
• 500 - 1,000 Watts A
2-1/4
Mounting Rivet
• 120 and 240 Volt (RHSW Only) Full
Sheath
Three Heat Only
• Use Ring Clamp 6018 to Mount C All Dimensions in Inches
Element to Heated Surface
Features Easy Installation — Circular shape and use of
Chromalox utility clamps simplifies use of ring
Single-Heat Rings — Have two terminals for heaters.
Nesting Rings to pack heat in a small area.
Three-Heat Rings — Have three terminals
that split the heater into 2 equal circuits. Half Sheath Units Have Reduced Thermal
Center terminal is common. Gradient to Heated Surface — Provides faster
heat up.

Dimensions
Dimensions (In.)(In.) Rust-Resisting
Rust-Resisting Iron Sheath
Iron Sheath Chrome
Chrome Steel Steel
SheathSheath
120V 240V 120V 240V Wt.
HSN — Half Sheath
6 4-5/16 1/4 500 14 HSN-6 S 185818 — — — — — — — — — 0.5
6 4-5/16 1/4 800 12 HSN-6 — — NS 185826 — — — — — — — 0.5
6 4-5/16 1/4 — — — — — — — 500 14 HSN-60 NS 185834 — — 0.5
6 4-5/16 1/4 — — — — — — — 500 14 HSN-60 — — S 185842 0.5
HSW — Full Sheath
6 3-3/4 1/4 1,000 24 HSW-61 S 185877 — — — — — — — — — 0.5
HSW — Half Sheath
5-7/8 3-9/16 7/32 500 16 HSW-5 S 185746 — — — — — — — — — 0.5
5-7/8 3-9/16 7/32 750 23 HSW-5 NS — S 185738 — — — — — — — 0.5
6 3-3/4 1/4 500 12 HSW-6 S 185754 — — — — — — — — — 0.5
6 3-3/4 1/4 500 12 HSW-6 S — S 185762 — — — — — — — 0.5
6 3-3/4 1/4 700 17 HSW-6 — 185770 — — — — — — — — — 0.5
6 3-3/4 1/4 700 17 HSW-6 — — NS 185789 — — — — — — — 0.5
6 3-3/4 1/4 700 17 HSW-6-3 — 185797 — — — — — — — — — 0.5
6 3-3/4 1/4 700 17 HSW-6-3 — — S 185800 — — — — — — — 0.5
6 3-3/4 1/4 — — — — — — — 500 12 HSW-60 NS 185850 — — 0.5
6 3-3/4 1/4 — — — — — — — 800 20 HSW-60 — — NS 185869 0.5
6 3-3/4 1/4 — — — — — — — 1,000 24 HSW-60-3 S 255767 — — 0.5
6 3-3/4 1/4 — — — — — — — 750 18 HSW-60-3 — — S 255759 0.5
RHSW — Half Sheath
6 3-3/4 1/4 350 8 RHSW-6-3 S 185893 — — — — — — — — — 0.6
6 3-3/4 1/4 500 12 RHSW-6 NS 185922 — — — — — — — — — 0.6
RHSW — Full Sheath
6 3-3/4 1/4 800 19 RHSW-61 S 185906 — — — — — — — — — 0.6
6 3-3/4 1/4 800 19 RHSW-61-3 — — NS 185914 — — — — — — — 0.6
1. “-3” in model number indicates 3 heat.
Other Note — Type HSN is not CSA Certified.
A-74
Components
HSP HSP-3, HSP31
STRIP AND RING

2 Terminals Only Full
Sheath
Half & Full Sheath HSP-3-3, HSP31-3
HSP-2, with leads
Only
Disc Heater 3 Terminals Only
HSP-2.75, w6/32
Half
Terminal Bolts & Full
• Solid Disc Design Sheath
• 150 - 600 Watts

Full
• 120 and 240 Volt Sheath
Only
• Full and Half Sheath Available Fig. B
Fig. A
• Use Ring Clamp 6018 to Mount Full
Sheath
Element to Heated Surface Only
Dimensions
7/16 7/16
B A B A
C C
Features Easy Installation — Circular shape and use

of Mounts with Bolt or Studs simplifies use of
Single-Heat Discs — Have two terminals for disc heaters.
Half Sheath Units Have Reduced Thermal
Three-Heat Discs — Have three terminals that Gradient to Heated Surface — Provides faster
split the heater into 2 equal circuits. Center heat up.
terminal is common.
Nest Disc in Ring heaters to pack heat in small
area.

120V 240V 120V 240V Wt.
Half Sheath — 6/32 Terminal Bolts
2-3/4 1/4 11/32 250 18 HSP-2.75 S 185949 — — — — — — — — — 0.25
3-1/4 5/16 11/32 200 11 HSP-3 S 185957 — — — — — — — — — 0.3
3-1/4 5/16 11/32 400 21 HSP-3 S 185965 — — — — — — — — — 0.3
3-1/4 5/16 11/32 150 8 HSP-3-3 S 185973 — — — — — — — — — 0.3
Full Sheath — 6/32 Terminal Bolts
3-1/4 13/64 5/16 400 24 HSP-31 S 255513 — — — — HSP-310 — — — 143116 0.4
3-1/4 13/64 5/16 400 24 HSP-31 — — S 255521 — — — — — — 0.4
3-1/4 13/64 5/16 400 24 HSP-31-3 S 255530 — — — — HSP-310-3 — 143108 — — 0.4
Half Sheath — Lead Wires
2-1/4 1/4 1/4 150 15 HSP-2 NS 185930 — — 250 26 HSP-20 S 274191 — — 0.2
Half Sheath — 6/32 Terminal Bolts
3-1/4 9/32 11/32 600 31 — — — — — 600 31 HSP-30 S 129306 — — 0.3
3-1/4 9/32 11/32 400 21 — — — — — 400 21 HSP-30-3 S 185981 — — 0.3
1. “-3” in model number indicates 3 heat
A-75
Components
MIS
Mighty-Tuff®
Strip Heaters
• High Temperature (up to 1200˚F Mighty-Tuff with SG terminals

Sheath Temperature) and Mounting Holes
• 120 and 240 Volt
• Up to 6” Wide
Mighty-Tuff with Lead Configuration
• Up to 74” in Length
• High Temperature Leads (450˚C)

or Threaded Terminations
• Stainless Steel Sheath
Description Advantages
The Mighty-Tuff Strip Heater provides high Excellent heater for any applications requiring
temperatures, extreme watt densities and high temperatures and/or high watt densities
quick responses in applications where previ- up to 100 watts per square inch. Compacted
ously, any other type of strip heater could not mineral insulation and low profile allow for
possibly be considered. Heat is transferred quick heat up and lower internal temperatures.
rapidly from the resistance element to the
sheath for lower internal temperatures and Features
long life because of the compaction of the A wide variety of terminations are available.
component materials. In the most difficult These include leads, threaded post terminals
application or in normal use, the Mighty-Tuff and button terminals. All terminations on the
will significantly improve strip heater perfor- Mighty Tuff band are also available on the strip
mance. Careful consideration in clamping strip heaters. See Mighty Tuff band section for
heaters to the surface is necessary to provide details.
adequate heat dissipation.
A-76
Components
MIS
STRIP AND RING

Mighty-Tuff®
Dimensions (In.)
Strip Heaters (cont’d.) Width Length Watts Volts Terminals Stock Model
Wt.
(Lbs)
1" 6" 200 240 SE NS MT-06010-1109 0.3
1" 8" 275 240 SE NS MT-08010-1110 0.5
1" 10" 375 240 SE NS MT-10010-1111 0.6
1" 12" 450 240 SE NS MT-12010-1112 0.8
1" 14" 500 240 SE NS MT-14010-1113 0.9
1" 16" 575 240 SE NS MT-16010-1114 1.1
1" 18" 650 240 SE NS MT-18010-1115 1.2
1" 20" 725 240 SE NS MT-20010-1116 1.4
2" 6" 450 240 SG NS MT-06020-1117 0.6
2" 8" 625 240 SG NS MT-08020-1118 0.9
2" 10" 800 240 SG NS MT-10020-1119 1.2
2" 12" 1000 240 SG NS MT-12020-1120 1.5
2" 14" 1050 240 SG NS MT-14020-1121 1.8
2" 16" 1200 240 SG NS MT-16020-1122 2.1
2" 18" 1350 240 SG NS MT-18020-1123 2.4
2" 20" 1525 240 SG NS MT-20020-1124 2.7
3" 6" 675 240 SG NS MT-06030-1125 0.9
3" 8" 950 240 SG NS MT-08030-1126 1.4
3" 10" 1200 240 SG NS MT-10030-1127 1.8
3" 12" 1475 240 SG NS MT-12030-1128 2.3
3" 14" 1575 240 SG NS MT-14030-1129 2.7
3" 16" 1800 240 SG NS MT-16030-1130 3.2
3" 18" 2050 240 SG NS MT-18030-1131 3.6
3" 20" 2275 240 SG NS MT-20030-1132 4.1
4" 6" 900 240 SG NS MT-06040-1133 1.2
4" 8" 1250 240 SG NS MT-08040-1134 1.8
4" 10" 1625 240 SG NS MT-10040-1135 2.4
4" 12" 1975 240 SG NS MT-12040-1136 3.0
4" 14" 2075 240 SG NS MT-14040-1137 3.6
4" 16" 2400 240 SG NS MT-16040-1138 4.2
4" 18" 2725 240 SG NS MT-18040-1139 4.8
4" 20" 3050 240 SG NS MT-20040-1140 5.4
Note: Mounting holes not included as standard. Mounting hole size and location must be speci-
fied, if required.
1200 Clamped Mighty-Tuff

Strip Heater with good
PART TEMPERATURE – °F
heat transfer operating in

1000 70˚F/21˚C ambient air
800
600
400 Clamped Mighty-Tuff Strip

Heater with good heat
200 transfer operating in insulated
or enclosed environments
20 40 60 80 100
WATT DENSITY – W/in2
A-77
Components
MSH
Mica Strip Heaters
Type X
• Economical
Type XX
• 120 and 240 Volt
• Custom Shapes and Sizes
• Up to 70” (1,778mm) in Length Type T1

Type L2 with Lead Wires Standard
• High Temperature Leads
482˚F (250˚C) or Threaded
Terminations
Type T2
• Ideal for Medium Temperature Type T3
Applications Type B2
Type L1 with Lead Wires Standard
Applications
Versatile, efficient and economical, the Mica Available in a multitude of custom sizes and
Strip Heater is of the same construction as can easily accommodate special shapes, holes
the Mica Band Heater in flat design. Because and cutouts. Contact sales for your custom
of the range of dimensions and configura- application.
tions possible, these units furnish even heat
distribution for use in hot plates, sealing Features
equipment, hot stamping, dies and molds and Mica Strip heaters offer wide variety of termi-
hundreds of other surface heating applica- nations. These include leads, threaded post
tions. terminals and button terminals.
Advantages
Economical strip heaters for applications
that do not require greater than 35 watts per
inch and 650˚F (343.4˚C) sheath temperature.
A-78
Components
MSH
STRIP AND RING

Mica Strip Heaters Dimensions (In.)
(cont’d.) Width Length Watts Volts Terminals Stock Model

Wt.
(Lbs)
1" 6" 125 240 T1 NS HSE06A01A-00001 0.2
1" 8" 150 240 T1 NS HSE08A01A-00002 0.3
1" 10" 200 240 T1 NS HSE10A01A-00003 0.4
1" 12" 250 240 T1 NS HSE12A01A-00004 0.5
1" 14" 275 240 T1 NS HSE14A01A-00005 0.6
1" 16" 300 240 T1 NS HSE16A01A-00006 0.7
1" 18" 350 240 T1 NS HSE18A01A-00007 0.8
1" 20" 400 240 T1 NS HSE20A01A-00008 0.9
1" 22" 450 240 T1 NS HSE22A01A-00009 0.9
1" 24" 500 240 T1 NS HSE24A01A-00010 1
1" 36" 750 240 T1 NS HSE36A01A-00011 1.6
1" 48" 950 240 T1 NS HSE48A01A-00012 2.1
1.5" 6" 175 240 T2 NS HSE06A01J-00013 0.3
1.5" 8" 250 240 T2 NS HSE08A01J-00014 0.5
1.5" 10" 300 240 T2 NS HSE10A01J-00015 0.6
1.5" 12" 375 240 T2 NS HSE12A01J-00016 0.8
1.5" 14" 425 240 T2 NS HSE14A01J-00017 0.9
1.5" 16" 500 240 T2 NS HSE16A01J-00018 1.1
1.5" 18" 550 240 T2 NS HSE18A01J-00019 1.2
1.5" 20" 600 240 T2 NS HSE20A01J-00020 1.4
1.5" 22" 675 240 T2 NS HSE22A01J-00021 1.4
1.5" 24" 750 240 T2 NS HSE24A01J-00022 1.5
1.5" 36" 1100 240 T2 NS HSE36A01J-00023 2.4
1.5" 48" 1500 240 T2 NS HSE48A01J-00024 3.2
2" 6" 250 240 T2 NS HSE06A02A-00025 0.4
2" 8" 300 240 T2 NS HSE08A02A-00026 0.6
2" 10" 400 240 T2 NS HSE10A02A-00027 0.8
2" 12" 500 240 T2 NS HSE12A02A-00028 1
2" 14" 575 240 T2 NS HSE14A02A-00029 1.2
2" 16" 650 240 T2 NS HSE16A02A-00030 1.4
2" 18" 725 240 T2 NS HSE18A02A-00031 1.6
2" 20" 800 240 T2 NS HSE20A02A-00032 1.8
2" 22" 900 240 T2 NS HSE22A02A-00033 1.8
2" 24" 1000 240 T2 NS HSE24A02A-00034 2
2" 36" 1500 240 T2 NS HSE36A02A-00035 3.2
2" 48" 2000 240 T2 NS HSE48A02A-00036 4.2
3" 6" 350 240 T2 NS HSE06A03A-00037 0.6
3" 8" 500 240 T2 NS HSE08A03A-00038 0.9
3" 10" 600 240 T2 NS HSE10A03A-00039 1.2
3" 12" 725 240 T2 NS HSE12A03A-00040 1.5
3" 14" 850 240 T2 NS HSE14A03A-00041 1.8
3" 16" 950 240 T2 NS HSE16A03A-00042 2.1
3" 18" 1075 240 T2 NS HSE18A03A-00043 2.4
3" 20" 1200 240 T2 NS HSE20A03A-00044 2.7
3" 22" 1325 240 T2 NS HSE22A03A-00045 2.7
3" 24" 1450 240 T2 NS HSE24A03A-00046 3
3" 36" 2150 240 T2 NS HSE36A03A-00047 4.8
3" 48" 2850 240 T2 NS HSE48A03A-00048 6.3
A-79
Components
DB
1-1/2" One-Piece
Band Heater
Dimensions
• 5 - 12-1/2" Barrel Dia.
• 750 - 2,100 Watts
• 240 - 480 Volt Barrel

Dia.
• 24 - 40 W/In2
• Chrome Steel Sheath

1-1/2 All Dimensions in Inches
• Up to 1200°F Max. Sheath Temp.
Applications
• Up to 800°F Max. Barrel Temp. Flexible One-Piece Construction for Easy
• Heating Barrels of Plastic Injection Molding
Machines and Extruders Installation and Removal — The unheated
section between heated halves functions as
• Die and Die Holder Heating of Plastic a hinge and permits repeated opening and
Extruders and Blow Molding Machines closing for moving heaters from one applica-
• Autoclaves tion to another. The heavy duty spring loaded
clamping bolt pulls the heater tight to the work
• Burnout Ovens and maintains tightness by compensating for
expansion.
• Heated Kettles
Spring Loaded — For tight fit with Inconel®
• Fluidized Beds spring and nickel-plated clamping bolts and
• Heat Treating Pipes nuts. Maintains tightness.
• Any application requiring heat applied to a Uniform High Temperature Capability —
cylindrical surface Highly compacted refractory insulation as-
sures efficient heat transfer, therefore lower
Ten Times the Life — Long life heavy duty resistance wire temperatures.
band heater uses a 3/8 inch thick strip heater
with chrome steel sheath, offers ten times the Convenient Wiring Options — Each heated
life of a mica band heater. half is rated at 240V and one-half the overall
wattage. Halves can be wired parallel for 240V
Heavy Duty — Uses type PT Chromalox strip operation or series for 480V operation.
heater.
Wt.
Watts Volts W/In2 Barrel Dia. Heater Width Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
770 240/480 33 5 1-1/2 DB-050772 S 238000 1.5
1,000 240/480 42 5-1/2 1-1/2 DB-054102 S 238019 1.75
750 240/480 27 6 1-1/2 DB-060752 S 238027 2
1,000 240/480 33 6-1/2 1-1/2 DB-064102 S 238035 2
1,000 240/480 30 7 1-1/2 DB-070102 S 238043 2
1,250 240/480 35 7-1/2 1-1/2 DB-074122 S 238297 2
1,200 240/480 32 8 1-1/2 DB-080122 S 238051 2
1,600 240/480 40 8-1/2 1-1/2 DB-08416 S 238060 2.5
1,500 240/480 35 9 1-1/2 DB-090152 S 238078 2.5
1,700 240/480 38 9-1/2 1-1/2 DB-094172 S 238300 3
1,800 240/480 38 10 1-1/2 DB-100182 S 238318 3
1,200 240/480 24 10-1/2 1-1/2 DB-104122 S 238086 3
2,100 240/480 39 11-1/2 1-1/2 DB-114212 S 238334 3
1,500 240/480 25 12-1/2 1-1/2 DB-124152 S 238094 3
To Order—Specify model, PCN, watts, volts and quantity
Note: See Chromalox Master Industrial Price List for additional models.
A-80
Components
DBW
BAND AND NOZZLE

2-1/2" One-Piece
Band Heater
• 6-1/2 - 11-1/2" Barrel Dia.

Dimensions
• 1,525 - 3,250 Watts
• 240 - 480 Volt
• 30 - 36 W/In2 Barrel
Dia.

• Up to 800°F Max. Barrel Temp.
Applications
• Heating Barrels of Plastic Injection Molding Flexible One-Piece Construction for Easy
Machines and Extruders Installation and Removal — The unheated
section between heated halves functions as
• Die and Die Holder Heating of Plastic a hinge and permits repeated opening and
Extruders and Blow Molding Machines closing for moving heaters from one applica-
tion to another. The heavy duty spring loaded
• Autoclaves clamping bolt pulls the heater tight to the work
• Burnout Ovens and maintains tightness by compensating for
expansion.
• Heated Kettles
Spring Loaded — For tight fit with Inconel®
• Fluidized Beds spring and nickel-plated clamping bolts and
nuts. Maintains tightness.
• Heat Treating Pipes
Uniform High Temperature Capability —
• Any application requiring heat applied to a Highly compacted refractory insulation as-
cylindrical surface sures efficient heat transfer, therefore lower
resistance wire temperatures.
Ten Times the Life — Long life heavy duty
band heater uses a 3/8 inch thick strip heater Convenient Wiring Options — Each heated
with chrome steel sheath, offers ten times the half is rated at 240V and one-half the overall
life of a mica band heater. wattage. Halves can be wired parallel for 240V
operation or series for 480V operation.
Heavy Duty — Uses type PT Chromalox strip
heater.

Wt.
1,525 240/480 30 6-1/2 2-1/2 DBW-064152 S 238131 3.75
1,800 240/480 31 7-1/2 2-1/2 DBW-074182 S 238158 3.75
2,000 240/480 35 8 2-1/2 DBW-080202 S 238166 3.75
2,250 240/480 34 8-1/2 2-1/2 DBW-084222 S 238174 3.75
2,500 240/480 35 9 2-1/2 DBW-090252 S 238182 3.75
2,800 240/480 36 10 2-1/2 DBW-100282 S 238203 3.75
2,950 240/480 36 10-1/2 2-1/2 DBW-104292 S 238211 3.75
3,250 240/480 36 11-1/2 2-1/2 DBW-114322 S 238238 4
Note: See Chromalox Master Industrial Price List for additional models.
A-81
Components
HB
1-1/2" Two-Piece
Band Heater
• 5 - 20" Barrel Dia.

Dimensions
• 750 - 3,000 Watts
• 240 Volt
• 20 - 68 W/In2 Barrel
Dia.
• UP to 1200°F Max. Sheath Temp.

• UP to 800°F Max. Barrel Temp.
Complete, Firm Coverage at all times is as- Surface Temperatures to 800°F — Elements
sured by slip proof, stainless steel clamping are a pair of formed Type PT Chromalox strip
bands equipped with heavy threaded socket heaters. Adjacent HB heaters of equal wattage
Applications bolt. This allows the pair of elements to be may be wired in series on 480V or connected
drawn tight to heated surface. The hotter it in multiples of three for 240 or 480V, 3 phase.
• Barrel and Nozzles of Plastics Injection gets, the tighter it fits. Because clamps cannot
Molders loosen or slip off heater, heat transfer is con- Convenient Wiring Options — Each heated
tinuously efficient, adding to heater life. half is rated at 240V and one-half the overall
• Extrusion Barrels wattage. Halves can be wired parallel for 240V
operation or series for 480V operation.
• Autoclaves Specifications and Ordering Information
• Heat Treating of Large Diameter Piping Dimensions (In.) Chrome Steel Sheath
Wt.
Features 750 240 50 5 1-1/2 HB-5075 S 273631 1.5
800 240 48 5-1/4 1-1/2 HB-5080 S 273287 1.75
High Temperature, Tight Fitting. 600 240 33 5-1/2 1-1/2 HB-5460 NS 272760 1.75
1,500 240 82 5-1/2 1-1/2 HB-5415 NS 273463 1.75
Uniform Heating accurately controllable. 400 240 20 6 1-1/2 HB-6040 S 269149 2
750 240 38 6 1-1/2 HB-6075 NS 268998 2
Reduced Downtime — Elements are refrac- 1,000 240 48 6-1/2 1-1/2 HB-6410 NS 269464 2
tory insulated for long life and heavy usage. 1,000 240 43 7 1-1/2 HB-7010 NS 273623 2
900 240 35 7-1/2 1-1/2 HB-7490 NS 269157 2.25
1,250 240 48 7-1/2 1-1/2 HB-7412 NS 273578 2.25
1,500 240 53 7-7/8 1-1/2 HB-7715 NS 273586 2.25
900 240 30 8 1-1/2 HB-8013 NS 269000 2
1,400 240 50 8 1-1/2 HB-8014 S 273599 2.25
1,565 240 53 8-1/2 1-1/2 HB-8415 S 269886 2.3
1,100 240 33 8 1-1/2 HB-9015 S 269018 2.5
1,710 240 53 9-1/4 1-1/2 HB-9217 NS 272073 2.5
1,300 240 35 9-1/2 1-1/2 HB-9413 S 269165 2.75
1,600 240 45 9-1/2 1-1/2 HB-9416 NS 273640 2.75
1,800 240 48 10 1-1/2 HB-1018 NS 269878 3
2,600 240 68 10-1/4 1-1/2 HB-10226 NS 273615 3
1,200 240 30 10-1/2 1-1/2 HB-10415 S 269026 3
2,025 240 48 11 1-1/2 HB-1120 NS 272305 3.25
1,200 240 28 11-1/2 1-1/2 HB-11412 S 269034 3.25
1,700 240 38 11-1/2 1-1/2 HB-11417 S 273711 3.25
1,500 240 30 12-1/2 1-1/2 HB-12416 S 269042 3.5
1,800 240 38 13-1/2 1-1/2 HB-13418 NS 269050 3.75
1,200 240 23 14 1-1/2 HB-1412 S 269130 3.9
2,500 240 45 14 1-1/2 HB-1425 S 269069 3.9
2,500 240 40 15-1/2 1-1/2 HB-15425 NS 269077 4
2,500 240 38 17 1-1/2 HB-1725 NS 263986 4.2
2,500 240 38 17-1/2 1-1/2 HB-17425 S 263994 4.3
3,000 240 38 20 1-1/2 HB-2030 S 264006 4.5
A-82
Components
Mica Band
BAND AND NOZZLE

Heaters
• Thin, Efficient Heater
• Up to 800˚F Max. Sheath

Temperature
Type A – Usual design for nozzle heating ap- Fig. 3 – Single conductor metal braid over
plications. 12” leads are standard.
• MB-1, MB-2 lead wire. Offers most practical solution to
abrasion problem. 12” braid with 14” overall
length leads are standard.
Description
A mica core produces a thin, efficient heater.
Heat from the precisely wound resistance
element is quickly transferred to the working
surface for fast heat-up and response. Mica
provides excellent dielectric strength and heat
transfer capability for long heater life. The
mica core is encased in a continuous corro-
sion resistant sheath and formed. All full mica
band heaters are designed with closed ends Fig. 4 – Standard lead wires exiting 180° from
to protect against contamination. Maximum Fig. 5 – Leads exit at right angle to sheath 5⁄8”
gap. from gap. 12” lead wire in 3” long sleeving is
sheath temperature is 800°F.
standard. Specify alternate position.
Fig. 6 – Flexible armor cable is the best solu- Fig. 7 – Double conductor metal braid exiting
tion to lead abrasion problems. 12” armor with from edge 180° from gap.
14” overall length leads are standard. Specify
alternate position.
Fig. 16 – Double conductor metal braid over

lead wires at same position as Fig. 5. 12” braid
with 14” overall length leads are standard.
Specify alternate position.
A-83
Components
Mica Band
Screw Terminals
Heaters
(cont’d.)
Fig. T1 – 10-24 Thread requires 15⁄16” clear- Fig. T2 – Standard with terminal box. 10-24
ance from cylinder. Thread.
Fig. T3 – Standard position over 21⁄2”wide. Fig. B1 – 10-24 thread requires 1⁄2” clearance
10-24 Thread. from cylinder.
Special Features
Fig. 12 Hinged Half-Band — convenient Fig. 14 Half Band — eases installation in dif-
where two piece heaters are required. Shown ficult situations. Shown with T1 Terminals and
with mounting flange and T3 screw terminals. by-pass straps. Available with any termination
Available with any termination or mounting or mounting arrangement
arrangement.
Fig. 15 – Probe holes and cut-outs — specify Fig. 17 – Splitcase — Allows heater to be
location in degrees from center of gap and opened one time for mounting. Available with
size or provide drawing. Often a larger gap any termination or mounting arrangement.
(standard gap is 1⁄4” - 1”) will serve the same
purpose.
A-84
Components
Mica Band
Mounting Configurations
BAND AND NOZZLE

H
Heaters H
(cont’d.)
Fig. 8 Mounting Flange — a secondary Fig. 9 Strap — made from a low expansion al-
means for mounting where a built-in method loy to tighten around the whole circumference
is preferred. With 5⁄16" Socket Head bolt. of the heater. 5/16 socket head bolts included.
Consult factory for lead wire exit when used
with Type A leads. Low Profile: H = 1/4”, 1/2” wide (Supplied on
3” I.D. and less). Standard Profile: H = 3/8”,
5/8” wide (supplied on 31⁄8” I.D. and larger).
Also available with hose clamp or punch lock
strap.
H = 1/8" - 3/16"
Fig. 10 By-Pass Strap — Supplied on less Fig. 11 Wedge Mount — for applications
than 2” wide with terminals or Figures 5, 6 or where an extremely low profile is required or
16. where access is limited. Available with Type A,
Figure 1 - 6 leads.
7/32" 3/8" 5/8"

1/2"
Fig. 18 Low Profile – Barrel Nut Assembly Fig. 19 Standard Profile – Barrel Nut Assem-
Welded to Sheath with 6-32 Screw. bly Welded to Sheath with 10-32 Screw.
9/16" 1-1/4"
5/8"
3/4"
Fig. 20 Wide Barrel — 1-1⁄4” Wide Barrel As- Fig. 21 Quick Release – Assembly with
sembly Welded to Sheath with 5⁄16-18 Socket Spring Loaded Screw – Assembly Welded to
Head Screw Sheath with 1⁄4-20 screw
A-85
Components
Mica Band
Terminal Protection
Heaters
(cont’d.)
Additional Variations Terminal Box Cover – 2” H x11⁄2” W x 2” L. Ceramic Terminal Cover – 7⁄8” high x 3⁄4”
Also available in a 2-1⁄4” H x 21⁄16” W x 4-1⁄2” O.D. for 10-24 thread.
• Three terminal or lead, dual voltage, three L terminal box for larger clearance to terminals.
phase or ground
• Appliance pin terminals Plugs
• Full length fiberglass sleeving
• Rectangular or segment band heaters –
provide drawing
• Outside diameter design for internally
heating cylinder
• Stainless steel or Monel sheath for use in
corrosive atmosphere
Fig. 7P – Plug can be attached to any lead
• Metric Sizes configuration.
European Style High Temperature Plug

(250 Volt Maximum)
Fig. 110 – Dimensions (In.) Fig. 115 – Dimensions (In.) Fig. GQ8 – Receptacle
3-1⁄2" H x 15⁄16" L x 2-15⁄16" W 1-3⁄8" H x 3-7⁄16" L x 1-7⁄8" W
Plug Terminations
Chromalox NEMA
Manufacturer Number PCN Ref.
Leviton 515PA PC4326-27 5-15P
Eagle 2866 PC4326-281 6-15P
Arrowhart 4771 PC4326-50 L7-15R
Leviton 5444 PC4326-29 5-20P
Hubbell 2311 PC4326-25 L5-20P
Eagle 2364 PC4326-26E L6-20P
U.L. Listed Plugs are available attached to heater
by cord, cable or leads. Matching receptacles are
also available.
A-86
Components
MB-1
BAND AND NOZZLE

One-Piece Mica
Insulated Band Heater
• 1 - 6-1/8" Nozzle Dia.
• 100 - 300 Watts
• 120 and 240 Volt Dimensions – Type A Dimensions – Type P
• Type A Leads Barrel Barrel

Dia. Dia.
• Heavy Duty Anti-torque Post

Terminal (type P)
Heater Width Heater Width
Applications
• Barrels and Dies of Plastic Molding Specifications and Ordering Information
Machines Dimensions (In.) Wt.
• Extruders Watts Volts W/In2 Barrel Dia. Heater Width Term. Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
175 240 30 15/16 2 A MBOR2A1A1 S 150009 0.2
• Autoclaves 100 120 32 1 1 A MB1A1A1A1 S 150017 0.2
150 120 32 1 1-1/2 A MB1A1J1A1 NS 150033 0.2
Features 100 240 32 1 1 A MB1A1A1A2 NS 150025 0.2
150 240 32 1 1-1/2 A MB1A1J1A2 NS 150041 0.2
200 120 42 1 1-1/2 A MB1A1J1A3 NS 150463 0.2
Efficient Heat Transfer is provided by high 200 240 42 1 1-1/2 A MB1A1J1A4 NS 150471 0.2
quality nickel chromium resistor wire wound 150 120 48 1 1 A MB1A1A1A3 NS 150447 0.2
100 120 48 1 1 L MB1A1A1L1 NS 154018 0.5
on a select mica strip and enclosed in a die- 150 240 48 1 1 A MB1A1A1A4 NS 150455 0.2
formed aluminum coated steel sheath. 250 120 50 1 3 A MB1A3A1A1 NS 154157 0.5
250 240 50 1 3 L MB1A3A1L2 NS 154181 0.5
Long-Term Durability is assured by non-hy- 125 120 58 1 1 A MB1A1A1A5 NS 154034 0.5
groscopic mica insulation. 125 120 58 1 1 L MB1A1A1L3 NS 154050 0.5
125 240 58 1 1 A MB1A1A1A6 NS 154042 0.5
Uniform Fit to ±1/16". 150 240 19 1-1/4 2 A MB1E2A1A1 NS 150498 0.3
150 120 31 1-1/4 1-1/4 A MB1E1E1A1 S 150068 0.3
Type A Extra Flexible Stranded Nickel 150 240 31 1-1/4 1-1/4 A MB1E1E1A2 S 150076 0.3
200 240 34 1-1/4 1-1/2 A MB1E1J1A1 NS 150480 0.3
Leadwire protected by means of a close-knit 100 120 41 1-1/4 5/8 A MB1EOL1A1 NS 150050 0.3
stainless steel braided sleeve. Standard length 175 240 43 1-1/4 1 L MB1E1A1L4 NS 154261 0.5
is 24" with 18" of braid. 150 240 35 1-3/8 1 A MB1G1A1A1 NS 150084 0.3
300 240 35 1-3/8 2 A MB1G2A1A1 NS 150519 0.3
Heavy Duty Stainless Steel Anti-torque Post 150 120 42 1-3/8 1 A MB1G1A1A2 NS 154376 0.5
275 240 42 1-3/8 1-1/2 A MB1G1J1A1 NS 150501 0.3
Terminals — Standard is #10-24 threads,
100 120 27 1-1/2 1 A MB1J1A1A5 NS 154499 0.5
except for 1" wide units which have #6-32 100 240 27 1-1/2 1 A MB1J1A1A6 NS 154501 0.5
threads. 200 120 28 1-1/2 1-1/2 A MB1J1J1A1 NS 150113 0.4
200 240 28 1-1/2 1-1/2 A MB1J1J1A2 NS 150121 0.4
Reliable Performance and Quick Tempera- 350 240 29 1-1/2 3 A MB1J3A1A1 NS 154739 0.5
ture Response. 150 120 32 1-1/2 1 A MB1J1A1A1 S 150092 0.3
150 240 32 1-1/2 1 A MB1J1A1A2 NS 150105 0.3
300 240 32 1-1/2 2 A MB1J2A1P1 NS 150594 0.4
One-Piece Construction provides maximum 250 120 35 1-1/2 1-1/2 A MB1J1J1A3 NS 150130 0.4
nozzle coverage in tight spaces. 250 240 35 1-1/2 1-1/2 A MB1J1J1A4 NS 150148 0.4
225 240 38 1-1/2 1-1/4 A MB1J1E1A1 NS 150543 0.4
275 120 39 1-1/2 1-1/2 A MB1J1J1A5 NS 150551 0.4
275 120 39 1-1/2 1-1/2 P MB1J1J1P1 NS 150578 0.4
275 240 39 1-1/2 1-1/2 A MB1J1J1A6 NS 150560 0.4
Note - Check factory for optional terminations and band styles.

A-87
Components
MB-1
One-Piece Mica Insulated
Band Heater (cont’d.)
• 1 - 6-1/8" Nozzle Dia.

Dimensions – Type A Dimensions – Type P
• 275 - 1000 Watts
• 120 and 240 Volt
• Up to 800°F Max. Sheath Temp. Barrel

Barrel
Dia.
Dia.
• Type A Leads Heater Width
All Dimensions in Inches Heater Width

• Heavy Duty Anti-torque Post
Terminal (Type P) Specifications and Ordering Information
Dimensions (In.) Wt.
Watts Volts W/In2 Barrel Dia. Heater Width Term. Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
275 240 39 1-1/2 1-1/2 P MB1J1J1P2 NS 150586 0.4
200 120 42 1-1/2 1 A MB1J1A1A3 NS 150527 0.3
450 120 42 1-1/2 3 A MB1J3A1A2 NS 154747 0.5
200 240 42 1-1/2 1 A MB1J1A1A4 NS 150535 0.3
450 240 42 1-1/2 3 A MB1J3A1A3 NS 154755 0.5
300 120 46 1-1/2 2 A MB1J2A1A2 NS 154667 0.5
300 240 46 1-1/2 2 L MB1J2A1L2 NS 154683 0.5
300 120 54 1-1/2 1-1/2 A MB1J1J1A7 NS 154624 0.5
200 240 54 1-1/2 1 L MB1J1A1L6 NS 154560 0.5
300 240 54 1-1/2 1-1/2 A MB1J1J1A8 NS 154632 0.5
300 240 54 1-1/2 1-1/2 L MB1J1J1L6 NS 154659 0.5
200 240 31 1-5/8 1-1/4 A MB1L1E1A1 NS 150156 0.4
275 240 33 1-3/4 1-1/2 A MB1N1J1A5 NS 150623 0.4
300 120 36 1-3/4 1-1/2 A MB1N1J1A6 NS 150631 0.4
300 240 36 1-3/4 1-1/2 A MB1N1J1A7 NS 150640 0.4
300 240 36 1-3/4 1-1/2 P MB1N1J1P2 NS 150658 0.4
200 240 34 1-7/8 1 A MB1Q1A1A1 NS 150201 0.4
250 240 27 2 1-1/2 P MB2A1J1P1 S 150210 0.5
200 120 32 2 1 A MB2A1A1A1 NS 150666 0.5
200 240 32 2 1 A MB2A1A1A2 NS 150674 0.5
300 240 32 2 1-1/2 P MB2A1J1P2 NS 150682 0.5
500 240 35 2 3 L MB1N3A1L2 NS 154907 0.5
450 240 36 2 2 P MB2A2A1P1 NS 150691 0.5
300 120 38 2 1-1/2 T1 MB2A1J1P3 NS 154990 0.5
200 240 38 2 1 L MB2A1A1L4 NS 154966 0.5
600 240 38 2 3 L MB2A3A1L2 NS 155053 0.5
200 120 30 2 1/8 1 A MB2C1A1A1 S 150228 0.5
350 240 35 2 1/8 1-1/2 P MB2C1J1P1 NS 150711 0.5
275 240 41 2 1/8 1 A MB2C1A1A2 NS 150703 0.5
200 240 19 2-1/4 1-1/2 P MB2E1J1P1 NS 150236 0.5
250 120 35 2-1/4 1 P MB2E1A1P1 NS 150720 0.5
250 240 35 2-1/4 1 P MB2E1A1P2 NS 150738 0.5
375 240 35 2-1/4 1-1/2 P MB2E1J1P2 NS 150746 0.5
525 240 37 2-1/4 2 P MB2E2A1P1 NS 150754 0.5
200 240 27 2-3/8 1 P MB2G1A1P1 NS 150244 0.5
300 240 25 2-1/2 1-1/2 P MB2J1J1P1 NS 150252 0.6
450 240 29 2-1/2 2 P MB2J2A1P1 NS 150797 0.6
350 120 30 2-1/2 1-1/2 P MB2J1J1P2 NS 150771 0.6
350 240 30 2-1/2 1-1/2 P MB2J1J1P3 NS 150789 0.6
275 240 35 2-1/2 1 P MB2J1A1P1 NS 150762 0.6
300 120 43 2-1/2 1 L MB2J1A1L2 NS 155176 0.5
300 240 43 2-1/2 1 T1 MB2J1A1P2 NS 155192 0.5
To Order—Specify model, PCN, volts, watts and quantity.
Note — Watt densities shown are based on heated area of contact surface only.
A-88
Components
MB-1
BAND AND NOZZLE

One-Piece Mica Insulated
Band Heater (cont’d.)
Specifications and Ordering Information (continued)
Dimensions (In.)
Wt.
Watts Volts W/In2
Barrel Dia. Heater Width Term. Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
600 240 26 2-3/4 3 l MB2N3A1L2 NS 155395 0.5
400 240 31 2-3/4 1-1/2 P MB2N1J1P1 NS 150800 0.6
200 120 25 3 1 A MB3A1A1A1 NS 155408 1
200 240 25 3 1 A MB3A1A1A2 NS 155416 1
200 240 25 3 1 T1 MB3A1A1P4 NS 155459 1
700 120 28 3 3 T1 MB3A3A1P1 NS 155694 1
400 240 28 3 1-1/2 P MB3A1J1P1 NS 150279 0.7
700 240 28 3 3 T1 MB3A3A1P2 NS 155707 1
500 240 29 3 2 T1 MB3A2A1P1 NS 155651 1
300 240 32 3 1 P MB3A1A1P1 NS 150261 0.7
500 240 35 3 1-1/2 P MB3A1J1P2 NS 150826 0.7
400 240 42 3 1 P MB3A1A1P2 NS 150818 0.7
500 240 43 3 1-1/2 L MB3A1J1L3 NS 155619 1
400 240 27 3-1/8 1-1/2 P MB3C1J1P1 NS 150834 0.7
300 240 31 3-1/8 1 P MB3C1A1P1 NS 150287 0.7
400 240 27 3-1/4 1-1/2 P MB3E1J1P1 NS 150842 0.7
400 240 28 3-1/4 1-1/2 T1 MB3E1J1P1 NS 155740 1
500 240 29 3-1/4 2 A MB3E2A1A1 NS 155758 1
600 240 27 3-1/2 2 P MB3J2A1P1 NS 150869 0.8
400 240 28 3-1/2 1-1/2 A MB3J1J1A2 NS 155811 1
400 240 28 3-1/2 1-1/2 A MB3J1J1L2 NS 155838 1
400 240 28 3-1/2 1-1/2 T1 MB3J1J1P2 NS 155846 1
500 120 30 3-1/2 1-1/2 T1 MB3J1J1P3 NS 155854 1
500 240 30 3-1/2 1-1/2 P MB3J1J1P1 S 150295 0.7
300 240 30 3-1/2 1 L MB3J1A1L2 NS 155790 1
600 240 30 3-1/2 2 T1 MB3J2A1P1 NS 155862 1
700 240 40 3-3/4 1-1/2 P MB3N1J1P1 NS 150877 0.8
500 120 20 4 2-1/2 T1 MB4A2J1P1 NS 155918 1
550 240 25 4 2 T1 MB4A2A1P1 NS 155897 1
500 240 27 4 1-1/2 P MB4B1J1P1 S 150308 0.8
800 240 35 4 2 T1 MB4A2A1P2 NS 155900 1
400 240 37 4 1 T1 MB4A1A1P1 NS 155870 1
1000 240 39 4 2-1/2 T1 MB4A2J1P3 NS 155934 1
650 240 40 4 1-1/2 T1 MB4A1J1P2 NS 155889 1
350 240 28 4-1/2 1 T1 MB4J1A1P1 NS 155969 1
1000 240 30 4-1/2 2-1/2 T1 MB4J2AJP1 NS 155993 1
650 240 31 4-1/2 1-1/2 P MB4J1J1P1 NS 150316 0.8
800 240 28 5 2 T1 MB5A2A1P1 NS 156064 1
700 240 33 5 1-1/2 T1 MB5A1J1P1 NS 156048 1
1000 240 45 5 1-1/2 T1 MB5E1J1P2 NS 156080 1
600 240 24 5-1/4 1-1/2 P MB5E1J1P1 NS 150949 0.9
900 240 35 5-1/2 1-1/2 P MB5J1J1P1 NS 150965 0.9
300 240 20 6 1 A MB6A1A1A2 NS 156136 1
600 240 23 6 1-1/2 T1 MB6A1J1P1 NS 156160 1
1500 240 28 6 3 T1 MB6A3A1P2 NS 156208 1
1450 240 34 6 2-1/2 T1 MB6A2J1P1 NS 156187 1
1,000 240 35 6-1/8 1-1/2 P MB6C1J1P1 NS 150981 1
1000 120 27 6-1/2 2 T1 MB6J2A1P1 NS 156232 1
500 240 21 8 1 T1 MB8A1A1P1 NS 156371 1
1000 240 22 8 2 T1 MB8A2A1P1 NS 156419 1
950 240 27 8 1-1/2 T1 MB8A1J1P1 NS 156380 1
1200 240 34 8-1/2 1-1/2 T1 MB8J1J1P1 NS 156435 1
1300 240 33 9 1-1/2 T1 MB9A1J1P1 NS 156460 1
A-89
Components
MB-2 Dimensions
Two-Piece Mica
Insulated Band Heater
• 3-1/2 - 10-1/2" Barrel Dia. Barrel

Dia.
• 500 - 2,000 Watts
• 240 - 480 Volt
• 21 - 40 W/In2
• Up to 800°F Max. Sheath Temp. Heater Width

• Heavy Duty Anti-torque Post Dimensions (In.)
Terminals (type P) Watts Volts W/In2 Barrel Dia. Heater Width Model Stock PCN
Wt.
(Lbs.)
500 240/480 30 3-1/2 1-1/2 MB3J1J2P1 S 150851 0.7
700 240/480 37 4 1-1/2 MB4A1J2P1 NS 150885 0.8
800 240/480 32 4 2 MB4A2A2P1 NS 150893 0.8
Applications 700 240/480 32 4-1/2 2 MB4J2A2P1 NS 156515 1
750 240/480 35 4-1/2 1-1/2 MB4J1J2P1 NS 150906 0.8
• Barrels and Dies of Plastic Molding 600 240/480 27 4-3/4 1-1/2 MB4N1J2P1 NS 150914 0.8
Machines 900 240/480 39 4-7/8 1-1/2 MB4Q1J2P1 NS 150922 0.8
700 240/480 30 5 1-1/2 MB5A1J2P1 NS 150324 0.9
• Extruders 900 240/480 38 5 1-1/2 MB5A1J2P2 NS 150931 0.9
900 240/480 36 5-1/4 1-1/2 MB5E1J2P1 NS 150957 0.9
800 240/480 31 5-1/2 1-1/2 MB5J1J2P1 NS 150332 0.9
• Autoclaves
850 240/480 30 6 1-1/2 MB6A1J2P1 NS 150341 1
• Standard Sections Up to 10-1/2" O.D. 1,400 240/480 30 6 3 MB6A3A2P1 NS 156558 1
1,000 240/480 35 6 1-1/2 MB6A1J2P2 NS 150973 1
Consult Factory for Larger O.D's. 750 240/480 25 6-1/4 1-1/2 MB6E1J2P1 NS 150990 1
950 240/480 31 6-1/2 1-1/2 MB6J1J2P1 NS 150359 1
Features 1,200 240/480 39 6-1/2 1-1/2 MB6J1J2P2 NS 151001 1
1,000 240/480 24 6-1/2 2 MB6J2A2P1 NS 151010 1
1,000 240/480 31 6-3/4 1-1/2 MB6N1J2P1 NS 150367 1
Efficient Heat Transfer is provided by high 1,250 240/480 33 6-3/4 2 MB6N2A2P1 NS 156574 1
quality nickel chromium resistor wire wound 1,600 240/480 26 7 3 MB7A3A2P1 NS 156590 1
on a selected mica strip and enclosed in a 1,000 240/480 30 7 1-1/2 MB7A1J2P1 S 150375 1.2
die-formed aluminum coated steel sheath. 1,250 240/480 32 7 2 MB7A2A2P1 NS 156582 1
1,000 240/480 29 7-1/4 1-1/2 MB7E1J2P1 NS 151028 1.2
900 240/480 20 7-1/4 2 MB7E2A2P1 NS 151036 1.3
Long-Term Durability is assured by 1,200 240/480 35 7-3/8 1-1/2 MB7G1J2P1 NS 151044 1.2
non-hygroscopic mica insulation. 1,000 240/480 28 7-1/2 1-1/2 MB7J1J2P1 NS 150383 1.2
1,200 240/480 34 7-1/2 1-1/2 MB7J1J2P2 NS 151052 1.2
Uniform Fit to ± 1/16" because of low expan- 1,000 240/480 27 7-3/4 1-1/2 MB7N1J2P1 NS 151061 1.2
1,000 240/480 27 7-7/8 1-1/2 MB7Q1J2P1 NS 150391 1.2
sion stainless steel clamping band, which
1,100 240/480 35 8 1-1/4 MB8A1E2P1 NS 151079 1.4
assures maximum heat distribution. 1,000 240/480 27 8 1-1/2 MB8A1J2P1 NS 150404 1.4
1,300 240/480 35 8 1-1/2 MB8A1J2P2 NS 151087 1.4
Easy to Apply due to two-piece construction. 3,000 240/480 33 8-1/4 4 MB8E4A2P1 NS 156638 1.5
Each heater is rated 240V. Connect in series 1,200 240/480 30 8-1/2 1-1/2 MB8J1J2P1 NS 150412 1.5
for 480V; parallel for 240V. 1,400 240/480 35 8-1/2 1-1/2 MB8J1J2P2 NS 151095 1.5
1,600 240/480 30 8-1/2 2 MB8J2A2P1 NS 151108 1.5
Heavy Duty Nickel Plated Steel Post Termi- 1,300 240/480 31 9 1-1/2 MB9A1J2P1 NS 150421 1.6
1,500 240/480 35 9 1-1/2 MB9A1J2P2 NS 151116 1.6
nals complete with hardware, are designed 1,800 240/480 30 9-1/2 2 MB9J2A2P1 NS 151124 1.7
to prevent excess torsion during tightening of 2,000 240/480 33 9-3/4 2 MB9N2A2P1 NS 151132 1.8
connections. Standard #10-24 threads. 1,000 240/480 21 10 1-1/2 MB10A1J2P1 NS 151141 2.1
1,400 240/480 30 10 1-1/2 MB10A1J2P2 NS 150439 2.1
Reliable Performance and Quick 2,000 240/480 40 10-1/2 1-1/2 MB10J1J2P1 NS 151159 2.4
Temperature Response. 2,300 240/480 33 12 2 MB12A2A2P1 NS 156700 2
Note – Check factory for optional terminations and band styles.
A-90
Components
CB
BAND AND NOZZLE

Ceramic
Band Heater
• 3-12" Barrel Dia.
• 1-1/2 - 6" Widths Dimensions

Gap
• 500 - 5,000 Watts
360° 0°
• 120 to 600 Volts
• 18 - 40 W/In2
270° 90°
I.D.
• Ceramic Fiber Insulated
CL
• Up to 1600°F Band Operating

Temp. Width
• Corrosion - Resistant Alloy Shell 180° All Dimensions in Inches
Features Construction
Applications Type CB ceramic band heaters are best suited The use of ceramic inserts to support high
for applications up to 1600°F Band operat- temperature resistance wire allows the Chro-
• Blow Molding
ing temperatures and provide even heating malox Type CB ceramic heater band to operate
• Die Heads on injection and extrusion molding barrels. at high temperatures reaching 1500°F. Corro-
The ceramic segments and high temperature sion resistant metal is slit along the edges to
• Extruders resistance wires are capable of highly efficient allow easy fitting of the shroud to the object
• Heating Pipes heat transfer. Ceramic fiber insulation, 1/4" being heated.
thickness, provides an additional 25% energy
• Injection Molding savings over non-insulated types. Ceramic Insulation — 1/4" of ceramic fiber is placed
bands also contribute a radiant heating ef- between the inserts and the shroud to provide
fect to the object being heated. They can be a 25% energy savings over non-insulated
constructed in greater widths, allowing fewer heater bands. Additional insulation and metal
heaters per zone, wider heating patterns, and liners can be supplied as an option.
simplified wiring. Clamping Method — Mounting flanges are
Energy Efficient, 25% Savings standard on Chromalox ceramic bands. Other
clamping methods are available.
Radiant Heating Principle
Terminations — Due to the high temperature
Uniform Heating Pattern capabilities of ceramic insulated heat bands,
the use of lead wires is not recommended.
Available in Special Configurations
When leads must be supplied, Chromalox will
Thermal Insulation exit the heater with ceramic wire insulating
beads, and make a junction with the nickel
1600°F Band Operating Temperatures alloy lead wire at a point outside the shroud.
Terminals are generally best located 180°
Flexible
from the gap. Alternate locations are possible,
Corrosion-Resistant Alloy Shell consult factory.
High Temperature Resistance Wires Sensor Holes — Sensor holes should be posi-
tioned in the gap, and a shroud be supplied as
a shell overlap construction. For holes through
the elements, consult factory.
A-91
Components
CB
Ceramic Band
Heater
Variations Partial Coverage Clamping
One-Piece Allows for the heating of the accessible portion Bent-Up Flange - F
of machine when full coverage is not possible.
Standard completely flexible construction Heaters supplied with standard clamping and Flange clamping is standard construction on
consists of flange lockup, 1/4" thick ceramic termination. ceramic heaters
insulation, 1/4-20 screw terminals, located
180° from gap, on width center line. Min. length 6"
Max. length 21".
Max. I.D. 21"
Min. Width 1-1/2"
Built-In Bracket - BB
Liner
Mounting bracket with barrel nut lockup, and
Stainless steel liners inhibit contamination of 1/4-20 screws. Supplied in any construction
the ceramic tiles. or termination variation.
Two-Piece
Min. I.D. 3"
Easy to apply when an obstruction prohibits Width 1-1/2"
the application of 1-piece heater. Heaters can Max. I.D. 21"
be supplied with any termination or clamp-
ing variation. 2-piece heaters are rated at half
of the voltage and each half is rated half of
the total wattage. Larger diameters made in
multiple segments.
Min. I.D. 4"
Width 1-1/2" Latch and Trunion - LT
Max. I.D. 44"
Quick Release Spring loaded latch & trunion.
Recommended I.D. 12" or greater.
Special Insulation
1/2" ceramic fiber insulation can be inserted.
The thickness of the heater will expand to 3/4".
When 3/4" ceramic fiber and an inner liner is
inserted the heater will be 7/8" thick.
A-92
Components
CB
BAND AND NOZZLE

Ceramic Band
Heater (cont’d.)
Terminations Options
Tandem T-2 Euro Plug - EP Terminal Box Protection - TB
Tandem terminals located 180° from gap, on Quick disconnect cup assembly is a safe way Designed in standard height of 1-3/4" high,
center line with length of heater. Available with to provide power to heater. with 5/8" conduit knockout for standard metal
1/4-20 post terminals. Standard on widths conduit connections. Protects terminals from
under 3". Min. Width 1-1/2" damage, spill leakage, grounding or short
Max. Amps 15 at 240V, Max. Volts 240 circuiting. Available for single or 3-phase
Min. I.D. 3" construction. For conduit connections, consult
factory.
Lead Types
Parallel T-3
Stainless Steel Metal Braid - C
Parallel terminals located 180° from gap with
width of heater. Available with 1/4-20 post Provides abrasion resistant protection of
terminals. Standard on all heaters greater than fiberglass leads. Leads exit one point of heater
3" width. surface through a strain relief. 10" braid over
12" leads, standard.
Min. I.D. 3"
Min. Width 3" Min. I.D. 3"
Min. Width 1-1/2"
Standoff Terminals - SO
Metal Flexible Conduit - M
Provides relief from direct heat. Available on
any constrution or clamping variation. Single Stainless steel or galvanized. Flexible metal
or 3-phase power, single or dual voltage. conduit to protect leads from abrasion. Avail-
able on any construction or clamping varia-
Min. I.D. 3" tion. 10" metal conduit over 12" fiberglass
Min. Width 3" leads, standard.
Min. I.D. 3"
Min. Width 1-1/2"
A-93
Components
CB
Ceramic Band Options (cont’d.)
Heater (cont’d.) Shroud Overlap Ceramic Caps - CC

Shroud overlap designed to accommodate a Protects against electric shock, when used
thermocouple hole in gap. This is the preferred with insulated wire. Can be rotated at any
way of adding a themocouple hole. Heat- angle - Screw size 1/4-20 standard.
ers can be supplied with any termination or
clamping variation.
Min. I.D. 5"
Width 1-1/2"
Max. I.D. 21"
How to Order Ceramic Bands
1. Order by Catalog Code and PCN

2. Specify quantity
3. Specify Inside diameter (ID)
4. Specify Width (1/2" increments)
5. Wattage - 2-piece bands each half is rated one-half the wattage.
6. Voltage on 2-piece bands, we recommend each piece is rated at half the operating voltage.
7. Terminal type - post terminals are standard, specify terminal location.
8. Standard 1/4" insulated or optional 1/2" insulation.
9. Indicate size and location of thermocouple holes, cutouts, partial coverage,
gaps or other special features - Fax Drawing.
Specifications
Sheath Material............................Corrosion resistant alloy shroud
Maximum Temperature................1600°F
Insulation Material.......................Thickness of heater with 1/4" insulation = 5/8
Thickness of heater with 1/2" insulation = 3/4"
Minimum I.D................................3"
Minimum Width/Tolerance...........1-1/2" wide
Width in 1/2" increments
Width tolerance: ± 1/8"
Standard Gap When
Tightened.....................................3/8" ± 1/8"
Resistance Tolerance...................NEMA standard + 10% -5%
Wattage Tolerance........................NEMA standard +5% -10%
Watt Density................................Depends on power, operating temperature
and heater size. See ordering information.
Maximum Volts............................600 volts
Maximum Amps...........................25 amps
A-94
Components
CB
BAND AND NOZZLE

Ceramic Band
Heater (cont’d.)
Terminal
Watts W/In2 I.D. Width Type Model Stock PCN Model Stock PCN
500 40 3 1-1/2 T2 CB3A1J1P1 NS 160012 CB3A1J1P2 NS 160020
700 26 3 3 T3 CB3A3A1P1 NS 160055 CB3A3A1P2 NS 160063
600 38 3-1/2 1-1/2 T2 — — — CB3J1J1P1 NS 160135
650 30 3-1/2 2 T2 CB3J2A1P1 NS 160143 CB3J2A1P2 NS 160151
800 37 3-1/2 3 T3 CB3J3A1P1 NS 160160 CB3J3A1P2 NS 160178
1200 30 3-1/2 4 T3 — — — CB3J4A1P1 NS 160186
1000 23 3-1/2 4-1/2 T3 CB3J4J1P1 NS 160194 CB3J4J1P2 NS 160207
800 22 4 2 T2 CB4A2A1P1 S 160223 CB4A2A1P2 S 160231
1200 35 4 3 T3 CB4A3A1P1 S 160240 CB4A3A1P2 NS 160258
1200 26 4 4 T3 — — — CB4A4A1P1 NS 160266
2500 38 4 6 T3 — — — CB4A6A1P1 S 160274
700 35 4-1/2 1-1/2 T2 CB4A6A1P3 S 160282 — — —
1100 40 4-1/2 2 T2 — — — CB4J2A1P1 S 160290
1000 19 4-1/2 4 T3 CB4J4A1P1 S 160303 CB4J4A1P2 S 160311
2000 26 4-1/2 6 T3 — — — CB4J6A1P1 S 160346
800 35 5 1-1/2 T2 — — — CB5A1J1P1 S 160354
850 19 5 3 T3 CB5A3A1P1 S 160370 — — —
1250 28 5 3 T3 CB5A3A1P2 S 160389 CB5A3A1P3 S 160397
1600 35 5 3 T3 — — — CB5A3A1P4 S 160400
1250 24 5 3-1/2 T3 CB5A3J1P1 S 160418 CB5A3J1P2 NS 160426
2200 38 5 4 T3 CB5A4A1P1 S 160434 CB5A4A1P2 S 160442
2750 32 5 6 T3 CB5A6A1P1 S 160450 CB5A6A1P2 S 160469
900 38 5-1/2 1-1/2 T2 CB5J1J1P1 S 160477 CB5J1J1P2 S 160485
1000 30 5-1/2 2 T2 CB5J2A1P1 S 160493 CB5J2A1P2 S 160506
1500 38 5-1/2 2-1/2 T2 — — — CB5J2J1P1 S 160514
1200 25 5-1/2 3 T3 CB5J3A1P1 S 160522 CB5J3A1P2 S 160530
1550 25 5-1/2 4 T3 CB5J4A1P1 S 160549 CB5J4A1P2 S 160557
2000 24 5-1/2 5 T3 CB5J5A1P1 S 160565 CB5J5A1P2 S 160573
650 27 5-3/4 1-1/2 T2 — — — CB5N1J1P1 S 160581
850 25 5-3/4 2 T2 CB5N2A1P1 S 160590 CB5N2A1P2 S 160602
1250 25 5-3/4 3 T3 CB5N3A1P1 S 160610 CB5N3A1P2 S 160629
1200 18 5-3/4 4 T3 CB5N4A1P1 S 160637 CB5N4A1P2 S 160645
1100 40 6 1-1/2 T2 — — — CB6A1J1P1 S 160653
1000 28 6 2 T2 CB6A2A1P1 S 160661 CB6A2A1P2 S 160670
1500 35 6 2-1/2 T2 CB6A2J1P1 S 160709 CB6A2J1P2 S 160717
1600 29 6 3 T3 CB6A3A1P1 S 160725 CB6A3A1P2 S 160733
1450 21 6 4 T3 CB6A4A1P1 S 160741 CB6A4A1P2 S 160750
1800 20 6 5 T3 CB6A5A1P1 S 160768 CB6A5A1P2 S 160776
2000 22 6 5-1/2 T3 CB6A5J1P1 S 160784 CB6A5J1P2 S 160792
2000 19 6 6 T3 CB6A6A1P1 S 160805 CB6A6A1P2 S 160813
3000 28 6 6 T3 CB6A6A1P3 S 160821 CB6A6A1P4 S 160830
Note: For watt densities higher than 40 wpsi, consult factory.
A-95
Components
CB
Ceramic Band
Heater (cont’d.)
Terminal
Watts W/In 2
I.D. Width Type Model Stock PCN Model Stock PCN
1000 33 6-1/2 1-1/2 T2 CB6J1J1P1 S 160848 CB6J1J1P2 S 160856
1000 26 6-1/2 2 T2 CB6J2A1P1 S 160864 CB6J2A1P2 S 160872
1600 35 6-1/2 3 T3 — — — CB6J3A1P1 S 160880
2500 26 6-1/2 5 T3 CB6J5A1P1 S 160899 CB6J5A1P2 S 160901
3000 24 6-1/2 6-1/2 T3 CB6J6J1P1 S 160910 CB6J6J1P2 S 160928
1000 31 6-3/4 1-1/2 T2 CB6N1J1P1 S 160936 CB6N1J1P2 S 160944
1250 36 6-3/4 2 T2 CB6N2A1P1 S 160952 CB6N2A1P2 S 160960
2000 25 6-3/4 4 T3 — — — CB6N4A1P1 S 161605
3000 30 6-3/4 5 T3 CB6N5A1P1 S 160987 CB6N5A1P2 S 161613
3000 25 6-3/4 6 T3 — — — CB6N6A1P1 S 161007
1700 38 7 2 T2 — — — CB7A2A1P1 S 161023
2500 38 7 3 T3 — — — CB7A311P1 S 161621
2600 32 7 4 T3 CB7A4A1P1 NS 161040 CB7A4A1P2 S 161648
3000 30 7 5 T3 CB7A5A1P1 NS 161066 CB7A5A1P2 S 161664
5000 40 7 6 T3 CB7A6A1P1 NS 161082 CB7A6A1P2 S 161090
1200 35 7-1/2 1-1/2 T2 — — — CB7J1J1P1 S 161103
1500 35 7-1/2 2 T2 — — — CB7J2A1P1 S 161672
1800 30 7-1/2 3 T3 — — — CB7J3A1P2 S 161120
2000 20 7-1/2 4-1/2 T3 CB7J4J1P1 NS 161680 CB7J4J1P2 S 161146
3000 30 7-1/2 4-1/2 T3 — — — CB7J4J1P3 S 161699
2500 22 7-1/2 5 T3 CB7J5A1P1 NS 161162 CB7J5A1P2 S 161701
3500 32 7-1/2 5 T3 — — — CB7J5A1P3 S 161189
3500 33 7-1/2 5-1/2 T3 — — — CB7J5J1P1 S 161728
4500 25 7-1/2 6 T3 — — — CB7J8A1P1 S 161200
1250 33 8 1-1/2 T2 CB8A1J1P1 S 161218 CB8A1J1P2 S 161226
1500 21 8 2 T2 — — — CB8A2A1P1 S 161744
2000 28 8 3 T3 CB8A3A1P1 NS 161242 CB8A3A1P2 S 161250
3000 30 8 4 T3 — — — CB8A4A1P1 S 161269
3500 28 8 6 T3 — — — CB8A6A1P1 S 161277
1500 39 8-1/2 1-1/2 T2 CB8J1J1P1 NS 161285 CB8J1J1P2 S 161752
2800 34 9 3 T3 — — — CB9A3A1P1 NS 161381
2500 19 9 5 T3 — — — CB9A5A1P1 NS 161787
3000 20 9 5-1/2 T3 — — — CB9A5J1P1 NS 161402
2200 25 9-1/2 3 T3 — — — CB9J3A1P1 NS 161795
4200 32 9-1/2 6 T3 — — — CB9J6A1P1 NS 161429
2400 26 10 3 T3 — — — CB10A3A1P1 NS 161808
3000 20 10 5 T3 — — — CB10A5A1P1 NS 161445
3500 25 10 5-1/2 T3 — — — CB10A5J1P1 NS 161461
2500 25 10-1/2 3 T3 — — — CB10J3A1P1 NS 161470
4000 34 10-1/2 4-1/2 T3 — — — CB10J4J1P1 NS 161488
2500 25 11 3 T3 — — — CB11A3A1P1 NS 161496
4500 23 11 6 T3 — — — CB11A6A1P1 NS 161525
2000 28 12 2 T2 — — — CB12A2A1P1 NS 161533
2500 28 12 3 T3 — — — CB12A3A1P1 NS 161541
Note: For watt densities higher than 40 wpsi, consult factory.
A-96
COMPONENTS
AFH
BAND AND NOZZLE

Aluma-Flex®
Band Heaters
• Rugged, Long Lasting Design
• Excellent Heat Transfer from

Element to Sheath and Sheath to
Heated Part
• Virtually Contamination Proof
• Uniform Sheath Temperatures

up to 650˚F (345˚C)
• Easy Installation
Description
The element utilized in the Aluma-Flex Band ally indestructible. A low expansion alloy strap
Heater is the highly efficient, rugged, long with mounting hardware allows the assembly
lasting tubular heater pressed in a grooved to be tightly drawn to the part to be heated.
aluminum extrusion. The combination of the With sheath temperatures to 650°F attainable,
tubular heater in exact contact with the excellent the Aluma-Flex Band Heater is ideal for use on
thermal conducting aluminum extrusion create barrels of plastic extruders, injection molding
a quick responding band heater with uniform machines, dies and die heads of extruders and
sheath temperatures for precise process heat- blow molding equipment, or, within temperature
ing. With the termination a significant distance limitations, any cylindrical surface.
from the part being heated and no other place for
contaminants to enter, the Aluma-Flex is virtu-
10-32 binding
Screws on both sides of terminals head screws
fasten strap to extrusion standard
Jumper provided for easy
installation wiring
Optional
terminal box Silicone fluid
.315” copper clad applied to terminals
steel sheath retards absorption
Low expansion tubular of moisture during
mounting heater
initial storage
strap
Sectional
aluminum
extrusion
1/4-20 socket head screw

and barrel nut
mounting assembly
A-97
COMPONENTS
AFH A
B
1-1/2”
C D
E
Aluma-Flex®
Band Heaters I.D.
I.D.
(cont’d.) Width
Width
1-1/4” 1-1/4”
Thickness = 1/2”
Width (In.)
Dimension
Reference 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
A 1” 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 2”
B 3/4” 1-13/16” 2” 3-1/4”
C 3-3/8” 4” 4” 4”
D 2” 2-3/4” 3-5/8” 4-1/4
E 2” 2-3/8” 2-3/8” 3-3/8”
1-1/2" Width
Model Number I.D. Watts Volts

AFH1-35-0001 3-1/2 650 120/240
AFH1-35-0087 3-1/2 650 240/480
AFH1-37-0002 3-3/4 700 120/240
AFH1-37-0088 3-3/4 700 240/480
AFH1-40-0003 4 750 120/240
AFH1-40-0089 4 750 240/480
AFH1-42-0004 4-1/4 780 120/240
AFH1-42-0090 4-1/4 780 240/480
AFH1-45-0005 4-1/2 810 120/240
AFH1-45-0091 4-1/2 810 240/480
AFH1-47-0006 4-3/4 860 120/240
AFH1-47-0092 4-3/4 860 240/480
AFH1-50-0007 5 930 120/240
AFH1-50-0093 5 930 240/480
AFH1-52-0008 5-1/4 970 120/240
AFH1-52-0094 5-1/4 970 240/480
AFH1-55-0009 5-1/2 1000 120/240
AFH1-55-0095 5-1/2 1000 240/480
AFH1-57-0096 5-3/4 1060 120/240
AFH1-57-0097 5-3/4 1060 240/480
AFH1-60-0010 6 1100 120/240
AFH1-60-0098 6 1100 240/480
AFH1-62-0011 6-1/4 1150 120/240
AFH1-62-0099 6-1/4 1150 240/480
AFH1-65-0012 6-1/2 1200 120/240
AFH1-65-0100 6-1/2 1200 240/480
AFH1-67-0013 6-3/4 1250 120/240
AFH1-67-0101 6-3/4 1250 240/480
AFH1-70-0014 7 1300 120/240
AFH1-70-0102 7 1300 240/480
AFH1-72-0015 7-1/4 1350 120/240
AFH1-72-0103 7-1/4 1350 240/480
A-98
COMPONENTS
AFH
BAND AND NOZZLE

Aluma-Flex®
Band Heaters 1-1/2" Width (cont'd.)
(cont’d.) Model Number I.D. Watts Volts

AFH1-75-0016 7-1/2 1390 120/240
AFH1-75-0104 7-1/2 1390 240/480
AFH1-77-0017 7-3/4 1450 120/240
AFH1-77-0105 7-3/4 1450 240/480
AFH1-80-0018 8 1480 120/240
AFH1-80-0106 8-1/4 1480 240/480
AFH1-82-0019 8-1/4 1520 120/240
AFH1-82-0107 8-1/4 1520 240/480
AFH1-85-0020 8-1/2 1550 120/240
AFH1-85-0108 8-1/2 1550 240/480
AFH1-87-0021 8-3/4 1610 120/240
AFH1-87-0109 8-3/4 1610 240/480
AFH1-90-0022 9 1680 120/240
AFH1-90-0110 9 1680 240/480
AFH1-92-0023 9-1/4 1720 120/240
AFH1-92-0111 9-1/4 1720 240/480
AFH1-95-0024 9-1/2 1780 120/240
AFH1-95-0112 9-1/2 1780 240/480
AFH1-97-0025 9-3/4 1810 120/140
AFH1-97-0113 9-3/4 1810 240/480
AFH1-100-0026 10 1850 120/240
AFH1-100-0114 10 1850 240/480
AFH1-102-0027 10-1/4 1900 120/240
AFH1-102-0115 10-1/4 1900 240/480
AFH1-105-0028 10-1/2 1940 120/240
AFH1-105-0116 10-1/2 1940
AFH1-107-0029 10-3/4 2000
AFH1-110-0030 11 2030
AFH1-112-0031 11-1/4 2080
AFH1-115-0032 11-1/2 2130
AFH1-117-0033 11-3/4 2180
AFH1-120-0034 12 2230
AFH1-122-0035 12-1/4 2280 240/480
AFH1-125-0036 12-1/2 2300
AFH1-127-0037 12-3/4 2380
AFH1-130-0038 13 2430
AFH1-132-0039 13-1/4 2480
AFH1-135-0040 13-1/2 2500
AFH1-137-0041 13-3/4 2550
AFH1-140-0042 14 2600
A-99
COMPONENTS
AFH
2-1/2" Width
Aluma-Flex ® AFH2-50-0001
AFH2-50-0002
5
5
1325
1325
120/240
240/480
Band Heaters AFH2-52-0003

AFH2-52-0004
5-1/4
5-1/4
1400
1400
120/240
240/480
(cont’d.) AFH2-55-0005
AFH2-55-0006
5-1/2
5-1/2
1475
1475
120/240
240/480
AFH2-57-0007 5-3/4 1525 120/240
AFH2-57-0008 5-3/4 1525 240/480
AFH2-60-0009 6 1600 120/240
AFH2-60-0010 6 1600 240/480
AFH2-62-0011 6-1/4 1675 120/240
AFH2-62-0012 6-1/4 1675 240/480
AFH2-65-0013 6-1/2 1750 120/240
AFH2-65-0014 6-1/2 1750 240/480
AFH2-67-0015 6-3/4 1800 120/240
AFH2-67-0016 6-3/4 1800 240/480
AFH2-70-0017 7 1875 120/240
AFH2-70-0018 7 1875 240/480
AFH2-72-0019 7-1/4 1950 120/240
AFH2-72-0020 7-1/4 1950 240/480
AFH2-75-0021 7-1/2 2025 120/240
AFH2-75-0022 7-1/2 2025 240/480
AFH2-77-0023 7-3/4 2075 120/240
AFH2-77-0024 7-3/4 2075 240/480
AFH2-80-0025 8 2150 120/240
AFH2-80-0026 8 2150 240/480
AFH2-82-0027 8-1/4 2225 120/240
AFH2-82-0028 8-1/4 2225 240/480
AFH2-85-0029 8-1/2 2300 120/240
AFH2-85-0030 8-1/2 2300 240/480
AFH2-87-0031 8-1/4 2350 120/240
AFH2-87-0032 8-3/4 2350 240/480
AFH2-90-0033 9 2425 120/240
AFH2-90-0034 9 2425 240/480
AFH2-92-0035 9-1/4 2500 120/240
AFH2-92-0036 9-1/4 2500 240/480
AFH2-95-0037 9-1/2 2575 120/240
AFH2-95-0038 9-1/2 2575 240/480
AFH2-97-0039 9-3/4 2625 120/240
AFH2-97-0040 9-3/4 2625 240/480
AFH2-100-0041 10 2700 120/240
AFH2-100-0042 10 2700
AFH2-100-0043 10-1/4 2775
AFH2-105-0044 10-1/4 2850
AFH2-107-0045 10-1/4 2900
AFH2-110-0046 11 2975
AFH2-112-0047 11-1/4 3050
AFH2-115-0048 11-1/2 3125
AFH2-117-0049 11-3/4 3175
AFH2-120-0050 12 3250 240/480
AFH2-122-0051 12-1/4 3370
AFH2-125-0052 12-1/2 3425
AFH2-127-0053 12-3/4 3500
AFH2-130-0054 13 3575
AFH2-132-0055 13-1/4 3640
AFH2-135-0056 13-1/2 3710
AFH2-137-0057 13-1/4 3775
AFH2-140-0058 14 3850
A-100
COMPONENTS
AFH
BAND AND NOZZLE

Aluma-Flex®
Band Heaters
(cont’d.) 3" Width

AFH3-50-0001 5 1400 120/240
AFH3-50-0038 5 1400 240/480
AFH3-52-0002 5-1/4 1480 120/240
AFH3-52-0039 5-1/4 1480 240/480
AFH3-55-0003 5-1/2 1550 120/240
AFH3-55-0040 5-1/2 1550 240/480
AFH3-57-0004 5-3/4 1630 120/240
AFH3-57-0041 5-3/4 1630 240/480
AFH3-60-0005 6 1700 120/240
AFH3-60-0042 6 1700 240/480
AFH3-62-0006 6-1/4 1780 120/240
AFH3-62-0043 6-1/4 1780 240/480
AFH3-65-0007 6-1/2 1830 120/240
AFH3-65-0044 6-1/2 1830 240/480
AFH3-67-0008 6-3/4 1900 120/240
AFH3-67-0045 6-3/4 1900 240/480
AFH3-70-0009 7 1980 120/240
AFH3-70-0046 7 1980
AFH3-72-0010 7-1/4 2050
AFH3-75-0011 7-1/2 2130
AFH3-77-0012 7-3/4 2200
AFH3-80-0013 8 2280
AFH3-82-0014 8-1/4 2330
AFH3-85-0015 8-1/2 2400
AFH3-87-0016 8-3/4 2480
AFH3-90-0017 9 2550
AFH3-92-0018 9-1/4 2600
AFH3-95-0019 9-1/2 2680
AFH3-97-0020 9-3/4 2750
AFH3-100-0021 10 2830
AFH3-102-0022 10-1/4 2900
240/480
AFH3-105-0023 10-1/2 2980
AFH3-107-0024 10-3/4 3030
AFH3-110-0025 11 3100
AFH3-112-0026 11-1/4 3180
AFH3-115-0027 11-1/2 3250
AFH3-117-0028 11-3/4 3330
AFH3-120-0029 12 3400
AFH3-122-0030 12-1/4 3480
AFH3-125-0031 12-1/2 3530
AFH3-127-0032 12-3/4 3600
AFH3-130-0033 13 3680
AFH3-132-0034 13-1/4 3750
AFH3-135-0035 13-1/2 3800
AFH3-137-0036 13-3/4 3880
A-101
COMPONENTS
AFH
4" Width
Aluma-Flex ® AFH4-50-0001
AFH4-50-0002
5
5
1875
1875
120/240
240/480
Band Heaters AFH4-52-0003

AFH4-52-0004
5-1/4
5-1/4
1975
1975
120/240
240/480
(cont’d.) AFH4-55-0005
AFH4-55-0006
5-1/2
5-1/2
2075
2075
120/240
240/480
AFH4-57-0007 5-3/4 2175 120/240
AFH4-57-0008 5-3/4 2175 240/480
AFH4-60-0009 6 2285 120/240
AFH4-60-0010 6 2285 240/480
AFH4-62-0011 6-1/4 2375 120/240
AFH4-62-0012 6-1/4 2375 240/480
AFH4-65-0013 6-1/2 2475 120/240
AFH4-65-0014 6-1/2 2475 240/480
AFH4-67-0015 6-3/4 2575 120/240
AFH4-67-0016 6-3/4 2575 240/480
AFH4-70-0017 7 2675 120/240
AFH4-70-0018 7 2675 240/480
AFH4-72-0019 7-1/4 2750 120/240
AFH4-72-0020 7-1/4 2750 240/480
AFH4-75-0021 7-1/2 2850 120/240
AFH4-75-0022 7-1/2 2850 240/480
AFH4-77-0023 7-3/4 2950 120/240
AFH4-77-0024 7-3/4 2950 240/480
AFH4-80-0025 8 3050 120/240
AFH4-80-0026 8 3050 240/480
AFH4-82-0027 8-1/4 3150 120/240
AFH4-82-0028 8-1/4 3150 240/480
AFH4-85-0029 8-1/2 3250 120/240
AFH4-85-0030 8-1/2 3250 240/480
AFH4-87-0031 8-3/4 3350 120/240
AFH4-87-0032 8-3/4 3350 240/480
AFH4-90-0033 9 3450 120/240
AFH4-90-0034 9 3450 240/480
AFH4-92-0035 9-1/4 3550 120/240
AFH4-92-0036 9-1/4 3550 240/480
AFH4-95-0037 9-1/2 3625 240/480
AFH4-97-0038 9-3/4 3725 240/480
AFH4-100-0039 10 3825 240/480
AFH4-102-0040 10-1/4 3925 240/480
AFH4-105-0041 10-1/2 4025 240/480
AFH4-107-0042 10-3/4 4125 240/480
AFH4-110-0043 11 4225 240/480
AFH4-112-0044 11-1/4 4325 240/480
AFH4-115-0045 11-1/2 4425 240/480
AFH4-117-0046 11-3/4 4500 240/480
AFH4-120-0047 12 4600 240/480
AFH4-122-0048 12-1/4 4700 240/480
AFH4-125-0049 12-1/2 4800 240/480
AFH4-127-0050 12-3/4 4900 240/480
AFH4-130-0051 13 5000 240/480
AFH4-132-0052 13-1/4 5100 240/480
AFH4-135-0053 13-1/2 5200 240/480
AFH4-137-0054 13-3/4 5350 240/480
AFH4-140-0055 14 5450 240/480
All items shown are with “Type S” termination. Add “B” to catalog number for terminal box or “BA” for box
fitted with conduit.
EXAMPLES: AFH1-80-0018-B, AFH3-125-0031-BA
A-102
COMPONENTS
AFH
BAND AND NOZZLE

Aluma-Flex® Additional Features
• Type BA: Standard terminal box pre-wired and
Specifications
Band Heaters fitted with conduit (12” standard length). Plug

can be attached to conduit.
Resistance Tolerance:... + 10%, - 5%
Wattage Tolerance:....... + 5%, - 10%
(cont’d.) • Type P: Probe holes (Consult factory). Max

Maximum Volts:........... 277 each half
hole ø 3/8” Maximum Amperage:... 30

Maximum Watt
• Type L: Spring loaded screw for thermal ex-
Density:...................... 40 watts/2in. on sheath
pansion compensation (over 18” diameter).
Minimum I.D.:.............. 3-1/2” on 1-1/2” and
• Type I: Diameter design for internally heating 2-1/2” wide. 5” on 3”
cylinder. and 4” wide.
Maximum I.D.:............. Consult Ogden – any
practical diameter is
Wiring possible with additional
segmentation.
120
240 or Thickness:.................... 1/2”
or 240
480V Standard Gap
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
when Tightened:......... 1/4” up to 12” I.D. Gap
increases with diameter
to compensate for
thermal expansion.
• Type C: Copper, steel or stainless steel cooling • Type M7: Terminal area is brazed or welded
tubes on 2-1/2”, 3”, and 4” wide units. Can to a moisture/explosion resistant terminal
be supplied heat/cool or cooling only. Reduce enclosure.
standard wattages as shown by 25%.
Note: Heaters with the M7 enclosures are not 3rd
party certified for hazardous locations.
A-103
COMPONENTS
MTB
Mighty-Tuff®
Band Heaters
• Stainless Steel Sheath resists

oxidation
• Capable of up to 1200°F (650˚C)

Sheath Temperatures
• Highest possible application

temperatures
• Capable of long life at High Watt

Densities
Description
• Thin profile (3/16”) for fast Rugged construction along with high tempera- vibration and many contaminants long after stan-
response ture and high watt density capabilities allow the dard band heaters have failed. In normal use, or
Mighty-Tuff Band Heater to surpass all other in the most difficult application, the Mighty-Tuff
band heaters in providing the ever increasing will improve machine productivity by improving
temperatures required for processing today’s band heater performance.
high tech materials. The advanced design and
thin profile allow the quick transfer of heat from Options
the element to the sheath for efficient operation
to 1200°F sheath temperature. Watt densities • Full length fiberglass sleeving
as high as 100 wp/in2 on small diameters are • Ground Wire
possible. A stainless steel sheath encases a
• Ceramic Terminal Covers
compressed mineral refractory material which
surrounds a helical or sinuated resistance ele- • Standard NEMA Plugs
ment. The Mighty-Tuff can stand up to shock, • Built-in Thermocouple
Terminations
Type F Type C
High Temperature Leads Armor Cable Leads
12” long 850°F/450°C insulated lead wires are Armor cable is the best protection for abrasion.
standard. Specify longer length. Also available 12” cable and 14” overall leads are standard.
with full length fiberglass sleeving.
3/8" 1/2"
A-104
COMPONENTS
MTB
BAND AND NOZZLE

Mighty-Tuff®
Band Heaters (cont’d.)
Metal Braided Leads
Double conductor metal braid provides excellent abrasion protection and flexibility. Standard Length is 12” braid with 14”overall lead wires. Specify
additional length if required. Type P and Type R are available without metal braid.
Type A Type R Type P
1/2"
3/8"
3/8"
Post Terminals
Type SH Type SG Type B

Terminals 180° from gap. Terminals at gap. Minimum width - 2” Terminal Box. 2-1/16” H x 2-1/2” W x 2-1/8” D
3/4"
10/24 Thread
A-105
COMPONENTS
MTB
Mighty-Tuff®
European Style High Temperature Plugs
Maximum Voltage = 250V, Maximum Amperage = 25 Amps. Other plugs attached to leads are available.
Type 110 Type 115 Fig GQ8

3-5/8” H x 1-5/16” L x 2-15/16” W 1-3/8” H x 3-7/16” L x 1-7/8” W Receptacle PC4396-3
One Piece Expandable Two Piece Contstruction
Type E Type T
(Shown with Type SG terminals) Specify ter- (Shown with Type A leads and optional spring
mination, terminal location and other options. loaded screws) Specify termination, terminal
location and other options.
A-106
COMPONENTS
MTB Mighty-Tuff
BAND AND NOZZLE

®
Hole or Cut-Out
Mighty-Tuff Band Heaters can be manufactured Maximum and Minimum Physical Limitations
with thermocouple holes. Contact Chromalox.
Diameter
Minimum
Minimum Maximum Width
Full Band 1” 14” 1”
Type H 1" 8" 275 240
One Piece Expandable (Type E) 3” 14” 1”
Type SG Terminals 1-1/2” — 2”
Type SH Terminals 1-1/2” — 1-1/2”
Type F Leads 1” — 1”
Type A Leads 1” — 1”
Type P Leads 1” — 1”
Type R Leads 1” — 1”
Type C Leads 1” — 1”
Terminal Box 3-1/2” — 1-1/2”
Type 110 3-1/2” — 1-1/8”
Type 115 3-1/2” — 1-1/8”
Minimum width: 1”, maximum width: 6”.
Standard gap: 1/4” - 1” depending upon I.D.
Type MC
Hole or Cut-Out
Mounting Clamp – Standard on all Mighty Tuff® Band Heaters up to 3” wide. Supplied with 1/4” socket head screw.
Mtg.
Clamp No. of Mtg.
No. of Length Clamps per Actual Heater
Screws Per Unit Htr. Width
1 1" 1 1" to 1-1/4"
1 1 1/4" 1 1-3/8" to-1 3/4"
1 1 3/4" 1 1-7/8" to 2-1/4"
1 2 1/4" 1 2-3/8" to 3"
1/2” 2 2 3/4" 1 3-1/8" to 3 1/2"
Note: Values identical for styles MC and MCS
Type L
Type L Mounting Flange – Standard on Mighty-Tuff Band Heaters. Supplied with 5/16 Socket Head Type LS Mounting Flange – with Spring –
Cap Screw. Recommended over 18” I.D.” or as application
requires.
1/2”
A-107
COMPONENTS
MTB
Type BL
Low Profile Barrel Nut Assembly Welded to Sheath with 6-32 Screw.
Mighty-Tuff®
Band Heaters 1/2”
(cont’d.) 7/32”
Type S Type BN
Mighty-Tuff Band Heaters are available with 5/8” Standard Profile Barrel Nut Assembly Welded to Sheath with 10-32 Screw.
wide straps. Some dimensional restrictions may
apply based on lead type, position and width.
5/8”
3/8” 1-1/4”
Type BW
1-1/4” Wide Barrel Nut Assembly Welded to Sheath with 5/16-18 Socket Head Screw.
1-1/4”
9/16”
Type BR
Quick Release Assembly with Spring Loaded Screw Welded to Sheath with 1/4-20 Screw.
5/8”
Type BT
Quick Release Barrel Nut Assembly Welded to Sheath with 1/4-20 Bolt.
1-7/16”
1-3/8”
1-3/16”
7/16”
A-108
COMPONENTS
MTB
Recommended Maximum Watt Den-
BAND AND NOZZLE

1300 700 sity for 1-1/2” Wide Mighty-Tuff Band
1200
Part Temperature – °F
Part Temperature – °C
Heaters:
Mighty-Tuff®
1100 1-1/2"
I.D. 600
1000 3" I.
• Cycled moderately.
D. 500 • Tightly clamped on a smooth surface.
900
Band Heaters 800 6" • For units over 2” in width, multiply watt
14
400
density by 0.8.
" I.
700
I.D
(cont’d.)
D.
.
10
600 • See the technical section for estimating
&2
300
" I.
12"
500 watt density.
D.
PIEC
I.D.
400 200
E
300
200 100
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Watt Density – W/in 2
Ordering Information
Common Sizes and Ratings. See the Chromalox Stock List. For items not shown, refer to the
ordering information below.
Watts/
I.D. Width Watts Volts Sq.In. Fig. #s Model Number
1" 100 120 47 F MT-01010-0833
1" 150 120 70 F MT-01010-0834
1-1/2" 200 120 57 F MT-01015-0835
1 1-1/2" 200 240 57 F MT-01015-0836
1-1/2" 250 240 64 F MT-01015-0421
1-1/2" 300 120 87 F MT-01015-0837
1-1/2" 300 240 87 F MT-01015-0838
1" 250 120 86 F MT-01210-0839
1" 250 240 86 F MT-01210-0840
1" 275 240 93 F MT-01210-0431
1-1/2" 350 120 75 F MT-01215-0841
1-1/4" 1-1/2" 350 240 75 F MT-01215-0842
1" 200 120 54 F MT-01510-0843
1" 200 240 54 F MT-01510-0844
1" 300 120 81 F MT-01510-0845
1" 300 240 81 F MT-01510-0434
1-1/2" 300 120 52 F MT-01515-0846
1-1/2" 300 240 52 F MT-01515-0419
1-1/2" 300 240 52 A MT-01515-0010
1-1/2" 450 240 76 F MT-01515-0427
2" 300 240 37 F MT-01520-0847
1-1/2" 2" 450 240 55 F MT-01520-0329
3" 350 240 29 F MT-01530-0525
3" 500 240 39 F MT-01530-0425
1-3/8" 450 240 73 F MT-01713-0174
1-1/2" 300 120 44 F MT-01715-0848
1-1/2" 300 240 44 F MT-01715-0397
1-3/4" 1-3/4" 750 240 91 F MT-01717-0181
2" 750 240 78 F MT-01720-0177
2-1/2" 550 240 44 F MT-01725-0173
3" 1000 240 66 F MT-01730-0179
1" 350 120 74 F MT-02010-0849
1" 350 240 74 F MT-02010-0422
2" 1-1/2" 400 240 51 F MT-02015-0428
2" 750 120 68 F MT-02020-0176
2" 750 240 68 F MT-02020-0175
1" 350 240 66 120"A MT-02210-0055
2" 750 240 61 120"F MT-02220-0054
2-1⁄4" 2-1/2" 1000 240 72 F MT-02225-0850
3" 1200 240 62 72"F MT-02230-0168
3" 1200 240 62 120"A MT-02230-0056
A-109
COMPONENTS
MTB
Mighty-Tuff®
Band Heaters
(cont’d.) I.D. Width Watts Volts
Watts/
Sq.In. Fig. #s Model Number
1" 400 240 58 F MT-02510-0851
2-1/2" 1-1/2" 500 240 51 F MT-02515-0430
3" 750 120 35 F MT-02530-0180
1" 400 240 50 F MT-03010-0852
3" 1-1/2" 500 240 42 F MT-03015-0424
1-1/2" 525 230/460 52 SH,E MT-03015-0853
2-1/2" 1100 120 53 SH MT-03225-0028
3-1/4" 2-1/2" 1400 240 68 SH MT-03225-0029
3-1/2" 2" 800 240 44 SH MT-03520-0030
3-5/8" 1-1/2" 650 230/460 52 SH,E MT-03615-0854
1" 700 240 62 SH MT-04010-0855
4" 1-1/2" 625 230/460 43 SH,E MT-04015-0856
1-1/2" 725 230/460 50 SH,E MT-04015-0857
1-1/2" 800 240 55 SH MT-04015-0031
4-1/2" 2-1/2" 1250 240 41 SH MT-04525-0032
5" 1-1/2" 1000 240/480 50 SH,E MT-05015-0423
1-1/2" 600 240/480 40 SH,E MT-05215-0858
1-1/2" 1000 240/480 48 SH,E MT-05215-0859
5-1/4" 3" 1700 230/460 38 SH,E MT-05230-0860
4-1/2" 2400 230/460 44 SH,E MT-05245-0861
1-1/2" 1000 240/480 30 SH,E MT-05515-0862
5-1/2" 1-1/2" 1300 240/480 58 SH,E MT-05515-0433
1-1/2" 1000 240/480 40 SH,E MT-06015-0863
6" 1-1/2" 1400 240/480 57 SH,E MT-06015-0435
6-1/2" 1-1/2" 1250 240/480 47 SH,E MT-06515-0864
1-1/2" 815 230/460 28 SH,E MT-06715-0865
1-1/2" 1000 230/460 36 SH,E MT-06715-0866
6-3/4" 4" 2600 230/460 35 SH,E MT-06740-0867
5" 3700 230/460 40 SH,E MT-06750-0868
6" 3750 230/460 32 SH,E MT-06760-0869
7" 1-1/2" 1500 240/480 51 SH,E MT-07015-0429
7-1/2" 1-1/2" 1500 240/480 48 SH,E MT-07515-0870
7-5/8" 3" 1800 230/460 28 SH,E MT-07630-0871
1-1/2" 1250 240/480 37 SH,E MT-08015-0872
8" 1-1/2" 1600 240/480 47 SH,E MT-08015-0432
1-1/2" 1500 240/480 38 SH,E MT-09015-0873
9" 1-1/2" 1750 240/480 45 SH,E MT-09015-0426
9-1/2" 3" 3000 230/460 38 SH,E MT-09530-0874
11-1/4" 3" 2400 230/460 25 SH,E MT-11230-0875
Ordering Information:
• Model number if available
• Inside diameter and width
• Wattage and voltage (resistance tolerance +10%, -5%). Cold resistance 6% lower than hot resis-
tance
• If one piece expandable (Type E) or two piece construction (Type T), specify total wattage and
operating voltage
• Type of termination, location and length of leads, if applicable
• Type of mounting
• Submit sketch or drawing if necessary
• Request Product Data Sheet
A-110
Components
Cartridge Heaters
CARTRIDGE
Where: W/in2 is well below the maximum allowed. A
W = wattage = 1,000 W substantial safety margin would exist and high
D = diameter = 0.5 in. reliability can be expected.
• Up to 1.25" Dia. HL = heated length = 11.5 in.
If the heater selected had a watt density
• Up to 60" Lengths Watt density = 1,000 = 55 W/In2 higher than that allowed by the graph, con-
3.14 x 0.5 x 11.5 sider the following changes.
• Up to 11,500 Watts Selecting Sizes and Ratings — The calcula- 1. Using more heaters of lower watt density.
tion of total heat requirements for an applica-
• 120 and 240 Volt tion is outlined in the Technical section of this 2. Using longer or larger diameter heaters.
catalog.
3. Improving the fit.
• Up to 1400°F Max. Working Determining, Quantity, Size and Rating
Temp. — Once total heat requirements are estab- 4. Reducing heat requirements by reducing
lished, the quantity, size and rating of cartridge heat losses or by allowing for longer heat-
• Modification Available to Fit heaters can be decided. Plan for enough heat- up time.
Custom Applications ers to permit even temperatures through the
Using the Maximum
part during heat-up and operation. The sensor
for the temperature control should be placed Allowable Watt Density Graph — This graph
close to the working surface for accurate is useful for choosing Type CIR cartridge
Type CIR cartridge heaters are most frequently control. heaters. The curves should be considered as
used for heating metal parts by insertion into guides and not precise limits.
drilled holes. For easy installation, the heaters Calculate Watt Density and Fit — After the
are made slightly undersize relative to their wattage for each heater has been established, The graph is based on a 1600°F resistance
nominal diameter. the watt density and fit must be calculated. wire temperature inside the cartridge heater,
Then, use Graph G-235 to be sure that the when the heater is installed in an oxidized
Determining Fit — At high watt densities, a watt density is within allowable limits. For mild steel block. Watt density values from
close fit is important. The fit is the difference example, a 1/2 x 12" CIR heater rated 1000 the graph should be lowered by about 10%
between the minimum diameter of the heater watts has a watt density of 55 W/in2. If it were or more when other materials are used which
and the maximum diameter of the hole. For used in a part with an operating temperature
have a lower thermal conductivity or lower
example, 1/2" diameter Type CIR cartridge of 1000°F with a fit of 0.01", the allowable
emissivity than oxidized mild steel. Contact
heater is actually 0.498" plus 0.000" minus watt density from the graph would be 90
0.005". If this heater is placed in a hole which W/in2. Thus, the actual watt density of 55 your Local Chromalox Sales office.
has been drilled and reamed to a diameter
of 0.503", then the fit would be 0.01" (0.503" Graph G-235 — Maximum Watt Density vs. Platen Temperature for
- 0.493" = 0.01"). Various Fits Using Chromalox Type CIR Cartridge Heaters
500
400
Hole 300
Graph Based on Steel
Cartridge Fit Platen Temperature
20
Maximum Allowable Watt Density (W/In)
Heater 0 Measured 1/2" from Heater

200 40 °F
0°F
60
0°F
800
A close fit is more important for °F
high-watt density applications. 100 1 00
0°F
80
70 120
Determining Watt Density — Watt density 60
0 °F
refers to the heat flow rate or surface loading.
50
It is the number of watts per square inch of
heated surface area. For calculation purposes, 40
140
CIR stock cartridge heaters have 1/4" unheated 0 °F
30
length at each end. Thus, for a 1/2 x 12" heater
rated 1,000 watts, the watt density calculation
would be as follows: 20
Watt density = W 15
p x D x HL .001 .002 .003 .004 .005 .006 .008 .010 .020 .030 .040 .050 .060 .080 .100
Fit in Hole (Maximum Hole I.D. Minus Minimum Heater O.D. in Inches)
A-111
Components
Cartridge Heaters
Type CIR Type C-LD, C-HD & C-DE

High Watt Density Medium Watt Density
Advanced Internal Construction Plus Swaged Type C Large Diameter Cartridge Heater
Leads — The challenge to Chromalox engi- — For medium and low watt density ap-
neers was to design a cartridge heater that plications. The tightly compacted refractory
would out perform any brand cartridge heater insulation provides excellent heat transfer
— under any given set of conditions, and to to the heavy wall stainless steel sheath. This
assure that the customer receives and contin- means the resistance wire runs at a lower tem-
ues to receive the most heater performance perature than competitive units with loose-fill
and life possible for his investment. insulation; the result is much longer life. This
heavy-duty construction also provides high
Type CIR Cartridge Heater — Includes several dielectric strength as well as shock and vibra-
significant advances in cartridge heater tech- tion resistance required for many industrial
nology. Its high performance characteristics applications.
have been proven, not only in the laboratory,
but also on Customers' equipment on selected Type CBH Electric Stud Heater — Used to
problem applications, at 1500°F and higher wrench-tighten bolts or studs to “shrink fit”
operating temperatures. tightness.
Type SCB Small Space Heater — Edison
screw base installs in standard porcelain lamp
socket to heat very small spaces.
Cartridge Heaters — Selection Guidelines
Dimensions (In.) Sheath
Max. Work Sheath Temp. Terminal Life
Model Applications Temp.(°F) Watts Length Dia. Material (°F) Type Rating Page
CIR Molds, Dies, Platens, 1400 75 - 5,000 1 - 60 1/8 to 1-1/4 INCOLOY® & 1500 Swaged Leads Superior A-117
CIRM Hot Plates, Sealing Stainless Steel
SST Molds, Dies 1400 Variable 5 to 60 3/8 to 1 INCOLOY® 1600 Flexible Leads Standard A-129
QST Platens, Presses 5 to 36
15/16, 1,
C-HD Dies, Container 600 140 - 1,780 Up to 24 Brass Two Bolt Terminals Superior A-125
1-19/64
MZ Hot Press Metal 1800 Variable 18 to 180 .495, .685 INCONEL 600
®
1800 Plug Standard A-126
Forming, Zone Control .935
CBH1 Shrink Tightening 1200 1,150 - 11,500 18 to 60 .553-1.106 Steel 1600 Standard Octagon Standard A-132
Box with Handle
SCB Closet and Control 600 50 - 200 4-3/4 1-3/8 Brass 1000 Edison Screw Base Standard A-130
Cabinet Space Heating (light bulb socket)
HTRC Heat Transfer 1800 <750 A-116
and Release Coating
C-DD Medical, Analytical, 1400 25-3000 1-10 1/8" - 3/4" 304/316SS 1500 Swaged Leads Pins Superior A -124
Aerospace, Transpor-
tation
CTRH Forming, Dies, Platens 800 1,670 - 5,130 Up to 66" .553 - .663 Stainless Steel Superior A -131
Note —
1. Not UL Recognized or CSA Certified.
A-112
Components
Cartridge Heaters
CARTRIDGE
Application & Installation
Recommendations
Applications emerge from the heater. A loop in the lead
inside of the holes should be pre-oxidized to
Application at High Watt Densities — improve emissivity. Substantial reductions in wire will frequently extend lead life. If
Type CIR & CIRM cartridge heaters are maximum allowable watt density are usu- application conditions result in continual
designed and manufactured to provide watt ally necessary for vacuum operation. Where lead flexing, terminate the cartridge heater
density capabilities second to none. To obtain possible, the installation should be designed leads at a terminal block which moves with
so that the lead end of the heater is outside the heated assembly. Flexing is transferred
best life at the highest watt densities allowed
the vacuum. When the lead end of the heater to the extension leads which can be
per Curve G-235 in the Application Guidelines,
is inside the vacuum, a voltage of 120 volts or economically replaced.
close attention to application details is sug-
gested. less is recommended. On an unsealed heater,
2. For rapidly vibrating equipment, employ
outgassing may be expected.
the terminal block described above. Keep
A. For closest fit and best heat transfer, holes leads from heater to block short and well
should be drilled and reamed, rather than Operation in Square Grooves — Round type
CIR & CIRM cartridge heaters may be installed supported to prevent lead movement due
just drilled to final diameter with a general- to vibration.
purpose drill. in square or v-shaped grooves if this proves
convenient. The inside of the groove should be 3. Protect leads from spray, oil and abrasion.
B. The sensor for the temperature control treated to improve its emissivity (by oxidizing Contaminating liquids and vapors can
should be placed between the working or anodizing). Allowable W/In2 can be esti- enter unsealed cartridge heaters and cause
surface of the part and the heaters. The mated by using the 0.05" fit line in the graph, insulation breakdown.
temperature of the part approximately 1/2" providing that the square is approximately the
away from the heaters is used in selecting same width as the nominal diameter of the 4. Avoid tape on leads where they emerge
maximum allowable watt density from the heater. from the cartridge heater. The adhesive on
graph. some tapes can enter the heater and turn
Operation on 480V — Chromalox type CIR to carbon which is electrically conductive.
C. Control of power is an important consider- & CIRM cartridge heaters 5/8" diameter and Where glass tape cannot be avoided, a
ation in high watt density applications. larger can be operated on 480 volts. One tape with a silicone based adhesive is
On/Off control is frequently utilized, but it approach is to take two stock 240 volt heaters suggested.
can cause wide excursions in the and connect them in series on 480 volts.
temperature of the heater and working Another is to order specially rated 480 volt 5. Design the installation so that the leads are
parts. SCR power controls are valuable in cartridge heaters. Check with your Local Chro- in an ambient temperature which doesn't
extending the life of high watt density malox Sales office for recommendations. exceed the rating on the lead insulation
heaters, since they effectively eliminate (842°F for standard leads). Where
on-off cycling. Because of higher voltage stresses inside the temperatures require it, use nickel or
heater, lower maximum watt densities are nickel-plated copper wire with
Application at Medium Watt Densities allowable in 480 volt applications, either with fluoropolymer insulation, silicone
— Curve G-235 in the Application Guidelines two 240 volt heaters in series or with specially impregnated Fiberglas® or Rockbestos®
shows maximum allowable watt density for rated 480 volt units. To determine maximum insulation to extend leads.
various fits and operating temperatures. The allowable watt density at 480 volts, enter
vast majority of applications do not require Curve G-235 with an operating temperature 6. Graphite and other lubricants to help
maximum W/In2, however. Use a watt density value which is 200°F higher than the actual insert the cartridge heater into the hole
only as high as you need. Take advantage of operating temperature. A maximum operating are generally not recommended. These are
the safety margin provided by using ratings temperature of 1000°F is suggested. electrically conductive and can get on the
less than the maximum allowed. Select and lead end of the heater unless extra care is
space heaters for most even heat pattern Testing Recommendations taken. Use Chromalox heat transfer and
release coating.
rather than for highest possible wattage per
heater. Testing Recommendations — Testing under 7. As operating temperatures rise, thermal
simulated operating conditions is suggested insulation on the heated part becomes
At medium watt densities, general purpose when equipment manufacturers design new more desirable to conserve heat. Thermal
drills are usually adequate for drilling holes. products. Cartridge heaters of the appropriate insulation results in lower wattage
Typically, these result in holes 0.003 to 0.008" physical size are operated on a variable trans- requirements and therefore lower watt
over the normal size of the drill, resulting in former until the heat output is at the proper density on the heaters. Other benefits are
fits of 0.01 to 0.015". Of course, the tightest level. Then, voltage and current measurements more even work temperatures and greater
fit is desirable from a heat transfer standpoint, are taken and required wattage rating is calcu- operator safety and comfort.
but somewhat looser fits aid in installing and lated. Heaters of the correct wattage rating are
removing cartridge heaters, especially long then ordered for the designed product. 8. Leads must not extend into the hole
ones. Holes drilled completely through the containing the cartridge heater. Generally,
part are recommended to facilitate removal of Installation Recommendations the lead end of the heater sheath should be
the heater. After drilling, clean or degrease the flush with the surface of hole or extended
part to remove cutting lubricants. 1. On moving machinery, anchor the leads by 1/16 inch.
securely. As little movement as possible
Operation in Vacuum — When heaters are
should be allowed close to where the leads
operated in a block which is in a vacuum, the
A-113
Components
Cartridge Heaters
Modifications & Options
Modifications & Options End Seal Temperature Limits Lead Options (cont’d.)
Operating
Cartridge heaters can be easily specified to Temperature Flexible Stainless Steel Conduit
meet the demands of special applications. Description (°F) (°C)
Simply select from a variety of standard op- Flexible Stainless Steel Conduit provides
Air Set Cement Standard 1000 538 leadwire protection from abrasion and sharp
tions and features to customize the heater to
Epoxy Seal 194 90 edges, and facilitates easier handling in harsh
your specific needs. For customized engineer-
Fluoropolymer Seal 392 200 environments. Available in both straight and
ing or alternative options, contact your Chro- right angle configurations.
RTV Seal 284 140
malox sales representative for fast turnaround 392 200
on your specifications. Hermetic Seal 1000 538 Right Angle
MR-SEOT2 374 190 Code 15C - Standard
• Leadwire Types Code 16C - Moisture Resistant
• End Seal Options

• Lead Options End Seal Options
Flexible Stainless Steel Conduit
Hermetic Seal for Abrasion Protection
• Mounting Options
• Built-In Thermocouple Ceramic-to-metal seal is good for element
temperatures up to 1000°F. Specify heater
Leadwire Types length beyond the seal. Metal portion of the Straight
seal overlaps the heater sheath by 3/16”. For Code 4C - Standard
Operating Code 5C - Moisture Resistant
Temperature
washdown conditions.
Description Volts (°F) (°C)
Mica Fiberglas® 300V Standard 842 450 Hermetic Seal Code 8C
Insulation 600V
Fluoropolymer 300V 392 200
600V Protective Spring
Available in both straight and right angle con-
Seal Options figurations, the Protective Spring gives strong,
yet flexible leadwire protection from bending,
Type Description/Application Lead Options fatigue and flexing.
Epoxy Epoxy seal available on above
leads by voiding end of sheath Right Angle Flexible Leads
Right Angle Heat Shrink Insulation
and filling with epoxy to provide a Code 18C (100°C)
moisture barrier.
Fluoro- A swaged-in seal that provides Code 14C
polymer additional moisture resistance.
RTV For applications where a mois-
ture barrier is required. Heat Shrink Insulation (100°C) Protective Spring
Hermetic Ceramic-to-metal seal is good
for element temperatures up to
1000°F. Specify heater length
beyond the seal. Metal portion
of the seal overlaps the heater
sheath by 3/16".
MR Meets UL File Straight Code 3C
SEOT2 SEOT2.SA 12768
Strain Relief Protective Spring Provides Heat Shrink

a Flexible Strain Relief Insulation
Strain Relief supports leads to reduce bending, to Leadwire (100°C)
crimping and breakage.
Code 19C
A-114
Components
Cartridge Heaters
CARTRIDGE
Modifications & Options (cont’d.)
Lead Options (cont’d.) Mounting Options
Metal Braid Threaded Fittings
Stainless Steel metal braid protects leadwire Threaded fittings allow the heater to be easily
from abrasion and sharp edges, yet maintains installed into a threaded hole for immersion
flexibility and ease of installation. Metal braid applications. Available with single or double
is available in both straight and right angle threaded fittings. The fitting overlaps the car-
configurations. tridge heater sheath by 1/4". Specify “brass”
or “stainless steel” threaded fitting.
Code 17C Right Angle
Code 9CS Single End
Heat Shrink
Metal Braid Protects Insulation
Leads from Abrasive (100°C)
Code 9CD Double End
and Sharp Surfaces
Code 13C Straight
Heat Shrink Threaded Fitting Sizes

Insulation
(100°F) Nom. Heater NPT Size Hex Size
Diameter (In.) (In.) (In.)
1/4 1/8 - 27 7/16
Ceramic Beads 3/8 1/4 - 18 9/16
1/2 3/8 - 18 11/16
Ceramic Bead insulation can be specified to
5/8 1/2 - 14 7/8
protect leadwires from high ambient tempera-
3/4 3/4 - 14 1-1/16
tures up to 1200°F (649°C). To order, specify
ceramic beads length and additional lead Mounting Flange
length.
The mounting flange option allows for easy
Code 12C Leadwire mounting and specific positioning of the
Crimped heater within an application.
to Retain
Insulation
Insulating
Beads
Beads Code 10C
Threaded Post Terminals 1/8" Thick Stainless

Steel Mounting Flange
Post Terminals provide a strong, secure con-
nection to buss bars or ring/fork connectors.
Available only on 5/8 and 3/4” diameter heaters.
Wire Pull
The Wire Pull assists in heater removal.
Code 20C
Code 11C
A-115
Components
Cartridge Heaters
Thermocouple
Leadwire
Thermocouple Cartridge Styles Code T3
• Process Temperature Control
Code T1
• Protection from Overheating and
Temperature Burnout
• Type J or K
T/C junction is embedded in the end disc.
The T/C is grounded.
In some applications, the heating element tem-
perature is closely related to the temperature Thermocouple (T/C) junction is located in the Style T3 is used when the process temperature
of the platen or mold it is heating. Chromalox center of the core and at any point along the at the end of the cartridge heater is critical. In
Cartridge heaters with built-in thermocouples length. The T/C is not grounded. Style T1 is applications where the process product flows
allow you to precisely measure the tempera- used as an overtemperature control or for past the heater end, such as plastic molding,
ture at the ideal measurement point within the burnout protection. It can also be used for this thermocouple style allows the cartridge
cartridge heater, and control the internal heater process temperature control. end temperature to be closely controlled.
temperature to more closely maintain the
optimum process temperature. Longer heater Code T2
life and increased heat transfer efficiency may Thermocouples
be achieved by precisely controlling the heater
temperature. Range
Type (°F) (°C)

Built-In Thermocouple Cartridge Heaters are
available in three styles, each designed for Type J 100 - 1400 38 - 760
specific application needs. Type K 100 - 2300 38 - 1260
Diameters 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4"
T/C junction is located at most any point Leadwire Standard 14
(specify location) along the length of the Length inches Maximum
heater and grounded against the sheath. A 1/2" length available
unheated section must be allowed for the T/C 36 inches
to clear the resistance wire.
Style T2 is used to control process tempera-
ture. T/C should be placed along the length
of the heater in the most suitable position to
control the temperature of the mold or platen
being heated.
HTRC — Chromalox Heat Transfer Laboratory tests have demonstrated that in

and Release Coating (Patented) high temperature applications, improved heat
transfer can lower the internal wire tempera-
Chromalox HTRC is used for improving heat ture to provide up to 100% improvement in
transfer and release in the following applica- heater life. Chromalox HTRC is recommended
for use in the above applications where sheath
tions.
temperature of the heater is expected to
• Cartridge units in drilled holes. exceed 750°F.
• Tubular units in drilled holes, grooves or HTRC has an excellent heat transfer co-effi-
clamp-on surfaces. cient approaching that of aluminum. Shelf life
greater than one year.
• Strip and Ring heaters in grooves or
• PCN 014293 - 4 oz.
clamped on to rough surfaces.
• Max. Temp. -1800°F
A-116
Components
CIR/CIRM
CARTRIDGE
CIR 1/8" to 1-1/4" dia.
CIRM 6mm to 20mm dia.
Cartridge Heater
Dimensions
• 50 - 5,000 Watts
• Up to 480 Volt
• 1" to 60" Sheath Lengths Dia.
• INCOLOY® or Stainless Steel

Sheath Sheath Length
Applications Advantages
• Dies and Molds Higher Temperatures, Faster Production
Rates — Because Type CIR's patented con-
• Packing Machinery
struction and high watt density capability let
• Laminating/Adhesives you put more heat in less space.
• Hot Glue Melting Shock and Vibration Resistant — Tightly

compacted refractory insulation makes CIR
• Lead Melting heaters suitable for severe applications.
• Medical Application Even Temperature throughout the heater's
length is produced by the uniform winding of
• Extruding Dies
the wire on the smooth supporting core. Close
• Stamping and Marking Machine and even spacing between wire and inside of
sheath is maintained for good heat transfer.
Features Tight spacing between turns permits the use
of largest gauge resistance wire.
Leads can be bent at right angle near the
heater without exposing bare wire therefore Excellent Oxidation and Corrosion Resis-
eliminating electrical shorts. tance is provided by special Chromalox alloy
sheath. Thermal expansion characteristics of
Sheath Material — Type CIR & CIRM sheath and refractory are closely matched.
cartridge heaters are made with a high- tem-
perature INCOLOY® or stainless steel sheath
material.
High Temperature Leadwire — Up to 842°F
(450°C).
Lead Length — Type CIR heaters are stocked
with 14" long leads. Longer lead lengths can
be readily spliced on.
A-117
Components
CIR/CIRM
CIR 1/8" to 1-1/4" dia.
CIRM 6mm to 20mm dia.
Cartridge Heater (cont’d.)
Cartridge Configurations
1T 8C
Teflon Strain Relief
leads & cap
14C 3C
Leads Protective Spring
Right Angle
13 C 12C
Stainless Steel Braid Ceramic Beads
(Straight
17C 9C S/CD
Stainless Steel Braid Fittings
Right Angle
4C 10C
Stainless Conduit Flanges
Straight
15C 11C
Stainless Conduit Wire Pull
Right Angle
1B 20C
Copper Fitting Y Terminals
Right Angle
1C T1, T2, T3
Copper Fitting Thermocouple
Right Angle
Specifications and Ordering Information Specifications and Ordering Information

DIM (In.) 120V 240V DIM (In.) 120V 240V
Sheath Wt. Sheath Wt.
Dia. Length Watts W/In2 Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.) Dia. Length Watts W/In2 Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
1/4" Diameter 1/4" Diameter
1/4 1-1/4 75 128 CIR-1013 S 279216 — — 0.02 1/4 2-1/4 150 127 CIR-10231 S 140409 — —
1/4 1-1/4 100 171 CIR-1012 S 274255 — — 0.02 1/4 2-1/4 200 170 CIR-10231 S 140417 — —
1/4 1-1/4 150 256 CIR-1014 NS 279224 — — 0.02 1/4 2-1/4 80 67 CIR-10231 NS 140425 — —
1/4 1-1/4 225 388 CIR-10121 — — S 242050 0.02 1/4 2-1/2 175 112 CIR-1025 NS 279380 — 242077 0.03
1/4 1-1/2 50 64 CIR-1016 NS 279232 — — 0.02 1/4 2-1/2 200 128 CIR-1027 — 284550 S 283960 0.03
1/4 1-1/2 100 128 CIR-1017 NS 279240 — — 0.02 1/4 2-1/2 250 160 CIR-1029 NS 242085 NS 242093 0.03
1/4 1-1/2 125 160 CIR-1015 S 274263 — — 0.02 1/4 2-3/4 200 127 CIR-10281 NS 140433 — —
1/4 1-1/2 150 192 CIR-1018 NS 279259 — — 0.02 1/4 3 100 51 CIR-1031 NS 279400 — 279419 0.04
1/4 1-1/2 175 220 CIR-1019 NS 279267 NS 279275 0.02 1/4 3 150 77 CIR-1034 — 284605 S 283979 0.04
1/4 1-1/2 200 256 CIR-10151 NS 279283 S 279291 0.02 1/4 3 200 103 CIR-1030 S 274280 S 279427 0.04
1/4 1-1/2 250 290 CIR-10153 — — S 283952 0.02 1/4 3 250 129 CIR-10301 — — S 284672 0.04
1/4 1-3/4 100 127 CIR-10181 NS 140396 — — 1/4 3 300 153 CIR-1032 NS 279435 S 279443 0.04
1/4 2 100 85 CIR-1021 S 279304 — — 0.03 1/4 3 400 205 CIR-1033 — — S 279451 0.04
1/4 2 125 107 CIR-1022 — 279312 NS 279320 0.03 1/4 3-1/4 200 102 CIR-10331 S 140441 — —
1/4 2 150 128 CIR-1020 S 274271 S 279339 0.03 1/4 3-1/2 100 43 CIR-1035 — 279460 — 279478 0.04
1/4 2 200 171 CIR-1023 NS 279347 S 279355 0.03 1/4 3-1/2 200 85 CIR-1036 — 279486 — 279494 0.04
1/4 2 250 214 CIR-1024 NS 279363 S 279371 0.03 1/4 3-1/2 225 96 CIR-1038 — — — 285421 0.04
1/4 2 300 256 CIR-10201 — — NS 284664 0.03 1/4 3-1/2 300 127 CIR-1037 — — S 284699 0.04
A-118
Components
CIR/CIRM
CARTRIDGE
CIR 1/8" to 1-1/4" dia. & CIRM 6mm to 20mm dia. Cartridge Heater (cont’d.)
CIR Cartridge Design Guide
Diameter Size Code 1/8" 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4"
Decimal .121+/-.002 .246+/-.002 .308+/-.002 .371+/-.002 .496+/-.002 .621+/-.002 .746+/-.002 .996+/-.002 1.246+/-.002
Length Tolerance +/-3%* +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%*
Sheath Incoloy X X X X X X X N/A N/A
304SS N/A N/A X X X X X X X
Terminations Leads MGT X X X X X X X X X
Leads PTFE X X X X X X X X X
Pins N/A X N/A X X X X X X
Seals Epoxy X X X X X X X X X
Silicone NA X X X X X X X X
Cement X X X X X X X X X
Hermetic Seal 8C N/A N/A N/A X X X X N/A N/A
Configurations Teflon (leads & cap) 1T NA X X X X X X NA NA
Leads RA 14C N/A X X X X X X X X
Braid Straight 13C X X X X X X X X X
Braid RA 17C N/A X X X X X X X X
Conduit Straight 4C N/A X X X X X X X X
Conduit RA 15C/16C N/A X X X X X X X X
Copper Straight 1B N/A X N/A X X X X N/A N/A
Copper RA 1C N/A X N/A X X X X N/A N/A
Strain Relief 19C N/A X X X X X X X X
Protective Spring 3C N/A X N/A X X X X N/A N/A
Ceramic Beads 12C N/A X X X X X X X X
Fittings 9CS/CD N/A X X X X X X X X
Flanges 10C X X X X X X X X X
Wire Pull 11C N/A X X X X X X N/A N/A
Y Terminals 20C N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A X X X X
Thermocouple T1 ** X X X X X X X X
*Length tolerance is either +/- % or 3/32" whichever is greater **Only available at lead end of heater
CIRM Metric Cartridge Design Guide

Diameter Size 6mm 6.5mm 8mm 10mm 12mm 12.5mm 16mm 20mm
Decimal .234+/-.002 .254+/-.002 .313+/-.002 .392+/-.002 .470+/-.002 .490+/-.002 .628+/-.002 .785+/-.002
Length Tolerance +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%* +/-2%*
Sheath Incoloy X X X X X X X N/A
304SS N/A N/A X X X X X X
Terminations Leads MGT X X X X X X X X
Leads PTFE X X X X X X X X
Pins X X N/A X X X X N/A
Seals Epoxy X X X X X X X X
Silicone X X X X X X X X
Hermetic Seal 8C N/A X N/A N/A N/A X N/A N/A
Cement X X X X X X X X
Configurations Teflon (leads & cap) 1T N/A X N/A X N/A X N/A N/A
Leads RA 14C X X X X X X X X
Braid Straight 13C X X X X X X X X
Braid RA 17C X X X X X X X X
Conduit Straight 4C X X X X X X X X
Conduit RA 15C/16C X X X X X X X X
Strain Relief 19C X X X X X X X X
Protective Spring 3C N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Ceramic Beads 12C X X X X X X X X
Fittings 9CS/CD X X X X X X X X
Flanges 10C X X X X X X X X
Wire Pull 11C X X X X X X X X
Y Terminals 20C N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A X X
Thermocouple T1 X X X X X X X X
*Length tolerance is either +/- % or 2.5 mm whichever is greater **Not available with fittings or flanges
A-119
Components
CIR 1/4 - 3/4" Dia. Cartridge Heater (cont’d.)

DIM (In.) 120V 240V DIM (In.) 120V 240V
1/4 4 100 37 CIR-1041 NS 279507 — 279515 0.04 3/8 3 200 68 CIR-2031 S 274407 S 274415 0.12
1/4 4 150 53 CIR-1044 — — NS 284592 0.04 3/8 3 250 85 CIR-2034 NS 279937 S 161390 0.12
1/4 4 200 73 CIR-1042 NS 279523 S 279531 0.04 3/8 3 300 103 CIR-20301 NS 279953 S 161410 0.12
1/4 4 250 92 CIR-1043 — — — 283987 0.04 3/8 3 400 137 CIR-20302 NS 279970 NS 161437 0.12
1/4 4 300 110 CIR-1040 S 274298 S 279540 0.04 3/8 3 500 171 CIR-2030 S 274423 S 274431 0.12
1/4 4-1/2 200 61 CIR-1046 NS 242106 — — 0.05 3/8 3 600 205 CIR-2036 — — S 242448 0.12
1/4 4-1/2 300 93 CIR-1045 — — NS 284568 0.05 3/8 3-1/4 500 158 CIR-20331 S 140492
1/4 4-3/4 300 109 CIR-10481 NS 140450 — — 3/8 3-1/4 500 158 CIR-20332 — — S 140505
1/4 5 100 28 CIR-1051 — 279566 — — 0.05 3/8 3-1/2 250 71 CIR-2037 — 242456 NS 242464 0.14
1/4 5 150 42 CIR-10501 — — S 284007 0.05 3/8 3-1/2 300 86 CIR-2038 NS 242472 — 242480 0.14
1/4 5 200 57 CIR-1052 — 279582 — 279590 0.05 3/8 3-1/2 500 142 CIR-2035 NS 242499 NS 279996 0.14
1/4 5 300 85 CIR-1053 — 279603 S 279611 0.05 3/8 3-13/16 150 37 CIR-2039 — 242501 — — 0.15
1/4 5 350 100 CIR-1050 — — NS 274300 0.05 3/8 3-13/16 500 128 CIR-20303 — — — 242510 0.15
1/4 5 400 111 CIR-1054 — — S 283995 0.05 3/8 4 125 30 CIR-2045 S 242528 — 242536 0.16
1/4 5-1/2 150 38 CIR-1055 — — — 279620 0.05 3/8 4 150 37 CIR-2041 S 275258 S 275266 0.16
1/4 5-1/2 500 126 CIR-1056 — — S 284015 0.05 3/8 4 175 44 CIR-2046 — 242544 — — 0.16
1/4 6 400 93 CIR-1060 — — S 274319 0.06 3/8 4 200 51 CIR-2044 — — — 165243 0.16
3/8" Diameter 3/8 4 250 61 CIR-2042 NS 280006 S 161517 0.16
3/8 4 300 73 CIR-2040 S 274440 S 274458 0.16
3/8 1-1/4 100 114 CIR-2013 S 274511 — — 0.05 3/8 4 400 102 CIR-2047 S 242552 S 242560 0.16
3/8 1-1/4 125 143 CIR-20131 S 242157 — — 0.05 3/8 4 450 110 CIR-2048 — — NS 242579 0.16
3/8 1-1/4 150 171 CIR-2012 S 274327 S 242165 0.05 3/8 4 500 122 CIR-2043 NS 280022 S 161550 0.16
3/8 1-1/4 200 228 CIR-2014 S 242173 S 242181 0.05 3/8 4 550 133 CIR-2049 NS 242587 — — 0.16
3/8 1-1/2 30 26 CIR-20141 S 140011 — — 0.06 3/8 4-1/2 250 61 CIR-20451 S 140513 — —
3/8 1-1/2 50 43 CIR-2018 S 274520 — — 0.06 3/8 4-1/2 300 64 CIR-20401 NS 242595 NS 242608 0.18
3/8 1-1/2 85 73 CIR-2016 S 274335 — — 0.06 3/8 4-1/2 500 106 CIR-20402 NS 242616 NS 242624 0.18
3/8 1-1/2 100 85 CIR-20151 S 279638 NS 242190 0.06
3/8 1-1/2 130 111 CIR-20152 — — S 160979 0.06 3/8 4-13/16 300 58 CIR-20403 — — — 242632 0.19
3/8 1-1/2 150 129 CIR-2019 S 274538 S 160995 0.06 3/8 4-13/16 500 97 CIR-20404 — — — 242640 0.19
3/8 1-1/2 200 171 CIR-2015 S 274343 S 274351 0.06 3/8 5 150 29 CIR-2055 — 242659 — 242667 0.2
3/8 1-1/2 250 214 CIR-20191 S 242202 S 242210 3/8 5 200 38 CIR-2051 S 275274 S 275282 0.2
3/8 1-3/4 125 85 CIR-2017 NS 242229 — — 0.06 3/8 5 300 57 CIR-2052 — 280049 NS 161592 0.2
3/8 1-3/4 150 107 CIR-20181 S 140468 — — 0.06 3/8 5 400 76 CIR-2050 S 274466 S 274474 0.2
3/8 1-3/4 175 120 CIR-20171 NS 242237 — — 0.06 3/8 5 500 95 CIR-2053 NS 280065 S 161630 0.2
3/8 1-3/4 250 170 CIR-20172 AS 242245 NS 242253 3/8 5 750 142 CIR-2054 — — NS 161656 0.2
3/8 5 1,000 190 CIR-2056 — — NS 242675 0.2
3/8 1-13/16 200 128 CIR-20173 — 242261 — — 0.06
3/8 5-1/4 200 44 CIR-2057 — — — 242683 0.21
3/8 2 50 29 CIR-20201 S 279662 — — 0.07
3/8 2 75 42 CIR-20209 — 242288 — — 0.07 3/8 5-1/2 400 76 CIR-20551 S 140521 — —
3/8 2 100 57 CIR-20202 S 279670 S 161031 0.07 3/8 5-1/2 600 102 CIR-2058 — — NS 242691 0.22
3/8 2 150 85 CIR-2021 NS 274546 NS 161058 0.07 3/8 5-1/2 1,000 171 CIR-2059 — — — 242704 0.22
3/8 2 200 114 CIR-20203 NS 279700 S 161074 0.07 3/8 6 200 31 CIR-2064 S 242712 — — 0.24
3/8 2 250 142 CIR-2020 S 274360 S 274378 0.07 3/8 6 250 39 CIR-2061 S 275290 S 275303 0.24
3/8 2 300 171 CIR-20204 NS 279726 S 161111 0.07 3/8 6 400 62 CIR-2065 S 242720 S 242739 0.24
3/8 2 350 199 CIR-20205 — 279742 NS 161138 0.07 3/8 6 500 78 CIR-2060 S 274482 S 274490 0.24
3/8 2 400 228 CIR-20206 NS 279769 S 161154 0.07 3/8 6 600 93 CIR-2066 S 242747 S 242755 0.24
3/8 2 500 262 CIR-20207 NS 242296 S 165235 0.07 3/8 6 750 117 CIR-2062 — — S 161710 0.24
3/8 2-1/4 75 37 CIR-20225 S 242309 — — 0.08 3/8 6 1,000 155 CIR-2063 — — S 161736 0.24
3/8 2-1/4 100 49 CIR-20221 — 279785 — 161170 0.08 3/8 6-1/2 500 77 CIR-20652 — — S 140548
3/8 2-1/4 125 61 CIR-2023 S 242317 — 242325 0.08 3/8 6-1/2 600 85 CIR-2067 S 140504 — 242763 0.26
3/8 2-1/4 150 73 CIR-20222 — 279806 S 161197 0.08 3/8 6-1/2 1,000 143 CIR-2068 — — — 242771 0.26
3/8 2-1/4 175 86 CIR-20226 — 242333 — — 0.08 3/8 7 250 33 CIR-2070 S 242780 NS 242798 0.28
3/8 2-1/4 200 98 CIR-20223 — 279822 — 279830 0.08 3/8 7 275 39 CIR-2072 — — S 140020
3/8 2-1/4 250 122 CIR-2022 S 275215 S 161234 0.08 3/8 7 600 79 CIR-2076 S 242800 S 242819 0.28
3/8 2-1/4 300 147 CIR-20224 NS 279857 NS 279865 0.08 3/8 7 1,000 131 CIR-2079 — — NS 242827 0.28
3/8 2-1/4 350 172 CIR-20227 NS 242341 NS 242350 0.08 3/8 7-1/2 600 73 CIR-2075 — — — 242835 0.3
3/8 2-3/8 75 34 CIR-2025 S 275223 — — 0.09 3/8 7-1/2 1,000 122 CIR-2077 — — NS 242843 0.3
3/8 2-3/8 165 75 CIR-2024 S 274386 S 274394 0.09 3/8 8 300 34 CIR-2081 S 242851 S 275311 0.32
3/8 2-1/2 75 33 CIR-20251 S 140484 — — 0.1 3/8 8 400 45 CIR-2082 — 242860 — — 0.32
3/8 2-1/2 100 43 CIR-2027 — — — 165403 0.1 3/8 8 500 57 CIR-2085 NS 242878 S 242886 0.32
3/8 2-1/2 165 72 CIR-20251 S 140476 — 242376 0.1 3/8 8 600 68 CIR-2086 S 242894 S 242907 0.32
3/8 2-1/2 200 86 CIR-2028 — 242368 S 161293 0.1 3/8 8 700 80 CIR-2080 S 274503 S 276015 0.32
3/8 2-1/2 250 107 CIR-20251 — 279873 — 242392 0.1 3/8 8 1,000 115 CIR-2089 — — S 242915 0.32
3/8 2-1/2 300 129 CIR-2029 NS 242384 S 161314 0.1 3/8 9 350 37 CIR-2092 — — S 140038
3/8 2-1/2 400 171 CIR-2026 NS 279890 — 242413 3/8 9-1/2 600 57 CIR-2090 — — NS 242923 0.38
3/8 2-1/2 500 214 CIR-20252 — 242405 3/8 9-1/2 1,000 97 CIR-2091 — — NS 242931 0.38
3/8 2-13/16 250 91 CIR-20253 — 242421 — — 0.11 3/8 10 400 36 CIR-2102 S 242940 — — 0.4
3/8 2-13/16 300 109 CIR-20254 — — — 242430 0.11 3/8 10 600 54 CIR-2100 NS 280110 NS 280129 0.4
3/8 3 100 34 CIR-2032 S 275231 S 275240 0.12 3/8 10 1,000 90 CIR-2101 — — NS 161816 0.4
3/8 3 150 51 CIR-2033 NS 279910 NS 161357 0.12
A-120
Components
CARTRIDGE
DIM (In.) 120V 240V DIM (In.) 120V 240V
3/8 12 400 30 CIR-2122 S 242958 — — 0.48 1/2 4 500 92 CIR-3041 S 275450 S 275469 0.22
3/8 12 600 45 CIR-2123 S 242966 S 242974 0.48 1/2 4 750 137 CIR-3044 — 280495 S 162499 0.22
3/8 12 900 67 CIR-2120 S 276023 S 276031 0.48 1/2 4 1,000 183 CIR-30401 — — S 162510 0.22
3/8 12 1,000 74 CIR-2121 — — S 161859 0.48 1/2 4-5/16 550 91 CIR-3048 — 243416 — — 0.24
3/8 15 1,100 65 CIR-2150 — — S 276040 0.6 1/2 4-1/2 500 79 CIR-3047 — 243424 — 243432 0.25
3/8 20 1,300 57 CIR-2200 — — — 276058 0.8 1/2 4-1/2 750 119 CIR-3049 — 243440 — 243459 0.25
3/8 24 1,500 55 CIR-2240 — — S 276066 0.9 1/2 4-13/16 300 146 CIR-30403 — — — 243467 0.26
1/2" Diameter 1/2 4-13/16 1,000 146 CIR-30404 — — — 243475 0.26
1/2 1-1/4 50 44 CIR-3014 S 243002 — — 0.09 1/2 5 200 28 CIR-3053 S 243483 — 243491 0.27
1/2 1-1/4 100 85 CIR-3012 — 280153 — — 0.09 1/2 5 350 50 CIR-3051 S 280524 S 280532 0.27
1/2 1-1/4 125 107 CIR-3019 S 243010 — 243029 0.09 1/2 5 400 56 CIR-3054 NS 243504 S 243512 0.27
1/2 1-1/4 150 128 CIR-3013 — 280161 — 280170 0.09 1/2 5 500 71 CIR-30501 S 280540 S 162552 0.27
1/2 1-1/4 200 170 CIR-30121 — — S 243037 0.09 1/2 5 750 107 CIR-3050 S 276154 S 276162 0.27
1/2 1-1/4 250 210 CIR-30122 — — — 243045 0.09 1/2 5 1,000 142 CIR-30502 — — S 162595 0.27
1/2 1-1/2 50 32 CIR-30151 S 243053 — — 0.1 1/2 5-13/16 150 18 CIR-3059 S 140054 S 140046
1/2 1-1/2 100 60 CIR-3016 — 280188 — — 0.1 1/2 5-1/4 250 34 CIR-3052 S 275477 S 275485 0.29
1/2 1-1/2 125 80 CIR-3017 — 280196 S 161955 0.1 1/2 5-1/2 500 64 CIR-3055 — 243520 — 243539 0.31
1/2 1-1/2 150 96 CIR-3015 NS 276074 NS 276082 0.1 1/2 5-1/2 650 83 CIR-3056 — — — 243547 0.31
1/2 1-1/2 200 128 CIR-3018 S 280217 S 161998 0.1 1/2 5-1/2 750 97 CIR-3057 — 243555 — 243563 0.31
1/2 1-3/4 150 85 CIR-30181 S 140572 — — 1/2 5-13/16 300 36 CIR-30582 — — — 243571 0.32
1/2 2 75 32 CIR-30204 S 243061 — — 0.12 1/2 5-13/16 700 85 CIR-3058 S 276170 S 276189 0.32
1/2 2 100 43 CIR-30201 — 280233 S 162018 0.12 1/2 6 200 22 CIR-3065 — — S 165278 0.34
1/2 2 200 85 CIR-3021 S 275320 S 162034 0.12 1/2 6 250 27 CIR-3067 S 243580 — 243598 0.34
1/2 2 250 107 CIR-30202 S 280268 S 162050 0.12 1/2 6 300 35 CIR-3061 S 275493 S 275506 0.34
1/2 2 300 128 CIR-30203 S 280284 S 162077 0.12 1/2 6 350 41 CIR-3068 — — — 243600 0.34
1/2 2 400 171 CIR-3020 S 276090 S 276103 0.12 1/2 6 400 45 CIR-3066 — — S 165286 0.34
1/2 2-1/4 75 28 CIR-30221 S 243070 — — 0.13 1/2 6 500 58 CIR-3062 S 280575 S 162675 0.34
1/2 2-1/4 125 45 CIR-30222 S 243088 — — 0.13 1/2 6 750 87 CIR-3063 — 280591 S 162691 0.34
1/2 2-1/4 250 85 CIR-3022 S 243096 S 165251 0.13 1/2 6 850 99 CIR-3060 NS 276197 NS 276200 0.34
1/2 2-1/4 300 117 CIR-30231 S 140599 — — 1/2 6 1,000 117 CIR-3064 S 243619 S 162739 0.34
1/2 2-1/4 300 117 CIR-30232 — — S 140580 1/2 6-1/2 300 36 CIR-30652 — — NS 140601
1/2 2-1/4 400 145 CIR-30223 — 243109 — 243117 0.13 1/2 6-1/2 500 54 CIR-3069 — — — 243627 0.37
1/2 2-1/4 500 170 CIR-30224 S 243125 S 243133 0.13 1/2 6-1/2 850 100 CIR-30651 S 140610 — —
1/2 2-3/8 75 26 CIR-3025 S 275338 S 275346 0.13 1/2 6-1/2 1,000 108 CIR-30601 — — NS 243635 0.37
1/2 2-3/8 100 34 CIR-3026 S 275354 S 275362 0.13 1/2 7 250 25 CIR-3070 S 243643 — — 0.4
1/2 2-3/8 120 41 CIR-3027 S 275370 S 275389 0.13 1/2 7 500 50 CIR-3071 S 243651 S 243660 0.4
1/2 2-3/8 250 85 CIR-3023 NS 276111 NS 276120 0.13 1/2 7 600 60 CIR-3072 — 243678 NS 243686 0.4
1/2 2-3/8 450 154 CIR-3024 S 275397 S 275400 0.13 1/2 7 1,000 98 CIR-3075 — — S 243694 0.4
1/2 2-3/8 500 170 CIR-30231 — 243141 — 243150 0.13
1/2 7-1/2 500 46 CIR-3076 — — — 243707 0.43
1/2 2-1/2 100 32 CIR-30255 S 243168 — 243176 0.14 1/2 7-1/2 1,000 91 CIR-3077 — — — 243715 0.43
1/2 2-1/2 150 48 CIR-30251 — 280305 S 162210 0.14
1/2 2-1/2 250 80 CIR-30252 S 280321 S 162237 0.14 1/2 8 250 21 CIR-3083 — — S 165294 0.45
1/2 2-1/2 300 96 CIR-3028 — 243184 — 243192 0.14 1/2 8 300 26 CIR-3085 NS 243723 — 243731 0.45
1/2 2-1/2 400 128 CIR-30253 S 280348 S 162253 0.14 1/2 8 400 34 CIR-3081 — — S 275514 0.45
1/2 2-1/2 500 160 CIR-30254 S 243205 S 162270 0.14 1/2 8 500 42 CIR-3084 S 243740 S 165307 0.45
1/2 8 750 62 CIR-30801 — — S 165315 0.45
1/2 2-9/16 350 106 CIR-3029 — 243213 — — 0.14 1/2 8 1,000 85 CIR-3080 S 276218 S 276226 0.45
1/2 2-9/16 300 92 CIR-30291 — — — 243221 0.14 1/2 8 1,500 128 CIR-3082 — — S 162798 0.45
1/2 2-3/4 400 113 CIR-30271 S 243230 — 243248 0.14 1/2 8 2,000 170 CIR-3086 — — S 243758 0.45
1/2 3 125 32 CIR-30302 — 243256 — 243264 0.17 1/2 8-1/2 300 24 CIR-3087 — — — 243766 0.45
1/2 3 250 64 CIR-3031 NS 275418 NS 275426 0.17 1/2 8-1/2 500 40 CIR-3088 — — — 243774 0.45
1/2 3 300 77 CIR-3032 S 280372 S 162317 0.17 1/2 8-1/2 1,000 80 CIR-3089 — — — 243782 0.45
1/2 3 350 88 CIR-30303 — 243272 — — 0.17 1/2 9 500 37 CIR-3090 — — S 165323 0.5
1/2 3 400 103 CIR-3033 S 280399 S 162333 0.17 1/2 9 1,000 74 CIR-3091 — — — 243790 0.5
1/2 3 500 128 CIR-3030 S 276138 S 276146 0.17
1/2 3 600 154 CIR-3034 S 280410 S 162376 0.17 1/2 9-1/2 500 36 CIR-3092 — — — 243803 0.53
1/2 3 750 192 CIR-30301 — 280436 S 162392 0.17 1/2 9-1/2 1,000 72 CIR-3093 — — — 243811 0.53
1/2 3-1/2 250 53 CIR-3035 NS 243280 — 243299 0.2 1/2 10 475 32 CIR-3100 — — S 275522 0.56
1/2 3-1/2 350 74 CIR-3036 — — — 243301 0.2 1/2 10 500 34 CIR-3103 S 243820 S 243838 0.56
1/2 3-1/2 500 105 CIR-3037 S 243310 S 243328 0.2 1/2 10 1,000 68 CIR-3101 S 243846 S 162835 0.56
1/2 3-1/2 750 160 CIR-3038 — — — 243336 0.2 1/2 10 1,500 101 CIR-3102 — — NS 162851 0.56
1/2 10 2,000 134 CIR-3105 — — S 243854 0.56
1/2 3-13/16 250 48 CIR-3039 — — S 243352 0.21
1/2 3-13/16 500 96 CIR-30391 S 243344 — — 0.21 1/2 12 550 31 CIR-3121 S 243862 S 275530 0.67
1/2 12 1,000 56 CIR-3122 NS 243870 NS 162894 0.67
1/2 4 150 28 CIR-3045 S 243360 S 243379 0.22 1/2 12 1,500 84 CIR-3120 — — S 276234 0.67
1/2 4 180 33 CIR-3040 NS 275434 NS 275442 0.22 1/2 12 2,000 112 CIR-3125 — — S 243889 0.67
1/2 4 250 44 CIR-30402 S 243387 S 165260 0.22
1/2 4 300 55 CIR-3042 S 280452 S 162430 0.22 1/2 14 675 33 CIR-3143 — — S 140062
1/2 4 350 65 CIR-3046 S 243395 S 243408 0.22 1/2 14 1,000 48 CIR-3141 — — — 243897 0.78
1/2 4 400 73 CIR-3043 NS 280479 NS 162456 0.22
A-121
Components

DIM (In.) 120V 240V DIM (In.) 120V 240V
1/2 14 1,600 76 CIR-3140 — — S 276242 0.78 5/8 6-1/2 350 30 CIR-4066 S 275670 S 275688 0.41
1/2 14 2,300 110 CIR-3142 — — — 243900 0.78 5/8 6-1/2 500 43 CIR-4068 NS 244152 NS 244160 0.41
1/2 15 1,500 66 CIR-3150 — — — 243918 0.84 5/8 6-1/2 1,000 85 CIR-4065 NS 276453 NS 276461 0.41
1/2 16 1,000 41 CIR-3160 — — — 243926 0.84 5/8 7 500 39 CIR-4072 S 244179 NS 244187 0.45
1/2 18 800 30 CIR-3183 — — S 140070 5/8 7 1,000 79 CIR-4070 — — NS 163651 0.45
1/2 18 1,500 55 CIR-3182 — — — 243934 1 5/8 7 1,500 118 CIR-4071 — — S 280903 0.45
1/2 18 1,700 62 CIR-3180 — — S 276250 1 5/8 8 400 28 CIR-4081 S 140185 S 275696 0.50
1/2 24 1,000 28 CIR-3241 — — S 140089 5/8 8 500 34 CIR-4085 S 244195 S 244208 0.50
1/2 24 1,800 55 CIR-3240 — — S 276269 1 5/8 8 750 51 CIR-4082 — — S 163715 0.50
1/2 30 1,300 29 CIR-3301 — — S 140097 5/8 8 850 58 CIR-4088 — — S 244216 0.50
1/2 30 1,900 47 CIR-3300 — — NS 276277 2 5/8 8 1,000 68 CIR-4083 — — S 163731 0.50
1/2 36 2,000 40 CIR-3360 — — NS 276285 2 5/8 8 1,200 82 CIR-4080 NS 276470 NS 276488 0.50
5/8 8 1,500 103 CIR-4084 — — S 163774 0.50
5/8" Diameter 5/8 8 2,000 137 CIR-40801 — — S 163790 0.50
5/8 1-1/4 50 34 CIR-4011 NS 243942 — — 0.1 5/8 8-3/4 450 30 CIR-4087 S 140193 S 275709 0.50
5/8 1-1/4 200 135 CIR-4012 S 243950 — — 0.1 5/8 10 500 27 CIR-4103 S 244224 S 244232 0.64
5/8 1-1/4 250 169 CIR-4013 S 243969 — — 0.1 5/8 10 750 40 CIR-4104 — — S 244240 0.64
5/8 1-1/2 100 51 CIR-4016 — 280663 — 280671 0.1 5/8 10 1,000 54 CIR-4100 — — S 163838 0.64
5/8 1-1/2 200 101 CIR-4015 S 275549 S 163053 0.1 5/8 10 1,500 81 CIR-4101 — — S 163854 0.64
5/8 1-1/2 250 126 CIR-4017 — 243977 — 243985 0.1 5/8 10 2,000 108 CIR-4102 — — NS 163870 0.64
5/8 2 100 34 CIR-40201 S 243993 — — 0.13 5/8 10-3/4 500 25 CIR-4107 S 275717 S 275725 0.68
5/8 2 200 68 CIR-4020 S 276293 S 276306 0.13 5/8 10-3/4 1,700 85 CIR-4105 S 276496 S 276509 0.68
5/8 2 300 103 CIR-4021 — 280698 — 163096 0.13 5/8 12 500 22 CIR-4125 S 244259 S 244267 0.75
5/8 2 500 171 CIR-4022 — 280719 S 163117 0.13 5/8 12 900 40 CIR-4129 — — S 244275 0.75
5/8 2-1/4 100 29 CIR-4023 NS 244005 — — 0.15 5/8 12 1,000 45 CIR-4120 S 244283 S 163934 0.75
5/8 2-1/4 250 72 CIR-4028 NS 244013 S 244021 0.15 5/8 12 1,500 67 CIR-4121 S 244291 NS 280997 0.75
5/8 2-1/4 350 102 CIR-4029 NS 244030 S 244048 0.15 5/8 12 2,000 89 CIR-4122 — — S 163977 0.75
5/8 2-3/8 75 21 CIR-40233 S 140126 5/8 12-7/8 550 24 CIR-4128 NS 140206 NS 275733 0.81
5/8 2-3/8 75 21 CIR-40235 — — S 140142 5/8 14 3,700 139 CIR-4140 — — S 244304 0.88
5/8 2-3/8 100 27 CIR-40231 — — S 140100 5/8 15 600 22 CIR-4151 NS 140214 S 275741 0.95
5/8 2-3/8 100 27 CIR-40234 S 140134 5/8 15 750 27 CIR-4153 — — S 244312 0.95
5/8 2-3/8 125 34 CIR-4025 S 275557 S 275565 0.15 5/8 15 1,500 53 CIR-4152 — — NS 281017 0.95
5/8 2-3/8 150 41 CIR-4026 S 275573 S 275581 0.15 5/8 15 2,400 85 CIR-4150 — — S 278010 0.95
5/8 2-3/8 165 45 CIR-40232 — — S 140118 5/8 15 4,000 140 CIR-4154 — — S 244320 0.95
5/8 2-3/8 165 45 CIR-40236 S 140150 — —
5/8 2-3/8 180 49 CIR-4027 S 275590 S 275602 0.15 5/8 16 2,500 82 CIR-4160 — — NS 244339 1.02
5/8 2-3/8 280 77 CIR-4024 S 276314 S 276322 0.15 5/8 16 4,500 148 CIR-4167 — — S 244347 1.02
5/8 17 800 26 CIR-4170 — — S 140222 1.10
5/8 3 150 31 CIR-4035 S 244056 — — 0.2
5/8 3 250 51 CIR-4031 S 280735 S 163213 0.2 5/8 18 1,500 44 CIR-4180 — — S 281025 1.18
5/8 3 400 82 CIR-4032 — 280751 S 163230 0.2 5/8 18 2,600 76 CIR-4181 — — NS 281033 1.18
5/8 3 500 103 CIR-4030 S 276330 S 276349 0.2 5/8 18 3,000 88 CIR-4182 — — S 244355 1.18
5/8 3 600 123 CIR-4033 — — S 163272 0.2 5/8 18 4,700 136 CIR-4184 — — NS 244363 1.18
5/8 3 750 154 CIR-4034 — — S 163299 0.2 5/8 19 950 27 CIR-4190 — — NS 140230 1.24
5/8 3-3/4 150 24 CIR-40371 S 140177 S 140169 5/8 20 1,500 40 CIR-4200 — — S 244371 1.26
5/8 3-3/4 240 38 CIR-4038 S 275610 S 275629 0.24 5/8 20 3,500 92 CIR-4203 — — S 244380 1.26
5/8 3-3/4 525 83 CIR-4037 S 276357 S 276365 0.24 5/8 20 4,700 123 CIR-4205 — — S 244398 1.26
5/8 4 250 37 CIR-4044 S 244064 — 244072 0.26 5/8 21 1,075 28 CIR-4211 — — S 140249 1.32
5/8 4 400 58 CIR-4045 — — S 244080 0.26 5/8 21 2,800 70 CIR-4210 — — S 278029 1.32
5/8 4 500 73 CIR-4041 — 280794 NS 163352 0.26 5/8 24 1,200 26 CIR-4241 — — NS 275750 1.51
5/8 4 600 88 CIR-4046 — — NS 244099 0.26 5/8 24 2,000 44 CIR-4242 — — S 244400 1.51
5/8 4 750 110 CIR-4040 S 276373 S 276381 0.26 5/8 24 3,000 65 CIR-4240 — — S 278037 1.51
5/8 4 1,000 147 CIR-4042 — — S 163395 0.26 5/8 24 4,700 102 CIR-4243 — — S 244419 1.51
5/8 4-1/4 525 86 CIR-4037 S 276357 S 276365 5/8 30 2,000 35 CIR-4300 — — NS 140257 1.80
5/8 4-1/2 500 76 CIR-40451 S 140871 5/8 36 2,500 37 CIR-43611 — — S 140265 2.27
5/8 4-3/8 240 32 CIR-4043 NS 275637 NS 275645 0.28 5/8 36 3,000 44 CIR-4361 — — S 244427 2.27
5/8 5 250 28 CIR-4056 S 244101 — 244110 0.32 5/8 36 3,500 51 CIR-4360 — — NS 278045 2.27
5/8 5 500 57 CIR-4051 — 280823 S 163432 0.32 3/4" Diameter
5/8 5 750 85 CIR-4050 S 276390 S 276402 0.32 3/4 2-1/4 200 49 CIR-5022 — 244435 — — 0.18
5/8 5 1,000 114 CIR-4052 — — S 163475 0.32 3/4 2-3/8 200 45 CIR-5023 NS 275768 NS 275776 0.19
5/8 5 1,300 148 CIR-4053 — — S 163491 0.32 3/4 3 250 43 CIR-5031 S 244443 — — 0.23
5/8 5-3/8 285 30 CIR-4055 S 275653 S 275661 0.34 3/4 3 500 85 CIR-5030 — 281041 S 164216 0.23
5/8 5-3/8 800 84 CIR-4054 NS 276410 NS 276429 0.34 3/4 3-1/4 250 39 CIR-5033 — 275784 S 275792 0.26
5/8 5-1/2 750 87 CIR-40551 NS 140880 — —
3/4 3-1/4 650 101 CIR-5032 S 278053 S 278061 0.26
5/8 6 300 28 CIR-4067 S 244128 S 244136 0.38
5/8 6 500 47 CIR-4061 NS 280866 S 163555 0.38 3/4 4 250 31 CIR-5042 S 244451 — — 0.32
5/8 6 750 70 CIR-4063 — — S 165454 0.38 3/4 4 500 61 CIR-5040 — — S 281068 0.32
5/8 6 1,000 93 CIR-4060 S 276437 S 276445 0.38 3/4 4 1,000 122 CIR-5041 — — S 281076 0.32
5/8 6 1,500 140 CIR-4062 NS 244144 S 163598 0.38 3/4 4-3/4 350 35 CIR-5047 S 140273 S 275805 0.38
A-122
Components
CARTRIDGE
DIM (In.) 120V 240V DIM (In.) 120V 240V
Dia. Length Watts W/In2 Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.) Dia. Length Watts W/In
2
Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
3/4 5 300 28 CIR-5052 S 244460 — — 0.39 3/4 14 4,500 142 CIR-5144 — — — 244611 1.07
3/4 5 500 47 CIR-5051 — — S 281084 0.39 3/4 14-7/8 750 22 CIR-5148 S 140345 S 275872 1.14
3/4 5 1,000 95 CIR-5050 NS 278070 NS 278088 0.39 3/4 15 1,500 44 CIR-5150 — — — 281172 1.15
3/4 6 350 27 CIR-5061 S 140281 S 275813 0.48 3/4 16 1,800 49 CIR-5162 — — — 244620 1.23
3/4 6 500 39 CIR-5065 S 244478 S 244486 0.48 3/4 16 4,700 128 CIR-5165 — — — 244638 1.23
3/4 6 750 58 CIR-5062 — — — 281092 0.48 3/4 16-1/4 800 22 CIR-5163 — — S 140353
3/4 6 1,000 78 CIR-5067 — — S 244494 0.48
3/4 6 1,100 85 CIR-5060 NS 278096 S 278109 0.48 3/4 17-3/4 850 21 CIR-5177 — — NS 275880 1.36
3/4 6 1,500 117 CIR-5068 — — — 244507 0.48 3/4 18 1,500 36 CIR-5180 — — — 281180 1.38
3/4 6 2,000 155 CIR-5069 — — S 244515 0.48 3/4 18 2,000 48 CIR-5182 — — — 244646 1.38
3/4 7 500 33 CIR-5075 S 244523 — 244531 0.57 3/4 18 5,000 122 CIR-5185 — — — 244654 1.38
3/4 7 1,000 66 CIR-5072 — — S 244540 0.57 3/4 20 1,000 22 CIR-5204 — — NS 140361
3/4 7-5/8 450 27 CIR-5077 S 140290 S 275821 0.61 3/4 20 1,150 25 CIR-5202 — — — 244662 1.53
3/4 7-5/8 1,300 78 CIR-5076 — 278117 S 278125 0.61 3/4 20 2,000 44 CIR-5201 — — — 281199 1.53
3/4 20 2,250 49 CIR-5203 — — — 244670 1.53
3/4 8 500 28 CIR-5085 NS 244558 NS 244566 0.64 3/4 20 3,850 84 CIR-5200 — — S 278168 1.53
3/4 8 1,000 57 CIR-5080 — — S 281105 0.64 3/4 20 5,000 110 CIR-5205 — — — 244689 1.53
3/4 8 1,500 85 CIR-5081 — — — 281113 0.64
3/4 8 2,000 113 CIR-5082 — — S 281121 0.64 3/4 22 1,150 23 CIR-5220 — — S 140370
3/4 24 1,250 23 CIR-5241 — — S 275899 1.84
3/4 9-1/8 500 25 CIR-5091 NS 140302 S 275830 0.73 3/4 24 1,375 25 CIR-5243 — — — 244697 1.84
3/4 10 1,000 45 CIR-5100 — — S 281130 0.79 3/4 24 2,500 42 CIR-5242 — — — 281201 1.84
3/4 10 2,000 90 CIR-5102 — — S 244574 0.79 3/4 24 2,750 50 CIR-5244 — — — 244700 1.84
3/4 10-1/2 550 23 CIR-5106 NS 140310 NS 275848 0.83 3/4 24 4,600 83 CIR-5240 — — S 278176 1.84
3/4 10-1/2 2,000 85 CIR-5105 S 278133 S 278141 0.83 3/4 24 5,000 85 CIR-5245 — — — 244718 1.84
3/4 11-7/8 600 22 CIR-5118 NS 140329 S 275856 0.91 3/4 30 2,500 37 CIR-5301 — — S 140388
3/4 12 1,000 37 CIR-5120 — — S 281148 0.92 3/4 30 4,800 69 CIR-5300 — — S 278184 2.3
3/4 12 2,000 74 CIR-5121 — — S 281156 0.92 3/4 36 2,500 30 CIR-5362 — — — 244726 2.75
3/4 12 3,000 111 CIR-5122 — — — 281164 0.92 3/4 36 4,900 59 CIR-5360 — — NS 278192 2.75
3/4 12 4,000 148 CIR-5124 — — S 244582 0.92 3/4 48 5,000 45 CIR-5480 — — S 278205 3.7
3/4 13-3/8 650 21 CIR-5135 NS 140337 S 275864 1.02
3/4 13-3/8 2,500 83 CIR-5134 — — S 278150 1.02 Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
3/4 14 1,250 40 CIR-5141 — — — 244590 1.07
3/4 14 2,500 80 CIR-5142 — — — 244603 1.07
A-123
Components
C-DD
Deep Drawn
Cartridge Heater
• Seamless Sheath - No Welded
End Disk
• 304 or 316 Stainless Steel

Sheath
• Electropolished (Option)
• Diameters Available:
1/8", 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", 3/4"
(.3175, .635, .9525, 1.27, 1.5875,
1.905 cm)
Advantages Construction
• Lengths Up to 10" (25.4 cm).
See Chart Deep drawing is a sheet metal process C-DD uses the same robust construction
where a sheet metal blank is radially formed as our standard high watt density cartridge
• High Watt Densities Available into a forming die with a punch. Traditional heater. This model is typically supplied with
cartridge heaters use "as welded" or "drawn a bushing or flange for immersion applica-
over mandril" tube construction, using strip tions, but can also be supplied with any of the
that is formed into a tube and welded. Deep standard "CIR" configuration and seal options.
drawing eliminates any weld seams that are Sheath material is available in either 304 or
typical on traditional cartridge heaters. Deep 316 stainless steel. The units can be passiv-
drawing also eliminates the need for a welded ated or electropolished for additional corro-
end disk which if improperly manufactured sion resistance.
can cause the ingress of moisture into the
element. This product is ideal for use in critical
applications and anywhere risk mitigation is a Diameter Maximum Maximum
concern. In. (cm) Length In. (cm) Voltage
1/8 (.3175) 2.5 (6.35) 240
Applications 1/4 (.635) 3.75 (9.525) 240
3/8 (.9525) 5 (12.7) 480
Medical: 1/2 (1.27) 7.5 (19.05) 480
• Dialysis 5/8 (1.5875) 8 (20.32) 480
• Nebulizers 3/4 (1.905) 10 (25.4) 480
• Hydrotherapy
• Pathology Analysis
Analytical:
• Chromatographs
• Water Baths
• Cleaners/Washers
Transportation:
• Potable Water Heaters
• Galley Equipment
A-124
Components
C-HD
CARTRIDGE
Heavy Duty
Dimensions
Cartridge Heater #8-32 Thd.
• 1 and 1-19/64" Dia.
• 140 - 1,780 Watts

A
• 120 and 240 Volt All Dimensions in Inches
• 11 - 50 W/In2 Specifications and Ordering Information

• Brass Sheath Dimensions (In.) 120V 240V
Wt.
• Two Bolt Terminals, One End Dia. Sheath Length Watts W/In Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
2
1 3-3/8 300 35 C-703 S 137920 S 137939 0.31

1 4-7/8 375 28 C-704 — — S 137955 0.5
• Up to 600°F Max. Working Temp. 1 6-3/8 600 33 C-705 NS 137963 S 137971 0.63
1 7-7/8 500 22 C-706 NS 137980 — — 0.75
1 9-3/8 700 26 C-707 NS 138000 S 138018 0.75
1 10-7/8 750 23 C-708 — — NS 138034 1
1 12-3/8 800 22 C-709 — — S 138050 1.13
Applications 1 18-3/8 1,250 23 C-713 — — S 138077 1.75
1 3-1/8 165 21 C-702 NS 137904 NS 137912 0.31
• Aluminum Extraction Dies 1 4-7/8 375 28 C-704 NS 137947 — — 0.5
1 4-7/8 500 28 C-706 — — NS 137998 0.5
• Container Heaters 1 10-7/8 750 23 C-708 NS 138026 — — 1
1 12-3/8 800 22 C-709 NS 138042 — — 1.13
1 18-3/8 1,250 23 C-713 NS 275944 — — 1.75
• Large Platens 1 21 1,300 21 C-714 — — NS 275987 2.1
1 23 1,425 20 C-715 — — NS 275995 2.2
• Molds 1 25 1,375 18 C-716 — — NS 276007 2.25
1-19/64 3-1/2 350 33 C-803 NS 138288 NS 138296 0.5
• Dies 1-19/64 4-7/8 600 37 C-806 S 138325 S 138333 0.75
1-19/64 7-5/8 1,000 37 C-830 NS 138384 NS 138392 1.25
• Stress Relaxing 1-19/64 7-5/8 1,200 44 C-810 NS 138405 S 138413 1.25
1-19/64 10-1/2 1,000 26 C-812 NS 138448 S 138456 1.75
Construction 1-19/64 4-7/8 300 19 C-804 NS 138317 NS 138309 0.75
1-19/64 6-1/4 500 23 C-807 NS 138341 NS 138350 1
1-19/64 7-5/8 500 18 C-808 NS 138368 NS 138376 1.25
Type C-HD is a high quality cartridge heater 1-19/64 9 650 20 C-811 NS 138421 NS 138430 1.5
for medium and low watt density applications. 1-19/64 11-7/8 750 17 C-813 NS 138464 NS 138472 2
1-19/64 14-5/8 1,250 22 C-815 NS 138480 NS 138499 2.25
Available in 15/16, 1 and 1-19/64" diameter, 1-19/64 16 1,300 21 C-816 NS 138501 NS 138510 2.75
1-19/64 17-1/2 1,400 20 C-817 — — NS 277085 3
sheath lengths up to approximately 2 feet. 1-19/64 20-1/4 1,625 20 C-819 — — NS 277093 3.5
1-19/64 24-1/2 1,780 18 C-822 — — NS 277106 3.75

A-125
Components
MaxiZone
High Temperature
Insertion Heaters
• Working Temperatures from
1500˚F to 1800˚F (815˚C to
982˚C)
• Inconel® 600 Sheath High Temperature Resistance Wire
• Exact, Uniform Temperatures

with 2 or 3 Independently
Controllable Zones
• Radiant Heat Transfer Allows

Undersized Heaters for Easy Zone 1
Zone 2 Zone 3
INCONEL® 600
Removal and Replacement High Purity Sheath Material
Magnesium Oxide
• Special Bending Capabilities Insulation
• Standard Diameter 0.495” Specifications

(12.5 mm), 0.685 (17.4 mm) and Working Temperature.................. 1,500˚ - 1,800˚F
0.935” (23.75 mm) with Lengths (815˚-982˚C). (815˚-982˚C)
of 18 Inches (457 mm) to 15 Avail. Diameters..............................495 ± .005 in.
Feet (4572 mm) (12.5 ± .127mm) (Single Zone Only)
.685 ± .005 in. (17.4 ± .127mm)
• Quick Disconnect Plug and .935 ± .005 in. (23.75 ± .127mm)
Jack Other Diameters available. Consult Factory.
MaxiZone Plug for 2 or 3
Lengths...... 18 in-15 ft. (457.2 -4,572 mm) ±3%
zone application.*
Heated Length
Tolerance....................................Consult Factory
Description Sheath Material............................INCONEL® 600
Resistance Tolerance....................... +10% / -5%
The MaxiZone® High Temperature insertion Wattage Tolerance............................ +5% / -10%
heaters produce continuous sheath tempera- Power............................................30 to 50 W/in2
tures to 1,800°F (982°C). They are designed Voltage.........................................110 to 480 Vac
to achieve precise, uniform temperatures with
two or three independently controlled heating MaxiZone Quick Disconnect Plug
zones along the length of the sheath. Radiant No. of Max. Max.
heat transfer enablees MaxiZone heaters to be Part # Zones Wires Voltage Amps
smaller than the openings in which they are to PCW-7183-1 2 4 250 15A/Zone
be placed for easy insertion and removal. Two to Six separate metal sheathed elements are
PCW-6570P 3 6 250 15A/Zone
arranged and swaged in place in an INCONEL® 600
Outside Sheath *Other plugs are available for single zone applications.
Applications:
Heater Platen Minimum Heated Minimum Maximum
• Zone control in high temperature platens Diameter Hole Size Length Per Zone Heated Length Heated Length
• Titanium or carbon fiber hot forming .563 or .625”
.495” (12.5 mm)  — 8” (203.2 mm) 170” (4318 mm)
process (super plastic) (14.3 or 15.9 mm)
 .75 or .875
• Aerospace, aircraft manufacturing .685” (17.4 mm) 8” (203.2 mm)  8” (203.2 mm) 172” (4369 mm)
(19.05 or 22 mm)
• Metal die casting  1 or 1.25”
.935” (23.75 mm) 8” (203.2 mm)  8” (203.2 mm) 165” (4191 mm)
• Super heated gas (25.4 or 31.75 mm)
*.495 diameter available in single zone only
• Fluidized beds catalytic reaction ** Overtemperature thermocouple option for .685 and .935 diameters only
A-126
Components
MaxiZone
CARTRIDGE
High Temperature
Insertion Heaters (cont’d.)
Bend Heater P R Q* S Min Cold Section

Type Diameter (Std. Min.) (Std. Min.) (Std. Min.) (Std. Min.) at Terminal End**
Type 1 0.495 in. (12.5 mm) --- --- 2 in. (50.8 mm) --- Equal to Q
Straight 0.685 in. (17.4 mm) --- --- 2 in. (50.8 mm) --- Equal to Q
(No Bend) 0.935 in. (23.75 mm) --- --- 2 in. (50.8 mm) --- Equal to Q
0.495 in. (12.5 mm) 4 in. (101.6 mm) 1.125 in. (28.5 mm) 1 in. (25.4 mm) --- 6 in. (152.4 mm)
Type 2
0.685 in. (17.4 mm) 4 in. (101.6 mm) 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) 1 in. (25.4 mm) --- 6.5 in. (165.1 mm)
45˚
0.495 in. (12.5 mm) 4 in. (101.6 mm) 1.125 in.(28.5 mm) 1 in. (25.4 mm) --- 7.25 in. (184.15 mm)
Type 3
0.685 in. (17.4 mm) 4 in. (101.6 mm) 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) 1 in. (25.4 mm) --- 8 in. (203.2 mm)
90˚
0.495 in. (12.5 mm) 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) 1.125 in.(28.5 mm) 1 in. (25.4 mm) 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) 8.5 in. (215.9 mm)
Type 4
0.685 in. (17.4 mm) 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) 1 in. (25.4 mm) 3 in. (76.2 mm) 10.25 in. (260.35 mm)
Crank
0.935 in. (23.75 mm) 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) 1 in. (25.4 mm) 4 in. (101.6 mm) 12 in. (304.8 mm)
Bending Options Transition Adaptors B
B
Type 1
Q Straight (no Bend) Type L Leads A
1, 2 or 3 Zone Type Y
10/32 terminals with Ceramic
Adaptor–Single Zone
at MaxiZone MaxiZone
He Q
No Diameter A B Diameter A B
P
.495" (23.75 mm) 1-3/8" 1-1/2" .495" (23.75 mm) 1-1/4" 1-1/4"
R Type 2
45˚ Bend .685" (17.4 mm) 1-3/8" 1-1/2" .685" (17.4 mm) 1-1/4" 1-1/4"
.935" (23.75 mm) 1-3/8" 1-1/2" .935" (23.75 mm) 1-5/8" 1-5/8"
at
He Q
No Ordering Information
Complete the model number using the matrix provided.
P R
Type 3 Model
90˚ Bend
MZ MaxiZone High Temperature Insertion Heater 1
at
Code Diameter 2
He Q
No 50 0.495
R 60 0.685
P R Type 4 90 0.935
Crank Bend
S Code Length
Multiple Digit Length Code:
XXA
“XX” refers to length in inches (whole number value)
“A” refers to decimal equivalent portion of remaining length
(example: 331 = 33.125 inches)
Code Serial Number
0000 Assigned at Factory
MZ 90 XXA 0000 Typical Model Number

1
MaxiZone® heaters are design-specific products based on application. Consult factory.
2
Other diameters available. Contact factory.
A-127
Components
SST & QST SST Split Sheath Insertion Heater
Split Sheath Fig. 001

Insertion Heaters
• 3/8 - 1 Inch Diameter
Fig. 20C QST Quad Sheath Insertion Heater
• 5 - 60 Inch Lengths (SST)
• 5 - 36 Inch Lengths (QST)
• Sheath Temperatures up to
1600°F (871°C)
Terminations
Applications Flexible Leads – SST & QST are available

with flexible lead wires machine connected
• Platens to the terminal pins, for temperatures to
850˚F(450˚C). 12” length is standard. Specify
• Presses longer length.
• Dies Unenergized SST Energized SST
Screw Terminals – SST and QST are available
• Molds with standard 8/32 x 1” welded nickel plated
steel studs. Easy terminal connections are
made using lugs, leads or bus bar. Stainless
steel, and other thread sizes or lengths are
Description
available. Consult Chromalox.
The SST and QST Split Sheath Insertion Heat-
ers are designed especially for platen, die or
mold heating applications where the holes are Unenergized QST Energized QST
poorly drilled or worn through age. Indepen-
dent expansion of each section of the SST and
QST when energized, creates intimate contact Tolerances and Limitations
with the wall of the hole
Nominal Sheath Diameter 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 11/16” 3/4” 1”
• Split Sheath design Actual Sheath Diameter (±.003) .370” .495” .620” .682” .745” .995”
• Improved conductive heater Minimum Sheath Length 5” 5” 5” 5” 5” 5”
Maximum Sheath Length – SST 60” 60” 60” 60” 60” 60”
• Easily inserted and removed from long holes Maximum Sheath Length – QST N/A 36” 36” 36” 36” N/A
Minimum Ohms/inch of EHL* SST .278 .308 .296 .296 .350 .350
• Incoloy® Sheath for long life at extreme
temperatures QST – .593 .593 .593 .593 –
Maximum Ohms/inch of EHL* SST 11 21 21 21 26 26
• Compacted to maximum density for excel- QST – 38 38 38 38 –
lent element to sheath heat transfer and Maximum Standard Voltage 240 240 240 480 480 480
dielectric strength Maximum Amperage SST 15 30 40 40 40 40
QST – 30 30 30 30 –
Wattage +5% – 10%
Resistance +10% – 5%
Sheath Length ±3% up to 20”, ±2% over 20”
*EHL: Effective Heat Length
A-128
Components
SST & QST Fig. 04C
CARTRIDGE
Fig. 10C
Split Sheath Insertion
Heaters (cont’d.)
Fig. 13C
Fig. 04C Stainless Steel Armor Cable
Lead Protection
Armor Cable is the best protection against
abrasion or other damage to lead wires. A Fig. 17C
straight transition adapter with 12” stainless
steel armor cable and 14” lead wires is stan-
Fig. 15C
dard. Specify longer length.
Fig. 15C Right Angle Stainless Steel

Armor Cable Lead Protection
Figure 15C Shows an SST Insertion Heater
with right angle stainless steel armor cable
protect leads. Figure DS is for use where
spacing is limited and for wiring convenience.
12” cable and 14” overall lengths are standard.
Specify longer length.
Fig. 13C Flexible Stainless Steel Ordering Information

To Order — Complete the Model Number using the Matrix provided.
Braided Leads
Figure 13C flexible stainless steel braid
Model
protects leads from sharp edges. The braided
sleeving is virtually as flexible as non-pro- SST Single Split-Sheath Cartridge Heater
tected leads. 12” stainless steel braid with 14” QST Quad Split-Sheath Cartridge Heater
leads are standard. Specify longer length. Code Nominal Sheath Diameter
38 3/8” (QST not available)
Fig. 17C Right Angle Flexible 50 1/2”
Stainless Steel Braided Leads 62 5/8”
Figure 17C right angle flexible stainless steel 68 11/16”
braid protects lead wires from abrasion and 75 3/4”
are full length flexible at right angle orienta- 10 1”
tion for installations with limited spacing. Code Insertion Length (inches of shaft)
12” stainless steel braid with 14” leads are nnn Enter desired shaft insertion length
standard. Specify longer length. Code Voltage
1 120 Vac 4 480 Vac
Fig. 10C Mounting Flange 2 240 Vac 5 Other (Consult Factory)
Figure 10Cw is a stop washer or mount- 3 380 Vac
ing flange. Specify distance from lead end, Code Wattage
outside diameter and mounting hole centers, XXXX
if required. Code Termination Option
001 12” Leadwire
Adaptor Dimensions 10C Mounting flange/stop washer
15C Right angle fitting with flexible stainless
SST or QST* Figures Cable steel armor cable (transition 1-1/2” in length)
Diameter 04C, 15C, 13C & 17C O.D.* 04C Straight Flexible Stainless Steel Armor Cable
3/8” 5/8” x 1-1/2” Fitting (transition 1-1/2” in length)
1/2” 5/8” x 1-1/2” 17C Right angle fitting with stainless steel braided
5/8” 3/4” x 1-1/2” lead protection (transition 1-1/2” in length)
15/32
11/16” 3/4” x 1-1/2” 13C Straight flexible stainless steel braided
3/4” 7/8” x 1-1/2” lead protection (transition 1-1/2” in length)
1” 1-1/8” x 1-1/2” 20C Threaded post terminal connection

* QST (QUAD) N/A in 3/8” Diameter
** Not applicable to Fig. 13C or Fig. 17C
SST 30 015 1 1000 15C Typical Model Number
A-129
Components
SCB 120V Only
Edison Screw Base

Space Heater Dimensions 120V Only
4-3/4
• Edison Screw Base
• 50 - 200 Watts
1-3/8
• 120 and 240 Volt
• Brass Sheath 3
Applications 120V 240V Wt.
Watts Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Edison Screw Base installs in standard porce-
50 SCB-50 S 253809 — — 0.6
lain lamp socket for simple installation.
75 SCB-75 S 253817 S 253825 0.6
Prevent moisture accumulation, mildew and 100 SCB-100 S 253833 S 253841 0.6
freezing in clothes lockers, fire extinguisher 150 SCB-150 S 253850 S 253868 0.6
cabinets and control boxes. Also used in resis- 200 SCB-200 S 256410 S 273560 0.6
tor banks. Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
Dimensions
Cartridge Accessory
Sleeve Adapter Sleeving Sized to Fit
for Good Heat Transfer
3/8" Dia. Cartridge heaters can be sleeved to

fit 1/2 and 5/8" diameter holes, allowing one
diameter to fit most applications.
3/8 or 3/4" Dia.
Cartridge Heater
3/4" I.D. Sleeves permit installation of type
CIR high watt density heaters in 1-1/4" diam-
eter holes to replace old style large diameter All Dimensions in Inches
heaters. Dimensions
Makes Removal of heaters easier. No more I.D. + .000
- .005
drilling, hammering, etc. L
Made of Steel, these pressed powder metal

sleeves have been designed and fully tested
to assure proper transfer of heat from the
O.D. + .000
cartridge heater to the work. - .005
800°F Maximum Work Temperature. For

higher work temperatures, contact your Local All Dimensions in Inches
Chromalox Sales office.

Dimensions (In.)
I.D. O.D. Length Model Stock PCN
3/8 0.498 1 264-055320-001 S 289756
3/8 0.622 1 264-055320-003 S 289764
3/4 1.25 1 264-055320-011 S 289801
A-130
Components
CTRH
CARTRIDGE
Heavy Duty
Cartridge Heater
• 0.553 and 0.66" Dia. Dimensions

• 1,670 - 5,130 Watts
A
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt
• 50 and 55 W/In2
1-1/8
• 304 Stainless Steel Sheath
Applications Construction
• Forming Type CTRH is an extra high-quality cartridge
heater.
• Stress Relieving Metal Parts
Available in 0.553 and 0.663" diameter,
• Dies
sheath lengths up to 4-1/2 feet.
• Platens
50 - 55 W/In2 to heat materials up to 800°F.

Dimensions (In.) 120V 208V 240V 480V
Wt.
Diameter Sheath Length Watts W/In2 Model Stock PCN Stock PCN Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
0.553 20 1,670 55 CTRH-520 NS 276517 — — — — — — 1.3
0.553 24 2,475 55 CTRH-524 NS 276525 NS 276533 NS 276541 — — 1.5
0.553 28 2,440 55 CTRH-528 NS 276550 NS 276568 NS 276576 — — 1.8
0.553 32 2,820 55 CTRH-532 NS 276584 NS 276592 NS 276605 — — 2
0.553 36 3,200 55 CTRH-536 — — NS 276613 NS 276621 — — 2.3
0.553 40 3,580 55 CTRH-540 — — NS 276630 NS 276648 — — 2.5
0.553 44 3,970 55 CTRH-544 — — NS 276656 NS 276664 — — 2.8
0.553 48 4,350 55 CTRH-548 — — NS 276672 NS 276680 NS 276699 3
0.553 52 4,730 55 CTRH-552 — — NS 276701 NS 276710 NS 276728 3.3
0.66 20 1,810 50 CTRH-620 NS 276736 — — — — — — 1.6
0.66 24 2,475 50 CTRH-624 NS 276744 NS 276752 NS 276760 — — 1.8
0.66 28 2,640 50 CTRH-628 NS 276779 NS 276787 NS 276795 — — 2.1
0.66 32 3,060 50 CTRH-632 NS 276808 NS 276816 NS 276824 — — 2.4
0.66 36 3,470 50 CTRH-636 — — NS 276832 NS 276840 — — 2.7
0.66 40 3,880 50 CTRH-640 — — NS 276859 NS 276867 — — 3
0.66 44 4,300 50 CTRH-644 — — NS 276875 NS 276883 NS 276891 3.3
0.66 48 4,610 50 CTRH-648 — — NS 276904 NS 276912 NS 276920 3.6
0.66 52 5,130 50 CTRH-652 — — NS 276939 NS 276947 NS 276955 3.9
A-131
Components
CBH
Electric Stud
Heater
• 1,150 - 8,000 Watts Dimensions
• 120 and 240 Volt E

A
B D
2
• 18 - 60" Lengths
4" Octagon Box All Dimensions in Inches

3/4" K.O.
• Large Compressors Type CBH is constructed of rugged tubular
element with a metal sleeve.
• Presses
Accurate Diameter provides proper clearance
• Turbines
into standard drill hole sizes.
• Die Blocks
Large Bolts or Studs may be expanded and
• Cylinders tightened with a wrench providing “shrink fit
tightness” when cool.
• Engine Heads
CBH Heaters are generally used in sets to
• Pressure Vessels permit uniform tightening of mating parts.

Cold End
Insert Lgth. Htd. Lgth. Htr. Dia. Max. Stud Wt.
Dia. A B C D E Hole Dia. Watts Model Stock PCN Stock PCN (Lbs.)
0.553 18 12 0.533 1-1/8 6-7/8 0.616 1,150 CBH-1815 S 258538 — — 5
0.553 24 18 0.533 1-1/8 6-7/8 0.616 1,500 CBH-2415 S 258554 — — 5
0.553 30 24 0.553 1-1/8 6-7/8 0.616 2,250 CBH-3025 NS 258626 S 258634 5
0.553 36 30 0.553 1-1/8 6-7/8 0.616 2,600 CBH-3625 NS 258706 NS 258714 5
0.660 18 12 0.66 1-1/8 6-7/8 0.735 1,200 CBH-1816 S 258546 — — 6
0.660 24 18 0.66 1-1/8 6-7/8 0.735 1,700 CBH-2416 NS 258562 — — 6
0.660 30 24 0.66 1-1/8 6-7/8 0.735 2,300 CBH-3026 NS 258642 — — 6
0.660 36 30 0.66 1-1/8 6-7/8 0.735 2,800 CBH-3626 NS 258722 — — 6
0.730 18 12 0.73 1-1/4 6-3/4 0.86 1,700 CBH-1827 S 259266 — — 5
0.730 24 18 0.73 1-1/4 6-3/4 0.86 2,500 CBH-2427 NS 259274 — — 5
0.730 36 30 0.73 1-1/4 6-3/4 0.86 4,200 CBH-3647 NS 259303 S 259311 6
0.730 48 42 0.73 1-1/4 6-3/4 0.86 6,000 CBH-4867 — — NS 259320 6
0.730 60 54 0.73 1-1/4 6-3/4 0.86 7,500 CBH-6177 — — NS 259346 7
0.855 24 18 0.855 1-1/4 6-3/4 0.985 2,700 CBH-2438 — — S 258589 7
0.855 30 24 0.855 1-1/4 6-3/4 0.985 3,600 CBH-3048 NS 258669 — — 8
0.855 42 36 0.855 1-1/4 6-3/4 0.985 5,300 CBH-4258 NS — S 258773 8
0.855 48 42 0.855 1-1/4 6-3/4 0.985 6,500 CBH-4868 — — NS 258810 9
0.980 42 36 0.98 1-1/4 6-3/4 1.11 6,000 CBH-4269 — — NS 258790 9
0.980 54 48 0.98 1-1/4 6-3/4 1.11 8,000 CBH-6189 — — NS 258861 9
Note — Chromalox can supply other sizes and ratings. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
A-132
Components
Flexible Heater
FLEXIBLE
Products
Overview
• Flexible Heaters, Insulation
Blankets, Insulation Covers
• Two Different Element Types:

Wire Wound or Etched Foil
• Silicone Rubber Standard and

Stock Products
• Kapton® Heaters Description • Thin profile depending on choice of con-

struction and insulation barrier.
• Drum Heaters Flexible Heaters and Thermal Insulation
Products are flexible in design and application • Distributed wattage multiple circuits and
to fit your specific needs. Chromalox provides designs are available.
• Tank Heaters
dedicated engineering support to customize • Complete system development available
our Flexible heaters per your requirements.
• Enclosure and General Purpose which includes heater, sensor and tempera-
Most size, shape or contour can be used to
Air Heaters ture controller.
apply direct and efficient heat without sacrific-
ing dependability. Applications
• Flexible and Molded Thermal
Insulation Products Various insulating materials are available to Flexible/Molded Products are suited for ap-
suit your application environment. Tem- plication environments in a wide-range of
• Up to 600 Volt perature controlling devices can be molded industries:
directly to the elements to provide precise
• Extensive Stock Program system operation. Power requirements can • Medical
be minimized and heat-up time optimized by
applying heat directly to the part. Cool-down • Semiconductor
time is shortened and distributed wattages or • Power Systems/Motors
multiple heater circuit designs are possible
with Chromalox flexible heating elements. • Communications
Features • Food Service

• Laminating/Forming
• Flexible Heaters can be made to meet electri-
cal and contour specifications. • Chromatography
• Holes and Slots can be incorporated for • Printing/Copying
positioning on complex surfaces,
• Vending
• Fast heat-up and cooling with accurate
temperature control is possible. • Transportation & Aerospace
• Wide choice of electrical terminations • Manufacturing

including solderless connectors, terminals, • Military
stranded wire leads, cords and plugs.
• Tank/Vessel Heating
A-133
Components
Flexible Heaters
Technical & Pressure Sensitive Adhesive (PSA) — Sili-
cone, Silicone/Acrylic, or Acrylic Pressure
Mounting bars provide the greatest strength
and longevity because they are thin strips of
Application Data Sensitive Adhesive tape can be factory bonded
to your heating element to provide a strong
aluminum vulcanized between layers of rubber
insulation.
bond to any clean, smooth surface. Chromalox
Construction uses a specially manufactured silicone based Eyelets, Mounting Bars & Hooks
Type SL Silicone Rubber heating elements are PSA that allows for our silicone rubber heat-
wire or etched foil heating circuits positioned ers to be even mounted on curved surfaces.
between plies of Silicone Rubber insulat- Simply peel away the protective backing and
ing material which provides flexibility and roll the heaters into place.
strength. They are capable of flexing and will
conform to contoured surfaces. They can Pressure Sensitive Adhesive (PSA)
also be pre-formed to complex shapes and
can be supplied with distributed wattages and Silicone or Nylon Straps can be used with
multiple heating circuits. D-Rings to provide a simple method of mount-
ing; just slip the straps through and cinch
Type IBG insulation blankets and insula- tight. The straps are vulcanized directly to the
tion covers provide prefabricated removable heaters to provide durability and strength for
insulation for your systems. Blankets are repeated attachments.
made of 1" thick Fiberglas® insulation encased
between cured silicone rubber Fiberglas® Field Applied RTV Adhesives — Room Velcro® can be used for lightweight and low
cloth. Insulation covers are made by attaching temperature vulcanizing (RTV) adhesives can temperature heater applications and on insula-
either silicone or neoprene foam rubber to a be used to mount heaters up to 5 W/In2. Your tion blankets. The Velcro® is generally sewn
made-to-specification aluminum shell. Foam local Dow Corning or GE RTV representative onto silicone rubber straps to provide greater
insulation is available in thicknesses of 1/8" to can recommend different adhesives based on strength and durability.
1" thick. your application.
Straps
Mounting Methods Field Applied RTV Adhesives
Chromalox provides the best and most
economical mounting method for your
application. Working with your Chromalox
Representative to specially design your Flex-
ible Heater product will ensure long life, ease
of use, and the lowest cost possible for your
heated solution. Springs or Spring Clasps can be used for
Factory Vulcanized — Chromalox can fac- quick on/off attachment of the heaters. Mount-
tory vulcanize your Silicone Rubber heating ing bars or plates are vulcanized into the
element directly onto your part. This provides heaters for greater strength and serviceability.
the greatest bond strength and best heat Note — The exact circumference of the part to
transfer capability of all mounting methods. be heated is required when using springs or
Chromalox can either vulcanize to your part or spring clasps.
manufacture the part in-house; providing you
with unsurpassed value-added work. In some Pre-formed Clasps
cases, special tooling may be required.
Factory Vulcanized
Preforming — Flexible heaters can be pre-

formed to exactly fit your part. Note — Special
tooling may be required to preform the heaters
Eyelets, Mounting Bars and Hooks can be to meet your specifications.
attached or bonded into the heaters to allow
for easy lacing of the heaters to the work. Insulation Covers can be strapped into place
or fitted with springs or spring clasps.
A-134
Components
Flexible Heaters
FLEXIBLE
Technical &
Application Data (cont’d.)
Temperature Controls Thermocouples, RTDs, Thermal Fuses or Silicone Sleeving
Thermistors can also be molded into the
Chromalox provides a wide range of thermo- heating elements to sense either heater
stats, thermocouples, RTDs, thermal fuses temperature or surface temperature of your
and thermistors for controlling your heated part. Thermal Fuses can be mounted for easy
system. All can be mounted to the heater or be replacement once blown.
free standing; sensing either heater surface,
air, or system surface temperature. Sensors Thermocouples, RTDs, Thermal
can be used in conjunction with one another to
Fuses or Thermistors
provide controlling temperature and overtem-
perature protection.
Preset Thermostats — Bi-metal thermostats Armor Braid Sleeving
can be molded into the heating elements for
part surface, heater surface or air temperature
sensing. The thermostats will be mounted
in-line with the elements or have their own
termination based on the amperage require-
ments of the heaters.
Termination Styles
Thermostats are available in 10˚F Increments
up to 300˚F 125V/15A, 250V/10A Chromalox offers many types of leads and
terminal connections for your Flexible Heaters.
Chromalox maintains a stock of various tem- Internal connections to the elements can be
perature settings. Check on availability prior made at any point on the surface of the heater ers either with or without plugs. Internal and
to ordering. Non-stock settings may require or project from any edge. Internal or mounted external strain reliefs are used to ensure cord
additional lead-time. strain reliefs are used in all constructions to attachment strength and durability of the ele-
Preset Thermostats ensure durability of your flexible product. ment. Ground wires, if used, can be mounted
to internal grounding screens, mounting plates
Silicone, Teflon® or Neoprene Insulated or foil backing. All “flying” ground wires are a
Stranded Leads can be encapsulated in the minimum of 6" in length and may have a ring
heaters for direct power connection. Silicone terminal attached for easy field grounding to
rubber insulated leads for temperatures to your part.
390˚F are used as standard for silicone rubber
heaters. Lead wires can come with a choice of
terminals attached. Power Cords
Lead Wires
Adjustable Thermostats are available in the
ranges of 70-140°F, 70-190°F or 70-425˚F.
They are mounted to the heaters and covered
with a durable rubber box. Adjustments can be
made with either a factory provided knob or
with a screw driver. Other temperature ranges
available on request. Thermostats are rated for
1600W maximum.
Adjustable Thermostats Silicone, Fiberglas® Sleeving or Armor

Braiding can be molded over the lead-wires to
provide greater abrasion resistance.
Power Cords can be vulcanized into the heat-
A-135
Components
Flexible Heaters
Capabilities
Chromalox is capable of designing and manu- Foil Backing is also used to improve heat
facturing complete heated systems to meet transfer. More heat is drawn and radiated by
your application. Chromalox has a reputation binding foil to an outer layer of rubber.
for going beyond the basic heater construction
to give you value-added technical service. Insulation of the heater element can be
achieved by factory bonding silicone or
Grounding to meet evolving NEC, Military
foam rubber to the element or by encasing
standards or your application requirements Fiberglas® insulation as the outer layer of the
can be easily managed with Chromalox Flex- heating element. Encasing Fiberglas® is not
ible Heaters. Internal grounding screens, sur- recommended for outdoor application since
face-piercing mounting plates, or foil backing “breathing holes” are used that may allow for
can be incorporated in the heater construction moisture absorption.
to ensure system grounding.
Encased Insulation
Foil Backing
Top Layer of Rubber Insulation
Foil
Rubber Fiberglas® Insulation
Insulation Heater
Heater
Element
Flexible & Molded Heaters — Selection Guidelines

Max. Operation Application
Temperature Environment Product Type Model Application Page
392˚F Most Industrial Silicone Rubber Insulated SL Standard A-137
Indoor/Outdoor SL-N General Purpose A-138
SL-B Enclosure A-139
392˚F Most Indoor/Out- Kapton/Polyimide KPH Equipment/Devices/Instrumentation A-141
door KPM
392˚F Most Industrial Silicon Rubber Insulated SLTH SLDH Tank A-142
Indoor/Outdoor Drum A-144
450˚F Most Industrial Fiberglas Woven PHD & PHDT Heavy Duty Drum A-146
Indoor/Outdoor Silicone Rubber Encased
450˚F Most Industrial Silicone Rubber Insulation Blankets IBG Series Blanket Drum A-147
Indoor/Outdoor Silicone Foam Insulation Coats
A-136
Components
SL
FLEXIBLE
Silicone Rubber Insulated
Flexible Heater
• SL-N General Purpose Heaters
• SL-B Enclosure Heaters
• Flexible in Design and

Application
• UL and CSA Recognized

Components
• Square, Rectangular, Round and Description

Custom Shapes
Chromalox SL Silicone Rubber Insulated Heat- increasing the number of cycles the heater
• Max. size of a single piece: 36" ers provide the greatest flexibility in meeting is going to experience. The same heat-up
Wide x 120" Long your application requirements. Ruggedness, requirements can be met by decreasing watt-
• Can join sections into longer dimensional stability, flexibility, and superior age and increasing actual operation time. In
length weather survivability are all characteristics addition, by decreasing on-off cycles, you will
of reinforced silicone rubber heaters. The be lengthening the life of your element.
• Up to 600 Volt thin profile and direct contact of the heaters
provide fast, efficient heat transfer to your part Ordering Information
• Silicone Rubber Material and require less power than traditional heating
methods. Please refer to the matrix provided on the Flex-
Temp. Range -80°F to 390°F ible Heater Ordering Guidelines page which
Features follows.
• Myriad of Mounting Methods
• Standard Heaters are available or made to Options
• Standard Thickness Ranges order to exact electrical and contour specifi-
from 0.030" to 0.060" Except at cations. • For Mounting Methods, Temperature Control
Lead Pad Which is 0.15" Thick and Termination Options. Consult the Flex-
Depending on Design. • Silicone Rubber can operate from -80°F to ible Heaters section.
392°F
• Grounding of the heating element can be
• Standard Resistance Tolerance • Silicone Rubber Material is UL Recognized easily achieved internally to the element or
is -10% +5%. for watt densities of: externally to your equipment. A wire-mesh
• 5 W/In2 in open air screen can be vulcanized into the heater to
provide a ground plane. Mounting plates, foil
• 10 W/In2 attached with factory backing or flying ground wires are several
supplied PSA options available for external grounding.
• 15 W/In2 vulcanized to metal part.
• Three methods of integral insulation can
• Up to 40 W/In2 possible with proper tem- be provided. The most durable and one of
perature control. greatest thermal insulation is to vulcanize
a layer of silicone foam to the back of the
• Fast heat-up and cool down. heater. Silicone foam is available in thick-
• Wide choice of electrical termination: Solder- nesses of 1/8, 1/4 or 1/2". Finally, Fiberglas®
less connectors and terminals, stranded lead insulation can be encased in silicone rubber
wires, cords and plugs. and serve as the outer two layers of the
heating element. This method is not recom-
• Distributed wattage requirements can be met mended for outdoor use since construction
by design. methods allow for moisture to permeate the
insulation.
Note — With flexible heaters, less wattage
is generally needed due to the direct contact
of the elements to the part. In most cases of
high watt density, you are adding power but
A-137
Components
SL-N
General Purpose Heater
• Standard Pre-Designed Sizes

and Ratings
• Most Models Stocked
• Square, Rectangular and Round

Shapes
• Chemical and Moisture Description

Resistant
Standard Chromalox Silicone Rubber heaters • Standard Thickness Ranges from 0.030" to
• 10" Leads are pre-designed and available in a wide array 0.060" except at Lead Pad which is 0.15"
of sizes and ratings to meet customer needs. Thick Depending on Design.
• Flexible Some models are stocked and can be shipped
within 24 hours from receipt of your order. • Standard Resistance Tolerance is
• Standard 1" Square to 12" W x All standard models incorporate 10" silicone +10%, -5%.
48" L in 120 Volts insulated stranded lead wire. Stocked items
• Silicon Rubber Material Temperature Range
can be modified to include pressure sensitive
-80°F to +390°F
• Custom Designed Models adhesive but, will require additional lead time.
Available
DIM (In.)
Watts Volts Width Length Model Stock PCN
25 120 1 5 SL-N-1-5-O-10-120V-25W S 121515
50 120 1 10 SL-N-1-10-O-10-120V-50W S 121523
100 120 1 20 SL-N-1-20-O-10-120V-100W S 121540
150 120 1 30 SL-N-1-30-O-10-120V-150W S 121566
200 120 1 40 SL-N-1-40-O-10-120V-200W S 121582
400 120 1 80 SL-N-1-80-O-10-120V-400W S 121590
20 120 2 2 SL-N-2-2-O-10-120V-20W S 121611
50 120 2 5 SL-N-2-5-O-10-120V-50W S 121620
100 120 2 10 SL-N-2-10-O-10-120V-100W S 121638
150 120 2 15 SL-N-2-15-O-10-120V-150W S 121646
200 120 2 20 SL-N-2-20-O-10-120V-200W S 121654
200 240 2 20 SL-N-2-20-O-10-240V-200W S 121662
75 120 3 5 SL-N-3-5-O-10-120V-75W S 121726
150 120 3 10 SL-N-3-10-O-10-120V-150W S 121734
225 120 3 15 SL-N-3-15-O-10-120V-225W S 121742
300 120 3 20 SL-N-3-20-O-10-120V-300W S 121769
300 240 3 20 SL-N-3-20-O-10-240V-300W S 121777
375 120 3 25 SL-N-3-25-O-10-120V-375W S 121785
600 120 3 40 SL-N-3-40-O-10-120V-600W S 121814
200 120 4 10 SL-N-4-10-O-10-120V-200W S 121822
250 120 5 10 SL-N-5-10-O-10-120V-250W S 121849
375 120 5 15 SL-N-5-15-O-10-120V-375W S 121857
500 120 5 20 SL-N-5-20-O-10-120V-500W S 121865
450 120 6 15 SL-N-6-15-O-10-120V-450W S 121873
600 120 6 20 SL-N-6-20-O-10-120V-600W S 121881
To Order—Specify model, PCN and quantity.
Note — All supplied with standard 10" leads.
A-138
Components
SL-B
FLEXIBLE
Enclosure & Air Heater
Features
• All Models Stocked • 10" Lead Length is standard Heater
• 25, 50, 100 and 200 Watts • 25, 50, 100 and 200 watt heaters available
with or without integral air temperature
• 120 Volts sensing thermostat.
• All stock heaters operate on 120V. Heaters
• Vulcanized to Mounting Plate for requiring other voltages up to 600V are Plate
Easy Installation available as non-stock items however special Mounting
thermostats with be required. Surface Hole Positioin
• Custom Design and Thermostats • Easy installation. Consult Chromalox with
Available Bracket and Mounting Slots Installation
• Integral or remote air temperature sens- The SL-B enclosure heaters are factory
• Air Temperature Sensing vulcanized to an aluminum mounting plate
ing thermostats ensure heater operation in
Thermostats (40˚F close, 55˚F condensation forming and other air heating that allows for easy installation. The mount-
open) available application conditions. ing surface is perpendicular to the heater and
has two tapped mounting Holes. If using the
Applications heater with the integral thermostat, vertical
Description Freeze or condensation protection in enclo- mounting with the sensor towards the base of
sures containing electronic equipment, such the enclosure is recommended.
Type SL-B Silicone Rubber Insulated Enclo-
sure Heaters and General Purpose Air Heaters as: Temperature Control Panels, Control Valve Model Volts Watts PCN
are used for freeze protection and condensate Housings, ATMs, Traffic Signal Boxes. Also, Enclosure w/In-line Thermostat, (40°F)
General Purpose Air Heating applications. SL-B-2-5-55P 120 25 122622
protection in electrical enclosures. They are
SL-B-2-5-55P 120 50 122606
also installed in equipment to keep mechani-
Specifications SL-B-2-10-55P 120 100 122585
cal components functioning in applications SL-B-4-10-55P 120 200 123297
such as ATM machines and automatic doors. Dimensions (In.)
Enclosure without Thermostat
Shipment can be made within 24 hours from Heated Plate Mounting
Watts Surface Size Surface SL-B-2-5-O 120 25 122614
receipt of order. SL-B-2-5-O 120 50 122593
25 2x5 2.5 x 5 0.5 x 5
SL-B-2-10-O 120 100 122577
50 2x5 2.5 x 5 0.5 x 5
SL-B-4-10-O 120 200 123300
Determining Minimum 100 2 x 10 2.5 x 10 0.5 x 10
Field Installable Thermostat Kit, (40°F)
Recommended Wattage 200 4 x 10 4.5 x 10 0.5 x 10
T-N-55P-Kit — — 122657
F Above
O Total Surface Area (Ft2)
Ambient 2 3 4 5 6 7.5 9 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
Uninsulated Enclosures
20 30 40 55 70 80 100 120 135 205 270 335 405 540 670
40 55 80 110 135 160 200 245 270 405 540 670 805 1,075 1,340
60 90 120 160 205 245 300 365 405 605 805 1,005 1,210 1,610 2,010
80 110 160 215 270 325 400 485 540 805 1,075 1,340 1,610 2,145 2,680
100 135 200 270 335 405 500 605 670 1,005 1,340 1,675 2,010 2,680 3,350
120 165 240 320 405 485 600 725 805 1,210 1,610 2,010 2,415 3,220 4,020
140 190 280 375 470 565 700 845 940 1,410 1,880 2,345 2,815 3,775 4,690
Insulated Enclosures
20 10 10 15 20 20 25 30 35 50 65 80 100 130 160
40 15 20 30 35 40 50 60 65 100 130 160 195 260 320
60 20 30 55 50 60 75 90 100 145 195 240 290 385 480
80 30 40 55 65 80 100 115 130 195 260 320 320 515 640
100 35 50 65 80 100 125 145 160 240 320 400 400 640 800
120 40 60 80 100 115 150 175 195 290 385 480 480 770 960
140 45 70 90 115 135 175 205 225 340 450 560 560 900 1,120
Notes –
1) Unit conversions: A. °F = (°C x1.8) + 32 B. Ft2 = 0.092 x m2
2) Contact Chromalox for enclosures with surface areas larger than 50ft2.
3) In most cases multiple heaters should be used in applications requiring wattages greater than 500 watts. This is especially true for
heaters with in-line thermostats as they can be affected by thermal gradient. Contact Chromalox for more information.
A-139
Components
Flexible Heaters
Ordering Guidelines
Ordering Model Flexible Heating Elements

Information SL-N General Purpose Heater
SL-B Enclosure and Air Heater
To Order —
Complete the Code Special Mounting Features
Model Number N None V Velcro®
using the Matrix A Adhesive (PSA) S Spring
provided. B Vulcanized SC Spring Clasp
F Foil Backing H Hooks
I Insulation C Preformed
E Eyelets/Mounting
Holes
Code Physical Dimensions (In.) 1
xx.xx Smallest Dimensions (for circular shaped heaters use designator “xx” only)
xx.xx Largest Dimensions (for circular shaped heaters, add “OD” to the indicated outside
diameter, i.e., 8.25OD)
Code Control Options
O None
P Preset Thermostat specify temperature (300°F max.)
A Adjustable Thermostat; range 70-140OF, 70-190OF or 70-425OF
J Type J Thermocouple
K Type K Thermocouple
R RTD: specify rating
TF Thermal Fuse: specify high limit
T Thermistor: specify rating
Code
xx Lead Length (In.): 10” Standard
Power Cord Length (Ft.): 6´ Standard

Code
Lead Type4
Silicone Rubber Insulated Leads
T Teflon® Insulated Leads
CGM Power Cord w/o Plug, w/ Mesh Grid
CPGM Power Cord w/ Plug, w/ Mesh Grid
CG Power Cord with Integral Grounding, w/o Plug
CPG Power Cord with Integral Grounding, w/ Plug
Code
Electrical Specifications
V - Voltage
W - Wattage
- Single Phase is Standard
(use “3P” for three phase)
SL- N 5 25 O 10 120V 100W Typical Model Number

SL- AI 25 25 40P/120P 6CPG 480V 400W Typical Model Number
1. Cutouts, notches, etc., must be indicated with accompanying detail drawings to show angle of curvature.
2. If adding abrasion protection, add designator. “F” for silicone rubber coated Fiberglas® Sleeving or “A” for Armor Braiding.
3. Consult your Local Chromalox Sales office for recommended grounding methods.
4. Custom power cords available. Consult factory.
A-140
Components
Kapton®
FLEXIBLE
Heaters
• Etched Foil Elements
Encapsulated on Both Sides
Between Adhesive (Fep or
Acrylic) and a Polyimide Film
Insulation.
• Voltage: 24 V, 28 V, 115 V, 240 V

Standard.
• Watt Density: 2.5 W/in2 (Slow

Warming), 5 W/in2 (General
Purpose Heating), 10W/in2
(Quick Warming and High
Temperature Range).
• -328°F (-200°C) to 392°F (200°C).
• Bend Radius: 0.032"(0.8 mm)

Minimum. Description Advantages
Kapton®, a polyimide material that has high • Thin, lightweight, low out gassing
• Resistance Tolerances: ±10%
dielectric strength, allowing for a very thin • UL: Optional
heater construction. Chromalox uses Kapton® • Bend Radius: 0.032" (0.8 mm) minimum
• Overall Thickness: General
with two types of bonding systems; FEP Tef- • Resistance to most solvents and acids and
0.007 in. (0.18 mm) (except at lon® Thermo-flow polymer 392°F (200°C), and radiation to 10^6 rads
lead exit) Depending on Stack/ Acrylic Thermo-flow 250°F (121°C). Kapton® • Ability to place heat where it is needed, even
Configuration. heaters have superior dimensional stability, controlled heat profiles
light weight, and flexibility. • Thin construction means fast thermal trans-
• Dielectric Strength: 1000 Vac fers which equates to quick heat up
Applications • Very small sizes
• Power Design Features:
Distributed Wattage, Dual Medical: Ordering Information
Voltage, Zoning, 3-Phase • Life support
• Sterilization Please contact your Chromalox representa-
• Sizes Up to 12” x 18” • Blood Analyzer tive for a quotations. In order to better assist
(300 mm x 450 mm) • Sleep Apnea, Dialysis you, please be prepared with the following
information:
Analytical Instruments:
• Diagnostic • Length/Width or Diameter
• DNA • Wattage, Voltage
• Tissue processors • Lead – length and position
• Chromatographs • Operating Temperature
• Sensors
Semiconductor: • Special Features (e.g., cutout)
• Wafer processing baths
• Chucks
Aerospace, Avionics:
• Instrumentation
• Devices
Electronics:
• Photocopiers
• Flat panel displays
• Semicon vacuum
• Computers
A-141
Components
SLTH
Tank Heater
• 120V - 480V
• Maximum 15A
• Silicone Laminate with Stainless

Shroud
• Widths: 6", 12" and 24" Other

Widths, Consult Factory
• Lengths: 12"- 96"
• UL & CSA
The Chromalox silicone laminate tank heater These can be easily installed in areas that do
is constructed of high temperature resistance not require even heat concentration on the
wire laminated between two layers of fiber- vessel. Installation is much quicker than using
glass reinforced silicone rubber. It is protected standard heating cable. They also alow for a
by a thin, flexible, water and chemcial resistant greater concentration of heat in a smaller area.
stainless steel sheath. It is generally used for These are available in custom sizes up to 24" X
heating tanks and vessels. The pad heater is 96" for both metal and plastic vessels.
available in two watt densities. The 0.7 watts
per square inch is for use on plastic tanks
(polypropylene, polyethylene and other heat Applications
sensitive vessels). The 2.0 watts per square
inch is for use on metal vessels. These heat- • Chemical Tanks
ing pads may be used for freeze protection • Any metal or plastic vessel
or process temperature control. An optional • Freeze protection
mounting kit is available for installation. • Process temperature control
Wt.
Watts Volts Width Length Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Metal Vessels
575 120 12" (305mm) 24" (610mm) SLTHM11224072 NS 123318 2
575 240 12" (305mm) 24" (610mm) SLTHM21224072 NS 123326 2
850 120 12" (305mm) 36" (915mm) SLTHM11236072 NS 123334 3
850 240 12" (305mm) 36" (915mm) SLTHM21236072 NS 123342 3
1725 240 24" (610mm) 36" (915mm) SLTHM22436072 NS 123350 4
Plastic Vessels
200 120 12" (305mm) 24" (610mm) SLTHP11224072 NS 123369 2
200 240 12" (305mm) 24" (610mm) SLTHP21224072 NS 123377 2
300 120 12" (305mm) 36" (915mm) SLTHP11236072 NS 123385 3
300 240 12" (305mm) 36" (915mm) SLTHP21236072 NS 123393 3
600 240 24" (610mm) 36" (915mm) SLTHP22436072 NS 123406 4
Mounting Kit S 123414 2
A-142
Components
SLTH
FLEXIBLE
Tank Heater
(cont’d.) L
5.88"
3" 4" W
IDENTIFICATION LABEL
1.50" W/2
2.50"
(2) HEATER LEAD WIRES AND

(1) GROUND LEAD WIRE,
TEFLON INSULATED, 200°C
X
1/2" STRAIGHT STEEL
LIQUIDTIGHT CONNECTOR
STAINLESS STEEL
STAINLESS STEEL SHROUD 2.05" JUNCTION BOX
SILICONE RUBBER HEATER
Model Product Description

SLTH Silicone Rubber Tank Heater
CODE WSI
To Order — M 2.0
Complete the Model Number using the P 0.7
Matrix provided. CODE (Lead Length)
XXX
CODE (Width) (Available widths: 6",12",24")
XXX
CODE (length) (Lengths available from 12" to 96")
XXX
CODE VOLTAGE
1 120V
2 240V
4 480V
SLTH M- 072 12 24 2 Typical Model Number
A-143
Components
SLDH
Silicone Rubber
Insulated Drum Heater
• Stock Products
• For 5, 15, 30 and 55 Gallon Metal

and Non-Metal Drums
• Adjustable Thermostats
• Chemical and Moisture

Resistant
• Rugged and Flexible Description Applications

Silicone Rubber Insulated Drum Heaters are • Freeze Protection
• Easy to Store constructed of silicone rubber reinforced
Fiberglas® cloth laminated around resistance • Melting of Low Melting Point Solids such
• Internally Grounded Standard wire to provide flexible, moisture and chemical as Paraffin, Resins and Chocolate
resistant heat. Drum heaters can withstand • Viscosity Control of Fluids such as Paint,
flexing without fear of premature failure. Stock Syrups and Honey
drum heaters are shipped within 24 hours of
receipt of your order. • Maintenance of Materials for Roofing,
Chimney and Vent Pipe Work
Features
Installation
• Low watt density electrical resistance heat.
The SLDH heats the contents of the drum by
• All stock 120V products come with a 6 foot convection. Heating will occur from the point
power cord and three-prong plug. 240V where the heater is installed to the top of the
heaters do not include a plug. drum. If the entire drum is to be heated, the
• Optional built-in adjustable thermostat, SLDH should be installed as near to the bot-
70 - 425˚F for steel drums or 70 - 140˚F for tom of the drum as possible. If only part of
plastic drums. the material is to be heated, the drum heater
should be installed around the center or top
• All models come with a heavy-duty spring section of the drum. This will provide a faster
assembly for attachment to your drum. heat-up and save energy. However, care must
be given to ensure that the material level in
• Complete, ready to install and use as re- the drum never falls below the location of the
ceived. heater.
• All grounded models feature a wire-mesh
screen for ground-fault protection. Should Girth Extension Straps
the heater surface be punctured or damaged
in any way, the grounding grid will provide
electrical protection.
• Girth extension straps are available from
stock so you can use Chromalox heavy duty
SLDH on non-standard size drums. They can
also be used to adapt stock heaters to larger
drums or other cylindrical containers similar
Note: in size. They will permit extending the length
of the heater to fit sizes 1/2 - 10" larger in
Not for heating flammable materials or for use circumference. One strap is required per
in hazardous areas. heater.
A-144
Components
SLDH 1000 watt, 55 Gallon Drum Heater Performance
FLEXIBLE
Silicone Rubber (Covered Drum Filled with Water at 70˚F ambient)
Insulated Drum Heater 210

200
3 DRUM HEATERS
(cont’d.) 190
180
170
CONTENT TEMPERATURE
2 DRUM HEATERS
160
150
140
130 1 DRUM HEATER
120
110
100
90
80
Drum Capacity Cross Reference 70
Drum Diameter Diameter Drum
Size (Inches) (Millimeters) Capacity 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
55 gal. 22-1/2 (nom.) 570 210 litres
HOURS
30 gal. 18-1/2 (nom.) 470 115 litres
15 gal. 13-1/2 (nom.) 343 57 litres When a single heater is used, place the heater at the bottom of the drum to minimize
5 gal. 11-1/2 (nom.) 290 20 litres stratification.

Drum Drum Adjustable Model Number Model Number Heater Stock Weight
Size Type Thermostat Watts 120 Volts PCN 240 Volts PCN Width (In.) Status (Lbs.)
5 Gallon Metal 70 to 425˚F 550 SLDH-05-A-6CPGM-1-55 123123 - - 4 S 1.4
15 Gallon Metal 70 to 425˚F 500 SLDH-15-A-6CPGM-1-50 123131 SLDH-15-A-6CGM-2-50 123211 3 S 1.412
15 Gallon Metal 70 to 425˚F 700 SLDH-15-A-6CPGM-1-70 123140 - 4 S 1.6
30 Gallon Metal 70 to 425˚F 1000 SLDH-30-A-6CPGM-1-100 123166 - - 4 S 2
5 Gallon Plastic 70 to 140˚F 300 SLDHP-05-A-6CPGM-1-30 123190 - - 9.5 S 3.4
55 Gallon Plastic 70 to 140˚F 750 SLDHP-55-A-6CPGM-1-75 123203 - - 9.5 S 5.1

To Order— Specify model, PCN and quantity.
A-145
Components
PHD & PHDT

Heavy Duty Fiberglas ®
Woven Drum Heaters

• 5, 15, 30 and 55 Gallon
Metal Drums Features Applications
• 4" Width
• Low watt density electrical resistance heat. • Freeze Protection
• Operating Temperatures up to • All 120V units come with a 6 foot power • Melting of Low Melting Point Solids such as
450°F cord and three prong plug. (No plug is Paraffin, Resins and Chocolate
included with 240V heaters.)
• Adjustable Thermostat, • Viscosity Control of Fluids such as Paint,
50 - 425°F Optional • An optional built-in adjustable thermostat, Syrups and Honey
50 - 425°F, is available as a stock option.
• Maintenance of Materials for Roofing,
• 120 or 240 Volt, Single Phase • All models come with springs for attachment Chimney and Vent Pipe Work
to your drum.
• 300 - 1,200 Watts Installation
• Complete, ready to install and use as re-
• Moisture Resistant ceived. The Woven Drum Heaters raise/maintain the
temperature of the contents of the drum by
• All models feature a grounded heating ele-
• Grounded heating element for ment for electrical protection.
convection. Heating will occur from the point
Safe Operation where the heater is installed to the top of the
• Girth extension straps are available from drum. If the entire drum is to be heated, the
stock to use the heaters on non-standard drum heater should be installed as near to the
size drums. They can be used to adapt stock bottom of the drum as possible. If only part of
heaters to larger drums or other cylindrical the material is to be heated, the drum heater
Description should be installed around the center or top
containers similar in size. They will permit
extending the length of the heater to fit sizes section of the drum. This will provide a faster
Type PHD Heavy-Duty Fiberglas® Woven
1/2 - 10" larger in circumference. One step is heat-up and save energy. However, care must
Drum Heaters are constructed of Fiberglas®
required per woven drum heater. be given to ensure that the material level in
insulated resistance wire woven into a mesh
the drum never falls below the location of the
blanket and then encased in layers of silicone
heater.
rubber. Because of their construction, the
Woven Drum Heaters are much stronger and
more durable than the standard silicone. Girth Extension Straps
Rubber Drum Heaters and recommended for
harsh working environments. All versions use
a spring clasp to provide a snug fit around the
drums.

Drum PHD PHDT (50 - 425°F Adjustable Thermostat)
Size Type Volts Watts Model PCN Stock Model PCN Stock
55 gallon Metal 120 1200 PHD-55-1-12 123027 S PHDT-55-1-12 123107 S
— — — — PDES-10 Girth Extension Strap 290132 S PDES-10 Girth Extension Strap 290132 S
To Order — Specify model, PCN and quantity.
A-146
Components
IBG
FLEXIBLE
Flexible Thermal
Drum Insulation Blanket
Description Applications
• Flexible and Easy to Mount Insulating blankets are energy saving blankets • Thermal Protection from Heated Surfaces
that increase heating efficiency and reduce
• Chemical and Moisture operating costs. Bulk Fiberglas® insulation • Thermal Insulation to Minimize Heat Loss
Resistant is covered with silicone glass cloth. Easy • Maximize Effectiveness of Heater
installation is provided with Velcro® fastening
• Operating Temperatures up to device. All blankets are moisture resistant, but Ordering Information
450°F not waterproof.
Please refer to the matrix provided on the
• Designed for Integrated Use Type IBG are stock insulation blankets de- Flexible Heater Ordering Guidelines page
signed to use in conjunction with Chromalox
with Flexible Drum Heaters which follows.
stock drum heaters. They are designed to
only cover the drum heater; providing thermal
protection from the back, heated-surface of
the drum heater. Full coverage thermal insula-
tion blankets are available as made-to-order
items per customer specifications. All stock
products are shipped within 24 hours.

Model Stock PCN Wt. (Lbs.) Stock
IBG-5 S 298070 2 NS
IBG-16 S 299225 2 NS
IBG-30 S 299233 3 S
IBG-55 S 298089 3 S
A-147
Components
Chromalox®
Specification Data Sheet Tubular Heaters
Form PB300-1
Customer Name: Reference No.: Date:
6. Terminal Seal
3. Sheath Material 5. Terminal
2. Sheath Dia.
4. Cold End 1 4. Heated Length 4. Cold End 2
4. Sheath Length
Note — Drawing Is For Illustration Purposes Only
Operating Conditions o V-Seal Plus (392°F/200°C) o G Seal (1100˚F/593˚C)

1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail): o A-Seal (Sheath Limit) o RX-Seal (600˚F/315˚C)
7. BENDING: o None o Catalog Figure No.
(List Dimensions in No. 12 Below)
o Other (Include Sketch and Dimensions)
8. MOUNTING METHOD:
o Will o Will Not Accept Chromalox Closest Standard
2. HEATED MEDIUM (Specify): o Gas o Bulkhead Fitting's o Mounting Bracket
o Liquid o Solid Material Material
3. MAXIMUM WORK TEMPERATURE:
°F/°C Thread Size Size (In.) by (In.)
4. MAXIMUM SHEATH TEMPERATURE:
°F/°C Thread Length Gauge ga.
5. OPERATING PRESSURE:
psig Location Location
6. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT: o Indoor o Stake o Braze o Weld
o Outdoor o Hazardous Class Div. Group 9. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:
7. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: °F/°C o Chromalox Standards
Heater Specifications (Check All That Apply) o Insulation Resistance to be Minimum Meg.
1. RATING: Volts Watts o Leakage Current to be Maximum mA.
2. ELEMENT DIA. (In.): o 0.200 o 0.246 o 0.315 o Other (Specify)
o 0.375 o 0.430 o 0.475 o 3/8HS o 1/2HS 10. AGENCY APPROVALS:
3. SHEATH MATERIAL: o Copper o Steel o None
o Stainless Steel o INCOLOY ® o UL Component Recognized
o Other (Specify) o CSA Certified
4. LENGTH (In.): o Sheath o Heated 11. OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES:
Cold End 1 Cold End 2
5. TERMINALS: o Double-End o Single-End
o Standard Catalog Type o Other
6. TERMINAL SEALS: o None o Silicone Fluid (500°F/260°C) 12. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL DETAILED INFORMATION,
o Silicone Resin (450°F/232°C) o RTV (450°F/232°C) INCLUDING DETAILED SKETCH WHERE APPROPRIATE.
o Epoxy (250°F/121°C)
o Hermetic (Maximum 1000°F/538°C Sheath Temperature)
o V-Seal (300°F/149°C) o Other (Specify)
A-148
Components
Chromalox®
DATA SHEETS
Specification Data Sheet Strip Heaters
Form PA301
3. Terminal Location
A = S
7. Mounting Taps 4. Strip Material 5. Slots
B = OT
W
C = SE / SN
SNH / NH
D D = TH
B
E = PT / WS
A (Mtg. Holes WS only)
F = ST
Note —Drawing Is For Illustration Purposes Only
Operating Conditions 6. BENDING: in. Radius for Special Lengthwise Bending.

1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail): Terminals: o In o Out
in. Radius for Special Curved Cross Sect. (SE only)
7. MOUNTING TABS: o Yes o No
8. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: o Chromalox Standards
2. HEATED MEDIUM (Specify): o Gas 9. AGENCY APPROVALS:
o Liquid o Solid o None
°F o UL Components Recognized
4. MAXIMUM SHEATH TEMPERATURE: °F o CSA Certified
5. o Clamp-on o Free Air o Forced Air ft/sec. o Other (Specify)
6. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT: o Indoor o Outdoor 10. OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES:
o Hazardous Class o Extra Strong Mounting Tabs
Div. Group o Mounting Holes (WS only): Specify Location and Qty.
7. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: °F
Heater Specifications (Check All That Apply) o Shims
1. RATING: Volts Watts o Terminal Cover: o NEMA 1 oNEMA 4
o Special Wattage Distribution (Specify at Right) o Special Length Terminals: in.
2. DIMENSIONS (In.): Strip Width: W= o Lead Wire Terminals: in.
Strip Length: A = B = D= o Fahnestock Terminals
Width: W = Special Tolerance: o Silver Braze Seams
Note: Non-Catalog Dimensions May Require Setup Charge, o Other (Specify)
Check Factory.
3. TERMINAL LOCATION: See Options Above

(Circle One) A B C D E F
4. STRIP MATERIAL: o Iron oChrome Steel o MONEL® 11. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL DETAILED INFORMATION,

o Stainless Steel INCLUDING DETAILED SKETCH WHERE APPROPRIATE.
5. SLOTS: o Punched for Secondary Insulation
A-149
Components
Chromalox®
Specification Data Sheet Ring and Disc Heaters
Form PA302
HSW / HSN HSP 4. Termination

3. Sheath
Material
B 5. Mounting
Three Heat HSP Half Rivets
Sheath
Single Heat

Operating Conditions 6. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:
1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail): o Chromalox Standards
o Other (Specify)
7. AGENCY APPROVALS:
o None
o UL Component Recognized
2. HEATED MEDIUM (Specify): o Gas o CSA Certified
o Liquid o Solid o Other (Specify)
°F 8. OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES:
°F o Bending; Dish to 15 in. Spherical Radius
5. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT: o Indoor o All Heat Construction (If Tooling Available; Check Factory)
o Outdoor o Hazardous Class o Other (Specify)
Div. Group
Heater Specifications (Check All That Apply)
1. RATING: Volts Watts 9. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL DETAILED INFORMATION, INCLUDING
o Single Heat o Three Heat DETAILED SKETCH WHERE APPROPRIATE.
2. DIAMETER (In.): A B
Note: Non-Catalog Dimensions May Require Setup Charge,
Check Factory.
3. SHEATH MATERIAL: o Iron o Chrome Steel
o Stainless Steel o MONEL®
4. TERMINATION: o Standard Catalog Type, and Size
o Special Length in.
o Lead Wire Terminals in.
5. MOUNTING RIVETS: (Specify Location and Qty.)
A-150
Components
Chromalox®
DATA SHEETS
Specification Data Sheet Band and Nozzle Heaters
Form PM300
Two Piece Band One Piece Band One Piece Nozzle
D
W

Operating Conditions 8. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:
1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail): o Chromalox Standards
o Insulation Resistance to be Min. Meg.
o Leakage Current to be Max. mA.
o Other (Specify)
9. AGENCY APPROVALS:
o None
2. HEATED MEDIUM (Specify): o Gas o UL Component Recognized
o Liquid o Solid o CSA Certified
°F o Other (Specify)
°F 10. THIS HEATER IS A VARIATION OF STANDARD CATALOG HEATER:
5. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT: o Indoor o Yes Model No. = o No
o Outdoor o Hazardous Class 11. OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES:
Div. Group
1. RATING: Volts Watts 12. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL DETAILED INFORMATION,
2. BAND WIDTH: (W) Band Diameter: (D) INCLUDING DETAILED SKETCH WHERE APPROPRIATE.
3. o One Piece o Two Piece
o Tubular HTR. o Strip HTR. o Mica Insulated
4. SPECIAL TERMINATION: Lead Wire
5. TERMINATION COVER:
6. SHEATH MATERIAL (Other than Catalog Standard):
7. SPECIAL HINGE CONSTRUCTION:
A-151
Components
Chromalox®
Specification Data Sheet Mica Band and Nozzle Heaters
Form PM301
Gap
360° 0°
270° 90°
I.D.
CL
Width
180°

Operating Conditions 6. LEAD TYPES:
1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail): Gap: o Fiberglas® (L) o Metal Braid (A)
Opposing Gap: o Fiberglas® (K)
Single Center Exit: o Fiberglas® (Y)
o Metal Braid (C) o Conduit (M) Galvanized S.Stl.
o 3-PH w/Metal Braid
o 3-PH w/Conduit Galvanized S.Stl.
o Ground Wire Single Edge Exit: o Metal Braid (B)
Other: o Europlug (EP) Horiz. Vert. 90°Box
o Quick Disconnect (QD)
2-Prong 3-Prong
7. OPTIONS:
2. HEATED MEDIUM (Specify): o Gas o Stainless Steel Sheath o End Fold
o Liquid o Solid o Special Gap Width (in.)
°F o Terminal Box 2-Term. 3-Term.
4. MAXIMUM WATT DENSITY ALLOWED: o Holes Location ° from gap dia. (in.)
Heater Specifications (Check All That Apply) o Notches (attach drawing) o Right Angle Elbow
1. HEATER DIMENSIONS: 8. THERMOCOUPLE:
I.D. (in.) Width (in.) o Internal Thermocouple Type “J” Type “K”
I.D. (mm) Width (mm) o Thermocouple Bayonet Adapter
2. RATING: Volts Watts 9. ACCESSORIES:
3. CONSTRUCTION: o Ceramic Cover o Cust. Stamped P/N
o One Piece o Two Piece o Partial 10. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:
o Expandable o Hinged Half o Reversible o Chromalox Standards
4. CLAMPING: o Insulation Resistance to be Min. meg.
o Separate Strap o Low Profile Strap o Built-in o Leakage Current to be Max. mA.
o Clamping Flanges o Clamping Pads o Wedgelok o Other (Specify)
5. POST TERMINATIONS: 11. AGENCY APPROVALS:
Type: o Standard (T1) o Tandem (T2) o Parallel (T3) o None o UL Component Recognized
o DV or 3-Terminal o CSA Certified o Other (Specify)
Style: o Standard o Button 12. OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES: (attach detailed information)
A-152
Components
Chromalox®
DATA SHEETS
Specification Data Sheet Ceramic Band Heaters
Form PM302
Gap
360° 0°
270° 90°
I.D.
CL
Width
180°
Operating Conditions 5. TERMINATIONS:
1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail): Post Type: o Tandem (T2) o Parallel (T3)
o Dual Voltage or 3-Terminal
Post Style: o Standard o Button
Other: o Standoff Terminals (SO) 1-PH 2-PH DV
o Europlug (EP)
Horiz. Vert.
6. LEAD TYPES: (Single Center Exit)
o Metal Braid (C) o Conduit (M) Galvanized S. Stl.
o Ground Wire o Rt. Angle Elbow Galv. S. Stl.
o 3-PH w/Metal Braid
o 3-PH w/Conduit Galvanized S. Stl.
2. HEATED MEDIUM (Specify): o Gas 7. OPTIONS:
o Liquid o Solid o Stainless Steel Sheath
°F o Terminal Box 2-Term. 3-Term.
4. MAXIMUM WATT DENSITY ALOWED: o Holes Location ° from gap dia. (in.)
Heater Specifications (Check All That Apply) o Notches/Slots (attach drawing)
1. HEATER DIMENSIONS: 8. ACCESSORIES:
I.D. (in.) Width (in.) o Ceramic Cover o Cust. Stamped P/N
I.D. (mm) Width (mm) 9. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:
2. RATING: Volts Watts o Chromalox Standards
3. CONSTRUCTION: o Insulation Resistance to be Min. meg.
o One Piece o Two Piece o Partial o Leakage Current to be Max. mA.
o Shell Overlap o Liner (Stainless Steel) o Other (Specify)
o Special Insulation 1/2" 3/4"
Thickness 10. AGENCY APPROVALS:
4. CLAMPING: o None o UL Component Recognized
o Bent-up Flange (BF) o Built-in Bracket (BB) o CSA Certified o Other (Specify)
o Latch & Trunnion (LT) 11. OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES: (attach detailed information)
A-153
Components
Chromalox®
Specification Data Sheet Cartridge Heaters
Form PC302-5
Customer Name: Registration No.: o NEW Date:
7. Lead Length
8. Lead Options 4. Sheath Length
9. Lead Protection
2. Dia.
5. Terminal Seal 3. Sheath Material

Operating Conditions 7. LEAD REQUIREMENTS: (Length = inches)
1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail): o MGT 300V (842°F/450°C) o MGT 600V (842°F/450°C)
o FEP 300V (392°F/200°C) o FEP 600V (392°F/200°C)
8. LEAD OPTIONS: (Length = inches)
o 3C o 12C o 14C
2. HEATED MEDIUM (Specify): o Gas o 18C o 19C o 20C (5/8" - 3/4" Dia. Only)
o Liquid o Solid 9. LEAD PROTECTION: (see Catalog for Description)
°F / °C Length (in.): o 4C o 5C o 13C
4. DRILLED HOLE SIZE (IN.):
(If Applicable) o 15C o 16C o 17C
5. MAXIMUM WATT DENSITY ALLOWED: 10. MOUNTING METHOD: (see Catalog for Description)
6. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT: o Indoor o Outdoor o 9CS1 o 9CD1 o Brass o Stn. Steel
o Hazardous Class Div.: Group: o 10C 1
o 11C
7. MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE AT TERMINATION: °F/°C 11. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:
8. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: °F/°C o Chromalox Standards
Heater Specifications (Check All That Apply) o Insulation Resistance to be Min. meg.
1. RATING: Volts Watts o Leakage Current to be Max. mA.
(Caution: 480V 1/2" - 3/4" Dia. Only) o Other (Specify)
2. DIAMETER (IN.): o 1/4" o 3/8" o 1/2" 12. AGENCY APPROVALS:
o 5/8" o 3/4" o 1" o None
o Other (Specify) o UL Component Recognized
3. SHEATH MATERIAL: o INCOLOY ®
o 304 Stainless o CSA Certified
o Other (Specify) o Other (Specify)
4. SHEATH LENGTH (In.): 13. OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES:
5. TERMINAL SEAL: o Air Set(1000°F) Std. o Epoxy(194°F/90°C)
o RTV __(284°F/140°C) __(392°F/200°C) o Teflon®(302°F/150°C)
o 8C Hermetic(1000°F) Max. Sheath o SEOT2(CIR-MR) (374°F/190°C)
6. INTEGRAL THERMOCOUPLE (3/8" - 3/4" Dia. Only): 14. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL DETAILED INFORMATION,
Style: o T1 o T2 o T3 Location: INCLUDING DETAILED SKETCH WHERE APPROPRIATE.
o Type J o Type K
Model Number Reflects J1, J2, J3 or K1, K2, K3 1. Fittings overlap cartridge 1/4"
A-154
Components
Chromalox®
DATA SHEETS
Specification Data Sheet Silicone Laminated Heaters
Form PJ312
8A, 8B, 8F, 8I

8E
(Back of Heater) 10B
11P
8HS
12
9B
9A
10A
11
12
12

Operating Conditions 9. SMALLEST DIMENSION: A. Width: 1/2" min - 32" Maximum
1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail): B. Specify as _________ (in) ID "; use "OO" if None
10. LARGEST DIMENSION: A. Length: 130" Maximum
B. Specify as _________ Diameter (In.)
11. CONTROL OPTIONS:
O - None
P - Preset T-Stat (Specify Desired Temperature):
2. HEATED MEDIUM (Specify): ■ Gas ■ Solid A - Adjustable T-Stat J - Type JT/C
■ Liquid: Specify Container: K - Type K T/C R - 100 RTD
°F T - 100 RTD T - Thermistor
4. MAXIMUM SHEATH TEMPERATURE: °F F - Thermal Fuse (Specify Desired Temperature):
5. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT: ■ Indoor ■ Outdoor (Over 13amps on a 12V heater and 13amps on 240V will be wired separately)
■ Hazardous Class 12. POWER LEADS:
Div. Group Specify Length in Inches (10" Standard)
7. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: °F Specify Type:
Heater Specifications (Check All That Apply) T - Teflon® Insulated C - Power Cord
DETERMINE MODEL NUMBER: CP - Cord and Mold Plug CPG - Grounded Cord and Plug.
Fill In Blanks: SL-____-____-____-____-____-____-____ 13. VOLTAGE (Specify up to 480V Max.):
Select From Price Sheet Matrix 14. WATTAGE (Specify):
8. SPECIAL FEATURES: Design Consideration Guidelines
N - None WATT DENSITIES:
A - PSA Pressure Sensitive Adhesive FOLLOWING REPRESENT MAXIMUM WATTS/IN.2*
B - Bonded to Metal (Provide Details) ■ 5 W/in2 Open Air
C - Preformed to match application ■ 10 W/in2 PSA on Metal Plate
E - Eyelets/Mounting holes ■ Heaters above 10 W/in2 will require special application
F - Foil Backing considerations and will not be warranted.
HS - Hooks & Springs ■ Amperage should not exceed 35 Amps.
I - Insulation (Provide Thickness: 1/16, 1/8, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2) ■ Always include sketch of heater regardless of the simplicity of heater.
SC - Striker & Catch
Y - Nylon Straps
A-155
Components
Notes
A-156
Immersion
Immersion Heaters
Overview
Screw Plug Heaters Flanged Heaters

• Screw Plug Heaters
IMMERSION
HEATERS
• Flanged Heaters
• Over-the-Side Heaters
Immersion heaters are designed for direct

contact heating of water, oils, viscous materi-
als, solvents, process solutions and gases.
Since all heat is generated within the liquid or
process, virtually 100% energy efficiency is
achieved. Various temperature control options
permit very tight process temperature control.
Basic mounting options of threaded screwplug
connections, flanges or simple over-the-side
designs facilitate customer installation. A large
selection of designs is available from stock for
immediate delivery. Products are available for Screw Plug Immersion Heaters consist of hair- Flanged Immersion Heaters consist of hairpin
heating any fluid, from plain water to corrosive pin bent tubular elements brazed or welded bent tubular elements welded or brazed into a
solutions, highly viscous oils, and for many into a screw plug and provided with terminal flange and provided with terminal enclosures
specialized applications such as high pressure enclosures for electrical connections. Screw for electrical connections. Flange heaters
and hazardous areas. Custom engineered plug immersion heaters are screwed directly are installed by bolting to a matching flange
designs are also routinely manufactured by through a threaded opening in a tank wall or welded to the tank wall or nozzle.
Chromalox. into a matching half coupling.
Over-the-Side Immersion Heaters are designed Over-the-Side Heaters

for installing in the top of a tank with the
heated portion directly immersed along the
side or at the bottom. This provides easy re-
moval of the heater and ample working space
inside the tank. These heaters are available
with heating elements made of copper, steel,
stainless steel, lead, cast iron, INCOLOY®,
Titanium, Teflon® coated and quartz.
B-1
Immersion
Screw Plug Immersion Heaters

Overview
Description
Screw Plug Immersion Heaters consist of
hairpin bent tubular elements brazed or
welded into a screw plug and provided with
terminal enclosures for electrical connections.
Screw Plug Immersion Heaters are screwed
directly through a threaded opening in a tank
wall or through a matching pipe coupling or
half coupling. Sizes of screw plug heaters are
available with 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 2 and 2-1/2"
pipe threads. A wide selection of screwplug
sizes, kilowatt ratings, voltages, sheath ma-
terials, terminal enclosures and thermostats
makes these compact heaters ideal for all
types of applications.
Applications
Screw Plug Immersion Heaters are used
for heating liquids and gases in a variety of
processes. These heaters are ideal for process
water heating and freeze protection. All types
of oils and heat transfer solutions can also be
heated using these compact, easily controlled
units. The direct immersion method is energy
efficient and well suited for many applications.
• Hot Water Storage Tanks
• Warming Equipment
• Preheating all Grades of Oil
• Food Processing Equipment
• Cleaning and Rinsing Tanks
• Heat Transfer Systems
• Process Air Equipment
Temperature
Control
• Boiler Equipment
• Freeze Protection of Any Fluid
MT — screwed into tank wall parallel to MTO — used to preheat oil to ensure efficient
bottom for use as a hot water rinse. lubrication for heavy motor.
Temperature
Control
MTO — applied to conveyorized degreasing

operation of many parts at once.
B-2
Immersion

Selecting a Screw Plug Heater Application Factors Typical Applications
The selection of the proper screw plug Heater application is influenced by the follow- See screw plug immersion heater selection
immersion heater requires critical engineering parameters. guide below for your application.
SCREW PLUG
ing judgement. After determining the heat
requirement (see the Technical section of this 1 The heated media, viscosity, specific heat, • Hot Water Storage Tanks
catalog), the proper selection of the screw density and corrosive properties.
plug material, heating element sheath material 2 Contaminants or pH present in the media.
and correct watt density is critical for long • Preheating all Grades of Oil
life of the heater. The following table may be 3 The corrosion resistant properties of
heater sheath material. • Food Processing Equipment
used as a guide to this selection, along with
the Technical Information at the back of this • Cleaning and Rinsing Tanks
4 Watt density of the heating element—the
catalog. Ultimate choice is determined by the
heat output per square inch. • Heat Transfer Systems
knowledge of the process and engineering
acumen of the plant engineer. 5 Screw plug material. • Process Air Equipment
Screw Plug Immersion Heaters — Selection Guidelines
1 2 3 4 5
Alkaline or
Solution or Acid Content Sheath Watt Density Screw Plug
Application Heater Type (Est. % by Volume) Material (W/In2) Material
Water & Very Clean Water pH6 to pH8 Neutral Copper 45 Brass
Mild Solutions Process Water or pH5 to pH9 Stainless Steel1 45 Stainless Steel
Very Weak Solutions 2-3%
Weak Solutions 5-6% INCOLOY® 45 Stainless Steel
Demineralized, — INCOLOY® 45 Stainless Steel
Deionized water Stainless Steel1 Stainless Steel
Corrosive & High Mild Corrosive Solution 5-15% INCOLOY® or 23 Stainless Steel
Viscous Solutions Stainless Steel1
Severe Corrosive 16% INCOLOY®, Stainless 15 Stainless Steel
Solution or more Steel or Titanium
Oil Heating Low Viscosity Oil — Steel 23 Steel
Medium Viscosity Oil — Steel 15 Steel
High Viscosity Oil — Steel 6 Steel
Specialty Small Tanks Stainless Steel1 Brass
Heaters Process Water pH5 to pH9 Stainless Steel1 45 Stainless Steel
Demineralized Water — Stainless Steel 23 Steel
Low Viscosity Oil — INCOLOY® 12 Steel
Pipe Insert Clean Water Copper 60 Brass
Commercial Equipment
1. Passivated stainless steel recommended for water applications.
Note — Liquid level controls are suggested for all immersion heating applications. See Controls section in this catalog.
More Information
is Available Online
on Tank Heating.
Bookmark Your Browser to
www.chromalox.com
and Select Manuals.
B-3
Immersion

Application Element Guidelines
Screw Plug Sheath Screw Plug Heater Integral
Application Size (In.) Material Material Model Thermostat Page
Clean Water 1 Copper Brass ARTM Yes B-7
1 Copper Brass MT No B-8
1-1/4 Copper Brass ARMT-1 No B-9
1-1/4 Copper Brass MT-1 No B-10
2 Copper Brass EMT-3 No B-15
2 Copper Brass ARMT-2 Yes B-11
2 Copper Brass MT-2 No B-13
2 INCOLOY® Brass CH-SD No B-16
2-1/2 Copper Brass ARMT-3 Yes B-17
2-1/2 Copper Brass MT-3 No B-21
Process Water 1 SS SS ARTMS Yes B-23
1 SS SS MTS No B-24
1-1/4 SS SS ARMTS-1 Yes B-25
1-1/4 SS SS MTS-1 No B-26
2 SS SS ARMTS-2 Yes B-27
2 SS SS MTS-2 No B-29
2 SS SS AREMTS-3 Yes B-31
2 SS SS EMTS-3 No B-32
2-1/2 SS SS ARMTS-3 Yes B-34
2-1/2 SS SS MTS-3 No B-36
Solution Water 2 INCOLOY® SS ARMTI-2 Yes B-38
2 INCOLOY® SS MTI-2 No B-40
2 INCOLOY® SS AREMTI-3 Yes B-41
2 INCOLOY® SS EMTI-3 No B-42
2-1/2 INCOLOY® SS ARMTI-3 Yes B-43
2-1/2 INCOLOY® SS MTI-3 No B-45
Corrosive Solutions 2 SS SS AREMTS-3 Yes B-46
2 SS SS EMTS-3 No B-47
2 INCOLOY® SS AREMTI-3 Yes B-48
Severely 2 SS SS AREMTS-3 Yes B-50
Corrosive 2 SS SS EMTS-3 No B-51
Solutions 2 INCOLOY® SS AREMTI-3 Yes B-52
Light Weight Oil 1 Steel Steel ARMTO Yes B-54
1 Steel Steel MTO No B-55
1 Steel Steel ARTMO-1 Yes B-56
1-1/4 Steel Steel MTO-1 No B-57
2 Steel Steel ARMTO-2 Yes B-58
2 Steel Steel MTO-2 No B-60
2 Steel Steel AREMTO-3 Yes B-61
2 Steel Steel EMTO-3 No B-62
2-1/2 Steel Steel ARMTO-3 Yes B-63
Medium Weight Oil 2 Steel Steel ARMTO-2 Yes B-67
Heavy Weight Oil 2 Steel Steel ARMTO-2 Yes B-73
Specialty Heaters — 1/2 INCOLOY® Steel RI No B-79
Water, Oil & 1/2 SS Steel RIO No B-79
Corrosive Fluids 1/2 INCOLOY® Brass RIN No B-80
1/2 SS Brass RINO No B-80
1/2 SS SS RIS No B-79
3/4 INCOLOY® Brass RIN No B-80
3/4 SS Brass RINO No B-80
1 Copper Brass TMW-1 No B-76
1 Copper Steel TM-1 No B-78
1 SS SS TMWS-1 No B-76
1 Steel Steel TMO-1 No B-78
1-1/4 Copper Brass TMW-2 No B-77
2 INCOLOY® Brass DWH-MR Yes B-81
2 INCOLOY® Steel MTO-LT No B-82
2-1/2 INCOLOY® Steel VTS Yes B-83
Note — SS denotes 304 Stainless Steel.
B-4
Immersion

Technical & Application Data
1 and 1-1/4" Screw Plugs — Type ARTM,
Description Screw Plug ARTMO and ARTMS. The ARTM, ARTMO or
Chromalox heavy duty tubular elements are • Materials — carbon steel, brass, 304 stain- ARTMS automatic thermostat has a tempera-
welded or brazed to a screw plug. Uniform heat less steel. ture range of 60°F - 187°F (T4). Also available
with alternate temperature 60°F -240°F (T5)
SCREW PLUG
distribution and repressed element bends, a • Size — 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 2, 2-1/2" NPT
or 0°F - 127°F (T8). The tamper resistant
Chromalox standard feature, lead to long ele- nominal. temperature adjustment screw and scale are
ment life. For all heaters, a thermowell (hollow • Tolerances — Tolerance on immersion inside requiring the removal of the cover to
tube sealed at one end) is welded or brazed to length (B) dimension is ± 1% (± 3/8" min.). change temperature setting.
the screw plug allowing thermostat sensing
Terminal Enclosures 2 and 2-1/2" Screw Plugs — Type ARMT, AR-
element replacement without draining the tank.
Type E1 General purpose, sheet metal, painted MTI, AREMTI, ARMTS, AREMTS, AREMTO and
A variety of methods of terminating power leads ARMTO. The integral thermostat is available with
is available for special application heaters. with red polyester powder coat. The terminal
temperature ranges at 60°F - 250°F (T2) or 0°F -
enclosure rotates 360° to accommodate an
100°F (T1) for ARMT, ARMTI, AREMTI, AREMTS
General purpose screw plug heaters are electrical conduit run. and ARMTS heaters. ARMTO and AREMTO heat-
equipped with a steel terminal enclosure painted Type E4 Moisture resistant housing. ers are available with three different temperature
with red polyester powder coat. These same ranges: 200°F - 550°F (T3), 60°F - 250°F (T2)
heaters are also available with a combination Type E2 Combination moisture resistant/ex-
and 0°F - 100°F (T1). This control is wired in as
moisture tight/explosion resistant terminal en- plosion resistant. a line thermostat for loads up to 3 kW on 120
closure that may be used in applications where Type E2 explosion resistant enclosures are for volts and up to 6 kW on 240 volts. For higher
either or both conditions exist. use in hazardous location conditions: wattage ratings, three phase operation and
• Class I Groups B, C & D, Division 1 & 2* above 240 volts, this control is used for pilot
Screw plug type heaters are screwed directly duty only and should be wired to operate the
• Class II, Groups E, F & G, Division 1 & 2
through a threaded opening in the tank wall. holding coil of a magnetic contactor.
• Class III, Division 1 & 2
Heavy tank walls may be drilled and tapped To set the control temperature of heaters
if thickness is sufficient to engage 3/4 of Safe operation of heaters equipped with explo- equipped with the standard general purpose
the threads. Lighter tank walls should be sion resistant enclosures depends on electrical enclosure (Type E1), adjust the knob on the
wiring meeting the National Electrical Code outside of the terminal enclosure.
equipped with a suitable pipe half-coupling for hazardous locations and on limiting the
welded or brazed to the tank wall. maximum operating temperatures (including For those heaters equipped with a Type E2 and
temperatures on outside of vessel, piping, E4 enclosure, remove the terminal enclosure
flanges, screw plugs, enclosures and other heat lid to expose the temperature adjusting knob.
Standard Pipe conducting parts) as dictated by flammable For safety reasons, power to heater and pilot
Thread liquids, vapors or gases present. Approved duty power must be turned off before remov-
Elements pressure and/or temperature limiting controls ing enclosure lid.
must be used to assure safe operation in the Note — The integral thermostat functions as
event of a system malfunction. a temperature control only. This is not a fail
Thermowell The 'C' and 'US" indicators adjacent to the safe device, so an approved pressure and/or
CSA mark signify that the product has been temperature limit control should be used with
evaluated to the applicable CSA and ANSI/ these heaters to assure safe operation.
UL standards, for use in Canada and the U.S.,
respectively. This 'US' indicator includes prod- CAUTION — Explosion Resistant Type E2
Tank Wall
ucts eligible to bear the 'NRTL' indicator. NRTL, construction refers to heater design features
Pipe Weld
i.e. National Recognized Testing Laboratory, is which provide explosion resistant contain-
Coupling ment of electrical wiring according to National
a designation granted by the U.S. Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) to Electrical Code. Application or use of heat-
Construction Features — laboratories which have been recognized to ers which result in abnormal or excessive
temperature can create hazardous conditions
Stock & Assembly Stock Units perform certification to U.S. standards.
which can lead to a fire or explosive condition.
Element Temperature Controls
• Materials — copper, steel, INCOLOY , ® Many screw plug type heaters are available Corrosion Policy
304 stainless steel. with built-in thermostatic controls. In some Chromalox cannot warrant any electric immer-
installations where there is more than one sion heater against failure by sheath corrosion
• Number Elements in Screw Plug — 1, 2 or heater in a tank, one heater with a built-in con- if such failure is the result of operating condi-
3 depending on screw plug size. trol can be used to control the other heaters tions beyond the control of the heater manu-
by wiring the thermostat into the holding coil facturer. It is the responsibility of the purchaser
• Element Diameter — 0.315, 0.375, 0.430 circuit of a magnetic contactor. If the thermo- to make the ultimate choice of sheath material
and 0.475". stat is separate from the heater, the thermostat based on their knowledge of the chemical com-
• Watt Density — 6.5, 15, 23, 45 and 75 W/ sensing element should be located in the liquid position of the corrosive solution, character of
In2. approximately 4 to 6 inches above the heater. materials entering the solution, and controls
which he maintains on the process.
* For EMT and MT Class I Group B, Div. 1 & 2, consult factory.

B-5
Immersion

Optional Features
Moisture Resistant Terminal

Enclosure Option
• Cast Aluminum Construction
• Red Polyester Powder Coat
• O-Ring Sealed Housing Cover
• Threaded 3/4" NPT Conduit Fitting
Description
A moisture resistant only (not explosion Small Screw Plug Enclosure — Dimensions (Inches)
resistant) terminal enclosure is available on all
screw plug immersion heaters. 4-13/32
To Order
Add E4 to end of model number of the general
purpose enclosure heater for moisture resis-
tant construction only. Specify volts, phase 5-5/16
and kilowatts. Do not order by PCN.
3-1/4
Note — For all heaters without thermostats and 1" and 1-1/4" NPT heaters with thermostats.
Large Screw Plug Enclosure — Dimensions (Inches)

3-27/32
7-13/16
6-13/16
5-7/16 5-19/32
Note — For 2 and 2-1/2" NPT heaters with thermostats.
B-6
Immersion
ARTM
Clean Water E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
Applications B
1" Cold (Ref.)

4-5/8
SCREW PLUG
1-1/8 Min. Hole Size 4
• 1" NPT Brass Screw Plug
Thermowell
• Copper Sheath Element 0.315" Dia. Element
Hole for 3/4" Conduit
• High Watt Density (64 - 86 W/In2)
• 0.75 - 3 kW
• Integral Thermostat (SPST)

E2 — Dimensions (Inches)
• 120 and 240 Volt, Single Phase
B 6-11/16
1" Cold (Ref.)
• General Purpose or Moisture
Resistant/Explosion Resistant
Terminal Enclosure 1-1/8 Min. Hole Size 6-1/4
Thermowell
0.315" Dia. Element
(2) 1-1/4" NPT Conduit Hubs (one side plugged)

T4 — Temperature (60 - 187°F) T5 — Temperature (60 - 240°F) T8 — Temperature (0 - 127°F)
No. DIM B Wt.
kW Volts Phase W/In2 Elem. (In.) (Lbs.) Model Stock PCN Model Stock PCN Model Stock PCN
E1 General Purpose1
0.75 120 1 64 1 6-5/16 2 ARTM-750T4 S 191257 ARTM-750T5 NS 186087 ARTM-750T8 NS 186095
1 120 1 85 1 6-5/16 2 ARTM-1000T4 S 191273 ARTM-1000T5 S 186124 ARTM-1000T8 S 186132
1 240 1 85 1 6-5/16 2 ARTM-1000T4 S 191281 ARTM-1000T5 S 186140 ARTM-1000T8 NS 186159
1.5 120 1 86 1 9-1/4 3 ARTM-1500T4 S 191310 ARTM-1500T5 S 186204 ARTM-1500T8 NS 186212
2 120 1 83 1 12-1/4 3 ARTM-2000T4 S 191337 ARTM-2000T5 NS 186247 ARTM-2000T8 NS 186255
E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant2
0.75 120 1 64 1 6-5/16 5 ARTM-750E2T4 S 182684 ARTM-750E2T5 NS 319724 ARTM-750E2T8 NS 319732
0.75 240 1 64 1 6-5/16 5 ARTM-750E2T4 NS 182692 ARTM-750E2T5 NS 319740 ARTM-750E2T8 NS 319759
1 120 1 85 1 6-5/16 5 ARTM-1000E2T4 S 182705 ARTM-1000E2T5 NS 319767 ARTM-1000E2T8 NS 319775
1 240 1 85 1 6-5/16 5 ARTM-1000E2T4 NS 182713 ARTM-1000E2T5 NS 319783 ARTM-1000E2T8 NS 319791
1.5 120 1 86 1 9-1/4 6 ARTM-1500E2T4 S 182748 ARTM-1500E2T5 NS 319847 ARTM-1500E2T8 NS 319855
3 240 1 78 1 19-7/8 6 ARTM-3000E2T4 S 182801 ARTM-3000E2T5 NS 319960 ARTM-3000E2T8 NS 319978
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity.
1. Heaters with General Purpose Enclosures are UL Listed and CSA Certified.
2. Heaters with Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant Enclosures are CCSAUS® Certified.
“Under the U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, it is unlawful to install or use this product in any service that comes into contact with water for human consumption
(including drinking, food or beverage preparation, hand washing, or teeth brushing). This product is intended exclusively for use in non-potable service.”
B-7
Immersion
MT E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
Clean Water
Applications B
1" Cold (Ref.)
4-5/8
1-1/8 Min.
4
• 1" NPT Brass Screw Plug Hole Size
Thermowell
• Copper Sheath Element 0.315" Dia. Element
• 0.75 - 3 kW E2 — Dimensions (Inches)

• Without Thermostat
B 4-3/8
1" Cold (Ref.)
• General Purpose, Moisture 3-3/8

1-1/8 Min.
Resistant/Explosion Resistant Hole Size 5-3/16 Nom.
Terminal Enclosure, or Moisture Thermowell
Resistant 0.315" Dia. Element
(2) 3/4" NPT Conduit Opening
E4TP — Dimensions (Inches)
5-13/32
B
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
1" Cold (Ref.)

1-1/8 Min. 4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
0.315" Dia. Elements
1/4" NPT Conduit Knockout

Specifications and Ordering Information 3/4" NPT Conduit Knockout
E2 Moisture Resistant/
E1 General Purpose1 E4 Moisture Resistant
Explosion Resistant2
No. DIM B Wt. Wt. Wt.
kW Volts Phase W/In2 Elem. (In.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
0.75 120 1 64 1 6-5/16 MT-750 AS 036281 2 MT-750E2 NS 036425 5 MT-750E4TP NS 060003 2
1 120 1 85 1 6-5/16 MT-1000 AS 036302 2 MT-1000E2 NS 036441 5 MT-1000E4TP NS 060020 2
B-8
Immersion
ARMT-1
Clean Water
Applications
SCREW PLUG
• 1-1/4" NPT Brass Screw Plug B 4-5/8
1" Cold (Ref.)
• Copper Sheath Elements
1-3/8 Min.
4
Hole Size
Thermowell
(2) 0.315" Dia. Elements
• 1 - 2 kW Hole for 3/4" Conduit
• 120 and 240 Volt, Single Phase E2 — Dimensions (Inches)

Terminal Enclosure
B 6-11/16
1" Cold (Ref.)
1-3/8 Min.
Hole Size 6-1/4
Thermowell

No. DIM. B Wt.

E1 General Purpose 1
1 120 1 43 2 6-1/8 5 ARMT-110-3T4 NS 036564 ARMT-110-3T5 NS 036644 ARMT-110-3T8 NS 036724

1 240 1 43 2 6-1/8 5 ARMT-110-3T4 NS 036572 ARMT-110-3T5 NS 036652 ARMT-110-3T8 NS 036732
1.2 120 1 53 2 6-1/8 5 ARMT-112T4 NS 036580 ARMT-112T5 NS 036660 ARMT-112T8 NS 036740
2 120 1 86 2 6-1/8 5 ARMT-120T4 NS 036628 ARMT-120T5 NS 036708 ARMT-120T8 NS 036783
2 240 1 86 2 6-1/8 5 ARMT-120T4 NS 036636 ARMT-120T5 NS 036716 ARMT-120T8 NS 036791
1 120 1 43 2 6-1/8 8 ARMT-110-3E2T4 NS 036804 ARMT-110-3E2T5 NS 036880 ARMT-110-3E2T8 NS 036960
1 240 1 43 2 6-1/8 8 ARMT-110-3E2T4 NS 036812 ARMT-110-3E2T5 NS 036898 ARMT-110-3E2T8 NS 036978
1.2 120 1 53 2 6-1/8 8 ARMT-112E2T4 NS 036820 ARMT-112E2T5 NS 036900 ARMT-112E2T8 NS 036986
2 120 1 86 2 6-1/8 8 ARMT-120E2T4 NS 036863 ARMT-120E2T5 NS 036943 ARMT-120E2T8 NS 037022
2 240 1 86 2 6-1/8 8 ARMT-120E2T4 NS 036871 ARMT-120E2T5 NS 036951 ARMT-120E2T8 NS 037030
B-9
Immersion
MT-1 E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
Clean Water
Applications B
1" Cold (Ref.)
4-5/8
1-3/8” Min.
4
Hole Size
• 1-1/4" NPT Brass Screw Plug
Thermowell
• Copper Sheath Elements (1 or 2) 0.315" Dia. Element
• 0.6 - 2 kW
• Without Thermostat B 4-3/8
1" Cold (Ref.)

1-3/8” Min. 3-3/8
• General Purpose, Moisture Hole Size 5-3/16 Nom.
Resistant/Explosion Resistant Thermowell
Terminal Enclosure, or Moisture (1 or 2) 0.315" Dia. Elements
Resistant (2) 3/4" NPT Conduit Opening
B 5-13/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
1" Cold (Ref.)
1-3/8 Min. 4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
(1 or 2) 0.315" Dia. Elements

0.6 120 1 53 1 6 MT-160A S 139310 1 MT-160E2 NS 288104 4 MT-160E4TP NS 060476 1
0.6 240 1 53 1 6 MT-160A NS 139328 1 MT-160E2 NS 288112 4 MT-160E4TP NS 060484 1
1 120 1 86 1 6 MT-110A S 139352 1 MT-110E2 S 288147 4 MT-110E4TP NS 060396 1
1 240 1 86 1 6 MT-110A S 139360 1 MT-110E2 NS 288155 4 MT-110E4TP NS 060409 1
1 120 1 43 2 6 MT-110-3A NS 139379 2 MT-110-3E2 NS 288163 5 MT-110-3E4TP NS 060370 2
1 240 1 43 2 6 MT-110-3A S 139387 2 MT-110-3E2 NS 288171 5 MT-110-3E4TP NS 060388 2
Other Note — 4 - 6 kW and above available. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
B-10
Immersion
ARMT-2
Clean Water Applications
SCREW PLUG
• High Watt Density (46 - 53 W/In ) 2
B 6-3/4
2" Cold (Ref.)
• 1.5 - 15 kW
• Integral Thermostat (DPST) 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 6
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, Thermowell

Single Phase (1 or 2) 0.475" Dia. Elements
• General Purpose Terminal
Enclosure

T2 — Temperature (60 - 250°F) T1 — Temperature (0 - 100°F)
No. DIM B Wt.
kW Volts Phase W/In2 Elem. (In.) (Lbs.) Model Stock PCN Model Stock PCN
E1 General Purpose
1.5 120 1 48 1 12 5 ARMT-2155T2 NS 270035 ARMT-2155T1 NS 284760
1.5 208 1 48 1 12 5 ARMT-2155T2 NS 323264 ARMT-2155T1 NS 323272
1.5 240 1 48 1 12 5 ARMT-2155T2 S 270043 ARMT-2155T1 NS 284795
2 120 1 51 2 8 5 ARMT-2205-3T2 NS 270060 ARMT-2205-3T1 NS 284824
2 208 1 51 2 8 5 ARMT-2205-3T2 NS 323301 ARMT-2205-3T1 NS 323310
2 240 1 51 2 8 5 ARMT-2205-3T2 NS 270078 ARMT-2205-3T1 NS 284840
2 480 1 51 2 8 5 ARMT-2205-3T2 NS 284883 ARMT-2205-3T1 NS 284875
2.5 208 1 48 2 9-1/2 6 ARMT-2255T2 NS 323344 ARMT-2255T1 NS 323352
2.5 240 1 48 2 9-1/2 6 ARMT-2255T2 NS 270107 ARMT-2255T1 NS 284912
2.5 480 1 48 2 9-1/2 6 ARMT-2255T2 NS 284955 ARMT-2255T1 NS 284947
3 120 1 48 2 12 6 ARMT-2305T2 NS 270123 ARMT-2305T1 NS 284980
3 208 1 48 2 12 6 ARMT-2305T2 NS 323387 ARMT-2305T1 NS 323395
3 240 1 48 2 12 6 ARMT-2305T2 S 270131 ARMT-2305T1 NS 285000
3 480 1 48 2 12 6 ARMT-2305T2 NS 285034 ARMT-2305T1 NS 285026
4 208 1 48 2 18 7 ARMT-2405T2 NS 323424 ARMT-2405T1 NS 323432
4 240 1 48 2 18 7 ARMT-2405T2 S 270166 ARMT-2405T1 NS 285050
4 480 1 48 2 18 7 ARMT-2405T2 NS 285093 ARMT-2405T1 NS 285085
5 208 1 53 2 19-13/16 8 ARMT-2505T2 NS 323467 ARMT-2505T1 NS 323475
5 240 1 53 2 19-13/16 8 ARMT-2505T2 S 270190 ARMT-2505T1 NS 285122
5 480 1 53 2 19-13/16 8 ARMT-2505T2 S 274757 ARMT-2505T1 NS 285157
6 208 1 47 2 25-1/8 8 ARMT-2605T2 NS 323504 ARMT-2605T1 NS 323512
6 240 1 47 2 25-1/8 8 ARMT-2605T2 NS 270211 ARMT-2605T1 NS 285181
6 480 1 47 2 25-1/8 8 ARMT-2605T2 NS 285229 ARMT-2605T1 NS 285210
7 208 1 49 2 28 9 ARMT-2705T2 NS 323547 ARMT-2705T1 NS 323555
7 240 1 49 2 28 9 ARMT-2705T2 NS 270238 ARMT-2705T1 NS 285253
7 480 1 49 2 28 9 ARMT-2705T2 NS 285296 ARMT-2705T1 NS 285288
10 208 1 46 2 40-1/2 9 ARMT-2105T2 NS 323580 ARMT-2105T1 NS 323598
10 240 1 46 2 40-1/2 9 ARMT-2105T2 NS 270019 ARMT-2105T1 NS 284701
10 480 1 46 2 40-1/2 9 ARMT-2105T2 NS 274765 ARMT-2105T1 NS 284736
12 240 1 46 2 48 10 ARMT-2125T21 NS 310480 ARMT-2125T11 NS 310527
12 480 1 46 2 48 10 ARMT-2125T2 NS 310498 ARMT-2125T1 NS 310535
15 240 1 50 2 54 11 ARMT-21505T21 NS 310560 ARMT-21505T11 NS 310607
15 480 1 50 2 54 11 ARMT-21505T2 NS 310578 ARMT-21505T1 NS 310615
1. Not UL Listed or CSA Certified (Exceeds 48 Amps).
B-11
Immersion
ARMT-2
Clean Water
• Copper Sheath Elements B 8-13/16
• High Watt Density (46 - 53 W/In ) 2 2" Cold (Ref.)
• 1.5 - 15 kW
2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 7-7/8
• Integral Thermostat (DPST)
Thermowell
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, (1 or 2) 0.475" Dia. Elements
Single Phase
• Moisture Resistant/Explosion
Resistant Terminal Enclosure

No. DIM B Wt.
E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant
1.5 120 1 48 1 12 10 ARMT-2155E2T2 NS 284787 ARMT-2155E2T1 NS 284779
2 120 1 51 2 8 10 ARMT-2205-3E2T2 NS 284832 ARMT-2205-3E2T1 NS 274773
2.5 208 1 48 2 9-1/2 12 ARMT-2255E2T2 NS 323360 ARMT-2255E2T1 NS 323379
3 120 1 48 2 12 12 ARMT-2305E2T2 NS 285018 ARMT-2305E2T1 NS 284998
5 208 1 53 2 19-13/16 14 ARMT-2505E2T2 NS 323483 ARMT-2505E2T1 NS 323491
1. Not CCSAUS® Certified (Exceeds 48 Amps).
B-12
Immersion
MT-2
E1 —Dimensions (Inches)
Clean Water B 5
Applications 2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4
Hole Size
SCREW PLUG
• 2" NPT Brass Screw Plug Thermowell
• 1.5 - 15 kW
B 4-3/4
• Without Thermostat 2" Cold (Ref.)
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, 2-1/4 Min.

Hole Size
3-3/8
5-3/16 Nom.
Single Phase Thermowell
• General Purpose, Moisture (2) 3/4" NPT Conduit Opening
Terminal Enclosure or Moisture E4TP — Dimensions (Inches)
Resistant
B 5-25/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
Hole Size 4-13/16
Thermowell
(1 or 2) 0.475" Dia. Elements 1/4" NPT 3/4" NPT
Conduit Knockout Conduit Knockout
2 208 1 48 1 18 MT-220A NS 295021 3 MT-220E2 NS 295030 6 MT-220E4TP NS 062279 3
2.5 120 1 48 2 9-1/2 MT-225A NS 139547 3 MT-225E2 NS 295080 6 MT-225E4TP NS 062287 3
2.5 240 1 48 2 9-1/2 MT-225A S 139555 3 MT-225E2 NS 288294 6 MT-225E4TP NS 062295 3
4 120 1 48 2 18 MT-240A NS 139600 4 — — —— — — — 4
5 120 1 53 2 19-13/16 MT-250A NS 139635 5 — — — — — — 5
5 240 1 53 2 19-13/16 MT-250A S 139643 5 MT-250E2 NS 288366 8 MT-250E4TP NS 062412 5
5 480 1 53 2 19-13/16 MT-250A S 139651 5 MT-250E2 S 288374 8 MT-250E4TP NS 062420 5
5 208 1 53 2 19-13/16 MT-250A NS 295152 5 MT-250E2 NS 295160 8 MT-250E4TP NS 062439 5
B-13
Immersion
MT-2
Clean Water
Applications (cont’d.) B 5
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
• 2" NPT Brass Screw Plug Hole Size 4
Thermowell
• Copper Sheath Elements (1 or 2) 0.475" Dia. Elements
• 1.5 - 15 kW
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt,

Single Phase B 4-3/4
2" Cold (Ref.)
• General Purpose, Moisture 2-1/4 Min. 3-3/8
Terminal Enclosure or Moisture Thermowell
Resistant (1 or 2) 0.475" Dia. Elements
B 5-25/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
Hole Size 4-13/16
Thermowell
(1 or 2) 0.475" Dia. Elements 1/4" NPT 3/4" NPT
12 240 1 46 2 48 MT-2120A* NS 295232 8 MT-2120E2* NS 295240 11 MT-2120E4TP* NS 062121 8
12 480 1 46 2 48 MT-2120A NS 295259 8 MT-2120E2 NS 295267 11 MT-2120E4TP* NS 062130 8
12 208 1 46 2 48 MT-2120A* NS 295216 8 MT-2120E2 * NS 295224 11 MT-2120E4TP NS 062113 8
15 240 1 50 2 54 MT-2150A* NS 295312 9 MT-2150E2* NS 295339 12 MT-2150E4TP* NS 062148 9
1. Heaters with General Purpose Enclosures are UL Listed and CSA Certified except Models with
*(Exceeds 48 Amps).
2. Heaters with Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant Enclosures are CCSAUS® Certified except
Models with *(Exceeds 48 Amps).
B-14
Immersion
EMT-3
Clean Water
Applications B 5
2" Cold (Ref.)
SCREW PLUG
• 2" NPT Brass Screw Plug 2-1/4 Min.
Hole Size
4
• Copper Sheath Elements Thermowell

• 3 - 12 kW
• 240 and 480 Volt, Three Phase

B 4-3/4
• General Purpose, Moisture 2" Cold (Ref.)
Terminal Enclosure or Moisture 2-1/4 Min.
Hole Size
3-3/8
5-3/16 Nom.
Resistant Thermowell
B 5-25/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
Hole Size 4-13/16
Thermowell
(3) 0.475" Dia. Elements 1/4" NPT 3/4" NPT

E2 Moisture Resistant
3 240 3 67 3 7 EMT-303 S 326220 5 EMT-303E2 NS 326300 8 EMT-303E4TP NS 060679 5
9 240 3 65 3 17-1/2 EMT-309 NS 326262 7 EMT-309E2 NS 326342 10 EMT-309E4TP NS 060716 7
9 480 3 65 3 17-1/2 EMT-309 S 326270 7 EMT-309E2 NS 326350 10 EMT-309E4TP NS 060724 7
2. Heaters with Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant Enclosures are CCSAUS® Certified.a
B-15
Immersion
CH-SD
Clean Water
Applications
• 2" NPT Brass Screw Plug Dimensions (Inches)

3 x 3" Box Hole for 3/4" Conduit
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements
2" NPT Screw Plug
• High Watt Density (50 W/In2) (3) 0.430" Dia. Elements
• 5 - 10 kW
2” Min. Hole Size
B± 1% 4-1/4 2-1/2
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt,
1 and 3 Phase
• General Purpose Terminal Specifications and Ordering Information

Enclosure No. DIM B Wt.
kW Volts Phase W/In2 Elem. (In.) (Lbs.) Model Stock PCN
5 208 3 56 3 12-7/8 9 CH-SD-5083 S 096022
5 240 3 56 3 12-7/8 9 CH-SD-5043 S 096030
5 480 3 56 3 12-7/8 9 CH-SD-5053 S 096049
5 208 1 56 3 12-7/8 9 CH-SD-508 S 096057
5 240 1 56 3 12-7/8 9 CH-SD-504 S 096065
7.5 208 3 56 3 18-3/8 10 CH-SD-7583 S 096073
7.5 240 3 56 3 18-3/8 10 CH-SD-7543 S 096081
10 208 3 68 3 20 10 CH-SD-10083 S 096090
10 240 3 68 3 20 10 CH-SD-10043 S 096102
10 480 3 68 3 20 10 CH-SD-10053 S 096110
“Under the U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, it is unlawful to install or use this product in any service
that comes into contact with water for human consumption (including drinking, food or beverage prepara-
tion, hand washing, or teeth brushing). This product is intended exclusively for use in non-potable service.”
B-16
Immersion
ARMT-3
Clean Water Applications
SCREW PLUG
• High Watt Density (46 - 53 W/In2) E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
B 7-3/8
• 3 - 18 kW 2" Cold (Ref.)

• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt,
1 and 3 Phase Thermowell
• General Purpose Terminal Hole for 3/4" Conduit
Enclosure

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose
3 120 1 51 3 7-3/8 6 ARMT-3305T2 NS 190852 ARMT-3305T1 NS 310957
3 208 1 51 3 7-3/8 6 ARMT-3305T2 NS 320733 ARMT-3305T1 NS 320741
3 208 3 51 3 7-3/8 6 ARMT-3305T2 NS 320776 ARMT-3305T1 NS 320784
3 240 1 51 3 7-3/8 6 ARMT-3305T2 NS 285819 ARMT-3305T1 NS 285800
3 240 3 51 3 7-3/8 6 ARMT-3305T2 NS 274810 ARMT-3305T1 NS 285843
3 480 1 51 3 7-3/8 6 ARMT-3305T2 NS 270297 ARMT-3305T1 NS 310981
3 480 3 51 3 7-3/8 6 ARMT-3305T2 NS 270300 ARMT-3305T1 NS 310990
3.75 120 1 52 3 8-7/8 6 ARMT-3375T2 NS 190895 ARMT-3375T1 NS 311044
3.75 208 1 52 3 8-7/8 6 ARMT-3375T2 NS 320813 ARMT-3375T1 NS 320821
3.75 208 3 52 3 8-7/8 6 ARMT-3375T2 NS 320856 ARMT-3375T1 NS 320864
3.75 240 1 52 3 8-7/8 6 ARMT-3375T2 NS 285886 ARMT-3375T1 NS 285878
3.75 240 3 52 3 8-7/8 6 ARMT-3375T2 NS 285923 ARMT-3375T1 NS 285915
3.75 480 1 52 3 8-7/8 6 ARMT-3375T2 NS 270350 ARMT-3375T1 NS 311052
3.75 480 3 52 3 8-7/8 6 ARMT-3375T2 NS 274829 ARMT-3375T1 NS 311060
4.5 120 1 48 3 11-3/8 7 ARMT-3455T2 NS 270377 ARMT-3455T1 NS 311132
4.5 208 1 48 3 11-3/8 7 ARMT-3455T2 NS 320899 ARMT-3455T1 NS 320901
4.5 208 3 48 3 11-3/8 7 ARMT-3455T2 NS 320936 ARMT-3455T1 NS 320944
4.5 240 1 48 3 11-3/8 7 ARMT-3455T2 NS 285966 ARMT-3455T1 NS 285958
4.5 240 3 48 3 11-3/8 7 ARMT-3455T2 NS 274837 ARMT-3455T1 NS 285990
4.5 480 1 48 3 11-3/8 7 ARMT-3455T2 NS 286037 ARMT-3455T1 NS 286029
4.5 480 3 48 3 11-3/8 7 ARMT-3455T2 NS 274845 ARMT-3455T1 NS 286061
6 120 1 48 3 17-3/8 8 ARMT-3605T2 NS 270430 ARMT-3605T1 NS 311167
6 208 1 48 3 17-3/8 8 ARMT-3605T2 NS 320979 ARMT-3605T1 NS 320987
6 208 3 48 3 17-3/8 8 ARMT-3605T2 NS 321015 ARMT-3605T1 NS 321023
6 240 1 48 3 17-3/8 8 ARMT-3605T2 NS 286109 ARMT-3605T1 NS 286096
6 240 3 48 3 17-3/8 8 ARMT-3605T2 NS 274853 ARMT-3605T1 NS 286133
6 480 1 48 3 17-3/8 8 ARMT-3605T2 NS 286176 ARMT-3605T1 NS 286168
6 480 3 48 3 17-3/8 8 ARMT-3605T2 S 286213 ARMT-3605T1 NS 286205
7.5 208 1 53 3 19-1/8 8 ARMT-3755T2 NS 321058 ARMT-3755T1 NS 321066
7.5 208 3 53 3 19-1/8 8 ARMT-3755T2 NS 321090 ARMT-3755T1 NS 321103
7.5 240 1 53 3 19-1/8 8 ARMT-3755T2 NS 274861 ARMT-3755T1 NS 286230
7.5 240 3 53 3 19-1/8 8 ARMT-3755T2 NS 286272 ARMT-3755T1 NS 286264
7.5 480 1 53 3 19-1/8 8 ARMT-3755T2 NS 286310 ARMT-3755T1 NS 286301
7.5 480 3 53 3 19-1/8 8 ARMT-3755T2 NS 286352 ARMT-3755T1 NS 286344
9 208 1 47 3 24-1/2 9 ARMT-3905T2 NS 321138 ARMT-3905T1 NS 321146
9 208 3 47 3 24-1/2 9 ARMT-3905T2 NS 321170 ARMT-3905T1 NS 321189
9 240 1 47 3 24-1/2 9 ARMT-3905T2 NS 286395 ARMT-3905T1 NS 286387
9 240 3 47 3 24-1/2 9 ARMT-3905T2 NS 274870 ARMT-3905T1 NS 286424
9 480 1 47 3 24-1/2 9 ARMT-3905T2 NS 286467 ARMT-3905T1 NS 286459
9 480 3 47 3 24-1/2 9 ARMT-3905T2 NS 274888 ARMT-3905T1 NS 285491
B-17
Immersion
ARMT-3
Clean Water
• 2-1/2" NPT Brass Screw Plug E1 — Dimensions (Inches)

• Copper Sheath Elements B 7-3/8
2" Cold (Ref.)

• 3 - 18 kW
Thermowell
• Integral Thermostat (DPST) (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt,
1 and 3 Phase

Enclosure

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose
12 208 1 46 3 32-5/16 13 ARMT-31205T21 NS 321218 ARMT-31205T11 NS 321226
12 208 3 46 3 32-5/16 13 ARMT-31205T2 NS 321250 ARMT-31205T1 NS 321269
12 240 1 46 3 32-5/16 13 ARMT-31205T21 NS 321293 ARMT-31205T11 NS 321306
12 240 3 46 3 32-5/16 13 ARMT-31205T2 NS 321330 ARMT-31205T1 NS 321349
12 480 1 46 3 32-5/16 13 ARMT-31205T2 NS 321373 ARMT-31205T1 NS 321381
12 480 3 46 3 32-5/16 13 ARMT-31205T2 NS 321410 ARMT-31205T1 NS 321429
15 208 1 46 3 39-3/4 14 ARMT-31505T21 NS 321453 ARMT-31505T11 NS 321461
15 208 3 46 3 39-3/4 14 ARMT-31505T2 NS 321496 ARMT-31505T1 NS 321509
15 240 1 46 3 39-3/4 14 ARMT-31505T21 NS 321533 ARMT-31505T11 NS 321541
15 240 3 46 3 39-3/4 14 ARMT-31505T2 NS 321576 ARMT-31505T1 NS 321584
15 480 1 46 3 39-3/4 14 ARMT-31505T2 NS 321613 ARMT-31505T1 NS 321621
15 480 3 46 3 39-3/4 14 ARMT-31505T2 NS 321656 ARMT-31505T1 NS 321664
18 208 3 46 3 47-1/4 15 ARMT-31805T21 NS 321699 ARMT-31805T11 NS 321701
18 240 1 46 3 47-1/4 15 ARMT-31805T21 NS 321736 ARMT-31805T11 NS 321744
18 240 3 46 3 47-1/4 15 ARMT-31805T2 NS 321779 ARMT-31805T1 NS 321787
18 480 1 46 3 47-1/4 15 ARMT-31805T2 NS 321816 ARMT-31805T1 NS 321824
18 480 3 46 3 47-1/4 15 ARMT-31805T2 NS 321859 ARMT-31805T1 NS 321867

B-18
Immersion
ARMT-3
Clean Water
SCREW PLUG
B 9-7/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
• 3 - 18 kW
• Integral Thermostat (DPST) Thermowell
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
1 and 3 Phase (2) 1-1/2" NPT Conduit Hubs (one side plugged)

No. DIMB Wt.
B-19
Immersion
ARMT-3
Clean Water
• 2-1/2" NPT Brass Screw Plug E2 — Dimensions (Inches)

B 9-7/16
• Copper Sheath Elements 2" Cold (Ref.)

• 3 - 18 kW
Thermowell

• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt,
1 and 3 Phase

No. DIM B Wt.
12 208 1 46 3 32-5/16 18 ARMT-31205E2T21 AS 321234 ARMT-31205E2T11 NS 321242
12 240 1 46 3 32-5/16 18 ARMT-31205E2T21 S 321314 ARMT-31205E2T11 NS 321322

B-20
Immersion
MT-3
Clean Water B
2" Cold (Ref.)
5-5/8
Applications 2-1/2 Min.

Hole Size
4
Thermowell
SCREW PLUG
• 3 - 18 kW B 5-3/8
2" Cold (Ref.)
• Without Thermostat 2-1/2 Min. 3-3/8
Hole Size 5-3/16 Nom.
1 and 3 Phase (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
• General Purpose, Moisture E4TP — Dimensions (Inches)
Resistant/Explosion Resistant B 6-13/32
Terminal Enclosure or Moisture 1/2" NPT
Conduit
Resistant 2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/2 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
(3) 0.475" Dia. Elements 1/4" NPT 3/4" NPT Conduit Knockout
Specifications and Ordering Information Conduit Knockout
9 480 3 47 3 24-1/2 MT-390A S 191708 12 MT-390E2 S 288999 15 MT-390E4TP NS 064231 12
B-21
Immersion
MT-3
Clean Water B 5-5/8
Applications (cont’d.) 2" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell
• 2-1/2" NPT Brass Screw Plug (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements

• 3 - 18 kW B 5-3/8
2" Cold (Ref.)
• 120, 208 and 480 Volt, 5-3/16 Nom.
1 and 3 Phase Thermowell

• General Purpose, Moisture
Terminal Enclosure or Moisture
Resistant
B 6-13/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/2 Min. 4-13/16

Hole Size
Thermowell
(3) 0.475" Dia. Elements 1/4" NPT
Conduit Knockout 3/4" NPT Conduit Knockout

E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion
Resistant2
No. DIM. B Wt. Wt. Wt.
Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity.

2. Heaters with Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant Enclosures are CSA NRTL/C Certified.
3. Not UL Listed, CSA Certified or CCSAUS® Certified (Exceeds 48 Amps).
B-22
Immersion
ARMTS
Process Water
Applications B 4-5/8
1" Cold (Ref.)

• 1" NPT Stainless Steel
SCREW PLUG
Passivated Screw Plug
• Stainless Steel Passivated Thermowell

Element 0.315" Dia. Element
• 0.75 - 3 kW

• 120 and 240 Volt, Single Phase B 6-11/16
1" Cold (Ref.)
1-1/8 Min.Hole Size
Terminal Enclosure 6-1/4
Thermowell
0.315" Dia. Element

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
0.75 120 1 64 1 6-5/16 2 ARMTS-750T4 NS 289019 ARMTS-750T5 NS 319206 ARMTS-750T8 NS 319214
1 120 1 85 1 6-5/16 2 ARMTS-1000T4 S 289035 ARMTS-1000T5 NS 319281 ARMTS-1000T8 NS 319290
1.5 120 1 86 1 9-1/4 3 ARMTS-1500T4 S 289051 ARMTS-1500T5 NS 319441 ARMTS-1500T8 NS 319450
1.5 240 1 86 1 9-1/4 3 ARMTS-1500T4 S 289060 ARMTS-1500T5 NS 319484 ARMTS-1500T8 NS 319492
2 120 1 83 1 12-1/4 3 ARMTS-2000T4 NS 292613 ARMTS-2000T5 NS 319521 ARMTS-2000T8 NS 319530
0.75 120 1 64 1 6-5/16 5 ARMTS-750E2T4 NS 292648 ARMTS-750E2T5 NS 319222 ARMTS-750E2T8 NS 319230
1 120 1 85 1 6-5/16 5 ARMTS-1000E2T4 NS 292664 ARMTS-1000E2T5 NS 319302 ARMTS-1000E2T8 NS 319310
B-23
Immersion
MTS
Process Water B 4-5/8
1-1/8
Min. Hole Size 4
Thermowell
Passivated Screw Plug 0.315" Dia. Element
• Stainless Steel Passivated
Element E2 — Dimensions (Inches)
• 0.75 - 3 kW
B 4-3/8
• 120 and 240 Volt, Single Phase 1-1/8 Min. 3-3/8

5-3/16 Nom.
Hole Size
Thermowell
• General Purpose, Moisture 0.315" Dia. Element
Resistant
5-13/32
B
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
1" Cold (Ref.)

1-1/8 Min. 4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell

0.75 120 1 64 1 6-5/16 MTS-750 NS 037049 2 MTS-750E2 NS 037188 5 MTS-750E4TP NS 060230 2
1 120 1 85 1 6-5/16 MTS-1000 NS 037065 2 MTS-1000E2 NS 037209 5 MTS-1000E4TP NS 060257 2
B-24
Immersion
ARMTS-1
Process Water
Applications
SCREW PLUG
• 1-1/4" NPT Stainless Steel B 4-5/8
Passivated Screw Plug 1" Cold (Ref.)
• Stainless Steel Passivated 1-3/8 Min. Hole Size 4

Elements
Thermowell
• High Watt Density (43 - 86 W/In2) (2) 0.315" Dia. Elements
• 1 - 2 kW

1" Cold (Ref.)
Terminal Enclosure
Thermowell

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose 1
1 120 1 43 2 6-1/8 5 ARMTS-110-3T4 NS 037321 ARMTS-110-3T5 NS 037401 ARMTS-110-3T8 NS 037487

1 240 1 43 2 6-1/8 5 ARMTS-110-3T4 NS 037330 ARMTS-110-3T5 NS 037410 ARMTS-110-3T8 NS 037495
1 120 1 43 2 6-1/8 8 ARMTS-110-3E2T4 NS 037567 ARMTS-110-3E2T5 NS 037647 ARMTS-110-3E2T8 NS 037727

1 240 1 43 2 6-1/8 8 ARMTS-110-3E2T4 NS 037575 ARMTS-110-3E2T5 NS 037655 ARMTS-110-3E2T8 NS 037735
B-25
Immersion
MTS-1

1-3/8 Min. 4
• 1-1/4" NPT Stainless Steel Hole Size
Thermowell
Passivated Screw Plug (2) 0.315" Dia. Elements
Elements
• 1 - 2 kW
B 4-9/16
1" Cold (Ref.)
Resistant/Explosion Resistant 1-3/8” Min.
Thermowell
Resistant (2) 0.315" Dia. Elements
5-19/32
B
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
1" Cold (Ref.)

1-3/8 Min. 4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
3/4" NPT Conduit Knockout 1/4" NPT Conduit Knockout

1 120 1 43 2 6-1/8 MTS-110-3 NS 037807 2 MTS-110-3E2 NS 037882 5 MTS-110-3E4TP NS 060599 2
1 240 1 43 2 6-1/8 MTS-110-3 NS 037815 2 MTS-110-3E2 NS 037890 5 MTS-110-3E4TP NS 060601 2
B-26
Immersion
ARMTS-2
Process Water
Applications
SCREW PLUG
• 2" NPT Stainless Steel E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
B 6-9/16
• Stainless Steel Passivated 2" Cold (Ref.)
Sheath Elements
• High Watt Density (43 - 51 W/In2) 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 6
Thermowell
• 2 - 15 kW
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt,

Single Phase

Enclosure

No. DIM B Wt.

E1 General Purpose
2 208 1 51 2 7-1/2 6 ARMTS-2205-3T2 NS 187426 ARMTS-2205-3T1 NS 187434
2.5 240 1 47 2 9 7 ARMTS-2255T2 NS 184225 ARMTS-2255T1 NS 184268
3 208 1 43 2 11-1/2 7 ARMTS-2305T2 NS 187469 ARMTS-2305T1 NS 187477
5 208 1 45 2 19 8 ARMTS-2505T2 NS 187549 ARMTS-2505T1 NS 187557

B-27
Immersion
ARMTS-2
Process Water

Passivated Screw Plug B 8-5/8
• Stainless Steel Passivated 2" Cold (Ref.)
Sheath Elements
• High Watt Density (43 - 51 W/In2) 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 7-7/8
• 2 - 15 kW Thermowell
• Integral Thermostat (DPST) (2) 1-1/2" NPT Conduit Hubs (one side plugged)
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt,

Single Phase

DIM B Wt.
2 208 1 51 2 7-1/2 12 ARMTS-2205-3E2T2 NS 187442 ARMTS-2205-3E2T1 NS 187450
2.5 240 1 47 2 9 13 ARMTS-2255E2T2 NS 184241 ARMTS-2255E2T1 NS 184284
3 208 1 43 2 11-1/2 13 ARMTS-2305E2T2 NS 187485 ARMTS-2305E2T1 NS 187493
5 208 1 45 2 19 14 ARMTS-2505E2T2 NS 187565 ARMTS-2505E2T1 NS 187573
1. Not CSA NRTL/C Certified (Exceeds 48 Amps).
B-28
Immersion
MTS-2
2-1/4 Min. 4
Hole Size
SCREW PLUG
Thermowell
Passivated Screw Plug (1 or 2) 0.475" Dia. Elements
Sheath Elements E2 — Dimensions (Inches)
• 1.5 - 15 kW B 4-9/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min. 3-3/8
Single Phase (1 or 2) 0.475" Dia. Elements
Resistant
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min. 4-13/16

Hole Size
Thermowell
Resistant2
1.5 120 1 48 1 11-7/16 MTS-215A NS 139942 3 MTS-215E2 NS 289502 6 MTS-215E4TP NS 063378 3
2 120 1 48 1 17-1/2 MTS-220A NS 139977 4 MTS-220E2 NS 186538 7 MTS-220E4TP NS 063423 4
2 120 1 51 2 7-1/2 MTS-220-3A NS 190019 4 MTS-220-3E2 NS 289537 7 MTS-220-3E4TP NS 063458 4
2.5 120 1 47 2 9 MTS-225A NS 190043 4 MTS-225E2 NS 186597 7 MTS-225E4TP NS 063490 4
2.5 240 1 47 2 9 MTS-225A S 190051 4 MTS-225E2 NS 289561 7 MTS-225E4TP NS 063503 4
2.5 480 1 47 2 9 MTS-225A NS 190060 4 MTS-225E2 NS 289570 7 MTS-225E4TP NS 063511 4
3 240 1 43 2 11-1/2 MTS-230A S 190086 5 MTS-230E2 NS 289588 8 MTS-230E4TP NS 063546 5
5 120 1 45 2 19 MTS-250A NS 190131 5 MTS-250E2 NS 186669 8 MTS-250E4TP NS 063618 5
5 240 1 45 2 19 MTS-250A S 190140 5 MTS-250E2 NS 289625 8 MTS-250E4TP NS 063626 5
B-29
Immersion
MTS-2
Process Water
Applications (cont’d.) B
2" Cold (Ref.)
4-13/16
2-1/4 Min. 4
Hole Size
Thermowell
Sheath Elements
• 1.5 - 15 kW

2" Cold (Ref.)
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt, 3-3/8
2-1/4 Min.
Single Phase Hole Size 5-3/16 Nom.
Thermowell
• General Purpose or Moisture (2) 0.475" Dia. Elements
Resistant E4TP — Dimensions (Inches)
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min. 4-13/16

Hole Size
Thermowell

12 208 1 46 2 48 MTS-2120A* NS 186730 8 MTS-2120E2* NS 186749 11 MTS-2120E4TP* NS 063327 8
1. Heaters with General Purpose Enclosures are UL Listed and CSA

Certified except Models with *(Exceeds 48 Amps).
2. Heaters with Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant Enclosures are
C
CSAUS® Certified except Models with *(Exceeds 48 Amps).
B-30
Immersion
AREMTS-3
Process Water
Applications E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
B 6-9/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
SCREW PLUG
Passivated Screw Plug 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 6
Thermowell
Sheath Elements Hole for 3/4" Conduit
• High Watt Density (45 W/In2)
• 3 - 18 kW

• 240 and 480 Volt, Three Phase B 8-5/8
2" Cold (Ref.)
Resistant/Explosion Resistant 7-7/8
2-1/4 Min. Hole Size
Terminal Enclosure
Thermowell

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
3 240 3 45 3 7-3/4 7 AREMTS-3305T2 NS 097631 AREMTS-3305T1 NS 031851
3 240 3 45 3 7-3/4 12 AREMTS-3305E2T2 NS 031974 AREMTS-3305E2T1 NS 032096
B-31
Immersion
EMTS-3
Applications
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4
Hole Size
Thermowell
• 2" NPT Stainless Steel (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
Sheath Elements
B 4-9/16
• High Watt Density (38 - 47 W/In2) 2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min. 3-3/8
• 3 - 18 kW Hole Size 5-3/16 Nom.
Thermowell
• Without Thermostat (2) 3/4" NPT Conduit Opening
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt, E4TP — Dimensions (Inches)

1 and 3 Phase
B 5-19/32
• General Purpose, Moisture 1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
Resistant/Explosion Resistant 2" Cold (Ref.)
Terminal Enclosure or Moisture 2-1/4 Min. 4-13/16
Resistant Hole Size
Thermowell
3 208 3 47 3 7-3/4 EMTS-330 NS 092021 5 EMTS-330E2 NS 092080 8 EMTS-330E4TP NS 061794 5
3 480 3 47 3 7-3/4 EMTS-330 S 092064 5 EMTS-330E2 NS 092128 8 EMTS-330E4TP NS 061831 5
4.5 208 1 44 3 11-3/4 EMTS-345 NS 092136 6 EMTS-345E2 NS 092195 9 EMTS-345E4TP NS 061840 6
1. Heaters with General Purpose Enclosures are UL Listed &CSA Certified except Models with *(Exceeds 48 Amps).
2. Heaters with Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant Enclosures are CCSAUS® Certified except Models with
*(Exceeds 48 Amps).
B-32
Immersion
EMTS-3
Applications (cont’d.) 2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
Hole Size 4
SCREW PLUG
Thermowell
• 3 - 18 kW B 4-9/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
• Without Thermostat 2-1/4 Min. 3-3/8
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt, Thermowell
1 and 3 Phase (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
Resistant/Explosion Resistant E4TP — Dimensions (Inches)
Resistant
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min. 4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
12 208 1 40 3 32-7/16 EMTS-3120* NS 092611 9 EMTS-3120E2* NS 092670 12 EMTS-3120E4TP* NS 061612 9
1. Heaters with General Purpose Enclosures are UL Listed and CSA

Certified except Models with *(Exceeds 48 Amps).
C
CSAUS® Certified except Models with *(Exceeds 48 Amps).
B-33
Immersion
ARMTS-3
Process Water
Applications
• 2-1/2" NPT Stainless Steel E1 — Dimensions (Inches)

B 7-1/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
Sheath Elements
Thermowell
• 3 - 18 kW (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt,

Three Phase

Enclosure

DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose
7.5 208 3 53 3 18-1/2 10 ARMTS-3755T2 NS 187223 ARMTS-3755T1 NS 187231

B-34
Immersion
ARMTS-3
Process Water
SCREW PLUG
B 9-1/8
2" Cold (Ref.)
Sheath Elements
Thermowell
• 3 - 18 kW (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt,

Single Phase
No. DIM B Wt.

7.5 208 3 53 3 18-1/2 15 ARMTS-3755E2T2 NS 187240 ARMTS-3755E2T1 NS 187258

B-35
Immersion
MTS-3
Applications 2-1/2 Min. Hole Size

2" Cold (Ref.)
• 2-1/2" NPT Stainless Steel Thermowell

Sheath Elements
B 5-1/16
• 3 - 18 kW
2" Cold (Ref.)
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, 5-3/16 Nom.
1 & 3 Phase Thermowell

Resistant/Explosion Resistant E4TP — Dimensions (Inches)
Resistant
B 6-3/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/2 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
3/4" NPT Conduit Knockout 1/4" NPT
4.5 240 3 48 3 10-7/8 MTS-345A S 192049 6 MTS-345E2 NS 289852 9 MTS-345E4TP NS 065197 6
6 480 3 48 3 16-7/8 MTS-360A S 192110 6 MTS-360E2 S 289916 9 MTS-360E4TP NS 065293 6
7.5 480 3 53 3 18-11/16 MTS-375A S 192170 6 MTS-375E2 S 289959 9 MTS-375E4TP NS 065357 6
9 240 3 47 3 24 MTS-390A S 192225 7 MTS-390E2 S 289975 10 MTS-390E4TP NS 065402 7
9 480 3 47 3 24 MTS-390A S 192233 7 MTS-390E2 S 289991 10 MTS-390E4TP NS 065410 7
B-36
Immersion
MTS-3
E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
Applications (cont’d.) 2-1/2 Min. Hole Size

2" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell
SCREW PLUG
• 2-1/2" NPT Stainless Steel Hole for 3/4" Conduit
Sheath Elements
• High Watt Density (46 - 53 W/In2) B 5-1/16

2" Cold (Ref.)
• 3 - 18 kW
5-3/16 Nom.
Thermowell
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, (2) 3/4" NPT Conduit Opening
1 & 3 Phase
Resistant B 6-3/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/2 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
Conduit Knockout

12 208 1 46 3 31-7/8 MTS-3120A* NS 186984 9 MTS-3120E2* NS 186992 12 MTS-3120E4TP* NS 064910 9
1. Heaters with General Purpose Enclosures are UL Listed and

CSA Certified except Models with *(Exceeds 48 Amps).
CSA NRTL/C Certified except Models with *(Exceeds 48 Amps).
B-37
Immersion
ARMTI-2
Solution Water
Applications
• 2" NPT Stainless Steel E1 — Dimensions (Inches)

Screw Plug
B 6-9/16
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements 2" Cold (Ref.)


Enclosure
No. DIM B Wt.

E1 General Purpose
2 240 1 51 2 8 6 ARMTI-2205-3T2 NS 187987 ARMTI-2205-3T1 NS 187995
2 480 1 51 2 8 6 ARMTI-2205-3T2 NS 188023 ARMTI-2205-3T1 NS 188031
2.5 240 1 51 2 9 7 ARMTI-2255T2 NS 188066 ARMTI-2255T1 NS 188074
3 240 1 48 2 12 7 ARMTI-2305T2 NS 188146 ARMTI-2305T1 NS 188154
4 240 1 47 2 17-1/2 7 ARMTI-2405T2 NS 188226 ARMTI-2405T1 NS 188234

B-38
Immersion
ARMTI-2
Solution Water
SCREW PLUG
Screw Plug B 8-5/8
2" Cold (Ref.)
• High Watt Density (46 - 51 W/In2) 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 7-7/8


No. DIM B Wt.
E2 Moisture Resistant /Explosion Resistant
2 240 1 51 2 8 12 ARMTI-2205-3E2T2 NS 188007 ARMTI-2205-3E2T1 NS 188015
2 480 1 51 2 8 12 ARMTI-2205-3E2T2 NS 188040 ARMTI-2205-3E2T1 NS 188058
2.5 240 1 51 2 9 13 ARMTI-2255E2T2 NS 188082 ARMTI-2255E2T1 NS 188090
3 240 1 48 2 12 13 ARMTI-2305E2T2 NS 188162 ARMTI-2305E2T1 NS 188170
4 240 1 47 2 17-1/2 13 ARMTI-2405E2T2 NS 188242 ARMTI-2405E2T1 NS 188250

B-39
Immersion
MTI-2
Solution Water 2" Cold (Ref.)

4-13/16

Hole Size
4
Thermowell
• 2" NPT Stainless Steel Hole for 3/4" Conduit
Screw Plug
4-9/16
• High Watt Density (46 - 52 W/In2) B
2" Cold (Ref.)
• 1.5 - 15 kW 2-1/4 Min. 3-3/8
• Without Thermostat Thermowell
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt, Single Phase (2) 3/4" NPT Conduit Opening

Terminal Enclosure or Moisture 5-19/32
B
Resistant 1/2" NPT
Conduit
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
Specifications and Ordering Information 3/4" NPT Conduit Knockout 1/4" NPT Conduit Knockout
E1 General Purpose1 v E4 Moisture Resistant
1.5 120 1 48 1 11-7/16 MTI-215A NS 190262 3 MTI-215E2 NS 185420 6 MTI-215E4TP NS 062551 9
2 120 1 48 1 17-1/2 MTI-220A NS 190297 4 MTI-220E2 NS 185455 7 MTI-220E4TP NS 062586 10
2 120 1 51 2 7-7/16 MTI-220-3A NS 190326 4 MTI-220-3E2 NS 185480 7 MTI-220-3E4TP NS 062615 10
4 240 1 48 2 17-1/2 MTI-240A S 190422 5 MTI-240E2 NS 185586 8 MTI-240E4TP NS 062711 11
5 240 1 47 2 19-1/4 MTI-250A S 190457 5 MTI-250E2 NS 185615 8 MTI-250E4TP NS 062746 11
12 240 1 46 2 47-9/16 MTI-2120A* NS 190537 8 MTI-2120E2* NS 185690 11 MTI-2120E4TP* NS 062519 14
15 240 1 50 2 53-19/32 MTI-2150A* NS 190553 8 MTI-2150E2* NS 185711 11 MTI-2150E4TP* NS 062535 14
1. Heaters with General Purpose Enclosures are UL Listed and CSA Certified except Models with *(Exceeds 48 Amps).
2. Heaters with Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant Enclosures are CCSAUS® Certified except Models with *(Exceeds 48 Amps).
B-40
Immersion
AREMTI-3
Solution Water
B 6-9/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
SCREW PLUG
Screw Plug 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 6
Thermowell
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
• High Watt Density (45 W/In2)
• 3 - 18 kW

• 120, 240 and 480 Volt, Three B 8-5/8
Phase 2" Cold (Ref.)
• General Purpose or Moisture 7-7/8

Terminal Enclosure Thermowell
(2) 1-1/2" Conduit Hubs (one side plugged)

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
3 240 3 45 3 7-3/4 7 AREMTI-3305T2 NS 097990 AREMTI-3305T1 NS 032213
6 240 3 45 3 17-3/4 8 AREMTI-3605T2 S 099160 AREMTI-3605T1 NS 032230
3 240 3 45 3 7-3/4 12 AREMTI-3305E2T2 NS 032336 AREMTI-3305E2T1 NS 032459

B-41
Immersion
EMTI-3
E1 —Dimensions (Inches)
Solution Water
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4
• 2" NPT Stainless Steel Hole Size
Screw Plug Thermowell

• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements Hole for 3/4" Conduit
• High Watt Density (45 W/In2) E2 — Dimensions (Inches)
• 3 - 18 kW
B 4-9/16
• 240 and 480 Volt, Three Phase 2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min. 3-3/8

Terminal Enclosure, Moisture (2) 3/4" NPT Conduit Opening
Resistant
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell

Resistant2
3 240 3 45 3 7-3/4 EMTI-330 NS 097877 5 EMTI-330E2 NS 032571 8 EMTI-330E4TP NS 061030 11
B-42
Immersion
ARMTI-3
Solution Water
Applications
SCREW PLUG
Screw Plug B 7-1/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell
• 3 - 18 kW (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements

Enclosure

No. DIM B Wt.

E1 General Purpose1
B-43
Immersion
ARMTI-3
Solution Water

Screw Plug B 9-1/8
2" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell
• 3 - 18 kW (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements

No. DIM B Wt.

B-44
Immersion
MTI-3
Solution Water B 5-5/16

SCREW PLUG
• 2-1/2" NPT Stainless Steel Thermowell
Screw Plug (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
• 3 - 18 kW

2" Cold (Ref.)
• 240 and 480 Volt, Three Phase 2-1/2 Min. Hole Size 3-3/8
5-3/16 Nom.
• General Purpose, Moisture Thermowell
Resistant/Explosion Resistant (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
Terminal Enclosure or Moisture (2) 3/4" NPT Conduit Opening
Resistant
B 6-3/32
1/2" NPT
2" Cold (Ref.) Conduit K.O.
2-1/2 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
Conduit Knockout

B-45
Immersion
AREMTS-3
Mildly Corrosive
Solution Applications
• 2" NPT Stainless Steel B 6-9/16
Passivated Screw Plug 2" Cold (Ref.)
• Stainless Steel Passivated 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 6

Sheath Elements
Thermowell
• Medium Watt Density (23 W/In2) (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements

• 3 - 9 kW

Terminal Enclosure 2" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
4.5 240 3 23 3 24-7/8 9 AREMTS-30455T2 NS 091803 AREMTS-30455T1 NS 033013
4.5 240 3 23 3 24-7/8 14 AREMTS-30455E2T2 NS 033110 AREMTS-30455E2T1 NS 033216
B-46
Immersion
EMTS-3
Mildly Corrosive
Solution Applications B 4-13/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
SCREW PLUG
• 2" NPT Stainless Steel 2-1/4 Min. 4
Hole Size
Thermowell
• Stainless Steel Passivated (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
Sheath Elements Hole for 3/4" Conduit
• Medium Watt Density (23 W/In2)
• 3 - 9 kW
B 4-9/16
2-1/4 Min. 3-3/8

Terminal Enclosure or Moisture (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell

B-47
Immersion
AREMTI-3
Mildly Corrosive
• 2" NPT Stainless Steel Screw B 6-9/16
Plug 2" Cold (Ref.)
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 6
• Medium Watt Density (23 W/In2) Thermowell

• 3 - 9 kW
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt, Three

Phase
2" Cold (Ref.)
Terminal Enclosure
Thermowell

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
4.5 240 3 23 3 24-7/8 9 AREMTI-30455T2 NS 092005 AREMTI-30455T1 NS 032715
4.5 240 3 23 3 24-7/8 14 AREMTI-30455E2T2 NS 032811 AREMTI-30455E2T1 NS 032918
B-48
Immersion
EMTI-3
Mildly Corrosive
Solution Applications B 4-13/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
SCREW PLUG
2-1/4 Min. 4
• 2" NPT Stainless Steel Hole Size
Screw Plug Thermowell
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements Hole for 3/4" Conduit
• Medium Watt Density (23 W/In2) E2 — Dimensions (Inches)
• 3 - 9 kW
B 4-9/16

Hole Size
Resistant/Explosion Resistant 5-3/16 Nom.
Thermowell
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell

4.5 240 3 23 3 24-7/8 EMTI-3045 NS 091900 7 EMTI-3045E2 NS 033312 10 EMTI-3045E4TP NS 060839 13
B-49
Immersion
AREMTS-3
Severely Corrosive
Solution Applications E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
B 6-9/16
2" Cold (Ref.)

Passivated Screw Plug 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 6
• Stainless Steel Passivated Thermowell
Sheath Elements (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements

• Low Watt Density (15 W/In2)
• 1 - 6 kW

2" Cold (Ref.)
7-7/8
Terminal Enclosure 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size
Thermowell

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
B-50
Immersion
EMTS-3
Severely Corrosive
Solution Applications B
2" Cold (Ref.)
4-13/16
2-1/4 Min. 4
Hole Size
SCREW PLUG
• 2" NPT Stainless Steel Thermowell
• Low Watt Density (15 W/In2)
• 1 - 6 kW
B 4-9/16
2-1/4 Min. 3-3/8

• 240 and 480 Volt, Three Phase Hole Size 5-3/16 Nom.
Thermowell
• General Purpose, Moisture (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements
Resistant/Explosion Resistant (2) 3/4" NPT Conduit Opening
Resistant
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell

B-51
Immersion
AREMTI-3
Severely Corrosive
Solution Applications E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
B 6-9/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
Screw Plug 6
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements Thermowell

• Low Watt Density (15 W/In2) Hole for 3/4" Conduit
• 1 - 6 kW

B 8-5/8
• General Purpose or Moisture 2" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
B-52
Immersion
EMTI-3
Severely Corrosive
Solution Applications B
2" Cold (Ref.)
4-13/16
2-1/4 Min. 4
SCREW PLUG
Hole Size
• 2" NPT Stainless Steel Thermowell
Screw Plug
• Low Watt Density (15 W/In2) E2 — Dimensions (Inches)
• 1 - 6 kW
B 4-9/16
2-1/4 Min. 3-3/8

B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
Resistant2
B-53
Immersion
ARMTO
Light Weight Oil
Applications
• 1" NPT Steel Screw Plug B 4-5/8
1" Cold (Ref.)

• Steel Sheath Element
• 20 W/In2
Thermowell
0.315" Dia. Element
• 0.25 - 1.5 kW

Terminal Enclosure
B 6-11/16
1" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell
0.315" Dia. Element

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
0.25 120 1 20 1 6-1/2 2 ARMTO-250T4 S 292883 ARMTO-250T5 NS 319003 ARMTO-250T8 NS 319011
0.375 120 1 20 1 9-1/2 3 ARMTO-375T4 S 292891 ARMTO-375T5 NS 319046 ARMTO-375T8 NS 319054
0.375 240 1 20 1 9-1/2 3 ARMTO-375T4 NS 292912 ARMTO-375T5 NS 319089 ARMTO-375T8 NS 319097
0.5 120 1 20 1 12-1/2 3 ARMTO-500T4 S 292904 ARMTO-500T5 NS 319126 ARMTO-500T8 S 319134
0.5 240 1 20 1 12-1/2 3 ARMTO-500T4 NS 292980 ARMTO-500T5 NS 319169 ARMTO-500T8 S 319177
1 120 1 20 1 25 3 ARMTO-1000T4 NS 038703 ARMTO-1000T5 NS 038746 ARMTO-1000T8 NS 038789
1.5 120 1 20 1 38 4 ARMTO-1500T4 NS 038720 ARMTO-1500T5 NS 038762 ARMTO-1500T8 NS 038800
0.25 120 1 20 1 6-1/2 5 ARMTO-250E2T4 S 292963 ARMTO-250E2T5 NS 319020 ARMTO-250E2T8 NS 319038
0.375 120 1 20 1 9-1/2 5 ARMTO-375E2T4 NS 292939 ARMTO-375E2T5 NS 319062 ARMTO-375E2T8 NS 319070
0.5 120 1 20 1 12-1/2 5 ARMTO-500E2T4 S 292971 ARMTO-500E2T5 NS 319142 ARMTO-500E2T8 NS 319150
1 120 1 20 1 25 6 ARMTO-1000E2T4 NS 038826 ARMTO-1000E2T5 NS 038869 ARMTO-1000E2T8 NS 038906
1.5 120 1 20 1 38 7 ARMTO-1500E2T4 NS 038842 ARMTO-1500E2T5 NS 038885 ARMTO-1500E2T8 NS 038922
B-54
Immersion
MTO
Light Weight Oil

Applications B
1" Cold (Ref.)
4-5/8
1-1/8 Min.
SCREW PLUG
4
• 1" NPT Steel Screw Plug Hole Size
Thermowell
• Steel Sheath Element 0.315" Dia. Element
• 20 W/In2
• 0.25 - 1.5 kW
1" Cold (Ref.)

Resistant/Explosion Resistant 1-1/8 Min. 3-3/8
Terminal Enclosure or Moisture Hole Size 5-3/16 Nom.
Resistant Thermowell
0.315" Dia. Element
3/4" NPT Conduit Opening
5-13/32
B
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
1" Cold (Ref.)

1-1/8 Min. 4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell


0.25 120 1 20 1 6-1/2 MTO-250 NS 037962 2 MTO-250E2 NS 038050 5 MTO-250E4TP NS 060185 8
1 120 1 20 1 25 MTO-1000 NS 038017 4 MTO-1000E2 NS 038105 7 MTO-1000E4TP NS 060142 10
1.5 120 1 20 1 38 MTO-1500 NS 038033 4 MTO-1500E2 NS 038121 7 MTO-1500E4TP NS 060169 10
1. Heaters with General Purpose Enclosures are UL Recognized and CSA Certified.
B-55
Immersion
ARMTO-1
Light Weight Oil
Applications
• 1-1/4" NPT Steel Screw Plug B 4-5/8
1" Cold (Ref.)
• Steel Sheath Elements
• 10 - 20 W/In2
Thermowell
• 0.5 - 3 kW

Terminal Enclosure
B 6-11/16
1" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
1 120 1 20 2 12-1/2 3 ARMTO-110T4 NS 038244 ARMTO-110T5 NS 038404 ARMTO-110T8 NS 038324
1 120 1 20 2 12-1/2 6 ARMTO-110E2T4 NS 038480 ARMTO-110E2T5 NS 038640 ARMTO-110E2T8 NS 038560
B-56
Immersion
MTO-1
Light Weight Oil B 4-5/8
1-3/8 Min.
SCREW PLUG
Hole Size 4
• 1-1/4" NPT Steel Screw Plug Thermowell
(2) 0.315" Dia. Elements 4
• Steel Sheath Elements Hole for 3/4" Conduit
• 10 and 20 W/In2 E2 — Dimensions (Inches)

• 0.5 - 3 kW
• General Purpose, Moisture 1" Cold (Ref.)

Terminal Enclosure or Moisture 1-3/8” Min. 3-3/8
Resistant Hole Size 5-3/16 Nom.
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
1" Cold (Ref.)

1-3/8 Min. 4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell

1 120 1 20 2 12-1/2 MTO-110A S 139723 2 MTO-110AE2 S 288497 5 MTO-110AE4TP NS 060530 8
1 240 1 20 2 12-1/2 MTO-110A S 139731 2 MTO-110AE2 NS 288500 5 MTO-110AE4TP NS 060548 8
B-57
Immersion
ARMTO-2
Light Weight Oil
Applications
• 2" NPT Steel Screw Plug E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
• Steel Sheath Elements B 6-11/16

2" Cold (Ref.)
• 23 - 26 W/In2
• 1.5 - 6 kW 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 6
Thermowell
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt,
Single Phase

Enclosure

No. DIM B Wt.

E1 General Purpose1
1.5 120 1 24 2 11-3/4 6 ARMTO-2155T3 S 270570 ARMTO-2155T2 S 271097 ARMTO-2155T1 S 274159

1.5 240 1 24 2 11-3/4 6 ARMTO-2155T3 S 270588 ARMTO-2155T2 S 271100 ARMTO-2155T1 S 274167
1.5 480 1 24 2 11-3/4 6 ARMTO-2155T3 NS 274909 ARMTO-2155T2 S 274933 ARMTO-2155T1 S 274175
2 120 1 24 2 17-3/4 7 ARMTO-2205T3 NS 270609 ARMTO-2205T2 S 274941 ARMTO-2205T1 NS 284023
3 240 1 23 2 24-7/8 8 ARMTO-2305T3 S 270676 ARMTO-2305T2 S 271134 ARMTO-2305T1 NS 283821
1. Heaters are UL Listed with T1 or T2 Temperature and CSA Certified with T1, T2 or T3 Temperature.
B-58
Immersion
ARMTO-2
Light Weight Oil
SCREW PLUG
• 2" NPT Steel Screw Plug E2 — Dimensions (Inches)
B 8-5/8
• Steel Sheath Elements 2" Cold (Ref.)
• 23 - 26 W/In 2

• 1.5 - 6 kW
Thermowell
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, (2) 1-1/2" NPT Conduit Hubs (one side plugged)
Single Phase

No. DIM B Wt.
1.5 120 1 24 2 11-3/4 12 ARMTO-2155E2T3 NS 273535 ARMTO-2155E2T2 S 275055 ARMTO-2155E2T1 S 283311
1.5 240 1 24 2 11-3/4 12 ARMTO-2155E2T3 NS 283864 ARMTO-2155E2T2 S 275063 ARMTO-2155E2T1 NS 283856
2 120 1 24 2 17-3/4 12 ARMTO-2205E2T3 S 275012 ARMTO-2205E2T2 S 275071 ARMTO-2205E2T1 S 284031
2 240 1 24 2 17-3/4 12 ARMTO-2205E2T3 NS 275004 ARMTO-2205E2T2 S 284058 ARMTO-2205E2T1 S 284040
2 480 1 24 2 17-3/4 12 ARMTO-2205E2T3 NS 284082 ARMTO-2205E2T2 S 275020 ARMTO-2205E2T1 NS 284074
2.5 480 1 26 2 19-5/8 13 ARMTO-2255E2T3 NS 284162 ARMTO-2255E2T2 NS 284154 ARMTO-2255E2T1 S 284146
B-59
Immersion
MTO-2
Light Weight Oil B
2" Cold (Ref.)
4-13/16

Hole Size
4
Thermowell
• 2" NPT Steel Screw Plug Hole for 3/4" Conduit

• 23 - 26 W/In2
B 4-9/16
• 1.5 - 6 kW
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min. 3-3/8
• Without Thermostat Hole Size 5-3/16 Nom.
Thermowell
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, (2) 0.475" Dia. Elements
Single Phase (2) 3/4" NPT Conduit Opening

Resistant/Explosion Resistant 5-19/32
Terminal Enclosure or Moisture B
1/2" NPT
Resistant 2" Cold (Ref.)
Conduit
2-1/4 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
Specifications and Ordering Information 3/4" NPT Conduit Knockout 1/4" NPT Conduit Knockout
1.5 120 1 24 2 11-3/4 MTO-215A S 139740 3 MTO-215E2 NS 288518 6 MTO-215E4TP NS 063028 9
1.5 240 1 24 2 11-3/4 MTO-215A NS 139758 3 MTO-215E2 NS 288526 6 MTO-215E4TP NS 063036 9
1.5 480 1 24 2 11-3/4 MTO-215A S 139766 3 MTO-215E2 S 288534 6 MTO-215E4TP NS 063044 9
2 120 1 24 2 17-3/4 MTO-220A NS 139774 4 MTO-220E2 NS 288542 7 MTO-220E4TP NS 063060 10
2 240 1 24 2 17-3/4 MTO-220A S 139782 4 MTO-220E2 NS 288550 7 MTO-220E4TP NS 063079 10
2 480 1 24 2 17-3/4 MTO-220A S 139790 4 MTO-220E2 S 288569 7 MTO-220E4TP NS 063087 10
B-60
Immersion
AREMTO-3
Light Weight Oil
Applications
SCREW PLUG
2" Cold (Ref.)

• 23 W/In2
Thermowell
• 3 - 9 kW Hole for 3/4" Conduit

Resistant/Explosion Resistant E2 — Dimensions (Inches)
Terminal Enclosure
B 8-5/8
2" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
3 240 3 23 3 17-3/4 8 AREMTO-3305T2 NS 099362 AREMTO-3305T1 NS 034454
4.5 240 3 23 3 24-7/8 9 AREMTO-3455T2 NS 099389 AREMTO-3455T1 NS 034470
3 240 3 23 3 17-3/4 13 AREMTO-3305E2T2 NS 034550 AREMTO-3305E2T1 NS 034657
4.5 240 3 23 3 24-7/8 14 AREMTO-3455E2T2 NS 034577 AREMTO-3455E2T1 NS 034673
B-61
Immersion
EMTO-3
Light Weight Oil
Applications B
2" Cold (Ref.)
4-13/16
2-1/4 Min.
4
Hole Size
• 2" NPT Steel Screw Plug Thermowell
• 23 W/In2
• 3 - 9 kW

2" Cold (Ref.)

Terminal Enclosure or Misture Thermowell
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
Wt.
3 240 3 23 3 17-3/4 EMTO-330 NS 099266 6 EMTO-330E2 NS 034753 9 EMTO-330E4TP NS 061292 12
4.5 240 3 23 3 24-7/8 EMTO-345 NS 099282 7 EMTO-345E2 NS 034770 10 EMTO-345E4TP NS 061313 13
B-62
Immersion
ARMTO-3
Light Weight Oil
Applications
• 2-1/2" NPT Steel Screw Plug
SCREW PLUG
• Steel Sheath Elements B 7-1/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
• 23 - 26 W/In2
• 3 - 9 kW
Thermowell

• 208, 240 and 480 Volt,
1 and 3 Phase

Enclosure

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
3 480 3 24 3 17-3/8 9 ARMTO-3305T3 NS 275098 ARMTO-3305T2 S 275127 ARMTO-3305T1 S 286889
4.5 480 3 24 3 24-1/2 11 ARMTO-3455T3 NS 287312 ARMTO-3455T2 S 275151 ARMTO-3455T1 NS 287304
B-63
Immersion
ARMTO-3
Light Weight Oil
B 9-1/8
• 23 - 26 W/In2 2" Cold (Ref.)
• 3 - 9 kW 2-1/2 Min. Hole Size 7-7/8
• Integral Thermostat (DPST) Thermowell

• 208, 240 and 480 Volt, (2) 1-1/2" NPT Conduit Hubs (one side plugged)
1 and 3 Phase

No. DIM B Wt.
4.5 480 3 24 3 24-1/2 16 ARMTO-3455E2T3 NS 287347 ARMTO-3455E2T2 S 287339 ARMTO-3455E2T1 S 287320
B-64
Immersion
MTO-3
Light Weight Oil B 5-5/16
Thermowell
SCREW PLUG
• 2-1/2" NPT Steel Screw Plug (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements

• 23 - 26 W/In2
• 3 - 9 kW
B 5-1/16
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, 2-1/2 Min. Hole Size 3-3/8
5-3/16 Nom.
1 and 3 Phase
Thermowell
Resistant
B 6-3/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/2 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
4.5 480 3 24 3 24-3/8 MTO-345A S 191880 6 MTO-345E2 S 289211 9 MTO-345E4TP NS 064696 12
B-65
Immersion
MTO-3 E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
Light Weight Oil

Applications (cont’d.) B 5-5/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
• 2-1/2" NPT Steel Screw Plug Thermowell
• Steel Sheath Elements (3) 0.475" Dia. Elements

• 23 - 26 W/In2
• 3 - 9 kW
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt,

1 and 3 Phase B 5-1/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
Resistant/Explosion Resistant 5-3/16 Nom.
B 6-3/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/2 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
Conduit Knockout
B-66
Immersion
ARMTO-2
Medium Weight Oil E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
Applications B
2" Cold (Ref.)
6-9/16
SCREW PLUG
• 2" NPT Steel Screw Plug
Thermowell
• 15 W/In 2
• 2 - 6 kW

2" Cold (Ref.)
Resistant/Explosion Resistant 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 7-7/8
Terminal Enclosure
Thermowell

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
1. Heaters with General Purpose Enclosures are UL Listed with T1 or T2 Temperature and CSA Certified with T1, T2 or T3 Temperature.
2. Heaters with Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant Enclosures are CCSAUS® Certified with T1, T2 or T3 Temperature.
B-67
Immersion
MTO-2 E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
Medium Weight Oil

2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
Hole Size 4
Thermowell

• 15 W/In 2
• 2 - 6 kW

2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min 3-3/8
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min. 4-13/16

Hole Size
Thermowell

2 240 1 15 2 24-7/8 MTO-2020 NS 323766 4 MTO-2020E2 NS 323774 7 MTO-2020E4TP NS 062893 10
B-68
Immersion
AREMTO-3
Medium Weight Oil
Applications
SCREW PLUG
2" Cold (Ref.)

• 15 W/In2
Thermowell
• 3 - 9 kW

Resistant/Explosion Resistant E2 — Dimensions (Inches)
Terminal Enclosure
B 8-5/8
2" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell

No. DIM B Wt.
E1 General Purpose1
B-69
Immersion
EMTO-3
Medium Weight Oil

2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4
• 2" NPT Steel Screw Plug Hole Size
Thermowell
• 15 W/In2
• 3 - 9 kW

2" Cold (Ref.)
Resistant/Explosion Resistant 2-1/4 Min. 3-3/8
Terminal Enclosure or Moisture Hole Size 5-3/16 Nom.
Thermowell
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell

B-70
Immersion
ARMTO-3
Medium Weight Oil
Applications
SCREW PLUG
• 2-1/2" NPT Steel Screw Plug B 7-1/16
2" Cold (Ref.)

• 15 W/In2
Thermowell
• 3 - 9 kW

Terminal Enclosure
B 9-1/8
2" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell
No. DIM B Wt.

E1 General Purpose1

1. Heaters with General Purpose Enclosures are UL Listed with T1 or T2 Temperature and CSA Certified with T1, T2 or T3 Temperature.
2. Heaters with Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant Enclosures are CCSAUS® Certified with T1, T2 or T3 Temperature.
B-71
Immersion
MTO-3
Medium Weight Oil B 5-5/16
Thermowell
• Steel Sheath Elements Hole for 3/4" Conduit
• 15 W/In2
• 3 - 9 kW
B 5-1/16

• General Purpose, Moisture 5-3/16 Nom.
B 6-3/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit K.O.
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/2 Min.
4-13/16
Hole Size
Thermowell
Conduit Knockout
B-72
Immersion
ARMTO-2 & AREMTO-3

Heavy Weight Oil
B 6-9/16
• 2" NPT Steel Screw Plug 2" Cold (Ref.)
SCREW PLUG
• Steel Sheath Elements 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size 6
• 6 - 8 W/In2 Thermowell
• 0.5 - 3 kW Hole for 3/4" Conduit
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, E2 — Dimensions (Inches)

1 & 3 Phase B 8-5/8
2" Cold (Ref.)
Thermowell
Specifications and Ordering Information (2) 1-1/2" NPT Conduit Hubs (one side plugged)

No. DIM B Wt.
AREMTO-3 — E1 General Purpose1
AREMTO-3 — E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant2
ARMTO-2 — E1 General Purpose1
0.5 120 1 6 2 17-3/4 7 ARMTO-2005T2 NS 035650 ARMTO-2005T1 NS 035748
B-73
Immersion
MTO-2 & EMTO-3

Heavy Weight Oil E1 — Dimensions (Inches)
2" Cold (Ref.)

Thermowell
• Steel Sheath Elements (2 or 3) 0.475" Dia. Elements

• 6 - 8 W/In2
• 0.5 - 3 kW
B 4-9/16
3-3/8
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, 2-1/4 Min. Hole Size
5-3/16 Nom.
1 & 3 Phase Thermowell
Resistant
B 5-19/32
1/2" NPT
Conduit
2" Cold (Ref.)
2-1/4 Min. 4-13/16

Hole Size
Thermowell
(2 or 3 ) 0.475" Dia. Elements
1/4" NPT Conduit Knockout Note: Standard without
Specifications and Ordering Information thermostat
MTO-2
EMTO-3
B-74
Immersion
ARMTO-3 & MTO-3 E1 — Dimensions (Inches)

B 5-5/16
Heavy Weight Oil 2" Cold (Ref.)
Applications 2-1/2 Min. Hole Size 4
Thermowell
• 2.5" NPT Steel Screw Plug
SCREW PLUG
• Steel Sheath Elements E1 w/Thermostat — Dimensions (Inches)

B
• 6 - 8 W/In2 7-1/16
2" Cold (Ref.)
• 0.5 - 3 kW
• Without Thermostat Thermowell

• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt,
1 & 3 Phase
• General Purpose, Moisture B 6-3/32
1/2" NPT
Resistant/Explosion Resistant 2" Cold (Ref.)
Conduit K.O.

2-1/2 Min.
Resistant Hole Size
4-13/16
Thermowell
Note: Standard without
thermostat

No. DIM B Wt.
kW Volts PhNSe W/In2 Elem. (In.) (Lbs.) Model Stock PCN Model Stock PCN
ARMTO-3 — E1 General Purpose with Thermostat1
Stock Status: S = stock NS = NSsembly stock NS = non-stock
To Order—Specify model, volts, phNSe, kW, PCN and quantity.

E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion E4Moisture
MoistureResistant
Resistant
E1 General Purpose1 E4
Resistant2
MTO-3 — Without Thermostat
2. Heaters with Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant Enclosures are CCSAUS® Certified (dimensions not shown).
B-75
Immersion
TMW-1 & TMWS-1

Small Tank
Applications
• 1" NPT Brass or Passivated Dimensions (Inches)
Stainless Steel Screw Plug
B ± 1% 1-3/4
• Copper or Stainless Steel 1/4
Passivated Sheath Element
• 43 - 86 W/In2
1 Min. Hole Size
Thermowell
• 350 - 3,000 Watts 1" NPT Screw Plug
0.315" Dia. Element

• Without Terminal Cover
• Thermowell Specifications and Ordering Information
DIM B Wt.
Watts Volts Phase W/In2 (In.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Applications TMW-1 — Copper Sheath Element — Brass Screw Plug
350 120 1 45 4-1/4 TMW-10361 NS 138974 0.5
• Clean Water Heating (type TMW-1) 500 120 1 43 6-3/8 TMW-1051 S 138982 0.5
500 240 1 43 6-3/8 TMW-1051 NS 138990 0.5
• De-ionized Water Heating (type TMWS-1) 600 120 1 51 6-3/8 TMW-1060 S 139002 1
600 240 1 51 6-3/8 TMW-1060 NS 139010 1
750 120 1 64 6-3/8 TMW-1076 NS 139029 1
750 240 1 64 6-3/8 TMW-1076 S 139037 1
1,000 120 1 85 6-3/8 TMW-1101 S 139045 1
1,000 240 1 85 6-3/8 TMW-1101 NS 139053 1
1,250 120 1 83 8-1/16 TMW-1121 NS 139061 1.25
1,250 240 1 83 8-1/16 TMW-1121 S 139070 1.25
1,500 120 1 86 9-1/4 TMW-1415 S 139088 1.5
1,500 240 1 86 9-1/4 TMW-1415 S 139096 1.5
2,000 120 1 83 12-3/4 TMW-1200 S 139109 2
2,000 240 1 83 12-3/4 TMW-1200 S 139117 2
2,500 240 1 79 16-1/2 TMW-1250 NS 139133 2.5
3,000 240 1 78 19-7/8 TMW-1430 NS 139141 3
TMWS-1 — Passivated Stainless Steel Sheath Element — Passivated Stainless Steel Screw Plug
750 120 1 64 6-3/8 TMWS-1076 NS 328655 1
750 240 1 64 6-3/8 TMWS-1076 NS 328663 1
1,000 120 1 85 6-3/8 TMWS-1101 NS 328671 1
1,000 240 1 85 6-3/8 TMWS-1101 NS 328680 1
1,250 120 1 83 8-1/16 TMWS-1121 NS 328698 1.25
1,250 240 1 83 8-1/16 TMWS-1121 NS 328700 1.25
1,500 120 1 86 9-1/4 TMWS-1415 NS 328719 1.5
1,500 240 1 86 9-1/4 TMWS-1415 NS 328727 1.5
2,000 120 1 83 12-3/4 TMWS-1200 NS 328735 2
2,000 240 1 83 12-3/4 TMWS-1200 NS 328743 2
2,500 240 1 79 16-1/2 TMWS-1250 NS 328751 2.5
3,000 240 1 78 19-7/8 TMWS-1430 NS 328760 3
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, watts, PCN and quantity.
1. Well extends 1” below heating element.

B-76
Immersion
TMW-2
Small Tank
Applications Dimensions (Inches)
1-1/4" NPT Screw Plug
SCREW PLUG
1-3/4 Hex 1-1/8 Min. Hole Size
• Copper Sheath Element 1/4
• 64 - 86 W/In2 1-5/16
7/16 0.315" Dia. Element
1/2 (Ref.)
• 750 - 5,000 Watts

2-11/16 B
• Without Terminal Cover
• Without Thermowell
Dimensions (Inches)
Application 1-1/4" NPT Screw Plug
• Clean Water Heating 3/16

1-3/4 Hex
1/4
1-5/16
0.315" Dia. Element
7/16
1-5/16 (Ref.)
2-11/16 B

DIM B Wt.
Watts Volts Phase W/In2 (In.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Straight Element
750 120 1 64 6-1/8 TMW-207A NS 139150 0.5
750 240 1 64 6-1/8 TMW-207A NS 139168 0.5
1,000 120 1 85 6-1/8 TMW-210A NS 139176 0.5
1,000 240 1 85 6-1/8 TMW-210A NS 139184 0.5
1,250 120 1 82 7-7/8 TMW-212A NS 139192 1
1,250 240 1 82 7-7/8 TMW-212A NS 139205 1
1,500 120 1 86 9-1/16 TMW-215A S 139213 1.25
1,500 240 1 86 9-1/16 TMW-215A NS 139221 1.25
Foldback Element
2,000 120 1 85 6-5/8 TMW-220A S 139230 1.5
2,000 240 1 85 6-5/8 TMW-220A S 139248 1.5
2,500 240 1 80 8-1/2 TMW-225A S 139264 2
3,000 240 1 78 10-3/16 TMW-230A S 139280 2.25
4,000 240 1 77 13-9/16 TMW-240A NS 139299 2.5
5,000 240 1 76 16-15/16 TMW-250A S 139301 3
B-77
Immersion
TM-1 & TMO-1

Small Tank
Applications
• 1" NPT Brass or Steel Dimensions (Inches)

Screw Plug
A
• Copper or Steel Sheath Element B
• 20 - 86 W/In2
• 350 - 1,500 Watts

0.315" Dia. Element

1" NPT Steel Screw Plug
• Integral Plug and Receptacle
• Water Heating (type TM-1) Dimensions (In.)

Wt.
• Light Weight Oil Heating (type TMO-1) Watts Volts Phase W/In 2
A B Model Stock PCN (Oz.)
TM-1 — Copper Sheath Element for Water Heating — Brass Screw Plug
350 120 1 46 8-5/8 4-3/8 TM-1036G S 138819 14
500 120 1 43 10-3/4 6-1/2 TM-1051G NS 138827 14
500 240 1 43 10-3/4 6-1/2 TM-1051G NS 138835 14
750 120 1 64 10-3/4 6-1/2 TM-1076G NS 138843 16
750 240 1 64 10-3/4 6-1/2 TM-1076G S 138851 16
1,000 120 1 85 10-3/4 6-1/2 TM-1101G S 138860 16
1,000 240 1 85 10-3/4 6-1/2 TM-1101G S 138878 16
1,500 120 1 86 13-5/8 9-3/8 TM-1415G S 138886 17
1,500 240 1 86 13-5/8 9-3/8 TM-1415G NS 138894 17
TMO-1 — Steel Sheath Element for Oil Heating — Steel Screw Plug
350 120 1 20 13-1/16 8-7/8 TMO-1036G S 138907 16
500 120 1 20 17-3/16 13 TMO-1051G S 138915 18
500 240 1 20 17-3/16 13 TMO-1051G NS 138923 18
750 120 1 20 23-1/8 18-7/8 TMO-1076G NS 138931 20
750 240 1 20 23-1/8 18-7/8 TMO-1076G NS 138940 20
900 120 1 21 25-5/8 21-3/8 TMO-1091G S 138958 22
900 240 1 21 25-5/8 21-3/8 TMO-1091G S 138966 22
B-78
Immersion
RI, RIO & RIS

Small Tank
Applications
SCREW PLUG
• 1/2 and 3/4" NPT Brass or Dimensions (Inches)
Stainless Steel Screw Plug Plug Per Tab
• INCOLOY® or Stainless Steel Flange Per Tab
Sheath Element
1-1/2 C
• 20 - 36 W/In2
2-3/4 B
• 100 - 1,000 Watts
A
• Integral Plug and Receptacle

Dimensions (In.)
Dimensions (In.)
Applications Pipe Wt.
Watts Volts Phase W/In2 A B C Thd. Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
• Water Heating RI — INCOLOY® Sheath Element — Brass Screw Plug
100 120 1 31 4-7/8 1-1/2 5/8 1/2 RI-100 S 138528 3
• Mild Corrosive Solution Heating 250 120 1 33 6-7/8 3-1/2 5/8 1/2 RI-250 S 138544 4
250 240 1 33 6-7/8 3-1/2 5/8 1/2 RI-250 NS 138536 4
• Light Weight Oil Heating (type RIO) 500 120 1 34 11-5/16 7-7/8 5/8 1/2 RI-500 NS 138675 10
500 240 1 34 11-5/16 7-7/8 5/8 1/2 RI-500 S 138667 10
• De-ionized Water Heating (type RIS)
750 120 1 33 15-3/8 12 5/8 1/2 RI-750 S 138552 14
750 240 1 33 15-3/8 12 5/8 1/2 RI-750 S 138659 14
300 120 1 30 8-7/16 4-11/16 3/4 3/4 RI-1300 S 138579 8
300 240 1 30 8-7/16 4-11/16 3/4 3/4 RI-1300 S 138560 8
500 120 1 36 10-1/8 6-5/16 3/4 3/4 RI-1500 S 138595 9
500 240 1 36 10-1/8 6-5/16 3/4 3/4 RI-1500 S 138587 9
750 120 1 32 14-3/8 10-9/16 3/4 3/4 RI-1750 S 138616 13
750 240 1 32 14-3/8 10-9/16 3/4 3/4 RI-1750 S 138608 13
1,000 120 1 32 17 13-9/16 3/4 3/4 RI-1100 S 138640 15
1,000 240 1 32 17 13-9/16 3/4 3/4 RI-1100 S 138632 15
RIO — Stainless Steel Sheath Element — Brass Screw Plug
150 120 1 20 6-7/8 3-1/2 5/8 1/2 RIO-150 S 138683 4
300 120 1 20 10-15/16 7-7/8 5/8 1/2 RIO-300 S 138691 10
300 240 1 20 10-15/16 7-7/8 5/8 1/2 RIO-300 S 138704 10
500 120 1 22 15-7/16 12 5/8 1/2 RIO-500 NS 138712 14
500 240 1 22 15-7/16 12 5/8 1/2 RIO-500 S 138720 14
200 120 1 20 8-7/16 4-11/16 3/4 3/4 RIO-1200 S 138739 8
200 240 1 20 8-7/16 4-11/16 3/4 3/4 RIO-1200 NS 138747 8
300 120 1 22 10-1/8 6-5/16 3/4 3/4 RIO-1300 S 138755 9
300 240 1 22 10-1/8 6-5/16 3/4 3/4 RIO-1300 NS 138763 9
500 120 1 21 14-3/8 10-9/16 3/4 3/4 RIO-1500 S 138771 13
500 240 1 21 14-3/8 10-9/16 3/4 3/4 RIO-1500 NS 138780 13
600 120 1 20 17-3/8 13-9/16 3/4 3/4 RIO-1600 S 138798 15
600 240 1 20 17-3/8 13-9/16 3/4 3/4 RIO-1600 NS 138800 15
RIS — Passivated Stainless Steel Sheath Element and Screw Plug
250 120 1 35 6-5/8 3-1/2 5/8 1/2 RIS-255 NS 253745 6
500 120 1 28 10-15/16 7-7/8 5/8 1/2 RIS-505 S 253761 10
750 120 1 31 15-1/8 12 5/8 1/2 RIS-755 S 253788 15
B-79
Immersion
RIN & RINO

Small Tank
Applications
• 1/2 and 3/4" NPT Brass or

Steel Screw Plug, Double
Threaded
Dimensions (Inches)
• INCOLOY® or Stainless Steel
Nickel Conductors
Sheath Element w/High Temperature Insula- 1/8 1-7/8 B ± 1%
tion
• 17 - 40 W/In2
C
• 100 - 1,000 Watts
NPT Screw Plug (see Table)
• 120 and 240 Volt, Single Phase 1-1/2 3/8
6
• 6" Leadwires
• Water Heating Dimensions (In.)

Pipe Wt.
Watts Volts Phase W/In2 B C Thd. Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
• Mild Corrosive Solution Heating (type RIN)
RIN — INCOLOY® Sheath Element — Brass Screw Plug
• Light Weight Oil Heating (type RINO) 100 120 1 30 1-3/4 5/8 1/2 RIN-10 S 253323 3
250 120 1 35 3-3/4 5/8 1/2 RIN-25 S 253331 4.5
250 240 1 35 3-3/4 5/8 1/2 RIN-25 NS 253340 4.5
500 120 1 40 8 5/8 1/2 RIN-50 S 253358 10
500 240 1 40 8 5/8 1/2 RIN-50 NS 253366 10
750 120 1 40 12 5/8 1/2 RIN-75 NS 253374 14
750 240 1 40 12 5/8 1/2 RIN-75 NS 253382 14
300 120 1 25 5 3/4 3/4 RIN-130 NS 283390 8
300 240 1 25 5 3/4 3/4 RIN-130 NS 253403 8
500 120 1 30 6-1/2 3/4 3/4 RIN-150 NS 253411 9
500 240 1 30 6-1/2 3/4 3/4 RIN-150 NS 253420 9
750 120 1 30 10-3/4 3/4 3/4 RIN-175 NS 253438 13
750 240 1 30 10-3/4 3/4 3/4 RIN-175 NS 253446 13
1,000 120 1 30 13-3/4 3/4 3/4 RIN-1100 NS 253454 15
1,000 240 1 30 13-3/4 3/4 3/4 RIN-1100 S 253462 15
RINO — Stainless Steel Sheath Element — Steel Screw Plug
150 120 1 20 3-3/4 5/8 1/2 RINO-15 S 253470 4
150 240 1 20 3-3/4 5/8 1/2 RINO-15 S 253489 4
300 120 1 25 8 5/8 1/2 RINO-30 S 253497 10
300 240 1 25 8 5/8 1/2 RINO-30 S 253500 10
500 120 1 25 12 5/8 1/2 RINO-50 S 253518 14
500 240 1 25 12 5/8 1/2 RINO-50 NS 253526 14
200 120 1 17 5 3/4 3/4 RINO-120 S 253534 8
200 240 1 17 5 3/4 3/4 RINO-120 S 253542 8
300 120 1 18 6-1/2 3/4 3/4 RINO-130 S 253550 9
300 240 1 18 6-1/2 3/4 3/4 RINO-130 S 253569 9
500 120 1 20 10-3/4 3/4 3/4 RINO-150 S 253577 13
500 240 1 20 10-3/4 3/4 3/4 RINO-150 S 253585 13
600 120 1 18 13-3/4 3/4 3/4 RINO-160 S 253593 15
600 240 1 18 13-3/4 3/4 3/4 RINO-160 NS 253606 15
B-80
Immersion
DWH-MR
Dishwasher
Applications
SCREW PLUG
• 52 - 56 W/In2
DWH-MR — Dimensions (Inches)
• 5 - 15 kW 9-5/16
(3) 0.475" Dia. Elements 4-3/16
Element
• Integral Thermostat and Cutout Retainer
Thermowell Box Width = 5-1/2"
Band
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt, 8-9/16
Three Phase Stn. Stl. Spacer
B ± 1%
Applications 5-1/8
• Commercial Dishwashers
• Sterilizing Equipment
• Other Water Heating Applications
Features
• Integral SPST Thermostat (100 - 210°F) and
Manual Reset Cutout Specifications and Ordering Information
• Pilot Light
DIM B Wt.
• On/Off Switch kW Volts Phase W/In2 (In.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
5 120 1 53 13-3/16 DWH-MR-5PS NS 293000 11
• Moisture and Spray Resistant Hinged Termi- 5 208 1 53 13-3/16 DWH-MR-5PS S 293085 11
nal Enclosure 5 240 1 53 13-3/16 DWH-MR-5PS S 293106 11
7.5 208 1 52 18-7/8 DWH-MR-7.5PS NS 293026 12
• Built-in Contactor (480V requires external 7.5 240 1 52 18-7/8 DWH-MR-7.5PS NS 293034 12
120V control circuit) 10 208 1 53 24 DWH-MR-10PS NS 293050 13
10 240 1 53 24 DWH-MR-10PS NS 293069 13
• Clamping Nut and Gasket supplied for
mounting through tank wall up to 5 208 3 53 13-3/16 DWH-MR-5PS S 293093 11
5 240 3 53 13-3/16 DWH-MR-5PS S 293114 11
1/4" thick with a 2-7/8" diameter opening 5 480 3 53 13-3/16 DWH-MR-5PS S 293018 11
7.5 208 3 52 18-7/8 DWH-MR-7.5PS S 293122 12
7.5 240 3 52 18-7/8 DWH-MR-7.5PS NS 293130 12
7.5 480 3 52 18-7/8 DWH-MR-7.5PS S 293042 12
10 208 3 53 24 DWH-MR-10PS NS 293149 13
10 240 3 53 24 DWH-MR-10PS NS 293157 13
10 480 3 53 24 DWH-MR-10PS S 293165 13
15 208 3 56 32-5/8 DWH-MR-15PS NS 293077 17
15 240 3 56 32-5/8 DWH-MR-15PS S 293173 17
15 480 3 56 32-5/8 DWH-MR-15PS S 293181 17
B-81
Immersion
MTO-LT Dimensions (Inches)

Pipe Insert A
Applications B

2-1/16 Min. I.D.
• INCOLOY Sheath Element

®
• 12 W/In2 3/4" NPT Conduit Opening
• 4 - 13 kW

Features Applications
• Low Watt Density to permit operation in • Asphalt
• Moisture Resistant/Explosion dead air space of pipes
Resistant Terminal Enclosure • Heavy Weight Fuel Oil
• Insertion into 2" Dia. Sch. 40 pipe, will not fit
• Heavy Weight Lubricating Oil
• Without Controls into heavier wall pipe
• Install or Remove heater without draining • Tar
tank • Molasses
• Avoids coking or charring of heat sensitive • Other High Viscosity Materials
materials as pipe surface functions as low
watt density heat transfer surface

kW Volts Phase W/In2 A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
4 240 1 12 127 120 MTO-241LT S 253155 12
4 480 1 12 127 120 MTO-241LT S 186036 12
5 240 1 12 163 156 MTO-251LT S 186044 16
5 480 1 12 163 156 MTO-251LT NS 253180 16
7.5 240 1 12 211 204 MTO-275LT NS 253198 22
7.5 480 1 12 211 204 MTO-275LT NS 253200 22
11.5 480 1 12 319 312 MTO-212LT NS 253219 36
13 480 1 12 367 360 MTO-213LT NS 253227 42
1. Higher kW available. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
B-82
Immersion
VTS
Screw Plug
Clean Water and Oil Applications
• 2 1/2” NPT Steel Screw Plug
SCREW PLUG
• INCOLOY Sheath Elements
(2 to 80 W/In2 Water)
(2 to 23 W/In2 Oil)
• Field Adjustable kWs
and Voltage Ratings B 6”
1-13/16 Cold (Ref.)
• 0.5 - 40 kW Water 2.75” Dia. Min. 6”
0.5 - 10 kW Oil
Thermowell with Thermocouple
• Integral Thermocouple (6) 0.430" Dia. Elements
Hole for 3/4” Conduit

• 120, 208, 240 and 480V, 1 Phase
208, 240 and 480V, 3 Phase
Features
• General Purpose Terminal Field Adjustable Ratings — Each standard Note — Element bundle is larger than the I.D.
Enclosure heater may be wired to different voltages and of a 2.5”pipe.
kWs. See chart on following page for
• Process Temperature up to 300°F application matrix. Standard Integral Thermocouple — J type
thermocouple in a thermowell; can be used
Terminal Enclosures — E1 General Purpose for process or overtemperature control on the
is standard. Enclosure can be rotated 360° to process fluid. See 4468 series control panel
Applications match conduit connections. for stock power and temperature control
Elements — INCOLOY sheath heating components for complete heating solution.
Chromalox Versatherm screw plug immersion
heaters can be applied to a variety of clean element welded to a 2.5" steel screw plug.
water and oil applications. Mounting — Easy to install; compact size.
The unique versatility of this design allows
field adjustment of the rating by simple
connections to the six elements of the heater.
This simplifies selection and spare parts since Specifications and Ordering Information-Table
each heater may be used in several different
heating applications. Max. Max. Dim. (In.) Wt.
kW Volts B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
See the application matrix for the many kW 20-13/16 VTS-3180 NS 181075 12
values available with different wiring styles 20-13/16 VTS-3180 NS 181083 12
See
Application 30-3/8 VTS-3200 NS 181913 15
Matrix for 20-13/16 VTS-3240 NS 181921 12
Advantages Rating 20-13/16 VTS-3240 NS 181930 12
30-3/8 VTS-3400 NS 181948 15
• High Power levels available
• Short insertion length (B-dim) To Order — Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity.
• 3 day Fast Ship

• Versatile applications, voltage options
and power levels
• Temperature sensing thermocouple
included. Bayonet fitting allows
removal for inspection or replacement.
B-83
Immersion
VTS
Screw Plug
Selection Steps Application Matrix - Oil

Note that the same part can be field adjusted PCN
for another rating or reapplied for a different kW W/In2 120 Volts 1ph 208 Volts 1 or 3 ph 240 Volts 1 or 3 ph 480 Volts 1 or 3 ph
application. 0.50 2 181930
0.75 5 181930* 181930*
1. Select which type of heater you need: oil,
1.50 5 181930 181930 181930 181083
or water.
2.25 15 181930* 181083*
2. Using the application matrix for the oil or 2.50 6 181948 181948 181948
water heater find the row in the matrix that 3.00 20 181921* 181921* 181930*
has kW capacity and W/In2 you need. 4.50 15 181075 181930 181083 181083
Select next larger unit if between ratings. 5.00 11 181913 181913 181913
For ratings over 40 kW on water and 10 kW 6.00 20 181921 181921 181930 181930
on oil use multiple units piped in series or 10.00 21 181948 181948
parallel. Note — Shaded items are 3 ph only *items have 100% spare capacity
3. Select the column that matches the voltage
rating that you require.
4. Find the intersection of the column and
Application Matrix - Water
row selected. This is the PCN for your PCN
voltage and wattage requirement. Verify
voltage for single or three phase. Shaded kW W/In 2
120 Volts 1ph 208 Volts 1 or 3ph 240 Volts 1 or 3 ph 480 Volts 1 or 3 ph
areas are 3 phase only. 0.50 2 181930
0.75 5 181930* 181930*
5. Go to the specifications and ordering table 1.50 5 181930 181930 181930 181083
on the prior page. Locate PCN number 2.25 15 181930* 181083*
identified in step 4. Note model number 2.50 6 181948 181948 181948
and description from this table. 3.00 20 181921* 181921* 181930*
Dimensions will be shown. 4.50 15 181075 181930 181083 181083
6. Place order for item identified in step 5. 5.00 11 181913 181913 181913
When unit is received, instructions will 6.00 20 181921 181921 181930 181930
show you how to wire the kW and voltage 9.00 59 181075* 181083*
10.00 21 181948 181948
configuration that you desire. Only show
12.00 78 181921* 181930*
description from ordering table when
18.00 59 181075 181083
ordering.
20.00 80 181913 181948*
24.00 78 181921 181930
Example: 40.00 80 181948
Light Oil heating application, Note — Shaded items are 3 ph only * items have 100% spare capacity
2.75 kW 240V 3 phase capacity.
1. Select oil application matrix. 1. Single-phase: 2 circuits must be utilized to keep amperage/circuit below 48 Amps.
2. Locate 2.75 kW on chart. Use 3 kW as
next higher rating. Confirm that Watt Density Guide:
20 w/sq. in. is suitable for light oil.
Refer to heater selection in the technical section of the catalog for details.
3. Find column with 240Volt 3 phase power.
Light Weight Oil < 23 W/In2
4. Intersection of row and column is PCN
181930. Confirm 3 phase and single Medium Weight Oil < 15 W/In2
phase available. Note there is spare Heavy Weight Oil < 6.5 W/In2
capacity for back up or for future increase
in requirements. Clean Water see technical section of catalog for recommended watt density
5. Locate PCN 181930 in specifications and

ordering table as a VTS-3240 unit. When
received this will have instructions on
wiring for 3 kW 240 V 3 phase application
with labels for this rating.
6. Order VTS-3240 PCN 181930 unit.
Contact Sales Office with any questions
B-84
Immersion
Flanged Immersion Heaters

Overview
Flanged Immersion Heaters consist of hairpin
bent tubular elements welded or brazed into
a flange and provided with wiring boxes for
FLANGED
electrical connections. Flange heaters are in-
stalled by bolting to a matching flange welded
to the tank wall or nozzle. A wide selection of
flange sizes, kilowatt ratings, voltages, ter-
minal enclosures and sheath materials make
these heaters ideal for all types of heating
applications.
Applications
Flanged immersion heaters are one of the
most widely used methods for heating gases
and liquids (such as water, oil, heat transfer
fluid and corrosive solutions). Designed for
use in tanks and pressurized vessels, they are
easy to install and maintain to provide heat
for many processes. The direct immersion
method is energy efficient and easily moni-
tored and controlled.
• Hot Water Storage Tanks
• Preheating All Grades of Oil
• Food Processing Equipment
• Heat Transfer Systems
• Process Air Equipment Typical Applications
Flange heaters mounted on each end of hot Flange heaters in tank of water to heat inner
water storage tank or for an efficient shower tank of viscous materials.
system.
Thermostat
Control
Flange heaters mounted angularly around tank bottom permitting free vertical work area.
B-85
Immersion

Application & Selection
Guidelines
Selection Guidelines Heater application is influenced by the follow- Applications
ing parameters.
The selection of the proper Flanged See Selection Guidelines below for your ap-
Immersion Heater requires critical engineer- 1 The heated medium viscosity, specific heat plication.
ing judgement. After determining the heat density and corrosive properties.
requirement (see the applications section • Hot Water Storage Tanks
2 Contaminants present in the medium.
of this catalog), the proper selection of the • Warming Equipment
flange material, heating element sheath mate- 3 The heater sheath material corrosion
rial and correct watt density is critical for long resistant properties. • Preheating All Grades of Oil
life of a heater. The following table may be
4 Watt density of the heating element — the • Food Processing Equipment
used as a guide to this selection along with
the Technical Information at the back of this heat output per square inch.
catalog. Ultimate choice is determined by the 5 Maximum sheath temperature — this is
knowledge of the process and engineering • Heat Transfer Systems
the recommended maximum sheath
acumen of the plant engineer. temperature of the element material. It is • Process Air Equipment
not the operating temperature of the
heated medium (sheath temperature is • Boiler Equipment
dependent on items 1 thru 4). • Freeze Protection of Any Fluid
Application Selection — Guidelines
1 2 3 4 5
Alkaline or Max. Recommended

Solution or Acid Content Sheath Watt Density Sheath Temp.
Application Heater Type (Est. % by Volume) Material (W/In2) (°F)
Water & Very Clean Water pH6 to pH8 Neutral Copper 45 350
Mild Solutions Process Water pH5 to pH9 Stainless Steel1 45 1200
Very Weak solutions 2 - 3%
Weak Solutions 5 - 6% INCOLOY ®
45 1600
Demineralized, INCOLOY® w/
— 45 1600
De-ionized or pure water Stainless Flange
Corrosive & Mild Corrosive Solution 5 - 15% Stainless Steel1 23 1200
High Viscous More Severe Corrosive 10 - 25% INCOLOY® 23 1200
Solutions Solution
Severe Corrosive INCOLOY w/ ®
30 - 60% 15 1600
Solution Stainless Flange
Specialty Water Steam Boilers Treated INCOLOY®, Copper — 1600
Oil Low Viscosity Oil — Steel 23 750
Medium Viscosity Oil — Steel 15 750
High Viscosity Oil — Steel 6.5 750
Oil Reservoir Lubrication Oil — Steel 15 750
Air, Gases & Low Temperature Stainless Steel 23 1200
Steam High Temperature INCOLOY® 23 1600
1. Passivated stainless steel recommended for water.
B-86
Immersion

Flanged Immersion Heaters — Selection Guidelines
FLANGED
Flange
Size Sheath Flange Heater
Application (In.) Material Material Type Page
Clean Water 3 Copper Steel TM B-95
5 Copper Steel TM B-95
Process Water 3 SS Steel TMS B-97
5 SS Steel TMS B-98
6 SS Steel TMS B-98
8 SS Steel TMS B-98
Solution Water 3 INCOLOY® Steel TMI B-99
5 INCOLOY® Steel TMI B-100
Mildly Corrosive 3 SS Steel TMS B-101
Solution 5 SS Steel TMS B-102
6 SS Steel TMS B-102
8 SS Steel TMS B-102
Corrosive Solution 3 INCOLOY® Steel TMI B-103
& Gas 5 INCOLOY® Steel TMI B-104
Severely Corrosive 3 INCOLOY® SS TMIS B-105
Solution 5 INCOLOY® SS TMIS B-105
6 INCOLOY® SS TMIS B-105
Demineralized 3 INCOLOY® SS TMIS B-106
or De-ionized Water 5 INCOLOY® SS TMIS B-106
Light Weight Oil 3 Steel Steel TMO B-107
5 Steel Steel TMO B-107
Medium Weight Oil 3 Steel Steel TMO B-109
Heavy Weight Oil 3 Steel Steel TMO B-111
Boiler & Water 2-1/2 Sq. Copper Brass TTSF B-112
2-1/2 Sq. INCOLOY® Steel TTSF B-112
4-1/2 Sq. Copper Steel WCSF B-112
Food Equipment 3-1/4 Dia. Copper Brass TTUH B-113
Copper Brass TTUH-CO B-114
B-87
Immersion

Description
These thru-the-side immersion heaters utilize • Rating — 300, 400, 600, 900, 1,500 and Temperature Controls
standard pipe flanges ranging from 3 to 14" 2,500 lb. pressure class.
nominal pipe diameter to support high tank • A thermostat protective well is standard on
• Size — 16, 18" and larger. most models. This well is installed through
pressures of superheated steam, compressed
gases or liquids. They are installed through a the flange, parallel with the heating ele-
Optional Features ments. An AR type on-off mechanical control
matching companion flange (obtainable from
local industrial supply houses) to the tank can be externally mounted to the heater
ASME Section I, III, IV and VIII designed and
wall. A wide selection of watt densities, heat- with the capillary bulb installed in this well
certified
ing outputs and flange sizes and ratings make (order separately — see Controls section for
this an excellent heater for all tanks, vats or Baffles to distribute flow on elements details).
irregularly shaped vessels.
Passivation of stainless steel • A contactor is needed when the line voltage
Features — Stock Units and/or current exceeds the thermostat rat-
Immersion Lengths up to 240 inches ing.
Element Stand-off Terminal Enclosures to isolate ter- • Other types of controls and sensors are
• Materials — Copper, steel, 304 stainless minal housing from flange in high temperature available where a high degree of accuracy or
steel, INCOLOY®. applications a more versatile control scheme is required.
Electronic controls and complete control
• Number Elements in Flanges — 3, 6, 12, Stock Status & Availability panels are easily installed. See the Controls
18, 27, 36 and 45.
S — Stocked in finished form section for details.
• Element Diameter — 0.475".
• Watt Density — 6.5, 15, 23, 45 & 75 W/In2. AS — Assembly Stock. Items put together Corrosion Policy
using major stocked subassemblies requiring
three day shipping lead time Chromalox cannot warrant any electric immer-
Flange sion heater against failure by sheath corro-
• Material — Carbon steel, stainless steel. NS — Non Stock (made to order). Contact sion if such failure is the result of operating
your Local Chromalox Sales office for delivery conditions beyond the control of the heater
• Rating — 150 lb. pressure class per ANSI
manufacturer. It is the responsibility of the
B16.5 Terminal Enclosures purchaser to make the ultimate choice of
• Sizes — 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 and 14", 150 lb. sheath material based on their knowledge of
Type E1 General Purpose, sheet metal the chemical composition of the corrosive
Process Control Thermowell (NEMA 1) painted with red enamel solution, character of materials entering the
• Materials — Copper, carbon steel, stainless Type E2 Combination Moisture Resistant, solution, and controls which he maintains on
steel, INCOLOY®. Explosion Resistant enclosures involve the the process.
use of wiring enclosures for use in hazardous
• 1/2" diameter.
location conditions.
Special Features Type E4 Moisture Resistant
Kilowatt Ratings — 500 kW and above Safe operation of heaters equipped with these
available. enclosures depends on employment of electri-
cal wiring meeting the National Electrical Code
Element and/or IEC for hazardous locations and limit-
• Materials — 316, 321, 347 stainless steel, ing maximum operating temperatures (includ-
INCONEL® and more. ing temperatures on outside of vessel, piping,
flanges, screw plugs, enclosures and other
Flange heat conducting parts) as dictated by flamma-
ble liquids, vapors or gases present. Approved
• Materials — 316, 321, 347 stainless
pressure and/or temperature limiting controls
steel, INCONEL®, INCOLOY® and more.
must be used to assure safe operation in the
event of a system malfunction.
B-88
Immersion

ATEX/IECEx/CSA Zone Classification Selection chart for terminal enclosure
standoff dimension based on 30°C rise over 40°C ambient
70°C Cable Supply Vertical Heater Orientation Horizontal Heater Orientation
Minimum Standoff Dimension Minimum Standoff Dimension
FLANGED
Temperature Code Wet Face Temperature: °F Wet Face Temperature: °C Inches mm Inches mm
T6 185 85 3 76 1 25
T5 212 100 3 76 2 50
T4A 248 120 5 127 3 76
T4 275 135 6 152 3 76
T3C 320 160 7.5 191 4 102
T3B 329 165 7.5 191 4 102
T3A 356 180 7.5 191 5 127
T3 392 200 9 229 5 127
T2D 419 215 9 229 5 127
T2C 446 230 9 229 6 152
T2B 500 260 10.5 267 6 152
T2A 536 280 10.5 267 6 152
T2 572 300 10.5 267 7.5 191
T1 842 450 13.5 343 9 229

T6 185 85 9 229 6 152
T5 212 100 10.5 267 7.5 191
T4A 248 120 12 305 7.5 191
T4 275 135 12 305 7.5 191
T3C 320 160 12 305 7.5 191
T3B 329 165 12 305 9 229
T3A 356 180 13.5 343 9 229
T3 392 200 15 381 9 229
T2D 419 215 15 381 10.5 267
T2C 446 230 15 381 10.5 267
T2B 500 260 16.5 419 10.5 267
T2A 536 280 18 457 10.5 267
T2 572 300 18 457 10.5 267
T1 842 450 24 610 12 305
CSA Class and Division Classification Selection chart for terminal enclosure
T6 185 85 0 0 0 0
T5 212 100 0 0 0 0
T4A 248 120 0 0 0 0
T4 275 135 0 0 0 0
T3C 320 160 2 50 0 0
T3B 329 165 2 50 0 0
T3A 356 180 4 102 2 50
T3 392 200 4 102 2 50
T2D 419 215 4 102 2 50
T2C 446 230 4 102 2 50
T2B 500 260 6 152 4 102
T2A 536 280 6 152 4 102
T2 572 300 6 152 4 102
T1 842 450 7.5 191 6 152
B-89
Immersion

Terminal Enclosures
Enclosure Styles and Dimensions (Inches)
Dimple for locating

3-1/2" chassis punched 263
conduit opening(s) 10-3/8
6-3/4"
Removable
Service Entrance
Plate
E1 — General Purpose, for up to 5" Flange E1 — General Purpose, for 6" and Larger Flange
Dimple for locating 267 1" Conduit Outlet

chassis punched 10-1/2"
conduit opening(s)
3-3/4"
Removable
Service Entrance 1-1/2"
Plate 5
E4 — Moisture Resistant Enclosure with Gasket 6" and Larger E4 — Moisture Resistant Enclosure with Gasket up to 5" Flange
1" Conduit Outlet
3-3/4" Conduit
Hub
1-1/2"
5
E2 — Explosion Resistant Enclosure up to 5" Flange E2 — Explosion Resistant Enclosure for 6" and Larger Flange
B-90
Immersion

Terminal Enclosures
Third Party Specifications by Housing Style
North American Canadian European International
Model Purpose Designation(s) Designation(s) Designation(s) Designation(s)
FLANGED
E1 General Purpose Generic NEMA 1, NEC NEMA 1 IP32 IP32 CE: Manufacturer’s
Agency (s) UL/CSAus CSA CE: Manufacturer’s Declaration
Declaration
Ratings General Duty Only General Duty Only General Duty Only General Duty Only
E4* Moisture Resistant Generic NEMA 4 NEMA 4 IP66 IP66
Note: Temps over Agency (s) UL / CSAus CSA CE: Manufacturer’s CE: Manufacturer’s
T3 (200°C) require Declaration Declaration
standoffs for third
party listing. Refer Ratings Class I Div. 2, Class I Div. 2, II 3 G Ex nA II T1 to T6 Ex nA II T1 to T6
to IECex & ATEX Groups B, C, D Groups B, C, D
certifs. for standoff Groups E, F: 200°C Class II Division 2,
dimensions (T3) Groups E, F: 200°C
Group G 165°C (T3B) (T3)
Class I Zone 2 AEx nA II Group G 165°C (T3B)
T1 to T6 Class I Zone 2
Ex nA II T1 to T6
E2 Moisture Resistant/ Generic CSAus CSA ATEX IECex
Explosion Proof Agency (s)
Ex de IIB+H2 T1 to
T6, 540°C, 600°C Ratings Class I, Div. 1 Class I, Div. 1 I 2 G EEx d IIB+H2 T1 Ex d IIB+H2 T1 to T6
Note: Temps over Groups B,C & D Groups B,C &D to T6
T4 (135°C) require Class II, Div. 1 Class II, Div. 1
standoffs for third Groups E, F & G Groups E, F & G
party listing. Refer Class I Zone 1 Class I Zone 1
to IECex & ATEX AEx d IIB + H2 T1 to T6 Ex d IIB + H2 T1 to T6
certifs. for standoff
dimensions
E5 Moisture Resistant/ Generic ITS IECex
Flange Explosion Proof Agency (s) ATEX
Size Ex de IIC T1 to T6
3"-8" 540°C, 600°C
8"-12" ATEX IIC Labeling Ratings II 2 G EEx de IIC T1 to Ex de IIC T1 to T6
12"-18" Reference T6, 540°C, 600°C 540°C, 600°C
CFP, CFP2, CFP4,
CFP8, CFP12,
CFP20
Refer to European
Catalog.
* WARNING: Addition of sparking devices such as a Thermostat to an E4 housing will annul hazardous area rating.
B-91
Immersion

Process Temperature &
Overtemperature Controls
Temperature Control — Mechanical Devices Temperature Control —
Mechanical Devices Option Thermostat Electronic Devices
Number Range
An integral on-off process temperature control TI 0 - 100°F A process control thermocouple can be factory
thermostat can be factory installed into the T2 60 - 250°F installed into a thermowell in the center of
housing of the heater. The sensing bulb of T3 200 - 550°F the heating bundle for process control. This
the thermostat is inserted into a thermowell thermocouple must be connected to a remote
Notes —
in the center of the heating bundle. AR type mounted electronic temperature controller.
mechanical controls (see Controls section for A. The controls are for pilot duty
details) are utilized. only and must be connected to a Overtemperature Protection —
remote mounted magnetic contactor. Electronic Devices
B. For explosion resistant heaters, an A thermocouple can be attached to the heating
integral thermostat can only be element sheath to switch the heater off in the
specified on a 3, 5 and 6" flange event of a high temperature condition. This
immersion heater. thermocouple must be connected to a remote
mounted electronic high limit temperature
controller.
Please refer to the Controls section for an
overview of power control panels.
Mechanical Device Temperature Control
Thermostat Temperature Control
Thermowell with Capilary Bulb
Process Control Thermocouple
Thermowell with Bayonet Thermocouple
Overheat Protection Thermocouple
Thermocouple Attached to Sheath
B-92
Immersion

Flanged Immersion Heater Model Descriptions
Model
TM ANSI Flange Immersion Heater
Code Element Sheath Material
(Blank) Copper
FLANGED
O Carbon Steel
S 304 Stainless Steel
I Incoloy 800
X Other Material
Code Flange Material
(Blank) Carbon Steel
X Other Material
Code Baffled Flow
(Blank) No Baffles
B Baffled Flow
Code Number of Elements
03 Three Heating Elements
06 Six Heating Elements
12 Twelve Heating Elements
18 Eighteen Heating Elements
27 Twenty-Seven Heating Elements
36 Thirty-Six Heating Elements
45 Forty-Five Heating Elements
Code Wattage
004P5 4.5 kW (use actual kilowatt in 3 digits)
Code Terminal Housing Style
E1 General Pupose
E2 Explosion / Moisture Resistant
E5 Explosion / Moisture Resistant - addition of Group IIC w/ Acetylene (IEC only)
Code Non-Standard Feature
(Blank) Catalog PCN item
XX Custom Feature
Code Voltage
208 208V
240 240V
380 380V
415 415V
480 480V
575 575V
Code Number of circuits
1 One
2 Two
3 Three
4 Four
Code Phase
1P Single Phase
3P Three Phase
Code Kilowatts
4.5 kW
TM I - 03 - 004P5 - E4 480V 1 - 3P 4.5 kW Typical Model Number

Example of Final Model Description: TMI-03-004P5-E4 480V 1-3P 4.5kW
Note: Shaded sections of the model build table are not a finite list. Items such as Number of Elements, Wattage, Voltage, Circuits,
and Phase should be adjusted to match design.
B-93
Immersion
TM
Clean Water
Applications
• 3 - 14" 150 Lb. Carbon Steel
Flange Note — Refer to the dimensional reference
page for enclosure and flange details.
• Copper Thermowell Dimensions (Inches)

• 45 W/In2 B ± 1%
Cold 4" for 3 - 6" Flange
(Ref.) 6" for 8 - 14" Flange
• 6 - 350 kW
• 240 and 480 Volt, 1 & 3 Phase N3

Resistant or Moisture Resistant/
Explosion Resistant Terminal
Enclosures

E1 General Purpose E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant
CKT & DIM B Wt* DIM. N DIM. N

kW Volts PhNSe (In.) (lbs) Model Stock PCN (In.) Model Stock PCN (In.)
3 Inch - 150 Lb. Steel Flange — 3 Copper Sheath Elements — 45 W/In2
6 240 1-1 18-1/16 16 TM-03-006P-E1 NS 196066 1 TM-03-006P-E2 NS 180005 3/4
6 240 1-3 18-1/16 16 TM-03-006P-E1 S 196074 1 TM-03-006P-E2 NS 180013 3/4
6 480 1-1 18-1/16 16 TM-03-006P-E1 NS 196082 1 TM-03-006P-E2 NS 180021 3/4
6 480 1-3 18-1/16 16 TM-03-006P-E1 S 196090 1 TM-03-006P-E2 NS 180030 3/4
9 240 1-1 25-3/16 17 TM-03-009P-E1 NS 196103 1 TM-03-009P-E2 NS 180048 3/4
9 240 1-3 25-3/16 17 TM-03-009P-E1 S 196111 1 TM-03-009P-E2 NS 180056 3/4
9 480 1-1 25-3/16 17 TM-03-009P-E1 NS 196120 1 TM-03-009P-E2 NS 180064 3/4
9 480 1-3 25-3/16 17 TM-03-009P-E1 S 196138 1 TM-03-009P-E2 NS 180072 3/4
12 240 1-1 33-1/16 18 TM-03-012P-E1 NS 196146 1-1/4 TM-03-012P-E2 NS 180080 1
12 240 1-3 33-1/16 18 TM-03-012P-E1 S 196154 1 TM-03-012P-E2 NS 180099 3/4
12 480 1-1 33-1/16 18 TM-03-012P-E1 NS 196162 1 TM-03-012P-E2 NS 180101 3/4
12 480 1-3 33-1/16 18 TM-03-012P-E1 S 196170 1 TM-03-012P-E2 NS 180110 3/4
15 240 1-1 40-9/16 20 TM-03-015P-E1 NS 196189 1-1/4 TM-03-015P-E2 NS 180128 1
15 240 1-3 40-9/16 20 TM-03-015P-E1 NS 196197 1 TM-03-015P-E2 NS 180136 3/4
15 480 1-1 40-9/16 20 TM-03-015P-E1 NS 196200 1 TM-03-015P-E2 NS 180144 3/4
15 480 1-3 40-9/16 20 TM-03-015P-E1 S 196218 1 TM-03-015P-E2 NS 180152 3/4
18 240 1-1 48-1/16 21 TM-03-018P-E1 NS 196226 1-1/4 TM-03-018P-E2 NS 180160 1-1/4
18 240 1-3 48-1/16 21 TM-03-018P-E1 NS 196234 1 TM-03-018P-E2 NS 180179 3/4
18 480 1-1 48-1/16 21 TM-03-018P-E1 NS 196242 1 TM-03-018P-E2 NS 180187 3/4
18 480 1-3 48-1/16 21 TM-03-018P-E1 S 196250 1 TM-03-018P-E2 NS 180195 3/4
E1 General Purpose E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant E4 Moisture Resistant
DIM.
CKT & DIM B Wt* DIM. N DIM. N N
kW Volts PhNSe (In.) (lbs) Model Stock PCN (In.) Model Stock PCN (In.) Model Stock PCN (In.)
12 240 1-3 18-1/16 30 TM-06-012P-E1 NS 196470 1 TM-06-012P-E2 NS 181147 1-1/2 TM-06-012P-E4 NS 181155 1
15 480 1-3 19-3/16 31 TM-06-015P-E1 S 196533 1 TM-06-015P-E2 NS 181200 1-1/2 TM-06-015P-E4 NS 181219 1
B-94
Immersion
TM Clean Water Applications (cont’d.)

CKT
& DIM B Wt.* DIM N DIM N DIM N
kW Volts Phase (In.) (Lbs.) Model Stock PCN (In.) Model Stock PCN (In.) Model Stock PCN (In.)
FLANGED
6 Inch - 150 Lb. Steel Flange— 12 Copper Sheath Elements — 45 W/In2
36 240 2-3 25-1/8 67 TM-12-036P-E1 NS 257990 1 TM-12-036P-E2 NS 290159 1-1/2 TM-12-036P-E4 NS 290167 1-1/2
48 240 2-3 33 76 TM-12-048P-E1 NS 258028 1-1/4 TM-12-048P-E2 NS 290191 1-1/2 TM-12-048P-E4 NS 290204 1-1/2
48 480 2-3 33 76 TM-12-048P-E1 NS 258044 1 TM-12-048P-E2 NS 290212 1-1/2 TM-12-048P-E4 NS 290220 1-1/2
60 240 2-3 40-1/2 84 TM-12-060P-E1 NS 258052 1-1/4 TM-12-060P-E2 NS 290239 1-1/2 TM-12-060P-E4 NS 290247 1-1/2
50 240 3-3 27-5/8 107 TM-18-050P-E1 NS 258116 1 TM-18-050P-E2 NS 290319 3/4 TM-18-050P-E4 NS 290327 1-1/2
100 240 3-3 43-11/16 126 TM-18-100P-E1 NS 258175 1-1/4 TM-18-100P-E2 NS 290394 3/4 TM-18-100P-E4 NS 290407 1-1/2
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase and quantity.
* Weights: A. For Wt. of 3" flange with E2 enclosure add 3 lbs. to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater.
B. For Wt. of 5" and 6" flange with E4 enclosure add 7 lbs. to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater.
C. For Wt. of 8, 10, 12 and 14" flange with E4 enclosure add 10 lbs. to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater.
B-95
Immersion
TMS
Process Water
Applications
Note — Refer to the dimensional reference
• 3 - 8" 150 Lb. Carbon Steel page for enclosure and flange details.
Flange
• Stainless Steel Sheath Elements

Dimensions (Inches)
• Stainless Steel Thermowell
B ± 1%
• 45 W/In
2
• 6 - 200 kW
N3
• 240 and 480 Volt, 1 & 3 Phase

Enclosures

CKT DIM DIM DIM
& B Wt.* N3 N
kW Volts Phase (In.) (Lbs.) Model Stock PCN (In.) Model Stock PCN (In.)
3 Inch - 150 Lb. Steel Flange — 3 Stainless Steel Sheath Elements — 45 W/In2
6 240 1-1 18-1/16 16 TMS-03-006P-E NS 232012 1 TMS-03-006P-E2 NS 232215 3/4
6 240 1-3 18-1/16 16 TMS-03-006P-E NS 232020 1 TMS-03-006P-E2 NS 232223 3/4
6 480 1-1 18-1/16 16 TMS-03-006P-E NS 232039 1 TMS-03-006P-E2 NS 232231 3/4
6 480 1-3 18-1/16 16 TMS-03-006P-E NS 232047 1 TMS-03-006P-E2 NS 232240 3/4
9 240 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMS-03-009P-E1 NS 232055 1 TMS-03-009P-E2 NS 232258 3/4
9 240 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMS-03-009P-E1 NS 232063 1 TMS-03-009P-E2 NS 232264 3/4
9 480 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMS-03-009P-E1 NS 232071 1 TMS-03-009P-E2 NS 232274 3/4
9 480 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMS-03-009P-E1 NS 232080 1 TMS-03-009P-E2 NS 232282 3/4
12 240 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMS-03-012P-E1 NS 232098 1-1/4 TMS-03-012P-E2 NS 232290 1
12 240 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMS-03-012P-E1 NS 232100 1 TMS-03-012P-E2 NS 232303 3/4
12 480 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMS-03-012P-E1 NS 232119 1 TMS-03-012P-E2 NS 232311 3/4
12 480 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMS-03-012P-E1 NS 232127 1 TMS-03-012P-E2 NS 232320 3/4
15 240 1-1 40-9/16 20 TMS-03-015P-E1 NS 232135 1-1/4 TMS-03-015P-E2 NS 232330 1-1/4
15 240 1-3 40-9/16 20 TMS-03-015P-E1 NS 232143 1 TMS-03-015P-E2 NS 232346 3/4
15 480 1-1 40-9/16 20 TMS-03-015P-E1 NS 232151 1 TMS-03-015P-E2 NS 232354 3/4
15 480 1-3 40-9/16 20 TMS-03-015P-E1 NS 232160 1 TMS-03-015P-E2 NS 232362 3/4
18 240 1-1 48-1/16 21 TMS-03-018P-E1 NS 232178 1-1/4 TMS-03-018P-E2 NS 232370 1-1/4
18 240 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMS-03-018P-E1 NS 232186 1 TMS-03-018P-E2 NS 232389 3/4
18 480 1-1 48-1/16 21 TMS-03-018P-E1 NS 232194 1 TMS-03-018P-E2 NS 232397 3/4
18 480 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMS-03-018P-E1 NS 232207 1 TMS-03-018P-E2 NS 232408 3/4
B-96
Immersion
TMS
Process Water
FLANGED
CKT DIM DIM DIM DIM
& B Wt.* N N N
12 240 1-3 18-1/16 30 TMS-06-012P-E1 NS 232410 1 TMS-06-012P-E2 NS 232573 1-1/2 TMS-06-012P-E4 NS 232733 1
36 240 2-3 25-1/8 67 TMS-12-036P-E1 NS 232899 1 TMS-12-036P-E2 NS 232979 1-1/2 TMS-12-036P-E4 NS 233056 1-1/2
48 240 2-3 33 76 TMS-12-048P-E1 NS 232910 1-1/4 TMS-12-048P-E2 NS 232995 1-1/2 TMS-12-048P-E4 NS 233074 1-1/2
48 480 2-3 33 76 TMS-12-048P-E1 NS 232928 1 TMS-12-048P-E2 NS 233007 1-1/2 TMS-12-048P-E4 NS 233082 1-1/2
60 240 2-3 40-1/2 84 TMS-12-060P-E1 NS 232936 1-1/4 TMS-12-060P-E2 NS 233015 1-1/2 TMS-12-060P-E4 NS 233090 1-1/2
72 240 2-3 48 111 TMS-12-072P-E1 NS 232952 1-1/4 TMS-12-072P-E2 NS 233031 1-1/2 TMS-12-072P-E4 NS 233111 1-1/2
50 240 3-3 27-7/8 107 TMS-18-050P-E1 NS 233138 1 TMS-18-050P-E2 NS 233277 3/4 TMS-18-050P-E4 NS 233410 1-1/2
100 240 3-3 43-11/16 126 TMS-18-100P-E1 NS 233170 1-1/4 TMS-18-100P-E2 NS 233314 3/4 TMS-18-100P-E4 NS 233453 1-1/2
200 240 3-3 78-7/8 145 TMS-18-200P-E1 NS 233250 2-1/2 TMS-18-200P-E2 NS 233390 1-1/4 TMS-18-200P-E4 NS 233533 1-1/2
* Weights:
A. For Wt. of 3" flange with E2 enclosure add 3 lbs. to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater.
B. For Wt. of 5 and 6" flange with E4 enclosure add 7 lbs. to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater.
C. For Wt. of 8" flange with E4 enclosure add 10 lbs. to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater.
B-97
Immersion
TMI
Solution Water
Applications
• 3 - 8" 150 Lb. Carbon Steel Note — Refer to the dimensional reference
Flange

Dimensions (Inches)
• INCOLOY® Thermowell
B ± 1%
• 45 W/In2 Cold
(Ref.)
4" for 3 - 6" Flange
6" for 8 - 14" Flange
• 6 - 200 kW
N3
• 240 and 480 Volt, 1 & 3 Phase

Resistant or Moisture
Terminal Enclosures

CKT DIM DIM DIM
& B Wt.* N N
3 Inch - 150 Lb. Steel Flange — 3 INCOLOY® Sheath Elements — 45 W/In2
6 240 1-1 18-1/16 16 TMI-03-006P-E1 NS 233550 1 TMI-03-006P-E2 NS 233752 3/4
6 240 1-3 18-1/16 16 TMI-03-006P-E1 NS 233568 1 TMI-03-006P-E2 NS 233760 3/4
6 480 1-1 18-1/16 16 TMI-03-006P-E1 NS 233576 1 TMI-03-006P-E2 NS 233779 3/4
6 480 1-3 18-1/16 16 TMI-03-006P-E1 NS 233584 1 TMI-03-006P-E2 NS 233787 3/4
9 240 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMI-03-009P-E1 NS 233592 1 TMI-03-009P-E2 NS 233795 3/4
9 240 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMI-03-009P-E1 NS 233605 1 TMI-03-009P-E2 NS 233808 3/4
9 480 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMI-03-009P-E1 NS 233613 1 TMI-03-009P-E2 NS 233818 3/4
9 480 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMI-03-009P-E1 NS 233621 1 TMI-03-009P-E2 NS 233824 3/4
12 240 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMI-03-012P-E1 NS 233630 1-1/4 TMI-03-012P-E2 NS 233832 1
12 240 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMI-03-012P-E1 NS 233648 1 TMI-03-012P-E2 NS 233840 3/4
12 480 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMI-03-012P-E1 NS 233656 1 TMI-03-012P-E2 NS 233859 3/4
12 480 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMI-03-012P-E1 NS 233664 1 TMI-03-012P-E2 NS 233867 3/4
15 240 1-1 40-9/16 20 TMI-03-015P-E1 NS 233672 1-1/4 TMI-03-015P-E2 NS 233875 1-1/4
15 240 1-3 40-9/16 20 TMI-03-015P-E1 NS 233680 1 TMI-03-015P-E2 NS 233883 3/4
15 480 1-1 40-9/16 20 TMI-03-015P-E1 NS 233699 1 TMI-03-015P-E2 NS 233891 3/4
15 480 1-3 40-9/16 20 TMI-03-015P-E1 NS 233701 1 TMI-03-015P-E2 NS 233904 3/4
18 240 1-1 48-1/16 21 TMI-03-018P-E1 NS 233710 1-1/4 TMI-03-018P-E2 NS 233912 1-1/4
18 240 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMI-03-018P-E1 NS 233728 1 TMI-03-018P-E2 NS 233920 3/4
18 480 1-1 48-1/16 21 TMI-03-018P-E1 NS 233730 1 TMI-03-018P-E2 NS 233939 3/4
18 480 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMI-03-018P-E1 NS 233744 1 TMI-03-018P-E2 NS 233947 3/4
B-98
Immersion
TMI
Solution Water
FLANGED
E1 General Purpose E4 Moisture Resistant
Resistant
CKT DIM DIM DIM DIM
& B Wt. N N N
kW Volts PhNSe (In.) (Lbs.) Model Stock PCN (In.) Model Stock PCN (In.) Model Stock PCN (In.)
12 240 1-3 18-1/16 30 TMI-06-012P-E1 NS 233955 1 TMI-06-012P-E2 NS 230113 1-1/2 TMI-06-012P-E4 NS 230279 1
36 240 2-3 25-1/8 67 TMI-12-036P-E1 NS 230439 1 TMI-12-036P-E2 NS 230519 1-1/2 TMI-12-036P-E4 NS 230594 1-1/2
48 240 2-3 33 76 TMI-12-048P-E1 NS 230455 1-1/4 TMI-12-048P-E2 NS 230535 1-1/2 TMI-12-048P-E4 NS 230615 1-1/2
48 480 2-3 33 76 TMI-12-048P-E1 NS 230463 1 TMI-12-048P-E2 NS 230543 1-1/2 TMI-12-048P-E4 NS 230623 1-1/2
60 240 2-3 40-1/2 84 TMI-12-060P-E1 NS 230471 1-1/4 TMI-12-060P-E2 NS 230551 1-1/2 TMI-12-060P-E4 NS 230631 1-1/2
72 240 2-3 48 111 TMI-12-072P-E1 NS 230498 1-1/4 TMI-12-072P-E2 NS 230578 1-1/2 TMI-12-072P-E4 NS 230658 1-1/2
50 240 3-3 27-7/8 107 TMI-18-050P-E1 NS 230674 1 TMI-18-050P-E2 NS 230818 3/4 TMI-18-050P-E4 NS 231010 1-1/2
100 240 3-3 43-11/16 126 TMI-18-100P-E1 NS 230711 1-1/4 TMI-18-100P-E2 NS 230850 3/4 TMI-18-100P-E4 NS 231052 1-1/2
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phNSe and quantity.
* Weights:
B. For Wt. of 5 and 6" flange with E4 enclosure add 7 Lbs. to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater.
B-99
Immersion
TMS
Mildly Corrosive
Flange

Dimensions (Inches)
• Stainless Steel Thermowell
B ± 1%
• 23 W/In2 Cold 4" for 3 - 6" Flange
• 3 - 50 kW
N3
• 240 and 480 Volt, 1 & 3 Phase

Terminal Enclosures

CKT DIM DIM DIM
& B Wt.* N N
3 240 1-1 18-1/16 16 TMS-03-003P-E1 NS 231095 1 TMS-03-003P-E2 NS 030015 3/4
3 240 1-3 18-1/16 16 TMS-03-003P-E1 NS 231108 1 TMS-03-003P-E2 NS 030023 3/4
3 480 1-1 18-1/16 16 TMS-03-003P-E1 NS 231116 1 TMS-03-003P-E2 NS 030031 3/4
3 480 1-3 18-1/16 16 TMS-03-003P-E1 NS 231124 1 TMS-03-003P-E2 NS 030040 3/4
4.5 240 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMS-03-004P5-E1 NS 231132 1 TMS-03-004P5-E2 NS 030058 3/4
4.5 240 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMS-03-004P5-E1 NS 231140 1 TMS-03-004P5-E2 NS 030066 3/4
4.5 480 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMS-03-004P5-E1 NS 231159 1 TMS-03-004P5-E2 NS 030074 3/4
4.5 480 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMS-03-004P5-E1 NS 231167 1 TMS-03-004P5-E2 NS 030082 3/4
6 240 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMS-03-006P-E1 NS 231175 1 TMS-03-006P-E2 NS 030090 3/4
6 240 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMS-03-006P-E1 NS 231183 1 TMS-03-006P-E2 NS 030103 3/4
6 480 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMS-03-006P-E1 NS 231191 1 TMS-03-006P-E2 NS 030111 3/4
6 480 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMS-03-006P-E1 NS 231204 1 TMS-03-006P-E2 NS 030120 3/4
7.5 240 1-3 40-9/16 19 TMS-03-007P5-E1 NS 231212 1 TMS-03-007P5-E2 NS 030138 3/4
7.5 480 1-3 40-9/16 19 TMS-03-007P5-E1 NS 231220 1 TMS-03-007P5-E2 NS 030146 3/4
9 480 1-1 48-1/16 21 TMS-03-009P-E1 NS 231239 1 TMS-03-009P-E2 NS 030154 3/4
9 480 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMS-03-009P-E1 NS 231247 1 TMS-03-009P-E2 NS 030162 3/4
9 240 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMS-03-009P-E1 NS 231255 1 TMS-03-009P-E2 NS 030170 3/4
B-100
Immersion
TMS
Mildly Corrosive
Solution Applications (cont’d.)
FLANGED
CKT DIM DIM DIM DIM

& B Wt.* N N N
* Weights:
B-101
Immersion
TMI
Corrosive Solution
Applications
• 3 - 14" 150 Lb. Carbon Steel page for enclosure and flange details.
Flange

Dimensions (Inches)
B ± 1%
• 20 - 23 W/In2 (Ref.) 6" for 8 - 14" Flange
• 3 - 125 kW
N3
• 240 and 480 Volt, 1 & 3 Phase

Terminal Enclosures

CKT DIM DIM DIM
& B Wt.* N N
3 Inch - 150 Lb. Steel Flange — 3 INCOLOY Sheath Elements — 23 W/In2
®
3 240 1-1 18-1/16 16 TMI-03-003P-E1 NS 259397 1 TMI-03-003P-E2 NS 180873 3/4

3 240 1-3 18-1/16 16 TMI-03-003P-E1 NS 256233 1 TMI-03-003P-E2 NS 180881 3/4
3 480 1-1 18-1/16 16 TMI-03-003P-E1 NS 259400 1 TMI-03-003P-E2 NS 180890 3/4
3 480 1-3 18-1/16 16 TMI-03-003P-E1 NS 256241 1 TMI-03-003P-E2 NS 180902 3/4
4.5 240 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMI-03-004P5-E1 NS 259418 1 TMI-03-004P5-E2 NS 180910 3/4
4.5 240 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMI-03-004P5-E1 NS 256250 1 TMI-03-004P5-E2 NS 180929 3/4
4.5 480 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMI-03-004P5-E1 NS 259426 1 TMI-03-004P5-E2 NS 180937 3/4
4.5 480 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMI-03-004P5-E1 NS 256268 1 TMI-03-004P5-E2 NS 180945 3/4
6 240 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMI-03-006P-E1 NS 259434 1 TMI-03-006P-E2 NS 180961 3/4
6 240 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMI-03-006P-E1 NS 256276 1 TMI-03-006P-E2 NS 180953 3/4
6 480 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMI-03-006P-E1 NS 259442 1 TMI-03-006P-E2 NS 180970 3/4
6 480 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMI-03-006P-E1 S 256284 1 TMI-03-006P-E2 NS 180988 3/4
7.5 240 1-3 40-9/16 19 TMI-03-007P5-E1 NS 259477 1 TMI-03-007P5-E2 NS 181104 3/4
7.5 480 1-3 40-9/16 19 TMI-03-007P5-E1 NS 259485 1 TMI-03-007P5-E2 NS 181112 3/4
9 480 1-1 48-1/16 21 TMI-03-009P-E1 NS 259506 1 TMI-03-009P-E2 NS 181059 3/4
9 480 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMI-03-009P-E1 NS 259522 1 TMI-03-009P-E2 NS 181067 3/4
9 240 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMI-03-009P-E1 NS 259514 1 TMI-03-009P-E2 NS 181120 3/4
B-102
Immersion
TMI
Corrosive Solution Applications (cont’d.)
CKT DIM DIM
FLANGED
& DIM B Wt.* N DIM N N
9 480 1-3 25-3/16 32 TMI-06-009P-E1 S 259637 1 TMI-06-009P-E2 NS 182422 1-1/2 TMI-06-009P-E4 NS 182430 1
12 480 1-3 33-1/16 33 TMI-06-012P-E1 S 259661 1 TMI-06-012P-E2 NS 182465 1-1/2 TMI-06-012P-E4 NS 182473 1
50 240 3-3 51-7/8 130 TMI-18-050P-E1 NS 197333 1 TMI-18-050P-E2 NS 030744 1 TMI-18-050P-E4 NS 030808 1-1/2
*Weights:
B-103
Immersion
TMIS
Severely Corrosive
• 3 - 6" 150 Lb. Stainless Steel
Flange Note — Refer to the dimensional reference
• INCOLOY® Thermowell Dimensions (Inches)
• 15 W/In2 B ± 1%
• 2 - 24 kW (Ref.) 6" for 8 - 14" Flange
• 240 and 480 Volt, 1 & 3 Phase

N3
Terminal Enclosures

DIM. DIM.
CKT & DIM B Wt* N N
kW Volts Phase (In.) (lbs) Model Stock PCN (In.) Model Stock PCN (In.)
3 Inch - 150 Lb. Stainless Steel Flange — 3 INCOLOY® Sheath Elements — 15 W/In2
2 240 1-3 18-1/16 16 TMIS-03-002P-E1 NS 231802 1 TMIS-03-002P-E2 NS 030824 3/4

DIM. DIM. DIM.
CKT & DIM B Wt* N N N
kW Volts Phase (In.) (lbs) Model Stock PCN (In.) Model Stock PCN (In.) Model Stock PCN (In.)
4 240 1-3 18-1/16 27 TMIS-06-004P-E1 NS 231861 1 TMIS-06-004P-E2 NS 030883 1-1/2 TMIS-06-004P-E4 NS 030947 1
8 240 1-3 18 60 TMIS-12-008P-E1 NS 231925 1 TMIS-12-008P-E2 NS 031000 1-1/2 TMIS-12-008P-E4 NS 031106 1-1/2
12 240 1-3 25-1/8 67 TMIS-12-012P-E1 NS 231941 1 TMIS-12-012P-E2 NS 031026 1-1/2 TMIS-12-012P-E4 NS 031122 1-1/2
*Weights: A. For Wt. of 3" flange with E2 enclosure add 3 lbs. B. For Wt. of 5 and 6" flange with E4 enclosure
to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater. add 7 lbs. to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater.
B-104
Immersion
TMIS
Demineralized Water
• 3 - 5" 150 Lb. Stainless Steel Note — Refer to the dimensional reference
FLANGED
Flange

Dimensions (Inches)
B ± 1%
• 45 W/In 2 Cold 4" for 3 - 6" Flange
• 6 - 50 kW
N3

Terminal Enclosures

DIM.
CKT & DIM B Wt* N DIM. N
3 Inch - 150 Lb. Stainless Steel Flange — INCOLOY® Sheath Elements — 45 W/In2

DIM. DIM.
CKT & DIM B Wt* N DIM. N N
5 Inch - 150 Lb. Stainless Steel Flange — INCOLOY® Sheath Elements — 45 W/In2
4. Weights:
B. For Wt. of 5" flange with E4 enclosure add 7 lbs. to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater.
B-105
Immersion
TMO
Light Weight Oil
Applications
• 3 - 14" 150 Lb. Carbon Steel Flange
• Steel Sheath Elements page for enclosure and flange details.
• Steel Thermowell
• 20 - 23 W/In2 Dimensions (Inches)

B ± 1%
• 3 - 125 kW Cold 4" for 3 - 6" Flange
• 240 and 480 Volt, 1 & 3 Phase
• General Purpose, Moisture N3

Enclosures

DIM.
3 Inch - 150 Lb. Steel Flange — 3 Steel Sheath Elements — 23 W/In2
3 240 1-1 18-1/16 16 TMO-03-003P-E1 NS 196269 1 TMO-03-003P-E2 NS 180291 3/4
3 240 1-3 18-1/16 16 TMO-03-003P-E1 NS 196277 1 TMO-03-003P-E2 NS 180304 3/4
3 480 1-1 18-1/16 16 TMO-03-003P-E1 NS 196285 1 TMO-03-003P-E2 NS 180312 3/4
3 480 1-3 18-1/16 16 TMO-03-003P-E1 NS 196293 1 TMO-03-003P-E2 NS 180320 3/4
4.5 240 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMO-03-004P5-E1 NS 196306 1 TMO-03-004P5-E2 NS 180339 3/4
4.5 240 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMO-03-004P5-E1 NS 196314 1 TMO-03-004P5-E2 NS 180347 3/4
4.5 480 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMO-03-004P5-E1 NS 196322 1 TMO-03-004P5-E2 NS 180355 3/4
4.5 480 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMO-03-004P5-E1 S 196330 1 TMO-03-004P5-E2 NS 180363 3/4
6 240 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMO-03-006P-E1 NS 196349 1 TMO-03-006P-E2 NS 180371 3/4
6 240 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMO-03-006P-E1 S 196357 1 TMO-03-006P-E2 NS 180380 3/4
6 480 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMO-03-006P-E1 NS 196365 1 TMO-03-006P-E2 NS 180398 3/4
6 480 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMO-03-006P-E1 S 196373 1 TMO-03-006P-E2 NS 180400 3/4
7.5 480 1-1 40-9/16 20 TMO-03-007P5-E1 NS 196402 1 TMO-03-007P5-E2 NS 180435 3/4
7.5 480 1-3 40-9/16 20 TMO-03-007P5-E1 NS 196410 1 TMO-03-007P5-E2 NS 180443 3/4
9 240 1-1 48-1/16 21 TMO-03-009P-E1 NS 196429 1 TMO-03-009P-E2 NS 180451 3/4
9 240 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMO-03-009P-E1 NS 196437 1 TMO-03-009P-E2 NS 180460 3/4
9 480 1-1 48-1/16 21 TMO-03-009P-E1 NS 196445 1 TMO-03-009P-E2 NS 180478 3/4
9 480 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMO-03-009P-E1 S 196453 1 TMO-03-009P-E2 S 180486 3/4
DIM. DIM.
CKT & DIM B Wt* N DIM. N N3
6 240 1-3 18-1/16 27 TMO-06-006P-E1 NS 196710 1 TMO-06-006P-E2 NS 177607 1-1/2 TMO-06-006P-E4 NS 177631 1
7.5 240 1-3 19-3/16 30 TMO-06-007P5-E1 NS 196752 1 TMO-06-007P5-E2 NS 177640 1-1/2 TMO-06-007P5-E4 NS 177658 1
12 240 1-3 33-1/16 33 TMO-06-012P-E1 S 196832 1 TMO-06-012P-E2 NS 181657 1-1/2 TMO-06-012P-E4 NS 181665 1
B-106
Immersion
TMO
Light Weight Oil
FLANGED
CKT DIM DIM

5 Inch - 150 Lb. Steel Flange — 6 Steel Sheath Elements — 23 W/In 2
6 Inch - 150 Lb. Steel Flange — 12 Steel Sheath Elements — 23 W/In 2
18 240 1-3 25-1/8 67 TMO-12-018P-E1 NS 196947 1 TMO-12-018P-E2 NS 290650 1-1/2 TMO-12-018P-E4 NS 290669 1-1/2
24 240 2-3 33 76 TMO-12-024P-E1 NS 196998 2 TMO-12-024P-E2 NS 290693 1-1/2 TMO-12-024P-E4 NS 290706 1-1/2
30 240 3-3 32-7/8 112 TMO-18-030P-E1 NS 197181 1 TMO-18-030P-E2 NS 291178 3/4 TMO-18-030P-E4 NS 291186 1-1/2
50 240 3-3 51-7/8 130 TMO-18-050P-E1 NS 197245 1 TMO-18-050P-E2 NS 291258 1 TMO-18-050P-E4 NS 291266 1-1/2
70 240 3-3 69-7/8 142 TMO-18-070P-E1 NS 291354 1-1/4 TMO-18-070P-E2 NS 291362 1-1/4 TMO-18-070P-E4 NS 291370 1-1/2
100 240 3-3 43-7/16 225 TMO-45-100P-E NS 197501 2 TMO-45-100P-E2 NS 093956 1-1/4 TMO-45-100P-E4 NS 096129 1-1/2
*Weights:
B-107
Immersion
TMO
Medium Weight Oil
Applications
• 3 - 8" 150 Lb. Carbon Steel Flange
• Steel Thermowell Dimensions (Inches)
• 15 W/In2 B ± 1%
• 3 - 45 kW (Ref.) 6" for 8 - 14" Flange
• 240 and 480 Volt, 1 & 3 Phase N3

Enclosures

DIM.
3 240 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMO-03-003P-E1 NS 180558 1 TMO-03-003P-E2 NS 180566 3/4
3 240 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMO-03-003P-E1 NS 180574 1 TMO-03-003P-E2 NS 180582 3/4
3 480 1-1 25-3/16 17 TMO-03-003P-E1 NS 180590 1 TMO-03-003P-E2 NS 180603 3/4
3 480 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMO-03-003P-E1 NS 180611 1 TMO-03-003P-E2 NS 180620 3/4
4 240 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMO-03-004P-E1 NS 180638 1 TMO-03-004P-E2 NS 180646 3/4
4 240 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMO-03-004P-E1 NS 180654 1 TMO-03-004P-E2 NS 180662 3/4
4 480 1-1 33-1/16 18 TMO-03-004P-E1 NS 180670 1 TMO-03-004P-E2 NS 180689 3/4
4 480 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMO-03-004P-E1 NS 180697 1 TMO-03-004P-E2 NS 180700 3/4
6 240 1-1 48-1/16 21 TMO-03-006P-E1 NS 180718 1 TMO-03-006P-E2 NS 180726 3/4
6 240 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMO-03-006P-E1 NS 180734 1 TMO-03-006P-E2 NS 180742 3/4
6 480 1-1 48-1/16 21 TMO-03-006P-E1 NS 180750 1 TMO-03-006P-E2 NS 180769 3/4
6 480 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMO-03-006P-E1 NS 180777 1 TMO-03-006P-E2 NS 180785 3/4
DIM. DIM.
CKT & DIM B Wt* N DIM. N N
B-108
Immersion
TMO
Medium Weight Oil Applications (cont’d.)
CKT DIM DIM
FLANGED

*Weights:
C. For Wt. of 8" flange with E4 enclosure add 10 lbs. to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater
TMO-3
Medium Weight Oil Dimensions (Inches)
Applications Pipe Plug

(4) 3/4" Dia.
Holes on
Integral Thermostat
Stl. Thermowell
6" Center (3) Stl. Elements
• 3" 150 Lb. Carbon Steel Flange 7-3/4 2-3/4 Min. Hole Size
• Steel Thermowell 3"~150 Lb. Stl. Flg.

8-5/8 B ± 1%
1-1/2" NPT
• Built-in AR Thermostat
(60 - 250°F) Specifications and Ordering Information
• Single Phase on 480V
(contactor required) E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion Resistant
• Three Phase on 240V CKT & DIM B Wt.
(no contactor required) kW Volts Phase (In.) (Lbs.) Model Stock PCN
• 15 W/In2 3 240 1-3 25-1/4 24 TMO-30315E2T93 NS 326166
3 480 1-3 25-1/4 24 TMO-30315E2T2 NS 326174
• 3 - 6 kW 4 240 1-3 33-1/16 25 TMO-30415E2T93 NS 326182
4 480 1-3 33-1/16 25 TMO-30415E2T2 NS 326190
• 240 and 480 Volt, Three Phase 6 240 1-3 48-1/16 29 TMO-30615E2T93 NS 326203
6 480 1-3 48-1/16 29 TMO-30615E2T2 NS 326211
• Moisture Resistant/ Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
Explosion Resistant Terminal To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase and quantity.
Enclosure Note — Other kW ratings and flange sizes available, contact your Local Chromalox
Sales office.
B-109
IMMERSION
TMO
Heavy Weight Oil
Applications
Flange page for enclosure and flange details.
• Steel Sheath Elements and
Steel Thermowell Dimensions (Inches)
• 6.5 W/In2 B ± 1%
• 1.2 - 8.4 kW (Ref.) 6" for 8 - 14" Flange

• General Purpose, Moisture N3
Enclosures

DIM. DIM.
CKT & DIM B Wt* N N
Inch - 150 Lb. Steel Flange — 3 Steel Sheath Elements — 6.5 W/In2
3
1.2 240 1-3 25-3/16 17 TMO-03-001P2-E1 NS 179223 1 TMO-03-001P2-E2 NS 031421 3/4
1.65 240 1-3 33-1/16 18 TMO-03-001P6.5-E1 NS 179274 1 TMO-03-001P6.5-E2 NS 031430 3/4
2.1 240 1-3 40-9/16 20 TMO-03-002P1-E1 NS 179320 1 TMO-03-002P1-E2 NS 031448 3/4
2.1 480 1-3 40-9/16 20 TMO-03-002P1-E1 NS 179346 1 TMO-03-002P1-E2 NS 031456 3/4
2.48 240 1-3 48-1/16 21 TMO-03-002P4.8-E1 NS 179389 1 TMO-03-002P4.8-E2 NS 031464 3/4
CKT DIM. DIM. DIM.

& DIM B Wt* N N N
5 Inch - 150 Lb. Steel Flange — 6 Steel Sheath Elements — 6.5 W/In2
4.95 240 1-3 48-1/16 37 TMO-06-004P9.5-E1 NS 179741 1 TMO-06-004P9.5-E2 NS 031544 1-1/2 TMO-06-004P9.5-E4 NS 031739 1
4.95 480 1-3 48-1/16 37 TMO-06-004P9.5-E1 NS 179768 1 TMO-06-004P9.5-E2 NS 031552 1-1/2 TMO-06-004P9.5-E4 NS 031747 1
4. Weights:
B. For Wt. of 5" flange with E4 enclosure add 7 lbs. to Wt. of E1 enclosure heater.
B-110
Immersion
TTSF
Boiler & Water Dimensions (Inches)
Applications 1/4 B ± 1%
2-1/2 3/4 (3) 0.315" Dia. Elements
• 2-1/2 x 2-1/2" Square Brass or
FLANGED
Steel Flange 2-1/2
• Copper or INCOLOY® Sheath (4) 0.412" Dia. Holes on 2-1/2" Dia. BC

Elements
• High Watt Densities (See Table)
CKT DIM
& B Wt.
• 5 - 18 kW kW Volts W/In2 Phase (In.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Steam Boiler — INCOLOY® Sheath Elements — Steel Flange
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt, 5 208 93 1 - 3 12 TTSFISF-317-50B NS 203123 2
5 240 93 1 - 3 12 TTSFISF-317-50B NS 203131 2
Three Phase 10 208 78 1 - 3 24-7/16 TTSFISF-317-100B NS 202526 3
10 240 78 1 - 3 24-7/16 TTSFISF-317-100B S 202534 3
10 480 78 1 - 3 24-7/16 TTSFISF-317-100B S 202542 3
15 208 81 1 - 3 34 TTSFISF-317-150B NS 202497 4
15 240 81 1 - 3 34 TTSFISF-317-150B NS 202500 4
15 480 81 1 - 3 34 TTSFISF-317-150B S 202489 4
“Under the U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, it Water — Copper Sheath Elements — Brass Flange
is unlawful to install or use this product in any ser- 13.5 208 184 1 - 3 13-7/16 TTSFBF-310-135 NS 292550 2
vice that comes into contact with water for human
consumption (including drinking, food or beverage
13.5 480 184 1 - 3 13-7/16 TTSFBF-310-135 NS 292568 2
preparation, hand washing, or teeth brushing). This 15 480 155 1 - 3 17-7/16 TTSFBF-310-150 S 292541 3
product is intended exclusively for use in non- 18 480 153 1 - 3 21-1/16 TTSFBF-310-180 S 292533 4
potable service.” Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
WCSF
Boiler Replacement Dimensions (Inches)
Elements (6) 0.375" Dia. Holes on 3-3/16" Dia. BC
4-1/2 3
• 4-1/2 x 4-1/2" Square Steel
Flange with Zinc Coating (3) 0.430"
4-1/2 3/8 Dia. Elements
• Copper Sheath Elements 1-5/8 B ± 1%
• High Watt Densities (See Table) Specifications and Ordering Information

CKT & DIM B Wt.
• 12 - 22.5 kW kW Volts W/In2 Phase (In.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
12 208 80 1-3 10-3/8 WCSF-347-120B-45 NS 800278 6
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt, 12 240 80 1-3 10-3/8 WCSF-347-120B-45 NS 800155 6
12 480 80 1-3 10-3/8 WCSF-347-120B-45 NS 807189 6
Three Phase 17 208 109 1-3 10-3/8 WCSF-345-170B-45 NS 807576 6
17 240 109 1-3 10-3/8 WCSF-345-170B-45 NS 807517 6
17 480 109 1-3 10-3/8 WCSF-345-170B-45 NS 807091 6
20 208 131 1-3 10-3/8 WCSF-340-200B-45 NS 810687 6
20 230 131 1-3 10-3/8 WCSF-340-200B-45 NS 806397 6
20 240 131 1-3 10-3/8 WCSF-340-200B-45 NS 810695 6
22.5 480 99 1-3 15-5/16 WCSF-347-225B-45 NS 809192 6
B-111
Immersion
TTUH
Dimensions (Inches)
A
Food Equipment C
Water Applications B
D Conduit Openings
1/2" - 2 Places
3/4" - 1 Place
Dimensions (Inches)
• Bottom Mounted
C
• Brass Flange
A
• Copper Sheath Elements B
D
4" Conduit Box

• 1 - 12 kW
Dimensions (Inches)
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt,
1 & 3 Phase C
A
• Without Integral Thermal D
Cutout B
4" Conduit Box

• High Watt Densities (see Table)
Dimensions (In.)
Wt. No.
Applications kW Volts W/In2 A B C D Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) Elements
1 Phase w/o Cutout — 2" Min. Liquid Depth
• Steam Tables 1 120 42 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-10A NS 272321 3 1
1.5 120 57 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-15A S 272330 3 1
• Kettles 1.5 208 57 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-15A S 272348 3 1
1.5 240 57 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-15A S 272356 3 1
• Humidifiers 2 120 57 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-20A S 272364 3 1
2 208 57 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-20A S 272372 3 1
2 240 57 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-20A S 272380 3 1
2.5 120 58 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-25A S 272399 3 1
2.5 208 58 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-25A S 272401 3 1
2.5 240 58 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-25A S 272410 3 1
3 120 55 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-30A NS 272428 3 1
3 208 55 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-30A S 272436 3 1
3 240 55 6-3/4 4-9/16 4-1/4 2-5/16 TTUH-30A S 272444 3 1
4 120 53 9-1/2 4-9/16 4 1-3/8 TTUH-40A S 272452 3 1
4 208 53 9-1/2 4-9/16 4 1-3/8 TTUH-40A S 272460 3 1
4 240 53 9-1/2 4-9/16 4 1-3/8 TTUH-40A S 272479 3 1
5 208 39 12-3/4 4-9/16 4 1-11/16 TTUH-50 S 192583 5 2
5 240 39 12-3/4 4-9/16 4 1-11/16 TTUH-50 S 192591 5 2
6 208 42 14-1/2 4-9/16 4 1-11/16 TTUH-60 S 192604 6 2
6 240 42 14-1/2 4-9/16 4 1-11/16 TTUH-60 S 192612 6 2
7 208 49 14-1/2 4-9/16 4 1-11/16 TTUH-70 NS 192620 6 2
7 240 49 14-1/2 4-9/16 4 1-11/16 TTUH-70 S 192639 6 2
3 Phase w/o Cutout — 3" Min. Liquid Depth
3 208 55 8-3/4 4-5/8 3-1/8 1-15/16 TTUH-303 S 255943 4 3
3 240 55 8-3/4 4-5/8 3-1/8 1-15/16 TTUH-303 NS 255951 4 3
4 208 74 8-3/4 4-5/8 3-1/8 1-15/16 TTUH-403 S 255960 4 3
4 240 74 8-3/4 4-5/8 3-1/8 1-15/16 TTUH-403 S 255978 4 3
4 480 74 8-3/4 4-5/8 3-1/8 1-15/16 TTUH-403 NS 258511 4 3
5 208 73 11 4-5/8 3-1/8 1-15/16 TTUH-503 S 255986 5 3
5 240 73 11 4-5/8 3-1/8 1-15/16 TTUH-503 S 255994 5 3
6 208 67 11-1/16 5 4-1/16 2-3/8 TTUH-603 NS 256006 5 3
6 240 67 11-1/16 5 4-1/16 2-3/8 TTUH-603 S 256014 5 3
6 480 67 11-1/16 5 4-1/16 2-3/8 TTUH-603 NS 258520 5 3
7 208 78 11-1/16 5 4-1/16 2-3/8 TTUH-703 S 256022 5 3
7 240 78 11-1/16 5 4-1/16 2-3/8 TTUH-703 S 256030 5 3
“Under the U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 8 208 69 11-1/8 5 4-1/16 2-3/8 TTUH-803 S 258423 5 3
it is unlawful to install or use this product in any 8 240 69 11-1/8 5 4-1/16 2-3/8 TTUH-803 NS 258431 5 3
service that comes into contact with water for human
consumption (including drinking, food or beverage 12 240 98 17-3/4 5 4-1/16 2-3/8 TTUH-1203 NS 186052 6 3
preparation, hand washing, or teeth brushing). This Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
product is intended exclusively for use in non-potable To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase and quantity.
service.”
B-112
Immersion
TTUH-CO Dimensions (Inches)

A
Food Equipment C
Water Applications
D
B Reset for 4"
• Bottom Mounted Cutout Conduit
FLANGED
Box
• Brass Flange
Dimensions (Inches)
• 1 - 12 kW
C
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt,
A
1 & 3 Phase B
Reset for
D
• Integral Low Liquid Thermal
4" Conduit
Cutout
• High Watt Densities (see Table) Dimensions (In.)
Wt. No.
kW Volts W/In2 A B C D Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) Elements
1 Phase w/Cutout — 2-1/2" Min. Liquid Depth
1 120 42 7-7/16 4-9/16 3-1/16 1-7/8 TTUH-CO-10 NS 186060 3 2
Applications 1.5 120 62 7-7/16 4-13/16 3-1/16 2-1/8 TTUH-CO-15 S 186079 3 2
1.5 208 62 7-7/16 4-13/16 3-1/16 2-1/8 TTUH-CO-15 NS 256049 3 2
• Steam Tables 1.5 240 62 7-7/16 4-13/16 3-1/16 2-1/8 TTUH-CO-15 NS 256057 3 2
2 208 60 9-7/16 4-13/16 3-1/16 2-1/8 TTUH-CO-20 S 256065 3 2
• Kettles 2 240 60 9-7/16 4-13/16 3-1/16 2-1/8 TTUH-CO-20 S 256073 3 2
2.5 208 40 6-3/4 4-13/16 3-1/16 2-1/8 TTUH-CO-25 S 256081 3 2
• Humidifiers 2.5 240 40 6-3/4 4-13/16 3-1/16 2-1/8 TTUH-CO-25 S 256090 3 2
3 208 55 6-3/4 4-13/16 3-1/16 2-1/8 TTUH-CO-30 S 256102 3 2
Note — Models above 25 Amp or 240V 3 240 55 6-3/4 4-13/16 3-1/16 2-1/8 TTUH-CO-30 S 256110 3 2
single phase, and all 3 phase models require 4 208 64 9-1/2 4-13/16 3-1/16 2-1/8 TTUH-CO-40 S 256129 4 2
a suitable magnetic contactor to interrupt 4 240 64 9-1/2 4-13/16 3-1/16 2-1/8 TTUH-CO-40 S 256137 4 2
the heater load, with the cutout connected 5 208 70 12-3/4 5-3/8 4 2-11/16 TTUH-CO-50 S 256145 5 2
5 240 70 12-3/4 5-3/8 4 2-11/16 TTUH-CO-50 S 256153 5 2
for pilot duty. See the Controls section for 6 208 73 14-1/2 5-3/8 4 2-11/16 TTUH-CO-60 S 256161 6 2
contactors. 6 240 73 14-1/2 5-3/8 4 2-11/16 TTUH-CO-60 S 256170 6 2
7 240 85 14-1/2 5-3/8 4 2-11/16 TTUH-CO-70 S 256188 6 2
3 Phase w/Cutout — 3" Min. Liquid Depth
3 208 55 8-3/4 5-13/16 3-1/8 2-3/4 TTUH-CO-303 S 256444 4 3
3 240 55 8-3/4 5-13/16 3-1/8 2-3/4 TTUH-CO-303 NS 256452 4 3
4 208 74 8-3/4 5-13/16 3-1/8 2-3/4 TTUH-CO-403 S 256479 5 3
4 240 74 8-3/4 5-13/16 3-1/8 2-3/4 TTUH-CO-403 S 256487 5 3
5 208 73 11 5-13/32 3-1/8 2-3/4 TTUH-CO-503 S 256508 5 3
5 240 73 11 5-13/32 3-1/8 2-3/4 TTUH-CO-503 S 256516 5 3
5 480 73 11 5-13/32 3-1/8 2-3/4 TTUH-CO-503 S 204150 5 3
6 208 72 11-1/16 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-603 S 256532 5 3
6 240 72 11-1/16 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-603 S 256540 5 3
7 208 78 11-1/16 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-703 S 256559 5 3
7 240 78 11-1/16 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-703 NS 256567 5 3
7 480 78 11-1/16 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-703 S 256575 5 3
8 208 69 14-1/2 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-803 S 256583 6 3
8 240 69 14-1/2 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-803 S 256591 6 3
8 480 69 14-1/2 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-803 NS 256604 6 3
9 208 78 14-1/2 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-903 S 256612 6 3
9 240 78 14-1/2 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-903 NS 256620 6 3
9 480 78 14-1/2 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-903 NS 256639 6 3
10 208 82 17-11/16 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-1003 S 256647 7 3
10 240 82 17-11/16 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-1003 NS 256655 7 3
“Under the U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, it 10 480 82 17-11/16 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-1003 NS 256663 7 3
is unlawful to install or use this product in any ser- 12 240 98 17-11/16 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-1203 NS 256680 7 3
vice that comes into contact with water for human 12 480 98 17-11/16 5-3/4 4-1/16 3 TTUH-CO-1203 NS 256698 7 3
consumption (including drinking, food or beverage
preparation, hand washing, or teeth brushing). This Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
product is intended exclusively for use in non- To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase and quantity.
potable service.”
B-113
Immersion
Over-the-Side Immersion Heaters

Overview
Description
Over-the-Side Immersion Heaters are
designed for installing in the top of a tank
with the heated portion directly immersed
along the side or at the bottom. This
provides easy removal of the heater and
ample working space inside the tank.
These heaters are available with heating
elements made of Copper, Steel, Stainless Over-the-Side Immersion Heaters — Selection Guidelines
Steel, Cast Iron, INCOLOY®, Titanium, Sheath Typ. Watt See
Fluoropolymer coated, and Quartz. A Configuration Model Material Density Phase Note
wide selection of kW ratings, shapes and L-Shaped KBLS 304SS 11 1 1
mounting methods are available to suit This type of heater puts the TLS, KTLS 304SS 40 1 or 3 1
many different types of applications. heat at the bottom of the tank. GSL 316SS 20 and 40 1 2
The vertical riser is unheated so GSL3, GSV3 316SS 20 and 40 3 2
lower liquid levels are accept-
able. Many types of heating CIT Cast Iron 20 1 —
element materials are available TLC, KTLC Copper 40 1 or 3 1
along with various riser heights TBL INCOLOY® 20 1 —
and element configurations. TLI INCOLOY® 40 1 or 3 1
Legs are provided at the bottom KTLI INCOLOY® 40 1 1
of most heaters to prevent direct
contact of the heating elements KBLC Steel 11 1 1
with the bottom of the tank. TBL Steel 20 1 —
TLO, KTLO Steel 20 1 or 3 1
BLCK-MH Steel 12 and 18 1 or 3 1
BLCS Steel 12 and 18 1 or 3 —
GTFL, GXFL Fluoropolymer 10 1 2
GTFNL3 Fluoropolymer 10 3 2
GTL Titanium 20 and 40 1 2
GTL3, GTV3 Titanium 20 and 40 3 2
Side Mount/Top Mount PTHF 304SS 20 3 2
This heater is placed on the side CTSS 304SS 25 and 40 1 —
of the tank with mounting brack- PTH 316SS 30 1 —
ets for easy installation. A cold GS 316SS 20 and 40 1 2
section is provided at the top of
the heater for various levels of GS3 316SS 20 and 40 1 or 3 2
liquid in the tank (consult heater CTAC Carp 20 SS 25 and 40 1 —
specification tables for the spe- CS Ceramic-SiAlON 70 1-3 —
cific length of the cold section). CH-OTS Copper 60 1 3
Low profile side mounted heat- CTC Copper 25 and 40 1 —
ers provide more working space
in the heated tank. QM Quartz 25 1 2
QM3 Quartz 25 1 or 3 2
GTF, GXF Fluoropolymer 10 1 2
GTF6, GTF9 Fluoropolymer 10 3 2
TPR Fluoropolymer 20 1 2
TPF Fluoropolymer 20 3 2
PTHT Titanium 20 1 —
CTT Titanium 44 1 —
GT Titanium 20 and 40 1 2
Heat/Cool Exchangers GT3 Titanium 20 and 40 1 or 3 2
Side mounted metal or fluoro- GHTF Fluoropolymer N/A N/A —
polymer coils provide heat or GRS 316SS N/A N/A —
cooling of tanks from remote GRT Titanium N/A N/A —
mounted heating or cooling
sources. US 316SS N/A N/A —
UT Titanium N/A N/A —
1. Optional Integral Thermostat - requires wiring to remote relay (not included).
2. Integral Overheat Thermal Protection - requires wiring to remote relay (not included).
3. Integral Thermostat and Cutout.
B-114
Immersion

Guidelines
Sheath Material — Selection Guidelines1
Applications
OVER-THE-SIDE
Material Being Heated Typical Sheath Material
The large variation in heating element material Clean Water (pH6 to pH8) Copper
and shapes of over-the-side immersion heat- Demineralized or De-ionized Water Stainless Steel (passivated)
ers offers a wide selection in the application INCOLOY®
of these units. Water, oils, solvents, plating Fluoropolymer
Medium Weight Oil, Alkaline Cleaning (low concentration) Steel
baths, salts and acids are some of the many Mild Soaking Cleaners
liquids and viscous materials commonly Mild to Medium Corrosive Solutions, Many Oxidizing Stainless Steel
heated with immersion heaters. Over-the-side Acids, Organic Chemicals, Mild Aqueous Solutions INCOLOY®
types permit portability, easy removal for Chromic Acid (10%), Nitric Acid (to 65%) Titanium
cleaning of tanks and heaters and ample work- Salt Brine, Many Plating Solutions (i.e. Nickel, Silver,
Zinc, Gold)
ing area within the tank when installed.
Soft Metal Melting Cast Iron
Important — When selecting a tank heater Molten Metal, High Corrosive Ceramic
design, the user should make sure the sheath Most Acids, Plating Solutions, Pickling Solutions Fluoropolymer
Quartz2
material is suitable for the solution being
heated at the maximum temperature expected, 1. Consult Corrosion Guide in the Technical section for specific material recommendations.
with proper safety factor. 2. Not for use in hydrofluoric acid and alkaline solutions.
L-Shaped Installation Side Mount Installation Deep Tank Installation
Over-the-Side Immersion Heaters — Selection Guidelines

Heater Model Page Heater Model Page
L-Shaped Metal Sheath TLC & KTLC B-118 L-Shaped GTFL3 B-136
TLO & KTLO B-119 Fluoropolymer Coated
TLS & KTLS B-120 Drum Heater KBLC & KBLS B-137
TLI & KTLI B-121
Salt Bath Heater TBL & TBL-A B-138
Side Mount Metal Tube GS & GT B-122
GS3 & GT3 B-123 Deep Tank Heater BLCK-MH & B-139
BLCS
L-Shaped Metal Tube GSL & GTL B-124
GSL3 & GTL3 B-125 Portable Tank Heater CH-OTS B-140
GSV3 & GTV3 B-126 Soft Metal Melting Heater CIT B-141
Side Mount Quartz Tube QM & QM3 B-127 Ceramic Sheath CS B-142
Side Mount Metal Sheath PTH & PTHT B-128 Side Mount Heat Exchanger GRT & GRS B-144
PTHF B-129 US & UT B-146
CT B-130 GHTF B-147
Side Mount TPR & TPF B-131 Terminal Enclosure Dimensions B-148
Fluoropolymer Coated GTF & GTFL B-132 Optional Accessories B-150
GXF & GXFL B-133
GTF6 & GTF9 B-135
B-115
Immersion

L-Shaped Metal
Sheath Heaters
Straight Elements — Dimensions (Inches)
TLC, KTLC, TLO, KTLO,
TLS, KTLS, TLI, KTLI
4-1/2 View (cover removed)
• Copper, Steel, Stainless Steel, 0.475" Dia. Elements 1" NPT Conduit Opening
INCOLOY® Sheath Elements 11-1/2 1-1/2
• 20 and 40 W/In2 4-1/16
8-5/16
• 2 - 18 kW
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt, A

1 & 3 Phase
• Moisture Resistant Terminal

Enclosure 4
1/2
B ± 1%
• Optional Integral Thermostat
Circular Elements — Dimensions (Inches)
Section A-A
Description
4-1/2
Light weight, portable, easy to install L-shape View (cover removed) B
construction, puts the heat at the bottom of 1" NPT Conduit Opening Min. Tank
the tank and the terminal enclosure at the top 11-1/2 Clearance
of the tank. Capacities, dimensions and heater 4-1/16
sheaths fit a wide range of heating applica- 8-5/16
1-1/2
tions. Easy to install and remove for cleaning
with straight or circular element designs to fit
A
many tank configurations.
0.475"
Features A
Dia. Elements
A
• Copper Sheath and Riser (40 W/In2)

4
• Steel Sheath and Riser (20 W/In2) 1/2
• Stainless Steel Sheath and Riser (40 W/In2)

Optional Features
• INCOLOY® Sheath and Stainless Steel
Riser (40 W/In2) • Integral Thermostat Kit DPST “AR” type • INCOLOY® Riser
rated 30 Amp at 120 - 277V (field installed)
• 36 and 48" Riser Heights • Process and Overtemperature Protection
• 60 - 250°F (AR-219 Kit, PCN 277819) Thermocouples
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure
• 200 - 550°F (AR-519 Kit, PCN 277827)1 • Increase Number of Elements (horizontally
• Thermowell (standard on S and AS heaters) and/or vertically) for larger kW ratings
• 0 - 100°F (AR-115 Kit, PCN 277835)
• 4" Sludge Legs (standard on S and AS heat- • Lower Watt Densities for heating Viscous
ers). Increases A dimension 3-1/2". Keeps • Factory Installed Thermostat
Materials
heated section off bottom of tank. (specify range above)
• Manhole Construction for Covered Tanks
• Explosion Resistant Terminal Enclosure
(CSA/NRTLC Certified) Note —
1. Not UL Listed or CSA Certified with
• Longer Riser and Sludge Leg Heights
200 - 550°F Thermostat Kit
B-116
Immersion
TLC & KTLC

L-Shaped Metal
Sheath Heaters
• Copper Sheath Elements (40 W/In2)
OVER-THE-SIDE
• 304 SS Riser
• 2 - 18 kW
• 120, 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase
• For Clean Water

Straight Elements Circular Elements
Riser Min. Tank Min. Tank
A - DIM Clearance Clearance Wt.
kW Volts Phase (In.) B - DIM (In.) Model Stock PCN B - DIM (In.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
2 Elements — Copper (40 W/In2)
2 120 1 36 12-1/4 TLC-220A-036 NS 193375 10-5/8 KTLC-220A-036 NS 183134 7
2 240 1 36 12-1/4 TLC-220A-036 NS 193383 10-5/8 KTLC-220A-036 NS 183142 7
2 480 1 36 12-1/4 TLC-220A-036 NS 193391 10-5/8 KTLC-220A-036 NS 183150 7
4 120 1 36 22-1/4 TLC-240A-036 NS 193404 13-3/4 KTLC-240A-036 NS 183169 9
4 240 1 36 22-1/4 TLC-240A-036 NS 193412 13-3/4 KTLC-240A-036 NS 183177 9
4 480 1 36 22-1/4 TLC-240A-036 NS 193420 13-3/4 KTLC-240A-036 NS 183185 9
6 120 1 36 29-1/2 TLC-260A-0361 NS 193439 16-1/8 KTLC-260A-0361 NS 183193 9
6 240 1 36 29-1/2 TLC-260A-036 NS 193447 16-1/8 KTLC-260A-036 NS 183206 9
6 480 1 36 29-1/2 TLC-260A-036 NS 193455 16-1/8 KTLC-260A-036 NS 183214 9
4.5/6 208/240 1 48 29-1/2 TLC-260TI-048 S 277755 — — — — 11
8 240 1 36 37-3/8 TLC-280A-036 NS 193463 18-5/8 KTLC-280A-036 NS 183222 11
8 480 1 36 37-3/8 TLC-280A-036 NS 193471 18-5/8 KTLC-280A-036 NS 183230 11
10 240 1 48 45 TLC-210A-048 NS 193480 21-1/4 KTLC-210A-048 NS 183249 14
10 480 1 48 45 TLC-210A-048 NS 193498 21-1/4 KTLC-210A-048 NS 183257 14
12 240 1 48 52-1/2 TLC-212A-0481 NS 193500 23-1/2 KTLC-212A-0481 NS 183265 16
12 480 1 48 52-1/2 TLC-212A-048 NS 193519 23-1/2 KTLC-212A-048 NS 183273 16
3 Elements — Copper (40 W/In2)
3 120 1 36 12-1/4 TLC-330A-036 NS 194466 10-5/8 KTLC-330A-036 NS 183281 12
3 240 1 36 12-1/4 TLC-330A-036 NS 194482 10-5/8 KTLC-330A-036 NS 183290 12
3 240 3 36 12-1/4 TLC-330A-036 NS 277712 10-5/8 KTLC-330A-036 NS 183302 12
3 480 1 36 12-1/4 TLC-330A-036 NS 194503 10-5/8 KTLC-330A-036 NS 183310 12
3 480 3 36 12-1/4 TLC-330A-036 NS 194511 10-5/8 KTLC-330A-036 NS 183329 12
6 120 1 36 22-1/4 TLC-360A-0361 NS 194520 13-3/4 KTLC-360A-0361 NS 183337 12
6 240 1 36 22-1/4 TLC-360A-036 NS 194546 13-3/4 KTLC-360A-036 NS 183345 12
6 240 3 36 22-1/4 TLC-360A-036 NS 277720 13-3/4 KTLC-360A-036 NS 183353 12
6 480 1 36 22-1/4 TLC-360A-036 NS 194562 13-3/4 KTLC-360A-036 NS 183361 12
6 480 3 36 22-1/4 TLC-360A-036 NS 277739 13-3/4 KTLC-360A-036 NS 183370 12
9 120 1 36 29-1/2 TLC-390A-0361 NS 194589 16-1/8 KTLC-390A-0361 NS 183388 13
9 240 1 36 29-1/2 TLC-390A-036 NS 194600 16-1/8 KTLC-390A-036 NS 183396 13
9 240 3 36 29-1/2 TLC-390A-036 NS 194618 16-1/8 KTLC-390A-036 NS 183409 13
9 480 1 36 29-1/2 TLC-390A-036 NS 194626 16-1/8 KTLC-390A-036 NS 183417 13
9 480 3 36 29-1/2 TLC-390A-036 NS 194634 16-1/8 KTLC-390A-036 NS 183425 13
12 240 1 48 37-3/8 TLC-312A-0481 NS 194642 18-5/8 KTLC-312A-048 1
NS 183433 16
12 240 3 48 37-3/8 TLC-312A-048 NS 194650 18-5/8 KTLC-312A-048 NS 183441 16
12 480 1 48 37-3/8 TLC-312A-048 NS 194669 18-5/8 KTLC-312A-048 NS 183450 16
12 480 3 48 37-3/8 TLC-312A-048 NS 277747 18-5/8 KTLC-312A-048 NS 183468 16
15 240 1 48 45 TLC-315A-0481 NS 194685 21-1/4 KTLC-315A-0481 NS 183476 17
15 240 3 48 45 TLC-315A-048 NS 194693 21-1/4 KTLC-315A-048 NS 183484 17
15 480 1 48 45 TLC-315A-048 NS 194706 21-1/4 KTLC-315A-048 NS 183492 17
15 480 3 48 45 TLC-315A-048 NS 194714 21-1/4 KTLC-315A-048 NS 183505 17
18 240 1 48 52-1/2 TLC-318A-0481 NS 194722 23-1/2 KTLC-318A-0481 NS 183513 18
18 240 3 48 52-1/2 TLC-318A-048 NS 194730 23-1/2 KTLC-318A-048 NS 183521 18
18 480 1 48 52-1/2 TLC-318A-048 NS 194749 23-1/2 KTLC-318A-048 NS 183530 18
18 480 3 48 52-1/2 TLC-318A-048 NS 194757 23-1/2 KTLC-318A-048 NS 183548 18
Note — Thermostat Kit Option: 0 - 100°F (AR-115 Kit, PCN 277835);
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock 60 - 250°F (AR-2529 Kit, PCN 277819); 200 - 550°F
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase and quantity. (AR-5529 Kit, PCN 277827)
1. Not UL or CSA (units exceed 48 Amps). Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office for additional circuits to comply with 48 Amp maximum.
B-117
Immersion
TLO & KTLO

L-Shaped Metal Sheath Heaters
• Steel Sheath Elements (20 W/In2)
• Steel Riser (36 and 48")
• 2 - 10 kW
• 120, 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase
• For Medium Weight Oils &
Degreasing Solutions

2 Elements — Steel (20 W/In2)
2 120 1 36 22-1/4 TLO-220A-036 NS 193201 13-3/4 KTLO-220A-036 NS 182967 9
2 240 1 36 22-1/4 TLO-220A-036 NS 193210 13-3/4 KTLO-220A-036 NS 182975 9
2 480 1 36 22-1/4 TLO-220A-036 NS 193228 13-3/4 KTLO-220A-036 NS 182983 9
3 120 1 36 29-1/2 TLO-230A-036 NS 193236 16-1/8 KTLO-230A-036 NS 182991 10
3 240 1 36 29-1/2 TLO-230A-036 NS 193244 16-1/8 KTLO-230A-036 NS 183003 10
3 480 1 36 29-1/2 TLO-230A-036 NS 193252 16-1/8 KTLO-230A-036 NS 183011 10
4 120 1 36 37-3/8 TLO-240A-036 NS 193260 18-5/8 KTLO-240A-036 NS 183020 11
4 240 1 36 37-3/8 TLO-240A-036 NS 193279 18-5/8 KTLO-240A-036 NS 183038 11
4 480 1 36 37-3/8 TLO-240A-036 NS 193287 18-5/8 KTLO-240A-036 NS 183046 11
5 120 1 48 45 TLO-250A-048 NS 193295 21-1/4 KTLO-250A-048 NS 183054 12
5 240 1 48 45 TLO-250A-048 NS 193308 21-1/4 KTLO-250A-048 NS 183062 12
5 480 1 48 45 TLO-250A-048 NS 193316 21-1/4 KTLO-250A-048 NS 183070 12
6 120 1 48 52-1/2 TLO-260A-0481 NS 193324 23-1/2 KTLO-260A-0481 NS 183089 13
6 240 1 48 52-1/2 TLO-260A-048 NS 193332 23-1/2 KTLO-260A-048 NS 183097 13
6 480 1 48 52-1/2 TLO-260A-048 NS 193340 23-1/2 KTLO-260A-048 NS 183100 13
7 240 1 48 56-1/2 TLO-270A-048 NS 193359 24-7/8 KTLO-270A-048 NS 183118 14
7 480 1 48 56-1/2 TLO-270A-048 NS 193367 24-7/8 KTLO-270A-048 NS 183126 14
3 Elements — Steel (20 W/In2)
3 120 1 36 22-1/4 TLO-330A-036 NS 193826 13-3/4 KTLO-330A-036 NS 183847 12
3 240 1 36 22-1/4 TLO-330A-036 NS 193842 13-3/4 KTLO-330A-036 NS 183855 12
3 240 3 36 22-1/4 TLO-330A-036 NS 277624 13-3/4 KTLO-330A-036 NS 183863 12
3 480 1 36 22-1/4 TLO-330A-036 NS 193869 13-3/4 KTLO-330A-036 NS 183871 12
3 480 3 36 22-1/4 TLO-330A-036 NS 193877 13-3/4 KTLO-330A-036 NS 183880 12
4.5 120 1 36 29-1/2 TLO-345A-036 NS 193885 16-1/8 KTLO-345A-036 NS 183898 13
4.5 240 1 36 29-1/2 TLO-345A-036 NS 193906 16-1/8 KTLO-345A-036 NS 183900 13
4.5 240 3 36 29-1/2 TLO-345A-036 NS 193914 16-1/8 KTLO-345A-036 NS 183919 13
4.5 480 1 36 29-1/2 TLO-345A-036 NS 193922 16-1/8 KTLO-345A-036 NS 183927 13
4.5 480 3 36 29-1/2 TLO-345A-036 NS 193930 16-1/8 KTLO-345A-036 NS 183935 13
6 120 1 48 37-3/8 TLO-360A-0481 NS 193949 18-5/8 KTLO-360A-0481 NS 183943 13
6 240 1 48 37-3/8 TLO-360A-048 NS 193965 18-5/8 KTLO-360A-048 NS 183951 13
6 240 3 48 37-3/8 TLO-360A-048 S 277632 18-5/8 KTLO-360A-048 NS 277659 13
6 480 1 48 37-3/8 TLO-360A-048 NS 193981 18-5/8 KTLO-360A-048 NS 183960 13
6 480 3 48 37-3/8 TLO-360A-048 S 277640 18-5/8 KTLO-360A-048 S 277667 13
7.5 120 1 48 45 TLO-375A-0481 NS 194001 21-1/4 KTLO-375A-0481 NS 183978 14
7.5 240 1 48 45 TLO-375A-048 NS 194028 21-1/4 KTLO-375A-048 NS 183986 14
7.5 240 3 48 45 TLO-375A-048 NS 194036 21-1/4 KTLO-375A-048 NS 183994 14
7.5 480 1 48 45 TLO-375A-048 NS 194044 21-1/4 KTLO-375A-048 NS 184006 14
7.5 480 3 48 45 TLO-375A-048 NS 194052 21-1/4 KTLO-375A-048 NS 184014 14
9 120 1 48 52-1/2 TLO-390A-0481 NS 194060 23-1/2 KTLO-390A-0481 NS 184022 15
9 240 1 48 52-1/2 TLO-390A-048 NS 194087 23-1/2 KTLO-390A-048 NS 184030 15
9 240 3 48 52-1/2 TLO-390A-048 S 277675 23-1/2 KTLO-390A-048 NS 277691 15
9 480 1 48 52-1/2 TLO-390A-048 NS 194108 23-1/2 KTLO-390A-048 NS 184049 15
9 480 3 48 52-1/2 TLO-390A-048 S 277683 23-1/2 KTLO-390A-048 S 277704 15
10 240 1 48 56-1/2 TLO-310A-0481 NS 194124 24-7/8 KTLO-310A-048 1
NS 184057 16
10 240 3 48 56-1/2 TLO-310A-048 NS 194132 24-7/8 KTLO-310A-048 NS 184065 16
10 480 1 48 56-1/2 TLO-310A-048 NS 194140 24-7/8 KTLO-310A-048 NS 184073 16
10 480 3 48 56-1/2 TLO-310A-048 NS 194159 24-7/8 KTLO-310A-048 NS 184081 16
B-118
Immersion
TLS & KTLS

L-Shaped Metal
Sheath Heaters
OVER-THE-SIDE
(40 W/In2)
• Stainless Steel Riser (36 and 48")
• 2 - 18 kW
• 120, 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase
Enclosure
• For Mildly Corrosive Fluids

2 Elements — Stainless Steel (40 W/In2)
2 120 1 36 12-1/4 TLS-220A-036 NS 193527 10-5/8 KTLS-220A-036 NS 182810 8
2 240 1 36 12-1/4 TLS-220A-036 NS 193535 10-5/8 KTLS-220A-036 NS 182828 8
2 480 1 36 12-1/4 TLS-220A-036 NS 193543 10-5/8 KTLS-220A-036 NS 182836 8
4 120 1 36 22-1/4 TLS-240A-036 NS 193551 13-3/4 KTLS-240A-036 NS 182844 8
4 240 1 36 22-1/4 TLS-240A-036 NS 193560 13-3/4 KTLS-240A-036 NS 182852 8
4 480 1 36 22-1/4 TLS-240A-036 NS 193578 13-3/4 KTLS-240A-036 NS 182860 8
6 120 1 36 29-1/2 TLS-260A-0361 NS 193586 16-1/8 KTLS-260A-0361 NS 182879 10
6 240 1 36 29-1/2 TLS-260A-036 NS 193594 16-1/8 KTLS-260A-036 NS 182887 10
6 480 1 36 29-1/2 TLS-260A-036 NS 193607 16-1/8 KTLS-260A-036 NS 182895 10
8 240 1 36 37-3/8 TLS-280A-036 NS 193615 18-5/8 KTLS-280A-036 NS 182908 12
8 480 1 36 37-3/8 TLS-280A-036 NS 193623 18-5/8 KTLS-280A-036 NS 182916 12
10 240 1 48 45 TLS-210A-048 NS 193631 21-1/4 KTLS-210A-048 NS 182924 14
10 480 1 48 45 TLS-210A-048 NS 193640 21-1/4 KTLS-210A-048 NS 182932 14
12 240 1 48 52-1/2 TLS-212A-0481 NS 193658 23-1/2 KTLS-212A-0481 NS 182940 16
12 480 1 48 52-1/2 TLS-212A-048 NS 193666 23-1/2 KTLS-212A-048 NS 182959 16
3 Elements — Stainless Steel (40 W/In2)
3 120 1 36 12-1/4 TLS-330A-036 NS194765 10-5/8 KTLS-330A-036 NS 183628 9
3 240 1 36 12-1/4 TLS-330A-036 NS194781 10-5/8 KTLS-330A-036 NS 183636 9
3 240 3 36 12-1/4 TLS-330A-036 NS277499 10-5/8 KTLS-330A-036 NS 183644 9
3 480 1 36 12-1/4 TLS-330A-036 NS194802 10-5/8 KTLS-330A-036 NS 183652 9
3 480 3 36 12-1/4 TLS-330A-036 NS194810 10-5/8 KTLS-330A-036 NS 183660 9
6 120 1 36 22-1/4 TLS-360A-0361 NS194829 13-3/4 KTLS-360A-036 1
NS 183679 10
6 240 1 36 22-1/4 TLS-360A-036 NS194845 13-3/4 KTLS-360A-036 NS 183687 10
6 240 3 36 22-1/4 TLS-360A-036 NS277501 13-3/4 KTLS-360A-036 NS 183695 10
6 480 1 36 22-1/4 TLS-360A-036 NS194861 13-3/4 KTLS-360A-036 NS 183708 10
6 480 3 36 22-1/4 TLS-360A-036 S277510 13-3/4 KTLS-360A-036 NS 183716 10
9 120 1 36 29-1/2 TLS-390A-0361 NS194888 16-1/8 KTLS-390A-0361 NS 183724 12
9 240 1 36 29-1/2 TLS-390A-036 NS194909 16-1/8 KTLS-390A-036 NS 183732 12
9 240 3 36 29-1/2 TLS-390A-036 S277528 16-1/8 KTLS-390A-036 S 277544 12
9 480 1 36 29-1/2 TLS-390A-036 NS194925 16-1/8 KTLS-390A-036 NS 183740 12
9 480 3 36 29-1/2 TLS-390A-036 S277536 16-1/8 KTLS-390A-036 S 277552 12
12 240 1 48 37-3/8 TLS-312A-0481 NS194941 18-5/8 KTLS-312A-0481 NS 183759 14
12 240 3 48 37-3/8 TLS-312A-048 S194950 18-5/8 KTLS-312A-048 NS 183767 14
12 480 1 48 37-3/8 TLS-312A-048 NS194968 18-5/8 KTLS-312A-048 NS 183775 14
12 480 3 48 37-3/8 TLS-312A-048 S277560 18-5/8 KTLS-312A-048 S 277579 14
15 240 1 48 45 TLS-315A-0481 NS194984 21-1/4 KTLS-315A-0481 NS 183783 16
15 240 3 48 45 TLS-315A-048 NS194992 21-1/4 KTLS-315A-048 NS 183791 16
15 480 1 48 45 TLS-315A-048 NS195004 21-1/4 KTLS-315A-048 NS 183804 16
15 480 3 48 45 TLS-315A-048 S277587 21-1/4 KTLS-315A-048 NS 277595 16
18 240 1 48 52-1/2 TLS-318A-0481 NS195020 23-1/2 KTLS-318A-0481 NS 183812 18
18 240 3 48 52-1/2 TLS-318A-048 NS195039 23-1/2 KTLS-318A-048 NS 183820 18
18 480 1 48 52-1/2 TLS-318A-048 NS195047 23-1/2 KTLS-318A-048 NS 183839 18
18 480 3 48 52-1/2 TLS-318A-048 S277608 23-1/2 KTLS-318A-048 S 277616 18
B-119
Immersion
TLI & KTLI

L-Shaped Metal
Sheath Heaters
(40 W/In2)
• Stainless Steel Riser (36 and 48")
• 2 - 18 kW
• 120, 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase
Enclosure
• For Corrosive Fluids

2 Elements — INCOLOY® (40 W/In2)
2 120 1 36 12-1/4 TLI-220A-036 NS 092970 10-5/8 KTLI-220A-036 NS 093120 8
2 240 1 36 12-1/4 TLI-220A-036 NS 092988 10-5/8 KTLI-220A-036 NS 093139 8
2 480 1 36 12-1/4 TLI-220A-036 NS 092996 10-5/8 KTLI-220A-036 NS 093147 8
4 120 1 36 22-1/4 TLI-240A-036 NS 093008 13-3/4 KTLI-240A-036 NS 093155 8
4 240 1 36 22-1/4 TLI-240A-036 NS 093016 13-3/4 KTLI-240A-036 NS 093163 8
4 480 1 36 22-1/4 TLI-240A-036 NS 093024 13-3/4 KTLI-240A-036 NS 093171 8
6 120 1 36 29-1/2 TLI-260A-0361 NS 093032 16-1/8 KTLI-260A-0361 NS 093180 10
6 240 1 36 29-1/2 TLI-260A-036 NS 093040 16-1/8 KTLI-260A-036 NS 093198 10
6 480 1 36 29-1/2 TLI-260A-036 NS 093059 16-1/8 KTLI-260A-036 NS 093200 10
8 240 1 36 37-3/8 TLI-280A-036 NS 093067 18-5/8 KTLI-280A-036 NS 093219 12
8 480 1 36 37-3/8 TLI-280A-036 NS 093075 18-5/8 KTLI-280A-036 NS 093227 12
10 240 1 48 45 TLI-210A-048 NS 093083 21-1/4 KTLI-210A-048 NS 093235 14
10 480 1 48 45 TLI-210A-048 NS 093091 21-1/4 KTLI-210A-048 NS 093243 14
12 240 1 48 52-1/2 TLI-212A-0481 NS 093104 23-1/2 KTLI-212A-0481 NS 093251 16
12 480 1 48 52-1/2 TLI-212A-048 NS 093112 23-1/2 KTLI-212A-048 NS 093260 16
3 Elements — INCOLOY® (40 W/In2)
3 120 1 36 12-1/4 TLI-330A-036 NS
093278 10-5/8 KTLI-330A-036 NS 093542 9
3 240 1 36 12-1/4 TLI-330A-036 NS
093286 10-5/8 KTLI-330A-036 NS 093550 9
3 240 3 36 12-1/4 TLI-330A-036 NS
093294 10-5/8 KTLI-330A-036 NS 093569 9
3 480 1 36 12-1/4 TLI-330A-036 NS
093307 10-5/8 KTLI-330A-036 NS 093577 9
3 480 3 36 12-1/4 TLI-330A-036 NS
093315 10-5/8 KTLI-330A-036 NS 093585 9
6 120 1 36 22-1/4 TLI-360A-0361 NS
093323 13-3/4 KTLI-360A-0361 NS 093593 10
6 240 1 36 22-1/4 TLI-360A-036 NS
093331 13-3/4 KTLI-360A-036 NS 093606 10
6 240 3 36 22-1/4 TLI-360A-036 NS
093340 13-3/4 KTLI-360A-036 NS 093614 10
6 480 1 36 22-1/4 TLI-360A-036 NS
093358 13-3/4 KTLI-360A-036 NS 093622 10
6 480 3 36 22-1/4 TLI-360A-036 NS
093366 13-3/4 KTLI-360A-036 NS 093630 10
9 120 1 36 29-1/2 TLI-390A-0361 NS
093374 16-1/8 KTLI-390A-0361 NS 093649 12
9 240 1 36 29-1/2 TLI-390A-036 NS
093382 16-1/8 KTLI-390A-036 NS 093657 12
9 240 3 36 29-1/2 TLI-390A-036 NS
093390 16-1/8 KTLI-390A-036 NS 093665 12
9 480 1 36 29-1/2 TLI-390A-036 NS
093403 16-1/8 KTLI-390A-036 NS 093673 12
9 480 3 36 29-1/2 TLI-390A-036 NS
093411 16-1/8 KTLI-390A-036 NS 093681 12
12 240 1 48 37-3/8 TLI-312A-0481 NS
093420 18-5/8 KTLI-312A-0481 NS 093690 14
12 240 3 48 37-3/8 TLI-312A-048 NS
093438 18-5/8 KTLI-312A-048 NS 093702 14
12 480 1 48 37-3/8 TLI-312A-048 NS
093446 18-5/8 KTLI-312A-048 NS 093710 14
12 480 3 48 37-3/8 TLI-312A-048 NS
093454 18-5/8 KTLI-312A-048 NS 093729 14
15 240 1 48 45 TLI-315A-0481 NS
093462 21-1/4 KTLI-315A-0481 NS 093737 16
15 240 3 48 45 TLI-315A-048 NS
093470 21-1/4 KTLI-315A-048 NS 093745 16
15 480 1 48 45 TLI-315A-048 NS
093489 21-1/4 KTLI-315A-048 NS 093753 16
15 480 3 48 45 TLI-315A-048 NS
093497 21-1/4 KTLI-315A-048 NS 093761 16
18 240 1 48 52-1/2 TLI-318A-0481 NS
093500 23-1/2 KTLI-318A-0481 NS 093770 18
18 240 3 48 52-1/2 TLI-318A-048 NS
093518 23-1/2 KTLI-318A-048 NS 093788 18
18 480 1 48 52-1/2 TLI-318A-048 NS
093526 23-1/2 KTLI-318A-048 NS 093796 18
18 480 3 48 52-1/2 TLI-318A-048 NS
093534 23-1/2 KTLI-318A-048 NS 093809 18
B-120
Immersion
GS & GT
Dimensions (Inches)
Side Mount Metal Style A
Tube Heaters Terminal Enclosure Cold

Zone
OVER-THE-SIDE
Overtemp
• 316 Stainless Steel and Titanium Cutout Well B
Sheath Tubes
• 20 and 40 W/In2 2
3-1/2
• 1 - 12 kW
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt, Single Features

Phase
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure Process/Fuse Temperature Limits, Consult
• Moisture Resistant Terminal • Side Mounted Construction with Mounting Factory. Field Replaceable
Enclosure Flange • Resettable Overtemperature Protection Ther-
• Single Use Overtemperature Protection mal Fuses also Available
Thermal Fuse Supplied as Standard, for Pro- • Steel, 304SS and Other Sheath Materials and
cess Temperatures up to 180˚F (82˚C)/ Fuse Configurations available
Temperature 219˚F (104˚C) Limit. For Higher

Dimensions (In.)
Dimensions (In.) 316SS
316SS Titanium
Titanium
Wt.
kW Volts W/In2 Phase1 A B Model PCN Stock Model PCN Stock (Lbs.)
GS and GT — 40 W/In2
1 120 40 1 11 6 GS-11 050016 S GT-11 050331 NS 6
1 240 40 1 11 6 GS-12 050024 NS GT-12 050340 NS 6
2 240 40 1 17 10 GS-22 050032 S GT-22 050358 NS 9
2 480 40 1 17 10 GS-24 050040 NS GT-24 050366 NS 9
3 240 40 1 23 16 GS-32 050059 NS GT-32 050374 NS 11
3 480 40 1 23 16 GS-34 050067 NS GT-34 050382 NS 11
4 240 40 1 29 20 GS-42 050075 NS GT-42 050390 NS 13
4 480 40 1 29 20 GS-44 050083 NS GT-44 050403 NS 13
5 240 40 1 35 25 GS-52 050091 NS GT-52 050411 NS 16
5 480 40 1 35 25 GS-54 050104 NS GT-54 050420 NS 16
6 240 40 1 40 30 GS-62 050112 S GT-62 050438 NS 18
6 480 40 1 40 30 GS-64 050120 S GT-64 050446 NS 18
8 240 40 1 47 37 GS-82 050139 NS GT-82 050454 NS 21
8 480 40 1 47 37 GS-84 050147 NS GT-84 050462 NS 21
9 240 40 1 54 44 GS-92 050155 NS GT-92 050470 NS 23
9 480 40 1 54 44 GS-94 050163 NS GT-94 050489 NS 23
10 240 40 1 59 49 GS-102 050171 NS GT-102 050497 NS 25
10 480 40 1 59 49 GS-104 050180 NS GT-104 050500 NS 25
12 480 40 1 68 58 GS-124 050200 NS GT-124 050526 NS 29
GDS and GDT — 20 W/In2
1 240 20 1 17 10 GDS-12 050219 NS GDT-12 050534 NS 9
1 480 20 1 17 10 GDS-14 050227 NS GDT-14 050542 NS 9
2 240 20 1 29 20 GDS-22 050235 NS GDT-22 050550 NS 13
2 480 20 1 29 20 GDS-24 050243 NS GDT-24 050569 NS 13
3 240 20 1 40 30 GDS-32 050251 NS GDT-32 050577 NS 17
3 480 20 1 40 30 GDS-34 050260 NS GDT-34 050585 NS 17
4 240 20 1 47 37 GDS-42 050278 NS GDT-42 050593 NS 21
4 480 20 1 47 37 GDS-44 050286 NS GDT-44 050606 NS 21
5 240 20 1 59 49 GDS-52 050294 NS GDT-52 050614 NS 25
5 480 20 1 59 49 GDS-54 050307 NS GDT-54 050622 NS 25
6 240 20 1 68 58 GDS-62 050315 NS GDT-62 050630 NS 29
6 480 20 1 68 58 GDS-64 050323 NS GDT-64 050649 NS 29
B-121
Immersion
GS3 & GT3

Dimensions (Inches)
9
Side Mount Metal

Tube Heaters Style A
Terminal
Enclosure Cold
Zone
• 316 Stainless Steel and Titanium (3) Overtemp

A
Sheath Tubes Cutout Wells B
• 20 and 40 W/In2
2
• 3 - 36 kW 8
3-1/2
Features
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt,
1 or 3 Phase • Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure Process/Fuse Temperature Limits, Consult
• Side Mounted Construction with Mounting Factory. Field Replaceable
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Flange • Resettable Overtemperature Protection
Enclosure Thermal Fuses also Available
• Single Use Overtemperature Protection
Thermal Fuse Supplied as Standard, for Pro- • Available in Single Phase
cess Temperatures up to 180˚F (82˚C)/ Fuse
• Steel, 304SS and Other Sheath Materials and
Configurations available
Dimensions (In.) 316SS Titanium
Wt.
GS3 and GT3 — 40 W/In2
3 240 40 3 11 6 GS3-32 050665 NS GT3-32 050980 NS 18
6 240 40 3 17 10 GS3-62 050673 NS GT3-62 050999 NS 27
6 480 40 3 17 10 GS3-64 050681 NS GT3-64 051000 NS 27
9 240 40 3 23 16 GS3-92 050690 NS GT3-92 051019 NS 33
9 480 40 3 23 16 GS3-94 050702 NS GT3-94 051027 NS 33
12 240 40 3 29 20 GS3-122 050710 NS GT3-122 051035 NS 39
12 480 40 3 29 20 GS3-124 050729 NS GT3-124 051043 NS 39
15 240 40 3 35 25 GS3-152 050737 NS GT3-152 051051 NS 46
15 480 40 3 35 25 GS3-154 050745 NS GT3-154 051060 NS 46
18 240 40 3 40 30 GS3-182 050753 NS GT3-182 051078 NS 50
18 480 40 3 40 30 GS3-184 050761 NS GT3-184 051086 NS 50
24 240 40 3 47 37 GS3-242 050770 NS GT3-242 051094 NS 63
24 480 40 3 47 37 GS3-244 050788 NS GT3-244 051107 NS 63
27 480 40 3 54 44 GS3-274 050809 NS GT3-274 051123 NS 69
30 480 40 3 59 49 GS3-304 050825 NS GT3-304 051140 NS 75
36 480 40 3 68 58 GS3-364 050841 NS GT3-364 051166 NS 84
GDS3 and GDT3 — 20 W/In2
3 240 20 3 17 10 GDS3-32 050850 NS GDT3-32 051174 NS 27
3 480 20 3 17 10 GDS3-34 050868 NS GDT3-34 051182 NS 27
6 240 20 3 29 20 GDS3-62 050876 NS GDT3-62 051190 NS 39
6 480 20 3 29 20 GDS3-64 050884 NS GDT3-64 051203 NS 39
9 240 20 3 40 30 GDS3-92 050892 NS GDT3-92 051211 NS 54
9 480 20 3 40 30 GDS3-94 050905 NS GDT3-94 051220 NS 54
12 240 20 3 47 37 GDS3-122 050913 NS GDT3-122 051238 NS 63
12 480 20 3 47 37 GDS3-124 050921 NS GDT3-124 051246 NS 63
15 240 20 3 59 49 GDS3-152 050930 NS GDT3-152 051254 NS 75
15 480 20 3 59 49 GDS3-154 050948 NS GDT3-154 051262 NS 75
18 240 20 3 68 58 GDS3-182 050956 NS GDT3-182 051270 NS 87
18 480 20 3 68 58 GDS3-184 050964 NS GDT3-184 051289 NS 87
B-122
Immersion
GSL & GTL

L-Shaped Metal
Tube Heaters Dimensions (Inches)*
8 3-1/2 3
3-3/4
OVER-THE-SIDE
• 316 Stainless Steel and Titanium 1/2" NPT
Sheath Tubes Opening Style D
Terminal
A
Enclosure
Overtemp
• 20 and 40 W/In2 2 Cutout Well
• 1 - 12 kW
B
Min. Tank Clearance 5
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt, Single Features *Heaters with 40 Full load amps or more require larger electrical box.
Phase
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure • Resettable Overtemperature Protection
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Thermal Fuses also Available
Enclosure • Bottom Mounted L-Shaped Construction
• Steel, 304SS and Other Sheath Materials and
Configurations available
Thermal Fuse Supplied as Standard, for Pro-
cess Temperatures up to 180˚F (82˚C)/ Fuse • Optional Riser Heights available
Process/Fuse Temperature Limits, Consult • Optional Housing Offsets available
Factory. Field Replaceable

Wt.
kW Volts W/In2 Phase1 A B Model PCN Model PCN Stock (Lbs.)
GSL and GTL — 40 W/In2
1 120 40 1 15 13 GSL-11 051297 GTL-11 051617 NS 11
1 240 40 1 15 13 GSL-12 051300 GTL-12 051625 NS 11
2 240 40 1 19 17 GSL-22 051318 GTL-22 051633 NS 12
2 480 40 1 19 17 GSL-24 051326 GTL-24 051641 NS 12
3 240 40 1 25 22 GSL-32 051334 GTL-32 051650 S 13
3 480 40 1 25 22 GSL-34 051342 GTL-34 051668 NS 13
4 240 40 1 25 26 GSL-42 051350 GTL-42 051676 NS 14
4 480 40 1 25 26 GSL-44 051369 GTL-44 051684 NS 14
5 240 40 1 37 31 GSL-52 051377 GTL-52 051692 NS 15
5 480 40 1 37 31 GSL-54 051385 GTL-54 051705 NS 15
6 240 40 1 50 36 GSL-62 051393 GTL-62 051713 NS 16
6 480 40 1 50 36 GSL-64 051406 GTL-64 051721 NS 16
8 240 40 1 50 44 GSL-82 051414 GTL-82 051730 NS 19
8 480 40 1 50 44 GSL-84 051422 GTL-84 051748 NS 19
9 240 40 1 50 50 GSL-92 051430 GTL-92 051756 NS 21
9 480 40 1 50 50 GSL-94 051449 GTL-94 051764 NS 21
10 240 40 1 50 55 GSL-102 051457 GTL-102 051772 NS 23
10 480 40 1 50 55 GSL-104 051465 GTL-104 051780 NS 23
12 240 40 1 50 64 GSL-122 051473 GTL-122 051799 NS 26
12 480 40 1 50 64 GSL-124 051481 GTL-124 051801 NS 26
GDSL and GDTL — 20 W/In2
1 120 20 1 19 17 GDSL-11 051490 GDTL-11 051810 NS 12
1 240 20 1 19 17 GDSL-12 051502 GDTL-12 051828 NS 12
2 240 20 1 25 26 GDSL-22 051510 GDTL-22 051836 NS 14
2 480 20 1 25 26 GDSL-24 051529 GDTL-24 051844 NS 14
3 240 20 1 50 36 GDSL-32 051537 GDTL-32 051852 NS 16
3 480 20 1 50 36 GDSL-34 051545 GDTL-34 051860 NS 16
4 240 20 1 50 44 GDSL-42 051553 GDTL-42 051879 NS 19
4 480 20 1 50 44 GDSL-44 051561 GDTL-44 051887 NS 19
5 240 20 1 50 55 GDSL-52 051570 GDTL-52 051895 NS 23
5 480 20 1 50 55 GDSL-54 051588 GDTL-54 051908 NS 23
6 240 20 1 50 64 GDSL-62 051596 GDTL-62 051916 NS 26
6 480 20 1 50 64 GDSL-64 051609 GDTL-64 051924 NS 26
B-123
Immersion
GSL3 & GTL3

L-Shaped Metal
Tube Heaters Dimensions (Inches)*
8 3-1/2 3
3-3/4
1/2" NPT
• 316 Stainless Steel and Titanium Opening Style D
Sheath Tubes A Terminal
Enclosure
Overtemp
Cutout Well
• 20 and 40 W/In 2 2
• 3 - 36 kW B
• 240 and 480 Volt, Three Phase *Heaters with 40 Full load amps or more require larger electrical box.
Features
• Moisture Resistant Terminal • Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure • Resettable Overtemperature Protection Ther-
Enclosure • Bottom Mounted L-Shaped Construction mal Fuses also Available
• Single Use Overtemperature Protection • Steel, 304SS and Other Sheath Materials and
Thermal Fuse Supplied as Standard, for Pro- Configurations available
cess Temperatures up to 180˚F (82˚C)/ Fuse • Optional Riser Heights available
Process/Fuse Temperature Limits, Consult • Optional Housing Offsets available
Wt.
GSL3 and GTL3 — 40 W/In 2
3 240 40 3 15 13 GSL3-32 051932 NS GTL3-32 052257 NS 25

3 480 40 3 15 13 GSL3-34 051940 NS GTL3-34 052265 NS 25
6 240 40 3 37 17 GSL3-62 051959 NS GTL3-62 052273 NS 29
6 480 40 3 37 17 GSL3-64 051967 NS GTL3-64 052281 NS 29
9 240 40 3 37 22 GSL3-92 051975 NS GTL3-92 052290 NS 35
9 480 40 3 37 22 GSL3-94 051983 S GTL3-94 052302 NS 35
12 240 40 3 37 26 GSL3-122 051991 NS GTL3-122 052310 NS 43
12 480 40 3 37 26 GSL3-124 052003 NS GTL3-124 052329 NS 43
15 240 40 3 37 31 GSL3-152 052011 NS GTL3-152 052337 NS 50
15 480 40 3 37 31 GSL3-154 052020 S GTL3-154 052345 NS 50
18 240 40 3 50 36 GSL3-182 052038 NS GTL3-182 052353 NS 58
18 480 40 3 50 36 GSL3-184 052046 S GTL3-184 052361 NS 58
24 240 40 3 50 44 GSL3-242 052054 NS GTL3-242 052370 NS 69
24 480 40 3 50 44 GSL3-244 052062 NS GTL3-244 052388 NS 69
27 240 40 3 50 50 GSL3-272 052070 NS GTL3-272 052396 NS 76
27 480 40 3 50 50 GSL3-274 052089 NS GTL3-274 052409 NS 76
30 240 40 3 50 55 GSL3-302 052097 NS GTL3-302 052417 NS 83
30 480 40 3 50 55 GSL3-304 052100 NS GTL3-304 052425 NS 83
36 240 40 3 50 64 GSL3-362 052118 NS GTL3-362 052433 NS 94
36 480 40 3 50 64 GSL3-364 052126 NS GTL3-364 052441 NS 94
GDSL3 and GDTL3 — 20 W/In 2
3 240 20 3 15 17 GDSL3-32 052134 NS GDTL3-32 052450 NS 29

3 480 20 3 15 17 GDSL3-34 052142 NS GDTL3-34 052468 NS 29
6 240 20 3 37 26 GDSL3-62 052150 NS GDTL3-62 052476 NS 43
6 480 20 3 37 26 GDSL3-64 052169 NS GDTL3-64 052484 NS 43
9 240 20 3 50 36 GDSL3-92 052177 NS GDTL3-92 052492 NS 58
9 480 20 3 50 36 GDSL3-94 052185 NS GDTL3-94 052505 NS 58
12 240 20 3 50 44 GDSL3-122 052193 NS GDTL3-122 052513 NS 69
12 480 20 3 50 44 GDSL3-124 052206 NS GDTL3-124 052521 NS 69
15 240 20 3 50 55 GDSL3-152 052214 NS GDTL3-152 052530 NS 83
15 480 20 3 50 55 GDSL3-154 052222 NS GDTL3-154 052548 NS 83
18 240 20 3 50 64 GDSL3-182 052230 NS GDTL3-182 052556 NS 94
18 480 20 3 50 64 GDSL3-184 052249 NS GDTL3-184 052564 NS 94
B-124
Immersion
GSV3 & GTV3

L-Shaped Vertical Stacked
Metal Tube Heaters Dimensions (Inches)
3-3/4 3
Style D 3-1/2
OVER-THE-SIDE
Terminal Enclosure 1/2" NPT
• 316 Stainless Steel and Titanium Opening
Overtemp Cutout
Sheath Tubes Well
2 A
• 20 and 40 W/In2
10
• 3 - 36 kW
B
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Features

Enclosure • Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure For Higher Process/Fuse Temperature Limits,
Consult Factory. Field Replaceable
• Bottom Mounted L-Shaped Construction
• Resettable Overtemperature Protection Ther-
mal Fuses also Available
Thermal Fuse Supplied as Standard, for
Process Temperatures up to 180˚F (82˚C)/ • Steel, 304SS and Other Sheath Materials and
Fuse Temperature 219˚F (104˚C) Limit. Configurations available
• Optional Riser Heights available
Wt.
kW Volts W/In
2
Phase1
A B Model PCN Model PCN Stock (Lbs.)
GSV3 and GTV3 — 40 W/In2
3 240 40 3 15 13 GSV3-32 052572 GTV3-32 052898 NS 25
3 480 40 3 15 13 GSV3-34 052580 GTV3-34 052900 NS 25
6 240 40 3 37 17 GSV3-62 052599 GTV3-62 052919 NS 29
6 480 40 3 37 17 GSV3-64 052601 GTV3-64 052927 NS 29
9 240 40 3 37 22 GSV3-92 052610 GTV3-92 052935 NS 35
9 480 40 3 37 22 GSV3-94 052628 GTV3-94 052943 NS 35
12 240 40 3 37 26 GSV3-122 052636 GTV3-122 052951 NS 43
12 480 40 3 37 26 GSV3-124 052644 GTV3-124 052960 NS 43
15 240 40 3 50 31 GSV3-152 052652 GTV3-152 052978 NS 50
15 480 40 3 50 31 GSV3-154 052660 GTV3-154 052986 NS 50
18 240 40 3 50 36 GSV3-182 052679 GTV3-182 052994 NS 58
18 480 40 3 50 36 GSV3-184 052687 GTV3-184 053006 NS 58
24 240 40 3 50 44 GSV3-242 052695 GTV3-242 053014 NS 69
24 480 40 3 50 44 GSV3-244 052708 GTV3-244 053022 NS 69
27 240 40 3 50 50 GSV3-272 052716 GTV3-272 053030 NS 76
27 480 40 3 50 50 GSV3-274 052724 GTV3-274 053049 NS 76
30 240 40 3 50 55 GSV3-302 052732 GTV3-302 053057 NS 83
30 480 40 3 50 55 GSV3-304 052740 GTV3-304 053065 NS 83
36 240 40 3 50 64 GSV3-362 052759 GTV3-362 053073 NS 94
36 480 40 3 50 64 GSV3-364 052767 GTV3-364 053081 NS 94
GDSV3 and GDTV3 — 20 W/In2
3 240 20 3 15 17 GDSV3-32 052775 GDTV3-32 053090 NS 29
3 480 20 3 15 17 GDSV3-34 052783 GDTV3-34 053102 NS 29
6 240 20 3 37 26 GDSV3-62 052791 GDTV3-62 053110 NS 43
6 480 20 3 37 26 GDSV3-64 052804 GDTV3-64 053129 NS 43
9 240 20 3 50 36 GDSV3-92 052812 GDTV3-92 053137 NS 58
9 480 20 3 50 36 GDSV3-94 052820 GDTV3-94 053145 NS 58
12 240 20 3 50 44 GDSV3-122 052839 GDTV3-122 053153 NS 69
12 480 20 3 50 44 GDSV3-124 052847 GDTV3-124 053161 NS 69
15 240 20 3 50 55 GDSV3-152 052855 GDTV3-152 053170 NS 83
15 480 20 3 50 55 GDSV3-154 052863 GDTV3-154 053188 NS 83
18 240 20 3 50 64 GDSV3-182 052871 GDTV3-182 053196 NS 94
18 480 20 3 50 64 GDSV3-184 052880 GDTV3-184 053209 NS 94
B-125
IMMERSION
QM & QM3
Side Mount Quartz
Tube Heaters
QM — Single Unit
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements QM — Dimensions (Inches) QM3 — Dimensions (Inches)
Enclosed in Quartz Tube Style H
Terminal Enclosure
• 25 W/In2 9/16
1/2" NPT Opening
Style H
• 1 - 10 kW Terminal Enclosure Cold
Zone
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt, 1 or 3 Overtemp
Cutout Well
Phase
A
• Moisture Resistant Terminal A
Enclosure B B
QM3 — Triple Units

3-1/4
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements 10
Enclosed in Quartz Tube 3-1/4 5-15/16
• 25 W/In2 Specifications and Ordering Information

• 3 - 30 kW DIM (In.) Element Quartz Guard Wt.
kW Volts W/In2 Phase A B Model Stock PCN Tube PCN PCN (Lbs.)
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt, 1 or 3 QM — Single Unit Order 1 Element + 1 Quartz Tube + 1 Guard
Phase 1 120 25 1 11 7 QM-11 S 054973 10
056012 055132
• Moisture Resistant Terminal 1 240 25 1 11 7 QM-12 NS 054981 10
2 240 25 1 17 12 QM-22 NS 054990 11
Enclosure 2 480 25 1 17 12 QM-24 S 055001
056020 055140
11
3 240 25 1 23 18 QM-32 NS 055010 14
056039 055159
3 480 25 1 23 18 QM-34 NS 055028 14
Features 4 240 25 1 35 28 QM-42 S 055036 20
056047 055167
4 480 25 1 35 28 QM-44 NS 055044 20
5 240 25 1 41 33 QM-52 NS 055052 23
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure 056071 055175
5 480 25 1 41 33 QM-54 NS 055060 23
6 240 25 1 47 39 QM-62 NS 055079 26
• Side Mounted Construction with Mounting 056080 055183
6 480 25 1 47 39 QM-64 NS 055087 26
Flange (Guard required for tank mounting) 8 240 25 1 59 49 QM-82 NS 055095 31
056098 055191
8 480 25 1 59 49 QM-84 NS 055108 31
• Single Use Overtemperature Protection 10 240 25 1 71 62 QM-102 NS 055116 34
056100 055204
Thermal Fuse Supplied as Standard, for Pro- 10 480 25 1 71 62 QM-104 NS 055124 34
cess Temperatures up to 180˚F (82˚C)/ Fuse QM3 — Three Units Order 3 Elements + 3 Quartz Tubes + 1 Guard
Temperature 219˚F (104˚C) Limit. For Higher 3 120 25 1 11 7 QM3-31 NS 054973 22
056012 055458
Process/Fuse Temperature Limits, Consult 3 240 25 1 11 7 QM3-32 NS 054981 22
Factory. Field Replaceable 6 240 25 1 17 12 QM3-62 NS 054990 26
056020 055466
6 480 25 1 17 12 QM3-64 NS 055001 26
• Resettable Overtemperature Protection Ther- 9 240 25 1 23 18 QM3-92 NS 055010 30
mal Fuses also Available 056039 055474
9 480 25 1 23 18 QM3-94 NS 055028 30
12 240 25 1 35 28 QM3-122 NS 055036 38
• Polypropylene Guard (order separately) (Only 056047 055482
12 480 25 1 35 28 QM3-124 NS 055044 38
one guard required for all three heaters for
15 240 25 1 41 33 QM3-152 NS 055052 44
QM3 only) 056071 055490
15 480 25 1 41 33 QM3-154 NS 055060 44
• 1 or 3 Phase field wired. Each heater supplied 18 240 25 1 47 39 QM3-182 NS 055079 48
056080 055503
with conduit (QM3 only) 18 480 25 1 47 39 QM3-184 NS 055087 48
24 240 25 1 59 49 QM3-242 NS 055095 55
056098 055511
• Custom Heights and Other Configurations 24 480 25 1 59 49 QM3-244 NS 055108 55
available 30 240 25 1 71 62 QM3-302 NS 055116 65
056100 055520
30 480 25 1 71 62 QM3-304 NS 055124 65
Notes —
A. Individual single phase heaters can be field wired for three phase.
B. Guard (not shown), required for tank mounting. Order separately by PCN.
C. Elements, quartz tube and guard shipped separately.
B-126
Immersion
PTH & PTHT

Side Mount Metal
Sheath Heaters
OVER-THE-SIDE
• Passivated 316 Stainless Steel
and Titanium Sheath Elements
• 1 - 9 kW
• 20 - 35 W/In2
PTH — Dimensions (Inches) PTHT — Dimensions (Inches)
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt, (2) 1/4 x 3/8"
Single Phase Slots 4 4-3/4
Style B 36 ± 1/4
Terminal 4-3/4
4 1-1/16
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Adjustable 1-1/2
Mtg. Bracket
Enclosure Style B (2) 1/4 x 3/8"
Slots
1-1/2
Terminal
A 3'
Flexible A
Conduit
Features B
B
Heated Heated
Heavy Duty, Non-Fragile and will not break
due to thermal shock. 6-3/4 9-3/16
Flat Profile consumes little tank work area

space, is easily removed for cleaning or for Specifications and Ordering Information
use in another tank.
Dimensions (In.)
Wt.
Spacer Bar prevents element from touching kW Volts W/In2 Phase A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
the tank wall. PTH — Passivated 316 Stainless Steel
1 120 21 1 14 8 PTH-101 S 326043 4
Long Life Construction — Compacted mag- 1 240 21 1 14 8 PTH-102 S 326051 4
nesium oxide construction with passivated 2 240 31 1 21 11 PTH-202 S 326060 4
type 316 stainless steel or Titanium sheath 2 480 31 1 21 11 PTH-204 S 326078 4
provides longer life than the large diameter 3 240 32 1 26 16 PTH-302 S 326086 5
3 480 32 1 26 16 PTH-304 S 326094 5
probe type heaters. 4 240 34 1 30 20 PTH-402 S 326107 5
4 480 34 1 30 20 PTH-404 S 326115 5
Vapor-Tight Terminal Enclosure and 3-foot
6 240 34 1 40 30 PTH-602 S 326123 6
long flexible conduit containing two power 6 480 34 1 40 30 PTH-604 S 326131 6
leads and a ground wire. 9 240 34 1 54 44 PTH-902 NS 326140 8
9 480 34 1 54 44 PTH-904 S 326158 8
PTHT — Titanium
1 120 20 1 13 6 PTHT-101 NS 098976 4
1 240 20 1 13 6 PTHT-102 NS 098984 4
2 240 30 1 21 12 PTHT-202 NS 098992 4
2 480 30 1 21 12 PTHT-204 NS 099004 4
3 240 30 1 26 17 PTHT-302 NS 099012 5
3 480 30 1 26 17 PTHT-304 NS 099020 5
4 240 35 1 31 22 PTHT-402 NS 099039 5
4 480 35 1 31 22 PTHT-404 NS 099047 5
6 240 35 1 42 33 PTHT-602 NS 099055 6
6 480 35 1 42 33 PTHT-604 NS 099063 6
8 240 35 1 53 44 PTHT-802 NS 099071 8
8 480 35 1 53 44 PTHT-804 NS 099080 8
Notes —
A. Liquid level should be above B dimension.
B. Also available in other sheath materials and electrical ratings. Contact your
Local Chromalox Sales office.
C. If used in solutions that develop a scale on the sheath, periodic cleaning
is required.
B-127
Immersion
PTHF
Side Mount Metal Sheath
Thin Blade Heater
• 304 Stainless Steel Electro-

polished Thinblade Elements
• 20 W/In2
• 3 - 10 kW

Dimensions (Inches)
Enclosure
(2) 1/2" Conduit Openings w/One Side Plugged
Integral Manual Reset
Style C Terminal Enclosure
Cold
Zone
A
1
9
Features
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure • Overtemperature Protection Integral Manual
Reset Cutout (240°F)
• Side Mounted Construction with PVC
Mounting Flange • Low Profile, Light Weight

Dimensions (In.) 304SS
Wt.
kW Volts W/In 2
Phase A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
3 240 20 1-3 16 7 PTHF-302 S 098870 7
3 480 20 1-3 16 7 PTHF-304 NS 098880 7
4 240 20 1-3 18 9 PTHF-402 S 098896 8
4 480 20 1-3 18 9 PTHF-404 S 098909 8
6 240 20 3 22 13 PTHF-602 S 098917 9
6 480 20 3 22 13 PTHF-604 S 098925 9
8 240 20 3 27 18 PTHF-802 S 098933 10
8 480 20 3 27 18 PTHF-804 S 098941 10
10 240 20 3 31 22 PTHF-1002 S 098950 11
10 480 20 3 31 22 PTHF-1004 S 098968 11
Note: 480 Volt units not UL Listed or CSA Certified
B-128
Immersion
CT
Side Mount Metal
Sheath Heater
OVER-THE-SIDE
• 304 Stainless Steel, Titanium,
Steel, Copper, and Carpenter 20
Sheath Elements
• 5 - 7.5 kW
• 20 - 44 W/In2 Dimensions (Inches) — CTS, CTC, CTSS, CTAC
• 240 Volt, Single Phase 5-7/8

3-5/8
• Moisture Resistant Terminal 7/8

1" Conduit
Hub 4-1/2
Enclosure
Cold
Zone
Features 26
Choice of six different sheath materials. 15

Heated
Vertical Loop configuration with low profile
for maximum conservation of tank space.
Medium to high watt density. D
Vapor-Tight Cast Alloy Terminal Enclosure Dimensions (Inches) — CTT

on all except type CTT. Type CTT has special
plastic covered terminal enclosure and 3-foot 3 1/2 2-3/4
lead wire (two conductors and a ground
wire) inside a liquid-tight flexible conduit with 5
removable lid.
25 ± 3/4
0.475
15
14
Heated

DIM D Sheath Wt.
kW Volts W/In2 Phase (In.) Material Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
5 240 25 1 2 Steel CTS-50 NS 195901 20
7.5 240 40 1 2 Steel CTS-75 S 195910 20
5 240 25 1 2 Copper CTC-50 NS 195928 20
7.5 240 40 1 2 Copper CTC-75 S 195936 20
5 240 25 1 2-3/4 304SS CTSS-50 S 195944 20
7.5 240 40 1 2-3/4 304SS CTSS-75 S 195952 20
5 240 25 1 2-3/4 Carpenter 20 CTAC-50 S 195995 20
7.5 240 40 1 2-3/4 Carpenter 20 CTAC-75 NS 196007 20
5 240 44 1 1-1/2 Titanium CTT-50 S 269350 20
7.5 240 44 1 2-1/2 Titanium CTT-75 NS 269368 20
B-129
Immersion
TPR & TPF

Side Mount
Fluoropolymer Coated
Metal Thin Blade Heaters TPR
TPR — Round Cross Section

Elements
• Fluoropolymer Coated
Stainless Steel Elements TPF
• 20 W/In2
TPR — Dimensions (Inches) TPF — Dimensions (Inches)
• 1 - 8 kW
Style C Terminal Style C Terminal
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt, Enclosure Enclosure
Single Phase
± 3/4”
Enclosure ± 3/4”
A Flat
Round Elements
Elements
TPF — Flat Elements B
A
Heated B
• Fluoropolymer Coated Stainless Heated
Steel Thinblade Elements
± 1/4”
• 20 W/In2 16-5-8 ± 1/4”
11-1/4
• 3 - 10 kW
Dimensions (In.) Fluoropolymer
• Moisture Resistant Terminal WT.
Enclosure kW Volts W/In2 Phase A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
TPR — Round Cross Section Elements
1 120 20 1 13 6 TPR-101 S 097287 4
1 240 20 1 13 6 TPR-102 NS 097295 4
2 240 20 1 21 12 TPR-202 S 097308 5
Features 2 480 20 1 21 12 TPR-204 NS 097316 5
3 240 20 1 26 17 TPR-302 S 097324 6
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure 3 480 20 1 26 17 TPR-304 NS 097332 6
4 240 20 1 31 22 TPR-402 S 097340 7
• Standard Polypropylene Guard 4 480 20 1 31 22 TPR-404 S 097359 7
6 240 20 1 42 33 TPR-602 S 097367 10
• Side Mounted Construction with PVC 6 480 20 1 42 33 TPR-604 NS 097375 10
Mounting Flange 8 240 20 1 53 44 TPR-802 NS 097383 12
8 480 20 1 53 44 TPR-804 NS 097391 12
• Overtemperature Protection Integral Manual TPF — Flat Elements
Reset Cutout (240°F) 3 240 20 3 20 11 TPF-302 S 097439 8
3 480 20 3 20 11 TPF-304 S 097447 8
• Low Profile, Light Weight 4 240 20 3 23 14 TPF-402 NS 097455 9
4 480 20 3 23 14 TPF-404 S 097463 9
6 240 20 3 30 21 TPF-602 S 097471 11
6 480 20 3 30 21 TPF-604 S 097480 11
8 240 20 3 37 28 TPF-802 S 097498 12
8 480 20 3 37 28 TPF-804 S 097500 12
10 240 20 3 44 35 TPF-1002 S 097535 14
10 480 20 3 44 35 TPF-1004 S 097543 14
Note: 480 Volt units not UL Listed or CSA Certified
B-130
Immersion
GTF & GTFL

Fluoropolymer
Covered Heaters
OVER-THE-SIDE
• GTF — Side Mount
• GTFL — L-Shaped
• Fluoropolymer Covered
Stainless Steel Elements
• 10 W/In2 GTF — Dimensions (Inches) GTFL — Dimensions (Inches)

Style J
• 1- 6 kW Style J
Terminal
Enclosure
Terminal
Enclosure
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt, Cold
Zone
Single Phase Overtemp
Cutout Well
Overtemp
• Moisture Resistant Terminal A Cutout Well
Enclosure A
B
Heated
3
Features
B
3 Heated
• Side Mounted Vertical Construction with Specifications and Ordering Information
Mounting Bracket (GTF only)
• Side Mounted Horizontal Heater L-Shaped Wt. Guard1
kW Volts W/In2 Phase A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) PCN
(GTFL only) GTF — Side Mount
• Single Use Overtemperature Protection 1 120 10 1 11 7 GTF-11 S 053217 7 053330
1 240 10 1 11 7 GTF-12 NS 053225 7 053330
Thermal Fuse Supplied as Standard, for Pro- 2 240 10 1 17 12 GTF-22 S 053233 8 053348
cess Temperatures up to 180˚F (82˚C)/ Fuse 2 480 10 1 17 12 GTF-24 S 053241 8 053348
Temperature 219˚F (104˚C) Limit. For Higher 3 240 10 1 23 16 GTF-32 S 053250 13 053356
Process/Fuse Temperature Limits, Consult 3 480 10 1 23 16 GTF-34 NS 053268 13 053356
Factory. Field Replaceable 4 240 10 1 29 20 GTF-42 S 053276 15 053364
4 480 10 1 29 20 GTF-44 S 053284 15 053364
• Resettable Overtemperature Protection 5 240 10 1 35 25 GTF-52 NS 053292 18 053372
5 480 10 1 35 25 GTF-54 NS 053305 18 053372
Thermal Fuses also Available
6 240 10 1 40 29 GTF-62 NS 053313 21 053380
• Polypropylene Guard, order separately 6 480 10 1 40 29 GTF-64 S 053321 21 053380
GTFL — L-Shaped
• Optional Riser Heights available (GTFL only) 1 120 10 1 12 8 GTFL-11 NS 053698 8 053815
1 240 10 1 12 8 GTFL-12 NS 053700 8 053815
2 240 10 1 18 12 GTFL-22 NS 053719 9 053823
2 480 10 1 18 12 GTFL-24 NS 053727 9 053823
3 240 10 1 18 17 GTFL-32 NS 053735 13 053831
3 480 10 1 18 17 GTFL-34 NS 053743 13 053831
4 240 10 1 18 20 GTFL-42 NS 053751 16 053840
4 480 10 1 18 20 GTFL-44 NS 053760 16 053840
5 240 10 1 18 24 GTFL-52 NS 053778 18 053858
5 480 10 1 18 24 GTFL-54 NS 053786 18 053858
6 240 10 1 18 29 GTFL-62 NS 053794 21 053866
6 480 10 1 18 29 GTFL-64 NS 053807 21 053866
1. Guard (not shown). Order separately by PCN. Guard adds approximately
1/2" to overall heater dimensions.
B-131
Immersion
GXF & GXFL

Fluoropolymer GXF GXFL
Covered Heaters
• GXF — Side Mount
• GXFL — L-Shaped
• 10 W/In2
• 1- 6 kW
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt,

Single Phase GXF — Dimensions (Inches)
3.375" A
• Moisture/Corrosion Resistant 2.625"
C B
Terminal Enclosure 0.5625"
1/2"
FNPT
Features 4.94"
• Grounded Internal Element 2.75"
STYLE J
• Side Mounted Vertical Construction with TERMINAL
Mounting Bracket (GFX only) ENCLOSURE THERMAL
1.5" PROTECTOR
• Side Mounted Horizontal Heater L-Shaped
D
Construction (GXFL only)
• Single Use Overtemperature Protection GXFL — Dimensions (Inches)
A
Process/Fuse Temperature Limits, Consult STYLE J C
TERMINAL
Factory. Field Replaceable ENCLOSURE
• Resettable Overtemperature Protection 1/2" FNPT
Thermal Fuses also Available
1.00"
(25.4mm)
• Polypropylene Guard, Order Separately
• Additional Guard Material Available
• Additional Riser Heights Available for both
GFX and GFXL THERMAL PROTECTOR
• For all Additional Items, Consult Factory B=D
Note – Housing dimensions are identical for GXF and GXFL
B-132
Immersion
GXF & GXFL

Dimensions1 (In.) Fluoropolymer
Wt. Guard2
Fluoropolymer kW Volts W/In Phase
2
GXF — Side Mount

A B C D Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) PCN
Covered Heaters 1
1
120
240
10
10
1
1
14
14
7
7
7
7
6
6
GXF-11
GXF-12
NS
NS
354010
354028
8
8
354255
354255
2 240 10 1 17 9 8 8 GXF-22 NS 354036 9 354263
(cont’d.) 2 480 10 1 17 9 8 8 GXF-24 NS 354044 9 354263
OVER-THE-SIDE
3 240 10 1 23 10 13 9 GXF-32 NS 354052 13 354271
3 480 10 1 23 10 13 9 GXF-34 NS 354060 13 354271
4 240 10 1 29 12 17 11 GXF-42 NS 354079 16 354280
4 480 10 1 29 12 17 11 GXF-44 NS 354087 16 354280
5 240 10 1 35 13 22 12 GXF-52 NS 354095 18 354298
5 480 10 1 35 13 22 12 GXF-54 NS 354108 18 354298
6 240 10 1 40 14 26 13 GXF-62 NS 354116 21 354300
6 480 10 1 40 14 26 13 GXF-64 NS 354124 21 354300
GXFL — L-Shaped
1 120 10 1 12 6 6 6 GXFL-11 NS 354132 6 354319
1 240 10 1 12 6 6 6 GXFL-12 NS 354140 6 354319
2 240 10 1 18 8 10 8 GXFL-22 NS 354159 8 354327
2 480 10 1 18 8 10 8 GXFL-24 NS 354167 8 354327
3 240 10 1 18 9 9 9 GXFL-32 NS 354175 12 354335
3 480 10 1 18 9 9 9 GXFL-34 NS 354183 12 354335
4 240 10 1 18 11 7 11 GXFL-42 NS 354191 15 354343
4 480 10 1 18 11 7 11 GXFL-44 NS 354204 15 354343
5 240 10 1 18 12 6 12 GXFL-52 NS 354212 19 354351
5 480 10 1 18 12 6 12 GXFL-54 NS 354220 19 354351
6 240 10 1 18 13 5 13 GXFL-62 NS 354239 23 354360
6 480 10 1 18 13 5 13 GXFL-64 NS 354247 23 354360
1. A=Riser height, B=Head Zone, C=Cold Zone D=Coil Diameter
2. Guard (not shown). Order separately by PCN. Riser Height shown includes Guard.
For height without Guard, subtract 1/4" from A
Heater Model (For Heater Only)

GXF Side Mount
GXFL Side Mount - L Shaped
Ordering Information Wattage (kW) Watts
1 1000
Complete the model number using the matrix 2 2000
provided. 3 3000
4 4000
5 5000
6 6000
Volts
1 120
Note: 2 240
1. Heater and Guard have separate PCN 4 480
numbers. For Heater only or Guard only use
related PCN. For Heater supplied with Guard
request both PCN’s. GXF(L) 1 1 Typical Model Number

Guard Model (For Guard Only)

GXF Side Mount
GXFL Side Mount - L Shaped
Wattage Series (kW) Watts
1 1000
2 2000
3 3000
4 4000
5 5000
6 6000
GXF(L)- 1 1 Typical Model Number

B-133
Immersion
GTF6 & GTF9

Side Mount Fluoropolymer
Covered Heaters
GTF6 — 6 Elements
• 6 Fluoropolymer Covered
• 10 W/In2 GTF6 — Dimensions (Inches) GTF9 — Dimensions (Inches)
• 2 - 12 kW
• 240 and 480 Volt, Three Phase Style F Style G
Terminal
Terminal
Enclosure
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Cold
Enclosure
Cold
Enclosure Zone
Overtemp
Zone
Cutout Well Overtemp
Cutout Well
A A
GTF9 — 9 Elements
• 9 Fluoropolymer Covered B B
Stainless Steel Elements Heated Heated
• 10 W/In2
• 3 - 18 kW
6 9
Enclosure DIM (In.) Fluoropolymer
Wt. Guard1
kW Volts W/In2 Phase A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) PCN
GTF6 — 6 Elements
2 240 10 3 17 9 GTF6-22 NS 054412 19 054551
Features 2 480 10 3 17 9 GTF6-24 NS 054420 19 054551
3 240 10 3 23 15 GTF6-32 NS 054439 22 054560
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure 3 480 10 3 23 15 GTF6-34 NS 054447 22 054560
4 240 10 3 29 21 GTF6-42 NS 054455 24 054578
• Side Mounted Construction with Mounting 4 480 10 3 29 21 GTF6-44 NS 054463 24 054578
Flange 6 240 10 3 35 27 GTF6-62 NS 054471 27 054586
6 480 10 3 35 27 GTF6-64 S 054480 27 054586
• Single Use Overtemperature Protection 8 240 10 3 47 38 GTF6-82 NS 054498 33 054594
8 480 10 3 47 38 GTF6-84 S 054500 33 054594
10 240 10 3 59 47 GTF6-102 NS 054519 40 054607
cess Temperatures up to 180˚F (82˚C)/ Fuse 10 480 10 3 59 47 GTF6-104 S 054527 40 054607
Temperature 219˚F (104˚C) Limit. For Higher 12 240 10 3 68 55 GTF6-122 NS 054535 45 054615
Process/Fuse Temperature Limits, Consult 12 480 10 3 68 55 GTF6-124 NS 054543 45 054615
Factory. Field Replaceable GTF9 — 9 Elements
3 240 10 3 17 9 GTF9-32 NS 054690 28 054834
• Resettable Overtemperature Protection 3 480 10 3 17 9 GTF9-34 NS 054703 28 054834
Thermal Fuses also Available 4.5 240 10 3 23 15 GTF9-452 NS 054711 33 054842
4.5 480 10 3 23 15 GTF9-454 NS 054720 33 054842
• Polypropylene Guard, order separately 6 240 10 3 29 21 GTF9-62 NS 054738 36 054850
6 480 10 3 29 21 GTF9-64 NS 054746 36 054850
• Custom Vertical Heights and Other 9 240 10 3 35 27 GTF9-92 NS 054754 40 054869
9 480 10 3 35 27 GTF9-94 NS 054762 40 054869
Configurations available 12 240 10 3 47 38 GTF9-122 NS 054770 49 054877
12 480 10 3 47 38 GTF9-124 NS 054789 49 054877
• Alternate Voltages and Single Phase 15 240 10 3 59 47 GTF9-152 NS 054797 60 054885
available 15 480 10 3 59 47 GTF9-154 NS 054800 60 054885
18 240 10 3 68 55 GTF9-182 NS 054818 67 054893
18 480 10 3 68 55 GTF9-184 NS 054826 67 054893
1/2” to overall heater dimensions.
B-134
Immersion
GTFL3
L-Shaped Fluoropolymer
Covered Heater
OVER-THE-SIDE
Dimensions (Inches)
• 10 W/In2
• 3 - 18 kW C

1/2" NPT Style E
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Opening Terminal
Enclosure Enclosure
B
18
Heated
Features
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure • Resettable Overtemperature Protection Ther-
mal Fuses also Available
• Polypropylene Guard, order separately
Thermal Fuse Supplied as Standard, for Pro- • Optional Riser Heights available
Process/Fuse Temperature Limits, Consult

Dimensions (In.)
Wt. Guard1
kW Volts W/In 2
Phase B C Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) PCN
3 240 10 3 13 7 GTFL3-32 NS 054172 20 054295
3 480 10 3 13 7 GTFL3-34 NS 054180 20 054295
6 240 10 3 19 10 GTFL3-62 NS 054199 22 054308
6 480 10 3 19 10 GTFL3-64 NS 054201 22 054308
9 240 10 3 23 12 GTFL3-92 NS 054210 36 054316
9 480 10 3 23 12 GTFL3-94 NS 054228 36 054316
12 240 10 3 30 12 GTFL3-122 NS 054236 42 054324
12 480 10 3 30 12 GTFL3-124 NS 054244 42 054324
15 240 10 3 37 12 GTFL3-152 NS 054252 48 054332
15 480 10 3 37 12 GTFL3-154 NS 054260 48 054332
18 240 10 3 45 12 GTFL3-182 NS 054279 54 054340
18 480 10 3 45 12 GTFL3-184 NS 054287 54 054340
1/2" to overall heater dimensions.
B-135
Immersion
KBLC & KBLS Dimensions (Inches)

Drum Heaters B Min.
Tank
Clearance
• Steel and Stainless Steel Sheath

Elements
• 11 W/In2
• 2.2 and 4.4 kW 1" NPT Conduit Opening

11-1/2
1-1/2
• 240 Volt, Single Phase
8-5/16 3
Enclosure Overtemp
36 Cutout Well
1/2
B Heated
• 36" Riser (unheated section) • Melting Wax
• With and Without Integral Control • Melting Lard
0 - 100, 60 - 250 or 200 - 550°F
• Melting Grease
• Melting Other Heat Sensitive Materials

DIM B AR Stat Wt.
kW Volts W/In2 (In.) Range (°F) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
KBLC — Steel Sheath and Riser
2.2 240 11 12-3/4 — KBLC-24 NS 195637 14
2.2 240 11 12-3/4 60 - 250 KBLC-24T2 NS 256196 14
2.2 240 11 12-3/4 200 - 550 KBLC-24T3 NS 195653 14
4.4 240 11 17-3/4 — KBLC-28 NS 195741 18
4.4 240 11 17-3/4 60 - 250 KBLC-28T2 S 256209 18
4.4 240 11 17-3/4 200 - 550 KBLC-28T3 S 256217 18
KBLS — Stainless Steel Sheath and Riser
2.2 240 11 12-3/4 — KBLS-244 NS 195776 14
2.2 240 11 12-3/4 0 - 100 KBLS-244T1 NS 183564 14
2.2 240 11 12-3/4 60 - 250 KBLS-244T2 NS 256858 14
2.2 240 11 12-3/4 200 - 550 KBLS-244T3 NS 195792 14
4.4 240 11 17-3/4 — KBLS-288 NS 195880 18
4.4 240 11 17-3/4 0 - 100 KBLS-288T1 NS 183556 18
4.4 240 11 17-3/4 60 - 250 KBLS-288T2 S 256225 18
4.4 240 11 17-3/4 200 - 550 KBLS-288T3 NS 195899 18
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts and quantity.
B-136
Immersion
TBL & TBL-A

Salt Bath Heaters
• Steel and INCOLOY® Sheath
Elements
OVER-THE-SIDE
• 20 W/In2
• 3, 4.5, 6 and 7.5 kW
Dimensions (Inches)
4
3/4" Conduit Hub
A
6" Max. 2-5/8
Heated
B
3/4 3-19/32
• Cast Iron Moisture Resistant Terminal • Primarily for use in Salt Baths
Enclosure
• Sludge Legs, order separately (factory
installed)

Dimensions (In.)
Wt.
kW Volts W/In2 Phase A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
TBL — Steel (20 W/In2)
3 240 20 1 11-1/8 13-7/8 TBL-1301 NS 192735 18
3 480 20 1 11-1/8 13-7/8 TBL-1301 NS 192727 18
4.5 240 20 1 11-1/8 15 TBL-4501 NS 192743 21
4.5 480 20 1 11-1/8 15 TBL-4501 NS 192751 21
6 240 20 1 11-7/8 20-5/16 TBL-6001 NS 192760 27
6 480 20 1 11-7/8 20-5/16 TBL-6001 NS 192778 27
7.5 240 20 1 14-5/8 25-9/16 TBL-7501 NS 192786 35
7.5 480 20 1 14-5/8 25-9/16 TBL-7501 NS 192794 35
TBL-A — INCOLOY® (20 W/In2)
3 240 20 1 11-1/8 13-7/8 TBL-A-131 NS 192807 18
3 480 20 1 11-1/8 13-7/8 TBL-A-131 NS 192815 18
4.5 240 20 1 11-1/8 15 TBL-A-451 NS 192823 21
4.5 480 20 1 11-1/8 15 TBL-A-451 NS 192831 21
6 240 20 1 11-7/8 20-5/16 TBL-A-601 NS 192840 27
6 480 20 1 11-7/8 20-5/16 TBL-A-601 NS 192851 27
7.5 240 20 1 14-5/8 25-9/16 TBL-A-751 NS 192866 35
7.5 480 20 1 14-5/8 25-9/16 TBL-A-751 NS 192874 35
B-137
Immersion
BLCK-MH & BLCS BLCK-MH — Dimensions (Inches)

11-1/2
Deep Tank Blade 4-1/6

3
3/4" Conduit Opening
Heaters 1-1/4" Pipe Coupling

12
1-1/4" Round Gasket Manhole Cover (by customer)
3/8" Stl. Pipe (by customer)
1-1/4" Stl. Pipe Riser
• BLCK-MH — Circular Blades Protective Thermowell
Stl. Construction (4 - 12 blades)
144
• BLCS — Straight Blades
C
Heated
16-1/2 (min. opening)
• Low Watt Density
(12 and 18 W/In2)
BLCS — Dimensions (Inches)
3-1/8 5
• 7.5 - 24 kW 2-1/8 1" Dia. Mtg. Hole
• 240 and 480 Volt, 1 & 3 Phase 1-1/4" Conduit Hub
Suspension Bracket
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Stl. Construction (4 - 12 blades)
Enclosure 144
• 12 Ft. Riser (Other Lengths C

Available) Heated
34
Features (BLCK-MH)
Circular Blades Straight Blades
• Integral DPST Thermostat 60 - 250°F rated DIM C Wt.
kW Volts Phase (In.) Model PCN Model PCN Stock (Lbs.)
30 Amp at 120 - 277 Volt with 180" capillary Regular Oil — 18 W/In2
length 12 240 1 8-7/8 BLCK-MH618 192903 BLCS-618 193068 NS 42
12 240 3 8-7/8 BLCK-MH618 192911 BLCS-618 193076 NS 42
• 4 - 12 Circular Heating Elements permit 12 480 1 8-7/8 BLCK-MH618 192920 BLCS-618 193084 NS 42
entry into tanks with 16-1/2" diameter mini- 12 480 3 8-7/8 BLCK-MH618 192938 BLCS-618 193092 NS 42
mum opening 16 240 1 12 BLCK-MH824 192946 BLCS-824 193105 NS 55
16 240 3 12 BLCK-MH824 192954 BLCS-824 193113 NS 55
• Split Riser adapts to customer's 16 480 1 12 BLCK-MH824 192962 BLCS-824 193121 NS 55
16 480 3 12 BLCK-MH824 192970 BLCS-824 193130 NS 55
manhole cover
20 240 3 15-1/8 BLCK-MH1030 192989 BLCS-1030 193148 NS 75
• 6" threaded ends on each riser end 20 480 1 15-1/8 BLCK-MH1030 192997 BLCS-1030 193156 NS 75
• Two 1-1/4" threaded Malleable Iron Floor 20 480 3 15-1/8 BLCK-MH1030 193009 BLCS-1030 193164 NS 75
Flanges 24 240 3 18-1/4 BLCK-MH1236 193017 BLCS-1236 193172 NS 90
• Threaded Malleable Iron Union 24 480 1 18-1/4 BLCK-MH1236 193025 BLCS-1236 193180 NS 90
24 480 3 18-1/4 BLCK-MH1236 193033 BLCS-1236 193199 NS 90
• Thermostat Packing Gland Fittings Fuel Oil — 12 W/In2
• Manhole Cover, 3/8" Thermostat 7.5 240 1 8-7/8 BLCK-MH618 258925 BLCS-618 259100 NS 42
Protective Well and 3/8" Threaded 7.5 240 3 8-7/8 BLCK-MH618 258933 BLCS-618 259119 NS 42
Couplings (by customer) 7.5 480 1 8-7/8 BLCK-MH618 258941 BLCS-618 259127 NS 42
7.5 480 3 8-7/8 BLCK-MH618 258950 BLCS-618 259135 NS 42
• For manhole construction, recommend
10 240 1 12 BLCK-MH824 258968 BLCS-824 259143 NS 55
compression fittings shown on page 10 240 3 12 BLCK-MH824 258976 BLCS-824 259151 NS 55
H-189. CCF-25D or 25E. 10 480 1 12 BLCK-MH824 258984 BLCS-824 259160 NS 55
10 480 3 12 BLCK-MH824 258992 BLCS-824 259178 NS 55
12.5 240 1 15-1/8 BLCK-MH1030 259004 BLCS-1030 259186 NS 75
12.5 240 3 15-1/8 BLCK-MH1030 097404 BLCS-1030 259194 NS 75
Features (BLCS) 12.5 480 1 15-1/8 BLCK-MH1030 259020 BLCS-1030 259207 NS 75
12.5 480 3 15-1/8 BLCK-MH1030 259039 BLCS-1030 259215 NS 75
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure 15 240 1 18-1/4 BLCK-MH1236 259047 BLCS-1236 259223 NS 90
15 240 3 18-1/4 BLCK-MH1236 259055 BLCS-1236 259231 NS 90
• 4 - 12 Straight Heating Elements requires 15 480 1 18-1/4 BLCK-MH1236 259063 BLCS-1236 259240 NS 90
manhole access that will accept 34" blade 15 480 3 18-1/4 BLCK-MH1236 259071 BLCS-1236 259258 NS 90
length Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
B-138
Immersion
CH-OTS
Portable Tank Heater
• Copper Sheath Nickel Plated
OVER-THE-SIDE
Elements
• High Watt Density (49 - 58W/In2)
• 4 and 6 kW
• 208 and 240 Volt,

Single Phase
Dimensions (Inches)
3-1/2 3-5/16
NEMA 1 Terminal Enclosure
5-5/8
26 Stn. Stl. Mtg. Bracket (adjustable)

#10 AWG Conductor
Cord Set (polarized)
2
B Heated 2
Features
• 26" Riser (unheated section) • Built-in Pilot LIght
• Integral Control (60 - 250°F) • 36" Long Cord with 10 - 30P Plug
• Manual Reset Cutout

(set @ 50°F above temperature setpoint)

Copper
DIM B Wt.
kW Volts W/In2 Phase (In.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
4 240 49 1 14 CH-OTS-404 S 093833 10
6 208 58 1 17 CH-OTS-608 S 093817 10
6 240 58 1 17 CH-OTS-604 S 093825 10
B-139
Immersion
CIT
Soft Metal
Melting Heater
• Cast Iron Construction
• Low Watt Density

CIT-2319 — Dimensions (Inches) CIT-1612 — Dimensions (Inches)
• 3, 5 and 10 kW B ± 1% D 2-7/8
Mtg. Bracket
• 240 Volt, Single Phase 4-5/8
2-7/8
1-1/4
• Moisture Resistant Terminal Iron

2
4-5/8
Casting
Enclosure 1" NPT
1-1/4
Threaded A 1-1/4
A Hub Iron Casting F 1" NPT
Heated Threaded
E Hub
Applications Heated D
To melt metals such as solder, lead, tin, B E

Heated
stereotype metal and babbit (with 4% or less 72°
Copper content). Maximum working tempera-
ture of 950°F (not suitable for immersion in
zinc or aluminum). CIT-218 — Dimensions (Inches)
Features
9/16" Dia. Holes
A (2 pls.)
• Cast Iron Moisture Resistant Terminal
4-5/8 D
Enclosure Iron Casting
C
• Over-the-Side and Through-the-Side
2-7/8 E
Mounting Options 3-1/4 4-5/8
F Heated
• Cold Starts without Damage
Gasket (supplied) 3-1/8

5/8 B

Dimensions (In.) Steel Wt.
Displacement
kW Volts Phase A B C D E F (In3) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Over-the-Side Mounting
5 240 1 12-1/4 16 — 3 9 10 135 CIT-1612 S 196031 40
5 240 1 19-1/4 16 — 3 6 17 180 CIT-1619 S 196040 55
Through-the-Side Mounting
3 240 1 23-1/4 18 2-1/4 2-1/4 1-7/8 17-1/8 57 CIT-218 S 196058 22
Special Stereotype Design
5 240 1 18-1/2 12-1/2 — 6-1/2 14-1/2 — — CIT-2219 NS 196023 51
10 240 1 19 15-1/4 — 9 15 — — CIT-2319 NS 196015 80
B-140
Immersion
GRT & GRS

Side Mount Heat Exchangers Metal
Tube Heating or Cooling Coils Dimensions (Inches)
OVER-THE-SIDE
1" NPT Nipples (Std.) 5
• 316 Stainless Steel and
Outlet Riser
Inlet Riser
Titanium Sheath Tubes 1" OD Tubing
on 1-1/2" Centers
• Surface Area (4.6 - 89.8 Ft2)
Features
B
• 8 - 28 Tubes
• 1" Inlet and Outlet
• 100 psi Maximum Pressure Specifications and Ordering Information
• Standoffs, Hooks and Hanger Straps, sold Surf. DIM (In.) 316SS Titanium
separately Area Wt.
(Ft )
2
• Optional Surface Areas and Configurations 12" Width — 8 Tubes
available 4.6 12 24 GRS-12-24 056160 GRT-12-24 056880 NS 13
5.6 12 30 GRS-12-30 056178 GRT-12-30 056899 NS 15
6.7 12 36 GRS-12-36 056186 GRT-12-36 056901 NS 18
8.8 12 48 GRS-12-48 056194 GRT-12-48 056910 NS 24
Note: Configurations differ for steam and wa- 10.9 12 60 GRS-12-60 056207 GRT-12-60 056928 NS 30
ter service. PCN's shown are for water service. 13.7 12 72 GRS-12-72 056215 GRT-12-72 056936 NS 34
Steam service units ordered as special. 15.1 12 84 GRS-12-84 056223 GRT-12-84 056944 NS 38
17.2 12 96 GRS-12-96 056231 GRT-12-96 056952 NS 43
19.2 12 108 GRS-12-108 056240 GRT-12-108 056960 NS 48
21.3 12 120 GRS-12-120 056258 GRT-12-120 056979 NS 53
23.4 12 132 GRS-12-132 056266 GRT-12-132 056987 NS 59
25.5 12 144 GRS-12-144 056274 GRT-12-144 056995 NS 64
18" Width — 12 Tubes
6.8 18 24 GRS-18-24 056282 GRT-18-24 057007 NS 19
8.4 18 30 GRS-18-30 056290 GRT-18-30 057015 NS 23
10 18 36 GRS-18-36 056303 GRT-18-36 057023 NS 28
13.2 18 48 GRS-18-48 056311 GRT-18-48 057031 NS 36
16.3 18 60 GRS-18-60 056320 GRT-18-60 057040 NS 45
19.5 18 72 GRS-18-72 056338 GRT-18-72 057058 NS 49
22.6 18 84 GRS-18-84 056346 GRT-18-84 057066 NS 57
25.7 18 96 GRS-18-96 056354 GRT-18-96 057074 NS 64
28.9 18 108 GRS-18-108 056362 GRT-18-108 057082 NS 72
32 18 120 GRS-18-120 056370 GRT-18-120 057090 NS 80
35.2 18 132 GRS-18-132 056389 GRT-18-132 057103 NS 88
38.3 18 144 GRS-18-144 056397 GRT-18-144 057111 NS 96
9.4 24 24 GRS-24-24 056400 GRT-24-24 057120 NS 26
11.5 24 30 GRS-24-30 056418 GRT-24-30 057138 NS 32
13.6 24 36 GRS-24-36 056426 GRT-24-36 057146 NS 37
17.8 24 48 GRS-24-48 056434 GRT-24-48 057154 NS 49
22 24 60 GRS-24-60 056442 GRT-24-60 057162 NS 61
26.1 24 72 GRS-24-72 056450 GRT-24-72 057170 NS 65
30.3 24 84 GRS-24-84 056469 GRT-24-84 057189 NS 76
34.6 24 96 GRS-24-96 056477 GRT-24-96 057197 NS 87
38.7 24 108 GRS-24-108 056485 GRT-24-108 057200 NS 97
42.9 24 120 GRS-24-120 056493 GRT-24-120 057218 NS 107
47.1 24 132 GRS-24-132 056506 GRT-24-132 057226 NS 118
51.3 24 144 GRS-24-144 056514 GRT-24-144 057234 NS 128
B-141
Immersion
GRT & GRS Dimensions (Inches)
Side Mounted Heat 1" NPT Nipples (Std.) 5
Exchangers Metal Tube
Outlet Riser
Inlet Riser
1" OD Tubing
Heating or Cooling Coils on 1-1/2" Centers
(cont’d.)
A

Surf. DIM (In.) 316SS Titanium
Area Wt.
(Ft )
2
11.5 30 24 GRS-30-24 056522 GRT-30-24 057242 NS 32
14.2 30 30 GRS-30-30 056530 GRT-30-30 057250 NS 39
16.8 30 36 GRS-30-36 056549 GRT-30-36 057269 NS 46
22 30 48 GRS-30-48 056557 GRT-30-48 057277 NS 61
27.2 30 60 GRS-30-60 056565 GRT-30-60 057285 NS 75
32.5 30 72 GRS-30-72 056573 GRT-30-72 057293 NS 81
37.7 30 84 GRS-30-84 056581 GRT-30-84 057306 NS 94
42.9 30 96 GRS-30-96 056590 GRT-30-96 057314 NS 107
48.2 30 108 GRS-30-108 056602 GRT-30-108 057322 NS 121
53.4 30 120 GRS-30-120 056610 GRT-30-120 057330 NS 133
58.6 30 132 GRS-30-132 056629 GRT-30-132 057349 NS 147
63.9 30 144 GRS-30-144 056637 GRT-30-144 057357 NS 160
13.7 36 24 GRS-36-24 056645 GRT-36-24 057365 NS 38
16.8 36 30 GRS-36-30 056653 GRT-36-30 057373 NS 46
20 36 36 GRS-36-36 056661 GRT-36-36 057381 NS 55
26.3 36 48 GRS-36-48 056670 GRT-36-48 057390 NS 72
32.5 36 60 GRS-36-60 056688 GRT-36-60 057402 NS 89
38.8 36 72 GRS-36-72 056696 GRT-36-72 057410 NS 97
45.1 36 84 GRS-36-84 056709 GRT-36-84 057429 NS 113
51.4 36 96 GRS-36-96 056717 GRT-36-96 057437 NS 129
57.7 36 108 GRS-36-108 056725 GRT-36-108 057445 NS 144
64 36 120 GRS-36-120 056733 GRT-36-120 057453 NS 160
70.3 36 132 GRS-36-132 056741 GRT-36-132 057461 NS 176
76.6 36 144 GRS-36-144 056750 GRT-36-144 057470 NS 192
15.8 42 24 GRS-42-24 056768 GRT-42-24 057488 NS 43
19.5 42 30 GRS-42-30 056776 GRT-42-30 057496 NS 54
23.2 42 36 GRS-42-36 056784 GRT-42-36 057509 NS 64
30.6 42 48 GRS-42-48 056792 GRT-42-48 057517 NS 84
38 42 60 GRS-42-60 056805 GRT-42-60 057525 NS 105
45.4 42 72 GRS-42-72 056813 GRT-42-72 057533 NS 114
52.8 42 84 GRS-42-84 056821 GRT-42-84 057541 NS 132
60.2 42 96 GRS-42-96 056830 GRT-42-96 057550 NS 151
67.6 42 108 GRS-42-108 056848 GRT-42-108 057568 NS 169
75 42 120 GRS-42-120 056856 GRT-42-120 057576 NS 188
82.4 42 132 GRS-42-132 056864 GRT-42-132 057584 NS 206
89.8 42 144 GRS-42-144 056872 GRT-42-144 057592 NS 225
Notes —
A. Heat transfer coefficient steam = 150 BTUH/FT 2/°F.
B. Heat transfer coefficient liquid = 90 BTUH/FT2/°F.
B-142
IMMERSION
US & UT
Side Mount Heat
Exchangers Metal
Tube Heating or
OVER-THE-SIDE
Cooling Coils
• 316 Stainless Steel and Titanium
Sheath Tubes
• Surface Area (0.8 - 10 Ft2) US1 — Dimensions (Inches) US4 — Dimensions (Inches)
B 4
Outlet Inlet
Features
4
• Single, 4 and 6 Pass Coils
• 1" Inlet and Outlet A A
• 100 psi Maximum Pressure

• Standoffs, Hooks and Hanger Straps sold
separately
B
• Optional Surface Areas and Configurations
available
Surface Area Wt.
(Ft )
2
US1 — Single Pass U-Coils
0.8 18 12 US1-12-18 055765 UT1-12-18 055968 NS 3
1 24 12 US1-12-24 055773 UT1-12-24 055976 NS 4
1.3 30 12 US1-12-30 055781 UT1-12-30 055984 NS 5
1.6 36 12 US1-12-36 055790 UT1-12-36 055992 NS 6
1.8 42 12 US1-12-42 055802 UT1-12-42 056004 NS 7
2.1 48 12 US1-12-48 055810 UT1-12-48 059053 NS 8
2.4 54 12 US1-12-54 055829 UT1-12-54 059061 NS 9
2.6 60 12 US1-12-60 055837 UT1-12-60 059070 NS 10
US4 — 4 Pass Units
2.7 36 24 US4-24-36 055845 UT4-24-36 059088 NS 11
3.7 36 36 US4-36-36 055853 UT4-36-36 056055 NS 12
4.7 36 48 US4-48-36 055861 UT4-48-36 056063 NS 14
5.7 36 60 US4-60-36 055870 UT4-60-36 059096 NS 16
7.3 36 78 US4-78-36 055888 UT4-78-36 059109 NS 20
8.8 36 96 US4-96-36 055896 UT4-96-36 059117 NS 25
US6 — 6 Pass Units
3.7 48 20 US6-20-48 055909 UT6-20-48 056100 NS 12
5 48 30 US6-30-48 055917 UT6-30-48 056119 NS 14
6.3 48 40 US6-40-48 055925 UT6-40-48 056127 NS 17
7.5 48 50 US6-50-48 055933 UT6-50-48 056135 NS 20
8.7 48 60 US6-60-48 055941 UT6-60-48 056143 NS 25
10 48 70 US6-70-48 055950 UT6-70-48 056151 NS 28
Notes —
A. Heat transfer coefficient steam = 150 BTUH/FT2/°F
B. Heat transfer coefficient liquid = 90 BTUH/FT2/°F
B-143
Immersion
GHTF
Side Mount Heat
Exchangers Fluoropolymer
Heating or Cooling Coils
• Fluoropolymer Tube - 1/4" and
1/2" OD
• Surface Area (2-1/4 - 46-1/2 Ft2)
Features
Dimensions (Inches)
• Polypropylene Guard, standard
C
• Standard Coils Rated to 30 psi Steam Ser-
STANDARD FNPT CONNECTION
vice. Coils Available up to 60 psi B TO THE BACK (TANK WALL)
3.00"
• 10 psi Minimum Steam Pressure Required
E
(76mm) OPTION A
CONNECTIONS
for Operation ON TOP
• Integral Inlet and Outlet Manifolds for Single 3"X3" CPVC

(76mm)
Point Connections ANGLE STD.
• Options Available: D
OPTION B
CONNECTIONS
• Anti-Floatation Brackets A TO THE SIDES
• Special Sizes and Manifold Configurations

• L Shaped Configurations
• Dual Coils for both Heating and Cooling
Note: Vacuum breakers recommended for Specifications and Ordering Information

flouropolymer heat exchanger steam heat-
ing installations. Consult factory regarding Dimensions (In.) Fluoropolymer
reduced pressure applications. Surface Area Wt.
(Ft )
2
A B C D E Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
2-1/4* 11-1/2 11-1/2 1-1/2 17-1/2 9 GHTF-118 NS 362010 10
4-1/2* 11-1/2 11-1/2 2 17-1/2 8 GHTF-218 NS 362028 12
4-1/2* 15-1/2 15-1/2 1-1/2 21-1/2 12 GHTF-222 NS 362036 15
9-1/4* 15-1/2 15-1/2 2 21-1/2 12 GHTF-422 NS 362044 18
6 17-1/2 17-1/2 2 23-1/2 12-1/2 GHTF-224 NS 362052 22
12 17-1/2 17-1/2 3-1/2 23-1/2 12-1/2 GHTF-424 NS 362060 30
18 17-1/2 17-1/2 4-1/2 23-1/2 12-1/2 GHTF-624 NS 362079 38
24 17-1/2 17-1/2 5-3/4 23-1/2 12-1/2 GHTF-824 NS 362087 42
11-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 2 29-1/2 18-1/2 GHTF-230 NS 362095 32
23 23-1/2 23-1/2 3-1/4 29-1/2 18-1/2 GHTF-430 NS 362108 37
34-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 4-1/2 29-1/2 18-1/2 GHTF-630 NS 362116 41
46-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 5-3/4 29-1/2 18-1/2 GHTF-830 NS 362124 60
* Designates 1/4" diameter tubing. All others 1/2" diameter tubing
Notes —
A. Heat transfer coefficient steam = 35 BTUH/FT2/°F.
B. Heat transfer coefficient liquid = 30BTUH/FT2/°F.
B-144
Immersion

Terminal Enclosure Dimensions
Style A — Dimensions (Inches) GS, GT, GS3, GT3 Style B — Dimensions (Inches) PTH, PTHT
.50" X .75" 0.50
OVER-THE-SIDE
3.00" 3.00"
2 SLOTS
1.94"
.53" .43" .63"
1/2" NPT STANDARD

3/4" OPTIONAL 5
4
5.75"
3.00"
1.50
0.75
Style C — Dimensions (Inches) PTHF, TPR, TPF Style D — Dimensions (Inches) GSV3, GTV3, GSL3,
GTL3, GSL, GTL
4.69
3.00"
1.50
5/16 x 1-1/2"
Mtg. Slots
5
6 3.75"
3.63
4.75
1/2" NPT STANDARD
0.63 3/4" NPT AVAILABLE
Style E — Dimensions (Inches) GTFL 3 Style F — Dimensions (Inches) GTF6
6.125 2.625"
6.38 .50"
Ø.312 5.125 .375"
.50"
6.00 Ø.312"
.50 1/2" NPT STANDARD

.50 5.00 2.63 3/4" OPTIONAL
.38
1/2" FNPT 6.00"
4.25"
4.69
2.88
B-145
Immersion

Terminal Enclosure Dimensions
Style G — Dimensions (Inches) GTF9 Style H — Dimensions (Inches) QM, QM3
8.875" 3.12"
3.00" .50" X .75"
2.625" 2 SLOTS
7.874" .50"
1.75"
Ø.313"
.50" .63" .56"
.375" .50"
1/2" NPT STANDARD

3/4" OPTIONAL .50" NPT STANDARD
.75" OPTIONAL
5.94"
5.75"
3.94"
3.13"
Style J — Dimensions (Inches) GTF, GTFL, GXF, GXFL
0.281" 3.375"
2.625"
1.50"
1.75" 0.437" 0.562"
1/2" FNPT
4.937"
2.75"
B-146
Immersion
Over-the-Side Immersion Heaters Fuse

Optional Accessories Thermowell
• Thermal Fuses
OVER-THE-SIDE
• Thermowells
• Thermowell Guards
Fuse — Specifications and Ordering Information (1)

Max. Process Single Use Fuse Resettable Fuse
Lead Temperature Fuse Temp Wire Fuse Temp Wire Stock
For Heater Models Length (In) (˚F) (2) Model PCN Limit (˚F) Color Model PCN Limit (˚F) Color Status
GS, GT, GS3, GT3 18 180 F 360330 219 White RF 360436 219 White S
18 230 FM 360348 262 Blue RFM 360444 262 Blue S
18 300 FH 360356 330 Red RFH 360452 330 Red NS
GTF,GXF, GTF6, GTF9 (3) 18 180 FT 360364 219 Red RFT 360460 219 White S
QM, QM3 (4) 18 180 FT 360364 219 Red RFT 360460 219 White S
18 230 FTM 360372 262 Blue RFTM 360479 262 Blue S
GSL, GTL, GSL3, GTL3, GSV3, GTV3 86 180 FL 360399 219 White RFL 360495 219 White S
86 230 FLM 360401 262 Blue RFLM 360508 262 Blue S
86 300 FLH 360410 330 Red RFLH 360516 330 Red NS
GTFL,GXFL,GTFL3 (3) 86 180 FLT 224717 219 Red RFLT 224725 219 White NS
Resettable fuse circuitry (5) NA All NA NA NA NA RFM-EC 360321 NA NA NS
Notes
1. PCN’s shown above are for individual replacement parts only.
2. Process solution temperatures must always be a minimum of 30˚F below fuse temperature limit.
3. For Fluoropolymer series (GTF) process temps over 180˚F, Consult Factory. Fluoropolymer heaters should always be supplied with low temp
fuse. Fluoropolymer Series PCN’s for Fuse Temperature Limit of 262˚F such as FTM 360372, RFTM 360479, FLTM 360428, and RFLTM
360524 are available on a “Consult Factory” basis only.
4. For QM series process temps over 230˚F, Consult Factory.
5. Resettable fuse is bi-metal switch only and requires connection to Resettable Fuse System Circuitry, Model RFM-EC, PCN 360321, which
must be ordered separately. RFM-EC includes: Manual reset, Audible Alarm, and Relay rated to 240V, 5Amp.
Fuse Temperature Ranges: (based on Fuse temp limit)
Low temp: 219˚F, Mid temp: 262˚F High temp: 330˚F
Standard Heater Offering
1. On Standard Heaters unless specified otherwise, will supply low temp (219˚F) single use fuse. Resettable fuses, along with Mid temp and
High Temp fuses are special order by PCN.
Thermowell — Specifications and Ordering Information

12" Length 24" Length 36" Length
Well ID/OD
Material (In.) Model PCN Stock Model PCN Stock Model PCN Stock
316 SS 0.43 / 1/2 GSTW-12 360575 NS GSTW-24 360612 S GSTW-36 360655 NS
Titanium 0.43 / 1/ GTTW-12 360583 NS GTTW-24 360620 NS GTTW-36 360663 NS
Fluoropolymer1 0.44 / 1/2 GTFTW-12 360591 S GTFTW-24 360639 NS GTFTW-36 360671 NS
Quartz1 0.50 / 5/8 GQTW-12 360604 NS GQTW-24 360647 NS GQTW-36 360680 NS
Thermowell Guards — made of Polypropylene2
Fluoropolymer — GTFTW-12G 360698 NS GTFTW-24G 360719 NS GTFTW-36G 360735 NS
Well Guard
Quartz Well Guard — GQTW-12G 360700 NS GQTW-24G 360727 NS GQTW-36G 360743 NS
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW and PCN.
1. Guards recommended. (See Thermowell Guards listed above.)
2. Other materials available. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
Other Notes —
A. Bracket dimensions: 1" wide x 4" long. 3/8" mounting hole centered 3/16” from end.
B. Other lengths, diameters and sheath materials available. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
B-147
Immersion
Chromalox®
Specification Data Sheet Screw Plug Immersion Heaters
Form PD309
7. Terminal Seal
6. “B” Dimension
2, 3. Screw Plug 4, 5. Heating Element
8. Terminal Box
9. Thermostat
Note — Drawing Is For Illustration Purposes Only. Screw plug size, number of elements, thermowell option, terminal box configuration, etc. will
vary according to options selected.
Operating Conditions 6. HEATING ELEMENT IMMERSION LENGTH:
1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail):
(“B”) Dimension Inches:
7. TERMINAL SEALS: o None o Silicone Fluid (500°F)
o Silicone Resin (450°F) o RTV (450°F) o Epoxy (250°F)
o Hermetic (Maximum 1000°F Sheath Temperature)
o Other (Specify)
8. TERMINAL BOX CONSTRUCTION:
2. MATERIAL HEATED (Specify): o General Purpose o Moisture Resistant
3. OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
°F o Explosion Resistant/Moisture Resistant
psig. 9. INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT: o None
5. o Indoor o Outdoor o 1" and 1-1/4" Size, SPST Contacts
6. HAZARDOUS AREA ENVIRONMENT: o 0-127°F o 60-180°F o 60-240°F
Class Div. Group o 2" and 2-1/2" Size, DPST Contacts
7. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: °F o 0-100°F o 60-250°F o 200-550°F
Heater Specifications (Check All That Apply) 10. ELECTRICAL CODES:
1. RATING: Volts Phase Kilowatts o National Electrical Code (Standard)
2. SCREW PLUG SIZE (In., NPT)/NUMBER OF HEATING o U.L. Listed
ELEMENTS: o 1"/1 o 1-1/4"/1 o 1-1/4"/2 o C.S.A. Certified
o 2"/1 o 2"/2 o 2"/3 o 2-1/2"/3 o Other (Specify)
3. SCREW PLUG MATERIAL: o Carbon Steel o Brass 11. OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES:
o 304 Stainless Steel o 316 Stainless Steel a.) o Temperature Limit Stop on Thermostat Set
o Other (Specify) at °F
4. HEATING ELEMENT SHEATH MATERIAL: b.) o Overheat Thermocouple Welded to Element
o Steel o Copper
o 304 Stainless Steel Sheath Type o J or oK

o 316 Stainless Steel o INCOLOY ® c.)
o Other (Specify)

o Other (Specify)
5. HEATING ELEMENT WATT DENSITY: 12. MODEL NUMBER:
o 6 W/In2 o 15 W/In2 o 20 W/In2

o 23-26 W/In 2
o 40-50 W/In 2
o 51-60 W/In 2

o 61-85 W/In2 o Other (Specify)

B-148
Immersion
Chromalox®
Specification Data Sheet Flanged Immersion Heaters
Form PD310
OVER-THE-SIDE
8. “B” Dimension
9. Terminal Seal
16. Special Features (Baffles, Etc.)
6,7. Heating Element
10, 11.
Terminal Box 12. Flange Gasket
13. Thermostat
3, 4, 5. Flange
Note — Drawing Is For Illustration Purposes Only. Flange size, number of elements, terminal box configuration, etc. will vary according
to options selected.
Operating Conditions 7. HEATING ELEMENT WATT DENSITY:
1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail): o 6.5 W/In2 o 15 W/In2 o 23 W/In2
o 45 W/In2 o Other (Specify)
8. HEATING ELEMENT IMMERSION LENGTH:
(“B”) Dimension Inches:
9. TERMINAL SEALS: o None o Silicone Fluid (500°F)
2. MATERIAL HEATED (Specify): o Silicone Resin (450°F) o RTV (450°F) o Epoxy (250°F)
°F o Hermetic (Maximum 1000°F Sheath Temperature)
psig. o Other (Specify)
5. o Indoor o Outdoor 10. TERMINAL BOX CONSTRUCTION:
6. HAZARDOUS AREA ENVIRONMENT: o General Purpose o Moisture Resistant
Class Div. Group o Explosion Resistant/Moisture Resistant
7. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: °F 11. TERMINAL BOX STANDOFFS: o None
Heater Specifications (Check All That Apply) o 4" o 6" o Other (Specify)
1. RATING: Volts Phase Kilowatts T-Rating 12. FLANGE GASKET: o Standard o Spiral Wound
2. NUMBER OF ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS: o Standard o Other (Specify)
o Other: No Circuits kW/Circuit 13. INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT: o None
3. FLANGE SIZE (In.)/NUMBER OF HEATING ELEMENTS: o 0-100°F o 60-250°F o 200-550°F
o 3"/3 o 5"/6 o 6"/12 o 8"/18 o 10"/27 14. A.S.M.E. REQUIRED: o Yes or o No If Yes, Specify:
o 12"/36 o 14"/45 o 16"/72 o 18"/108 o Design Only o Design and Certify in Accordance
o Other (Specify) With o Section I o Section IV o Section VIII
4. FLANGE MATERIAL: o Carbon Steel o Brass 15. ELECTRICAL CODES: o None
o 304 Stainless o 316 Stainless Steel o U.L. Listed o C.S.A. Certified
o Other (Specify) o Other (Specify)
5. FLANGE RATING: o Class 150 o Class 300 16. OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES:
o Other (Specify) o Overheat T/C Weld to Sheath, Type o J or o K
6. HEATING ELEMENT SHEATH MATERIAL: o Cross-Flow Baffles
o Steel o Copper o 304 Stainless Steel o Passivation of Wetted Parts (Stainless Steel Only)
o 316 Stainless Steel o INCOLOY ®
o Other (Specify)
o Other (Specify) 17. MODEL NUMBER:
B-149
Immersion
Chromalox®
Specification Data Sheet Ceramic Sheathed Immersion Heater CS (SiAlON)
Form PD316
"L"
COLD END COLD END
IMMERSION SIDE TERMINA
Note — Drawing Is For Illustration Purposes Only. Approval drawings required for specification.
Operating Conditions
1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail): 13. TERMINAL SEALS: o Epoxy o RTV o Air Set Cement
o General Purpose o Explosion Resistant/Moisture Resistant
15. ELECTRICAL CODES: o National Electrical Code (Std.)
o C.S.A. Certified o Other (Specify) ____________________
2. MATERIAL HEATED (Specify): 16. OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES:
°F a.) Overheat Thermocouple (Internal to Sheath)
psig. Sheath Type o J or o K o Other (Specify) ___________
5. o Indoor o Outdoor b.) Other (Specify) ____________________
6. HAZARDOUS AREA ENVIRONMENT: 17. Multiple Element Designs: Consult Factory
Class Div. Group Optional 4-9/16" 11/16"
Note: (3/4) 14 Thread required in Hazardous Area Construction NEMA 4/7
7. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: °F Housing
(welded)
1. DIAMETER: 28 mm (1.10 inch) Only
2. WATTS PER SQUARE INCH: 65 (Max.)
3. RATING: Volts o 120 o 208 o 240 o 480 (Max.)
1-1/2" -125# ANSI B16.5 Flange
o Other (Specify) ___________ (BLIND) SA-182 F304
FLANGE MOUNT
4. PHASE: o Single o 3PH Delta o 3 Coil Series o 3 Coil Parallel
NOTE: NEMA 4/7 Threaded
5. WATTS: ____________ Transition Adaptors Housing also available
6. END CONFIGURATIONS: o plain o threaded Consult Factory
Type L Leads
Z 1, 2 or 3 Zone, Single or 3 Phase
o flanged (ANSI) o plate flange (non ANSI)
Note: threaded is 3/4“ NPT only, flanged is threaded flange with terminal SiAlON
housing mounted to flange Diameter Diameter Z
7. TERMINATIONS: o welded jumper o lead wires integral to design 28 mm
1-3/8" 1-1/2"
(1.10")
8. LEADS: o Type L o Type Y
9. HEATING ELEMENT SHEATH MATERIAL: ceramic Type Y Leads
Z
Single Phase
10. HEATING ELEMENT WATT DENSITY: o 65 (Max.)
o Other (Specify) ________________ SiAlON
Diameter Y Z
11. SHEATH LENGTH: ___________ inches "L" (Min. 11-1/8", Max. 77") Y
28 mm
12. COLD END: IMMERSION SIDE: 1" (Min), 2" (Max.) 1-1/4" 1-1/4"
(1.10")
TERMINAL SIDE: _____inches (6" Min/Max Consult Factory)
B-150
Circulation
Circulation
Heaters
Overview
• In-Line or Recirculating Electric
Heat Exchangers
• Water, Solutions, Oils, Steam

and Gas Heating
• High Efficiency
PED
CIRCULATION
• Packaged Heater, Vessel and
HEATERS
Control
• UL, CSA, ATEX IEC or Other

Electrical Certifications Available
• ASME, PED or Other Pressure

Certifications Available
• Custom Designs
Circulation heaters are packaged units de- Applications Application Engineering

signed to heat a flowing medium using in-line
or side-arm piping configurations. Complete Typical applications include heating water, oils, The Chromalox sales and service organization
units consist of built-in heating elements, a heat transfer fluids, mild and corrosive fluids, has the technical capabilities and equipment
heating chamber, thermostat and/or sensors gases and steam. Heaters can be mounted on to satisfy virtually any circulation heating
(stock units), insulation, insulation jacket, the side of tanks, inserted into closed-loop application and to assist you in calculating
mounting brackets and inlet and outlet con- systems or installed in-line for process heat- requirements for the more common heating
nections. ing. processes.
Circulation heaters offer high efficiency since Water Heating — Washrooms, dish washing The Chromalox organization is the most
all heat is generated within the solution. Fluids and rinsing, process water heating, jacketed experienced and diversified manufacturer in
are directed past the heating elements giving kettles, hot water storage tanks and hydronic the electric heating business. Whatever your
fast response and even heat distribution. heating systems. heating requirements, you can depend on the
technical know-how of your Chromalox field
A wide selection of kilowatt ratings, materi- Freeze Protection — Water cooled engines, representatives. Backed by the highly skilled
als, vessel sizes, terminal enclosures, control stand pipe water tanks for fire protection, oil engineers and modern manufacturing facili-
features and mounting methods are available sump heaters. ties, Chromalox field sales engineers can help
for all types of heating requirements. determine your requirements and provide you
Heat Transfer Oil Heating — Process kettles,
SCR and Contactor Control Panels available molding dies and platens, mixing and blending with high quality equipment, properly selected,
for integral or remote mounting. Consult mills, closed-loop heat transfer systems for sized and applied.
Controls section for details. asphalt and heat sensitive materials. Section Outline
Fuel Oil Heating — Preheating to pumping Section Page
viscosity, preheating for delivery to burners. Features C-4
Terminal Enclosures C-5
More Information Steam, Air and Gas Heating — Steam super- Control Options C-8
heating, air preheating for process equipment.
is Available Online. Clean Water Series C-10
Special Features Oil Series C-17
Steam, Air & Gas Series C-24
Bookmark Your Browser to Consult your Local Chromalox Sales office for Corrosive Solution, Water
C-28
more detailed information on many special & Hi-Temperature Gas Series
www.chromalox.com Pre-engineered Packaged Units C-37
features, larger kilowatt heaters and skid
and Select Manuals. mounted circulation heater systems. Custom Engineering C-38
C-1
Circulation
Circulation Heaters
Selecting a Circulation Heater Application Factors Corrosion Policy
Selecting the proper circulation heater compo- Heater selection is influenced by the following Chromalox will not warrant any electric heater
nent requires critical engineering judgement parameters. against failure by sheath corrosion if such
and careful evaluation of the application. After failure is the result of operating conditions be-
1 The heated medium, viscosity, specific
determining the heat requirement for a specific heat, density and corrosive properties. yond the control of the heater manufacturer. It
heat application, the proper selection of the is the responsibility of the purchaser to make
flange and vessel material, heating element 2 The presence of contaminants in the the ultimate choice of sheath material based
sheath material, and correct watt density is medium. on his knowledge of the chemical composi-
critical to achieve long heater life. The ultimate 3 The corrosion resistant properties of the tion of the corrosive solution, character of
selection of equipment is determined by the heater sheath material. materials entering the solution, and controls
knowledge of the process and engineering by which he maintains the process.
acumen of the designer or plant engineer. Con- 4 The sheath watt density of the heating
sult the Technical section of this catalog for elements — the watts per square inch, and
the flow rate of the heated medium.
circulation heater calculations and guidelines.
5 The vessel design and material — pressure
and temperature of the fluid being heated.
Circulation Heaters — Selection Guidelines
1 2 3 4 5
Solution or Alkaline or Acid Content Sheath Watt Density

Application Heater Type (Est. % by Volume) Material (W/In2) Vessel Material
Water Clean Water pH6 to pH8 (Neutral) Copper 45 - 100 Galvanized Steel
Mild Solutions Process Water and Very Weak Solutions pH5 to pH9 (2 - 3%) INCOLOY® 45 - 86 Stainless Steel
Weak Solutions 5 - 6% INCOLOY® 45 - 75 Stainless Steel
Demineralized, De-ionized or Pure Water — INCOLOY® 45 - 75 Stainless Steel
Corrosive & Mildly Corrosive Solutions 5 -15% INCOLOY® 20 - 25 Stainless Steel
High Viscous More Severe Corrosive Solutions 10 - 25% INCOLOY® 20 - 25 Stainless Steel
Solutions Severely Corrosive Solutions 30 - 60% INCOLOY® 10 - 20 Stainless Steel
Oil Low Viscosity Oils — Steel 20 - 25 Steel
Medium Viscosity Oils — Steel 10 - 20 Steel
High Viscosity Oils (Fuel Oil) — Steel 5 - 15 Steel
Air, Gases Medium Temperatures to 750°F — INCOLOY® 20 - 25 Steel
& Steam High Temperatures to 1400°F — INCOLOY® 10 - 20 Stainless Steel
Typical Applications
Inline Heating — Where demands for heated Side Arm — Requirements of large storage Closed-Loop Fuel Oil Heating — Require-
water or oil are nearly constant, circulation tanks can be satisfied by using a number of ments may be provided by a number of
heaters may be installed directly in the fluid circulation heaters, providing flexibility in tem- circulation units individually adjustable to
line, eliminating the need for storage tanks and perature control and reducing power demand. temperature and fluid flow, reducing electrical
their related heat losses. demand on your utility bill.
Shut Off Valve Pressure Relief Valve Return Line to Tank

Pressure Relief Valves
Storage Tank
Outlet to
Application
Outlet
To Fuel
From Fuel Oil Burner
Oil Tank
Sump
Inlet from
Storage Supply
Thermostat Strainer
Strainer Drain
Bulbs Pump
and Pump
(when used) Drain
C-2
Circulation
Circulation Heaters
Selection Guidelines Circulation Heaters — Selection Guidelines
(cont'd.) Heater/Vessel kW
Application Material Rating Feature Model Page
Clean Water Copper/Steel 1.5 - 3 Booster NWHJR C-13
or Brass
Copper/Galv. 3 - 18 Screw Plug NWH C-11
Steel 6 - 500 Flanged
Clean Water INCOLOY®/ 0.5 - 40 Field Adjustable NWHSRG C-14
or Oil Galvanized
Corrosive & INCOLOY®/ 6 - 200 Flanged NWHIS C-29
High Viscous Stainless 2 - 30 Reduced Watt Density NWHOIS C-30
Solutions INCOLOY®/ 1.5 - 3 Non-Metallic Body CVCHS C-16
CPVC
CIRCULATION
HEATERS
Oil Steel/Steel 3 - 120 Flanged NWHSR C-19
Light 30 - 120 Baffled NWHO C-17
Medium NWHOB C-18
Oil Steel/Steel 3 - 120 Reduced Watt Density NWHOR C-21
Heavy 20 - 70 Baffled NWHORB C-21
Steam, Air & Gas INCOLOY®/ 30 - 50 Low Flow GCHCIS C-33
Steel 0.5 - 3.0 Flanged GCHI C-24
3 - 350 Flanged GCHIS C-32
INCOLOY®/ 2 - 200 Baffled GCHISB C-32
Stainless
High Pressure Stainless 3 - 30 Seamless Casting CCX C-34
Gas & Liquid
Pre-engineered Packages — Wired & Skid Mounted C-37
ASME & Custom Engineering Specifications (SDS) C-38
Codes & Standards

ASME Certification to Sections I, III, IV and Pressure Ratings — 150, 300, 400, 600, 900,
VIII, Division 1 or PED — Chromalox is the 1,500 and 2,500 Lb. Class.
leader in providing ASME (American Society of
Materials — 304, 316, 321, 347 Stainless
Mechanical Engineers or PED) certification for
Steel, INCONEL® and more.
pressure vessel applications.
Thermocouples can be provided on element
Underwriters Laboratories — UL Listing
sheath for overtemperature protection and/or
available for many circulation heaters. Consult
mounted in the outlet nozzle for process
your Local Chromalox Sales office.
control.
ATEX Directive — Many Chromalox products
are approved for use in explosive atmoshpe- Inlet and Outlet Nozzles — Available with
here flanged or threaded connections, smaller or
larger pipe sizes and different orientations.
Canadian Standards Association — CSA
certification available. Baffles mounted on element bundle inside
chamber to increase fluid or gas velocity.
Inernational and National Electrical Code
(NEC and IEC) — All Chromalox circulation Terminal Standoffs from 3 to 24" allow the
terminal enclosure housing and the field wir-
heaters are built to installation requirements.
ing connection to operate at lower tempera-
Special Features Available tures in high temperature heaters. Standoffs
are frequently used in heat transfer and gas
Kilowatt Ratings — Large kilowatt circulation heating applications.
heaters (500 kW and above) are available as Mounting Saddles for horizontally mounted
single chambers or with multiple chambers
More Information in series. Skid mounting and integral control
circulation heaters.
is Available Online. panels are also available. Weatherproof Insulation Jacket for outdoor
unprotected installations.
Vessel Construction — Chamber size available
in 10, 12, 14, 16, 18" and above for larger
Bookmark Your Browser to kilowatt capacities.
www.chromalox.com
and Select Manuals.
C-3
Circulation
Circulation Heaters
Features Basic Construction Terminal Enclosure
• Kilowatt Ratings from 0.5 kW (500

W) to Over 500 kW (500,000 W)
To Power Supply
• Voltage Ratings to 600V Pipe Outlet (Std.)
• Pressure Ratings to 5000 psig (345

bar) Thermostat (type AR)
Insulation
• Temperatures to 1500°F (815°C)
• Pipe Chambers 1 - 48" NPS PED
• Quality Heating Elements in Screw
Plugs or Flanges for Ease of
Replacement
• Sheath Materials include Copper, Mounting Lugs Outer Jacket
Steel, Stainless, INCOLOY® and
INCONEL® to Suit Most Operating or
Corrosive Environments
• Vessel Materials include Carbon
Steel, 304 or 316 Stainless Steel,
Non Ferrous Alloys and High
Temperature Plastics
• Terminal Enclosures for General Heating Chamber
Purpose, Moisture Resistant and
Explosion Proof Applications Pipe Inlet (Std.)
Heavy Duty Heating Elements
• Thermocouples and RTD Sensors

for Process and Overtemperature
Control
• Wide Range of Mechanical and Solid
Sediment
State Electronic Controls including Drain Plug
Temperature Controllers
• Contactor or SCR Power Panels for
Close Temperature Control (see Basic Construction
Controls Section) units have drain connections to allow sludge
• Vertical or Horizontal Mounting with Terminal Enclosures — E1 General Purpose, removal. Inlet and outlet nozzles are provided
Mounting Lugs or Saddle Supports sheet metal, painted with red enamel, E2 Mois- for circulation of fluid or gas through heater
ture Resistant/Explosion Proof, E4 Moisture chamber. Chamber material available in Steel,
• Available with High Temperature Resistant. Galvanized Steel or Stainless Steel depending
Standoffs and Internal Element on the application.
Baffles Controls — Some catalog units are provided
with a thermostat mounted on the heater. Heating Elements — Flange or screw plug
• Custom Designed Skid Mounting, mounted tubular type heating elements
Multiple Chambers and Integral Mounting — Small units supported by inlet
offered in Stainless Steel, Copper, Steel or
Control Panels and outlet piping; larger units provided with
INCOLOY® sheath to suit corrosive resistance
mounting lugs for support.
• ASME Certification Section I, IV or requirements.
VIII, Division 1 or PED Outer Jacket — Constructed of heavy gauge
Wiring Connections — All Chromalox
• UL, CSA, ATEX and Other Third painted steel sleeving which contains high
circulation heaters are provided with internal
Party Approval, Listing or temperature thermal insulation to reduce heat
wiring and power connections that are sized in
Certification Available on Many losses from heating chamber.
accordance with wiring tables in the National
Models Electrical Code and International Electric Code.
Heating Chamber — Pipe chambers (150 Lb
welded construction, standard) have a flanged For safe operation of the heaters, all external
or threaded end to receive heater assembly wiring should also be in accordance with local
and are closed at the opposite end. Larger codes.
C-4
Circulation
Circulation Heaters Typical Terminal Enclosures

Terminal 3-1/2"
Enclosures
6-3/4"
• E1 General Purpose Special Requirements for Electric

Heaters & Terminal Enclosures in E1 — General Purpose, for up to 5" Flange
• E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion Hazardous Locations: Dimple for locating
Resistant chassis punched
conduit opening(s)
263
10-3/8
Wiring — The proper use of Type E2 terminal
• E4 Moisture Resistant enclosures on electric heaters located in haz-
ardous areas requires that all electrical wiring
CIRCULATION
• Conduit Openings Matched comply with National Electrical Code (NEC)
HEATERS
to the Number of Circuits and International Electrical Code (IEC) require- Removable
Service Entrance
ments for hazardous locations. Plate
E1 — General Purpose, for 6" and Larger Flange
Maximum Temperatures — Safe operation in
Applications a hazardous location requires the maximum Dimple for locating 267
chassis punched
operating temperatures of all exposed surfac- conduit opening(s)
10-1/2"
The versatility of electric heaters permits es of the heater including temperatures on the
them to be used in almost any conceivable outside of the vessel, piping, flanges, screw
location indoors or outdoors, exposed to plugs, enclosures and other heat conducting
the weather. Chromalox provides a variety of parts be limited. The maximum surface tem-
electrical terminal enclosures to match the perature permitted in any hazardous location
Removable
unique requirements of virtually any environ- is determined by the flammable liquids, vapors Service Entrance
Plate
ment. or gases present. The end user or purchaser of
E4 — Moisture Resistant Enclosure
the electric heating equipment is responsible with Gasket 6" and Larger
Features for determining the proper classification of an
area and for providing Chromalox with hazard- 1" Conduit Outlet
E1 General Purpose Enclosure — Suitable ous area specifications and requirements for
for most indoor or protected commercial and proper equipment design. (NEC Articles 500
industrial applications. and 501 provide guidelines for evaluating and
3-3/4"
E2 Combination Moisture Resistant and Ex- classifying hazardous locations.)
plosion Proof Enclosures — Type E2 explo- Safety Devices — Approved pressure and/or
sion proof terminal enclosures are intended temperature limiting controls must be used 1-1/2"
for use in hazardous locations. Refer to the on electric heaters and heating elements to 5
following table for details. ensure safe operation in the event of system E4 — Moisture Resistant Enclosure
with Gasket up to 5" Flange
Type E2 terminal enclosures are provided malfunctions.
with gaskets and are suitable for outdoor or Note 1 — Class I Group B locations include 1" Conduit Outlet
wet locations as well as hazardous areas. Hydrogen gas. These areas require additional
E4 Moisture Resistant Enclosure — Suitable conduit seals and thread engagement. Contact
for outdoor or wet locations. The terminal your Local Chromalox Sales office for heaters
3-3/4"
covers are provided with water-tight gaskets and terminal enclosures suitable for Class I
to seal the electrical terminals and connec- Group B hazardous locations.
tions from the environment.
1-1/2"
5
E2 — Explosion Proof Enclosure up to 5" Flange
Conduit
Hub
E2 — Explosion Proof Enclosure

for 6" and Larger Flange
C-5
Circulation
Circulation Heaters
Terminal
Enclosures
Third Party Specifications by Housing Style

North American Canadian European International
Model Purpose Designation(s) Designation(s) Designation(s) Designation(s)
E1 General Purpose Generic NEMA 1, NEC NEMA 1 IP32 IP32 CE: Manufacturer’s
Agency (s) UL/CSAus CSA CE: Manufacturer’s Declaration
Declaration
Ratings General Duty Only General Duty Only General Duty Only General Duty Only
E4* Moisture Resistant Generic NEMA 4 NEMA 4 IP66 IP66
Note: Temps over T3 Agency (s) UL / CSAus CSA CE: Manufacturer’s CE: Manufacturer’s
(200°C) require stand- Declaration Declaration
offs for third party
listing. Refer to IECex Ratings Class I Div. 2, Class I Div. 2, II 3 G Ex nA II T1 to T6 Ex nA II T1 to T6
& ATEX certifs. for Groups B, C, D Groups B, C, D
standoff dimensions Groups E, F: 200°C Class II Division 2,
(T3) Groups E, F: 200°C
Group G 165°C (T3B) (T3)
Class I Zone 2 AEx nA II Group G 165°C (T3B)
T1 to T6 Class I Zone 2
Ex nA II T1 to T6
E2 Moisture Resistant/ Generic CSAus CSA ATEX IECex
Explosion Proof Agency (s)
Ex d IIB+H2 T1 to T6
Note: Temps over T4 Ratings Class I, Div. 1 Class I, Div. 1 I 2 G EEx d IIB+H2 T1 Ex d IIB+H2 T1 to T6
(135°C) require stand- Groups B,C & D Groups B,C &D to T6
offs for third party Class II, Div. 1 Class II, Div. 1
listing. Refer to IECex Groups E, F & G Groups E, F & G
& ATEX certifs. for Class I Zone 1 Class I Zone 1
standoff dimensions AEx d IIB + H2 T1 to T6 Ex d IIB + H2 T1 to T6
E5 Moisture Resistant/ Generic ITS IECex
Flange Explosion Proof Agency (s) ATEX
Size Ex d IIB+H2 T1 to T6
3"-8" 540°C, 600°C
8"-12" ATEX IIC Labeling Ratings II 2 G EEx de IIC T1 to Ex de IIC T1 to T6
12"-18" Reference T6, 540°C, 600°C 540°C, 600°C
CFP4, CFP8, CFP12
Refer to European
Catalog
* WARNING: Addition of sparking devices such as a Thermostat to an E4 housing will annul hazardous area rating.
C-6
Circulation
Circulation Heaters
Terminal Enclosures
T6 185 85 3 76 1 25
T5 212 100 3 76 2 50
T4A 248 120 5 127 3 76
T4 275 135 6 152 3 76
T3C 320 160 7.5 191 4 102
T3B 329 165 7.5 191 4 102
CIRCULATION
HEATERS
T3A 356 180 7.5 191 5 127
T3 392 200 9 229 5 127
T2D 419 215 9 229 5 127
T2C 446 230 9 229 6 152
T2B 500 260 10.5 267 6 152
T2A 536 280 10.5 267 6 152
T2 572 300 10.5 267 7.5 191
T1 842 450 13.5 343 9 229

T6 185 85 9 229 6 152
T5 212 100 10.5 267 7.5 191
T4A 248 120 12 305 7.5 191
T4 275 135 12 305 7.5 191
T3C 320 160 12 305 7.5 191
T3B 329 165 12 305 9 229
T3A 356 180 13.5 343 9 229
T3 392 200 15 381 9 229
T2D 419 215 15 381 10.5 267
T2C 446 230 15 381 10.5 267
T2B 500 260 16.5 419 10.5 267
T2A 536 280 18 457 10.5 267
T2 572 300 18 457 10.5 267
T1 842 450 24 610 12 305
CSA Class and Division Classification Selection chart for terminal enclosure
T6 185 85 0 0 0 0
T5 212 100 0 0 0 0
T4A 248 120 0 0 0 0
T4 275 135 0 0 0 0
T3C 320 160 2 50 0 0
T3B 329 165 2 50 0 0
T3A 356 180 4 102 2 50
T3 392 200 4 102 2 50
T2D 419 215 4 102 2 50
T2C 446 230 4 102 2 50
T2B 500 260 6 152 4 102
T2A 536 280 6 152 4 102
T2 572 300 6 152 4 102
T1 842 450 7.5 191 6 152
C-7
Circulation
Circulation Heaters
Mechanical & Electronic Ordering Information
Control Options Note – Shaded sections of the model build table are not a finite list. Items such as
Number of Elements, Wattage, Voltage, Circuits, and Phase should be adjusted to
match design.
Model Clean Water
GCH Gas Circulation Heater
NWH Liquid Circulation Heater
Code Bundle Connection Style
(Blank) ANSI Flange JRG Special Galvanized Body w/ 1" NPT Plug, Copper Element
MT NPT Threaded Screwplug C Cartridge Style heater, NPT thread
SRG Special Galvanized Body w/ 2.5" NPT Plug, Incoloy Element
(Blank) Copper
O Carbon Steel
I Incoloy 800
X Other Material
Code Shell Material
X Other Material
Code Baffled Flow
(Blank) No Baffles
B Baffled Flow
Code Number of Elements
03 Three Heating Elements 27 Twenty Seven Heating Elements
06 Six Heating Elements 36 Thirty Six Heating Elements
12 Twelve Heating Elements 45 Forty Five Heating Elements
18 Eighteen Heating Elements
Code Wattage
004P5 4.5 kW (use actual kilowatt in three digits)
E1 General Purpose
E5 Explosion / Moisture Resistant - addition of Group IIC w/ Acetylene (IEC only)
XX Custom Feature
Code Voltage
208 208V 240 240V 380 380V
415 415V 480 480V 575 575V
Code Number of Circuits
1 One 3 Three
2 Two 4 Four
Code Phase
1P Single Phase
3P Three Phase
Code Kilowatts
4.5 kW
GCH I -03 -004P5 -E4 480V 1 -3P 4.5kW Typical Model Number
Example of Final Model Description: GCHI-03-004P5-E4 480V 1-3P 4.5kW
Note: Shaded sections of the model build table are not a finite list. Items such as Number of Elements, Wattage, Voltage, Circuits and Phase should be adjusted to
match design.
C-8
Circulation
Circulation Heaters
Mechanical & Electronic Control Panels — Integral or remote mounted
control panels with electronic controls and
Magnetic Contactors — Heaters utilizing two
or more circuits or with amperage draw that
Control Options solid state (SCR) or contactor power control-
lers can be provided using virtually any combi-
exceeds the thermostat rating will require a
contactor(s). Contactors are ordered sepa-
nation of control devices. Consult the Controls rately and mounted remote from the heater.
• Wide Range of Mechanical and Section for details. Consult the Controls Section for details.
Electronic Control Options
Overtemperature Protection — Electronic Process Control Thermocouples
De-energizing the heating elements when — Thermal sensors can be mounted in a tee
• NEMA 1, 4, 7 and 12 Enclosures sheath temperatures exceed recommended on the heater outlet nozzle. Electronic control-
limits can prevent element damage and extend ler is remote mounted.
• Process Controllers - Integral or the life of the heater. A thermal sensor can be
Remote with the Sensor in the attached to the element sheath for overheat Ordering Information — To order circula-
Heater Thermowell (AR Control) tion heaters with electronic controls, specify
CIRCULATION
protection. Properly connected to a solid state
HEATERS
or in the Heater Outlet high limit controller, the sensor will turn the
heater off in the event of a low-flow or no-flow
• High Limit Controllers - Integral condition. Type J thermocouples are recom- T/C
or Remote, Sensor in the Heater mended for liquid and type K for gas applica-
Thermowell (AR Control) or tions. Outlet
Welded to Element Sheath
Remote Mounted Electronic Control
Tee
• Type J or K Thermocouples
(Std.) RTD’s and Other Type
Element
Thermocouples Available
model, volts, kW and provide the following
• Mechanical and Electronic information.
Controls can be Combined
Electronic Control Check List
• Magnetic Contactors or SCR Expansion Loop Overtemperature thermocouple: Yes / No /
Power Control for Multiple
High temperature limit controller: Yes / No /
Circuits and High Amperages
1/8" Dia. Controller Model No. ____________________________
Stn. Stl. Sheath Mounting: / Integral / Remote

Applications 2 Process control thermocouple: Yes / No /
Sensor
Mechanical and Electronic Controls & Ther- Type: _________________________________________
mal Sensors can be provided for all circula-
Tip Welded Factory Location: _____________________________________
tion heaters for overtemperature protection Installation
for the heater and fluid medium and/or for Process controller: Yes / No /
process control. High Limit Controls — Electronic high limit Controller Model No. ____________________________
controls can be mounted on the heater cham-
Control Selection Guidelines ber with an overheat thermocouple welded to Mounting: / Integral / Remote
heating element sheath inside the chamber.
AR Controls — Type AR bulb and capillary This arrangement provides protection by
controls are standard on many stock heaters shutting down the heater at a predetermined
with temperature ranges as indicated in the element sheath temperature. Option also
product descriptions. These rugged non- available with thermocouple only, welded or
indicating controls are suitable for most clamped to heater element sheath as shown
applications. Optional temperature ranges are above.
available. Consult the Controls Section for
details.
Electronic Controls — Electronic process
controls provide greater control accuracy and
operating system flexibility than is avail-
able with mechanical controls. Consult the
Controls Section for details.
C-9
Circulation
NWH Series
Clean Water
Applications
Applications
• Screw Plug or Flanged Heater
Design Clean Water Heating — Ideal for heating
municipal water for industrial washing
and rinsing processes.
• 2 - 14" Galvanized Carbon Steel
Pipe Body, 150 Lb Construction Other applications include indirect heating
of viscous liquids and temperature mainte-
• 3 - 500 kW nance of storage tanks.
• 120, 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase Features
• General Purpose, Moisture Terminal Enclosures — Standard stock

heater terminal enclosure is General Purpose
Resistant Terminal, Moisture
E1. Explosion Proof/Moisture Resistant E2 or
Resistant/Explosion Proof
Moisture Resistant E4 enclosures are avail-
Enclosure able as assembly stock.
• 0.475" Dia. Copper Sheath Elements — Sturdy 0.475" diameter copper
Elements (45 - 50 W/In2) sheath elements provide superior strength
and rigidity. Chromalox elements utilize high
• With & Without Thermostat quality resistance wire for coil construction.
The coil is surrounded with high purity mag-
• UL, CSA, ATEX and Other Third nesium oxide which is compacted to a dense
Party Approval, Listing or solid to ensure high thermal conductivity and
Certification Available on Many dielectric strength.
Models Flanges — Zinc coated carbon steel flanges Controls — Some heaters come equipped
are standard on 3" and larger water circulation with mechanical AR thermostats. These
heaters. Flange dimensions conform to ANSI thermostats are suitable for most applica-
B16.5 standards. NWHMT heaters utilize a tions. Explosion-resistant and liquid-tight
brass screw plug. thermostats are provided on E2 and E4 units,
respectively.
Vessels — Chromalox vessels consist of
a pipe body, nozzles and end cap. The pipe WARNING — Hazard of Fire. These de-
body and nozzles are galvanized ASTM vices function as temperature controls only.
A53B carbon steel pipe. The end cap or disk Because they do not fail-safe, an approved
is galvanized ASTM A516 Grade 70 carbon temperature and/or pressure safety control
steel plate. Mounting lugs are welded to the must be used for safe operation. Consult
pipe wall. The vessel is wrapped with thermal Controls section of this catalog.
insulation and covered with a painted sheet
Control Panels — Integral or remote mounted
metal jacket.
Wiring — Wiring terminals are spaced solid state (SCR) or contactor power con-
to provide proper arcing and creepage clear- trollers can be provided using virtually any
ances per the NEC. Termination insulators combination of control devices. Consult the
provide electrical isolation between the Controls Section for details.
terminals and the grounded metal sheaths to
ensure personnel safety and equipment ser-
vice life. Heavy duty jumper straps and other
terminal parts assure tight connections and
an extra margin of current carrying capacity.
C-10
Circulation
NWH Dimensions (Inches)

Clean Water NWH-3
Applications 1" Conduit
Thermostat
Opening
8
1" Pipe
• 3 - 14" ANSI Blind Flange Design Outlet
4
2 Mtg. Lugs Ea.
• 3 - 14" Galvanized Carbon Steel with two 3/8" - A
Pipe Body, 150 Lb Construction 16x1-1/2" Deep
B
Holes on 1-1/4" C
Centers
• 6 - 500 kW
CLEAN WATER
A
• 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase 1" Pipe Inlet
A
3/4" NPT
5
• General Purpose, Moisture Pipe Plug
6-1/8
Note — Add 2" to A dimension for E2
Resistant/Explosion Proof enclosure.
Enclosure Applications
• 0.475" Dia. Copper Sheath Clean Water Heating — Higher kilowatt rat-
Elements (45 - 50 W/In2) ings and larger capacity tanks for industrial
and commercial water heating applications.
• With & Without Side Mounted AR
Thermostat (60 - 250°F) Specifications and Ordering Information
Dimensions (In.)
• UL, CSA ATEX and Other Third Ckt & Wt.
Party Approval, Listing or kW Volts Phase A B C Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Certification Available Series 3 — 3 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 3 copper elements (45 W/In2)
with side mounted thermostat — 1" NPT pipe inlet and outlet
6 240 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWH-03-006P-E1 S 100052 70
6 240 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWH-03-006P-E1 NS 100060 70
6 480 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWH-03-006P-E1 NS 010065 70
6 480 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWH-03-006P-E1 S 100087 70
Features 9 240 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWH-03-009P-E1 NS 100183 70
9 240 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWH-03-009P-E1 S 100191 70
Terminal Enclosure — E1 General Purpose 9 480 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWH-03-009P-E1 NS 010161 70
9 480 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWH-03-009P-E1 S 100212 70
is standard. E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion 12 240 1-1 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWH-03-012P-E1 NS 010217 80
Proof or E4 Moisture Resistant Enclosures 12 240 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWH-03-012P-E1 S 100319 80
available. 12 480 1-1 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWH-03-012P-E1 NS 010250 80
12 480 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWH-03-012P-E1 S 100335 80
Flange — 3 - 14" ANSI B-16.5 Blind Flange 15 240 1-1 55-7/16 45 39 NWH-03-015P-E1 NS 010313 94
with 1/2" thermowell for thermostat bulb and a 15 240 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWH-03-015P-E1 S 100431 94
15 480 1-1 55-7/16 45 39 NWH-03-015P-E1 NS 010364 94
1/8" NPT threaded opening for a thermocouple 15 480 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWH-03-015P-E1 S 100458 94
or RTD. 18 240 1-1 55-7/16 45 39 NWH-03-018P-E1 NS 010410 94
18 240 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWH-03-018P-E1 S 100554 94
Vessel — Pipe body and nozzles are 18 480 1-1 55-7/16 45 39 NWH-03-018P-E1 NS 010460 94
galvanized ASTM A53B carbon steel pipe. 18 480 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWH-03-018P-E1 S 100570 94
The end disk is galvanized ASTM A516 Grade Series 6 — 5 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 6 copper elements (45 W/In2)
with side mounted thermostat — 2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet
70 carbon steel plate. Provided with thermal
24 240 2-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 NWH-06-024P-E1 NS 100677 140
insulation and painted sheet metal jacket. 24 480 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 NWH-06-024P-E1 S 100693 140
30 240 2-3 48-3/4 37 14-1/8 NWH-06-030P-E1 NS 100790 155
Wiring — Convenient field wiring terminals 30 480 1-3 48-3/4 37 14-1/8 NWH-06-030P-E1 S 100810 155
are provided for easy installation. 40 240 2-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 NWH-06-040P-E1 NS 100917 176
40 480 2-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 NWH-06-040P-E1 NS 010671 176
Controls — Series 3 and 6 stock and as- 50 480 2-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 NWH-06-050P-E1 NS 010700 210
sembly stock heaters come equipped with 60 480 2-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 NWH-06-060P-E1 NS 010735 240
side mounted thermostat. Series 18 and 45 Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
furnished without thermostat.
C-11
Circulation
Dimensions (Inches)
NWH NWH-6
Clean Water 1" Conduit

Opening
Applications (cont’d.) 2" Pipe

C
8-13/16
Specifications and Ordering Information Outlet

2 Mtg. Lugs Ea.
Dimensions (In.) with two 3/8"-
A
Ckt & Wt. 16x1-1/2" Deep
kW Volts Phase A B C Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) Holes on 1-1/4 25 B
Series 18 — 8 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 18 copper elements (50 W/In2) — Centers
2-1/2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet A
50 240 3-3 45-1/4 24-11/16 27-3/16 NWH-18-050P-E1 NS 102664 396 2" Pipe
50 480 3-3 45-1/4 24-11/16 27-3/16 NWH-18-050P-E1 NS 102672 396 A
Inlet
75 240 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWH-18-075P-E1 NS 102701 414 Thermostat
75 480 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWH-18-075P-E1 NS 102710 414 7-1/2 3/4" NPT
100 240 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWH-18-100P-E1 NS 102744 425 8-5/8 Pipe Plug
100 480 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWH-18-100P-E1 NS 102752 425
125 240 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWH-18-125P-E1 NS 080012 470
125 480 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWH-18-125P-E1 NS 080020 470 NWH-18
150 240 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWH-18-150P-E1 NS 080039 535 (3) 1" Conduit
150 480 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWH-18-150P-E1 NS 080047 535
Openings
175 240 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWH-18-175P-E1 NS 080055 625 13
175 480 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWH-18-175P-E1 NS 080063 625 2-1/2" Pipe
200 240 3-3 96-3/8 75-13/16 72-5/16 NWH-18-200P-E1 NS 080071 705 Outlet
200 480 3-3 96-3/8 75-13/16 72-5/16 NWH-18-200P-E1 NS 080080 705
Series 45 — 14 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 45 copper elements (50 W/In2) — 2 Mtg. Lugs
6" flanged pipe inlet and outlet Ea. with
three 3/4" - A
250 480 3-3 68-1/2 49-11/16 59-3/16 NWH-45-250P-E1 NS 086019 830 C B
10x1-1/8" Deep
300 480 3-3 76 57-3/16 66-11/16 NWH-45-300P-E1 NS 086027 960
Holes on 1-3/4"
350 480 3-3 83-1/2 64-11/16 74-3/16 NWH-45-350P-E1 NS 086035 1,090
Centers A
400 480 3-3 91 72-3/16 81-11/16 NWH-45-400P-E1 NS 086043 1,220
450 480 3-3 98-1/2 79-11/16 89-3/16 NWH-45-450P-E1 NS 086051 1,350
500 480 3-3 106 87-3/16 96-11/16 NWH-45-500P-E1 NS 086060 1,480 2-1/2" Pipe
A Thermostat
Inlet
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock (when
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity. specified)
9-13/16 3/4" NPT
Note — Refer to the Controls section for control panels. 15 Pipe Plug
NWH-45
Ordering Model Clean Water 15 11-1/2
Information NWH Water Circulation Heater
To Order — Code Number of Elements 18-13/16
Complete the 03 Three
Model Number 06 Six
A
using the Matrix 18 Eighteen
provided. 45 Forty Five 6" Outlet C
Mtg. Lug
Code kW B Centers
024P 24 075P 75 300P 300
030P 30 100P 100 350P 350
040P 40 125P 125 400P 400
050P 50 200P 200 450P 450 6" Inlet
060P 60 250P 250 500P 500
Code Terminal Enclosure NWH-AA
E1 General Purpose
Face of
E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion Mtg. Lugs Pipe Body
C
Resistant
3-3/8 03 Series
NWH 06 024P E1 Typical Model Number 06 Series
4-17/32
7-3/4 18 Series
8-13/16 27 Series
C-12
Circulation
NWHJR
Dimensions (Inches)
3-15/16 Removable
Terminal Cover
Booster Heater-Water 5-3/8
7/8" Conduit
Applications Opening
A 1" Pipe Outlet

1-1/2" NPT
• Heavy Wall Galvanized Steel B
• 1.5 - 3 kW
• 120 and 240V, Single Phase 1" Pipe Inlet

1-1/2" NPT
• 0.315" Dia. Copper Sheath Features
CLEAN WATER
Elements (80 W/In2)
Terminal Enclosure — E1 General Purpose is Thermostat — Integral thermostat with
standard. E4 Moisture Resistant available. 60 to 180°F temperature range located inside
• General Purpose or Moisture the terminal enclosure.
Resistant Terminal Enclosure Elements — Seamless 0.315" diameter copper
sheath heating element brazed to a 1" brass Mounting — Easy to install; minimal size and
screw plug. weight, no supporting brackets are required.
• Integral Thermostat (60 - 180°F)
Vessel — Standard with galvanized steel. Third Party — UL Listed - CSA Certification
available (except NWHJRG-01-003P-E1 120V).
Applications
Type NWHJR (Junior) can be used to supply
hot water or boost water temperature any- DIM (In.)
where in a water distribution system. Ckt & Wt.
kW Volts Phase A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
150 lb carbon steel pipe body — 1 copper element (80 W/In2)
1.5 120 1-1 18 12-3/8 NWHJRG-01-01P5-E1 S 197720 14
1.5 240 1-1 18 12-3/8 NWHJRG-01-01P5-E1 S 197739 14
2 120 1-1 18 12-3/8 NWHJRG-01-002P-E1 S 197747 14
2 240 1-1 18 12-3/8 NWHJRG-01-002P-E1 S 197755 14
2.5 120 1-1 22 16-3/8 NWHJRG-01-02P5-E1 S 197763 16
2.5 240 1-1 22 16-3/8 NWHJRG-01-02P5-E1 S 197771 16
3 120 1-1 22 16-3/8 NWHJRG-01-003P-E1 S 106825 16
3 240 1-1 22 16-3/8 NWHJRG-01-003P-E1 S 197780 16
Ordering Model Water Booster Heater

Information NWH Water Circulation Heater
JRG Galvanized Tank
To Order — Code Number of Elements
Complete the
Model Number 01 One
using the Matrix Code kW
provided. 01P5 1.5 02P5 2.5
002P 2 003P 3
Code Terminal Enclosure
E1 General Purpose
NWHJRG 01 003P E1 Typical Model Number
C-13
Circulation
NWHSRG
The Heater
Clean Water and Oil Applications
Dimensions (Inches)
• Field Adjustable kW and Voltage 6" Rotatable
Ratings Terminal
4" Cover
• Multiple Inlet Connections 9-1/4" 1" Conduit
Opening
• 0.5 - 40 kW Water Outlet
0.5 - 10 kW Oil A
1" FNPT
B
• 120, 208, 240 and 480V, 1 Phase
208, 240 and 480V, 3 Phase
Inlet
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements 1" FNPT
(2 - 80 W/In2 Water) 2 MTG Lugs 1" FNPT Pipe
1/2"-14 X 1/2" Deep
(2 - 23 W/In2 Oil) Plug (or inlet)
• Carbon Steel or Galvanized Features

Pipe Body Elements — INCOLOY® sheath heating ele-
Field Adjustable Ratings — Each standard
heater may be wired to different voltages and ment welded to a 2.5" steel screw plug.
• General Purpose Terminal kWs. See chart on following page for applica- Vessel — Galvanized steel body available for
Enclosure tion matrix. water and oil applications.
Inlet Connections — Standard side inlet can Mounting — Easy to install; compact size.
• Integral Thermocouple be changed to end connection for ease of
piping. Standard Intergral Thermocouple — J type
thermocouple in a thermowell; can be used
Terminal Enclosures — E1 General Purpose for process or overtemperature control on the
Applications is standard. Housing can be rotated 360° to process fluid. See 4468 series control panel
match conduit connections. for stock power and temperature control com-
Chromalox versaTHERM circulation heaters
can boost water or oil temperature anywhere ponents for complete heating solution.
in a distribution system or application.
The unique versatility of this design allows Specifications and Ordering Information Table
field adjustment of the rating by simple con- DIM (In.)
nections to the six elements of the heater. This Max. Max. Wt.
simplifies selection and spare parts since each kW Volts A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
heater may be used in several different heating Galvanized Pipe Body / Water • 5 to 40 kW
applications. 29-5/8 19 NWHSRG-06-018P-E1 NS 100010 45
See the application matrix for the many kW See 29-5/8 19 NWHSRG-06-018P-E1 NS 100028 45
Application 41-5/8 30-3/4 NWHSRG-06-020P-E1 NS 100036 65
values available with different wiring styles Matrix for 29-5/8 19 NWHSRG-06-024P-E1 NS 100044 45
and voltages. Rating 29-5/8 19 NWHSRG-06-024P-E1 NS 100079 45
41-5/8 30-3/4 NWHSRG-06-040P-E1 NS 100095 65
C-14
Circulation
NWHSRG
Clean Water and
Oil Applications (cont’d.)
Selection Steps Application Matrix - Oil
Note that the same part can be field adjusted PCN
for another rating or reapplied for a different kW W/In 2
120 Volts 1ph 208 Volts 1 or 3 ph 240 Volts 1 or 3 ph 480 Volts 1 or 3 ph
application. 0.50 2 100079
1. Select which type of heater you need: oil, 0.75 5 100079* 100079*
or water. 1.50 5 100079 100079 100079 100028
2.25 15 100079* 100028*
2. Using the application matrix for the oil or
2.50 6 100095 100095 100095
water heater find the row in the matrix that
3.00 20 100044* 100044* 100079*
has kW capacity you need. Select next
CLEAN WATER
larger unit if between ratings. For ratings 4.50 15 100010 100079 100028 100028
over 40 kW on water and 10 kW on oil use 5.00 11 100036 100036 100036
multiple units piped in series or parallel. 6.00 20 100044 100044 100079 100079
10.00 21 100095 100095
3. Select the column that matches the voltage Note — Shaded items are 3 ph only * items have 100% spare capacity
rating that you require.
4. Find the intersection of the column and
row selected. This is the PCN for your
voltage and wattage requirement. Verify Application Matrix - Water
voltage for single or three phase. Shaded PCN
areas are 3 phase only.
kW W/In 2
120 Volts 1ph 208 Volts 1 or 3 ph 240 Volts 1 or 3 ph 480 Volts 1 or 3 ph
5. Go to the specifications and ordering table 0.50 2 100079
on the prior page. Locate PCN number 0.75 5 100079* 100079*
identified in step 4. Note model number 1.50 5 100079 100079 100079 100028
and description from this table. 2.25 15 100079* 100028*
Dimensions will be shown. 2.50 6 100095 100095 100095
6. Place order for item identified in step 5. 3.00 20 100044* 100044* 100079*
When unit is received, instructions will 4.50 15 100010 100079 100028 100028
show you how to wire the kW and voltage 5.00 11 100036 100036 100036
configuration that you desire. Only show 6.00 20 100044 100044 100079 100079
description from ordering table when 9.00 59 100010* 100028*
ordering. 10.00 21 100095 100095
12.00 78 100044* 100079*
Example: 18.00 59 100010 100028
20.00 80 100036 100095*
Light Oil heating application, 24.00 78 100044 100079
2.75 kW 240V 3 phase capacity.
40.00 80 100095
1. Select oil application matrix. Note — Shaded items are 3 ph only * items have 100% spare capacity
2. Locate 2.75 kW on chart. Use 3 kW as
next higher rating. Confirm that
20 w/sq. in. is suitable for light oil. Ordering Model Water Booster Heater
3. Find column with 240Volt 3 phase power. Information NWH Circulation Heater
4. Intersection of row and column is PCN To Order — SRG Galvanized Tank - Water
100079. Confirm 3 phase and single Complete the Code Number of Elements
phase available. Note there is spare Model Number 06 Six
capacity for back up or for future increase
using the Matrix Code Max. kW
in requirements.
provided.
5. Locate PCN 100079 in specifications and 04P5 4.5 018P 18.0
ordering table as a NWHSRG-06-024P-E1 005P 5.0 020P 20.0
unit. When received this will have 006P 6.0 024P 24.0
instructions on wiring for 3 kW 240 V 010P 10.0 040P 40.0
3 phase application with labels for this
rating. Code
Terminal Enclosure
6. Order NWHSRG-06-024P-E1 E1 General Purpose

PCN 100079 unit.
Contact Sales Office with any questions NWHSRG-06 - 005P - E1 Typical Model Number
when ordering
C-15
Circulation
Dimensions (Inches)
CVCHS 4
Booster Heater-Corrosion 1/2" Conduit

Opening 1" NPT Outlet
A
• Non-metallic (CPVC) Pipe Body B
• 1.5 - 3 kW
• 120 and 240V, Single Phase 2-1/2

1" NPT Inlet
Enclosure Applications Vessel — CPVC pipe body material is resistant
to many corrosive solutions and is ideal for
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements Used to heat clean and corrosive solutions.
water applications. Pipe body material provides
Ideal for side-arm heating, in-line circulation
(75 W/In2) and engine pre-heaters.
good thermal insulation, reducing heat loss.
Thermostat — Integral thermostat with
• Integral Thermostat (60 - 190˚F) Unit is designed for a maximum operating pres- 60 to 200°F temperature range, located inside
sure of 100 psi at 200˚F the terminal enclosure.
• Integral Automatic Cutout
(Set at 195˚F) Features High Limit Control — Integral automatic cutout
Terminal Enclosure — E1 General Purpose is (overtemperature control) protects against fluid
standard. or element overheat (set to open at 195°F).
Elements — INCOLOY® sheath elements rated Vibration Resistant — Vibration resistant

75 W/In2. construction to withstand vibrations typically
experienced on many types of operating equip-
Flange — Stainless steel flange for ment (i.e., engines).
corrosion resistance.
Easy to Install — Minimal size and light weight,
no supporting brackets are required.
DIM (In.)
Ckt & Wt.
150 lb CPVC plastic pipe body — 1 INCOLOY® element (75 W/In2)
1.5 120 1-1 17-5/16 12-3/8 CVCHS-01-01P5-E1 S 025021 3
1.5 240 1-1 17-5/16 12-3/8 CVCHS-01-01P5-E1 S 025030 3
2 120 1-1 17-5/16 12-3/8 CVCHS-01-002P-E1 S 025048 3
2 240 1-1 17-5/16 12-3/8 CVCHS-01-002P-E1 S 025056 3
2.5 120 1-1 21-5/16 16-3/8 CVCHS-01-02P5-E1 S 025064 4
2.5 240 1-1 21-5/16 16-3/8 CVCHS-01-02P5-E1 S 025072 4
3 120 1-1 21-5/16 16-3/8 CVCHS-01-003P-E1 S 025080 4
3 240 1-1 21-5/16 16-3/8 CVCHS-01-003P-E1 S 025099 4
Model Corrosive Solution Booster Heater

Ordering CVCHS Corrosive Water Solution Circulation Heater
Information Code Number of Elements
01 One
To Order —
Complete the Code kW
Model Number 01P5 1.5 02P5 2.5
using the Matrix 002P 2 003P 3
provided.
E1 General Purpose
CVCHS 01 01P5 E1 Typical Model Number
C-16
Circulation
NWHO Series
Light, Medium & Heavy
Weight Oil Applications
Applications
• Flange Heater Design Light and Medium Weight Oil (20 - 23 W/

In2) Ideal for temperature maintenance and for
• 2 - 14" Carbon Steel Pipe Body, improving flow characteristics of oils. They
are also used to heat Heat Transfer Oils under
150 Lb Construction
proper conditions.
• 1 - 200 kW Heavy or Fuel Oil (5 - 15 W/In2) — Heating
heavy oils reduces the viscosity, thereby im-
• 120, 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase proving flow and process efficiency. Preheating
OIL
fuel oils provides better atomization at the
• General Purpose, Moisture burners and allows the use of lower grade fuel
Resistant Terminal, Moisture oils.
Enclosure Features
Terminal Enclosures — Standard stock heater
• 0.475" Dia. Steel Sheath terminal enclosures are E1 General Purpose.
Elements (12 - 23 W/In2) Moisture Resistant/Explosion Proof E2 and
Moisture Resistant E4 Enclosures are available
• With & Without Thermostat as assembly stock.
• UL, CSA, ATEX and Other Third Elements — Sturdy 0.475" diameter steel
Party Approval, Listing or sheath elements provide superior strength and
Certification Available on Many rigidity. Chromalox elements utilize high quality
Models resistance wire for coil construction. The coil
is surrounded with high purity magnesium
Wiring — Wiring terminals are spaced to pro-
oxide which is compacted to a dense solid to
vide proper arcing and creepage clearances.
ensure high thermal conductivity and dielectric
Termination insulators provide electrical isola-
strength.
tion between the terminals and the grounded
Flanges — Carbon Steel Flanges are standard metal sheath to enhance personnel safety and
on 3" and larger light and heavy weight oil equipment service life. Heavy duty jumper
circulation heaters. Flange dimensions conform straps and other terminal parts assure tight
to ANSI B16.5 standards. connections and an extra margin of current
carrying capacity.
Vessels — Chromalox vessels consist of a
pipe body, nozzles and end cap. The pipe body Controls — All stock and assembly stock
and nozzles are ASTM A53B carbon steel pipe. heaters come equipped with mechanical AR
The end cap or disk is ASTM A516 Grade 70 thermostats. These thermostats are suitable
carbon steel plate. Mounting lugs are welded for most applications. Explosion-resistant and
to the pipe wall. The vessel is wrapped with liquid-tight thermostats are provided on E2
thermal insulation and covered with a painted and E4 units, respectively.
sheet metal jacket.
WARNING — Hazard of Fire. These de-
Baffle Assemblies — Internal baffle assem- vices function as temperature controls only.
blies are provided for Chromalox circulation Because they do not fail-safe, an approved
heaters for use in heating highly viscous or temperature and/or pressure safety control
heavy fuel oils. Baffles reduce the internal must be used for safe operation. Consult
cross sectional area thereby increasing the Controls section of this catalog.
velocity of the fluid in contact with the heating
Control Panels — Integral or remote mounted
element sheaths. Increasing the velocity of
the fluid reduces the tendency of heavy oils to
solid state (SCR) or contactor power con-
overheat and break down or carbonize.
trollers can be provided using virtually any
combination of control devices. Consult the
Controls section for details.
C-17
Circulation
NWHO & NWHOB Dimensions (Inches)

NWHO-03
Light & Medium

Thermostat
1" Conduit
Opening
Weight Oil Applications 8
1" Pipe
Outlet 4
2 Mtg. Lugs Ea.
• 3 - 10" ANSI Blind Flange Design with two 3/8" - A
16x1-1/2" Deep
B
• 3 - 10" Carbon Steel Pipe Body, Holes on 1-1/4"
Centers
C
150 Lb Construction
A
• 3 - 120kW 1" Pipe Inlet
A
3/4" NPT
5
• 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase Pipe Plug
6-1/8
Note — Add 2" to A dimension for E2

• General Purpose, Moisture enclosure.
Resistant/Explosion Proof Applications Vessel — Pipe body and nozzles are ASTM
Enclosure A53B carbon steel pipe. The end disk is ASTM
Light and Medium Weight Oil — Temperature
A516 Grade 70 carbon steel plate. Provided
• 0.475" Dia. Steel Sheath maintenance and heating of heat transfer oils.
with thermal insulation and painted sheet metal
Improve flow ability of medium weight oils.
Elements (20 - 23 W/In2) jacket.
Features Wiring — Convenient field wiring terminals are
Thermostat (200 - 550°F) provided for easy installation.
Terminal Enclosure — E1 General Purpose
is standard. E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion Controls — Series 3 and 6 stock and assem-
• UL, CSA, ATEX and Other Third Proof or E4 Moisture Resistant Enclosures bly stock heaters come equipped with side
Party Approval, Listing or available. mounted thermostat. Series 18 and 27 are
Certification Available furnished without thermostat.
Elements — 0.475" diameter steel sheath
elements. WARNING — Hazard of Fire. These devices
function as temperature controls only. Because
Flange — 3 - 10" ANSI B-16.5 Blind flange they do not fail-safe, an approved temperature
with 1/2" thermowell for thermostat bulb and a and/or pressure safety control must be used
1/8" NPT threaded opening for a thermocouple for safe operation. Consult Controls section of
or RTD. this catalog.
Dimensions (In.)
Ckt & Wt.
kW Volts Phase A B C Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Series 3 — 3 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 3 steel elements (23 W/In2) with side
mounted thermostat — 1" NPT pipe inlet and outlet
3 240 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHO-03-003P-E1 NS 011615 70
3 240 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHO-03-003P-E1 NS 011640 70
3 480 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHO-03-003P-E1 NS 011674 70
3 480 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHO-03-003P-E1 NS 011703 70
4.5 240 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHO-03-04P5-E1 NS 011738 70
4.5 240 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHO-03-04P5-E1 NS 101151 70
4.5 480 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHO-03-04P5-E1 NS 011789 70
4.5 480 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHO-03-04P5-E1 S 101178 70
6 240 1-1 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHO-03-006P-E1 NS 011834 80
6 240 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHO-03-006P-E1 S 101274 80
6 480 1-1 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHO-03-006P-E1 NS 011885 80
6 480 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHO-03-006P-E1 S 101290 80
7.5 480 1-1 55-7/16 45 39 NWHO-03-07P5-E1 NS 011930 94
7.5 480 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWHO-03-07P5-E1 NS 011965 94
9 240 1-1 55-7/16 45 39 NWHO-03-009P-E1 NS 011990 94
9 240 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWHO-03-009P-E1 S 101514 94
9 480 1-1 55-7/16 45 39 NWHO-03-009P-E1 NS 011279 94
9 480 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWHO-03-009P-E1 S 101530 94
C-18
Circulation
NWHO & NWHOB

Light & Medium
Weight Oil Applications (cont’d.)
Specifications and Ordering Information Dimensions (Inches)
Dimensions (In.)
Ckt & Wt.
NWHO-06
Series 06 — 5 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 6 steel elements (23 W/In2) 1" Conduit Open-
with side mounted thermostat — 2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet ing
12 240 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 NWHO-06-012P-E1 NS 101637 140 8-13/16
12 480 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 NWHO-06-012P-E1 NS 011560 140 2" Pipe
C
15 240 1-3 48-3/4 37 14-1/8 NWHO-06-015P-E1 S 101750 155 Outlet
15 480 1-3 48-3/4 37 14-1/8 NWHO-06-015P-E1 S 101776 155
20 240 2-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 NWHO-06-020P-E1 S 101872 176 2 Mtg. Lugs Ea.
20 480 1-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 NWHO-06-020P-E1 S 101899 176 with two 3/8"- A
OIL
25 240 2-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 NWHO-06-025P-E1 NS 011316 212 16x1-1/2" Deep
Holes on 1-1/4 25 B
25 480 1-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 NWHO-06-025P-E1 NS 011367 212 Centers
30 240 2-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 NWHO-06-030P-E1 NS 011324 240
30 480 1-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 NWHO-06-030P-E1 S 107537 240 A
Series 18 — 8 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 18 steel elements (20 W/In2) — 2" Pipe
2-1/2" NPT - pipe inlet and outlet Inlet
A
30 240 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWHO-18-030P-E1 NS 080194 360 Thermostat
30 480 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWHO-18-030P-E1 NS 080207 360 7-1/2 3/4" NPT
40 240 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWHO-18-040P-E1 NS 080231 436 8-5/8
Pipe Plug
40 480 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWHO-18-040P-E1 NS 084005 436
50 240 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWHO-18-050P-E1 NS 080274 500
50 480 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWHO-18-050P-E1 NS 080282 500 NWHO-18
60 240 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWHO-18-060P-E1 NS 080311 600
60 480 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWHO-18-060P-E1 NS 080320 600 (3) 1" Conduit
70 240 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWHO-18-070P-E1 NS 080354 660 Openings
70 480 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWHO-18-070P-E1 NS 080362 660 13
80 240 3-3 96-3/8 75-13/16 72-5/16 NWHO-18-080P-E1 NS 080397 750
2-1/2" Pipe
80 480 3-3 96-3/8 75-13/16 72-5/16 NWHO-18-080P-E1 NS 080400 750 Outlet
Series 27 — 10 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 27 steel elements (20 W/In2) — 2 Mtg. Lugs
3" NPT pipe inlet and outlet Ea. with
80 240 3-3 77-9/16 52 48-1/2 NWHO-27-080P-E1 NS 095871 720 three 3/4" A
80 480 3-3 77-9/16 52 48-1/2 NWHO-27-080P-E1 NS 095898 720 - 10x1-1/8" C B
90 240 3-3 81-9/16 56 52-1/2 NWHO-27-090P-E1 NS 095919 735 Deep Holes
on 1-3/4"
90 480 3-3 81-9/16 56 52-1/2 NWHO-27-090P-E1 NS 095935 735 Centers A
100 480 3-3 87-9/16 62 58-1/2 NWHO-27-100P-E1 NS 095951 750
120 480 3-3 97-9/16 72 68-1/2 NWHO-27-120P-E1 NS 095994 765 2-1/2" Pipe A
A Thermostat
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock Inlet
(when speci-
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity. fied)
9-13/16 3/4" NPT
Note — Refer to the Controls section for control panels.
15 Pipe Plug
NWHO-27
(3) 1" Conduit
Openings
15-15/16
3" Pipe
Outlet
2 Mtg. Lugs
Ea. with
three 3/4" A
- 10x1-1/8" C B
Deep Holes
on 1-3/4"
Centers A
3" Pipe
Inlet A Thermostat
(when specified)
11 3/4" NPT
17-1/8 Pipe Plug
C-19
Circulation
NWHO & NWHOB

Light & Medium Weight
Oil Applications (cont’d.)
Dimensions (In.)
Ckt & Wt.
NWHOB-18
kW Volts Phase A B C Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) (3) 1" Conduit
Series 18 - 8 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 18 baffled steel elements (20 W/In2) Openings
— 2-1/2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet 13
30 240 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWHOB-18-030P-E1 NS 080215 366 2-1/2" Pipe
30 480 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWHOB-18-030P-E1 NS 080223 368 Outlet
40 240 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWHOB-18-040P-E1 NS 080256 442
40 480 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWHOB-18-040P-E1 NS 080266 442 2 Mtg. Lugs
Ea. with
50 240 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWHOB-18-050P-E1 NS 080290 506 three 3/4" A
50 480 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWHOB-18-050P-E1 NS 080303 506 - 10x1-1/8" C B
60 240 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWHOB-18-060P-E1 NS 080338 606 Deep Holes
60 480 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWHOB-18-060P-E1 NS 080346 606 on 1-3/4"
70 240 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWHOB-18-070P-E1 NS 080370 666 Centers A
70 480 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWHOB-18-070P-E1 NS 080389 666 A
2-1/2" Pipe
80 240 3-3 96-3/8 75-13/16 72-5/16 NWHOB-18-080P-E1 NS 080418 756 Inlet A Thermostat
80 480 3-3 96-3/8 75-13/16 72-5/16 NWHOB-18-080P-E1 NS 080426 756 (when speci-
Series 27 - 10 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 27 baffled steel elements (20 W/In2) fied)
— 3" NPT pipe inlet and outlet 9-13/16 3/4" NPT
80 240 3-3 77-9/16 52 48-1/2 NWHOB-27-080P-E1 NS 095880 726 15 Pipe Plug
80 480 3-3 77-9/16 52 48-1/2 NWHOB-27-080P-E1 NS 095900 726
90 240 3-3 81-9/16 56 52-1/2 NWHOB-27-090P-E1 NS 095927 741 NWHOB-27
90 480 3-3 81-9/16 56 52-1/2 NWHOB-27-090P-E1 NS 095943 741
100 480 3-3 87-9/16 62 58-1/2 NWHOB-27-100P-E1 NS 095960 756 (3) 1" Conduit
120 480 3-3 97-9/16 72 68-1/2 NWHOB-27-120P-E1 NS 096006 771 Openings
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock 15-15/16
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity. 3" Pipe
Outlet
Note — Refer to the Controls section for control panels.
2 Mtg. Lugs
Ea. with
three 3/4" A
- 10x1-1/8" C B
Ordering Model Light and Medium Weight Oil Deep Holes
on 1-3/4"
Information NWHO Oil Circulation Heater Centers A
B Internal Baffles
To Order — 3" Pipe
A Thermostat
Code Number of Elements Inlet
Complete the (when specified)
Model Number 03 Three
06 Six 11 3/4" NPT
using the Matrix 17-1/8 Pipe Plug
provided. 18 Eighteen
27 Twenty Seven
NWHOB-AA
Code kW
003P 3 015P 15 060P 60
04P5 4.5 020P 20 070P 70 Face of
006P 6 025P 25 080P 80 Mtg. Lugs Pipe Body
07P5 7.5 030P 30 090P 90 C
009P 9 040P 40 100P 100
012P 12 050P 50 120P 120
E1 General Purpose
Resistant
3-3/8 03 Series
4-17/32 06 Series
7-3/4 18 Series
8-13/16 27 Series
NWHOB 18 030P E1 Typical Model Number
C-20
Circulation
NWHOR & NWHORB Dimensions (Inches)

Medium, Heavy & NWHOR-03
Fuel Oil Applications 1" Conduit
Thermostat
Opening
8
• 3 - 14" ANSI Blind Flange Design 1" Pipe

Outlet 4
2 Mtg. Lugs Ea.
• 3 - 14" Carbon Steel Pipe Body, with two 3/8" - A
150 Lb Construction 16x1-1/2" Deep
B
Holes on 1-1/4" C
Centers
• 3 - 120kW
A
• 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase 1" Pipe Inlet
A
OIL
3/4" NPT
• General Purpose, Moisture Pipe Plug
5
6-1/8
Resistant/Explosion Proof Note — Add 2" to A dimension for E2
enclosure.
Enclosure
Applications Vessel — Pipe body and nozzles are ASTM
• 0.475" Dia. Steel Sheath Low A53B carbon steel pipe. The end disk is ASTM
Watt Density Elements (12 - 15 Medium and Heavy Weight Oil — Low watt A516 Grade 70 carbon steel plate. Provided
W/In2) density reduces the risk of damaging highly with thermal insulation and painted sheet
viscous fluids. Improve flow ability of fuel oils. metal jacket.
Features Wiring — Convenient field wiring terminals
Thermostat (60 - 250°F)
are provided for easy installation.
Terminal Enclosure — E1 General Purpose
• UL, CSA, ATEX and Other is standard. E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion Controls — Series 03 and 06 stock and as-
Third PartyApproval, Listing or Proof or E4 Moisture Resistant Enclosures sembly stock heaters come equipped with side
Certification Available available. mounted thermostat. Series 18, 27 and 45 are
furnished without thermostat.
Elements — 0.475" diameter steel sheath
elements. WARNING — Hazard of Fire. These devices
function as temperature controls only. Be-
Flange — 3 - 14" ANSI B-16.5 Blind flange cause they do not fail-safe, an approved tem-
with 1/2" thermowell for thermostat bulb and a perature and/or pressure safety control must
1/8" NPT threaded opening for a thermocouple be used for safe operation. Consult Controls
or RTD. section of this catalog.

Dimensions (In.)
Ckt & Wt.
kW Volts Phase A B vC Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Series 03 — 3 inch 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 3 steel elements (15 W/In2) with side
mounted thermostat — 1" NPT pipe inlet and outlet
3 240 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHOR-03-003P-E1 NS 010760 70
3 240 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHOR-03-003P-E1 NS 101995 70
3 480 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHOR-03-003P-E1 NS 010815 70
3 480 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHOR-03-003P-E1 NS 010840 70
4 240 1-1 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHOR-03-004P-E1 NS 010874 80
4 240 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHOR-03-004P-E1 NS 010903 80
4 480 1-1 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHOR-03-004P-E1 NS 010938 80
4 480 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHOR-03-004P-E1 NS 010962 80
6 240 1-1 55-7/16 45 39 NWHOR-03-006P-E1 NS 010997 94
6 240 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWHOR-03-006P-E1 NS 102234 94
6 480 1-1 55-7/16 45 39 NWHOR-03-006P-E1 NS 011041 94
6 480 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWHOR-03-006P-E1 S 102250 94
C-21
Circulation
NWHOR & NWHORB

Medium, Heavy &
Fuel Oil Applications (cont’d.)
Dimensions (In.)
Ckt & Wt. NWHO-06
Series 06 — 5 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 6 steel elements (15 W/In2) 1" Conduit Open-
with side mounted thermostat — 2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet ing
8 240 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 NWHOR-06-008P-E1 NS 102357 140 8-13/16
8 480 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 NWHOR-06-008P-E1 NS 011172 140 C
2" Pipe
10 240 1-3 48-3/4 37 14-1/8 NWHOR-06-010P-E1 NS 011236 155
10 480 1-3 48-3/4 37 14-1/8 NWHOR-06-010P-E1 NS 102496 155 Outlet
12 240 1-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 NWHOR-06-012P-E1 NS 014200 176 2 Mtg. Lugs Ea.
12 480 1-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 NWHOR-06-012P-E1 NS 011498 176 with two 3/8"-
A
15 240 1-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 NWHOR-06-015P-E1 NS 090253 212 16x1-1/2" Deep
15 480 1-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 NWHOR-06-015P-E1 NS 107510 212 Holes on 1-1/4 25 B
18 240 1-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 NWHOR-06-018P-E1 NS 011527 240 Centers
18 480 1-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 NWHOR-06-018P-E1 NS 107529 240 A
Series 18 — 8 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 18 steel elements (12 W/In2) — 2" Pipe
2-1/2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet A
Inlet
20 240 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWHOR-18-020P-E1 NS 080442 450 Thermostat
20 480 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWHOR-18-020P-E1 NS 080450 450 7-1/2 3/4" NPT
25 240 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWHOR-18-025P-E1 NS 080485 500 8-5/8 Pipe Plug
25 480 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWHOR-18-025P-E1 NS 080493 500
30 240 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWHOR-18-030P-E1 NS 080522 565
30 480 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWHOR-18-030P-E1 NS 080530 565 NWHOR-18
35 240 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWHOR-18-035P-E1 NS 080565 650
35 480 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWHOR-18-035P-E1 NS 080573 650 (3) 1" Conduit
40 240 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWHOR-18-040P-E1 NS 080602 725 Openings
40 480 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWHOR-18-040P-E1 NS 080610 725 13
45 240 3-3 96-3/8 75-13/16 72-5/16 NWHOR-18-045P-E1 NS 080645 815 2-1/2" Pipe
45 480 3-3 96-3/8 75-13/16 72-5/16 NWHOR-18-045P-E1 NS 080653 815 Outlet
Series 27 — 10 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 27 steel elements (12 W/In2) — 2 Mtg. Lugs
3" NPT pipe inlet and outlet Ea. with
50 240 3-3 77-9/16 52 48-1/2 NWHOR-27-050P-E1 NS 023237 730 three 3/4" A
C B
50 480 3-3 77-9/16 52 48-1/2 NWHOR-27-050P-E1 NS 023253 730 - 10x1-1/8"
60 240 3-3 87-9/16 62 58-1/2 NWHOR-27-060P-E1 NS 023270 750 Deep Holes
60 480 3-3 87-9/16 62 58-1/2 NWHOR-27-060P-E1 NS 023296 750 on 1-3/4" A
70 240 3-3 97-9/16 72 68-1/2 NWHOR-27-070P-E1 NS 023317 770 Centers
70 480 3-3 97-9/16 72 68-1/2 NWHOR-27-070P-E1 NS 023333 770 2-1/2" Pipe A
A Thermostat
Series 45 — 14 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 45 steel elements (15 W/In2) — Inlet (when speci-
6" flanged pipe inlet and outlet fied)
90 480 3-3 76 57-3/16 66-11/16 NWHOR-45-090P-E1 NS 011607 830 9-13/16 3/4" NPT
125 480 3-3 91 72-3/16 81-11/16 NWHOR-45-125P-E1 NS 086094 960 15 Pipe Plug
150 480 3-3 106 87-3/16 96-11/16 NWHOR-45-150P-E1 NS 086115 1,080
175 480 3-3 121 102-3/16 111-11/16 NWHOR-45-175P-E1 NS 086131 1,200
200 480 3-3 128-1/2 109-11/16 119-11/16 NWHOR-45-200P-E1 NS 086158 1,320 NWHOR-27
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity. (3) 1" Conduit
Openings
Note — Refer to the Controls section control panels. 15-15/16
3" Pipe
Outlet
2 Mtg. Lugs
Ea. with
three 3/4" A
- 10x1-1/8" C B
Deep Holes
on 1-3/4"
Centers A
3" Pipe
Inlet A Thermostat
(when specified)
11 3/4" NPT
17-1/8 Pipe Plug
C-22
Circulation
NWHOR & NWHORB

Dimensions (Inches)
NWHOR-45
Heavy & Fuel Oil 15 11-1/2
Applications (Baffled) 18-13/16

Dimensions (In.) A
Ckt & Wt.
kW Volts Phase A B C Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) 6" Outlet C
Series 18 — 8 inch 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 18 baffled steel elements (12 W/In2) — Mtg. Lug
2-1/2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet B Centers
20 240 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWHORB-18-020P-E1 NS 080469 456
20 480 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWHORB-18-020P-E1 NS 080477 456
25 240 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWHORB-18-025P-E1 NS 080506 506
25 480 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWHORB-18-025P-E1 S 082000 506
30 240 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWHORB-18-030P-E1 NS 080549 571 6" Inlet
30 480 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWHORB-18-030P-E1 NS 080557 571
OIL
35 240 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWHORB-18-035P-E1 NS 080581 656 NWHORB-18
35 480 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWHORB-18-035P-E1 NS 080590 656
40 240 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWHORB-18-040P-E1 NS 080629 731 (3) 1" Conduit
40 480 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWHORB-18-040P-E1 NS 080637 731 Openings
45 240 3-3 96-3/8 75-13/16 72-5/16 NWHORB-18-045P-E1 NS 080661 821 13
45 480 3-3 96-3/8 75-13/16 72-5/16 NWHORB-18-045P-E1 S 084507 821
Series 27 — 10 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 27 baffled steel elements (12 W/In2) — 2-1/2" Pipe
3" NPT pipe inlet and outlet Outlet
50 240 3-3 77-9/16 52 48-1/2 NWHORB-27-050P-E1 NS 023245 736 2 Mtg. Lugs
50 480 3-3 77-9/16 52 48-1/2 NWHORB-27-050P-E1 NS 023261 736 Ea. with
three 3/4" A
60 240 3-3 87-9/16 62 58-1/2 NWHORB-27-060P-E1 NS 023288 756 C B
60 480 3-3 87-9/16 62 58-1/2 NWHORB-27-060P-E1 NS 023309 756 - 10x1-1/8"
70 240 3-3 97-9/16 72 68-1/2 NWHORB-27-070P-E1 NS 023325 776 Deep Holes
70 480 3-3 97-9/16 72 68-1/2 NWHORB-27-070P-E1 NS 023341 776 on 1-3/4" A
Centers
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock 2-1/2" Pipe A
To Order — Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity. A Thermostat
Inlet (when speci-
Note — Refer to the Controls section for control panels. fied)
9-13/16 3/4" NPT
15 Pipe Plug
Ordering Model Medium, Heavy and Fuel Oil

NWHORB-27
Information NWHO Oil Circulation Heater (3) 1" Conduit
Openings
R Low Watt Density Elements
To Order — 13
Complete the B Internal Baffles 3" Pipe
Code Number of Elements Outlet
Model Number
using the Matrix 03 Three 27 Twenty Seven
2 Mtg. Lugs
Ea. with
provided. 06 Six 45 Forty Five three 3/4" A
- 10x1-1/8" C B
18 Eighteen Deep Holes
on 1-3/4"
Code kW Centers
003P 3 020P 20 060P 60 3" Pipe
004P 4 025P 25 070P 70 Inlet Thermostat
(when
006P 6 030P 30 090P 90 specified)
008P 8 035P 35 125P 125 11
3/4" NPT Pipe Plug
010P 10 040P 40 150P 150 17-1/8
012P 12 045P 45 175P 175
015P 15 050P 50 200P 200
NWHOR-AA
018P 18
Face of
Code Terminal Enclosure Mtg. Lugs Pipe Body
CL
E1 General Purpose
Resistant
3-3/8 03 Series
4-17/32 06 Series
7-3/4 18 Series
8-13/16 27 Series
NWHORB 18 030P E1 Typical Model Number
C-23
Circulation
GCHI & Series

Steam, Air & Gas
Applications
Features
• Screw Plug or Flange
Terminal Enclosures — Standard stock heater
Heater Design
terminal enclosures are E1 General Purpose.
Moisture Resistant/Explosion Proof E2 and
• 2 - 18" Carbon Steel Pipe Body, Moisture Resistant E4 Enclosures are available
150 Lb Construction as assembly stock.
• 1 - 350kW Elements — Sturdy 0.475" diameter IN-

COLOY® sheath elements permit higher watt
• 120, 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase densities and operating temperatures. Steel
sheath elements may be used in low tempera-
• General Purpose, Moisture ture applications. Chromalox elements utilize
Resistant Terminal, Moisture high quality resistance wire for coil construc-
Resistant/Explosion Proof tion. The coil is surrounded with high purity
Enclosure magnesium oxide which is compacted to a
dense solid to ensure high thermal conductiv-
ity and dielectric strength.
• 0.475" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath
Elements (15 - 23 W/In2) Flanges — Carbon Steel Flanges are standard
on low to medium temperature heaters 3" and
• With & Without Thermostat larger. Flange dimensions conform to ANSI
B16.5 standards.
• CSA and Other Third Party
Vessels — Chromalox vessels consist of a
Approval, Listing or Certification
pipe body, nozzles and end cap. The pipe body
Available on Many Models and nozzles are ASTM A53B carbon steel pipe.
The end cap or disk is ASTM A516 Grade 70 These thermostats are suitable for small size
carbon steel plate. Mounting lugs are welded gas heaters and provide low cost control in
to the pipe wall. The vessel is wrapped with low and medium temperature applications. Ex-
Applications plosion-resistant and liquid-tight thermostats
thermal insulation and covered with a painted
Air and Gas — Chromalox circulation heaters sheet metal jacket. are provided on E2 and E4 units, respectively.
provide a cost effective means for heating air Precision Temperature Control and Control
and common industrial gases such as Argon, Baffle Assemblies — Internal baffle assem-
blies are provided on some stock circulation Panels — For larger kW gas heaters and
Helium and Nitrogen as well as gaseous mix- precise control of gas temperatures in high
tures for a wide variety of industrial processes. heaters. Baffles reduce the internal cross
sectional area thereby increasing the velocity temperature applications, Chromalox recom-
High Temperature Gas — Refer to Stainless of the gas. Increasing the gas velocity reduces mends the use of thermocouple sensors,
Steel circulation heaters later in this section. the operating temperature of the elements and electronic PID temperature controls and SCR
the shell of the vessel. power panels for gas heating applications.
Steam Superheating — Chromalox circulation The use of electronic and SCR controls will
heaters are used to increase the enthalpy and Wiring — Wiring terminals are spaced to pro- minimize overshoot and reduce the possibil-
quality of steam. Smaller units can be used to vide proper arcing and creepage clearances. ity of heater damage from overtemperature
make up line losses in steam generating and Termination insulators provide electrical isola- operation. Integral or remote mounted control
distribution systems. tion between the terminals and the grounded panels with electronic controls and solid state
metal sheath to enhance personnel safety and (SCR) or contactor power controllers can be
equipment service life. Heavy duty jumper provided using virtually any combination of
straps and other terminal parts assure tight control devices. Consult the Controls section
connections and an extra margin of current for details.
carrying capacity.
Control Thermostats — All Series 3 and
6 stock and assembly stock heaters come
equipped with mechanical AR thermostats.
C-24
Circulation
GCHI & GCHIB Dimensions (Inches)

Steam, Air & Gas GCHI-03
Applications to 750°F1 6-1/8
3/4" NPT Pipe Plug
5
1" Pipe
• 3 - 18" ANSI Blind Flange Design 2 Mtg. Lugs Ea. Outlet
with two 3/8" -
16x1-1/2"
• 3 - 18" Carbon Steel Pipe Body, Deep Holes
C
150 Lb Construction (750°F Max. on 1-1/4" B
Vessel and 1600°F Max. Sheath Centers
A
A
Temp.)1 For Stainless Steel Thermostat A 4
Pipe Body Construction, Refer
STEAM, AIR
to GCHIS Series Circulation
AND GAS
1" Pipe
Heaters. 1" Conduit Opening 8 Inlet
• 3 - 350kW
• 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase

Applications Vessel — Pipe body and nozzles are
ASTM A53B carbon steel pipe. The end disk
Steam, Air and Gas — Higher kW ratings for is ASTM A516 Grade 70 carbon steel plate.
• General Purpose, Moisture larger industrial and commercial gas heating Provided with thermal insulation and painted
Resistant Terminal, Moisture applications. sheet metal jacket.
Enclosure Features Baffle Assembly — Internal baffle assemblies
are provided on GCHIB-18 models. Baffles re-
• 0.475" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath Terminal Enclosure — E1 General Purpose duce the internal cross sectional area thereby
Elements (15 - 23 W/In2) is standard. E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion increasing the velocity of the gas. Increas-
Proof or E4 Moisture Resistant available. ing the gas velocity reduces the operating
• 3 and 5" with Side Mounted temperature of the elements and the shell of
Elements — 0.475" diameter INCOLOY®
Thermostat (200 - 550°F), 8, 10, the vessel.
sheath elements.
14 and 16" without Thermostat Wiring — Convenient field wiring terminals
Flange — 3 -10" ANSI B-16.5 flange with
are provided for easy installation.
• CSA and Other Third Party 1/2" thermowell for thermostat bulb and a
1/8" NPT threaded opening for a Controls — Series 03 and 06 stock and as-
Approval, Listing or Certification
thermocouple or RTD. sembly stock heaters come equipped with side
Available
mounted thermostat. Series 18, 27, 45 and
108 are furnished without thermostat.

Dimensions (In.)
Ckt & Wt.
Series 03 — 3 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 3 INCOLOY® elements1 (23 W/In2) with
thermostat
3 240 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 GCHI-03-003P-E1 NS 013240 62
3 240 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 GCHI-03-003P-E1 S 103915 62
3 480 1-1 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 GCHI-03-003P-E1 NS 013258 62
3 480 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 GCHI-03-003P-E1 S 103958 62
4.5 240 1-1 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 GCHI-03-04P5-E1 NS 013266 72
4.5 240 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 GCHI-03-04P5-E1 NS 104070 72
4.5 480 1-1 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 GCHI-03-04P5-E1 NS 013274 72
4.5 480 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 GCHI-03-04P5-E1 S 104117 72
6 240 1-1 55-7/16 45 39 GCHI-03-006P-E1 NS 013282 94
6 240 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 GCHI-03-006P-E1 S 104230 94
6 480 1-1 55-7/16 45 39 GCHI-03-006P-E1 NS 013290 94
6 480 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 GCHI-03-006P-E1 S 104272 94
1. Outlet gas temperature must be kept below both maximum sheath and vessel
temperature or element and heater damage may occur. Contact your Local
Chromalox Sales office for application assistance.
C-25
Circulation
GCHI & GCHIB

Steam, Air & Gas
Applications to 750°F1 (cont’d.)
Dimensions (In.)
Ckt & Wt.
GCHI-06
kW Volts Phase A B C Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) 3/4" NPT 8-5/8
Series 06 — 5 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 6 INCOLOY® elements1 (23 W/In2) Pipe Plug 7-1/2
with thermostat
9 240 1-1 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 GCHI-06-009P-E1 NS 013303 135 2 Mtg. Lugs
2" Pipe
9 240 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 GCHI-06-009P-E1 NS 104715 135 Ea. with two
Outlet
9 480 1-1 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 GCHI-06-009P-E1 NS 013311 135 3/8" -
9 480 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 GCHI-06-009P-E1 NS 013320 135 16x1-1/2"
12 240 1-1 48-3/4 37 14-7/8 GCHI-06-012P-E1 NS 013338 164 Deep Holes
12 240 1-3 48-3/4 37 14-7/8 GCHI-06-012P-E1 S 104870 164 on 1-1/4"
25
12 480 1-1 48-3/4 37 14-7/8 GCHI-06-012P-E1 NS 013346 164 Centers B
12 480 1-3 48-3/4 37 14-7/8 GCHI-06-012P-E1 S 104598 164 A
A
20 240 1-1 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 GCHI-06-020P-E1 NS 013354 195 Thermostat
20 240 1-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 GCHI-06-020P-E1 NS 013362 195 A
20 480 1-1 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 GCHI-06-020P-E1 NS 013370 195
20 480 1-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 GCHI-06-020P-E1 S 105478 195 2" Pipe
25 240 1-1 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 GCHI-06-025P-E1 NS 013389 212 C
1" Conduit Inlet
25 480 1-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 GCHI-06-025P-E1 NS 013397 212 Opening 8-13/16
25 240 1-1 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 GCHI-06-025P-E1 NS 013400 212
25 480 1-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 GCHI-06-025P-E1 NS 013418 212
30 240 1-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 GCHI-06-030P-E1 NS 013434 240
30 480 1-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 GCHI-06-030P-E1 NS 013450 240 GCHIB-18
Series 18 — 8 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 18 baffled INCOLOY® elements1 15
(20 W/In2) 3/4" NPT 9-13/16
30 240 3-3 54-5/16 32-11/16 29-3/16 GCHIB-18-030P-E1 NS 080768 350 Pipe Plug
30 480 3-3 54-5/16 32-11/16 29-3/16 GCHIB-18-030P-E1 NS 080776 350
40 240 3-3 61-5/16 39-11/16 36-3/16 GCHIB-18-040P-E1 NS 080784 420 2-1/2"
40 480 3-3 61-5/16 39-11/16 36-3/16 GCHIB-18-040P-E1 NS 080792 420 Pipe Outlet
2 Mtg. Lugs
50 240 3-3 68-15/16 47-5/16 43-13/16 GCHIB-18-050P-E1 NS 080805 480
50 480 3-3 68-15/16 47-5/16 43-13/16 GCHIB-18-050P-E1 NS 080813 480 Ea. with three
3/4" - 10x1-1/8"
Series 27 — 10 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 27 INCOLOY® elements1 (15 W/In2) Deep Holes
C B
50 240 3-3 68-9/16 43 39-1/2 GCHI-27-050P-E1 NS 020212 400 on 1-3/4" A
50 480 3-3 68-9/16 43 39-1/2 GCHI-27-050P-E1 NS 020220 400 Centers A 2-1/2"
60 240 3-3 75-9/16 50 46-1/2 GCHI-27-060P-E1 NS 020239 440 Pipe Inlet
Thermostat
60 480 3-3 75-9/16 50 46-1/2 GCHI-27-060P-E1 NS 020247 440 A
(when specified)
70 240 3-3 81-9/16 56 52-1/2 GCHI-27-070P-E1 NS 020255 480
70 480 3-3 81-9/16 56 52-1/2 GCHI-27-070P-E1 NS 020263 480 13
80 240 3-3 91-9/16 66 62-1/2 GCHI-27-080P-E1 NS 020271 520 (3) 1" Conduit
80 480 3-3 91-9/16 66 62-1/2 GCHI-27-080P-E1 NS 020280 520 Openings
90 240 3-3 100-9/16 75 71-1/2 GCHI-27-090P-E1 NS 020298 560
90 480 3-3 100-9/16 75 71-1/2 GCHI-27-090P-E1 NS 020300 560
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock GCHI-27
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity. 17-1/8
10-7/8
1. Outlet gas temperature must be kept below both maximum sheath and vessel
temperature or element and heater damage may occur. Contact your Local 3/4" NPT
Chromalox Sales office for application assistance. Pipe Plug
2-1/2"
Other Note — Refer to the Controls section for control panels. 2 Mtg. Lugs Ea. Pipe Outlet
with three
3/4" - 10x1-1/8"
Deep Holes
on 1-3/4" C B
Centers A A
2-1/2"
Pipe Inlet
Thermostat
(when specified) A
13
(3) 1" Conduit
Openings
C-26
Circulation
GCHI & GCHIB

Steam, Air & Gas
Dimensions (In.)
Ckt & Wt.
GCHI-45, 72, 108
kW Volts Phase A B C D E Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) 6" Outlet
Series 45 — 14 inch, 150 lb carbon steel vessel — 45 INCOLOY® elements1 (15 W/In2)
75 480 3-3 76 57-3/16 66-11/16 15 11-1/2 GCHI-45-075P-E1 NS 086238 835
90 480 3-3 76 57-3/16 66-11/16 15 11-1/2 GCHI-45-090P-E1 NS 086254 925
125 480 3-3 91 72-3/16 81-11/16 15 11-1/2 GCHI-45-125P-E1 NS 086270 1,025
150 480 3-3 106 87-3/16 96-11/16 15 11-1/2 GCHI-45-150P-E1 NS 086297 1,125
175 480 3-3 121 102-3/16 111-11/16 15 11-1/2 GCHI-45-175P-E1 NS 086318 1,225 B
STEAM, AIR
C
AND GAS
Mtg. Lug
Centers A
200 480 3-3 93 74-5/8 84-1/8 16 12-3/4 GCHI-72-200P-E1 NS 086393 1,265
225 480 3-3 101 82-5/8 92-1/8 16 12-3/4 GCHI-72-225P-E1 NS 086369 1,310 6" Inlet
250 480 3-3 109 90-5/8 100-1/8 16 12-3/4 GCHI-72-250P-E1 NS 086334 1,355
300 480 6-3 94 75-1/2 85 17 13-1/2 GCHI-108-300P-E1 NS 086422 1,400
325 480 6-3 100 81-1/2 91 17 13-1/2 GCHI-108-325P-E1 NS 086457 1,450
350 480 6-3 106 87-1/2 97 17 13-1/2 GCHI-108-350P-E1 NS 086481 1,500
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity. E D
1. Recommended temperature limits for all GCH heaters with carbon steel vessels
and INCOLOY® elements are 1600oF maximum for the sheath temperature and GCHI-AA
750°F maximum for the vessel temperature at 5 psi pressure maximum. Exceeding
these recommendations will void the factory warranty. Outlet gas temperatures must
be kept below both the maximum sheath and vessel temperature or element and
vessel damage may occur. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office for assistance Face of
in determining the gas flow characteristics and proper heater selection. Heaters Mtg. Lugs Pipe Body
supplied without controls.
C
Other Note — Refer to the Controls section for control panels.
Ordering Model Steam, Air and Gas to 750°F1

Information GCHI Gas Circulation Heater — INCOLOY® Elements — Steel Vessel
B Internal Baffles
To Order — 3-3/8 03 Series
Complete the Code Number of Elements 4-17/32 06 Series
Model Number 03 Three 45 Forty Five 7-3/4 18 Series
using the Matrix 06 Six 72 Seventy Two 8-13/16 27 Series
provided. 18 Eighteen 108 One Hundred Eight
27 Twenty Seven
Code kW
003P 3 040P 40 150P 150
04P5 4.5 050P 50 200P 200
006P 6 060P 60 225P 225
009P 9 070P 70 250P 250
012P 12 075P 75 300P 300
020P 20 080P 80 325P 325
025P 25 090P 90 350P 350
030P 30 125P 125
E1 General Purpose
Resistant
GCHI 45 072P E1 Typical Model Number
C-27
Circulation
NWHIS, NWHOIS & GCHIS Series

Pure Water, Corrosive Solution &
High Temperature Gas Applications
• Flanged Heater Design Features
• 3 - 14" Type 304 Stainless Steel Terminal Enclosures — Standard stock

Pipe Body, 150 Lb Construction heater terminal enclosure E1 General Purpose.
Moisture Resistant/Explosion Proof E2 or
Moisture Resistant E4 Enclosures are available
• 2 - 200kW
as assembly stock.
• 120, 240 and 480V, 1 & 3 Phase Elements — Sturdy 0.475" Dia. Stainless Steel
or INCOLOY® sheath elements provide superior
• General Purpose, Moisture strength and rigidity. Chromalox elements
Resistant Terminal, Moisture utilize high quality resistance wire for coil
Resistant/Explosion Proof construction. The coil is surrounded with high
Enclosure purity magnesium oxide which is compacted to
a dense solid to ensure high thermal conduc-
• 0.475" Dia. Stainless Steel or tivity and dielectric strength.
INCOLOY® Sheath Elements Corrosion Resistance — NWHIS and
(15 - 50 W/In2) NWHOIS pipe bodies and all Stainless Steel
heating elements are passivated to provide
• With & Without Thermostat additional resistance to corrosion.
• UL, CSA, ATEX and Other Third Flanges — Type 304 Stainless Steel flanges
Party Approval, Listing or are standard on 3" and larger circulation heat-
Certification Available on Many ers. Flange dimensions conform to ANSI B16.5
standards.
Models
Vessels — Pipe body and nozzles are type 304 with mechanical AR thermostats. These
ASTM A312 ERW Stainless Steel pipe. The end thermostats are suitable for most applications.
disks are type 304 ASTM A240 Stainless Steel Explosion-resistant and liquid- tight thermo-
Applications plate. Provided with thermal insulation and stats are provided on E2 and E4 units, respec-
painted sheet metal jacket. tively. Individual product pages list other types
Pure Water — Heating of demineralized or of thermostats and controls available for each
de-ionized water that is highly aggressive to Baffle Assemblies — Internal baffle as- heater. For heaters listed without controls, refer
mild steel. semblies are provided for model GCHISB-18 to the Overview on Mechanical and Electrical
heaters to increase the velocity of the air, gas Control Options in this section.
Mildly Corrosive Solutions — Heat mildly or steam as it passes through the vessel.
corrosive solutions (pH5 to pH9) using stain- Increasing the velocity of the gas helps reduce Precision Temperature Control and Control
less elements and a passivated stainless pipe the temperature of the element sheaths and the Panels — For larger kW heaters and precise
body. vessel walls in critical applications. control of gas temperatures in high tempera-
Highly Corrosive Solutions and Oils — Low ture applications, Chromalox recommends the
Wiring — Wiring terminals are spaced to use of thermocouple sensors, electronic PID
watt density INCOLOY® sheath elements provide proper arcing and creepage clearances.
coupled with a passivated Stainless Steel temperature controls and SCR power panels
Termination insulators provide electrical isola- for circulation heater applications. The use
pipe body provides long service life when tion between the terminals and the grounded
heating highly corrosive solutions and sulfur of electronic and SCR controls will minimize
metal sheath to enhance personnel safety and overshoot and reduce the possibility of heater
laden oils. equipment service life. Heavy duty jumper damage from overtemperature operation.
Steam Superheating — Increase the straps and other terminal parts assure tight Integral or remote mounted control panels with
enthalpy and quality of steam. Smaller units connections and an extra margin of current electronic controls and solid state (SCR) or
can be used to make up line losses in steam carrying capacity. contactor power controllers can be provided
generating and distribution systems. Controls — All stock and assembly stock heat- using virtually any combination of control de-
ers, Series MTSS, 03 and 06, come equipped vices. Consult the Controls section for details.
High Temperature Gas — INCOLOY® ele-
ments and a Stainless Steel vessel enhance
safe operation to nearly 1400°F outlet gas
temperature in air, gas or steam superheating
applications.
C-28
Circulation
Dimensions (Inches)
NWHIS NWHIS-03
Pure Water & Mildly Corrosive Solution Applications 1" Conduit
Thermostat
Opening
Specifications and Ordering Information 8
Dimensions (In.) 1" Pipe Outlet

Ckt & Wt.
kW Volts Phase A B C Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) 4
2 Mtg. Lugs Ea.
Series 03 — 3 inch, 150 lb 304 passivated stainless steel vessel, 3 INCOLOY® elements
with two 3/8" - A
(45 W/In2) with side mounted thermostat (60 to 250°F) — 1" NPT pipe inlet and outlet
16x1-1/2" Deep
6 240 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHIS-03-006P-E1 NS 012010 70 Holes on 1-1/4" B
6 480 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHIS-03-006P-E1 NS 012028 70 C
Centers
12 240 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHIS-03-012P-E1 NS 012036 80
12 480 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHIS-03-012P-E1 NS 012044 80
A
18 240 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWHIS-03-018P-E1 NS 012052 98
A
18 480 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWHIS-03-018P-E1 NS 012060 98 1" Pipe Inlet
STEAM, AIR
3/4" NPT
AND GAS
(45 W/In2) with side mounted thermostat (60 to 250°F) — 2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet Pipe Plug 5
24 240 2-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 NWHIS-06-024P-E1 NS 012079 140 6-1/8
24 480 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 NWHIS-06-024P-E1 NS 012087 140 NWHIS-06
30 240 2-3 48-3/4 37 14-1/8 NWHIS-06-030P-E1 NS 012095 155
30 480 1-3 48-3/4 37 14-1/8 NWHIS-06-030P-E1 NS 012108 155
40 240 2-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 NWHIS-06-040P-E1 NS 012116 176 1" Conduit Open-
40 480 2-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 NWHIS-06-040P-E1 NS 012124 176 ing 8-13/16
50 480 2-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 NWHIS-06-050P-E1 NS 012132 210 C
Series 18 — 8 inch, 150 lb 304 passivated stainless steel vessel, 18 INCOLOY® elements 2" Pipe
(45 W/In2) — 2-1/2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet Outlet
50 240 3-3 45-1/4 24-11/16 21-3/16 NWHIS-18-050P-E1 NS 021311 396 2 Mtg. Lugs Ea.
50 480 3-3 45-1/4 24-11/16 21-3/16 NWHIS-18-050P-E1 NS 021320 396 with two 3/8"-
75 240 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWHIS-18-075P-E1 NS 021338 414 A
16x1-1/2" Deep
75 480 3-3 53-1/4 32-11/16 29-3/16 NWHIS-18-075P-E1 NS 021346 414 Holes on 1-1/4" 25 B
100 240 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWHIS-18-100P-E1 NS 021354 425 Centers
100 480 3-3 60-1/4 39-11/16 36-3/16 NWHIS-18-100P-E1 NS 021362 425 A
125 240 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWHIS-18-125P-E1 NS 021370 470
125 480 3-3 67-7/8 47-5/16 43-13/16 NWHIS-18-125P-E1 NS 021389 470 2" Pipe
A
150 240 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWHIS-18-150P-E1 NS 021397 535 Inlet
Thermostat
150 480 3-3 77-3/8 56-13/16 53-5/16 NWHIS-18-150P-E1 NS 021400 535
7-1/2 3/4" NPT
175 240 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWHIS-18-175P-E1 NS 021418 625
Pipe Plug
175 480 3-3 86-3/8 65-13/16 62-5/16 NWHIS-18-175P-E1 NS 021426 625 8-5/8
200 240 3-3 104-3/8 83-13/16 79-5/16 NWHIS-18-200P-E1 NS 021434 705
200 480 3-3 104-3/8 83-13/16 79-5/16 NWHIS-18-200P-E1 NS 021442 705 NWHIS-18
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity. (3) 1" Conduit
Openings
Note — Refer to the Controls section for control panels. 13
2-1/2" Pipe
Outlet
Ordering Model Pure Water and Mildly Corrosive Solution 2 Mtg. Lugs
Ea. with
Information NWH Water Circulation Heater three 3/4" A
C B
IS INCOLOY® Elements — Stainless Steel Vessel - 10x1-1/8"
To Order — Deep Holes
Complete the Code Number of Elements on 1-3/4" A
Centers
Model Number 03 Three A
2-1/2" Pipe
using the Matrix 06 Six Inlet
A Thermostat
18 Eighteen (when speci-
provided. fied)
Code kW 9-13/16 3/4" NPT
006P 6 040P 40 150P 150 15 Pipe Plug
012P 12 050P 50 175P 175
018P 18 075P 75 200P 200 NWHIS-AA
024P 24 100P 100
030P 30 125P 125 Face of
Mtg. Lugs Pipe Body
CL
E1 General Purpose
Resistant
E4 Moisture Resistant 3-3/8 03 Series
4-17/32 06 Series
7-3/4 18 Series
8-13/16 27 Series
NWH 03 006P E1 Typical Model Number
C-29
Circulation
NWHOIS
Corrosive Oil & Highly
Corrosive Solution Applications

Dimensions (In.) NWHOIS-03
Ckt & Wt.
kW Volts Phase A B C Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) Thermostat
Series 03 — 3 inch, 150 lb 304 passivated stainless steel vessel, 3 INCOLOY® elements 1" Conduit
(15 W/In2) with side mounted thermostat (60 to 250°F) — 1" NPT pipe inlet and outlet Opening
8
2 240 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHOIS-03-002P-E1 NS 012140 70
2 480 1-3 32-15/16 22-1/2 16-1/2 NWHOIS-03-002P-E1 NS 012159 70
4 240 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHOIS-03-004P-E1 NS 012167 80 1" Pipe
4 480 1-3 42-15/16 32-1/2 26-1/2 NWHOIS-03-004P-E1 NS 012175 80 Outlet 4
6 240 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWHOIS-03-006P-E1 NS 012183 98 2 Mtg. Lugs Ea.
6 480 1-3 55-7/16 45 39 NWHOIS-03-006P-E1 NS 012191 98 with two 3/8" - A
Series 06 — 5 inch, 150 lb 304 passivated stainless steel vessel, 6 INCOLOY® elements 16x1-1/2" Deep
(15 W/In2) with side mounted thermostat (60 to 250°F) — 2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet Holes on 1-1/4" B
C
8 240 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 NWHOISR-06-008P-E1 NS 012204 140 Centers
8 480 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 NWHOISR-06-008P-E1 NS 012212 140
12 240 1-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 NWHOISR-06-012P-E1 NS 012220 176 A
12 480 1-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 NWHOISR-06-012P-E1 NS 012239 176 A
1" Pipe Inlet
(23 W/In2) with side mounted thermostat (60 to 250°F) — 2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet 3/4" NPT
Pipe Plug 5
25 240 2-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 NWHOIS-06-025P-E1 NS 012247 176 6-1/8
25 480 1-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 NWHOIS-06-025P-E1 NS 012255 176
30 240 2-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 NWHOIS-06-030P-E1 NS 012263 240 NWHOIS-06
30 480 1-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 NWHOIS-06-030P-E1 NS 012271 240
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock 1" Conduit Opening
8-13/16
Note — Refer to the Controls section for control panels. 2" Pipe C
Outlet
Ordering Model Corrosive Oil and Highly Corrosive Solution

2 Mtg. Lugs Ea.
with two 3/8"-
Information A
16x1-1/2" Deep
NWHO Oil Circulation Heater Holes on 1-1/4" 25 B
To Order — IS INCOLOY® Elements — Stainless Steel Vessel Centers
Complete the R Reduced Watt Density A
Model Number Code Number of Elements 2" Pipe
A
using the Matrix Inlet
03 Three Thermostat
provided.
06 Six 7-1/2 3/4" NPT
Code kW 8-5/8 Pipe Plug
002P 2 008P 8 030P 30

004P 4 012P 12 NWHOIS-AA
006P 6 025P 25
Code Terminal Enclosure Face of
E1 General Purpose Mtg. Lugs Pipe Body
E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion C
Resistant
NWHOIS 03 002P E1 Typical Model Number

3-3/8 03 Series
4-17/32 06 Series
7-3/4 18 Series
8-13/16 27 Series
C-30
Circulation
GCHIS, GCHISB & GCHISR

High Temperature Gas
Applications to 1200°F1
Dimensions (In.)
Ckt & Wt.
GCHIS-03
Series 03 — 3 inch, 150 lb 304 stainless steel vessel — 3 INCOLOY® elements (15 W/In2) 6-1/8
with side mounted thermostat (200 to 550°F) — 1" NPT pipe inlet and outlet1 5 3/4" NPT Pipe Plug
2 240 1-3 33-1/4 22-1/2 16-1/2 GCHISR-03-002P-E1 NS 012280 62
2 480 1-3 33-1/4 22-1/2 16-1/2 GCHISR-03-002P-E1 NS 012298 62 1" Pipe
4 240 1-3 55-3/4 45 36 GCHISR-03-004P-E1 NS 012300 94 2 Mtg. Lugs Ea. Outlet
4 480 1-3 55-3/4 45 36 GCHISR-03-004P-E1 NS 012319 94 with two 3/8" -
STEAM, AIR
Series 06 — 5 inch, 150 lb 304 stainless steel vessel — 6 INCOLOY® elements (15 W/In2)
AND GAS
16x1-1/2"
with side mounted thermostat (200 to 550°F) — 2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet1 Deep Holes
C
4 240 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 GCHISR-06-004P-E1 NS 012327 135 on 1-1/4" B
4 480 1-3 41-3/4 30 11-3/8 GCHISR-06-004P-E1 NS 012335 135 Centers A
8 240 1-3 48-3/4 37 14-7/8 GCHISR-06-008P-E1 NS 012343 164 A
8 480 1-3 48-3/4 37 14-7/8 GCHISR-06-008P-E1 NS 012351 164 Thermostat A 4
12 240 1-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 GCHISR-06-012P-E1 NS 012360 195
12 480 1-3 60-1/4 48-1/2 20-5/8 GCHISR-06-012P-E1 NS 012378 195 1" Pipe
15 240 1-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 GCHISR-06-015P-E1 NS 021733 215 Inlet
1" Conduit Opening 8
15 480 1-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 GCHISR-06-015P-E1 NS 021741 215
20 240 1-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 GCHISR-06-020P-E1 NS 021750 253
20 480 1-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 GCHISR-06-020P-E1 NS 021768 253
Series 06 — 5 inch, 150 lb 304 stainless steel vessel — 6 INCOLOY® elements (23 W/In2)
with side mounted thermostat (200 to 550°F) — 2" NPT pipe inlet and outlet1 GCHIS-06
25 240 2-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 GCHIS-06-025P-E1 NS 012386 195 3/4" NPT 8-5/8
25 480 1-3 73-5/8 61-7/8 27-5/16 GCHIS-06-025P-E1 NS 012394 195 Pipe Plug
30 240 2-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 GCHIS-06-030P-E1 NS 012407 240 7-1/2
30 480 1-3 86-5/8 74-7/8 33-7/8 GCHIS-06-030P-E1 NS 012415 240 2 Mtg. Lugs
2" Pipe
Series 18 — 8 inch, 150 lb 304 stainless steel vessel — 18 baffled INCOLOY® Ea. with two
Outlet
elements1 (23 W/In2) 3/8" -
30 240 3-3 50-1/8 28-1/2 25 GCHISB-18-030P-E1 NS 021856 340 16x1-1/2"
30 480 3-3 50-1/8 28-1/2 25 GCHISB-18-030P-E1 NS 021864 340 Deep Holes
40 240 3-3 54-5/16 32-11/16 29-3/16 GCHISB-18-040P-E1 NS 021872 410 on 1-1/4"
25
40 480 3-3 54-5/16 32-11/16 29-3/16 GCHISB-18-040P-E1 NS 021880 410 Centers B
50 240 3-3 61-5/16 39-11/16 36-3/16 GCHISB-18-050P-E1 NS 021899 480 A
50 480 3-3 61-5/16 39-11/16 36-3/16 GCHISB-18-050P-E1 NS 021901 480 A
Thermostat
Series 27 — 10 inch, 150 lb stainless steel vessel — 27 INCOLOY® elements1 (20 W/In2) A
50 240 3-3 56-9/16 31 27-1/2 GCHIS-27-050P-E1 NS 024037 340
50 480 3-3 56-9/16 31 27-1/2 GCHIS-27-050P-E1 NS 024045 340 2" Pipe
C
60 240 3-3 62-9/16 37 33-1/2 GCHIS-27-060P-E1 NS 024053 370 1" Conduit Inlet
60 480 3-3 62-9/16 37 33-1/2 GCHIS-27-060P-E1 NS 024061 370 Opening 8-13/16
70 240 3-3 68-9/16 43 39-1/2 GCHIS-27-070P-E1 NS 024070 400
70 480 3-3 68-9/16 43 39-1/2 GCHIS-27-070P-E1 NS 024088 400
80 240 3-3 75-9/16 50 46-1/2 GCHIS-27-080P-E1 NS 024096 430 GCHISB-18
80 480 3-3 75-9/16 50 46-1/2 GCHIS-27-080P-E1 NS 024109 430
90 240 3-3 81-9/16 56 52-1/2 GCHIS-27-090P-E1 NS 024117 543 15
90 480 3-3 81-9/16 56 52-1/2 GCHIS-27-090P-E1 NS 024125 560 9-13/16
3/4" NPT
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock Pipe Plug
2-1/2"
1. Recommended temperature limits for all GCH heaters with stainless steel vessels and Pipe Outlet
INCOLOY® elements are 1600o F maximum for the sheath temperature and 1200o F 2 Mtg. Lugs
maximum for the vessel temperature at 5 psi maximum pressure. Exceeding these Ea. with three
recommendations will void the factory warranty. Outlet gas temperatures must be kept 3/4" - 10x1-1/8"
below both the maximum sheath and vessel temperatures or element and vessel Deep Holes
C B
damage may occur. Consult factory representative for assistance in determining the on 1-3/4" A
gas flow characteristics and proper heater selection. Centers A 2-1/2"
Pipe Inlet
Other Note — Refer to the Controls section for control panels. Thermostat
A
(when specified)
13
(3) 1" Conduit
Openings
C-31
Circulation
GCHIS & GCHISB

High Temperature Gas
Dimensions (In.) GCHIS-27
Ckt & Wt.
kW Volts Phase A B C D E Model Stock PCN (Lbs.) 17-1/8
Series 45 — 14 inch, 150 lb stainless steel vessel — 45 INCOLOY® elements1 (15 W/In2) 10-7/8
90 480 3-3 76 57-3/16 66-11/16 15 11-1/2 GCHIS-45-090P-E1 NS 024336 925 3/4" NPT
125 480 3-3 91 72-3/16 81-11/16 15 11-1/2 GCHIS-45-125P-E1 NS 024344 1,025 Pipe Plug
150 480 3-3 106 87-3/16 96-11/16 15 11-1/2 GCHIS-45-150P-E1 NS 024352 1,125 2-1/2"
175 480 3-3 121 102-3/16 111-11/16 15 11-1/2 GCHIS-45-175P-E1 NS 024360 1,225 2 Mtg. Lugs Ea. Pipe Outlet
200 480 3-3 128-1/2 109-11/16 119-11/16 15 11-1/2 GCHIS-45-200P-E1 NS 024379 1,325 with three
3/4" - 10x1-1/8"
Deep Holes
on 1-3/4" C B
Centers A A
1. Recommended temperature limits for all GCH heaters with stainless steel vessels 2-1/2"
and INCOLOY® elements are 1600°F maximum for the sheath temperature and Pipe Inlet
1200°F maximum for the vessel temperature at 5 psi pressure maximum. Exceeding Thermostat
these recommendations will void the factory warranty. Outlet gas temperatures must (when specified) A
be kept below both the maximum sheath and vessel temperature or element and
vessel damage may occur. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office to determine 13
the gas flow characteristics and proper heater selection. (3) 1" Conduit
Openings
Other Note — Refer to the Controls section for control panels.
GCHIS-45
Ordering Model High Temperature Gas to 1200°F1 6" Outlet
Information GCHIS Gas Circulation Heater
INCOLOY® Elements — Stainless Steel Vessel
To Order — B Internal Baffles
Complete the
Model Number Code Number of Elements B
C
using the Matrix 03 Three Mtg. Lug
Centers A
provided. 06 Six 6" Inlet
18 Eighteen
27 Twenty Seven
45 Forty Five
Code kW
002P 2 050P 50
004P 4 060P 60 E D
008P 8 070P 70
012P 12 075P 75
015P 15 080P 80 GCHIS-AA
020P 20 090P 90
025P 25 125P 125
030P 30 175P 175 Face of
040P 40 200P 200 Mtg. Lugs Pipe Body
CL
E1 General Purpose
Resistant
3-3/8 03 Series
GCHIS 18 030P E1 Typical Model Number 4-17/32 06 Series
7-3/4 18 Series
8-13/16 27 Series
C-32
Circulation
GCHCIS Dimensions (Inches)

Small Capacity/Low 3-1/4
3/4 - 14" NPT
Flow Gas Applications Type J Thermo- Outlet (Int.

couple Threads)
3
• Cartridge Heater Design
• Stainless Steel Pipe Body B
• 0.5 - 3 kW A
3/4 - 14"
NPT Inlet
• 120 and 240V, Single Phase 3
1"
STEAM, AIR
AND GAS
NPT Hubs
(37 W/In2)
• General Purpose, Moisture 3
Resistant Terminal, Moisture Heater with E2 Terminal Enclosure.

Enclosure
• Internal Overtemperature DIM (In.)
Protection (type K T/C) Ckt & Wt.
1 inch, 304 stainless steel pipe body — 1 INCOLOY® cartridge element (37 W/In2)
• Process Temperature Sensor in — E1 terminal enclosure
Outlet (type J T/C) 0.5 120 1-1 14 8 GCHCIS-01-0P50-E1 NS 024483 3
0.5 240 1-1 14 8 GCHCIS-01-0P50-E1 NS 024491 3
1 120 1-1 20 14 GCHCIS-01-001P-E1 NS 024504 3
1 240 1-1 20 14 GCHCIS-01-001P-E1 NS 024512 3
2 120 1-1 32 26 GCHCIS-01-002P-E1 NS 024520 4
Applications 2 240 1-1 32 26 GCHCIS-01-002P-E1 NS 024539 4
3 240 1-1 44 38 GCHCIS-01-003P-E1 NS 024547 4
Gas — Designed to efficiently heat gases, Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
particularly at low-flow rates and relatively high To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN and quantity.
temperatures. (Outlet temperatures to 600°F.) 1. Order Electronic Controls separately for remote mounting. Consult Controls
section for details.
Features 2. Special voltage and wattage ratings available. Contact your Local Chromalox
Sales office.
Terminal Enclosure — Available with E1
General Purpose or E2 Moisture Resistant/ Ordering Model Small Capacity/Low Flow Gas
Explosion Proof.
Information GCH Gas Circulation Heater
Cartridge Heater Element — INCOLOY® C Cartridge Element
sheath and spiral wound baffle for efficient heat To Order —
IS INCOLOY® Sheath — Stainless Steel Vessel
transfer. Complete the
Model Number Code Number of Elements
Vessel — Stainless Steel (304) construction of using the Matrix 01 One
all wetted parts. provided.
Code Watts
Thermal Insulation — High temperature pipe 0P50 500 002P 2,000
insulation inside protective outer jacket. 001P 1,000 003P 3,000
Process Control — Accurate process control Code Terminal Enclosure
using a Type J thermocouple located in the E1 General Purpose
heater outlet. E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion
High Limit Sensor — Integral overtemperature Resistant
protection using a Type K thermocouple located
inside the cartridge heating element sheath. GCHCIS 01 0P50 E1 Typical Model Number
Installation — Compact rugged design permits
easy installation.
C-33
Circulation
CCX
High Pressure
Circulation Heater
• Heat Gas or Fluids to 3500 psi

(241 bar) or 7500 psi (517 bar)
• 3 - 30 kW
• 120 - 690 V, 1 & 3 Phase
• Moisture or Explosion Resistant

Terminal Housing
• ATEX Certified (Zone 2) Hazardous Area Housing shown
• ASME Section VIII and PED

Pressure Code Rated
Description Construction
• 3/4" or 1" 316 Stainless Steel Chromalox CCX - Cast Circulation Heat Chromalox CCX is constructed for tough
Process Piping Exchanger - is designed to operate at up to industrial applications such as offshore envi-
3500 psi (241 bar) at 392˚F (200˚C), with an ronments or process critical areas.
• INCOLOY 800 or 316 Stainless available option for up to 7500 psi (517 bar).
Steel Heating Elements The heavy-wall piping is rated by ASME and
The moisture resistant enclosure is designed PED for continuous high pressure usage,
• (1) Type J Thermocouple to accept NPT, metric, and / or gland plate while the butt-weld connections will help
Process Sensor connections. An optional explosion proof provide a sealed process environment. A
terminal housing is available for hazardous uniquely designed heat transfer configuration
• (2) Type J Thermocouple area installations and is certified by both ATEX ensures maximum element longevity, even in
Overtemperature Sensors and IECex. tough applications. Heat transfer is provided
by long-life, high temperature rated INCOLOY
• 316 Stainless Steel Thermowells The aluminum casting ensures even heat 800 heating elements.
for Sensors transfer throughout the process piping, while
limiting temperature input. The rugged design, The hazardous rated enclosure is certified
• Marine Grade Aluminum Casting certified by ASME and PED, ensures safe, reli- by both IEC and ATEX for Group II, Zone 1
able operation for many years. environments.
• Butt-Weld Connections
Applications
• 316 Stainless Steel Vertical or The CCX heater is engineered to heat high pres-
Horizontal Mounting Plate sure natural gas to control moisture content for
turbine seals. Due to the robust design, the CCX
design is also suited for many high pressure ap-
plications involving, air, nitrogen, CO2, and other
industrial gases. Seamless piping with corro-
sion resistant material also make it suitable for
liquid applications. The casting allows definitive
temperature control as the point of heat transfer
to the process stream. This also makes the CCX
an effective heat exchanger for temperature
sensitive heating applications.
C-34
Circulation
CCX
High Pressure
Circulation Heater
(cont’d.)
H
H
CIRCULATION
HEATERS
D W
D W
E4 Moisture Resistant Housing E2 Hazardous Area Housing
Options Model Proportions

• Hazardous Rated Certified by ATEX & IECex Temp Inlet/Outlet Piping
Units Design Pressure Rating (T3) Weight Width Depth* Height Connections Volume
• 7500 psi (517 bar) Construction Imperial 3500/7500 psi 392˚F 550 lbs. 18-1/2" 14" 50-3/8" 3/4" ANSI 36.5 in3
• 1" 316 Stainless Process Piping (specify Metric 241/517 bar 200˚C 250 kg 47 cm 35.6 cm 128 cm 3/4" ANSI 598 cm3
3500 or 7500 psi design) * For wall/horizontal mounting bracket, depth will increase to 18-1/4" (46.4 cm)
• Electropolished Process Piping
• Exterior Insulation with 316 Stainless Jack-
eting
• RTD Temperature Sensors
Standard Features Benefits
• Extended Voltage Capability (up to 690 V)
Seamless, 316 Stainless Steel Piping..........Corrosion Resistant, ASME/PED rated 3500 psi (241 bar)
• 2500# 316SS ANSI flanged connections
(specify 3/4" or 1" size, for 3500 psi design Moisture Resistant Terminal Enclosure...................... CE & ATEX rated Rated for IEC Zone 2, safe area
only) Multiple Sensors............................................ Provides both process and overtemperature monitoring
• 316 Stainless Steel Heating Elements Marine Grade Aluminum Casting....................... External corrosion resistance for harsh environments
• Bracket for Wall or Horizontal Mounting Butt-Weld Connections....................................Welded, sealed connections minimize potential leakage
• Vertical Lifting Eyes Heavy-Wall INCOLOY 800 Elements............................. High-temperature, corrosion resistant offering
• Anti-Condensation Heater for Terminal Compact Footprint.................................................................................................Space saving design
Enclosure
Floor Mounting Plate..................................................... Pre-drilled mounting plate for easy installation
Integrated Heat Distribution.......................................... Stringent temperature control of film interface
C-35
Circulation
CCX Model Description Table
High Pressure CCX Cast Circulation Exchanger

Circulation Heater Code Pressure Designation
SD Standard Duty -3500 psi (241 bar)
(cont’d.) XD Xtreme Duty - 7500 psi (517 bar)
CD Special Pressure / Temperature Design
I INCOLOY
Ordering Information S Stainless Steel
X Other Material
To Order — Complete the Model Number
using the Matrix provided. Code Wattage
-30P- 30.0 kW (use actual kilowatt in two digits)
(Blank) Standard Item
XX Custom Feature
Code Voltage
208 208V 240 240V 380 380V
415 415V 480 480V 575 575V
1 One 1 One
2 Two 2 Two
Code Phase
1P Single Phase
3P Three Phase
Code Kilowatts
30 kW
CCX- SD S -30P -E2 415V 1 -3P 30 Typical Model

Note: Shaded sections of the model build table are not a finite list. Items such as Number of Elements, Wattage, Voltage,
Circuits, and Phase should be adjusted to match design.
Notes on installation area and operating conditions

The CCX unit with E4 terminal housing is rated for safe area, ATEX category 3 (Zone 2).
The hazardous location option (E2) is certified to operate per IEC Certificate No. IECEx ITS 15.0018X and
ATEX Certificate Number ITS14ATEX18050X and is rated for II 2G Exde IICT3 or T3Gb in ambient conditions
of -20˚C to +40˚C or +60˚C. Refer to certificate for complete details.
The pressure rating is certified by ASME, Sect VIII, Division 1. PED certification will be by SEP
(Sound Engineering Practice).
All CCX units are designed for a maximum rating of T3 (392˚F / 200˚C) at either 3500 psi (241 bar) or 7500
psi (517 bar).
C-36
Circulation
Circulation Heater Systems Vertical Mount

Pre-engineered
Packaged Units
• Skid Mounted, Prewired
Packaged Unit
• Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel

Pipe Body, 150 Lb Construction
• 30 - 2,000 kW
STEAM, AIR
AND GAS
• Standard and Special Voltages

Resistant/Explosion Proof Horizontal Mount
Heater vessel designed for Class 150 pressure-
Enclosure temperature rating. ASME certification and higher
temperature and pressure ratings available.
• Copper, Steel, Stainless Steel,
INCOLOY® or INCONEL® Sheath
Elements (45, 23 or 15 W/In2)
mineralized or de-ionized water and corrosive
• Solid State (SCR) Control fluids. Carbon steel is used for heating oils. Outlet
Inlet
Panels, Standard
Flanged Immersion Heaters — Heater
assemblies are easily removed for periodic
cleaning and inspection.
Applications Heater Vessels — Available in a range of

sizes and materials to meet most kilowatt and
Compact Packaged Heaters — Automati- corrosion resistance requirements.
cally controlled heating of any flowing media
Kilowatt Selection
including water, oil, heat transfer solutions, Horizontal or Vertical Mounted Heater Ves- kW @ Approx. W/In2 Heater
steam, air or other gases for booster, in-line sel — Pre-assembled packages oriented to fit Vessel
within the space limitations of the system. 45 23 15 Pipe Size
or side-arm applications. 30 15 10 5
Skid Mounted Construction — Heavy gauge 45 20 15 5
Features metal skid with heater vessel and control panel 60 30 20 5
75 35 25 5
securely attached to frame supports. Lifting 90 45 30 5
Kilowatt Selection — Package units available
lugs are provided for easy handling. 80 40 30 8
from 30 - 2,000 kW. Units can be connected
120 60 40 8
in series or one large unit can be provided for Solid State Control Panels — Standard SCR 160 80 55 8
higher wattages (see Table). power controller provides a higher degree 200 100 70 8
of process control than mechanical means, 240 125 80 8
Terminal and Control Enclosures — Stan- 90 45 30 10
matching the heater output to various flow and 135 70 45 10
dard construction of terminal enclosures
temperature demands. 180 90 60 10
and control panels is NEMA 1 E1 General 235 120 40 10
Purpose. NEMA 12 control enclosures and Control Panels — Integral or remote mounted 270 140 90 10
Moisture Resistant E4 terminal enclosures control panels with electronic controls and 120 60 40 12
are available as assembly stock. Contact your 180 90 60 12
solid state (SCR) or contactor power con- 240 125 80 12
Local Chromalox Sales office for Explosion trollers can be provided using virtually any 330 170 110 12
Proof and Moisture Resistant E2 and control combination of control devices. Consult the 360 185 120 12
enclosures. Controls Section for details. 180 90 60 14
270 140 90 14
Elements — 0.475" Dia. elements provide For detailed information on ratings and 360 185 120 14
superior strength and rigidity. Chromalox ele- 450 230 150 14
dimensions, consult your Local Chromalox 540 275 180 14
ments utilize high quality resistance wire for Sales office. 300 155 100 16
coil construction. Copper is used for heating 450 230 150 16
water. INCOLOY® for heating steam, gas, de- 600 305 200 16
C-37
Circulation
Circulation Heater Systems

ASME & Custom
Features
Engineered Units Mounting Lugs or Mounting Saddles — Spe-
Kilowatt Selections — Custom units can
produce the required kilowatt ratings with ele- cial mounting lugs or mounting configurations
ment watt densities carefully selected for the are available. Mounting saddles are provided
• ASME Certification to Section I, with slotted mounting holes to allow for
III, IV and VIII, Div. 1 PED specific media.
expansion.
• Custom Vessel Designs and Flanges, Fittings, Nozzles and Nozzle Orien-
Configurations Per Customer tation — Special nozzles, nozzle flanges and
Specifications nozzle orientation can be designed to meet
virtually any customer requirement.
• Custom Designed Mechanical Distributed Wattage Elements — Help control
and Solid State Controls and vessel wall temperatures on high temperature
Control Panels gas circulation heaters.
• Variety of Vessel Materials Control Panels — Integral or remote mounted

Available Including Carbon Steel control panels with electronic controls and
and 300 Series Stainless Steels solid state (SCR) or contactor power con-
trollers can be provided using virtually any
combination of control devices. Consult the
• Standard and Special Kilowatt
Controls Section for details.
Ratings
Ordering Information — Selection and design
• Standard and Special Voltages of a custom or ASME circulation heater
system requires critical engineering judge-
• NEMA 1, 4, 7 & 12 Control Vessel Pressure-Temperature Ratings —
ment. Chromalox representatives can help you
Panels and E1, E2 and Non-ASME and ASME ratings to 2500 Lbs and
determine the correct specifications for your
E4 Terminal Enclosures operating temperatures to 1500°F are avail-
application. To properly design your entire
system you should clearly define the following:
able. Low temperature and cryogenic designs
• Third Party Certifications and ratings are also available. The following forms PE306 or PE307 can be
Available on Many Units used to help specify the correct circulation
Series Mounted System heater system for your application.
Voltage Ratings — Standard and special volt- For further assistance in specifying and de-
Applications ages up to 600 volts. tailing your requirements, consult your Local
Customer Specifications — Chromalox satis- Chromalox Sales office.
Electronic Controls and Control Panels —
fies many customer requirements using exist- Electronic controls and panels for process and
ing stock sub-components from our extensive overtemperature control are available mounted
inventory. However, when an application calls on the units or as remote units.
for a heater other than a catalog item, stock
or assembled stock design, Chromalox has Process Thermocouples and Sensors —
many special features and variations that can Thermocouples or RTD sensors can be
be added to circulation heaters to meet special mounted in vessel nozzles.
customer requirements. Overheat Thermocouples on Sheath — Ther-
mocouples can be mounted on the element
sheath(s) to sense sheath temperature and
protect the heater.
High Temperature Standoffs for Terminal
Enclosures — Terminal enclosures on high
temperature heaters can be mounted with
standoffs to reduce enclosure temperatures.
C-38
Circulation
Heater Systems
ASME & Custom
Engineering Specifications
Customer Specifications
ASME Heater
Date _______________________________________________ Prepared By _____________________________________
Customer Name_______________________________________ Sales Engineer ___________________________________
Location_____________________________________________ Order/Inquiry No. _________________________________
1. Medium Being Heated ______________________________________________________________________________
ENGINEERING
CUSTOM
Temperature: From (specify units) _____________________ To (specify units)_________________________________
Sp. Ht. ________ Viscosity __________ @ _____________________ (specify units)
Lethal Substance 1
Yes o No o
Minimum Flow Rate _____________(specify units)
Maximum Flow Rate _____________(specify units)
Max. Pressure: Operating (specify units) _________________________________________________________________
Design Pressure (specify units) ________________________________________________________________________
Max. Temperature: Operating (specify units) ______________________________________________________________
Design Temp. Max. (specify units) _______________________________ Min. ___________________________________
Corrosion Allowance (Standard is .0005” inches) __________________________________________________________
2. Heater Construction - Model No._______________________________________________________________________
Nominal Vessel Size (NPS) 3" o 5" o 8" o 10" o 12" o 14" o 16" o 18" o Other_____________________
Pressure Rating ___________________________________ Lb. Construction (150, 300, 400, etc.)2

Vessel Materials ___________________________________ (Carbon Steel, Stainless, etc.)2

Element Materials __________________________________ (Copper, Steel, Stainless, INCOLOY®)2

Inlet & Outlet Size (NPS) _____________________________ NPT or Flanged __________________________________
Terminal Enclosure _________________________________ E1, E2, E3, E4, E6
Mounting Position __________________________________ (Vertical or Horizontal)
Insulation Jacket ___________________________________ (Standard, Weather Resistant, None)
ASME Code Section_________________________________ (I, IV, VIII)2

Circulation Type ____________________________________ (Baffled or Non-Baffled)
3. Electrical Data: kW ________ Voltage ___________ Phase ______________ No. of Circuits_______________
Watt Density ____________________ Overheat Protection _______________________________
2
4. Temperature Control Requirements____________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Remarks (Other Requirements)_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Note —
1. By “lethal substances” are meant poisonous gases or liquids of such a nature that a very small amount of the gas or of
the vapor of the liquid mixed or unmixed with air is dangerous to life when inhaled. For purposes of this design, this class
includes substances of this nature which are stored under pressure or may generate a pressure if stored in a closed vessel.
2. Design parameters may be specified but factory engineers will advise if design calculations or code requirements suggest a
better choice.
Form PE306-5
C-39
Circulation

ASME & Custom Engineering Specifications (cont’d.)
Form PE307 Page 1 of 2
Customer Name: Reference: Date:
16.5 Orientation Number 16.1, 16.2

18.1, 18.2 Mounting Lug or Mounting Saddle NPT Nozzles 16.1, 16.2
Orientation Number (1, 2, 3 or 4) 16.4 Location Flanged Nozzles
16.4 Location
16.1, 16.2, 16.3
16.1, 16.2, 16.3
Orientation Flanged Nozzles
Flanged Nozzles
1 16.4 Location 19 16.4 Location
A B
18.1
10
8
25
Orientation Orientation 15
4 2
20 C
27
9, 17
6.7 14
3, 4, 5 21
11 3.4
18.2
16.1, 16.2, 16.3

Flanged Nozzles
3 16.1, 16.2
16.4 Location
NPT Nozzles
Orientation 16.4 Location
Note — Drawing is for Illustration Purposes Only. The flange size, number of heating elements, terminal enclosure configuration etc., will vary
according to options selected.
Operating Conditions 4. FLANGE AND VESSEL MATERIAL:

1. HEATED MEDIUM: o Carbon Steel o Carbon Steel-Galvanized
2. TEMPERATURE IN: °F
TEMPERATURE OUT: °F o 304 Stainless Steel o Other (Specify)
3. FLOW RATE: SCFM or GPM or 5. FLANGE RATING: o Class 150 o Class 300 o Other (Specify)
Lbs/Hr or o Other (Specify) 6. HEATING ELEMENT WATT DENSITY: o 6.5 W/In2 o 15 W/In2
4. OPERATING PRESSURE: psig.
o 23 W/In2 o 45 W/In2 o Other (Specify)

5. DESIGN TEMPERATURE: o
F Max. o
F Min. 7. HEATING ELEMENT SHEATH MATERIAL:
6. DESIGN PRESSURE: psig. o Steel o Copper o 304 Stainless Steel
7. o Indoor o Outdoor o 316 Stainless Steel o INCOLOY®
8. HAZARDOUS AREA ENVIRONMENT: o Other (Specify)
Class Div. Group 8. TERMINAL SEALS: o Yes o No
9. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: °F o Silicone Resin (450°F) o Silicone Fluid (500°F)
Heater Specifications (Check All That Apply) o RTV (450°F) o Epoxy (250°F)
1. RATING: o Hermetic (Maximum 1000°F Sheath Temperature)
Volts Phase Kilowatts o Other (Specify)
2. NUMBER OF ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS: o Standard 9. TERMINAL ENCLOSURE: o General Purpose
o Other: No. of Circuits kW/Circuit o Moisture Resistant o Explosion Proof
3. NOMINAL FLANGE & VESSEL SIZE/NO. HEATING ELEMENTS: 10. TERMINAL ENCLOSURE STANDOFFS: o Yes o No
o 3"/3 o 6"/12 o 8"/18 o 4" o 6" o Other (Specify)
o 10"/27 o 12"/36 o 14"/45 11. BODY FLANGE GASKET:
o 16"/72 o 18"/108 o Other (Specify) o Standard o Spiral Wound o Other (Specify)
C-40
Circulation

ASME & Custom
Engineering Specifications (cont’d.)
Form PE307 Page 2 of 2

12. ASME DESIGN and CERTIFIED: o Yes Section 23. ELECTRONIC PROCESS TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOUNTED
13. ELECTRICAL CODES: National Electrical Code (Standard) ON HEATER:
o Yes o No
o UL Listed o CSA Certified o Other (Specify) a) o General Purpose o Moisture Resistant
14. THERMAL INSULATION: o None o Standard o Explosion Proof
ENGINEERING
CUSTOM
o High Temperature o Weatherproof Jacket 24. MECHANICAL PROCESS TEMPERATURE HIGH LIMIT PROTECTION
15. CIRCULATION: o Unbaffled o Baffled o Yes o No
CONTROL MOUNTED ON HEATER:
16. NOZZLE SIZE, TYPE and ORIENTATION: a) o General Purpose o Moisture Resistant
o No Standard or as Indicated Below o Explosion Proof
Nozzles 1. Size 2. Type 3. Rating 4. Location 5. Orientation b) Temperature Range (°F)
Inlet o 0 - 100 o 60 - 250
Outlet o
200 - 550 o 300 - 700
Notes: 16.1 Size is Nominal 25. PROCESS THERMOCOUPLE IN OUTLET:
16.2 Type is NPT threaded or raised Face Flange a) o Yes o No o Type J o Type K
16.3 Rating is 150 Lb. 300 Lb. etc. if Flanged b) With Separate Terminal Box

16.4 Location is A, B or C (from Figure) o None o General Purpose
16.5 Orientation is 1, 2, 3 or 4 (from Figure) o Moisture Resistant o Explosion Proof
17. MOUNTING POSITION: 26. ELECTRONIC HIGH LIMIT PROTECTION CONTROL MOUNTED
o Vertical-Terminal Box o Up o Down ON HEATER: o Yes o No
o Horizontal General Purpose
a) o o Moisture Resistant
18. MOUNTING METHOD: o Standard or as Indicated Below o Explosion Proof
18.1 o Mounting Lugs-Orientation Number 27. OVERHEAT THERMOCOUPLE ON HEATING ELEMENT SHEATH:

18.2 o Mounting Saddles-Orientation Number a) o None o Type J o Type K
Notes: Orientation Number is 1, 2, 3 or 4 (from Figure) b) With Separate Terminal Box
19. LIFTING LUGS on HEATER PIPE BODY: o Yes o No o None o General Purpose
20. LIFTING LUGS on HEATER FLANGE: o Yes o No o Moisture Resistant o Explosion Proof
21. DRAIN PIPE-3/4" NPT: o Yes (Horizontal Mount) o No 28. SKID MOUNTED CIRCULATION HEATER SYSTEM COMPLETE
22. MECHANICAL PROCESS TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOUNTED WITH CONTROL PANEL WIRED TO HEATER:
ON HEATER: o Yes o No a) o Yes o No
a) o General Purpose o Moisture Resistant b) o Vertical Orientation o Horizontal Orientation
o Explosion Proof c) Control Panel (Attach Detail Requirements)
b) Temperature Range (°F) 29. Other SPECIAL FEATURES:
o 0 - 100 o 60 - 250 30. MODEL NUMBER:
o 200 - 500 o 300 - 700
o Other (Specify)
C-41
Circulation

Custom Engineering
& Manufacturing
Chromalox has the engineering and manufac- The heaters and control panel are rigidly A wide variety of solid state and electro-me-
turing capability to provide complete circula- mounted on a sturdy metal frame. Control chanical controls can be found in the Controls
tion heater systems for most process heating sensing devices are pre-wired to the heater. section of this catalog.
applications. These systems are engineered The only installation required is to connect the
for the specific requirements of kilowatts, flow piping system to the heater inlet and outlet These Control panels maintain process tem-
rate, fluid velocity, pressure, temperature and and wire the power connection to the control peratures and can provide high limit control.
space limitations of each application. panel. On-off or proportioning type solid state con-
trols complete with stepdown transformer, line
Experienced ASME certified welders ensure Electrical enclosures are available for indoor, fusing, pilot lights, contactors or SCR's, and
the structural integrity of large pressure vessel outdoor and hazardous areas. cooling fan as necessary are pre-wired and
circulation heater. mounted in an enclosure. Outdoor hazardous
Chromalox circulation heater systems can area enclosures are also available.
If standard products and options do not fit include complete Control Panels, integrally
your requirement, contact your local Chromal- mounted or separate, to greatly reduce the
ox Sales office for further technical assistance. time spent installing and starting up the appli-
cation. By pre-engineering systems with all the
Custom engineered circulation heaters are skid
correct components, including sophisticated
mounted for easy installation, and supplied
temperature and power controllers optimum
with an integral control panel.
performance is enhanced while guess work is
minimized.
C-42
Packaged Systems
Packaged Systems
Overview
Packaged
• Heat Transfer Systems System Heat Transfer Systems Vaporizers
Type
• Large Tank Immersion Heaters Hot Oil Systems
Hot Water Systems
• Steam and Hot Water Boilers
Steam Boilers
• Air Handlers and Load Banks
Large Tank Heaters
Applications
Increasing Operating Temperature
Chromalox Packaged Systems are safe,
versatile and easy to use heating systems
for commercial and industrial applications. Load Banks — Chromalox Load Banks Note — The Chromalox sales organization
Pre-engineered and constructed with carefully provide durable, precise energy control for can provide its customers with heat loss
matched components, the systems provide
PACKAGED
applications requiring from 1 kW to megawatt calculations, design layouts and equipment
SYSTEMS
easy installation and trouble-free operation in power capacity. Stainless steel construction recommendations as a courtesy and on a no-
the end user’s application. and INCOLOY tubular elements offer superior charge basis. Neither Chromalox or its factory
Heat Transfer Systems — Chromalox Pack- durability and performance even with heavy representatives assume any liability for the
aged Heat Transfer Systems come complete usage and in extreme environments. final selection, suitability or performance of
with integral controls and can be used to heat the heating equipment in the end application,
and pump hot or cold fluids such as water, except as defined in our published equipment
water-glycol solutions and a wide variety of warranty at the back of this catalog.
Application Engineering
heat transfer fluids including Dowtherm®,
Therminol® and Syltherm® 800. Optional cool- The Chromalox sales and service organization
Standards & Specials
ing modules are available. has the technical capabilities and equipment Chromalox has many standard and stock units
to satisfy virtually any heating or heating and which will fit many of the more common heat-
Large Tank Heating Systems — Chromalox
cooling requirement. To assist you in calculating applications. However, Chromalox custom-
Packaged Large Tank Heating Systems are
ing requirements for the more common pro- ers are not limited to “Standards”. Chromalox
uniquely designed to heat large storage tanks
cess applications, we use three computerized specializes in designing systems to match
located above or below ground and contain-
heat loss programs: specific process requirements and a special
ing highly viscous fluids or heat sensitive
materials. • Platen Mold and Die Heating Calculations system designed for your unique application.
Some of the more common special require-
Steam & Hot Water Boilers — Chromalox • Jacketed Vessel Heating Calculations ments include special ratings, sizes and con-
Packaged Electric Steam and Hot Water figurations such as a multiple zone systems
Boilers are safe and versatile heat sources • Roll Heating Calculations.
where each zone is an independent system of
that produce low or high pressure steam All work is performed in the strictest con- heating and cooling sections mounted on a
or hot water for commercial and industrial fidence. The Chromalox organization is the common base.
processes and for comfort heating applica- most experienced and diversified manufactur-
tions. Chromalox electric boilers can be used Hundreds of other options are available
er in the electric heating business. Whatever
anywhere steam is required and electric power including solid state temperature controllers
your heating requirements, you can depend
is available. They are packaged units that oper- with proportional or relay output, solid state
on the technical know-how of your Chromalox
ate from existing distribution voltages, making sequencers, timers, alarms, solid state power
field representatives. Backed by highly skilled
installation simple. controllers (SCR’s), recorders, programmable
engineers and modern manufacturing facili-
controllers or recorders with digital communi-
Air Handlers — Chromalox Air Temperature ties, Chromalox field sales engineers can help
cations linked to your computer or distributed
Control Systems provide durable, accu- determine your requirements and provide you
process system (DPS).
rate temperature control for large capacity with high quality equipment, properly selected,
temporary heating applications. Welded steel sized and applied.
construction, tubular elements, and industrial
fan offer superior durability and performance
under heavy usage and rough environments.
D-1
Packaged Systems
Heat Transfer Systems

Application &
Applications
Chromalox Heat Transfer Systems are used in Platens, Dies and Molds — for laminating
process heating applications requiring closely wood and plastics, forming of carbon prod-
controlled process temperatures. Systems ucts, epoxy materials and Fiberglas®, plastics
• Indirect Heating are furnished complete with heaters, controls, extrusion, injection molding, molding rubber
pumps, valves and necessary plumbing and and plastic materials: vinyl bonding and bond-
• Packaged Systems are used with: ing with hot melt adhesives.
Jacketed Vessels and Tanks — containing Pipeline Tracing — of viscous materials such
• Water and Water/Glycol Systems waxes, paraffin, exotic chemicals including as paints, fuel oils, asphalt and many other
those having exothermic reactions, hot melt chemical and petrochemical products for anti-
• Non-Pressurized and adhesives, resins, varnishes, paints, dyestuffs, freeze protection and/or maintaining pumping
Pressurized Heat Transfer molasses, vegetable oils and many other temperatures.
chemical or petrochemical products.
Systems
Industrial Systems — such as snow melting,
Heated Rolls — for coating paper and paper comfort heating and hot water supply and as
• Vaporizers products, spot carbonizing, vinyl bonding, standby equipment for industrial and commer-
bonding with hot melt adhesives, cial applications in case the supply of other
calendering and laminating. fuels is curtailed.
Heat Exchangers — for corrosive and noncor-
rosive fluids.
Simplified Heat Transfer System
Air Vent
Expansion Tank
Sight Glass
Pressure
Relieve Valve Jacketed
Vessel
(Process)
Controls Bypass
Relieve Flow
Valve
Heater Flow
Pump
Strainer System Process
Drain
Chromalox Packaged Heat Transfer Systems When temperature and energy requirements
can supply from 4 to 600 kW of heat energy at are known, the recommended model of pack-
up to 750°F operating temperatures. The packaged heat transfer system can be estimated
age selection is usually based on the operating from the following Selection Guidelines.
temperature of the heated process (tank, rolls, Further definitions and specifications follow on
platens, molds) and the heat energy require- the next page.
ments (kW) to maintain that temperature.
Consult the Technical section to calculate the
heat energy requirements or contact the near-
est Chromalox Sales office for assistance.
D-2
Packaged Systems
Heat Transfer Systems

Application Data Heat Transfer Systems — Reference Guidelines
Heat Operating Operating
Heat Transfer Systems can be categorized Transfer Pressure Temp. Maximum
(grouped) by the type of fluid used in transfer- Fluid (psig) (°F) kW1 Model Page
ring the heat to the process. Water and Water/ Water Atmospheric 300 48 CMX D-5
Glycol systems can be used for temperatures Atmospheric 250 800 MWS D-6
up to 300°F. Special heat transfer fluids and oils Atmospheric 250 800 MWSS D-9
can operate up to 750°F and the fluid vaporizer Atmospheric 250 600 CWG D-12
Oil Atmospheric 550 24 CMXO D-14
systems utilize vapor phase heat energy to give a Atmospheric 650 500 MOS D-15
higher heat of 750°F with lower operating pres- Atmospheric 650 400 COS-B D-18
sures (150 psig). Atmospheric 600 600 PFC D-20
Oil/Pressurized 200 750 600 CLS-A D-22
The Reference Guidelines and General Specifica-
System Options D-24
tions give more information to help your selec-
tion. Detailed product information appears in the Vapor 50 750 300 CHTV D-28
following pages. 1. Higher kW ratings available. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
Benefits & Advantages

Heater Burnout Protection — Every heating Optional Controls — All Chromalox heat transfer
Reliable and Proven Designs — Backed by chamber has an overtemperature cutout which systems are available with the latest state-of-the-
100 years of engineering and manufacturing of will de-energize the heater in case of an overtem- art solid state controls. These include micro-
electric heating equipment, Chromalox electric perature condition. processor-based, recording and SCR power
HEAT TRANSFER
fluid heat transfer systems are safe, versatile and controllers that can control fluid temperatures
easy to use, pre-engineered heating or heating Matched Components — All Chromalox standard to ± 1°F. For a complete selection of optional
and cooling systems which operate at existing and special systems are pre-engineered with controls refer to the Controls section.
distribution voltages (208 - 600 Volts). correctly sized and matched components such
as pumping rate versus pipe line size, amperage
Safe and Reliable Electrical Wiring — All wir- draw versus electrical parts to ensure total system
ing complies with the National Electrical Code. performance.
Heat Transfer Systems — General Specifications

Operating Max. Pressure
Temp. Operating Rating & Connection
Model System Type Application (°F) kW 2
Mbh 4
Pressure ASME Construction Type
Mold Temperature 125 Lb.
CMX Controller Water/Glycol 50 - 250 1
4.5 - 48 15.3 - 81.8 Atmospheric N/A3 Threaded NPT
Heat Transfer 150 Lb.
MWS Non-Pressurized Water/Glycol 50 - 800 50 - 800 307 - 2,047 Atmospheric Optional Flanged
Welded
MWSS6 Non-Pressurized Water/Glycol 50 - 800 50 - 800 307 - 2,047 Atmospheric Optional Flanged
Welded
CWG Non-Pressurized Water/Glycol 50 - 2501 6 - 600 20.5 - 2,047 Atmospheric Optional Flanged
Welded
Heat Transfer Heat Transfer 125 Lb.
CMXO Non-Pressurized 50 - 550 6 - 24 20.4 - 81.9 Atmospheric N/A3 NPT
Fluid/Oil Welded
Heat Transfer Heat Transfer 150 Lb. 150 Lb.
MOS 50 - 650 50 - 500 171-512 Atmospheric Optional
Non-Pressurized Fluid/Oi Welded Flanged
COS Non-Pressurized 50 - 650 9 - 400 30.7 - 1,365 Atmospheric Optional
Fluid/Oil Welded Flanged
PFC Non-Pressurized 50 - 600 9 - 600 30.7 - 2,047 Atmospheric Optional
Fluid/Oil Welded Flanged
Heat Transfer 300 Lb. 300 Lb.
CLS Pressurized Syltherm® 800 100 - 750 9 - 600 30.7 - 2,047 200 psig Standard Welded Flanged
Heat Transfer Dowtherm ®
300 Lb. 300 Lb.
CHTV Vaporizer -20 - 750 15 - 300 51.2 - 1,024 150 psig Standard
Therminol® Welded Flanged
1. Indicates standard models. Models available in other configurations.
2. Indicates standard design kW. Higher kW ratings available.
3. N/A indicates not available or not applicable.
4. Mbh is the ASME & ANSI standard for one thousand British Thermal Units per hour.
5.
Similar to MWS, but all stainless steel contruction
Other Notes — Use these selection guidelines as a reference to the availability of Chromalox Packaged Heat Transfer and Large Tank
Heater Systems. If you cannot find a system with all of the features required for your application, contact your Local
D-3
Packaged Systems
Water Systems Typical CWG Water Heat Transfer Piping Schematic

Electronic Temperature Control Heat Low Fluid
Exchanger Level Control
Vent
Technical &
Relief Valve (Optional) (Optional)
Sight Glass
Over Temperature Control Air Bleed
Application Data
Gate
Valve Expansion Tank
Air Bleed
To Process
• Water and Water/Glycol Water Out Bypass
Solutions to 250°F Water In
Line NPT
Air Bleed
Chromalox Heater
From Process
• 4.5 - 800 kW Pressure Gate Valves
(15 - 2,047 Mbh) Gauge (Dis-
charge) Fill Line
Drain Strainer
• 120 - 600 V, Three Phase Pressure Gauge (Suction)
Centrifugal Pump
• Heavy Duty 0.475 Copper

Elements Applications Cooling Options
Chromalox Water Heat Transfer Systems are In open-loop cooling, hot water is circulated
• Cast Iron Bronze or Stainless normally in the closed loop of the process
Fitted Centrifugal Pumps used in process heating applications requir-
ing closely controlled process temperatures. piping. When the temperature of the fluid rises
Systems are furnished complete with heaters, over the controller setpoint, an automatic
• Electronic Digital Temperature solenoid valve opens allowing cool water to
controls, pumps, valves, safety devices and
and Process Controls be injected into the process loop from the
necessary plumbing. They are used with
injection molding machines and equipment, primary water supply. Excess hot water is
• NEMA 1 Electrical Enclosure jacketed vessels, pipelines, heat tracing and discharged to the drain.
(STD) - NEMA 4 and 12 other industrial or commercial processes.
Explosion Resistant Water heat transfer systems can be used for Open-Loop Cooling System
special comfort heating applications. Automatic
• Integral Power Panels with Air Vent Overtemperature Control
Mechanical Contactors or SCR Advantages Pressure
Relief Valve
Temperature Control
Power Control To Process

Pressure Switch
The primary advantage of using water as the By-Pass Line Solenoid
• Optional Pressure Relief Valve heat transfer fluid is its low cost and Valve
availability. Water has a high specific heat Drain
Check Valve
• ASME Section VIII Certification and is an excellent heat transfer medium. In Return
Available addition, water usually requires no special
Heater Fill
handling or disposal procedures. Pump (Water Supply)
• Optional Open or Closed-Loop Heating & Cooling Simplicity
Cooling Modules Closed-loop cooling uses a heat exchanger
Heating water is relatively simple and straight with water from a cooling tower or refrigerated
• Optional Expansion Tank forward. Cooling can be incorporated into system. Water is recirculated and conserved.
most water heat transfer applications by the No water is discharged down the drain.
simple addition of either open-loop or closed-
loop cooling. Closed-Loop Cooling System
Open-Loop Cooling is the least expensive Automatic
Overtemperature Control
Air Vent
and the easiest to install. It requires makeup Temperature
Pressure
Note — Mbh is ASME & ANSI standard for water during the cooling cycle which may be a Relief Control
To
one thousand British Thermal Units disadvantage in locations with a limited water Valve
Pressure Process
per hour. supply, or hard water. Switch
By-Pass Fill
Line
Closed-Loop Cooling is usually more expen- Return
sive initially than open-loop cooling, but has Heat
Exchanger
the advantage of reusing and Solenoid
conserving water. A cooling tower or Valve
refrigerated system is recommended. Heater
Water
Pump Out
Cooling Water
Water
In
D-4
PACKAGED SYSTEMS
CMX
Applications
Chromalox microTHERM™ CMX Series Circulat-
Water Circulating ing Water Temperature Controllers are compact,

versatile and completely self- contained water
Temperature heating and cooling systems. The CMX series
products can be used in any application where
Controller precision temperature control of a heating and
cooling water circulation system is needed. They
are particularly useful in the plastics industry as
mold temperature controllers.
• Water and Water/Glycol
• Injection Molding Machines —
Solutions to 250°F
Thermoplastics and Thermosets
• 4.5 - 24 kW (15 - 82 Mbh) • Platens and Dies Options
• 240 and 480V, 3 Phase, 60 Hz • Rolls, Laminating and Calendering • Alternate Voltages available for 208 and 575V,
3 Phase, 60 Hz, and 240, 380 and 415V, 3
• Pipeline Heating and Tracing Phase, 50 Hz distribution systems
• 125 Lb Carbon Steel
Construction • Jacketed Vessels and Tanks • Alternate Pumps rated 1.5, 3, 5 or 7.5 hp
HEAT TRANSFER
The built-in electronic temperature and process with pumping capacities to 80 gpm
• Heavy Duty 0.430" Dia. controller features separate PID algorithms for @ 70 psi TDH
INCOLOY® Sheath Elements heat and cool control modes, dual display of • Power Controllers — Electronic Solid State
setpoint and process temperatures and simple (SCR)
• 3/4 HP Cast Iron Bronze Fitted configuration parameters with alphanumeric
Centrifugal Pump (30 gpm @ 20 cues. Even though microTHERM™ systems are • Surge Reduction Valve
psi TDH) sophisticated and state of the art, they are easy
to use and require very little training to program • Digital Communication Interface
• Electronic PID Temperature and and operate. Standard NPT threaded piping • Expanded Open or Closed-loop Cooling
Process Control (Dual Display) connections provide for convenient hook up to
external piping. • High Temperature Operation to 275°F
• Built-in Diagnostics with • Electrical Enclosure Door Interlock
Indicators for Pump Overload,
Low Water Pressure and Specifications and Ordering Information
Overtemperature
Pump DIM (In.)
Motor Cooling Wt.
• Compact, Portable Cabinet with kW Volts Phase (HP) H W D Type Model Stock Part Number (Lbs.)
Casters 4.5 240 3 3/4 29 15 25 Open Loop CMX-250-4 NS 307418-032 200
4.5 480 3 3/4 29 15 25 Open Loop CMX-250-4 NS 307418-033 200
4.5 240 3 3/4 29 15 25 Closed Loop CMX-250-4C NS 307418-042 215
• Features Easy Access Service 4.5 480 3 3/4 29 15 25 Closed Loop CMX-250-4C NS 307418-043 215
9 240 3 3/4 29 15 25 Open Loop CMX-250-9 NS 307418-034 200
• NEMA 1 Electrical Enclosure 9 480 3 3/4 29 15 25 Open Loop CMX-250-9 S 307418-035 200
9 240 3 3/4 29 15 25 Closed Loop CMX-250-9C NS 307418-044 215
with 120V Control Transformer 9 480 3 3/4 29 15 25 Closed Loop CMX-250-9C S 307418-045 215
12 240 3 3/4 29 15 25 Open Loop CMX-250-12 NS 307418-036 200
• Dual Pressure Gauges Monitor 12 480 3 3/4 29 15 25 Open Loop CMX-250-12 S 307418-037 200
Pressure To and From Process 12 480 3 3/4 29 15 25 Closed Loop CMX-250-12C S 307418-047 215
18 240 3 3/4 29 15 25 Open Loop CMX-250-18 NS 307418-038 200
• Open or Closed-Loop Cooling 18 480 3 3/4 29 15 25 Open Loop CMX-250-18 S 307418-039 200
(3.8 Ft2 Heat Exchanger) 18 240
18 480
3
3
3/4 29 15 25 Closed Loop CMX-250-18C NS 307418-048
3/4 29 15 25 Closed Loop CMX-250-18C S 307418-049
215
215
24 240 3 3/4 29 15 25 Open Loop CMX-250-24 NS 307418-040 200
• Automatic Air Purge Valve 24 480 3 3/4 29 15 25 Open Loop CMX-250-24 S 307418-041 200
24 480 3 3/4 29 15 25 Closed Loop CMX-250-24C S 307418-051 215
• Large Diameter (1-1/2" NPT) 36 480 3 3/4 29 15 25 N/A CMX-250-36H NS 307418-052 215
Process Piping Connections 48 480 3 3/4 29 15 25 N/A CMX-250-48H S 307418-053 215
• ASME 125 psig Relief Valve To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN, options and quantity.
D-5
Packaged Systems
MWS
Water and Water/Glycol
System
• Heat Water and Water/Glycol
Solutions to 300˚F (150˚C)
• 50 - 800 kW
• 240 V, 480 V and 600 V, 3 -Phase,

60 Hz
• Compact Footprint for

Installation
• 150# Welded Steel Construction
• Long Life 0.475 in. (12.1 mm)

dia. Copper Sheath Heating
Elements
• High Temperature Centrifugal

Pump - rated to 300˚F (150˚C) Description Construction
• Electronic Digital Temperature Chromalox MWS - Mid-Size Water/Glycol Chromalox MWS systems are ruggedly
constructed for industrial applications. The
and Process Control System - is engineered to operate to 300˚F
(150˚C) with either water or water/glycol heavy-duty, steel support base features chan-
fluids. Its electric heating core assures nel grooves for forklift transport. The heater
• Discharge Pressure Gauge
responsive and precise temperature control chamber is fully welded and houses Chro-
in a space saving package. The system is malox brand, long-lasting heating elements.
• UL NEMA 12 Electrical Enclosure The panel is fully UL-listed and assembled
suitable for a large range of heating needs
Complete with Contactors, in-house. The pump is air-cooled with a
with a compact design. The MWS operates in
Temperature Safety Limit, mechanical seal, rated to 300˚F (150˚C). The
a closed loop system using a cold expansion
Transformers and Pilot Light(s) tank (optional). final assembly is fully-shop tested prior to
shipment.
• External Cold Expansion Tank Applications
(Optional)
Chromalox MWS system is great for applica- WARNING — In hazardous areas, pipe sur-
• External Heat Exchanger tions such as reactors, evaporators, dryers, faces could achieve temperatures high enough
(Optional) platen presses, heat excangers, roll heating, or to cause auto-ignition of the hazardous mate-
any jacketed kettles / vessels / tanks. rial present. Consult Article 500 of the National
Hot water systems can be used in a variety of Electric Code for further information on the
industries such as chemical, plastics, cosmet- maximum allowable temperature for a specific
ics, automotive, rubber, refining, pharmaceuti- application.
cal, non-woven / textiles/ fibers, aerospace, or
any other industrial market.

D-6
Packaged Systems
MWS
System (cont’d.)
H
W D
D
W
HEAT TRANSFER
MWS 50-250 kW Unit MWS 300-600 kW Unit
(Front View) (Rear View)
Options Unit Proportions

Flow System
• Electronic Solid State (SCR) Trim Power Unit Weight Width Depth Height Rate1 Pressure1 Motor Inlet/Outlet Capacity
Control Size (Lbs.) (In.) (In.) (In.) GPM TDH HP Connection (Gal.)
• Strainer 50 - 150 kW 900 36 42 96 60 100 3 2", 150# 25
• Powder Coated or Stainless Steel Side 175 - 250 kW 1400 36 42 96 120 100 5 3", 150# 35
Coverings 300 - 400 kW 2000 48 54 96 200 100 10 3", 150# 55
• Dedicated Fill Connection 450 - 600 kW 2600 48 54 96 2002 1002 102 3", 150#2 65
• NEMA 4 or 4X (Stainless) Construction
650 - 800 kW 3600 61 54 99 2002 1002 102 3", 150#2 85
• Class 1, Div 2 Hazardous Area Rating (with
1
Refer to Pump Graph in instruction manual for full operating range.
purge) 2
Option for 300 GPM 15 HP pump with 4", 150# inlet/outlet.
• Panel Disconnect Switch
• Heater On/Off Switch
• Suction Pressure Guage
• Inlet / Outlet 150# Gate Valves
• Drain / Bleed Values Standard Features Benefits
• Digital Overtemperature Controller
Electronic Process Control......................................................................... Precise process control
• Relief Valve
Element Overtemperature Protection......................... Protect elements and fluid from overheating
• ASME Design & Certified, Section VIII, for
Air-Cooled Mechanical Seal...................................................................No external cooling needed
100 psi (7 bar) at 300˚F (150˚C)
Insulated Heating Chamber.........................................Maximize efficiency by minimizing heat loss
• High Flow Pump (300 GPM, 450-800 kW
Discharge Pressure Gauge...................................................Confirm pump operating performance
only)
Compact Footprint.......................................................................................... Space saving design
• Heat Exchanger (shipped loose for customer
Fully Pre-wired & Tested........................................................................... Ready to operate on site
installation)
Centrifugal Pump..............................................................................Minimize piping configuration
• Expansion Tank (shipped loose for customer
Temperature rating to 300˚F (150˚C)........................................................Covers most applications
installation)
150# ANSI Flange Connection............................................................ Easy fit up to installed piping
• Liquid Level Switch for Expansion Tank
Start / Stop buttons with Motor Starter................................................ Complete operating system
Pilot Lights for Power, Heater, & Pump................................. Visual indication of system operation
D-7
Packaged Systems
MWS
Water and Water/Glycol MWS Mid-Size Water and Water Glycol System
System (cont’d.) Code Unit Temperature Rating1
300 300˚F (150˚C)
Code Kilowatts
To Order — Complete the Model Number 50 50 kW 150 150 kW 300 300 kW 550 500 kW
using the Matrix provided. 75 75 kW 175 175 kW 350 350 kW 600 600 kW
100 100 kW 200 200 kW 400 400 kW 800 800 kW
125 125 kW 250 250 kW 500 500 kW
Code Enclosure Types
E1 General Purpose
E4X Moisture / Corrosion Resistant (Stainless Steel)
E4NP Class 1, Div 2 rating - Nitrogen Purge (by customer)
Code Option
(Blank) No Options
ST SCR Trim
SR Strainer2
GV I/O Gate Valves2
FC Dedicated Fill Connection2
DB Drain / Bleed Valves
PD Panel Disconnect
HW Heater On/Off Switch
SG Suction Pressure Guage
DT Digital Overtemp Control
SV Safety Relief Valve - 125psi
PC Power Coated Skins
SS Stainless Skins
AE ASME Designed & Certified
HF 300 GPM Pump3
XX Custom Feature
Code Voltage
240 240 V (only available for 50 and 75 kW units)
480 480 V
600 600 V
Code Phase
3P Three-Phase
Code Kilowatts
150 kW
MWS - 300 - 150P - E4 GV 480V 3P 150kW Typical Model No.
Example of Final Model Description: MWS-300-150P-E4GV 480V 1-3P 150kW

1
Unit operating temperature based on 104°F (40°C) max. ambient, indoor invironment
2
When ordering more than one of these options, some items will be shipped loose to avoid
damage during shipment. Simple assembly will be required for installation.
3
300 GPM option comes with 15 HP motor and 4", 150# inlet/outlet connections.
D-8
Packaged Systems
MWSS
System
• Heat Water, Deionized Water,
Demineralized Water, Distilled
Solutions to 300˚F (150˚C)
• 50 - 800 kW
• 240 V, 480 V and 600 V, 3 -Phase,

60 Hz

Installation
• 150# 304 Stainless Steel
HEAT TRANSFER
Construction
• Long Life 0.475 in. (12.1 mm)

dia. 304 Stainless Steel Sheath
Heating Elements Description Construction
Chromalox MWSS systems are ruggedly
• High Temperature, Stainless Chromalox MWSS offers internal stain-
less steel construction and is engineered to constructed for industrial applications. The
Steel Centrifugal Pump - rated to
operate at 300˚F (150˚C). The MWSS Series heavy-duty, steel support base features chan-
300˚F (150˚C) nel grooves for forklift transport. The heater
is designed for high purity applications like
deionized, demineralized or distilled water. The chamber is fully welded and houses Chro-
• Electronic Digital Temperature malox brand, long-lasting heating elements.
stainless steel construction provides superior
and Process Control The panel is fully UL-listed and assembled
corrosion protection. Its electric heating core
assures responsive and precise temperature in-house. The pump is air-cooled with a
• Discharge Pressure Gauge control in a space saving package. The system mechanical seal, rated to 300˚F (150˚C). The
is suitable for a large range of heating needs final assembly is fully-shop tested prior to
• UL NEMA 12 Electrical Enclosure with a compact design. The MWSS operates in shipment.
Complete with Contactors, a closed loop system using a cold expansion
Temperature Safety Limit, tank (optional).
Transformers and Pilot Light(s) WARNING — In hazardous areas, pipe sur-
Applications faces could achieve temperatures high enough
• External Cold Expansion Tank to cause auto-ignition of the hazardous mate-
(Optional) Chromalox MWSS system is great for applica- rial present. Consult Article 500 of the National
tions such as reactors, evaporators, dryers, Electric Code for further information on the
• External Heat Exchanger platen presses, heat exchangers, roll heating, maximum allowable temperature for a specific
(Optional) or any jacketed kettles / vessels / tanks. application.
Hot water systems can be used in a variety of
industries such as chemical, plastics, cosmet-
ics, automotive, rubber, refining, pharmaceuti-
cal, non-woven / textiles/ fibers, aerospace, or
any other industrial market.

D-9
Packaged Systems
MWSS
System (cont’d.) H
W D
D W
MWSS 50-250 kW Unit MWSS 300-800 kW Unit


Flow System
• Electronic Solid State (SCR) Trim Power Unit Weight Width Depth Height Rate1 Pressure1 Motor Inlet/Outlet Capacity
Control Size (Lbs.) (In.) (In.) (In.) GPM TDH HP Connection (Gal.)
• Strainer 50 - 150 kW 900 36 42 96 60 100 3 2", 150# 25
Coverings 300 - 400 kW 2000 48 54 96 200 100 10 3", 150# 55
• Dedicated Fill Connection
450 - 600 kW 2600 48 54 96 200 2
100 2
10 2
3", 150# 2
65
• NEMA 4 Construction
650 - 800 kW 3600 61 54 99 2002 1002 102 3", 150#2 85
• NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Construction*
• Class 1, Div 2 Hazardous Area Rating* (with
1
Refer to Pump Graph in instruction manual for full operating range.
2
Option for 300 GPM 15 HP pump with 4", 150# inlet/outlet.
purge)
• Panel Disconnect Switch
• Heater On/Off Switch
• Suction Pressure Gauge Standard Features Benefits
• Inlet / Outlet 150# Gate Valves Stainless Steel Construction.............................................................Superior corrosion resistance
• Drain / Bleed Values Electronic Process Control......................................................................... Precise process control
• Digital Overtemperature Controller Element Overtemperature Protection......................... Protect elements and fluid from overheating
• Relief Valve Air-Cooled Mechanical Seal...................................................................No external cooling needed
• ASME Design & Certified, Section VIII, for Insulated Heating Chamber.........................................Maximize efficiency by minimizing heat loss
100 psi (7 bar) at 300˚F (150˚C) Discharge Pressure Gauge...................................................Confirm pump operating performance
• High Flow Pump (300 GPM, 450-800 kW Compact Footprint.......................................................................................... Space saving design
only) Fully Pre-wired & Tested........................................................................... Ready to operate on site
• Heat Exchanger (shipped loose for customer Centrifugal Pump..............................................................................Minimize piping configuration
installation) Temperature rating to 300˚F (150˚C)........................................................Covers most applications
• Expansion Tank (shipped loose for customer 150# ANSI Flange Connection............................................................ Easy fit up to installed piping
installation) Start / Stop buttons with Motor Starter................................................ Complete operating system
• Liquid Level Switch for Expansion Tank Pilot Lights for Power, Heater, & Pump................................. Visual indication of system operation
* All internal & external items will be stainless steel material
D-10
Packaged Systems
MWSS
Water and Water/Glycol MWSS Stainless Steel Water and Water/Glycol System
System (cont’d.) Code Unit Temperature Rating1
300 300˚F (150˚C)
Code Kilowatts
To Order — Complete the Model Number 50 50 kW 175 175 kW 400 400 kW 700 700 kW
using the Matrix provided. 75 75 kW 200 200 kW 500 500 kW 750 750 kW
100 100 kW 250 250 kW 550 500 kW 800 800 kW
125 125 kW 300 300 kW 600 600 kW
150 150 kW 350 350 kW 650 650 kW
E1 General Purpose
E4X* Moisture / Corrosion Resistant
E4NP* Class 1, Div 2 rating - Nitrogen Purge
Code Option
(Blank) No Options
HEAT TRANSFER
ST SCR Trim
SR Strainer2
GV I/O Gate Valves2
FC Dedicated Fill Connection2
DB Drain / Bleed Valves
PD Panel Disconnect
SG Suction Pressure Gauge
DT Digital Overtemp Control
SV Safety Relief Valve - 125psi
PC Power Coated Skins
SS Stainless Skins
AE ASME Designed & Certified
HF 300 GPM Pump3
XX Custom Feature
Code Voltage
240 240 V (only available for 50 and 75 kW units)
480 480 V
600 600 V
Code Phase
3P Three-Phase
Code Kilowatts
150 kW
MWSS - 300 - 150P - E4 GV 480V 3P 150 kW Typical Model No.
* E4X & E4NP Options feature all stainless steel construction on both internal and external
features.
Example of Final Model Description: MWSS-300-150P-E4GV 480V 1-3P 150kW

1
Unit operating temperature based on 104°F (40°C) max. ambient, indoor environment
2
When ordering more than one of these options, some items will be shipped loose to avoid
damage during shipment. Simple assembly will be required for installation.
3
D-11
Packaged Systems
CWG
Hot Water
Heat Transfer System
• Water and Water/Glycol Applications
Solutions to 250°F
Chromalox CWG Series Hot Water Heat Trans-
fer Systems can be used in closed-loops with
• 6 - 400 kW (15 - 1,365 Mbh)
water or water-glycol mixtures to a maximum
operating temperature of 250°F. Applications
• 240, 480 and 550V, include heating only or heating and cooling
3 Phase, 60 Hz of jacketed vessels, rolls, heat exchangers,
platens, dies and molds requiring high and
• 150 Lb Welded Steel uniform temperature throughout the process.
Construction
Features
• Heavy Duty 0.475" Dia. Copper
Sheath Elements All exposed sides have heavy 16 gauge sheet
metal panels for operator protection. Options
• Cast Iron Bronze Fitted Special two-part epoxy paint, chemically
Centrifugal Pump with Cast resistant to heat transfer fluids, assures good
• Expansion Tank (recommended)
Steel Strainer (Capacities to looks and ease of cleaning for years. • Float and Level Switches
200 gpm @ 100 psi TDH)
Standard NPT threaded piping connections • Open and Closed-loop Cooling Modules
• Electronic Digital Temperature provide convenient hook up to external piping.
• Alternate Pumps and Pump Manufacturers
and Process Control All electrical construction conforms to NEC
standards with fusing on all internal circuits. • Electronic Process Controls
• NEMA 1 Electrical Enclosure
WARNING — In hazardous areas, pipe sur- • Solid State Power Controllers
with Circuit Breaker, On-Off
Switches, Pilot Lights and 120V faces could achieve temperatures high enough
to cause auto-ignition of the hazardous • Electronic Sequencers, Recorders, Monitors
Control Transformer (Standard) materials present. Consult Article 500 of the and Time Clocks
National Electrical Code for further information • Other Voltages and Ratings to 1,200 kW
• NEMA 4, 12 and Explosion on the maximum allowable temperatures for a
Available
Resistant (Class I, Group D, specific application.
Div. I see Note 1) Electrical
Enclosures Available
• Dual Pressure Gauge Monitors
Dimensions (In.)
Pump Inlet and Discharge System Exp. Pump Wt.
Pressure kW (Gal.) Tank (HP) Gpm L D H Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
6 3 12 1 25 36 35 48 CWG-250A-6 NS — 600
9 3 12 1 25 36 35 48 CWG-250A-9 NS — 600
• Bypass Safety Relief Line 12 3 12 1 25 36 35 48 CWG-250A-12 NS — 800
Protects Pump (Blocked Flow) 15 3 12 1 25 36 35 65 CWG-250A-15 NS — 800
18 3 12 1 25 36 35 65 CWG-250A-18 NS — 800
24 6 18 1 25 36 35 65 CWG-250A-24 NS — 1,000
• Manual Inlet and Outlet Valves 30 6 18 1 25 36 35 65 CWG-250A-30 NS — 1,000
for Isolation of Process 40 6 30 1 25 36 35 65 CWG-250A-40 NS — 1,000
60 10 30 1-1/2 50 44 38 65 CWG-250A-60 NS — 1,300
80 10 30 1-1/2 50 44 38 65 CWG-250A-80 NS — 1,400
• Manual Air Bleed Drain 100 10 30 1-1/2 50 44 38 65 CWG-250A-100 NS — 1,500
Valves 125 15 42 5 90 62 46 65 CWG-250A-125 NS — 1,700
150 16 42 5 90 62 46 65 CWG-250A-150 NS — 1,800
200 18 42 5 90 62 46 65 CWG-250A-200 NS — 1,900
• ASME 125 psig Relief Valve 250 23 80 7-1/2 150 62 46 65 CWG-250A-250 NS — 2,000
300 28 80 7-1/2 150 62 46 84 CWG-250A-300 NS — 2,200
• Optional ASME Certification to 350 30 80 10 200 62 46 84 CWG-250A-350 NS — 2,200
Section IV or VIII for 125 psig @ 400 32 80 10 200 62 46 84 CWG-250A-400 NS — 2,200
250°F To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN, options and quantity.
D-12
Packaged Systems
Oil Systems
Options & Features
Special Pumps — Chromalox heat transfer
Technical & systems can be built with an installed spare
pump. The pump can be the same
Application Data manufacturer as the standard or Chromalox
will build the system using a pump from your
preferred pump manufacturer. The types of
pumps available include centrifugal (AVS type
• Heat Transfer Fluids and Oils which conforms to ANSI standard B73.1),
positive displacement, sealess (canned or
to 750°F
magnetic drive) or turbine. Pump manufactur-
ers include Allis-Chalmers, Aurora, Blackmer,
• 4 - 600 kW (14 - 2,047 Mbh)
Brown & Sharp, Burkes, Carver, Crane, Dean,
Multiple Zone and Special Deming, Dickow, Dunham-Bush Fairbanks-
System Designs to 1,200 kW or Morris, Goulds, Haight, Ingersoll Rand, Kontro
More KSB, Peerless, Roper, SiHi, Sundyne, Vican,
Viking, Weinman, Worthington.
• 208 - 575V, 3 Phase, 60Hz
Special Crane Chempump® can be
• Non-Pressurized (Atmospheric)
operated at 750˚F, one of many op- Five zone ASME certified hot oil heat
and Pressurized Systems transfer system with remote controls
tional types of pumps available.
emphasizes the expertise and capabilities
HEAT TRANSFER
• 150 Lb and 300 Lb Carbon of the Chromalox organization to meet the
requirements of virtually any heat transfer
Steel Construction - All Primary application. The system has independent
Loop Hydraulic Piping Welded zones with a separate pump, motor, heater,
heat exchanger and cooling module for each.
Schedule 40 Steel Pipe
• Long Life 0.475" Dia. Steel Lower Cost Construction — The major
Sheath Elements Welded to advantage of using heat transfer fluids instead
Flanges for Easy Service of hot water or steam is the operating pres-
sure at process temperature. Hot oil systems
• Positive Displacement and are preferred over hot water or steam for tem-
Centrifugal Pumps — Wide peratures above 250°F to avoid the hazards
Selection of Pump Standard and Special Heating and Cooling and risks of the dangerously high pressures
Manufacturers Available Systems — Many processes require cooling required to use high-temperature steam. There
as well as heating. Examples are: are many heat transfer fluids that operate to
• NEMA 1, 4 and 12 Electrical 650°F at atmospheric pressure. Other fluids
• The rapid cool down at the end of the pro- operate to 750°F at less than 150 psig system
Enclosures - Explosion cess cycle for product handling pressures. Compare this to steam pressures
Resistant Class I, Group D,
• Controlled cooling or tempering to maintain and process temperatures in the following
Div. 1 Available table.
temperature due to an exothermic reaction.
• Integral Power Panels with Steam Temperature Vs. Pressure
Chromalox electric fluid heat transfer systems
Mechanical Contactors or can be designed with a standard or special Process Temperature Steam Pressure
Optional Electronic SCR cooling cycle using the same heat transfer flu- (°F) (Psia)
Controls and Sequencers id. This can be accomplished either in an open 406 250
467 500
(water system) or closed-loop cooling cycle
510 750
• Broad Selection of Mechanical by adding either a water-cooled, air- cooled or
545 1,000
and Electronic Process Controls refrigerated heat exchanger in the piping loop. 572 1,250
A system with mechanical refrigeration can be 596 1,500
• ASME Section VIII Certification designed to operate between -20 and 750°F 635 2,000
(Standard on CLD, CLS and (-28 and 398°C). 652 2,250
CHTV Systems) Switching between the heating and cooling
695 3,000
707 3,250
cycles can be set up for manual, semi-auto-
• Complete Line of Expansion matic or fully automatic operation. The method
Tanks, Cooling Modules, of switching can be as simple as manually Note — High system pressure means costly
Accessories and Options turning valves or as sophisticated as a pro- pressure retaining components. The low vapor
grammable controller linked to a computer or pressures of heat transfer fluids simplify
distributed process piping and vessel design and allow lower cost
system (DPS). construction.
D-13
PACKAGED SYSTEMS
Applications
CMXO Chromalox Compact Oil Temperature Control-

lers are engineered to operate up to 550°F at
Circulating Oil atmospheric pressure (non-pressurized). They
are particularly useful in the plastics industry
Temperature Control for use with plastic materials that require higher
System temperatures than can be achieved by hot water
systems.
• Injection Molding Machines — Thermosplas-
• Heat Transfer Fluids to 550°F tics and Thermosets
• Platens and Dies
• 6 - 24 kW (15 - 81Mbh)
• Rolls, Laminating and Calendering
• 240 and 480V, 3 Phase, 60 Hz
• Pipeline Heating and Tracing
• Non-Pressurized (Atmospheric) • Jacketed Vessels and Tanks
Operation
Features
• 0.430" Dia. Steel This product is pre-piped with pump, heaters and
Specifications
Sheath Elements expansion tank. 1.5" NPT piping connections for Weight:..................................................355lbs
oil provide for convenient hook up to external (does not incude packaging)
• 3 hp Centrifugal Pump high temperature hoses or piping. All wiring
Size:...................................45"H x 19"W x 38"D
conforms to NEC requirements.
• Electronic Digital Temperature
and Process Control Ordering information
• NEMA 1 Electrical Enclosure Model
CMXO-550
• Pressure Gauges Monitor kW
Pressure To And From Process 6, 9, 12, 18, 24* *24kW in 480V only
Cooling
• Compact, Portable Cabinet with H Heat Only
Casters C Heat/Cool
Voltage
• Integral Expansion Tank with
240 240V 3PH
Atmospheric Vent
480 480V 3PH
• Optional Closed-Loop Cooling Contactor or SCR
(3.2 Ft2) 0 Definite purpose contactor
2 SCR
Controller
0 4081-UOSRR-23000 Controller
2 4082-RPSRR-44010 Controller
Stocked Base Model: Enclosure disconnect
Model PCN
0 None
CMXO-550 18H 480 0000 214640
1 Enclosure disconnect
Piping
0 NPT
1 Flange
CMXO-550 24 C 480 2 0 0 0 Typical Model Number
D-14
Packaged Systems
MOS
Hot Oil System
• Heat Transfer Fluids to 600˚F

(315˚C) or 650˚F (343˚C)
• 50 - 500 kW
• 240, 480 and 600 V, 3 Phase,

60 Hz

Installation
Operation
• 150# Carbon Steel Construction
HEAT TRANSFER
• Long Life 0.475 (12.1 mm) dia.
Steel Sheath Heating Elements

Pump - Rated to 650˚F (343˚C) Description Construction
• Electronic Digital Temperature Chromalox MOS Mid-Size Hot Oil System is Chromalox MOS systems are ruggedly
and Process Control engineered to operate to 600˚F (315˚C) stan- constructed for industrial applications. The
dard, with an option for up to 650˚F (343˚C), heavy-duty, steel support base features
• Discharge Pressure Gauge at atmospheric pressure (non-pressurized). Its channel grooves for forklift transport. The
electric heating core assures responsive and heater chamber is fully welded and houses
• UL NEMA 12 Electrical Enclosure precise temperature control in a space saving only Chromalox brand, long-lasting heating
complete with Contactors, package. The system can be used with most elements. The panel is UL-listed and as-
Temperature Safety Limit, types of heat transfer oils such as Paratherm®, sembled in-house. The pump is air-cooled
Transformers, and Pilot Lights Mobiletherm®, Therminol®, Dow Brands®, etc. with a mechanical seal, rated to 650˚F (343˚C).
The MOS operates in a closed loop system The final assembly is fully-shop tested prior to
• 650˚F (343˚C) Operation using a cold expansion tank (optional). A cold shipment.
(Optional) expansion tank can remove the need for a
nitrogen (N2) purge and reduces the degreda-
• External Cold Expansion Tank tion of heat transfer fluids. WARNING — In hazardous areas, pipe surfac-
(Optional)
es could achieve temperatures high enough to
Applications cause auto-ignition of the hazardous material
• External Heat Exchanger
present. Consult Article 500 of the National
(Optional) The Chromalox MOS system is great for appli-
Electric Code for further information on the
cations such as reactors, evaporators, dryers,
maximum allowable temperature for a specific
platen presses, heat exchangers, roll heating,
application.
or any jacketed kettles / vessels / tanks. Hot oil
systems can be used in a variety of indus-
tries such as chemical, plastics, cosmetics,
automotive, rubber, refining, pharmaceutical,
non-woven / textiles/ fibers, aerospace, or any
other industrial market.
D-15
Packaged Systems
MOS
Hot Oil System
(cont’d.)
H
W D
D
W
MOS 50-150 kW Unit MOS 175-500 kW Unit


Dry Flow System
• 650˚F (343˚C) Operation Unit Weight Width Depth Height1 Rate2 Pressure2 Motor Inlet/Outlet Capacity
• Electronic Solid State (SCR) Power Control Size (Lbs.) (In.) (In.) (In.) GPM TDH HP Connection (Gal.)
50 & 75 kW 900 36 42 96 80 130 5 2", 150# 25
• Strainer 100 - 150 kW 1400 36 42 96 120 130 7.5 3", 150# 35
Coverings 350 - 500 kW 3500 48 54 96 2003 130 103 3", 150#3 85
1
650˚F Option will add 8" to overall height.
• Dedicated Fill Connection 2
Refer to pump graph for full operating range
3
Option for 300 GPM 20 HP pump with 4", 150# inlet/outlet
• NEMA 4 or 4X (Stainless) Construction
• Class 1, Div 2 Hazardous Area Rating (with
purge)
• Panel Disconnect
• Heater On/Off Switch Standard Features Benefits
• Suction Pressure Guage Electronic Process Control......................................................................... Precise process control
• Inlet / Outlet #150 ANSI Gate Valves Element Overtemperature Protection......................... Protect elements and fluid from overheating
• Drain / Bleed Valves Air-Cooled Mechanical Seal...................................................................No external cooling needed
Insulated Heating Chamber.........................................Maximize efficiency by minimizing heat loss
• Digital Overtemperature Controller
Discharge Pressure Gauge...................................................Confirm pump operating performance
• ASME Designed and Certified, Section VIII, Compact Footprint.......................................................................................... Space saving design
for 100 psi at 600/650˚F (7 bar at 315/343˚C)
Fully Pre-wired & Tested........................................................................... Ready to operate on site
• High Flow Pump (300 GPM, 350-500 kW Centrifugal Pump..............................................................................Minimize piping configuration
units only)
Temperature rating to 600˚F.....................................................................Covers most applications
• Heat Exchanger (shipped loose for 150# ANSI Flange Connections.......................................................... Easy fit up to installed piping
installation)
Start / Stop buttons with Motor Starter................................................ Complete operating system
• Expansion Tank (shipped loose for Pilot Lights for Power, Heater, Pump.................................... Visual indication of system operation
installation)
• Liquid Level Switch for Expansion Tank
D-16
Packaged Systems
MOS
Hot Oil System MOS Mid-Size Hot Oil System
(cont’d.) Code Unit Temperature Rating1
600 600˚F (315˚C)
650 650˚F (343˚C)
Ordering Information Code Kilowatts
To Order — Complete the Model Number 50 50 kW 175 175 kW 400 400 kW
using the Matrix provided. 75 75 kW 200 200 kW 450 450 kW
100 100 kW 250 250 kW 500 500 kW
125 125 kW 300 300 kW
150 150 kW 350 350 kW
E1 General Purpose
E4X Moisture Resistant / Corrosion Resistant (Stainless Steel)
E4NP Class 1, Div 2 rating - Nitrogen Purge (by customer)
Code Option
HEAT TRANSFER
(Blank) No Options SG Suction Gauge
ST SCR Trim DT Digital Overtemp Control
SR Strainer2 PC Powder Coated Skins
GV I/O Gate Valves2 SS Stainless Steel Skins
FC Dedicated Fill Connection2 AE ASME D&C
DB Drain / Bleed Valve HF 300 GPM Pump3
PD Panel Disconnect XX Custom Feature
Code Voltage
240 240 V (Only available for 50 and 75 kW Units)
480 480 V
600 600 V
Code Phase
3P Three-Phase
Code Kilowatts
100 kW
MOS- 600- 100P- E4 GV 480V - 3P 100 Typical Model Number

Example Description: MOS-600-100P-E4GV 480V 3P 100H
1
Unit operating temperature based on 40˚C (104˚F) max. ambient, indoor invironment
2
When ordering more than one of these options, some items will be shipped loose to avoid damage during
shipment. Simple assembly will be required for installation.
3
D-17
Packaged Systems
COS-B
Hot Oil System
• Heat Transfer Fluids1 to 650°F
• 9 - 400 kW (31 - 1,365 Mbh)
• 240 and 480V, 3 Phase, 60 Hz2
Operation

Construction
• Long Life 0.475" Dia. Steel Applications Construction

Sheath Elements
Chromalox COS Hot Oil Heat Transfer Systems Chromalox COS systems are ruggedly con-
are engineered to operate up to 650°F at structed and completely self contained (except
• Positive Displacement, High- atmospheric pressure (non-pressurized). They for the optional external expansion tank). All
Temperature Pump with Inline are used with Mobiltherm®, Ucon®, Caloria® Chromalox hot oil heat transfer systems have
Strainer and other medium temperature heat transfer similar components and construction features.
fluids1 which do not require pressurization to All systems come complete with heaters,
• Bypass Relief Valve Protects operate at temperature. controls, pumps, valves, safety devices and
System (Factory Set 45 psi) necessary plumbing. Systems are factory
COS heat transfer systems use a cold tested and ready to operate.
• Electronic Digital Temperature expansion tank (optional) that is open to the
and Process Control atmosphere. A cold expansion tank eliminates
the need for nitrogen (N2) purging and reduces
the tendency of heat transfer fluids to oxidize
• Suction and Discharge Pressure
and deteriorate.
Gauges Monitor Pump
Performance
Typical Piping Schematic for Non-Pressurized (Atmospheric) COS Systems
• NEMA 1 Electrical Enclosure Electronic Optional Low Vent
Temperature
Complete with Circuit Breaker, Control
Heat Exchanger Fluid Level
(Optional) Control
Contactors, Fusing, Switches, Over
Transformers and Pilot Lights Temperature Air Bleed Sight Glass
Control
• External Cold Expansion Tank
(Optional) with Atmospheric Gate Valve Expansion Tank
Vent
Air Bleed
To Process
Water Out Bypass

150 Lb Flange
Water In Relief Valve
(SET 45 PSI)
Air Bleed 150 Lb Flange
Chromalox
Heater Pressure From Process
Gauge (Dis-
charge) Gate Valves
Fill Line
Pressure
Drain Switch Strainer
Flexible Pipe
Pressure Gauge (Suction)
Flexible Pipe Positive Displacement Pump
Notes —
1. For a complete list of compatible heat transfer fluids, contact your Local Chromalox Sales
office.
2. Other voltages available, contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
D-18
Packaged Systems
CLS-A
Hot Oil System
• 9 - 400 kW (31 - 1,365 Mbh)

(Up to 1,200 kW Optional)
• 240 and 480V, 3 Phase, 60 Hz
• Pressurized Operation — ASME

Certified to 200 psig @ 750°F

Construction
• Long Life 0.475" Dia. Steel

Sheath Elements
• High Temperature Centrifugal Applications Construction

Pump with Water-Cooled Chromalox CLS Hot Oil Heat Transfer Systems Chromalox CLS Hot Oil Heat Transfer Systems
Mechanical Seal are engineered to operate up to 750°F at a are ruggedly constructed and completely self
pressure of 200 psig. They are used with contained (except for the optional external
• Bypass Relief Line Protects Syltherm® 800 and other high temperature expansion tank). All CLS systems come
System in Case of Blocked Flow heat transfer fluids1 which require heated lines complete with heaters, controls, pump valves,
to prevent crystallization of the media and safety devices and necessary plumbing. The
• Electronic Digital Temperature pressurization to operate at temperature. high temperature cast steel centrifugal pump
and Process Control is provided with a water cooled mechanical
CLS systems use a pressurized hot expan- seal designed for continuous operation at a
sion tank (optional) that is heated by hot heat maximum temperature of 750°F. CLS systems
• Suction and Discharge Pressure transfer fluid flowing through it. The expan- are factory tested and ready to operate.
Gauges Monitor Pump sion tank is ASME coded for 650°F @ 200 psig
Performance with an ASME safety relief valve. Nitrogen (N2)
purging is required.
Complete with Circuit Breaker, Typical Piping Schematic for Pressurized CLS Systems
Contactors, Fusing, Switches, Heat ASME Relief Valve
Transformers and Pilot Lights Electronic Temperature Control Exchanger Low Level Fluid
ASME Relief Valve (Optional) Control (Optional) ASME Sight Glass
• ASME Safety Relief Valve (Set @ Over Air Bleed
200 psig) Temperature
Control
• External Pressurized Heated ASME Expansion Tank
Expansion Tank (Optional) with 300 Lb Flange

Air Bleed To Process
Nitrogen (N2) Purge
Water Out
Water In Bypass Gate Valves
Line 300 Lb Flange
Air Bleed
Chromalox Pressure Gauge
Heater From Process
(Discharge) Flexible Gate
(Optional) Pipe Valves
WARNING — In hazardous areas, pipe sur- Drain Pressure Fill Line
Switch Strainer
faces could achieve temperatures high enough Pressure Gauge (Suction)
to cause auto-ignition of the hazardous Water Out
materials present. Consult Article 500 of the Flexible Pipe (Over 450°)
Centrifugal Pump Water In
National Electrical Code for further information
Motor
on the maximum allowable temperatures for a
specific application.
Note 1 — For a complete list of compatible heat transfer fluids,
contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
D-22
Packaged Systems
PFC-B
Hot Oil System
• 9 - 600 kW (31 - 2,047 Mbh)2
• 240 and 480V, 3 Phase, 60 Hz3
Operation

Construction

Sheath Elements

Pump with Labyrinth Seal Ring Applications Construction
— Requires No External Cooling
up to 600°F Chromalox PFC Hot Oil Heat Transfer Systems PFC systems are ruggedly constructed and
are engineered to operate up to 600°F at completely self contained (except for the
• Bypass Relief Line Protects atmospheric pressure (non-pressurized). They optional external expansion tank). They are
are used with Mobiltherm®, Ucon®, Caloria® similar to the COS system except they use a
System in Case of Blocked Flow
and other medium temperature heat transfer high temperature centrifugal pump instead of
fluids1 which do not require pressurization to a positive displacement pump. The centrifugal
• Electronic Digital Temperature
operate at temperature. pump has a labyrinth seal ring which does not
and Process Control require cooling up to its maximum operating
PFC systems use a cold expansion tank temperature of 600°F. PFC systems come
• Suction and Discharge Pressure (optional) that is open to the atmosphere. complete with heaters, controls, pumps,
Gauges Monitor Pump A cold expansion tank eliminates the need valves, safety devices and necessary plumb-
Performance for nitrogen (N2) purging and reduces the ing. Systems are factory tested and ready to
tendency of the heat transfer fluid to oxidize operate.
• NEMA 1 Electrical Enclosure and deteriorate.
Complete with Circuit Breaker,
Contactors, Fusing, Switches,
Transformers and Pilot Lights
• External Cold Expansion Tank
(Optional) with Atmospheric Vent Pump Pump Inlet/Outlet Dimensions (In.)
RateA Motor Pipe Size
kW (GPM) (HP) 150 Lb Flg L D H A B C E G
9-30 40 3 1-1/2 54 35 77 24 12 36 6 50
WARNING — In hazardous areas, pipe sur- 40 60 5 2 54 40 77 24 12 36 6 50
faces could achieve temperatures high enough 60 80 5 2 54 40 81 24 11-1/4 36 5-1/2 50
to cause auto-ignition of the hazardous 80 80 5 2 54 40 96 35 11-1/4 45 5-1/2 66
100 120 7-1/2 3 54 40 96 36 13-1/2 48 6-1/2 66
materials present. Consult Article 500 of the 125-150 150 7-1/2 3 60 45 96 45 12 54 8 66
National Electrical Code for further information 200 150 7-1/2 3 60 45 96 45 12 57 8 66
on the maximum allowable temperatures for a 250-400 200 10 3 62 60 96 42 22 54 12 66
specific application. 450-600 350 15 4 84 60 96 45 22 57 12 66
A. Pumping rate based on 100 ft. total discharge head (TDH) using heat transfer fluid with
a viscosity of approximately 100 SSU @ 70°F.
Other Notes —
1. For a list of compatible heat transfer fluids, contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
2. kW ratings above 600 (to 1,200 kW) available.
3. Other voltages to 575V available.
D-20
Packaged Systems
PFC-B
Hot Oil System (cont’d.)
Features Dimensions (Inches)
Ceiling Line
Overtemperature Cutout protects elements
and fluid from overheating G D
E B
Electrical Interlock between pump motor and
heating element contactors
Flexible Piping before and after pump
absorbs vibration and prevents pump damage
from thermal expansion H
Inline 0.030 Mesh Strainer protects pump

C
Full Port Manual Gate Valves on all primary
hydraulic piping minimize pressure drop A
2 Inch Thermal Insulation around heating L

chambers minimizes heat loss
HEAT TRANSFER
16 Gauge Painted Steel Panels on all
exposed sides — powder coat heat resistant Specifications and Ordering Information
paint
Min. Rec. System No.
Expansion Volume Heating Wt.
Options kW Volts Btuh Tank (Gal.)1 (Gal.) Stages Model2 Stock PCN (Lbs.)
9 240 30,708 12 4 1 PFC-600B-9 NS — 1,000
• Alternate Voltage and kW Ratings 9 480 30,708 12 4 1 PFC-600B-9 NS — 1,000
12 240 40,944 12 7 1 PFC-600B-12 NS — 1,100
• Microprocessor based PID or Ramp Soak 12 480 40,944 12 7 1 PFC-600B-12 NS — 1,100
Temperature Controls 15 240 51,180 18 7 1 PFC-600B-15 NS — 1,100
15 480 51,180 18 7 1 PFC-600B-15 NS — 1,100
• Electronic Solid State (SCR) Power 20 240 68,240 18 7 1 PFC-600B-20 NS — 1,200
Controllers 20 480 68,240 18 7 1 PFC-600B-20 NS — 1,200
30 240 102,360 18 7 1 PFC-600B-30 NS — 1,300
• Electronic Sequencers, Recorders, Monitors, 30 480 102,360 18 7 1 PFC-600B-30 NS — 1,300
Time Clocks and Digital Communication 40 240 136,480 30 10 2 PFC-600B-40 NS — 1,400
40 480 136,480 30 10 2 PFC-600B-40 NS — 1,400
Interface available
60 240 204,720 42 16 3 PFC-600B-60 NS — 1,700
• Mechanical Pump Seals and Special Pumps 60 480 204,720 42 16 3 PFC-600B-60 NS — 1,700
80 240 272,960 42 20 3 PFC-600B-80 NS — 1,800
• Type RJC Closed-loop Cooling Modules 80 480 272,960 42 20 3 PFC-600B-80 NS — 1,800
100 240 341,200 80 30 4 PFC-600B-100 NS — 1,900
• Expansion Tanks Matched to System (rec- 100 480 341,200 80 30 4 PFC-600B-100 NS — 1,900
ommended) 125 480 426,450 80 42 4 PFC-600B-125 NS — 2,000
150 480 511,811 80 42 4 PFC-600B-150 NS — 2,000
• Float or Level Switches for Expansion Tank 200 480 682,400 80 55 4 PFC-600B-200 NS — 2,100
250 480 852,900 115 76 6 PFC-600B-250 NS — 3,100
• ASME Section VIII Certification 100 psi at 300 480 1,023,600 115 76 6 PFC-600B-300 NS — 3,200
600°F 350 480 1,194,200 115 100 6 PFC-600B-350 NS — 3,400
400 480 1,364,800 115 100 6 PFC-600B-400 NS — 3,500
450 480 1,535,400 215 110 6 PFC-600B-450 NS — 4,500
Electrical Enclosure Options 500 480 1,706,000 215 145 9 PFC-600B-500 NS — 4,700
600 480 2,047,200 215 145 9 PFC-600B-600 NS — 5,000
NEMA 1 enclosures and open drip proof
motors are standard on all Chromalox hot oil To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN, options and quantity.
systems. All systems (except OTCS) available
with optional enclosures that comply with: 1. Expansion tank size should be double the increase in volume due to thermal
expansion of heat transfer fluid.
2. Does not include expansion tank; see System Options for details.
• NEMA 4/12 Weather Resistant/Oil and Dust
Tight with TEFC motors
• Explosion Resistant Class I, Group D, Div. 1
with TEFC Explosion Resistant motors.
D-21
Packaged Systems
CLS-A
Hot Oil System
• 9 - 400 kW (31 - 1,365 Mbh)

(Up to 1,200 kW Optional)
• 240 and 480V, 3 Phase, 60 Hz
• Pressurized Operation — ASME

Certified to 200 psig @ 750°F

Construction

Sheath Elements
• High Temperature Centrifugal Applications Construction

Pump with Water-Cooled Chromalox CLS Hot Oil Heat Transfer Systems Chromalox CLS Hot Oil Heat Transfer Systems
Mechanical Seal are engineered to operate up to 750°F at a are ruggedly constructed and completely self
pressure of 200 psig. They are used with contained (except for the optional external
• Bypass Relief Line Protects Syltherm® 800 and other high temperature expansion tank). All CLS systems come
System in Case of Blocked Flow heat transfer fluids1 which require heated lines complete with heaters, controls, pump valves,
to prevent crystallization of the media and safety devices and necessary plumbing. The
• Electronic Digital Temperature pressurization to operate at temperature. high temperature cast steel centrifugal pump
and Process Control is provided with a water cooled mechanical
CLS systems use a pressurized hot expan- seal designed for continuous operation at a
sion tank (optional) that is heated by hot heat maximum temperature of 750°F. CLS systems
• Suction and Discharge Pressure transfer fluid flowing through it. The expan- are factory tested and ready to operate.
Gauges Monitor Pump sion tank is ASME coded for 650°F @ 200 psig
Performance with an ASME safety relief valve. Nitrogen (N2)
purging is required.
Complete with Circuit Breaker, Typical Piping Schematic for Pressurized CLS Systems
Contactors, Fusing, Switches, Heat ASME Relief Valve
Transformers and Pilot Lights Electronic Temperature Control Exchanger Low Level Fluid
ASME Relief Valve (Optional) Control (Optional) ASME Sight Glass
• ASME Safety Relief Valve (Set @ Over Air Bleed
200 psig) Temperature
Control
• External Pressurized Heated ASME Expansion Tank
Expansion Tank (Optional) with 300 Lb Flange

Air Bleed To Process
Nitrogen (N2) Purge
Water Out
Water In Bypass Gate Valves
Line 300 Lb Flange
Air Bleed
Chromalox Pressure Gauge
Heater From Process
(Discharge) Flexible Gate
(Optional) Pipe Valves
WARNING — In hazardous areas, pipe sur- Drain Pressure Fill Line
Switch Strainer
faces could achieve temperatures high enough Pressure Gauge (Suction)
to cause auto-ignition of the hazardous Water Out
materials present. Consult Article 500 of the Flexible Pipe (Over 450°)
Centrifugal Pump Water In
Motor
on the maximum allowable temperatures for a
Note 1 — For a complete list of compatible heat transfer fluids,
contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
D-22
Packaged Systems
CLS-A Dimensions (Inches)
Hot Oil System (cont’d.)

Ceiling Line
G D
E B
Features
Overtemperature Cutout protects elements
and fluid from overheating
Electrical Interlock between pump motor and H
heating element contactors
Flexible Piping before and after pump C
absorbs vibration and prevents pump damage
A
from thermal expansion
L
Inline 0.030 Mesh Strainer protects pump
Full Port Manual Gate Valves on all primary
hydraulic piping minimize pressure drop Dimensions (Inches)
Pump Pump Inlet/Outlet Dimensions (In.)
2 Inch Thermal Insulation around heating Rate Motor Pipe Size
chambers minimizes heat loss kW (GPM) (HP) 300 Lb. Flg L D H A B C E G
HEAT TRANSFER
9-30 40 5 1-1/2 60 42 84 24 12 36 6 50
16 Gauge Painted Steel Panels on all 40 60 5 2 60 42 84 24 12 36 6 50
exposed sides — powder coat heat resistant 60 80 7-1/2 2 60 42 84 24 11-1/4 36 5-1/2 50
paint 80 80 7-1/2 2 60 42 98 35 11-1/4 45 5-1/2 66
100 120 7-1/2 3 60 50 98 36 13-1/2 48 6-1/2 66
125-150 150 10 3 66 50 98 45 12 54 8 66
Options 200 150 10 3 66 50 98 45 12 57 8 66
250-400 200 15 3 66 60 98 42 22 54 12 66
• Alternate Voltage and kW Ratings to 575 Volt
and 1,200 kW
• Microprocessor based PID or Ramp Soak
Temperature Controls Min. Rec. System No.
Expansion Volume Heating Wt.
kW Volts Btuh Tank (Gal.)1 (Gal.) Stages Model2 Stock PCN (Lbs.)
• Electronic Solid State (SCR) Power
9 240 30,708 12 4 1 CLS-750A-9 NS — 1,500
Controllers 9 480 30,708 12 4 1 CLS-750A-9 NS — 1,500
12 240 40,944 12 7 1 CLS-750A-12 NS — 1,500
• Electronic Sequencers, Recorders, Monitors, 12 480 40,944 12 7 1 CLS-750A-12 NS — 1,500
Time Clocks and Digital Communication 15 240 51,180 18 7 1 CLS-750A-15 NS — 1,500
Interface available 15 480 51,180 18 7 1 CLS-750A-15 NS — 1,500
20 240 68,240 18 7 1 CLS-750A-20 NS — 1,500
• Special Pumps and other Mechanical Seals 20 480 68,240 18 7 1 CLS-750A-20 NS — 1,500
30 240 102,360 18 7 1 CLS-750A-30 NS — 1,600
• Type RJC Closed-loop Cooling Modules 30 480 102,360 18 7 1 CLS-750A-30 NS — 1,600
40 240 136,480 30 10 2 CLS-750A-40 NS — 1,700
• Expansion Tanks Matched to System (rec- 40 480 136,480 30 10 2 CLS-750A-40 NS — 1,700
ommended) 60 240 204,720 42 16 3 CLS-750A-60 NS — 2,000
60 480 204,720 42 16 3 CLS-750A-60 NS — 2,000
• Float or Level Switches for Expansion Tank 80 240 272,960 42 20 3 CLS-750A-80 NS — 2,100
80 480 272,960 42 20 3 CLS-750A-80 NS — 2,100
Electrical Enclosure Options 100 240 341,200 80 30 4 CLS-750A-100 NS — 2,200
100 480 341,200 80 30 4 CLS-750A-100 NS — 2,200
NEMA 1 enclosures and open drip proof mo- 125 480 426,450 80 42 4 CLS-750A-125 NS — 2,300
tors are standard on all hot oil systems. All 150 480 511,811 80 42 4 CLS-750A-150 NS — 2,400
200 480 682,400 80 55 4 CLS-750A-200 NS — 2,500
systems (except OTCS) available with optional 250 480 852,900 115 76 6 CLS-750A-250 NS — 3,500
enclosures that comply with: 300 480 1,023,600 115 76 6 CLS-750A-300 NS — 3,600
350 480 1,194,200 115 100 6 CLS-750A-350 NS — 3,800
• NEMA 4/12 Weather Resistant/Oil and Dust 400 480 1,364,800 115 100 6 CLS-750A-400 NS — 3,900
Tight with TEFC motors Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, PCN, options and quantity.
• Explosion Resistant Class I, Group D, Div. 1
with TEFC Explosion Resistant motors. 1. Expansion tank size should be double the increase in volume due to thermal
expansion of heat transfer fluid.
2. Does not include expansion tank; see System Options for details.
D-23
Packaged Systems
System Options Applications Sizing
Expansion Tanks An expansion tank is an essential component

to all heat transfer systems. Heat transfer
Expansion tanks should be sized based on
the amount of thermal expansion of the heat
fluids expand with an increase in temperature. transfer fluid in the system. The actual size of
Dimensions (Inches) Expansion tanks allow for and contain the the tank should be at least double the antici-
increase in volume due to temperature. In pated increase in fluid volume. Tank capacity
CWG addition, cold expansion tanks provide a “seal” should be increased if the process piping is
1" NPT Vent on the system reducing oxidation of the fluid. extensive and contains a significant volume of
They also add to the net positive suction head fluid. The following tables indicate the typical
(NPSH) on the inlet to the pump. tank sizes for most systems.
Steel Tanks Non-ASME rated 75 psig for MWS, CWG, MOS, COS and PFC
C B Heat Transfer Systems — includes sight glass, 1" NPT vent and 3/4" NPT or
150 Lb. flanged system connection.
D Tank Dimensions (In.) CWG COS/PFC Wt.
Capacity Empty
3/4" NPT (Gal.) A B C D kW PCN Stock kW PCN Stock (Lbs.)
A 12 12 25-1/2 14 5-3/4 6-18 — NS 9-12 099944 NS 32
18 12 37-1/2 20 8-3/4 24-30 — NS 15-30 099952 NS 44
COS/PFC 30 16 38-1/4 20 9-1/8 40-100 — NS 40 099960 NS 65
42 20 35 20 7-1/2 125-200 — NS 60-80 099979 NS 80
1" NPT Vent 80 20 63 38 12-1/2 250-400 — NS 100-200 099987 NS 120
115 24 63-3/8 38 12-1/2 — — NS 250-400 099995 NS 145
215 30 73-3/8 38 17-1/8 — — NS 450-600 — NS 210
B To Order—Specify tank capacity, system type, kW, PCN and quantity.
C
Steel Tanks ASME rated 200 psig @ 650°F for CLS Heat Transfer Systems —
includes ASME relief valve, reflex type sight glass and two 1" 300 Lb. flanged
D
system connections. Two 1/4" NPT fittings are provided for nitrogen (N2 )
3/4" 150 Lb. Flg. purge connections.
A
Tank Dimensions (In.) CLS Wt.
Capacity Empty
CLS (Gal.) A B C D E F G H J kW PCN Stock (Lbs.)
12 12 28 20 12 16 20 15 18 1 9 — NS 50
F H
18 12 40 20 12 20 32 18 26 1 12-20 — NS 60
Spare G
30 14 47 22 12 24 39 20 32 1 30 — NS 70
D 42 16 51 24 13 25 42 20 34 1 40 — NS 105
80 20 63 28 14 31 50 22 40 1 60-80 — NS 205
120 24 66 32 16 33 52 22 40 1 100-200 — NS 310
ASME
J NPT Outlet 160 24 86 32 16 43 72 28 58 1-1/4 250-300 — NS 350
Relief
A Valve C 215 30 77 38 18 38 63 28 42 1-1/4 350-400 — NS 405
250 30 88 38 18 44 74 28 58 1-1/2 500-600 — NS 540
To Order—Specify tank capacity, system type, kW, PCN and quantity.
Drain E
B
D-24
Packaged Systems
System Options
Stock Cooling Modules — On new or existing surized systems (MWS, CWG, COS and PFC)
MOS, COS, PFC or PFV systems, Chromalox and for pressurized systems (CLD and CLS).
can supply an RJC type cooling module. RJC They are available with NEMA IV weather
Cooling Modules modules are oil-to-water heat exchangers pro-
viding rapid cool down of heat transfer fluid.
resistant and NEMA VII explosion proof
enclosures. The non-pressurized switch can
Float & Level Switches RJC modules are designed as an “add on” to
be installed in line with the system piping. The
be used with most heat transfer fluids having a
minimum specific gravity of 0.85. The control
module can be bolted to the existing frame- designed for pressurized applications will work
work of the system and quickly connected in with all heat transfer fluids having a minimum
Cooling Applications line with the discharge piping of the unit. Mod- specific gravity of 0.70.
ules can be connected in series for additional
Many processes require cooling as well as cooling capacity. Controls and Other Options — Specialized
heating. Chromalox electric heat transfer electronic and hydraulic control schemes are
systems can be designed with a cooling cycle Liquid Level Controls — A liquid level control available using the latest proportional and
using the same heat transfer fluid. This is or float switch can be mounted on an expan- digital control equipment. Contact your Local
accomplished by adding a water-cooled, air- sion tank to automatically shut down the heat Chromalox Sales office for details on the many
cooled or refrigerated heat exchanger in the transfer system in case of low fluid levels. Two heat transfer equipment options and
piping loop. By using mechanical refrigeration, different switches are available for non- pres- accessories.
systems can be designed to operate
between -20 and 750°F (-28 and 398°C). Heat Dimensions (Inches)
exchangers can be factory installed in MWS,
Bleed Valve
CWG, MOS, COS, PFC, CLD and CLS systems.
System Frame
HEAT TRANSFER
Mounting
Discharge Lugs
Heat Exchanger
System Frame Gate Valve Flange Face
D
Bypass (Face to
Gate Valve System Face)
Discharge
Flange
Fluid In Fluid Out 36
± 1/16"
Flange Face E
(Ref. CL) Flange A
Drain Oil Out
Mtg. Lug 36"
Water Out B NPT (Water Out)
(Ref. CL) (Ref.)
Water In C NPT (Water In)

Estimated
Piping Connections and Dimensions (In.) Sizing
Cooling
Capacity 1-1/2" Flg.
Surface Area (150 Lbs.) Wt.
(Ft2) A B C D E kW Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
10.8 1-1/2 1-1/2 1 29-1/2 14-1/8 9-30 RJC-12M1.5 NS 106964 294
10.8 2 1-1/2 1 29-1/2 14-1/8 40-80 RJC-12M2 NS 106972 310
19.78 2 2-1/2 1-1/4 29-1/2 13-1/8 40-80 RJC-20M2 NS 106980 390
25.35 2 2-1/2 1-1/4 29-1/2 13-1/8 40-80 RJC-25M2 NS 106999 442
25.35 3 2-1/2 1-1/4 29-1/2 13-1/8 100-400 RJC-25M3 NS — 456
To Order—Specify model, system type, kW, PCN and quantity.
Liquid Level Control
Note — For Non-Pressurized CWG, COS

and PFC Systems and for Pressurized CLD
and CLS Systems
To Order — Specify system model,
electrical enclosure and expansion tank
size.
D-25
Packaged Systems
Impedance
Heating System
• Uniform, Indirect Heating
• Distances of up to Several Miles

in Length
• 1kW to Several MW of Power
• Low Voltage Operation in the

Process (less than 50V) Shown Above: Impedance Heating Skid System
• Temperatures to 1800˚F
• Watt Densities up to 190 W/in2
• Hazardous Area Certifications

Available
Shown Above: Heat Transfer and Process Liquifications
Description • Uniform Heating - rather than having

Impedance style heating, through the Joule localized 'hot spots' for transfering energy,
effect, uses the pipe itself as the heating Impedance heating allows for even, smooth
source. This allows uniform heating around heating along the entire circumference and
the process with miminal impact on the instal- length.
lation site.
• Simple Installation - As compared to
electric heating elements, additional piping,
Application – Heat Transfer &
valves, wiring, etc are not needed to ac-
Process Liquifications commodate Impedance heating. Impedance
Impedance is a unique solution for raising the utilizes the pipe itself and minimizes the
temperature of a process stream. Impedance amount of eqipment needed.
uses the pipe itself to transfer heat, so no
piping modifications are required. Common • Efficient, Compact area for heat transfer -
applications include fluids that are thermally Impedance heating allows higher watt densi-
sensitive and/or highly viscous. An impedance ties to be used due to increased velocities
system is also ideally suited for fluids that and lower pressure drops.
may solidify in the piping and need liquefied
• Indirect Heating Contact - There are no
prior to pumping. Impedance can gradually
concerns of corrosion on a heater sheath as
and evenly warm a process, such as paraffin,
the process is only heated by the pipe.
from a coagulated state to a fully liquid state
for pumping. • Can handle warm up or temperature main-
tenance conditions - Impedance heating can
Application - Heat Tracing and be use for simply maintaining pipe tempera-
Freeze Protection tures or adding additional power to heat-up
Impedance heating is perfectly suited for pipe liquid flow. Impedance can also be used to
maintenance temperatures. Applications liquify coagulated fluids when re-starting a
include processes that require continuous, system.
steady heat input or freeze protection for a fire
• No routine maintainence needed - Imped-
water pumping system. Another common ap-
ance has no moving parts that require ser-
plication is for corrosive environments where
vicing or that can cause costly shutdowns
direct immersion heating is not desired.
on operations.
Advantages • No double jacketing - Steam or oil traced
• Accurate temperature control to +-1˚F - lines have additional hazards of frozen lines,
Available SCR power control can accurately or leaky connections. Impedance totally
monitor and control desired temperature eliminates these concerns.
D-26
Packaged Systems
Chromalox®
Specification Data Sheet Impedance Heating System
Form 234
Customer Name: Quote No.: Date:
Note — Drawing Is For Illustration Purposes Only.
HEATING SYSTEM
IMPEDANCE
Process Data Insulation Data
1. NAME OF FLUID: 1. INSULATION MATERIAL:
2. TYPE OF PROCESS: o Gas o Liquid 2. INSULATION "K" FACTOR:
3. WORKING PRESSURE:
psig. 3. THICKNESS: Inches
4. JACKETING MATERIAL:
Complete Information for Section A or Section B Environmental Data
A. Pipe Maintenance 1. LOCATION: o Indoor o Outdoor
1. MAINTENANCE TEMPERATURE: (°F) 2. MAXIMUM WIND SPEED: o Mph
3. MINIMUM AMBIENT TEMP.: (°F)
B. Process Heat Up 4. HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS: (If Yes, Specify) o Yes o No
1. INLET TEMPERATURE: (°F) Class:
2. OUTLET TEMPERATURE: (°F) Division:
3. FLOW RATE: lb/hr Group:
4. FLUID DENSITY:
lb/ft3 T-Rating:
5. SPECIFIC HEAT:
Btu/lb/˚F
6. WILL PROCESS CHANGE STATE? (If Yes, Specify) Controls
Melting Point: (°F) 1. CONTACTOR OR SCR:
Heat of Fusion Btu/lb 2. NEMA ENCLOSURE RATING:
Viscosity of Liquid State 3. OTHER DESIRED FEATURES:
Viscosity of Solid State
Density in Liquid State lb/ft3 Other
Density in Solid State lb/ft3 1. KW (If Known):
2. AVAILABLE VOLTAGE:
Pipe Data 3. PHASE:
1. MATERIAL:
2. LENGTH: Feet
3. OUTSIDE DIAMETER: Inches Please include a piping diagram for complex systems.
4. THICKNESS: Inches
D-27
Packaged Systems
CHTV
Heat Transfer
Fluid Vaporizer
• Heat Transfer Fluids (Vapor
Phase) to 750°F
• 15 - 300 kW (51 - 1,024 Mbh)
• 240 and 480V, 3 Phase, 60 Hz Applications Features
• Pressurized Operation — ASME Chromalox CHTV Heat Transfer Fluid Vapor- No pumps are needed for gravity return sys-
Certified to Section VIII, Div. 1 izers are designed for use in textile, chemical, tems. Low operating pressures. Hartford loop
petrochemical and other industries requir- piping for gravity return systems. Wiring and
150 psig @ 750°F
ing high temperatures and low operating fusing conform to NEC requirements.
pressures in their manufacturing processes.
• 300 Lb Carbon Steel Options
They operate to 750°F using Dowtherm® A or
Construction
J, Therminol® VP-1 and other organic vapor
phase heat transfer fluids. • Alternate Voltage and kW Ratings
• OCE Open Coil Elements
Removable w/o Draining Tank • Electronic Solid State (SCR) Power
Advantages Controllers. Digital Communication Interface
available
• Hartford Loop Piping Prevents Vapor systems transfer more heat energy per
Siphoning of Fluid in Gravity pound of heat transfer medium than compa- • Condensate Return Pumps
Return Systems rable liquid phase systems. As the fluid vapor
condenses to a liquid in the process piping, it • NEMA 4 (CHTVW) or Class I, Group D, Div. 1
• Pressure Control and Sequencer releases the latent heat of vaporization. Unlike Electrical Enclosures (CHTVX) available
for Process Control steam, heat transfer fluids operate at relatively
• Available without Control Panel or without
low pressures at elevated temperatures.
Hartford Loop Piping
• Operating Pressure Gauge Dowtherm® A only has a pressure of 102 psia
@ 695°F. • Other Applications for Fluid Vaporization in-
• Over-Pressure Cutout Switch cluding Kerosene, Propane or Gasoline and
Cryogenic Applications for Liquified Natural
• Fluid Level Switch Locks Out Gas and Nitrogen
Heating Elements if Low-Fluid
Level Occurs Specifications and Ordering Information
Operating Dimensions (In.)
• Reflex Type High Pressure Vol. Tank No. Wt.
kW Btuh (Gal.) H W D Dia. Circ. Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Liquid Level Sight Glass 15 51,180 15.7 50 36 80 16 1 CHTV-316-15 NS — 750
20 68,240 19.4 50 36 94 16 1 CHTV-316-20 NS — 850
• 5" Dia. Dial Type Thermometer 25 78,500 23.6 50 36 110 16 1 CHTV-316-25 NS — 975
with Thermowell 30 102,360 27.2 50 36 124 16 1 CHTV-316-30 NS — 1,075
40 136,480 35.6 50 36 156 16 2 CHTV-316-40 NS — 1,375
50 157,000 43.5 50 36 186 16 2 CHTV-316-50 NS — 1,600
• ASME Relief Valve 40 136,480 75 60 48 95 24 2 CHTV-624-40 NS — 1,400
50 157,000 106 60 48 111 24 2 CHTV-624-50 NS — 1,650
• NEMA 1 Electrical Enclosure 60 204,720 137 60 48 125 24 2 CHTV-624-60 NS — 1,800
Complete with Circuit Breaker, 75 235,500 168 60 48 149 24 3 CHTV-624-75 NS — 2,150
100 341,200 218 60 48 187 24 3 CHTV-624-100 NS — 2,600
Contactors, Fusing, Switches, 100 341,200 218 66 54 111 30 3 CHTV-1230-100 NS — 2,650
Transformers and Pilot Lights 125 392,500 222 66 54 129 30 4 CHTV-1230-125 NS — 3,000
150 511,800 263 66 54 149 30 4 CHTV-1230-150 NS — 3,400
175 549,500 300 66 54 167 30 6 CHTV-1230-175 NS — 3,850
WARNING — In hazardous areas, pipe sur- 200 682,400 340 66 54 187 30 6 CHTV-1230-200 NS — 4,300
faces could achieve temperatures high enough 225 767,700 379 72 60 149 36 6 CHTV-1836-225 NS — 5,000
to cause auto-ignition of the hazardous 250 853,000 417 72 60 162 36 6 CHTV-1836-250 NS — 5,600
275 938,300 455 72 60 175 36 6 CHTV-1836-275 NS — 6,000
materials present. Consult Article 500 of the
300 1,023,600 490 72 60 187 36 6 CHTV-1836-300 NS — 6,400
on the maximum allowable temperatures for a To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, options and quantity.
D-28
Packaged Systems
Large Tank
Heaters
Application &
Equipment Selection Applications Equipment
A major portion of the heating operations in Chromalox offers a number of cost effective
large storage tanks can be performed at night solutions to the challenge of heating materials
• Type OCE Open Coil Elements in
during off peak power rates. Frequently, only in large storage tanks. In addition to flanged
2" and 3" Schedule 40 NPS Pipe small amounts of heat are required to sustain immersion heaters, over-the-side heaters, cir-
temperature levels in the tank during the culation heaters, steam boilers, heat transfer
• Type STFX Small Tank Flange daytime. Using Chromalox packaged control systems and heat tracing cables which are
Heaters centers, large tank heating systems can be described in other sections of this catalog,
operated with little or no manual attention. The Chromalox offers three uniquely designed
• Type LTFX Large Tank Flange needed heat can be applied economically and heating systems for large storage tanks. These
Heaters automatically by using strategically located specialty products can be installed in above or
thermostats to monitor tank temperatures and below ground tanks made of steel, concrete
energize the heaters. The heating operation or Fiberglass®. Equipment selection ranges
• Type FXTH Flexible Tank Heaters may be fully automated by using time clocks from simple OCE Pipe Insert Heaters to larger
for Oil and Viscous Liquids to program the start and stop of both off peak RSTO Unitary Immersion Heaters to the FXTH
LARGE TANK
and daytime heating functions. Flexible Tank Heater.
• Type RSTO Immersion Heaters
In addition to operating convenience, electric
with Integrated Control Panel
heating systems require very little upkeep and
are practically maintenance free. The result
• 4 - 240 kW (13.6 - 819 Mbh) is substantially reduced operating costs over
alternative heating methods.
• 208 - 600V, 3 Phase
WARNING — In hazardous areas, pipe OCE Open Coil Elements — Heavy gauge FXTH Flexible Tank Heaters — are par-
resistance wire coils are mounted into high ticularly useful when the storage tank to be
surfaces could achieve temperatures high
density electrical ceramics. The ceramics are heated is under ground or the tank ends are
enough to cause auto-ignition of hazardous strung on a continuous support bar to provide inaccessible for installation of more conven-
materials present. Consult Article 500 of the sufficient rigidity to insert the assembly into a tional heaters. FXTH heaters can be installed
National Electrical Code for further information 2 or 3" Schedule 40 NPS steel pipe. Pipes are through the normal manhole opening of
on the maximum allowable temperatures for a installed into tanks or vessels by the end user. many large tanks without requiring any modi-
specific application. NEMA 4 terminal enclosure kits are available fications to the tank itself.
for field installation.
OCE — Open Pipe Heater FXTH — Flexible Tank Heater
Manhole Opening
OCE Element
Wiring Risers
Lifting Cables
Sched 40 Pipe FXTH Heater
D-29
Packaged Systems
Large Tank
RSTO – Unitary Immersion Heaters Optional Heaters
Metal sheath or open coil elements are STFX, LTFX and RSTO Immersion Heaters
inserted into an assembly of 3" Schedule 40
Heaters
are available with explosion resistant electrical
NPS steel pipes. The pipes are welded into an enclosures and/or adapter flanges in place of
adapter box for convenient field welding of the the adapter box.
entire assembly to the header of a steel tank.
Application & The heaters are self contained with built-in Explosion
Equipment Selection controls mounted in a weather proof electrical Resistant

Control
enclosure. Enclosure
(cont'd.) Mating
Flange
Control
Panel
Adapter Box
Heat Tube Supports
WARNING — In hazardous areas, pipe

surfaces could achieve temperatures high
Drain
10' enough to cause auto-ignition of hazardous
Suction Line Line
materials present. Consult Article 500 of the
Flange Heaters on the maximum allowable temperatures for a
STFX, Small Tank and LTFX Large Tank
Flange Heaters allow tank heating elements
to be changed without draining the tank. They
provids low watt density heeating over a large
surface area while providing precise tempera-
ture control.
Allow for Tank

Insulation and Bolting
Fluid
Level
Allow for Tank

36” Min. Element
Removal Distance Fluid
Level
Open-Coil Elements Model LTFX
Tank
Large Tank Heaters — Selection Guidelines

Operating
Temp.
Model System Type Application (°F) kW Mbh Construction Page
OCE Open Coil Pipe Insert 0 - 750 4 - 20 13.6 - 68.2 N/A D-28
Elements
STFX Small Tank Above Ground 0 - 750 1 - 25 3.4 - 85 ANSI D-29
Flange Heater Storage Tank Flange
LTFX Large Tank Above Ground 0 - 750 4 - 240 13.6 - 816 ANSI D-30
Flange Heater Storage Tank Flange
FXTH Large Tank Below Ground 50 - 225 6 - 60 20.5 - 204.7 NPT and D-31
Flexible Storage Tank Welded
RSTO Large Tank Viscous Fluid 50 - 400 15 - 72 51.2 - 245.7 Welded D-35
Unitary Immersion
D-30
Packaged Systems
OCE
Open Coil Elements
• 1-7/8 and 2-3/4" Outside Dia.

Typical Applications
• 60 - 320" (5 - 26 Ft.) Lengths
NEMA 4/4X Enclosure
• 4 - 20 kW Single Element OCE Element
Ratings
SCHED 40 Pipe
SCHED
• 3 - 12 W/In (Pipe Surface)
2
40 Pipe
Open Pipe
• 240 and 480V, Three Phase NEMA 4 & 4X Enclosure
(600V available)
• For Use In Horizontal 2 or 3" Features Heavy Gauge Bus Bars provide spacing of
heated section away from terminal area
Schedule 40 NPS Pipe Rugged Construction — Insulating supports
are made of high density electrical ceramic Heavy Gauge Resistance Wire provides reli-
LARGE TANK
able service and long element life
Easy Installation — Only 3 feet is required for
installation or removal in cramped areas Special Ratings and Lengths available
Highly Flexible — Can be bent in a vertical CAUTION — OCE elements should never be
plane on a minimum 12" radius mounted in a vertical position as the
resistance wire will sag causing uneven heat-
Continuous Support Bar positions the ceramic ing and short circuits. Allow 3/8" per foot of
Applications insulators and provides sufficient rigidity for heater length for expansion. Users should
handling and installation in pipe install temperature regulating controls, fusing
Chromalox OCE Open Coil Element assemblies and backup safety devices.
are specifically designed to fit inside standard
2 or 3" Schedule 40 NPS pipe for use in tank
and pipe heating. They can also be used inside Specifications and Ordering Information
metal tubing. (Requires 1/8" min. clearance
between ceramic and inside tube wall.) Pipe Cold Model
Watt1 Size Length End Wt.
kW Density (NPS) (In.) (In.) 240V 3 Phase 480V 3 Phase Stock (Lbs.)
An OCE heater assembly installed inside a 4 10 2" 60 8 OCE-05040-2-24-3 OCE-05040-2-48-3 NS 8
Schedule 40 NPS pipe provides uniform heat 8 12 2" 96 6 OCE-08080-2-24-3 OCE-08080-2-48-3 NS 12
over a large surface area. This method of 12 12 2" 144 6 OCE-12120-2-24-3 OCE-12120-2-48-3 NS 18
indirect heating lowers the watt density or heat 20 12 2" 240 6 Not Available OCE-20200-2-48-3 NS 30
5 7.8 3" 66 8 Not Available OCE-06050-3-48-3 NS 9
flux on the surface area of the pipe in contact 5.6 3 3" 184 15 OCE-15056-3-24-3 OCE-15056-3-48-3 NS 33
with the heated media, reducing the tendency 6 3 3" 188 15 OCE-15060-3-24-3 OCE-15060-3-48-3 NS 35
to coke or breakdown heat sensitive materials. 6.5 3 3" 206 15 OCE-17065-3-24-3 OCE-17065-3-48-3 NS 38
6.7 3 3" 212 15 OCE-17067-3-24-3 OCE-17067-3-48-3 NS 39
6.9 3 3" 219 15 OCE-19069-3-24-3 OCE-19069-3-48-3 NS 40
7.2 3 3" 230 15 OCE-19072-3-24-3 OCE-19072-3-48-3 NS 42
7.5 3 3" 236 15 OCE-19075-3-24-3 OCE-19075-3-48-3 NS 43
10 4 3" 236 15 OCE-19100-3-24-3 OCE-19100-3-48-3 NS 43
12.5 5 3" 236 15 OCE-19125-3-24-3 OCE-19125-3-48-3 NS 43
7.6 3 3" 242 15 OCE-20076-3-24-3 OCE-20076-3-48-3 NS 44
8 3 3" 242 15 OCE-20080-3-24-3 OCE-20080-3-48-3 NS 44
8 3 3" 255 15 OCE-21080-3-24-3 OCE-21080-3-48-3 NS 47
9 3 3" 284 15 OCE-23090-3-24-3 OCE-23090-3-48-3 NS 52
9.6 3 3" 308 15 OCE-25096-3-24-3 OCE-25096-3-48-3 NS 56
10 3 3" 314 15 OCE-26100-3-24-3 OCE-26100-3-48-3 NS 58
10.3 3 3" 320 15 OCE-26103-3-24-3 OCE-26103-3-48-3 NS 59
To Order— Specify model, volts, phase, kW, length, cold end and quantity.
1. Watt Density based on the outside surface area of 2 or 3" Schedule 40 NPS pipe.
2. Alternate voltages available, contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
Other Note — Optional NEMA 4 or 4X Enclosure Kit for field installation.
D-31
Packaged Systems
Ordering Guidelines
Open Coil Heaters
Ordering Model Large Tank Heating Systems

Information OCE Open Coil Element
To Order— Code Length (nearest Ft.)
Specify model, 19 19
volts, phase, kW, Code Wattage
PCN (where
available) and 125 12.5 kW (use actual kilowatt in three digits i.e. 5 kW=050 or 0.5 kW=005)
options desired. Code Pipe Size (Schedule 40)
Complete model 2 2" NPS
number using the 3 3" NPS
matrix provided. Code Voltage
20 208 24 240 38 380
41 415 48 480 57 575
Code Phase
1 Single
3 Three
OCE 19 125 3 24 3 Typical Model Number
Note — NEMA 4 or 4X terminal enclosure kit is available for field installation by contacting your Local Chromalox Sales office.
D-32
PACKAGED SYSTEMS
STFX
Small Tank
Flange Heater
• 304 Stainless Steel Element
Sheath
Allow for Tank
• Carbon Steel Flange Insulation and Bolting
Construction
• 3" to 12" 150# Flange Size Fluid

Level
Housing (NEMA 4/IP66)
• Third Party Certified
• 1 - 25 kW Unit Ratings
SMALL TANK
• 240 V, 480 V, or 600 V, Three
Phase, Single Circuit Description • Easy Element Maintenance - Replaceable-
style elements can be easily changed by one
Chromalox STFX style units allow heating ele- person with no special tooling required.
• 24" (610 mm) Immersion ments to be changed without draining the tank.
Lengths This is ideal for smaller, critical system storage • Clean, Pollution-Free Electric Heat - Unlike
units that need to remain filled for continuous gas or steam heat, STFX units have no open
• 5, 10, 20, or 40 w/in2 (1, 1.6, 3.5 & operation and storage. flames, no additional plumbing connection,
6.2 w/cm2) Pipe Surface quiet operation, and better efficiencies. In
Applications addition, they can be precisely controlled and
• Standard Over-Temperature operation is simple.
Protection - Type J STFX units provide replaceable-element design
in a compact setting, while providing precise • Overtemperature Sensor - Each unit is
Thermocouple
temperature control. Units comply with API- equipped with a type J thermocouple for
614 and can be used for such materials as lube overtemperature sensing on the pipe wall.
• ASME Design and Certification
oil, fire water storage, water solutions, asphalt,
Available water/glycol, diesel, acidic solutions, ethanol, • Matching Control Panel - Each unit can be
bio-diesel (B-100), glycerin, animal fats, veg- matched with a corresponding control panel
• Matching Control Panels etable oils, fuel oils or similar types of liquids. to ensure seamless operation.
Available
Advantages Options
• 304 or 316 Stainless Steel Flange
• No Tank Draining Required - Replaceable style
heating elements can be inspected or changed • 316 or INCOLOY 800 Element Sheath
without draining the tank. This reduces costs
• Alternate Voltage and kW Ratings
and production downtime.
• Explosion/Moisture Resistant Terminal Hous-
• Quick & Easy Installation - A standard ANSI
ing
flange provides a straightforward mating con-
nection with no special modifications required. • Optional direct mounting of Chromalox con-
trols
• Stocked Replacement Elements - Standard-
ized heater cores allow for multiple heater • Customized immersion lengths for unique
element replaceability with a minimum number sized tanks.
of parts.
• Alternate materials for corrosive applications
• Third-Party Certifications - Terminal housings
are CSA approved.
D-33
PACKAGED SYSTEMS
STFX
Small Tank Flange Heater (cont'd.)
Steel Flange, 304 Stainless Steel applications
Model Specifications - 40 w/in2 (6.2 w/cm2) Applications
Immersion Number Replacement
Length ANSI of Heater Heater Part Element Part Matching Control
Heater Model Volts kW In. (mm) Circuits Phase Flange Size Tubes Number Number Panel Model
STFXS-01-002P-E4 480 2.0 24 (610) 1 1 3" - 150# 1 306608-001 306675-001 484211-003
STFXS-03-006P-E4 480 6.0 24 (610) 1 3 3" - 150# 3 306608-002 306675-001 484211-003
STFXS-06-012P-E4 480 12.0 24 (610) 1 3 4" - 150# 6 306608-003 306675-001 484211-003
STFXS-09-018P-E4 480 18.0 24 (610) 1 3 5" - 150# 9 306608-004 306675-001 484211-003
STFXS-12-024P-E4 480 24.0 24 (610) 1 3 6" - 150# 12 306608-005 306675-001 484211-003
STFXS-01-001P6-E4 600 1.6 24 (610) 1 1 3" - 150# 1 306608-006 306675-002 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-03-004P7-E4 600 4.7 24 (610) 1 3 3" - 150# 3 306608-007 306675-002 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-06-009P4-E4 600 9.4 24 (610) 1 3 4" - 150# 6 306608-008 306675-002 4468-30511-9015(1)
STFXS-09-014P-E4 600 14.0 24 (610) 1 3 5" - 150# 9 306608-009 306675-002 4468-30511-9025(1)
STFXS-12-018P7-E4 600 18.7 24 (610) 1 3 6" - 150# 12 306608-010 306675-002 4468-30511-9035(1)

STFXS-03-003P-E4 480 3.0 24 (610) 1 3 3" - 150# 3 306608-011 306675-002 484211-003
STFXS-06-006P-E4 480 6.0 24 (610) 1 3 4" - 150# 6 306608-012 306675-002 484211-003
STFXS-09-009P-E4 480 9.0 24 (610) 1 3 5" - 150# 9 306608-013 306675-002 484211-003
STFXS-12-012P-E4 480 12.0 24 (610) 1 3 6" - 150# 12 306608-014 306675-002 484211-003
STFXS-24-024P-E4 480 24.0 24 (610) 1 3 8" - 150# 24 306608-015 306675-002 484211-003
STFXS-03-003P2-E4 600 3.2 24 (610) 1 3 3" - 150# 3 306608-016 306675-001 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-06-006P3-E4 600 6.3 24 (610) 1 3 4" - 150# 6 306608-017 306675-001 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-09-009P4-E4 600 9.4 24 (610) 1 3 5" - 150# 9 306608-018 306675-001 4468-30511-9015(1)
STFXS-12-012P5-E4 600 12.5 24 (610) 1 3 6" - 150# 12 306608-019 306675-001 4468-30511-9015(1)
STFXS-24-025P-E4 600 25.0 24 (610) 1 3 8" - 150# 24 306608-020 306675-001 4468-30511-9035(1)
Application Recommended w/in2

w/in2
Oil (w/cm2) Water
----------- 40 (6.2) Water or Water/Glycol Mix
Light Weight 20 (3.1) Mildly Corrosive
Medium Weight 10 (1.6) Severely Corrosive
Heavy Weight 5 (1) ---------------------------------
Note: To maximize heater life, the unit selection requires critical engineering
judgement by the plant engineer in the selection of proper heater materials
and watt density.
D-34
PACKAGED SYSTEMS
STFX
Steel Flange, 304 Stainless Steel applications
STFXS-03-001P5-E4 240 1.5 24 (610) 1 3 3" - 150# 3 306608-021 306675-001 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-06-003P-E4 240 3.0 24 (610) 1 3 4" - 150# 6 306608-022 306675-001 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-12-006P-E4 240 6.0 24 (610) 1 3 6" - 150# 12 306608-023 306675-001 4468-30511-9020(1)
STFXS-24-012P-E4 240 12.0 24 (610) 1 3 8" - 150# 24 306608-024 306675-001 4468-30511-9040(1)
STFXS-36-018P-E4 240 18.0 24 (610) 1 3 10" - 150# 36 306608-025 306675-001 4468-30511-9060(1)
STFXS-48-024P-E4 240 24.0 24 (610) 1 3 12" - 150# 48 306608-026 306675-001 4468-30511-9080(1)
STFXS-03-001P6-E4 600 1.6 24 (610) 1 3 3" - 150# 3 306608-027 306675-002 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-06-003P2-E4 600 3.2 24 (610) 1 3 4" - 150# 6 306608-028 306675-002 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-12-006P3-E4 600 6.3 24 (610) 1 3 6" - 150# 12 306608-029 306675-002 4468-30511-9010(1)
SMALL TANK
STFXS-24-012P5-E4 600 12.5 24 (610) 1 3 8" - 150# 24 306608-030 306675-002 4468-30511-9015(1)
STFXS-36-018P8-E4 600 18.8 24 (610) 1 3 10" - 150# 36 306608-031 306675-002 4468-30511-9025(1)
STFXS-48-025P1-E4 600 25.1 24 (610) 1 3 12" - 150# 48 306608-032 306675-002 4468-30511-9035(1)
Model Specifications - 5 w/in2 (1 w/cm2) Applications

STFXS-03-000P8-E4 240 0.75 24 (610) 1 3 3" - 150# 3 306608-033 306675-002 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-06-001P5-E4 240 1.5 24 (610) 1 3 4" - 150# 6 306608-034 306675-002 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-12-003P-E4 240 3.0 24 (610) 1 3 6" - 150# 12 306608-035 306675-002 4468-30511-9020(1)
STFXS-24-006P-E4 240 6.0 24 (610) 1 3 8" - 150# 24 306608-036 306675-002 4468-30511-9040(1)
STFXS-36-009P-E4 240 9.0 24 (610) 1 3 10" - 150# 36 306608-037 306675-002 4468-30511-9060(1)
STFXS-48-012P-E4 240 12.0 24 (610) 1 3 12" - 150# 48 306608-038 306675-002 4468-30511-9080(1)
STFXS-06-001P6-E4 600 1.6 24 (610) 1 3 4" - 150# 6 306608-039 306675-001 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-12-003P2-E4 600 3.2 24 (610) 1 3 6" - 150# 12 306608-040 306675-001 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-24-006P3-E4 600 6.3 24 (610) 1 3 8" - 150# 24 306608-041 306675-001 4468-30511-9010(1)
STFXS-36-009P4-E4 600 9.4 24 (610) 1 3 10" - 150# 36 306608-042 306675-001 4468-30511-9015(1)
STFXS-48-012P5-E4 600 12.5 24 (610) 1 3 12" - 150# 48 306608-043 306675-001 4468-30511-9015(1)
Application Recommended w/in2 (w/cm2)

w/in2
Oil (w/cm2) Water
----------- 40 (6.2) Water or Water/Glycol Mix
Light Weight 20 (3.1) Mildly Corrosive
Medium Weight 10 (1.6) Severely Corrosive
Heavy Weight 5 (1) ---------------------------------
Note: To maximize heater life, the unit selection requires critical engineering
judgement by the plant engineer in the selection of proper heater materials
and watt density.
D-35
PACKAGED SYSTEMS
STFX
To Order— Complete model number using the matrix provided.
Model Small Tank Heating Systems
STFX Small Tank Flange Heater
Code Thermowell Material
I Incoloy 800
X Other Material
Code Flange Material
X Other Material
Code Number of Thermowells
01 One 05 Five
02 Two 06 Six
03 Three 07 Seven
04 Four 08 Eight
Code Wattage
004P5 4.5 kW (use actual kilowatt in three digits)
XX Custom Feature
Code Voltage
208 208 V 240 240 V 380 380 V
415 415 V 480 480 V 600 600 V
1 One 3 Three
2 Two 4 Four
Code Phase
1P Single Phase
3P Three Phase
Code Kilowatts
4.5 kW
STFX S S -03 -004P5 -E4 480V 1 -3P 4.5kW Typical Model Number
Example of Final Model Description: STFXSS-03-004P5-E4 480V 1-3P 4.5kW
Note — Shaded sections of the model build table are not a finite list. Items such as Number of Tubes, Length, Wattage, and Voltage should be adjusted to match
design.
D-36
PACKAGED SYSTEMS
LTFX
Patented
Large Tank
Flange Heater E2 Option shown
• Carbon or Stainless Steel

Construction
Allow for Tank
• 4" to 14" 150# Flange Size
36” Min. Element
• Moisture Resistant (IP66) or Removal Distance Fluid
Level
Explosion / Moisture Resistant
Terminal Housing
• Third Party Certified

Open-Coil Elements Model LTFX
• 4 - 240 kW Unit Ratings
• 5' - 25' Immersion Lengths
LARGE TANK
• 9 - 12 W/in2 (Pipe Surface)
Description
• 480V Three Phase (600V Chromalox LTFX style units allow tank heating • Clean, Pollution Free Electric Heat - Unlike
Available) elements to be changed without draining the gas or steam heat, LTFX units have no open
tank. This is ideal for large capacity tanks that flames, no additional plumbing connection, quiet
• Standard Type J Thermocouple must remain filled for continuous operation operation, and better operating efficiencies. In
for Over-Temperature Protection and storage. addition, electric heat can be precisely controlled
with Chromalox control panels.
Applications
• Matching Control Panels • Matching Control Panel - Each unit can be
Available (Pre-Mounting Option LTFX units provide low watt density heating over matched with a corresponding control panel to
Available) a large surface area, while providing precise ensure seamless operation. Control panels can
temperature control for such materials as fire be provided separately or installed directly on
• ASME Design and Certification water storage, asphalt, diesel, lube oils, ethanol, the LTFX unit.
Available bio-diesel, glycerin, animal fats, vegetable oils,
fuel oils, or similar types of liquids. • Provided Overtemperature Sensor - Each unit
comes equipped with a type J thermocouple for
• Custom Flange Sizes, kW Note: Horizontal mount only.
overtemperature sensing on the pipe wall.
Rating, or Voltages Available
Advantages
Options
• No Tank Draining Required - Open-coil (OCE)
style heating elements can be inspected or • Universal Support Stand - Support stand helps
changed without draining the tank. This re- to ensure ease of installation and minimize on-
duces costs and production downtime. site fabrication. (Shipped separately)
• Quick & Easy Installation - Standard ANSI • Alternate Voltage and kW Ratings
flange provides a straightforward mating con- • Larger ANSI style flanges available (up to 36",
nection and requires no special modifications. 300#)
• Third Party Certifications - Moisture Resis- • Optional pre-assembly with Chromalox control
tant Housings are CSA Certified. Explosion / panel
Moisture Resistant Housings carry both CSA
and ATEX approvals for hazardous locations • Lower watt densities for highly viscous
(see table for specific listings). material
• Minimal Spacing Required - Open-coil (OCE) • Customized immersion lengths and/or flanges
style elements can be bent to a vertical plane for custom sized tanks are available
during removal, with as little as 36" of clearance
between tanks, walls or other obstructions.
This allows more efficient use of factory floor
space.
D-37
PACKAGED SYSTEMS
LTFX Replaceable Type “J”

Thermocouple in a Thermowell for
Overtemperature Sensing
Open-Coil (OCE)
Removeable Heating Elements
Large Tank Flange

Heater (cont'd.)
2” or 3”
Moisture/Weather Schedule 40 Pipe
150# ANSI
Resistant Terminal
Flange Connection
Enclosure (E4)
Model Specifications – E4 Moisture Resistant Housing

Nominal Matching Control Panel
Immersion ANSI Number Tube Watt Density
Heater Model kW Volts Phase Circuits Length (In.) Flange Size of Tubes Diameter (Outside) PCN Model
LTFX-125-004E4 4 480 3 1 60 4" - 150# 1 2" 10 484211-003 CPCA-SI-75EV
LTFX-128-008E4 8 480 3 1 96 4" - 150# 1 2" 12 484211-003 CPCA-SI-75EV
LTFX-1212-012E4 12 480 3 1 144 4" - 150# 1 2" 12 484211-003 CPCA-SI-75EV
LTFX-2212-024E4 24 480 3 1 144 6" - 150# 2 2" 12 484211-003 CPCA-SI-75EV
LTFX-3212-036E4 36 480 3 1 144 6" - 150# 3 2" 12 484211-003 CPCA-SI-75EV
LTFX-2325-060E4 60 480 3 1 300 8" - 150# 2 3" 9 484211-003 CPCA-SI-75EV
LTFX-3325-090E4 90 480 3 3 300 10" - 150# 3 3" 9 n/a 4432-348-51100
LTFX-4325-120E4 120 480 3 2 300 10" - 150# 4 3" 9 n/a 4432-280-51100
LTFX-6325-180E4 180 480 3 3 300 12" - 150# 6 3" 9 n/a 4432-380-51100
LTFX-8325-240E4 240 480 3 4 300 14" - 150# 8 3" 9 n/a 4432-480-51100
Note — The above heater and panel units are sold and shipped separately. Horizontal mount only.
Model Specifications – E2 Explosion/Moisture Resistant Housing

Nominal Matching Control Panel
Immersion ANSI Number Tube Watt Density
Heater Model kW Volts Phase Circuits Length (In.) Flange Size of Tubes Diameter (Outside) PCN Model
LTFX-125-004E2 4 480 3 1 66 4" - 150# 1 2" 9 Note: Explosion Resistant
LTFX-128-008E2 8 480 3 1 96 4" - 150# 1 2" 12 Control Panels are available.
LTFX-1212-012E2 12 480 3 1 144 4" - 150# 1 2" 12 However, installing the control
LTFX-3210-024E2 24 480 3 1 120 8" - 150# 3 2" 9
panel outside the hazardous lo-
LTFX-3215-036E2 36 480 3 1 180 8" - 150# 3 2" 9
cation may offer significant cost
LTFX-3225-060E2 60 480 3 1 300 8" - 150# 3 2" 9
savings. Please refer to section
LTFX-4225-090E2 90 480 3 2 300 10" - 150# 4 2" 10
LTFX-8215-120E2 120 480 3 2 180 12" - 150# 8 2" 12 'H' of the catalog for available
LTFX-9220-180E2 180 480 3 3 240 14" - 150# 9 2" 11 panel options.
Note — The above heater and panel units are sold and shipped separately. Horizontal mount only.
Optional Accessories
PCN Description
308355 12" - Type "J" T/C for customer install
308064 12" - RTD for customer install
308670 Thermowell for T/C or RTD
327783 Type J Extension wire, 100 ft.
308144 RTD Extension wire, 50 ft.
073139-031 Universal Support Stand (Stainless Steel)
073139-032 Universal Support Stand (Carbon Steel)
Note —
Chromalox adjustable support stand helps to ensure
ease of installation and minimal on-site fabrication.
D-38
PACKAGED SYSTEMS
LTFX
Large Tank Flange
Heater (cont'd.)
To Order— Complete model number using the matrix provided.
Model Large Tank Heating Systems
LTFX Large Tank Flange Heater
Code Tube and Flange Material
SS 304 Stainless Steel
M Other Material
Code Control Panel Mounting
(Blank) Panel Provided Separately
P Control Panel Mounted on Unit
Code Number of Heating Tubes
3 Number of Heating Tubes in ANSI Flange
LARGE TANK
Code Tube Diameter
2 2" NPS
3 3" NPS
Code Length (nearest Ft.)
25 Heating Tube Immersion Length
Code Kilowatt Rating of Unit (three digits)
090 kW
Code Terminal Housing Style (Refer to Certfication Table for Third Party Listings)
E2 Explosion/Moisture Resistant
(Blank) Catalog PCN Item
XX Custom Feature
Code Voltage
208 208 415 415
240 240 480 480
380 380 575 575
1 One 3 Three
2 Two 4 Four
Code Phase
1P Single
3P Three
Code Kilowatts
90 kW

LTFX _ _ - 3 3 25 - 090 E4 _ 480V 3 - 3P 90 Typical Model Number

Note —
Shaded sections of the model build table are not a finite list. Items such as Number of Tubes, Length, Wattage, and Voltage should be adjusted to match design.
D-39
PACKAGED SYSTEMS
LTFX
Large Tank Flange
Heater (cont'd.)
Certifications
E4 Moisture Resistant Enclosure Certifications
North America Canadian European International
Designation(s) Designation(s) Designation(s) Designation(s)
Rating NEMA 4 NEMA 4 IP66 IP66
Agency(s) Manufacturers dec-
laration
Manufacturers
declaration
E2 Moisture Resistant/Explosion Proof Enclosure Certifications

North America Canadian European International
Designation(s) Designation(s) Designation(s) Designation(s)
Rating Explosion Explosion Explosion Explosion
Resistant Resistant Resistant Resistant
Agency(s) CSAus CSA ATEX IECEx
Ratings* Class I, Div. 1 Groups Class I, Div. 1 Groups Ex d IIB+H2 Gb
B, C & D B, C & D 0359 T1 to T6
II 2 G
Ex d IIB+H2 Gb
T1 to T6
Class II, Div. 1 Class II, Div. 1
IP66 IP66
Groups E, F & G Groups E, F & G
Class I Zone 1 Class I Zone 1
AEx d Ex d
IIB + H2 Gb IIB + H2 Gb
T1 to T6 T1 to T6
-50˚C < Ta < +60˚C
*Note: Temps over T3 (200˚C) require stand-offs for third-party listing. Refer to IECEx and ATEX
certificates for stand-off dimensions.
D-40
Packaged Systems
FXTH
Flexible Tank
Immersion Heater
• 12 - 40 Ft. Immersed Length
(1, 2 or 3 Flexible Assemblies)
• 6 - 60 kW (20 - 204 Mbh)
• 240 and 480V, Three Phase (600V

Available)
• Low Watt Density, High Wattage
• Installs through Manhole in Tank

above or below ground.
(14" Dia. Min.)
Optional Control Panel3
• Optional NEMA 4 (WCC)
Control Center
LARGE TANK
Applications Manhole Model
Size Length No. Wt.
Chromalox FXTH Immersion Heaters provide kW (In.) (Ft.) Tubes W/In2 240V 3 Phase1 480V 3 Phase1 Stock (Lbs.)
low watt density heating for such materials 6 14 12 1 4.1 FXTH-11206B-24 FXTH-11206B-48 NS 79
as asphalt, fuel oil, pitch and tar, liquid sugar, 8 14 15 1 4.4 FXTH-11508B-24 FXTH-11508B-48 NS 97
molasses, lube oils, linseed oil and other heat 10 14 15 1 5.4 FXTH-11510B-24 FXTH-11510B-48 NS 97
sensitive materials. FXTH heaters can be in- 12 14 15 1 6.5 FXTH-11512B-24 FXTH-11512B-48 NS 97
10 14 20 1 4.1 FXTH-12010B-24 FXTH-12010B-48 NS 127
stalled through the manhole opening in exist-
12 14 20 1 4.9 FXTH-12012B-24 FXTH-12012B-48 NS 127
ing large tanks above or below ground without 15 14 20 1 6.1 FXTH-12015B-24 FXTH-12015B-48 NS 127
welding, cutting or cleaning. FXTH heaters can 18 14 27 1 5.4 FXTH-12718B-24 FXTH-12718B-48 NS 170
be used in steel, concrete and Fiberglas® tanks 21 14 30 1 5.7 FXTH-13021B-24 FXTH-13021B-48 NS 190
or in open top process tanks. 24 14 32 1 6.1 FXTH-13224B-24 FXTH-13224B-48 NS 205
27 14 35 1 6.3 FXTH-13527B-24 FXTH-13527B-48 NS 225
Features 30 14 40 1 6.1 FXTH-14030B-24 FXTH-14030B-48 NS 250
12 18 12 2 4.1 FXTH-21212B-24 FXTH-21212B-48 NS 157
16 18 15 2 4.4 FXTH-21516B-24 FXTH-21516B-48 NS 194
No Tank Modification Required — Installs 20 18 15 2 5.4 FXTH-21520B-24 FXTH-21520B-48 NS 194
through normal manhole opening 24 18 15 2 6.5 FXTH-21524B-24 FXTH-21524B-48 NS 194
20 18 20 2 4.1 FXTH-22020B-24 FXTH-22020B-48 NS 253
No Hot Spots or Carbonization — Heat is 24 18 20 2 4.9 FXTH-22024B-24 FXTH-22024B-48 NS 253
evenly spread along the bottom of the tank 30 18 20 2 6.1 FXTH-22030B-24 FXTH-22030B-48 NS 253
36 18 27 2 5.4 FXTH-22736B-24 FXTH-22736B-48 NS 340
Weather Proof Terminal Enclosure contains 42 18 30 2 5.7 FXTH-23042B-24 FXTH-23042B-48 NS 380
process and overtemperature thermocouples. 48 18 32 2 6.1 FXTH-23248B-24 FXTH-23248B-48 NS 405
Overtemperature thermowell is attached to 54 18 35 2 6.3 FXTH-23554B-24 FXTH-23554B-48 NS 440
heater sheath (one per tube) 60 18 40 2 6.1 FXTH-24060B-24 FXTH-24060B-48 NS 500
18 24 12 3 4.1 FXTH-31218B-24 FXTH-31218B-48 NS 236
Basic Heater Assembly includes flexible pipe, 30 24 15 3 5.4 FXTH-31530B-24 FXTH-31530B-48 NS 291
36 24 15 3 6.5 FXTH-31536B-24 FXTH-31536B-48 NS 291
terminal enclosure, 14 foot risers, two lifting
30 24 20 3 4.1 FXTH-32030B-24 FXTH-32030B-48 NS 370
cables and 4 inch high sludge legs 36 24 20 3 4.9 FXTH-32036B-24 FXTH-32036B-48 NS 370
45 24 20 3 6.1 FXTH-32045B-24 FXTH-32045B-48 NS 370
Optional Control Panel3 with weather proof
(WCC) electrical enclosure completely wired Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, options and quantity.
with indicating electronic process control,
fail- safe overtemperature controls, master 1. Other voltages available, contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
2. Special ratings, extra riser height, terminal enclosure manhole adapters and separate
circuit breaker, contactors, fuses, pilot lights, low-temperature alarm contacts available.
switches and 120V control transformer. Other 3. Matching control panels (model WCC) available with a wide variety of options.
control options include recorders, time clock,
audible alarm and mounting legs.
D-41
Packaged Systems
RSTO
Unitary Electric
Immersion Heater
• 15 - 26 Ft. Immersed Length
• 15 - 72 kW (51 - 246 Mbh) B
• 240 and 480V, Three Phase (600V

Available)
Features
• 3 W/In2 on Pipe (Heating) Surface
Easy Maintenance and Service — Flexible and switches. Electronic process temperature
• Weather Proof Electrical OCE elements can be bent in a vertical plane control mounted in door and accessible from
Enclosure on a 12 inch minimum radius and require only outside the enclosure. Optional time clock.
3 feet for installation or removal.
• Holding Temperatures 175 - 375°F Optional Explosion Resistant Electrical
Weather Proof Electrical Enclosure com- Enclosures for hazardous locations, special
(Optional Control 20 - 120°F)
pletely wired with safety interlocked circuit construction material, stainless steel and
breaker, overtemperature controls, pilot lights others.
Applications
Chromalox RSTO and RST Unitary Electric Tank Hold DIM1 Model3
Immersion Heaters provide low watt density Cap. Temp B No. Wt.
heating over a large heated surface with (Gal.) kW (°F) (Ft.) Tubes 240V2 3 Phase 480V2 3 Phase Stock (Lbs.)
precise temperature control for such materials 8,000 15 175 19 2 RSTO-21915B-24 RSTO-21915B-48 NS 560
8,000 20 225 19 2 RSTO-21920B-24 RSTO-21920B-48 NS 560
as asphalt, fuel oil, pitch and tar, liquid sugar, 8,000 25 275 19 2 RSTO-21925B-24 RSTO-21925B-48 NS 560
molasses, lube oils, linseed oil and other 8,000 30 325 15 5 RSTO-52030B-24 RSTO-52030B-48 NS 1,100
heat sensitive materials. Unitary heaters are 8,000 38 375 19.5 5 RSTO-52038B-24 RSTO-52038B-48 NS 1,300
installed in large tanks above or below ground 10,000 18 175 15 3 RSTO-31518B-24 RSTO-31518B-48 NS 635
(requires access to one tank end). 10,000 24 225 15 4 RSTO-41524B-24 RSTO-41524B-48 NS 905
10,000 36 325 15 6 RSTO-61536B-24 RSTO-61536B-48 NS 1,270
RSTO immersion heaters are recommended 10,000 45 375 14.5 8 RSTO-81545B-24 RSTO-81545B-48 NS 1,710
for general purpose applications and cramped 12,000 20 175 17 3 RSTO-31720B-24 RSTO-31720B-48 NS 695
12,000 26 225 16.5 4 RSTO-41726B-24 RSTO-41726B-48 NS 925
locations. Open coil (OCE) heating elements 12,000 32 275 16.5 5 RSTO-51732B-24 RSTO-51732B-48 NS 1,135
are housed in 3" Schedule 40 NPS steel pipe 12,000 40 325 17 6 RSTO-61740B-24 RSTO-61740B-48 NS 1,440
and are removable without draining the tank. 12,000 48 375 17.5 7 RSTO-71848B-24 RSTO-71848B-48 NS 1,620
A liquid-tight adapter box5 is provided for 15,000 22 175 18.7 3 RSTO-31922B-24 RSTO-31922B-48 NS 725
welding the heater assembly to the tank 15,000 30 225 19 4 RSTO-41930B-24 RSTO-41930B-48 NS 1,055
15,000 36 275 18.5 5 RSTO-51936B-24 RSTO-51936B-48 NS 1,230
header. 15,000 45 325 19 6 RSTO-61945B-24 RSTO-61945B-48 NS 1,530
15,000 56 375 20.5 7 RSTO-72156B-24 RSTO-72156B-48 NS 1,830
20,000 24 175 19.6 3 RSTO-32024B-24 RSTO-32024B-48 NS 755
20,000 36 225 23 4 RSTO-42336B-24 RSTO-42336B-48 NS 1,205
20,000 48 275 25 5 RSTO-52548B-24 RSTO-52548B-48 NS 1,605
20,000 60 325 25.5 6 RSTO-62660B-24 RSTO-62660B-48 NS 1,790
20,000 72 375 26 7 RSTO-72672B-24 RSTO-72672B-48 NS 2,260
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, overall immersed “B” length and quantity.
1. Heated length is 4" shorter than B dimension.

2. Other voltages available, contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
3. Suffix “T” indicates optional 7 day 24 hour time clock.
Suffix “F” indicates flange mounting instead of adapter box.
4. Special ratings, immersion lengths and configurations available.
5. Optional adapter flange available in place of adapter box. Complete details and
dimensions of adapter box, adapter flange and enclosures are available from your
Local Chromalox Sales office.
D-42
Packaged Systems
Ordering Guidelines
Large Tank Heaters
Ordering Model Large Tank Heating Systems
Information FXTH Flexible Tank Immersion Heater with Open Coil Elements
RSTO Unitary Electric Immersion Heater with Open Coil (OCE) Elements
To Order—
Specify model,
volts, phase, kW, Code Number of Heating Tubes
PCN (where 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 (FXTH up to 3)
available) and Code Length (nearest Ft.)
options desired. 19 19
Complete model
number using the Code Wattage
matrix provided. 22 22 kW (use actual Kilowatt-round to kW i.e. 23.7kW=24)
Code Latest Modification
B B
Code Voltage (3 phase only)
20 208 24 240 38 380
LARGE TANK
41 415 48 480 57 575
Code Options
F Flange Mounting (RST and RSTO)
T Time Clock (RST and RSTO)
WCC WCC Control Panel (FXTH)
XX Other Options
RSTO 3 19 22 B 24 F Typical Model Number

Note — Refer to large tank heating systems product pages in this section for details, version letter and available options.
D-43
Packaged Systems
Steam Boilers
Overview
• Steam Pressures to 235 psig
• Hot Water Temp. to 240°F
• Steam Capacities to 4,890

Lbs/Hr and 235 psig
• 3 - 1,620 kW (10 - 5,527 Mbh)
• 120 - 600 Volt, 1 & 3 Phase
Applications
• Supplying steam for reaction and distillation Boiler Selection
Chromalox Packaged Electric Steam and vessels, retorts, autoclaves and sterilizers.
Hot Water Boilers are safe and versatile heat Chromalox steam boilers are available in the
sources that produce low or high pressure • Supplying steam for pipe tracing, to keep following ranges to accommodate any process
steam or hot water for commercial and viscous materials flowing in asphalt plants, or application: 3 to 1620 kW, 9 to 4883
industrial processes and for comfort heating in fuel oil lines, jacketed pumps, strainers pounds of dry saturated steam per hour,
applications. Chromalox electric boilers can be and valves and provide antifreeze protection. 0 to 235 psig.
used anywhere steam is required and electric
• Supplying steam to heat rolls for paper coat- Boiler selection is usually based on the operat-
power is available. They are packaged units
ing, calendering, laminating, corrugating and ing pressure (psig) and steaming capacity
that operate from existing distribution volt-
embossing. (Lbs/Hr). When the pressure or temperature
ages, making installation simple.
• Supplying steam heat for platens, dies and kilowatt rating or Lbs./Hr. of steam re-
Electric boiler applications encompass all quirements are known, the recommended boil-
and molds used for laminating wood and
types of commercial and industrial enterprises er can be determined from the following Boiler
plastics, molding and forming of elastomers
such as hospitals, breweries, surgical centers, Selection Chart. If these operating parameters
and plastic materials, plastic extrusions and
bakeries, utilities, etc. Chromalox electric are not known, contact your Local Chromalox
curing of epoxies and Fiberglas® materials.
boilers are used for food processing, hu- Sales office for assistance in calculating the
midification, sterilization, process drying and • Supplying steam for comfort heating and steam requirements and for recommendations
particularly in the manufacture of chemicals, humidification. on the proper size steam boiler.
paints, paper, textiles, petroleum products,
pharmaceuticals and plastics. Some specific
applications include:
Steam Boiler — Selection Guidelines
• Supplying steam for storage tanks and
°F Psig
jacketed vessels to process waxes, paraffin, 406 250
glues, resins, varnishes, dyestuffs, molasses
CHPES
and vegetable oils.
388 200
366 150
CHS
338 100
CES & CSSB
298 50 CMB
212 0 CAS
kW 3 6 15 100 150 180 1000 1500 1620 2000
Lbs/Hr 1 9 18 45 301 452 542 3010 4515 4883
Notes —
1. Mbh is ASME & ANSI standard for thousand British thermal units per hour.
D-44
Packaged Systems
Steam Boilers
With the pressure and capacity known, con- Steam Boilers — Selection Guidelines
tinue the selection process by consulting the Maximum Maximum
detailed product pages for the models listed in Pressure Temp.
the accompanying table. (psig) (°F) kW Description Model Page
90 331 3 -15 Compact CMB D-45
90 331 16 - 20 Special CAS D-46
90 331 6 - 180 Vertical CES-B D-47
90 331 6 - 180 Stainless Steel CSSB-A D-49
135 358 150 - 1,620 High Capacity CHS D-51
235 401 6 - 180 Medium Pressure CHPES-A D-53
Optional Equipment D-55
Custom Engineering & Manufacturing D-58
Advantages
Chromalox Packaged Electric Boilers offer the Simple, Safe Operation — Most electric
advantage of electricity as the heat source to boilers can be operated by custodial personnel
provide low or high pressure steam or hot wa- with a minimum of training.
BOILERS
ter. Building and installation costs are reduced Fast Start Up and Recovery — Boilers can
substantially over fuel fired boilers since fuel be turned on and be up to pressure within
tanks, chimneys, flues, vents and complex minutes. Long warm up times or complicated
piping required for fossil fuel fired boilers are start up procedures are unnecessary.
eliminated.
Minimal Maintenance — Electric boilers
Packaged boilers comply with all the require- only require a periodic or daily “blow down”
ments of relevant UL and CSA Standards and to maintain their efficiency. (An optional auto-
and the Canadian Registration (CRN). Boilers matic blow down system can be purchased to
are completely assembled and tested under ensure continuous reliability of
operating conditions to rigid quality standards planned maintenance.)
prior to release for shipment. Chromalox Reduced Operating Costs — Electric boilers
electric boilers are ready to install and need can provide steam “on demand” using auto-
only a water feed source and an electric power matically controlled electric power. Operating
hook-up to produce fast, economical high- costs can be controlled by reducing or elimi-
quality steam. Energy conversion efficiencies nating “idling” or “standby” operation when
approaching 100% are possible. the boiler is not needed.
Cleanliness — No fumes or products of
combustion. Boilers may be installed in
alcoves, under counters or in other restricted
spaces.
Electric Hot Water & Steam Boilers — General Specifications

Operating Temp. Vessel Pressure Connection
Model Description Pressure (psig) (°F) kW Mbh2 Rating (psig) Type
CMB Compact Steam Boiler 0 - 90 212 - 331 3 - 15 10 - 51 100 NPT
CES-B Vertical Steam Boiler 0 - 90 212 - 331 6 - 180 21 - 614 100 NPT
CAS Special Steam Boiler 0 - 90 212 - 331 16 - 20 55 - 68 100 NPT
CSSB-A Stainless Steel Steam Boiler 0 - 90 212 - 331 6 - 180 21-614 100 NPT
CHPES-A Medium Pressure Vertical Steam Boiler 0 - 235 212 - 401 6 - 180 21-614 250 NPT
CHS High Capacity Horizontal Steam Boiler 0 - 135 212 - 358 150 - 1,620 512-5,527 150 NPT and Flanged
GCH1 Steam Superheater 0 - 150 212 - 800 1 - 350 3-1,194 150 NPT or Flanged
Notes —
1. See Circulation Heater section.
2. Mbh is ASME & ANSI standard for thousand British thermal units per hour.
D-45
Packaged Systems
Steam Boilers Typical Closed-Loop System

Features
Process GCH In-Line Steam
Super Heater (Optional)
Steam Trap Alternate Feed Systems

Low Pressure
Furnished Water Feed
• Hot Water Temp. to 240°F by Customer
Steam Water Supply
Outlet
• Steam Capacities to 4,890
Lbs/Hr @ 235 psig High Pressure Water
Condensate Feed Pump & Motor
• 3 - 1,620 kW (10 - 5,527 Mbh) Return Line
Chromalox Blow Down Separator

Steam
• 120 - 600 Volt, 1 & 3 Phase Check Valve Boiler
• Pressure Vessels Carbon or

Stainless Steel ASME Section I Cold Water
Supply
Carbon Steel ASME Section IV Condensate
Return Tank Drain
(CRN Available) Water Supply Pump & Motor
Drain Automatic Blowdown
• Copper or INCOLOY® Sheath
Heating Elements Note — Blow down separators and/or condensate return systems (optional equipment)
may be necessary in some installations. Check local and state codes.
• Mechanical (Float) and/or
Electronic (Probe) Water Level
and Limit Controls Features is maintained to assure compliance with the
ASME Code, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
Chromalox Electric Steam Boilers are efficient requirements and engineering design specifi-
• Optional Control Transformers, energy management systems with specially de- cations. Each boiler is tested under power for
Water Feed Systems and Blow signed heater bundles which provide maximum functional conformance, is subject to a high
Down Equipment element to water contact and uniform circula- potential dielectric test, hydrostatic pressure
tion. Low or high pressure steam is generated test and must pass a Quality Control inspec-
• Third Party (UL, CSA) Listing, in pressure vessels designed to minimize tion before being released for shipment.
Recognition or Certification “carry over” of moisture and impurities into
the steam distribution system. Chromalox Optional Equipment
packaged boilers are compact in size with a
small foot print and are ideal for “point of use” • Condensate Returns
applications in areas with limited space. They
• Blow Down Separaters
are available in many sizes from stock.
• Vacuum Breakers
Heating Methods
• Cold Water Feeds
Most steam heating applications can be
grouped into two categories, open loop and • Sequencers
closed loop. In an open-loop system, the • Control Transformers
waste steam and condensate are not recov-
ered and are exhausted to the drain. These Custom Engineering
are called “pass through” systems and are
frequently used for sterilizers. In a closed-loop Chromalox can design and manufacture
system, the waste steam and condensate are your Packaged Electric Steam and Hot Water
recovered and recycled through the boiler. Boilers. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales
Closed loop systems are the most efficient and office.
cost effective and are recommended for most
applications. (See above illustration.) Note — Refer to Optional Equipment in
this section.
Reliability — A rigid Quality Control Program
D-46
Packaged Systems
CMB Dimensions (Inches)

Compact CMB-3
Steam Boiler 1/2" IPS Inlet
and 1/4" IPS
Outlet
• Steam Capacity H
(9 - 45 Lbs/Hr @ 0 - 90 psig)
• 3 - 15 kW (10 - 51 Mbh)
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt, Features

1 & 3 Phase (600V Available) W
Pressure/Temperature Control easily adjusts
• ASME Section I Pressure Vessel operating pressure. Pilot light indicates when CMB-6 through -15
Carbon Steel Code “M” boiler is on and element is heating.
1/2" IPS
(100 psig) (CRN Available) Steam Pressure Gauge provides visual indica- Inlet and
Outlet
tion of steam pressure.
• 0.430" Dia. Copper Sheath
BOILERS
Heating Elements with Mechanical Float Valve Water Feeder can be
Run Dry Protection connected directly to water main, eliminating
complicated feed water piping3. H
• Automatic Mechanical Float Water Level Sight Glass allows constant visual
Valve Water Feeder with Inlet observation of water level in the generator.
Check Valve3
Safe, Reliable Operation is assured by a
separate low water cutoff that shuts down the
• Electronic Low Water Cutoff
generator if it accidentally runs low on water.
(Single Probe) W

• Water Level Sight Glass and
Dimensions (In.)
Blow Down Drain Valve Steam1 Wt.
Lbs/Hr Bhp kW Volts2 Ph W L H Model Stock (Lbs.)
9 0.3 3 120 1 17 15 23 CMB-3 NS 68
• Pressure Gauge (0 - 160 psig) 9 0.3 3 208 1 17 15 23 CMB-3 NS 68
9 0.3 3 240 1 17 15 23 CMB-3 NS 68
• ASME Safety Relief Valve 9 0.3 3 208 3 17 15 23 CMB-3 NS 68
9 0.3 3 240 3 17 15 23 CMB-3 NS 68
9 0.3 3 480 3 17 15 23 CMB-3 NS 68
18 0.61 6 208 1 20 30 37 CMB-6 NS 165
Applications 18 0.61 6 240 1 20 30 37 CMB-6 NS 165
18 0.61 6 480 1 20 30 37 CMB-6 NS 165
CMB Low Pressure Steam Generator — 18 0.61 6 208 3 20 30 37 CMB-6 NS 165
Delivers 9 to 45 lbs. of steam per hour at 18 0.61 6 240 3 20 30 37 CMB-6 NS 165
18 0.61 6 480 3 20 30 37 CMB-6 NS 165
0 - 90 psig, and is used in many manufactur- 27 0.91 9 208 3 20 30 37 CMB-9 NS 165
ing processes. The CMB’s small size and 27 0.91 9 240 3 20 30 37 CMB-9 NS 165
small capacity make it an ideal “point of use” 27 0.91 9 480 3 20 30 37 CMB-9 NS 165
steam source in industrial plants, computer 36 1.22 12 208 3 20 30 37 CMB-12 NS 165
rooms, laboratories, hospitals, jewelry stores, 36 1.22 12 240 3 20 30 37 CMB-12 NS 165
36 1.22 12 480 3 20 30 37 CMB-12 NS 165
steam rooms and other spot heating applica-
45 1.52 15 208 3 20 30 37 CMB-15 NS 165
tions. The CMB is also ideal for stand-by 45 1.52 15 240 3 20 30 37 CMB-15 NS 165
operations which require small amounts of 45 1.52 15 480 3 20 30 37 CMB-15 NS 165
steam or humidification during off season Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
periods when the main plant boiler may be To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW and PCN.
1. At 212oF with 50oF feed water.
shut down. 2. Other voltages are available. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
3. For proper operation, the automatic water feed control unit requires a water supply
All CMB steam generators are inspected pressure of 10 psig greater than the operating pressure of the steam generator.
to rigid quality standards. They are factory “Under the U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, it is unlawful to install or use this product in any service
tested under operating conditions and are that comes into contact with water for human consumption (including drinking, food or beverage prepara-
ready to operate. tion, hand washing, or teeth brushing). This product is intended exclusively for use in non-potable service.”
D-47
Packaged Systems
CAS
Special Process & OEM
Steam Boiler
• Steam Pressures to 90 psig1
• Steam Capacity
(48 - 60 Lbs/Hr @ 0 - 90 psig)
• 16 - 20 kW (55 - 68 Mbh)
CAS Boilers are also used in food, plastics,
Dimensions (Inches)
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt, rubber and pharmaceutical processing. Operating
1 & 3 Phase (600V Available) 1/2" NPT Pressure
All CAS Boilers are inspected to rigid quality Pressure Gauge Control
L
standards. They are factory tested under actual
• ASME Section I Code “M”
operating conditions and are ready to operate.
Pressure Vessel Carbon Steel 3"
(100 psig) (CRN Available) Features

• 0.430 Dia. Copper Sheath Pressure Control easily adjusts operating High
Limit
Heating Elements pressure. Pressure H
Control
Steam Pressure Gauge provides visual indica- Access
• Two Pressure Controls — Panel
tion of steam pressure.
Operating and Automatic Reset
High Limit On/Off Switch with Pilot Light indicating boiler
is energized and operational.
• Electronic Water Feed Control
Water Level Sight Glass allows constant
with Low Water Cutoff
visual observation of boiler’s water level.
(Dual Probe) 1/2" NPT 100
W
Automatic Solenoid Water Inlet Valve can be PSIG S. Valve

• Automatic Solenoid Water Inlet connected directly to water main, eliminating
1/2" NPT
Valve with In-line Check Valve complicated feed water piping4. Integral control Steam
relay (rated 1/3 Hp 120V) for external high Outlet
• Water Level Sight Glass and pressure water feed pump and motor. Nipple
Blow Down Drain Valve
Electronic Water Feed Control Probe is
located in an isolator tube to assure true boiler
• Pressure Gauge (0 - 160 psig) water level readings during operation. 1/2" NPT
Gauge
• ASME Safety Relief Valve Safe, Reliable Operation assured by a low Glass
water cutoff that shuts down the boiler if it Ass'y
accidentally runs low on water.
Applications
CAS Steam Boilers are specifically designed Dimensions (In.)
Steam2 Wt.
for use where space requirements are limited. Lbs/Hr Bhp kW Volts3 Ph Amps3 W L H Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
The compact construction and low profile 60 2 20 208 1 96.2 16 21 18 CAS-20CM NS — 160
permit the CAS boiler to fit under hospital 60 2 20 208 3 55.6 16 21 18 CAS-20CM NS 109217 160
and research laboratory steam sterilizers. 60 2 20 240 1 83.3 16 21 18 CAS-20CM NS — 160
CAS boilers are easily adapted to garment 60 2 20 240 3 48.2 16 21 18 CAS-20CM NS 109225 160
60 2 20 480 3 24.1 16 21 18 CAS-20CM NS 025283 160
presses, dry cleaning and other textile equip-
ment. With an optional solenoid actuated Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
steam gun, the CAS becomes a perfect tool
for shrink fitting upholstery fabrics in furni- 1. Optional trim of 15, 30 and 50 psig available.
ture and automobile after market industries. 2. At 212oF with 50oF feed water.
3. Other voltages are available, contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
4. For proper operation, the automatic water feed solenoid valve requires a water supply
pressure of 10 psig greater than the operating pressure of the boiler.
D-48
Packaged Systems
CES-B
Vertical Steam Boiler
• Steam Capacity
(18 - 542 Lbs/Hr @ 0 - 135 psig)
• 6 - 180 kW (21 - 614 Mbh)
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt, Features Low or High Pressure Water Feed or Conden-
1 & 3 Phase (600 V Available) sate Return System for boiler water feed.
CES-B Stock Steam Boilers are Trimmed at
100 psig for operation to 90 psig — They are Heavy Duty Vacuum Breaker prevents
• ASME Section I Pressure Vessel also available (on order) with 15, 30, 50 and siphoning of condensate in condensate return
Carbon Steel Code “M” 150 psig trim. Boilers trimmed at 150 psig systems.
(100 psig) (CRN Available) can be operated up to 135 psig correspond- Automatic Blow Down System eliminates daily
ing to 353˚F. Boilers trimmed at 150 psig use manual blow-down maintenance.
• 0.430 Dia. Copper Sheath a special ASME Section I, Code “S” pressure
Heating Elements vessel. All catalog CES boilers are UL Listed Blow Down Separator for blow down of a
BOILERS
and CSA Certified. boiler where steam and hot water cannot be
• One or Two Operating Controls discharged directly into a drain.
Manual Reset High Limit Optional Equipment
Electronic Water Level Control with automatic
Auxiliary Electronic Low Water Cutoff — water feed and low water cutoff (dual probe).
• Mechanical Float Water Feed
Control with Low Water Cutoff This option is required by some state or local
Proportional Control with electronic solid state
boiler codes.
sequencer for modulated pressure control.
• Pressure Gauge, Water Level
Sight Glass and Blow Down Typical CES-B Construction
Drain Valve(s)
Operating Pressure Control(s)
• ASME Safety Relief Valve
Steam Pressure Gauge
Pressure Relief Safety Valve
• Optional Transformer Manual Reset High Limit Control
ASME Nameplate (under panel) Steam Outlet and Stop Valve
Applications On/Off Control & Pilot Light Vacuum Breaker (Optional)
CES-B Medium Capacity Steam Boilers are

Automatic Blowdown Float Type Pump Control
sized to match the most common require- Control (Optional) and Low Water Cutoff
ments for steam in many commercial applica-
tions, laboratories, hospitals and industrial Sight Glass Power Fuses, Contactors
& Terminal Blocks
plants. CES-B boilers are ideal for stand-by
operations requiring high pressure steam
Carbon Steel ASME
in remote areas of an industrial plant which
Transformer Pressure Vessel
might incur excessive pipe losses or expensive
piping costs to supply from a central steam Heating Elements
Water Inlet, Ball and Check Valve
supply. They are ideal for off season periods Insulation
Low Pressure Water Feed
when steam is needed for critical processes with Strainer (Optional)
or humidification when the main boiler is shut
down. Automatic Blowdown
Valve (Optional)
Drain/Blowdown Valves
Note — A water feed system or condensate return system is required. See Optional Equipment.
D-49
Packaged Systems
CES-B Dimensions (Inches)

Vertical Steam Boiler (cont'd.)
CES-6B through -18B
W
Dimensions (In.)
Steam1 3 Ph2 Service 4 Wt.
Lbs/Hr Bhp kW Volts2 Ph Amps Wire Size W L5 H Model Stock (Lbs.)
CES-B with One Operating Pressure Control and a 1 kVA Transformer3
18.1 0.61 6 208 3 17 12 23 31 35 CES-006B NS 230
18.1 0.61 6 240 3 15 12 23 31 37 CES-006B NS 230 H
18.1 0.61 6 480 3 8 12 23 31 37 CES-006B NS 230
27.1 0.92 9 208 3 25 10 23 31 37 CES-009B NS 235
27.1 0.92 9 240 3 22 10 23 31 37 CES-009B NS 235
27.1 0.92 9 480 3 11 12 23 31 37 CES-009B NS 235
36.2 1.22 12 208 3 34 8 23 31 37 CES-012B NS 240
36.2 1.22 12 240 3 29 10 23 31 37 CES-012B NS 240
36.2 1.22 12 480 3 15 12 23 31 37 CES-012B NS 240
51.2 1.73 17 208 3 48 6 23 31 37 CES-018B NS 245
51.2 1.73 17 240 3 42 6 23 31 37 CES-018B NS 245
51.2 1.73 17 480 3 21 12 23 31 37 CES-018B AS 245
72.3 2.45 24 208 3 67 4 28 35 44 CES-024B NS 300
72.3 2.45 24 240 3 58 4 28 35 44 CES-024B NS 300
72.3 2.45 24 480 3 29 10 28 35 44 CES-024B NS 300
87.4 2.95 29 208 3 81 3 28 35 44 CES-030B NS 310
87.4 2.95 29 240 3 70 4 28 35 44 CES-030B NS 310
87.4 2.95 29 480 3 35 8 28 35 44 CES-030B NS 310
102.5 3.47 34 208 3 95 2 28 35 44 CES-036B NS 315
102.5 3.47 34 240 3 82 3 28 35 44 CES-036B NS 315
102.5 3.47 34 480 3 41 6 28 35 44 CES-036B NS 315
138.7 4.69 46 208 3 128 2/0 28 35 44 CES-048B NS 320
138.7 4.69 46 240 3 111 1 28 35 44 CES-048B NS 320
138.7 4.69 46 480 3 56 6 28 35 44 CES-048B NS 320
174.8 5.91 58 208 3 161 3/0 28 35 44 CES-060B NS 380 L
174.8 5.91 58 240 3 140 2/0 28 35 44 CES-060B NS 380 Transformer (when supplied)
174.8 5.91 58 480 3 70 4 28 35 44 CES-060B NS 380
205 6.93 68 208 3 189 250 MCM 28 35 44 CES-072B NS 390
205 6.93 68 240 3 164 3/0 28 35 44 CES-072B NS 390 CES-24B through -180B
205 6.93 68 480 3 82 3 28 35 44 CES-072B NS 390
W
CES-B with Two Operating Pressure Controls and a 1.5 kVA Transformer3
307 10.4 102 208 3 284 400 MCM 32 38 58 CES-100B NS 625
307 10.4 102 240 3 246 350 MCM 32 38 58 CES-100B NS 625
307 10.4 102 480 3 123 1/0 32 38 58 CES-100B NS 625
410 13.6 136 240 3 327 600 MCM 32 38 64 CES-135B NS 785
410 13.6 136 480 3 164 3/0 32 38 64 CES-135B NS 785
475 16.1 158 240 3 379 700 MCM 32 38 64 CES-160B NS 785
475 16.1 158 480 3 190 250 MCM 32 38 64 CES-160B NS 785 H
542 18.4 180 240 3 433 2-300 MCM 32 38 64 CES-180B NS 790
542 18.4 180 480 3 217 300 MCM 32 38 64 CES-180B NS 790
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW and PCN, if applicable.
1. Steaming capacity based on producing saturated steam at 212oF with 50oF feed water.
2. Single phase and other voltages available. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
3. All boilers have 120V/1/60Hz control circuit. 220V/1/50Hz circuits are available for
export boilers.
4. Copper 90oC AWG unless indicated otherwise. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales
office for the size and number of contactors.
5. Allow 21" for element removal and 10" around boiler for service access. Add 2" to
width dimension for optional transformer.
Plumbing Connections
NPT
“Under the U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, it
is unlawful to install or use this product in any ser- Water Steam
vice that comes into contact with water for human Boiler Inlet Outlet
consumption (including drinking, food or beverage CES 6-18 1/2 1/2
preparation, hand washing, or teeth brushing). This CES 24-72 3/4 1
product is intended exclusively for use in non-
potable service.”
CES 100 3/4 1-1/2
CES 135-180 3/4 2 L
D-50
Packaged Systems
CSSB-A
Stainless Steel
• Steam Capacity
(18 - 542 Lbs/Hr @ 0 - 90 psig)
• 6 - 180 kW (21 - 614 Mbh)
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt,

1 & 3 Phase (600V Available)
• ASME Section I Pressure Vessel

Stainless Steel Code “M”
(100 psig) (CRN Available)
BOILERS
• 0.430 Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath Features Optional Equipment
Heating Elements
Stainless Steel Construction — Pressure All optional equipment (except blow down
• One or Two Operating Controls vessel and all wetted parts are made of 304 separator) is available in stainless steel con-
Manual Reset High Limit stainless steel for operation with pure water. struction for compatibility with the basic boiler.
Type 316 stainless steel construction is avail-
Auxiliary Low Water Cutoff uses vertical ball
• Float Water Feed Control able.
float with electronic control. This option is
with Low Water Cutoff Low Water Cutoff and Level Control — Float required by some state or local boiler codes.
type constructed of stainless steel automati-
• Pressure Gauge, Water Level cally maintains correct water level in the boiler Proportional Control with electronic solid state
Sight Glass and Blow Down and shuts down the boiler if the level drops sequencer for modulated pressure control.
Drain Valve(s) below safe operating limits. Low or High Pressure Water Feed System
Operating Controls — All stainless steel pres- (Required) for mounting on boiler or remote
• ASME Safety Relief Valve installation.
sure controls provide accurate regulation of
steam pressure. Heavy Duty Vacuum Breaker prevents siphon-
High Pressure Limit Control — All stainless ing of condensate from condensate return
Applications systems.
steel manual reset pressure limit control shuts
CSSB All Stainless Steel Steam Boilers are down boiler if operating pressure exceeds set Automatic Blow Down System eliminates need
specifically designed for use where the purity point. for daily manual blow-down maintenance.
of the heating fluid must be maintained.
Water Level Sight Glass — Furnished with Blow Down Separator for blow down of a
Typical applications include sterilizers and
stainless steel valves, provides for constant boiler where steam and hot water cannot be
autoclaves in research, biological and phar-
visual observation of the water level in the discharged directly into a drain. Blow down
maceutical laboratories and humidification
boiler. separator uses city water for cooling.
equipment for the electronics industry (solid
state substrates). Pressure Gauge, Safety Valve, Drain and CAUTION — The use of chlorinated or regular
Blow Down Valves are constructed of stain- tap water in stainless steel boilers is specifi-
CSSB boilers utilize de-ionized, demineralized
less steel for compatibility with basic boiler. cally prohibited by the ASME Code. The feed
or distilled water to provide pure steam, free
of minerals or undesirable chemical addi- CSSB Steam Boilers are Trimmed at 100 water for CSSB boilers must be distilled,
tives. Pure steam eliminates the possibility of psig for operation to 90 psig and come de-ionized or demineralized water with a
carry over of contaminants into the process. complete, factory tested and ready to operate. minimum specific resistivity of 1 megohm/
Boilers are available (on order) with 15, 30 cm. Failure to use the correct type of water will
Note — A water feed system supplying dis- damage the equipment and void the factory
and 50 psig. All catalog CSSB boilers are UL
tilled, de-ionized or demineralized water warranty.
Listed.
is required on all CSSB boilers. (See Caution
note.)
D-51
Packaged Systems
CSSB-A Dimensions (Inches)
Stainless Steel Vertical CSSB-6A through -18A
Steam Boiler (cont'd.) W

DIM (In.)
Steam1 3 Ph2 Service Wt.
Lbs/Hr Bhp kW Volts2 Ph Amps Wire Size W L5 H Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
H
CSSB-A with One Operating Pressure Control3 (Transformer Optional)
18.1 0.61 6 208 3 17 12 23 31 37 CSSB-006A NS — 230
18.1 0.61 6 240 3 15 12 23 31 37 CSSB-006A NS — 230
18.1 0.61 6 480 3 8 12 23 31 37 CSSB-006A NS — 230
27.1 0.92 9 208 3 25 10 23 31 37 CSSB-009A NS — 235
27.1 0.92 9 240 3 22 10 23 31 37 CSSB-009A NS — 235
27.1 0.92 9 480 3 11 12 23 31 37 CSSB-009A NS — 235
36.2 1.22 12 208 3 34 8 23 31 37 CSSB-012A NS — 240
36.2 1.22 12 240 3 29 10 23 31 37 CSSB-012A NS — 240
36.2 1.22 12 480 3 15 12 23 31 37 CSSB-012A NS — 240
51.2 1.73 17 208 3 48 6 23 31 37 CSSB-018A NS — 245
51.2 1.73 17 240 3 42 6 23 31 37 CSSB-018A NS — 245
51.2 1.73 17 480 3 21 12 23 31 37 CSSB-018A NS — 245
72.3 2.45 24 208 3 67 4 28 35 44 CSSB-024A NS — 300
72.3 2.45 24 240 3 58 4 28 35 44 CSSB-024A NS — 300
72.3 2.45 24 480 3 29 10 28 35 44 CSSB-024A NS — 300
87.4 2.95 29 208 3 81 3 28 35 44 CSSB-030A NS — 310
87.4 2.95 29 240 3 70 4 28 35 44 CSSB-030A NS — 310
87.4 2.95 29 480 3 35 8 28 35 44 CSSB-030A NS — 310
102.5 3.47 34 208 3 95 2 28 35 44 CSSB-036A NS — 315
102.5 3.47 34 240 3 82 3 28 35 44 CSSB-036A NS — 315
102.5 3.47 34 480 3 41 6 28 35 44 CSSB-036A NS — 315
138.7 4.69 46 208 3 128 2/0 28 35 44 CSSB-048A NS — 320
138.7 4.69 46 240 3 111 1 28 35 44 CSSB-048A NS — 320
138.7 4.69 46 480 3 56 6 28 35 44 CSSB-048A NS — 320 L
174.8 5.91 58 208 3 161 3/0 28 35 44 CSSB-060A NS — 380
174.8 5.91 58 240 3 140 2/0 28 35 44 CSSB-060A NS — 380
174.8 5.91 58 480 3 70 4 28 35 44 CSSB-060A NS — 380 CSSB-24A through -72A
205 6.93 68 208 3 189 250 MCM 28 35 44 CSSB-072A NS — 390
205 6.93 68 240 3 164 3/0 28 35 44 CSSB-072A NS — 390 W
205 6.93 68 480 3 82 3 28 35 44 CSSB-072A NS — 390
CSSB-A with Two Operating Pressure Controls3 (Transformer Optional)
307 10.4 102 208 3 284 400 MCM 32 38 58 CSSB-100A NS — 625
307 10.4 102 240 3 246 350 MCM 32 38 58 CSSB-100A NS — 625
307 10.4 102 480 3 123 1/0 32 38 58 CSSB-100A NS — 625
410 13.6 136 240 3 327 600 MCM 32 38 64 CSSB-135A NS — 785
410 13.6 136 480 3 164 3/0 32 38 64 CSSB-135A NS — 785
H
475 16.1 158 240 3 379 700 MCM 32 38 64 CSSB-160A NS — 785
475 16.1 158 480 3 190 250 MCM 32 38 64 CSSB-160A NS — 785
542 18.4 180 240 3 433 2-300 MCM 32 38 64 CSSB-180A NS — 790
542 18.4 180 480 3 217 300 MCM 32 38 64 CSSB-180A NS — 790
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase and kW.
2. Single phase and other voltages available. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
3. All boilers have 120V/1/60Hz control circuit. 220V/1/50Hz circuits are available for
export boilers.
4. Copper 90oC AWG unless indicated otherwise. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales
office for the size and number of contactors.
5. Allow 21" for element removal and 10" around boiler for service access. Add 2"
to width dimension for optional transformer.
NPT
Water Steam
Boiler Inlet Outlet
CSSB 6-18 1/2 1/2
CSSB 24-72 3/4 1
CSSB 100 3/4 1-1/2 L
CSSB 135-180 3/4 2
D-52
Packaged Systems
CHS
High Capacity
Horizontal Steam Boiler
• Steam Capacity (452 - 4,882

Lbs/Hr @ 0 - 135 psig)
• 150 - 1,620 kW
(512 - 5,527 Mbh)
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt, 1 & 3

Phase (600V Available)
• ASME Section I Pressure Applications Long Life Heating Elements — Conserva-

Vessel Carbon Steel Code “S” tively rated flange mounted 0.475” dia. copper
(150 psig) (CRN Available) CHS High Capacity Steam Boilers are unique- sheath heating elements provide uniform
BOILERS
ly designed for larger commercial applications, water circulation and long life.
• 0.475 Dia. Copper Sheath laboratories, hospitals and industrial plants.
CHS boilers are ideal for stand-by operations Full Port Blow Down Drain Valves — Two
Heating Elements heavy duty gate or ball valves connected in
requiring high pressure steam in remote
areas of an industrial plant which might incur series for high pressure are supplied for boiler
• Two or Three Operating blow down.
Controls with Contactor Panels excessive pipe losses or expensive piping
costs to supply from a central steam supply.
(150 - 300 kW) Integral Electrical Controls and Power Panels
CHS boilers are particularly suited for use in with fuses and contactors mounted in heavy
off season periods when steam is needed for
• Proportional Operating Control critical processes or humidification and the
gauge control cabinet(s) with hinged doors
with Sequencer and Contactor and captive fasteners.
main boiler is shut down.
Panels (above 300 kW) Control Circuits are 120V/1/60 Hz (Standard)
Features — 220V/1/50 Hz control circuits are available
• Manual Reset High Limit for export boilers. Transformers are optional.
Control with Stop at 90% of CHS Stock Boilers are Trimmed at 150 psig
Safety Valve Setting for operation up to 135 psig corresponding to Manual On-Off Switch allows boiler control
353°F. They are also available with 15, 30, 50 and power circuits to be shut down locally.
• Mechanical Float Water Feed and 100 psig trim. All catalog CHS boilers are
Pilot Light visually indicates when boiler
Control with Low Water Cutoff UL Listed.
control circuit is energized and the boiler is
Water Feed (Pump) Control and Low Water operating.
• Auxiliary Low Water Cutoff Cutoff (McDonnell Miller #157) automatically
(Solid State) Control Fiberglas® Insulation material around the
maintains correct water level and shuts off the
entire pressure vessel minimizes heat loss and
boiler when the water level in the boiler drops
• Pressure Gauge, Water Level helps reduce energy costs.
below safe limits.
Sight Glass and Double Blow
Down Drain Valves Water Level Sight Glass allows for constant
visual observation of the water level in the Plumbing Connections
boiler during operation. Water Steam
• ASME Safety Relief Valve Inlet Outlet
(Two on Boilers Over 1,100 kW) Auxiliary Low Water Cutoff — Solid state Boiler (NPT) (150 Lb. Flanged)
control board with low voltage probe provides CHS 150-420 1 4"
CHS 495-945 1 6"
backup protection for low water level in the
CHS 1080-1620 1-1/2 6"
boiler.
A water feed or condensate return
Steam Pressure Gauge with a range to 250 system is required on all CHS boilers.
See Optional Equipment.
psig provided for visual indication of steam
pressure.
D-53
Packaged Systems
CHS Dimensions (Inches)

High Capacity
Horizontal Steam
Boiler (cont'd.)
Low Pressure Feed Water Systems for H
boilers up to 540 kW. Feed water must be
at least 10 psi greater than the operating
pressure of the boiler. (Condensate return
systems are recommended for higher kW
boilers.)
High Pressure Feed Water Systems for W
boilers up to 300 kW. (Condensate return L5
systems are recommended for higher kW

boilers.)
Condensate Return System for recovery Specifications and Ordering Information
of steam condensate for boiler water feed.
(Recommended for all CHS boilers.) Dimensions (In.)
Steam1 3 Ph2 Service Wire4 Wt.
Heavy Duty Vacuum Breaker prevents si- Lbs/Hr Bhp kW Volts2 Amps2 No. & Size W L3 H Model Stock (Lbs.)
phoning of condensate in condensate return CHS with Two Operating Pressure Controls (Two Stages)
systems. 452 15.3 150 240 361 2 - 4/0 48 67 61 CHS-150A NS 1,300
452 15.3 150 480 181 1 - 4/0 48 67 61 CHS-150A NS 1,300
Automatic Blow Down System eliminates 543 18.4 180 240 433 2 - 250 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-180A NS 1,320
543 18.4 180 480 217 1 - 250 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-180A NS 1,320
need for daily manual blow-down
633 21.4 210 240 506 2 - 350 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-210A NS 1,380
maintenance. 633 21.4 210 480 253 1 - 350 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-210A NS 1,380
723 24.5 240 240 578 2 - 500 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-240A NS 1,420
Blow Down Separator for blow down of a 723 24.5 240 480 289 1 - 400 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-240A NS 1,420
boiler where steam and hot water cannot be CHS with Three Operating Pressure Controls (Three Stages)
discharged directly into a drain. Blow down 814 27.6 270 240 650 2 - 600 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-270A NS 1,480
separators are available with optional pres- 814 27.6 270 480 325 1 - 600 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-270A NS 1,480
sure gauge and/or temperature gauge. 904 30.6 300 240 722 2 - 600 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-300A NS 1,530
904 30.6 300 480 361 1 - 600 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-300A NS 1,530
Transformers for control circuit power (up CHS with Proportional Operating Pressure Control and Sequencer(s)
to 2.0 kVA). 1,085 36.7 360 480 433 2 - 250 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-360A NS 1,600
1,266 42.9 420 480 506 2 - 350 MCM 48 67 61 CHS-420A NS 1,700
Low Pressure Trim for 15, 30, 50 and 100 1,492 50.5 495 480 596 2 - 500 MCM 54 85 61 CHS-495A NS 2,100
psig. 1,628 55.1 540 480 650 2 - 600 MCM 54 85 61 CHS-540A NS 2,200
1,899 64.3 630 480 758 2 - 700 MCM 54 85 61 CHS-630A NS 2,300
Ammeter for visual indication of line current 2,170 73.5 720 480 866 3 - 400 MCM 54 85 61 CHS-720A NS 2,800
and boiler electrical load. 2,441 82.7 810 480 975 3 - 600 MCM 54 85 61 CHS-810A NS 3,000
2,848 96.4 945 480 1,137 3 - 700 MCM 54 85 61 CHS-945A NS 3,200
Pilot Lights for visual indication of se- 3,255 110 1,080 480 1,299 4 - 500 MCM 75 85 61 CHS-1080A NS 3,400
quencer operation and element staging. 3,662 124 1,215 480 1,461 4 - 700 MCM 75 85 61 CHS-1215A NS 3,600
4,069 138 1,350 480 1,624 5 - 600 MCM 75 85 61 CHS-1350A NS 3,800
Motor Starter for feed water pumps or 4,476 152 1,485 480 1,785 5 - 700 MCM 81 85 61 CHS-1485A NS 4,000
condensate return system. 4,883 165 1,620 480 1,949 6 - 600 MCM 81 85 61 CHS-1620A NS 4,200
To Order—Specify model, volts, phase, kW, trim and Certification if required.
Proportional Control with electronic solid
state sequencer for modulated pressure 1. Steaming capacity based on producing saturated steam at 212°F with 50°F feed
water.
control. 2. All boilers are connected for three phase. Other voltages and ratings available.
3. Allow 32" for element removal on CHS 150 - 420 and 54" for CHS 495 - 1,620.
Higher Pressure Trim up to 300 psig avail- 4. Copper 90°C AWG unless indicated otherwise. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales
able on special order. office for number and size of contactors.
Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office “Under the U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, it is unlawful to install or use this product in any service
for detailed information on these and other tion, hand washing, or teeth brushing). This product is intended exclusively for use in non-potable service.”
options for CHS boilers.

D-54
Packaged Systems
CHPES-A
Medium Pressure
• Steam Capacity
(18 - 542 Lbs/Hr @ 0 - 235 psig)
• 6 - 180 kW (21 - 614 Mbh)
• 208, 240 and 480 Volt, 1 & 3

Phase (600V Available)

Carbon Steel Code “S” (250 psig)
(CRN Available)
• 0.430 Dia. Copper Sheath
BOILERS
Heating Elements
CHPES Boilers are Trimmed at 250 psig for Optional Equipment
• One or Two Operating Controls operation up to 235 psig, come complete,
factory tested and ready to operate. CHPES Auxiliary Electronic Low Water Cutoff — Solid
Manual Reset High Limit
boilers are UL Listed. State control board with low voltage probe
provides backup protection for low water level
• Mechanical Float Water Feed Features in the boiler. This option is required by some
Control with Low Water Cutoff state or local boiler codes.
250 Lb Medium Pressure Construction
• Pressure Gauge, Water Level — Pressure vessel is manufactured to the Proportional Control with electronic solid state
Sight Glass and Blow Down requirements of ASME Section I and code sequencer for modulated pressure control.
Drain Valve(s) stamped “S”.
Electronic Level Control with automatic water
Water Feed (Pump) Control and Low Water feed and low water cutoff (dual probe). Low
• ASME Safety Relief Valve cost alternative to mechanical float type water
Cutoff (McDonnell Miller #194) automatically
maintains correct water level and shuts off the feed control and low water cutoff.
boiler when the water level in the boiler drops
High Pressure Water Feed System for remote
below safe limits.
Applications installation.
Operating Controls — Pressure control(s)
Condensate Return System for recovery of
CHPES Medium Pressure Steam Boilers provide accurate regulation of steam pres-
steam condensate for boiler water feed.
can be used wherever steam and process sure.
temperatures up to 400°F are required. Heavy Duty Vacuum Breaker prevents
CHPES boilers produce steam at pressures High Limit Pressure Control — Manual reset
siphoning of condensate in condensate return
and temperatures considerably higher than pressure limit control shuts down boiler if
systems.
CES models which are limited to 135 psig maximum operating pressure is exceeded.
and 359°F. Automatic Blow Down System eliminates need
Water Level Sight Glass — Provides for
for daily manual blow-down maintenance.
CHPES Boilers are Ideal for stand-by opera- constant visual observation of the water level
tions requiring steam in remote areas of an in the boiler. Blow Down Separator for blow down of a
industrial plant which might incur excessive boiler where steam and hot water cannot be
Steam Pressure Gauge with a range to 600
pipe losses or expensive piping costs to discharged directly into a drain.
psig provided for visual indication of steam
supply from a central steam supply. They are pressure. Note — A water feed or condensate return
ideal for off season periods when steam is
system is required on all CHPES
needed for critical processes when the main Drain and Blow Down Valves — Facili-
boilers. See Optional Equipment.
boiler is shut down. tate cleaning the boiler during blow down
sequence.
D-55
Packaged Systems
CHPES-A Dimensions (Inches)

Medium Pressure
CHPES-6A through -18A
Vertical Steam Boiler (cont'd.) W
Dimensions (In.)
Steam1 3 Ph2 Service4 Wt.
Lbs/Hr Bhp kW Volts2 Ph Amps Wire Size W L5 H Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
CHPES with One Operating Pressure Control3 (Transformer Optional)
18.1 0.61 6 208 3 17 12 23 31 37 CHPES-006A NS — 400 H
18.1 0.61 6 240 3 15 12 23 31 37 CHPES-006A NS — 400
18.1 0.61 6 480 3 8 12 23 31 37 CHPES-006A NS — 400
27.1 0.92 9 208 3 25 10 23 31 37 CHPES-009A NS — 430
27.1 0.92 9 240 3 22 10 23 31 37 CHPES-009A NS — 430
27.1 0.92 9 480 3 11 12 23 31 37 CHPES-009A NS — 430
36.2 1.22 12 208 3 34 8 23 31 37 CHPES-012A NS — 430
36.2 1.22 12 240 3 29 10 23 31 37 CHPES-012A NS — 430
36.2 1.22 12 480 3 15 12 23 31 37 CHPES-012A NS — 430
51.2 1.73 17 208 3 48 6 23 31 37 CHPES-018A NS — 430
51.2 1.73 17 240 3 42 6 23 31 37 CHPES-018A NS — 430
51.2 1.73 17 480 3 21 12 23 31 37 CHPES-018A NS — 430
72.3 2.45 24 208 3 67 4 28 35 44 CHPES-024A NS — 520
72.3 2.45 24 240 3 58 4 28 35 44 CHPES-024A NS — 520
72.3 2.45 24 480 3 29 10 28 35 44 CHPES-024A NS — 520
87.4 2.95 29 208 3 81 3 28 35 44 CHPES-030A NS — 520
87.4 2.95 29 240 3 70 4 28 35 44 CHPES-030A NS — 520
87.4 2.95 29 480 3 35 8 28 35 44 CHPES-030A NS — 520
102.5 3.47 34 208 3 95 2 28 35 44 CHPES-036A NS — 520
102.5 3.47 34 240 3 82 3 28 35 44 CHPES-036A NS — 520
102.5 3.47 34 480 3 41 6 28 35 44 CHPES-036A NS — 520
138.7 4.69 46 208 3 128 2/0 28 35 44 CHPES-048A NS — 630
138.7 4.69 46 240 3 111 1 28 35 44 CHPES-048A NS — 630
138.7 4.69 46 480 3 56 6 28 35 44 CHPES-048A NS — 630
174.8 5.91 58 208 3 161 3/0 28 35 44 CHPES-060A NS — 640
174.8 5.91 58 240 3 140 2/0 28 35 44 CHPES-060A NS — 640 L5
174.8 5.91 58 480 3 70 4 28 35 44 CHPES-060A NS 086510 640
205 6.93 68 208 3 189 250 MCM 28 35 44 CHPES-072A NS — 640
205 6.93 68 240 3 164 3/0 28 35 44 CHPES-072A NS — 640 CHPES-24A through -180A
205 6.93 68 480 3 82 3 28 35 44 CHPES-072A NS — 640
CHPES with Two Operating Pressure Controls3 (Transformer Optional)
307 10.4 102 208 3 284 400 MCM 32 38 64 CHPES-100A NS — 1,250
307 10.4 102 240 3 246 350 MCM 32 38 64 CHPES-100A NS — 1,250
307 10.4 102 480 3 123 1/0 32 38 64 CHPES-100A NS 109410 1,250
410 13.6 136 240 3 327 600 MCM 32 38 64 CHPES-135A NS — 1,400
410 13.9 136 480 3 164 3/0 32 38 64 CHPES-135A NS — 1,400
475 16.1 158 240 3 379 700 MCM 32 38 64 CHPES-160A NS — 1,450 H
475 16.1 158 480 3 190 250 MCM 32 38 64 CHPES-160A NS — 1,450
542 18.4 180 240 3 433 2-300 MCM 32 38 64 CHPES-180A NS — 1,500
542 18.4 180 480 3 217 300 MCM 32 38 64 CHPES-180A NS — 1,500
2. Single phase and other voltages available. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office. W
3. All boilers have 120V/1/60Hz control circuit. 220V/1/50Hz circuits are available for export
boilers.
4. Copper 90oC AWG unless indicated otherwise. Refer to the instruction sheet for the
number of contactors.
5. Allow 21" for element removal and 10" around boiler for service access. Add 2" to width
dimension for optional transformer.
NPT
“Under the U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, it Water Steam or
is unlawful to install or use this product in any ser- Boiler Inlet Water Outlet
vice that comes into contact with water for human
consumption (including drinking, food or beverage CHPES 6-18 1/2 1/2
preparation, hand washing, or teeth brushing). This CHPES 24-72 3/4 1
product is intended exclusively for use in non- CHPES 100 3/4 1-1/2
potable service.” CHPES 135-180 3/4 2 L5
D-56
Packaged Systems
MVSGI
High-Capacity
Steam Generator
• Steam Pressures to 250 psig or
450 psig (17.2 Barg or 31 Barg)
• Steam Capacity from 3,466 to
33,032 lbs / hr
• 1,150 - 10,960 kW
• 117 - 1,114 bhp
• 3,924 - 37,393 Mbh
• 4,160 - 6,600 Volts, 3ph
Description
MVSGI high capacity steam generators are • Auxiliary Low Water Cutoff provides backup
HEAT TRANSFER
Carbon Steel, Code "S" protection if the water level drops below safe
uniquely designed for larger industrial applica-
• INCOLOY® 800 Sheath Heating tions. The use of medium voltage ranges allows limits.
Elements for an economical installation, along with highly • Water Level Sight Glass provides for visual
efficient operation. observation of the water level.
• 0-100% Proportional Power • Steam Pressure Gauge provides for visual
MVSGI Generators are ideal for stand-by opera-
Control indication of steam pressure
tions requiring high pressure steam in remote
• Two ASME Safety Relief Valve(s) areas of the plant, which might incur excessive • Long Life Chromalox DirectConnectTM Heat-
pipe heating losses or expensive piping runs from ing Elements provide uniform direct immer-
• High Pressure Limit Switch with a traditional, centralized steam supply. sion heating for rapid heat up and efficient
Manual Reset power delivery.
MVSGI Generators are particularly suited for use
• Two Full Port Blow Down Drain Valves are
• Mechanical Float Water Feed in off season periods when steam is needed for
provided to accommodate blowdown to en-
Control with Low Water Cutoff critical processes or humidification during main
sure clean vessel operation.
Control Generator shutdowns.
• Vessel Insulation and Jacketing is provided
• Auxiliary Low Water Cutoff around the entire pressure vessel to reduce en-
Control Features ergy loss and ensure efficient heater operation.
• Advanced power control provides an operat- • Anti-Condensation Heater for element termi-
• Pressure Gauge, Water Level ing range of 0-100% of Generator capacity. nal enclosure is provided to prevent internal
Sight Glass and Double Blow Solid state power components, along with moisture accumulation.
Down Drain Valves optimized logic control, allow for an almost
infinite number of step controls. This setup • Inspection Port provided for easy access
delivers instantaneous power conversion to during routine maintenance schedules.
heat energy and ensures all available power • Pre-installed Spare Element Capacity to
is directly delivered to the process. ensure full kW operation can be available
• Standard Trim Pressures at 250 psig (406˚F) during critical operation periods.
or 450 psig (460˚F) to meet most application
demands.
• Water Feed Control and Low Water Cutoff
automatically maintains the correct water level
and shuts off the generator if the level drops
below safe limits.
D-1
Packaged Systems
MVSGI
Options
Deaerator System Auto Blowdown System
Feedwater can contain dissolved gases. Dis- Sediment, minerals, and other contaminates
High-Capacity solved oxygen and carbon dioxide can be
especially corrosive to steam piping, valves,
left behind in a generator vessel can reduce
operational efficiency and ultimately lead to a
Steam Generator and other parts due to oxide formations and
carbonic acid.
shortened operating life.
(con'td.) Deaerators are used to remove such gases and

Regularly schedule blowdowns can help elimi-
nate such conditions and ensure operational
help minimize corrosion throughout the steam readiness.
network. Each setup is unique so contact Chro-
malox to help properly size a system for your Refer to the Accessory section for more details
application. Steam Superheater
Generator Feed Unit Electric in-line heaters are ideal for increasing
Larger generator systems require a feed system steam quality and ensuring 'dry' steam is avail-
to provide the proper amount of make-up and able for distribution.
return water during various loads, and ensure the
the correct liquid level in the generator. Proportional power control is used to ensure
only the heat needed is provided for the system.
A properly designed system is critical to mini-
mize factors such as under/overflow, tempera- Superheaters can be provided pre-mounted or
ture shock, and corrosion, all while maintaining separate for installation at needed locations.
operational flexibility.
Vacuum Breakers
Each setup is unique so contact Chromalox to Vacuum Breakers are added to prevent the si-
help you properly size a system for your ap- phoning of condensate from the system during
plication. shutdowns.
UL and/or IEC Ratings
Available on applicable product designs
Higher or Lower Pressure Ratings
Standard Size Specifications

Steam Capacity Heat Rating Pressure & Temperature Ratings
Steam lb/hr Mbh bhp kW Volts Design Parameters Max. Operating Conditions Part Number
3,466 3,924 117 1150 022-307547-001
6,932 7,847 234 2300 022-307547-002
4160
13,864 15,694 468 4600 022-307547-003
20,796 23,541 701 6900 022-307547-004
250psig@406°F 17.2barg@207°C 235psig@401°F 16.2barg@205°C
5,485 6,209 185 1820 022-307547-101
11,001 12,453 371 3650 022-307547-102
6600
22,001 24,906 742 7300 022-307547-103
33,032 37,393 1,114 10960 022-307547-104
3,466 3,924 117 1150 022-307547-201
6,932 7,847 234 2300 022-307547-202
4160
13,864 15,694 468 4600 022-307547-203
20,796 23,541 701 6900 022-307547-204
450psig@460°F 31.0barg@237°C 423psig@454°F 29.1barg@234°C
5,485 6,209 185 1820 022-307547-301
11,001 12,453 371 3650 022-307547-302
6600
22,001 24,906 742 7300 022-307547-303
33,032 37,393 1,114 10960 022-307547-304
* Generator and Control units can be mounted separately or together based on site location conditions.
**Under the U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, it is unlawful to install or use this product in any service that comes into contact with water for human consumption (including
drinking, food, or beverage preparation, hand washing, or teeth brushing). This product is intended exclusively for use in non-potable service.
D-2
Packaged Systems
MVSGI
High-Capacity Steam
Generator (con'td.)
Typical Layout & Dimensions
HEAT TRANSFER
Standard Size Specifications
Steam Capacity Heat Rating Dimensions & Weights (in/mm, lbs/kg)*
Steam
lb/hr Mbh bhp kW Volts Width Length Height Dry Weight Oper. Weight Part Number
3,466 3,924 117 1150 4160 46/1169 217/5512 77/1956 4200/1906 590 /2677 022-307547-001
6,932 7,847 234 2300 4160 55/1397 218/5538 87/2210 6200/2813 9100/4128 022-307547-002
13,864 15,694 468 4600 4160 66/1677 220/5588 101/2566 11200/5081 15900/7213 022-307547-003
20,796 23,541 701 6900 4160 76/1931 222/5639 115/2921 16500/7485 24300/11023 022-307547-004
5,485 6,209 185 1820 6600 55/1397 218/5538 87/2210 5700/2586 8600/3901 022-307547-101
11,001 12,453 371 3650 6600 66/1677 220/5588 101/2566 10500/4763 15200/6895 022-307547-102
22,001 24,906 742 7300 6600 76/1931 228/5792 121/3074 18400/8347 27200/12338 022-307547-103
33,032 37,393 1,114 10960 6600 82/2083 229/5817 121/3074 22600/10252 34200/15513 022-307547-104
3,466 3,924 117 1150 4160 46/1169 217/5512 77/1956 4700/2132 6400/2903 022-307547-201
6,932 7,847 234 2300 4160 55/1397 218/5538 87/2210 6900/3130 9800/4446 022-307547-202
13,864 15,694 468 4600 4160 66/1677 220/5588 101/2566 12800/5806 17500/7938 022-307547-203
20,796 23,541 701 6900 4160 76/1931 222/5639 115/2921 18800/8528 26500/12021 022-307547-204
5,485 6,209 185 1820 6600 55/1397 218/5538 87/2210 6400/2903 9300/4219 022-307547-301
11,001 12,453 371 3650 6600 66/1677 220/5588 101/2566 12200/5534 16800/7621 022-307547-302
22,001 24,906 742 7300 6600 76/1931 228/5792 121/3074 20900/9481 29700/13472 022-307547-303
33,032 37,393 1,114 10960 6600 82/2083 229/5817 121/3074 25100/11386 36600/16602 022-307547-304
* Generator and Control units can be mounted separately or together based on site location conditions.
**Under the U.S. Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, it is unlawful to install or use this product in any service that comes into contact with water for human consumption (including
drinking, food, or beverage preparation, hand washing, or teeth brushing). This product is intended exclusively for use in non-potable service.
D-3
Packaged Systems
Steam Boilers
ES38038V Condensate CBS-1 Blow Down Separator —
Return System Dimensions (Inches)
Optional Equipment Condensate Return

Water Inlet
Vent
B
Sight Glass
A
Condensate Return Systems
H
Chromalox condensate return systems are
used wherever condensed steam can be Drain
Strainer
collected for reuse in the boiler. Significant en- Pump
18
ergy can be saved by returning hot condensate
to the boiler for feed water. The condensed W
water is free from corroding minerals and
contains a substantial amount of heat energy Condensate Return System Selection
which does not have to be replenished. Storage
Tank Max. Motor Dimensions (In.)
CAUTION — When a condensate system is Max
Wt.
used, a vacuum breaker must always be in- For Use On Gal. psig Volts
Ph Hp L W H Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
stalled on the boiler to prevent the boiler from CES 6 -100 26 110 115/230
1 1/3 14-1/2 14-1/2 48 ES38083V NS 109372 125
flooding during shut down. CES 135 -180 33 130 115/230
1 1/2 14-1/2 14-1/2 54 ES38084V NS 109399 240
CHS 150 - 300 33 150 115/230
1 3/4 14-1/2 14-1/2 54 HS38019V NS — 260
Low and Medium Pressure Condensate Re- CHS 360 - 810 46 150 230/460
3 3 14-1/2 14-1/2 66 HS38031V NS — 310
turn Systems (150 psig maximum). Chromal- CHS 945 -1215 50 150 230/460
3 5 20 50 40 HS38039H NS — 365
CHS 1320 -1620 Contact Factory for Recommendations
BOILERS
ox condensate return systems (except model
HPCS 3003) are designed for use with steam CHPES 6 -180 30 235 230/460 3 3 34-1/4 41-1/2 21 HPCS3003H NS 109428 310
CSSB 6 -180 Stainless steel boilers require de-ionized water. Contact your Local
boilers operating up to 150 psig steam pres- Chromalox Sales office.
sures. The condensate systems consist of an Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
11 gauge steel tank, motor, pump, float valve, To Order — Specify model number of condensate system, boiler model number,
sight glass and associated plumbing. A 1/2” volts, phase, kW, PCN if applicable, and quantity.
inlet is located on the tank for connection to a Note —
local water supply for make up water. A “vent” A. Connections (NPT): Pump Out = 1", Tank Return = 1-1/4"
B. All motors can operate on 208V. Systems for boilers larger than 810 kW have
is located on the top of the tank and is open horizontal tanks. Use ES38084V for all CES boilers with 135 psig trim.
to the atmosphere. The “return” connection is
plumbed to the trapped condensate return line Blow Down Separators
from the process.
Blow Down Separator Selection
Many state and municipal boiler codes do not DIM. NPT
The condensate tank has an internal ball check permit discharge of boiler blow down directly Boiler Wt.
valve, a float and float arm which mechani- Boiler kW A B Inlet Outlet PCN (Lbs.)
into city sewers. Chromalox blow down sepa-
cally opens a valve, allowing make up water CBS 6 - 200 24 16 1 1-1/2 109250 230
rators separate liquid from vapor during blow CBS 201 - 500 36 24 1 2-1/2 — 260
to enter the tank as the original supply is down and prevent the dangerous discharge CBS 501 - 1000 48 36 1-1/4 3 — 290
depleted. The outlet of the pump is plumbed of live steam down city drains. The separator CBS 1001 - 1620 72 42 1-1/2 3-1/2 — 320
to the boiler water inlet check valve. The pump accepts water and flash steam from the boiler
motor is wired to the boiler feed water control blow down, reducing temperatures and pres-
or motor starter. No further adjustments and/ Vacuum Breaker Systems
sures to safe levels for subsequent discharge
or plumbing are required other than plumbing
to the sewer. After boiler shut down, the steam inside the
the condensate tank drain and drain valve to a
proper waste connection. The separator is kept half full of cold water vessel condenses as the shell cools. This
before each blow down. The design utilizes creates a vacuum which will siphon water into
High Pressure Condensate Return Sys- the boiler from the water feed or condensate
tems (250 psig maximum). The Chromalox a water seal at the outlet which permits the
system to introduce cold water from the bot- return system, flooding the boiler. A vacuum
HPCS3003 high pressure (250 psig maxi-
mum) condensate return system is specifically tom to mix with the hot water and boiler steam breaker permits outside air to enter into the
designed for use with the CHPES-6 through blow down inside the separator. Flash steam shell to relieve the vacuum, thus prevent-
180 kW boilers whenever condensate is to be is absorbed by the cold water and allowed to ing excess water from being drawn into the
returned for reuse. pass to the outside through a vent. Chromalox vessel. The vacuum breaker consists of a
blow down separator CBS is built and stamped valve with a spring loaded disc and associated
The high pressure condensate return system piping, factory plumbed to the boiler. They can
to Section VIII of the ASME Code.
consists of a 30 gallon tank with an internal be used on all Chromalox boilers.
make up water float valve, a 3 Hp three phase Blow down separators require only plumbing
motor (motor voltage will match the boiler’s from the boiler blow down, hook-up to a cold Vacuum Breaker Selection
voltage), a special high-pressure pump and water supply line and connection to a drain. Use Max.
a sight glass. A motor starter and fuses can No electrical connections are required. Order With Pressure
be supplied as an option. Installation requires options include a 0 - 30 psig pressure gauge, Model Boiler (psig) PCN
wiring and field plumbing to the boiler with ES89369 CES 150 109479
0 - 200°F temperature gauge and a water sight
minimum 1/2" NPT piping rated at 250 psig. ES89369SS CSSB 150 —
glass gauge assembly. HPES 89369 CHPES 300 109760
D-57
Packaged Systems
Steam Boilers HS99117 — Low ES38002 — High 81025 — Blow Down

Optional Equipment Pressure Water Feed Pressure Water Feed Kit for CHPES
(cont'd.)
Cold Water Feed Systems
Automatic water feed is required on all CES,
CHPES, CHS and CSSB steam boilers. Water
feed systems are available for low pressure
and high pressure applications. Low pres-
sure or solenoid feed systems may be used
when the incoming water line pressure is at
High-Pressure Water Feed Systems Automatic Blow Down Systems
least 10 psig greater than the boiler operating
pressure. High pressure or pump and motor High pressure cold water feed systems are Chromalox engineering recommends a
feed must be used when the boiler operating used to maintain constant water level in the factory-installed automatic blow down unit.
pressure is greater than 10 psig less than boiler when boiler operating pressure is equal Automatic blow down systems can:
incoming water line pressure. to or greater than the incoming water line
pressure. • Save Labor Costs
A selection of different models is available
depending on the size and pressure rating of ES38002 — System 0 - 90 psig — This water • Extend Life of Boiler
the boiler. The correct water feed system may feed system is a separate pump and motor • Automatically Start the Boiler in the Morning
be determined from the following chart: assembly requiring field plumbing and wiring
to the boiler.3 The piping is 1/2" NPT and the • Automatically Shut the Boiler Down at Night
Water Feed System Selection
assembly includes a 1/4 Hp 120V/1/60 motor
Pressure • Automatically Blow it Down Each Working
and pump piping, a strainer and a solenoid
Day
Boiler Low High valve. The assembly is mounted on rubber
CES 6-72 ES99117 ES38002/ES38020 shocks, secured on a steel base mounting • Be Programmed to Skip Days and Week-
CES 100-180 ES99117 ES38020 plate. A flexible 18” high pressure hose with ends.
CSSB 6-72 ES99117SS ES38002SS fittings is included for connection to boiler and
CSSB 100-180 ES99117SS ES38020SS The heart of the Chromalox automatic blow
CHPES 6-180 — ES38020HP a cable for electrical connection. For CSSB
boilers 6 to 72 kW (stainless steel) and de- down unit is a motor-driven, straight-through,
CHS 150 HS99117 ES38020
CHS 180-300 HS99117 ES38021 ionized water, specify ES38002-SS3. self-cleaning ball valve with Teflon® seats and
CHS 360-1620 Note 1 Note 1 stainless steel trim. It handles dirty fluids and
ES38020 — System 0 - 135 psig — This particles without a strainer or other cleaning
Low-Pressure Water Feed Systems system is similar to ES38002 except it has device. The ball valve and boiler are controlled
Low pressure cold water feed systems supply 1/2" NPT piping and a 1/3 Hp 120V/1/60 mo- by an electronic unit with a time clock and
makeup water to the boiler where incoming tor and pump.3 For CSSB boilers 72 to 180 kW pilot lights which indicate when the drain valve
water line pressure is 10 psig or greater than (stainless steel) and de-ionized water, specify is open or closed and when the boiler is on or
the operating pressure of the boiler. ES38020-SS3. off. Blow down can also be done manually, at
any time, by means of a push button switch
ES99117 — Low-Pressure Water Feed System HS38021 — System 0 - 135 psig — This
which momentarily de-energizes the boiler and
0 to 90 psig. ES99117 piping is 1/2" NPT and system is similar to ES38002 except it has 1”
opens the drain valve. The blow down system
is completely factory plumbed and wired. The NPT piping and a 3/4 Hp 120V/1/60 motor for
systems consists of strainer, solenoid valve and may be installed on any steam boiler regard-
greater capacity.
check valve. The solenoid valve is 120V/1/50 - less of size or operating duty cycle. Select
60 Hz. For CSSB boilers specify ES99117-SS ES38020HP System 0 - 235 psig — This high from the following chart:
with all stainless steel construction. pressure cold water feed system can be used
with all CHPES boilers where the condensate Automatic Blow Down System
HS99117 — Low-Pressure Water Feed
is not returned. Installation requires plumbing Selection
System for larger boilers 0 to 150 psig. The
HS99117 is similar to ES99117 except piping and wiring between the pump assembly and
Pipe Press. Wt.
is 1” NPT and a bypass system with a manual the boiler. The system consists of a 3/4 Hp Model Use With Boiler NPT psig (Lbs.)
valve is provided for initial fill of larger boilers. 208/230/460V, 3ø motor, a positive displace- 81015A CES 6-18, CHS-150 1/2 150 46
ment type pump, 1/2” NPT piping, strainer 81015B CES 24-180 1 150 46
Notes — and solenoid valve. 81015B CHS 150-420 1 150 46
1. For larger systems, use a condensate 81015SS All CSSB 1 150 46
return system. 81115 CHS 495-630 1-1/2 150 46
81215 CHS 720-1,620 2 150 50
2. System equipped with two motorized ball 810252 All CHPES 1 250 50
valves for pressures above 100 psig.
3. High pressure feed systems ES38002
(SS), ES38020 (SS) and ES99157 can be
mounted on CES & CSSB boiler enclosures.
D-58
Packaged Systems
Steam Boilers Circular sequencer operation and staging can Transformers

Optional Equipment be visualized by the referring to following
illustration. The “O” represents an element Transformers for control circuits and pump
(cont'd.) bundle in the de-energized position. The “ ”• motors can be supplied to eliminate the need
represents an element bundle which has been for separate 120 Vac power for control cir-
Electric Element Sequencers energized by the sequencer. cuits. Transformer primary voltage will match
boiler power voltage. Transformer second-
Sequencers are designed to apply power to Visualization of Progressive Circular ary voltage will be 120 Vac unless otherwise
large kW boilers in progressive stages. Auto- Sequencing specified.
matic sequencing provides accurate and cost
effective control, saving energy and minimiz- Progression —> —> —> Transformer Selection — To select transform-
ing wear and tear on electrical components. er size, simply find the sum of all component
Sequencing extends the life of the individual +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 -1 -1 +1 -1 -1 kVA requirements to be powered by the trans-
heating elements by rotating the load evenly former. A CES-72A with ES38083V condensate
across all element bundles. Reacting to an in- return system and 81015B automatic blow
put signal from a factory installed proportional down system would require:
pressure control, the sequencer energizes Basic Boiler 1/4 kVA
and de-energizes each heating element circuit
through individual power contactors. The se-
O = Stage “OFF” • = Stage “ON” ES38083V 3/4 kVA
81015B 1/2 kVA
quencer programs a delay before start up and Total Required 1-1/2 kVA
between each subsequent step to eliminate
power surges. Once up to power and pressure,
Electronic Auxiliary
BOILERS
Factory Mounted & Wired
the load is “fine-tuned” for close pressure Low Water Cutoff
Transformer
control, with a minimum of over-shoot or
An auxiliary low water cutoff can be used as
droop. Each sequencer is pre-set to match
a safe and reliable backup to the primary low
the specific boiler and system requirements.
water cutoff control and is required by some
In case of power interruption, the sequencer
state and local boiler codes. Auxiliary low wa-
restarts with all steps de-energized. Electronic
ter cutoff is provided by an electronic device
solid state sequencers are available with up
with a solid state amplifier and a solid state
to 20 steps or stages for efficient operation of
switch for operating the mechanical control
any size Chromalox boiler.
relay. Operation is accomplished by sensing
Electronic Sequencer Operation — Solid a minute current flow between submerged Transformer Sizing — Basic Boiler
state progressive sequencers provide accurate contact probe and the boiler shell. When water
electronic control of multistage loads of the level falls below safe operating level, the boiler Min.
Basic Boiler kVA Required
type used in Chromalox steam boilers. They is shut down. Auxiliary low water cutoffs are
CMB 6, 15 1/4
feature progressive circular sequencing standard on all CHS type steam boilers. CES, CHPES, CSSB 6-72 1/4
(first-on, first-off) which equalizes the operat- CES 100-180, CHPES 100 1/2
ing time of each load and contactor. The con- CHS 150-420 1/2
trol gives visual indication of each energized Electronic Level Control CHS 495-630 3/4
CHS 720-1620 1
stage by means of integral solid state light
Minimum size transformer offered
emitting diodes. In the event of power inter- is 1.0 kVA.
ruption, all heating elements are immediately
de-energized for safety. When power resumes,
the control will restage the loads one at a time. Transformer Sizing-Option Loading
Additional
Option kVA Required
Water Feed Systems
Electronic Solid State Sequencer ES99117 (SS), HS991117 1/4
(Control Board) ES38002 (SS), ES38020 (SS) 3/4
Note — For single probe auxiliary low water ES99157 1
cutoff (shown with plug-in control relay). HS38021, ES38020HP 1-1/2
Automatic Blow Down Systems
Note — Electronic auxiliary low water cutoffs 81015A, B, SS 1/2
are not appropriate for use with CSSB or other 81115, 81215 1/2
boilers using demineralized, de-ionized or 81025 1
distilled water. Contact your Local Chromalox Condensate Return Systems
Sales office for information on available stain- ES38083V 3/4
ES38084V 1
less steel low water float switches for use with
All 3-phase Condensate
electronic auxiliary low water cutoffs. Return Systems (3 pole 1/4
motor starter required)
D-59
Packaged Systems
Steam Boilers
Related Chromalox Products
In addition to custom steam and hot water
Custom Engineering boilers, there are literally thousands of other
Chromalox products that can be used to pro-
& Manufacturing vide hot water or steam. A few related products
are:
Chromalox has the engineering capability to
custom design packaged boilers at low cost
for original equipment manufacturers or us-
ers. In addition to industrial applications, we
have extensive experience with commercial
cooking, dry cleaning and laundry equipment,
medical sterilizers and bakery humidification
applications. If your requirements are not met
with our standard product line or available op-
tional features, contact your Local Chromalox
Sales office for technical assistance. Examples
of custom boilers are shown:
Custom Steam Boiler for use by an original
equipment manufacturer of sterilizers. Other
custom boilers are available with capacities CMX Circulating Water Temperature Control-
to 30 kW and fit almost any size sterilizer ler is a “state of the art” hot water heating
commonly used in hospitals and surgical and circulating unit for use in the plastics and
centers. Custom boilers can be supplied as a other industries for mold temperature control. NWH and NWHIS Water Circulation Heaters
UL Recognized Component and CSA Certified. Portable and completely self contained. can be used for water heating in pass-through
Also available in stainless steel. or side-arm applications. Model NWH is used
for city and tap water heating. Model NWHIS
is constructed of stainless steel and is used
for pure water and mildly corrosive solution
heating.
CMB Custom Steam Boiler equipped with a

steam gun. A solenoid valve operated by a foot
switch makes this boiler ideal for shrink fitting
of upholstery in the furniture and automobile
after market industries. UL Listed and CSA
Certified.
MWS Mid-Size Water/Glycol System - is
engineered to operate to 300˚F (150˚C) with
either water or water/glycol fluids. Its electric
heating core assures responsive and precise
temperature control in a space saving pack- GCHI and GCHIS Gas Circulation Heaters
age. The system is suitable for a large range can be used for superheating of steam. Model
of heating needs with a compact design. The GCHI is usable to 750°F operating tempera-
MWS operates in a closed loop system using a tures. Model GCHIS is constructed of stainless
cold expansion tank (optional). steel and is usable to 1200°F operating
temperatures.
Refer to the Catalog Index for these and other
related products, or contact your Local Chro-
malox Sales office for application assistance.
D-60
Packaged Systems
HACS
Air Temperature
Control Electric
Heating System
• Portable, Forced Air
Temperature Control System
• 50, 100, and 150 kW Heating
Capacity
• 480 V, 3 Phase, 60 Hz
(600V Available) Chromalox Air Temperature Control Systems • Chromalox Electric Heating Systems are
provide durable, accurate temperature control environmentally friendly, 100% efficient, and
• Corrosion Resistant Painted for large capacity temporary heating applica- produce zero emissions.
Steel Construction tions. Welded steel construction, tubular
elements, and industrial fan offer superior • Electrically generated heat produces no
• Heavy Duty 0.475” Dia. durability and performance under heavy us- moisture, and therefore no humidity.
INCOLOY® Sheath Tubular age and rough environments. • INCOLOY® sheathed tubular heating ele-
BOILERS
Elements ments provide long life and durability during
Applications transport and setup.
• 3,000 – 7,000 SCFM of Airflow
from Industrial-Grade Fans • Temporary on-site comfort heat for large • Painted Carbon Steel construction ensures
capacity special events. weather resistance, with Stainless Steel
• Multi-stage Contactor System available for extreme environments.
for Accurate Temperature • Interim comfort heating system during
Control commercial construction prior to permanent • Multi-stage, contactor-based control system
HVAC installation. for accurate temperature control.
• NEMA 4 Electrical Enclosure for
• Curing plaster and drying of paint in com- • High limit temperature control and low limit
Outdoor Weather Protection
mercial construction. airflow control ensures proper safety during
• Fork Lift Accessible • Spot heating for personnel and freeze pro- operation.
• Four-Point Lug Lifting System tection for equipment in the event of a plant • All electrical enclosures are easily accessible
shutdown. and are protected to NEMA 4 construction.
• Use with Standard 20” Flexible
Duct Options • Chromalox HACS systems are built to resist
the rough handling and transportation of the
• Stackable to Maximize Storage • Special Voltage and Wattage requirements rental market. Various control and fan op-
• Special Form Factor and Envelope tions allow for maximum flexibility to meet
• Emergency Stop Button and the varying needs of rental companies and
Fan Delay on Shutdown • SCR Power Control Panel their clients.
• Optional SCR Power Control • 304 Stainless Steel Construction
System for High Accuracy • Variable Speed Fan Motor
• Camlok Power Connections
• Voltmeter, Ammeter, and kW Meters
• Phase Reversal Switch
Standard Models
Dimensions (In.)
Motor Wt.
kW BTU Volts Phase L D H Rated Airflow HP Model Stock (Lbs.)
50 170,600 480 3 72 48 50 3,000 SCFM @ 2" WG 2 HACS-0501CCP4 NS 1,700
100 341,200 480 3 75 49 50 5,000 SCFM @ 2" WG 5 HACS-1002CCP4 NS 1,780
150 511,800 480 3 80 55 50 5,000 SCFM @ 5" WG 7-1/2 HACS-1503CCP4 NS 1,930
D-61
Packaged Systems
HACS
Ordering information
Model
Air Temperature HACS

Air Temperature Control System
Code Power/Kilowatt Rating
Control Electric 050 50 kW
100 100 kW
Heating System (cont’d.) 150 150 kW
Code
Fan Output
Code Options 1 3,000 SCFM @ 2" WG
2 5,000 SCFM @ 2" WG
A Variable Speed Fan Motor* 3 5,000 SCFM @ 5" WG
B Camlok Power Connections 4 7,000 SCFM @ 5" WG
C Phase Reversal Switch
Code
Control Method
D Running Time Meter
E Multifunction Digital Meter C Multi-Circuit Contactor Control
(Amps, Volts and Watts/Phase) S SCR Power Control
F Single-Volt Meter with Phase Selec- Code
Outer Skin
tion Switch CP Carbon Steel, Painted
G Three-Volt Meters
SS Stainless Steel
H Single Ammeter with Phase Selec-
tion Switch Code
Voltage
I 3 Ammeters 4 480 Vac
J kW Meter 6 600 Vac
K Control Panel Cooling Fan
L Anticondensation Heater
HACS- 100 3 C CP 4 Typical Model Number
*SCR Control Method is required for selecting
Variable Speed Fan Motor option.
Note: Add each letter as suffix to model number. Accessories

Use all that apply.
FX-20 Flexible Duct
Chromalox heavy duty, flexible duct is constructed of 100% polyester based fabric and is 20”
diameter and 25’ long. It is built for use in rugged environments and is suitable for temperatures
from -40 to 220˚F. The duct is internally supported with a steel wire helix. It can be used on the
air intake end of the heater and will not collapse under the negative pressure.
Model Description Stock PCN Wt (lbs)

FX-20 20” Dia. Flexible Duct 25’ S 295865 45
Flexible Duct Splice Kit

The flexible duct splice kit is designed to splice two or more 25’ lengths of flexible duct to create
longer lengths.

FDS-20 20” Dia. Duct Splice Kit S 295881 40
Duct Clamp (not shown)

The stainless steel band is designed to fit over the flexible duct for a secure attachment to the
adapter ring or flexible duct splice.

DC-20 20” Dia. Duct Clamp S 295890 3
D-62
Packaged Systems
EDU
Load Bank Energy
Dissipation Units
• Portable, Forced Air Cooled
Energy Dissipation Unit
• 100 – 1000 kW Resistive

Capacity
• 240 or 480 V, 3-Phase, 60 Hz

(600V Available)
• Corrosion Resistant Stainless Description Options

Steel Construction
Chromalox EDU Load Banks provide durable, • Special Voltage and Wattage Requirements
• Heavy Duty 0.475” Dia. precise energy control for applications requir-
INCOLOY® Sheath Tubular ing from 1 kW to megawatt power capacity. • Voltmeter, Ammeter, and kW Meters
LOADBANKS
Elements Stainless steel construction and INCOLOY • Load Management Module for 5 MW
tubular elements offer superior durability and
• 1 kW or 10 kW Load Step performance even with heavy usage and in • Remote Control with 25 ft. Cord
Resolution extreme environments.
• "Wrong Voltage Applied" Indicator
• NEMA 3R Electrical Enclosure Applications • Camlok Power Connections
for Outdoor Protection
Applications include factory or field testing • Phase Reversal Switch
• Standard Digital Keypad and of diesel generators, braking resistors for
inverter drives, base loading of remote or • Fan Delay Switch
Display for Load Switching
standby power plants, battery discharge test- • CE Approved Models Available
• Optional Voltage/Dual Voltage ing, and UPS testing.
and Wattage
• Optional Multifunction Digital Advantages

Readout Meter (V, A, kW, Hz) • INCOLOY sheathed tubular heating elements
provide long life under harsh environments.
• Optional Selector Switches
or Push Buttons for Load • Stainless steel construction of a Chromalox
Switching load bank ensures strength and corrosions-
resistance.
• Optional Load Management
• A multi-stage, contactor-based control sys-
Module for Combined Loads up
tem with 1 kW resolution ensures accurate
to 5 MW
control.
• High limit temperature control and low limit
airflow control ensures proper safety.
• All electrical enclosures are protected to
NEMA 3R construction.
• Chromalox EDU Load Banks can be used to
satisfy National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA) requirements for emergency and
standby power systems.
D-63
Packaged Systems
EDU Ordering information
Load Bank Energy Model

EDU Load Bank Energy Disspation Unit
Dissipation Units Code Power/Kilowatt Rating
(cont’d.)

01
02
100 kW
200 kW
03 300 kW
04 400 kW
Code Options 05 500 kW
06 600 kW
A Multifunction Digital Meter Amps, 08 800 kW
Volts and Watts/Phase 10 1000 kW
B Single-Volt Meter with Phase
Code
Mounting
Selection Switch
C Three-Volt Meters 1 Castor Mounted (Standard up to 500 kW)
D Single Ammeter with Phase 2 Skid Mounted (Standard 600 - 1,000 kW)
Selection Switch 3 Trailer Mounted
E 3 Ammeters Code
Steps/Load Control Resolution
F kW Meter
1 1 kW (Standard)
G Control Panel Cooling Fan
2 10 kW
H Anticondensation Heater
I Load Management Module for Code
Load Switching Scheme
5 MW TG Toggle selector switches
J Remote Control with 25 ft. Cord PB Push buttons
K "Wrong Voltage Applied" Indicator KE Keypad mounted on unit (Standard)
L Camlok Power Connections RE Remote control with cord
M Phase Reversal Switch
Code
Voltage
N Fan Delay Switch
1 120 Vac
2 208 Vac
3 208/240 Vac
4 240 Vac
5 240/480 Vac
6 277 Vac
7 7 380 Vac
8 480 Vac
EDU 05 3 1 KE 4 Typical Model Number
Standard Models
Dimensions (In.)
Wt.
kW Volts Phase L D H Model Stock (Lbs.)
100 480 3 45 34 26 EDU-0111KE8 NS 450
200 480 3 47 41 33 EDU-0211KE8 NS 550
300 480 3 49 45 41 EDU-0311KE8 NS 890
400 480 3 55 45 65 EDU-0411KE8 NS 1,110
500 480 3 55 49 73 EDU-0511KE8 NS 1,215
600 480 3 51 65 71 EDU-0621KE8 NS 1,775
800 480 3 79 69 83 EDU-0821KE8 NS 2,000
1000 480 3 79 69 83 EDU-1021KE8 NS 2,210
D-64
Packaged Systems
EDP
Portable Load Bank
Energy Dissipation
Units
• Portable, Forced Air Cooled
Energy Dissipation Unit
• 115 kW Resistive Capacity
• Dual Voltage Capability Rated for

100% @ 240/480 V, 3 Ph, 60 Hz
75% @ 208 V, 3 Ph, 60 Hz Description
• An aluminum exterior ensures the corrosion-
The Chromalox EDP Portable Load Bank is
• Lightweight Aluminum specially designed for flexibility and ease-of-
resistant characteristics needed for rough
Construction environments while making the EDP as light
use. Its compact, lightweight design packs a as possible.
lot of power and options.
• Compact Helical Open Coil
LOADBANKS
• A Multi-stage, contactor-based control sys-
Elements Applications tem with 5 kW resolution ensures accurate
control.
• 5 kW Load Step Resolution The features of the EDP make it ideal for ap-
plications involving small AC power systems, • Dual voltage capability allows for 100% of
• Toggle Switches for Load including factory testing of generators, UPS the rated load to be applied at both 240 V
Switching systems, battery banks, and turbines. and 480 V. The EDP will also operate with
75% of rated load at 208 V.
• Standard Camlok Power Advantages
• High limit temperature control ensures im-
Connections • Compact Helical Open Coil heating elements mediate shutdown in case of overheating.
provide a compact design that fits a maxi-
• Standard Multifunction Digital mum amount of power into the smallest
• Chromalox EDP Load Banks can be used to
Readout Meter (V, A, kW, Hz) satisfy National Fire Protection Association
possible space.
(NFPA) requirements for emergency and
standby power systems.
• 480/240/208 Volt Selector Switch
Standard Models
• General Purpose Enclosure for
Selectable Output Dimensions (In.)
Indoor Use Wt.
Model kW Volts Phase L D H PCN Stock (Lbs.)
115 480 3
EDP-0115TG5 115 240 3 14-1/2 32 25 161904 NS 95
86 208 3
Note: Dimensions in inches.
29-1/4 21-1/2
17
22-1/2
D-65
Packaged
Notes
Systems
D-66
Process Air and Radiant
Process Air Heaters

Overview
• Fintube® Heaters
• Finstrip® Heaters
• Circular Finstrip® Heaters
• High Temperature
Duct Heaters
• Medium Temperature
Duct Heaters
• Low Temperature
Duct Heaters
Fintube® Elements — The finned tubular de- subdivided into 48 Amp maximum circuits in
sign provides the same benefits as the finned compliance with the National Electrical Code.
Heat processing applications vary widely strip heater and additional features, allowing The heater is provided with a Type “K” thermo-
from industry to industry. Curing, drying, for special bending configurations to provide couple attached to the sheath of one element
heat treating, comfort heating, sterilizing and higher concentrations of installed kW for a to be used with a Chromalox high limit control.
bonding represent just a few of the many uses given area. The elements can be supplied with
bulkhead threaded fittings, and may include Medium Temperature — Application tem-
for electrically heated air. Applications vary in peratures to 750°F are common for ADH type
temperature from super cool cryogenic to high optional hermetically sealed terminals, or extra
heavy wall thickness for use in atmospheres duct heaters which feature INCOLOY® sheath
AND RADIANT
PROCESS AIR
temperatures up to 1200°F. Chromalox electric tubular heating elements. These versatile units
heaters can also be designed to heat special containing hazardous fumes or gasses. Ele-
ment diameters of 0.315" and 0.475" are stan- are fully assembled and prewired with the
atmospheres such as argon or nitrogen. elements subdivided into 48 Amp maximum
Special materials and custom designs are dard, with high temperature aluminum painted
steel sheath and furnace brazed fins being the circuits in compliance with the National Elec-
available for marine applications, power plants trical Code.
or hazardous applications. most common materials. Stainless Steel or
MONEL® sheath and fins are also available for Low Temperature — Outlet air temperatures
Chromalox can supply individual finned ele- corrosive environments. to 440°F are typical for types CAB, CABB and
ments for use in OEM equipment or entire duct DAB which use finned strip heater elements
heater assemblies where we have complete Duct Heater Assemblies in an assembly which is then inserted in and
control over the product including the ele- bolted to existing ductwork.
ments, frames and controls. Chromalox has High Temperature — Type ADHT is designed
earned an outstanding reputation for excep- to provide outlet air temperatures up to
tional quality, reliability and long life. 1200°F using conservatively rated, low watt
density, INCOLOY® tubular elements. The
Finned Heating Elements heater includes three inches of high tem-
perature rated insulation below the mounting
Finstrip® Elements — Superior to open flange to reduce heat transfer to the wiring
coil elements, the heating coil is completely enclosure. The elements are prewired and
encased in a metal sheath, minimizing a shock
hazard due to accidental contact with the Process Air Heaters — Selection Guidelines
heater. The rigid metal sheath minimizes hot
spots and electrical shorting, likely with open
coil elements. Application temperatures to Type Feature kW Rating Model Page
565°F are typical using finned strip units. Fintube® 0.475" Fintube® 0.47 - 10 FTS & FTI E-3
0.315" Fintube® 0.5 - 6.2 FTS & FTI E-4
0.475" Single End 0.5 - 4.3 SFTS & SFTI E-5
0.315" Single End 0.3 - 2.4 SFTS & SFTI E-7
Finstrip® Finstrip® 0.2 - 4.1 OTF E-9
Circular Strip 1.9 - 5.0 KSEF E-11
Air Duct Medium Temperature 5 - 270 ADH E-14
High Temperature 5 - 300 ADHT E-15
Low Temperature 6 - 100 CAB & CABB E-17
Round Duct 2.5 - 5 DAB E-19
Custom Air Heating Solutions E-20
E-1
FT Series Figure 1 — Dimensions (Inches)

L
Fintube Air ®
Heaters Overview CL Radius R C
• Many Sheath and Fin

Materials Available Figure 2 — Dimensions (Inches)
L2
• 475 - 10,000 Watts
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
• 750 to 900°F Max.

C
Sheath Temp. B1
CL RadiusR
Applications
• Drying L1
.
• Heat Treating
Easy Installation — Bending configura- Standard Terminal Construction
• Annealing tions can be designed to fit either round or
rectangular ducts. Tight element bends are Standard Terminal Construction — Type 3
• Load Banks terminals are standard on 0.315" diameter
repressed in hydraulic presses after bending
sheaths and Type 4 terminals for 0.475" diam-
• Curing Ovens, Dryers, Ducts, etc. to assure recompaction of refractory material
eter sheaths.
to eliminate hot spots and electrical insulation
Features voids. Type 3 Terminal — Dimensions (In.)
Versatile — Ideal for both comfort and Power Connections should be made with alloy
industrial process air applications. Aluminum wire. 1
painted steel (FTS), MONEL® (FTI) or Stain-
Overtemperature Protection — A high limit 1/4 3/8
less Steel (FTSS) sheath and fin material are
temperature cutout is recommended.
available. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales
office for price and availability. Bending — Fintube® elements may be field
or factory bent according to the following
Fins greatly increase surface area and permit
parameters:
faster heat transfer to the air, resulting in lower
element surface temperatures. Factory & Customer Bending (In.) Stainless Steel #10-32 Thd.
Construction — Element is constructed like Element Min. Factory Min. Customer
the standard tubular element with the addition Dia.
of continuous spiral fins (4 - 5 per inch) per- (In.) C R C R Type 4 Terminal — Dimensions (In.)
Figure 1
manently furnace brazed to the sheath.
0.315 2 1 2-5/16 1-5/32
High Watt Density permits use of fewer ele- 0.475 2 1 3-3/8 1-11/16 13/16
ments or higher concentration of installed kW Figure 2
1/4 1/4
for a given area. 0.315 6 1 6-15/16 1-5/32
0.475 6 1 10-1/8 1-11/16
Note — The start of any bends should
be no closer than 3-7/16" for 0.475" dia.
or 3-5/8" for 0.315" dia. elements, from
the end of the sheath to prevent the
heating element/cold pin junction from
being located in a bend.
#8-32 Thd.
Special Features — Sheath material (i.e.

Stainless Steel), threaded fittings, length, di-
ameter, volts, watts, special bends, terminals, Special Terminal Construction — Many types
terminal enclosures, brackets, spacers, etc. of terminals are available to suit different ap-
Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office for plications. See Tubular section in this catalog
for selection.
price and availability.
E-2
FTS & FTI

.475" Dia.
Dimensions (Inches)
Fintube® Heaters
Heated
F B
0.475
• Steel Sheath (type FTS)
• MONEL® Sheath (type FTI) C
• 475 - 10,000 Watts A ± 1%
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
• 60 W/In2
Features
Type 4 Terminals — Standard. Integral parts Bending — Customer’s minimum bending
• 750°F Max. Sheath Temp. of the element are of high strength to resist radius, see Factory and Customer Bending
(type FTS) bending during tightening of the wiring con- Table in the FT Series Overview.
nections. Type 4 terminal is a threaded exten-
• 900°F Max. Sheath Temp. sion of the cold pin. See standard terminal Stainless Steel Sheath — Optional. Contact
detail in the FT Series Overview. your Local Chromalox Sales office.
(type FTI)
Work Temperatures — See Allowable Watt Special Features — Sheath material, threaded
Density & Heater Selection Graphs G-151 fittings, length, volts, watts, brackets, etc.
through G-156 in Technical section of this Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office for
Applications catalog. price and availability.
Best suited for the following applications
FINTUBE®
where space is limited. Specifications and Ordering Information
• Drying Dimensions (In.)
Wt.
• Heat Treating Watts Volts A C F B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
FTS — Steel Sheath (approximately 60 W/In2) — 0.475" Diameter
• Annealing 475 120 12 7-1/2 1.14 5-5/8 FTS-012475 NS 334019 1
725 120 15 10-1/2 1.14 8-5/8 FTS-015475 S 334027 1
• Load Banks 1,450 120 24 19-1/2 1.14 17-5/8 FTS-024475 NS 334051 2
1,450 240 24 19-1/2 1.14 17-5/8 FTS-024475 NS 334060 2
• Curing Ovens, Dryers, Ducts, etc. 2,450 120 36 31-1/2 1.14 29-5/8 FTS-036475 NS 334094 3
2,450 240 36 31-1/2 1.14 29-5/8 FTS-036475 S 334107 3
Advantages 3,450 240 48 43-1/2 1.14 41-5/8 FTS-048475 NS 334131 3
5,000 240 63 58-1/2 1.14 56-5/8 FTS-063475 S 334158 5
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 5,000 480 63 58-1/2 1.14 56-5/8 FTS-063475 NS 334166 5
resistor wire from the environment. At the 7,000 240 86 81-1/2 1.14 79-5/8 FTS-086475 NS 334190 7
7,000 480 86 81-1/2 1.14 79-5/8 FTS-086475 NS 334203 7
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability
10,000 240 119 115-1/2 1.14 112-5/8 FTS-119475 NS 334254 9
to the work. Fintube® elements can be bent to 10,000 480 119 115-1/2 1.14 112-5/8 FTS-119475 NS 334262 9
put the heat where it works best. FTI — MONEL® Sheath (approximately 60 W/In2) — 0.475" Diameter
475 120 12 7-1/2 1.14 5-5/8 FTI-012475 NS 334705 1
725 120 15 10-1/2 1.14 8-5/8 FTI-015475 NS 334713 1
faster heat transfer to the air, resulting in 1,450 120 24 19-1/2 1.14 17-5/8 FTI-024475 NS 334748 2
lower element surface temperatures. High watt 1,450 240 24 19-1/2 1.14 17-5/8 FTI-024475 NS 334756 2
density permits use of fewer elements and 2,450 120 36 31-1/2 1.14 29-5/8 FTI-036475 NS 334780 3
a higher concentration of installed kW for a 2,450 240 36 31-1/2 1.14 29-5/8 FTI-036475 NS 334799 3
given area. 3,450 240 48 43-1/2 1.14 41-5/8 FTI-048475 NS 334828 3
5,000 240 63 58-1/2 1.14 56-5/8 FTI-063475 NS 334844 5
Fintube® heaters are ideal for both comfort 5,000 480 63 58-1/2 1.14 56-5/8 FTI-063475 NS 334852 5
7,000 240 86 81-1/2 1.14 79-5/8 FTI-086475 NS 334887 7
and industrial process air applications. 7,000 480 86 81-1/2 1.14 79-5/8 FTI-086475 NS 334895 7
10,000 240 119 115-1/2 1.14 112-5/8 FTI-119475 NS 334940 9
10,000 480 119 115-1/2 1.14 112-5/8 FTI-119475 NS 334959 9
E-3
FTS & FTI

.315" Dia.
Fintube® Heaters Dimensions (Inches)
• Steel Sheath (type FTS) Heated

B
F
0.315
• MONEL® Sheath (type FTI)
• 500 - 6,200 Watts C
A ± 1%
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
• 60 W/In2
Features
Type 3 Terminals — Standard. Integral Bending — Customer’s minimum bending
(type FTS) parts of the element are of high strength to radius, see Factory and Customer Bending
resist bending during tightening of the wiring Table in the FT Series Overview.
• 900°F Max. Sheath Temp. connections. Type 3 terminal is a threaded
(type FTI) extension welded to the cold pin. See standard Stainless Steel Sheath — Optional. Contact
terminal detail in the FT Series Overview. your Local Chromalox Sales office.
Work Temperatures — See Allowable Watt Special Features — Sheath material, threaded
Applications Density & Heater Selection Graphs G-151 fittings, length, volts, watts, brackets, etc.
through G-156 in Technical section of this Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office for
Best suited for the following applications catalog. price and availability.
where space is limited.
• Drying Specifications and Ordering Information
Dimensions (In.)
• Heat Treating Wt.
Watts Volts A C F B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
• Annealing FTS — Steel Sheath (approximately 60 W/In2) — 0.315" Diameter
500 120 15 10-1/2 0.844 8-1/4 FTS-015315 NS 334270 1
• Load Banks
1,025 120 24 19-1/2 0.844 17-1/4 FTS-024315 NS 334297 1
• Curing Ovens, Dryers, Ducts, etc. 1,025 240 24 19-1/2 0.844 17-1/4 FTS-024315 NS 334300 1
1,750 120 36 31-1/2 0.844 29-1/4 FTS-036315 NS 334334 2
1,750 240 36 31-1/2 0.844 29-1/4 FTS-036315 NS 334342 2
Advantages 2,450 120 48 43-1/2 0.844 41-1/4 FTS-048315 NS 334377 2
2,450 240 48 43-1/2 0.844 41-1/4 FTS-048315 NS 334385 2
The metal sheath isolates and protects the 3,500 240 63 58-1/2 0.844 56-1/4 FTS-063315 NS 334406 4
resistor wire from the environment. At the 3,500 480 63 58-1/2 0.844 56-1/4 FTS-063315 NS 334414 4
same time it maximizes heat transfer capability 4,700 240 86 81-1/2 0.844 79-1/4 FTS-086315 NS 334449 6
to the work. Fintube® elements can be bent to 4,700 480 86 81-1/2 0.844 79-1/4 FTS-086315 NS 334457 6
6,200 480 119 115-1/2 0.844 112-1/4 FTS-119315 NS 334502 8
FTI — MONEL® Sheath (approximately 60 W/In2) — 0.315" Diameter
Fins greatly increase surface area and permit 500 120 15 10-1/2 0.844 8-1/4 FTI-015315 NS 334967 1
faster heat transfer to the air, resulting in 1,025 120 24 19-1/2 0.844 17-1/4 FTI-024315 NS 334983 1
1,025 240 24 19-1/2 0.844 17-1/4 FTI-024315 NS 334991 1
lower element surface temperatures. High watt
1,750 120 36 31-1/2 0.844 29-1/4 FTI-036315 NS 335020 2
density permits use of fewer elements and 1,750 240 36 31-1/2 0.844 29-1/4 FTI-036315 NS 335038 2
a higher concentration of installed kW for a 2,450 120 48 43-1/2 0.844 41-1/4 FTI-048315 NS 335062 2
given area. 2,450 240 48 43-1/2 0.844 41-1/4 FTI-048315 NS 335070 2
3,500 240 63 58-1/2 0.844 56-1/4 FTI-063315 NS 335097 4
Fintube® heaters are ideal for both comfort 3,500 480 63 58-1/2 0.844 56-1/4 FTI-063315 NS 335100 4
and industrial process air applications. 4,700 240 86 81-1/2 0.844 79-1/4 FTI-086315 NS 335134 6
4,700 480 86 81-1/2 0.844 79-1/4 FTI-086315 NS 335142 6
6,200 480 119 115-1/2 0.844 112-1/4 FTI-119315 NS 335193 8
E-4
SFTS & SFTI

.475" Dia. Single
End Fintube® Heaters
• Steel Sheath (type SFTS)
• MONEL® Sheath (type SFTI)
• 500 - 4,350 Watts Applications

• 120, 240 and 480 Volt Best suited for the following applications High Watt Density permits use of fewer ele-
where space is limited. ments or higher concentration of installed kW
• 60 W/In2 for a given area.
• Drying
• 750°F Max. Sheath Temp. Lead Wires, 10" long, with silicone-impreg-
• Heat Treating
(type SFTS) nated Fiberglas® sleeves. Maximum wire
• Annealing temperature is 200°C.
• 900°F Max. Sheath Temp. • Load Banks Leads are attached to terminals inside a
(type SFTI) ceramic terminal bushing.
• Curing Ovens, Dryers, Ducts, etc.
Application Tips
Advantages
Terminal Block should be on outside of duct
Versatile — Ideal for both comfort and indus- or heating area.
trial process air applications.
FINTUBE®
Element Supports should be provided for
Single-End Terminals simplify wiring and every two feet of element length.
eliminate the need for return wire.
Work Temperatures — See Allowable Watt
Install More Elements in Same Space as Density & Heater Selection Graphs G-151
standard, double-end Fintube®. through G-156 in Technical section.
No Bending required to put all terminals in the Special Features — Sheath material, threaded
same plane. fittings, length, volts, watts, brackets, etc.
Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office for
Smaller Heating Duct or Chamber in some
cases.
Bending is not recommended for single end
Construction — Element is constructed like
elements. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales
the standard single-end tubular element with
office.
the addition of continuous spiral fins (4 - 5
per inch) permanently furnace brazed to the Stainless Steel Sheath — Optional. Contact
sheath. your Local Chromalox Sales office for price
and availability.
element surface temperatures.
E-5
SFTS & SFTI

.475" Dia. Single
(cont’d.)
Dimensions (Inches)
E
3/8 G (4 fins/in.) 2-1/4 (Ref)
10" Type A
1-9/64 0.475 0.610 Lead Wires
1-1/2 Heated 3-3/8 Cold End 1/2

Ceramic
B Terminal
Cold End
A ± 1%
A = Sheath B = Heated G = Finned E = Overall
Terminal End with Fitting
Note — Add
Suffix "F" to
Model No.

Dimensions (In.)
Wt.
Watts W/In Volts
2
A B E G Model Stock PCN Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
500 47 120 11-3/4 7-1/8 12-5/8 9-3/8 SFTS-12475 NS 222279 SFTI-12475 NS 222906 1
500 47 240 11-3/4 7-1/8 12-5/8 9-3/8 SFTS-12475 NS 222287 SFTI-12475 NS 222914 1
975 59 120 15-3/4 11-1/8 16-5/8 13-3/8 SFTS-16475 NS 222295 SFTI-16475 NS 222922 1
975 59 240 15-3/4 11-1/8 16-5/8 13-3/8 SFTS-16475 NS 222308 SFTI-16475 NS 222930 1
1,200 41 120 19-3/4 15-1/8 20-5/8 17-3/8 SFTS-20475 NS 222316 SFTI-20475 NS 222949 2
1,200 41 240 19-3/4 15-1/8 20-5/8 17-3/8 SFTS-20475 NS 222324 SFTI-20475 NS 222957 2
1,200 41 480 19-3/4 15-1/8 20-5/8 17-3/8 SFTS-20475 NS 222332 SFTI-20475 NS 222965 2
1,675 59 120 23-3/4 19-1/8 24-5/8 21-3/8 SFTS-24475 NS 222340 SFTI-24475 NS 222973 2
1,675 59 240 23-3/4 19-1/8 24-5/8 21-3/8 SFTS-24475 NS 222359 SFTI-24475 NS 222981 2
1,675 59 480 23-3/4 19-1/8 24-5/8 21-3/8 SFTS-24475 NS 222367 SFTI-24475 NS 222990 2
1,975 57 120 27-3/4 23-1/8 28-5/8 25-3/8 SFTS-28475 NS 222375 SFTI-28475 NS 223001 2
1,975 57 240 27-3/4 23-1/8 28-5/8 25-3/8 SFTS-28475 NS 222383 SFTI-28475 NS 223010 2
1,975 57 480 27-3/4 23-1/8 28-5/8 25-3/8 SFTS-28475 NS 222391 SFTI-28475 NS 223028 2
2,150 53 120 31-3/4 27-1/8 32-5/8 29-3/8 SFTS-32475 NS 222404 SFTI-32475 NS 223036 3
2,300 57 240 31-3/4 27-1/8 32-5/8 29-3/8 SFTS-32475 NS 222412 SFTI-32475 NS 223044 3
2,300 57 480 31-3/4 27-1/8 32-5/8 29-3/8 SFTS-32475 NS 222420 SFTI-32475 NS 223052 3
2,100 45 120 35-3/4 31-1/8 36-5/8 33-3/8 SFTS-36475 NS 222439 SFTI-36475 NS 223060 3
2,700 58 240 35-3/4 31-1/8 36-5/8 33-3/8 SFTS-36475 NS 222447 SFTI-36475 NS 223079 3
2,700 58 480 35-3/4 31-1/8 36-5/8 33-3/8 SFTS-36475 NS 222455 SFTI-36475 NS 223087 3
1,950 37 120 39-3/4 35-1/8 40-5/8 37-3/8 SFTS-40475 NS 222463 SFTI-40475 NS 223095 3
3,150 60 240 39-3/4 35-1/8 40-5/8 37-3/8 SFTS-40475 NS 222471 SFTI-40475 NS 223108 3
3,150 60 480 39-3/4 35-1/8 40-5/8 37-3/8 SFTS-40475 NS 222480 SFTI-40475 NS 223116 3
1,750 30 120 43-3/4 39-1/8 44-5/8 41-3/8 SFTS-44475 NS 222498 SFTI-44475 NS 223124 3
3,500 60 240 43-3/4 39-1/8 44-5/8 41-3/8 SFTS-44475 NS 222500 SFTI-44475 NS 223132 3
3,500 60 480 43-3/4 39-1/8 44-5/8 41-3/8 SFTS-44475 NS 222519 SFTI-44475 NS 223140 3
1,575 25 120 47-3/4 43-1/8 48-5/8 45-3/8 SFTS-48475 NS 222527 SFTI-48475 NS 223159 4
3,850 60 240 47-3/4 43-1/8 48-5/8 45-3/8 SFTS-48475 NS 222535 SFTI-48475 NS 223167 4
3,850 60 480 47-3/4 43-1/8 48-5/8 45-3/8 SFTS-48475 NS 222543 SFTI-48475 NS 223175 4
1,450 21 120 51-3/4 47-1/8 52-5/8 49-3/8 SFTS-52475 NS 222551 SFTI-52475 NS 223183 4
4,225 60 240 51-3/4 47-1/8 52-5/8 49-3/8 SFTS-52475 NS 222560 SFTI-52475 NS 223191 4
4,225 60 480 51-3/4 47-1/8 52-5/8 49-3/8 SFTS-52475 NS 222578 SFTI-52475 NS 223204 4
1,325 17 120 55-3/4 51-1/8 56-5/8 53-3/8 SFTS-56475 NS 222586 SFTI-56475 NS 223212 4
4,400 58 240 55-3/4 51-1/8 56-5/8 53-3/8 SFTS-56475 NS 222594 SFTI-56475 NS 223220 4
4,400 58 480 55-3/4 51-1/8 56-5/8 53-3/8 SFTS-56475 NS 222607 SFTI-56475 NS 223239 4
1,225 15 120 59-3/4 55-1/8 60-5/8 57-3/8 SFTS-60475 NS 222615 SFTI-60475 NS 223247 5
4,350 53 240 59-3/4 55-1/8 60-5/8 57-3/8 SFTS-60475 NS 222623 SFTI-60475 NS 223255 5
4,350 53 480 59-3/4 55-1/8 60-5/8 57-3/8 SFTS-60475 NS 222631 SFTI-60475 NS 223263 5
E-6
SFTS & SFTI

.315" Dia. Single
• Steel Sheath (type SFTS)
• MONEL® Sheath (type SFTI)
• 325 - 2,400 Watts Applications Fins greatly increase surface area and permit
• 120 and 240 Volt Best suited for the following applications element surface temperatures.
where space is limited.
• 60 W/In2 High Watt Density permits use of fewer ele-
• Drying ments or higher concentration of installed kW
for a given area.
• 750°F Max. Sheath Temp. • Heat Treating
(type SFTS) Lead Wires, 10" long, with silicone-impreg-
• Annealing nated Fiberglas® sleeves. Maximum wire
• 900°F Max. Sheath Temp. • Load Banks
temperature is 200°C.
(type SFTI) Leads are attached to terminals inside a
• Curing Ovens, Dryers, Ducts, etc.
ceramic terminal bushing.
Advantages Application Tips
Versatile — Ideal for both comfort and indus-
Terminal Block should be on outside of duct
trial process air applications.
or heating area.
FINTUBE®
Single-End Terminals simplify wiring and
Element Supports should be provided for
eliminate the need for return wire. every two feet of element length.
Install More Elements in Same Space as Work Temperatures — See Allowable Watt
standard, double-end Fintube®. Density & Heater Selection Graphs G-151
No Bending required to put all terminals in the through G-156 in Technical section.
same plane. Special Features — Sheath material, threaded
Smaller Heating Duct or Chamber in some fittings, length, volts, watts, brackets, etc.
cases. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office for
Construction — Element is constructed like
the standard single-end tubular element with Bending is not recommended for single end
the addition of continuous spiral fins (4 - 5 elements. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales
per inch) permanently furnace brazed to the office.
sheath.
E-7
SFTS & SFTI

.315" Dia. Single End
Fintube® Heaters (cont’d.)
Dimensions (Inches)
E
3/8 G (4 fins/in.) 2-1/4 (Ref)
10" Type A
27/32 0.315 0.475 Lead Wires
1-1/2 Heated 3-3/8 Cold End 1/2

Ceramic
B Terminal
A ± 1%
A = Sheath B = Heated G = Finned E = Overall
Terminal End with Fitting
Note — Add
Suffix "F" to
Model No.

Dimensions (In.) Steel Sheath MONEL® Sheath
Wt.
Watts W/In2
Volts A B E G Model Stock PCN Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
325 45 120 11-7/8 7-1/4 12-5/8 9-1/2 SFTS-12315 NS 222017 SFTI-12315 NS 222640 1
325 45 240 11-7/8 7-1/4 12-5/8 9-1/2 SFTS-12315 NS 222025 SFTI-12315 NS 222658 1
500 45 120 15-7/8 11-1/4 16-5/8 13-1/2 SFTS-16315 NS 222033 SFTI-16315 NS 222666 1
500 45 240 15-7/8 11-1/4 16-5/8 13-1/2 SFTS-16315 NS 222041 SFTI-16315 NS 222674 1
700 46 120 19-7/8 15-1/4 20-5/8 17-1/2 SFTS-20315 NS 222050 SFTI-20315 NS 222682 1
700 46 240 19-7/8 15-1/4 20-5/8 17-1/2 SFTS-20315 NS 222068 SFTI-20315 NS 222690 1
1,200 63 120 23-7/8 19-1/4 24-5/8 21-1/2 SFTS-24315 NS 222076 SFTI-24315 NS 222703 1
1,150 60 240 23-7/8 19-1/4 24-5/8 21-1/2 SFTS-24315 NS 222084 SFTI-24315 NS 222711 1
1,200 52 120 27-7/8 23-1/4 28-5/8 25-1/2 SFTS-28315 NS 222092 SFTI-28315 NS 222720 1
1,300 56 240 27-7/8 23-1/4 28-5/8 25-1/2 SFTS-28315 NS 222105 SFTI-28315 NS 222738 1
1,200 45 120 31-7/8 27-1/4 32-5/8 29-1/2 SFTS-32315 NS 222113 SFTI-32315 NS 222746 2
1,600 59 240 31-7/8 27-1/4 32-5/8 29-1/2 SFTS-32315 NS 222121 SFTI-32315 NS 222754 2
1,200 39 120 35-7/8 31-1/4 36-5/8 33-1/2 SFTS-36315 NS 222130 SFTI-36315 NS 222762 2
1,900 61 240 35-7/8 31-1/4 36-5/8 33-1/2 SFTS-36315 NS 222148 SFTI-36315 NS 222770 2
1,200 34 120 39-7/8 35-1/4 40-5/8 37-1/2 SFTS-40315 NS 222156 SFTI-40315 NS 222789 2
2,200 63 240 39-7/8 35-1/4 40-5/8 37-1/2 SFTS-40315 NS 222164 SFTI-40315 NS 222797 2
1,200 31 120 43-7/8 39-1/4 44-5/8 41-1/2 SFTS-44315 NS 222172 SFTI-44315 NS 222800 2
2,250 58 240 43-7/8 39-1/4 44-5/8 41-1/2 SFTS-44315 NS 222180 SFTI-44315 NS 222818 2
1,200 28 120 47-7/8 43-1/4 48-5/8 45-1/2 SFTS-48315 NS 222199 SFTI-48315 NS 222826 2
2,400 56 240 47-7/8 43-1/4 48-5/8 45-1/2 SFTS-48315 NS 222201 SFTI-48315 NS 222834 2
1,200 26 120 51-7/8 47-1/4 52-5/8 49-1/2 SFTS-52315 NS 222210 SFTI-52315 NS 222842 2
2,400 51 240 51-7/8 47-1/4 52-5/8 49-1/2 SFTS-52315 NS 222228 SFTI-52315 NS 222850 2
1,150 23 120 55-7/8 51-1/4 56-5/8 53-1/2 SFTS-56315 NS 222236 SFTI-56315 NS 222869 3
2,400 47 240 55-7/8 51-1/4 56-5/8 53-1/2 SFTS-56315 NS 222244 SFTI-56315 NS 222877 3
1,075 20 120 59-7/8 55-1/4 60-5/8 57-1/2 SFTS-60315 NS 222252 SFTI-60315 NS 222885 3
2,400 44 240 59-7/8 55-1/4 60-5/8 57-1/2 SFTS-60315 NS 222260 SFTI-60315 NS 222893 3
E-8
OTF
Finstrip® Air Heater
• Rust-Resisting Iron or Chrome
Steel Sheath Dimensions (Inches)
• 250 - 4,150 Watts 3/4

1-1/2 2
• 120 and 240 Volt

1/2 1 7/8 5/8 F 3/4 5/16 x 1/2" Slots
• Single Phase B 1/2
A
15/16 3/4 #10-32 Thd.
• 225 - 565°F Max. Work Temp.
A = Overall
1-3/8 B = Mtg. Hole Centers
• 1-1/2" Strip with Fins 2" Wide 3/8 F = Finned

• Mount across Air Stream within Forced Air
Watts W/In 2
Volts A B F Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Ducts
Rust-Resisting Iron Sheath — for Max. Sheath Temp. to 750°F
• Use in Dryers, Ovens and other Process Air 250 11 120 10-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 OTF-10 S 128004 2
Heating Equipment 350 15 120 10-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 OTF-10 S 128012 2
600 26 120 10-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 OTF-10 S 128020 2
• Comfort Heating in Ducts, Load Banks and 250 11 240 10-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 OTF-10 S 128039 2
350 15 240 10-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 OTF-10 S 128047 2
Humidity Controls 600 26 240 10-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 OTF-10 S 128055 2
FINSTRIP®
500 18 120 12 11 7-3/4 OTF-12 S 128063 2
• Many Air Blast and Convection requirements 750 27 120 12 11 7-3/4 OTF-12 S 128071 2
can be accommodated by the wide range of 250 9 240 12 11 7-3/4 OTF-12 S 128080 2
lengths, wattages and watt densities avail- 500 18 240 12 11 7-3/4 OTF-12 S 128098 2
750 27 240 12 11 7-3/4 OTF-12 S 128100 2
able. 900 24 120 14 13 9-3/4 OTF-14 S 128119 2
500 13 240 14 13 9-3/4 OTF-14 NS 128127 2
Application & Selection Guidelines 900 24 240 14 13 9-3/4 OTF-14 S 128135 2
325 8 120 15-1/4 14-1/4 11 OTF-15 S 128143 3
Maximum Work Temperatures — Finstrip® 1,000 25 120 15-1/4 14-1/4 11 OTF-15 S 128151 3
elements can generally be used in the ap- 1,000 25 240 15-1/4 14-1/4 11 OTF-15 S 128160 3
500 10 120 17-7/8 16-7/8 13-5/8 OTF-18 S 128178 3
plications above, at maximum temperatures, 1,000 20 120 17-7/8 16-7/8 13-5/8 OTF-18 S 128186 3
without exceeding their capability, if properly 1,300 26 120 17-7/8 16-7/8 13-5/8 OTF-18 NS 128194 3
installed according to instructions packed with 500 10 240 17-7/8 16-7/8 13-5/8 OTF-18 S 128207 3
1,000 20 240 17-7/8 16-7/8 13-5/8 OTF-18 S 128215 3
heater. 1,300 26 240 17-7/8 16-7/8 13-5/8 OTF-18 S 128223 3
1,000 17 240 19-1/2 18-1/2 15-1/4 OTF-19 S 128240 3
Max. Outlet Air Temp. (°F) 1,500 26 120 19-1/2 18-1/2 15-1/4 OTF-19 S 128231 3
1,500 26 240 19-1/2 18-1/2 15-1/4 OTF-19 S 128258 3
Air Velocity Chrome 1,000 16 240 21 20 16-3/4 OTF-21 NS 128266 3
(Ft./Sec.) Iron Sheath Steel Sheath 1,550 26 240 21 20 16-3/4 OTF-21 NS 128274 3
Free Air 225 315 750 10 240 23-3/4 22-3/4 19-1/2 OTF-24 S 128282 4
16 460 565 1,000 14 240 23-3/4 22-3/4 19-1/2 OTF-24 NS 128290 4
1,800 25 240 23-3/4 22-3/4 19-1/2 OTF-24 S 128303 4
1,250 16 240 25-1/2 24-1/2 21-1/4 OTF-25 NS 128602 4
Note — Maximum temperatures are based on 2,000 26 240 25-1/2 24-1/2 21-1/4 OTF-25 S 128610 4
15 W/In2 density for iron sheath and 20 W/In2 700 8 120 26-3/4 25-3/4 22-1/2 OTF-26 NS 128629 4
700 8 240 26-3/4 25-3/4 22-1/2 OTF-26 NS 128637 4
density for chrome steel sheath. If elements 1,350 16 240 26-3/4 25-3/4 22-1/2 OTF-26 S 128645 4
have a lower watt density, work temperature 2,000 24 240 26-3/4 25-3/4 22-1/2 OTF-26 NS 128653 4
may be increased; if watt density is higher, 1,500 16 240 30-1/2 29-3/8 25-1/4 OTF-30 S 128952 4
work temperature should be lower. 2,350 25 240 30-1/2 29-3/8 25-1/4 OTF-30 S 128670 4
1,000 9 240 35-7/8 34-7/8 30-5/8 OTF-36 S 128688 5
1,800 16 240 35-7/8 34-7/8 30-5/8 OTF-36 NS 128696 5
See Allowable Watt Density & Finstrip® Heater 2,850 26 240 35-7/8 34-7/8 30-5/8 OTF-36 NS 128709 5
Selection Graphs G-107S and G-108S in the 2,000 16 240 38-1/2 37-5/8 33-1/4 OTF-38 S 128960 5
Technical section of this catalog. 3,100 25 120 38-1/2 37-5/8 33-1/4 OTF-38 NS 128717 5
3,100 25 240 38-1/2 37-5/8 33-1/4 OTF-38 S 128725 5
3,450 26 240 42-1/2 41-3/8 37-1/4 OTF-43 S 128733 6
E-9
OTF
Finstrip® Air Heater
(cont’d.)
Features Dimensions (Inches)
Durability is assured by rugged Chromalox
3/4
strip heater with locked-on aluminized steel 1-1/2 2
fins.
Rapid Heat Transfer to air from large finned 1/2 1 7/8 5/8 F 3/4 5/16 x 1/2" Slots
area. B 1/2
A
Large Selection of lengths, wattages and watt 15/16 3/4 #10-32 Thd.
densities. A = Overall
1-3/8 B = Mtg. Hole Centers
3/8 F = Finned
Options
Secondary Insulation Bushings are needed at
each end of Finstrip® elements when con-
nected in series on line voltages 300V and Dimensions (In.) Wt.
above. To accommodate bushings, a 17/32 Watts W/In2 Volts A B F Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
x 11/16" mounting hole in tabs should be Chrome Steel Sheath — for Max. Sheath Temp. to 950°F
specified for elements. A secondary bushing 475 21 120 10-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 OTF-100 S 128311 2
set (PCN 255716) should be specified. Each 725 32 120 10-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 OTF-100 S 128320 2
set includes two bushings and hardware for 475 21 240 10-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 OTF-100 NS 128346 2
350 15 240 10-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 OTF-100 NS 128338 2
one heater. 725 32 240 10-1/2 9-1/2 6-1/4 OTF-100 S 128354 2
700 25 120 12 11 7-3/4 OTF-120 NS 128362 2
Removable Terminal Covers (OT-AC-1) — 900 32 120 12 11 7-3/4 OTF-120 S 128370 2
Shipped unassembled (PCN 129242). 700 25 240 12 11 7-3/4 OTF-120 S 128389 2
900 32 240 12 11 7-3/4 OTF-120 S 128397 2
Ceramic Post Terminal Insulators — Nickel 750 21 120 14 13 9-3/4 OTF-140 S 128400 2
plated steel hardware (PCN 259805). Stainless 1,100 31 120 14 13 9-3/4 OTF-140 S 128418 2
750 21 240 14 13 9-3/4 OTF-140 NS 128426 2
Steel hardware (PCN 255732). 1,100 31 240 14 13 9-3/4 OTF-140 S 128433 2
850 20 240 15-1/4 14-1/4 11 OTF-150 S 128442 3
Extra Long Finstrips — Available in 48, 54, 64 1,250 30 240 15-1/4 14-1/4 11 OTF-150 S 128450 3
or 72" length. 750 15 240 17-7/8 16-7/8 13-5/8 OTF-180 S 128469 3
1,000 20 240 17-7/8 16-7/8 13-5/8 OTF-180 S 128477 3
MONEL® Sheath and Fins — Contact your 1,550 31 240 17-7/8 16-7/8 13-5/8 OTF-180 S 128485 3
Local Chromalox Sales office for price and 1,000 18 208 19-1/2 18-1/2 15-1/4 OTF-190 NS 128493 3
1,000 18 240 19-1/2 18-1/2 15-1/4 OTF-190 NS 128506 3
availability. 1,250 23 240 19-1/2 18-1/2 15-1/4 OTF-190 S 128514 3
1,700 31 240 19-1/2 18-1/2 15-1/4 OTF-190 S 128522 3
1,250 20 240 21 20 16-3/4 OTF-210 NS 128549 3
750 12 240 21 20 16-3/4 OTF-210 NS 128530 3
1,900 30 240 21 20 16-3/4 OTF-210 S 128557 3
2,200 31 240 23-3/4 22-3/4 19-1/2 OTF-240 S 128581 4
1,000 14 240 23-3/4 22-3/4 19-1/2 OTF-240 S 128565 4
1,450 20 240 23-3/4 22-3/4 19-1/2 OTF-240 NS 128573 4
1,500 19 240 25-1/2 24-1/2 21-1/4 OTF-250 NS 128750 4
2,400 30 240 25-1/2 24-1/2 21-1/4 OTF-250 S 128768 4
1,600 19 240 26-3/4 25-3/4 22-1/2 OTF-260 S 128776 4
2,500 30 240 26-3/4 25-3/4 22-1/2 OTF-260 S 128784 4
1,800 19 240 30-1/2 29-3/8 25-1/4 OTF-300 S 128792 4
2,800 30 240 30-1/2 29-3/8 25-1/4 OTF-300 S 128805 4
2,100 20 240 33-1/2 32-3/8 28-1/4 OTF-330 NS 128944 5
3,150 30 120 33-1/2 32-3/8 28-1/4 OTF-330 NS 128813 5
3,150 30 240 33-1/2 32-3/8 28-1/4 OTF-330 S 128821 5
1,500 13 240 35-7/8 34-7/8 30-5/8 OTF-360 NS 128830 5
2,300 20 240 35-7/8 34-7/8 30-5/8 OTF-360 NS 128848 5
3,450 30 240 35-7/8 34-7/8 30-5/8 OTF-360 S 128856 5
2,450 20 240 38-1/2 37-3/8 33-1/4 OTF-380 S 128864 5
3,600 30 240 38-1/2 37-3/8 33-1/4 OTF-380 NS 128872 5
4,150 30 240 42-1/2 41-3/8 37-1/4 OTF-430 S 128880 6
2,250 15 240 48 47 42-3/4 OTF-480 S 128979 8
E-10
KSEF
Preformed Circular Finstrip® Dimensions (Inches)
Air Duct Heater
• Rust-Resisting Iron or MONEL® B A
Sheath and Fins
7/8
• 1,950 - 5,000 Watts
2
• 120 and 240 Volt
Applications Note — Maximum temperatures are based
• Single Phase on 25 W/In2. If elements have a lower watt
• Heat moving Air or Gas in Round Ducts density, work temperature may be increased;
if watt density is higher, work temperature
• Booster Heater in Process and Comfort
should be lower.
Heating Ducts
Note — See Allowable Watt Density & Heater
• Convert existing Forced Air Dryers and
Selection Graphs G-107S and G-108S in the
Ovens
Technical section of this catalog.
Application & Selection Guidelines
Features
Maximum Work Temperatures — Finstrip ®
elements can generally be used in the follow- Durability is assured by rugged Chromalox
ing applications at maximum temperatures, strip heater with locked-on fins.
without exceeding their capability, if properly
Rapid Heat Transfer to air from large finned
FINSTRIP®
installed according to instructions packed with
heaters. area.
Nested Elements — Elements may be nested.
Max. Outlet Air Temp. (°F)
Air Velocity
(Ft./Sec.) Iron Sheath MONEL® Sheath Open Construction — Requires mounting
4 — 250 brackets to be fabricated by user.
9 150 370
16 250 450

Dimensions (In.)
Wt.
Watts W/In 2
Volts A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
1,950 27 120 8-7/8 6-1/8 KSEF-24 NS 255548 3
1,950 27 240 8-7/8 6-1/8 KSEF-24 S 255556 3
2,500 26 120 10-3/4 8 KSEF-30 NS 255564 4
2,500 26 240 10-3/4 8 KSEF-30 S 255572 4
3,100 27 240 12-1/2 9-3/4 KSEF-36 NS 255580 5
3,700 26 240 14-1/2 11-3/4 KSEF-43 NS 255599 6
MONEL® Sheath and Fins — for Max. Sheath Temp. to 900°F
1,950 27 120 8-7/8 6-1/8 KSEF-240M NS 255601 3
1,950 27 240 8-7/8 6-1/8 KSEF-240M NS 255610 3
2,500 26 120 10-3/4 8 KSEF-300M NS 255628 4
2,500 26 240 10-3/4 8 KSEF-300M NS 255636 4
3,100 27 240 12-1/2 9-3/4 KSEF-360M NS 255644 5
3,700 26 240 14-1/2 11-3/4 KSEF-430M NS 255652 6
4,000 25 240 16-1/4 13-1/2 KSEF-480M NS 255660 7
4,500 25 240 18-1/4 15-1/2 KSEF-540M NS 255679 8
5,000 23 240 21-5/8 18-7/8 KSEF-640M NS 256911 10
Note — Chromalox can supply other sizes and ratings. Contact your Local
E-11
ADH & ADHT Series

High Temperature
Air Duct Heaters
• 5 - 300 kW
(Up to 600V Available) ADH — Typical Installation ADHT — Typical Installation
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements Thermocouple
Sheet Metal Terminal Box
• 800°F Max. Outlet Air Temp. Duct
(ADH)
• 1200°F Max. Outlet Air Temp.
(ADHT)
Air Air
Applications Height Insulated
Air (inside) Air Standoff Collar
Width
• Heat Air for Drying and Curing operations up (inside) Insulation (3" max.)
to 1200°F Air Temperature
• Heat Treating
• Reheating or Dehumidification presses after bending to assure recompaction Pressure Drop — See Pressure Drop Curve
of refractory material to eliminate hot spots G-227-2 under Air & Gas Data in the Technical
• Aircraft Manufacturing and electrical insulation voids. section of this catalog.
• Autoclaves Low Wiring Compartment Temperatures — Options
• Annealing Made possible by the addition of a one inch
thick blanket of insulation in the terminal box. Gas Tight Design — Threaded fittings with
• Drying High temperature ADHT units include an addi- fiber washers attach heating elements to flange
• Paint Baking or Drying tional three inches of insulation to help reduce — prevents leakage of ducted air into terminal
duct heat losses. housing.
• Sterilizing
Meets NEC Wiring Requirements — Heaters Overtemperature Protection — Thermocouple
Features are subdivided into 48 Amp maximum circuits welded to the element sheath surface and wired
in compliance with the National Electrical Code. to a terminal block allows for accurate overheat
Long Life Metal Sheath Tubular Elements protection. Standard Type K thermocouple on
— High grade INCOLOY® sheath material for Easy Access to Field Wiring Terminals — ADHT high temperature heaters.
excellent corrosion/oxidation resistance at high Terminal housing is completely removable for
operating temperatures. maximum access to field wiring terminals. Thermocouple Sensor for air temperature
Individual terminal blocks with threaded stud control.
Sturdy Metal Sheath Elements minimize type terminals are provided for each circuit
problems associated with open coil resistance Moisture or Explosion-Resistant Terminal
to permit quick positive attachment of circuit
wire units. Enclosures are available for those applications
wiring conductors.
requiring special terminal protection. Explosion-
High Purity Magnesium Oxide — The ele- Dirt & Dust Resistant Terminal Housing — Resistant enclosure design meets requirements
ments are filled with highest purity blends of Made of solid heavy gauge aluminized steel, for Class I, Div.2, Group D area but does not
magnesium oxide refractory (MgO) compacted rather than perforated metal, to resist dirt and carry any third party listing.
to a rock hard density to ensure good thermal dust accumulation on the electrical connec-
conductivity and electrical insulation resistance. CAUTION — If atmosphere in duct contains
tions and thus provide longer service life.
combustible gases or vapors, sheath tempera-
Superior Grade Resistance Wire — The heart Flange Mounting Gasket — Packed separately tures must be limited not to exceed 80% of the
of each heating element is made of high quality with each duct heater to minimize air leakage ignition temperature of the gas or the vapor
resistance wire for maximum life. between the flange and air duct. involved. Check with your Local Chromalox
Sales office for recommendations.
Low Watt Density Resistor Wire — Watt den- Tandem Mounting — Multiple heaters may be
sity on the heating coil is designed for low watt mounted in tandem with each other provided Special Ratings, Sizes or Construction
density operation by increasing the coil and the maximum recommended outlet air tem- Materials — Chromalox can fabricate a duct
wire diameter, and length of resistance wire to perature is not exceeded. heater to your special rating, physical size or
give maximum surface area and low operating other specifications.
coil surface temperature — providing longer Element Support Plate — A stainless steel
coil life. element support plate is held in place with Application Assistance — Chromalox will as-
Stainless Steel support rods to provide struc- sist you in the design or selection of equipment.
Superior Construction at Element Bends — tural stability. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
All element bends are repressed in hydraulic
E-12
ADH & ADHT Series

High Temperature
ADHT - Dimensions (Inches) (See Dimensional Table)
Air Duct Heaters (cont’d.) III II
ADH - Dimensions (Inches) (See Dimensional Table) 4
I Airflow IV 3-1/2
Direction
III H E C
3-5/8
4
I A B
II H
E 3-1/2 K
Airflow L
Direction C A
IV K
D L B Note —
Duct opening
Note — Duct opening is D
is D + 1/4
D + 1/4 by M + 1/4 M M
by M + 1/4
Dimensional Table ADH / ADHT

No. Dimensions (In.)
Cat. No. Cat. No. kW Elem. A B C D E H K L M
ADH-005 ADHT-005 5 3 5-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/8 4 1/4 2-1/2 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-010 ADHT-010 10 6 7-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/8 6 1/4 3-1/2 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-015 ADHT-015 15 9 9-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/8 8 1/4 3 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-020 ADHT-020 20 12 11-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/8 10 1/4 2-3/4 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-025 ADHT-025 25 15 13-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/8 12 1/4 3-1/4 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-030 ADHT-030 30 18 15-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/4 14 3/8 3-3/4 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-035 ADHT-035 35 21 17-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/4 16 3/8 4-1/4 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-040 ADHT-040 40 24 19-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/4 18 3/8 4-3/4 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-045 ADHT-045 45 27 21-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/4 20 3/8 5-1/4 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-050 ADHT-050 50 30 23-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/4 22 3/8 5-3/4 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-060 ADHT-060 60 36 27-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/4 26 3/8 4-1/2 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
AIR DUCT
ADH-070 ADHT-070 70 42 31-5/8 20-1/8 28-1/4 30 3/8 3-7/8 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-080 ADHT-080 80 48 35-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/4 34 3/8 4-3/8 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-090 ADHT-090 90 54 39-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/4 38 3/8 4-7/8 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-100 ADHT-100 100 60 43-5/8 20-3/8 28-1/4 42 3/8 5-3/8 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
– ADHT-120 120 48 35-5/8 35 42-7/8 26 3/8 4-1/2 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-126 – 126 42 31-5/8 35 42-7/8 30 3/8 3-7/8 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-144 – 144 48 35-5/8 35 42-7/8 34 3/8 4-3/8 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
– ADHT-160 160 48 35-5/8 35 42-7/8 34 3/8 4-3/8 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-162 – 162 54 39-5/8 35 42-7/8 38 3/8 4-7/8 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
– ADHT-180 180 54 39-5/8 35 42-7/8 38 3/8 4-7/8 3-1/2 11-1/8 9-1/2
ADH-216 – 216 72 27-5/8 35 42-7/8 26 3/8 4-1/2 3-7/8 20 18-3/8
– ADHT-240 240 72 27-5/8 35 42-7/8 26 3/8 4-1/2 3-7/8 20 18-3/8
ADH-270 – 270 90 33-5/8 35 42-7/8 32 3/8 5-1/2 3-7/8 20 18-3/8
– ADHT-300 300 90 33-5/8 35 42-7/8 32 3/8 5-1/2 3-7/8 20 18-3/8
All Heaters can be mounted in any position; top, side or bottom entry. In high ambient temperature operations, least corrosive action and least oxidation to the terminals will occur if heaters are
mounted with terminals in the coolest possible ambient, usually on bottom or side of duct. Mimumum duct size is A or L dimension plus 3/8" and B dimension plus 1-5/8", and 3" for insulation housing.
Electrical Table for ADH and ADHT Duct heaters
For selecting the proper control panel for use with Number of Circuits
the ADH and ADHT duct heaters, the number of cir- KW No. Elements 240V 1Ph 240V 3 Ph 480V 1 Ph 480V 3 Ph
cuits is of crucial importance. The Electrical table, at 5 3 1 1 1 1
right, should be used for the purpose of determining 10 6 1 1 1 1
the number of circuits in the panel. 15 9 3 1 1 1
20 12 2 2 1 1
25 15 3 2 2 1
Field Wiring — Refer to Graph ADHTB Terminal 30 18 3 2 3 1
Box Temperature field wiring selection guide in the 35 21 X 3 2 1
technical section of this catalog (Section I). 40 24 X 3 2 2
45 27 X 3 3 2
50 30 X 5 3 2
Gas tight construction should be considered if the 60 36 X X X 2
gas pressure in the duct is at a higher relative pres- 70 42 X X X 4
sure than in the terminal box which is at room air 80 48 X X X 4
pressure. Refer to ADH/ADHT terminal box tempera- 90 54 X X X 5
ture and field wiring selection guide showing the 100 60 X X X 5
120 36 X X X 4
temperature in the terminal box at various gas outlet 126 42 X X X 4
temperatures. This guide is graph ADHTB located 144 48 X X X 4
in the Air and Gas Heating section in the technical 160 48 X X X 8
pages in the back of the catalog. 162 54 X X X 6
180 54 X X X 6
216 72 X X X 6
240 72 X X X 8 All standard circuits are maximum of 48 Amps
270 90 X X X 8 For other # of circuits/amps per circuit consult factory
300 90 X X X 10 X denotes not standard
E-13
ADH
Construction Application & Selection Guidelines
Rugged Construction Elements — Sturdy 0.475" Maximum Work Temperatures — Type ADH heat-
diameter INCOLOY® sheath tubular elements are ers can generally be used at the following maximum
High Temperature mounted to a heavy 1/4 or 3/8" thick steel flange.
Element fasteners allow for easy replacement.
temperatures, provided the minimum air velocity is
maintained uniformly through the heater.
Air Duct Heaters Corrosion-Resistant Terminal Enclosure — The

element terminal enclosure is made of 16 gauge Air Velocity
(Ft./Sec.) Max. Outlet Air Temp. (°F)
high-temperature, corrosion-resistant steel and
includes 1" thick high-temperature insulation to 4 - 36 800
minimize temperatures in the wiring area.
• 5 - 270 kW Note — Maximum temperatures are based on 30
Wiring Box — The 16 gauge wiring box encloses
individual terminal blocks for each circuit. Threaded W/In2. If elements have a lower watt density, work
• 240 and 480 Volt, Three Phase stud type terminals are provided to permit quick temperature may be increased; if watt density is
(Up to 600V Available) positive attachment of circuit wiring conductors. higher, work temperature should be lower.
Mounting Note — An airflow type switch or other device is
• INCOLOY® Sheath Elements All Heaters can be mounted in any position; top, side
recommended to protect against loss of airflow.
or bottom entry. In high ambient temperature opera- Note — See Allowable Watt Density & Heater Selec-
• 30 W/In2 tions, least corrosive action and least oxidation to tion Graphs in the Technical section of this catalog.
the terminals will occur if heaters are mounted with
terminals in the coolest possible ambient, usually on
• 800°F Max. Outlet Air Temp. bottom or side of duct. Minimum duct size is A or L
dimension plus 3/8" and B dimension plus 1-5/8".
Basic Model Includes Thermocouple Includes Gas Tight Fittings Includes Thermocouple & Ftgs.
Volts KW Phase Model PCN SS Model PCN SS Model PCN SS Model PCN SS
240V 5KW 1PH ADH-005 210673 NS ADH-005T 214770 NS ADH-005F 215212 NS ADH-005FT 215634 NS
480V 10KW 3PH ADH-010 210024 S ADH-010T 214842 NS ADH-010F 215280 NS ADH-010FT 215706 NS
480V 216KW 3PH ADH-216F 210171 NS ADH-216FT 216928 NS
480V 270KW 3PH ADH-270F 210180 NS ADH-270FT 216160 NS
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW and quantity.
E-14
ADHT Application & Selection Guidelines

High Temperature Maximum Work Temperatures — Type ADHT heat-
Air Velocity
(Ft./Sec.) Max. Outlet Air Temp. (°F)
Air Duct Heater ers can generally be used at the following maximum
temperatures, provided the minimum air velocity is
4
9
1050
1100
maintained uniformly through the heater. Maximum 16 1150
temperatures are based on 20 W/In2. 25 1200
36 1200
• 5 - 300 kW
Note — See Allowable Watt Density & Heater Selec-
tion Graphs in Technical section.
Note — An airflow type switch or other device is
(Up to 600V Available) recommended to protect against loss of airflow.
• 20 W/In2
• 1200°F Max. Outlet Air Temp.

Basic Model Includes Gas Tight Fittings
• Insulated Standoff Collar Volts KW Phase Model PCN SS Model PCN SS
240V 5KW 1PH ADHT-005 216178 NS ADHT-005F 216450 NS
Type ADHT 240V 10KW 1PH ADHT-010 216215 NS ADHT-010F 216493 NS
Construction 480V 10KW 3PH ADHT-010 210200 NS ADHT-010F 216557 NS
Rugged Construction Elements — Sturdy 0.475" 240V 15KW 1PH ADHT-015 216248 NS ADHT-015F 216565 NS
diameter INCOLOY® sheath tubular elements are 240V 15KW 3PH ADHT-015 216258 NS ADHT-015F 216573 NS
AIR DUCT
mounted to a heavy 1/4 or 3/8" thick steel flange. 480V 15KW 1PH ADHT-015 216266 NS ADHT-015F 216581 NS
Element fasteners to allow for easy replacement. 480V 15KW 3PH ADHT-015 210219 NS ADHT-015F 216590 NS
Corrosion-Resistant Terminal Enclosure — The
element terminal enclosure is made of 16 gauge
high-temperature, corrosion-resistant steel and
includes 1" thick high-temperature insulation to
minimize temperatures in the wiring area.
Wiring Box — The 16 gauge wiring box encloses 480V 25KW 1PH ADHT-025 216320 NS ADHT-025F 216661 NS
individual terminal blocks for each circuit. Threaded 480V 25KW 3PH ADHT-025 210235 NS ADHT-025F 216670 ST
stud type terminals are provided to permit quick 240V 30KW 1PH ADHT-030 216338 NS ADHT-030F 216688 NS
positive attachment of circuit wiring conductors. 240V 30KW 3PH ADHT-030 216346 NS ADHT-030F 216696 NS
Insulation Housing — Includes 3" of high tem-
perature thermal insulation to reduce duct heat
conducted into terminal enclosure.
Overtemperature Protection — A type K thermo- 480V 35KW 3PH ADHT-035 210251 NS ADHT-035F 216741 NS
couple is welded to the element sheath surface 240V 40KW 3PH ADHT-040 216389 NS ADHT-040F 216750 NS
to sense element temperature, and is wired to a 480V 40KW 1PH ADHT-040 216397 NS ADHT-040F 216768 NS
terminal block located on the outer surface of the 480V 40KW 3PH ADHT-040 210260 NS ADHT-040F 216776 NS
terminal housing. 240V 45KW 3PH ADHT-045 216408 NS ADHT-045F 216784 NS
Mounting 480V 45KW 3PH ADHT-045 210278 NS ADHT-045F 216805 NS
Generally mounted to a field fabricated stand off 480V 50KW 1PH ADHT-050 216434 NS ADHT-050F 216821 NS
collar from the ductwork to position the heater such 480V 50KW 3PH ADHT-050 210286 NS ADHT-050F 216830 NS
that the 3" insulation housing is in the same plane as 480V 60KW 2-3PH ADHT-060 210294 NS ADHT-060F 216848 NS
the duct insulation. 480V 70KW 3PH ADHT-070 216442 NS ADHT-070F 216856 NS
All Heaters can be mounted in any position; top, 480V 80KW 3PH ADHT-080 210307 NS ADHT-080F 216864 NS
side or bottom entry. In high ambient temperature 480V 90KW 3PH ADHT-090 210315 NS ADHT-090F 216872 NS
operations, least corrosive action and least oxidation 480V 100KW 3PH ADHT-100 210323 NS ADHT-100F 216880 NS
to the terminals will occur if heaters are mounted 480V 120KW 3PH ADHT-120 210331 NS ADHT-120F 216899 NS
with terminals in the coolest possible ambient, usu- 480V 160KW 3PH ADHT-160 210340 NS ADHT-160F 216901 NS
ally on bottom or side of duct. Minimum duct size 480V 180KW 3PH ADHT-180 210358 NS ADHT-180F 216910 AS
is A or L dimension plus 3/8" and B dimension plus 480V 240KW 3PH ADHT-240F 210366 NS
1-5/8", and 3" for insulation housing. 480V 300KW 3PH ADHT-300F 210374 NS
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW and quantity.
E-15
Chromalox ®
Specification Data Sheet Tubular Air Duct Heaters

Form PF303
III 6, 7. Terminal Box

8. Flange
9, 10. Insulation Housing (when applicable)
I II H 4
Airflow
A
Direction IV
E 3-1/2
C
K
D L B
Note — Duct opening is D + 1/4 by M + 1/4 M

2, 3, 4. Elements

Operating Conditions 5. TERMINAL SEALS: o None (Standard)
1. APPLICATION (Describe in Detail): o Silicone Fluid (500°F) o Silicone Resin (450°F)
o RTV (450°F) o Epoxy (250°F)
o Other (Specify)
o General Purpose (Standard) o Moisture Resistant
2. AIR FLOW: o Explosion Resistant
3. INLET AIR TEMPERATURE:
°F 7. TERMINAL BOX MATERIAL: o Aluminized Steel (Standard)
4. OUTLET AIR TEMPERATURE:
°F o 304 Stainless Steel o 316 Stainless Steel
5. OPERATING TEMPERATURE
psig. o Other (Specify)
6. o Indoor o Outdoor 8. FLANGE MATERIAL: oSteel (Std.) o 304 Stainless Steel
7. DUCT DIMENSIONS: L W o 316 Stainless Steel
8. AIR FLOW DIRECTION: oI o II o III o IV 9. INSULATION HOUSING: (Below Flange): o Yes o No
10. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: °F o Height: in. (3-5/8" Std.)
Heater Specifications (Check All That Apply) 10. INSULATION HOUSING:
1. RATING: Volts Phase Kilowatts o 304 Stainless Steel (Std.) o 316 Stainless Steel
No. of Electrical Circuits: o Standard o Other (Specify)
o Other: No. Circuits: kW/Circuits: 11. OVERHEAT THERMOCOUPLE WELDED TO SHEATH:
2. HEATING ELEMENTS: o Tubular (Std.) o Finned Tubular o Type J o Type K o Other (Specify)
3. HEATING ELEMENT SHEATH MATERIAL: 12. HEATER DIMENSION (Inches): A B C
Tubular:
D E H K L M
o INCOLOY® (Standard) o 304 Stainless Steel 13. AGENCY APPROVALS:
o 316 Stainless Steel o None
o Other (Specify) o U.L. Component Recognized (Standard)
Finned Tubular: o C.S.A. Certified (Standard)
o Steel o Ceramic-Coated Steel o MONEL® o Other (Specify)
o 304 Stainless Steel o Other (Specify) 14. OTHER SPECIAL FEATURES:
4. HEATING ELEMENT WATT DENSITY:
o 20 W/In2 o 22 W/In2 o 30 W/In2

o Other (Specify) 17. MODEL NO.:
E-16
CAB & CABB Terminal

Cover
Low Temperature 4-3/16
Air Duct Heaters

• Side Terminals (type CAB)
10
• Bottom Terminals (type CABB) 4-1/8 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2,
2, 2-1/2 Combination
K.O. (each end)
• 6 - 100 kW
Dimensions (Inches) Overtemperature Protection
• 120, 208, 240 and 480 Volt
(2) 5/16-18
Tapped Mtg.
• 1 or 3 Phase A Holes (each side) High Limit
11/16 3/4 Controller
• Rust-Resisting Iron or Chrome Type ARC
(shown) or
Steel Sheath Elements 1-5/32
Model 2383
• 440°F Max. Outlet Air Temp. D

B
Thermal Cutout
Sensor Located on
AIR
Downstream Side
21/32 AIR
Applications
4-1/8 Mtg. Bolts (2 each side)
AIR

• Sole Heat Source CAB 1-5/8 4-1/2
Stud
• Booster Heater in Process and Comfort 2-1/4 Length
(Typ.) CABB
Heating Ducts
• Convert existing Forced Air Dryers and Ovens
AIR DUCT
Construction Application & Selection Guidelines
• With Blower and Duct, can be used to
Fabricate simple Forced Air Drying Unit Rugged Finstrip® Elements are mounted in Selection Heater Size — Refer to Techni-
a sturdy steel frame with narrow side of ele- cal section for examples on determining kW
Features ments and fins facing the air flow. requirements. For quick estimating purposes,
the following formula may be used for air at
Simple Duct Transition Sections may be used Finstrip® Elements, Exclusive Construc- standard conditions:
to adapt standard heater sizes to various duct tion — High-quality, coiled resistor wire is
sizes to increase air velocities for better heat uniformly spaced over the width and length kW = SCFM x Temp. Rise (°F)
transfer, lower sheath temperature and longer of the Finstrip® element, then embedded in 3000
element life. high-grade refractory material which insulates
the wire and transfers heat rapidly. Refrac- Maximum Work Temperatures — Type CAB
Field Wiring Terminals — Heavy duty 3/8" tory is then compressed to rock hardness and and CABB heaters can generally be used at the
diameter bolts of either brass (iron sheath maximum density under tremendous hydraulic following maximum temperatures, provided
units) or Stainless Steel (chrome steel sheath pressure to improve heat transfer from coil the minimum air velocity is maintained uni-
units) with necessary hardware are provided to sheath. Elements are oven baked at high formly through the heater.
for field wiring connections. Terminals are temperatures to semi-vitrify and mature the
located on the side for CAB units and on the refractory. Sheath material is either rust- Air Max. Outlet Air Temp. (°F)
bottom for CABB units, and should be on the resisting iron or chrome steel. Velocity Iron Chrome Steel
outside of ducting. (Ft./Sec.) Sheath Sheath
Sturdy Steel Frame — 14 gauge cold rolled 4 — 200
Fins of aluminized steel are provided to im- steel painted with high heat resisting black 9 90 330
prove heat transfer to the air. enamel paint. 16 220 440
Elements are individually replaceable. Internal Electrical Connections are made
using a combination of buss bars and jumper Note — Maximum temperatures are based
Terminal Cover Option is available to prevent on 26 W/In2. If elements have a lower watt
straps consisting of either Manganese-Nickel
accidental contact with live electrical terminals
or MONEL®. density, work temperatures may be increased;
(PCN 269720), one (1) required per circuit.
if watt density is higher, work temperatures
MONEL® Sheath and MONEL® Fins are avail- Mounting should be lower.
able for humid conditions. Model TDH heaters,
using Fintube® elements are also available. Always install heaters in duct work with Note — See Allowable Watt Density & Heater
Contact your Local Chromalox terminal box on bottom of heater. Type CAB Selection Graphs and Pressure Drop Curve
Sales office. units should have field wiring terminals facing G-112S1 under Air & Gas Heating Data in the
upstream to provide maximum cooling affect. Technical section of this catalog.
Secure to duct work using mounting holes on
both vertical sides of heater.
E-17
CAB & CABB

Low Temperature Air Duct Heaters (cont’d.)
Rust-Resisting Iron Sheath Chrome Steel Sheath
Dimensions (In.) Temperatures to 750°F Temperatures to 950°F
Amps/ No. No. Wt.
kW Volts Phase Circ. Circ. Elem. A B D Model Stock PCN Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
CAB — Side Terminals (26 W/In2)
6 120 1 50 1 6 10-3/4 15-7/8 11-1/2 CAB-62 NS 260013 CAB-611 NS 260398 25
6 208 1 28.9 1 6 10-3/4 15-7/8 11-1/2 CAB-62 NS 260021 CAB-611 NS 260400 25
6 240 1 25 1 6 10-3/4 15-7/8 11-1/2 CAB-62 NS 260030 CAB-611 NS 260419 25
6 480 1 12.5 1 6 10-3/4 15-7/8 11-1/2 CAB-62 NS 260048 CAB-611 NS 260427 25
6 208 3 16.7 1 6 10-3/4 15-7/8 11-1/2 CAB-62 NS 260064 CAB-611 NS 260443 25
6 240 3 14.5 1 6 10-3/4 15-7/8 11-1/2 CAB-62 NS 260072 CAB-611 NS 260451 25
6 480 3 7.2 1 6 10-3/4 15-7/8 11-1/2 CAB-62 S 260080 CAB-611 S 260460 25
12 208 1 57.7 1 9 15-3/8 18-1/2 14-1/8 CAB-122 NS 260099 CAB-1211 NS 260478 35
12 240 1 50 1 9 15-3/8 18-1/2 14-1/8 CAB-122 NS 260101 CAB-1211 NS 260486 35
12 480 1 25 1 9 15-3/8 18-1/2 14-1/8 CAB-122 NS 260110 CAB-1211 NS 260494 35
12 208 3 33.4 1 9 15-3/8 18-1/2 14-1/8 CAB-122 NS 260128 CAB-1211 NS 260507 35
12 240 3 28.9 1 9 15-3/8 18-1/2 14-1/8 CAB-122 NS 260136 CAB-1211 NS 260515 35
12 480 3 14.5 1 9 15-3/8 18-1/2 14-1/8 CAB-122 S 260144 CAB-1211 NS 260523 35
15 208 1 72.1 1 9 15-3/8 21-5/8 17-1/4 CAB-152 NS 260152 CAB-1511 NS 260531 40
15 240 1 62.5 1 9 15-3/8 21-5/8 17-1/4 CAB-152 NS 260160 CAB-1511 NS 260540 40
15 480 1 31.3 1 9 15-3/8 21-5/8 17-1/4 CAB-152 NS 260179 CAB-1511 NS 260558 40
15 208 3 41.7 1 9 15-3/8 21-5/8 17-1/4 CAB-152 NS 260187 CAB-1511 NS 260566 40
15 240 3 36.1 1 9 15-3/8 21-5/8 17-1/4 CAB-152 NS 260195 CAB-1511 NS 260574 40
15 480 3 18.1 1 9 15-3/8 21-5/8 17-1/4 CAB-152 S 260208 CAB-1511 S 260582 40
20 208 3 55.6 1 12 20-1/8 21-5/8 17-1/4 CAB-202 NS 260216 CAB-2011 NS 260590 55
20 240 3 48.2 1 12 20-1/8 21-5/8 17-1/4 CAB-202 NS 260224 CAB-2011 NS 260603 55
20 480 3 24.1 1 12 20-1/8 21-5/8 17-1/4 CAB-202 NS 260232 CAB-2011 NS 260611 55
25 208 3 69.5 1 12 20-1/8 26-1/8 21-3/4 CAB-252 NS 260240 CAB-2511 NS 260620 65
25 240 3 60.2 1 12 20-1/8 26-1/8 21-3/4 CAB-252 NS 260259 CAB-2511 NS 260638 65
25 480 3 30.1 1 12 20-1/8 26-1/8 21-3/4 CAB-252 NS 260267 CAB-2511 NS 260646 65
30 480 3 18.1 2 18 29-1/2 21-5/8 17-1/4 — — — CAB-3011 S 279160 75
40 208 3 55.6 2 18 29-1/2 27-3/8 23 CAB-402 NS 260275 CAB-4011 NS 260654 90
40 240 3 48.2 2 18 29-1/2 27-3/8 23 CAB-402 NS 260283 CAB-4011 NS 260660 90
40 480 3 24.1 2 18 29-1/2 27-3/8 23 CAB-402 NS 260291 CAB-4011 S 260670 90
50 208 3 69.5 2 18 29-1/2 33-1/8 28-3/4 CAB-502 NS 260304 CAB-5011 NS 260689 110
50 240 3 60.2 2 18 29-1/2 33-1/8 28-3/4 CAB-502 NS 260312 CAB-5011 NS 260697 110
50 480 3 30.1 2 18 29-1/2 33-1/8 28-3/4 CAB-502 NS 260320 CAB-5011 NS 260700 110
75 208 3 69.5 3 27 44-7/16 42-1/8 37-3/4 CAB-752 NS 260339 CAB-7511 NS 260718 200
75 240 3 60.2 3 27 44-7/16 42-1/8 37-3/4 CAB-752 NS 260347 CAB-7511 NS 260726 200
75 480 3 30.1 3 27 44-7/16 42-1/8 37-3/4 CAB-752 NS 260355 CAB-7511 NS 260734 200
100 208 3 92.6 3 27 44-7/16 47-1/2 43-1/8 CAB-1002 NS 260363 CAB-10021 NS 260742 220
100 240 3 80.3 3 27 44-7/16 47-1/2 43-1/8 CAB-1002 NS 260371 CAB-10021 NS 260750 220
100 480 3 40.1 3 27 44-7/16 47-1/2 43-1/8 CAB-1002 NS 260380 CAB-10021 NS 260769 220
CABB — Bottom Terminals (26 W/In2)
6 240 3 14.5 1 6 10-3/4 15-7/8 11-1/2 — — — CABB-611 NS 266546 25
6 480 3 7.2 1 6 10-3/4 15-7/8 11-1/2 — — — CABB-611 S 266554 25
12 208 3 33.4 1 9 15-3/8 18-1/2 14-1/8 — — — CABB-1211 NS 203860 35
12 240 3 28.9 1 9 15-3/8 18-1/2 14-1/8 — — — CABB-1211 NS 203801 35
12 480 3 14.5 1 9 15-3/8 18-1/2 14-1/8 — — — CABB-1211 NS 266562 35
20 480 3 24.1 1 12 20-1/8 21-5/8 17-1/4 — — — CABB-2011 S 266570 55
25 480 3 30.1 1 12 29-1/2 26-1/8 21-3/4 CABB-252 NS 266626 CABB-2511 S 266634 65
40 480 3 24.1 2 18 29-1/2 27-3/8 23 CABB-402 NS 266669 CABB-4011 NS 266642 90
50 480 3 30.1 2 18 29-1/2 33-1/8 28-3/4 CABB-502 NS 266466 CABB-5011 NS 266407 110
75 480 3 30.1 3 27 44-7/16 42-1/8 37-3/4 CABB-752 NS 261120 CABB-7511 NS 261147 200
100 480 3 40.1 3 27 44-7/16 47-1/2 43-1/8 CABB-1002 NS 261139 CABB-10021 NS 261166 220
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts and quantity.
Free Area for Air Flow

Model Square Feet Model Square Feet
CAB-62 & 611 0.500 CAB-402 & 4011 3.29 Note — The volume of air being
CAB-122 & 1211 0.927 CAB-502 & 5011 4.13 circulated along with the free
CAB-152 & 1511 1.19 CAB-752 & 7511 8.25 area for air flow (in table above)
CAB-202 & 2011 1.63 CAB-1002 & 10021 9.38 will enable you to calculate the
CAB-252 & 2511 2.07 air velocity over the heater.
E-18
DAB Dimensions (Inches)

Round Low Temperature
Air Duct Heater Baffle
Disc
3
11/16
• 2.5 - 5 kW 1
A B
• 240 Volt
• Single Phase
• Rust-Resisting Iron or MONEL®

Sheath Elements Construction Application & Selection Guidelines
Rugged KSEF Koilfin® Elements UL Maximum Work Temperatures — Finstrip® el-
Recognized and CSA Certified, are enclosed in ements can generally be used at the following
Applications
a spun steel round frame. maximum temperatures, without exceeding
their capability, if properly installed according
• Use in Dryers, Ovens and other Process Air Element — Rust-Resisting Iron or MONEL® to instructions packed with heaters.
Heating Equipment sheath.
• Comfort Heating in Ducts, Load Banks and Mounting Gasket — Furnished with each Max. Outlet Air Temp. (°F)
Humidity Controls heater to minimize air leakage between the Air Velocity
heater and the mounting surface or between (Ft./Sec.) Iron Sheath MONEL® Sheath
• Sole Heat Source heaters. 4 — 250
9 150 370
• Booster Heater in Process and Comfort Baffle — Steel baffle furnished to close the 16 250 450
Heating Ducts center opening. When a multiple of units are
AIR DUCT
interconnected, only the first and last heater
are closed. Note — Maximum work temperatures are
based on 25 W/In2. If elements have a lower
Features watt density, work temperature may be in-
creased; if watt density is higher, work
Easy Installation in Round Ducts — Flange temperature should be lower.
permits easy ganging of units to augment Note — See Allowable Watt Density & Heater
heating capacity. Selection Graphs in Technical section.
Air is Forced Over Elements Only — The
center opening of all DAB units may be closed
with a sheet steel baffle furnished with the
unit.

Dimensions (In.)
Wt.
Watts Volts W/In2 A B Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
2,500 240 27 12-3/16 6-9/16 DAB-30 NS 264014 6
3,000 240 27 13-15/16 8-5/16 DAB-36 NS 264030 10
4,000 240 25 17-11/16 12-1/16 DAB-48 NS 264057 14
5,000 240 27 19-11/16 14-1/16 DAB-54 NS 264073 16
MONEL® Sheath — for Max. Sheath Temp. to 900°F
2,500 240 27 12-3/16 6-9/16 DAB-30M S 264022 6
3,000 240 27 13-15/16 8-5/16 DAB-36M NS 264049 10
4,000 240 25 17-11/16 12-1/16 DAB-48M NS 264065 14
5,000 240 27 19-11/16 14-1/16 DAB-54M NS 264081 16
Note — Chromalox can supply other sizes and ratings. Contact your Local
Chromalox S ales office.
E-19
Process Technologies
Process Air Heating
In addition to our pressurized air or gas
circulation heaters, described on previous
pages, Chromalox designs and manufactures
equipment to be installed on ducts and to
heat air before its introduction Into processes.
Standard design duct heaters can be supplied
for baking ovens up to 200˚C as well as drying
ovens.
Chromalox can design and supply heaters and
controls for special applications and customer
requirements.
Special criteria may include any of the fol-
lowing: High temperatures (up to 700˚C),
corrosive fluids, Slight overpressure and slight
vacuum, vibration or seismic resistant, special
voltage, high output capacity. etc.
Our Capabilities
Heating Elements
• With or without fins for heat dissipation
Duct Heater 4000 kW for Dehydration Reinforced Duct Heater for Pressurized Flow
• Materials:
in the Agricultural Industry
- Stainless Steel304L /316L /321
- INCOLOY 800/825
- INCONEL 600
- Uranus 86
- Other metals according to the
characteristics of the surroundings
(temperature, corrosion risks)
Casing:
• With or without thermal insulation
• Reinforcement for pressure, seismic,
shocks and vibration loadings
• Connect/on Box:
- Stood off for high temperature, with
or without cooling fins
- Waterproof up to IP55
- For hazardous areas
• Materials:
- Galvanized steel
- Painted steel
- Stainless Steel 304 /304L /316L
- Other metals according to the Duct Heater with Dissipation Plates
characteristics of the surroundings for Outlet Temperature 650˚C
(temperature, corrosion risks) Air heater for Nuclear, Bacteriological
and Chemical Shelter
E-20
Process FP-AH
ATEX certified ExDE Air Duct Heaters
Technologies • Air Duct Heaters for Hazardous Air in

Hazardous Areas
Process Air Heating • ATEX II 2 G - ExDEll C T1 to T6 Certified
Heaters
• Painted Cast Iron Terminal Enclosure to IP66
• Integral Over-Temperature Protection
Devices
• Certified to -50˚C to +60˚C with Increased
Standoff Distance
Variations Include
• Marine Finish
• Stainless Steel Duct
EP-AH
ATEX certified ExE Air Duct Heaters
• Air Duct Heaters for Hazardous Air in
Hazardous Areas
• ATEX II 2 G - ExE T1 to T6 Certified Heaters
AND RADIANT
PROCESS AIR
• Stainless Steel Duct Section and Terminal
Enclosure to IP66
• Integral Over-Temperature Protection
Devices in ExDe Junction Box
• Certified for Ambient Temperatures
-50˚C to +60˚C
BAT-EX
ATEX certified ExD Air Duct Heaters

• Air Duct Heaters for Non-Hazardous Air in
Hazardous Areas
• ATEX II 2 G - ExD II B or II C T1 to T6
Certified Heaters
• For Ambient Temperatures -50˚C to +60˚C
Variations Include
• Stainless Steel Duct
E-21
Process Technologies
Process Air Heating
Characteristics
Power
Up to several megawatts per unit
• Voltage: Up to 3000 VAC / VDC
• Temperature: Up to 700˚C
Design
Calculations by suitable software
• Thermal exchange
• Load supports
• Seismic resistance
Air Heater for Railways
Construction
According to:
• The customer specification
• Specific standards:
• Railway Fan Heater for Temperature Maintenance on
• Marine Mechanisms of Heavy Vehicles
• Nuclear
Inspection
Inspection by reputable organizations:
• VERITAS, DNV, SGS Duct Heaters 570 kW with Flanges ø 1600mm
• Lloyd's Register for Smoke Treatment
• EDF / SQR
Duct Heater for Testing Propellers
E-22
Process Radiant Heaters

Overview
• Metal Sheath, Medium Intensity

& Medium Wavelength
• Wide Area Quartz Panels
• Ceramic Panels
Chromalox has been recognized as the the greater the dirt factor and the product
PROCESS RADIANT
predominate source of metal sheath radiant rejects due to dirt. Powder coatings and light
heaters since 1948. Since that time, radiant weight materials can be heated rapidly due to
heat has become the preferred process heat- low volume of air and low velocities.
ing method for a multitude of applications in
various industries. This is due to the unique Close Product Temperature Control — Infra-
properties of the infrared heating process red heat can be easily controlled and directed.
which provide a number of significant advan- Electric infrared heaters can be “zoned” to
tages over other conventional heat transfer provide a high heating zone in one zone and
methods. a lower heating rate in another. Infrared heat-
ers are very responsive to control changes;
High Efficiency — Infrared heaters create accurate and consistent product temperature
radiant energy to directly heat the product as control to within extremely close tolerances
opposed to a convection oven which is de- are possible.
pendent on air circulation as the heat transfer
medium. This results in more efficient energy Lower Initial Cost — Due to the simplicity
usage and lower operating cost. By eliminating of an electric infrared heating system, initial
the air medium, radiant heating also reduces costs and maintenance costs are lower.
the losses associated with hot air ovens. When infrared is the method deemed most
Shorter Oven Lengths — As a result of the suitable for your application, the Chromalox
greater heating rates, most products can be product line provides the largest selection
heated much more rapidly than in a convection of elements, fixtures and controls. There
oven. Due to shorter product heating cycles are many factors to consider: size, heater
using radiant heat, less oven length is required response, heater efficiency and heater pricing.
to do the job. This can result in an oven length Chromalox is a major supplier of INCOLOY®
reduction of 30 to 50% as compared to con- sheath, ceramic, quartz panel and ceramic
vection oven designs. composite panel types of elements.
Cleaner Environment — There are no dirty or

contaminating products of combustion pres-
ent with electric infrared heaters. Since infra-
red is not dependent on air as the heat transfer
method, the air circulation in an infrared oven
is kept at a minimum. The greater the volume
of air circulated and the faster it is circulated,
E-23

Figure 1 — Electromagnetic Spectrum
Radiation is the process by which energy is
transmitted through space without signifi- Wavelength in Microns (1 Micron = 106 Meter)
cant loss. Radiant energy is transferred from
source (emitter) to receiver (absorber) in the
form of electromagnetic waves. Heat is the
Ultraviolet
X-Rays
result of absorption of this radiant energy by Visible Short Medium Long Radio Waves
the receiver. Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength
Radiation differs from convection and conduc- Blue Red

tion because it does not require the presence Microns 0.001 0.012 0.40 0.72 2.0 2.8 4.0 1,000 10,000
of a medium (solid, liquid or gas) to transmit
Temperature
energy from the source to its final destina-
-
-
-
°F
°F
°F
F
5°
50
00
00
tion. By eliminating the heat transfer medium,
84
21
70
14
radiant heating also eliminates the losses
associated with other methods. Therefore,
radiant heating provides maximum efficiency Figure 2 — Figure 3 — Work Temperature Vs. Time
for your application. Transfer of Energy
The Electromagnetic Spectrum covers the
range of wave lengths of radiant energy. The
infrared portion of the spectrum (0.72 to 1000 Fast Infrared Heating
microns) includes those wavelengths which Radiant
will produce heat upon being absorbed by an Heater
Work Temperature
Element
object (see Figure 1). The radiant energy, or
wavelength, of an infrared element depends on
its temperature: the higher the temperature,
the shorter the peak wavelength. Infrared
Slow Convection Heating
wavelengths are longer than visible light but
shorter than microwaves. The energy output
of a radiant source depends upon the absolute
temperature of the source, raised to the fourth
power. As source temperature increases, heat- Time Saved up to 85%
ing intensity becomes very great. The useful Product
wavelengths for industrial applications are Note — Convected heat must heat Time
from 1 to 10 microns. boundary film of air before reaching
product.
Infrared radiation is similar to visible light.
It travels through space at the speed of light
(186,000 miles/sec), moves in a straight line, job requirement. If a specially designed heater be discharged with consequent heat loss. The
can be focused by optical reflectors, will travel is required, check with your Local Chromalox desire for faster heating by this means tends
through a vacuum, and is absorbed, transmit- Sales office. toward higher velocities which may lead to
ted or reflected by objects or materials. higher oven losses and possible damage to
Radiation Vs. Convection — Convection delicate surfaces or contamination of the work
In order to heat a product, the waves must be and radiation are capable of transferring by airborne dust.
absorbed. Usually less than 10% of the waves energy from a source to the work material
are reflected, and the other 90% is either without contact. They are naturally considered One factor promoting efficiency of application
absorbed by or transmitted through the mate- together when contact-free heating must be in radiant heating is that radiation falling on
rial. The best way to determine the absorption performed (see Figure 2). Due to the insulating an opaque surface is immediately absorbed
efficiency of the product is through testing. effect of the boundary film of air which ad- and transformed into heat. The surface (and
heres tightly to all surfaces, gravity convection by thermal conduction, the internal body)
Radiant heating is suitable where immer- heating becomes exceedingly slow and more is frequently heated above the surrounding
sion or direct contact heating is impossible, and more inefficient as production speeds ambient temperature. Where exhaust ventila-
impractical or undesirable. When infrared is increase (see Figure 3). tion must be provided to remove volatiles,
the method deemed most suitable for your noxious fumes or moisture, lower ambient
application, the Chromalox product line Forced convection of heated air directed at temperatures reduce the amount of heat car-
provides the largest selection of elements, the work assists in breaking up the boundary ried away by the exhaust air and the necessity
fixtures and controls. You should find the film, but has the disadvantage of requiring for extensive oven insulation.
exact radiant heater which will best meet your enclosures and air handling equipment. If not
recirculated, the spent heating medium must
E-24

• Metal Sheath, Medium Intensity
The metal-sheath type heater is easily installed will not cause damage. Examples are water
& Medium Wavelength
and may be operated in any position. The units dry-off, shrink fitting and weld preheating.
may be mounted to form banks, tunnels or
• Wide Area Quartz Panels oven sections. Liquid-tight housings are available for
single and double hairpin designs where
Chromalox offers heaters in two standard moisture resistance is desired.
intensities. 1.83 kW per sq. ft. — type RAD.
Adequate intensity for about 80% of all ap- Wide area panels can give a wide, flat
plications including finish curing. infrared radiation pattern where needed.
3.66 kW per sq. ft. — type RADD, U-RAD and See the following selection guidelines to
U-RAD-LT speed up webfed and conveyorized find more product information.
operations in which excessive temperatures
Process Radiant Heaters — Selection Guidelines

kW
Type Feature Rating Model Page
RAD Series Mounting Methods E-26
Metal Sheath/ Single Element - 1.83 kW/Ft2 0.4 - 4.5 RAD E-27
Medium Double Element - 3.66 kW/Ft2 1.6 - 13 RADD E-29
Wavelength/ Single Element - Single End 0.9 - 4.4 S-RAD E-31
PROCESS RADIANT
Medium Single Element - Hermetically Sealed 0.7 - 3.6 RAD-H E-33
Intensity Single Hairpin Element 0.8 - 3.6 U-RAD® E-34
Double Hairpin Element 1.6 - 7.2 U-RAD® E-36
Single Hairpin Assembly 0.8 - 3.6 RUTU E-38
Liquid-Tight, Single Hairpin 0.8 - 3.6 U-RAD-LT E-39
Liquid-Tight, Double Hairpin 1.6 - 7.2 U-RAD-LT E-40
Single Element, Double Hairpin 1.6 - 7.8 DU-RAD E-42
Three Element 3.2 - 15.0 DU-RAD E-43
Accessories E-47
Wide Area CP Series 0.55 - 18 CPH, CPL, CPLI E-48
Quartz - High Intensity 1.8 - 4.8 CPHI E-50
E-25
RAD Series
Radiant Heater
Mounting Methods
• Single Heater Mounting
• Flat Heater Banks

Flat Heater Banks
• Large Oven Sections
Continuous Slot Metal Framing Angle Iron Frame Conduit to Wireway
• Formed Ovens
Chromalox radiant heaters are inherently easy

to put to work. These heaters are designed
as heater modules with features that provide
the greatest flexibility in application. A broad
choice of physical lengths and ratings is Angle Iron & Channel Angle Iron & Chain
available. Modules can be locked together
with hinge-like connectors to create various
shaped tunnel structures. Rugged heater case
permits use with common structural materials
as framing for heater banks using provided
heater mounting clamp.
Temperature controls, contactors, other
control equipment and wiring accessories can
be purchased with heaters to fill your electrical
Formed Ovens
needs. Framing hardware and brackets must Angle Iron Frame & Aluminum Spacer Curved Strap Iron & Angle Iron
be obtained from your local supplier. Reflector
Single Heater Mounting
Standard Shelf Bracket
Formed Strap Iron Bolted to Machine Frame Curved Strap Iron & Aluminum Spacer
Reflector
Formed Iron Strap

DANGER — Hazard of Fire. Avoid direct
contact of heater case with any combustible
surface. Energized heaters should be spaced
so that no combustible surfaces exceed 194°F.
Large Oven Sections
Threaded Rod Formed Angle Iron Frame Angle Iron Frame & Sheet Aluminum Walls
E-26
RAD
Single Element
Radiant Heater
• 1.83 kW/Ft2
• 0.4 - 4.5 kW
Dimensions (Inches)
• 120, 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt
6" Lg.Flexible Conduit
3/8-16 x 1-1/4" Lg.
• 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath Stl. Mtg. Bolts
(RAD 2063B x 35 and
RAD 2063B x 39 only)
Elements (Type RTU) (position along top)
• 1500°F Max. Sheath Temp. 2-15/16 4-1/16

2-3/8
B
A
3-11/16
Applications Single Ended Wiring — Heaters may be

furnished single-end wired with 18" leads as
• Finish Curing standard. Add the suffix SE to model number.
• Latex and Resin Curing Construction
METAL SHEATH
• Plastics Processing
RADIANT
Enclosed Chromalox Alloy-Sheath Tubular
• Ink Drying Heating Element is completely isolated and
supported on secondary insulation for
• Textile and Non-Woven Fabric Manufacturing improved electrical safety. Designed for long
• Paper and Paperboard Manufacturing life, the element is more resistant to hard
blows than quartz lamp or tube and open coil
• Food Processing types.
• Ceramic Drying Rigid Extruded Aluminum Housing helps
protect heating element from harsh industrial
Features environments.
Complete, Ready-to-Connect Assembly Highly Polished Aluminum Reflectors give
available in various lengths to accommodate good reflectivity and heat transfer, and are
work of varying dimensions. easily cleaned to maintain energy efficiency.
Movable Mounting Clamps and Bolts are Accessories
suppied to accommodate many mounting
configurations such as banks, tunnels and Protective Grille — Optional snap-in sections
oven sections. help protect personnel and work from contact
with hot elements.
Process Temperature Control — Radiant
heater output may be controlled with Chro- Companion Reflector — Optional radiant
malox SCR Power Controllers, Percentage companion reflectors improve oven efficiency.
Timing Input Controls and Non-Contact Tem- See Radiant Accessories in this section.
perature Sensors. See the Controls section of
this catalog. Pipe Plug — Used to close tapped wiring
entry holes. See Radiant Accessories in this
Note: Model RAD heaters are not listed for Additional Sizes and Ratings — Contact section.
use in fixed electric space heated applications your Local Chromalox Sales office for price
under NEC 424. If they are to be used in such and availability.
applications, installation must be approved by
local code enforcement authorities.
E-27
RAD
Single Element
Radiant Heater (cont’d.)
Length (In.)
Optional Replacement Wt.
kW Volts Overall A Heated B Model Stock PCN Grille3 Elements1 (Lbs.)
0.4 120 13-5/8 7-3/4 RAD-2063BX352 S 110015 (1) GR-800 RTU-2063AX35 4
0.65 120 20 14-1/8 RAD-2063BX292 S 110023 (1) GR-800 RTU-2063AX29 4
0.8 120 24-3/8 16-1/2 RAD-2083B S 110031 (1) GR-2 RTU-2083A 4
0.8 208 24-3/8 16-1/2 RAD-2083BV NS 110058 (1) GR-2 RTU-2083AV 4
0.8 240 24-3/8 16-1/2 RAD-2083B S 110040 (1) GR-2 RTU-2083A 4
0.8 275 24-3/8 16-1/2 RAD-2083BV NS 110066 (1) GR-2 RTU-2083AV 4
1.1 120 30-5/8 22-3/4 RAD-3113B S 110074 (1) GR-3 RTU-3113A 5
1.1 208 30-5/8 22-3/4 RAD-3113BV NS 110090 (1) GR-3 RTU-3113AV 5
1.1 240 30-5/8 22-3/4 RAD-3113B S 110082 (1) GR-3 RTU-3113A 5
1.1 275 30-5/8 22-3/4 RAD-3113BV NS 110103 (1) GR-3 RTU-3113AV 5
1.3 208 35-7/8 28-5/16 RAD-3133BV NS 114841 (1) GR-3 RTU-3133AV 6
1.3 240 35-7/8 28-5/16 RAD-3133B NS 114850 (1) GR-3 RTU-3133A 6
1.3 275 35-7/8 28-5/16 RAD-3133BV NS 114868 (1) GR-3 RTU-3133AV 6
1.3 480 35-7/8 28-5/16 RAD-3133B NS 114876 (1) GR-3 RTU-3133A 6
1.8 208 46-5/8 38-1/2 RAD-4183BV S 110138 (1) GR-4 RTU-4183AV 8
1.8 240 46-5/8 38-1/2 RAD-4183B S 110111 (1) GR-4 RTU-4183A 8
1.8 275 46-5/8 38-1/2 RAD-4183BV NS 110146 (1) GR-4 RTU-4183AV 8
1.8 480 46-5/8 38-1/2 RAD-4183B S 110120 (1) GR-4 RTU-4183A 8
2.15 208 53-7/8 45-7/16 RAD-5213BV NS 114884 (1) GR-4 RTU-5213AV 9
2.15 240 53-7/8 45-7/16 RAD-5213B NS 114892 (1) GR-4 RTU-5213A 9
2.15 275 53-7/8 45-7/16 RAD-5213BV NS 114905 (1) GR-4 RTU-5213AV 9
2.15 480 53-7/8 45-7/16 RAD-5213B NS 114913 (1) GR-4 RTU-5213A 9
2.5 208 61-3/8 53-3/8 RAD-5253BV NS 110170 (1) GR-5 RTU-5253AV 10
2.5 240 61-3/8 53-3/8 RAD-5253B S 110154 (1) GR-5 RTU-5253A 10
2.5 275 61-3/8 53-3/8 RAD-5253BV NS 110189 (1) GR-5 RTU-5253AV 10
2.5 480 61-3/8 53-3/8 RAD-5253B S 110162 (1) GR-5 RTU-5253A 10
2.7 208 65-7/8 58-1/4 RAD-6273BV NS 114921 (1) GR-5 RTU-6273AV 11
2.7 240 65-7/8 58-1/4 RAD-6273B NS 114930 (1) GR-5 RTU-6273A 11
2.7 275 65-7/8 58-1/4 RAD-6273BV NS 114948 (1) GR-5 RTU-6273AV 11
2.7 480 65-7/8 58-1/4 RAD-6273B NS 114956 (1) GR-5 RTU-6273A 11
3 208 73-3/4 65-3/4 RAD-6303BV NS 110218 (1) GR-6 RTU-6303AV 12
3 240 73-3/4 65-3/4 RAD-6303B S 110197 (1) GR-6 RTU-6303A 12
3 275 73-3/4 65-3/4 RAD-6303BV NS 110226 (1) GR-6 RTU-6303AV 12
3 480 73-3/4 65-3/4 RAD-6303B S 110200 (1) GR-6 RTU-6303A 12
3.35 208 79-7/8 72-1/4 RAD-7333BV NS 114964 (1) GR-6 RTU-7333AV 13
3.35 240 79-7/8 72-1/4 RAD-7333B NS 114972 (1) GR-6 RTU-7333A 13
3.35 275 79-7/8 72-1/4 RAD-7333BV NS 114980 (1) GR-6 RTU-7333AV 13
3.35 480 79-7/8 72-1/4 RAD-7333B NS 114999 (1) GR-6 RTU-7333A 13
3.6 208 85-3/4 78 RAD-7363BV NS 110250 (2) GR-4 RTU-7363AV 14
3.6 240 85-3/4 78 RAD-7363B S 110234 (2) GR-4 RTU-7363A 14
3.6 275 85-3/4 78 RAD-7363BV NS 110269 (2) GR-4 RTU-7363AV 14
3.6 480 85-3/4 78 RAD-7363B S 110242 (2) GR-4 RTU-7363A 14
4.5 208 106 97-1/2 RAD-8453BV NS 115000 (2) GR-4, (1) GR-2 RTU-8453AV 17
4.5 240 106 97-1/2 RAD-8453B NS 115019 (2) GR-4, (1) GR-2 RTU-8453A 17
4.5 275 106 97-1/2 RAD-8453BV NS 115027 (2) GR-4, (1) GR-2 RTU-8453AV 17
4.5 480 106 97-1/2 RAD-8453B NS 115035 (2) GR-4, (1) GR-2 RTU-8453A 17
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, quantity, optional grille and replacement elements (if needed).
1. Refer to Tubular Heaters section.

2. Includes 6" BX and two-prong plug.
3. See Accessories in this section for ordering information.
E-28
RADD
Double Element
• 3.66 kW/Ft2
Dimensions (Inches)
• 1.6 - 13 kW
3/8-16 x 1-1/4" Lg. 1/2" Pipe Tap Wiring Hole
• 120, 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt Stl. Mtg. Bolts (po-
sition along top)
for 1/2 or 3/8" Connector
or 1/2" Porcelain Bushing
(one each end)
• 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath
Elements (Type RTU)
4-1/16
• 1500°F Max. Sheath Temp. 2-15/16
2-3/8
B 3-11/16
Applications A
• Shrink Fitting Dimensions (Inches)

• Preheat Glass for Polishing, Drying,
Sterilizing 1/2" Dia. Flexible Conduit
(RADD 7604 x 13, RADD 7604 x 9A
• Fast-Moving Webs and RADD 7604 x 38 only)
METAL SHEATH
RADIANT
4-9/16
B 3-11/16
A 4-1/4
Complete, Ready-to-Connect Assembly Enclosed Chromalox Alloy-Sheath Tubular
available in various lengths to accommodate Heating Element is completely isolated and
work of varying dimensions. supported on secondary insulation for
improved electrical safety. Designed for long
Movable Mounting Clamps and Bolts are life, the element is more resistant to hard blows
supplied to accommodate many mounting than quartz lamp or tube and open coil types.
configurations such as banks, tunnels and
Rigid Extruded Aluminum Housing protects
oven sections.
heating element from harsh industrial
Process Temperature Control — Radiant environments.
heater output may be controlled with Chro-
Highly Polished Aluminum Reflectors give
malox SCR Controllers, Percentage Timing good reflectivity and heat transfer, and are eas-
Input Controls and Non-Contact Temperature ily cleaned to maintain energy efficiency.
Sensors. See the Controls section of this
catalog. Accessories
Additional Sizes and Ratings — Contact Protective Grille — Optional snap-in sections
your Local Chromalox Sales office for price help protect personnel and work from contact
and availability. with hot elements.
Note: Model RADD heaters are not listed for Single Ended Wiring — Heaters may be Companion Reflector — Optional radiant
use in fixed electric space heated applications furnished single-end wired with 18" leads as companion reflectors improve oven efficiency.
under NEC 424. If they are to be used in such standard. Add the suffix SE to model number. See Radiant Accessories in this section.
Pipe Plug — Used to close tapped wiring entry
holes. See Radiant Accessories in this section.
E-29
RADD
Two Element
Length (In.)
1.6 120 24-3/8 16-1/2 RADD-2164 NS 110277 (1) GR-2 RTU-2083A 7
1.6 208 24-3/8 16-1/2 RADD-2164V NS 110285 (1) GR-2 RTU-2083AV 7
1.6 240 24-3/8 16-1/2 RADD-2164 S 110293 (1) GR-2 RTU-2083A 7
1.6 275 24-3/8 16-1/2 RADD-2164V NS 110306 (1) GR-2 RTU-2083AV 7
2.2 120 30-5/8 22-3/4 RADD-3224 NS 110314 (1) GR-3 RTU-3113A 9
2.2 208 30-5/8 22-3/4 RADD-3224V NS 110322 (1) GR-3 RTU-3113AV 9
2.2 240 30-5/8 22-3/4 RADD-3224 S 110330 (1) GR-3 RTU-3113A 9
2.2 275 30-5/8 22-3/4 RADD-3224V NS 110349 (1) GR-3 RTU-3113AV 9
2.6 208 35-7/8 28-5/16 RADD-3264V NS 115140 (1) GR-3 RTU-3133AV 10
2.6 240 35-7/8 28-5/16 RADD-3264 NS 115131 (1) GR-3 RTU-3133A 10
2.6 275 35-7/8 28-5/16 RADD-3264V NS 115158 (1) GR-3 RTU-3133AV 10
2.6 480 35-7/8 28-5/16 RADD-3264 NS 115166 (1) GR-3 RTU-3133A 10
3.6 208 46-5/8 38-1/2 RADD-4364V NS 110365 (1) GR-4 RTU-4183AV 11
3.6 240 46-5/8 38-1/2 RADD-4364 NS 110357 (1) GR-4 RTU-4183A 11
3.6 275 46-5/8 38-1/2 RADD-4364V NS 110381 (1) GR-4 RTU-4183AV 11
3.6 480 46-5/8 38-1/2 RADD-4364 S 110373 (1) GR-4 RTU-4183A 11
4.3 208 53-7/8 45-7/16 RADD-5434V NS 115174 (1) GR-4 RTU-5213AV 13
4.3 240 53-7/8 45-7/16 RADD-5434 NS 115182 (1) GR-4 RTU-5213A 13
4.3 275 53-7/8 45-7/16 RADD-5434V NS 115190 (1) GR-4 RTU-5213AV 13
4.3 480 53-7/8 45-7/16 RADD-5434 NS 115203 (1) GR-4 RTU-5213A 13
5 208 61-3/8 53-3/8 RADD-5504V NS 110402 (1) GR-5 RTU-5253AV 14
5 240 61-3/8 53-3/8 RADD-5504 NS 110390 (1) GR-5 RTU-5253A 14
5 275 61-3/8 53-3/8 RADD-5504V NS 110429 (1) GR-5 RTU-5253AV 14
5 480 61-3/8 53-3/8 RADD-5504 S 110410 (1) GR-5 RTU-5253A 14
5.4 208 65-7/8 58-1/4 RADD-6544V NS 115211 (1) GR-5 RTU-6273AV 17
5.4 240 65-7/8 58-1/4 RADD-6544 NS 115220 (1) GR-5 RTU-6273A 17
5.4 275 65-7/8 58-1/4 RADD-6544V NS 115238 (1) GR-5 RTU-6273AV 17
5.4 480 65-7/8 58-1/4 RADD-6544 NS 115246 (1) GR-5 RTU-6273A 17
6 208 73-3/4 65-3/4 RADD-6604V NS 110445 (1) GR-6 RTU-6303AV 16
6 240 73-3/4 65-3/4 RADD-6604 NS 110437 (1) GR-6 RTU-6303A 16
6 275 73-3/4 65-3/4 RADD-6604V NS 110461 (1) GR-6 RTU-6303AV 16
6 480 73-3/4 65-3/4 RADD-6604 S 110453 (1) GR-6 RTU-6303A 16
6.7 208 79-7/8 72-1/4 RADD-7674V NS 115254 (1) GR-6 RTU-7333AV 21
6.7 240 79-7/8 72-1/4 RADD-7674 NS 115262 (1) GR-6 RTU-7333A 21
6.7 275 79-7/8 72-1/4 RADD-7674V NS 115270 (1) GR-6 RTU-7333AV 21
6.7 480 79-7/8 72-1/4 RADD-7674 NS 115289 (1) GR-6 RTU-7333A 21
7.2 208 85-3/4 78 RADD-7724V NS 110488 (2) GR-4 RTU-7363AV 18
7.2 240 85-3/4 78 RADD-7724 NS 110470 (2) GR-4 RTU-7363A 18
7.2 275 85-3/4 78 RADD-7724V NS 110509 (2) GR-4 RTU-7363AV 18
7.2 480 85-3/4 78 RADD-7724 S 110496 (2) GR-4 RTU-7363A 18
9 208 106 97-1/2 RADD-8904V NS 115297 (2) GR-4, (1) GR-2 RTU-8453AV 26
9 240 106 97-1/2 RADD-8904 NS 115300 (2) GR-4, (1) GR-2 RTU-8453A 26
9 275 106 97-1/2 RADD-8904V NS 115318 (2) GR-4, (1) GR-2 RTU-8453AV 26
9 480 106 97-1/2 RADD-8904 NS 115326 (2) GR-4, (1) GR-2 RTU-8453A 26
8 240/4802 114-1/8 106 RADD-7604X10 NS 110517 (2) GR-5 RTU-7303AX10 34
10 240/4802 141 132 RADD-7604X13 NS 110550 (2) GR-6 RTU-7303AX13 40
11 240/4802 160-5/8 150 RADD-7604X9A NS 110592 (1) GR-4, (2) GR-5 RTU-7303AX9A 45
13 240/4802 185-5/8 174 RADD-7724X38 NS 110630 (1) GR-4, (2) GR-6 RTU-7363AX38 52
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, quantity and interlocking connectors (if required).

2. Shipped as 480V. Convert to 240V by changing jumpers. (See instructions included with heater.)
E-30
S-RAD
Single Element
Radiant Heater
• 2.1 kW/Ft2
Dimensions (Inches)
• 0.95 - 4.4 kW
3/8-16 x 1-1/4" 1/2" Pipe Tap
• 120, 208, 240 and 275 Volt Lg. Stl. Mtg. Bolts Wiring Hole
(position along top) (one each end)
Elements (type SRTU) 2-15/16
2-3/8 4-1/16
B 3-11/16
• Single End Termination A
• Resin Curing Enclosed Chromalox Alloy-Sheath Tubular
Heating Element is completely isolated and
• Thermoforming supported on secondary insulation for
• Equipment Packaging improved electrical safety. Designed for long
life, the element is more resistant to hard
METAL SHEATH
• Mirror Manufacturing blows than quartz lamp or tube and open coil
RADIANT
types.
• Rubber Curing
Features heating element from harsh industrial
environments.
Complete, Ready-to-Connect Assembly
available in various lengths to accommodate Highly Polished Aluminum Reflectors give
work of varying dimensions. good reflectivity and heat transfer, and are
easily cleaned to maintain energy efficiency.
Movable Mounting Clamps and Bolts are
supplied to accommodate many mounting Accessories
oven sections. Protective Grille — Optional snap-in sections
help protect personnel and work from contact
with hot elements.
malox SCR Power Controllers, Percentage Companion Reflector — Optional radiant
Timing Input Controls and Non-Contact Tem- companion reflectors improve oven efficiency.
perature Sensors. See the Controls section of See Radiant Accessories in this section.
this catalog.
Additional Sizes and Ratings — Contact your
Local Chromalox Sales office for price and
availability.
Note: Model S-RAD heaters are not listed for

use in fixed electric space heated applications
under NEC 424. If they are to be used in such
E-31
S-RAD
Single Element
Dimensions (Inches)
3/8-16 x 1-1/4" 1/2" Pipe Tap
Lg. Stl. Mtg. Bolts Wiring Hole
(position along top) (one each end)
2-15/16
2-3/8 4-1/16
B 3-11/16
A

Length (In.) Optional Replacement Wt.
kW Volts Overall A Heated B Model Stock PCN Grille1 Elements (Lbs.)
0.95 120 24-3/8 16-1/2 S-RAD-2 NS 115334 (1) GR-2 SRTU-209 5
0.95 208 24-3/8 16-1/2 S-RAD-2V NS 115342 (1) GR-2 SRTU-209V 5
0.95 240 24-3/8 16-1/2 S-RAD-2 NS 115350 (1) GR-2 SRTU-209 5
0.95 275 24-3/8 16-1/2 S-RAD-2V NS 115369 (1) GR-2 SRTU-209V 5
1.3 120 30-5/8 22-3/4 S-RAD-3 NS 115377 (1) GR-3 SRTU-313 6
1.3 208 30-5/8 22-3/4 S-RAD-3V NS 115385 (1) GR-3 SRTU-313V 6
1.3 240 30-5/8 22-3/4 S-RAD-3 NS 115393 (1) GR-3 SRTU-313 6
1.3 275 30-5/8 22-3/4 S-RAD-3V NS 115406 (1) GR-3 SRTU-313V 6
2.2 208 46-5/8 38-5/8 S-RAD-4V NS 115414 (1) GR-4 SRTU-422V 9
2.2 240 46-5/8 38-5/8 S-RAD-4 NS 115422 (1) GR-4 SRTU-422 9
2.2 275 46-5/8 38-5/8 S-RAD-4V NS 115430 (1) GR-4 SRTU-422V 9
3 208 61-3/8 53-1/4 S-RAD-5V NS 115457 (1) GR-5 SRTU-530V 11
3 240 61-3/8 53-1/4 S-RAD-5 NS 115465 (1) GR-5 SRTU-530 11
3 275 61-3/8 53-1/4 S-RAD-5V NS 115473 (1) GR-5 SRTU-530V 11
3.75 208 73-3/4 65-1/2 S-RAD-6V NS 115490 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-5 SRTU-638V 13
3.75 240 73-3/4 65-1/2 S-RAD-6 NS 115502 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-5 SRTU-638 13
4.4 240 85-3/4 77-1/2 S-RAD-7 NS 115545 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-6 SRTU-744 15
Notes —
2. 480V ratings are available on some models. Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office for price and availability.
E-32
RAD-H
Hermetically Sealed Single
Element Radiant Heater
Dimensions (Inches)
• 1.83 kW/Ft2
3/8-16 x 1-1/4" Lg.
Stl. Mtg. Bolts 1/2" Pipe Tap for 1/2 or 3/8" Con-
• 0.7 - 3.6 kW (position along top) nector or 1/2" Porcelain Bushing
(one each end)
• 120 and 240 Volt
• 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath 2-15/16 4-1/16

Elements (type RTUH) 2-3/8

3-11/16
A
• Humid Area Environments Hermetically Sealed, Enclosed Chromalox
Alloy-Sheath Tubular Heating Element is
• Rubber and Synthetic Fabric Processing completely isolated and supported on
• Meat and Food Processing secondary insulation for improved electrical
safety. Designed for long life, the element is
Features more resistant to hard blows than quartz lamp
METAL SHEATH
or tube and open coil types.
RADIANT
Complete, Ready-to-Connect Assembly
available in various lengths to accommodate Rigid Extruded Aluminum Housing protects
work of varying dimensions. heating element from harsh industrial
environments.
supplied to accommodate many mounting Highly Polished Aluminum Reflectors give
configurations such as banks, tunnels and good reflectivity and heat transfer, and are
oven sections. easily cleaned to maintain energy efficiency.
Process Temperature Control — Radiant Accessories

malox SCR Power Controllers, Percentage Protective Grille — Optional snap-in sections
Timing Input Controls and Non-Contact Tem- help protect personnel and work from contact
perature Sensors. See the Controls section of with hot elements.
this catalog. Companion Reflector — Optional radiant
Additional Sizes and Ratings — Contact companion reflectors improve oven efficiency.
your Local Chromalox Sales office for price
and availability.

Length (In.)
kW Volts Overall A Heated B Model Stock PCN Grille Elements (Lbs.)
0.7 120 24-3/8 14-1/2 RAD-H-207 NS 115570 (1) GR-800 RTUH-207 5
0.7 240 24-3/8 14-1/2 RAD-H-207 NS 115588 (1) GR-800 RTUH-207 5
1 120 30-5/8 20-3/4 RAD-H-310 NS 115596 (1) GR-2 RTUH-310 6
1 240 30-5/8 20-3/4 RAD-H-310 NS 115609 (1) GR-2 RTUH-310 6
1.8 240 46-5/8 36-1/2 RAD-H-418 NS 115617 (2) GR-2 RTUH-418 9
Note: Model RAD-H heaters are not listed for 2.5 240 61-3/8 51-3/8 RAD-H-525 NS 115625 (3) GR-2 RTUH-525 11
use in fixed electric space heated applications 3 240 73-3/4 63-3/4 RAD-H-630 NS 115633 (2) GR-3 RTUH-630 13
under NEC 424. If they are to be used in such 3.6 240 85-3/4 76 RAD-H-736 NS 115641 (2) GR-4 RTUH-736 15
applications, installation must be approved by Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
local code enforcement authorities. To Order— Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, quantity, optional grille and replacement
elements (if needed).
E-33
U-RAD®
Single Hairpin Element
Radiant Heater
• 3.66 kW/Ft2
Dimensions (Inches)
• 0.8 - 3.6 kW
A
• 120, 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt B

Elements (type UTU) 3-11/16

2-3/8

Mounting Clamp
Interlocking Connector (optional)
Rigid Aluminum Housing
3/8 Flexible Conduit (optional)
Polished Aluminium Relector
Conduit Support (optional)

Conduit Connector
Adjustable Terminal Enclosure (type RUTU)
U-Shaped U-RAD Element
Applications Additional Sizes and Ratings — Contact

• Roll Heating and availability.
• Shrink Fitting Construction
• Preheat Glass for Polishing, Drying,
Sterilizing Enclosed Chromalox Alloy-Sheath Tubular
• Fast-Moving Webs and other applications supported on secondary insulation for
where High Temperatures will not damage improved electrical safety. Designed for long
materials life, the element is more resistant to hard blows
than quartz lamp or tube and open coil types.
Features
Complete, Ready-to-Connect Assembly with heating element from harsh industrial
adjustable terminal housing, which permits environments.
easy interchange of elements to accommodate Highly Polished Aluminum Reflectors give
work of varying dimensions. good reflectivity and heat transfer, and are
Movable Mounting Clamps and Bolts are easily cleaned to maintain energy efficiency.
supplied to accommodate many mounting
configurations such as banks, tunnels and Accessories
oven sections.
Note: Model U-RAD® heaters are not listed for Protective Grille — Optional snap-in sections
Process Temperature Control — Radiant help protect personnel and work from contact
use in fixed electric space heated applications
heater output may be controlled with Chro- with hot elements.
under NEC 424. If they are to be used in such malox SCR Power Controllers, Percentage
applications, installation must be approved by Timing Input Controls and Non-Contact Tem- Companion Reflector — Optional radiant
local code enforcement authorities. perature Sensors. See the Controls section of companion reflectors improve oven efficiency.
this catalog. See Radiant Accessories in this section.
E-34
U-RAD®
Dimensions (Inches)
A
B
3-11/16
2-3/8

Length (In.)
kW Volt Overall A Heated B Model Stock PCN Grille2 Elements1 (Lbs.)
U-RAD-2 NS 110672
METAL SHEATH
0.8 120 12-3/4 8-5/16 (1) GR-800 UTU-2 4
0.8 208 12-3/4 8-5/16 U-RAD-2V NS 110680 (1) GR-800 UTU-2V 4
RADIANT
0.8 240 12-3/4 8-5/16 U-RAD-2 NS 110699 (1) GR-800 UTU-2 4
0.8 275 12-3/4 8-5/16 U-RAD-2V NS 110701 (1) GR-800 UTU-2V 4
1.1 120 15-7/8 11-7/16 U-RAD-3 NS 110710 (1) GR-800 UTU-3 5
1.1 208 15-7/8 11-7/16 U-RAD-3V NS 110728 (1) GR-800 UTU-3V 5
1.1 240 15-7/8 11-7/16 U-RAD-3 S 110736 (1) GR-800 UTU-3 5
1.1 275 15-7/8 11-7/16 U-RAD-3V NS 110744 (1) GR-800 UTU-3V 5
1.8 208 23-13/16 19-3/8 U-RAD-4V NS 110760 (1) GR-2 UTU-4V 7
1.8 240 23-13/16 19-3/8 U-RAD-4 NS 110752 (1) GR-2 UTU-4 7
1.8 275 23-13/16 19-3/8 U-RAD-4V NS 110779 (1) GR-2 UTU-4V 7
1.8 480 23-13/16 19-3/8 U-RAD-4 S 114497 (1) GR-2 UTU-4 7
2.5 208 31-1/4 26-13/16 U-RAD-5V S 110795 (1) GR-3 UTU-5V 8
2.5 240 31-1/4 26-13/16 U-RAD-5 NS 110787 (1) GR-3 UTU-5 8
2.5 275 31-1/4 26-13/16 U-RAD-5V NS 113793 (1) GR-3 UTU-5V 8
2.5 480 31-1/4 26-13/16 U-RAD-5 S 110808 (1) GR-3 UTU-5 8
3 208 37-1/4 32-13/16 U-RAD-6V NS 110824 (2) GR-2 UTU-6V 10
3 240 37-1/4 32-13/16 U-RAD-6 NS 110816 (2) GR-2 UTU-6 10
3 275 37-1/4 32-13/16 U-RAD-6V NS 110840 (2) GR-2 UTU-6V 10
3 480 37-1/4 32-13/16 U-RAD-6 S 110832 (2) GR-2 UTU-6 10
3.6 208 43-3/8 38-15/16 U-RAD-7V NS 110867 (1) GR-4 UTU-7V 12
3.6 240 43-3/8 38-15/16 U-RAD-7 S 110859 (1) GR-4 UTU-7 12
3.6 275 43-3/8 38-15/16 U-RAD-7V NS 110883 (1) GR-4 UTU-7V 12
3.6 480 43-3/8 38-15/16 U-RAD-7 S 110875 (1) GR-4 UTU-7 12
To Order — Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, quantity, optional grille and
replacement elements (if needed).

E-35
U-RAD®
Double Hairpin Element
Radiant Heater
• 3.66 kW/Ft2 Dimensions (Inches)
• 1.6 - 7.2 kW
A
• 120, 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt B
• 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath 3-11/16

Elements (type UTU)
2-3/8
Applications Additional Sizes and Ratings — Contact

• Roll Heating and availability.
• Shrink Fitting Construction
• Preheat Glass for Polishing, Drying, Steril-
izing Enclosed Chromalox Alloy-Sheath Tubular
• Fast-Moving Webs and other applications supported on secondary insulation for
where high temperatures will not damage improved electrical safety. Designed for long
materials life, the element is more resistant to hard
Features types.
Complete, Ready-to-Connect Assembly with Rigid Extruded Aluminum Housing protects

adjustable terminal housing, which permits heating element from harsh industrial
easy interchange of elements to accommodate environments.
work of varying dimensions.
Highly Polished Aluminum Reflectors give
Movable Mounting Clamps and Bolts are good reflectivity and heat transfer, and are
supplied to accommodate many mounting easily cleaned to maintain energy efficiency.
oven sections. Accessories
Process Temperature Control — Radiant Protective Grille — Optional snap-in sections
heater output may be controlled with Chro- help protect personnel and work from contact
malox SCR Power Controllers, Percentage with hot elements.
Timing Input Controls and Non-Contact Tem-
perature Sensors. See the Controls section of Companion Reflector — Optional radiant
this catalog. companion reflectors improve oven efficiency.
See Radiant Accessories in this section.

1.6 120 25-1/2 16-5/8 U-RAD-22 NS 110891 (1) GR-2 (2) UTU-2 8
1.6 208 25-1/2 16-5/8 U-RAD-22V NS 110904 (1) GR-2 (2) UTU-2V 8
1.6 240 25-1/2 16-5/8 U-RAD-22 NS 110912 (1) GR-2 (2) UTU-2 8
1.6 275 25-1/2 16-5/8 U-RAD-22V NS 110920 (1) GR-2 (2) UTU-2V 8
1.9 120 28-5/8 19-3/4 U-RAD-32 NS 110939 (1) GR-2 (1) UTU-2, (1) UTU-3 9
1.9 208 28-5/8 19-3/4 U-RAD-32V NS 110947 (1) GR-2 (1) UTU-2V, (1) UTU-3V 9
1.9 240 28-5/8 19-3/4 U-RAD-32 NS 110955 (1) GR-2 (1) UTU-2, (1) UTU-3 9
E-36
U-RAD®
Double Hairpin Element Radiant Heater (cont’d.)
Length (In.)
2.2 120 31-3/4 22-7/8 U-RAD-33 NS 110971 (1) GR-3 (2) UTU-3 10
2.2 208 31-3/4 22-7/8 U-RAD-33V NS 110980 (1) GR-3 (2) UTU-3V 10
2.2 240 31-3/4 22-7/8 U-RAD-33 NS 110998 (1) GR-3 (2) UTU-3 10
2.2 275 31-3/4 22-7/8 U-RAD-33V NS 111000 (1) GR-3 (2) UTU-3V 10
2.6 240 36-9/16 27-11/16 U-RAD-42 NS 111018 (1) GR-3 (1) UTU-2, (1) UTU-4 11
2.9 240 39-11/16 30-13/16 U-RAD-43 NS 111042 (2) GR-2 (1) UTU-3, (1) UTU-4 12
3.6 208 47-9/16 38-11/16 U-RAD-44V NS 111085 (1) GR-4 (2) UTU-4V 13
3.6 240 47-9/16 38-11/16 U-RAD-44 NS 111077 (1) GR-4 (2) UTU-4 13
3.6 275 47-9/16 38-11/16 U-RAD-44V NS 111093 (1) GR-4 (2) UTU-4V 13
3.3 208 44 35-1/8 U-RAD-52V NS 111114 (2) GR-2 (1) UTU-2V, (1) UTU-5V 11
3.3 240 44 35-1/8 U-RAD-52 NS 111106 (2) GR-2 (1) UTU-2, (1) UTU-5 11
3.3 275 44 35-1/8 U-RAD-52V NS 111122 (2) GR-2 (1) UTU-2V, (1) UTU-5V 11
3.6 240 47-1/8 38-1/4 U-RAD-53 NS 111130 (1) GR-4 (1) UTU-3, (1) UTU-5 12
4.3 240 55-1/16 46-3/16 U-RAD-54 NS 111165 (3) GR-2 (1) UTU-4, (1) UTU-5 14
5 208 62-7/16 53-9/16 U-RAD-55V NS 111202 (1) GR-5 (2) UTU-5V 15
5 240 62-7/16 53-9/16 U-RAD-55 NS 111190 (1) GR-5 (2) UTU-5 15
5 275 62-7/16 53-9/16 U-RAD-55V NS 111229 (1) GR-5 (2) UTU-5V 15
5 480 62-7/16 53-9/16 U-RAD-55 NS 111210 (1) GR-5 (2) UTU-5 15
METAL SHEATH
3.8 208 50 41-1/8 U-RAD-62V NS 111245 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-3 (1) UTU-2V, (1) UTU-6V 13
RADIANT
3.8 240 50 41-1/8 U-RAD-62 NS 111237 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-3 (1) UTU-2, (1) UTU-6 13
3.8 275 50 41-1/8 U-RAD-62V NS 111253 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-3 (1) UTU-2V, (1) UTU-6V 13
4.1 240 53-1/8 44-1/4 U-RAD-63 NS 111261 (2) GR-3 (1) UTU-3, (1) UTU-6 14
4.8 240 61-1/16 52-3/16 U-RAD-64 NS 111296 (1) GR-5 (1) UTU-4, (1) UTU-6 16
5.5 208 68-1/2 59-5/8 U-RAD-65V NS 111333 (1) GR-3, (1) GR-4 (1) UTU-5V, (1) UTU-6V 17
5.5 240 68-1/2 59-5/8 U-RAD-65 NS 111325 (1) GR-3, (1) GR-4 (1) UTU-5, (1) UTU-6 17
6 208 74-1/2 65-5/8 U-RAD-66V NS 111376 (1) GR-6 (2) UTU-6V 20
6 240 74-1/2 65-5/8 U-RAD-66 NS 111368 (1) GR-6 (2) UTU-6 20
6 275 74-1/2 65-5/8 U-RAD-66V NS 111392 (1) GR-6 (2) UTU-6V 20
6 480 74-1/2 65-5/8 U-RAD-66 NS 111384 (1) GR-6 (2) UTU-6 20
4.7 240 59-1/4 50-3/8 U-RAD-73 NS 111430 (3) GR-2 (1) UTU-3, (1) UTU-7 16
6.1 240 74-1/2 65-5/8 U-RAD-75 NS 111499 (1) GR-6 (1) UTU-5, (1) UTU-7 19
6.1 480 74-1/2 65-5/8 U-RAD-75 NS 111510 (1) GR-6 (1) UTU-5, (1) UTU-7 19
7.2 208 86-3/4 77-7/8 U-RAD-77V NS 111587 (2) GR-4 (2) UTU-7V 24
7.2 240 86-3/4 77-7/8 U-RAD-77 NS 111579 (2) GR-4 (2) UTU-7 24
7.2 275 86-3/4 77-7/8 U-RAD-77V NS 111608 (2) GR-4 (2) UTU-7V 24
7.2 480 86-3/4 77-7/8 U-RAD-77 NS 111595 (2) GR-4 (2) UTU-7 24
1. Refer to Tubular Heaters section. 2. See Accessories in this section for ordering information.
E-37
RUTU
Radiant Heater Assembly Dimensions (Inches)
• 3.66 kW/Ft2
• 0.8 - 3.6 kW
• 120, 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt
• 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath B

Elements (type UTU) A
• 1500°F Max. Sheath Temp. Applications Easy Assembly — Units are supplied with
element support clips and support bolt and
• High Intensity Applications nut (requires drilled hole through reflector and
• Fast-Moving Webs and other applications housing) for changing U-RAD heating lengths
where high temperatures will not damage and for replacing U-RAD elements. RUTU is
materials also used by itself as a radiant heating device
by many Chromalox customers.
• Roll Heating
• Shrink Fitting
Construction
• Preheat Glass for Polishing, Drying, Enclosed Chromalox Alloy-Sheath Tubular
Sterilizing Heating Element is completely isolated and
supported on secondary insulation for im-
Features proved electrical safety. Designed for long life,
the element is more resistant to hard blows
Broad Range of Sizes — Used alone or in than quartz lamp or tube and open coil types.
combination RTU element assemblies offer
same range of dimensions as type U-RAD.

Length (In.)
Replacement Wt.
kW Volts Overall A Heated B Model Stock PCN Elements1 (Lbs.)
0.8 120 12-1/4 7-1/2 RUTU-2 S 111616 UTU-2 2
0.8 208 12-1/4 7-1/2 RUTU-2V NS 111624 UTU-2V 2
0.8 240 12-1/4 7-1/2 RUTU-2 S 111632 UTU-2 2
0.8 275 12-1/4 7-1/2 RUTU-2V NS 111640 UTU-2V 2
1.1 120 15-5/16 10-5/16 RUTU-3 NS 111659 UTU-3 3
1.1 208 15-5/16 10-5/16 RUTU-3V NS 111667 UTU-3V 3
1.1 240 15-5/16 10-5/16 RUTU-3 S 111675 UTU-3 3
1.1 275 15-5/16 10-5/16 RUTU-3V NS 111683 UTU-3V 3
1.8 208 23-1/8 18-3/8 RUTU-4V NS 111704 UTU-4V 4
1.8 240 23-1/8 18-3/8 RUTU-4 NS 111691 UTU-4 4
1.8 275 23-1/8 18-3/8 RUTU-4V NS 111712 UTU-4V 4
1.8 480 23-1/8 18-3/8 RUTU-4 S 114569 UTU-4 4
2.5 208 30-7/16 25-11/16 RUTU-5V NS 111739 UTU-5V 5
2.5 240 30-7/16 25-11/16 RUTU-5 NS 111720 UTU-5 5
2.5 275 30-7/16 25-11/16 RUTU-5V NS 111755 UTU-5V 5
2.5 480 30-7/16 25-11/16 RUTU-5 S 111747 UTU-5 5
3 208 36-3/8 31-5/8 RUTU-6V NS 111771 UTU-6V 6
3 240 36-3/8 31-5/8 RUTU-6 NS 111763 UTU-6 6
3 275 36-3/8 31-5/8 RUTU-6V NS 111798 UTU-6V 6
3 480 36-3/8 31-5/8 RUTU-6 S 111780 UTU-6 6
3.6 208 42-3/8 37-5/8 RUTU-7V NS 111819 UTU-7V 7
3.6 240 42-3/8 37-5/8 RUTU-7 NS 111800 UTU-7 7
3.6 275 42-3/8 37-5/8 RUTU-7V NS 111835 UTU-7V 7
3.6 480 42-3/8 37-5/8 RUTU-7 NS 111827 UTU-7 7
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, quantity and replacement elements (if needed).
E-38
U-RAD-LT
Liquid-Tight, Single-Hairpin
Element Radiant Heater Dimensions (Inches)
A
• 3.66 kW/Ft2 B
• 0.8 - 3.6 kW
4-1/4 4 3-11/16
• 120, 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt
• 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath 3/4" Pipe Tap to Wire Back 2-3/8
Elements (type UTU-LT) Side of Heater
• 1500°F Max. Sheath Temp. Construction

Liquid-Tight Terminal Enclosure for outdoor Highly Polished Aluminum Reflectors give
or hose-down locations. good reflectivity and heat transfer, and are
Applications easily cleaned to maintain energy efficiency.
Enclosed Chromalox Alloy-Sheath Tubular
• Food Processing Heating Element is completely isolated and
supported on secondary insulation for Accessories
• Water Intake Screens (See Installation improved electrical safety. Designed for long Protective Grille — Optional snap-in sections
Manual for Limitations) life, the element is more resistant to hard help protect personnel and work from contact
• Conveyor Belt Heating with hot elements.
types. Element includes bulkhead threaded
fittings to ensure a water-tight seal.
METAL SHEATH
• Outdoor Comfort Heating Companion Reflector — Optional radiant
RADIANT
Rigid Extruded Aluminum Housing protects companion reflectors improve oven efficiency.
• Facilities Washdown Operations (See Instal- heating element from harsh industrial See Radiant Accessories in this section.
lation Manual for Limitations) environments.
• Winter Applications where element needs to Specifications and Ordering Information
be shielded from strong drafts and wind
Length (In.)
Features kW Volts Overall A Heated B Model Stock PCN Grille2 Elements1 (Lbs.)
0.8 120 13-5/16 8-5/16 U-RAD-2LT NS 106833 (1) GR-800 UTU-2LT 7
Complete, Ready-to-Connect Assembly 0.8 208 13-5/16 8-5/16 U-RAD-2VLT NS 119140 (1) GR-800 UTU-2VLT 7
available in various lengths to accommodate 0.8 240 13-5/16 8-5/16 U-RAD-2LT NS 106841 (1) GR-800 UTU-2LT 7
work of varying dimensions. 0.8 275 13-5/16 8-5/16 U-RAD-2VLT NS 119159 (1) GR-800 UTU-2VLT 7
Movable Mounting Clamps and Bolts are 1.1 208 16-7/16 11-7/16 U-RAD-3VLT NS 119167 (1) GR-800 UTU-3VLT 8
supplied to accommodate many mounting 1.1 240 16-7/16 11-7/16 U-RAD-3LT NS 106850 (1) GR-800 UTU-3LT 8
configurations such as banks, tunnels and 1.1 275 16-7/16 11-7/16 U-RAD-3VLT NS 119175 (1) GR-800 UTU-3VLT 8
oven sections. 1.8 208 24-3/8 19-3/8 U-RAD-4VLT NS 119183 (1) GR-2 UTU-4VLT 10
Special Protective Terminal Cover provides 1.8 275 24-3/8 19-3/8 U-RAD-4VLT NS 119191 (1) GR-2 UTU-4VLT 10
liquid-tight protection to terminals. 1.8 480 24-3/8 19-3/8 U-RAD-4LT NS 106948 (1) GR-2 UTU-4LT 10
2.5 208 31-13/16 26-13/16 U-RAD-5VLT NS 119204 (1) GR-3 UTU-5VLT 11
Power Connections are made at one end, us- 2.5 240 31-13/16 26-13/16 U-RAD-5LT NS 106876 (1) GR-3 UTU-5LT 11
ing high-temperature wire. 2.5 275 31-13/16 26-13/16 U-RAD-5VLT NS 119212 (1) GR-3 UTU-5VLT 11
3 208 37-13/16 32-13/16 U-RAD-6VLT NS 119220 (2) GR-2 UTU-6VLT 13
3 240 37-13/16 32-13/16 U-RAD-6LT NS 106892 (2) GR-2 UTU-6LT 13
3 275 37-13/16 32-13/16 U-RAD-6VLT NS 119239 (2) GR-2 UTU-6VLT 13
3 480 37-13/16 32-13/16 U-RAD-6LT NS 106905 (2) GR-2 UTU-6LT 13
Note: Model U-RAD-LT heaters are not listed 3.6 480 43-15/16 38-15/16 U-RAD-7LT NS 106921 (1) GR-4 UTU-7LT 15
for use in fixed electric space heated applica- Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock
tions under NEC 424. If they are to be used To Order— Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, quantity, optional grille and
in such applications, installation must be ap- replacement elements (if needed).
proved by local code enforcement authorities. 1. Refer to Tubular Heaters section.
2. Refer to Accessories in this section for ordering information.
E-39
U-RAD-LT
Liquid-Tight, Double-Hairpin
Element Radiant Heater
• 3.66 kW/Ft2
• 1.6 - 7.2 kW Dimensions (Inches)
• 120, 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt

A
B
Elements (type UTU-LT) 4-1/4 4
• 1500°F Max. Sheath Temp. 3/4" Pipe Tap to Wire

Back Side of Heater 2-3/8

Applications
• Food Processing
Process Temperature Control — Radiant Construction
• Water Intake Screens (See Installation heater output may be controlled with Chro-
Manual for Limitations) Liquid-Tight Terminal Enclosure for outdoor
malox SCR Power Controllers, Percentage
or hose-down locations.
• Conveyor Belt Heating Timing Input Controls and Non-Contact Tem-
perature Sensors. See the Controls section of Enclosed Chromalox Alloy-Sheath Tubular
• Outdoor Comfort Heating this catalog. Heating Element is completely isolated and
• Facilities Washdown Operations (See Instal- supported on secondary insulation for im-
Power Connections are made at both ends,
lation Manual for Limitations) proved electrical safety. Designed for long life,
using high-temperature wire.
• Winter Applications where element needs to
than quartz lamp or tube and open coil types.
be shielded from strong drafts and wind Accessories Elements include bulkhead threaded fittings to
Protective Grille — Optional snap-in sections ensure a water-tight seal.
Features help protect personnel and work from contact
Complete, Ready-to-Install and connect with hot elements. Rigid Extruded Aluminum Housing protects
assembly. heating element from harsh industrial
Special Protective Terminal Cover provides environments.
Movable Mounting Clamps and Bolts are liquid-tight protection to terminals.
supplied to accommodate many mounting Highly Polished Aluminum Reflectors give
configurations such as banks, tunnels and good reflectivity and heat transfer, and are
oven sections. easily cleaned to maintain energy efficiency.

1.6 120 26-1/8 16-5/8 U-RAD-22LT NS 119263 (1) GR-2 (2) UTU-2LT 14
1.6 208 26-1/8 16-5/8 U-RAD-22VLT NS 119280 (1) GR-2 (2) UTU-2VLT 14
1.9 120 29-1/4 19-3/4 U-RAD-32LT NS 119300 (1) GR-2 (1) UTU-3LT, (1) UTU-2LT 15
1.9 208 29-1/4 19-3/4 U-RAD-32VLT NS 119327 (1) GR-2 (1) UTU-3VLT, (1) UTU-2VLT 15
E-40
U-RAD-LT
Liquid-Tight, Double-Hairpin
Element Radiant Heater (cont’d.)
5 208 63-1/8 53-9/16 U-RAD-55VLT NS 119600 (1) GR-5 (2) UTU-5VLT 22
5 240 63-1/8 53-9/16 U-RAD-55LT NS 119589 (1) GR-5 (2) UTU-5LT 22
5 275 63-1/8 53-9/16 U-RAD-55VLT NS 119597 (1) GR-5 (2) UTU-5VLT 22
5 480 63-1/8 53-9/16 U-RAD-55LT NS 119618 (1) GR-5 (2) UTU-5LT 22
3.8 208 50-9/16 41-1/8 U-RAD-62VLT NS 119634 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-3 (1) UTU-2VLT, (1) UTU-6VLT 20
3.8 240 50-9/16 41-1/8 U-RAD-62LT NS 119626 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-3 (1) UTU-2LT, (1) UTU-6LT 20
METAL SHEATH
RADIANT
5.5 480 69-1/16 59-5/8 U-RAD-65LT NS 119730 (1) GR-3, (1) GR-4 (1) UTU-5-LT, (1) UTU-6LT 24
6 208 75 65-5/8 U-RAD-66VLT NS 119781 (1) GR-6 (2) UTU-6VLT 26
6 240 75 65-5/8 U-RAD-66LT NS 119765 (1) GR-6 (2) UTU-6LT 26
6 275 75 65-5/8 U-RAD-66VLT NS 119790 (1) GR-6 (2) UTU-6VLT 26
6 480 75 65-5/8 U-RAD-66LT NS 119773 (1) GR-6 (2) UTU-6LT 26

E-41
DU-RAD
Single Element, Double-
Hairpin Radiant Heater
• 3.66 kW/Ft2 Dimensions (Inches)
• 1.6 - 7.83 kW A
B 4-5/16
• 120, 208, 240, 275 and 480 Volt
• 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath 3-11/16

Elements (type UTU)
• 1500°F Max. Sheath Temp. 2-3/8
For New or Existing Installations — Utiliza- Rigid Extruded Aluminum Housing protects
Applications tion of a double-hairpin element, with terminal heating element from harsh industrial environ-
connections in the center of the housing, gives ments.
• Textile and Paper Drying a heated length covering almost the entire
length of the housing. Highly Polished Aluminum Reflectors give
• Coatings Curing good reflectivity and heat transfer, and are
Movable Mounting Clamps and Bolts are easily cleaned to maintain energy efficiency.
• Vinyl Fusing supplied to accommodate many mounting
• Preheat Roll Fed Plastics for Laminating or configurations such as banks, tunnels and Accessories
Embossing oven sections.
Protective Grille — Optional snap-in sections
Center Mounted Terminals are enclosed in help protect personnel and work from contact
Features terminal box on rear of heater housing. with hot elements.
More Heated Length for limited space. Companion Reflector — Optional radiant
Construction companion reflectors improve oven efficiency.
Process Temperature Control — Radiant Enclosed Chromalox Alloy-Sheath Tubular See Radiant Accessories in this section.
heater output may be controlled with Chro- Heating Element is completely isolated and
malox SCR Power Controllers, Percentage supported on secondary insulation for im- Note: Model DU-RAD heaters are not listed for
Timing Input Controls and Non-Contact Tem- proved electrical safety. Designed for long life, use in fixed electric space heated applications
perature Sensors. See the Controls section of the element is more resistant to hard blows under NEC 424. If they are to be used in such
this catalog. than quartz lamp or tube and open coil types. applications, installation must be approved by
Length (In.) 120V 240V 480V 208V 275V
Optional Wt.
kW Overall A Heated B Model Stock PCN Stock PCN Stock PCN Model Stock PCN Stock PCN Grille (Lbs.)
1.6 20-3/8 18-15/16
DU-RAD-040 NS 117575 NS 117591 — — DU-RAD-040V NS 117585 NS 117604 (1) GR-2 6
1.97 23-25/32 22-25/32
DU-RAD-048 NS 117612 NS 117639 — — DU-RAD-048V NS 117620 NS 117647 (1) GR-3 7
2.44 28-7/8 27-25/32
DU-RAD-058 NS 117655 NS 117671 NS 117698 DU-RAD-058V NS 117663 NS 117680 (1) GR-3 8
2.82 33-1/4 31-25/32
3.19 37-1/4 35-25/32
3.57 41-1/8 39-7/8
DU-RAD-082 NS — NS 117815 NS 117831 DU-RAD-082V NS 117815 NS 117831 (1) GR-4 11
3.95 45-3/16 43-7/8
4.52 51-7/8 49-7/8
4.99 56-3/16 54-7/8
5.56 62-1/2 60-15/16
6.13 68-9/16 66-15/16
(1) GR-6
6.7 75-1/2 72-15/16 DU-RAD-0148 NS — NS 118050 NS 118076 DU-RAD-0148V NS 118041 NS 118068 (1) GR-3 16
(1) GR-5
7.1 78-13/16 77 DU-RAD-0156 NS — NS 118092 NS 118113 DU-RAD-0156V NS 118084 NS 118105 (2) GR-4 17
7.45 82-11/16 81 DU-RAD-0164 NS — NS 118130 NS 118156 DU-RAD-0164V NS 118121 NS 118148 (1) GR-2 17
(1) GR-6
7.83 87 85-1/16 DU-RAD-0172 NS — NS 118172 NS 118199 DU-RAD-0172V NS 118164 NS 118180 (1) GR-2 18
(1) GR-6
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, quantity and optional grille (if needed).
E-42
DU-RAD
Three Element
Radiant Heater
Dimensions (Inches)
• 3.66 kW/Ft2
• 3.2 - 15.03 kW
3-11/16
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
D C D 2-3/8
• 3/8" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath B
Elements (type UTU) A 4-5/16

• Textile and Paper Drying Enclosed Chromalox Alloy-Sheath Tubular
• Coatings Curing supported on secondary insulation for im-
• Vinyl Fusing proved electrical safety. Designed for long life,
• Preheat Roll Fed Plastics for Laminating or than quartz lamp or tube and open coil types.
Embossing
• Web Heating where sizes vary in width heating element from harsh industrial environ-
METAL SHEATH
ments.
RADIANT
• Web Heating and Applications where com-
pensation is needed for end losses Highly Polished Aluminum Reflectors give
good reflectivity and heat transfer, and are
Features easily cleaned to maintain energy efficiency.
Basic Unit is an extruded aluminum housing Accessories

that contains one double hairpin-bent radiant
heater in center, flanked by two U-shaped Protective Grille — Optional snap-in sections
elements. help protect personnel and work from contact
with hot elements.
supplied to accommodate many mounting Companion Reflector — Optional radiant
configurations such as banks, tunnels and companion reflectors improve oven efficiency.
oven sections. See Radiant Accessories in this section.
Terminals of end units are in end caps; center Pipe Plug — Used to close tapped wiring
mounted terminals are enclosed in terminal entry holes. See Radiant Accessories in this
box on rear of heater housing. section.
malox SCR Power Controllers, Percentage
Timing Input Controls and Non-Contact Tem-
perature Sensors. See the Controls section of
this catalog.
E-43
DU-RAD
Three Element
Replacement
kW Dimensions (In.) Elements1
Ea. Optional Wt.
Total End Center Volts A B C D Model Stock PCN Grille2 Center End (Lbs.)
3.2 0.8 1.6 120 44-3/4 35-7/8 19-1/4 8-5/16 DU-RAD-240 NS 112205 (2) GR-2 UTU-40 UTU-2 10
4.04 0.8 2.44 120 53-7/8 45 28-3/8 8-5/16 DU-RAD-258 NS 112248 (2) GR-3 UTU-58 UTU-2 11
4.79 0.8 3.19 240 62 53-1/8 36-1/2 8-5/16 DU-RAD-274 NS 112299 (1) GR-5 UTU-74 UTU-2 13
5.55 0.8 3.95 240 70-3/16 61-5/16 44-11/16 8-5/16 DU-RAD-290 NS 112310 (1) GR-3, (1) GR-4 UTU-90 UTU-2 15
7.16 0.8 5.56 240 87-1/2 78-5/8 62 8-5/16 DU-RAD-2124 NS 112344 (2) GR-4 UTU-124 UTU-2 32
7.73 0.8 6.13 240 93-1/2 84-5/8 68 8-5/16 DU-RAD-2136 NS 112352 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-6 UTU-136 UTU-2 36
9.43 0.8 7.83 240 112 103-1/8 86-1/2 8-5/16 DU-RAD-2172 NS 112395 (1) GR-3, (2) GR-4 UTU-127 UTU-2 43
8.9 1.1 6.7 240 105-7/8 97 74-1/8 11-7/16 DU-RAD-3148 NS 112563 (2) GR-2, (2) GR-4 UTU-148 UTU-3 40
E-44
DU-RAD
Three Element
Replacement
Ea. Optional Wt.
METAL SHEATH
RADIANT
7.6 3 1.6 240 93-3/4 84-7/8 19-1/4 32-13/16 DU-RAD-640 NS 113030 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-6 UTU-40 UTU-6 36
8.44 3 2.44 240 102-7/8 94 28-3/8 32-13/16 DU-RAD-658 NS 113056 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-4 UTU-58 UTU-6 40
9.19 3 3.19 240 111 102-1/8 36-1/2 32-13/16 DU-RAD-674 NS 113099 (1) GR-3, (1) GR-4 UTU-74 UTU-6 43
E-45
DU-RAD
Three Element
Replacement
Ea. Optional Wt.
9.57 3 3.57 240 115-1/16 106-3/16 40-9/16 32-13/16 DU-RAD-682 NS 113110 (2) GR-5 UTU-82 UTU-6 45
11.56 3 5.56 240 136-1/2 127-5/8 62 32-13/16 DU-RAD-6124 NS 113195 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-5 UTU-124 UTU-6 52
11.56 3 5.56 480 136-1/2 127-5/8 62 32-13/16 DU-RAD-6124 NS 113208 (1) GR-2, (1) GR-5 UTU-124 UTU-6 52
12.13 3 6.13 240 142-1/2 133-5/8 68 32-13/16 DU-RAD-6136 NS 113216 (2) GR-6 UTU-136 UTU-6 54
12.13 3 6.13 480 142-1/2 133-5/8 68 32-13/16 DU-RAD-6136 NS 113224 (2) GR-6 UTU-136 UTU-6 54

2. Refer to Accessories in this section for ordering information.
E-46

Accessories
Protective Grille Terminal Box

• Protective Grille
Protective Grille — Type GR snap-in sections Use terminal box with radiant heater elements
help protect personnel or work from direct when complete heaters are not required. Pro-
• Companion Reflector
contact with hot elements. vide enclosure for making wiring connections
and support for end of elements These are the
• Terminal Box end sections of complete heater.
• Pipe Plug
• Jumper Strap
Length Wt.
8 GR-800 S 111860 0.5
16-1/16 GR-2 S 111878 0.5 For Use With Part No.
22-5/16 GR-3 S 111886 0.5
Single RTU Element 3-112426
38-5/16 GR-4 S 111894 0.75
Two RTU Elements 1-112426
53-1/16 GR-5 S 111907 1
One UTU Element 1-112426
65-7/16 GR-6 S 111915 1
METAL SHEATH
Single S-RTU Element 2-118462
RADIANT
Companion Reflector
Companion Reflector — Type CR-RAD
consists of aluminum extruded housing with Wiring Accessories
reflector sheet and mounting clamp parts bag.
Housing is not drilled or tapped. Pipe Plug — Use to close 1/2" tapped wiring
entry hole in RAD and RADD type heaters.
Specify Part No. 1-113863 (PCN 113970).
Jumper Strap — Use to series connect
Length Wt. elements in RADD type heaters. Part No.
24 CR-RAD-2083 NS 148072 4
30-75230 (PCN 867963 or 113996).
30-1/4 CR-RAD-3113 NS 148080 5
46-1/4 CR-RAD-4183 NS 148099 7
61 CR-RAD-5253 NS 148101 9
73-3/8 CR-RAD-6303 NS 148110 11
85-3/8 CR-RAD-7363 NS 148128 13
105-5/8 CR-RAD-8453 NS 148136 18
E-47
CP Series Features Construction

Wide Area Radiant Easy Mounting — Heater can be mounted to 1. Heating Element — Precision iron base
Heaters radiate in any direction. resistance wire, designed to give extended
life and uniform emission over entire
Reliable Operation — No reduction in radiant
radiating surface.
output over life of heater.
• 5 - 25 W/In2 2. Emission Surface — Woven refractory
Uniform Radiation Pattern Assured with
cloth with black ceramic coating for high
a wide flat infrared surface versus the line
• 0.55 - 18 kW radiant energy transfer for CPLI, CPL and
pattern given in normal radiant heaters. This
CPH type heaters. Aluminum emission
eliminates uneven heating of the work and
• 120, 230, 240 and 480 Volt allows uniform heating of a stationary surface
surfaces are available for applications
such as in the food industry.
such as in an indexing process.
• 1 & 3 Phase 3. Frame — Heavy gauge, heat resistant,
External Reflectors Not Required — The
aluminized steel for CPLI, CPL and CPH
• 1650°F Max. Emitter Temp. refractory board and bulk insulation behind the
type heaters.
heating element help prevent back heat loss.
• 6 - 60" Long x 12 - 30" Wide This eliminates the need for external reflectors. 4. Heating Element Support — Fibrous
ceramic material, specially developed for
One-Piece Bonded Construction resists dam-
high insulation qualities, durability, shock
age from vibration and shock.
resistance, asbestos free.
Applications Overtemperature Control — These units
5. Insulation — High temperature insula-
• Ink Drying and Spot Curing for Printing and should be controlled such that overheating
tion to minimize heat loss from back of
Silk Screening and premature failure do not occur.
heater.
• Food Warming Additional Sizes and Ratings — Contact your
6. Terminals — For CPLI, lead-wires are
Local Chromalox Sales office for price and
provided on a 2 x 4" junction box. A 2 x 4"
• Moisture Removal in Food Processing availability.
junction box with stainless steel terminals
• Plastics Annealing Lower Operating Cost with up to 80% of is provided for CPL and CPH type heaters.
the input energy transmitted to and absorbed
• Preheat and Postheat Plastics prior to Ther- 7. Thermowell — Quality tubular quartz
by the work material. The maximum amount
moforming and Punching thermowell, with strain relief, to accept a
of radiant energy is transferred to the work
Chromalox C-700JU or C-700KU
• Thermoforming and Vacuum Forming with very low heater convection losses. Typical
thermocouple on units with suffix T in
installation distance of two to four inches from
• Heat Treating Plastic Parts model number. Standard placement of
the work surface significantly reduces the
the thermowell is on side of heater.
energy input.
• Baking or Curing of Lacquers, Specials are available with thermowell
Semi-Enamels, Enamels, Primers, Phenolics Costly Downtime Minimized — There is no exiting back of heater.
and Epoxies deterioration of the output radiation level with
• Finishing Process of Textiles
heater life and no reflectors to clean which Construction
could cause downtime and increased mainte- 2 4
• Preheat Printed Circuit Boards nance costs. The unit is resistant to vibra-
1
tion because of the compact homogeneous 3
construction.
Easy Installation — The light weight building
block approach allows for a modular installa-
tion which is easily expandable. These rugged
panels can be mounted in any direction. 7
6
Repeatable Process Performance Assured 5
— Used with closed loop control, the system

automatically compensates for ambient tem-
perature ranges and line voltage fluctuations.
Maximum energy transfer requires matching
the peak wavelength output to the specific ma-
terial absorption characteristics. Because the
peak wavelengths of the flat surface heater are
repeatable and adjustable, the quality output of
the process is assured.
E-48
CP Series
Wide Area Radiant
Heaters (cont’d.)
The CPH, CPL and CPLI are medium wave
heaters. Micron levels between 2.5 and 6 of
infrared energy are generated. At these micron
levels the majority of the infrared energy
generated falls into the medium wave section
of the infrared spectrum.
Outer edges of the element can have gradual
increasing wattage density to compensate for CPH & CPL — Dimensions (Inches) CPLI — Dimensions (Inches)
production edge losses.
2 x 4" Junction Box
Radiant w/ Cover
Single elements or multiple elements can be 5/16
Surface
zoned and wired to achieve specific profiles. (Typ.)
Different width materials can be processed by 1/4-20 x 3/4"
Studs
turning off elements.
Easy to Control — The use of time proportion- 1/8" ID
ing control with closed loop feedback, such A Thermowell
–Coil Direction–> 6 5" Deep
as Chromalox 2104 temperature controllers,
B
–Coil Direction–>
magnetic contactors or SCR power controllers Radiant
Surface
assure easy and dependable system control. B
Thermowells may be offered in two loca-
tions in the heater interior. Suitable to accept 5/16 (Typ.)
Chromalox standard thermocouples, they Radiant Surface
WIDE AREA
Aluminized
sense emitter temperature ensuring accurate 3-1/8 Stl. Hsg.
wavelength emission. Fast response time of 5-1/8
A 3
the unit reduces thermal lag. Aluminized Stl. Hsg.
Overtemperature Control — It is strongly rec-

ommended that these units be controlled such
that overheating and premature failure do not DIM (In.)
Thermo- Mtg. Wt.
occur. This is of particular importance in oven kW Volts Phase W/In2 A B well Studs Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
usage, where high ambient temperatures exist. 1.1 120/240 1 15 6 12 Yes 2 CPL-0612T NS 223790 3
1.8 240/480 1 25 6 12 Yes 2 CPH-0624T S 223802 3
CAUTION — Hazard of Fire. These radiant 1.3 230 1 10 12 12 No 4 CPLI-1212-13 NS 224506 6
heaters must not be operated in the presence 2.2 240/480 1 15 12 12 Yes 4 CPL-1224T S 223810 6
of flammable vapors, gases or combustible 3.6 240/480 1 25 12 12 No 4 CPH-1224 NS 223829 6
materials without proper ventilation and/or 3.6 240/480 1 25 12 12 Yes 4 CPH-1224T NS 223837 6
other safety precautions in compliance with 1.8 230 1 5 16 16 No 4 CPLI-1616-18 NS 224514 11
0.55 230 1 5 6 18 No 4 CPLI-0618-05 NS 224469 5
either the National Fire Protection Bulletin 86A 1 230 1 10 6 18 No 4 CPLI-0618-10 NS 224477 5
entitled “Ovens and Furnaces” or the authority 1.3 230 1 10 6 24 No 4 CPLI-0624-13 NS 224485 6
having jurisdiction. 3.5 230 1 10 16 24 No 4 CPLI-1624-35 NS 224522 16
3.75 230 1 5 24 24 No 4 CPLI-2424-37 NS 224530 24
4.3 240/480 1 15 24 12 Yes 4 CPL-2424T NS 223845 12
7.2 240 3 25 24 12 No 4 CPH-2423 NS 223853 12
7.2 240 3 25 24 12 Yes 4 CPH-2423T NS 223861 12
7.2 480 3 25 24 12 No 4 CPH-2443 S 223870 12
7.2 480 3 25 24 12 Yes 4 CPH-2443T S 223888 12
1.55 230 1 10 6 30 No 4 CPLI-0630-15 NS 224493 8
8.6 240 3 15 48 12 Yes 6 CPL-4823T NS 223896 24
8.6 480 3 15 48 12 No 6 CPL-4843 NS 223909 24
8.6 480 3 15 48 12 Yes 6 CPL-4843T NS 223917 24
14.4 240 3 25 48 12 Yes 6 CPH-4823T NS 223925 24
14.4 480 3 25 48 12 Yes 6 CPH-4843T S 223933 24
10.8 480 3 15 60 12 Yes 6 CPL-6043T S 223941 30
18 240 3 25 60 12 Yes 6 CPH-6023T NS 223950 30
18 480 3 25 60 12 Yes 6 CPH-6043T S 223968 30
To Order— Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase and quantity.
E-49
CPHI
High Intensity Quartz
Faced Radiant Heater
• 40 W/In2
Highest Watt Density Available of any 1. Heating Element — Precision iron base
Medium Wave Infrared Radiant Panel Heater resistance wire, designed to give extended
• 1.6 - 4.8 kW life and uniform emission over entire
— Due to thermal and electrical properties
of the grooved quartz face plate, CPHI has radiating surface.
• 240 and 480 Volt
the highest watt density (5.76 kW/Ft2) of any 2. Emission Surface — Grooved fused
medium wave infrared radiant panel. quartz face plate for CPHI type heaters.
• 1 & 3 Phase
Special ratings with aluminum emission
Uniform Radiation Pattern Assured with surfaces are available for applications
• 1750°F Max. Emitter Temp. a wide flat infrared surface versus the line such as in the food industry.
pattern given in normal radiant heaters. This
• 10" Long x 4 - 12" Wide eliminates uneven heating of the work and 3. Frame — Heavy gauge, heat-resistant
allows uniform heating of a stationary surface aluminized steel.
such as in an indexing process. 4. Heating Element Support — Fibrous
Applications Lower Operating Cost with up to 80% of the ceramic material specially developed for
input energy transmitted to and absorbed by high insulation qualities, durability, shock
• Moisture Removal from Bottles, Cans and resistance, asbestos free.
the work material. The maximum amount of
Components radiant energy is transferred to the work with 5. Insulation — Hight temperature insula-
• Drying Automobile Underseal, Adhesives, very low heater convection losses. Typical tion to minimize heat loss from back of
Lacquer, Printing Ink, Plastic Granules, Phar- installation distance of two to four inches from heater.
maceuticals and Pottery to “biscuit” state the work surface significantly reduces the
6. Terminals — Stainless Steel terminals in
energy input.
• Nylon and Dye Heat Setting a 4 x 4" junction box are provided with
External Reflectors Not Required — The CPHI type heaters.
• Firing Vitreous Enamels refractory board and bulk insulation behind the 7. Thermowell — Quality tubular quartz
heating element help prevent back heat loss. thermowell, with strain relief, to accept a
• Soften Plastics prior to Thermoforming
This eliminates the need for external reflectors. Chromalox C-700JU or C-700KU
• Soldering and Brazing (i.e., reflow soldering thermocouple on units with suffix T in
Costly Downtime Minimized — There is no model number. Standard placement of
on printed circuit boards)
deterioration of the output radiation level with thermowell is on side of heater. Specials
• Heating for Shrink Fitting heater life and no reflectors to clean which are available with thermowell exiting back
could cause downtime and increased mainte- of heater.
• Sealing Glass to Metal nance costs. The unit is resistant to vibra-
• Shrink and Blister Packaging tion because of the compact homogeneous
construction.
• Curing and Baking of PTFE coatings, mirror
backings, PVC foil prior to lamination, resin Easy Installation — The light weight building
coatings on paper, metal textiles and wood, block approach allows for a modular installa- Construction
paint finishes including powder coatings and tion which is easily expandable.
2 4
enamel, shoe adhesives and fillings, latex Note — CPHI heaters mount only so that the 1 3
backing for carpet coil direction is in the horizontal plane.
• Brown Food prior to Freezing Repeatable Process Performance Assured
• Wherever Close Maximum Heat is Required, — Used with closed loop control, the system
such as Process Boosting automatically compensates for ambient tem-
perature ranges and line voltage fluctuations.
Maximum energy transfer requires matching 7
6
the peak wavelength output to the specific ma- 5
terial absorption characteristics. Because the
peak wavelengths of the flat surface heater are
repeatable and adjustable, the quality output of
the process is assured.
E-50
CPHI
High Intensity Quartz Faced
Radiant Heater (cont'd.)
CPHI heaters produce micron levels between

2.5 and 6.0. At these micron levels the major-
ity of the CPHI heaters fall into the middle of
the IR spectrum, categorizing them as medium
wave heaters. Dimensions (Inches)
Single heating elements or multiple elements
can be zoned and wired to achieve specific
(4) 1/4-20 x 3/4" 4 x 4" Junction
heating profiles. 1-1/2
Studs Box w/ Cover
Outer edges of the element can have gradual
increasing watt density to compensate for (2) 1/4-20 x 3/4"
production edge losses. Studs
Easy to Control — The use of time proportion-

1-1/2
ing control with closed loop feedback, such
as Chromalox 2104 temperature controllers, 1-1/2
Aluminized
magnetic contactors or SCR power controllers
Stl. Hsg.
assure easy and dependable system control.
5
Thermowells may be offered in two loca- 3/16" I.D. Quartz Ther-
tions in the heater interior. Suitable to accept mowell (when
Chromalox standard thermocouples, they 5 specified)
WIDE AREA
sense emitter temperature ensuring accurate 3
wavelength emission. Fast response time of
the unit reduces thermal lag. 3/4
Overtemperature Control — It is strongly
recommended that these units be controlled A
such that overheating and premature failure do
not occur. This is of particular importance in
oven usage, where high ambient temperatures Radiant
10
exist. Surface – Coil Direction – – >
CAUTION — Hazard of Fire. These radiant

heaters must not be operated in the presence
of flammable vapors, gases or combustible
materials without proper ventilation and/or DIM (In.)
No. Mtg. Wt.
other safety precautions in compliance with kW Volts W/In2 A B Thermowell Studs Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
either the National Fire Protection Bulletin 86A 1.6 240 40 4 10 No* 21 CPHI-0424 NS 224549 3
entitled “Ovens and Furnaces” or the authority 2.4 240/480 40 6 10 No* 21 CPHI-0624 NS 224557 5
having jurisdiction. 3.2 240/480 40 8 10 No* 4 CPHI-0824 NS 224565 6.5
4 240/480 40 10 10 Yes 4 CPHI-1024T NS 224573 8
4.8 240/480 40 12 10 No* 4 CPHI-1224 NS 224581 9.5
To Order— Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase, and quantity.
1. For units with two mounting studs, locate each stud on the centerline of A dimension
1-1/2" in from the edge of the heater.
*Optional Features:
Thermocouple well comes standard on CPHI-1024T PCN 224573
Thermocouple well - 3/16"I.D.
Thermowells are available on all models. To order, add suffix "T" to model number.
E-51
Process Air
Notes
and Radiant
E-52
Industrial Air Heaters
Industrial Air
Heaters
Overview
Industrial Unit Heaters
• General Purpose
• Corrosion Resistant &
Washdown CXH
HVH
• Explosion Proof
Industrial Unit Heaters
Commercial/Architectural Heaters
Industrial unit heaters are designed for harsh environments. Typical construction consists
• Fan-Forced
of heavy gauge materials and corrosion resistant coatings to allow for superior durability.
• Convection Applications include safe area, washdown, and hazardous location environments
• Radiant
• Duct
Transportation Heaters
• Overhead Rail HVAC Duct
• Cab Blower Assemblies
• Wall Convection
• Radiant Defrost
Chromalox industrial electric air heaters pro-

vide efficient, economical heat for commer- HCH
cial and industrial applications. Three basic Commercial and Architectural Heaters
types of heaters are convection, forced air
and radiant, with combinations often used. Commercial and Architectural Heaters are designed for
They apply safe, clean, fast heat and their use in office buildings, hospitals, schools, etc. They ChromaStar
heavy-duty construction affords long, de- provide safe, uniform electric heat while providing an
HEATERS OVERVIEW
pendable service.
INDUSTRIAL AIR
aesthetically pleasing design. ChromaStar radiant heat-
The following descriptions aid in determining ers can also be used in outdoor environments, such as
what methods of heating will provide you the loading docks.
best solution for any given situation.
Overhead Open Coil
Transportation heaters are designed for the demand-
ing environments in which airplanes, ships, trucks,
and trains operate. They are typically designed for Blower Assemblies
superior durability while meeting weight and cost
requirements.
F-1
Comfort and Freeze Protection

Reasons to Use Forced Air, Blower Heating: Large Rooms require multi-unit installations.
Number and capacity of units will be deter-
• High Heat Output in a Small Space
Methods of Heat Transfer mined by volume of building and square feet
• Large Areas Require Air Movement to Dis- of floor area to be heated. Arrange units to
• Convection Heating tribute Heat provide perimeter air circulation.
• Forced Air Heating
• Radiant Heating • Primary and Supplemental Heating.
Exposed Ex
po
Reasons to Use Radiant Heating: se
d
• Heat Requirements
• Efficiently Heat Small Areas
• Application Tips • Heats People and Objects rather than Air or Ex
po
Space se
d Exposed
• Good for Supplemental Heating.
Determining the Heat Requirement — To get Air Volume — To prevent air stratification,
an approximate sizing of the heating require- total CFM capacity of all units should circulate
Applications ments for a room, the following guide may the room air volume at least 3 times per hour.
Methods of Heat Transfer — To understand be utilized. For a more detailed analysis it is Units should be located so their air streams
which method of comfort heating best meets recommended that the ASHRAE guidelines wipe exposed walls without blowing directly
your application it is important to understand be followed when performing an analysis for at them.
the basic methods of heat transfer. Heat trans- a complete building. Your Local Chromalox
Sales office can assist you in sizing your In Multiple Unit Heater Installations locate
fer is accomplished by Conduction, Convec- units so each unit supports the air stream
tion or Radiation. application with a computer sizing tool that is
designed to perform room-by-room heat loss from another, thus setting up circulatory air
Conduction is defined as transferring heat estimates. When sizing the job, the first step is movement.
through a conducting medium by way of direct to determine the construction data and sizing
In Warehouse Type Applications for maintain-
contact. requirements. You will need to collect the fol-
ing minimum temperature, one or more large
lowing information:
Convection heat involves using a source of heaters can be used to reduce initial installa-
heat to warm the air and create a desired • Voltage and phase tion expense.
comfort level around people. Heated air is For Individual Space total heating capacity is
circulated by fans or blowers to generally sur- • Length, width and height of building
calculated in the conventional way, using for-
round a normally enclosed area. Home heating mulas in the ASHRAE “Guide” or those found
• R-factor for ceilings and walls
with a forced-air furnace is an example of in the NEMA handbook.
convection heat. • Air changes or how much fresh air is
brought in per hour For Pedestrian Entryways when heating ca-
Radiant or Infrared heat uses invisible pacity is not known, a “rule of thumb” is 5000
electromagnetic waves from an energy source. • Outside lowest temperature watts per door.
The perfect example of electro-magnetic infra-
red energy is heat from the sun. In an infrared • Desired inside temperature Loading Docks — Unit heaters are used to
system, these energy waves are created by a combat cold air inrush when loading dock
heat source - quartz lamp, quartz tube, metal • Size and number of windows and doors. doors are opened. For such applications, one
rod - which are directed by optically designed or more units should be arranged to blow
reflectors toward or onto the object or person. If a quick estimate is sufficient, then consult warm air across the opening, not toward it.
A fireplace is a familiar form of radiant heat. the Comfort Heating Chart in the Technical
section of this catalog. Harsh and Special Environments may require
Reasons to Use Convection Heating: corrosion resistant and/or explosion proof
Application Tips heaters — see the Selection Guidelines on the
• Small Spaces and Rooms following page.
Small Rooms can be heated by a one (1)
• Quiet Operation unit heater. Where two (2) walls are exposed, Often a Portable Heater or heaters can solve
heater should be mounted as shown. a unique comfort heating situation temporarily
• Special Purposes like Cranes and Pump or help determine the requirement for perma-
Rooms. nently located heaters to achieve the desired
Exposed comfort levels.
Controls and Thermostats are vital to solving
a heating situation. See the Controls section
Ex of this catalog for more information, espe-
po cially type WR80, WR90, WT, WTL, WR80-EP,
se
d
WCRT and RTC thermostats.
F-2
Comfort and Freeze Protection

Application Tips Industrial Unit Heaters — Selection Guidelines
Application Feature kW Model Page
Radiant Infrared Comfort Heaters can help
many unique heating situations. Explosion Proof Explosion Proof 3 - 35 CXH-A F-4
and Corrosive Explosion Proof 1.6 - 9.0 CVEP F-11
Heats People Without Heating Air — Infrared Environment
Explosion Proof .16 - .6 XPMC F-14
travels through space and is absorbed by
people and objects in its path. The air does Corrosion Resistant 2 - 39 HD3D F-17
not absorb infrared energy. With convection Pump House 0.5 7150 F-20
heating the air itself is warmed and circulated, Safe Area Horizontal Blower 2.6 - 45 LUH F-21
however, warm air always rises to the highest Horizontal or Vertical Blower 2.6 - 15 HVH F-25
point of a building. With Infrared comfort High Capacity Horizontal 2 - 50 UB F-31
heating, the warmth is directed and concen- Without Thermostat 0.25 - 0.5 EH F-36
trated at the floor and people level where it is
With Thermostat 0.5 1.0 HVT F-36
really needed.
Horizontal 1-3 H F-37
Low Maintenance — Electric infrared is Vertical 2 - 4.5 V F-38
strictly a resistance type heat. There are no Portable Portable Blower Heater (High Temp) 30 - 60 SDRA F-39
moving parts or motors to wear out; no air fil- Portable Blower 7.5 - 30 DRA F-42
ters or lubrication required. Periodic cleaning
Portable Blower 1.9 - 4 HF F-44
of the reflectors and heat source replacement
is all that is required.
Clean — Electric infrared, like other forms
of electric heating, is the cleanest method of
heating. There are no by-products of combus-
tion as with fossil fuel burning units. Electric
Commercial & Architectural Heaters — Selection Guidelines
infrared adds nothing to the air nor takes Application Feature kW Model Page
anything from it.
Duct Fintube® and Open Coil Air Duct 10 - 533 DH F-45
Safe Radiant Portable Ceiling Mount 1.5 - 13.5 ChromaStar F-48
• No open flames Convection Wall Mounted 0.5 - 5.0 HCH F-55
• No moving parts to malfunction
HEATERS OVERVIEW
Transportation Heaters — Selection Guidelines
INDUSTRIAL AIR
• No fuel lines to leak
Application Feature Page
• No toxic by-products of combustion
Overhead HVAC Open Coil F-58
• UL and CE available on most models Rail Cab/Car Blower Assembly F-58
• ATEX and GOST Available on certain hazard- Rail Cab/Car Floor/Wall Convection F-58
ous location heaters Car Defrost Radiant F-58
The Technical section of this catalog gives
additional information on “Radiant Infrared
Heating — Comfort Heating”
For outdoor applications, consult your Local
F-3
CXH-A
Explosion Proof
Blower Heater for
Hazardous Locations
• 3 - 35 kW
• 10,200 - 119,420 Btuh Description with magnetic contactor and control circuit
transformer.
Type CXH-A is designed to heat areas clas-
• 208 to 600 Volts sified as hazardous locations to provide pri- Quick-Acting Auto Reset Cutout
mary or supplementary heating for comfort
• 1 or 3 Phase or freeze protection. Pole, Wall and Ceiling Mounting Kits —
Optional. Recessed threaded fasteners on top
Applications of heater for mounting with threaded rods.
• Meets UL, CSA, NEC and OSHA
Requirements • Sewage Treatment Plants Warranty — Limited Three Year (Consult
Terms of Sale or Owner's Manual for more
• Petrochemical Facilities, Oil Rigs
• ATEX and EAC Models Available information.)
• Unattended Pumping Stations
• Chemical Storage and Handling Facilities
Optional Features
• Built-in Thermostat 50°F to 90°F
• Paint Storage Areas
(10˚C to 32˚C)
• Grain Elevators
• Built-in Manual Disconnect Switch
• Coal Preparation Plants
• Pilot Light
• Aircraft Servicing Areas
• Fan Selector Switch
• Oil Refineries
• Areas Containing Metal Dusts
Designed for Areas Classified
Low operating temperature for atmospheres
Construction having an ignition temperature higher than
165°C (329°F) code T3B.
Cabinet — 14 gauge steel construction with
polyester powder coat paint finish. • Class I, Group C, D - Divisions 1 & 2
Adjustable Louvers — Control the direction • Class II, Groups E, F, G - Divisions 1 & 2
of airflow as needed.
Rugged, Seamless, Copper Heating Ele- Optional Classifications
ments — are immersed in the sealed liquid- • Temperature Code T3C 160°C (320°F)
to-air heat exchanger. Class I, Groups C, D - Divisions 1 & 2
Class II, Groups F, G - Divisions 1 & 2
Factory Sealed Heat Exchanger — Features
steel tubes with integral aluminum fins and II2G Ex d IIB T3
filled with glycol-water heat transfer fluid.
• Arctic Duty Construction
Safety Pressure Relief Device on the heat
exchanger is factory helium leak tested to Advantages
assure a leak-proof design.
Explosion Proof Ball Bearing Motor — • Safe, Propylene Glycol Heat Transfer Fluid
Permanently lubricated and equipped with
built-in thermal overload protection. • Low Surface Temperature
Epoxy Coated Aluminum Fan — Prevents • Wall, Pole or Ceiling Mounting

sparking. • Built-in Controls
• Virtually Maintenance Free
Features
• Corrosion Resistant
Pre-Wired Explosion Proof Control Center
Refer to • 120V Control (24V optional)
WR-80EP
• Rugged and Versatile
in the Controls section.
F-4
CXH-A
Explosion Proof
Blower Heater for
Hazardous Locations
(cont’d.)
Heater Rating and Operating Data
(3 to 35 kW) Hazardous Location........................................... 3 to 35 kW Models - Class I, Group C & D;

Classifications Class II, Groups E, F & G, Divisions 1 & 2

Temperature Codes ........................................... This temperature shall not exceed the ignition
temperature of the gas or vapor to be encountered.
All standard models 165˚C (329˚F) T3B
INSTALLATION Maximum Mounting Height .............................. 8' to 10' (2.4 to 3 meters) normal,
From Floor to Bottom of Heater when heat is required at floor level.
Ambient Temperature ....................................... -40˚F/-40˚C (Min.) 104˚F/40˚C (Max.)
Operating Limits Maximum Operational ........... 7500' (2286 meters). Check with local Chromalox sales
Altitude Above Sea level office for recommendations for higher elevations.
PROTECTION High-Limit ......................................................... Auto reset quick acting linear type thermal cutout.
Pressure Relief ................................................. Pressure relief device.
& CORROSIVE ENV.

EXPLOSION PROOF
HEAT EXCHANGER General Description .......................................... Steel tubes, with integral rolled-aluminum fins
Core Material .................................................... Steel.
Heat Transfer Fluid ............................................ Propylene Glycol (Ethylene Glycol available for arctic
duty - check with local Chromalox sales office.)
Heating Element Assembly ............................... Immersion heater assembly with seamless
copper sheathed heating elements.
CABINET Cabinet .............................................................. 14 gauge steel, polyester powder-coated. Individually

adjustable louvers with minimum position stops.
Fan Guard ......................................................... Heavy duty polyester powder-coated steel.
Fasteners .......................................................... Nickel plated steel for corrosion resistance.
Conduit Material ............................................... Plated steel for corrosion resistance.
Control Enclosure ............................................. Cast aluminum (non-copper Alloy) NEMA 7 and 9
enclosure.
Hanger Connections ......................................... 2 (two) 5/8" UNC tapped holes.
CONTROLS Control Circuit ................................................... Built in 120V control. Optional 24V control available.
Power Contactor ............................................... 50 Amp/600V.
Transformer ...................................................... Primary voltage same as heater voltage - secondary
voltage, 24V or 120V.
F-5
CXH-A Model Explosion Proof Blower Heater

Explosion Proof CXH-A
Blower Heater for Code Heating Element Rating (kW)
03 3
Hazardous Locations 05 5
07 7.5
(cont’d.) 10 10
15 15
18 18
20 20
Ordering Information 25 25
30 30
To Order — Complete the Model Number us- 35 35
ing the Matrix Provided.
Code Heater Volts
Model Numbers 2 240
3 380 (3 phase only)
When ordering CXH-A heaters, specify the 4 480 (3 phase only)
model number and corresponding PCN 5 415 (3 phase only)
(Product Code Number, found in the Ordering 6 575 (3 phase only)
Information Table). If thermostat, or discon- 8 208
nect switch options are required, designate 9 600 (3 phase only)
these options in addition to the model number Code Phase
when ordering. Use PCN Numbers only on 1 1
standard models. On made to order CXH 3 3
heaters, complete catalog number from matrix Code Control Volts
provided. Always specify voltage, phase and 30 24
kW by listing them on the purchase order 32 120 (Std.)
product specifications. Code Thermostat Option
00 Without Thermostat
40 Thermostat
Code Heat Exchanger
1 Ethylene Groups C, D, E, F, G T3B
2 Propylene Groups C, D, E, F, G (Std.) T3B
3 Ethylene Groups C, D, F, G T3C
4 Propylene Groups C, D, F, G T3C
Code Options
0 Without Disconnect
1 Disconnect: 15 Amp 3-phase, 30 Amp
1-phase or 3-phase, specify as requried
2 60 Amp Disconnect
3 Pilot Light No Disconnect
4 Pilot Light and 30 Amp Disconnect
5 Pilot Light and 60 Amp Disconnect
6 Summer Fan Switch
7 Summer with Pilot Light
8 Disconnect with Fan Switch
9 Disconnect Pilot Light and Fan Switch
Code
EP Explosion Proof
CXH-A
10 4 3 30 40 1 1 EP Typical Model Number
F-6
CXH-A
Explosion Proof Blower Heater for Hazardous Locations (cont’d.)
Mounting Kits
Pole (PMB)1 Wall (WMB)1 Ceiling (HMK)
Particularly useful in buildings with insufficient Ideal for use in buildings that have substantial Simple and economical if adequate overhead
strength to use other types of mounts. Requires walls. Arm only can also be bolted directly to structure exists. Requires 5/8" rod, cut and
3-1/2" schedule 40 pipe (4" O.D.) - not supplied. structural steel. threaded (not supplied).
Pole Mounting Bracket Wall Mounting Bracket Ceiling Mounting Bracket

P
P
T
Q
R
Q
R
Mounting Kits
Pole Wall Ceiling Dimensions In. (mm.)
Heater Model PCN Model PCN Model PCN P Q R S T (Min.)
CXH-A-03 to -10 PMB-12 025179 WMB-12 025152 HMK-00 025195 10 (254.0) 5-1/2 (139.7) 29-1/2 (749.3) 6 (152.4) 7 (177.8)
CXH-A-15 to -20 PMB-16 025187 WMB-16 025160 HMK-00 025195 11-1/2 (292.1) 5-1/8 (130.2) 33 (838.2) 6 (152.4) 7 (177.8)
CXH-A-25 to -35 PMB-20 029073 WMB-20 029065 HMK-00 025195 14-1/2 (368.3) 5-3/8 (136.5) 38-1/4 (971.6) 6 (152.4) 7 (177.8)
Wall Mounting Kits (for models supplied with disconnect switch)
& CORROSIVE ENV.

U EXPLOSION PROOF
Q
R T
Wall Mounting Kits (for models supplied with disconnect switch)

Dimensions In. (mm)
Wt.
Heater Model PCN Q R T U Lbs. (kg)
7-7/8 31-1/16 30-1/8 6-15/16
CXH-A-03 to -10 WMBD-12 028880 26 (11.8)
(200.0) (789.0) (765.2) (176.2)
13-3/4 40-15/16 35-3/8 8-3/16
CHX-A-15 to -20 WMBD-16 028898 28 (12.7)
(349.3) (1039.8) (898.5) (208.0)
14-7/8 16-1/16 40-1/2 9-5/16
CHX-A-25 to -35 WMBD-20 028900 30 (13.6)
(377.8) (408.0) (1028.7) (236.5)
F-7
CXH-A
Explosion Proof
Blower Heater for
Hazardous Locations
(cont’d.)
Dimensions In. (mm)

2 E 2 D
11-1/16
B (281)
C
Heater Dimensions In. (mm)

Dimensions (In.)
Heater A B C D E (Mtg. Holes)

CXH-A-03 to -10 19-1/8 (485.8) 23-7/8 (606.4) 21 (533.4) 3-1/2 (88.9) 13-5/8 (346.1)
CXH-A-15 to -20 25 (635.0) 27-7/8 (708.0) 21 (533.4) 4-13/32 (111.9) 17-5/8 (447.7)
CXH-A-25 to -35 32-5/39 (816.1) 31-7/8 (809.6) 21-3/4 (552.5) 5-1/2 (139.7) 21-5/8 (549.3)
Notes —
A. E dimension mounting hole center to center.
B. Disconnect switch option increases B dimension by 7 inches (177.8 mm).
F-8
CXH-A Optional Controls & Disconnects

Built-in Adjustable Thermostat Built-in Disconnect Switch
Explosion Proof • Temperature range 50°F to 90˚F

(10˚C to 32˚C)
• 15, 30 or 60 Amp as required by
application
Blower Heater for • Adjustable control knob on exterior • Factory installed, eliminating field
Hazardous Locations of explosion-proof enclosure
• Mounted and wired to heater control
labor
• Meets National Electric Code (NEC)
(cont’d.) center Built-in Fan Switch
• Eliminates installation of wall • Allows fan only operation for cooling
thermostats and associated
explosion-proof conduit.
• Factory Installed

Electrical (60 Hz) Motor Air Delivery Ordering
Full Temp. Horiz. Mtg.
Load Control Air Flow Air Speed Rise Throw Height Wt.
kW Volts Phase Amps Volts Phase HP RPM f3/min (m3/hr) ft/min (m/min) ˚F (°C) Ft. (mm) Ft. (mm.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Standard Models
3 208 1 16.7 120 1 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-81-32-00-20EP NS 026008 135 (61.4)
3 208 3 9.7 120 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-83-32-00-20EP NS 026016 135 (61.4)
3 240 1 14.8 120 1 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-21-32-00-20EP NS 026024 135 (61.4)
3 240 3 8.6 120 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-23-32-00-20EP NS 026032 135 (61.4)
& CORROSIVE ENV.

EXPLOSION PROOF
3 480 3 4.3 120 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-43-32-00-20EP NS 026040 135 (61.4)
3 575 3 3.6 120 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-63-32-00-20EP NS 026059 135 (61.4)
3 208 1 16.7 24 1 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-81-30-00-20EP NS 026067 135 (61.4)
3 208 3 9.7 24 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-83-30-00-20EP NS 026075 135 (61.4)
3 240 1 14.8 24 1 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-21-30-00-20EP NS 026083 135 (61.4)
3 240 3 8.6 24 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-23-30-00-20EP NS 026091 135 (61.4)
3 480 3 4.3 24 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-43-30-00-20EP NS 026104 135 (61.4)
3 575 3 3.6 24 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 13 (7.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-03-63-30-00-20EP NS 026112 135 (61.4)
5 208 1 26.3 120 1 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-81-32-00-20EP NS 026120 135 (61.4)
5 208 3 15.3 120 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-83-32-00-20EP NS 026139 135 (61.4)
5 240 1 23.1 120 1 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-21-32-00-20EP NS 026147 135 (61.4)
5 240 3 13.4 120 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-23-32-00-20EP NS 026155 135 (61.4)
5 480 3 6.7 120 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-43-32-00-20EP S 026163 135 (61.4)
5 575 3 5.6 120 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-63-32-00-20EP NS 026171 135 (61.4)
5 208 1 26.3 24 1 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-81-30-00-20EP NS 026180 135 (61.4)
5 208 3 15.3 24 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-83-30-00-20EP NS 026198 135 (61.4)
5 240 1 23.1 24 1 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-21-30-00-20EP NS 026200 135 (61.4)
5 240 3 13.4 24 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-23-30-00-20EP NS 026219 135 (61.4)
5 480 3 6.7 24 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-43-30-00-20EP NS 026227 135 (61.4)
5 575 3 5.6 24 3 1/4 1,725 700 (1189) 900 (274.3) 22 (12.2) 28 (8.5) 8 (2.4) CXH-A-05-63-30-00-20EP NS 026235 135 (61.4)
7.5 208 1 38.4 120 1 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-81-32-00-20EP NS 026243 135 (61.4)
7.5 208 3 22.2 120 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-83-32-00-20EP NS 026251 135 (61.4)
7.5 240 1 33.6 120 1 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-21-32-00-20EP NS 026260 135 (61.4)
7.5 240 3 19.4 120 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-23-32-00-20EP NS 026278 135 (61.4)
7.5 480 3 9.7 120 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-43-32-00-20EP NS 026286 135 (61.4)
7.5 575 3 8.1 120 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-63-32-00-20EP NS 026294 135 (61.4)
7.5 208 1 38.4 24 1 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-81-30-00-20EP NS 026307 135 (61.4)
7.5 208 3 22.2 24 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-83-30-00-20EP NS 026315 135 (61.4)
7.5 240 1 33.6 24 1 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-21-30-00-20EP NS 026323 135 (61.4)
7.5 240 3 19.4 24 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-23-30-00-20EP NS 026331 135 (61.4)
7.5 480 3 9.7 24 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-43-30-00-20EP NS 026340 135 (61.4)
7.5 575 3 8.1 24 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 27 (15.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-07-63-30-00-20EP NS 026358 135 (61.4)
F-9
CXH-A
Explosion Proof
Blower Heater for
Hazardous Locations
(cont’d.)
Full Temp. Horiz. Mtg.

Load Control Air Flow Air Speed Rise Throw Height Wt.
kW Volts Phase Amps Volts Phase HP RPM f /min (m3/hr)
3
ft/min (m/min) ˚F (°C) Ft. (mm) Ft. (mm.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
10 240 1 44 120 1 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 36 (20.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-10-21-32-00-20EP NS 026374 140 (63.6)
10 240 3 25.5 120 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 36 (20.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-10-23-32-00-20EP NS 026382 140 (63.6)
10 480 3 12.7 120 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 36 (20.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-10-43-32-00-20EP S 025101 140 (63.6)
10 575 3 10.6 120 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 36 (20.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-10-63-32-00-20EP NS 026390 140 (63.6)
10 208 3 29.2 24 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 36 (20.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-10-83-30-00-20EP NS 026403 140 (63.6)
10 240 1 44 24 1 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 36 (20.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-10-21-30-00-20EP NS 026411 140 (63.6)
10 240 3 25.5 24 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 36 (20.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-10-23-30-00-20EP NS 026420 140 (63.6)
10 480 3 12.7 24 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 36 (20.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-10-43-30-00-20EP NS 026438 140 (63.6)
10 575 3 10.6 24 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 36 (20.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-10-63-30-00-20EP NS 026446 140 (63.6)
15 208 3 43 120 3 1/4 1,725 1450 (2464) 1040 (317.0) 31 (17.2) 47 (14.3) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-15-83-32-00-20EP NS 026454 160 (72.7)
15 240 3 37.5 120 3 1/4 1,725 1450 (2464) 1040 (317.0) 31 (17.2) 47 (14.3) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-15-23-32-00-20EP NS 026462 160 (72.7)
15 480 3 18.7 120 3 1/4 1,725 1450 (2464) 1040 (317.0) 31 (17.2) 47 (14.3) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-15-43-32-00-20EP S 026470 160 (72.7)
15 575 3 15.7 120 3 1/4 1,725 1450 (2464) 1040 (317.0) 31 (17.2) 47 (14.3) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-15-63-32-00-20EP NS 026489 160 (72.7)
15 208 3 43 24 3 1/4 1,725 1450 (2464) 1040 (317.0) 31 (17.2) 47 (14.3) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-15-83-30-00-20EP NS 026497 160 (72.7)
15 240 3 37.5 24 3 1/4 1,725 1450 (2464) 1040 (317.0) 31 (17.2) 47 (14.3) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-15-23-30-00-20EP NS 026500 160 (72.7)
15 480 3 18.7 24 3 1/4 1,725 1450 (2464) 1040 (317.0) 31 (17.2) 47 (14.3) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-15-43-30-00-20EP NS 026518 160 (72.7)
15 575 3 15.7 24 3 1/4 1,725 1450 (2464) 1040 (317.0) 31 (17.2) 47 (14.3) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-15-63-30-00-20EP NS 026526 160 (72.7)
18 240 3 44.7 120 3 1/4 1,725 1400 (2379) 1000 (304.8) 39 (21.7) 43 (13.1) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-18-23-32-00-20EP NS 026534 171 (77.7)
18 240 3 44.7 24 3 1/4 1,725 1400 (2379) 1000 (304.8) 39 (21.7) 43 (13.1) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-18-23-30-00-20EP NS 026542 171 (77.7)
20 480 3 24.8 120 3 1/4 1,725 1400 (2379) 1000 (304.8) 43 (23.9) 43 (13.1) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-20-43-32-00-20EP S 025110 171 (77.7)
20 575 3 20.7 120 3 1/4 1,725 1400 (2379) 1000 (304.8) 43 (23.9) 43 (13.1) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-20-63-32-00-20EP NS 026550 171 (77.7)
20 480 3 24.8 24 3 1/4 1,725 1400 (2379) 1000 (304.8) 43 (23.9) 43 (13.1) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-20-43-30-00-20EP NS 026569 171 (77.7)
20 575 3 20.7 24 3 1/4 1,725 1400 (2379) 1000 (304.8) 43 (23.9) 43 (13.1) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-20-63-30-00-20EP NS 026577 171 (77.7)
25 480 3 31.1 120 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 32 (17.8) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-25-43-32-00-20EP NS 028556 216 (98.2)
25 575 3 25.8 120 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 32 (17.8) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-25-63-32-00-20EP NS 028589 216 (98.2)
25 480 3 31.1 24 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 32 (17.8) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-25-43-30-00-20EP NS 028602 216 (98.2)
25 575 3 25.8 24 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 32 (17.8) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-25-63-30-00-20EP NS 028609 216 (98.2)
30 480 3 37.1 120 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 39 (21.7) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-30-43-32-00-20EP S 028564 216 (98.2)
30 575 3 30.2 120 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 39 (21.7) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-30-63-32-00-20EP NS 028615 216 (98.2)
30 480 3 37.1 24 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 39 (21.7) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-30-43-30-00-20EP NS 028620 216 (98.2)
30 575 3 30.2 24 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 39 (21.7) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-30-63-30-00-20EP NS 028625 216 (98.2)
35 480 3 43.1 120 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 45 (25.0) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-35-43-32-00-20EP NS 028572 216 (98.2)
35 575 3 36 120 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 45 (25.0) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-35-63-32-00-20EP NS 028605 216 (98.2)
35 480 3 43.1 24 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 45 (25.0) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-35-43-30-00-20EP NS 028612 216 (98.2)
35 575 3 36 24 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 45 (25.0) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-35-63-30-00-20EP NS 028617 216 (98.2)
Models with Built-In Thermostats
10 480 3 12.7 120 3 1/4 1,725 840 (1427) 1070 (326.1) 36 (20.0) 32 (9.8) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-10-43-32-40-20EP S 028580 150 (68.2)
20 480 3 24.8 120 3 1/4 1,725 1400 (2379) 1070 (326.1) 43 (23.9) 43 (13.1) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-20-43-32-40-20EP S 028599 161 (73.2)
25 480 3 31.1 120 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 32 (17.8) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-25-43-32-40-20EP NS 028601 216 (98.2)
30 480 3 37.1 120 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 39 (21.7) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-30-43-32-40-20EP S 028610 216 (98.2)
35 480 3 43.1 120 3 1/2 1,725 2330 (3959) 1070 (326.1) 45 (25.0) 54 (16.5) 10 (3.0) CXH-A-35-43-32-40-20EP S – 216 (98.2)

F-10
CVEP
Explosion Proof
Convection Heater
• 1.6 - 9 kW
• 5,459 - 30,708 Btuh
• 120, 208, 240, 277, 480 and
575 Volt
• 1 & 3 Phase
Dimensions (Inches)
• Built-in & Prewired Control
Options
A
9
• UL Listed and CSA Certified for
Class 1, Division 1 or 2, Group
B, C & D Environments
• ATEX and EAC Models Available B
3-1/4
5-1/8
Description C
Type CVEP explosion proof convection heater

is designed to provide a rugged, corrosion- Dimensions (Inches) Designed for Areas Classified
resistant heat source for areas where volatile
flammable liquids, gases or vapors are pres- kW A B C • Class I, Division 1 or 2, Groups B, C, D
ent. All basic models without controls are 1.6, 1.8 and 3.6 34 20 9
UL listed and CSA certified for use in areas 3.2 and 7.6 58 20 9 • Temperature Code T3A 180°C (356°F) or
4.0, 4.5 and 9.0 70 20 9 T2A 280°C (536°F)
designated as Class 1, Division 1 or 2 Group
& CORROSIVE ENV.

EXPLOSION PROOF
B, C or D locations. II2G Ex d IIB T2-T3
Construction
Applications Optional Features (Factory Installed)
Cabinet — Sloped top, constructed of heavy
• Petroleum Refineries, Gasoline Storage and 16 gauge steel, polyester powder coated for • Thermostat
Dispensing Areas maximum corrosion resistance. • Magnetic Contactor
• Industrial Areas Using Flammable Liquids Explosion Proof Junction Box — For conduit • Control Voltage Transformer
in Dip Tanks entry and ease of power wiring.
• Petroleum Refineries Heating Elements — Sealed, metal sheath,
Advantages
• Dry Cleaning Plants heavy-duty, low watt density, enclosed high • Easy Installation
grade resistance wire embedded in MgO
• Utility and Natural Gas Plants refractory core. Elements are inserted in a • Clean, Safer Heat Source
copper tube with aluminum fins.
• Aircraft Hangers/Fueling Areas • Pre-Wired Control Options
• Solvent Extraction Plants Features • Long Life
• Storage Areas for Flammable Products or Integral Mounting Brackets allow for easy wall
Batteries installation.
• Sewage Treatment Plants Sloped Top Cabinet ensures maximum ventila-

tion by preventing objects from being placed
• Hydrogen Atmospheres on the top which would restrict air flow.
Refer to WR-80EP
F-11
CVEP
Explosion Proof Model Explosion Proof Convection Heater
CVEP
Convection Heater Code Watts
(cont’d.)

16
18
1600
1800

40
45
4000
4500
32 3200 76 7600
Ordering Information 36 3600 90 9000
To Order — Complete the Model Code Voltage
Number using the Matrix provided. 1 120 6 575
2 240 7 277
Power & Temp. Control Options 3 380 8 208
4 480 9 600
Power Control Thermostat Figure 5 415
Combination Option Number
00 00 1 Code Phase
00 401 5 1 Single
00 422 2 3 Three
30 - 35 00 4
30 - 35 40 5 Code Power Control Options (See Options Table)
30 - 35 42 3 00 no transformer no contactor
30 (24V) transformer and contactor
1
Thermostat option: 40 31 no transformer with contactor(24V)
Temperature range: 40˚ - 90˚F 32 (120V) transformer and contactor
Electrical Rating: 25 Amp 24V, 120V, 240V 33 no transformer with contactor(120V)
AC 22 Amp 277 VAC
Higher Voltage or 3 34 no transformer with contactor(208/240V)
phase requires magnetic 35 no transformer with contactor(277V)
contactor option and
transformer Code Thermo/Class Options (See Options Table)
2
Thermostat option: 42 00 no thermo B, C & D
Temperature range: 50˚ - 90˚F
Electrical Rating: 22 Amps 125/277 VAC 40 thermo in box B, C & D
Higher Voltage or 3 42 thermo C & D
phase requires magnetic
contactor option and
transformer
CVEP 16 1
1
30 42 Typical Model Number
CE approved models available. Contact your Chromalox representative.
Dimensions (Inches)
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5

1" NPT 1" NPT 1" NPT
3/4" NPT
3/4" NPT
7 7-5/8 8-7/8 8-7/8 8-7/8
F-12

CVEP kW
Electrical
Volts Phase Amps Btuh Model Stock PCN
Wt.
(Lbs.)
Convection Heater Temperature Code T3A (356°F, 180°C) Group B, C, and D
1.6 208 1 7.7 5,500 CVEP-16-81-00-00 NS 088336 58
For Hazardous 1.6
1.6
208
240
3
1
4.5
6.7
5,500
5,500
CVEP-16-83-00-00
CVEP-16-21-00-00
NS
NS
086844
086852
58
58
Locations 1.6
1.6
240
277
3
1
3.8
5.8
5,500
5,500
CVEP-16-23-00-00
CVEP-16-71-00-00
NS
NS
086860
086879
58
58
1.6 480 1 3.3 5,500 CVEP-16-41-00-00 NS 086887 58
1.6 480 3 1.9 5,500 CVEP-16-43-00-00 NS 086895 58
1.6 575 1 2.8 5,500 CVEP-16-61-00-00 NS 086908 58
3.2 208 1 15.4 11,000 CVEP-32-81-00-00 NS 086916 94
3.2 208 3 9.0 11,000 CVEP-32-83-00-00 NS 086924 94
3.2 240 1 13.3 11,000 CVEP-32-21-00-00 NS 086932 94
3.2 240 3 7.7 11,000 CVEP-32-23-00-00 NS 086940 94
3.2 277 1 11.6 11,000 CVEP-32-71-00-00 NS 086959 94
3.2 480 1 6.7 11,000 CVEP-32-41-00-00 NS 086967 94
3.2 480 3 3.8 11,000 CVEP-32-43-00-00 NS 086975 94
3.2 575 1 5.6 11,000 CVEP-32-61-00-00 NS 086983 94
4 208 1 19.2 13,600 CVEP-40-81-00-00 NS 086991 112
4 208 3 11.1 13,600 CVEP-40-83-00-00 NS 087003 112
4 240 1 16.7 13,600 CVEP-40-21-00-00 NS 087011 112
4 240 3 9.6 13,600 CVEP-40-23-00-00 NS 087020 112
4 277 1 14.4 13,600 CVEP-40-71-00-00 NS 087038 112
4 480 1 8.3 13,600 CVEP-40-41-00-00 NS 087046 112
4 480 3 4.8 13,600 CVEP-40-43-00-00 NS 087054 112
4 575 1 7 13,600 CVEP-40-61-00-00 NS 087062 112
Temperature Code T2A (536°F, 280°C) Group B, C, and D
1.8 120 1 15 6,140 CVEP-18-11-00-00 NS 028759 46
1.8 208 1 8.7 6,140 CVEP-18-81-00-00 NS 028767 46
1.8 208 3 5 6,140 CVEP-18-83-00-00 NS 028775 46
1.8 240 1 7.5 6,140 CVEP-18-21-00-00 S 028783 46
1.8 240 3 4.4 6,140 CVEP-18-23-00-00 NS 028791 46
1.8 277 1 6.5 6,140 CVEP-18-71-00-00 NS 028804 46
1.8 480 1 3.7 6,140 CVEP-18-41-00-00 NS 028812 46
1.8 480 3 2.2 6,140 CVEP-18-43-00-00 NS 028820 46
3.6 208 1 17.3 12,300 CVEP-36-81-00-00 S 087070 58
3.6 208 3 10 12,300 CVEP-36-83-00-00 NS 087089 58
3.6 240 1 15 12,300 CVEP-36-21-00-00 S 087097 58
3.6 240 3 8.7 12,300 CVEP-36-23-00-00 NS 087100 58
3.6 277 1 13 12,300 CVEP-36-71-00-00 NS 087118 58
3.6 480 1 7.5 12,300 CVEP-36-41-00-00 S 087126 58
3.6 480 3 4.3 12,300 CVEP-36-43-00-00 NS 087134 58
& CORROSIVE ENV.

EXPLOSION PROOF
3.6 575 1 6.3 12,300 CVEP-36-61-00-00 NS 087142 58
7.6 208 1 36.5 24,000 CVEP-76-81-00-00 NS 085913 94
7.6 208 3 21.1 24,000 CVEP-76-83-00-00 NS 085921 94
7.6 240 1 31.7 24,000 CVEP-76-21-00-00 S 085930 94
7.6 240 3 18.3 24,000 CVEP-76-23-00-00 NS 085948 94
7.6 277 1 27.4 24,000 CVEP-76-71-00-00 NS 085956 94
7.6 480 1 15.8 24,000 CVEP-76-41-00-00 NS 085964 94
7.6 480 3 9.2 24,000 CVEP-76-43-00-00 NS 085972 94
7.6 575 1 13.2 24,000 CVEP-76-61-00-00 NS 085980 94
9 208 1 43.3 30,700 CVEP-90-81-00-00 NS 087230 112
9 208 3 25 30,700 CVEP-90-83-00-00 NS 087249 112
9 240 1 37.5 30,700 CVEP-90-21-00-00 NS 087257 112
9 240 3 21.7 30,700 CVEP-90-23-00-00 NS 087265 112
9 277 1 32.5 30,700 CVEP-90-71-00-00 NS 087273 112
9 480 1 18.8 30,700 CVEP-90-41-00-00 NS 087281 112
9 480 3 10.8 30,700 CVEP-90-43-00-00 NS 087290 112
9 575 1 15.7 30,700 CVEP-90-61-00-00 NS 087302 112
Stock CVEP with Built-in Thermostat
1.8 120 1 15 6,140 CVEP-18-11-00-42 S 028839 59
1.8 208 1 8.7 6,140 CVEP-18-81-00-42 S 028847 59
1.8 240 1 7.5 6,140 CVEP-18-21-00-42 NS 028855 59
1.8 277 1 6.5 6,140 CVEP-18-71-00-42 NS 028863 59
1.8 480 1 3.7 6,140 CVEP-18-41-32-421 NS 028871 69
3.6 208 1 17.3 12,300 CVEP-36-81-00-42 S 028644 60
3.6 240 1 15 12,300 CVEP-36-21-00-42 S 028660 60
3.6 480 1 7.5 12,300 CVEP-36-41-32-42 1
NS 028652 70
CE approved models available. Contact your Chromalox representative.
Note —
1. Includes control transformer and contactor
2. Other sizes and configurations available, contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
F-13
INDUSTRIAL AIR HEATERS
XPMC
Explosion Proof
Enclosure Heater
• 120V-240V
• Maximum 600W
• Anodized Aluminum
• 6" & 12" Lengths Available
• 0, 1, or 2 sets of Heat Sinks
12", 2 Heat Sinks 12", 2 Heat Sinks 6", No Heat Sinks
• Available with or without ambient with Adjustable with Fixed
thermostat Thermostat Thermostat
• Ambient Thermostats
• 70°F (21˚C) Open at 70˚F
(21˚C) close at 50˚F (10˚C)
• 100°F (38˚C) Open at 100˚F
(38˚C) close at 80˚F (27˚C) Description Applications
• Adjustable, 50°F to 90°F
XPMC Enclosure Heaters are specifically de- • Instrumentation Control Panels
(10°C to 32°C)
signed to provide convective and radiant heat for • Petrochemical plants
• CSA Certified; Class I, Div 1&2, freeze protection and condensation evaporation • Chemical Plants
Groups B, C, D in localized, hazardous location areas where • On-shore and Off-shore Oil Rigs
combustible chemicals, solvents, gases or • Motor Control Centers
* Adjustable Thermostat Rated for Groups liquids may be present. The XPMC construction
C&D Only, All Other Units Rated for C1, D1 features an anodized aluminum finned extru- • Pump Station Houses
& 2, B, C, D sion body, with heat sinks. This is heated by a • Safety Storage Cabinets for volatiles and
Chromalox cartridge heater that is engineered chemicals
to yield a precise surface temperature and ex-
ceptionally long life. The units may be ordered • Utility Gas Plants – Storage of LNG and Natural
with body only, with body + 1 heat sink or with Gas
2 heat sinks. Each additional heat sink increases
the maximum wattage of the unit. Depending
on the size of the area to be heated multiples of Advantages
XPMC heaters can be used in tandem to achieve
higher aggregate wattages and maintain required • Allows for heat to be provided in areas other-
temperature T ratings. wise inaccessible for other models
• Higher wattages than the competition
The number of Heat Sinks may be adjusted to • Available in 3 different T-ratings
suit the wattage and T-rating required. Units
• cCSAus certified for hazardous locations
may be ordered in 6" or 12" lengths from 120V
• Excellent for freeze and condensation protec-
to 240V.
tion.
Temperature ratings of T2, T3 and T3C are
available.
F-14
XPMC Ordering Information

Explosion Proof Watts Volts
Length
In. (mm)
Heat
Sinks Model Stock PCN
Wt.
(Lbs.)
Enclosure Heater Temperature Code T3 (392°F, 200°C) Class 1, Div 1, Group B, C and D
100 120 6 (152.4) 0 XPMC-6101T3 S 700015 6
(cont’d.) 150
225
120
120
6 (152.4)
6 (152.4)
1
2
XPMC-6111T3
XPMC-6121T3
NS
S
700023
700031
7
9
200 120 12 (304.8) 0 XPMC-12101T3 NS 700040 8
300 120 12 (304.8) 1 XPMC-12111T3 NS 700058 11
400 120 12 (304.8) 2 XPMC-12121T3 S 700066 14
100 240 6 (152.4) 0 XPMC-6201T3 NS 700074 6
150 240 6 (152.4) 1 XPMC-6211T3 NS 700082 7
225 240 6 (152.4) 2 XPMC-6221T3 NS 700090 9
200 240 12 (304.8) 0 XPMC-12201T3 NS 700103 8
300 240 12 (304.8) 1 XPMC-12211T3 NS 700111 11
400 240 12 (304.8) 2 XPMC-12221T3 NS 700120 14
Temperature Code T2 (572°F, 300°C) Class 1, Div 1, Group B, C and D
150 120 6 (152.4) 0 XPMC-6101T2 NS 700138 6
250 120 6 (152.4) 1 XPMC-6111T2 NS 700146 7
350 120 6 (152.4) 2 XPMC-6121T2 NS 700154 9
300 120 12 (304.8) 0 XPMC-12101T2 NS 700162 8
400 120 12 (304.8) 1 XPMC-12111T2 NS 700170 11
500 120 12 (304.8) 2 XPMC-12121T2 S 700189 14
150 240 6 (152.4) 0 XPMC-6201T2 NS 700197 6
250 240 6 (152.4) 1 XPMC-6211T2 NS 700200 7
350 240 6 (152.4) 2 XPMC-6221T2 NS 700218 9
300 240 12 (304.8) 0 XPMC-12201T2 NS 700226 8
400 240 12 (304.8) 1 XPMC-12211T2 NS 700234 11
500 240 12 (304.8) 2 XPMC-12221T2 NS 700242 14
600 480 12 (304.8) 2 XPMC-12425T2 NS 700250 16
Temperature Code T3C (320°F, 160°C) Class 1, Div 1, Group B,C and D
80 120 6 (152.4) 0 XPMC-6101T3C NS 025857 6
120 120 6 (152.4) 1 XPMC-6111T3C NS 025865 7
225 120 6 (152.4) 2 XPMC-6121T3C NS 025873 9
& CORROSIVE ENV.

EXPLOSION PROOF
150 120 12 (304.8) 0 XPMC-12101T3C NS 025881 8
260 120 12 (304.8) 1 XPMC-12111T3C NS 025890 11
275 120 12 (304.8) 2 XPMC-12121T3C NS 025902 14
80 240 6 (152.4) 0 XPMC-6201T3C NS 025910 6
120 240 6 (152.4) 1 XPMC-6211T3C NS 025929 7
225 240 6 (152.4) 2 XPMC-6221T3C NS 025937 9
150 240 12 (304.8) 0 XPMC-12201T3C NS 025945 8
260 240 12 (304.8) 1 XPMC-12211T3C NS 025953 11
275 240 12 (304.8) 2 XPMC-12221T3C NS 025961 14
To Order—Specify model, volts, heat sinks, kW, PCN and quantity.
Mounting Hardware
Model Stock PCN Wt. (Lbs.)

PC4683-1 S 124011 1
F-15
XPMC
Explosion Proof
Enclosure Heater
(cont’d.)
Dimensions – mm (In.)
Length Code L A
6 151.8 (6) 60.3 (2-3/8)
12 303.6 (12) 136.5 (5-3/8)
XPMC- Explosion Proof Convection Heater

Ordering Information Code Length
6 6"
Complete the Model Number using the
Matrix provided. 12 12"
Code Volts
1 120V
2 240V
Code # of Heatsinks
0 None
1 1 side
2 2 sides
Code Ambient Thermostat
0 None
1 70 (Standard)
2 100
3* Adjustable Thermostat
Code T-Rating
T2 T2 Rated
T3C T3C Rated
T3 T3 Rated
XPMC- 6 1 0 1 T2 Typical Model Number
F-16
HD3D
Hose Down Corrosion
Resistant Blower Heater
• 2 - 39 kW
• 6,800 - 133,110 Btuh
• 120, 208, 240, 277, 480

and 575 Volt (up to 690V
available without 3rd party)
Selector Switch and Pilot Light
• 1 & 3 Phase
• Built-in Controls
• Vertical or Horizontal Airflow
• Wall or Ceiling Mounted Description Applications

Configurations
This reliable, rugged, self-contained HD3D Waste Water Treatment Plants, Coal Handling
heater is an ideal heat source for freeze protec- Areas, Food Processing Plants, Foundries,
Advantages tion or comfort heat in dusty/dirty/corrosive Steel Mills, Cement Plants, Ships, Construc-
non-hazardous environments. Standard HD3D tion Sites, Car Washes, Swimming Pool
Because it has an adjustable discharge grille to heaters include low profile stainless steel wall/ Areas, Canneries, Hose Down (for cleaning).
direct air flow, and can be wall or ceiling (plus ceiling mounting brackets that can be used to Corrosion Resistant for Harsh Environments
swivel) mounted, the HD3D heater may be mount directly to a wall for horizontal airflow and Dairies.
used in a variety of heating applications: perpendicular to the wall. These brackets can
• Primary Heating also be used to mount the heater directly to the
ceiling for vertical airflow.
• Supplementary Heating
• Dual System Heating Dimensions In. (mm)
& CORROSIVE ENV.

EXPLOSION PROOF
kW Volts Phase A B C
• Spot Heating
2.0 - 7.5 All 1, 3 13-1/2 (342.9) 24-1/2 (622.3) 15 (381.0)
• Entryway Air-Curtain Heating 10.0 - 20.0 All 1, 3 17-1/4 (438.2) 28 (711.2) 15-1/8 (384.2)
25.0 - 39.0 480, 575 3 21-1/4 (539.8) 32-1/4 (819.2) 19-1/2 (495.3)
• Freeze Protection
Dimensions In. (mm)

Ceiling Ceiling Ceiling Ceiling
9"(229mm) 9"(229mm) 12"

8” Min. 1-1/2" (305mm)
(203mm) Min.
(38mm) Min
Wall Wall
Wall Wall
B
8”
(203mm) 8"
Min. (203mm) 18"
Min. (457mm)
10' Min
C A (3.0m)
7'(2.1m) 7'(2.1m) Min.
Min. Min.
Floor Floor Floor Floor
F-17
HD3D
Hose Down Corrosion
Resistant Blower Heater
(cont’d.)
Construction Features Accessories

Roll Formed Case is constructed of 20 gauge Transformer provides a 120V control circuit Universal Swivel Wall & Ceiling Brackets
corrosion resistant type 304 stainless steel. (24V optional). Standard on all units except 2 Ordering Information
kW and 3 kW, 120V. Stock
Adjustable Discharge Grille directs air flow Model PCN Used With Status
up or down as needed. Heavy Duty Contactors for heating circuit and USB-1 520604 HD3D 200 to 750 S
motor are included. (Not furnished on 120V, 2 USB-2 520612 HD3D 1000 to 2000 S
NEMA 4X Control Enclosure houses the heater and 3 kW units) USB-3 520620 HD3D 2500 to 4000 S
controls, contactors and control voltage trans-
former, easily accessible from front of heater. Automatic Reset Thermal Cutout is provided
for fast heat response and overheat protection.
Heating Elements — High quality, long-life,
Stainless Steel Fintube® (type 316) offers Fan Time Delay Relay dissipates residual heat External Drip Sheilds
maximum resistance to corrosion. build-up after shutdown. Ordering Information
Stock
Totally Enclosed Motor — The motor is Low Profile Fixed Wall & Ceiling Mounting Model PCN Used With Status
permanently lubricated, ball bearing type and Bracket (Non Swiveling) HD3DS-1 520639 HD3D 200 to 750 S
is epoxy painted for moisture and corrosion HD3DS-2 520647 HD3D 1000 to 2000 S
resistance. HD3DS-3 520655 HD3D 2500 to 4000 S
Dynamically Balanced Fan — Aluminum fan Optional Features

is epoxy coated and provides optimum air flow
across the heating elements. • Integral Thermostat* Field Installable Disconnect Kit
• 40°F to 100°F (4.4°C to 37.8°C) The disconnect kit consists of a complete
• Pilot Light* liquid tight assembly, including a 3-pole 48
• Green Indicates Power On Amp Switch, power terminal block and all
the hardware to mount to the main heater
• Selector Switch (3 position) — Heater On,* enclosure. Positive action to remove all power
Off or Fan Only Operation for Heater from enclosure.
• Manual Reset Cutout Ordering Information
• Epoxy Painted Stainless Steel Case Stock
Model PCN Used With Status
• 24V Control Circuit DS-50HD 520663 All S
F-18
HD3D Hose Down Corrosion Resistant Blower Heater (cont’d.)

Full Air Flow Air Speed Temp. Horiz. Mtg.
Load Control f3/min ft/min Rise Throw Ht.** Wt.
kW Volts Phase Amps Volts Phase HP RPM CFM (m3/hr) (m/min) °F (°C) Ft.(m) Ft.(m) Model Stock PCN Lbs. (kg)
2 120 1 17.5 115 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 21 (11.7) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-200 NS 520014 45 (20.5)
2 208 1 10 208 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 21 (11.7) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-200 NS 520022 45 (20.5)
2 240 1 9 240 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 21 (11.7) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-200 NS 520030 45 (20.5)
2 277 1 7.5 277 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 21 (11.7) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-200 NS 520049 45 (20.5)
3 120 1 25.5 115 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 31 (17.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-300 NS 520057 45 (20.5)
3 208 1 15 208 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 31 (17.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-300 NS 520065 45 (20.5)
3 240 1 13 240 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 31 (17.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-300 NS 520073 45 (20.5)
3 277 1 11.5 277 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 31 (17.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-300 NS 520081 45 (20.5)
5 208 1 24.5 208 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 40 (22.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-500 NS 520090 50 (22.7)
5 240 1 21.5 240 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 40 (22.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-500 NS 520102 50 (22.7)
5 277 1 18.5 277 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 40 (22.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-500 NS 520110 50 (22.7)
5 480 1 11 480 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 40 (22.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-500 NS 520129 50 (22.7)
5 208 3 14.5 208 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 40 (22.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-500 NS 520137 50 (22.7)
5 240 3 12.5 240 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 40 (22.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-500 NS 520145 50 (22.7)
5 480 3 6.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 40 (22.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-500† S 520153 50 (22.7)
5 480 3 6.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 40 (22.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-500 TSP*† S 520161 51 (23.2)
5 575 3 5.5 575 1 1/15 1,050 405 405 (688) 430 (131.1) 40 (22.2) 12 (3.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-500 NS 520170 50 (22.7)
7.5 208 1 36.5 208 1 1/15 1,050 590 590 (1002) 640 (195.1) 37 (20.6) 13 (4.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-750 NS 520188 50 (22.7)
7.5 240 1 31.5 240 1 1/15 1,050 590 590 (1002) 640 (195.1) 37 (20.6) 13 (4.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-750 NS 520196 50 (22.7)
7.5 277 1 27.5 277 1 1/15 1,050 590 590 (1002) 640 (195.1) 37 (20.6) 13 (4.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-750 NS 520209 50 (22.7)
7.5 480 1 16 480 1 1/15 1,050 590 590 (1002) 640 (195.1) 37 (20.6) 13 (4.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-750 NS 520217 50 (22.7)
7.5 208 3 21 208 1 1/15 1,050 590 590 (1002) 640 (195.1) 37 (20.6) 13 (4.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-750 NS 520225 50 (22.7)
7.5 240 3 18.5 240 1 1/15 1,050 590 590 (1002) 640 (195.1) 37 (20.6) 13 (4.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-750 NS 520233 50 (22.7)
7.5 480 3 9.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 590 590 (1002) 640 (195.1) 37 (20.6) 13 (4.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-750† S 520241 50 (22.7)
7.5 480 3 9.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 590 590 (1002) 640 (195.1) 37 (20.6) 13 (4.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-750 TSP*† S 520250 51 (23.2)
7.5 575 3 8 575 1 1/15 1,050 590 590 (1002) 640 (195.1) 37 (20.6) 13 (4.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-750 NS 520268 50 (22.7)
10 240 1 42 240 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 40 (12.2) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1000 NS 520276 60 (27.3)
10 277 1 36.5 277 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 40 (12.2) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1000 NS 520284 60 (27.3)
10 480 1 21 480 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 40 (12.2) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1000 NS 520292 60 (27.3)
10 208 3 28 208 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 40 (12.2) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1000 NS 520305 60 (27.3)
10 240 3 24.5 240 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 40 (12.2) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1000 NS 520313 60 (27.3)
10 480 3 12.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 40 (12.2) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1000† S 520321 60 (27.3)
10 480 3 12.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 40 (12.2) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1000 TSP*† S 520330 61 (27.7)
& CORROSIVE ENV.

EXPLOSION PROOF
10 575 3 10.5 575 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 40 (12.2) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1000 NS 520348 60 (27.3)
12.5 277 1 45.5 277 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 36 (11.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1250 NS 520356 60 (27.3)
12.5 480 1 26.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 36 (11.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1250 NS 520364 60 (27.3)
12.5 208 3 35 208 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 36 (11.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1250 NS 520372 60 (27.3)
12.5 240 3 30.5 240 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 36 (11.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1250 NS 520380 60 (27.3)
12.5 480 3 15.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 36 (11.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1250 NS 520399 60 (27.3)
12.5 575 3 13 575 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 1180 (2005) 800 (243.8) 28 (15.6) 36 (11.0) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1250 NS 520401 60 (27.3)
15 480 1 31.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 1330 (2260) 900 (274.3) 32 (17.8) 45 (13.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1500 NS 520410 60 (27.3)
15 208 3 42 208 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 1330 (2260) 900 (274.3) 32 (17.8) 45 (13.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1500 NS 520428 60 (27.3)
15 240 3 36.5 240 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 1330 (2260) 900 (274.3) 32 (17.8) 45 (13.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1500 NS 520436 60 (27.3)
15 480 3 18.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 1330 (2260) 900 (274.3) 32 (17.8) 45 (13.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1500† S 520444 60 (27.3)
15 480 3 18.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 1330 (2260) 900 (274.3) 32 (17.8) 45 (13.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1500 TSP*† S 520452 61 (27.7)
15 575 3 15.5 575 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 1330 (2260) 900 (274.3) 32 (17.8) 45 (13.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-1500 NS 520460 60 (27.3)
19.5 240 3 47.5 240 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 1330 (2260) 900 (274.3) 42 (23.3) 45 (13.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-2000 NS 520479 60 (27.3)
20 480 1 42 480 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 1330 (2260) 900 (274.3) 42 (23.3) 45 (13.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-2000 NS 520487 60 (27.3)
20 480 3 24.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 1330 (2260) 900 (274.3) 42 (23.3) 45 (13.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-2000† S 520495 60 (27.3)
20 480 3 24.5 480 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 1330 (2260) 900 (274.3) 42 (23.3) 45 (13.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-2000 TSP*† S 520508 61 (27.7)
20 575 3 20.5 575 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 1330 (2260) 900 (274.3) 42 (23.3) 45 (13.7) 7 (2.1) HD3D-2000 NS 520516 60 (27.3)
25 480 3 30.5 480 3 1/3 1,725 2,700 2700 (4587) 1110 (338.3) 31 (17.2) 48 (14.6) 7 (2.1) HD3D-2500 S 520524 80 (36.4)
25 575 3 25.5 575 3 1/3 1,550 1,800 1800 (3058) 740 (225.6) 42 (23.3) 48 (14.6) 7 (2.1) HD3D-2500 NS 520532 80 (36.4)
30 480 3 36.5 480 3 1/3 1,725 2,700 2700 (4587) 1110 (338.3) 37 (20.6) 48 (14.6) 7 (2.1) HD3D-3000 S 520540 80 (36.4)
30 575 3 30.5 575 3 1/3 1,550 1,800 1800 (3058) 740 (225.6) 50 (27.8) 48 (14.6) 7 (2.1) HD3D-3000 NS 520559 80 (36.4)
35 480 3 42.5 480 3 1/3 1,725 2,700 2700 (4587) 1110 (338.3) 43 (23.9) 48 (14.6) 7 (2.1) HD3D-3500 NS 520567 80 (36.4)
35 575 3 35.5 575 3 1/3 1,550 1,800 1800 (3058) 740 (225.6) 57 (31.7) 48 (14.6) 7 (2.1) HD3D-3500 NS 520575 80 (36.4)
39 480 3 47.5 480 3 1/3 1,725 2,700 2700 (4587) 1110 (338.3) 50 (27.8) 48 (14.6) 7 (2.1) HD3D-4000 S 520583 80 (36.4)
39 575 3 39.5 575 3 1/3 1,550 1,800 1800 (3058) 740 (225.6) 65 (36.1) 48 (14.6) 7 (2.1) HD3D-4000 NS 520591 80 (36.4)
*HD3D Series heaters with TSP suffix includes thermostat, selector switch and pilot light.
†
Models can be field re-wired for use on single phase
**Mounting height if mounted for horizontal airflow. For vertical mounting, minimum height is 10'.
F-19
7150
Pump House
Convection Heater
• 500 Watts
Dimensions (Inches)
• 1,706 Btuh
17-3/8
• 120 and 240 Volt 16-7/8
1/4" Dia. (4 Pls.)
• Single Phase
1-1/2 3-13/16
5-1/2
2
7/8" Dia. K.O.
2-1/4
Description Construction
CPHH pump house heaters provide around Control Enclosure — Heavy gauge formed
the clock freeze protection or heat anywhere steel corrosion treated and painted with a
it’s needed. The heater features a built-in hybrid polyester epoxy coating.
thermostat and can be left unattended all Heating Element — Cast aluminum heating
winter long. The rugged cast grid heating ele- grid.
ment can withstand most any environment.
Control — Built-in bimetallic adjustable ther-
Applications mostat with 40 to 80°F range.
• Boiler Rooms CAUTION — Not intended for use where

flammable vapors, gases, liquids or other
• Water Pump Sheds (golf course) combustible atmospheres are present.
• Garage Grease Pits Advantages

• Equipment Buildings • Long Life
• Control Panels • Self Contained
• For Unattended Locations

Electrical Dimensions (In.) Ordering
No. Wt.
Watts Volts Elem. Amps Btuh Height Width Depth Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
500 120 1 4.2 1,707 2-1/2 18-7/8 6-1/8 7150B11 S 350190 5
500/375 240/208 1 2.1 1,707 2-1/2 18-7/8 6-1/8 7150B31 NS 350203 5
F-20
LUH
Horizontal
Blower Heater
• 2.6 - 45 kW
• 8,900 - 153,000 Btuh
• 208, 240, 277, 480 and 600 Volt
• 1 or 3 Phase
• Wall or Ceiling Mounted

Configurations
Fan Motor — Totally enclosed fan motor is Optional Features (Factory Installed
rated for continuous duty with built-in thermal or Field Installation Kits)
cutout and operates on same voltage as the
Description heating circuit. • Summer Fan Switch Kit — Field installable
Type LUH self-contained heater provides quiet, Dynamically Balanced Fan is attached with for circulating warm stratified air. Available
reliable fan-forced heating in all types of com- rubber vibration insulators for smooth, quiet for all models.
mercial and industrial applications. operation. Blade pitch is carefully selected so
• Thermostat Kit — Field installable on all
that the volume of air moved results in the
models. Range 40°F - 100°F.
Applications optimum discharge air temperature.
• Power Disconnect Kit — Field installable
• Shipping and Receiving Areas Features switch enables power to be disconnected
• Pump Houses while servicing heater. 63, 80 and 100 Amp
• Sub-divided Circuits with Individual Fuse
models available. Mounts in the back of the
• Power Generating Stations Protection — Standard on all heaters with
heater.
a total current draw of 48 Amps or greater.
• Aircraft Hangers The fuse compartment is conveniently • Ceiling Bracket
located for easy access. (shown above)
• Factories
• Integral 120V Control Transformer — • Wall Mounting Bracket
INDUSTRIAL
• Warehouses
Standard on 480V models, eliminates the
• Garages need for an external control source (24V Advantages
optional).
Construction • Self Contained
• Heavy Duty Magnetic Contactors are stan-
Die Formed Cabinet — Heavy 18 gauge dard on all models. • Versatile, Flexible and High Performance
steel, phosphate undercoated for corrosion • Easy Installation
resistance and finished in almond polyester • Thermal Cutouts open the control circuit
powder coat. and disconnect power to the heating ele- • Minimum Maintenance
ments if overheating occurs. Automatic
Louvers — Individually adjustable louvers Reset allows the control circuit to reclose • Long Life
direct air flow up or down as needed. and restore power when temperature returns • Attractive Appearance
Fintube Heating Elements have corrosion to normal.
resistant steel fins that are furnace brazed to Because it has individually adjustable dis-
• Field Convertible — Combination 208/240V charge louvers to direct air flow,
the tubular element to assure long life and
and 1 or 3 phase operation through 10 kW. and can be wall or ceiling (plus swivel)
superior heat transfer.
• Mounting Configurations — Recessed mounted, the LUH heater may be used
welded fasteners on top of the heater cabinet in a variety of heating applications:
are internally threaded for suspension of unit • Primary Heating
with threaded rods. Ceiling and Universal
Wall Swivel brackets are optional. The ceil- • Supplementary Heating
ing bracket lets you mount heater directly
• Dual System Heating
to ceiling or over-head member, simply and
Refer to easily. The swivel mounting allows you to • Spot Heating
WR-80, RTC, WR-90 readily adjust the direction of warm air flow
in the Controls section. • Entryway Air-Curtain Heating
for maximum comfort up to 180 degrees.
F-21
LUH
Horizontal Blower Heater (cont’d.)
Dimensions (Inches)
F (4) Welded fasteners2 Wall Mounted Universal Bracket R
for threaded rod
J S
mounting to (4) 13/32" dia. wall
overhead steel. mounting holes.1
I
Stop for limiting rotation. P
G H Swivel bolt permits heater to be

6" K rotated to face desired direction.
Min. Four bolts are provided for field attach-
to Wall ment of swivel bracket to
Q
welded fasteners on top of unit.
Wall A
Line Minimum mounting height
Min. is 7 feet from floor.
to Wall T
E C
B D 6"
Ceiling Mounted
N W
(1) 11/16" dia. V M
swivel U
Wall Mounted Heaters mounting
Dimensions (In.) hole.
Wall Wt.
Heater P Q R S T Bracket PCN Stock (Lbs.)
LUH-02 to -05 1-3/4 21-1/2 6-3/4 5-1/2 14-15/16 WUH-01A 303474 S 3 A
LUH-07, 10, 12, 15 2 28-7/16 9-1/2 8-3/8 22-1/4 WUH-02 300484 S 5
LUH-20, 25 2 32 9-1/2 8-3/8 22-1/4 WUH-02 300484 S 7
LUH-30, 35, 40, 45 5-1/2 28-11/16 5 3-1/2 33-1/4 WUH-03 300492 S 10 Notes —
1. Wall mounting fasteners to be supplied by customer.
2. Threaded rod to be supplied by customer.
Ceiling Mounted Heaters
Dimensions (In.)
Ceiling Wt.
Heater A B C D E F G H I J K M N U V W Bracket PCN Stock (Lbs.)
LUH-02 to -05 16 13-1/8 8-7/8 11-5/8 10-3/4 9-3/4 5-1/2 3-13/16 4-1/2 4-15/16 6-5/8 6 4-7/16 4 4-1/2 10-1/2 WUH-04A 303466 NS 1
LUH-07, 10, 12, 15 20-1/2 17-1/4 11-1/2 16-3/8 14-3/8 12-3/8 8-1/4 4-1/2 6-1/4 7-7/16 8-5/8 8 6-1/4 6 7-1/4 16 WUH-05 300513 NS 2
LUH-20, 25 24 20-1/8 11-1/2 20-1/2 16-3/4 16 8-1/4 6 6-1/4 12 10-1/16 8 6-1/4 6 7-1/4 16 WUH-05 300513 NS 3
LUH-30, 35, 40, 45 24 20-1/8 17 26 16-3/4 16 8-1/4 6 11-3/4 12 10-1/16 13-3/4 9-5/16 6 7-1/4 21 WUH-06 300521 NS 3
Optional Control Accessories & Remote Thermostats Thermostat Kits

Fan Only Operation Kits Wt.
Model PCN Stock (Lbs.)
LUH-TK1 (SPST) 301129 S 0.25
Summer Fan Switch
Thermostat Kit Power Disconnect Kits

Wt.
Model Rating PCN Stock (Lbs.)
Note — A fan only operation (optional) is available by EDS-1 63 Amp 303431 S 0.5
means of a built-in switch or by external control. EDS-2 80 Amp 303440 S 0.5
2 - 15 kW 20 - 45 kW EDS-3 100 Amp 303458 NS 1
Wt.
Summer Fan Switch Model PCN Model PCN Stock (Lbs.) 3 Pole, 600V
Internal 208 - 277V ISFS-022 305007 ISFS-02 305007 NS 0.25 Rating
External1 with Relay ESFS-40 305015 ESFS-40A 305058 NS 0.5
(24V control)
Mounting Limitations
External1 with Relay ESFS-41 305023 ESFS-41A 305066 NS 0.5
(120V control) Hazardous Atmosphere — Unit heaters should not be used in
External1 with Relay ESFS-42 305031 ESFS-42A 305074 NS 0.5 potentially explosive atmospheres. Corrosive Atmosphere —The finish
(240V control) is not intended for direct salt spray exposure in marine applications
External1 with Relay ESFS-47 305040 — — NS 0.5 or the highly corrosive atmospheres of greenhouses, swimming
(277V control) pools, chemical storage bins, etc. Mounting Height — Do not install
1. Kit includes wall plate (discard plate if switch is to be installed on heater). unit heaters above recommended maximum mounting height.
2. Do not use for 480V rated heaters. 480V heaters require fan relay option Obstructions must not block unit heater air inlet or discharge.
with proper control voltage relay coil.
F-22
LUH Horizontal Blower Heater (cont’d.)

Ckt Temp. Horiz. Mtg.
5
& Rise Throw Height Wt.

kW Volts Phase Amps4
Volts Phase HP RPM CFM FPM (°F) (Ft.) (Ft.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
2.6 208 1-1 13.1 208 1 1/40 1,650 410 880 21 12 8 LUH-02-81-34 S 303001 32
2.0/2.6 208/240 1-1 11.42 240 1 1/40 1,650 410 880 21 12 8 LUH-02-21-34 S 303010 32
2.6 277 1-1 9.6 277 1 1/30 1,550 360 770 24 12 8 LUH-02-71-35 S 303028 32
4 208 1-1 19.8 208 1 1/40 1,650 410 880 31 12 8 LUH-04-81-34 S 303036 32
4 208 1 - 33 11.7 208 1 1/40 1,650 410 880 31 12 8 LUH-04-83-34 S 303044 32
3/4 208/240 1-1 17.22 240 1 1/40 1,650 410 880 31 12 8 LUH-04-21-34 S 303052 32
3/4 208/240 1 - 33 10.22 240 1 1/40 1,650 410 880 31 12 8 LUH-04-23-34 S 303060 32
4 277 1-1 14.6 277 1 1/30 1,550 360 770 35 12 8 LUH-04-71-35 S 303079 32
4 480 1-3 5.1 480 1 1/35 1,550 380 815 33 12 8 LUH-04-43-32 S 303087 32
5 208 1-1 24.6 208 1 1/40 1,650 410 880 39 12 8 LUH-05-81-34 S 303095 32
5 208 1 - 33 14.5 208 1 1/40 1,650 410 880 39 12 8 LUH-05-83-34 S 303108 32
3.75/5 208/240 1-1 21.4 240 1 1/40 1,650 410 880 39 12 8 LUH-05-21-34 S 303116 32
3.75/5 208/240 1 - 33 12.6 240 1 1/40 1,650 410 880 39 12 8 LUH-05-23-34 NS 303124 32
5 277 1-1 18.3 277 1 1/30 1,550 360 770 44 12 8 LUH-05-71-35 NS 303132 32
5 480 1-3 6.3 480 1 1/35 1,550 380 815 42 12 8 LUH-05-43-32 S 303140 32
7.5 208 1 - 13 36.5 208 1 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 28 27 8 LUH-07-81-34 NS 303159 50
7.5 208 1-3 21.3 208 1 1/15 1,275 850 1,040 28 27 8 LUH-07-83-34 S 303167 50
5.6/7.5 208/240 1 - 13 31.72 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 28 27 8 LUH-07-21-34 S 303175 50
5.6/7.5 208/240 1-3 18.52 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 28 27 8 LUH-07-23-34 NS 303183 50
7.5 277 1-1 27.7 277 1 1/15 1,550 750 920 32 27 8 LUH-07-71-35 NS 303191 50
7.5 480 1-3 9.9 480 3 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 28 27 8 LUH-07-43-32 S 303204 50
7.5 600 1-3 7.6 575 3 1/3 1,725 850 1,040 28 27 8 LUH-07-63-32 NS — 50
9.7 208 1 - 13 47.1 208 1 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 37 27 9 LUH-10-81-34 NS 303212 50
9.7 208 1-3 27.4 208 1 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 37 27 9 LUH-10-83-34 S 303220 50
7.5/10 208/240 1 - 13 42.12 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 37 27 9 LUH-10-21-34 S 303239 50
7.5/10 208/240 1-3 24.52 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 37 27 9 LUH-10-23-34 NS 303247 50
10 480 1-3 12.9 480 3 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 37 27 9 LUH-10-43-32 S 303255 50
10 600 1-3 10.6 575 3 1/3 1,725 850 1,040 37 27 9 LUH-10-63-32 NS — 50
12.5 208 1-3 35.2 208 1 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 47 27 9 LUH-12-83-34 S 303263 50
9.3/12.5 208/240 1-3 30.6 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 47 27 9 LUH-12-23-34 NS 303271 50
12.5 480 1-3 15.9 480 3 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 47 27 9 LUH-12-43-32 S 303280 50
12.5 600 1-3 12.6 575 3 1/3 1,725 850 1,040 47 27 9 LUH-12-63-32 NS — 50
15 208 1-3 42.1 208 1 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 56 27 10 LUH-15-83-34 NS 303298 50
11.25/15 208/240 1-3 36.62 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 56 27 10 LUH-15-23-34 NS 303300 50
15 480 1-3 19.0 480 3 1/15 1,725 850 1,040 56 27 10 LUH-15-43-32 S 303319 50
15 600 1-3 15.6 575 3 1/3 1,725 850 1,040 56 27 10 LUH-15-63-32 NS — 50
INDUSTRIAL
14.5/19.4 208/240 1-3 48.02 240 3 1/3 1,725 1,240 1,160 53 31 11 LUH-20-23-34 NS 303327 73
20 480 1-3 25.0 480 3 1/3 1,725 1,240 1,160 53 31 11 LUH-20-43-32 S 303335 73
20 600 1-3 19.6 575 3 1/3 1,725 1,240 1,160 53 31 11 LUH-20-63-32 NS — 73
25 480 1-3 31.0 480 3 1/3 1,725 1,350 1,260 60 31 12 LUH-25-43-32 S 303343 73
25 600 1-3 24.6 575 3 1/3 1,725 1,350 1,260 60 31 12 LUH-25-63-32 NS — 73
30 208 2-3 85.2 240 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 64 46 13 LUH-30-83-34 NS 303351 106
22.5/30 208/240 2-3 74.02 240 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 64 46 13 LUH-30-23-34 NS 303360 106
30 480 2-3 37.1 480 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 64 46 13 LUH-30-43-32 S 303378 106
30 600 2-3 29.6 575 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 64 46 13 LUH-30-63-32 NS — 106
26.25/35 208/240 2-3 86.02 240 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 71 45 14 LUH-35-23-34 NS 303386 106
35 480 2-3 43.1 480 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 71 45 14 LUH-35-43-32 S 303394 106
35 600 2-3 34.7 575 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 71 45 14 LUH-35-63-32 NS — 106
28.5/38 208/240 2-3 93.3 240 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 84 44 15 LUH-40-23-34 NS 303407 106
39 480 2-3 47.9 480 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 84 44 15 LUH-40-43-32 S 303415 106
40 600 2-3 39.7 575 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 84 44 15 LUH-40-63-32 NS — 106
45 480 2-3 55.1 480 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 94 42 17 LUH-45-43-32 S 303423 106
45 600 2-3 43.7 575 3 1/3 1,725 1,555 1,450 94 42 17 LUH-45-63-32 NS — 106
1. For motor data, see table.
2. 208V amperage is 86% of 240V value.
3. Models can be field wired for 1 or 3 phase.
4. Includes motor Amps.
5. Maximum mounting height for effective heat distribution. Minimum height is 7 feet.
Other Notes —
A. All heaters have built-in contactors and stock 480V models have built-in control transformers and contactor with 120V holding
coils. All stock 208 and 240V models have 208/240V holding coils. All stock 277V models have 277V holding coils.
B. Optional contactors available with 120 or 24V holding coils on made-to-order models, contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
C. When total heater capacity exceeds 48 Amps, built-in fusing is provided behind a hinged and latched door in the side which
allows easy access.
F-23
LUH Horizontal Blower Heater (cont’d.)

Recommended Control Options
Kits Kits
Fan Remote Dis- Fan Remote Dis-
PCN Description Thermostat Only Fan connect PCN Description Thermostat Only Fan connect
303001 LUH-02-81-34-00 208V 1P 2.6kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303220 LUH-10-83-34-00 208V 3P 10kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1
303036 LUH-04-81-34-00 208V 1P 4kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303255 LUH-10-43-32-00 480V 3P 10kW LUH-TK1 ESFS-41 ESFS-41 EDS-1
303044 LUH-04-83-34-00 208V 3P 4kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303263 LUH-12-83-34-00 208V 3P 12.5kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1
303052 LUH-04-21-34-00 240V 1P 4kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303271 LUH-12-23-34-00 240V 3P 12.5kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1
303060 LUH-04-23-34-00 240V 3P 4kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303280 LUH-12-43-32-00 480V 3P 12.5kW LUH-TK1 ESFS-41 ESFS-41 EDS-1
303079 LUH-04-71-35-00 277V 1P 4kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-47 EDS-1 303298 LUH-15-83-34-00 208V 3P 15kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1
303087 LUH-04-43-32-00 480V 3P 4kW LUH-TK1 ESFS-41 ESFS-41 EDS-1 303300 LUH-15-23-34-00 240V 3P 15kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1
303095 LUH-05-81-34-00 208V 1P 5kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303319 LUH-15-43-32-00 480V 3P 15kW LUH-TK1 ESFS-41 ESFS-41 EDS-1
303108 LUH-05-83-34-00 208V 3P 5kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303327 LUH-20-23-34-00 240V 3P 20kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42A EDS-1
303116 LUH-05-21-34-00 240V 1P 5kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303335 LUH-20-43-32-00 480V 3P 20kW LUH-TK1 ESFS-41A ESFS-41A EDS-1
303124 LUH-05-23-34-00 240V 3P 5kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303343 LUH-25-43-32-00 480V 3P 25kW LUH-TK1 ESFS-41A ESFS-41A EDS-1
303132 LUH-05-71-35-00 277V 1P 5kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-47 EDS-1 303351 LUH-30-83-34-00 208V 3P 30kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42A N/A
303140 LUH-05-43-32-00 480V 3P 5kW LUH-TK1 ESFS-41 ESFS-41 EDS-1 303360 LUH-30-23-34-00 240V 3P 30kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42A EDS-3
303159 LUH-07-81-34-00 208V 1P 7.5kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303378 LUH-30-43-32-00 480V 3P 30kW LUH-TK1 ESFS-41A ESFS-41A EDS-1
303167 LUH-07-83-34-00 208V 3P 7.5kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303386 LUH-35-23-34-00 240V 3P 35kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42A N/A
303183 LUH-07-23-34-00 240V 3P 7.5kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1 303407 LUH-40-23-34-00 240V 3P 40kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42A N/A
303204 LUH-07-43-32-00 480V 3P 7.5kW LUH-TK1 ESFS-41 ESFS-41 EDS-1 303423 LUH-45-43-32-00 480V 3P 45kW LUH-TK1 ESFS-41A ESFS-41A EDS-2
303212 LUH-10-81-34-00 208V 1P 10kW LUH-TK1 ISFS-02 ESFS-42 EDS-1
When ordering LUH heaters, specify the model number and corresponding PCN (Product Code Number). If controls or thermostat/fan options are required, designate these options in
the model number when ordering, as shown below. Always specify voltage, phase and kW by listing them on the purchase order product specifications.
Model Numbers
Chromalox Horizontal Unit Heater
Heating Elements
02 = 2.6 kW 10 = 10.0 kW 25 = 25.0 kW 45 = 45.0 kW
04 = 4.0 k W 12 = 12.5 kW 30 = 30.0 kW
05 = 5.0 kW 15 = 15.0 kW 35 = 35.0 kW
07 = 7.5 kW 20 = 20.0 kW 40 = 40.0 kW
Heater Voltage and Phase
81 = 208V, 1 Phase 71 = 277V, 1 Phase
83 = 208V, 3 Phase 43 = 480V, 3 Phase
21 = 240V, 1 Phase 63 = 600V, 3 Phase
23 = 240V, 3 Phase

Control
0 0 No Contactor(s)
3 0 24V Control Internal Transformer
3 1 24V Control Externally Supplied
3 2 120V Control Internal Transformer
3 3 120V Control Externally Supplied
3 4 208/240V Control Internally Supplied, No Transformer
3 5 277V Control Internally Supplied

Control
0 0 No Thermostat, No Summer Fan Switch
4 0 Internal Thermostat Only
4 1 Internal Therm. and Internal Sum. Fan Sw.
4 2 External Sum. Fan Sw. Only (Not 480V)
4 3 External Sum. Fan Sw. and Fan Relay (All Volts)
4 4 Rem. Fan Sw. and Internal Therm. (Not 480V)
4 5 Rem. Fan Sw., Fan Relay and Int. Therm. (All Volts)D, E, F, G
4 6 Internal Sum. Fan Sw. (Not 480 V)
4 7 Internal Sum. Fan Sw., Fan Relay (All Volts)

Disconnect Switch

1 63 Amp
2 80 Amp
3 100 Amp
LUH 05 21 34 41 1 Typical Model Number

F-24
HVH
Horizontal or Vertical
Discharge Fan Forced
Unit Heater
• 2.6 - 50 kW
• 8,900 – 170,600 Btuh
• 208, 240, 277, 480, and 600 volt
• 1 or 3 phase
• Vertical or Horizontal Airflow
Fan Motor – Totally enclosed fan motor is Factory Installed or Field
• Wall or Ceiling Mounted
rated for continuous duty with built-in thermal Installation Kits
Configurations
cutout and operates on the same voltage as
• CSA Certified to US and the heating circuit. Summer Fan Switch Kit – Field installable for
Canadian Standards circulating warm, stratified air. Available for all
Dynamically Balanced Fan – Ensures models.
• CE Certified to European smooth, quiet operation. Blade pitch is care-
Standards fully selected so that the volume of air moved Thermostat Kit – Field installable on all mod-
results in the optimum discharge air tempera- els. Range 40° to 100°F (4° to 38°C).
ture. Pull-through airflow design draws air Disconnect Switch Kits – Field-installable
Description across heating elements for more even airflow switch enables power to be disconnected
The Chromalox HVH self-contained blower distribution and cooler element operation. while servicing heater. Mounts on the front of
heater provides quiet, reliable, fan-forced the heater.
Features
heat for all types of commercial and industrial
• Integral 24V Control Transformer is standard Outlet Screen – Prevents objects from coming
applications. The hallmark of the HVH blower
on 480V models and eliminates the need for in contact with fan
heater is its versatility. It can provide verti-
cal or horizontal airflow and can be mounted an external control source( 120V is optional).
Factory Installed options
on walls or ceilings. Optional wall or ceiling
• Heavy Duty Magnetic Contactors are • Pilot Light (recommended)
swivel mounting brackets help direct air-
standard on all models except 2.6 thru 5 kW
flow exactly where it is needed. Heavy-duty
single phase models, except for 480V models. • Time Delay (heat on and off):
construction affords long, dependable service,
Provides delay of fan operation until
INDUSTRIAL
while its two-tone gray polyester powder coat • Linear Thermal Cutouts open the control elements have warmed up. The fan stays
finish makes an attractive appearance. circuit and disconnect power to the heating on until cool.
elements if overheating occurs. Automatic
Applications Reset allows the control circuit to reclose Advantages
• Shipping and Receiving Areas and restore power when temperature returns
to normal. • Self Contained
• Pump Houses
• Versatile, Flexible and High Performance
• Power Generating Stations
• Field Convertible — Combination 208/240V • Easy Installation
• Aircraft Hangars
and 1 or 3 phase operation through 10 kW. • Minimum Maintenance
• Factories
• Long Life
• Warehouses VERSATILE MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS • Attractive Appearance
• Garages Vertical Discharge
Recessed fasteners on the rear of the heater
Because it has individually adjustable dis-
Construction cabinet are internally threaded for suspension
charge louvers to direct air flow, and can be
of unit in the vertical discharge mode with
Cabinet – Heavy 20-gauge steel, 2.6 to 15 kW wall or ceiling (plus swivel) mounted, the HVH
threaded rods.
models; 18-gauge steel, 25 to 50 kW models. heater may be used in a variety of heating
Phosphate undercoated for corrosion resis- Horizontal Discharge Ceiling Bracket – The applications:
tance. Finished in a two-tone gray polyester ceiling bracket allows you mount the heater
• Primary Heating
powder coat. directly to the ceiling or over-head member,
• Supplementary Heating
simply and easily. The swivel mounting allows
Louvers – Individually adjustable. Direct • Dual System Heating
you to readily adjust the direction of warm air
airflow up or down as needed. Fintube® Heat- • Spot Heating
flow for maximum comfort up to 180˚ rotation.
ing Elements Corrosion resistant steel fins • Entryway Air-Curtain Heating
furnace-brazed to a tubular heating element, Wall Mounting Bracket – The wall mounting
assuring long life and superior heat transfer. brackets permits the heater to be rotated to
face any direction.
F-25
HVH
Horizontal Discharge
Horizontal or Vertical CEILING CEILING
Discharge Fan Forced

Unit Heater (cont’d.)
WALL
Thermostat Kits (40-90˚F) A
Model Rating PCN Stock

TK-5 SPST 219475 S
Available Disconnect Switch Kits

B C
Model Rating PCN Stock
HDS-1 63 Amps 219491 S
HDS-2 80 Amps 219790 NS
HDS-3 100 Amps 219803 NS Dimensions In. (mm)
Heater A B C
HVH-02 to 05 (Except 600 V) 16-1/8 (410) 13 (330) 10 (254)
HVH-07 to 15 (Except 600 V) 20-5/8 (524) 17-1/8 (435) 12-3/4 (324)
HVH 02 to 15 (600 V) 20-5/8 (524) 17-1/8 (435) 12-3/4 (324)
HVH-20 (All Voltages) 20-5/8 (524) 17-1/8 (435) 12-3/4 (324)
HVH-25 to 50 (All Voltages) 29-3/16 (741) 26-1/16 (662) 14-5/8 (371)
Rod Thread Type and Spacing Dimensions for Vertical discharge

3/8-18 THREADED
MOUNTING HOLES
X X
Side Wall
L2
CL
CL
L1
TERMINAL BOX
ACCESS DOOR
Back Wall
Mounting Limitations Dimensions In. (mm)

Hazardous Atmosphere — Unit heaters Unit Rod Thread Type L1 L2 X
should not be used in potentially explosive
atmospheres. Corrosive Atmosphere —The 2 to 5 kW 3/8 - 16 2-7/8 (73) 7-1/8 (181) 3-3/4 (95)
finish is not intended for direct salt spray 7-1/2 to 20 kW 3/8 - 16 4-5/16 (110) 9-3/8 (238) 5-1/2 (140)
exposure in marine applications or the highly
corrosive atmospheres of greenhouses, 25 to 50 kW 3/8 - 16 8-5/16 (211) 14 (356) 9-15/16 (252)
swimming pools, chemical storage bins, etc.
Mounting Height — Do not install unit heaters
above recommended maximum mounting
height. Obstructions must not block unit
heater air inlet or discharge.
F-26
HVH
Optional Wall Swivel Mounting Bracket
Anti-Sway Bracket
(25-50kW)
Horizontal or Vertical S
Discharge Fan Forced R
Unit Heater (cont’d.) Bracket

Adapter
P
24"
9-15/16"
T
Bracket Dimensions In. (mm) Bracket

Model Wt. lbs.
No. P Q R S T (kg.)
Use With
HVW-1 6-1/16 (157) 18-7/8 (479) 7 (178) 5 (127) 17-5/8 (448) 4 (1.8)
HVH-02 to 05
HVW-2 6-1/16 (157) 23-1/4 (591) 7 (178) 5 (127) 18-5/8 (473) 6 (2.7)
HVH-07 to 15
HVH-02 to 15 (600 V),
HVW-3 6 (152) 23-7/16 (595) 7 (178) 5 (127) 20-1/16 (510) 6 (2.7)
HVH-20 (All Voltages)
HVW-4 6 (152) 23-13/16 (605) 10-3/8 (264) 8-1/2 (216) 22-7/16 (570) 27 (12.3) HVH-25 to 50
Optional Ceiling Swivel Mounting Bracket

CEILING CEILING
M FOR SWIVEL MOUNTING

CL OF BOLT U
V TO CEILING, USE ONE
5/8" LAG BOLT. FOR FIXED
MOUNTING TO CEILING, USE
INDUSTRIAL
FOUR 3/8" LAG BOLTS
A
WALL
BACK OF HEATER
N
B
C
W
W= MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM WALL TO ALLOW FOR FULL 180˚ SWIVEL
Bracket Dimensions In. (mm) Bracket

Model Wt. lbs.
No. A B C M N U V W (kg.) Use With
16-1/8 13 10 8-3/8 5-3/4 7-3/4 9-3/4 12
HVC-1 4 (1.8) HVH-02, 04, 05
(410) (330) (254) (213) (146) (197) (248) (305)
20-5/8 17-1/8 12-3/4 10-3/4 6-3/4 7-3/4 12 12
HVC-2 8 (3.6) HVH-07, 10, 12, 15
(524) (435) (324) (273) (171) (197) (305) (305)
20-5/8 17-1/8 14-1/16 12-1/16 8-1/16 7-3/4 13-5/16 8 HVH-02 to 15 (600V)
HVC-3 8 (3.6)
(524) (435) (357) (306) (205) (197) (338) (203) HVH-20 (All Voltages)
29-13/16 26-1/16 14-5/8 11-3/4 8-3/16 7-3/4 22-5/16 8-7/16
HVC-4 17 (7.7) HVH-25 to 50
(757) (662) (371) (298) (208) (197) (567) (214)
Optional Fan Description Model PCN Stock
Only Kits Fan switch (no relay) HVF-01 219504 S

Fan switch (24V relay) HVF-02 219512 NS
Fan switch (120V relay) HVF-03 219520 NS
F-27
HVH Horizontal or Vertical Discharge Fan Forced Unit Heater (cont’d.)

Ckt Temp. Horiz. Mtg. 5
& Control Air Flow Air Speed Rise Throw Height Wt.
kW Volts Phase Amps Volts Volts Phase HP RPM f /min (m /hr) ft/min (m/min) °F (°C)
3 3
ft.(m) ft.(m) Model Stock PCN lbs.(kg)
2.6 208 1-1 13.1 N/A 208 1 1/40 1,650 410 (697) 880 (268.2) 21 (11.7) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-02-81-00 S 219096 32 (14.5)
2/2.6 208/240 1-1 11.42 N/A 240 1 1/40 1,650 410 (697) 880 (268.2) 21 (11.7) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-02-21-00 S 219109 32 (14.5)
2.6 277 1-1 9.6 N/A 277 1 1/30 1,550 360 (612) 770 (234.7) 24 (13.3) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-02-71-00 S 219117 32 (14.5)
4 208 1-1 19.8 N/A 208 1 1/40 1,650 410 (697) 880 (268.2) 31 (17.2) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-04-81-00 S 219125 32 (14.5)
4 208 1-33 11.7 208/240 208 1 1/40 1,650 410 (697) 880 (268.2) 31 (17.2) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-04-83-34 S 219133 32 (14.5)
3/4 208/240 1-1 17.22 N/A 240 1 1/40 1,650 410 (697) 880 (268.2) 31 (17.2) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-04-21-00 S 219141 32 (14.5)
3/4 208/240 1-3 10.22 208/240 240 1 1/40 1,650 410 (697) 880 (268.2) 31 (17.2) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-04-23-34 S 219150 32 (14.5)
4 277 1-1 14.6 N/A 277 1 1/30 1,550 360 (612) 770 (234.7) 35 (19.4) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-04-71-00 S 219168 32 (14.5)
4 480 1-3 5.1 24 480 1 1/35 1,550 380 (646) 815 (248.4) 33 (18.3) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-04-43-30 S 219176 32 (14.5)
5 208 1-1 24.6 N/A 208 1 1/40 1,650 410 (697) 880 (268.2) 39 (21.7) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-05-81-00 S 219184 32 (14.5)
5 208 1-33 14.5 208/240 208 1 1/40 1,650 410 (697) 880 (268.2) 39 (21.7) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-05-83-34 S 219192 32 (14.5)
3.75/5 208/240 1-1 21.4 N/A 240 1 1/40 1,650 410 (697) 880 (268.2) 39 (21.7) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-05-21-00 S 219205 32 (14.5)
3.75/5 208/240 1-33 12.6 208/240 240 1 1/40 1,650 410 (697) 880 (268.2) 39 (21.7) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-05-23-34 S 219213 32 (14.5)
5 277 1-1 18.3 N/A 277 1 1/30 1,550 360 (612) 770 (234.7) 44 (24.4) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-05-71-00 S 219221 32 (14.5)
5 480 1-3 6.3 24 480 1 1/35 1,550 380 (646) 815 (248.4) 42 (23.3) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) HVH-05-43-30 S 219230 32 (14.5)
7.5 208 1-13 36.5 208/240 208 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 28 (15.6) 27 (8.2) 8 (2.4) HVH-07-81-34 S 219248 50 (22.7)
7.5 208 1-3 21.3 208/240 208 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 28 (15.6) 27 (8.2) 8 (2.4) HVH-07-83-34 S 219256 50 (22.7)
5.6/7.5 208/240 1-13 31.72 208/240 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 28 (15.6) 27 (8.2) 8 (2.4) HVH-07-21-34 S 219264 50 (22.7)
5.6/7.5 208/240 1 18.52 208/240 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 28 (15.6) 27 (8.2) 8 (2.4) HVH-07-23-34 S 219272 50 (22.7)
7.5 277 1-1 27.7 24 277 1 1/15 1,550 750 (1274) 920 (280.4) 32 (17.8) 27 (8.2) 8 (2.4) HVH-07-71-30 S 219280 50 (22.7)
7.5 480 1-3 9.9 24 480 3 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 28 (15.6) 27 (8.2) 8 (2.4) HVH-07-43-30 S 219299 50 (22.7)
7.5 600 1-3 7.6 24 575 3 1/3 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 28 (15.6) 27 (8.2) 8 (2.4) HVH-07-63-30 NS — 50 (22.7)
9.7 208 1-13 47.1 208/240 208 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 37 (20.6) 27 (8.2) 9 (2.7) HVH-10-81-34 S 219301 50 (22.7)
9.7 208 1-3 27.4 208/240 208 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 37 (20.6) 27 (8.2) 9 (2.7) HVH-10-83-34 S 219310 50 (22.7)
7.5/10 208/240 1-13 42.12 208/240 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 37 (20.6) 27 (8.2) 9 (2.7) HVH-10-21-34 S 219328 50 (22.7)
7.5/10 208/240 1-3 24.52 208/240 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 37 (20.6) 27 (8.2) 9 (2.7) HVH-10-23-34 S 219336 50 (22.7)
10 480 1-3 12.9 24 480 3 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 37 (20.6) 27 (8.2) 9 (2.7) HVH-10-43-30 S 219344 50 (22.7)
10 600 1-3 10.6 24 575 3 1/3 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 37 (20.6) 27 (8.2) 9 (2.7) HVH-10-63-30 NS — 50 (22.7)
12.5 208 1-3 35.2 208/240 208 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 47 (26.1) 27 (8.2) 9 (2.7) HVH-12-83-34 S 219352 50 (22.7)
9.3/12.5 208/240 1-3 30.6 208/240 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 47 (26.1) 27 (8.2) 9 (2.7) HVH-12-23-34 S 219360 50 (22.7)
12.5 480 1-3 15.9 24 480 3 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 47 (26.1) 27 (8.2) 9 (2.7) HVH-12-43-30 S 219379 50 (22.7)
12.5 600 1-3 12.6 24 575 3 1/3 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 47 (26.1) 27 (8.2) 9 (2.7) HVH-12-63-30 NS — 50 (22.7)
15 208 1-3 42.1 208/240 208 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 56 (31.1) 27 (8.2) 10 (3.0) HVH-15-83-34 S 219387 50 (22.7)
11.25/15 208/240 1-3 36.62 208/240 240 1 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 56 (31.1) 27 (8.2) 10 (3.0) HVH-15-23-34 S 219395 50 (22.7)
15 480 1-3 19.0 24 480 3 1/15 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 56 (31.1) 27 (8.2) 10 (3.0) HVH-15-43-30 S 219408 50 (22.7)
15 600 1-3 15.6 24 575 3 1/3 1,725 850 (1444) 1040 (317.0) 56 (31.1) 27 (8.2) 10 (3.0) HVH-15-63-30 NS — 50 (22.7)
14.7/19.8 208/240 1-3 47.7 24 240 3 1/3 1,725 1500 (2549) 1750 (533.4) 49 (27.2) 27 (8.2) 13 (4.0) HVH-20-23-30 NS 219563 65 (29.5)
19.8 480 1-3 23.9 24 480 3 1/3 1,725 1500 (2549) 1750 (533.4) 49 (27.2) 27 (8.2) 13 (4.0) HVH-20-43-30 NS 219571 65 (29.5)
19.8 600 1-3 19.4 24 575 3 1/3 1,725 1500 (2549) 1750 (533.4) 49 (27.2) 27 (8.2) 13 (4.0) HVH-20-63-30 NS 219580 65 (29.5)
18.7/24.9 208/240 1-3 60.1 24 240 3 1/3 1,725 2500 (4248) 1650 (502.9) 27 (15.0) 36 (11.0) 13 (4.0) HVH-25-23-30 NS 219598 90 (40.9)
25.0 480 1-3 30.2 24 480 3 1/3 1,725 2500 (4248) 1650 (502.9) 27 (15.0) 36 (11.0) 13 (4.0) HVH-25-43-30 NS 219600 90 (40.9)
25.0 600 1-3 24.3 24 575 3 1/3 1,725 2500 (4248) 1650 (502.9) 27 (15.0) 36 (11.0) 13 (4.0) HVH-25-63-30 NS 219619 90 (40.9)
22.4/29.9 208/240 1-3 72 24 240 3 1/3 1,725 2500 (4248) 1650 (502.9) 34 (18.9) 36 (11.0) 13 (4.0) HVH-30-23-30 NS 219627 90 (40.9)
30.0 480 1-3 36.2 24 480 3 1/3 1,725 2500 (4248) 1650 (502.9) 34 (18.9) 36 (11.0) 13 (4.0) HVH-30-43-30 NS 219635 90 (40.9)
30.0 600 1-3 29 24 575 3 1/3 1,725 2500 (4248) 1650 (502.9) 34 (18.9) 36 (11.0) 13 (4.0) HVH-30-63-30 NS 219643 90 (40.9)
25.6/34.0 208/240 1-3 82.1 24 240 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 40 (22.2) 36 (11.0) 13 (4.0) HVH-35-23-30 NS 219651 90 (40.9)
34.0 480 1-3 41.1 24 480 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 40 (22.2) 36 (11.0) 13 (4.0) HVH-35-43-30 NS 219660 90 (40.9)
34.2 600 1-3 33 24 575 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 40 (22.2) 36 (11.0) 13 (4.0) HVH-35-63-30 NS 219678 90 (40.9)
28.1/37.4 208/240 1-3 90.1 24 240 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 45 (25.0) 36 (11.0) 16 (4.9) HVH-40-23-30 NS 219686 100 (45.5)
37.4 480 1-3 45.1 24 480 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 45 (25.0) 36 (11.0) 16 (4.9) HVH-40-43-30 NS 219694 100 (45.5)
37.5 600 1-3 36.2 24 575 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 45 (25.0) 36 (11.0) 16 (4.9) HVH-40-63-30 NS 219707 100 (45.5)
33.7/44.8 208/240 1-3 108 24 240 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 51 (28.3) 36 (11.0) 16 (4.9) HVH-45-23-30 NS 219715 100 (45.5)
44.8 480 1-3 54 24 480 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 51 (28.3) 36 (11.0) 16 (4.9) HVH-45-43-30 NS 219723 100 (45.5)
45.2 600 1-3 43.6 24 575 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 51 (28.3) 36 (11.0) 16 (4.9) HVH-45-63-30 NS 219731 100 (45.5)
38.4/51.1 208/240 1-3 123.1 24 240 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 57 (31.7) 36 (11.0) 16 (4.9) HVH-50-23-30 NS 219740 100 (45.5)
51.1 480 1-3 61.6 24 480 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 57 (31.7) 36 (11.0) 16 (4.9) HVH-50-43-30 NS 219758 100 (45.5)
51.3 600 1-3 49.5 24 575 3 1/3 1,725 3100 (5267) 2100 (640.1) 57 (31.7) 36 (11.0) 16 (4.9) HVH-50-63-30 NS 219766 100 (45.5)
Other Notes:
Stock Status: S = Stock NS = Non-Stock. A. All heaters have built-in contactors except 2.6 kW thru 5 kW single phase
To order specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase and quantity. models, and stock 480V models have built-in control transformers and contactors
with 24V holding coils. Stock 208V and 240V, 3 phase models, 4 kW through 15
1. For motor data, see table. kW, have 208/240V holding coils while stock 208V and 240V 3 phase models
2. 208V amperage is 86% of 240V value. above 15 kW have 24V holding coils. All stock 277V models have 277V holding
3. Models can be field wired for 1 or 3 phase. coils.
4. Includes motor amps. B. Optional contactors holding coil voltages of 24V or 120V and control voltage
5. Max. mounting height for effective heat distribution. Min. height is 7 ft. transformers, are available as made-to-order models for all heater ratings.
F-28

Recommended Control Options
Field Installed Options
Ther- Factory
Outlet Screen Fan Switch
Wall Bracket Options Ceiling Bracket Options mostat Disconnect Options Installed
Options Options
Heater Options Options
HVW-1 HVW-2 HVW-3 HVW-4 HVC-1 HVC-2 HVC-3 HVC-4 HVS-1 HVS-2 HVS-3 TK-5 HDS-1 HDS-2 HDS-3 HVF-01 HVF-02
Model No. PCN 219416 219424 219782 219820 219432 219440 219811 219838 219459 219467 219774 219475 219491 219790 219803 219504 219512 HFD-1a PL-1b
HVH-02-81-00 219096 X X X X X
HVH-02-21-00 219109 X X X X X
HVH-02-71-00 219117 X X X X
HVH-04-81-00 219125 X X X X X
HVH-04-83-34 219133 X X X X X X X X
HVH-04-21-00 219141 X X X X X
HVH-04-23-34 219150 X X X X X X X X
HVH-04-71-00 219168 X X X X X
HVH-04-43-30 219176 X X X X X X X X
HVH-05-81-00 219184 X X X X X
HVH-05-83-34 219192 X X X X X X X
HVH-05-21-00 219205 X X X X X
HVH-05-23-34 219213 X X X X X X X
HVH-05-71-00 219221 X X X X
HVH-05-43-30 219230 X X X X X X X X
HVH-07-81-34 219248 X X X X X X X
HVH-07-83-34 219256 X X X X X X X
HVH-07-21-34 219264 X X X X X X X
HVH-07-23-34 219272 X X X X X X X
HVH-07-71-30 219280 X X X X X X
HVH-07-43-30 219299 X X X X X X X X X
HVH-10-81-34 219301 X X X X X X X
HVH-10-83-34 319310 X X X X X X X
HVH-10-21-34 219328 X X X X X X X
HVH-10-23-34 219336 X X X X X X X
HVH-10-43-30 219344 X X X X X X X X X
HVH-12-83-34 219352 X X X X X X X
HVH-12-23-34 219360 X X X X X X X
HVH-12-43-30 219379 X X X X X X X X X
HVH-15-83-34 219387 X X X X X X X
HVH-15-23-34 219395 X X X X X X X
INDUSTRIAL
HVH-15-43-30 219408 X X X X X X X X X
HVH-20-23-30 219563 X X X X X X X
HVH-20-43-30 219571 X X X X X X X
HVH-20-63-30 219580 X X X X X X X
HVH-25-23-30 219598 X X X X X X X X
HVH-25-43-30 219600 X X X X X X X X
HVH-25-63-30 219619 X X X X X X X X
HVH-30-23-30 219627 X X X X X X X X
HVH-30-43-30 219635 X X X X X X X X
HVH-30-63-30 219643 X X X X X X X X
HVH-35-23-30C 219651 X X X X X X X
HVH-35-43-30 219660 X X X X X X X X
HVH-35-63-30 219678 X X X X X X X X
HVH-40-23-30C 219686 X X X X X X X
HVH-40-43-30 219694 X X X X X X X X
HVH-40-63-30 219707 X X X X X X X X
HVH-45-23-30C 219715 X X X X X X X
HVH-45-43-30 219723 X X X X X X X X
HVH-45-63-30 219731 X X X X X X X X
HVH-50-23-30C 219740 X X X X X X X
HVH-50-43-30 219758 X X X X X X X X
HVH-50-63-30 219766 X X X X X X X X
Notes:
A. HFD-1 is a fan delay on / fan delay off. Fan delay is standard on heaters 20 kW and above
B. PL-1 is a green pilot indicating power to heater
C. Factory installed disconnect switch not available
D. Field installed thermostat kits not available on models with control code 00.
F-29

When ordering HVH heaters, specify the model number and corresponding PCN (Product Code Number). If controls (thermostat, fan switch, transformer, discon-
nect) or other options are required, designate these options in the model number when ordering, as shown below. Always specify voltage, phase and kW by listing
them on the purchase order specifications.
HVH Horizontal or Vertical Discharge Blower Heater

kW
02 2.6 kW 20 19.8 kW
04 4.0 k W 25 25.0 kW
05 5.0 kW 30 30.0 kW
07 7.5 kW 35 33.3 kW
10 10.0 kW 40 37.5 kW
12 12.5 kW 45 45.0 kW
15 15.0 kW 50 50.0 kW
Volts
2 240V
4 480V
6 600V
7 277V
8 208V
A 220V
B 380V
C 400V
D 415V
Phase
1 1
3 3

Control

00 No Contactor

30 Contactor with 24V Transformer

31 Contactor with 24V Externally Supplied

32 Contactor with 120V Transformer

33 Contactor with 120V Externally Supplied

34 Contactor with 208/240V Internally Supplied

35 Contactor with 277V Internally Supplied
Integral Thermostat
0 None
TL 40-100˚F Range (4° to 38°C)

Disconnect Switch
0 None
D Yes
Fan Only Switch
00 None
FI Internal (In Heater)
FE External (On Wall)
Time Delay (Standard on 20kW and above)
0 None
R Yes
Pilot Light
0 None
P Yes
Outlet Screen
0 None
S Yes

HVH 05 2 1 34 TL D FI -0 -0 -0 Typical Model Number

Note: 20-50 kW models available in 208/240, 480, and 600 V only.
Units with thermostats must include built-in contactor.
F-30
UB
High Capacity
Horizontal Blower Heater
• 2 - 50 kW
• 6,820 - 170,600 Btuh
• 120, 208, 240, 277, 480

and 550 Volt
• 1 or 3 Phase
Metal Sheath Fintube® Heating Elements — Fan Interlock — Fan motor contactor includes
• Wall or Ceiling Mounted The electric heat bank - Chromalox patented a set of auxiliary contacts to prevent heating
Configurations metal sheath Fintube® heating elements. Heat elements from being energized unless con-
radiation fins are corrosion-resistant copper- tacts of fan motor contactor are closed.
clad steel, furnace brazed to the tubular heat-
ing elements to assure superior heat transfer. Thermal Fan Delay allows fan motor to
Description Wide spacing prevents clogging. Air is evenly continue to operate after heating thermostat
drawn across the circumferential elements has been satisfied to maximize transfer of gen-
Rugged, industrial UB heaters are ideal for preventing hot spots and prolonging element erated heat to space being heated and extend
factories, warehouses, garages or any other life. operating life of heating elements.
area that requires a high volume of forced-air
Rugged Motor and Dynamically Balanced Built-in Controlling Contactors and Line Fus-
heat.
Fan provides a high volume of hot air. ing — All heaters drawing 48 Amps or greater
Applications are sub-divided into two (2) circuits with
Integral Automatic Reset Thermal Cutout for built-in line fuses and controlling contactors.
• Entryway Air-Curtain Heating fast heat response and overheat protection. Units drawing less than 48 Amps have built-in
contactors only, line fusing must be provided
• Power Generating Stations Features (2 - 20 kW models) externally. All units regardless of amperage
• Factories rating have built-in fuse protection for the mo-
Fan Only Operation — UB-23 and UB-32, tor and transformer.
• Freeze Protection of Machinery (excluding the 120V UB-32), have a separate
Integral 120V Control Circuit — 120 volt
INDUSTRIAL
fan control switch for circulating air during
Construction (2 - 50 kW models) summer months. power for the control circuit is provided from
the unit mounted transformer to eliminate
Totally Enclosed Fan Motor — Continuous the need to run separate power to the unit for
Painted Finish — For attractive appearance
duty with built-in automatic reset thermal control.
and corrosion resistance.
overload protection operates on same voltage
Cabinet — 16 gauge steel cabinet construc- as supplied to the heater, except on 480 and Heavy Duty 1/3 HP Motor operates at 1,550
tion supported with an 18 gauge base assem- 550 volt where motor is either 115 or 230 RPM on line voltage. Motor has built-in
bly and finished in almond powder. volts. All motors are single phase with sleeve thermal overload protection, permanently lu-
bearings. bricated ball bearings and factory installed line
Louvers — Adjustable discharge grille to fuses for maximum trouble-free service life.
direct the air flow up or down. Heaters with model numbers having a suffix
“T” include a transformer to stepdown the Advantages
Heavy Gauge Rear Wire Grille protects voltage for operating the fan motor.
against accidental contact with rapidly rotat- • Low Maintenance
ing fan blade. External contactor is not necessary with heat-
ers having a model number suffix “R”. • High Capacity
Wall or Ceiling Mounting Brackets are avail- • Primary Heating
able separately for field installation depending
on mounting arrangement desired. • Supplementary Heating
• Dual System Heating
Features (25 - 50 kW models)
• Long Horizontal Air Throw
Universal Wall & Ceiling Mounting Bracket is
Refer to included to provide flexibility in the mounting • Long Life
WR-80, WR-90 arrangement.
F-31
UB
High Capacity Horizontal
Blower Heater (cont’d.)
Mounting Kits Ceiling Mounting Kit (2-20 kW) — Wall Mounting Kit (2-20 kW) —
For 2 -20 kW Heaters - Order Separately Dimensions (Inches) Dimensions (Inches)
Heater Model PCN G CL to CLof
Bolt Holes
Ceiling Mounting Brackets H
UB-23 and 32 1-44419 264330 J C
UB-502 and 752 2-44419 264348
UB-1002, 1252, 3-44419 264356
1502 and 2002 A Dia.
Wall Mounting Brackets C A Dia. 4-7/8
UB-23 and 32 WUB-1 264305 B
UB-502 and 752 WUB-3 264313
UB-1002, 1252, WUB-4 264321 B
1502 and 2002
For 25 - 50 kW Heaters - a Universal Wall & Ceiling H
Mounting Bracket is included.
D
F
E D
Ceiling Mounting Kit (25-50 kW) — Wall Mounting Kit (25-50 kW) —
Dimensions (Inches) Dimensions (Inches)
(3) 13/32" Dia. Mtg. 14-1/4 Min. Spac-
Holes on 5" Centers ing to
Ceiling
12" Min. Ceiling Line
Spacing to 12" Min. Spacing
12
Adjacent to Adjacent Wall
16-15/16
Wall
Wall Wall 12
A Dia.
41-1/2
B
(3) 13/32" Dia. Wall

Mtg. Holes on 5"
Centers 17-1/8
(E) D 7' Min.
Height
C Above
Note — Distance between base to front Floor
7' Min. Height Above Floor of grille and base to back grille is 1-15/16".
Dimensions (Inches)
Dimensions (In.)
Model A B C D E F G H J
UB-23 10-3/8 13-1/2 8 6-7/16 3 11-3/8 9-7/16 6 4
UB-32 10-3/8 13-1/2 8 6-7/16 3 11-3/8 9-7/16 6 4
UB-502 13-5/8 17-3/16 13 8-7/16 7-9/16 15-9/16 11-7/8 8 6
UB-752 13-5/8 17-3/16 13 8-7/16 7-9/16 15-9/16 11-7/8 8 6
UB-1002 17-1/8 20-3/4 15-3/16 11-3/4 9-5/16 17-5/32 12-1/4 10 8
UB-1252 17-1/8 20-3/4 15-3/16 11-3/4 9-5/16 17-5/32 12-1/4 10 8
UB-1502 17-1/8 20-3/4 15-3/16 11-3/4 9-5/16 17-5/32 12-1/4 10 8
UB-2002 17-1/8 20-3/4 15-3/16 11-3/4 9-5/16 17-5/32 12-1/4 10 8
UB-2502 17-1/8 23-5/16 21 14 17-1/8 17-5/32 18-15/16 10 8
UB-3002 17-1/8 23-5/16 21 14 17-1/8 17-5/32 18-15/16 10 8
UB-3502 21-1/8 27-5/16 21 17-7/16 17-1/8 17-5/32 22-15/16 10 8
UB-4002 21-1/8 27-5/16 21 17-7/16 17-1/8 17-5/32 22-15/16 10 8
UB-4502 21-1/8 27-5/16 21 17-7/16 17-1/8 17-5/32 22-15/16 10 8
UB-5002 21-1/8 27-5/16 21 17-7/16 17-1/8 17-5/32 22-15/16 10 8
F-32
UB High Capacity Horizontal Blower Heater (cont’d.)

Temp. Horiz. Mtg.
Rise Throw Height Wt.
kW Volts Phase Amps Volts Phase HP RPM CFM FPM (°F) (Ft.) (Ft.) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
2 120 1 16.7 115 1 1/15 1,550 316 657 21 10 8 UB-23 S 261403 13.5
2 208 1 9.6 208 1 1/15 1,550 316 657 21 10 8 UB-23 NS 261411 13.5
2 240 1 8.3 230 1 1/15 1,550 316 657 21 10 8 UB-23 NS 261420 13.5
3 120 1 25 115 1 1/15 1,550 316 657 31 10 8 UB-32 S 261438 13.5
3 208 1 14.4 208 1 1/15 1,550 316 657 31 10 8 UB-32 S 261446 13.5
3 240 1 12.5 230 1 1/15 1,550 316 657 31 10 8 UB-32 S 261454 13.5
5 120 1 41.7 115 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502D NS 261462 43
5 208 1 24 208 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502D NS 261489 43
5 240 1 20.8 230 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502D NS 261500 43
5 550 1
3 5.3 230 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502D NS 285368 43
5 240 1 20.8 230 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502R NS 264250 43
5 550 1
3 5.3 115 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502 NS 266685 43
5 208 3 13.9 208 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502D NS 261497 43
5 240 3 12 230 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502D NS 261518 43
5 240 3 12 230 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502R NS 269755 43
5 480 1 10.4 115 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502 NS 261526 43
5 480 1 10.4 230 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502 NS 269114 43
5 480 3 6 115 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502 NS 261534 43
5 480 3 6 115 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502T S 269704 51
5 480 3 6 230 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502 NS 265199 43
5 480 3 6 115 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502R NS 264268 43
5 480 3 6 230 1 1/15 1,050 405 430 40 12-1/2 8 UB-502T NS 264233 51
7.5 208 1 36.1 208 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752 NS 261569 43
7.5 208 3 20.8 208 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752D NS 261577 43
7.5 240 1 31.3 230 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752D NS 261585 43
7.5 240 3 18.1 230 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752D NS 261593 43
7.5 240 3 18.1 230 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752R NS 264276 43
7.5 480 1 15.6 115 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752 NS 261606 43
7.5 480 1 15.6 230 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752 NS 269122 43
7.5 480 3 9 115 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752 S 261614 43
7.5 480 3 9 230 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752 NS 265228 43
7.5 480 3 9 230 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752R NS 264292 43
7.5 480 3 9 115 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752T NS 265324 51
7.5 480 3 9 115 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752R NS 264284 43
7.5 480 3 9 230 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752T NS 264241 51
7.5 5501 3 7.9 115 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752 NS 266693 43
7.5 550 3 7.9 230 1 1/15 1,050 590 640 37 13 8 UB-752 NS 285376 43
10 208 1
1 48.1 208 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 UB-1002E NS 261622 48
10 208 3 27.8 208 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 UB-1002 NS 261630 48
UB-1002 NS 261649
INDUSTRIAL
10 240 1 41.7 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 48
10 240 3 24.1 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 UB-1002E NS 261657 48
10 480 1 20.1 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 UB-1002 NS 261665 48
10 480 3 12 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 UB-1002E NS 261673 48
10 480 1 20.8 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 UB-1002 NS 265244 48
10 5501 3 10.5 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 UB-1002 NS 266706 48
10 480 3 12 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 UB-1002 NS 265236 48
10 5501 3 10.5 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 UB-1002 NS 285350 48
10 480 3 12 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 UB-1002T NS 277843 56
10 480 3 12 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 28 40 9 UB-1002T NS 277851 56
12.5 208 3 34.7 208 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 36 40 9 UB-1252 NS 261681 48
12.5 240 1
1 52.1 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 36 40 9 UB-1252 NS 261690 48
12.5 240 3 30.1 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 36 40 9 UB-1252 NS 261702 48
12.5 480 1 26 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 36 40 9 UB-1252 NS 261710 48
12.5 480 1 26 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 36 40 9 UB-1252 NS 265260 48
12.5 480 3 15.1 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 36 40 9 UB-1252 NS 261729 48
12.5 480 3 15.1 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,180 800 36 40 9 UB-1252 NS 265252 48
15 208 3 41.7 208 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 32 45 10 UB-1502 NS 261737 52
15 240 1
1 62.5 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 32 45 10 UB-1502 NS 261745 52
15 240 3 36.1 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 32 45 10 UB-1502 NS 261753 52
15 480 1 31.3 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 32 45 10 UB-1502 NS 261761 52
15 480 1 31.3 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 32 45 10 UB-1502 NS 265279 52
15 480 3 18.1 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 32 45 10 UB-1502 S 261770 52
15 480 3 18.1 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 32 45 10 UB-1502 NS 265295 52
15 480 3 18.1 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 32 45 10 UB-1502E-T S 266677 60
15 5501 3 15.8 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 32 45 10 UB-1502 NS 264364 52
19.9 240 3 47.9 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 42 45 11 UB-2002 NS 261809 52
20 480 1 41.7 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 42 45 11 UB-2002 NS 261817 52
20 480 1 41.7 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 42 45 11 UB-2002 NS 265287 52
20 480 3 24.1 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 42 45 11 UB-2002 NS 261825 52
20 480 3 24.1 230 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 42 45 11 UB-2002 NS 265308 52
20 480 3 24.1 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 42 45 11 UB-2002E-T S 285384 60
20 5501 3 21 115 1 1/15 1,050 1,330 900 42 45 11 UB-2002 NS 264372 52
F-33
UB High Capacity Horizontal Blower Heater (cont’d.)

Temp. Horiz. Mtg.
25 240 3 60.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332558 185
25 240 3 60.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332566 185
25 240 3 60.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332574 185
25 240 3 60.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332582 185
25 480 3 30.1 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332590 185
25 480 1 52.1 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332603 185
25 480 1 52.1 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332611 185
25 480 1 52.1 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332620 185
25 480 1 52.1 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332638 185
25 480 3 30.1 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332646 185
25 480 3 30.1 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332654 185
25 480 3 30.1 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332662 185
25 480 3 30.1 460 3 1/3 1,725 1,450 920 57 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332670 185
25 480 3 30.1 460 3 1/3 1,725 1,450 920 57 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332689 185
25 480 3 30.1 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332697 185
25 550 3 26.3 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332700 185
25 550 3 26.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332718 185
25 550 3 26.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332726 185
25 575 3 26.3 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332734 185
25 575 3 26.3 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332742 185
25 575 3 26.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332750 185
25 575 3 26.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332769 185
25 600 3 24.1 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332777 185
25 600 3 24.1 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332785 185
25 600 3 24.1 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332793 185
25 600 3 24.1 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 64 48 12 UB-2502 NS 332806 185
30 240 3 72.3 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332814 185
30 240 3 72.3 115 1 1/3 1.550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332822 185
30 240 3 72.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332830 185
30 240 3 72.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332849 185
30 480 1 62.5 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332857 185
30 480 1 62.5 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332865 185
30 480 1 62.5 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332873 185
30 480 1 62.5 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332881 185
30 480 3 36.1 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332890 185
30 480 3 36.1 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332902 185
30 480 3 36.1 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332910 185
30 480 3 36.1 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332929 185
30 480 3 36.1 460 3 1/3 1,725 1,450 920 69 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332937 185
30 480 3 36.1 460 3 1/3 1,725 1,450 920 69 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332945 185
30 550 3 31.5 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332953 185
30 550 3 31.5 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332961 185
30 550 3 31.5 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332970 185
30 550 3 31.5 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332988 185
30 575 3 30.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 332996 185
30 575 3 30.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 333008 185
30 575 3 30.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 333016 185
30 575 3 30.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 333024 185
30 600 3 28.9 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 333032 185
30 600 3 28.9 115 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 333040 185
30 600 3 28.9 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 333059 185
30 600 3 28.9 230 1 1/3 1,550 1,300 825 77 48 13 UB-3002 NS 333067 185
35 240 3 84.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333075 210
35 240 3 84.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333083 210
35 480 1 72.9 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333091 210
35 480 1 72.9 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333104 210
35 480 1 72.9 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333112 210
35 480 1 72.9 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333120 210
35 480 3 42.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333139 210
35 480 3 42.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333147 210
35 480 3 42.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333155 210
35 480 3 42.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333163 210
35 480 3 42.2 460 3 1/3 1,725 2,800 1,165 42 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333171 210
35 480 3 42.2 460 3 1/3 1,725 2,800 1,165 42 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333180 210
35 550 3 36.8 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333198 210
35 550 3 36.8 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333200 210
35 550 3 36.8 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333219 210
35 550 3 36.8 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333227 210
35 575 3 35.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333235 210
35 575 3 35.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333243 210
35 575 3 35.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333251 210
35 575 3 35.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333260 210
35 600 3 33.7 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333278 210
F-34
UB High Capacity Horizontal Blower Heater

Temp. Horiz. Mtg.
35 600 3 33.7 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333286 210
35 600 3 33.7 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333294 210
35 600 3 33.7 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 47 54 14 UB-3502 NS 333307 210
40 480 1 83.3 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333315 210
40 480 1 83.3 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333323 210
40 480 1 83.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333331 210
40 480 1 83.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333340 210
40 480 3 48.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333358 210
40 480 3 48.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333366 210
40 480 3 48.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333374 210
40 480 3 48.2 230 1 1/3 1,500 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333382 210
40 480 3 48.2 460 3 1/3 1,725 2,800 1,165 48 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333390 210
40 480 3 48.2 460 3 1/3 1,725 2,800 1,165 48 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333403 210
40 550 3 42 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333411 210
40 550 3 42 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333420 210
40 550 3 42 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333438 210
40 550 3 42 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333446 210
40 575 3 40.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333454 210
40 575 3 40.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333462 210
40 575 3 40.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333470 210
40 575 3 40.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333489 210
40 600 3 38.5 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333497 210
40 600 3 38.5 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333500 210
40 600 3 38.5 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333518 210
40 600 3 38.5 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 53 54 15 UB-4002 NS 333526 210
45 480 1 93.8 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333534 210
45 480 1 93.8 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333542 210
45 480 3 54.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333550 210
45 480 3 54.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333569 210
45 480 3 54.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333577 210
45 480 3 54.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333585 210
45 480 3 54.2 460 3 1/3 1,725 2,800 1,165 54 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333593 210
45 480 3 54.2 460 3 1/3 1,725 2,800 1,165 54 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333606 210
45 550 3 47.3 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333614 210
45 550 3 47.3 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333622 210
45 550 3 47.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333630 210
45 550 3 47.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333649 210
45 575 3 45.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333657 210
45 575 3 45.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333665 210
INDUSTRIAL
45 575 3 45.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333673 210
45 575 3 45.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333681 210
45 600 3 43.4 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333690 210
45 600 3 43.4 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333702 210
45 600 3 43.4 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333710 210
45 600 3 43.4 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 60 54 17 UB-4502 NS 333729 210
50 480 3 60.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333737 210
50 480 3 60.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333745 210
50 480 3 60.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333753 210
50 480 3 60.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333761 210
50 480 3 60.2 460 3 1/3 1,725 2,800 1,165 60 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333770 210
50 480 3 60.2 460 3 1/3 1,725 2,800 1,165 60 54 17 UB-5002 S 333788 210
50 550 3 52.5 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333796 210
50 550 3 52.5 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333809 210
50 550 3 52.5 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333817 210
50 550 3 52.5 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333825 210
50 575 3 50.3 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333833 210
50 575 3 50.3 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333841 210
50 575 3 50.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333850 210
50 575 3 50.3 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333868 210
50 600 3 48.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333876 210
50 600 3 48.2 115 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333884 210
50 600 3 48.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333892 210
50 600 3 48.2 230 1 1/3 1,550 2,500 1,040 67 54 17 UB-5002 NS 333905 210
1. Not UL Listed.
Other Note — Up to 600V available, contact your Local Chromalox Sales office.
F-35
EH & HVT
Industrial
Convection Heaters
• Without Thermostat (type EH) Dimensions (Inches)
• With Thermostat (type HVT)
• 250 - 1,000 Watts Adjustable

Thermostat
(HVT only)
6-3/4
• 853 - 3,412 Btuh
• 120 and 240 Volt
• Single Phase 3-3/4 Width
Description Heating Elements are strip type construction

and are the most rugged, durable, long-lasting
EH and HVT industrial convection heaters are elements available to industry.
designed for the highest dependability for
rough plant areas and small manned or unat- Built-in Thermostat — (HVT only). Furnished
tended areas. standard to provide temperatures from 50°F
- 110°F.
Applications
Advantages
• Crane Cabs
• Long Life
• Shop Offices
• Rugged for High Traffic Areas
• Small Plant Areas
• Non-Hazardous Pump Sheds
Construction
CAUTION — Not intended for use where
Cabinet — Heavy gauge perforated steel case flammable vapors, gases, liquids or other
finished in corrosion resistant almond polyes- combustible atmospheres are present.
ter powder coat paint.

Dimensions (In.)
Wt.
kW Volts Phase Amps Btuh Height Width Depth Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
EH — Without Thermostat
0.25 120 1 2.1 853 6-3/4 14-5/8 3-3/4 EH-1221 S 261833 7
0.25 240 1 1 853 6-3/4 14-5/8 3-3/4 EH-1221 NS 261841 7
0.5 120 1 4.2 1,706 6-3/4 14-5/8 3-3/4 EH-1251 S 261850 7
0.5 240 1 2.1 1,706 6-3/4 14-5/8 3-3/4 EH-1251 NS 261868 7
HVT — With Thermostat
0.5 120 1 4.2 1,706 6-3/4 28-5/8 3-3/4 HVT-1251 S 240055 13
1 120 1 8.3 3,412 6-3/4 28-5/8 3-3/4 HVT-2411 S 240071 15
Refer to
WR-80, WR-90
F-36
H
Horizontal
Convection Heater
• 1 - 3 kW
• 3,412 - 10,236 Btuh

Dimensions (Inches)
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt
• Single Phase
Width 4-1/2
Height
Description
Type H horizontal convection heaters are Heating Elements are strip type construction
designed for the highest dependability for and are the most rugged, durable, long-lasting
rugged plant areas and small manned or elements available to industry.
unattended areas.
CAUTION — Not intended for use where
Applications flammable vapors, gases, liquids or other
combustible atmospheres are present.
• Crane Cabs
INDUSTRIAL
Advantages
• Shop Offices
• Long Life
• Durable for High Traffic Areas
Construction
Cabinet — Heavy gauge perforated steel
case finished in corrosion resistant black
polyester powder coat paint.
Dimensions (In.)
No. Wt.
kW Volts Elem. Amps Btuh Height Width Depth Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
1 120 2 8.3 3,412 7-1/2 20-3/4 4-1/2 H-1801 S 261948 28
1 240 2 4.2 3.412 7-1/2 20-3/4 4-1/2 H-1801 NS 261956 28
1.5 120 2 12.5 5,118 7-1/2 26-1/2 4-1/2 H-2405 NS 262000 30
1.5 240 2 6.3 5,118 7-1/2 26-1/2 4-1/2 H-2405 S 262019 30
1.5 480 2 3.1 5,118 7-1/2 26-1/2 4-1/2 H-2405 NS 262027 30
2 120 4 16.7 6,824 11-1/4 26-1/2 4-1/2 H-2406 S 262060 32
2 240 4 8.3 6,824 11-1/4 26-1/2 4-1/2 H-2406 S 262078 32
2 480 4 4.2 6,824 11-1/4 26-1/2 4-1/2 H-2406 S 262086 32
Refer to 3 240 4 12.5 10,236 11-1/4 26-1/2 4-1/2 H-2407 S 262131 32
3 480 4 6.3 10,236 11-1/4 26-1/2 4-1/2 H-2407 S 262140 32
WR-80, WR-90
in the Controls section. Stock Status: S = stock AS = assembly stock NS = non-stock
F-37
V
Vertical
Convection Heater
• 2 - 4.5 kW
• 6,824 - 15,354 Btuh
• 120, 240 and 480 Volt Dimensions (Inches)
• Single Phase Width
Height
5-3/4
3/4
Description
Type V vertical convection heaters are designed Heating Elements are strip type construction
for the highest dependability for rugged plant and are the most rugged, durable, long-lasting
areas and small manned or unattended areas. elements available to industry.
Applications CAUTION — Not intended for use where flam-

mable vapors, gases, liquids or other combus-
• Crane Cabs tible atmospheres are present.
• Shop Offices Advantages
• Long Life
• Durable for High Traffic Areas
Construction • Easy Installation
Cabinet — Heavy gauge perforated steel case • Corrosion Resistant
finished in corrosion resistant black polyester
powder coat paint. • Low Maintenance

No. Dimensions (In.) Wt.
kW Volts Elem. Amps Btuh Height Width Depth Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
2 240 4 8.3 6,824 27 12-3/4 5-3/4 V-2020 NS 262254 34
3 240 4 12.5 10,236 27 12-3/4 5-3/4 V-2030 S 262318 34
3 480 4 6.3 10,236 27 12-3/4 5-3/4 V-2030 NS 262326 34
4.5 120 6 37.5 10,236 27 17-3/4 5-3/4 V-2040 NS 262369 44
4.5 240 6 18.8 15,354 27 17-3/4 5-3/4 V-2040 NS 262377 44
4.5 480 6 9.4 15,354 27 17-3/4 5-3/4 V-2040 S 262385 44
Refer to Stock Status: S = stock AS = assembly stock NS = non-stock
WR-80, WR-90 To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase and quantity.
F-38
SDRA
Portable High Temperature
Blower Heater
• 30, 48 and 60kW
• 102,360 to 240,720 BTUH
• 480 or 600 Volts Three Phase
• Air Temperature to 180˚F
• Use with Flexible Duct
Description
Applications The Chromalox SDRA SuperDragon is a heat transfer. The elements are firmly attached
rugged, self contained, mobile electric to a robust steel assembly with steel bulkhead
• Aircraft Cabin Heating
blower heater that can be used with or without threaded fittings.
• Plant Maintenance optional inlet or outlet 20” diameter flexible
duct. The SDRA units can be used for comfort
• Building Construction Sites heating or process heating temperatures to Fan Section
• Curing Plaster and Concrete 180˚F, and can be located in an ambient of up
The fan assembly includes a 16” tubeaxial
to 130˚F. The SDRA includes a fan only switch,
fan designed for industrial use and includes a
• Warming Workers that allows the unit to be used to recirculate
streamlined belt tunnel that isolates the mo-
room air, supply fresh air source, or capture
• Drying After Flood Damage tor, drives and bearings from the air stream.
fume exhaust. The SDRA heaters provide for
The fan blades are precision balanced made
• Insect Control in Grain Mills easily adjustable airflow for a wide variety of
with spark resistant aluminum and includes
applications including flexible ducting up to
• Thawing Frozen Pipes permanently lubricated ball bearings. Safety
165 feet in length. Each unit includes two ther-
belt guards are supplied to protect operating
mostats to enable the operator to set the maxi-
• Re-circulating Fresh Air personnel from harm. The drip proof motor
PORTABLE
mum inlet and outlet temperatures, magnetic
is rated 1hp, 3 phase 1,725 rpm and operates
• Circulating Fresh Air contactor(s), a 120 volt control transformer,
on line voltage. Fan speed can be varied from
power on pilot lights and a high limit cutout to
• Exhausting Contaminated Air 1,500 to 2,300 RPM for various air flows by
protect the heater against unintended low air
use of adjustable pulleys.
flow conditions. The SDRA can be left unat-
tended without the threat of fire or by-product Controls
of combustion from fuel fired heaters. The
bright red polyester powder coated heater can Two adjustable thermostats (60 to 180˚F) are
be easily moved because of two 10” diameter located on the heater cylinder to allow the
pneumatic wheels on the outlet and a 4” lock- inlet and outlet temperatures to be adjust-
able swivel castor on the inlet. able for single pass heating or recirculated air
temperature control. The power is switched
Construction by magnetic contactor(s) which are located in
a gasketed NEMA 4 enclosure along with the
Heating Section
motor starter, control voltage transformer and
A structural frame consisting of 2 spun steel heater power fusing. A fan only toggle switch
rings and formed steel channels support a and pilot lights for power and heater are also
20 gauge steel cylinder phosphate coated located in the enclosure.
for corrosion resistance and finished in red
polyester powder coat paint. The cylinder Safety Guards
contains patented metal sheath Fintube®
Front and rear grills are 10 gauge, finished
heating elements that include industrial grade
in black polyester powder coat paint and are
.475” diameter steel sheath tubular heaters
designed to meet OSHA requirements.
with furnace brazed steel fins for maximum
F-39
SDRA
Dimensions (In.)
Volts Temp. Wt.
kW 3 Ph Amps BTUH HP CFM Rise oF Model Stock PCN W L H (Lbs)
30 480 37.2 102,360 1 1100-2700 35-88 SDRA-30-43 S 295689 26 44 38.5 200
30 600 30.0 102,360 1 1100-2700 35-88 SDRA-30-93 NS 295697 26 44 38.5 200
48 480 58.9 163,776 1 1100-2700 59-141 SDRA-48-43 NS 295700 30.25 44 38.5 210
48 600 47.3 163,776 1 11000-2700 59-141 SDRA-48-93 NS 295718 30.25 44 38.5 210
60 480 73.3 204,720 1 1100-2700 70-172 SDRA-60-43 S 295726 30.25 44 38.5 220
60 600 58.9 204,720 1 1100-2700 70-172 SDRA-60-93 NS 295734 30.25 44 38.5 220
SDRA-RG
Series
Rental Grade Portable
Blower Heater
Description
The SDRA-RG series of SuperDragons have
the same features as the standard indus-
trial grade units except that they feature a
welded steel frame and can be stacked two
high to reduce floor space during storage or
transportation to various venues. The rental
grade units feature 4” diameter casters, two
of which lock.
Two SDRA-RG Stacked

Dimensions (In.)
Volts Temp. Wt.
kW 3 Ph Amps BTUH HP CFM Rise oF Model Stock PCN W L H (Lbs)
30 480 37.2 102,360 1 1100-2700 35-88 SDRA-30-43RG S 295742 35.75 45.75 34.5 280
30 600 30.0 102,360 1 1100-2700 35-88 SDRA-30-93RG NS 295750 35.75 45.75 34.5 280
48 480 58.9 163,776 1 1100-2700 59-141 SDRA-48-43RG NS 295769 35.75 45.75 34.5 290
48 600 47.3 163,776 1 1100-2700 59-141 SDRA-48-93RG NS 295777 35.75 45.75 34.5 290
60 480 73.3 204,720 1 1100-2700 70-172 SDRA-60-43RG S 295785 35.75 45.75 34.5 300
60 600 58.9 204,720 1 1100-2700 70-172 SDRA-60-93RG NS 295793 30.25 45.75 34.5 300
F-40
SDRA
Model DRA-CC
ChromaCube Portable
Heating System for Use Description Two DRA-CC Stacked
with Customer Supplied The DRA-CC series of SuperDragons have
Air Source the same construction features as the rental

grade units except do not include the blower
the heater in case of a restricted or loss of
air flow. The control enclosure includes a
section. The units require customer supplied contactor(s), control transformer, power fus-
air via 20” diameter flexible duct. The control ing and power on pilot lights.
circuit includes an air flow switch to protect
Volts 3 Temp. Dimensions (In.) Wt.
kW Ph Amps BTUH CFM Rise oF Model Stock PCN W L H (Lbs)
30 480 36.1 102,360 1100-2700 35-88 SDRA-CC-30-43 NS 295806 35.75 45.75 34 150
30 600 28.9 102,360 1100-2700 35-88 SDRA-CC-30-93 NS 295814 35.75 45.75 34 150
48 480 57.8 163,776 1100-2700 59-141 SDRA-CC-48-43 NS 295822 35.75 45.75 34 160
48 600 46.2 163,776 1100-2700 59-141 SDRA-CC-48-93 NS 295830 35.75 45.75 34 160
60 480 72.2 204,720 1100-2700 70-172 SDRA-CC-60-43 NS 295849 35.75 45.75 34 170
60 600 57.8 204,720 1100-2700 70-172 SDRA-CC-60-93 NS 295857 35.75 45.75 34 170
Note: Units do not include fan/blower.
Accessories
AD-16 Adjustable Damper Duct Adapter Ring
Provides a means to attach 20” flexible duct
The adjustable damper can be attached to
to the intake or outlet of the SuperDragon
PORTABLE
the intake side of the SuperDragon heaters
to reduce the amount of airflow to insure the series heaters. Two are required if using duct
required air temperature is realized. This is on the inlet and outlet for applications where
especially important when the unit will be air is recirculated.
used without flexible duct.
Model Description Stock PCN Wt. (lbs) Model Description Stock PCN Wt. (lbs)
AD-16 Adjustable Damper S 295902 12 DAR-20 20" Duct Adaptor S 295873 20
Flexible Duct Splice

FX-20 Flexible Duct
The flexible duct splice is designed to Chromalox heavy duty, flexible duct is con-
splice two or more 25’ lengths of flex- structed of 100% polyester based fabric and is
ible duct to create longer lengths. 20” diameter and 25’ long. It is made to resist
wear and is suitable for temperatures from -40
to 220˚F. The duct is internally supported with
Model Description Stock PCN Wt. (lbs) a steel wire helix and can be used on the air
FDS-20 20" Dia. Duct Splice Kit NS 295881 40 intake end of the heater and will not collapse
under the negative pressure.
Duct Clamp (not shown)
Model Description Stock PCN Wt. (lbs)
Stainless steel band is designed to fit over the flexible duct for a
secure attachment to the adapter ring or flexible duct splice. FX-20 20" Dia. Flexible Duct 25' S 295865 45
Model Description Stock PCN Wt. (lbs)

DC-20 20" Dia. Duct Clamp S 295890 3
F-41
DRA
Portable Spot Industrial
Salamander Blower Heater
• 7.5 to 30 kW
• 25,590 to 102,360 BTUH
• 208, 240, 480 and 600 Volts
• No Assembly Required
Dimensions (Inches)
(20-9/16)
(16-1/2 I.D.)
Description
(18-1/2 O.D.)
(Handle Fully
The Chromalox DRA Dragon is a rugged Extend 34-1/4)
industrial grade, self contained, highly mobile,
electric blower heater. The DRA can be left
unattended without the threat of poisoning
from combustion by-products associated with
(27-11/16) (23-7/16)
fuel fired heaters. The built in safety features
include an adjustable thermostat to control
the outlet air temperature, auto-reset cutouts Leg Assembly Safety Guards
for the fan motor and heating elements. The Each side consists of a one piece, 12 gauge,
thermostat provides settings for full off, fan formed steel member, which accepts a steel Front and rear grills are 10 gauge, finished in
only and temperature control in the heating tubular handle, held in place with a 1-1/2" black polyester powder coat and are designed
setting. Dragon heaters feature a large, easily long x 1/4" bolt on each side. The handle to meet OSHA safety requirements.
accessible control and wiring compartment can be raised from the shipping position if Heating Assembly
containing a magnetic contactor; additional desired. The rubber, pneumatic wheels are 10" The patented metal sheath Fintube® heating
safety is provided by a 120 volt control voltage diameter and 3 1/2” wide to provide ease of elements consist of steel fins furnace brazed
transformer and motor starter on 480 and 600 transporting the heater on irregular and gravel on industrial grade .475 diameter steel sheath
volt units. The bright red polyester powder surfaces. The large wheels make it easy to roll tubular heaters for maximum heat transfer.
coated heating cylinder is highly visible and up stairways without damage to decorative The elements are held in place with steel
can be rotated to direct heat or fan driven air step surfaces. bulkhead fittings for durability. The elements
movement where it is needed. For assured
Fan Assembly feature a high temperature finish for corrosive
safety, all standard units meet the require-
The self-centering fan assembly consists of a protection.
ments of UL (File No. E7061) and CSA (File
No. LR40859). totally enclosed, permanently lubricated motor
and a dynamically balanced aluminum fan
Applications
Construction blade for smooth, quiet operation. • For Best Results Use in Enclosed Area with
Heating Cylinder Controls Ceiling Heights Below 15'
A structural frame consisting of 2 spun steel A thermostat, with a temperature range of • Warming Workers
rings and 2 formed steel channels support a 40°F to 100°F is included, with a full off
20 gauge steel cylinder phosphate coated for position, a fan only position and an adjust- • Thawing Frozen Pipes
corrosion resistance, and finished in red poly- able range of temperature settings in the
ester powder coat paint. The heating cylinder heating mode position. Each unit includes • Thawing Railroad Cars
pivots vertically to direct air flow. a 3 pole magnetic contactor and auto-reset • Heating Large Tents
thermal cutout. 480 volt and 600 volt units
also include a motor relay and 120 volt control • Non-Hazardous Areas
voltage transformer for personnel safety.
F-42
DRA
Portable Spot Industrial
Salamander Blower
Heater (cont’d.)
Temp. Wt.
kW Volts Phase Amps1 BTU/H HP CFM Rise °F2 Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
7.5 208 1 and 3 36.3/21.0 25,590 0.06 1070 23 DRA-07-83 NS 295523 65
7.5/5.6 240/208 1 and 3 31.5/18.33 25,590 0.06 1070 23 DRA-07-23 S 295531 65
9.75 208 1 and 3 47.1/27.3 33,267 0.06 1070 31 DRA-10-83 S 295540 65
10/7.5 240/208 1 and 3 40.8/23.73 33,267 0.06 1070 31 DRA-10-23 S 295558 65
15 208 3 41.8 51,180 0.06 1070 46 DRA-15-83 NS 295566 65
15/11.2 240/208 3 36.33 51,180 0.06 1070 46 DRA-15-23 S 295574 65
15 480 1 and 3 31.4 51,180 0.06 1070 46 DRA-15-43 S 295582 65
15 600 1 and 3 25.2 51,180 0.06 1070 46 DRA-15-93 NS 295596 65
19.5/15 240/208 3 47.13 66,534 0.06 1070 61 DRA-20-23 NS 295603 75
20 480 1 and 3 42.0 68,240 0.06 1070 62 DRA-20-43 S 295611 75
20 600 1 and 3 33.5 68,240 0.06 1070 62 DRA-20-93 NS 295620 75
30 480 3 36.3 102,360 0.06 1070 92 DRA-30-43 S 295638 75
30 600 3 29.1 102,360 0.06 1070 92 DRA-30-93 NS 295646 75
1. Includes motor amps
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock 2. Temperature rise at 240V operation
To Order—Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase and quantity. 3. 208V amperage is 86% of 240V value
Models designated 1 and 3 can be field converted from three phase All models factory pre-wired with an 8 foot cord and plug for use
to single phase. Consult product installation, operation, and mainte- in 3 phase operation (See table 1 factory installed plug and cord
nance manual for details. information)
Factory Installed Plug and Cord Data
Model Plug Type Cable Type Model Plug Type Cable Type
DRA-07-83 NEMA 18-30P, Straight Blade 10 AWG, 4 Wire DRA-15-93 NEMA 17-30P, Twist-Lock 12 AWG, 4 Wire
DRA-07-23 NEMA 18-30P, Straight Blade 10 AWG, 4 Wire DRA-20-23 NEMA 15-50P, Straight Blade 4 AWG, 4 Wire
PORTABLE
DRA-15-83 NEMA 18-50P, Straight Blade 6 AWG, 4 Wire DRA-30-43 Non-NEMA 50A, Twist-Lock 6 AWG, 4 Wire
DRA-15-23 NEMA 15-50P, Straight Blade 6 AWG, 4 Wire DRA-30-93 Non-NEMA 50A, Twist-Lock 8 AWG, 4 Wire
DRA-15-43 NEMA 16-30P, Twist-Lock 10 AWG, 4 Wire
Standard Locking Plugs

Fits Cable Wt.
Plug Type Catalog Number Description Volts Amps NEMA# Dia. (In.) Stock PCN (Lbs.)
LOCKING PGL-15-20 3 Pole, 4 Wire 250 20 L15-20 .385 to .780 NS 338845 / 511556014 0.5
LOCKING PGL-16-30 3 Pole, 4 Wire 480 30 L16-30 .595 to 1.150 NS 338861 / 511556023 0.5
LOCKING PGL-17-30 3 Pole, 4 Wire 600 30 L17-30 .595 to 1.150 S 338870 / 511556032 0.5
LOCKING PGL-3763C 2 Pole, 3 Wire 600 50 N/A .750 to 1.125 NS 338917 / 511556033 0.5
LOCKING PGL-3765C 3 Pole, 4 Wire 600 50 N/A .750 to 1.125 NS 338925 / 511556034 0.5
NON LOCKING PGN-6-50 2 Pole, 3 Wire 250 50 6-50 .625 to 1.187 S 338888 / 511506014 0.5
NON LOCKING PGN-15-20 3 Pole, 4 Wire 250 20 15-20 .390 to .775 S 338896 / 511506006 0.5
NON LOCKING PGN-18-30 4 Pole, 4 Wire 208 30 18-30 .625 to 1.310 NS 511506026 0.5
NON LOCKING PGN-18-50 4 Pole, 4 Wire 208 30 18-50 .625 to 1.310 NS 511506024 0.5
LOCKING PGL-8165C 3 Pole, 4 Wire 480 50 N/A .92 to 1.2 NS 511556031 0.5
NON LOCKING PGN-8461C 3 Pole, 4 Wire 250 60 N/A .625 to 1.310 NS 511506028 0.5

F-43
HF
Portable Blower Heater
• 1.9 - 4 kW
• 6,483 - 13,648 Btuh
• 120 and 240 Volt

Dimensions (Inches)
• Single Phase
11-3/8 8
• AC and DC Rated Models 2-1/4
12-5/8 14-3/16 Motor End Enclosure
Description 6 Foot Heater Cord
Heavy duty HF portable blower heaters are

ideal for heating small areas in industrial On/Off Switch
environments and are available in DC ratings
for use in crane cabs.
Construction DC Rated Models equipped with DC motors
Applications and DC rated magnetic contactors wired in
Cabinet — Heavy 20 gauge steel, phosphate series with the overheat cutout. Like the AC
• Construction Sites undercoated for corrosion resistance and models, DC rated units also include on/off
• Garages finished in almond powder coat providing a toggle switch, 6 ft. cord and plugs except on
good, clean appearance. Includes carrying HF-303H and HF-303E which includes the cord
• Work Stations handle. only and HF-403E which includes neither the
Heating Elements — Shock-resistant metal cord nor the plug.
• Warehouses
sheath heating elements, designed for long
• Crane Cabs life. Advantages
• Storage Buildings AC Rated Models include a quiet, completely • Clean and Reliable
enclosed, vibration-free AC motor, overheat
• Easy to Move
cutout, on/off toggle switch and 6 ft. cord and
ground plug (except HF-303AC, which does • Built-in Thermal Cutout
not include a plug).
• DC Ratings
Electrical (60 Hz) Motor Air Delivery1 Ordering
Temp. Horiz. Mtg.
kW Volts Phase Amps Volts Phase HP RPM CFM FPM1 (°F)1 (Ft.) (Ft.) Model1 Stock PCN (Lbs.)
1.9 120 1 15.8 115 1 1/30 1,550 170 410 35 6 13-3/16 HF-203G AC S 261307 16.5
1.9 120 1 15.8 125 1 1/60 1,725 200 480 30 6 13-3/16 HF-203EG DC S 261323 16.5
2 240 1 8.3 240 1 1/30 1,550 170 410 37 6 13-3/16 HF-203G AC NS 261315 16.5
2 240 1 8.3 125 1 1/60 1,725 200 480 32 6 13-3/16 HF-203DG DC S 261331 16.5
3 120 1 25 115 1 1/30 1,550 170 410 56 6 13-3/16 HF-303H AC3 S 261340 19
3 240 1 12.5 240 1 1/30 1,550 170 410 56 6 13-3/16 HF-303G AC NS 261358 19
3 120 1 25 125 1 1/60 1,725 200 480 48 6 13-3/16 HF-303E DC3 NS 261366 19
3 240 1 12.5 125 1 1/60 1,725 200 480 48 6 13-3/16 HF-303DG DC S 261374 19
4 240 1 16.7 240 1 1/30 1,550 170 410 75 6 13-3/16 HF-403G AC S 261382 19
4 240 1 16.7 125 1 1/60 1,725 200 480 63 6 13-3/16 HF-403E DC2 S 261390 19
Stock Status: NS = non-stock
1. Approximate value.
2. Without cord and plug.
3. Cord only, no plug.
Other Notes —
A. Alternating current (AC) 60 Hz (supplied with on/off switch).
B. Direct current (DC).
F-44
DH
UL Listed Open Coil
& Fintubular Air Duct
Heaters
• Up to 458 kW
Open Coil
• Up to 35 kW/Ft Power Densities
2
• Up to 600 Volt
Finned Tubular
• 6 x 8" to 40 x 72" Duct Sizes
• Slip-In and Flanged Mounting

Description
• Heavy Gauge Galvanized Frame Overtemperature Protection — provided with
Type DH duct heaters are pre-engineered,
factory assembled units consisting of a both manual and automatic resets.
• NEMA1 Control Panel standard frame section, heating elements and
a prewired control panel. They are available Factory Prewired — 48 Amp maximum
• Meets NEC Requirements in a wide range of standard frame sizes, with circuits to meet NEC requirements.
various heating capacities and heating stages Controls — 24V transformer, magnetic con-
• Configured to Order operating on AC voltage ratings of 120 to tactors, airflow switch, disconnect switch and
600V. overtemperature cutouts allow for thermostat
• cULus Listed control.
The standard duct heater is designed to be
• Available with CE mark for inserted in a rectangular opening cut in the Fusing — Power fusing on heaters above 48
Europe side of a horizontal or vertical duct. For larger amps.
ducts or where it may be more desirable to
attach the duct directly to the heater, a frame Easy Wiring access through opening in
may be added to the heater. terminal box.
Applications
INDUSTRIAL
• Primary Room Heating (Central or Zone) Optional Features
• Supplemental Room Heating (Heat Pumps) Heater Frame — Outdoor Use (per UL1996)
• Air Tempering (Outside Air) galvanized frame, stainless steel (NEMA 1 or
Outdoor Use) frame.
• Preheating (Make-Up Air)
Heating Elements — Stainless steel finned
• Reheating (Overcooling applications)
tubular or Monel® finned tubular for added
• Industrial and Commercial Buildings corrosion resistance.
Standard Features Mounting — Insert or flanged designs for
vertical or bottom mounting.
Heater Frame — Galvanized for corrosion
protection. Control Panel — Remote control panel allows
for additional space around heater.
Heating Elements — 80/20 Nickel/Chromium
open coil or painted steel finned. Pilot Lights — "Heat-on", fault, low airflow,
"Stage On".
Mounting — Insert or flanged designs config-
ured for horizontal airflow. SCR Power Control — SCR with proportional
control, or vernier control for more precise
Control Panel — Integral control panel pre- temperatures.
wired for easy wiring and installation.
Staging Control — Prewired for remote ther-
Listed for zero clearance to combustible mostat staging or built in staging control with
materials. 4-20 mA, 0-10.
F-45
DH
UL Listed Open Coil & Fintubular Air Duct Heaters (cont’d.)
Heater Dimensions
W W
H H
Slip-In Flanged
Airflow Orientation
Airflow Airflow
Airflow Right
Right Up
Airflow
Airflow Left
Left
Airflow
Down
Horizontal duct with panel extended Vertical duct with panel extended Bottom mount in horizontal duct with
in LEFT direction in DOWNWARD direction panel extended in LEFT direction
Airflow
Right Airflow
Airflow
Right
Airflow Airflow Left
Left Up
Airflow
Down
Horizontal duct with panel extended Vertical duct with panel extended Bottom mount in horizontal duct with
in RIGHT direction in UPWARD direction panel extended in RIGHT direction
F-46
DH UL Listed Open Coil & Fintubular Air Duct Heaters (cont’d.)

Ordering DH Open Coil & Tubular Duct Heater
Information
Code Element Type
To Order — OC Open Coil Elements SS 304 Stainless Steel Finned Tubular Element
PS Painted Steel Finned Tubular Elements MO MONEL® Elements
Complete the
Model Number Code Panel and Heater Mounting
using the Matrix IS Integral Control Panel, Slip-In Frame RS Remote Control Panel, Slip-In Frame
provided. IF Integral Control Panel, Flanged Frame RF Remote Control Panel, Flange Frame
Code Terminal Box and Frame Construction
GPG Galvanized Terminal Box and Frame (NEMA 1)
DPG Outdoor Use Galvanized Terminal Box and Frame
GPS Stainless Steel Terminal Box and Frame (NEMA 1)
DPS Outdoor Use Stainless Steel Terminal Box and Frame
Code Height of Duct in Inches
XXX
Code Width of Duct in Inches
XXX
Code Line Voltage
12 120V 27 277V 44 440V 57 575V
28 208V 38 380V 46 460V 60 600V
24 240V 40 400V 48 480V 69 690V
22 220V 41 415V
Code Phase
1 Single Phase
3 Three Phase
Code Kilowatts
XXX
Code Airflow Direction
F1 Horizontal Left F4 Vertical Down
F2 Horizontal Right F5 Bottom Mount
F3 Vertical Up
Code Panel Orientation (Integral Panel Only)
P1 Extend Left Direction (Horiz. & Bottom Mount Configs Only)
P2 Extend Right Direction (Horiz. & Bottom Mount Config. Only)
P3 Extend Upward (Vertical Airflow Only)
P4 Extend Downward (Vertical Airflow Only)
COMMERCIAL
DH- OC- II- GPG- 010- 012- 48- 1- 015- F1- P1 Typical Model Number
Notes
1. Unless otherwise specified, heaters are wired for single stage operation and provided with on/off contactor control and a 24V control circuit
2. Heaters above 277V line voltage or three phase include a 24V control circuit transformer
3. To comply with UL requirements all heaters are design not to exceed 48 amps per circuit and are provided with both automatic and manual reset cutouts
4. Although Chromalox can provide heaters with line voltage terminal blocks in place of a disconnect, per NEC requirements a disconnect must be supplied within
line of sight of the heater.
5. Finned tubular heaters are provided with back-up contactors
6. Maximum number of heater stages is 12 on all heaters. Minimum of 4 stages on pneumatic control.
Optional Features
Code Description Code Description
D1 Remove Disconnect (Replaced with Terminal Block) T1 120V Control Circuit Transformer
D2 Add Disconnect Fusing T2-XXX Remove Transformer (External control, XXX specifies contactor voltage)
S1 Remove Airflow Switch (Must add Fan Interlock Relay) T3 Remove Transformer and Contactor (Line voltage thermostat control)
S2-XXX Add Fan Interlock Relay (XXX Specifies Coil Voltage, e.g. S1-120 for 120V) C1 SCR (Full SCR control On/Off, 24V to 265V input)
F1 Add Power Fusing (Models below 48 amps) C2-X SCR Controller (X specifies control signal - see table)
L1 Heater On Pilot Light C3-XX Staging (XX specifies number of stages)
L2 Stage On Pilot Light C4-X Electronic Staging Controller (Full contactor control, X specifies control signal - see
table)
L3 Low Airflow Alarm Light C5 Pneumatic-Electronic Proportional Controller (Specify pressure range on schedule)
L4 Automatic Reset Overtemperature Cutout Alarm Light C6-X Vernier Control (Uses contactors and SCR, X specifies control signal)
Control Signal Codes

Code Description Code Description
1 0 to 5 vdc (available on SCR control only) 3 4 to 20 mA
2 0 to 10 Vdc ( 2 to 10 Vdc control range ) 4 0 to 135 Ω (available on Vernier and electronic staging control)
F-47
2.0 kW
ChromaStar™ 1.5 kW
4.5 kW
Infra-Red
Radiant Heaters 4.5 kW
• 1.5 to 13.5 kW
6.0 kW
• 5,118 to 46,062 BTU/Hr
• 120, 208, 240, 277, 480, and

600 Volts 6.0 kW
• Single or 3 Phase - Most Models

Field Convertible 13.5 kW
• Fixed Overhead - Convertible to

Portable
• Portable/Factory Assembled
Portable Fixed
• Optional Accessories
- Ground Fault Description
- Disconnect
- Tip Over Shut Down The Chromalox ChromaStar™ infra-red 0.050” mirrored aluminum extends over the
comfort heaters are designed to provide a assembly to provide a more uniform heating
rugged source of heat for use in areas where
• UL Listed, CSA (Fixed Overhead pattern.
dependence on air movement is impractical.
Models Only) The heaters are versatile, designed to provide
warmth directly where it is needed for primary Portable
• INCOLOY Sheath or spot heating applications. Each unit is
constructed for long life and requires minimal All portable heaters are supplied fully as-
maintenance. There are no moving parts or sembled to a rugged, chrome-nickel plated
motors to wear out, no air filters or lubrication tubular steel cart and handle (1.5 and 2.0 kW
required. heater has a fixed pedestal). The cart features
large wheels for easy portability. All portable
All Chromalox ChromaStar™ radiant heat- heaters include safety grills to protect person-
Applications ers feature the exclusive “Arctic End” Patent nel from contacting hot elements.
Pending heating element terminal construc-
• Localized heating in large plants tion. This feature lowers the terminal box Field wiring is accomplished through a 3/4”
temperatures resulting in extended element conduit opening in terminal enclosure. The
• Loading Docks and wiring life. 1.5 kW u nit comes complete with a factory
installed 6 foot cord and 2 prong grounding
• Narrow warehouse aisle heating Extruded aluminum housings are rigid to pro- type plug. Other models can be field wired us-
vide added protection to the heating elements ing accessory cable and plug kits shown.
• Garages
located at the focal point of a built-in mirrored
• Dry paint aluminum reflector(s).
Fixed Overhead
• Prevent freezing of pipes, valves The heater(s) consist of hairpin bent .430”
diameter alloy sheath tubular element(s) The Chromalox ChromaStar™ radiant heater
• Heat hoppers constructed of high quality resistance wire is shipped fully assembled and can be hung
embedded in carefully selected MgO refrac- from thee ceiling with 2 chains or rigid angle
tory insulation. The element feature “Arctic brackets attached to the heater brackets lo-
end” terminal construction for longer life and cated on the back of the heater.
cooler terminal enclosure temperatures. The
element(s) also feature terminal construc- Field wiring is accomplished through the
tion using a waged-in silicone bushings that liquid tight terminal enclosure. No secondary
produce unequalled resistance to moisture splice box required.
absorption. The heating element(s) connect
to a gasketed, moisture resistance terminal Protective screens, disconnect switches and
enclosure with liquid-tight bulkhead threaded portable carts are available for these heaters
fittings. An extension reflector constructed of as shown.
F-48
ChromaStar™ Portable Radiant Heaters 1.5 to 4.5 kW Dimensions

11-3/4" 11-3/8"
Infra-Red 11-3/4" 11-3/8"
Radiant Heaters
(cont’d.)
28-1/2"
49"
Side View Front View

Electrical Dimensions (in.) Ordering
No. Base Base Wt.
kW Volts Phase Elem. Amps Btuh Height Width Depth Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
1.5 120 1 1 12.5 5,118 28-1/2 11-3/8 11-3/4 STAR-02A-11-PC* S 340486 15
2 208 1 1 9.6 6,824 28-1/2 11-3/8 11-3/4 STAR-02A-81-P NS 340494 15
2 240 1 1 8.3 6,824 28-1/2 11-3/8 11-3/4 STAR-02A-21-P NS 340507 15
2 277 1 1 7.2 6,824 28-1/2 11-3/8 11-3/4 STAR-02A-71-P NS 340515 15
2 480 1 1 4.2 6,824 28-1/2 11-3/8 11-3/4 STAR-02A-41-P NS 340523 15
2 600 1 1 3.2 6,824 28-1/2 11-3/8 11-3/4 STAR-02A-61-P NS 340531 15
4.5 208 1 1 21.6 15,354 49 11-3/8 11-3/4 STAR-05A-81-P NS 340380 25
4.5 240 1 1 18.8 15,354 49 11-3/8 11-3/4 STAR-05A-21-P NS 340398 25
4.5 277 1 1 16.2 15,354 49 11-3/8 11-3/4 STAR-05A-71-P NS 340400 25
4.5 480 1 1 9.4 15,354 49 11-3/8 11-3/4 STAR-05A-41-P NS 340419 25
4.5 600 1 1 7.5 15,354 49 11-3/8 11-3/4 STAR-05A-61-P NS 340427 25
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock *Incl 6 foot cord and 2-prong grounding type plug.
To Order — Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase and quantity.
Portable Radiant Heaters 6 to 13.5 kW Dimensions

19-1/4" 23-5/8"
19-1/4" 23-5/8"
COMMERCIAL
32-1/2" 55-5/8"


Base Base Wt.
6 208 3 16.7 20,472 32-1/2 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-06A-83-P NS 341163 26
6 240 3 14.4 20,472 32-1/2 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-06A-23-P S 341171 26
6 277 1 21.7 20,472 32-1/2 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-06A-71-P NS 341180 26
6 480 3 7.2 20,472 32-1/2 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-06A-43-P S 341198 26
6 600 3 5.8 20,472 32-1/2 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-06A-63-P NS 341200 26
13.5 208 3 37.5 46,062 55-5/8 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-14A-83-P S 341219 44
13.5 240 3 32.5 46,062 55-5/8 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-14A-23-P NS 341227 44
13.2 277 1 47.7 46,062 55-5/8 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-14A-71-P NS 341235 44
13.5 480 3 16.3 46,062 55-5/8 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-14A-43-P S 341243 44
13.5 600 3 3 46,062 55-5/8 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-14A-63-P NS 341251 44
Stock Status: S = stock NS = non-stock *Includes 6 foot cord and 2-prong grounding type plug.
To Order — Specify model, PCN, kW, volts, phase and quantity. Assembly Stock shipped in one week.
For Stock shipment, order fixed overhead heaters on following page and appropriate cart kit.
F-49
ChromaStar™
Fixed Overhead Radiant Heaters 2.0 to 4.5 kW Dimensions
U.L Listed & CSA Certified for Fixed Installations
Infra-Red 2.0 kW
B
4.5 kW
Radiant Heaters 11-9/16" 11-9/16"
(cont’d.)
15-1/2"
15-1/2"
33-1/4" 53-3/4"

Base Base Wt.
2 208 1 9.6 6,824 27-11/16 9-7/8 6-13/16 STAR-02A-81-F S 340558 14
2 240 1 8.3 6,824 27-11/16 9-7/8 6-13/16 STAR-02A-21-F S 340566 14
2 277 1 7.2 6,824 27-11/16 9-7/8 6-13/16 STAR-02A-71-F NS 340574 14
2 480 1 4.2 6,824 27-11/16 9-7/8 6-13/16 STAR-02A-41-F S 340582 14
2 600 1 3.3 6,824 27-11/16 9-7/8 6-13/16 STAR-02A-61-F NS 340590 14
4.5 208 1 21.6 15,354 48-3/16 9-7/8 6-13/16 STAR-05A-81-F NS 340435 23
4.5 240 1 18.8 15,354 48-3/16 9-7/8 6-13/16 STAR-05A-21-F NS 340443 23
4.5 277 1 16.2 15,354 48-3/16 9-7/8 6-13/16 STAR-05A-71-F NS 340451 23
4.5 480 1 9.4 15,354 48-3/16 9-7/8 6-13/16 STAR-05A-41-F S 340460 23
4.5 600 1 7.5 15,354 48-3/16 9-7/8 6-13/16 STAR-05A-61-F NS 340478 23
Fixed Overhead Radiant Heaters 6.0 to 13.5 kW Dimensions
11-1/2" 11-1/2"
23-5/8"
23-5/8"
55-5/8"
32-1/2"

Base Base Wt.
6 208 3 16.7 20,472 32-1/2 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-06A-83-F NS 340339 26
6 240 3 14.4 20,472 32-1/2 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-06A-23-F S 340347 26
6 277 1 21.7 20,472 32-1/2 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-06A-71-F NS 340355 26
6 480 3 7.2 20,472 32-1/2 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-06A-43-F S 340363 26
6 600 3 5.8 20,472 32-1/2 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-06A-63-F NS 340371 26
13.5 208 3 37.5 46,062 55-5/8 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-14A-83-F NS 340232 44
13.5 240 3 32.5 46,062 55-5/8 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-14A-23-F S 340240 44
13.5 277 1 48.7 46,062 55-5/8 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-14A-71-F NS 340259 44
13.5 480 3 16.3 46,062 55-5/8 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-14A-43-F S 340267 44
13.5 600 3 13 46,062 55-5/8 23-5/8 11-1/2 STAR-14A-63-F NS 340275 44
F-50
ChromaStar™ Accessories
For use with both Fixed Overhead and
Portable Heaters
Infra-Red Disconnect Kits
Radiant Heaters The disconnect kit consists of a complete liq-
uid tight assembly including a 3 pole 48 Amp
(cont’d.) switch, power terminal block and all hardware
to mount either the fixed overhead or portable
radiant heater. Disconnects are used for shut-
ting off power to unit. Kits can be used on all
STAR heaters.
Wt.
Model No. kW Status PCN (Lbs.)
DS-50600 All AS 340662 3
Tip-Over Switch and Ground Fault Detector Kits

(for Portable STAR-06 and STAR-14 Heaters)
The Chromalox STAR-TG series kits include the components and features of the STARTIP tip-
over kits with the additional protection provides by a ground fault detector. The ground fault de-
tector will monitor for any gradual changes in the insulation level due to humidity or mechanical
damage as they develop and will de-energize the contactor to prevent arcing type faults, prevent-
ing premature element failure and potential fire damage.

Wt.
Model No. Volts Status PCN (Lbs.)
STAR-TG-8 208 NS 340726 16
STAR-TG-2 240 NS 340734 16
STAR-TG-7 277 NS 340742 16
STAR-TG-4 480 NS 340750 16
COMMERCIAL
STAR-TG-6 600 NS 340769 16
F-51
ChromaStar™ Plug Kits for Portable Heaters
Accessories Plug Type

Model
NumberDescription Volts Amps Config. NEMA# ANSI#
Fits
Cable
Dia. Stock PCN
Wt.
(Lbs.)
(cont’d.) Locking PGL-15-20

3 Pole
4 Wire
250 20 L15-20 C73.85 .385”-.780 NS 338845 0.5
3 Pole
Locking PGL-15-30 250 30 L15-30 C73.86 .385”-.780 NS 338853 0.5
4 Wire
3 Pole
Locking PGL-16-30 480 30 L16-30 C73.88 .595”- 1.150 NS 338861 0.5
4 Wire
3 Pole
Locking PGL-17-30 600 30 L17-30 C73.89 .595”- 1.150 NS 338870 0.5
4 Wire
2 Pole
Locking PGL-3763C 600 50 - - .750”-1.125 NS 338917 0.5
3 Wire
3 Pole
Locking PGL-3765C 600 50 - - .750”-1.125 NS 338925 0.5
4 Wire
Non 2 Pole
PGN-6-50 250 50 6-50 C73.53 .625”-1.187 NS 338888 0.5
Locking 3 Wire
Non 3 Pole
PGN-15-20 250 20 15-20 C73.59 .390”-.775 NS 338896 0.5
Locking 4 Wire
Non 3 Pole
PGN-15-50 250 50 15-50 C73.61 .750”-1.250 NS 338909 0.5
Locking 4 Wire
Cable Kits for ChromaStar™ Series Portable Radiant Heaters

Cable packages include 25 feet Type SO cable, with either 3-conductors or 4-conductors, de-
pending on the heater requirements. Each cable assembly includes the proper cord (connector).
Plugs are not included. All models are factory wired for 3-phase, but can be field wired for single
phase, select plug and cord accordingly.
Cable Specifications Cord Connector Wt.
Model No. Size/Type Max. Amp Temperature Ratings NPT Stock PCN (Lbs.)
PLC-2514-4 14/4SO 15 90 Deg. C 3/4” NS 295427 7
PLC-2514-3 14/3SO 18 90 Deg. C 3/4” NS 295670 23
PLC-2512-4 12/4SO 20 90 Deg. C 1” NS 295435 9
PLC-2512-3 12/3SO 25 90 Deg. C 3/4” NS 295662 6
PLC-2510-3 10/3SO 30 90 Deg. C 1” NS 295443 9
PLC-2508-3 8/4SO 35 90 Deg. C 1” NS 295460 15
PLC-2506-4 6/4SO 45 90 Deg. C 1” NS 295494 17
PLC-2506-3 6/3SO 55 90 Deg. C 1” NS 295486 16
SO = hard Service Cord, 600V Length = 25 Feet
Replacement Elements
Dimensions - inches
Model No. kW Volts Win2 A B Status PCN Wt. Lbs.
UTU-STAR 21 1.5 120 32 21-1/2 20-1/2 NS 106059 2
UTU-STAR 28 2 208 42 21-1/2 20-1/2 NS 106067 3
UTU-STAR 22 2 240 42 21-1/2 20-1/2 NS 106075 3
UTU-STAR 27 2 277 42 21-1/2 20-1/2 NS 106083 3
UTU-STAR 24 2 480 42 21-1/2 20-1/2 NS 106091 3
UTU-STAR 26 2 600 42 21-1/2 20-1/2 NS 106104 3
UTU-STAR 48 4.5 208 42 43-3/8 42-3/8 NS 106403 4
UTU-STAR 42 4.5 240 42 43-3/8 42-3/8 NS 106411 4
UTU-STAR 47 4.5 277 42 43-3/8 42-3/8 NS 106796 4
UTU-STAR 44 4.5 480 42 43-3/8 42-3/8 NS 106964 4
UTU-STAR 46 4.5 600 42 43-3/8 42-3/8 NS 106972 4
A ± 1/4
0.609”R UTU-STAR
F-52
ChromaStar™ Accessories for Fixed Overhead Heaters

Hanger Kit
Hanger kits include 24 feet of chain, 4 “S” hooks to mount units in a fixed overhead position us-
Accessories ing the universal mounting brackets included on the back of fixed overhead radiant models. The
chain is long enough to allow all heaters to be mounted up to 6 feet from the ceiling.
(cont’d.)
Wt.
Model No. kW Status PCN
(Lbs.)
STAR-HK All S 340654 2
Portable Cart Kits

Chromalox series ChromaStar™ fixed overhead radiant heaters can be field converted to portable
spot heaters with the use of the cart kits. Each kit includes wheels, legs, handle, grill(s), baffle (if
required) and all of the necessary hardware to complete the modification. These kits are easy to
install with standard tools.
Wt.
Model No. kW Status PCN (Lbs.)
STAR-06A CART 6 NS 340830 8
STAR-14A CART 13.5 S 340849 8
Floor Protection Baffle Kit

The Chromalox safety baffle kit includes a refletor baffle which can be field installed on the lower
reflective panel on portable STAR radiant heaters. The baffle will protect temperature sensitive
flooring materials such as vinyl tile from being damaged due to radiant heat.
Wt.
(Lbs.)
FP-614 6 or 13.5 NS 340865 2
Safety Grill Kits

The safety grill kits contain one (2kW, 4.5kW and 6kW) or two grills (13.5kw) to protect person-
nel from coming in contact with hot heating elements. The grills are constructed of heavy gauge
plated steel and are simple to install.
COMMERCIAL
Wt.
(Lbs.)
GR-2 2 S 111878 5
GR-4 4.5 S 111894 5
GR-6KW 6 NS 340638 6
GR-14AKW 13.5 NS 340857 12
Ground Fault Detection

The Chromalox STAR-GF series wall mounted ground fault detectors are designed to monitor
for any gradual changes in the insulation level due to humidity or mechanical damage as they
develop and will de-energize the load to prevent arcing type faults, preventing premature element
failure and potential fire damage. The detector consists of a ground fault sensor, control circuit
transformer, magnetic contactor and an on off toggle switch with rubber boot, completely pre-
wired ina NEMA 4 enclosure.

Heater Wt.
Model No. Volts Status PCN Lbs.
STAR-GF-8 208 NS 340777 16
STAR-GF-2 240 NS 340785 16
STAR-GF-7 277 NS 340793 16
STAR-GF-4 480 NS 340806 16
STAR-GF-6 600 NS 340814 16
F-53
UTUA-LT Replacement Elements - Dimensions (Inches)

430” Dia.
Round Cross- Section A ± 1/4
• INCOLOY Sheath
• 2000 and 4500 Watts 0.609”R

240 and 480 Volt
• 9/16 - 18 Bulkhead Fittings

B
• Replacement Element for
Aitken* OH, SH, PPH and
PHX Radiant Heaters
Replaces heating elements in radiant comfort Liquid-Tight Fittings - 9/16-18 Brass for
heaters manufactured by Aitken Products, mounting. Nuts, washers and gaskets in-
Inc. It can also be used in other heating ap- cluded.
plications where threaded liquid-tight fittings
permit mounting for high-velocity air or im- 10-32 Terminals - Stainless steel, complete
mersion heating of liquids which are not cor- with nuts and washers.
rosive to INCOLOY. When used for immersion
heating, heated section of element must be Work Temperatures - See Tubular Heater
immersed at all times. overview section for element rated 40 W/In2
Advantages Bending - Lengthwise only. See Tubular

Heater Overview Section.

40 W/In 2 Dimensions (In) Wt.
Watts Volts A B Model Aitken* Part No. Stock PCN (Lbs)
2000 240 21.5 20.5 UTUA-224LT HE20240 S 106016 2
2000 480 21.5 20.5 UTUA-248LT HE20480 S 106024 2
4500 240 43 42 UTUA-424LT HE45240 S 106032 3
4500 480 43 42 UTUA-448LT HE45480 S 106040 3
To Order—Specify model, watts, volts, phase and quantity.
*Aitken is a registered trademark of Aitken Products, Inc.
F-54
HCH
Wall Mounted
Convection Heater
• 500 - 5,000 Watts
• 1,706 - 17,060 Btuh
• 120, 208, 240, 277, 480, 575 Dimensions (Inches)

and 600 Volt
7 Width
• 1 & 3 Phase Manual Reset (optional)
21
• 24, 36 or 48" Widths
Fuse Door
Thermostat
Type HCH convection heaters are designed Power Terminal Block — Provided to facilitate
for easy installation in hard-use areas. The field installation.
patented metal sheath Fintube® radiating
heating elements with furnace brazed steel Built-in Contactors and Fused Control Volt-
fins assures long life and superior heat trans- age Transformers — Typical on all models
fer. Each unit is self-contained, complete with rated over 277V and all three-phase heaters.
thermostat, automatic reset (standard) and Thermostat and Overtemperature Cutout —
manual reset (optional) cutout. All models include a thermostat (55 - 105°F)
COMMERCIAL
and automatic reset overtemperature cutout.
Applications Models with suffix M in the model number
• Entryways include an additional manual reset cutout.
• Stairwells Advantages
• Guard Shacks • Minimum Maintenance
• Isolated Buildings • Attractive Design
• Cold Spots in Offices or Plants • Self Contained
Construction • Safer to Operate in Unattended Areas
Cabinet — Heavy 18 gauge steel, zinc chro- CAUTION — Not intended for use where
mate primer and almond polyester powder flammable vapors, gases, liquids or other
coat finish. combustible atmospheres are present.
Heating Elements — Rugged, shock-proof

0.475" diameter steel with furnace brazed
steel fins.
F-55
HCH
Wall Mounted
Convection Heater (cont’d.)
Electrical Dimensions (In.) w/o Manual Reset w/ Manual Reset
Wt.
kW Volts Phase Amps Btuh Height Width Depth Model Stock PCN Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
0.5 120 1 4.2 1,706 21 24 7 HCH-051 NS 330376 HCH-051M NS 331459 41
0.5 208 1 2.4 1,706 21 24 7 HCH-051 NS 330384 HCH-051M NS 331467 41
0.5 240 1 2.1 1,706 21 24 7 HCH-051 NS 330392 HCH-051M NS 331475 41
0.5 277 1 1.8 1,706 21 24 7 HCH-051 NS 330405 HCH-051M NS 331483 41
0.75 120 1 6.25 2,559 21 24 7 HCH-071 NS 330413 HCH-071M NS 331491 41
0.75 208 1 3.6 2,559 21 24 7 HCH-071 NS 330421 HCH-071M NS 331504 41
0.75 240 1 3.1 2,559 21 24 7 HCH-071 NS 330430 HCH-071M NS 331512 41
0.75 277 1 2.7 2,559 21 24 7 HCH-071 NS 330448 HCH-071M NS 331520 41
1 120 1 8.3 3,412 21 24 7 HCH-101 NS 330456 HCH-101M NS 331539 41
1 208 1 4.8 3,412 21 24 7 HCH-101 NS 330464 HCH-101M NS 331547 41
1 208 3 2.8 3,412 21 24 7 HCH-101 NS 330501 HCH-101M NS 331580 41
1 240 1 4.2 3,412 21 24 7 HCH-101 NS 330472 HCH-101M NS 331555 41
1 240 3 2.4 3,412 21 24 7 HCH-101 NS 330510 HCH-101M NS 331598 41
1 277 1 3.6 3,412 21 24 7 HCH-101 NS 330480 HCH-101M NS 331563 41
1 480 1 2.1 3,412 21 24 7 HCH-101 NS 330499 HCH-101M NS 331571 41
1 480 3 1.2 3,412 21 24 7 HCH-101 NS 330528 HCH-101M NS 331600 41
1 480 3 1.2 3,412 21 24 7 HCH-101 (4W) NS 330536 HCH-101M (4W) NS 331619 41
1.5 120 1 12.5 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 NS 330544 HCH-151M NS 331627 41
1.5 208 1 7.2 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 NS 330552 HCH-151M NS 331635 41
1.5 208 3 4.2 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 NS 330595 HCH-151M NS 331678 41
1.5 240 1 6.3 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 NS 330560 HCH-151M NS 331643 41
1.5 240 3 3.6 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 NS 330608 HCH-151M NS 331686 41
1.5 277 1 3.1 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 NS 330579 HCH-151M NS 331651 41
1.5 480 1 3.1 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 NS 330587 HCH-151M NS 331661 41
1.5 480 3 1.8 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 NS 330616 HCH-151M NS 331694 41
1.5 480 3 1.8 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 (4W) NS 330659 HCH-151M (4W) NS 331731 41
1.5 550 3 1.6 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 NS 330624 HCH-151M NS 331707 41
1.5 575 3 1.5 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 NS 330632 HCH-151M NS 331715 41
1.5 600 3 1.4 5,118 21 24 7 HCH-151 NS 330640 HCH-151M NS 331723 41
2 120 1 16.7 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 NS 330667 HCH-201M NS 331740 41
2 208 1 9.6 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 NS 330675 HCH-201M NS 331758 41
2 208 3 5.6 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 NS 330712 HCH-201M NS 331790 41
2 240 1 8.3 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 NS 330683 HCH-201M NS 331766 41
2 240 3 4.8 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 NS 330720 HCH-201M NS 331803 41
2 277 1 7.2 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 NS 330691 HCH-201M NS 331774 41
2 480 1 4.2 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 S 330704 HCH-201M NS 331782 41
2 480 3 2.4 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 NS 330739 HCH-201M NS 331811 41
2 480 3 2.4 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 (4W) NS 330771 HCH-201M (4W) NS 331854 41
2 550 3 2.1 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 NS 330747 HCH-201M NS 331820 41
2 575 3 2 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 NS 330755 HCH-201M NS 331838 41
2 600 3 1.9 6,824 21 24 7 HCH-201 NS 330763 HCH-201M NS 331846 41
2.5 120 1 20.8 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 NS 330780 HCH-251M NS 331862 57
2.5 208 1 12 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 NS 330798 HCH-251M NS 331870 57
2.5 240 1 10.4 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 NS 330800 HCH-251M NS 331889 57
2.5 277 1 9 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 NS 330819 HCH-251M NS 331897 57
2.5 480 1 5.2 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 NS 330827 HCH-251M NS 331900 57
2.5 208 3 6.9 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 NS 330835 HCH-251M NS 331918 57
2.5 240 3 6 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 NS 330843 HCH-251M NS 331926 57
2.5 480 3 3 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 NS 330851 HCH-251M NS 331934 57
2.5 480 3 3 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 (4W) NS 330894 HCH-251M (4W) NS 331977 57
2.5 550 3 2.6 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 NS 330860 HCH-251M NS 331942 57
2.5 575 3 2.5 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 NS 330878 HCH-251M NS 331950 57
2.5 600 3 2.4 8,530 21 36 7 HCH-251 NS 330886 HCH-251M NS 331969 57
3 208 1 14.4 10,236 21 36 7 HCH-301 NS 330907 HCH-301M NS 331985 57
3 208 3 8.3 10,236 21 36 7 HCH-301 NS 330940 HCH-301M NS 332021 57
3 240 1 12.5 10,236 21 36 7 HCH-301 NS 330915 HCH-301M NS 331993 57
3 240 3 7.2 10,236 21 36 7 HCH-301 NS 330958 HCH-301M NS 332030 57
3 277 1 10.8 10,236 21 36 7 HCH-301 NS 330923 HCH-301M NS 332005 57
3 480 1 6.3 10,236 21 36 7 HCH-301 NS 330931 HCH-301M NS 332013 57
3 480 3 3.6 10,236 21 36 7 HCH-301 NS 330966 HCH-301M NS 332048 57
3 550 3 3.2 10,236 21 36 7 HCH-301 NS 330974 HCH-301M NS 332056 57
3 575 3 3 10,236 21 36 7 HCH-301 NS 330982 HCH-301M NS 332064 57
3 600 3 2.9 10,236 21 36 7 HCH-301 NS 330990 HCH-301M NS 332072 57
3 480 3 3.6 10,236 21 36 7 HCH-301 (4W) NS 331002 HCH-301M (4W) NS 332080 57
F-56
HCH
Wall Mounted
Convection Heater (cont’d.)
Electrical Dimensions (In.) w/o Manual Reset w/ Manual Reset
Wt.
kW Volts Phase Amps Btuh Height Width Depth Model Stock PCN Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
3.5 208 1 16.8 11,942 21 36 7 HCH-351 NS 331010 HCH-351M NS 332099 57
3.5 240 1 14.6 11,942 21 36 7 HCH-351 NS 331029 HCH-351M NS 332101 57
3.5 277 1 12.6 11,942 21 36 7 HCH-351 NS 331037 HCH-351M NS 332110 57
3.5 480 1 7.3 11,942 21 36 7 HCH-351 NS 331045 HCH-351M NS 332128 57
3.5 208 3 9.7 11,942 21 36 7 HCH-351 NS 331053 HCH-351M NS 332136 57
3.5 240 3 8.4 11,942 21 36 7 HCH-351 NS 331061 HCH-351M NS 332144 57
3.5 480 3 4.2 11,942 21 36 7 HCH-351 NS 331070 HCH-351M NS 332152 57
3.5 550 3 3.7 11,942 21 36 7 HCH-351 NS 331088 HCH-351M NS 332160 57
3.5 575 3 3.5 11,942 21 36 7 HCH-351 NS 331096 HCH-351M NS 332179 57
3.5 600 3 3.4 11,942 21 36 7 HCH-351 NS 331109 HCH-351M NS 332187 57
3.5 480 3 4.2 11,942 21 36 7 HCH-351 (4W) NS 331117 HCH-351M (4W) NS 332195 57
4 208 1 19.2 13,648 21 48 7 HCH-401 NS 331125 HCH-401M NS 332208 70
4 208 3 11.1 13,648 21 48 7 HCH-401 NS 331168 HCH-401M NS 332240 70
4 240 1 16.7 13,648 21 48 7 HCH-401 S 331133 HCH-401M NS 332216 70
4 240 3 9.6 13,648 21 48 7 HCH-401 NS 331176 HCH-401M NS 332259 70
4 277 1 14.4 13,648 21 48 7 HCH-401 NS 331141 HCH-401M NS 332224 70
4 480 1 8.3 13,648 21 48 7 HCH-401 NS 331150 HCH-401M NS 332232 70
4 480 3 4.8 13,648 21 48 7 HCH-401 NS 331184 HCH-401M NS 332267 70
4 550 3 4.2 13,648 21 48 7 HCH-401 NS 331192 HCH-401M NS 332275 70
4 575 3 4.0 13,648 21 48 7 HCH-401 NS 331205 HCH-401M NS 332283 70
4 600 3 3.9 13,648 21 48 7 HCH-401 NS 331213 HCH-401M NS 332291 70
4 480 3 4.8 13,648 21 48 7 HCH-401 (4W) NS 331221 HCH-401M (4W) NS 332304 70
4.5 208 1 21.6 15,354 21 48 7 HCH-451 NS 331230 HCH-451M NS 332355 70
4.5 240 1 18.8 15,354 21 48 7 HCH-451 NS 331248 HCH-451M NS 332320 70
4.5 277 1 16.2 15,354 21 48 7 HCH-451 NS 331256 HCH-451M NS 332339 70
4.5 480 1 9.4 15,354 21 48 7 HCH-451 NS 331264 HCH-451M NS 332347 70
4.5 208 3 12.5 15,354 21 48 7 HCH-451 NS 331272 HCH-451M NS 332355 70
4.5 240 3 10.8 15,354 21 48 7 HCH-451 NS 331280 HCH-451M NS 332363 70
4.5 480 3 5.4 15,354 21 48 7 HCH-451 NS 331299 HCH-451M NS 332371 70
4.5 480 3 5.4 15,354 21 48 7 HCH-451 (4W) NS 331336 HCH-451M (4W) NS 332419 70
COMMERCIAL
4.5 550 3 4.7 15,354 21 48 7 HCH-451 NS 331301 HCH-451M NS 332380 70
4.5 575 3 4.5 15,354 21 48 7 HCH-451 NS 331310 HCH-451M NS 332398 70
4.5 600 3 4.3 15,354 21 48 7 HCH-451 NS 331328 HCH-451M NS 332400 70
5 208 1 24 17,060 21 48 7 HCH-501 NS 331344 HCH-501M NS 332427 70
5 208 3 13.9 17,060 21 48 7 HCH-501 NS 331387 HCH-501M NS 332460 70
5 240 1 20.1 17,060 21 48 7 HCH-501 NS 331352 HCH-501M NS 332435 70
5 240 3 12 17,060 21 48 7 HCH-501 NS 331395 HCH-501M NS 332478 70
5 277 1 18.1 17,060 21 48 7 HCH-501 NS 331360 HCH-501M NS 332443 70
5 480 1 10.4 17,060 21 48 7 HCH-501 S 331379 HCH-501M NS 332451 70
5 480 3 6 17,060 21 48 7 HCH-501 NS 331408 HCH-501M NS 332486 70
5 480 3 6 17,060 21 48 7 HCH-501 (4W) NS 331440 HCH-501M (4W) NS 332523 70
5 550 3 5.3 17,060 21 48 7 HCH-501 NS 331416 HCH-501M NS 332494 70
5 575 3 5 17,060 21 48 7 HCH-501 NS 331424 HCH-501M NS 332507 70
5 600 3 4.8 17,060 21 48 7 HCH-501 NS 331432 HCH-501M NS 332515 70
Note — (4W) represents 4 wire.
F-57
Application Guide
Chromalox is a world leader in providing Blower Assemblies Convection

custom heating solutions to the transporta-
Blower assemblies are designed for comfort Convection heaters are designed to fit into
tion industry. Our broad product offering and
and defrost applications. Their fan forced compact spaces such as under passenger
decades of experience allow us to select the
design allows for efficient air movement. seating or along walls. Because they have no
optimal solution to your application. Whether
fan or other moving parts, they also operate
its air, sea, rail, or road we have the electric
quietly.
heating solution to meet your need.
For more information regarding our capabili-
ties visit www.chromalox.com or contact your
local sales rep.
Overhead Tubular
Overhead tubular heaters are used to heat
incoming air for railcar HVAC. Tubular heat-
ers are extremely robust and resist vibration
damage.
Radiant Defrost
Radiant defrost heaters are designed for thawing and removing snow and ice from
vehicles. Because radiant heat does not require the transfer of energy to another
media such as air, it allows efficient heating in cold environments.
Overhead Open Coil

Like tubular heaters, overhead open coil heaters are designed
for rail car HVAC. Their light weight is ideal for the passenger rail
industry.
F-58
Heating Cable
Heat Tracing Products

Overview
Industrial Cable Applications

• Pipe Freeze Protection
• Pipe Process Maintenance
• Hot Water Maintenance
Commercial Cable Applications

• Self Regulating Freeze
Protection
• Self Regulating Roof & Gutter
De-Icing
• Self Regulating Hot Water
Maintenance
HEAT TRACING
Heat tracing is used to counteract the heat lost In many cases, a drop in temperature brings PRODUCTS
from process equipment and piping through about unacceptable consequences. These
its insulation. A heat tracing system is a consequences could be freezing of water in
group of process equipment and piping which cooling water lines, steam or condensate re-
is heat traced and controlled in a logical and turn lines, compressed air lines, fire protection
economical manner. lines, storage tanks, valves, etc.
A drop in temperature of process fluids could
There are many reasons for making up the result in solution precipitation, unaccept-
heat loss of a system. With any heat loss, able viscosity increase or solidification of the
there is a corresponding drop in temperature. product in the lines.
G-1
Heating Cable

Applications
Industrial Process
Electric Heat Tracing Products Maintenance Applications Commercial Applications
Chromalox heating cable line includes cables When industrial process piping and vessels In a large number of regions in the world,
suitable for most process maintenance, pipe must be maintained above the ambient air buildings are susceptible to damage caused by
and vessel freeze protection and roof and gut- temperature, Chromalox has the heating cable water freezing. Primarily, this damage involves
ter de-icing applications. to fit the application. Cables range in the maxi- either the bursting of pipes or structural
mum maintenance temperature from 150°F for damage due to the weight of ice and snow
Industrial Heating Cables are ideal for process SRL to 1100°F for MI cables. building up on the roof. Chromalox Commer-
maintenance applications. Maintenance cial Application Cables are intended to prevent
temperatures up to 1100°F can be achieved in • Petroleum Refineries — Maintain petroleum this damage.
a variety of hazardous and corrosive environ- and by-products at process temperature
ments. Industrial Cables include: • Cooling Tower Pipes
• Waste Water Treatment Facilities — Prevent
SRL — Self-Regulating, Low Temperature the precipitation of NaOH from solutions • Parking Garage Drain Lines
SRP — Self-Regulating Process Maintenance • Food Processing Plants — Maintain • Chiller Water Lines
viscosity of products in processes such as
SRM/E — Self-Regulating, Medium Tempera- chocolate, oils and tallow • Exposed Pipe Traps
ture Enhanced
• Instrument Lines • Exposed Storm Water Pipes
SLL — Constant Wattage, Medium Temperature
• Storage Tanks • Sump Discharge Pipes and Equipment
CWM — Constant Wattage, Medium Tempera-
ture • Div. 1 and Div. 2 Hazardous Location Appli- • Wet Sprinkler Fire Systems, where approved
cations (Contact your Local Chromalox Sales by Local Codes
MI — Mineral Insulation, High Temperature office for Div. 1 applications)
• Outdoor Sports Facilities and Stadiums
Tube Bundles — Pre-Installed/Traced Tube • Freeze Protection of Steam Cleaned Lines
Bundles • Roof and Gutter De-icing
• Power Generating Plants — Trace steam
Commercial Application Cables are designed condensate lines and other chemical additive • Hot Water Maintenance
to meet specific needs of winterizing applica- lines
tions such as water line freeze protection and
preventing ice damage to building structures. • Asphalt Lines
Commercial Cables include:
SRF — Self-Regulating Freeze Protection
SRF-RG — Self-Regulating Roof and Gutter
Freeze Protection
HWM — Hot Water Maintenance Applications
G-2
Heating Cable

Industrial & Commercial Grade Cables & Control Systems
Heat Tracing Products — Section Outline
Type Model Page Type Model Page

Industrial - Application Guidelines G-5 HL Series HL-PC, HL-S, HL-T G-90 to
Self-Regulating (Div. 1 Connection Kits) HL-ES, D1SL1, DLSL2 G-93
Low Temperature SRL G-10 Freeze Protection Thermostats THR, THL, TXR,TXL G-94
Process Temperature SRP G-13 B100/E100 Thermostats G-96
Medium Temperature SRM/E G-16 RBF Heat Trace Sensor (RTD Kit) RBF G-98
Long Line Cable SLL G-19 Ambient Heat Trace Sensor GIC-AMB G-99
Constant Wattage CWM G-22
RTD Heat Trace Sensor RBF-HT G-100
Mineral Insulated MI G-25
Tubing Bundle
Hazardous Location
Low Temperature HSRL G-32 Pre-Insulated Tubing 2200 Series G-101
Medium Temperature HSRM G-35 2210 Series G-103
Commercial - Application Guidelines G-39 Low Temperature Maintenance Self- 2256 LTM, 2266 LTM G-105
Regulating Electric Traced Tubing
Self-Regulating Freeze Protection SRF G-38
Hot Water Maintenance HWM G-43 High Temperature Maintenance 2256 HTM, 2262 HTM G-107
Roof & Gutter SRF-RG G-46 Self-Regulating Electric Traced
Edge Cutter System PLD-EC G-48 Tubing
Snow Melt Mats WSMM G-50 Constant Wattage Electric Traced 2252 CPD, 2262 CPD G-109
Tubing
Snow Melting Controls APS-4C, APS-3C,
G-52 Single & Multiple Process Tube 2211-2213 G-111
SC-40C, PD Pro, GF
to Heavy Steam Traced Bundles for
Pro, LCD-1, CIT-1,
G-72 High Temperature Applications
GIT-1, SIT6-E, RCU
U Series UPC, UMC, UES, UESL, G-73 Tubing Bundle Accessories G-113
UBC, UAS, CCH-2, SSK, to DL Series Integrated Temperature RTAS, RTBC, G-117
SPA, AT-1,FT-3, PS-1, G-78 Controls RTAS-EP, RTBC-EP
PS-3, PS-10, PS-10 Heat Trace Control & Panel Selection G-120
U Series Long Line G-79 Guide
Connection Acessories to G-81 Electronic Controls & Control Panels DTS, ITC, ITAS, ITLS, G-122
DL Series Integrated RTPC, RTST, RTES G-82 ITASC1D2, ITLSC1D2, to
Connection Accessories RTPC-SL, RTST-SL to G-86 Wireless, FPAS, FPLS, G-156
EL Series Standard SSK, PJB, RT-RST, G-87 FPASM, FPLSM
Connection Accessories RT-TST, RT-RES, to G-88 Skin Effect TTEP G-157
General Application Accessories AT-1, FT-3, PS-1, PS-3 G-89 Impedance Heating System G-158
PS-10, PS 20, BL-1,
BL-2, BL-3, ST-1, CL-1,
CCH-2
Industrial Cable Applications Constant Wattage

Self-Regulating Chromalox CWM Constant Wattage Heating Cables are ideally suited for ap-
HEAT TRACING
plications where a particular watt density is required at all times. The heater
PRODUCTS
Chromalox SRL, SRP and SRM/E Self Regulating Heating Cables provide
element consists of a nichrome wire wrapped around parallel, insulated
the most versatility in heat trace designs and applications. Constructed of a
buss wires. At specific intervals, a short section of insulation is removed
semiconductive heater matrix extruded between parallel buss wires, a self-
from alternating buss wires to create connection nodes for the nichrome
regulating cable adjusts its output to independently respond to tempera-
wire. The result is a network of parallel resistors along the entire length of
tures all along its length. As temperatures increase, the heater’s resistance
constant wattage cable.
increases which lowers the output wattage. Conversely, as the temperature
decreases, the resistance decreases and the cable produces more heat. The Constant wattage cables are flexible, can be cut-to-length in the field, and
result — an energy efficient heating cable. are manufactured for use on voltages from 120 to 480V. Although not suited
for overlapping, its constant output makes it an ideal choice for higher
Self-regulating cables are flexible, can be cut-to-length in the field and can
temperature applications where higher watt densities are required. Equipped
be overlapped without fear of burnout in areas where complex piping and
with a ground braid and optional FEP jacket, Chromalox constant wattage
equipment require additional heat trace cable.
cables are third party tested and approved for use in harsh, corrosive and
Chromalox manufactures low (SRL) Process (SRP) and medium (SRM/E) hazardous areas. Contact your local Chromalox Sales office for hazardous
temperature self-regulating heating cable for use on 120 and 208 to 277V. area designs.
Equipped with a ground braid and optional TPR or FEP jacket, Chromalox
self-regulating cables are third party tested and approved for use in harsh
corrosive and hazardous applications.
G-3
Heating Cable

Industrial & Commercial Grade Cables (cont’d.)
SLL Series Long Line Cables Commercial Cable Applications Self-Regulating Roof & Gutter
Chromalox SLL Series Long Line cable Self-Regulating Freeze Protection De-Icing
provides safe, reliable heat tracing for process
Chromalox SRF Self Regulating Freeze Protection SRF-RG Heating Cable is specifically designed for
temperature maintenance and freeze protec-
Heating Cable is a self-regulating cable designed roof and gutter de-icing applications.
tion of pipes, valves, tanks and similar ap-
for the freeze protection of water lines. The self- SRF-RG features a self-regulating matrix that re-
plications. Constructed of industrial grade 16,
regulating matrix allows for overlapping and easy duces output as snow melt requirements decrease
14, 12 or 10 AWG buss wire with metal braid
field installation. SRF also lowers its output and or when warm weather is present.
and fluropolymer overjacketing, SLL ensures
energy consumption as the temperature increases
operating integrity in most hostile industrial The braided and overjacketed construction pro-
thus lowering energy costs. The 16 AWG buss
environments. The 450°F (232°C) maximum vides reliable moisture protection. The 16 AWG
wires provide for long circuits which reduce the
exposure temperature rating allows steam buss wires allow ample circuit lengths and rugged
number of accessories required.
cleaning of process equipment with up to 300 design. Accessories are available for mounting to
psig steam. A braided and braided with overjacket construc- roofs and gutters.
tion is available. Braided cable should be used
on dry pipes and dry locations. The overjacket
Mineral Insulated construction is suitable for wet locations where
occasional exposure to moisture is expected.
Chromalox MI Mineral Insulated Heating Cables
are the most rugged heating cable in Chromalox's SRF heating cable is not for use in hazardous
product line. Constructed of a solid series resistor locations. Consult the Industrial Cable Products
element embedded in highly compacted mineral in this section for cables suitable for hazardous
insulation, MI cables are built to handle high locations.
temperature, high wattage applications. The series
resistor and mineral insulation are encased in a Self-Regulating Hot Water Maintenance
metallic jacket of Alloy 825 for high temperature
or corrosive applications. HWM Cable is specifically designed for hot water
temperature maintenance applications. HWM
Mineral insulated cables are factory assembled features a self regulating matrix that varies its
and tested, ensuring the highest quality product. output to accommodate changes in ambient or
Since the units consist of a series resistor, virtu- pipe temperature. This cable is designed to make
ally any wattage/voltage/length cable configura- up heat losses through the piping insulation and
tion can be produced within the cable's physical maintain consistent pipe temperatures for sink,
operating limits. Chromalox mineral insulated shower, dishwashing, laundry, and kitchen service
cables are available for use up to 600V and are applications. HWM will maintain temperatures
tested and approved for use in corrosive and haz- between 90˚F and 140˚F for these applications
ardous areas. Optional accessories include pulling with service voltages between 120 and 277
eyes and reverse glands. Other special features volts, Circuit lengths up to 500 feet are available.
are also available. HWM cable and accessories provide a low cost
alternative to expensive recirculation systems
for domestic hot water temperature maintenance
applications.
G-4
Heating Cable

Guidelines
Step 1 — Collect Required performing heat loss calculations. For Com-
General Product Summary Application Data & Determine mercial Freeze Protection, please see Cable
Selection Tables in this section.
This section is designed to assist you in Heat Loss
determining the appropriate cable for use in The second category of data required is the
Application data required can be split into two application and environmental conditions. This
your application.
categories. The first is the heat loss data. This includes:
Step 1 — Collect Required Application Data includes:
and Determine Heat Loss • Maximum Exposure Temperature
• Maintenance Temperature (Power Off Condition)
Step 2 — Choose the cable that best meets
• Minimum Ambient Temperature • Circuit Length Considerations
your specific application parameters based
on the summary. Consideration of application • Pipe Size • Available Voltage
temperature, exposure temperature, applica-
tion requirements and environmental ratings • Insulation Type (or K factor) • Hazardous Area Requirements
should be made. • Insulation Thickness • Type of Pipe (Plastic or Metal)
Step 3 — Select Heating Cable Wattage Rating • Indoor/Outdoor Installation • Chemical Exposure
Step 4 — Determine Total Cable Required • Maximum Expected Wind Speed • Fire Resistance.
Step 5 — Determine Circuits and Circuit • Required Safety Factor.
Protection Step 2 — Select the Cable
Refer to the Technical section of this catalog,
Step 6 — Select Appropriate Accessories “Determining Heat Energy Requirements — Choose the cable that best fits your specific
Pipe & Tank Tracing” for details on application parameters and wattage require-
ments.
Heat Tracing Product Features

Industrial Commercial
Features SRL SRP SRM/E CWM SLL Alloy 825 MI SRF SRF-RG HWM
Max. Maintenance Temp. (°F) 150 225 302 320 302 900 100 50 225
Max. Exposure Temp. (°F)
185 275 420 400 450 1,100 185 185 275
Power Off
Max. W/Ft. 10 15 20 12 12 50 8 12 15
Max. Circuit Length (Ft.) 95-660 55-750 150-750 225-900 7,500 330-1,000 180-660 135-540 500-800
Buss Wire Size 16 16 16 12 16,14,12,10 N/A 16 16 16
120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120,
Voltages 120-600 Up to 600
208-277 208-270 208-277 208-277, 480 208-277 208-277 208-270
HEAT TRACING
Hazardous Ratings Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No
PRODUCTS
Usable on Plastic Pipe Yes No No No No No Yes Yes Yes
Cut-to-Length in Field Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes
Field Splicable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes
Can be Overlapped Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes
Output Varies with Temp. Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes
Varies Output Along Length Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes
Design of System Simple Simple Simple Simple Involved Involved Simple Simple Simple
Installation of System Easiest Easiest Easiest Simple Simple Involved Easiest Easiest Easiest
Fire Resistance Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Excellent Fair Fair Fair
Chemical Resistance See Corrosion Guide, next page
Size (Max. In.) .435x.185 .435x 185 .435x.185 .435x.235 .435x.185 0.4 .435x.185 .435x.185 .435x.185
Accessories DL/EL/U D/UL DL/U DL/EL/U U DL/EL/U RG Access. DL/U
Monitor Wire Available Contact Contact
Yes Yes No No No No Yes
Factory Factory
Applications FL,FH, FL,FH, FL,FH, FL,FH, FL,FH,
FL,PL FL RG HWM
PL,PH PL,PH PL,PH PL,PH PL,PH
FL = Freeze Protection PH = Process Maintenance, High Temperature
FH = Freeze Protection, High Exposure Temp. RG = Roof and Gutter De-icing
PL = Process Maintenance, Low Temperature HWM = Hot Water Maintenance
G-5
Heating Cable

Application & Selection Guidelines (cont’d.)
Agency Approvals
Area SRL-C SRL-CR SRL-CT HSRL SRM/E-C SRM/E-CT SRP HSRM CWM-C CWM-CT MI SRF-C SRF-CR SRF-RG HWM
Ordinary Area
UL ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Factory Mutual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CSA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ATEX ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Class 1 Div 2, Groups B,C,D
UL
Factory Mutual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CSA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ATEX
Class II Div 2, Groups F,G
UL
Factory Mutual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CSA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ATEX
Class III Div 2
UL
Factory Mutual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CSA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ATEX
Class 1 Div 1, Groups B,C,D*
UL
Factory Mutual ✓ ✓
CSA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ATEX
Class II Div 1, Groups F,G
UL
CSA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ATEX
Class III Div 1
UL
CSA ✓ ✓ ✓
ATEX
Zone 2 and Zone 22
CSA ✓
ATEX ✓ ✓
Zone 1 and Zone 21
Factory Mutual
CSA ✓
ATEX
*Class I, Division I, Groups B,C & D - UL, CSA, FM - Contact your Local Chromalox Sales office for design assistance.
Corrosion Guide to Select Proper Cable Construction

Industrial Commercial
Exposure To SRL SRM/E SRP HSRL HSRM CWM SLL Alloy 825 MI SRF SRF-RG HWM
Moisture C, CR, CT C, CT C, CT CT CT C, CT CT Yes C, CR Yes C, CT
Aqueous Solutions of CR, CT CT CT CT CT CT CT No No No CT
Inorganic Compounds
Liquids Organic CT CT CT CT CT CT CT Yes No No CT
Chemicals
Acids or Bases CT CT CT CT CT CT CT No No No CT
Note — This is a recommendation guide. Chromalox cannot warrant any Electric Heat Trace against failure by sheath degradation if such failure
is the result of operating conditions beyond the control of the heater manufacturer. It is the responsibility of the purchaser to make the
ultimate choice of sheath material based on knowledge of the chemical composition of the corrosive solution, character of materials
entering the solution, and controls which maintains the process.
G-6
Heating Cable

Application & Selection Step 3 — Select Heating
Cable Wattage Rating
Cable Output vs. Temperature
Guidelines (cont’d.) After calculating the heat loss

24
in the pipe and adjusting for any Cable Output vs.

Temperature
application deviations, you may 20
determine which cable rating
20 W/Ft.
Required Jacket Material to use. If you have selected a
self-regulating cable you must
Select the appropriate jacket configuration for adjust the output based on 16
the desired level of mechanical and corro- maintenance temperatures,

sive chemical protection. The CR over-jacket using the Thermal Output
Heat Output (W/Ft.)

15 W/Ft.
option can be used when additional mechani- Rating Graphs shown on the indi-
12
cal protection is desired. The CR over-jacket vidual product pages, select
option is required when the cable can be the lowest cable rating that will
exposed to aqueous inorganic chemicals. The provide the pipe maintenance tem- 10 W/Ft.
CT over-jacket option is required when the perature. For Example: A 8

8 W/Ft.
cable can be exposed to organic chemicals or 15 W/Ft. SRM/E cable @ 150°F
strong corrosives. Use Corrosion Guide above will output approximately
5 W/Ft.
to determine the correct jacket material option 10 W/Ft. Multiple passes or runs
for the cable type selected. of cable may be required to 4
provide sufficient output per
foot calculated in Step 1. This is
accomplished with parallel runs 0
of cable or spiraling. Contact 30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 300
your Local Chromalox Sales office. Pipe Temperature (˚F)
Step 4 — Determine Total Length of Step 5 — Determine Circuits &

Cable Required Circuit Protection
The total amount of heating cable is Circuit protection depends on the breaker
determined by adding the total footage of size being used and the start-up temperature.
pipe to be traced and adding for allowances The National Electric Code (NEC 1996)
for the components such as flanges, valves, requires the use of ground fault protection
pipe supports; then, multiply by the total breakers for heating cable. Refer to the
number of runs or Wrap Factor determined in specific data of the individual heat trace cable
Step 3. to determine maximum circuit lengths. To
determine the number of circuits required for
(Total Feet of Traced Pipe + Cable Allowance
each pipe, divide the total cable length found
for Components) x # of Runs = Total Cable
in Step 4 by the maximum circuit length found
Length)
in the individual cable data charts. Round up
HEAT TRACING
PRODUCTS
to the next higher number.
Number of Circuits = Cable Length
Maximum Circuit Length
Pipe Component Cable Allowance Estimation
Component Cable Allowance Factor (Ft.) x # Components Total Additional Cable
Flange Pair 1.5 x
Pipe Support 2.0 x
Butterfly Valve 2.5 x
Ball Valve 2.7 x
Globe Valve 4.0 x
Gate Valve 5.0 x
Example: Pipe: 150 feet
Valves: 1 globe valve
Pipe Supports: 2
Flanges: 2
Total Cable Length = [150 + (1 x 4) + (2 x 2) + (2 x 1.5)] x 2 runs
= 161 feet x 2 runs
= 322 feet
G-7
Heating Cable

Design of Multiple Runs when Heat Requirements

Exceed Cable Output Ratings
Insulation
Sensors
Multiple Straight Runs
Heating Cable
Spiral Run
Step 6 — Select Controls & General Accessory Descriptions

Application Accessories DL Series
U Series
Chromalox provides a wide range of termina- • Designed for Ordinary and Hazardous Area • Designed for Ordinary and Hazardous Area
tion accessory and control options for your use in Industrial applications use in Industrial Applications
heat tracing systems needs. • Integrated design allows for quick cable • Integrated design allows for fast installation
Accessory options range from ordinary area termination
• Box design allows easy access for field wir-
under the insulation kits in our EL series all the • Line carries worldwide approvals including ing, maintenance and trouble shooting
way through connections and terminations for ATEX and IECex
Division 1 hazardous areas in our HL series. • CSA, Factory Mutual and UL approved for
The accessories carry a full complement of • Reduced parts count results in fast installa-
ordinary and Hazardous area use (Div. 2)
third party approvals from UL, Factory Mutual, tion times
Canadian Standards, ATEX and IECex. • Line includes: • Line Includes
• Power Connection • Power Connection
Controls range from Thermostats for both am- • Splice and Tee (connect up to 3 cables)
bient air and pipe/tank sensing applications to • Multi Entry Connection (for splice, tee or
multiple power to 3 cables) • Below Insulation End Seal
WeatherTrace power distribution and controls
panels through our IntelliTrace line of distribu- • Above Insulation End Seal • Lighted End Seal (ordinary area use only)
tion, monitoring and control panels. Whether • Below Insulation End Seal • Ambient Thermostat
your project is a few lines of freeze protection • Lighted End Seal • Line Sensing Thermostat
or a few hundred lines of process piping we • Ambient Thermostat
• Line Sensing Thermostat • Thermostats also serve as power connection
have the right control option for your needs. for cable - eliminating need for extra power
• Lighted End Seal
connection box.
• Thermostats also serve as power connection
for cable - eliminating need for extra power
More Information connection box.
is Available Online
on Heat Trace.
www.chromalox.com
and Select Manuals.
G-8
Heating Cable

EL Series EL Controls IntelliTRACE® ITC Series
• Designed for use in ordinary areas for both The EL controls line contains ambient and The lTC is a 1 or 2 circuit microprocessor-
commercial and industrial applications
line sensing controllers for use in Division based temperature controller, switching 40
• Low profile designs allow for ease of insula- 1 and Division 2 areas. All products switch Amps per circuit at 100-277 Vac, and may be
tion around connections 22 amps and come in NEMA 4x and NEMA 7 used in either freeze protection or process
• Kits include standard electrical terminations rated enclosures. Two models are available in temperature control applications. The ITC's
and heat shrink products familiar to most dual output form. All capillaries are nontoxic compact 10" x 8" x 6" NEMA 4X enclosure
installers oil filled available in 8 and 10 foot lengths. facilitates all of the electrical connections and
Products carry UL, Factory Mutual and CSA it features a high resolution TFT display, PID
• Low parts count allows fast termination of
approvals. or On/Off SSR control, selectable soft start
cables
WeatherTrace Control and Distribution program, dual RTD sensor input per circuit,
• Third Party Approvals through UL, Factory current load and GFEP monitoring. All process
Mutual and CSA. Panels
variables may be monitored both locally and
• Line Includes The Chromalox FPAS, FPASM, FPLS, and remotely. The lTC is designed for line or ambi-
• Junction Box FPLSM series panels offer power distribu- ent sensing heat trace applications in hazard-
• Pipe Stand off with sealing grommets tion, ground fault protection, individual circuit ous (Class I, Division 2) or non-hazardous
and cable boots alarming, with options for both line sensing areas.
• Heat shrink splice and tee kits and ambient sensing control. Line sensing is
• Heat Shrink end caps accomplished in conjunction with U SERIES, Should the lTC unit realize a failed sensor, the
DL SERIES or EL SERIES thermostats. Ambi- controller automatically switches into a user
HL Series ent sensing can be accomplished with thermo- adjustable manual output duty cycle. This con-
stats or optional Chromalox solid state 1604 troller provides LED indication of load, power
• Specifically designed for use in Division 1
series temperature controllers. The panels and alarm status for each circuit, has front
hazardous areas
are housed in NEMA 4 enclosures for indoor/ panel capacitive touch user interface buttons
• Corrosion Resistant housing made of high outdoor applications. NEMA 4X 304 stainless and comes complete with heavy gage stainless
strength cast aluminum steel enclosures may be selected as an option steel mounting brackets.
• Reduced parts count for fast installation for more harsh environments. The standard
IntelliTRACE Control, Monitoring and
models are available in 12,18,20,30 and 42
• Small profiles for ease of insulation Distribution Panels
position panel boards with 100 and 225 amp
• Line Includes bus ratings in single and three phase configu- The IntelliTRACE ITAS and ITLS Series is a
• Power Connection rations. Branch circuit breakers are available micro-processor based Control/Monitoring
• Splice Kit in 20, 25, 30 and 40 amp single pole and two and Power Management and Distribution sys-
• Tee Kit pole configurations with 30mA ground-fault tem for Heat Trace Applications. The ITAS and
• End Seal Kit equipment protection. Options for Z-purge ITLS Series has models suitable for ordinary
• Add on Signal lights for End Seal and systems for hazardous area installation are as well as Class I, Division 2 areas and will
Power Connection available. Sentinel monitoring system is avail- manage 6-72 circuits
able for alarm indication when a circuit loses
SELF-REGULATING
Controls Descriptions power. Common alarm available for interface The ITAS and ITLS Control Panel Series pro-
to building management systems. Panels are vides alarms for high / low temperatures, high/
DL Controls
built in a UL 508 certified manufacturing plant low current, ground fault leakage and sensor
The DL Series temperature controls are avail- and carry UL and cUL approvals. faults.
able in four models to handle a broad range
of applications. Models include two ambient DTS Digital Thermostat The 40 Amps per circuit capacity, the Integral
sensing and two line sensing thermostats. Circuit Panel and the Soft Start feature save
The DTS-HAZ is a single circuit controller significant time, installation and maintenance
These high quality models combine On/Off
which switches 30 Amps at 100-277 Vac costs.
temperature control and cable power con-
in Class I, Division 2 areas. It employs SSR
nection in one affordable, convenient easy to The customizable I/O (Sensor) Mapping, the
on/off control, soft start feature, program-
install package. The line includes two 22 amp remote monitoring capability and the wireless
mable paramater values, AC or DC alarm and
capable models for Ordinary Area installations communication option provide desirable pro-
large LED display. It comes complete with a
and two 11 amp capable hermetically sealed cess management flexibility options.
standard pipe stand or optional wall mount as
models for Division 2 hazardous area applica-
well as an RTD sensor. All of this is housed in
tions. Products carry UL, Factory Mutual and
a 6" x 6" enclosure, wich facilitates all wiring
CSA approvals.
needs.
G-9
Heating Cable
SRL
D
Self-Regulating
Low Temperature E C B A
• Self-Regulating, Energy Efficient
• 16 AWG Buss Wire
• Circuit Lengths to 660 Feet

Maintains up to
150°F
Output
Withstands up to
• Process Temperature 185°F Temperature
Maintenance to 150°F (65°C) Cut to Length Can be Single Low Tempera- Self Regulating
in Field Overlapped ture Output
• Maximum Continuous Exposure Features
Temperature, Power Off, 185°F
(85°C) • Energy efficient, self-regulating SRL uses E High Temperature Fluoropolymer or TPR
less energy when less heat is required. Overjacket — Corrosion resistant, flame
• Industrial Freeze Protection retardant overjacket is highly effective
Applications • Easy to install, SRL can be cut to any length in many environments. TPR coatings
(up to max. circuit length) in the field. protect against certain inorganic chemical
• Single or Dual Monitor Wires • Field splices can be performed easily in min-
solutions. Fluoropolymer coatings are
Available used for exposure to organic or corrosive
utes with no scrap or wasted cold sections.
solutions. These coatings also protect
• Field Splicing Without • SRL features lower installed cost than steam against abrasion and impact damage.
Disrupting Heat Output tracing, less maintenance expense and less
downtime. Approvals
• 3, 5, 8 and 10 W/Ft.
• SRL can be single overlapped without burn- Factory Mutual (FM) Approved, UL Listed, and
• 120 and 208 - 277 Volt From out, which simplifies heat tracing of in-line CSA certified for ordinary areas. ATEX, IECEx,
Stock process equipment such as valves, elbows FM, and CSA Approved for hazardous (classi-
and pumps. fied) areas when used with U Series, HL, DL,
• Approximate Size .47”W x .20"H and EL accessories.
• Because SRL is self-regulating, over-temper-
ature conditions are minimized. CSA and FM Approved:
• Min. Bend Radius 1-1/8" • Class I, Div. 1* & 2 Groups A*, B, C, D
• Chromalox termination, splice, tee and end (gases, vapors)
• For Use on Metal and Plastic seal kits reduce installation time.
Pipes • Class II, Div. 1*& 2 Groups E*, F, G
Construction (combustible dust)
Description A Twin 16 AWG Copper Buss Wires —
• Class III, Div. 2
Provide reliable electrical current (easily ignitable fibers and fillings)
Chromalox SRL self-regulating heating cable capability.
provides safe, reliable heat tracing for freeze • 3 Watt Rated T6 Temperature Class
protection of pipes, valves, tanks and similar B Semiconductive Polymer Core Matrix —
• 5 and 8 Watt Rated T5 Temperature Class
applications. Constructed of industrial grade “Self-Regulating” component of the cable,
16 AWG buss wire with a tinned copper braid its electrical resistance varies with • 10 Watt Rated T4A Temperature Class
and overjacketing, SRL ensures operating temperature. As process temperature
integrity in Div. 2 hazardous environments as drops, the core’s heat output increases; as *CSA Only
well as certain corrosive industrial environ- process temperature rises, the heat *-CT overjacket only
ments. SRL heating cable output decreases. ATEX Approved:
has a maximum maintenance temperature
C
Polyolefin Jacket — Flame retardant, • CE 0359 IIG Ex e IIC T* Gb
rating of 150°F (65°C).
electrically insulates the matrix and buss Ta -60˚C to 195˚C
WARNING — A ground fault protection device wires and provides resistance to water IECEx Approved:
is required by NEC to minimize the danger of and some inorganic chemical solutions. • ITS 07.0018X Ex e IIC T5 Gb Ta -60˚C to 95˚C
fire if the heating cable is damaged or improp-
D Tinned Copper Braid — Provides

erly installed. A minimum trip level of 30mA is
additional mechanical protection in any
recommended to minimize nuisance tripping.
environment and a positive ground path.
G-10
Heating Cable
SRL
Thermal Output Ratings on Insulated Metal Pipe1
14
13
Self-Regulating Low 12
Temperature (cont’d.) 11 10 W/Ft.

10
9
8 W/Ft.
8
Heat Output (W/Ft.)

7
6
5 W/Ft.
5
4 3 W/Ft.
3
Cable Output vs.
2
Temperature
1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
110 120
130 140 150
Pipe Temperature (°F)
Note 1 — Thermal output is determined per IEEE 515-2011 Standard for testing, design
installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance heat tracing section 4.1.11
Method C.
Thermal Output Ratings on Plastic Pipe with Aluminum Tape

9
8 SRL10
7
SRL8
6
Heat Output (W/Ft.)
5
SRL5
4
3 SRL3
2
Cable Output vs.
1 Temperature
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
110 120
130 140 150
Output Wattage at Alternate Voltages (W/Ft.)
SELF-REGULATING
% Change % Change % Change
Model 208V In Output 220V In Output 277V In Output
SRL 3 2.4 -20 2.6 -13 3.4 +15
SRL 5 4.1 -18 4.5 -10 5.6 +13
SRL 8 6.88 -14 7.28 -9 8.96 +12
SRL 10 8.7 -13 9.2 -8 11.1 +10
Circuit Breaker Selection (Max. Circuit Lengths in Ft.)

50°F
50°FStart-Up
Start-Up(Ft.)
(Ft.) 0°F
0°FStart-Up
Start-Up(Ft.)
(Ft.) -20°F
-20°FStart-Up
Start-Up(Ft.)
(Ft.)
Cable
Rating 10A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A 10A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A 10A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A
SRL3-1 205 305 360 NR NR NR 135 200 270 330 360 NR 120 185 245 300 360 NR
SRL3-2 400 600 660 NR NR NR 275 415 555 660 NR NR 245 370 495 600 660 NR
SRL5-1 125 185 250 270 NR NR 90 135 180 225 270 NR 80 120 160 205 245 270
SRL5-2 250 375 505 540 NR NR 180 270 360 450 540 NR 160 245 325 405 490 540
SRL8-1 100 150 200 215 NR NR 70 110 145 180 215 NR 65 100 130 165 200 210
SRL8-2 185 285 375 420 NR NR 135 200 265 335 395 420 120 175 235 300 350 420
SRL10-1 60 95 130 160 180 NR 50 80 105 130 155 180 45 70 95 120 140 180
SRL10-2 100 160 210 260 315 360 80 125 170 210 255 340 75 120 160 195 240 320
NR = Not Required. Maximum circuit length has been reached in a smaller breaker size.
Note — Thermal magnetic circuit breakers are recommended since magnetic circuit breakers could "nuisance trip" at low temperature.
G-11
Heating Cable
SRL Ordering Information

Output
(W/Ft.) Volts Model Stock PCN
Wt./1000'
(Lbs.)
Self-Regulating Low 120 SRL 3-1CT
SRL 3-1CR
S
S
383400
382731
66
64
Temperature (cont’d.) 3 @ 50°F
208 - 277 SRL 3-2CT
SRL 3-2CR
S
S
383419
382740
66
64
SRL 5-1CT S 383443 66
120 SRL 5-1CR S 382758 64
5 @ 50°F
SRL 5-2CT S 383451 66
208 - 277 SRL 5-2CR S 382766 64
SRL 8-1CT S 383460 66
120 SRL 8-1CR S 382598 64
8 @ 50°F
SRL 8-2CT S 383478 66
208 - 277 SRL 8-2CR S 382600 64
SRL 10-1CT S 383486 66
120 SRL 10-1CR S 382846 64
10 @ 50°F
SRL 10-2CT S 383494 66
208 - 277 SRL 10-2CR S 382854 64
To Order — Specify length, model, PCN and installation accessories.
Accessories
Accessories U Series DL EL
Power Connection Heat trace to electrical service connection UPC RTPC SSK
Splice & Tee UMC RTST RT-RST
End Seal For terminating cable UES RTES RT-RES
Lighted End Seal UESL RTST-SL N/A
Thermostat Ambient air sensing thermostat UAS RTAS THL/TXL
Line sensing mechanical thermostat UBC RTBC THR/TXR
To Order — General Application & Installation Accessories such as tape, pipe straps,
warning labels, etc., refer to the U Series, DL & EL General Application
Accessories page at the end of this section.
Ordering Model Self-Regulating Low Temperature

Information SRL Self-Regulating, Low Temperature Heating Cable
To Order — Code Output (W/Ft.)
Model Number 5 Five
using the Matrix 8 Eight
provided. 10 Ten
Code Voltage
Contact your Local
Chromalox Sales 1 120
office for monitor 2 208 - 277
wire option. Code Overjacket Options
CT Fluoropolymer corrosion resistant
overjacket over braid for hostile/corrosive
environments
More Information CR TPR overjacket over braid for protection
is Available Online against certain inorganic chemical
on Heat Trace. solutions

www.chromalox.com SRL 5 - 1 CT Typical Model Number
and Select Manuals.
G-12
Heating Cable
SRP D
Self-Regulating
Process Temperatures E C B A
• Self- Regulating, Energy

Efficient
Maintains up to
• 16 AWG Buss Wire 230°F
Output
Withstands up to
275°F
• Circuit Lengths to 750 ft.
Temperature
Cut to Length Can be Single Low Tempera- Self Regulating

in Field Overlapped ture Output
• Process Temperature
Maintenance to 230°F (110°C)
• Maximum Continuous Exposure Features

(135°C) • Energy efficient, self-regulating SRP uses D Tinned Copper Braid – Provides addition-
less energy when less heat is required. al mechanical protection in any environ-
• Available in 5, 10, and 15 Watts ment and a positive ground path.
• Easy to install, SRP can be cut to any length
per Foot (up to max circuit length) in the field. E High Temperature Fluoropolymer
Overjacket – Corrosion resistant, flame
• 120 and 208-277 Volts Available • SRP features lower installed cost than steam
retardant overjacket is highly effective
from Stock tracing, less maintenance expense and less
in many environments. Protects against
down time.
exposure to organic or corrosive solu-
• Industrial Process Maintenance • SRP can be single overlapped without burn- tions. The overjacket also protects against
Applications out, which simplifies heat tracing of in-line abrasion and impact damage.
process equipment such as valves, elbows
• Approximate Size .47"W x .20"H and pumps. Approvals
Factory Mutual (FM) approved for ordinary
• Because SRP is self-regulating, overtem-
• Min. Bend Radius 1-1/8" areas. FM, ATEX and IECEx approved for
perature conditions are minimized. hazardous (classified) areas when used with U
• For use on Metallic Pipes • Chromalox U-Series Connection Kits reduce Series and DL accessories
installation time. FM Approved:
• Consult Factory for use on • Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, D
Plastic Piping Construction (Gases, vapors)
A Twin 16 AWG Copper Buss Wires – Pro- • Class II, Division 2 Groups F, G
vide reliable electric current capability. (Combustible dust)
SELF-REGULATING
Description
B Semiconductive Polymer Core Matrix • Class III, Division 2
Chromalox SRP self-regulating heating cable “Self-Regulating” component of the (Easily ignitable fibers and fillings)
provides safe, reliable heat tracing for process cable its electrical resistance varies with • Class I, Zone 1, AEx e II
maintenance applications to 230°F (110°C) temperature. As process temperature
or freeze protection of pipes / tank with high drops,the core’s heat output increases; as • 3,5,8 and 10 Watt Rated T4
heat losses. Constructed of industrial grade process temperature rises, the heat output Temperature Class
16 AWG buss wire with a tinned copper braid decreases.
and overjacketing, SRP ensures operating
integrity most hostile industrial environments. C Fluoropolymer Jacket – Flame retardant, ATEX Approved:
electrically insulates the matrix and buss • CE 1725 IIG Ex e IIC T4 Gb
wires and provides corrosion resistance. Ta -40˚C to 70˚C
IECEx Approved:
WARNING — A ground fault protection device
• FMG 17.0015x Ex e IIC T4 Gb Ta -40˚C to 70˚C
is required by NEC to minimize the danger of
G-13
Heating Cable
SRP Thermal Output Ratings on Insulated Metal Pipes

21
Self-Regulating 20
Process Temperatures 19
18
(cont’d.) 17
16
15
14 15 W/Ft.
13
12
11
Heat Output (W/Ft.)
10 10 W/Ft.
6
5 W/Ft.
5
2
Cable Output vs.
1 Temperature
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230

Note 1 — Thermal output is determined per IEEE 515-2011 Standard for testing, design,
installation and maintenance of electrical resistance heat tracing section 4.1.11
Method C.

SRP 5 3.85 -20 4.25 -13 6.45 +15
SRP 10 8.3 -18 8.80 -10 12.50 +13
SRP 15 12.75 -14 13.50 -9 18.45 +12

50°F Start-Up (Ft.) 0°F Start-Up (Ft.) -20°F Start-Up (Ft.)
Cable
Rating 15A 20A 30A 40A 50A 15A 20A 30A 40A 50A 15A 20A 30A 40A 50A
SRP5-1 145 195 295 390 490 110 145 215 295 360 70 90 135 180 225
SRP5-2 295 385 580 750 750 220 290 430 580 720 135 180 270 360 450
SRP10-1 100 135 200 270 330 70 95 145 190 240 65 85 130 175 215
SRP10-2 200 270 400 530 665 145 190 290 380 480 130 175 260 350 440
SRP15-1 75 100 150 200 250 60 80 120 160 200 55 70 110 145 180
SRP15-2 150 195 295 390 500 120 160 235 320 400 110 145 220 290 360
G-14
Heating Cable
SRP
Output Wt./1000'
(W/Ft.) Volts Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Self-Regulating Output at Rated Voltage
Process Temperatures 5 @ 50°F

120
208 - 277
SRP 5-1CT
SRP 5-2CT
S
S
387188
387225
80
80
120 SRP 10-1CT S 387129 80
(cont’d.) 10 @ 50°F
208 - 277 SRP 10-2CT S 387196 80
120 SRP 15-1CT S 387073 80
15 @ 50°F
208 - 277 SRP 15-2CT S 387137 80
To Order – Specify length, model, PCN and installation accessories.
Accessories
Accessories DL Series U Series
Power Connection Heat trace to electrical sevice connection RTPC UPC
T- Splice Electrical connection for 3 segments RTST UMC
In-Line Splice Electrical connection for 2 segments RTST UMC
End Seal For terminating cable RTES UES
Lighted End Seal For terminating cable RTST-SL UESL
Ambient air sensing thermostat RTAS UAS
Thermostat
Line sensing mechanical thermostat RTBC UBC
To Order – For general application & installation accessories such as tape, pipe straps,
warning labels, etc. refer the to the DL & EL General Application Accessories page at the
end of this section.
Ordering Model Hazardous Location Self-Regulating Process Temperature

Information SRP
Complete the 5 Five
Model Number 10 Ten
using the Matrix 15 Fifteen
provided.
Code Voltage
1 120
2 240
Code Overjacket Options
overjacket over braid for
SELF-REGULATING
hostile/corrosive environments
SRP 5 - 1 CT Typical Model Number
G-15
Heating Cable
SRM/E D
Self-Regulating
Medium Temperature E C B A

• Circuit Lengths to 750 Feet Maintains up to
302°F
Output
Withstands up to
Maintenance to 302°F (150°C) 420°F Temperature
Cut to Length Can be Medium Tem- Self Regulating

• Maximum Continuous Exposure in Field Overlapped perature Output
(215°C)
• Industrial Process Maintenance Features E High Temperature Fluoropolymer
Applications • Energy efficient, self-regulating SRM/E uses Overjacket — Corrosion resistant, flame
less energy when less heat is required. retardant overjacket is highly effective in
• Industrial Freeze Protection hostile, aqueous and chemically active
Applications • Easy to install, SRM/E can be cut to any environments. It also protects against
length (up to max. circuit length) in the field.
abrasion and impact damage.
• Single or Dual Monitor Wires
• Field splices can be performed easily in min-
Available utes with no scrap or wasted cold sections. Approvals
• Steam Cleanable on Process Factory Mutual (FM) Approved, UL Listed, and
• With lower installed cost than steam tracing,
Equipment Up to 300 PSIG SRM/E features less maintenance expense CSA certified for ordinary areas. UL Listed for
and downtime. freeze protection of fire protection system pip-
• 5, 8, 10, 15 and 20 W/Ft. ing. ATEX, IECEx, FM, and CSA Approved for
• SRM/E can be overlapped without burnout, hazardous (classified) areas when used with U
• 120 and 208 - 277 Volt From Stock which simplifies heat tracing of in-line pro- Series, HL, DL, and EL accessories.
cess equipment such as valves, elbows and
• Approximate Size .47"W x .20"H pumps. CSA and FM Approved:
• Minimum Bend Radius 1-1/8" • Because SRM/E is self-regulating, overtem- • Class I, Div. 1* & 2 Groups A*, B, C, D
perature conditions are minimized. (gases, vapors)
• For Use on Metallic Pipes Only
• Chromalox termination, splice, tee and end • Class II, Div. 1*& 2 Groups E*, F, G
seal kits reduce installation time. (combustible dust)
Description • Class III, Div. 2
Construction (easily ignitable fibers and fillings)
Chromalox SRM/E self-regulating heating
cable provides safe, reliable heat tracing for A Twin 16 AWG Copper Buss Wires —
Provide reliable electrical current • 5 and 8 Watt Rated T3 Temperature Class
process temperature maintenance and freeze
protection of pipes, valves, tanks and similar capability. • 10, 15, and 20 Watt Rated T2D Temperature
applications. Constructed of industrial grade B Semiconductive Polymer Core Matrix — Class
16 AWG buss wire with metal braid and over- “Self-Regulating” component of the cable,
jacketing, SRM/E ensures operating integrity *CSA Only
its electrical resistance varies with
in most hostile industrial environments. The *-CT overjacket only
temperature. As process temperature
420°F (215°C) maximum exposure tempera- drops, the core’s heat output increases; ATEX Approved:
ture rating allows steam cleaning of process as process temperature rises, the heat
equipment with up to 300 psig steam. output decreases. • CE 0359 IIG Ex e IIC T* Gb
Ta -60˚C to 195˚C
WARNING — A ground fault protection device C High Temperature Fluoropolymer Jacket
— Flame retardant, electrically insulates IECEx Approved:
the matrix and provides corrosion • ITS 07.0018X Ex e IIC T3 Gb Ta -60˚C to 195˚C
erly installed. A minimum trip level of 30mA is resistance. Note 1 Exception — Cable Surface Tempera-
recommended to minimize nuisance tripping. D Metallic Braid — Provides additional ture shall not exceed 190°C in Class II, Div. 2,
mechanical protection in any environ- Group F; 165°C in Class II, Div. 2 Group G.
ment and a positive ground path.
G-16
Heating Cable
SRM/E
Self-Regulating Thermal Output Ratings on Insulated Metal Pipe1
Medium Temperature 24
(cont’d.) Cable Output vs.

Temperature
20
20 W/Ft.
16
Heat Output (W/Ft.) 15 W/Ft.
12
10 W/Ft.
8
8 W/Ft.
5 W/Ft.
4
0
30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 300
Pipe Temperature (˚F)
Method C.
SRM/E 5 3.85 -23 4.25 -15 6.45 +23
SRM/E 8 6.4 -20 6.88 -14 10.24 +22
SRM/E 10 8.3 -17 8.80 -12 12.50 +20
SRM/E 15 12.75 -15 13.50 -10 18.45 +19
SRM/E 20 17.6 -12 18.40 -8 24.40 +19
SELF-REGULATING

Cable
SRM/E 5-1 180 240 360 375 NR 165 220 330 375 NR 155 210 310 375 NR
SRM/E 5-2 360 480 720 750 NR 325 430 645 750 NR 310 415 620 750 NR
SRM/E 8-1 145 190 285 325 NR 135 175 265 325 NR 130 165 250 325 NR
SRM/E 8-2 285 380 575 650 NR 255 345 520 650 NR 245 335 490 650 NR
SRM/E 10-1 95 125 190 250 NR 90 110 175 250 NR 85 100 170 245 250
SRM/E 10-2 190 255 385 490 NR 165 225 345 490 NR 155 215 330 470 490
SRM/E 15-1 70 95 145 190 210 65 85 125 165 210 60 80 120 150 210
SRM/E 15-2 145 190 290 385 420 120 175 270 360 420 115 165 260 340 420
SRM/E 20-1 60 75 115 155 160 50 65 105 140 160 45 65 100 135 160
SRM/E 20-2 115 155 230 305 350 100 135 200 270 350 90 130 195 255 335
G-17
Heating Cable
SRM/E Ordering Information

Output
Wt./1000'
(Lbs.)
Self-Regulating 5 @ 50°F
120 SRM/E 5-1CT S 388092 100
208 - 277 SRM/E 5-2CT S 388121 100
Medium Temperature 8 @ 50°F
120 SRM/E 8-1CT S 388156 100
208 - 277 SRM/E 8-2CT S 388180 100
(cont’d.) 10 @ 50°F
120 SRM/E 10-1CT S 388210 100
208 - 277 SRM/E 10-2CT S 388244 100
120 SRM/E 15-1CT S 388279 100
15 @ 50°F
208 - 277 SRM/E 15-2CT S 388316 100
120 SRM/E 20-1CT S 388340 100
20 @ 50°F
208 - 277 SRM/E 20-2CT S 388375 100
Accessories
Splice & Tee UMC RTST RT-TST
End Seal For terminating cable UES RTES N/A
Ordering Model Self-Regulating Medium Temperature

Information SRM/E Self-Regulating, Medium Temperatue Enhanced Heating Cable
Complete the 5 Five
Model Number 8 Eight
using the Matrix 10 Ten
provided. 15 Fifteen
20 Twenty
Code Voltage
1 120
2 208 - 277
overjacket over braid for hostile/
corrosive environments

SRM/E 8 - 1 CT Typical Model Number
More Information
is Available Online
on Heat Trace.
www.chromalox.com
and Select Manuals.
G-18
Heating Cable
SRM/E D
Self-Regulating
Medium Temperature E C B A

• Circuit Lengths to 750 Feet Maintains up to
302°F
Output
Withstands up to
Maintenance to 302°F (150°C) 420°F Temperature

• Maximum Continuous Exposure in Field Overlapped perature Output
(215°C)
• Industrial Process Maintenance Features E High Temperature Fluoropolymer
Applications • Energy efficient, self-regulating SRM/E uses Overjacket — Corrosion resistant, flame
less energy when less heat is required. retardant overjacket is highly effective in
• Industrial Freeze Protection hostile, aqueous and chemically active
Applications • Easy to install, SRM/E can be cut to any environments. It also protects against
abrasion and impact damage.
• Single or Dual Monitor Wires
• Field splices can be performed easily in min-
Available utes with no scrap or wasted cold sections. Approvals
• Steam Cleanable on Process Factory Mutual (FM) Approved, UL Listed, and
• With lower installed cost than steam tracing,
Equipment Up to 300 PSIG SRM/E features less maintenance expense CSA certified for ordinary areas. ATEX, IECEx,
and downtime. FM, and CSA Approved for hazardous (classi-
• 5, 8, 10, 15 and 20 W/Ft. fied) areas when used with U Series, HL, DL,
• SRM/E can be overlapped without burnout, and EL accessories.
• 120 and 208 - 277 Volt From Stock which simplifies heat tracing of in-line pro-
cess equipment such as valves, elbows and CSA and FM Approved:
• Approximate Size .47"W x .20"H pumps. • Class I, Div. 1* & 2 Groups A*, B, C, D
• Minimum Bend Radius 1-1/8" • Because SRM/E is self-regulating, overtem- (gases, vapors)
perature conditions are minimized. • Class II, Div. 1*& 2 Groups E*, F, G
• For Use on Metallic Pipes Only
• Chromalox termination, splice, tee and end (combustible dust)
seal kits reduce installation time. • Class III, Div. 2
Description (easily ignitable fibers and fillings)
Construction
Chromalox SRM/E self-regulating heating • 5 and 8 Watt Rated T3 Temperature Class
cable provides safe, reliable heat tracing for A Twin 16 AWG Copper Buss Wires —
process temperature maintenance and freeze Provide reliable electrical current • 10, 15, and 20 Watt Rated T2D Temperature
protection of pipes, valves, tanks and similar capability. Class
applications. Constructed of industrial grade B Semiconductive Polymer Core Matrix — *CSA Only
16 AWG buss wire with metal braid and over- “Self-Regulating” component of the cable,
jacketing, SRM/E ensures operating integrity *-CT overjacket only
its electrical resistance varies with
in most hostile industrial environments. The temperature. As process temperature ATEX Approved:
420°F (215°C) maximum exposure tempera- drops, the core’s heat output increases;
ture rating allows steam cleaning of process as process temperature rises, the heat • CE 0359 IIG Ex e IIC T* Gb
equipment with up to 300 psig steam. output decreases. Ta -60˚C to 195˚C
C High Temperature Fluoropolymer Jacket IECEx Approved:

— Flame retardant, electrically insulates • ITS 07.0018X Ex e IIC T3 Gb Ta -60˚C to 195˚C
fire if the heating cable is damaged or improp- the matrix and provides corrosion Note 1 Exception — Cable Surface Tempera-
erly installed. A minimum trip level of 30mA is resistance. ture shall not exceed 190°C in Class II, Div. 2,
recommended to minimize nuisance tripping. D Metallic Braid — Provides additional Group F; 165°C in Class II, Div. 2 Group G.
mechanical protection in any environ-
ment and a positive ground path.
G-16
Heating Cable
SRM/E
Self-Regulating Thermal Output Ratings on Insulated Metal Pipe1
Medium Temperature 24
(cont’d.) Cable Output vs.

Temperature
20
20 W/Ft.
16
12
10 W/Ft.
8
8 W/Ft.
5 W/Ft.
4
0
30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 300
Method C.
SRM/E 5 3.85 -23 4.25 -15 6.45 +23
SRM/E 8 6.4 -20 6.88 -14 10.24 +22
SRM/E 10 8.3 -17 8.80 -12 12.50 +20
SRM/E 15 12.75 -15 13.50 -10 18.45 +19
SRM/E 20 17.6 -12 18.40 -8 24.40 +19
SELF-REGULATING

Cable
SRM/E 5-1 180 240 360 375 NR 165 220 330 375 NR 155 210 310 375 NR
SRM/E 5-2 360 480 720 750 NR 325 430 645 750 NR 310 415 620 750 NR
SRM/E 8-1 145 190 285 325 NR 135 175 265 325 NR 130 165 250 325 NR
SRM/E 8-2 285 380 575 650 NR 255 345 520 650 NR 245 335 490 650 NR
SRM/E 10-1 95 125 190 250 NR 90 110 175 250 NR 85 100 170 245 250
SRM/E 10-2 190 255 385 490 NR 165 225 345 490 NR 155 215 330 470 490
SRM/E 15-1 70 95 145 190 210 65 85 125 165 210 60 80 120 150 210
SRM/E 15-2 145 190 290 385 420 120 175 270 360 420 115 165 260 340 420
SRM/E 20-1 60 75 115 155 160 50 65 105 140 160 45 65 100 135 160
SRM/E 20-2 115 155 230 305 350 100 135 200 270 350 90 130 195 255 335
G-17
Heating Cable
SRM/E Ordering Information

Output
Wt./1000'
(Lbs.)
Self-Regulating 5 @ 50°F
120 SRM/E 5-1CT S 388092 100
208 - 277 SRM/E 5-2CT S 388121 100
120 SRM/E 8-1CT S 388156 100
208 - 277 SRM/E 8-2CT S 388180 100
(cont’d.) 10 @ 50°F
120 SRM/E 10-1CT S 388210 100
208 - 277 SRM/E 10-2CT S 388244 100
120 SRM/E 15-1CT S 388279 100
15 @ 50°F
208 - 277 SRM/E 15-2CT S 388316 100
120 SRM/E 20-1CT S 388340 100
20 @ 50°F
208 - 277 SRM/E 20-2CT S 388375 100
Accessories
Ordering Model Self-Regulating Medium Temperature

Information SRM/E Self-Regulating, Medium Temperatue Enhanced Heating Cable
Complete the 5 Five
20 Twenty
Code Voltage
1 120
2 208 - 277

SRM/E 8 - 1 CT Typical Model Number
More Information
is Available Online
on Heat Trace.
www.chromalox.com
and Select Manuals.
G-18
Heating Cable
SLL
Series Long D
Line Cable
• 16, 14, 12, 10 AWG Copper Wire
• Circuit Lengths up to 7,500 Feet E C B A
(2,286m)
• Minimum Install Temperature
-40°F (-40°C)
• Maximum Continuous Exposure
(232°C)
• Industrial Process Maintenance
Applications
• Industrial Freeze Protection
Applications
Features Approvals
• Exceeds limitations of parallel resistance
• Steam Cleanable on Process CSA Approved:
cables.
Equipment Up to 300 PSIG • Class I, Div. 2 Groups B, C, D
• Field splices can be performed easily in min- (gases, vapors)
• Outputs up to 12 W/Ft. utes with no scrap or wasted cold sections.
• Class II, Div. 2 Groups E, F, G
• 120 - 600 Volt From Stock • With lower installed cost than steam tracing, (combustible dust)
SLL features less maintenance expense and
• Approximate Size 3/8"W x 1/8"H downtime. • Class III
(easily ignitable fibers and fillings)
• Minimum Bend Radius 1-1/8" • Chromalox termination, splice and end seal
kits reduce installation time. • Temperature Coded per Design. Contact
• For Use on Metallic Pipes Only Chromalox Sales
Construction
A Twin 16, 14, 12, 10 AWG Copper Wires
Description — Provide reliable electrical current
capability.
Chromalox SLL Series Long Line cable B High Temperature Fluropolymer Insulated
provides safe, reliable heat tracing for process
Core — Flame retardant, insulates the con-
temperature maintenance and freeze pro-
ductors and provides corrosion resistance.
tection of pipes, valves, tanks and similar
applications. Constructed of industrial grade C High Temperature Fluoropolymer Jacket
SELF-REGULATING
16, 14, 12 or 10 AWG wire with metal braid Flame retardant, electrically insulates the
and fluropolymer overjacketing, SLL ensures core and provides corrosion resistance.
operating integrity in most hostile industrial
environments. The 450°F (232°C) maximum D Metallic Braid — Provides additional
exposure temperature rating allows steam mechanical protection in any environment
cleaning of process equipment with up to 300 and a positive ground path.
psig steam. E High Temperature Fluoropolymer
Overjacket — Corrosion resistant, flame
retardant overjacket is highly effective in
hostile, aqueous and chemically active
environments. It also protects against
WARNING — A ground fault protection device abrasion and impact damage.
G-19
Heating Cable
SLL
Nominal Output Ratings on Metal Pipe*
*All power outputs below at 68˚F (20˚C)
120 VAC
Series Long Line Cable W/Ft.
(cont’d.) 12.00
10.00
SLL45
SLL28
8.00
SLL18
SLL10
Note 1: These graphs are general guides to 6.00
selection. Actual designs require consider-
4.00
ation of other important variables and must
be approved by Chromalox. 2.00
0.00
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Cable Length (ft.)
240 VAC
W/Ft.
12.00
10.00
SLL45
8.00
SLL28
SLL18 SLL10
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Cable Length (ft.)
480 VAC
W/Ft.
12.00
SLL45
10.00
SLL28
8.00
SLL18
SLL10
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
Cable Length (ft.)
600 VAC
W/Ft.
12.00
10.00
SLL45
SLL28
8.00
SLL18
SLL10
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
Cable Length (ft.)
G-20
Heating Cable
SLL
Specifications
Conductor Ω/ft @ 68°F Ω/m @ 68°F Max. Circuit Wt./1000'

Series Long Model No.
SLL10-CT
PCN
384972
Stock
S
Size
10
(20°C)
0.00240
(20°C)
0.007872
Breaker Size
50
(lbs.)
100
Line Cable (cont’d.) SLL18-CT 384964 S 12 0.003680 0.01207 50 100
SLL28-CT 384956 S 14 0.00580 0.00190 40 100
SLL45-CT 384948 S 16 0.00948 0.0310 30 100
All resistances above are nominal resistance values.
Accessories
Accessories U Series
Power Connection Heat trace to electrical service connection UPC-LL
Splice For splicing 2 SLL cables together UMC-LL
End Seal For terminating cable UES-LL
warning labels, etc., refer to the U Series Long Line Kits Accessories
page at the end of this section.
Ordering Model Series Long Line Cable

Information SLL Series Long Line Cable
To Order — Code Wire
Complete the 10 10 Awg
Model Number 18 12 Awg
using the Matrix 28 14 Awg
provided. 45 16 Awg
Code Braid and Overcoat Options

SELF-REGULATING
SLL 10 - CT Typical Model Number
More Information
is Available Online
on Heat Trace.
www.chromalox.com
and Select Manuals.
G-21
Heating Cable
CWM G F E D C B A
Constant Wattage
Medium Temperature
Maintains up to
320°F
• Uniform Thermal Output, Low
Output
Energy Cost
Withstands up to
392°F Temperature
• No Inrush at Any Ambient Cut to Length Medium Tem- Constant Watt-

in Field perature age Output
• Industrial/Process and Note — Consult maximum maintenance temperature chart on page G-23
Commercial/Construction for allowable watt densities.
Applications
• Maximum Exposure Features

• Durable, non-aging fluoropolymer jacket D Nickel Chromium Wire — Heating
(200°C) ensures long service life and can be used in component of the cable.
some hostile environments.
• Steam Cleanable on Process E FEP Insulation — Rugged outer sheath
Equipment Up to 190 PSIG • Flexible, easy to install on most equipment
protects heating cable, assures longer
(Power Off) and delivers long-term reliable performance.
service life, and provides protection
• Eliminates the need for oversized wiring or against environmental application hazards.
• 4, 8 and 12 W/Ft. switchgear.
F Tinned Copper Braid — Plated copper
• 120, 208 - 277 and 480 Volt • Accurate temperature, reliable electric heat braid increases robust construction,
From Stock that can be consistently controlled and easily
provides ground path and provides
monitored.
additional protection in any location.
• Approximate Size .30"W x .25"H • Safe and rugged. Suffix “C” in model number.
• Minimum Bend Radius 1-1/4" • Parallel circuitry allows cut-to-length. G FEP Overjacket — Fluoropolymer over-
• High performance, rated to withstand up jacket, over the braid, provides protection
• For Use on Metallic Pipes from most aqueous and chemically corro-
to 392°F saturated steam (190 psig) tem-
perature (power off). sive solutions. Suffix“T” in model number.
• Consult Factory for Use on
Plastic Pipes • Low profile, uses standard size thermal Approvals1
insulation on piping and process
UL Listed for ordinary areas.
equipment.
CSA Certified for ordinary and:
Description • Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Chromalox CWM constant wattage heat- Construction
• Class II, Div. 2, Groups F, G. Rated T3 Tem-
ing cable is a proven, reliable solution for A Twin 12 AWG Copper Buss Wires —
industrial process temperature maintenance perature Class2.
Provide reliable, consistent electrical
and freeze protection. CWM features a parallel current. Notes —
heating core that produces uniform thermal
1. Depends on specific model.
output over its entire length. Using a single B FEP Insulation Jacket — Electrically
power point, you can easily configure and 2. Exception: Cable surface temperature shall
insulates buss wires. not exceed 190°C in Class II, Div. 2, Group
install a heat tracing system as short as
several feet or as long as 780 feet right in C Pairing Jacket — Secures two buss wires F; 165°C in Class II, Div. 2, Group G.
the field. With 392°F (200°C) fluoropolymer together and provides wrapping surface
electrical insulation over-jacketing, CWM has for Nichrome wire.
outstanding electrical and thermal properties,
and is well suited for most chemically hostile
environments.

G-22
Heating Cable
CWM
Constant Wattage Medium
Temperature (cont’d.)
Specifications
Nominal Max. Length
Output Voltage Circuit Load Circuit Length Between
Model (W/Ft.) (Vac) (Amps/Ft.) (Ft.) Nodes (in.)
CWM 4-1 4 120 0.033 600 36
CWM 8-1 8 120 0.067 290 24
CWM 12-1 12 120 0.100 200 24
CWM 4-2 4 240 0.017 1100 48
CWM 8-2 8 240 0.033 600 36
CWM 12-2 12 240 0.050 400 48
CWM 12-4 12 480 0.025 800 72
Output Wattage a Various Operating Voltages (per ft.)

Model 120V 208V 220V 240V 277V 480V
CWM 4-1 4 - - - - -
CWM 8-1 8 - - - - -
CWM 12-1 12 - - - - -
CWM 4-2 - 3 3.4 4 5.3 -
CWM 8-2 - 6 6.7 8 10.7 -
CWM 12-2 - 9 10.1 12 16 -
CWM 12-4 - 2.3 2.5 3 4 12
Maximum Allowable Pipe Maintenance Temperature with Power On
CONSTANT
WATTAGE
Temperatures (°F)
Output
(W/Ft.) 3 4 6 6.7 8 9 10.1 10.6 12
w/o AT-1 Tape 340 325 293 282 262 246 229 222 200
w/ AT-1 Tape 350 344 332 328 320 314 307 304 296
G-23
Heating Cable
CWM
Constant Wattage Medium Ordering Information
Temperature (cont’d.) Output Nominal Wt./1000'
(W/Ft.) Voltage (Vac) Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
120 CWM 4-1CT S 392075 110
4
240 CWM 4-2CT S 392083 110
120 CWM 8-1CT S 392163 110
8
240 CWM 8-2CT S 392171 110
120 CWM 12-1CT S 392251 110
12 240 CWM 12-2CT S 392260 110
480 CWM 12-4CT S 392278 110
Accessories
Ordering Model Constant Wattage Medium Temperature

Information CWM Constant Wattage, Medium Temperature Heating Cable
Complete the 4 Four
using the Matrix 12 Twelve
provided. Code Nominal Voltage (Vac)
1 120
2 240
4 480
CWM 4 - 1 CT Typical Model Number
More Information
is Available Online
on Heat Trace.
www.chromalox.com
and Select Manuals.
G-24
Heating Cable
MI B
Mineral Insulated A
High Temperature C
• Constant Wattage Series

Resistance Heating Cable Sets Construction Approvals
A Metal Sheath: High nickel content Alloy Factory Mutual (FM) Approved and CSA certi-
825 is recognized for its use in high fied for ordinary areas. FM, CSA, ATEX and
Maintenance to 1112°F (600˚C) IECEx Approved for hazardous (classified)
temperature applications, and use in many
corrosive environments. This alloy has areas.
• Maximum Exposure
excellent resistance to pitting, chloride-
Temperature 1200°F (648˚C) CSA and FM Approved:
stress, acid and alkali corrosion. Stainless
(Power Off) steel is also available.
• Class I, Div. 1* & 2 Groups A*, B, C, D
(gases, vapors)
• Corrosion Resistant Alloy 825 or B MgO: Highly compacted Magnesium Oxide • Class II, Div. 1*& 2 Groups E*, F, G (com-
Stainless Steel Sheath provides insulation of the resistance wire bustible dust)
for voltages up to 600V. Completely sealed • Class III, Div. 2 (easily ignitable fibers & fill-
• Factory Assembled Cable Sets— sheath protects the MgO from moisture & ings)
Ready for Installation contamination. • Consult Chromalox for T ratings
C Resistance Wire: A large number of ATEX Approved:
• Fully Annealed Sheath allows available resistances enables the design • II 2 G Ex e II T1 to T6 Gb
Field Bending of a large range of lengths and wattages. IECEx Approved:
Double and single conductor available • Ex IIC T1 to T6 Gb
• Min. Bend Radius 6 x Diameter
D Cold-Lead (Shown Below): Non-heating
of Cable *CSA Only
MI cable extends the leads away from the
• For Use on Metallic Pipes Only high temperature equipment. 4 ft. long is
standard.
E Gland Fitting (Shown Below): Every set
Description includes one or two 1/2” NPT fittings for
connection to a junction box. The number
Chromalox MI mineral insulated heating cables of fittings depends on the configuration of
provide rugged and reliable heat tracing for a the cable set. (Optional 3/4" NPT)
variety of demanding applications. The high
nickel alloy sheath, magnesium oxide dielectric
insulation and resistance wire construction Available Designs
allow the tracing of equipment up to 1112°F
Form “A” (one cold section w/12 AWG - 12 in. pigtails and termination w/ end cap, 0.50”
maintenance temperatures and excellent
SST pressure fittings) Available in two conductor only
resistance to many corrosive environments. At
INSULATED
MINERAL
lower temperatures, watt densities of up to 50 E
W/Ft can be designed. Please contact factory D
Heated Length
for cable maintenance temperature above 400˚F.
WARNING — A ground fault protection device Form “E” (two cold sections w/12 AWG - 12 in. pigtails, 0.50” SST pressure fittings)
is required by NEC to minimize the danger of Available in one conductor or two conductor
erly installed. A minimum trip level of 30 mA is
E
recommended to minimize nuisance tripping. One Conductor D
Heated Length
E
Heated Length D
Two Conductor
G-25
Heating Cable
MI
Mineral Insulated High Temperature (cont’d.)
Heating Cable System Design
1. Heater Design
Determine heater design to use. 6. Select the Proper Resistance per Foot (R/ft) Rating
Choose a cable having equal or the next lower resistance per foot value
2. Calculate Heat Loss from the Ordering Information Table
Using the Technical Section of this catalog (Determining Heat Energy
Requirements), calculate the heat energy requirements of the pipe or 7. Calculate Actual Resistance fer Foot at Maintain Temperature
tank to be heated. In addition, Chromalox® offers ChromaTrace, a heat (R/ft actual)
trace design program to facilitate heat tracing system design. R/ft actual = R/ft (1+ (TCR Value (Maintain Temp ˚C-20)))
3. Determine Total Cable Length 8. Calculate Actual W/Ft. and Total Wattage (WTOTAL)
In addition to the system piping, in-line equipment such as valves, W/ftactual = V2/(R/ftactual x L2)
flanges and pipe supports require additional heat tracing to maintain the
system operating temperature. Refer to Technical Section of this catalog WTOTAL = W/ftactual x L
(Pipe Component Allowance Table) to determine the proper component
cable allowances for your system. Add the heated pipe length and the 9. Determine Current Draw (I)
component cable allowance lengths to calculate the total cable length. I= V/(R/ftactual x L)
Guidelines for tracing tanks and vessels are also given in the Technical
Section of this catalog 10. Select Heater Single or Double Conductor Length
The cold lead is determined by the customer or by using a standard 4
ft. Standard cold lead pigtails are #12 awg.
4. Determine Available Voltage (V)
Determine what Voltage is available. At a given voltage, not every cable
11. Convert Design to a Model Number.
length and power output is available. For example, shorter lengths may
Use order table and optional construction adders below to convert
require 120V supply. Trying several voltages may result in a more ef-
design to a complete model number.
ficient design.
12. Determine the electrical and thermal conditions. Once the cable resis-
5. Calculate Resistance per Foot (R/ft) using the desired Watts per Foot
tance has been selected, verify the performance of the cable you have
(W/ft) and cable length (L) selected from Graph 4.
R/ftdesired = V2/(W/ftdesired x L2)
Optional Construction Adders

Prefix Suffix Description
P Pulling Eye for “A” form only
F12 1/2" NPT Brass Cold Lead Fitting
F34 3/4" NPT Brass Cold Lead Fitting
FS12 1/2" NPT SS Cold Lead Fitting
FS34 3/4" NPT SS Cold Lead Fitting
**Required volts, amps and watts with each cable order
G-26
Heating Cable
MI Mineral Insulated High Temperature (cont’d.)

Available Resistances
Two conductor, Alloy 825, 300 Volts
Cable Model Nominal Resistance Ω/ft Nominal Resistance Ω/m Approx. Cable Diameter (In.) Approx. Cable Diameter (mm.) TCR Multiplier
532K 0.0323 0.1060 0.169 4.3 0.00393
556K 0.0457 0.1500 0.169 4.3 0.00393
658K 0.0582 0.1910 0.169 4.3 0.00393
674K 0.0735 0.2410 0.169 4.3 0.00130
710K 0.1000 0.3280 0.181 4.6 0.00130
715K 0.1500 0.4920 0.161 4.1 0.00130
721K 0.1990 0.6560 0.146 3.7 0.00130
725K 0.2500 0.8200 0.169 4.3 0.00070
729K 0.2930 0.9610 0.169 4.3 0.00070
737K 0.3750 1.2300 0.169 4.3 0.00045
747K 0.4726 1.5500 0.169 4.3 0.00045
752K 0.4998 1.6400 0.161 4.1 0.00045
770K 0.7012 2.3000 0.161 4.1 0.00006
774K 0.7742 2.5400 0.161 4.1 0.00006
810K 0.9990 3.2800 0.169 4.3 0.00006
811K 1.1402 3.7400 0.169 4.3 0.00006
814K 1.4000 4.5920 0.169 4.3 0.00010
817K 1.7012 5.5800 0.161 4.1 0.00010
820K 2.0000 6.5600 0.181 4.6 0.00010
825K 2.5000 8.2000 0.146 3.7 0.00010
830K 2.7492 9.0200 0.146 3.7 0.00010
831K 3.0640 10.0500 0.146 3.7 0.00010
839K 3.9939 13.1000 0.146 3.7 0.00010
850K 5.0000 16.4000 0.138 3.5 0.00010
875K 7.5000 24.6000 0.138 3.5 0.00010
894K 8.9900 29.5000 0.138 3.5 0.00010
911K 11.0061 36.1000 0.130 3.3 0.00010
919K 18.0000 59.0580 0.188 4.8 0.00010
Two conductor, Alloy 825, 600 Volts

508B 0.0082 0.0268 0.311 7.9 0.00393
513B 0.0130 0.0427 0.303 7.7 0.00393
520B 0.0200 0.0656 0.283 7.2 0.00393
528B 0.0281 0.0922 0.276 7.0 0.00130
640B 0.0402 0.1320 0.260 6.6 0.00130
INSULATED
MINERAL
656B 0.0561 0.1840 0.244 6.2 0.00130
677B 0.0774 0.2540 0.232 5.9 0.00130
710B 0.1000 0.3280 0.264 6.7 0.00070
715B 0.1500 0.4920 0.244 6.2 0.00070
720B 0.2000 0.6560 0.244 6.2 0.00045
728B 0.2860 0.9380 0.217 5.5 0.00045
730B 0.3000 0.9840 0.217 5.5 0.00045
750B 0.5059 1.6600 0.205 5.2 0.00045
770B 0.7012 2.3000 0.264 6.7 0.00006
810B 1.0000 3.2800 0.232 5.9 0.00006
811B 1.1494 3.7700 0.213 5.4 0.00006
815B 1.5000 4.9200 0.244 6.2 0.00010
820B 2.0000 6.5600 0.244 6.2 0.00010
841B 4.1463 13.6000 0.213 5.4 0.00010
844B 4.4590 14.6300 0.213 5.4 0.00010
960B 6.0043 19.7000 0.217 5.5 0.00010
989B 8.9939 29.5000 0.217 5.5 0.00010
1110B 11.0061 36.1000 0.217 5.5 0.00010
G-27
Heating Cable

One conductor, Alloy 825, 600 Volts
140SC 0.00064 0.0021 0.3189 8.1 0.00393
145SC 0.00104 0.0034 0.2874 7.3 0.00393
170SC 0.00162 0.0053 0.2717 6.9 0.00393
189SC 0.00259 0.0085 0.2165 5.5 0.00393
216SC 0.00396 0.0130 0.1929 4.9 0.00393
226SC 0.00640 0.0210 0.1850 4.7 0.00393
239SC 0.01128 0.0370 0.1850 4.7 0.00393
250SC 0.01463 0.0480 0.1850 4.7 0.00130
262SC 0.01829 0.0600 0.1850 4.7 0.00130
279SC 0.02316 0.0760 0.1850 4.7 0.00070
310SC 0.02895 0.0950 0.1850 4.7 0.00070
313SC 0.03657 0.1200 0.1850 4.7 0.00045
316SC 0.04663 0.1530 0.1811 4.6 0.00045
321SC 0.05821 0.1910 0.1850 4.7 0.00045
326SC 0.07315 0.2400 0.1850 4.7 0.00045
333SC 0.11521 0.3780 0.1811 4.6 0.00045
346SC 0.14995 0.4920 0.1811 4.6 0.00006
372SC 0.19994 0.6560 0.1811 4.6 0.00006
412SC 0.27979 0.9180 0.1811 4.6 0.00010
415SC 0.49985 1.6400 0.1811 4.6 0.00010
423SC 0.69979 2.2960 0.1614 4.1 0.00010
430SC 0.84974 2.7880 0.1693 4.3 0.00010
439SC 0.99970 3.2800 0.1614 4.1 0.00010
447SC 1.29838 4.2600 0.1614 4.1 0.00010
459SC 1.59951 5.2480 0.1614 4.1 0.00010
499SC 1.99939 6.5600 0.1457 3.7 0.00010
Two conductor, Stainless Steel, 300 Volts

710S 0.03231 0.1060 0.169 4.3 0.00393
715S 0.04572 0.1500 0.169 4.3 0.00393
719S 0.05821 0.1910 0.169 4.3 0.00393
724S 0.07345 0.2410 0.169 4.3 0.00130
732S 0.09997 0.3280 0.181 4.6 0.00130
749S 0.14995 0.4920 0.161 4.1 0.00130
765S 0.19994 0.6560 0.146 3.7 0.00130
796S 0.29290 0.9610 0.169 4.3 0.00070
812S 0.37489 1.2300 0.169 4.3 0.00045
815S 0.47242 1.5500 0.169 4.3 0.00045
816S 0.49985 1.6400 0.161 4.1 0.00045
823S 0.70101 2.3000 0.161 4.1 0.00006
825S 0.77415 2.5400 0.161 4.1 0.00006
832S 0.99970 3.2800 0.169 4.3 0.00006
837S 1.13990 3.7400 0.169 4.3 0.00006
845S 1.39957 4.5920 0.169 4.3 0.00010
855S 1.70070 5.5800 0.161 4.1 0.00010
865S 1.99939 6.5600 0.181 4.6 0.00010
882S 2.49924 8.2000 0.146 3.7 0.00010
890S 2.74916 9.0200 0.146 3.7 0.00010
900S 3.06309 10.0500 0.146 3.7 0.00010
913S 3.99269 13.1000 0.146 3.7 0.00010
916S 4.99848 16.4000 0.138 3.5 0.00010
924S 7.49771 24.6000 0.138 3.5 0.00010
929S 8.99116 29.5000 0.138 3.5 0.00010
936S 11.00274 36.1000 0.130 3.3 0.00010
G-28
Heating Cable

Two conductor, Stainless Steel, 600 Volts
242S 0.00128 0.0042 0.500 12.7 0.00393
267S 0.00204 0.0067 0.449 11.4 0.00393
300S 0.00323 0.0106 0.390 9.9 0.00393
301S 0.00515 0.0169 0.346 8.8 0.00393
302S 0.00817 0.0268 0.311 7.9 0.00393
304S 0.01300 0.0426 0.303 7.7 0.00393
306S 0.01999 0.0656 0.283 7.2 0.00393
309S 0.02810 0.0922 0.276 7.0 0.00130
413S 0.04023 0.1320 0.260 6.6 0.00130
418S 0.05608 0.1840 0.244 6.2 0.00130
425S 0.07742 0.2540 0.232 5.9 0.00130
432S 0.09997 0.3280 0.264 6.7 0.00070
449S 0.14995 0.4920 0.244 6.2 0.00070
465S 0.19994 0.6560 0.244 6.2 0.00045
493S 0.28589 0.9380 0.217 5.5 0.00045
498S 0.29991 0.9840 0.217 5.5 0.00045
516S 0.50594 1.6600 0.205 5.2 0.00045
523S 0.70101 2.3000 0.264 6.7 0.00006
532S 0.99970 3.2800 0.232 5.9 0.00006
537S 1.14904 3.7700 0.213 5.4 0.00006
549S 1.49954 4.9200 0.244 6.2 0.00010
565S 1.99939 6.5600 0.244 6.2 0.00010
613S 4.14508 13.6000 0.213 5.4 0.00010
614S 4.45901 14.6300 0.213 5.4 0.00010
619S 6.00427 19.7000 0.217 5.5 0.00010
629S 8.99116 29.5000 0.217 5.5 0.00010
636S 11.00274 36.1000 0.217 5.5 0.00010
Specification / Application Information

Maximum Wattages with Hot/Cold Junction Under Insulation
Maximum Watts/Foot
100
90
80
INSULATED
MINERAL
70
60
50
B
40
30
K
20
10
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Maintain Temperature (˚F)
G-29
Heating Cable
MI
Mineral Insulated High Temperature (cont’d.)
Accessories
HTC-30-1 (392286) HTC-30-5 (392294) SSW-100 (392315)
Heat Transfer Cement, 1 Gal. Pail, Non-Stock Heat Transfer Cement, 5 Gal. Pail, Non-Stock Stainless Steel Tie Wire, 100ft Roll
JB-7-4 (392307) JB-7-MB (399023) Pipe Mounting Kit SSPS-82 (392323) Spacer Strip
Four Hub, NEMA 7 Cast Aluminum Hardware & bracket to attach JB-7-4 Juntion Box Stainless Steel Spacer Strip with 1" spaced tabs
Junction Box, 3/4" NPT to pipe, Stainless Steel. JB-7-4 sold separately for tank and snow melt applications, 50ft roll.

Heater Set Design “A” or “E”
Cable Number (determined by resistance value required for needed wattage output)
Cable Heated Section Length in Feet
Cable Cold Section Length in Feet (Both cold leads to be same length for "E" style cables)
Heater Set Total Wattage (WTOTAL)
Operating Voltage (V)
Fitting Size/Type

A 532K 150 04 2972W 120V F12 Typical Model Number

(120V, 19.8 w/ft cable, 150 ft heated section, 4ft cold lead section)
G-30
Heating Cable
HSRL D
Self-Regulating
Low Temperature
C B A
• Self- Regulating, Energy Efficient
• 16 AWG Buss Wire E

Maintains up to
150°F
Output
Maintenance to 150°F (65°C) Withstands up to
185°F Temperature
• Maximum Continuous Exposure Cut to Length Can be Single Low Tempera- Self Regulating
Temperature, Power Off, 185°F in Field Overlapped ture Output
(85°C)
Features
• Energy efficient, self-regulating HSRL uses D Tinned Copper Braid— Provides ad-
• Freeze Protection of Fire less energy when less heat is required. ditional mechanical protection in any
Protection System Piping
environment and a positive ground path.
• Easy to install, HSRL can be cut to any
• Available in 3, 5, 8, and 10 Watts length (up to max circuit length) in the field. E High Temperature Fluoropolymer
per Foot Overjacket— Corrosion resistant, flame
• HSRL features lower installed cost than
• 120 and 208-277 Volts Available steam tracing, less maintenance expense
many environments. Protects against
and less down time.
exposure to organic or corrosive solutions.
• Division 1 Hazardous Locations The overjacket also protects against abra-
• HSRL can be overlapped without burnout,
which simplifies heat tracing of in-line pro- sion and impact damage.
• Approximate Size 3/8”W x 1/8”H
cess equipment such as valves, elbows and
pumps. Approvals
• Minimum Bend Radius 1-1/8”
• Chromalox HL Connection Kits reduce instal- FM Approved
• For Use on Metal & Plastic Pipes lation time. • Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, D
• Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, G
Construction • Class III, Division 1
• 3 Watt rated T6 temperature class
Description A Twin 16 AWG Copper Buss Wires— • 5 and 8 Watt rated T5 temperature class
Provide reliable electric current capability. • 10 Watt rated T4A temperature class
Chromalox HSRL self-regulating heating cable
provides safe, reliable heat tracing for freeze B Semiconductive Polymer Core
CSA Approved
protection of pipes, valves, tanks and similar Matrix— “Self-Regulating” component
• Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, D
applications. Constructed of industrial grade of the cable its electrical resistance varies
16 AWG buss wire with a tinned copper braid with temperature. As process temperature
• 3 Watt rated T6 temperature class
and fluoropolymer overjacket, HSRL ensures drops, the core’s heat output increases; as
• 5 and 8 Watt rated T5 temperature class
operating integrity in Div. 1 hazardous environ- process temperature rises, the heat out-
• 10 Watt rated T4A temperature class
ments. HSRL heating cable has a maximum put decreases.
maintenance temperature rating of 150°F
C Polyolefin Jacket— Flame retardant,
(65°C) and a maximum exposure temperature
electrically insulates the matrix and buss
of 185˚F (85˚C)
wires and provides resistance to water and
Note: Due to the nature of Division 1 hazard- some inorganic chemical solutions.
ous location applications consultation with a
factory representative is required.

erly installed. A minimum trip level of 30 mA is
G-32
Heating Cable
HSRL Thermal Output Ratings on Insulated Metal Pipe1

14
Self-Regulating
13
12
Low Temperature 11 10 W/Ft.

10
(cont’d.) 9
8 W/Ft.
8
Heat Output (W/Ft.)

7
6
5 W/Ft.
5
4 3 W/Ft.
3
Cable Output vs.
2
Temperature
1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
110 120
130 140 150
Method C.

9
8 HSRL10
7
HSRL8
6
Heat Output (W/Ft.)
5
HSRL5
4
3 HSRL3
2
Cable Output vs.
1 Temperature
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
110 120
130 140 150

SELF-REGULATING
HSRL 3 2.4 -20 2.6 -13 3.4 +15
HSRL 5 4.1 -18 4.5 -10 5.6 +13
HSRL 8 6.88 -14 7.28 -9 8.96 +12
HSRL 10 8.7 -13 9.2 -8 11.1 +10

Cable
Rating 10A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A 10A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A 10A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A
HSRL3-1CT 205 305 360 NR NR NR 135 200 270 330 360 NR 120 185 245 300 360 NR
HSRL3-2CT 400 600 660 NR NR NR 275 415 555 660 NR NR 245 370 495 600 660 NR
HSRL5-1CT 125 185 250 270 NR NR 90 135 180 225 270 NR 80 120 160 205 245 270
HSRL5-2CT 250 375 505 540 NR NR 180 270 360 450 540 NR 160 245 325 405 490 540
HSRL8-1CT 100 150 200 215 NR NR 70 110 145 180 215 NR 65 100 130 165 200 210
HSRL8-2CT 185 285 375 420 NR NR 135 200 265 335 395 420 120 175 235 300 350 420
HSRL10-1CT 60 95 130 160 180 NR 50 80 105 130 155 180 45 70 95 120 140 180
HSRL10-2CT 100 160 210 260 315 360 80 125 170 210 255 340 75 120 160 195 240 320
G-33
Heating Cable
HSRL
Output Wt./1000'
Self-Regulating (W/Ft.) Volts

120
Model
HSRL 3-1CT
Stock
S
PCN
382070
(Lbs.)
66
3 @ 50°F
Low Temperature 208 - 277 HSRL 3-2CT S 382061 66
120 HSRL 5-1CT S 382053 66
(cont’d.) 5 @ 50°F
208 - 277 HSRL 5-2CT S 382045 66
120 HSRL 8-1CT S 382037 66
8 @ 50°F
208 - 277 HSRL 8-2CT S 382029 66
120 HSRL 10-1CT S 382010 66
10 @ 50°F
208 - 277 HSRL 10-2CT S 382022 66
Accessories
Description Model
Power Connection Heat trace to electrical service connection HL-PC
T- Splice Electrical connection for 3 cables HL-T
In-Line Splice Electrical connection for 2 cables HL-S
End Seal For terminating cable HL-ES
Thermostat Ambient air sensing thermostat TXL
Line sensing mechanical thermostat TXR
E-122
— Please refer to HL Connection Accessories page
Ordering Model Hazardous Location Self-Regulating Low Temperature

Information HSRL Self-Regulating, Low Temperature Heating Cable
Model Number 5 Five
using the Matrix 8 Eight
provided. 10 Ten

Code Voltage
1 120
2 240
Code Standard Braid & Overjacket
CT Tinned copper metallic braid
for ground path fluoropolymer
corrosion resistant overjacket.
Specifically tested for Division I
environments.
HSRL 3 1 CT Typical Model Number
Note 1 — Note: Due to the nature of Division 1 hazardous location applications consultation
with a factory representative is required.
G-34
Heating Cable
HSRM D
Self-Regulating
Medium Temperature C B A
• Self- Regulating, Energy
Efficient E

Maintains up to
• Process Temperature 302°F
Output
Maintenance to 302°F (150°C) Withstands up to
420°F Temperature
• Maximum Continuous Exposure Cut to Length Can be Medium Tem- Self Regulating
in Field Overlapped perature Output
(215°C)
• Freeze Protection of Fire

Protection System Piping
Features
• Energy efficient, self-regulating HSRM uses D Tinned Copper Braid— Provides ad-
• Available in 5, 8, 10, 15 and 20
less energy when less heat is required. ditional mechanical protection in any
Watts per Foot
• Easy to install, HSRM can be cut to any environment and a positive ground path.
• 120 and 208-277 Volts Available length (up to max circuit length) in the field. E High Temperature Fluoropolymer
Overjacket— Corrosion resistant, flame
• Division 1 Hazardous Locations • HSRM features lower installed cost than
steam tracing, less maintenance expense
many environments. Protects against
• Approximate Size 3/8”W x 1/8”H and less down time.
exposure to organic or corrosive solutions.
• HSRM can be overlapped without burnout, The overjacket also protects against abra-
• Minimum Bend Radius 1-1/8”
which simplifies heat tracing of in-line pro- sion and impact damage.
• For Use on Metallic Pipes Only cess equipment such as valves, elbows and
pumps. Approvals
• Chromalox HL Connection Kits reduce instal- FM Approved
lation time. • Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, D
Description
Chromalox HSRM self-regulating heating • Class III, Division 1
cable provides safe, reliable heat tracing for
Construction • 5 and 8 Watt rated T3C Temperature Class
SELF-REGULATING
freeze protection of pipes, valves, tanks and • 10 Watt rated T3A Temperature Class
A Twin 16 AWG Copper Buss Wires—
similar applications. Constructed of industrial • 15 and 20 Watt rated T2C Temperature Class
grade 16 AWG buss wire with a tinned copper Provide reliable electric current capability.
braid and fluoropolymer overjacket, HSRM B Semiconductive Polymer Core Matrix—
CSA Approved
ensures operating integrity in Div. 1 hazard- “Self-Regulating” component of the • Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, D
ous environments. HSRM heating cable has cable its electrical resistance varies with • Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, G
a maximum maintenance temperature rating temperature. As process temperature
of 302°F (150°C) and a maximum exposure • 5 and 8 Watt rated T3C Temperature Class
drops, the core’s heat output increases; as • 10 Watt rated T3A Temperature Class
temperature of 420˚F (215˚C). process temperature rises, the heat output • 15 and 20 Watt rated T2C Temperature Class
decreases.
Note: Due to the nature of Division 1 hazard-
ous location applications consultation with a C Fluoropolymer Jacket— Flame retardant
factory representative is required. electrically insulates the matrix and pro-
vides corrosion resistance.
G-35
Heating Cable
HSRM Thermal Output Ratings on Insulated Metal Pipe1

Self-Regulating 24
Medium Temperature
Cable Output vs.
(cont’d.) 20
Temperature
20 W/Ft.
16
12
10 W/Ft.
8
8 W/Ft.
5 W/Ft.
4
0
30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 300
Note 1 — Thermal output is determined per IEEE 515-2011 Standard for testing, design, installation,
and maintenance of electrical resistance heat tracing section 4.1.11 Method C.

HSRM 5 3.85 -23 4.25 -15 6.45 +23
HSRM 8 6.4 -20 6.88 -14 10.24 +22
HSRM 10 8.3 -17 8.80 -12 12.50 +20
HSRM 15 12.75 -15 13.50 -10 18.45 +19
HSRM 20 17.6 -12 18.40 -8 24.40 +19

Cable
HSRM 5-1 180 240 360 375 NA 165 220 330 375 NA 155 210 310 375 NA
HSRM 5-2 360 480 720 750 NA 325 430 645 750 NA 310 415 620 750 NA
HSRM 8-1 145 190 285 325 NA 135 175 265 325 NA 130 165 250 325 NA
HSRM 8-2 285 380 575 650 NA 255 345 520 650 NA 245 335 490 650 NA
HSRM 10-1 95 125 190 250 NA 90 110 175 250 NA 85 100 170 245 250
HSRM 10-2 190 255 385 490 NA 165 225 345 490 NA 155 215 330 470 490
HSRM 15-1 70 95 145 190 210 65 85 125 165 210 60 80 120 150 210
HSRM 15-2 145 190 290 385 420 120 175 270 360 420 115 165 260 340 420
HSRM 20-1 60 75 115 155 160 50 65 105 140 160 45 65 100 135 160
HSRM 20-2 115 155 230 305 350 100 135 200 270 350 90 130 195 255 335
G-36
Heating Cable
HSRM
Output Wt./1000'
Self-Regulating (W/Ft.) Volts
120
Model
HSRM5-1CT
Stock
S
PCN
382176
(Lbs.)
80
208 - 277 HSRM5-2CT S 382168 80
(cont’d.) 120 HSRM8-1CT S 382150 80

8 @ 50°F
208 - 277 HSRM8-2CT S 382141 80
120 HSRM10-1CT S 382133 80

10 @ 50°F
208 - 277 HSRM10-2CT S 382125 80
120 HSRM15-1CT S 382117 80

15 @ 50°F
208 - 277 HSRM15-2CT S 382109 80
120 HSRM20-1CT S 382096 80

20 @ 50°F
208 - 277 HSRM20-2CT S 382088 80
Accessories
Description Model
Power Connection Heat trace to electrical service connection HL-PC
T- Splice Electrical connection for 3 circuits HL-T
In-Line Splice Electrical connection for 2 circuits HL-S
End Seal For terminating cable HL-ES
Thermostat Ambient air sensing thermostat TXL
Line sensing mechanical thermostat TXR
E-122
To Order — Please refer to HL Connection Accessories page.
Ordering Model Hazardous Location Self-Regulating Medium Temperature

Information HSRM Self-Regulating, Medium Temperature Heating Cable
SELF-REGULATING
Complete the 5 Five
20 Twenty
Note — Due to the
nature of Division 1 Code Voltage
hazardous location
1 120
applications
consultation with a 2 240
factory representative Code Standard Braid & Overcoat Options
is required. CT Tinned copper braid for ground path
fluoropolymer overjacket specifically
tested for Division I environments
HSRM 8 – 1 CT Typical Model Number
G-37
Heating Cable
SRF
D
Self-Regulating
Freeze Protection E C B A
• Max. Exposure Temp. 185°F

(Power Off)
Output
• Cost Effective for Commercial
Temperature
Cut to Length Can be Single Self Regulating

Freeze Protection Applications in Field Overlapped Output
• Freeze Protection of Fire

Supression System Mains and
Branches Description Construction
• Grease Waste Flow Maintenance Chromalox SRF cable is ideal for keeping A Twin Nickel Plated 16 AWG Copper Buss
metal and plastic pipes warm in commercial Wires — Provide high electrical current
• TPR or TPE Overjackets construction and institutional buildings. capability.
SRF cable is constructed of a self-regulating
B Semiconductive Polymer Core Matrix —
• Circuit Lengths, Up to 660 Ft. polymer core that varies its output along its
entire length, saving energy and eliminating its electrical resistance varies with
temperature. As process temperature
• 3, 5, 8 and 10 W/Ft. hot spots along the pipe. Parallel construction
drops, the core's heat output increases;
makes it easier to install than zone or series
conversely, as process temperature rises,
• 120, 208 - 277 Volt From Stock types of cable since it can be cut-to-length at
the heat output decreases.
any point on the pipe.
• Approximate Size .47"W x .20"H C Polyolefin Jacket — Flame retardant,
electrically insulates the matrix and buss
• Minimum Bend Radius 1-1/8" Features wires. Also provides resistance to water
and some inorganic chemical solutions.
• For Use on Metal and Plastic • Energy efficient, self-regulating SRF uses
D Tinned Copper Braid — The braid
Pipes less energy when less heat is required.
covering the jacket provides additional
• Easy to install, SRF can be cut to any length mechanical protection in any environ-
(up to max. circuit length) in the field. ment and a positive ground path.
• Field splices can be performed easily in min- E High Temperature Fluoropolymer or TPR
utes with no scrap or wasted cold sections. Overjacket — Corrosion resistant, flame
PROTECTION
WARNING — A ground fault protection device • SRF can be overlapped without burnout, many environments. TPR coatings protect
FREEZE
is required by NEC to minimize the danger of which simplifies heat tracing against certain inorganic chemical solu-
fire if the heating cable is damaged or improp- of in-line process equipment such as valves, tions. Fluoropolymer coatings are used
erly installed. A minimum trip level of 30mA is elbows and pumps. for exposure to organic or corrosive solu-
recommended to minimize nuisance tripping. • Because SRF is self-regulating, over-temper- tions. These coatings also protect against
ature conditions are minimized. abrasion and impact damage.
• Chromalox termination, splice, tee and end

seal kits reduce installation time. Approvals
UL Listed for ordinary areas and fire suppres-
sion system piping.
CSA Certified for ordinary areas, fire suppres-
sion system piping and grease waste flow
maintenance.
G-37
Heating Cable
Thermal Output Ratings on Insulated Metal Pipe1

SRF 14
13
Self-Regulating Freeze 12
Protection (cont’d.) 11
10
10 W/Ft.
9
8 W/Ft.
8
Heat Output (W/Ft.)

7
6
5 W/Ft.
5
4 3 W/Ft.
3
Cable Output vs.
2
Temperature
1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
110 120
130 140 150
Method C.

9
8 SRF10
7
SRF8
6
Heat Output (W/Ft.)
5
SRF5
4
3 SRF3
2
Cable Output vs.
1 Temperature
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
110 120
130 140 150

SRF 3 2.4 -20 2.6 -13 3.4 +15
SRF 5 4.1 -18 4.5 -10 5.6 +13
SRF 8 6.88 -14 7.28 -9 8.96 +12
SRF 10 8.7 -13 9.2 -8 11.1 +10

Cable
Rating 20A 30A 40A 20A 30A 40A 20A 30A 40A
SRF 3-1 350 360 NR 270 360 NR 220 325 340
SRF 3-2 660 NR NR 555 660 NR 445 595 625
SRF 5-1 230 270 NR 180 270 NR 145 220 255
SRF 5-2 450 540 NR 360 540 NR 290 440 510
SRF 8-1 180 215 NR 145 215 NR 115 180 195
SRF 8-2 330 420 NR 265 395 420 210 315 400
SRF 10-1 105 160 210 90 135 180 85 125 170
SRF 10-2 210 315 420 185 275 365 145 215 300
Note — Thermal magnetic circuit breakers are recommended since magnetic circuit
breakers could "nuisance trip" at low temperature.
G-38
Heating Cable
SRF Ordering Information

Output Wt./1000'
Self-Regulating Freeze (W/Ft.) Volts Model
SRF 3-1CR
Stock
S
PCN
386100
(Lbs.)
64
Protection (cont’d.) 3 @ 50F
120
SRF 3-1CT
SRF 3-2CR
S
S
387428
386118
66
64
208-277
SRF 3-2CT S 387436 66
SRF 5-1CR S 386142 64
120
SRF 5-1CT S 387444 66
5 @ 50F
SRF 5-2CR S 386150 64
208-277
SRF 5-2CT S 387452 66
SRF 8-1CR S 386062 64
120
SRF 8-1CT S 387460 66
8 @ 50F
SRF 8-2CR S 386070 64
208-277
SRF 8-2CT S 387479 66
SRF 10-1CR S 386388 64
120
SRF 10-1CT S 386409 66
10 @ 50F
SRF 10-2CR S 386396 64
208-277
SRF 10-2CT S 386417 66
To Order - Specify length, model, PCN and Installation accessories
Accessories
Power Connection Heat trace to electrical service connection UPC RTPC SSK/HSK-PC
Splice & Tee UMC RTST RT-RST
End Seal For terminating cable UES RTES RT-RES
General Application & Installation Accessories such as tape, pipe straps, warning labels,
etc., refer to the U Series and DL & EL General Application Accessories page at the end
of this section.
Model Self-Regulating Medium Temperature

Ordering SRF Self-Regulating, Freeze Protection Heating Cable
Information Code Output (W/Ft.)
3 Three
To Order — 5 Five
Complete the 8 Eight
Model Number 10 Ten
using the Matrix
provided. Code Voltage
1 120
PROTECTION
2 208 - 277
FREEZE
CR TPR overjacket over braid for hostile/corrosive environments
CT TPE overjacket over braid for protection against certain
inorganic chemical solutions
SRF 5 – 1 CT Typical Model Number
G-39
Heating Cable
HWM D
Hot Water Maintenance

Heat Trace Cable E C B A
• Hot Water Maintenance for

Temperatures up to 140°F
Maintains up to
• Heat Output Varies Along Pipe 140°F
Output
Length to Deliver Heat Where Withstands up to
275°F
Needed
Temperature

in Field Overlapped perature Output
• Circuit Lengths up to 800 ft
• 16 Awg Buss Wires

Features
• Self-Regulating Conductive Core
C Flame Retardant – Electrically insulates
• Energy efficient, self-regulating HWM uses
• Fluoropolymer Jackets less energy when less heat is required. the matrix and provides corrosion resis-
tance.
• Wattages at 5 and 10 w/ft • Easy to install, HWM can be cut to any
D Metallic Grounding Braid – Provides
additional mechanical protection and a
• 120 and 208-277 V Cable • Field splices can be performed easily in min- positive ground path.
Available from Stock utes with no scrap or wasted cold sections.
E Fluoropolymer Outer Jacket – Corrosion
• HWM can be overlapped without burnout, resistant, flame retardant overjacket is
which simplifies heat tracing of in-line equip- highly effective in many environments.
ment such as valves. Protects against exposure to organic or
Description corrosive solutions. The overjacket also
• Because HWM is self-regulating, over-tem-
protects against abrasion and impact
perature conditions are minimized.
The HWM hot water temperature mainte- damage.
nance system utilizes self-regulating heat • Chromalox termination, splice, tee and end
trace technology. The system, consisting of seal kits reduce installation time.
the self-regulating cable, connection kits and Approvals
specialized electronic controls, provides com-
mercial buildings with immediate hot water Construction FM approved for hot water maintenance ap-
availability without expensive recirculation plications
systems. It provides a simple, yet energy ef- A Twin 16 AWG Copper Buss Wires – Pro-
ficient approach by providing heat at the point vide reliable electric current capability.
PROTECTION
where heat loss occurs. Due to the parallel
FREEZE
construction of the self-regulating cable, it can B Semiconductive Polymer Core Matrix
be cut to any length, spliced, tee-branched and – “Self-Regulating” component of the
terminated on site. With this product, energy cable its electrical resistance varies with
savings may be derived from multiple sources, temperature. As process temperature
such as lower supply line heat loss, eliminated drops,the core’s heat output increases; as
return line heat loss, no pump operating costs process temperature rises, the heat output
and no supply water overheating costs. decreases.

G-43
Heating Cable
HWM Insulation Requirement

Hot Water Maintenance Required thickness of fiberglass insulation is determined by nominal pipe size.
Heat Trace Cables
Fiberglass Insulation Thickness Selection
(cont’d.) Pipe size (in) Insulation Thickness (in)
1/2 1
3/4 1
1 1
1 1/4 1
1-1/2 1-1/2
2 2
HWM Tracing Selection

To select the proper HWM cable for your applications, use the tables below.
Cable Selection
120V, 240V or 277V
Maintain Temperature (°F) Cable
105 HWM 5
115 HWM 10
125 HWM 10
140 HWM 10
208V
Maintain Temperature (°F) Cable
105 HWM 5
115 HWM 10
125 HWM 10
140 HWM 10
Maximum Circuit Length (Ft.)
Maximum Circuit Length ft

15A 20A 30A
HWM5-1CT 200 270 400
HWM5-2CT 400 540 800
HWM10-1CT 130 155 220
HWM10-2CT 260 310 440
G-44
Heating Cable
HWM
Hot Water Maintenance Ordering Information
Heat Trace Cables Wt./1000'
Model Volts Stock PCN (Lbs.)
(cont’d.) HWM5-1CT 120 S 387305 66
HWM5-2CT 208-277 S 387348 66
HWM10-1CT 120 S 387250 66
HWM10-2CT 208-277 S 387313 66
To Order – Specify length, model, PCN and installation accessories.
Accessories
Accessories Model Stock PCN
Power Connection UPC S 393553
Splice and/or Tee UMC S 393561
End Seal UES S 393570
Hot Water Maintenance Controller DTS-HAZ S 387364
w/solid state relay
To Order – General Application & Installation Accessories such as tape and
warning labels please see page at the end of this section.
Ordering Model Hot Water Maintenance Heating Cable

Information HWM
Complete the 5 Five
Model Number 10 Ten
using the Matrix
Code Voltage
provided.
1 120
2 208-277
Code Overcoat
PROTECTION
FREEZE
HWM 5 2 CT Typical Model Number
G-45
Heating Cable
SRF-RG
Self-Regulating
Roof & Gutter
• Roof and Gutter De-Icing
• Fast, Easy Installation
• Cut to Length
• UL Listed
• CSA Certified
Output
Temperature
• Approximate Size 3/8"W x 1/8"H Cut to Length Self Regulating

in Field Output
• Minimum Bend Radius 1-1/8"
Chromalox SRF-RG self-regulating heat- 1. To calculate the amount of cable needed, 3. Determine how many circuits are required.
ing cable provides reliable freeze protection multiply roof edge length to be heat traced Divide the total length of cable by the maxi-
of roofs and gutters. Because SRF-RG is by the spacing factor. The spacing factor mum circuit length (see specifications, next
self-regulating, it automatically adjusts to the (feet of cable required per foot of roof edge) page). Round that number up (for example,
appropriate heat output as ambient condi- is determined by the roof overhang, heating 2.1 to 3) to get the total number of circuits.
tions change, making it both energy efficient width (A) and heating height (B):
and cost effective. The protective waterproof Roof Heating Heating
outer jacket is suitable for wet applications in Overhang Width A Height B Spacing
A (In.) (Ft.) (In.) Factor
downspouts and roof drains.
12 2 18 2
Likewise, it is easy to apply SRF-RG following 24 2 30 3
the provided instruction sheets and utilizing 36 2 42 4
the required accessory kits. It can be cut-to- For larger roof overhang, determine cable
length and overlapped. Simply trace the gutter B required by using equation below:
or roof and energize the cable when precipita-
tion is expected. From that point on, SRF-RG Spacing factor = B2 + A2
will rapidly increase its output when in contact
with snow or ice, providing maximum melting
power. When the roof and gutters are clear of 2. Add the total gutter length and the total
snow and ice, the SRF-RG cable will regulate downspout length to the figure calculated
in step 1 to get the total length of cable
its output and save energy.
required.

G-46
Heating Cable
SRF-RG
Specifications
Buss Wire 16 AWG, Nickel-Coated Copper
Self-Regulating Ground Braid Tinned Copper Braid Under Jacket

Outer Jacket RG = UV Stabilized Polyolefin
Roof & Gutter (cont’d.) RGT = Teflon
Environmental Use Use only in Ordinary Areas, 150°F Max. Exposure
Temperature
Output Wattage 12 W/Ft. in Snow or Ice
Service Voltage SRF 5-1RG 120 Vac
SRF 5-2RG 208 - 277 Vac
SRF 5-1RGT 120 Vac
SRF 5-2RGT 208 - 277 Vac
Maximum Circuit Length (Ft.)
120 Vac 208 - 277 Vac
Start Up 15A 20A 30A 15A 20A 30A
40°F 185 230 270 375 450 540
0°F 135 180 270 270 360 540
Wt./1000'
Product Use Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
Cable
120V Cable with braid and UV stabilized polyolefin jacket SRF 5-1RG S 386329 64
208 - 277V Cable with braid and UV stabilized polyolefin jacket SRF 5-2RG S 386337 64
120V Cable with braid and Teflon stabilized polyolefin jacket SRF 5-1RGT S 392331 66
208 - 277V Cable with braid and Teflon stabilized polyolefin jacket SRF 5-2RGT S 392340 66
Accessories
Power Connection Kit Power termination into junction box with 1 end seal and 2 RG-PK-1 S 386206 1
“Warning-Electric Traced” adhesive labels
Splice Kit Materials for 1 splice of cable RG-SK-1 S 386214 1
End Seal Kit Materials for 1 cable end termination RG-EK-1 S 386257 1
Roof Clips To attach cable to standard roofing material, 10 per kit RCK-1 S 340179 1
Downspout Hangers To support cable in gutter downspout, 1 pack per carton RDK-1 S 340160 1
Aluminum Tape Aluminum foil installation tape with pressure sensitive adhesive, AT-1 S 383355 1
180 ft. roll. Used to secure cable placement in gutters.
Note — Cables are UL Listed for Snow Melting and De-Icing Equipment.
See ETI Catalog pages for control options GF-Pro, PD-Pro and APS 4C
Roof & Gutter Accessories

RG-PK-1 (386206) RCK-1 & RDK-1
Power Connection Kit RCK Mounting Kits
PROTECTION
FREEZE
Power termination into junction RCK-1 (340179)
box with one end seal and two Roof clips (10) to attach cable
“Warning-Electric Traced” labels
RDK-1 (340160)
Downspout hangers (1) to suspend
cable in downspout
RDK
RG-SK-1 (386214) RG-EK-1 (386257)

Splice Kit End Seal Kit
Materials to make one splice Seals cable at end termination
connection. Special weatherproof
sleeving to insure trouble-free
operation
G-47
Heating Cable
Edge-Cutter®
Roof De-Icing System
Edge Cutter
• Aluminium Construction
Gutter
• Angled or Flat Surface Designs
• Corrosion Resistant Coating

Available
Description
Edge-Cutter® is an aluminum flashing de- Valleys on a roof may also be heat traced with
signed to be used as a heat conductive plate to Edge-Cutter PLD-ECF (Flat Flashing).
aid in keeping snow and ice from roof edges.
The system is for use only with self-regulating Edge-Cutter can be fastened using various
heating cables certified for use in roof and methods including screws or adhesives de-
gutter applications. pending on application and building materials.
*Edge-Cutter can be ordered with a 6 mil urethane
Edge-Cutter is designed to be applied between membrane applied to help prevent galvanic oxidation or
the roofing and the roof substrate. It can be corrosion when in contact with dissimilar metals.
used with various roofing products such as
asphalt shingles, aluminum, steel* and even
slate.
Available Items PLD-EC

(Angled flashing)
Model PCN Stock Length Wt (Lbs.)
PLD-EC* 393967 S 4' 1
PLD-ECF* 393975 NS 4' 1
Cover-EC 393983 NS 4' 1
* When ordering, cover is included with these models
PLD-ECF
(Flat flashing)
Cover
G-48
Heating Cable
Edge-Cutter® Method 1
Roof De-Icing System Dual Flashing
(cont’d.) Valley
PLD-ECF
Flat Flashing
Valleys can also be heat traced using Edge- Rain Gutter Method 2
Cutter PLD-ECF flat flashing. Dual or single PLD-EC Flat Flashing
flashing can be used in the valleys Drip Loop
Power
Angled Flashing
PLD-ECF
Connection Flat Flashing
Valley
Down Spout End Termination
SNOW MELTING
Edge-Cutter flashing can be cut to fit your CONTROLS
specific roofing layout. Screws or adhesive
can be used to easily attach the Edge-Cutter
system to your roof.
G-49
HEATING CABLE
SMM
Snow Melt Mats
• Operating Voltage: 240V or 480V
• Output Rating: ± 50 W/ft2
• Mat Width 2' (.61m) or 3' (.91m)
• Range of Lengths from 15'

(0.9m) up to 120' (36.57m)
• Labor Efficient Dual Conductor

Heating Cable Description Features
Each roll of sturdy mesh has a 3" pre-spaced Snow Melt Mats
• Maximum Exposure Temperature
thick heating wire for embedding in concrete, • Easy Installation in asphalt, concrete and pav-
of 464˚F (240˚C) asphalt, or under pavers. The mats come in 2' ers
& 3' widths, providing 50 watts per square foot.
• Cold Lead Length 16.4' (.164m) The cable has a layer of shielding and insulation,
• Cable fixed to Easy Roll out mat for quick and
Easy Installation
suitable for low temperatures, UV resistant and
• For Other Voltages, Lengths or environmentally friendly, making them ideal for Snow Melt Controls
Widths, Please Consult Factory outdoor use. • 2 Zone Control in one unit
Applications • Can be switched to standby or forced on to

override timer settings in extreme weather
The mats are ideal for snow melting in the fol-
lowing applications: • Economical Control of ice and snow melting.
• Indoor Mounting
• Stairs
• Driveways Approvals
• Walkways
UL Listed Ordinary Areas
CSA Certified
SNOW MELTING
Applications for Snow Melt Mats
CONTROLS
Stairs Walkways Driveways
G-1
HEATING CABLE
SMM
Snow Melt Mats (cont’d.)
Installation under PAVERS Installation under ASPHALT
Cables should be covered with 2” of sand for paver application. Pavers Cable will withstand direct asphalt contact for limited time until asphalt
to be maximum 4” thick. cools. For pours hotter than 220˚F, apply a layer of 2” of sand over the
cable prior to laying asphalt. Do not use rollers over 2 Ton. Hand-rolling
highly recommended.
Installation under CONCRETE
Ensure the pour is 4” maximum over the cable. Use re-mesh or wire
mesh to secure the cable in the middle of the pour for deeper pours.
Cable/Mats can be zip tied to mesh and mesh can be raised with bricks
or pulled during pour.
Commercial PVC Jacketed, Constant Wattage Heating Cable with Mesh Mat
Surface Snow Melting
Dual Conductor Cable - 16' Cold Lead
Weight
PCN Model Number SS Total Watts Length (Ft.) Total Amps Watts/Sq. Ft. (Lbs.)
2'-0" Wide Mat - Max 240 Volt Cable
513800 SMM-D-240-300-2X3 ST 300 3'-0" 1.3 50 2
513818 SMM-D-240-500-2X10 ST 500 5'-0" 2.1 50 3
513797 SMM-D-240-1000-2X20 ST 1000 10'-0" 4.2 50 6
513826 SMM-D-240-1500-2X30 ST 1500 15'-0" 6.3 50 9
513789 SMM-D-240-2000-2X40 ST 2000 20'-0" 8.3 50 10
513770 SMM-D-240-2500-2X50 ST 2500 25'-0" 10.4 50 13
513834 SMM-D-240-3000-2X60 ST 3000 30'-0" 12.5 50 14
513842 SMM-D-240-3500-2X70 ST 3500 35'-0" 14.6 50 17
513850 SMM-D-240-4000-2X80 ST 4000 40'-0" 16.7 50 18
513869 SMM-D-240-4500-2X90 ST 4500 45'-0" 18.8 50 20
513762 SMM-D-240-5000-2X100 ST 5000 50'-0" 20.8 50 28
513754 SMM-D-240-6000-2X120 ST 6000 60'-0" 25 50 33
513877 SMM-D-480-1500-2X15 ST 1500 15'-0" 3.13 50 9
513885 SMM-D-480-2000-2X20 ST 2000 20'-0" 4.17 50 10
513893 SMM-D-480-3000-2X30 ST 3000 30'-0" 6.25 50 14
513906 SMM-D-480-4000-2X40 ST 4000 40'-0" 8.33 50 18
513914 SMM-D-480-6000-2X60 ST 6000 60'-0" 12.5 50 33
513922 SMM-D-240-1500-3X10 ST 1500 10'-0" 6.3 50 9
513930 SMM-D-240-3000-3X20 ST 3000 20'-0" 12.5 50 14
513949 SMM-D-240-3750-3X25 ST 3750 25'-0" 15.6 50 18
513957 SMM-D-240-4500-3X30 ST 4500 30'-0" 18.8 50 20
513965 SMM-D-240-6000-3X40 ST 6000 40'-0" 25 50 33
*Custom options available. Consult Factory for more information.
G-2
Heating Cable
APS-4C
Automatic Snow/Ice
Melting System
Controller
• Automatic Snow/Ice Melting

Control
• Satellite Contactor Interface for

Larger Systems
• Energy Management Computer

(EMC) Interface
• Accommodates MI, Constant Description

Wattage and Self-Regulating
The APS–4C Snow Switch when used with The calibrated 40°F to 90°F (4°C to 32°C)
Heaters
one, or more, compatible sensors automati- high limit thermostat prevents excessive
cally controls snow/ice melting heaters for temperatures when using constant wattage
• Multiple Sensor Capability
minimum energy costs. Applications include and MI heaters. It also permits safe testing at
pavement, sidewalk, loading dock, roof, gutter outdoor temperatures too high for continuous
• Advanced Ground Fault heater operation. The temperature sensor is
and down spout snow/ice melting in commer-
Protection included.
cial and industrial environments. The APS–4C
is interchangeable with the earlier APS–4.
• Heater Hold-On And Test The APS–4C provides a complete interface for
Capabilities The adjustable hold-on timer continues heater use in environments supervised by an energy
operation for up to 10 hours after snow stops management computer (EMC). This feature
• C-UL-US Listed to ensure complete melting. The optional can also be used for general purpose remote
RCU–4 Remote Control Unit can be located control and annunciation.
• Simple to Install and Operate where system operation can be conveniently
All sensor and communications wiring is
observed. It duplicates many of the APS–4C
NEC Class 2. This simplifies installation while
• Low System Costs front panel functions.
enhancing fire and shock safety. The APS–4C
The APS–4C provides advanced patented can interface up to six sensors from the
• Minimum Energy Costs and patent pending ground fault equipment CIT–1 product family. Using more sensors
protection (GFEP) as required by the USA and provides superior performance by better
Canadian National Electric Codes. The GFEP matching the controller to site performance
automatically tests itself every time the heater requirements.
contactors operate and once every 24 hours.
The APS–4C is an exceptionally capable
The trip current can be set at 60 or 120 mA
deicing controller. For complete information
via an internal switch or retained at the 30 ma
describing its application, installation and
default value. As an aid to troubleshooting
features, please contact your local Chromalox
heater ground faults, the APS–4C provides an
Sales Office.
output that can indicate the ground current on
a service person’s portable DVM.
The ETI logo is a registered trademark of Environmental Technology, Inc. SIT is a trademark of
Environmental Technology, Inc. Copyright 2000, All rights reserved.
G-52
Heating Cable
APS-4C
Automatic Snow/Ice
Melting System Specifications
Controller (cont’d.) General
Area of use Nonhazardous locations
Enclosure
Protection NEMA 3R
Cover attachment
Hinged polycarbonate cover, lockable
Entries 1 × 1-1/16" entry (top) for NEC Class 2 connections
2 × 1-11/16" entries (bottom) for supply and load power,
except 277 VAC single phase
277 VAC single phase only
Material Polycarbonate
Mounting Wall mount
Dimensions 5-1/2" (L) x 8-1/8" (W) x 4-3/8" (H)
140mm (L) x 207mm (W) x 112mm (H)
Control
Supply Voltage PCN 389853 208-240 VAC, 35 VA, three phase 50/60 Hz
PCN 389895 277 VAC, 45 VA, single phase 50/60 Hz
PCN 389861 277/480 VAC, 45 VA, three phase 50/60 Hz
PCN 399525 600 VAC, 50 VA, three phase 50/60 Hz
Load PCN 389855 208-240 VAC, 50 amp max. resistive
PCN 389845 277 VAC, 40 amp max. resistive
PCN 389861 277/480 VAC, 50 amp max. resistive
Contact Type 3 Form A (NO)
Weight 3 Pounds (not including sensors)
Maximum Ratings Voltage: 600 VAC
Current: 50 Amps
Heater Hold-On timer 0 - 10 hours; actuated by snow stopping or toggle switch
System Test Switch toggles heater contact on and off. If temperature
exceeds high limit, heater cycles prevent damage.
Ground Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP)

Set point 30 mA (default); 60 mA & 120 mA selectable by DIP switch
Automatic self-test Mode A: Verifies GFEP function before contactors operate
Mode B: Verifies GFEP and heaters every 24 hours
SNOW MELTING
Manual test/reset Toggle switch provided for this function
CONTROLS
Maintenance facility DC output proportional to ground current provided for
troubleshooting the heater system
Snow/Ice Sensors
Maximum Quantity Up to 6 sensors from the CIT–1 product family
Circuit Type NEC Class 2
Lead Length Up to 500' (152m) using 18 AWG 3-wire jacketed cable
Up to 2,000' (609m) using 12 AWG 3-wire jacketed cable
High Limit Thermostat

Adjustment range 40°F to 90°F (4°C to 32°C)
Dead band 1°F (0.6°C)
Circuit type Thermistor network
Sensor interface NEC Class 2
Lead length Up to 500' (152m) using 18 AWG 2-wire jacketed cable
G-53
Heating Cable
APS-4C
Energy Management Computer (EMC) Interface
Inputs OVERRIDE ON (10 mA dry switch contact)
OVERRIDE OFF (10 mA dry switch contact)
Automatic Snow/Ice Outputs

SUPPLY (10 mA dry switch contact)
SNOW (10 mA dry switch contact)
Melting System

HEAT (10 mA dry switch contact)
HIGH TEMP (10 mA dry switch contact)
Controller (cont’d.) ALARM (10 mA dry switch contact)
Environmental
Operating temperature -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 71°C)
Storage temperature -50°F to 180°F (-45°C to 82°C)
Dimensions
CL 1 x 1-1/16" (27mm)
1.3125"
(33mm) Conduit Entry 2.3125"
(59mm)
RESET
9.125"
TEST
GFEP
(232mm)
TEST
2 x 1-11/16" (43mm)
2.00" 2.00" Conduit Entry 6.562"
(51mm) (51mm) (167mm)
CL
11.500"
(292mm)

Model Number PCN Stock
APS-4C Control Panel (277 Volt Single Phase) 389845 S
APS-4C Control Panel (208-240 Volt 3-Phase) 389853 S
APS-4C Control Panel (277/480 Volt 3-Phase) 389861 S
APS-4C Control Panel (600 Volt 3-Phase) 399525 NS
G-54
Heating Cable
APS-3C
Automatic Snow/Ice
Melting System
Controller
• Automatic Snow/Ice Melting

Control
• Operates Electrically-
And Mechanically- Held
Contactors for Pilot Duty
Applications
• Energy Management
Computer (EMC) Interface
• Accommodates MI, Constant

Wattage and Self-Regulating Description
Heaters
The APS–3C Snow Switch when used with The APS–3C provides a relay closure
• Multiple Sensor Capability compatible sensors automatically controls interface for use with energy management
snow/ice melting heaters, ensuring minimum computers (EMC). This feature can also be
• Heater Hold-On and Test operating costs. Typical applications include used for general purpose remote control and
Capabilities pavement, sidewalk, loading dock, roof, annunciation and other advanced applica-
gutter and down spout snow/ice melting. The tions.
• C-UL-US APS–3C is interchangeable with earlier APS–3
models. All sensor and communications wiring is
• Simple to Install and Operate NEC Class 2. This simplifies installation while
The adjustable hold-on timer continues heater enhancing fire and shock safety. The APS–3C
operation for up to 10 hours after snow stops can interface up to six sensors from the
• Low System Costs to ensure complete melting. The optional CIT–1 product family. Using more sensors
RCU–3 Remote Control Unit can be located provides superior performance by better
• Minimum Energy Costs where system operation can be conveniently matching the controller to site performance
observed. It duplicates many of the controls requirements.
and indicators on the APS–3C front panel. It
is used to clear tracked and drifting snow that The APS–3C is an exceptionally capable
may not land on a sensor. deicing controller. For complete information
describing its application, installation and
SNOW MELTING
CONTROLS
The calibrated 40°F to 90°F (4°C to 32°C) features, please contact your local Chromalox
high limit thermostat prevents excessive sales office.
temperatures when using constant wattage
and MI heaters. It also permits safe testing at
outdoor temperatures too high for continuous
heater operation. The temperature sensor is
included.
G-55
Heating Cable
APS-3C
Specifications
General
Automatic Snow/Ice Enclosure
Melting System Protection NEMA 3R
Cover attachment Hinged polycarbonate cover, lockable
Controller (cont’d.) Entries 3 × 1-1/16" entries
Mounting Wall mounted
Control
Supply PCN 389837 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 35 VA
PCN 389829 208-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 35 VA
Load PCN 389837 120 VAC, 24 amp max. inductive
PCN 389829 240 VAC, 24 amp max. inductive
Contact type Form C (NO-C-NC)
Current: 24 amps
Heater hold-on timer 0 to 10 hours; actuated by snow stopping or toggle
switch System test Switch toggles the heater contact on
and off. If temperature exceeds high limit, heater cycles
to prevent damage.
Snow/Ice Sensors
Sensor type Up to 6 sensors from the CIT–1 product family
Circuit type NEC Class 2

Sensor type Thermistor network

Inputs OVERRIDE ON (10 ma dry switch contact)
OVERRIDE OFF (10 ma dry switch contact)
Outputs SUPPLY (10 ma dry switch contact)
SNOW (10 ma dry switch contact)
HEAT (10 ma dry switch contact)
HIGH TEMP (10 ma dry switch contact)
ALARM (10 ma dry switch contact)
Environmental
G-56
Heating Cable
APS-3C
Dimensions
CL 3 x 1-1/16" (27mm)
Automatic Snow/Ice 1.3125"
(33mm) Conduit Entry
2.3125"
(59mm)
Melting System
Controller (cont’d.)
9.125"
(232mm)
2.125" 2.125" 6.562"

(54mm) (54mm) (167mm)
CL
11.500"
(292mm)

APS–3C Control Panel, 120 VAC 389837 NS
APS–3C Control Panel, 208-240 VAC 389829 S
SNOW MELTING
CONTROLS
G-57
Heating Cable
SC-40C
Satellite Contactor
• Modular Power Control of
Automatic Snow Melting
Systems
• No System Size Limit
• Staged Heater Operation for

High Power Quality
• Energy Management Computer

(Emc) Interface
• Accommodates MI, Constant

Wattage and Self‑Regulating Description
Heaters
The SC–40C Satellite Contactor answers the The optional RCU–4 Remote Control Unit can
• Advanced Ground Fault need for cost effective modular snow melting be located where system operation can be
Protection heater control. One or more SC–40Cs, when conveniently observed. It duplicates many of
used with an APS–4C Control Panel acting as the controls and indicators on the SC–40C
the master control, allow for modular snow front panel.
• Heater Hold-On and Test
melting system design. There is no limit to the
Capabilities Each SC–40C provides a complete energy
number of SC–40Cs that can be interfaced in
a single system. This approach reduces front management computer (EMC) interface. This
• C-UL-US end design, hardware and installation costs feature provides remote access for advanced
while providing a number of useful features applications requiring remote or zone control
• Simple To Install And Operate that would be otherwise too expensive and along with remote annunciation.
complex to implement. Each SC–40C maintains communications to
• Low System Costs
The SC–40C provides the same advanced and from the APS–4C using a 3-wire cable.
• Minimum Energy Costs patented and patent pending Ground Fault Thus, the APS–4C alarms ground faults oc-
Equipment Protection (GFEP) as required by curring anywhere in the system. The SC–40C
the USA and Canadian National Electric codes also inserts a short time delay between the
that is found on the APS–4C. Upon sensing operation of each contactor thus improving
a ground fault condition, an SC–40C inhibits power quality by limiting the inrush current.
operation of its contactor until manually reset. The RCU–4 Remote Control Unit supplied
Circuits without a ground fault continue to permits overriding zone control in applica-
operate normally thus partitioning defective tions requiring the capability.
heaters. The SC–40C is interchangeable with the
The adjustable hold-on timer can initiate earlier SC–40. For complete information
heater operation on each SC–40C for up to describing its application, installation and
10 hours to ensure complete melting and to features, please contact your local Chromalox
compensate for differences between zones. sales office.
G-58
Heating Cable
SC-40C
Specifications
General
Satellite Contactor Enclosure
(cont’d.) Protection
NEMA 3R
Cover attachment
Hinged polycarbonate cover, lockable
Entries 1 × 1-1/16" entry (top) for NEC Class 2 connections
except 277 VAC single phase
277 VAC single phase only
Mounting Wall mounted
Communications Bus
Number of cascaded units Unlimited
Contactor delay 5 second
Bus-wire type 3-wire jacketed cable
Control
Supply PCN 389888 208-240 VAC, 35 VA, three phase 50/60 Hz
PCN 389870 277 VAC, 45 VA, single phase 50/60 Hz
PCN 389896 277/480 VAC, 45 VA, three phase 50/60 Hz
PCN 399533 600 VAC, 50 VA, three phase 50/60 Hz
LOAD PCN 389888 208-240 VAC, 50 amp max. resistive
PCN 389896 277/480 VAC, 50 amp max. resistive
Contact type 3 Form A (NO)
Maximum Ratings Voltage 600 VAC
Current 50 amps
Heater hold-on timer 0 to 10 hours; actuated by toggle switch
System test Switch toggles the heater contact on and off. If tem-
perature exceeds high limit, heater cycles to prevent
damage.

Set point 30 mA (default); 60 mA & 120 mA selectable by DIP switch
Automatic self-test Mode A: Verifies GFEP function before contactors operate
Mode B: Verifies GFEP and heaters every 24 hours
SNOW MELTING
Manual test/reset Toggle switch provided for this function
CONTROLS
Maintenance facility DC output proportional to ground current provided for
troubleshooting the heater system
Snow/Ice Sensors
Not Applicable

Sensor type Thermistor network
Up to 1,000' (304m) using 12 AWG 2-wire jacketed
cable
G-59
Heating Cable
SC-40C
Inputs OVERRIDE ON (10 mA dry switch contact)
OVERRIDE OFF (10 mA dry switch contact)
Satellite Contactor Outputs

SUPPLY (10 mA dry switch contact)
SNOW (10 mA dry switch contact)
(cont’d.)

HEAT (10 mA dry switch contact)
HIGH TEMP (10 mA dry switch contact)
ALARM (10 mA dry switch contact)
Environmental
Dimensions
CL 1 x 1-1/16" (27mm)
1.3125" Conduit Entry
(33mm) 2.3125"
(59mm)
RESET 9.125"
TEST
GFEP
(232mm)
TEST
2.00" 2.00" 2 x 1-11/16" (43mm)

(51mm) (51mm) Conduit Entry 6.562"
(167mm)
CL
11.500"
(292mm)

SC–40C Satellite Contactor, 208-240 VAC 50/60 Hz Three Phase 389888 S
SC–40C Satellite Contactor, 277 VAC 50/60 Hz Single Phase 389870 NS
SC–40C Satellite Contactor, 277/480 VAC 50/60 Hz Three Phase 389896 S
SC–40C Satellite Contactor, 600 VAC 50/60 Hz Three Phase 399533 NS
G-60
Heating Cable
PD Pro
Snow Switch
• Automatic Snow and Ice Melting

Control Minimizes Operating
Costs
• Supply Voltage 100-277 V
• Rated for Up To 7 Amp Inductive

Loads for Pilot Duty Applications
• Loads Up To 30 Amps
• Weather-Resistant NEMA 4X
Enclosure Description
• C-UL-US Listed for Temperature The Snow Switch Model PD Pro is an auto- The PD Pro features automatic and manual-
Regulating Equipment matic snow and ice melting control system. override operator controls. The adjustable
Utilizing standard Environmental Technol- Hold-On timer continues heater operations
• Adjustable Hold-On Timer ogy snow and ice sensors (sold separately), up to 8 hours after snow or ice conditions
Continues Heater Operation applications include snow and ice detection end to ensure complete melting. The Heater
and melting for pavement, sidewalks, loading Cycle control button allows manual initiation
After Snow and Ice Discontinue
docks, roofs, gutters and downspouts in com- or cancelation of a heating cycle. The optional
to Ensure Complete Melting
mercial and residential environments. RCU-3 remote control unit can be located for
convenient monitoring and control. These
• Dual Sensor Capability to Meet The PD Pro interfaces with up to two standard flexible control options provide complete
Site Performance Requirements Environmental Technology sensors to meet snow melting and water evaporation at a low
site requirements. The CIT-1, GIT-1, and operating cost.
• Automatic and Manual-Override SIT-6E sensors reliably detect snow and ice
Operator Controls for Changing melting in gutter and pavement applications. The PD Pro weighs only 3 pounds and mea-
Environmental Conditions The CIT-1 aerial snow sensor detects falling or sures 5-1/2” (L) x 8-1/8” (W) x 4-3/8” (H).
blowing precipitation before snow or ice begin Comprehensive instruction manuals simplify
• Optional Remote Control to form, allowing the control to begin manag- installation and operation. These products are
Operation for Added ing the system. The CIT-1 sensor may be roof also supported by Environmental Technology
Convenience or mast mounted and can be paired with the technical support.
GIT-1 sensor for gutter applications or the
The PD Pro is a capable snow and ice control
SIT-6E sensor for pavement applications. All
for medium-sized applications whose features
three sensors detect precipitation as snow
SNOW MELTING
and power requirements do not require an
at temperatures below 38°F (3.3°C). The PD
CONTROLS
APS or EUR Series control panel.
Pro is signaled only if moisture occurs below
this temperature, saving energy and ensuring
thorough snow and ice melting. Since 1968,
these sensors have been the industry’s most
versatile and cost-effective automatic snow
melting control sensors.
The ETI logo is a registered trademark of Environmental Technology, Inc.

SIT is a trademark of Environmental Technology, Inc.
G-61
Heating Cable
PD Pro
Snow Switch (cont’d.)
Specifications
General
Enclosure
Protection NEMA 4X
Cover attachment Polycarbonate with machine screws
Entries 2 x 3/4" entry (bottom right) for NEC Class 2 connections
3 x 1-1/16" entries (bottom left) for supply & load power
Mounting Wall mount
140mm (L) x 207mm (W) x 112mm (H)
Control
Supply Voltage 100-277 VAC; 50/60 Hz
Load 7 Amp maximum inductive
30 Amp resistive
Current: 30 Amps
Heater Hold-On timer 0 to 8 hours; actuated by snow stopping or toggle switch
exceeds optional high limit thermistor (45°F), heater
shuts off to reduce costs and prevent damage.
Front Panel Interface

Status Indicator SUPPLY (green): Power on
HEAT (yellow): Heating cycle in progress
SNOW (yellow): Sensor(s) detect snow
Snow/Ice Sensors
Maximum Quantity 2 ETI sensors
Wire and Cable Ratings

Power Cable Size for heater load (30 Amps maximum)
Sensor Wiring #18 AWG jacketed, 3-conductor
Heater Cable Size for maximum heater load
Remote Wiring #22 AWG jacketed, 2-conductor
Environmental
Operating temperature −31°F to 130°F (−35°C to 55°C)
Storage temperature −67°F to 167°F (−55°C to 75°C)
G-62
Heating Cable
PD Pro
Dimensions
7-7/16” 4"
(189mm) (102mm)
Snow Switch® PD Pro™

Snow & Ice Control
SUPPLY : 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz SUPPLY HEAT
LOAD : 120 VAC, 7 AMP MAX. INDUCTIVE
LOAD : 120 VAC, 30 AMP MAX. RESISTIVE
4-1/4” SNOW
(108mm)
WARNING
DANGER OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK OR
ELECTROCUTION
Lethal voltages are present beneath this cover. 0 8
Service by qualified personnel only. More than HOLD-ON TIME (HRS)
one disconnect may be required to de-energize
this control for servicing.
E
CL
CY HEATER CYCLE
E R
AT
HE
1-1/16”
(27mm)
Conduit Entry

Model Number PCN
PD Pro 390010
Accessories
RCU-3 Remote Control (Optional) 389773
Snow/Ice Sensors (Not Included)
CIT-1 Aerial Snow Sensor 389749
GIT-1 Gutter Ice Sensor 389757
SNOW MELTING
CONTROLS
SIT-6E Pavement Mounted Snow and Ice Sensor 389765
G-63
Heating Cable
GF Pro
Snow Switch

Control Minimizes Operating
Costs
• Supply Voltage 100-277 V
• Rated for Up to 30 Amp Resistive

Loads
• Integral 30 mA of Ground Fault

Equipment Protection (GFEP)
• Weather-Resistant NEMA 4X Description

Enclosure
The Snow Switch Model GF Pro is an auto- The GF Pro uses both automatic and manual-
• C-UL-US Listed for Temperature matic snow and ice melting control system. override operator controls. The adjustable
Regulating Equipment Utilizing standard Environmental Technol- Hold-On timer continues heater operations
ogy snow and ice sensors (sold separately), up to 8 hours after snow or ice conditions
• Adjustable Hold-On Timer applications include snow and ice detection end to ensure complete melting. The Heater
and melting for pavement, sidewalks, loading Cycle control button allows manual initiation
Continues Heater Operation
docks, roofs, gutters and downspouts in com- or cancellation of a heating cycle. The optional
After Snow and Ice Discontinue
mercial and residential environments. RCU–4 remote control unit can be located
to Ensure Complete Melting for convenient monitoring and control. These
The GF Pro interfaces with up to two standard flexible control options provide complete
• Dual Sensor Capability to Meet Environmental Technology sensors to meet snow melting and water evaporation at a low
Site Performance Requirements site requirements. The CIT–1 sensor may be operating cost.
roof or mast mounted and can be paired with
• Automatic and Manual-Override the GIT–1 sensor for gutter applications or The GF Pro weighs only 3 pounds and mea-
Operator Controls for Changing the SIT–6E sensor for pavement applications. sures 5 1/2” (L) x 8 1/8” (W) x 4 3/8” (H).
Environmental Conditions All three sensors detect precipitation as snow Comprehensive instruction manuals simplify
at temperatures below 38°F (3.3°C), saving installation and operation. These products are
• Optional Remote Control energy and ensuring thorough snow and ice also supported by Environmental Technology
Operation for Added Convenience melting. Since 1968, these sensors have been technical support.
the industry’s most versatile and cost-effective
The GF Pro is a capable snow and ice control
automatic snow melting control sensors.
for medium-sized applications whose features
The GF Pro features built-in 30 mA, self- and power requirements do not require an
testing Ground Fault Equipment Protection APS or EUR Series control panel.
(GFEP), digitally filtered to minimize false
tripping. A ground fault condition must be
manually reset using the Test/Reset switch
before heater operation can continue.
The ETI logo is a registered trademark of Environmental Technology, Inc.

SIT is a trademark of Environmental Technology, Inc.
G-64
Heating Cable
GF Pro
Specifications
General
Enclosure
Protection IP 66, NEMA 4X
Cover attachment Polycarbonate with machine screws
Entries 2 x 3/4" entry (bottom right) for NEC Class 2 connections
3 x 1-1/16" entries (bottom left) for supply & load power
Mounting Wall mount
140mm (L) x 207mm (W) x 112mm (H)
Control
Supply Voltage 100 - 277 VAC; 50/60 Hz
Load 30 Amp maximum resistive
Current: 30 Amps
Heater Hold-On timer 0 to 8 hours; actuated by snow stopping or toggle switch
exceeds optional high-limit thermistor (45°F), heater
shuts off to reduce costs and prevent damage.
Front Panel Interface

Status Indicator SUPPLY (green): Power on
SNOW (yellow): Sensor(s) detect snow
GFEP (red): Ground Fault condition
GFEP (red, flashing): Failed
GFEP (red, rapid flashing): GFEP test in progress
Snow/Ice Sensors
Maximum Quantity 2 ETI sensors
SNOW MELTING
CONTROLS
Power Cable Size for heater load (30 amps maximum)
Sensor Wiring #18 AWG jacketed, 3-conductor
Heater Cable Size for maximum heater load
Remote Wiring #22 AWG jacketed, 2-conductor

Set Point 30 mA
Automatic Self-Test GFEP verified before contactors operate; GFEP runs on
start-up and every 24 hours
Manual Test/Reset Test/Reset switch on front panel
Environmental
Operating temperature −31°F to 130°F (−35°C to 55°C)
Storage temperature −67°F to 167°F (−55°C to 75°C)
G-65
Heating Cable
GF Pro
Dimensions
7-7/16” 4"
(189mm) (102mm)
Snow Switch® GF Pro™

Snow & Ice Control with GFEP
SUPPLY : 200-277 VAC, 50/60 Hz
SUPPLY HEAT
LOAD : 200-277 VAC, 30 AMP MAX. RESISTIVE
Ground Fault Detection/Interuption Leakage: 30 mA
This device provides the Equipment Ground Fault

4-1/4 Protection required by Article 426.28 of the
National Electric Code. This Device does not
SNOW GFEP
(108mm) provide Personal GFCI protection.
WARNING
DANGER OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK OR
ELECTROCUTION 0 8
Lethal voltages are present beneath this cover.
Service by qualified personnel only. More than HOLD-ON TIME (HRS)
one disconnect may be required to de-energize
this control for servicing.
HEATER GFEP
CYCLE TEST/
RESET
1-1/16”
(27mm)
Conduit Entry

Model Number PCN
GF Pro 390029
Accessories
RCU–4 Remote Control (Optional) 389909
Snow/Ice Sensors (Not Included)
CIT–1 Aerial Snow Sensor 389749
GIT–1 Gutter Ice Sensor 389757
SIT–6E Pavement Mounted Snow and Ice Sensor 389765
G-66
Heating Cable
LCD-8
Configurable Aerial
Snow Melting
Controller

Controller Minimizes Operating
Costs
• Automatic Voltage Selection

Operates from 120 Vac – 240 Vac
• 24 Vac Model Available

for Hydronic and Building Description
Automation Applications
The Snow Switch Model LCD-8 configurable It controls heater loads up to 16 Amps
• Adjustable Hold-On Time and aerial snow melting controller makes auto- resistive or 3 Amps inductive. The operating
Temperature Set Point Provides matic snow melting a cost effective alternative temperature range extends from -40°F to
Flexibility for a Wide Range of in even the smallest applications. Heaters 140°F (-40°C to 60°C). The redesigned, patent
Applications operate at temperatures below the set point, pending, rugged polycarbonate enclosure
38°F (3.3°C) default, only when required. The provides excellent protection at temperature
• Rated for up to 3 Amp Inductive adjustable hold-on period, 3 hours default, extremes, while allowing snow to shed to
Loads for Pilot Duty Applications continues heater operation after snow stops to prevent iglooing over the moisture sensor.
and Resistive Loads up to 16 ensure complete melting. The LCD-8 control-
ler includes an internal magnetic reed switch The internal magnetic reed switch allows for
Amps both configuration and manual heater opera-
used for manual heater cycling, as well as
configuring the temperature set point and the tion without the need for external switches,
• Weather-Resistant NEMA 3R which are susceptible to damage, or the need
hold-on time.
Enclosure to open the enclosure.
The LCD-8 controller operates from either
• Hold-On Timer Continues Heater an automatic selecting 100 VAC - 240 VAC Verifying system functionality after installation
Operation After Snow Stops to or from 24 VAC. These two voltage options or when troubleshooting used to require spray
Ensure Complete Melting combine with the configurable hold-on time circuit cooler or ice for controller activation.
and temperature set point to meet the need of The Sno-Test™ feature eliminates this need by
• Sno-Test™ Automatic Testing a wide number of applications using just two performing a self-test after power application,
and Manual Heater Cycle for part numbers. and operating heaters in a unique pattern for
a few seconds. Reading the test results takes
SNOW MELTING
System Testing
CONTROLS
only an AC voltmeter or clamp-on ammeter.
• Simple Four-Wire Installation
• C-UL-US Listed for Temperature

Regulating Equipment
6.35”
161 mm
Ø 4.60”
Ø 117 mm 0.50”
13 mm
0.75”
29 mm
G-67
Heating Cable
LCD-8
Configurable Aerial
Snow Melting
General
Area of use........................... Nonhazardous locations
Enclosure
Protection............................ NEMA 3R
Cover attachment................. Polycarbonate with machine screws
Entries.................................. 1 x 3/4" entry (bottom)
Material................................ Polycarbonate
Mounting............................. Pole mount
Dimensions.......................... 4.6" (W) x 6.1" (H) / 117mm (W) x 155mm (H)
Control
Supply voltage..................... Chromalox PCN 389781: 100 VAC – 240 VAC; 50/60 Hz
Load..................................... 3 amp maximum inductive
16 amp maximum resistive
Heater Hold-On timer........... 0, 1, 3 (default) or 5 hours; configured by magnetic reed switch
Set point temperature.......... Off (moisture only), 36°F, 38°F (default), 40°F; configured by
magnetic reed switch
Interface
Status indicators.................. SUPPLY (green): Power on; will flash while in configuration mode

Power cable......................... Size for heater load (16 Amps maximum)
Heater cable......................... Size for maximum heater load
Environmental
Operating temperature......... -40°F to 104°F (-40°C to 40°C)
Storage temperature............ -67°F to 167°F (-55°C to 75°C)

LCD-8 Snow Melt Controller 389781 S
G-68
Heating Cable
CIT-1
Snow Sensor
• Minimum Snow Melting Cost
• No Supervision Required
• Reliable Snow Sensing
• Senses both Temperature and

Precipitation
• Application Flexibility
• Simple Installation
Description
• Field Proven in Thousands of The CIT–1 Snow Sensor detects falling or Typical applications include controlling snow
Installations blowing precipitation as snow at temperatures melting systems or sidewalks, doorways,
below 38°F (3.3°C). The CIT–1 provides the stairs, loading docks, ramps for the physically
industry's most versatile and cost effective challenged and parking garages. Easy installa-
automatic snow melting control when used tion is another key CIT–1 feature. Low voltage
with any APS or EUR series control panel, old operation, up to 2,000' (609.6m) separation
or new. from the control panel, mast or roof mounting,
and noncritical extension wiring are just a few
Reliability and sensitivity are key CIT–1 fea-
of the features making this possible.
tures. The solid state design, combined with a
rugged aluminum housing and epoxy potting, For complete information describing its appli-
ensure many years of trouble free service. Pre- cation, installation and features, please contact
cision precipitation and temperature sensors your local Chromalox Sales Office.
assure snow detection accuracy.
Dimensions Windsheild with Water

Drain Slots
1.25 1.5
(31.8 mm) (38.1 mm)
Heated
Moisture 0.81
Sensing (20.6 mm) 1/2” (16 mm)
Grid NPT Nipple
SNOW MELTING
3.25 2.63
CONTROLS
(82.6mm) (66.7 mm)
Ambient Air
Temperature
Sensor
19.00
3-Conducter (482.6 mm)
#18 AWG
Jacketed Cable

CIT-1 Snow Sensor 389749 S
G-69
Heating Cable
GIT-1
Gutter Ice Sensor
• Reduces Operating Cost
• Reliable Automatic Deicing

Control
• Senses Both Moisture and

Temperature
Description
• Gutter-Mounted for Accuracy
An automatic control system for gutters and tive heater and sensor operation. The GIT–1's
downspouts, employs one or more GIT–1 Gut- unique microcontroller design frees its
• Avoids Ice Bridging ter Ice Sensors and either APS–3C or APS–4C moisture sensor from ice bridging. Additional
Control Panel. Heaters operate only if moisture features prevent heater operation under condi-
• Rugged Housing occurs at temperatures below 38°F (3.3°C), tions favorable to heater ice tunneling.
thus saving energy and ensuring reliable ice
• Simple Low Cost Installation melting. Low voltage operation simplifies installation.
Sensors can be located up to 2,000' (609.6m)
• Field Proven Reliability Since the GIT–1 mounts in gutters and away from the control panel.
downspouts it senses actual environmental
conditions. This improves sensing accuracy. For complete information describing its appli-
Solid state moisture and temperature sensors cation, installation and features, please contact
provide the sensitivity required for effective your local Chromalox Sales office.
automatic control.
Ice bridging occurs if incomplete melting
occurs near the heater or sensor leaving an air
space. The air insulates thus preventing effec-
Dimensions
Mounting Clamp
Heated Moisture (Removeable)
Sensing Grid Ambient Air
Temperature Sensor
12’ (3.66 m) Jacketed

1.12” 3 Conductor #18 AWG
(28.5 mm) Cable
5.56”
1.50” (141.2 mm) 0.81
(38.1 mm) (20.6 mm)

GIT-1 Gutter Sensor 389757 S
G-70
Heating Cable
SIT-6E
Pavement Sensor
• Control Based Upon Pavement

Conditions
• Rugged Construction
Description
• Low Voltage Operation
The SIT–6E, which replaces the SIT–5E, ity of a separate pavement temperature sensor.
• Reliable Snow Melting reliably detects snow and ice conditions on For improved efficiency, the SIT–6E mounts
pavement surfaces when used with any APS close to the deicing heaters to ensure that
• Minimum Energy Cost series or EUR–5A Control Panel. This ensures pavement and sensor become dry at about the
that deicing heaters operate only while needed, same time.
• Long Trouble-Free Life which minimizes energy costs without sacrific-
ing snow melting effectiveness. A built-in The new mounting system helps align the SIT–
hold-on timer keeps heaters operating for an 6E with the pavement surface. Six available
hour after snow stops to help ensure complete conduit locations add to installation flexibility
snow melting. and simplicity. The sensor subassembly is
field replaceable without disturbing the pave-
The SIT–6E senses snow as moisture detected ment. The SIT–6E is a NEC Class 2 low voltage
between below 38°F (3.3°C). Operation in the device which simplifies installation.
32° to 38°F (0° to 3.3°C) temperature range
eliminates otherwise slow melting. Only brass, epoxy, and stainless steel are
exposed to the pavement surface. Precision
The SIT–6E accurately measures pavement machining gives these products a handsome
temperature by compensating for its internal appearance that will please the building owner,
heating. This eliminates the cost and complex- engineer, and architect.
Dimensions
5"
127mm
Ø 3.88"
Ø 99mm
SNOW MELTING
CONTROLS
3.32" - 4"
84 mm - 102 mm
Six (6) 3/4" Knockouts on Sides and Bottom
NOTE: The output signal of an SIT–6E pavement

sensor is not a contact closure — it is a solid state SIT-6E Pavement Mounted Sensor 389765 S
switch compatible only with Environmental Technol-
ogy's APS, EUR, and Pro Series control product Stock Status: S = stock AS = assembly stock NS = non-stock
lines. If a contact closure is desired for an output To Order—Specify model, PCN and quantity.
signal, please select from our HSC series of pave-
ment sensors. The ETI logo is a registered trademark of Environmental Technology, Inc. SIT is a trademark of
G-71
Heating Cable
RCU
Remote Control Unit
• Remote System Status
Indication
• Convenient Manual Control for

Melting Problem Areas
• Low Cost
Description
The RCU Remote Control Unit is a companion The RCU Remote Control Unit employs an
accessory to the EUR-5, APS-3C and the attractive single gang metallic device plate
APS-4C Snow/Ice Melting Controllers. The suitable for both flush and surface instal-
RCU provides a convenient and economical lations. The RCU interfaces with its host
means to both monitor and manually control Control Panel via a NEC Class 2 circuit which
a snow/ice melting system from a remote lo- may have an installed length as great as
cation. The integral heater cycle push button 2,000'(609.6m) utilizing 2-conductor #18
operates heaters for the hold-on time setting AWG jacketed cable.
on the host Control Panel, permitting tracked
slush or drifted snow to be cleared indepen-
dent of prevailing meteorological conditions.
LEDs provide indication of system power
supply and heater operation.

Model Number PCN Stock Used with
RCU-3 Remote Control Unit 389773 NS PD Pro, APS-3C, EUR-5A
RCU-4 Remote Control Unit 389909 S GF Pro, APS-4C, SC-40C
G-72
HEATING CABLE
U Series
Heat Trace
Connection
Kits/Accessories
Single Entry Power Connection Kit

• NEMA 4X
• Entry for 1 Cable
• 3/4” Conduit Hub Opening Description
• Lighted or Non-Lighted The U-Series Connection Kits represent cut- IECEx Approved:
ting edge design in heat tracing accessories. • ITS 07.0018X Ex e IIC T* Gb Ta -60˚C to 195˚C
• UPC, UMC, UES, RTES Only
Multiple Entry Connection Box Each model in this series is designed to satisfy * For T-Ratings See Heating Cable
• NEMA 4X the unique demands of a particular operation.
• Entry for up to 3 Cables These high-quality models combine a variety SSK to have these approvals when a junction box is used
†
that is NEMA 4X rated and certified by appropriate third party

• Power, Splice or Tee Connection of functions in a convenient, easy-to-use and agency for use for that application and hazardous locations
• 3/4” Conduit Hub Opening economical package. rating (Div. 2).
Above Insulation End Seal Kit Applications Features

• NEMA 4X • Molded of Durable Polyphenylene Sulphide
These accessories are designed to connect
• Fits All Pipe Sizes SRL, SRP, SRM/E and CWM heating cables to Plastic Material*
• Mounts Above the Insulation for customer-supplied wiring in any of the following • Maximum Pipe Temperature 482˚F (250˚C)
Easy Access applications:
• Lighted or Non-Lighted • Corrosion Resistant
• Freeze Protection • Thermal Stability
Pipe Standoff Kit • Non-Flammable
• Piping Process Temperature Maintenance
• Brings Cable Outside Insulation • High Strength and Rigidity
• Fluid Flow and Viscosity Maintenance
to Customer Supplied Junction • Captive Hardware
Box • Stainless Steel Hardware to Ensure the Integ-
Approvals rity of the System
Under Insulation End Seal Kit Factory Mutual (FM) Approved and CSA
• Liquid Tight Design Prevents Moisture from
• 3” Dia. Curved Mounting Surface certified for ordinary areas. ATEX, IECEx, FM,
Reaching the Electrical Connections
• Stainless Steel Hardware and CSA Approved for hazardous (classified) • All Models are Rated NEMA 4X.
• 1” Wide Strapping Channel for areas.
Secure Mounting
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
CSA† and FM Approved
• Class I, Div. 2 Groups A*, B, C, D (gases,
Small Pipe Adapter for Pipes vapors)
Under 1-1/2” Diameter • Class II, Div. 2 Groups E*, F, G (combustible
dust)
• Class III, Div. 2 (easily ignitable fibers & fill-
ings)
• For T-Ratings See Heating Cable
• UPC, UMC, UES, RTES, UESL, SSK Only
*CSA Only
ATEX Approved
• CE 0359 IIG Ex e IIC T* Gb * This crystalline, high-performance engineering TP is char-
Ta -60˚C to 195˚C acterized by outstanding high-temperature stability, inherent
flame resistance and a broad range of chemical resistance.
• UPC, UMC, UES, RTES Only PPS plastics and compounds provide various combinations
* For T-Ratings See Heating Cable
of high mechanical strength, impact resistance and electrical
insulation, with its high arc resistance and low arc tracking.
G-73
HEATING CABLE
U Series
Accessories
UPC Power Connection Box
Heat Trace PCN 393553
NEMA 4X rated junction box designed to connect SRL, SRP,
Connection SRM/E and CWM cables to customer supplied power wiring. This
kit provides water-resistant cable entry for one cable, enclosure
Kits/Accessories support, terminal block, and a water-resistant corrosion-resistant
wiring enclosure with a 3/4” opening to accept a conduit hub
(cont’d.) (CCH-2 or equal). A pipe strap (PS Series) is required to attach
this model to a pipe. Small pipe adapter is available for pipe size
less than 1-1/2".
*Use as end seal for monitor wire cables.
Kit Dimensions: 9.78"H x 4.78"W x 3.6"D

Kit Includes:
1 Junction box with DIN rail & terminal block
1 Compression fitting
1 Locknut
1 Silicone termination boot
1 Pipe standoff
1 O-ring
1 Self-regulating cable grommet
1 Constant wattage cable grommet
UMC Multiple Entry Connection Box

PCN 393561
NEMA 4X rated junction box designed to connect two or three SRL,
SRP, SRM/E and CWM cables to customer supplied power wiring.
This kit provides water-resistant cable entry, enclosure support,
terminal block and a water-resistant, corrosion-resistant wiring
enclosure. In addition to splicing or teeing cables, this model can
be used to provide power connection to up to three cables from
one connection kit. A pipe strap (PS series) is required to attach
this model to a pipe. Small pipe adapter is available for pipe size
less than 1-1/2”.
*Use as power connection for monitor wire cables.

Kit Includes:
1 Junction box with din rail and terminal block
1 Locknut
3 Silicone termination boots
1 Pipe standoff
1 O-ring
1 Self-regulating cable grommet insert
1 Constant wattage cable grommet insert
SPA Small Pipe Adapter*

PCN 393609
*Pipe adapter to be used when pipe size is less than
1-1/2" diameter.
Kit Includes:
1 Small pipe adapter
G-74
HEATING CABLE
U Series
UES Above Insulation End Seal Kit
PCN 393570
Heat Trace
NEMA 4X rated end seal designed of to terminate SRL, SRP,
SRM/E and CWM cables. This kit provides water-resistant
cable entry for one cable, water-resistant and corrosion-
Connection resistant pipe support to bring the cable end outside the
Kits/Accessories
insulation for easy access. A pipe strap (PS Series) is
required to attach this model to a pipe. Small pipe adapter
is available for pipe size less than 1-1/2”.
(cont’d.) Kit Dimensions: 5.5"H x 2.75"W x 2.25"D
Kit Includes:
1 End cap
1 Pipe standoff
RTES Under Insulation End Seal Kit

PCN 389570
NEMA 4X rated enclosure is designed to terminate SRL,
SRP, SRM/E and CWM cables. This kit provides water-
resistant cable entry for one cable, enclosure support
and a water-resistant corrosion-resistant enclosure. The
fitting has two different curved mounting surfaces. One
side has a 1-1/2” radius curved surface that provides
stable support on pipes with a diameter of 3” or more. The
other side has a 1/2” radius curved surface which permits
a better fit on smaller pipes. A pipe strap (PS Series) is
required to attach this model to a pipe. In addition, this
side also has four “feet” for installation on flat surfaces.
Kit Dimensions: 1.25"H x 1.75"W x 2"D
Kit Includes:
1 End Cap
1 Pressure Plate
1 GRSR Self-Regulating Cable Sealing Grommet
1 GRCW Constant Wattage Cable Sealing Grommet
SSK Single Entry Sealing Kit†
AND CONTROLS
PCN 393617
ACCESSORIES
This kit provides water resistant cable entry
for one cable, water-resistant and corrosion-
resistant pipe support to bring the cable outside
the insulation for easy connection to power. A
pipe strap (PS Series) is required to attach this
model to a pipe. A small pipe adapter is avail-
able for pipe sizes less than 1-1/2". Customer
supplied junction box required. Kit Includes:
Approved for CSA Class I, Div. 2 groups A, B,
†
1 Locknut
C & D and Class II, Div. 2, Groups F, G when 1 Silicone termination boots
junction box that is used is NEMA 4X rated and 1 Pipe standoff
certified by appropriate third party agency for 1 O-ring
use for that application and hazardous loca- 1 Self-regulating cable grommet
tions rating (Div. 2) 1 Constant wattage cable grommet
2 Uninsulated butt splice 14-16 AWG
2 Insulated butt splice 14-16 AWG
G-75
HEATING CABLE
U Series
UESL RED End Seal Signal Light Kit
PCN 394257
Heat Trace
NEMA 4X rated end seal designed to power or seal one cable and indicate power on with RED uni-
versal voltage 120-277V LED indicator light kit designed for use with SRL, SRP, SRM/E and CWM
cables. This model provides water-resistant cable entry and corrosion-resistant wiring enclosure.
Connection A pipe strap (PS Series) is required to attach this model to a pipe. Small pipe adapter is available
Kits/Accessories
for pipe size less than 1-1/2".
Kit Dimensions: 7"H x 3.25"W x 3.25"D
(cont’d.) Kit Includes:
1 Pipe standoff
1 RED Universal Voltage 120-277V LED Light Assembly
2 Insulated parallel splices
UESL-G GREEN End Seal Signal Light Kit

PCN 394353
NEMA 4X rated end seal designed to power or seal one cable and indicate power on with GREEN
universal voltage 120-277V LED indicator light kit designed for use with SRL, SRP, SRM/E and CWM
cables. This model provides water-resistant cable entry and corrosion-resistant wiring enclosure.
A pipe strap (PS Series) is required to attach this model to a pipe. Small pipe adapter is available
for pipe size less than 1-1/2".
Kit Dimensions: 7"H x 3.25"W x 3.25"D
Kit Includes:
1 Pipe standoff
1 GREEN Universal Voltage 120-277V LED Light Assembly
2 Insulated parallel splices
UAS Ambient-Sensing
Thermostat*
PCN 394038
NEMA 4X rated junction box designed to connect
a single SRL, SRP, SRM/E or CWM cable run
to power and control cable output via ambient
air temperature in non-hazardous areas. This
kit provides water-resistant cable entry for one
cable, enclosure support, terminal block and a
water resistant corrosion resistant wiring enclo- Kit Dimensions: 9.78"H x 8.69"W x 3.6"D
sure with a 3/4" opening to accept a conduit hub Kit Includes:
(CCH-2 or equal). Stainless steel sheath probe is 1 Junction box with DIN rail & terminal block
9/16" diameter x 3" long. Switch rated for 22 amps 1 Compression fitting
SPDT 120-480 volts. Operating temperature range 1 Locknut
is -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 71°C). Temperature 1 Silicone termination boot
set point 0° to 225°F (-81°C to 107°C) with 10°F 1 Pipe standoff
scale divisions. 1 O-ring
*Only for ordinary areas. 1 Self-regulating cable grommet
G-76
HEATING CABLE
U Series
USL Signal Light Kit*
PCN 393588
Heat Trace
NEMA 4X rated end seal designed to power or seal one cable and indicate power on with universal
voltage 120-277 LED indicator light kit designed for use with SRL, SRP, SRM/E and CWM cables.
This model provides water-resistant cable entry, enclosure support, terminal block, and corrosion-
Connection resistant wiring enclosure. A pipe strap (PS Series) is required to attach this model to a pipe. Small
Kits/Accessories
pipe adapter is available for pipe size less than 1-1/2".
* Only Approved for Ordinary Areas.
(cont’d.) Kit Dimensions: 9.78"H x 4.78"W x 3.6"D

Kit Includes:
1 Junction box with DIN rail & terminal block
1 Locknut
1 Pipe standoff
1 O-ring
1 Universal voltage 120-277V LED light assy.
UBC Line-Sensing Thermostat*

PCN 394011
NEMA 4X rated junction box designed to connect a single SRL, SRP, SRM/E or CWM cable run
to power and control cable output via pipe temperature in non-hazardous areas. This kit provides
water-resistant cable entry for one cable, enclosure support, terminal block and a water resistant
corrosion resistant wiring enclosure with a 3/4" opening to accept a conduit hub (CCH-2 or equal).
Stainless steel bulb is 1/4" diameter x 7-1/4" long with 3ft capillary. Switch rated for 22 amps SPDT
120-480 volts. Operating temperature range is -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 71°C). Temperature set
point 0° to 400°F (-18°C to 200°C) with 10°F.
* Only approved for ordinary areas.

Kit Includes:
1 Junction box with DIN rail &terminal block
1 Locknut
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
1 Pipe standoff
1 O-ring
1 Line-sensing thermostat assembly
AT-1 Aluminum Tape Cable Attachments

PCN 383355
180’ roll aluminum foil installation tape with
pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. 2-mil
thickness with high tensile strength; 2-1/2”
wide. 200°F (93°C) rating. Minimum applica-
tion temperatures 40°F (5°C).
G-77
HEATING CABLE
U Series
FT-3 Fiberglass Tape Cable Attachments
PCN 389941
Heat Trace 66’ roll glass cloth installation tape with pressure sensi-
tive thermosetting adhesive. 3/8” wide. 500°F (260°C)
Connection rating. Strap at one foot intervals. Minimum application

temperature 40°F (5°C).
Kits/Accessories Rolls Needed per 100' of Pipe
(cont’d.) Pipe Dia. (In.)
Tape Type 1/2" 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
FT-3 1 2 4 4 6 8 10 12 15
PS-1, PS-3, PS-10 Stainless Steel Pipe Straps

PCN 382352, 382360, 382379
Used for attaching U Series kits to pipe.
PS-1 1/2” to 3/4” pipes (PCN 382352)
PS-3 1” to 3-1/2” pipes (PCN 382360)
PS-10 2-1/2” to 9” pipes (PCN 382379)
PS-20 9" to 19.5" pipes (PCN 382256)
Stripping Tool
PCN 393510
Tool for stripping the base jacket and the conductive
matrix from the cable buss wires. The tool is stocked
with 16 awg blades for stripping SRL, HSRL,
SRM/E, HSRM and SRP and Thermwire products.
Replacement Blades
PCN 393537
Blade Set for Stripping SRL, HSRL, SRM/E,
HSRM and SRP Cables
Conduit Hub w/Grounding Lug

CCH-2 (385650)
Corrision resistant hub for 3/4" conduit. Fits open-
ing in PJB, DL, U Series and DTS. Includes ground
connector.
G-78
HEATING CABLE
U Series
Long Line Heat
Trace Connection
Accessories
Power Connection Kit

• NEMA 4X
• Entry for 1 Cable
• 3/4” Conduit Hub Opening
• Mounts Above Insulation for
Easy Access
Splice Connection Kit Description Features

• NEMA 4X
• Entry for 2 Cables The Chromalox Long Line Heat Trace Connection • Molded of Durable Polyphenylene Sulphide
• 3/4” Conduit Hub Opening Accessories are used to provide electrical con- Plastic Material*
• Mounts Above Insulation for nection to SLL heat trace cables. These kits con-
• Maximum Pipe Temperature 482°F (250°C)
Easy Access tain specialty parts and must be used to ensure
proper functioning of the SLL cable, compliance • Corrosion Resistant
End Seal Connection Kit with warranty, code, and approval requirements.
All connections kits use a NEMA 4X enclosure • Thermal Stability
• NEMA 4X
and provide all materials in a convenient, easy
• Entry for 1 cable • Non-Flammable
to use economical package.
• Mounts Above Insulation for
• High Strength and Rigidity
Easy Access
Applications • Captive Hardware
These accessories are designed to connect SLL • Stainless Steel Hardware to Ensure the Integ-
heating cables to customer supplied wiring in rity of the System
any of the following applications: • Liquid Tight Design Prevents Moisture from
• Freeze Protection Reaching the Electrical Connections
• Piping Process Temperature Maintenance • All Models are Rated NEMA 4X
AND CONTROLS
Approvals
ACCESSORIES
CSA Approved:
• Class I, Div. 2 Groups B, C, D
(gases, vapors)
• Class II, Div. 2 Groups E, F, G
(combustible dust)
• Class III
(easily ignitable fibers and fillings)
* This crystalline, high-performance engineering TP is char-
• Temperature Coded per Design. Contact acterized by outstanding high temperature stability, inherent
Chromalox Sales flame resistance and a broad range of chemical resistance.
PPS plastics and compounds provide various combinations
of high mechanical strength, impact resistance and electrical
insulation, with its high arc resistance and low arc tracking.
G-79
HEATING CABLE
U Series
Accessories
UPC-LL Power Connection Kit

Long Line Heat PCN 394302
Trace Connection NEMA 4X rated junction box designed to connect SLL heating
cables to customer supplied power wiring. This kit provides
Accessories water-resistant cable entry for one cable, enclosure support,
crimp connections, cold leads, and a water-resistant corrosion-
(cont’d.) resistant wiring enclosure with an opening to accept a 3/4"

conduit hub. A pipe strap (PS series) is required to attach this
model to a pipe.
Kit Dimensions: 9.78”H x 8.69”W x 3.6”D
Kit Includes:
1 Junction Box
1 Pipe Standoff
1 Locknut
1 Compression Fitting
1 O-Ring
1 Grommet
6 Cold Leads (12 AWG & 4 AWG)
9 Crimps
4 Tape Strips
2 Solder
UMC-LL Splice Connection Kit

PCN 394310
NEMA 4X rated junction box designed to connect two SLL heating
cables to each other This kit provides water-resistant cable entry
for one cable, enclosure support, crimp connections, and a water-
resistant corrosion-resistant wiring enclosure with an opening to
accept a 3/4" conduit hub. A pipe strap (PS series) is required to
attach this model to a pipe.
Kit Dimensions: 9.78”H x 8.69”W x 3.6”D
Kit Includes:
1 Junction Box
1 Pipe Standoff
1 Locknut
1 O-Ring
1 Grommet
1 Brass Locknut
1 Conduit Plug
9 Crimps
4 Tape Strips
2 Solder
G-80
HEATING CABLE
U Series
UES-LL End Seal Connection Kit
PCN 394329
Long Line Heat

NEMA 4X rated junction box designed to terminate SLL
heating cables outside of the insulation. This kit provides
Trace Connection
water-resistant cable entry for one cable, enclosure support,
crimp connections, and a water-resistant corrosion-resistant
Accessories wiring enclosure with an opening to accept a 3/4" conduit

hub. A pipe strap (PS series) is required to attach this model
to a pipe.
(cont’d.) Kit Dimensions: 9.78”H x 8.69”W x 3.6”D
Kit Includes:
1 Pipe Standoff
1 Locknut
1 O-Ring
1 Grommet
1 Brass Locknut
1 Conduit Plug
9 Crimps
4 Tape Strips
2 Solder
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
G-81
Heating Cable
DL & EL Series
Connection Accessories
DL Series
• Re-usable Components
• Through-the-Insulation
Mounting Provides High
Visibility RTPC RTST RTES
• Easy Access for Maintenance
EL Series
• Low Profile Provides Easy
Installation of Insulation
• Contains Standard, Off-the-Shelf
Electrical Connection Ordering Information
Components DL Accessories EL Accessories
Model Used With Model Used With
RTPC SRL-C SSK SRL-C, SRL-CR, SRL-CT,
RTPC-SL SRL-CR, CT PJB SRF-C, CWM-C, CWM-CT
SRP-C, SRP-CT RG-PK-1 SRF-RG
CWM-C SRP-C, SRP-CT
Chromalox offers cable termination kits in DL CWM-CT HWM
for high profile, through-the-insulation styles SRL-MC
and EL for low profile, under-the-insulation. SRL-MCR, MCT
SRM/E-C
Both styles are approved for hazardous area SRM/E-CT
applications. Splice & Tee Kit
RTST SRL-C RT-RST SRL-C, SRL-CR, SRF-C
RTST-SL SRL-CR, CT RT-TST CWM-C, CWM-CT
SRP-C, SRP-CT RG-SK-1 SRF-RG, SRP-C
CWM-C SRP-CT
CWM-CT
SRL-MC
SRL-MCR, MCT
SRM/E-C
SRM/E-CT
End Seal Kit
RTES SRL-C RT-RES SRL-C, SRL-CR, SRF-C
SRL-CR, CT
SRP-C, SRP-CT RG-EK-1 SRF-RG
CWM-C
CWM-CT
SRL-MC
SRL-MCR, MCT
SRM/E-C
SRM/E-CT
To Order — Refer to the DL & EL General Application Accessories in this section.
Attachment Accessories
Model Description
FT-3 Fiberglas® tape to affix cable to pipe
AT-1 Aluminum tape to improve heat transfer to pipe
PS-1 Stainless Steel Pipe strap to mount power connection box to pipe, 1/2 - 3/4" pipes
PS-3 Stainless Steel Pipe strap to mount power connection box to pipe, 1 - 3-1/2" pipes
PS-10 Stainless Steel Pipe strap to mount power connection box to pipe, 2-1/2 - 9" pipes
PS-20 Stainless Steel Pipe strap to mount power connection box to pipe, 9" - 19.5" pipes
CL-1 Caution labels, apply every 10 feet to insulation to alert personnel
To Order — Refer to the DL & EL General Application Accessories in this section.
G-82
Heating Cable
DL
Integrated
RTPC RTST RTES
• Power Connection Box
• NEMA 4X Enclosure
• Cable Entry Up to 3 Cables
• 3/4" Conduit Hub Opening
• Splice & Tee Box

• Straight or Tee Connections Description • Non-Flammable
The DL Series Installation Accessories for • High Strength and Rigidity

• End Seal Fitting Chromalox heat tracing products represents
• NEMA 4X Enclosure the state of the art in heat tracing. Each model
• Stainless Steel Hardware to
• Fits All Pipe Sizes Ensure the Integrity of the System
in the series is designed to satisfy the de-
• Mounting Feet for Installing mands of a particular operation. These high- • Liquid Tight Design prevents
on Flat Surfaces quality models combine a variety of functions moisture from reaching the
in a convenient, easy to use and economical electrical connections. All models
• Stainless Steel Hardware package. are rated NEMA 4X.
• Corrosion & Weather Resistant Applications Approvals 2

Ryton® Construction
Connection of all Rapid Trace Heating Cables UL, CSA, FM Approved for most
to Customer Supplied Power Wiring in any of models, consult specific product
the following applications: information.
• Hydrocarbon and Chemical UL Listed for ordinary areas
Product Piping
CSA Certified for ordinary and:
• Process Temperature • Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Maintenance • Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F, G
• Fluid Flow and Viscosity FM Approved for ordinary and:
Maintenance • Class I, Div. 2, Groups B, C, D
• Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F
• Freeze Protection.
• Class III, Div. 2 Areas.
Features Notes —
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
1. Ryton®‚ is a registered trade name of
• Molded of Durable Plastic Material
Phillips Chemical Company.
(Ryton®‚ PPS)1
2. Depends on specific model and cable
• High Service Temperature applied.
• Integrated Connection Accessories and
Controls
• Thermal Stability
G-83
Heating Cable
DL
Construction
A Three strategically placed cable entries

Integrated Connection 5.25"
(13.3 cm)
4.25"
(10.8 cm)
allow maximum flexibility for insulation
(Heating cable cut away for clarity).
Accessories (cont’d.) E
B Stainless steel tiedown support provides
positive attachment to pipes.1
RTPC — Power Connection Kit
D C
Heavy duty support legs give stable pipe
RTPC Power Connection Box is a NEMA 4X 6.25"
(15.9 cm)
mounting and provide conduit clearance
rated junction box designed to connect all C for applications with up to three inches
Chromalox Rapid Trace Heating Cables to of insulation.
A B
customer supplied power wiring. This kit
provides waterproof cable entry for up to
D Opening for 3/4" (20 mm) conduit hub.1
three cables, enclosure support, terminal

E Oblique sided box and cover allow easy
block and a waterproof, corrosion resistant
access for wiring.
wiring enclosure with an opening to accept
a 3/4" conduit hub (Chromalox CCH-2 or
F Cable grommets provide water-tight seal
equal). A pipe strap (Chromalox PS or equal) between base, box and cable. Use GRSR
is required to attach this model to a pipe. H with all self-regulating cable. Use GRCW
for constant wattage cables. One of each
grommet included in kit. See table below
for spare grommets.
G
F
G Three position terminal block for easy
I wiring.

H Power wiring entry. Conduit hub not
included.1

I Gasket provides water-tight seal between
box and lid. It is affixed to the lid and
RTPC — Power Connection Kit holds the mounting hardware during
assembly.
1 molded junction box consisting of:
1 base Note 1 — Refer to DL & EL General Applica-
1 box w/conduit opening tion Accessories at the end of this section.
1 lid
1 three position terminal block
1 mounting screw for terminal block
1 GRSR self-regulating cable sealing grommet RTPC-SL — Power Connection Kit
1 GRCW constant wattage sealing grommet w/Signal Light (Ordinary Area Only)
1 base
Ordering Information — RTPC
1 box w/conduit opening
1 lid w/signal light installed (LED style)
Wt. Wt. Specify: SL1(120V), SL2(208-240V),
Model
Model PCN
PCN Stock
Stock (Lbs.)
(Lbs.) SL3(277V) operation
RTPC 389554 S 1 1 three position terminal block
RTPC-SL1 389626 S 2 1 mounting screw for terminal block
RTPC-SL2 389634 S 2 1 GRSR self-regulating cable sealing grommet
RTPC-SL3 389642 S 2 1 GRCW constant wattage sealing grommet
Spare Grommets PCN

GRS RTD/Capillary type 385000
GR0 Blank 385019
GRSR Self Regulating type 389714
GRCW Constant Wattage type 389722
G-84
Heating Cable
DL Construction
Integrated Connection 5.25"
4.25"
(13.3 cm)
(10.8 cm)

(heating cable cut away for clarity).
RTST — Splice & Tee Kit D B Stainless steel tiedown support provides

RTST Splice & Tee Box is a NEMA 4X rated 6.25" positive attachment to pipes.1
junction box designed to make straight or tee (15.9 cm)
C Heavy duty support legs give stable pipe

splices for all Chromalox Rapid Trace Heating A C
Cables. This model provides waterproof cable mounting and provide conduit clearance
entry (for two cables for a splice or three B for applications with up to three inches of
cables for a tee), enclosure support, terminal insulation.
block and a waterproof, corrosion resistant D Oblique sided box and cover allow easy

wiring enclosure. A pipe strap (Chromalox PS
access for wiring.
or equal) is required to attach this model to a
pipe.
E Cable grommets provide water-tight seal
between base, box and cable. Use GRSR
with all self-regulating cable. Use GRCW
for constant wattage cables. Three of
each grommet included in kit. See table
E below for spare grommets.
G F
E
F Three position terminal block for easy
wiring.

G Gasket provides water-tight seal between
holds the mounting hardware during
assembly.
RTST — Splice & Tee Kit
Note 1 — Refer to DL & EL General Applica-
1 molded junction box consisting of: tion Accessories at the end of this section.
1 base
1 box
1 lid RTST-SL — Splice & Tee Kit
1 mounting screw for terminal block w/Signal Light (Ordinary Area Only)
3 GRSR Self-regulating cable sealing grommet
3 GRCW Constant wattage sealing grommets
1 base
1 box
Specify: SL1 for 120 Volt, SL2 for 208-240
AND CONTROLS
Volt, SL3 for 277 Volt operation
ACCESSORIES
Ordering Information — RTPC 1 three position terminal block
Wt. 1 mounting screw for terminal block
Model PCN Stock (Lbs.) 1 GRSR Self-regulating cable sealing grommet
RTST 389562 S 1 1 GRCW Constant wattage sealing grommet
RTST-SL1 389650 S 2
RTST-SL2 389669 S 2
Spare Grommets PCN
RTST-SL3 389677 S 2
GR0 Blank 385019
G-85
Heating Cable
DL Construction
Integrated Connection

A Cable entry.
1.75"
(4.45 cm)
B

B Three inch diameter curved mounting
RTES — End Seal Kit
1.25"
(3.18 cm) D C surface.
A

C Captured stainless steel hardware.
RTES End Seal Fitting is a NEMA 4X rated
enclosure designed to terminate all Chromal-
D One inch wide strapping channel
ox Rapid Trace Heating Cables. This model for secure mounting.
provides waterproof cable entry for one 2"
cable, enclosure support and a waterproof

(5.08 cm)

E One-half inch radius curved mounting
corrosion resistant enclosure. The fitting surface.
has two different curved mounting surfaces.
F End cap.
One side has a 1-1/2" radius curved surface
that provides stable support on pipes with a
G Cable grommet provides water-tight
diameter of 3" or more. The other side has I seal between end cap and pressure
a 1/2" radius curved surface which permits a E plate. Use GRSR with all self-regulating
F
better fit on smaller pipes. In addition, this cables. Use GRCW with constant wattage
side also has four “feet” for installation on flat G cables. One of each grommet included in
surfaces. kit. See table below for spare grommets.
E H
I
H Pressure plate.

I Mounting feet for installation on flat
surfaces.
RTES — End Seal Kit Ordering Information — RTES

Wt.
1 end cap Model PCN Stock (Lbs.)
1 pressure plate
RTES 389570 S 1
1 GRCW Constant wattage cable sealing
grommet
Spare Grommets PCN
DL Accessory Components
MP-1 (385780) GR0 Blank 385019
Mounting Plate GRSR Self-Regulating type 389714
GRCW Constant wattage type 389722
Kit Attachments
For installing RTPC and RTST kits
on flat surfaces. Kit includes:
1 mounting plate
1 lock washer
1 bolt
1 washer
1 nut
Note — The complete line of DL & EL Mounting

Accessories is located at the end of this section.
G-86
Heating Cable
EL
Standard
• Junction Box Connection Kits

for SRL, SRF and CWM
Applications
• Splice & Tee Kits for SRL, SRF

and CWM Applications
• End Seal Kits for SRL and SRF

Applications
Description Approvals
Each model in the EL Series Installation Ac- UL* Listed for ordinary areas
cessories for Chromalox Rapid Trace Heating
CSA* Certified for ordinary areas
Cable products is designed to satisfy the
demands of a particular operation. These high- FM** Approved for ordinary areas
quality models combine a variety of functions
in a convenient, easy to use and economical * Does not include SSK
package. ** Does not include SSK and PJB
Applications
Connection of selected rapid trace heating
cables to customer supplied power wiring in Model Used With
any of the following applications: Power Connection Kit
SSK SRF-C, SRF-CR, SRL-C, SRL-CR,
• Freeze Protection PJB SRL-CT, CWM-C, CWM-CT,
SRP-C, SRP-CT
• Hydrocarbon and Chemical Product Piping Splice & Tee Kit
• Process Temperature Maintenance RT-RST SRL-C, SRL-CR, SRF-C
RT-TST CWM-C, CT, SRP-C, SRP-CT
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
• Fluid Flow and Viscosity Maintenance. End Seal Kit
RT-RES SRL-C, SRL-CR, SRF-C
To Order — Refer to the DL & EL
General Application Accessories in this
section.
G-87
Heating Cable
EL
Standard Connection
Accessories
Junction Box Connection Kit Caution Labels
SSK (393617) CL-1 (382424)
(1) compression fitting
(1) pipe stand off (5) electric heat tracing caution labels,
(1) tube of RTV sealant weather resistant
(1) O-ring
(1) 1" locknut
(1) self-regulating cable grommet
(1) constant wattage cable grommet
(1) silicone boot
(2) uninsulated barrel connectors
(2) insulated barrel connectors
Splice & Tee Kit (for Constant
Wattage and SRM/E Cable)
Rain Tight Junction Box RT-TST (383566)
PJB (393676)
(5) 7" long large heat shrink tubes
Polycarbonate watertight enclosure (10) 1-1/2" long small heat shrink
for use with SSK tubes
(5) 10" lengths of sealant tape
(1) tube of RTV sealant
Splice & Tee Kit (for SRL

cable) RT-RST (383558)
End Seal Kit (for SRL cable)
(5) 8" long heat shrink tubes
RT-RES (383574) (5) 1/2" lengths of sealant tape
(5) 1/2" diameter heat shrink caps

CCH-2 (385650)
Corrision resistant hub for 3/4" conduit.
Fits opening in PJB, DL, U Series and
DTS. Includes ground connector.
G-88
Heating Cable
DL & EL Series Stainless Steel Pipe Strap Kit

General Application Accessories Attachments
PS-1, 3, 10 & 20
Accessories PS-1 (382352) 1/2 to 3/4" pipes

PS-3 (382360) 1 to 3-1/2" pipes
Conduit Hub PS-10 (382379) 2-1/2 to 9" pipes
Cable Attachments PS-20 (382256) 9" to 19.5" pipes
CCH-2 (385650)
Corrosion resistant for 3/4" conduit.
Fits opening in PJB, DL, U Series and
DTS. Includes a ground connector. Caution Labels
CL-1 (382424)
5 electric heat tracing caution labels,
weather resistant.
Fiberglas® Tape
Cable Attachments
FT-3 (389941)
66 foot roll glass cloth tape with pres-
sure-sensitive thermosetting silicone
adhesive 3/8" wide. 310°F (155°C) Ordering Information — Cable Attachments
rating. Strap at one foot intervals at
Wt.
minimum application temperatures of Description Model PCN Stock (Lbs.)
-40°F (-40°C). Fiberglas® Tape FT-3 389941 S 1
Aluminum Tape AT-1 383355 S 2
Stainless Steel Pipe Strap Kit PS-1 382352 S 1
Aluminum Tape PS-3 382360 S 1
PS-10 382379 S 1
Cable Attachments PS-20 382256 S 1
AT-1 (383355) Caution Labels CL-1 382424 S 1
Cable Stripping Tool ST-1 393510 S 1
180 foot roll aluminum foil installation with 16 awg blades
tape with pressure-sensitive acrylic 16 awg Replacement Blades BL-2 393537 S 1
adhesive. 2-mil thickness with high To Order – Specify model, PCN and quantity.
tensile strength; 2-1/2" wide. 200°F
(93°C) rating. Minimum application
temperatures 40°F (5°C).
Rolls Needed per 100' of Pipe
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
Cable Stripping Tool Pipe Dia. (In.)
w/16 awg Blades ST-1 (393510) Tape Type 1/2" 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
Tool for stripping the base jacket and the
conductive matrix from the cable buss FT-3 1 2 4 4 6 8 10 12 15
wires. The tool is stocked with 16 awg
blades for stripping SRL, HSRL, SRM/E,
HSRM and SRP and Thermwire products.
Replacement Blades
PCN 393537
Blades for use with the Cable Strip-
ping Tool. 16 awg blades for SRL,
HSRL,SRM/E, HSRM, SRP, SRF and
Thermwire products.
G-89
HEATING CABLE
DL
Commercial
RTPC RTST RTES
• Power Connection Box
• 3/4" Conduit Hub Opening
• Splice & Tee Box

• Straight or Tee Connections Description Approvals 2
The DL Series Installation Accessories for UL, CSA, FM Approved for most models, consult
• End Seal Fitting Chromalox heat tracing products represents the specific product information.
• NEMA 4X Enclosure state of the art in heat tracing. Each model in the
• Fits All Pipe Sizes series is designed to satisfy the demands of a UL Listed for ordinary areas
• Mounting Feet for Installing particular operation. These high-quality models CSA Certified for ordinary and:
on Flat Surfaces combine a variety of functions in a convenient, • Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
easy to use and economical package. • Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F, G
• Stainless Steel Hardware
Applications FM Approved for ordinary and:
• Corrosion & Weather Resistant • Class I, Div. 2, Groups B, C, D
Connection of all Rapid Trace Heating Cables to
Ryton® Construction • Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F
Customer Supplied Power Wiring in any of the
following applications:
Notes —
• Hydrocarbon and Chemical Product Piping
• Process Temperature Maintenance Phillips Chemical Company.
2. Depends on specific model and cable
• Fluid Flow and Viscosity Maintenance applied.
• Freeze Protection.
Features
• Molded of Durable Plastic Material
(Ryton®‚ PPS)1
• High Service Temperature
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
• Integrated Connection Accessories and Con-
trols
• Thermal Stability
• Non-Flammable
• Stainless Steel Hardware to Ensure the Integ-
rity of the System
• Liquid Tight Design prevents moisture from
reaching the electrical connections. All models
are rated NEMA 4X.
G-1
HEATING CABLE
DL
Construction

Commercial 5.25"
(13.3 cm)
4.25"
(10.8 cm)
Connection E
Accessories (cont’d.) D C

Heavy duty support legs give stable pipe
6.25"
(15.9 cm)
C
for applications with up to three inches
RTPC — Power Connection Kit A B of insulation.
RTPC Power Connection Box is a NEMA 4X

rated junction box designed to connect all
Chromalox Rapid Trace Heating Cables to access for wiring.
customer supplied power wiring. This kit
provides waterproof cable entry for up to three
cables, enclosure support, terminal block and between base, box and cable. Use GRSR
a waterproof, corrosion resistant wiring enclo- H
with all self-regulating cable. Use GRCW
sure with an opening to accept a 3/4" conduit for constant wattage cables. One of each
hub (Chromalox CCH-2 or equal). A pipe strap grommet included in kit. See table below
(Chromalox PS or equal) is required to attach for spare grommets.
this model to a pipe. G
F
I wiring.

included.1

RTPC — Power Connection Kit holds the mounting hardware during
assembly.
1 base Note 1 — Refer to DL & EL General Application
1 box w/conduit opening Accessories at the end of this section.
1 lid
1 GRSR self-regulating cable sealing grommet RTPC-SL — Power Connection Kit
1 GRCW constant wattage sealing grommet w/Signal Light (Ordinary Area
Only)
Ordering Information — RTPC
1 base
1 box w/conduit opening
Wt. Wt.
Model
Model PCN
PCN Stock
Stock (Lbs.)
(Lbs.)
Specify: SL1(120V), SL2(208-240V),
RTPC 513105 S 1 SL3(277V) operation
RTPC-SL1 513113 S 2 1 three position terminal block
RTPC-SL2 513121 S 2 1 mounting screw for terminal block
RTPC-SL3 513130 S 2 1 GRSR self-regulating cable sealing grommet
1 GRCW constant wattage sealing grommet
Spare Grommets PCN

GR0 Blank 513295
G-2
HEATING CABLE
DL Construction
Commercial 5.25"
(13.3 cm) 4.25"
Connection
(10.8 cm)

Accessories (cont’d.) D
(heating cable cut away for clarity).

6.25" positive attachment to pipes.1
(15.9 cm)

RTST — Splice & Tee Kit A C
B for applications with up to three inches of
RTST Splice & Tee Box is a NEMA 4X rated junc-
insulation.
tion box designed to make straight or tee splices
for all Chromalox Rapid Trace Heating Cables. D Oblique sided box and cover allow easy

This model provides waterproof cable entry access for wiring.
(for two cables for a splice or three cables for
a tee), enclosure support, terminal block and a
E Cable grommets provide water-tight seal
waterproof, corrosion resistant wiring enclosure. between base, box and cable. Use GRSR
A pipe strap (Chromalox PS or equal) is required with all self-regulating cable. Use GRCW
to attach this model to a pipe. for constant wattage cables. Three of
each grommet included in kit. See table
E below for spare grommets.
G F
E
F Three position terminal block for easy
wiring.

G Gasket provides water-tight seal between
holds the mounting hardware during
assembly.
RTST — Splice & Tee Kit
Note 1 — Refer to DL & EL General Application
1 molded junction box consisting of: Accessories at the end of this section.
1 base
1 box
1 lid RTST-SL — Splice & Tee Kit
w/Signal Light (Ordinary Area
3 GRSR Self-regulating cable sealing grommet Only)
3 GRCW Constant wattage sealing grommets
1 base
1 box
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
Specify: SL1 for 120 Volt, SL2 for 208-240
Ordering Information — RTST Volt, SL3 for 277 Volt operation
Wt. 1 three position terminal block
Model PCN Stock (Lbs.) 1 mounting screw for terminal block
RTST 513148 S 1 1 GRSR Self-regulating cable sealing grommet
RTST-SL1 513156 S 2 1 GRCW Constant wattage sealing grommet
RTST-SL2 513164 S 2
RTST-SL3 513172 S 2
Spare Grommets PCN
GR0 Blank 513295
G-3
HEATING CABLE
DL Construction
Commercial 1.75"

A Cable entry.
Connection
(4.45 cm)
B

B Three inch diameter curved mounting
Accessories (cont’d.) 1.25"
(3.18 cm) D
A
C surface.

C Captured stainless steel hardware.

D One inch wide strapping channel
for secure mounting.
2"
RTES — End Seal Kit (5.08 cm)

E One-half inch radius curved mounting
surface.
RTES End Seal Fitting is a NEMA 4X rated
enclosure designed to terminate all Chromalox
F End cap.
Rapid Trace Heating Cables. This model pro-

G Cable grommet provides water-tight
vides waterproof cable entry for one cable, I seal between end cap and pressure
enclosure support and a waterproof corrosion E
F plate. Use GRSR with all self-regulating
resistant enclosure. The fitting has two differ-
cables. Use GRCW with constant wattage
ent curved mounting surfaces. One side has G
cables. One of each grommet included in
a 1-1/2" radius curved surface that provides
H kit. See table below for spare grommets.
stable support on pipes with a diameter of 3" or E
more. The other side has a 1/2" radius curved I
H Pressure plate.
surface which permits a better fit on smaller
pipes. In addition, this side also has four “feet”
I Mounting feet for installation on flat
for installation on flat surfaces. surfaces.
RTES — End Seal Kit Ordering Information — RTES

Wt.
1 end cap Model PCN Stock (Lbs.)
1 pressure plate RTES 513180 S 1
1 GRCW Constant wattage cable sealing
grommet
Spare Grommets PCN
DL Accessory Components
MP-1 (385780) GR0 Blank 513295
Mounting Plate GRSR Self Regulating type 513308
Kit Attachments GRCW Constant Wattage type 513316
For installing RTPC and RTST kits

on flat surfaces. Kit includes:
1 mounting plate
1 lock washer
1 bolt
1 washer
1 nut
Note — The complete line of DL & EL Mounting

Accessories is located at the end of this section.
G-4
COMMERCIAL HEAT TRACE
EL
Standard Connection
Accessories
• Junction Box Connection Kits

for CPR and CZH
Applications
• Splice & Tee Kits for CPR and

CZH Applications
• End Seal Kits for CPR

Applications
Each model in the EL Series Installation Acces- UL Listed for ordinary areas
sories for Chromalox Rapid Trace Heating Cable CSA Certified for ordinary areas
products is designed to satisfy the demands of a FM* Approved for ordinary areas
particular operation. These high-quality models
combine a variety of functions in a convenient,
easy to use and economical package. Ordering Information
Model Used With
Applications Power Connection Kit
SSK CPR-CR, CPR-CT,
Connection of selected rapid trace heating cables PJB CZH, HWM-CT
to customer supplied power wiring in any of the HSK-PC † CPR-CR, CPR-CT
following applications: Splice & Tee Kit
RT-RST CPR-CR, HWM-CT, CPR-CT
• Freeze protection RT-TST
• Hydrocarbon and chemical product piping End Seal Kit
RT-RES CPR-CR, CPR-CT
• Process temperature maintenance To Order — Refer to the DL & EL Gener-
al Application Accessories in this section.
• Fluid flow and viscosity maintenance.
* Does not include PJB
†
SSK to have these approvals when a junction
box is used that is NEMA 4X rated and certi-
fied by appropriate third party agency for use
for that application and hazardous location
rating (Div. 2)
26
EL
Standard Connection
Accessories
Junction Box Connection Kit Caution Labels
SSK (514204) WL-05 (512743)
(1) compression fitting
(1) pipe stand off (5) electric heat tracing caution labels,
(1) tube of RTV sealant weather resistant
(1) O-ring
(1) 1" locknut
(1) self-regulating cable grommet
(1) constant wattage cable grommet
(1) silicone boot
Splice & Tee Kit
(for CZH Cable)
Rain Tight Junction Box RT-TST (514280)
PJB (514191)
(5) 7" long large heat shrink tubes
Polycarbonate watertight enclosure for (10) 1-1/2" long small heat shrink
use with SSK tubes
(5) 10" lengths of sealant tape
(1) tube of RTV sealant
Splice & Tee Kit

(for CPR cable)
End Seal Kit (for CPR cable) RT-RST (514212)
RT-RES (513324)
(5) 8" long heat shrink tubes
(5) 1/2" diameter heat shrink caps (5) 1/2" lengths of sealant tape
Power Connection & End

Seal Kit HSK-PC (387495)
CH-75 (512751) Heat shrink power and end termina-
tion kit for CPR heat trace cables.
Corrision resistant hub for 3/4" conduit. CSA approved for grease waste, frost
Fits opening in PJB, DL and CTS. Includes heave and freeze protection applica-
ground connector. tions.
27
HEATING CABLE
HL
Hazardous Location
Connection Kits
• Explosion Proof Box Providing
Electrical Connection for 1 Cable
End Seal Kit

Termination for 1 Cable
Splice Kit
Cable Entry for 2 cables
Tee Kit
• Explosion Proof Box Providing The HL Series Connection System for Chromalox FM - Factory Mutual Certified for use in
Cable Entry for 3 Cables heating cable products is specifically designed ordinary areas and:
to comply with the requirements of Division 1 • Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, D
Signal Light Kit hazardous areas. • Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, G
• Explosion Proof Signal Light Kit • Class III, Division 1
with LED
Applications CSA Certified for use in ordinary areas and:
• Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, D
• Process Temperature Maintenance
Features
• High strength aluminum alloy cast bodies
• Corrosion resistant
• Internally threaded junction box body with
externally threaded cover
• Seal fitting applicable for use on vertical or
horizontal conduit
G-90
HEATING CABLE
HL Series
Hazardous Location Connection Kits (cont’d.)
Available Models
Splice Kit and Tee Kit for Hazard-
Power Connection Kit for End Seal Kit for Hazardous
ous Locations HL-S and HL-T
Hazardous Locations HL-PC Locations HL-ES
The Models HL-S and HL-T Hazardous Location
The Model HL-PC Hazardous Location Power The Model HL-ES Hazardous Location End Seal
Kits are a Division 1 certified junction box and
Connection Kit is a Division 1 certified junction Kit is a Division 1 certified junction box and seal
seal fittings. These kits are designed for the
box and seal fitting. The pipe stand-off and seal fitting. This kit is designed for end of run sealing
splicing of two or three selfregulating cables in
fitting combination provides a water resistant for self regulating cable in Division 1 areas. The
Division 1 areas. The cable entry fitting and seal
and explosion proof seal. The junction box has pipe stand-off and seal fitting combination pro-
fitting combination provides a waterresistant and
a 3/4" opening with top or side entry for the vides a water resistant and explosion proof seal.
explosion proof seal. Pipe straps (not included)
power connection. Pipe straps (not included) Pipe straps (not included) are used to provide a
are used to provide a means to attach this model
are used to provide a means to attach this model means to attach this model to the pipe.
to the pipe.
to the pipe.
Exterior Construction
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
Power Connection Kit End Seal Kit Splice Kit and Tee Kit
• Pipe standoff allows for easier installation of • Pipe standoff allows for easier installation of • Internally threaded junction box body with
heat trace insulation system heat trace insulation system externally threaded cover allowing for more
room when wiring
• Opening for 3/4" male fitting • Internally threaded junction box body with
externally threaded cover allowing for more • Cable entry fittings provide water tight seal
• Internally threaded junction box body with room when wiring
externally threaded cover allowing for more • Simple sealing compound kit
room when wiring • Simple sealing compound kit
• The splice kit provides entry for two cables
• Simple sealing compound kit
• The tee kit provides entry for three cables
G-91
HEATING CABLE
HL Series
End Seal Kit for Splice Kit for Hazard-

Hazardous Locations ous Locations
HL-ES 382221 HL-S 382205
(1) 3/4" junction box (1) 3/4" box
(1) Seal fitting (1) Cable entry fitting
(1) End seal (2) 3/4" Seal fitting with nipple
(1) Tube of RTV (1) Sealing compound & fiber
(1) Butt splice (2) 4" 12 AWG leadwires(green)
(1) Pipe stand-off (1) Small RTV tube
(1) Sealing grommet (2) Butt splice
(1) Sealing compound (2) Ring terminal
(1) Ring terminal (1) Pipe standoff
(1) Green grounding wire (1) Sealing grommet
(1) Stainless steel label
(1) Conduit plug
Power Connection Kit for (1) Extra grounding screw
Hazardous Locations (2) Wire nuts
HL-PC 382192 (2) Power termination seal
(1) 3/4" junction box (1) 3/4" to 1/2" reducing
(1) Seal fitting bushing
(1) Ring terminal
(1) Tube of RTV
(2) Termination seal Tee Kit for Hazardous
(1) Pipe stand-off Locations
(1) Sealing grommet HL-T 382213
(1) Conduit plug
(1) 3/4" box
(1) Sealing compound
(2) Cable entry fitting
(1) Butt splice
(3) 3/4" Seal fitting with nipple
(3) 12 AWG leads
(2) Sealing compound & fiber
(4) Wire nuts
(3) 4" 12 AWG leadwires (green)
(1) Small RTV tube
(3) Butt splice
Caution Labels (3) Ring terminal
CL-1 382424 (1) Pipe standoff
5) Electric heat tracing caution (1) Sealing grommet
labels; weather resistant (1) Stainless steel label
(1) Extra grounding screw
(2) Wire nuts
(3) Power termination seal
(2) 3/4" to 1/2" reducing bushing
120V Division 1 Signal

208 - 240V Division 1 Light Kit
Signal Light Kit D1SL1 393684
D1SL2 393692
Explosion proof pilot light for use
Explosion proof pilot light for use with HL-PC kit. Can be used as
with HL-PC kit. Pilot light kit made a power connection light or end
with 3/4” NPSM threads and 8” seal light. Pilot light kit made
flexible leads. Red LED lens. For with 3/4” NPSM threads and 8”
208-240V system. flexible leads. Red LED lens. For
120V system.
G-92
HEATING CABLE
HL Series
Fiberglas® Tape Stainless Steel Pipe Strap
Cable Attachments Kit Attachments
FT-3 389941 PS-1, 3, 10 & 20
66' Roll of glass cloth tape with pres- PS-1 (382352) 1/2 to 3/4" pipes
sure-sensitive thermosetting silicone PS-3 (382360) 1 to 3-1/2" pipes
adhesive 3/8" wide. 500°F (260°C) PS-10 (382379) 2-1/2 to 9" pipes
rating. Strap at one foot intervals at PS-20 (382256) 9" to 19.5" pipes
minimum application temperatures of
-40°F (-40°C)
Aluminum Tape
Cable Attachments
AT-1 383355
180' Roll aluminum foil installation tape
with pressure-sensitive acrylic adhe-
sive. 2-mil thickness with high tensile
strength; 2-1/2" wide. 200°F (93°C) rat-
ing. Minimum application temperatures
40°F (5°C)
Stripping Tool
393510
Tool for stripping the base jacket and
the conductive matrix from the cable
buss wires. The tool is stocked with 16
awg blades for stripping SRL, HSRL,
SRM/E, HSRM and SRP and Thermwire
products.
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
G-93
HEATING CABLE
THR, THL,
THR & THL
NEMA 4X
TXR & TXL

Heat Trace/Freeze
Protection (For TXR & TXL
Thermostats
Models only)
• THL & TXL Direct Mount for

Freeze Protection (Ambient)
• THR & TXR Remote Mount for TXR & TXL

Heat Trace (Bulb & Capillary) NEMA 7
• 22 Amp Resistive Switch
• Single and Dual Output Models
• ± 1% Setpoint Repeatability
• Fast Response for Protection of

Valves and Piping
• NEMA 4X, 7 and 9 Enclosures
Description
Applications
Maintaining proper viscosity and flow is critical temperatures from 15 to 140˚F. Both models
• THR NEMA 4X Line or Pipe Sensing in heat trace or freeze protection applications. are epoxy coated to seal from moisture and
The THR remote mount thermostats utilize a contaminants in compliance with NEMA 4X
• THL NEMA 4X Ambient Air Sensing stainless steel bulb and capillary design to ac- requirements. NEMA 7 stats TXR and TXL are
curately sense temperature at key points along a designed for Class I, Division I and 2, Groups B,
• TXR NEMA 7 Line or Pipe Sensing
pipe. The THL direct mount thermostats feature C, D, and Class 2, Division I and 2, Group E, F, G.
• TXL NEMA 7 Ambient Air Sensing liquid-filled thermal assemblies and sense air
Specifications
Ambient Temperature Limits -40˚ to +160˚F (THR, TXR); -58˚F to +160˚F (THL & TXL)
(-40 to +71˚C); set point typically shifts
Switch Output One SPDT (All types); two SPDT
Electrical Rating 22 Amps 125/250/480 Vac resistive
Weight Types THR, THL: 1.9 lbs., 30.4 oz (.9 kg)
Types TXR & TXL: 3.8 lbs., 60.8 oz (1.7 kg.)
Electrical Connection All Models, 3 Pole Terminal Block
Temperature Assembly All Models: 10ft stainless steel bulb & capillary
WARNING: Hazard of Fire. These devices func- Fill Non-toxic oil filled
tion as temperature controls only. Because they Temperature Deadband Typically 2% of range
do not fail-safe, an approved temperature and/
Bulb Dimensions (TXR & TXL) Length 8", OD 5/16"
or pressure safety control must be used for
safe operation. (THL & TXL) Length 8", OD 5/16”
G-94
HEATING CABLE
THR, THL,
TXR & TXL
Heat Trace/Freeze
Protection Thermostats (cont’d.)
Dimensions (In.)
THR & THL Series Thermostats
TXR & TXL Series Thermostats
1-7/32 (30)
9/32
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
Ordering Information Enclosure Stock

Thermostat Type Model Switch Output NEMA Status PCN
Heat Trace, Remote THR Single Output 4X S 387030
Bulb and Capillary TXR Single Output 4X,7,9 S 387049
25 - 325˚F
(-5 to +163˚C)
Freeze Protection THL Single Output 4X S 387014
Direct Mount TXL Single Output 4X,7,9 S 387022
15 - 140˚F
(-10 to +60˚C)
G-95
Heating Cable
B100 & E100 B100 / E100

NEMA 4X
Heat Trace/Freeze
Protection Thermostats
• B100 Direct Mount for Freeze (Models E121/122,
Protection (Ambient) B121 only)
• E100 Remote Mount for Heat

Trace (Bulb & Capillary)
• 22 Amp Resistive Switch
• Single and Dual Output Models B121 / E121

• ± 1% Setpoint Repeatability NEMA 7
• Fast Response for Protection of

Valves and Piping
• NEMA 4X, 7 and 9 Enclosures
Description
Maintaining proper viscosity and flow is criti- to 140˚F. Both models are epoxy coated to seal
Applications
cal in heat trace or freeze protection applica- from moisture and contaminants in compli-
• E100 NEMA 4X Line or Pipe Sensing tions. The E100 remote mount thermostats ance with NEMA 4X requirements. NEMA 7
utilize a stainless steel bulb and capillary stats E121/122 and B121 are designed for
• B100 NEMA 4X Ambient Air Sensing design to accurately sense temperature at key Class I, Division I and 2, Groups B, C, D, and
points along a pipe. The B100 direct mount Class 2, Division I and 2, Group E, F, G.
• E121/122 NEMA 7 Line or Pipe Sensing
thermostats feature liquid-filled thermal as-
• B121 NEMA 7 Ambient Air Sensing semblies and sense air temperatures from 15
Specifications
Ambient Temperature Limits -40˚ to +160˚F (B100); -58˚F to +160˚F (B121, B122,
E122, E121) (-40 to +71˚C); set point typically shifts
Switch Output One SPDT (types B100, E100, B121, E121); two SPDT
(types E122)
Electrical Rating 22 Amps 125/250/480 Vac resistive
Weight Types B100, E100: 1 lb., 8 oz (0,68 kg)
Types B121, E121, E122: 3 lbs.,
10 oz (1,6 kg.)
Electrical Connection Types E121, E122, B121: terminal block;
Types B100, E100: direct to swtich
Temperature Assembly Types E100, E121, E122: 10 feet stainless steel
WARNING: Hazard of Fire. These de- bulb and capillary
vices function as temperature controls only. Types B100, B121: immersion stem
Because they do not fail-safe, an approved
temperature and/or pressure safety control Fill Non-toxic oil filled
must be used for safe operation. Temperature Deadband Typically 2% of range
Bulb Dimensions (E100, E121, E122) Length 11-5/8", OD 1/8"
(B100, B121) Length 2-11/16”, OD 9/16”
G-96
Heating Cable
B100 & E100

Heat Trace/Freeze
Protection Thermostats (cont’d.)
Dimensions B100 Freeze Protection, NEMA 4X
E100 Heat Trace, NEMA 4X
Ambient Sensing
Line and Pipe Sensing
2.34 4
2.34 4
(59) (101)
(59) (101)
4.21 4.21
(107) (107)
8.75
8.75 (222)
(222)
1/2” NPT
1/2” NPT Side View Front View Female
Female Electrical Con-
Electrical Con- nection
Side View Front View nection
All Dimensions in Inches (mm)
E121/122 Heat Trace, NEMA 7 and 9 B121 Freeze Protection, NEMA 7 and 9
Line and Pipe Sensing Ambient Sensing
5.25 5 5.25 5
(133) (127) (133) (127)
9.66 9.66
(245) (245)
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
Front View
3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
Female Side View Front View Female
Electrical Con- Electrical Con-
Side View nection nection
Enclosure
Thermostat Type Model Switch Output NEMA Stock PCN
Heat Trace, Remote E100 Single Output 4X S 305322
Bulb and Capillary E121 Single Output 4X,7,9 S 384112
25 - 325˚F E122 Dual Output, Dual Setpoint 4X,7,9 NS 305349
(-5 to +163˚C)
Freeze Protection B100 Single Output 4X S 305365
Direct Mount B121 Single Output 4X,7,9 S 384104
15 - 140˚F
(-10 to +60˚C)
G-97
CTS Series
Commercial
Heat Trace Electronic
Thermostat
• 30 Amp Solid State Relay (SSR)
Output
• 120 to 277 Vac Operation
• cULus Ordinary Area Approval
• On/Off Control with 100˚ 4.75”

Deadband Programmable in One 6.30” (121mm)
Degree Increments (160mm)
• Selectable Soft-Start Feature

6.30”
• LED Indication for Power, Alarm (160mm)
and Load 11.38”
(289mm)
• Large LED Display
• Programmable High & Low Ø1.12” (28mm)

Temperature Alarms 1.13” (29mm)
• Solid State Alarm for Remote

Indication of Alarm Status –
- AC Alarm: CTS-HAZ
- DC Alarm: CTS-HAZ-DC
Description
The CTS electronic thermostat is a micropro- alarm status. This alarm may be set to open or
• Integral Pipe Stand cessor based temperature control and power close on all alarm conditions including loss of
connection kit. It is used for freeze protection power, high or low temperature alarm and RTD
• Optional Wall Mount or process temperature maintenance of pipes failure. Choose either the DC or the AC customer
or tanks protected by heat tracing products. supplied voltage alarm variation. The minimum
• 100 Ohm Platinum RTD - This thermostat can be used with CZH, CMi or operating ambient temperature is -40°F (-40°C).
Included CPR heating cables in Ordinary area locations. This unit has programmable high and low tem-
perature alarm set points from -80°F (-62°C) to
• Enclosure Serves as Heating This unit is designed to provide local tempera- 1150°F (621°C).
Cable, A/C Power & Sensor ture control and monitoring for heat traced pipes
or tanks across a variety of industries and ap- The CTS employs a Soft Start feature that uses
Connection
plications and will switch 30 amperes of current. a proprietary software algorithm which reduces
• Works with CPR, CZH and CMi the inherent self-regulating in-rush current,
The CTS provides easy programming of the resulting in less nuisance tripping at cold tem-
Cable temperature set point, high and low temperature peratures. For added flexibility, the user may
alarms, the deadband, the temperature units, the disable the soft start feature.
• RoHS Compliant
soft start function and the alarm state through
the front panel push buttons. LED lights are A 100 Ohm platinum RTD is provided with a 3
• UL, cUL Listed foot (1 M) lead resulting in flexible mounting
provided for indication of power to the unit,
heater power on (load) and alarm status. A Fail options for the user.
Safe solid state alarm is included for wiring to
your building management system to indicate
32
CTS Series Features

• Pipe stand-off mount for direct pipe mounting.
Commercial • User Selectable Soft-Start Program
• Small Enclosure. The 6.25 inch by 6.25 inch • Integral wiring. The wiring of the heating cable,
Heat Trace Electronic enclosure houses the temperature control and
monitoring unit along with terminals for connect-
alarm, AC power line and the RTD sensor are
all accomplished within the enclosure. This
Thermostat ing instrument power, heating cable and RTD. feature reduces both labor and material costs by
eliminating the need for an additional heat trace
(cont’d.) • 100 Ohm platinum RTD which can be pipe

mounted or can be used to sense ambient air
power connection kit as well as the time for the
additional wiring.
temperature.
PCN Model
512049 CTS
Specifications
512057 CTS-DC
Accessories Operating Voltage 120 to 277 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
PCN Model Operating Temperature
514220 CTS-WMB Wall Mount Kit - Ordinary Areas -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)
514263 RTD Extension Wire (50 ft/15m) Input 100 Ohm platinum RTD
Output 30 amp solid state relay
Applications Alarms High temp to 1150°F (621°C)
• Freeze Protection of Piping Low temp to -80°F (-62°C)
• Process Temperature Maintenance RTD Failure
• Tank Freeze Protection Red LED alarm status indicator on front panel
• Tank Process Temperature Maintenance Solid State Alarm Rating - AC 12-277 VAC, 1.8 Amps RMS - Customer Supplied
Solid State Alarm Rating - DC 0-42 VDC, 1.8 Amps RMS- Customer Supplied
Environments
Alarm Function: Mode Default Optional
• Ordinary Areas
Normal Operation Closed Open
Alarm Condition Open Closed
Sensors Power Off Open Open
• 100 OHM PT RTD Deadband 1°F (or ˚C) to 100°F (or ˚C), programmable
• Probe Length = 4" (10.2 cm)
Set Points -80°F to 1100°F programmable (-62˚C to 593˚C)
• Probe Diameter = 1/4" (6.35 mm)
• Leadwire Length = 3ft (1 M)* Units of Temperature ˚F or ˚C, selectable
* The maximum allowable length of the RTD
wire is 50ft (15m) in order to remain UL/cUL Control Mode On/Off control
compliant. Soft Start User selectable integral soft start, patent pending
software algorithm, which eliminates nuisance breaker
tripping associated with self-regulating cable in-rush
Current Approvals
• UL, cUL Listed for Ordinary Areas
33
Heating Cable
RBF
Heat Trace
or Pipe Sensor
• Heat Trace or Pipe Sensing
Applications
• 316 Stainless Steel Sheath Cold Leg
• Moisture Resistant Heads

Hot Leg
• 3/4” or 1/2” NPT Threaded
Extension Wire Opening
Mounting Pad
• 4” to 8” Cold Leg Standard for
Varying Insulation Depths
Common Range (˚F)
• 100 ohm RTD, ± .12% Accuracy Model Sensor Insulation Junction Min Max
RBF185M-HT RTD Fiberglass -100 900
• Fiberglass Insulated RTD Probe
Sheath Leg Lengths
• RTD or Universal Transmitter Code Hot Cold
Available (Must Specify 304 3” 4”
Temperature Range) 306 3” 6”
308 3” 8”

Code Mounting Pads

18RD Fits All Pipe Sizes*
Description

Code Connection Heads
For measuring the surface temperature of
31SB/C Aluminum
process piping that is carrying products
49SB/C Flip top Aluminum Head
whose temperatures must be controlled to
91SB/C 316L Stainless Steel
prevent freeze-up, or to maintain a viscosity
93SB/C Aluminum
level so that the inner medium will flow. The
94SB/C 316L Stainless Steel
RTD Sensor Element is made up with a 316SS
sheath, and with a stainless steel mounting RBF-185M-HT 304 18RD 31SB/C
pad. Cold legs are available in customer speci-
*Mounting pads conform to pipe with pipe clamps †
Replaces RBF185M-HT-0304-18RD-71SB/C
fied lengths to accommodate pipe insulation
thickness.
In Stock:
Stock
Model PCN Status
RBF185M-HT-304-18RD-31SB/C 317315 ST
RBF185M-HT-304-18RD-93SB/C 317340 ST
RBF185M-HT-304-18RD-49SB/C 399517 NS
RBF185M-HT-304-18RD-91SB/C 317323 NS
Approvals Chart RBF185M-HT-304-18RD-94SB/C 399550 NS
Approval Agency
Connection
Head FM CSA ATEX IECEx
31SB/C N/A N/A N/A N/A
93SB/C Class I Division 1; Groups A,B,C,D Class I Division 1; Groups A,B,C,D DIP Ex II 2 GD Ex db IIC Gb;
DIP Class II Division 1; Groups E,F,G Class II Division 1; Groups E,F,G Class Ex db IIC Gb; Ex tb IIIC Db; IP66
Class III; Type 4/4X III; Type 4/4X Class I Zone 1 AEx d IIC Ex tb IIIC Db; IP66 Ta = -20°C to 100°C
Gb; Zone 21 Aex tb IIIC Db; IP66
94SB/C Class I Division 1; Groups A,B,C,D Class I Division 1; Groups A,B,C,D DIP Ex II 2 GD Ex db IIC Gb;
DIP Class II Division 1; Groups E,F,G Class II Division 1; Groups E,F,G Class Ex db IIC Gb; Ex tb IIIC Db; IP66
Class III; Type 4/4X III; Type 4/4X Class I Zone 1 AEx d IIC Ex tb IIIC Db; IP66 Ta = -20°C to 100°C
Gb; Zone 21 Aex tb IIIC Db; IP66
G-98
Heating Cable
RBF-HT
RTD Heat
Trace Sensors
• RTD for Heat Trace Applications
• -76°F (-60°C) to 400°F (204°C)

Temperature Range
• 316 Stainless Steel Sheath
• 100 ohm RTD, =.00385 ohms/°C
• ±1°F(0.5°C) Accuracy at 32°F

(0°C)
Description
• 1/2”(12.7mm) conduit fitting
The Chromalox RTD-HT sensors are used for
• Available in 3’, 10’, 50’ Lengths measuring the surface temperature of process
piping that is carrying products whose
• SS Flex Armor outer shield temperature must be controlled to prevent
freeze-up, or to maintain viscosity level so that
• 3”L x 3/16” D Probe the inner medium will flow. The RTD sensor
element is made up with a 316 SS sheath and
can be installed directly to a controller or junc-
tion box using the 1/2” conduit fitting.
Model Description PCN Stock Status
RBF185L383-003-00-18-T3A036-Z-018-2,Z(Z371) 3’ (1 m) Flexible Armor, 18” (457 mm) leads 399031 NS
RBF185L383-003-00-18-T3A120-Z-018-2,Z(Z371) 10’ (3 m) Flexible Armor, 18” (457 mm) leads 399040 NS
RBF185L383-003-00-18-T3A600-Z-018-2,Z(Z371) 50’ (15.2 m) Flexible Armor, 18” (457 mm) leads 399058 NS
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
G-99
Heating Cable
GIC-AMB
Ambient Heat
Trace Sensor
• RTD for Heat Trace Applications
• -76°F (-60°C) to 400°F (204°C)

Temperature Range
• Copper Sheath probe protected

by vented 304 SS guard
• 100 ohm RTD, = .00385 ohms/°C
• ±1°F (0.5°C) Accuracy at 32°F

(0°C) Description
• 1/2”(12.7mm) NPT fitting The Chromalox GIC-AMB sensor is used for
measuring the ambient air temperature to
• .5/8”L x 1/4” D Probe prevent freeze-up of process piping that is
carrying products whose temperature must be
kept above freezing so that the inner medium
will flow. The RTD sensor element is made
up with a Copper sheath and can be installed
directly to a controller or junction box using
the 1/2” NPT conduit fitting. The 304 SS guard
protects the probe against accidental damage.
Model PCN Stock Status
GIC-AMB 392497 S
2.1”
(152)
6” 1.1”
(152) (27.9)
.25” (6.3)
.63”
(16)
G-100
Heating Cable
2200 Series
Pre-Insulated Tubing
• Compact Design
• Low Heat Loss
• Light, Durable, Easy to Handle
• Zero Maintenance
• Employee Protection
• Continuous Lengths up to 1000

Feet (305 m)
• Easy to Install
The Chromalox Series 2200 pre-insulated • Steam Supply Lines
• Cost Savings of up to 50% Over tubing is a thermally insulated transportation • Condensate Return Lines
Field Fabrication line suitable for steam, gas or liquid transport.
Each line is comprised of the following ele- • Gas Transport Lines
• Low Chloride Content ments: • Liquid Transport Lines
• Process tube
• Moisture-resistant, non-wicking, inorganic
fibrous glass thermal insulation Options
• Weather protective, lead-free, low-tempera-
ture PVC jacket • Choice of Outer Jacket:
LT-FRPVC
The energy-efficient design provides for
FR-TPE
nominal jacket surface temperatures of
FR-Urethane
140˚F (60˚C) or lower at 80˚F (26˚C) ambient
conditions, while transporting 400˚F (204˚C) • Fibrous Glass Thermal Insulation
saturated steam. Higher temperature designs • Process Tube
for applications of up to 1000˚F (537.8˚C) are Standard Tube Materials Include:
available in product Series 2210. Welded or Seamless 316 SS
DHP Copper #122
PFA Fluoropolymer
TUBE BUNDLE
Accessories
Pre Insulated Tubing Accessories
Seal-Tite End Boots
Uniseal Cable Entry Seals
4.5” Length
7.0” Length
UnicutTM
End Sealant
3 oz. tube
End Sealant 10.3 oz. Cartridge
Seal Patch Kits
8” x 8” Self-Sealing Patch
8” x 8” Self-Sealing Roll
G-101
Heating Cable
2200 Series Heat Loss vs. Ambient for Various Steam Pressures
60
Pre-Insulated Tubing 50
(cont’d.)
HEAT LOSS - BTU/HR-FT.

150psig 232psig
40
120psig
30psig 60psig
30
15psig
20
10
0
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100
AMBIENT TEMP (˚F)
Heat Loss Multipliers

2200 2200 2200 2200
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4"
1.0 1.3 1.5 1.9
Product Specifications
Working
Tube Standard Wall Pressure Nom. Heat Nom. Nom. Wt. Min. Bend
O.D. Thickness*** Material (1) ASTM @400˚F Loss @ 400˚F Bundle O.D. Lbs/ft. Radius
3/8” .032” #122 Copper B-68 B-75 450 psi 50 BTU/hr/ft 1.05” 0.4 10”
1/4” .035” 316-S/S WLD A-269 5170 psi** 42 BTU/hr/ft 0.92” 0.3 9”
1/4” .040” PFA D-6867 30 psi** 42 BTU/hr/ft 0.92” 0.2 9”
3/8” .062” PFA D-6867 40 psi** 50 BTU/hr/ft 1.05” 0.3 10”
1/2” .062” PFA D-6867 30 psi** 59 BTU/hr/ft 1.17” 0.3 12”
NOTES:
Nominal jacket surface temperature 104˚F (60˚C) @ 80˚F (26˚C) ambient and 400˚F tube operating temperature
Metric available 6.8 and 10 mm O.D. x 1 mm WT Standard
** Values given are for welded; seamless slightly higher
***Heavier wall thickness available upon request
(1) Other tube materials available
Standard Jacket is Black, 105˚C lead free, LT-FRPVC
Alternate Jacket Materials – 125˚C FR-TPE, FR Urethane
G-102
Heating Cable
2210 Series
Pre-Insulated Tubing
• Compact Design
• Consistent Heat Loss
• Light, Durable, Easy to Handle
• Zero Maintenance
• Employee Protection
• Continuous Lengths up to 1000

Feet (305 m)
• Easy to Install
The Chromalox Series 2210 pre-insulated • Steam Supply Lines
• Cost Savings of up to 50% Over tubing is a thermally insulated transportation • Gas Transport Lines
Field Fabrication line suitable for steam, gas or liquid transport.
Each line is comprised of the following ele- • Liquid Transport Lines
ments:
• Metal process tube Jacket Material
• Moisture-resistant, non-wicking, inorganic
Standard jacket is a 105˚C rated, lead free, low
fibrous glass thermal insulation
temperature FRPVC. Flame retardant FRTPE
• Weather protective, flame retardant, lead- and FR-Urethane are also available.
free, low-temperature PVC jacket
Tubing
Tubing, insulation and outer jacket materials
are selected to meet the customer’s specific Welded or Seamless Type 316 and Type 316L
application. meeting ASTM A-269 or ASTM A-213 A-213
EAW (except average wall) for special applica-
The bundles are designed to maintain an tions. A wide range of high temperature tubing
average outer jacket temperature below 170˚F materials are available. Contact your local
(77˚C) at continuous operating temperatures sales representative for additional information.
up to 700˚F (371˚C). Bundles can be designed
for applications up to 1100˚F (593˚C). Please
note that tubing sizes and materials are limited
TUBE BUNDLE
in design for applications above 700˚F.
Accessories
Pre Insulated Tubing Accessories
Seal-Tite End Boots
Uniseal Cable Entry Seals
4.5” Length
7.0” Length
UnicutTM
End Sealant
3 oz. tube
End Sealant 10.3 oz. Cartridge
Sealing Patch Kits
8” x 8” Self-Sealing Patch
8” x 8” Self-Sealing Roll
G-103
Heating Cable
2210 Series
Technical Specifications - 2210 High Temperature Pre-Insulated Tubing
Min. Ben Average
OP Tube Tube Wall Bundle Weight/Ft Radius Jacket Tube WP
Pre-Insulated Tubing Temp OD Size (In.) OD (In.) Lbs/Ft (In.) Temp. (PSIG)
500 1/4" 0.035 1.12 0.37 9 <140 5600
(cont’d.) 500 3/8" 0.035 1.43 0.48 11 <140 3600
500 1/2" 0.035 1.54 0.53 12 <140 2650
500 3/4" 0.049 2.00 0.72 16 <140 1700
600 1/4" 0.035 1.50 0.44 12 <140 4250
600 3/8" 0.035 1.60 0.49 13 <140 2720
600 1/2" 0.035 1.90 0.54 15 <140 2000
100
600 3/4" 0.049 2.20 0.73 18 <140 1860
750 1/4" 0.03595 2.00 0.72 16 140 3980
750 3/8" 0.03590 2.50 0.75 20 145 2550
3/4” (Max 750˚F)
750 1/2" 0.03585 2.75 0.80 22 145 1870
HEAT LOSS (BTU/HR-FT.)

750 3/4" 0.04980 3.30 1.00 24 150 1740
1/2”
1100 1/4" 0.035 3.00 0.73 24 190 3320
75
1100 3/8" 0.035 3.30 0.73 24 200 2100
1100 1/2" 0.03570 3.50
3/8” 0.81 24 215 1500
1100 3/4" not available
65 -- -- -- -- --
Notes: 60 1/4”
(1) Weight does not include shipping wheel
(2) Minimum unsupported bend 55
(3) Average calculated at maximum50continuous operating temperature and 80˚F ambient
(4) Working pressure from AISI B31.3 Tables for 0.035” wall seamless T316 tubing at maximum
operating temperature, rounded to-40 -20
the nearest 50 psi 0 20 40 60 80
AMBIENT TEMP (˚F)
Average Heat Loss vs. Ambient Temperature for Various Average Jacket Temperature vs. Ambient for Various
Tube OD's at 400˚F Tube Temperature Tube OD's at 400˚F Tube Temperature
100 140
95
120
90
3/4” (Max 750˚F) 100
85
HEAT LOSS (BTU/HR-FT.)
3/4” (Max 750˚F)

JACKET TEMP (˚F)
80 1/2” 80
75 1/2”
60
70 3/8” 3/8”
65 40
60 1/4” 1/4”
20
55
50 0
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80
AMBIENT TEMP (˚F)
AMBIENT TEMP (˚F)
Jacket Temperature Multipliers Heat Loss Multipliers

Process Temperature Multiplier Process Temperature Multiplier
500140 1.0 500 1.0
600120 1.1 600 1.1
750 1.2 750 1.2
100
1000 3/4” (Max 750˚F) 1.8 1000 1.8
JACKET TEMP (˚F)
80
1/2”
60
G-104 3/8”
40
Heating Cable
2256 LTM
2266 LTM
Low Temperature
Maintenance
Self-Regulating
Electric Traced Tubing
2256 LTM 2266 LTM
• Process Tube(s)
Description
• Low Temperature, Self-
Regulating Heating Element with The Chromalox Series 2256/2266 Low Tempera- control wires can be supplied in FM Approved
ture Maintenance (LTM) Self-Regulating Electric bundles. The Self-Regulating Heating Element
Tinned Copper Braid
Traced Tubing is a thermally insulated fluid is approved by CSA for pipe and vessel tracing
transport line for use in applications requiring applications under designations 3A, 3B, 3C, 5A
• Heat-Reflecting Foil Wrap
freeze protection or condensation prevention. and 5B in Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and
D hazardous locations.
• Moisture-Resistant, Non- The energy-efficient design provides for tem-
Wicking, Inorganic Fibrous perature maintenance of 40˚F (4˚C) at -40˚F
Glass Thermal Insulation (-40˚C) ambient. The standard product is avail- Applications
able with a 5 watt per foot, 120 VAC or 240 VAC • Analyzer and instrument lines
• Choice of Weather Protective self-regulating heating element. • Small diameter process lines
Jacket • Impulse lines
Bundles in this Series use FM Approved heaters • Freeze protect condensate return lines
for use in Class I Division 2, Group B, C, and D;
Class II Division 2, Group F, and G; and Class III,
Division 2 Hazardous areas. Optional power and
Additional Features
• Pre-insulated and pre-fabricated for instal-
lation costs up to 40% lower than field
fabrication.
• Pre-engineered for reduced design cost and Standard Products
predictable operational characteristics
Tube OD Tube Type Heater
• Bundles can contain integral power and
signal wires that are pre-approved for use in 1/4 x 0.035 Wld 316/316L SS 5/120 LTM
hazardous locations. 3/8 x 0.035 Wld 316/316L SS 5/120 LTM
1/2 x 0.035 Wld 316/316L SS 5/120 LTM
TUBE BUNDLE
• Bundles are lightweight and easy to bend 1/4 x 0.035 SMLS 316/316L SS 5/120 LTM
• Smaller OD than field fabricated lines means 3/8 x 0.035 SMLS 316/316L SS 5/120 LTM
better use of mounting space. 1/2 x 0.035 SMLS 316/316L SS 5/120 LTM
1/2 x 0.035 #122 DHP Copper 5/120 LTM
• Maintenance-free – no open seams, no gaps
in insulation. 1/2 x 0.062 PFA Fluoropolymer 5/120 LTM
(2) 1/2 x 0.035 Wld 316/316L SS 5/120 LTM
• Consistent and predictable thermal charac- (2) 1/2 x 0.035 SMLS 316/316L SS 5/120 LTM
teristics
*Custom configurations available. Consult factory.
Breaker Sizing v. Maximum Circuit Length – feet (meters)

15A 20A 30A
If started 120V 240V 120V 240V 120V 240V
@ 50˚F 185 (56) 375 (114) 250 (76) 505 (153) 270 (82) 540 (164)
@ 0˚ F 135 (41) 270 (82) 180 (54) 360 (109) 270 (82) 540 (164)
@ -20˚F 120 (36) 245 (74) 160 (48) 325 (99) 245 (74) 490 (149)
G-105
Heating Cable
2256 LTM
Technical Specifications
Heater Type Self-Regulating
2266 LTM Heater Insulation

Max. Heater Exposure Temp.
Polyolefin
185˚F (85˚C)
Low Temperature Circuit Length

270 feet @ 120 VAC
540 feet @ 240 VAC
Maintenance Bus Wire Size (AWG) 16
Self-Regulating Power Output: 120 VAC or 240 VAC
Alternate Voltage
5 watts/foot @50˚F
240 VAC self-regulating heaters may be operated
Electric Traced Tubing at alternative voltages.
Adjustment factor: 208 VAC 76%
(cont’d.) 277 VAC 128%
Temperature Rating per N.E.C. 500 T5
2256 Self Regulating Heater - LTM

140
120
Tube Temp (˚F)
1/4” Tube
100
3/8” Tube
80
1/2” Tube
3/4” Tube
60
40
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80
AMBIENT TEMP (˚F)
Product Specifications 2256/2266 LTM/HTM
Tube Standard Wall Working Pressure Nominal Nom. Wt Max. Bend

O.D. Thickness*** Material (1) ASTM @200˚F Bundle O.D. Lbs/ft. Radius
1/4” .030” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 1270 psi 1.35” 0.4 8”
3/8” .032” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 880 psi 1.40” 0.5 9”
1/2” .035” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 710 psi 1.50” 0.6 10”
3/4” .049” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 660 psi 1.65” 0.9 12”
1/4” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 4470 psi** 1.35” 0.56 8”
3/8” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 2860 psi** 1.40” 0.60 9”
1/2” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 2100 psi** 1.50” 0.65 10”
1/4” .040” PFA D-6867 75 psi** 1.35” 0.50 8”
3/8” .062” PFA D-6867 50 psi** 1.40” 0.53 9”
1/2” .062” PFA D-6867 75 psi** 1.50” 0.60 10”
Notes:
Minimum recommended installation temperature for PVC -25˚F (-32˚C) Standard Jacket is Black, 105˚C lead free, LT-FRPVC
** Values given are for welded, seamless slightly higher Alternate Jacket Materials – 125˚C FR-TPE, FRPE, FR-Urethane
***Heavier wall thickness available upon request LTM Product Rating: 185˚F (85˚C)
(1) Other tube materials available HTM Product Rating: 250˚F (121˚C)
G-106
Heating Cable
2256 HTM
2266 HTM
High Temperature
Maintenance
Self-Regulating
2256 HTM 2266 HTM
• Single or Multiple Process
Tube(s) Description Applications
The Chromalox Series 2256/2266 High Tem- • Analyzer and instrument lines
• High Temperature, Self- perature Maintenance (HTM) Self-Regulating • Small diameter process lines
Regulating Heating Element with Electric Traced Tubing is a thermally insulated • Impulse lines
Tinned-Copper Braid fluid transport line for use in applications
requiring freeze protection, viscosity mainte-
Additional Features
• Heat-Reflecting Foil Wrap nance, or condensation prevention, where the
line may be cleaned or purged using steam or • Pre-insulated and pre-fabricated for instal-
• Moisture-Resistant, Non- hot gasses. lation costs up to 40% lower than field
fabrication.
Wicking, Inorganic Fibrous The energy-efficient design provides for tem-
Glass Thermal Insulation perature maintenance of up to 100˚F (38˚C) at • Pre-engineered for reduced design cost and
-40˚F (-40˚C) ambient. The standard product predictable operational characteristics
• Choice of Weather Protective is available with a 5 watt per foot, 120 VAC or • Bundles can contain integral power and
Jacket 240 VAC self-regulating heating element. The signal wires that are pre-approved for use in
heating element will withstand exposure to hazardous locations.
temperatures of up to 366˚F (185˚C) allowing
• Bundles are lightweight and easy to bend
the process tubes to be steam purged with
150 psig saturated steam. Bundles in this • Smaller OD than field fabricated lines means
Series use FM Approved heaters for use in better use of mounting space.
Class I Division 2, Group B, C, and D; Class • Maintenance-free – no open seams, no gaps
II Division 2, Group F, and G; and Class III, in insulation.
Division 2 Hazardous areas. Optional power
and control wires can be supplied in FM • Consistent and predictable thermal charac-
Approved bundles. The Self-Regulating Heat- teristics
ing Element is approved by CSA for pipe and
vessel tracing applications under designations
3A, 3B, 3C, 5A and 5B in Class 1, Division 2,
TUBE BUNDLE
Groups A, B, C and D hazardous locations.
Standard Products
Tube OD Tube Type Heater
1/4 x 0.035 316 SMLS SS 5/240
3/8 x 0.035 316 SMLS SS 5/240
1/2 x 0.035 316 SMLS SS 5/240
(2) 1/2 x 0.035 316 SMLS SS 5/240
*Custom configurations available. Consult factory.
Breaker Sizing v. Maximum Circuit Length – feet (meters)

15A 20A 30A
If started 120V 240V 120V 240V 120V 240V
@ 50˚F 180 (54) 360 (109) 240 (73) 480 (146) 360 (109) 720 (219)
@ 0˚ F 165 (50) 325 (99) 220 (67) 430 (131) 330 (106) 645 (196)
@ -20˚F 155 (47) 310 (94) 210 (64) 415 (126) 310 (94) 620 (188)
G-107
Heating Cable
2256 HTM
Heater Type Self-Regulating
2266 HTM Heater Insulation

Max. Continuous Exposure Temp. (Power-On)
Fluoropolymer
250˚F (121˚C)
High Temperature Max. Exposure Temp (Power Off)
Circuit Length
366˚F (185˚C)
240 feet @ 120 VAC
Maintenance 480 feet @ 240 VAC
Self-Regulating Bus Wire Size (AWG)

Power Output
16
5 watts/foot @ 50˚F
Alternate Voltage
120 VAC or 240 VAC
240 VAC self-regulating heaters may be operated
(cont’d.) at alternative voltages.
Adjustment Factor 208 VAC 78%
277 VAC 109%
Temperature Rating per N.E.C. 500 T3
2256 Self Regulating Heater - HTM

160
140
1/4” Tube
120
Tube Temp (˚F)
3/8” Tube
100
1/2” Tube
80
3/4” Tube
60
40
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80
AMBIENT TEMP (˚F)
Product Specifications 2256/2266 HTM/HTM

1/4” .030” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 1270 psi 1.35” 0.4 8”
3/8” .032” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 880 psi 1.40” 0.5 9”
1/2” .035” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 710 psi 1.50” 0.6 10”
3/4” .049” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 660 psi 1.65” 0.9 12”
1/4” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 4470 psi** 1.35” 0.56 8”
3/8” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 2860 psi** 1.40” 0.60 9”
1/2” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 2100 psi** 1.50” 0.65 10”
1/4” .040” PFA D-6867 75 psi** 1.35” 0.50 8”
3/8” .062” PFA D-6867 50 psi** 1.40” 0.53 9”
1/2” .062” PFA D-6867 75 psi** 1.50” 0.60 10”
Notes:
G-108
Heating Cable
2252 CPD
2262 CPD
Constant Wattage
• Single or Multiple Process
tube(s)
• Constant Wattage Heating

Element with Tinned-Copper 2252 CPD 2262 CPD
Braid
• Heat Reflective Foil Wrap Description

Constant Wattage Electric Traced Tub- pipe and vessel tracing applications under
• Moisture-Resistant, Non- ing – Chromalox Series 2252/2262 Constant designations 3A, 3B, 3C, 5A and 5B in Class
Wicking, Inorganic Fibrous Wattage (CWM) Electric Traced Tubing is a 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D hazardous
Glass Thermal Insulation thermally insulated fluid transport line for locations.
use in applications requiring freeze protec-
• Choice of Weather Protective tion, temperature maintenance, or viscosity
Applications
Jacket maintenance of liquids or gasses. Each line is
comprised of the following elements: • Stack gas sampling lines
• Single or Multiple process tube(s) • Analyzer and instrument lines
• Constant Wattage Heating Element with • Small diameter process lines
Tinned-Copper Braid • Impulse lines
• Heat reflective foil wrap
• Moisture-resistant, non-wicking, inorganic Additional Features
fibrous glass thermal insulation
• Choice of weather protective jacket • Pre-insulated and pre-fabricated for instal-
lation costs up to 40% lower than field
The Constant Wattage Heating Element allows fabrication.
for a wide range of temperature maintenance • Pre-engineered for reduced design cost and
applications. The standard product is available predictable operational characteristics
with an 12 watt per foot, 120 VAC heater and • Bundles can contain integral power and
will maintain a single process tube above signal wires that are pre-approved for use in
200˚F (93˚C) at a -40˚F (-40˚C) ambient. hazardous locations.
• Bundles are lightweight and easy to bend
Bundles in this Series are FM Approved for
• Smaller OD than field fabricated lines means
use in Class I Division 2, Group B, C, and D;
better use of mounting space.
TUBE BUNDLE
Class II Division 2, Group F, and G; and Class
• Maintenance-free – no open seams, no gaps
III, Division 2 Hazardous areas. Optional
in insulation.
power and control wires can be supplied in
• Consistent and predictable thermal charac-
FM Approved bundles. The Constant Watt-
teristics
age Heating Element is approved by CSA for
Standard Products
Tube OD Tube Material Heater
1/4x0.035 WLD 316/316L SS 12/120 CPD
1/4x0.040 PFA Fluoropolymer 12/120 CPD
1/4x0.035 SMLS 316/316L SS 12/120 CPD
3/8x0.035 WLD 316/316L SS 12/120 CPD
3/8x0.062 PFA Fluoropolymer 12/120 CPD
3/8x0.035 SMLS 316/316L SS 12/120 CPD
G-109
Heating Cable
2252 CPD
Technical Specifications Electric Traced Tubing Accessories
Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications Product No.
Heater Type Constant Wattage Seal-Tite End Boots
2262 CPD Heater Insulation

Max. Heater
PFA 600 V Rated Single Tube
Dual Tube
562353020
562640038
Constant Wattage Exposure Temp. 446˚F (230˚C) Uniseal Cable Entry Seals
for Bundles to 1.375” OD 562353013
Circuit Length 200 ft (61m) or greater for Bundles to 2.62” OD 562353023
Electric Traced Tubing Bus Wire Size 12 AWG Unicut™ Bundle
Jacket Cutter 562640029
(cont’d.) Power Output

12 wt/ft @ 50˚F 120 VAC
12 wt/ft @ 50˚F 208 VAC RTV Silicone End Sealant
12 wt/ft @ 50˚F 240 VAC 3 oz. tube 562640034
12 wt/ft @ 50˚F 277 VAC 10.3 oz. Cartridge 562640035
Max. Jacket Surface Seal Patch Kits
Temp. at 400˚F (204˚C) 8” x 8” Patch 562640030
Tube Temp. & 80˚F 8” x 8’ Roll 562640031
(27˚C) ambient 140˚F (60˚C)
Electrical Connection Kit
Temperature Rating with connection box 562640040
per N.E.C. 500 T2C
Line Sensing Thermostat
Ordinary Locations 305322
Hazardous Locations 384112
Ambient Sensing Thermostat
340 Ordinary Locations 305365
Hazardous Locations 384104
320
Product Specifications 2252/2262 CPD 300

1/4” Tube
Tube Temp (˚F)
Tube Standard Wall Working

280 Pressure Nominal Nom. Wt Max. Bend
O.D. Thickness*** Material (1) ASTM @400˚F 3/8” TubeO.D.
Bundle Lbs/ft. Radius
1/4” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 4225 psi**
260 1.33” 0.56 8”
3/8” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 2700 psi** 1.40”
1/2” Tube 0.60 9”
1/2” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 240
1980 psi** 1.50” 0.65 10”
1/4” .040” PFA D-6867 30 psi** 1.33” 0.50 8”
220
3/8” .062” PFA D-6867 40 psi** 1.40” 0.53 9”
1/2” .062” PFA D-6867 20030 psi** 1.50” 0.60 10”
Notes: -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80
Minimum recommended installation temperature for PVC -25˚F (-32˚C) Standard Jacket is Black, 105C leadAMBIENT
free, LT-FRPVC
TEMP (˚F)
***Heavier wall thickness available upon request Product Rating: 400˚F (204˚C)
(1) Other tube materials available
2252 CPD Heater 2262 CPD Heater

340 320
320 300
280
300 1/4” Tube
1/4” Tube 260
Tube Temp (˚F)
Tube Temp (˚F)
280 240
3/8” Tube 3/8” Tube
260 220
1/2” Tube 200
240 1/2” Tube
180
220
160
200 140
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80
AMBIENT TEMP (˚F) AMBIENT TEMP (˚F)
G-110
Heating Cable
2211-2213 Single or Multiple

Single & Multiple Weather-resistant
Outer Jacket
Process Tubes
Process Tube Heavy

Steam Traced Bundles
for High Temperature
Applications
Single
steam
• Preinsulated and prefabricated tracer tube
for fast, easy installation.
Tubing and Jacket
Thermal Insulation
• Low heat loss Materials Selected based
on Customer Application
• Personnel Protection
Description Material Selections

Chromalox 2211/2213 pre-insulated steam Tubing:
traced tubing consists of single or multiple
process tubes; a single tracer tube; thermal • Welded or Seamless Type 316 and Type
insulation and covered by a weather resistant, 316L meeting ASTM A-269
flame retardant outer jacket. • Seamless Type 316 meeting ASTM A-213
These products are designed for heavy tracing (except average wall)
of process, sampling and impulse lines to help Materials available by special order:
prevent freezing, to decrease fluid viscos-
ity, and to protect against low temperature • Seamless Type 316 and Type 316H meeting
degradation. ASTM A-213
The bundles are designed to maintain an aver- Jacket Material:

age jacket temperature below 160˚F at continu- • Standard material is a 105˚C rated PVC. This
ous operating temperatures up to 700˚F. is also available in a low temperature version
Bundles can be designed for applications up to for applications where installation tempera-
1100˚F. Tubing size and materials are limited in ture could be as low as -20˚F.
TUBE BUNDLE
applications above 700˚F. • For 700˚F and higher process tube tempera-
tures, a 125˚C rated Thermoplastic Elasto-
Applications mer is recommended.
• Analyzer and Instrument lines
• Thermoplastic Polyurethane is also available
• Small diameter Process lines for special applications.
• Impulse lines - D/P Cells
• All jacket materials are UV and weather
resistant as well as flame retardant.
G-111
Heating Cable
2211-2213
Typical Bundle Properties
Single & Multiple Process Tube
OD (In.)
Bundle OD
(In)
Weight/Ft
(lbs/ft2)
Min. Bend
Radius (In)2
Avg. Temp
Jacket ˚F
Tube Working
Pressure (psig)4
Process Tube Heavy 500˚F (Continuous) Rated Bundles
3/8 1.82 0.75 11 <140 3600
Steam Traced Bundles 2 x 3/8 2.05 0.95 13 <140 3600
for High Temperature 1/2
2 x 1/2
2.15
2.35
0.95
1.25
13
14
<140
<140
2650
2650
Applications 700˚F (Continuous) Rated Bundles
3/8 3.05 1.30 19 145 3250
(cont’d.) 2 x 3/8 3.10 1.45 19 145 3250
1/2 3.20 1.45 20 150 2400
2 x 1/2 3.35 1.70 21 155 2400
1000˚F (Continuous) Rated Bundles
3/8 3.20 1.55 25 180 3050
2 x 3/8 3.45 1.60 25 185 3050
1/2 3.40 1.55 25 190 2250
2 x 1/2 3.55 1.90 25 200 2250
1. Weight does not include shipping reel.
2. Minimum unsupported bend with standard jacket
3. Average calculated at maximum continuous operating temperature and 80˚F ambient.
4. Working pressure from ASME B31.3 Tables for 0.035" wall seamless T316 tubing at maximum operating tempera-
ture, rounded to nearest 50 psi.
Product Specifications 2256/2266 LTM/HTM

1/4” .030” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 1270 psi 1.35” 0.4 8”
3/8” .032” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 880 psi 1.40” 0.5 9”
1/2” .035” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 710 psi 1.50” 0.6 10”
3/4” .049” #122 DHP Copper B-68 B-75 660 psi 1.65” 0.9 12”
1/4” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 4470 psi** 1.35” 0.56 8”
3/8” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 2860 psi** 1.40” 0.60 9”
1/2” .035” 316/316L-S/S WLD A-269 2100 psi** 1.50” 0.65 10”
1/4” .040” PFA D-6867 75 psi** 1.35” 0.50 8”
3/8” .062” PFA D-6867 50 psi** 1.40” 0.53 9”
1/2” .062” PFA D-6867 75 psi** 1.50” 0.60 10”
Notes:
G-112
Heating Cable
Tubing Bundle
Accessories UniCut T150 Cutter
The ideal cutter for pre-insulated and
pre-fabricated tubing bundles, the
• UniCut T150 Self-Sealing Patch
Chromalox Unicut T150 is designed to
• Replaceable High-Carbon, quickly and easily cut through tubing
Fluoropolymer Coated Steel bundles. The Unicut allows anyone to
Blade make clean cuts through high density
• Tough, Durable Nylon Handles jacketing materials, slicing through
• Blade Closes into the Handle bundle jackets up to 2” O.D., polyethyl-
for Safe Carrying and Handling ene through 1-1/2“ I.D. and polybutyl-
• Small, Light and Easy to Carry ene and PVC through 1-1/4” I.D.
• Cuts Faster than a Ratchet
The Unicut utilizes a specific cutting
Cutter
technique to slice through non-metallic
tubing and bundles. The slicing action
• UniSeal Self-Sealing Patch is achieved by slightly rotating or rock-
ing the handles on the bundle while
• UniSeal Cable Entry Seals squeezing lightly. This technique is required only when cutting pre-insulated or pre-traced tubing
and plastic pipe. When cutting rubber hose and soft tubing, standard cutting techniques apply.
• End Sealant Accessory
• Seal-Tite End Boot Accessory
Part Number Description
562640029 One UniCut Tool and one extra blade
UniSeal Self-Sealing Patch

Designed for use with Chromalox
steam traced and pre-insulated tub-
ing bundles, this self-sealing patch
provides a weather-tight seal around
traced bundle ends, insulating and
protecting exposed tube ends.
TUBE BUNDLE
Each kit includes patch material made
of a self-sealing rubber compound,
fibrous glass thermal insulation, and
high temperature fiberglass insulat-
ing tape that allows for insulating the
complete system right up to the final
fittings or housing.

562640030 8"x8" Individual Self-Sealing Patch
562640031 8"x8' Self-Sealing Patch Roll
G-113
Heating Cable
Tubing Bundle UniSeal Cable Entry Seals

Accessories (cont’d.) Chomalox UniSeals are designed to
form a water and fume-tight seal at
the juncture of tube bundles/cables
and panel houses, connection boxes
or other enclosures. The three-piece
seal includes a rigid plastic nut, a
silicone O-Ring, and an internally
threaded nose. The threaded nose is
made of rigid and impact resistant
material while the seal is made of
heat shrinkable, modified polyolefin
materials.
Min. Expanded Max. Recovered

Part Number Length I.D. Nose I.D. Nose Nut I.D. Drill Size
562353013 4.50" 1.60" 0.75" 1.60" 2.00”
562353023 7.00" 2.75" 1.43" 2.90" 3.50"
End Sealant
Providing excellent resistance to weather, ozone,
oil, many chemicals and extreme temperatures
(-65˚F to 450˚F), Chromalox End Sealant is a paste
which forms a tough, rubbery seal upon exposure
to air. Simply the best way to seal Chromalox
tubing bundles.
Important Note: All Chromalox steam products
are sealed at the factory. These seals must be
maintained during storage and the bundle ends
sealed upon installation. Chromalox will not
assume liability for corrosion or damage to the
product caused by failure to maintain seals.
562640034 3 oz Tube
562640035 10.3 oz Cartridge
G-114
Heating Cable
Tubing Bundle
Seal-Tite End Boot Accessories

Seal-Tite End Boots provide the ultimate in Installation
protection for your tubing bundles – seal and
Each kit contains everything necessary for
terminate all exposed bundle ends with our
installation. Simply install the washers and
Seal-Tite End Boots. Chromalox Seal-Tite End
end boots according to the enclosed instruc-
Boots seal out moisture and fumes, providing
tions. Shrink-to-fit by using a heat gun. The
weather resistant, water tight protection for
heat activated, thermo-plastic adhesive sealant
terminating tube bundles, transitions, break-
produces a water-tight seal when used on
outs and splices. Seal-Tite End Boots also
standard plastic jacketing and leads as well
protect mechanical parts against corrosion
as steel, aluminum, copper, and electromet-
and abrasion.
ric insulating materials. Seal-Tite End Boots
Heat-shrinkable and easy to install, Seal-Tite effectively replace messy tapes, epoxies and
End Boots are made from a thermally stabi- encapsulations.
lized, modified polyolefin, and are available in
one to four leg configurations.
Minimum Base Maximum
Part Number Number of Legs I.D. (In.) I.D. Base (In.)
562353028 1 0.75” 2.00”
562353020 2 0.75” 2.00”
562640038 3 0.75” 2.40”
562640039 4 0.75” 2.65”
TUBE BUNDLE
G-115
Heating Cable
Tubing Bundle 1548 Series Electrical Connection Kits

Accessories (cont’d.) The 1548 Electrical Connection
Kits are designed to work with
Chromalox Electric Traced Tubing
Bundles including Series 2252/2262,
2256/2266 and 2F52/2F62.
The 562640040 Connection Kit
(pictured here) includes everything
necessary to make:
• One (1) input power connection, or
• One (1) input power splice connec-
tion, or
• One (1) input splice connection, or
• One (1) input power connection
with thermostat
• Two (2) termination connections
The 562640041 is identical to the 562640040 but does not include the conduit box. This kit is
intended for use with customer-supplied conduit boxes (Nationally Recognized Testing Labora-
tory Approved and meeting the requirements of ANSI/ISA-S82).
These electrical connection kits are approved by Factory Mutual for use in ordinary locations as
well as Class I, Division 2, Group B, C. and D; Class II, Division 2, Group F and G; and Class III,
Division 1 and 2 hazardous locations.
Connection Box Sizing
This chart shows the minimum connection box volume requirements (per NEC) for various types
of connections for different heating elements. The connection box supplied with the standard
562640040 Connection Kit has a volume of 10 cubic inches.
A properly sized (per NEC) and NRTL Approved enclosure, suitable for the intended area must be
used. Contact your Chromalox representative.
562640040 Electrical Connection Kit with Junction Box
562640041 Electrical Connection Kit without Junction Box
Circuit Wiring Size
Heater Type Connection Type 14GA 12GA 10GA 8GA

Self-Regulating Input Power Connection 7.5 8 8.5 9.5
Self-Regulating Input Power w/T’stat 9.25 9.75 10.25* 11.25*
Self-Regulating Input Power Splice 9 11.25* 12* 13*
Self-Regulating Heater Splice 7 7 7 7
Constant Wattage Input Power Connection 8.5 9 9.5 10.5
Constant Wattage Input Power w/T’stat 10.75* 11.25* 11.75* 12.75*
Constant Wattage Input Power Splice 13* 13.5* 14* 15*
Constant Wattage Heater Splice 9 9 9 9
Note: The NEC requires ground fault protection of equipment for each branch circuit supplying electric heating
equipment.
*The red values are not suitable for the shaded connection combinations shown.
G-116
Heating Cable
UTM
Universal Tank
Mounting Bracket
• Easy Install for Mounting

Chromalox Kits on Tanks
• Freeze Protection and Process

Heating Applications
• Compatible with U Series, DL

Series, HL Series, and MI Kits
• Stainless Steel Mounting Plate Description

• Silicone Adhesive for Strong The Chromalox UTM Universal Tank Mounting stainless steel for use in most corrosive in-
Adhesion to the Tank Surface Bracket is used for mounting U Series, DL dustrial environments. Kits are mounted to the
Series, HL Series or MI series kits on a tank bracket using supplied hardware (Power, Tee/
• Dimensions - 5” x 4.35” surface. The UTM in manufactured of 304 Splice and End Seal kits sold separately.).
(127 mm x 110.5 mm)
Tank Bracket Dimensions (In.)
5.00
4.00
Ø.10 THRU
HEAT TRACING
TYP OF 32
PRODUCTS
Ø.20 THRU
1.40 TYP OF 4
2.90
4.35
Accessories
Model PCN
Universal Tank Mount Bracket (UTM) 387410
G-1
HEATING CABLE
DL
Integrated
Temperature Controls
• Line or Ambient Sensing
Thermostats
• ElectroMechanical Control
• Rugged, Corrosion Resistant

Construction
• NEMA 4X Design with Corrosion

and Weather Resistant Ryton®
Construction
• Ambient Sensing Description

• 120 - 480 Vac
• 0 - 225°F Temp. Rating The DL Series Single Point On/Off Temperature • Stainless Steel Sensor Sheath
Controls from Chromalox represent the state of
• 9/16" OD x 4" SS Probe • Hermetically Sealed Switches on EP
the art in heat tracing and are available in five
• Ordinary & Hazardous Area models permit control in Div. 2
models to handle a broad range of applications.
(Div. 2) Approvals Models include two ambient sensing thermo-
hazardous areas
stats, two line sensing thermostats and a line • Stainless Steel Hardware to ensure
• Bulb & Capillary sensing solid state controller. These high-quality the integrity of the system
• 120 - 480 Vac models combine temperature control and power • Cable Terminations inside enclosure
• 0 - 400°F Setpoint Range connection in a convenient, easy to use and reduce installation time and cost
• 1/4" OD x 7-1/4" SS Bulb economical package.
and 3 Ft. Capillary • Liquid Tight Design prevents
• Ordinary & Hazardous Area moisture from reaching the electri-
(Div. 2) Approvals Applications cal connections. All models are
rated NEMA 4X.
• Hydrocarbon and Chemical
Product Piping
Approvals 2
• Process Temperature Maintenance
UL, CSA, FM is carried by most
• Fluid Flow and Viscosity Maintenance models, consult specific product
• Freeze Protection information.
AND CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
UL Listed for ordinary areas
Features CSA Certified for ordinary and:
• Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
• Integrated Controls and Power
• Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F, G
Connections reduce installation
hardware FM Approved for ordinary and:
• Molded of Durable Plastic Material • Class I, Div. 2, Groups B, C, D
(Ryton® PPS)1 • Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F
• High Service Temperature
Notes —
• Thermal Stability Phillips Chemical Company.
• Non-Flammability 2. Depends on specific model and cable
applied.
G-1
HEATING CABLE
DL Construction
Integrated 5.25"
(13.3 cm)
4.25"
(10.8 cm)

A Strategically placed cable entries allow
Temperature 3"
(7.6 cm) maximum flexibility for insulation
Controls (cont’d.) D
E
RTAS & RTAS-EP Ambient Sensing
6.25" C
(15.9 cm)
A mounting and provide conduit clearance
B
RTAS is an ambient-sensing thermostat which for applications with up to three inches
is generally used for freeze protection in ordi- of insulation.
nary (non-hazardous) areas. The thermostat is
mounted through the end of the oblique sided
enclosure lid. In fact, because there is so much E Stainless steel sheath temperature

room in this model, multiple heating cables can be
terminated. The stainless steel sheathed, inverted sensor.
bellows probe provides good sensitivity, resulting
in more accurate control.
between base, box and cable. Use GRSR
RTAS-EP is a modified version of the RTAS which with all self-regulating cables. Use GRCW
utilizes a hermetically sealed switch. Since this H L
with constant wattage cables. One of each
switch has no arcing contacts, it can be used in K grommet included in kit. See table below
Division 2 Hazardous Areas. for spare grommets.
G J

Specifications wiring.
F I
Temp. Setpoint Range — 0 to 225°F (-18 to
107°C) for RTAS/RTAS-EP included.
Microswitch® Rating — 22 Amps SPDT for RTAS;
11 Amps, RTAS-EP box and lid. It is affixed to the lid and
Scale Division — 10°F (5.6°C) holds the mounting hardware during
assembly.
Max. Sensor Exposure Temp. — 250°F (121°C)

J Thermostat switch.
Sensor Dimensions — 9/16" Dia. x 3" Long

K Setpoint adjustment knob.
Operating Ambient Temp. Range — -40°F to
160°F (-40 to 71°C)
L Setpoint indicator.
Factory Preset and Calibrated — 40°F

Accessories at the end of this section.
Spare Grommets PCN

GR0 Blank 513295
Switch Rating Max. Continuous Exposure Temp. Max. Intermittent Exposure Temp. Wt.
Model PCN (Amps/Volts) °F °C °F °C (Lbs.)
RTAS 513199 22A @ 120 - 480 400 200 500 260 2
RTAS-EP 513210 11A @ 120 - 250 400 200 500 260 2
G-2
HEATING CABLE
DL Construction
Integrated 5.25"
(13.3 cm)
4.25"
(10.8 cm)

A Strategically placed cable entries allow
Temperature maximum flexibility for insulation
Controls (cont’d.)
E
D
F 6.25" positive attachment to pipes.1
(15.9 cm)

B C mounting and provide conduit clearance
RTBC & RTBC-EP Bulb & Capillary G A
for applications with up to three inches
RTBC is a line-sensing thermostat which is of insulation.
generally used for process temperature mainte-
nance applications in ordinary (non-hazardous)
areas. The thermostat is mounted within the
enclosure and the capillary is brought out access for wiring.
through one of the openings in the bottom of
the box. This design provides extra protection
F Stainless steel capillary (3 ft/1m long).
for the capillary, especially when the control is
mounted on a pipe, for heat tracing applications.
G Stainless steel sensing bulb.
The three foot long stainless steel capillary
provides good flexibility in mounting locations.
H Cable grommets provide water-tight seal
RTBC-EP is a modified version of the RTBC between base, box, cable and capillary.
M N Use GRSR with all self-regulating cables.
which utilizes a hermetically sealed switch.
Since this switch has no arcing contacts it can Use GRCW with constant wattage cables.
be used in Division 2 Hazardous Areas. K L I One of each grommet included in kit. See
table below for spare grommets.
Specifications
H
I Three position terminal block for easy
Temp. Setpoint Range — 0 to 400°F (-18 to wiring.
200°C) for RTBC, RTBC-EP
O J Power wiring entry. Conduit hub not

Microswitch® Rating — 22 Amps SPDT for
included.1
RTBC; 11 Amps, RTBC-EP
Minor Scale Division — 10°F (5.6°C)
K Gasket provides water-tight seal between
Max. Sensor Exposure Temp. — 450°F (230°C) captures the mounting hardware.
Sensor Dimensions — 1/4" (6.4mm) OD x
7-1/4" (18.4cm) L Bulb, 3' (1m) Capillary
L Thermostat mounting bracket.
Operating Ambient Temp. Range — -40°F to M Setpoint adjustment knob.

160°F (-40 to 71°C)
N Thermostat switch.

Factory Preset and Calibrated — 200°F (93°C)
AND CONTROLS
for RTBC, RTBC-EP
O Stainless steel sensing bulb.
ACCESSORIES
Accessories at the end of this section.
Spare Grommets PCN

GR0 Blank 513295
Ordering Information — RTBC

Switch Rating Max.
Max. Continuous
Continuous Exposure
Exposure Temp.
Temp. Max.
Max.Intermittent
IntermittentExposure
ExposureTemp.
Temp. Wt.
Model PCN (Amps/Volts) °F °C °F °C (Lbs.)
RTBC 513201 22A @ 120 - 480 400 200 500 260 2
RTBC-EP 513228 11A @ 120 - 250 400 200 500 260 2
G-3
Heating Cable
Heat Trace Control & Panel Selection Guide

Heat Trace Controls & Panels
Model Number DTS-HAZ, DTS-HAZ-DC ITC1, ITC2 ITAS-6/36 ITAS-EXT-6/36 ITLS-6/36

Mounting Pipe Wall Wall or Floor Wall or Floor Wall & Floor
Power Control SSR SSR SSR SSR SSR
Voltage 100-277 100-277 120-480 120-480 120-480
Max Current (1) 30 Amps per Circuit 40 Amps per Circuit 40 Amps per Circuit 40 Amps per Circuit 40 Amps per Circuit
Environment NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X
IntelliTRACE® Controlled by ITAS Base
Temp Control Integral Controller IntelliTRACE® IntelliTRACE®
Controller Controller
Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1 & 3 Phase 1 & 3 Phase 1 & 3 Phase
Circuits 1 1 or 2 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36
Soft Start, Temp., Cur-
Soft Start, AC or DC rent, Ground Fault &
Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP &
Alarm, Programmable Sensor Monitoring &
Standard Features Current Monitoring & Current Monitoring & Current Monitoring &
Setpoint, Hi/Lo Temp. & Alarms, Communications,
Alarms, Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start
Large Display 1 or 2 RTD inputs/Ckt,
Large TFT Display
Customizable I/O Map-
ping, Multiple Sensor
Ethernet IP, Wireless Main Disconnect, Main Disconnect,
Options Wall Mounting Inputs per Circuit, Main
Communications Enclosure Heater Enclosure Heater
Disconnect, Enclosure
Heater
Agency Approvals UL, cUL, CE, IECEx/ATEX UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL (CE Optional) UL, cUL (CE Optional) UL, cUL (CE Optional)
Page G-122 G-124 G-127 G-127 G-127
Heat Trace Controls & Panels (cont'd.)
Model Number ITLS-EXT-6/36 ITASC1D2-6/36 ITASC1D2-EXT-6/36 ITLSC1D2-6/36 ITLSC1D2-EXT-6/36

Mounting Wall & Floor Wall or Floor Wall or Floor Wall or Floor Wall or Floor
Voltage 120-480 120-480 120-480 120-480 120-480
NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X
Environment NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X
(Class I, Div. 2) (Class I, Div. 2) (Class I, Div. 2) (Class I, Div. 2)
Controlled by ITLS Controlled by ITASC1D2 Controlled by ITLSC1D2
Temp Control IntelliTRACE Controller
®
IntelliTRACE® Controller
Base Controller Base Controller Base Controller
Phase 1 & 3 Phase 1 & 3 Phase 1 & 3 Phase 1 & 3 Phase 1 & 3 Phase
Circuits 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36
Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP & Cur- Temperature, GFEP &
Standard Features Current Monitoring & Current Monitoring & Current Monitoring & rent Monitoring & Alarms, Current Monitoring &
Alarms, Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start
Customizable I/O Map- Customizable I/O Map-
Customizable I/O Mapping,
ping, Multiple Sensor ping, Multiple Sensor
Main Disconnect, Main Disconnect, Multiple Sensor Inputs per
Options Inputs per Circuit, Main Inputs per Circuit, Main
Enclosure Heater Enclosure Heater Circuit, Main Disconnect,
Disconnect, Enclosure Disconnect, Enclosure
Enclosure Heater
Heater Heater
Agency Approvals UL, cUL (CE Optional) UL, cUL (CE Optional) UL, cUL (CE Optional) UL, cUL (CE Optional) UL, cUL (CE Optional)
Page G-127 G-136 G-136 G-136 G-136
G-120
Heating Cable
Heat Trace Control & Panel Selection Guide

Model Number FPAS FPLS FPASM FPLSM

Mounting Wall Wall Wall Wall
Power Control Contactor Contactor Contactor Contactor
Voltage 120, 208, 240, 277 120, 208, 240, 277 120, 208, 240, 277 120, 208, 240, 277
Max Current (1) 100/225 100/225 100/225 100/225

Environment NEMA 4 or Optional NEMA 4X NEMA 4 or Optional NEMA 4X NEMA 4 or Optional NEMA 4X NEMA 4 or Optional NEMA 4X
Temp Control 6040 (Optional) 6040 (Optional)
Phase 1, 3 Phase 1, 3 Phase 1, 3 Phase 1, 3 Phase
120, 208, 240 Vac Load Voltage Systems: 120, 208, 240 Vac Load Voltage Systems:
Circuits 12, 20, 30 or 40 Circuits 12, 20, 30 or 40 Circuits
277 Vac Load Voltage Systems: 18, 30 or 42 Circuits 277 Vac Load Voltage Systems: 18, 30 or 42 Circuits
Ground Fault Monitor, Ground Fault Monitor, Individual Ground Fault Monitor,
Ground Fault Monitor,
Standard Features Individual Circuit Circuit Breakers, Sentinel Individual Circuit Breakers,
Individual Circuit Breakers
Breakers Monitoring System Sentinel Monitoring System
Enclosure Heater, Disconnect Enclosure Heater, Disconnect
Switch, Temperature Switch, Temperature Controller,
Options Switch, Z-Purge System for Switch, Z-Purge System for
Controller, Z-Purge System for Z-Purge System for Class I,
Class I, Div 2. Class I, Div 2.
Class I, Div 2. Div 2.
Agency Approvals UL, cUL UL, cUL UL, cUL UL, cUL
Page G-150 G-150 G-150 G-150
HEAT TRACING
PRODUCTS
G-121
Heating Cable
DTS Series
Heat Trace
Digital Thermostat
Output
• C1D2 Hazardous Area Approval
• ATEX / IECEx Zone II
• On/Off Control With 100 Degree
Deadband Programmable In One
Degree Increments 4.75”
6.30” (121mm)
• Selectable Soft-Start Feature – (160mm)
Eliminates SR Cable In-Rush
• LED Indication for Power, Alarm 6.30”
(160mm)
and Load
11.38”
• Large LED Display of Process (289mm)
Variables
Ø1.12” (28mm)
• Programmable High & Low 1.13” (29mm)
Temperature Alarms
• Solid State Alarm for Remote
- AC Alarm: DTS-HAZ
Description
The DTS-HAZ digital thermostat is a micropro- This alarm may be set to open or close on all
- DC Alarm: DTS-HAZ-DC
cessor based temperature control and power alarm conditions including loss of power, high
• NEMA 4X Enclosure connection kit. It is used for freeze protection or low temperature alarm and RTD failure. The
or process temperature maintenance of pipes loss of power indication qualifies this unit to
• Integral Pipe Stand or tanks protected by heat tracing products. be used to sense temperature and control heat
This thermostat can be used with Constant trace when used in fire protection systems.
• Optional Wall Mount Wattage, Mineral Insulated or Self-Regulating Choose either the DC or the AC customer sup-
• High Temperature Adapter Kit heating cables in Ordinary area or Class 1, plied voltage alarm variation. The minimum
Division 2 and IECEx/ATEX Zone II hazardous operating ambient temperature is -40°F
for use with Pipe Temps. Over
area locations. (-40°C). This unit has programmable high and
500˚F (260˚C)
low temperature alarm set points from -80°F
This unit is designed to provide local tempera-
• 100 Ohm Platinum RTD - ture control and monitoring for heat traced
(-62°C) to 1150°F (621°C). For temperatures
Included over 500˚F (260˚C) or for use with MI cables,
pipes or tanks across a variety of industries use the High Temperature Adapter Kit
• Enclosure Serves as Heating and applications and will switch 30 amperes
of current. The DTS-HAZ employs a Soft Start feature that
Cable, A/C Power & Sensor
uses a proprietary software algorithm which
Connection The DTS-HAZ provides easy programming eliminates the inherent self-regulating in-rush
of the temperature set point, high and low current, resulting in less nuisance tripping at
• Works with SR, CWM and MI temperature alarms, the deadband, the
Cable cold temperatures. For added flexibility, the
temperature units, the soft start function and user may disable the soft start feature for non-
• RoHS Compliant the alarm state through the front panel push heat trace applications. The alarm contact may
buttons. LED lights are provided for indica- be either normally open or normally closed.
• UL, cUL Listed, CE Approved tion of power to the unit, heater power on
(load) and alarm status. A Fail Safe solid state A 100 Ohm platinum RTD is provided with a 3
alarm is included for wiring to your building foot (1 M) lead resulting in flexible mounting
management system to indicate alarm status. options for the user.
G-122
Heating Cable
DTS Series
Features
• User Selectable Soft-Start Program • Pipe stand-off mount for direct pipe mount-
ing.
Heat Trace • Small Enclosure. The 6.25 inch by 6.25 inch
enclosure houses the temperature control • Integral wiring. The wiring of the heating
Digital Thermostat and monitoring unit along with terminals for
connecting instrument power, heating cable
cable, alarm, AC power line and the RTD
sensor are all accomplished within the en-
(cont’d.) and RTD. closure. This feature reduces both labor and
material costs by eliminating the need for an
• 100 Ohm platinum RTD which can be pipe additional heat trace power connection kit as
mounted or can be used to sense ambient well as the time for the additional wiring.
PCN Model air temperature.
387364 DTS-HAZ
316187 DTS-HAZ-DC
Accessories Specifications
PCN Model
318043 DTS Wall Mount Kit Operating Voltage 120 to 277 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
308144 RTD Extension Wire (50 ft/15m) Operating Temperature
390408 DTS High Temp. Adapter Kit
- Hazardous Areas -40°F to 104°F (-40°C to 40°C)
- Ordinary Areas -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)
Input 100 Ohm platinum RTD
Applications
• Freeze Protection of Piping
• Process Temperature Maintenance Alarms High temp to 1150°F (621°C)
• Tank Freeze Protection Low temp to -80°F (-62°C)
• Tank Process Temperature Maintenance RTD Failure
Red LED alarm status indicator on front panel
Environments Solid State Alarm Rating - AC 12-277 VAC, 1.8 Amps RMS - Customer Supplied
• Hazardous Areas, Class I, Div 2, Groups Solid State Alarm Rating - DC 0-42 VDC, 1.8 Amps RMS- Customer Supplied
A,B,C,D – Temperature Rating: T4A
• IECEx, ATEX Zone II, Temperature Rating: T4 Alarm Function: Mode Default Optional
• 100 OHM PT RTD
• Probe Length = 4" (10.2 cm) Deadband 1°F (or ˚C) to 100°F (or ˚C), programmable
• Probe Diameter = 1/4" (6.35 mm) Set Points -80°F to 1100°F programmable (-62˚C to 593˚C)
• Leadwire Length = 3ft (1 M)*
* The maximum allowable length of the RTD Units of Temperature ˚F or ˚C, selectable
compliant.
HEAT TRACING
PRODUCTS
Soft Start User selectable integral soft start, patent pending
Markets software algorithm, which eliminates nuisance breaker
• Agriculture
• Alternative Fuels
• Chemical Processing
• Food Processing
• Oil / Gas
• Pharmaceutical Current Approvals
• Power Generation
• CE, UL, cUL Listed
• Water Treatment
• Ordinary Areas
• Building and Construction
• Hazardous Area
• Transportation
• Class I, Div. 2 – Groups A, B, C, D
• HVAC/Refrigeration
• ATEX/IECEx Zone II (Ex nA IIC)
G-123
Heating Cable
ITC1 & ITC2

Digital Heat Trace Controller
1 & 2 Circuit
• 1 & 2 Circuit Models
• 40 Amps per Circuit
• SSR Control
• 100 – 277 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• Hazardous (Class I, Division 2)
or Non Hazardous Areas
• Soft Start Feature Description
• Operating Temperature: The Chromalox intelliTRACE ITC series is de- current, resulting in less nuisance tripping at
-40˚F to 104˚F (-40˚C to 40˚C) signed for line or ambient sensing heat trace cold temperatures. The soft start feature is
• Modbus RTU/RS485, RS422 & applications such as freeze protection and/or selectable which allows this controller to be
TCP/Ethernet process temperature control. This controller employed in non-heat trace applications as
may be used with constant wattage, mineral well.
• 10” x 8” x 6” (26cm x 21cm x insulated or self regulating heating cables.
15cm) NEMA 4X FG Wall Mount The ITC is intended for use in industrial loca-
All process conditions may be monitored
Enclosure and managed both locally and remotely. All
tions in either hazardous (Class I, Division 2)
process variable, communication and alarm
• High Resolution Color TFT or non-hazardous environments.
settings and security codes are user-adjust-
Display The ITC Series is offered in either a single able via simple page menu navigation.
• LED Indication for Power, Load circuit or an independently controlled and
In terms of system supervision, the ITC
& Alarm per Circuit monitored dual circuit platform. They provide
controller monitors temperature, current load
a unique, industry-leading combination of
• Front Panel Capacitive Touch heating capacity, application flexibility and
and ground fault equipment protection leak-
Switches technology.
age current (GFEP). Additionally, the alarms
on the ITC consist of high and low tempera-
• PID, On/Off or Manual Control
The ITC is a microprocessor based system ture, high and low current, high GFEP current
Modes and sensor failure.
with SSR (Solid State Relay) power control
• One or Two Sensor Inputs / which switches an impressive 40 Amps per
Should the ITC unit realize a failed sensor,
Circuit – Min, Max & Averaging circuit at 100-277 VAC.
the controller automatically switches into a
• 2 Circuit Ambient Control from 1 There are three user-selectable control modes user adjustable manual output duty cycle. To
RTD Sensor available on the ITC: Manual, Off or Auto. An eliminate abrupt current spikes, the Chro-
• Full Monitoring & Alarms output of 1% to 100% is available while in malox ITC employs bumpless transfer power
• High / Low Temperature & Manual Mode and you may choose either PID switching when switching over from either
or ON/OFF control while in the Auto Control manual or auto mode.
Current, GFEP & Sensor
Mode.
Failure The ITC unit is housed in a compact wall
• Programmable Duty Cycle On You may employ one or two RTD sensors for mountable, NEMA 4X FG or optional 316 SS
Sensor Failure either circuit. When using two RTD sensors, enclosure and it features a high resolution
the ITC may be set to Low, High or Average. TFT display, LED indication of Load, Power &
• AC & DC Alarms The ITC may also be configured as a 2-circuit Alarm status for each circuit and front panel
• Password Protected Security ambient sensing controller that uses only one capacitive touch user interface buttons which
Levels RTD to control both circuits. This provides the are mounted on a hinged door.
owner with much more flexibility and redun-
• CE, UL/cUL dancy to help meet their ever-varying process
The ITC enclosure provides electrical connec-
tions for the heating cable, the AC Power and
demands.
the RTD Sensors and it comes complete with
The ITC employs a soft start feature that stainless steel mounting brackets.
uses a proprietary software algorithm which
eliminates the inherent self-regulating in-rush
G-124
Heating Cable
ITC1 & ITC2

Specifications
Input
Sensor Type �� 3-wire RTD, 100 W PT, 0.00385 W/W/˚C,
Digital Heat Trace 20 W balanced lead wire
Number of Sensor Inputs �� 1 or 2 per Circuit
Controller Sensing Configuration �� Range: Single, Low, High, Average, Use RTD1 to
control both circuits
1 & 2 Circuit Output
Power Switching �� SSR
(cont’d.) Number of Circuits �� 1 or 2
Capacity �� 40 Amps per Circuit
Control Types
PID �� Control mode must be set to Auto
Autotune �� On or Off
Proportional Band, (˚F) �� Range: 1 – 100
Integral (sec/repeat) �� Range: 0 – 9,999
Rate or Derivative, (seconds) �� Range: 0 – 500
On/Off �� Control mode must be set to Auto
Dead band, (˚F) �� Range: 2 – 100
Manual �� Range: 0 – 100%
Soft Start, Current Clamping �� Enable or Disable
Settings
Temperature (PV) �� Range: -80˚F to +1100˚F (-62˚C to +593˚C)
Low Temperature Alarm �� Range: -80˚F to +1050˚F, Off (-62˚C to +566˚C, Off)
High Temperature Alarm �� Range: -80˚F to +1150˚F, Off (-62˚C to +621˚C, Off )
Low Current Alarm �� Range: 0.1 A – 50.0 A, Off
High Current Alarm �� Range: 0.1 A – 50.0 A, Off
GFEP �� Range: 30 mA – 150 mA
GFEP Alarm Condition �� Alarm Only, Alarm & Trip, Alarm & Latch, Alarm &
Trip & Latch
Output on Sensor Failure �� Range: 0–100%, Bumpless Transfer to Manual Mode
Calendar �� Year, Month, Day, Date, Hour & Minute
Audible button depress �� Range: On, Off
Security �� 3 Levels of password protected security
Alarm State �� Normally Open, Normally Closed
Display, HMI, Indication
Display �� 3.5” 320 x 240 RGB Full color graphic TFT module
Human Interface �� 5 Capacitive Touch Input Buttons
LED Indication �� Power (Green), Load (Amber), Alarm (Red) – Per Ckt
Alarms
Alarm Types �� Low & High Temperature, Low & High Current,
High GFEP, Sensor Failure
Alarm Relays �� 1 x DC Alarm Output, 1.8 Amp, 0 - 50 VDC
1 x AC Alarm Output, 1.8 Amp, 12 - 240 VAC
HEAT TRACING
Alarm Contact State �� Mode Default Optional
PRODUCTS
Power Off Open Open
Communications
Modbus �� RTU/RS-485 (2 or 4 wire)
Modbus �� TCP/Ethernet (optional)
Webserver/Ethernet IP �� (Optional)
Operating & Environmental
Temperature �� -40˚F to 104˚F (-40˚C to 40˚C)
Power Supply �� 100 to 277V 50/60Hz
Protection �� IEC IP66
Enclosure rating �� NEMA 4X FG (Optional Stainless Steel)
Approvals �� UL/cUL Ordinary and Class I, Division 2, Groups
A,B,C,D Hazardous Locations. (UL File: E347725)
CE
G-125
Heating Cable
ITC1 & ITC2 Dimensions

H W D F B M
Digital Heat Trace 316 SS

Enclosure
Inch 11.8 9.9 7.6 0.7 1.8 3.0
Controller cm
Inch
30.2
10.3
25.1
8.5
19.4
8.0
1.7
1.2
4.4
1.8
7.6
3.0
Fiberglass
1 & 2 Circuit (cont’d.) Enclosure cm 26.2 21.3 19.7 3.2 4.4 7.6
Mounting W D
Brackets
M
Heat Sink B
H
Heat Sink
F
Top View Front View Side View
Ordering Model Product Description
Information ITC The Chromalox ITC series IntelliTRACE Controller will control 1 or 2 circuits and is designed for industrial Heat Trace Line and/or Ambi-
ent Sensing applications in Non-Hazardous or Hazardous (Class I, Division 2) areas. The ITC is a wall mounted device that operates
at 100-277 VAC and rated at 40A per circuit in a -40˚F to 104˚F (-40˚C to 40˚C) Ambient. Standard features: NEMA 4X FG enclosure,
To Order —
3.5" High Resolution TFT Display with integral display heater, front panel capacitive touch switches & LED Indication of Power, Load
Complete the & Alarm. ON/OFF, PID or Manual SSR power control with a selectable Soft Start program. The ITC accepts up to 2 RTD sensors per
Model Number circuit for Ambient and/or Line Sensing applications. With multiple sensors, output behavior is based on min, max, average temperature
using the Matrix or as 2-circuit ambient sensing control from a single RTD. Other standard features include: 2 x common alarm outputs (1 x AC, 1 x
provided. DC), Alarms for Low/High Temperature & Current, GFEP (Ground Fault Equipment Protection) & Sensor Failure, ModBus RTU/RS485
(or /RS422) Communications and user selectable manual output on failed sensor. 16 gage Stainless Steel wall mounting brackets are
included. UL/cUL & CE Optional features include: NEMA 4X 316 SS Enclosure, ModBus TCP/Ethernet, Webserver/Ethernet or BACnet
communications. Standard 1 year warranty.

1 1 Circuit
2 2 Circuits
Code Communications
0 ModBus RTU/RS485 (& RS422)
1 ModBus TCP/Ethernet
2 Webserver/Ethernet
3 BACnet/Ethernet
9 Other Communications
Code Enclosure Enclosure Size H x W x D, In (cm)
0 NEMA 4X Fiberglas 10 x 8 x 8 (25 x 21 x 20)
1 NEMA 4X 316 SS 12 x 10 x 8 (30 x 25 x 19)
Code Add to Complete Model Number
0
ITC 2- 0 0 0 Typical Model Number

Note: The ITC comes complete with one set of 16 gauge stainless steel wall mounting brackets.
Model Description PCN Model Description PCN
ITC1-000 ITC 1 Loop, FG ENC, RS485 316101 ITC1-010 ITC 1 LOOP, SS ENC, RS485 316494
ITC1-100 ITC 1 Loop, FG ENC, Ethernet 316128 ITC1-110 ITC 1 LOOP, SS ENC, Ethernet 316929
ITC2-100 ITC 2 LOOP, FG ENC, Ethernet 316136 ITC2-110 ITC 2 LOOP, SS ENC, Ethernet 316937
G-126
Heating Cable
Ambient Sensing
ITAS Base Panel
ITAS-EXT Extender Panel
Line Sensing
ITLS Base Panel
ITLS-EXT Extender Panel
Heat Tracing Control Panel
for Ordinary Areas
• 10” or 7” Touch Screen HMI
• 40 Amps/Circuit @ 100 – 600

VAC
• 2 Circuits to 72 Circuits
• NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X Enclosure The 10” or 7” Touch Screen Computer provides real time display of process variable, set
point, load current, load demand (%), operation mode type, alarm status and alarm type for
• SCR Control any 2 or 6 circuits at time as well as alarm status for all other circuits.
The Quick Launch buttons take you to any other 2 or 6-circuit real time display screen as well
• Optional Wireless Temperature
as the Setup, Fault, Log or Communication Screen. All set point, alarm, security, time, circuit
Sensing identification, sensor mapping, tuning, communications and control type mode settings are
easily accomplished through the intuitive & familiar Windows based menu screens. All of
• Integral Circuit Panel with
these functions are achievable locally or remotely via wired or wireless communications.
Circuit Breakers
• Optional Main Breaker Description

• Soft Start Feature The intelliTRACE ITAS and ITLS Series is a The standard enclosure is rated for NEMA 4
micro-processor based Control/Monitoring environments and an optional NEMA 4X 304
• Full Communications and Power Management system for Ambient SS enclosure is available.
Sensing, Line Sensing or a combination of
The ITAS / ITLS Control Panel Series provide
• Full Alarm and Monitoring Line and Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Applica-
alarms for high and low temperatures, current
Capabilities on GFEP, tions and is suitable for use in ordinary areas.
load, communications, sensor faults and
Temperature, Sensor, Current
HEAT TRACING
PRODUCTS
The base panels will handle 2 - 48 circuits and ground fault leakage. There are several output/
Load & Communications may be increased up to 72 circuits with the control behavior scenarios for the ground fault
Extension Panels. A 2 to 4 circuit extension (GFEP) alarm condition. Choices include Trip
• Customizable Sensor Mapping
panel may be added to a 6-48 circuit panel but and/or Latch options in which both, either or
not vice versa. Each circuit has a 40 Amperage none may be enabled. Trip sets the output to
• Optional Enclosure Heater
capacity and accepts 100 to 600 VAC service. zero %, while Latch requires a manual reset.
• UL, cUL The SCR Control may be set to Automatic, Alarm events are automatically logged and
which includes PID or On/Off control or to stored for easy access.
• Optional CE Manual, which spans a 0% to 100% control
Advanced standard features include a propri-
output.
etary soft start function, off duty Auto Cycle
The HMI is a 10” (25 cm) or 7” (17cm) user maintenance program and either Modbus
friendly touch screen computer. It displays the RTU/RS485 or Ethernet communications.
process variable, temperature setpoint, alarm Optional features include an industry leading
status, current load, control mode, sensor Sensor Mapping** function, remote monitor-
failure manual override output for any 2 or 6 ing and wireless communications.
circuits at a time as well as the alarm status
for all other circuits.
G-127
Heating Cable
Ambient Sensing Line Sensing

ITAS Base Panel ITLS Base Panel
ITAS-EXT Extender Panel ITLS-EXT Extender Panel
Heat Tracing Control Panel for Ordinary Areas
Advanced Features
Soft Start Feature Sensor Mapping** Combining Sensing Types
Certain heating cables exhibit inherent current When factory enabled, the ITLS & ITLSC1D2 The owner may need to have multiple Line
inrush in colder temperatures. This inrush Models provide the owner with customizable and/or Ambient Sensing control scenarios
can cause nuisance breaker tripping. To Sensor Mapping. This becomes a very power- occurring simultaneously.
limit inrush current on the overall system, ful and desirable feature when the owner
a proprietary Soft Start algorithm is applied needs added flexibility in controlling the circuit ** Available only on ITLS & ITLS-EXT
during system start-up. This will ONLY occur outputs beyond the standard single sensor
while the operation mode is set to AUTO. After input. Touch Screen Computer:
the Soft Start program completes its cycle, • 2 or 6 Circuit displayed / screen
Sensor Mapping is the assignment of one or
the Control Mode of the system will either be • Quick launch to any 2 or 6 circuit group,
more Sensor Inputs to one or more output
PID or ON/OFF Control Mode, depending what Setup Menu or System Screens
circuits.
was selected by the user. The default setting • Full User Setting Capabilities - Specific
of the Soft Start Feature for each circuit is More on Sensor Mapping Circuit Naming/Identification, Baud rate, set
“enabled”. However, the Soft Start Feature may points, units, alarms, etc.
be disabled if so desired by the owner. The Ambient or Line Sensing - Single Sensor: • Remote Desktop Monitoring
owner has the option to independently manage A single sensor (RTD) may be mapped (or
the Soft Start Feature on each circuit. linked) to multiple Output Circuits. This allows Optional Features:
several circuits to be controlled by a single
Auto Cycle Feature • NEMA 4X 304 SS Enclosure
sensor.
During prolonged down time periods, typically • Fully Customizable Sensor Mapping**
during the summer months, it advisable to Minimum, Maximum, Averaging • Enclosure Heater
intermittently exercise the system circuits. Several sensors may be mapped to a single
This exercising of the circuits is accomplished output circuit. This allows a single circuit to be
via the Autocycle feature. On a sequential controlled by the Minimum or the Maximum or
circuit basis, the Autocycle feature periodi- the Average temperature of all of the sensors
cally monitors system performance between mapped to that output circuit. This may be
1-999 hours. This provides a certain level of desirable on long runs or zones which realize
predictive maintenance of the system as Faults varying temperatures or weather conditions at
(Alarms) will present themselves accordingly. different times of the day.
Problem areas may be addressed during non- Multiple Sensor Mapping
essential operating periods. The owner has the A single sensor may be used independently or
option to engage or disengage the Autocycle combined with other sensors to control more
feature at any time. than one circuit.
G-128
Heating Cable

Panel Specifications
Supply Voltage: ��100 - 600 VAC, 3 phase
Operating Environment: ��-40 to +104°F (-40 to +40°C)* Enclosure heater required for Ambient Temperatures below 32˚F (0˚C)
Enclosure: ��NEMA 4 or Optional NEMA 4X 304 SS
Enclosure Size: ��See Model Description Tables
Communications: ��Modbus RTU/RS-485, Ethernet
Alarms: ��Hi/Lo Temp, GFEP – 20 mA to 150 mA, Hi/Lo Current – 0.1 to 50A or off
Input: ��100Ω Platinum 3-wire RTD
Output: ��SCR, Zero cross fired
Current Maximum: ��40 Amps/Circuit at 104°F (40°C)
Auto-Cycle: ��1-999 hours/off
Failed Sensor Output Setting: ��0 – 100%
Control Mode: ��Auto, Manual (Hand), Off
Auto: PID or ON/OFF with adjustable dead band
Manual: 0% - 100% output, 1% increment
Load Management: ��DOT (Demand On Transfer) timing, with Soft Start
Approvals: ��UL, cUL Listed. Optional CE Certification
Area Classifications: ��Ordinary Areas
Temperature Rating ��T4A (UL) (Derate to T3 & Groups B, C, D when using enclosure heater)
HEAT TRACING
PRODUCTS
G-129
Heating Cable
Technical Notes:
1. Refer to PK497 for Installation and Operation details
2. Our standard SCCR is 5 kA. Consult sales if a different SCCR is needed.
3. For CID2 Panels 120-264V customer supplied instrument power supply
Ambient Sensing 4. See ITLS/ITAS-EXT to increase circuits up to 8 circuits for 2-4 Circuit Panels & up to 72 Circuits for 6-48 Circuit Panels.
ITAS/ITLS Base Panel 5.

6-48 Circuit Extension Panels can not be added to 2-4 Circuit Panels but 2-4 circuit extension panels can be added
to 6-8 Circuit Panels (up to 72 circuits)
Heat Tracing Control Panel for Ordinary Areas To Order — Complete the Model Number using the Matrix provided.
ITAS IntelliTRACE Line/Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Panels are Designed for Industrial applications in Non-Hazardous Areas. ITLS/ITAS series offers the following standard features:
or ITLS NEMA 4 enclosure, Industrial 10” (7" for 2 and 4 Loop Models) Digital CE Computer Touchscreen Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104°F (40˚C) Ambient, Two to Forty-Eight Circuits
(Expandable to Seventy-Two Circuits*), Common Alarm Output, Operator Interface, PID SCR Power, Hand/Off/Auto Operation Breaker for Instrument Power Included, Current Monitoring,
30 mA Ground Fault Equipment Protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet Communications, Lockout Capable Breakers, UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA
4XSS Enclosure, Copper Ground Bar (Standard is Aluminum), Remote Monitoring Capability, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater, Heater Power and RTD Terminal Blocks, Wireless
Ethernet Communications, CE Third Party Compliance.
Code Circuits
02 2 Circuits 24 24 Circuits
Code Line Voltage Cable Voltage
1 208/120 VAC, 3 Phase 4 Wire 120 V- 1 Pole or 208 V - 2 Pole
2 240/120 VAC, Single Phase 3 Wire 120 V- 1 Pole or 240 V - 2 Pole
Code Cable Load Circuit Breaker Rating (Select Breaker Amperage and *1P/2P to Select Breaker Voltage 1(1P)=15A, 120V Breakers)
0(*) None 3(*) 30A Thermal Magnetic
1(*) 15A Thermal Magnetic 4(*) 40A Thermal Magnetic
Code Main Disconnect / Circuit Breaker Applicable Voltage
0 None None
1 30A Thermal Magnetic 277/480V 3P
2 50A Thermal Magnetic 120/208V 3P, 120/240V 1P, 277/480V 3P
5 100A Thermal Magnetic 120/208V 3P, 120/240V 1P
X Other (If Main Disconnect is needed Contact Factory for Assistance)
Code Enclosure Heater (Anti-Condensation Heater Recommended at a Minimum)
0 No Enclosure Heater
1 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (Anti-Condensation Heater)
2 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (Needed for 0˚F, -18˚C Minimum Ambient Temperature)
3 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (Needed for -40˚F/˚C Minimum Ambient Temperature)
Code Panel Options
1 HMI Sunshield (Req'd. if Panel is to be outdoors) 7 Copper Ground Bar
2 Panel Weathersheild A Floor Stands for 10" Deep Panel
3 Heater Power and RTD Terminal Blocks B Floor Stands for 12" Deep Panel
4 Z-purge system C Floor Stands for 16" Deep Panel
5 Panel Light (on separate breaker) X Other (If multiple options needed contact factory)
6 Powered Recepticle (on separate breaker)
Code Number of 100 Ohm RTD Sensor Inputs
(must be multiple of 6, up to 48 inputs, MAXIMUM 3 RTD's per heater circuit)
1 6 (Select if Ambient Sensing ITAS panel) 6 36
2 12 7 42
3 18 8 48
4 24 9 Other (Call Factory for Assitance)
5 30
Code Communications
1 Standard: ModBus RTU/RS485 or Modbus TCP/Ethernet
2 ModBus TCP/Wireless
3 BacNet
9 Other
Code Temperature Sensing Solutions
1 Standard Wired Sensing
2 Wireless Sensing
3 Dry Contact Closure for Ambient Sensing Thermostat
4 Remote Snow Sensor Input (For ITAS ONLY i.e. SIT, GIT & CIT type sensors)
Code Enclosure (Size determined by Table 1)
1 NEMA 4 Single-Door Wall-Mount Steel Enclosure 24 X 20 X 10
7 NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 24 X 20 X 10
A NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 42 X 36 X 12
B NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 42 X 36 X 16
C NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 60 X 36 X 12
D NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 60 X 36 X 16
ITAS/ITLS 06 3 3(1P) 5 1 3 1 1 1 5 Typical Model Number
G-130
Heating Cable
Ambient Sensing To Order — Complete the Model Number using the Matrix provided.
ITAS/ITLS-EXT Extender Panel

Heat Tracing Control Extension Panel for Ordinary Areas
ITAS-EXT ITLS/ITAS-EXT series Intelligent Line/Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Extension Panel. Designed for Industrial applications in Non-Hazardous Areas. Intended To Be Used with ITLS/ITAS Heat TraceLine/
or ITLS-EXT Ambient Sensing Panel to increase circuit service. ITLS-EXT series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, PID SCR Power Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104°F (40˚C) Ambient,
Two to Forty-Eight Circuits, Common Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground Fault Equipment protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet Communications,
UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS Enclosure, Copper Ground Bar (Standard is Aluminum), Remote Monitoring Capability, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater, Heater
Power and RTD Terminal Blocks, Wireless Ethernet Communications, CE Third Party Compliance.
Code Circuits
Code Main Disconnect / Circuit Breaker Applicable Votlage
0 None None
Code Panel Options
2 Panel Weathersheild 8 Loss of Power Relay
3 Heater Power and RTD Terminal Blocks A Floor Stands for 10" Deep Panel
4 Z-purge system B Floor Stands for 12" Deep Panel
5 Panel Light (on separate breaker) C Floor Stands for 16" Deep Panel
6 Powered Receptacle (on separate breaker) X Other (If multiple options needed contact factory)
7 Copper Ground Bar
Code Number of 100 Ohm RTD Sensor Inputs (must be multiple of 6, up to 48 inputs, MAX. 3 RTD's/heater ckt.)
2 12 7 42
3 18 8 48
HEAT TRACING
5 30
PRODUCTS
Code Communications
3 BacNet
9 Other
2 Wireless Sensing
Code Enclosure (size determined by table 1)
ITAS/ITLS-EXT- 06 3 3(1P) 5 1 3 1 1 1 5 Typical Model Number
*Designed to be paired with an ITAS Panel
G-131
Heating Cable
Spare/Replacement Parts for ITAS & ITAS-EXT

Ambient Sensing N/A SSR/GFI Power Control Assy, with Heat Sink
ITAS/ITLS Base Panel 0135-02273

0135-02262
Control Module Board Assembly
RTD Sensor Input Board Assembly
ITAS/ITLS-EXT Extender Panel 0135-02263 Digital Distribution Comm Board Assembly (-EXT
panels only)
Heat Tracing Control Panel 0002-60054
0029-00640
SSR, 40 Amp rated
SSR Thermstrate Material
for Ordinary Areas 0025-05312 Common Alarm Relay
0025-05309 Common Alarm Relay (CID2 Panels Only)
Model Number Note 0081-10063 Power Supply 5VDC 6A 30W DIN Rail Mount
-XXXX Indicates that the design has varied from the order table
0081-10047 Power Supply 24VDC 2.5A 60W DIN Rail Mount
parameters. This could include one or more of the following non-
standard considerations: Special Software or Configuration, Private
0108-70509 ITLS/ITAS-10" Display
Branding, Remote Monitoring/Touch-Screen Computer, Sunshield 0108-70507 ITLS/ITAS-7" Display
or other Protective Covering, Third Party Approval, Floor Stands, 0017-43753 15A 1P Circuit Breaker (120V or 277V)
Mounting Options, Special Materials (316 SS) or Coatings, Ad- 0017-43754 20A 1P Circuit Breaker (120V or 277V)
ditional Venting or Cooling, Special Indication or Alarms. 0017-43755 30A 1P Circuit Breaker (120V or 277V)
0017-43756 40A 1P Circuit Breaker (120V)
Technical Notes
0017-43757 50A 1P Circuit Breaker (120V)
2. Our standard SCCR is 5 kA. Consult sales if a different SCCR 0017-43758 15A 2P Circuit Breaker (208/240V or 480V)
is needed. 0017-43759 20A 2P Circuit Breaker (208/240V or 480V)
3. For CID2 Panels 120-264V customer supplied instrument 0017-43760 30A 2P Circuit Breaker (208/240V or 480V)
power supply 0017-43761 40A 2P Circuit Breaker (208/240V)
4. See ITLS/ITAS-EXT to increase circuits up to 8 loops for 2-4 0017-43762 50A 2P Circuit Breaker (208/240V)
Circuit Panels and up to 72 Circuits for 6-48 Circuit Panels. 0023-15097-0001 6" (15 cm) Ribbon Cable with Connectors
5. 6-48 Circuit Extension Panels can not be added to 2-4 Circuit 0023-15097-0002 72" (180 cm) Ribbon Cable with Connectors
Panels but 2-4 circuit extension panels can be added to 6-8
Circuit Panels (up to 72 circuits)
Accessories for ITAS & ITAS-EXT
Table 1: Enclosure Size Selection
Enclosure Size - H x W x D In (cm)
Circuits - N/A Power Transformers
Poles 2 Inputs / Output 3 Inputs / Output PCN 317315 RTD, Aluminum, NEMA 4
2 Loop 1P 24x20x10 24x20x10 PCN 317340 RTD, Expl. Resist., Cast Iron/Alum., NEMA 4
2 Loop 2P 24x20x10 24x20x10 PCN 308144 RTD Ext Wire, 3-wire, 16 ga, Cu, shielded, 50 FT
4 Loop 1P 24x20x10 24x20x10 PCN 308152 RTD Ext Wire, 3-wire, 16 ga, Cu, shielded, 200 FT
4 Loop 2P 24x20x10 24x20x10
6 Loop 1P 24x20x12 24x20x12
6 Loop 2P 30x30x10 30x30x10
12 Loop 1P 30x30x10 30x30x10
12 Loop 2P 42x36x12 42x36x12
18 Loop 1P 42x36x12 42x36x12
18 Loop 2P 60x36x12 60x36x12
24 Loop 1P 42x36x12 42x36x12
24 Loop 2P 42x36x16 42x36x16
30 Loop 1P 60x36x12 60x36x12
30 Loop 2P 60x36x16 60x36x16
36 Loop 1P 60x36x12 60x36x12
36 Loop 2P 60x36x16 60x36x16
42 Loop 1P 60x36x16 60x36x16
42 Loop 2P Consult factory Consult factory
48 Loop 1P 60x36x16 60x36x16
G-132
Heating Cable
Ambient Sensing
ITASC1D2 Base Panel
ITASC1D2-EXT Extender Panel
Line Sensing
ITLSC1D2 Base Panel
ITLSC1D2-EXT Extender Panel
Class I, Div. 2, 2-72 Circuits
• Class I, Division 2 Hazardous

Environments - Groups A,B,C,D
• 7" or 10" Touch Screen HMI
• 40 Amps/Circuit @ 100 - 600 VAC The 7" or 10" Touch Screen Computer provides real time display of process variable, set
point, load current, load demand (%), operation mode type, alarm status and alarm type
• SCR Control – PID, On/Off or for any 2 or 6 circuits at time as well as alarm status for all other circuits.
Manual Control
The Quick Launch buttons take you to any other 2 or 6 circuits real time display screen
• 2 to 72 Circuits as well as the Setup, Fault, Log or Communication Screen. All set point, alarm, security,
time, loop identification, sensor mapping, tuning, communications and control type mode
• NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X Enclosure settings are easily accomplished through the intuitive & familiar Windows based menu
screens. All of these functions are achievable locally or remotely via wired or wireless
• User Selectable Soft Start communications.
Feature
• Customizable Sensor Mapping Description

The IntelliTrace ITASC1D2 and ITLSC1D2 The standard enclosure is rated for NEMA 4
• Full Communications
Series is a micro-processor based Control/ environments and an optional NEMA 4X 304
• Full Alarm & Monitoring Monitoring and Power Management system SS enclosure is available.
Capabilities on GFEP, for Ambient Sensing, Line Sensing or a com-
The ITASC1D2 / ITLSC1D2 Control Panel Se-
Temperature, Sensor, Current bination of Line and Ambient Sensing Heat
ries provide alarms for high and low tempera-
Trace Applications and is suitable for use in
CONTROL PANEL
Load & Communications tures, current load, communications, sensor
MULTI LOOP
Class I, Division 2 environments.
faults and ground fault leakage. There are sev-
• UL, cUL Listed The base panels will handle 2 - 48 circuits and eral output/control behavior scenarios for the
may be increased up to 72 circuits with the Ex- ground fault (GFEP) alarm condition. Choices
• Optional CE Certification
tension Panels. A 2 or 4 circuit extension panel include Trip and/or Latch options in which
may be added to a 6-48 circuit panel but not both, either or none may be enabled. Trip sets
vice versa. Each circuit has a 40 Amperage ca- the output to zero %, while Latch requires a
pacity and accepts 100 to 600 VAC service. The manual reset. Alarm events are automatically
SCR Control may be set to Automatic, which logged and stored for easy access.
includes PID or On/Off control or to Manual,
which spans a 0% to 100% control output.
etary soft start function, off duty Auto Cycle
The HMI is a 10" (25 cm) or 7" (17cm) user maintenance program and either Modbus
friendly touch screen computer. It displays the RTU/RS485 or Ethernet communications.
process variable, temperature setpoint, alarm Optional features include an industry leading
status, current load, control mode, sensor Sensor Mapping** function, remote monitor-
failure manual override output for any 2 or 6 ing and wireless temperature sensing.
circuits at a time as well as the alarm status
for all other circuits.
G-133
Heating Cable

ITASC1D2 Base Panel ITLSC1D2 Base Panel
ITASC1D2-EXT Extender Panel ITLSC1D2-EXT Extender Panel
Heat Tracing Control Panel Class I, Div. 2, 2-72 Circuits
Advanced Features
Soft Start Feature Sensor Mapping** Multiple Sensor Mapping
Certain heating cables exhibit inherent current When factory enabled, the ITLS & ITLSC1D2 A single sensor may be used independently or
inrush in colder temperatures. This inrush Models provide the owner with customizable combined with other sensors to control more
can cause nuisance breaker tripping. To limit I/O Mapping. This becomes a very powerful than one circuit.
inrush current on the overall system, a pro- and desirable feature when the owner needs Combining Sensing Types
prietary Soft Start algorithm is applied during added flexibility in controlling the circuit out- The owner may need to have multiple Line
system start-up. This will ONLY occur while puts beyond the standard single sensor input. and/or Ambient Sensing control scenarios
the operation mode is set to AUTO. After the
Soft Start program completes its cycle, the Sensor Mapping is the assignment of one or occurring simultaneously.
Control Mode of the system will either be PID more Sensor Inputs to one or more output
or ON/OFF Control Mode, depending what was circuits. Touch Screen Computer:
selected by the user. The default setting of the • 2 or 6 Circuits displayed / screen
Soft Start Feature for each circuit is “enabled”.
More on Sensor Mapping • Quick launch to any 2 or 6 circuit group,
However, the Soft Start Feature may be dis- Ambient or Line Sensing - Single Sensor: Setup Menu or System Screens
abled if so desired by the owner. The owner A single sensor (RTD) may be mapped (or • Full User Setting Capabilities - Specific Loop
has the option to independently manage the linked) to multiple Output Circuits. This allows Naming/Identification, Baud rate, set points,
Soft Start Feature on each circuit. several circuits to be controlled by a single units, alarms, etc.
sensor. • Remote Desktop Monitoring
Auto Cycle Feature
During prolonged down time periods, typically Minimum, Maximum, Averaging Optional Features:
during the summer months, it advisable to Several sensors may be mapped to a single
intermittently exercise the system circuits. output circuit. This allows a single circuit to be • NEMA 4X 304 SS Enclosure
This exercising of the circuits is accomplished controlled by the Minimum or the Maximum or • Fully Customizable Sensor Mapping**
via the Autocycle feature. On a sequential the Average temperature of all of the sensors
mapped to that output circuit. This may be • Enclosure Heater
circuit basis, the Autocycle feature periodi-
cally monitors system performance between desirable on long runs or zones which realize
1-999 hours. This provides a certain level varying temperatures or weather conditions at
different times of the day. **Available only on ITLSC1D2 & ITLSC1D2-EXT
of predictive maintenance of the system as
Faults (Alarms) will present themselves ac-
cordingly. Problem areas may be addressed
during non-essential operating periods. The
owner has the option to engage or disengage
the Autocycle feature at any time.
G-134
Heating Cable

Operating Environment: ��-40 to +104°F (-40 to +40°C)
Alarms: ��Hi/Lo Temp, GFEP – 20mA to 150 mA, Hi/Lo Current – 0.1 to 50A or off
Area Classifications: ��HAZ Class 1 Div 2
Temperature Rating ��T4A (uL) (Derate to T3 & Groups B,C,D when using enclosure heater)
CONTROL PANEL
MULTI LOOP
G-135
Heating Cable
Technical Notes:
3. For CID2 Panels 120-264V customer suppl. instrument power supply
Ambient Sensing 4. See ITLS/ITAS-EXT to increase circuits up to 8 circuits for 2-4 Circuit
Panels & up to 72 Circuits for 6-48 Circuit Panels.
ITASC1D2, ITLSC1D2 Base Panels 5. 6-48 Circuit Extension Panels can not be added to 2-4 Circuit Panels
but 2-4 circuit extension paels can be added to 6-8 Circuit Panels (up
to 72 circuits)
ITASC1D2 ITLS/ITASC1D2 series Intelligent Line/Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Panel. Designed for Industrial applications and suitable for Class I, Division 2
or ITLSC1D2 Hazardous Areas. The ITLS/ITASC1D2 series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Industrial 10” (7" for 2 and 4 Loop Models)
Digital CE Computer Touchscreen Controller, PID SCR Power Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104˚F (40˚C) Ambient, Two to Forty-Eight Circuits
(Expandable to Seventy-Two Circuits*), Common Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground Fault Equipment Protec-
tion, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet Communications, Remote Monitoring Capability, Selectable Soft Start Operation, UL & cUL Third Party
Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS Enclosure, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater and CE Certification
Code Circuits
3 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (Needed for -40˚F /˚C Minimum Ambient Temperature
Code Panel Options
1 HMI Sunshield (Req'd. if Panel is to be Outdoors) 8 Loss of Power Relay
3 RTD Terminal Blocks B Floor Stands for 12" Deep Panel
6 Powered Recepticle (on separate breaker) X Other (if multiple options needed, contact factory)
7 Copper Ground Bar
2 12 7 42
3 18 8 48
4 24 9 Other (contact factory for assistance)
5 30
Code Communications
3 BacNet
9 Other
Code Temperature Sensing Options
2 Wireless Sensing
F NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 60 X 36 X 16)
ITASC1D2 - 06 3 1 3 1 1 1 5 Typical Model Number

*42 - 72 circuit service via ITASC1D2-EXT Extension Panel. See ITASC1D2-EXT heat Tracing Extension Panel - Ambient Sensing - Class 1, Division 2 Order Table.
G-136
Heating Cable
Technical Notes:
3. For CID2 Panels 120-264V customer suppl. instrument power supply
4. See ITLS/ITAS-EXT to increase circuits up to 8 circuits for 2-4 Circuit Panels & up to 72
Circuits for 6-48 Circuit Panels.
5. 6-48 Circuit Extension Panels can not be added to 2-4 Circuit Panels but 2-4 circuit
Ambient Sensing extension paels can be added to 6-8 Circuit Panels (up to 72 circuits)
ITASC1D2-EXT & ITLSC1D2-EXT Extender Panels

ITASC1D2-EXT ITLS/ITASCID2-EXT series Intelligent Line/Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Extension Panel. Designed for Industrial applications and suitable for Class I, Divi-
or ITLSC1D2-EXT sion 2 Areas. Intended to be used with ITLS/ITASCID2 Heat Trace Line/Ambient Sensing Panel to increase circuit service. ITLS/ITASCID2-EXT series offers
the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, PID SCR Power Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104°F (40˚C) Ambient, 2 to 48 Circuits, Common
Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground Fault Equipment protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet Communica-
tions, UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS Enclosure, Copper Ground Bar (Standard is Aluminum), Remote Monitoring Capa-
bility, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater, Heater Power and RTD Terminal Blocks, Wireless Ethernet Communications, CE Third Party Compliance.
Code Circuits
2 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (Needed for 0oF, -18oC Minimum Ambient Temperature)
3 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (Needed for -40oF / oC Minimum Ambient Temperature)
Code Panel Options
3 RTD Terminal Blocks A Floor Stands for 10" Deep Panel
5 Panel Light (on separate breaker) B Floor Stands for 12" Deep Panel
6 Powered Receptacle (on separate breaker) C Floor Stands for 16" Deep Panel
7 Copper Ground Bar X Other (if multiple options needed, contact factory)
(must be multiple of 6, up to 48 inputs, MAX. 3 RTD's per heater circuit, 72 RTD's per system max.)
1 6 (for Ambient Sensing ITAS panel) 6 36
2 12 7 42
3 18 8 48
4 24 9 Other (contact factory for assistance)
5 30
Code Communications
CONTROL PANEL
3 BacNet
MULTI LOOP
9 Other
2 Wireless Sensing
Code
Enclosure (size determined by table 1)
F NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 60 X 36 X 16
ITASC1D2-EXT - 06 3 1 3 1 1 1 5 Typical Model Number
G-137
Heating Cable
Table 1: Enclosure Size Selection

Enclosure Size - H x W x D In (cm)
Panel Size Nema 4 Nema 4X
Line Sensing 2 Loop 1P 24x20x10 24x20x10
ITLSC1D2 Base Panel 2 Loop 2P
4 Loop 1P
24x20x10
24x20x10
24x20x10
24x20x10
ITLSC1D2-EXT Extender Panel 4 Loop 2P
6 Loop 1P
24x20x10
24x20x12
24x20x10
24x20x12
Heat Tracing Control Panel 6 Loop 2P 30x30x10 30x30x10
12 Loop 1P 30x30x10 30x30x10
Class I, Div. 2, 2-72 Circuits 12 Loop 2P 42x36x12 42x36x12
18 Loop 1P 42x36x12 42x36x12
18 Loop 2P 60x36x12 60x36x12
Technical Notes: 24 Loop 1P 42x36x12 42x36x12
24 Loop 2P 42x36x16 42x36x16
1. Refer to PK497 for Installation and Opera- 30 Loop 1P 60x36x12 60x36x12
tion details 30 Loop 2P 60x36x16 60x36x16
2. Our standard SCCR is 5 kA. Consult sales 36 Loop 1P 60x36x12 60x36x12
if a different SCCR is needed. 36 Loop 2P 60x36x16 60x36x16
3. For CID2 Panels 120-264V customer sup-
42 Loop 1P 60x36x16 60x36x16
plied instrument power supply
4. See ITLS/ITAS-EXT to Increase Circuits up
to 8 loops for for 2-4 Loop Panels and up 48 Loop 1P 60x36x16 60x36x16
to 72 Loops for 6-48 Loop Panels . 48 Loop 2P Consult factory Consult factory
5. 6-48 Loop Extension Panels can not be Note: Table above is a general guideline for Enclosure Size Selection. Add-
added to 2-4 Loop Panels but 2-4 loop ing certain options could cause enclosure size to differ. If Panel dimensions
extension paels can be added to 6-8 Loop are critical Consult Factory for exact selection.
Panels (up to 72 loops)
Spare/Replacement Parts for ITLSC1D2 & ITLSC1D2-EXT
N/A SSR/GFI Power Control Assy, with Heat Sink
0135-02273 Control Module Board Assembly
0135-02262 RTD Sensor Input Board Assembly
0135-02263 Digital Distribution Comm Board Assembly (-EXT panels only)
0002-60054 SSR, 40 Amp rated
0029-00640 SSR Thermstrate Material
0025-05312 Common Alarm Relay
0025-05309 Common Alarm Relay (CID2 Panels Only)
0081-10063 Power Supply 5VDC 6A 30W DIN Rail Mount
0023-15097-0001 6" (15 cm) Ribbon Cable with Connectors
Accessories for ITLSC1D2 & ITLSC1D2-EXT

N/A Power Transformers
317315 RTD, Aluminum, NEMA 4
317340 RTD, Expl. Resist., Cast Iron/Alum., NEMA 4
308144 RTD Ext Wire, 3-wire, 16 ga, Cu, shielded, 50 FT
G-138
Heating Cable
Wireless Temperature
Sensing Solutions
• Seamlessly Integrates with
ITLS & ITAS Heat Trace Control
Systems
• Ordinary and Hazardous
Locations ITLS/ITAS IntelliTrace
Wireless Temperature Transmitter Heat Trace Control
• Certified
System
• Ideal for New Installations,
Expansions & System Upgrades
• Local or Remote Locations
• Added Redundancy & Improved
Safety Description
• Process Temperature Control Wireless is rapidly becoming the preferred sensing technology of choice in many commercial
Optimization and industrial systems. Wireless sensing can greatly reduce installation costs and more easily
solve geographically and structurally challenging sensing applications. Chromalox now provides
• System Testing Flexibility fully integrated Wireless Temperature Sensing Solutions for Heat Trace applications in ordinary
• Industry Leading Components and hazardous areas. Whether you are designing a new heat trace system, expanding an existing
one or need to optimize your process, and you are considering wireless temperature sensing, the
• 360˚ Pipe or Structure Mounting Chromalox IntelliTrace ITLS & ITAS heat trace control panels are an ideal choice.
Wireless System Overview

System
The Wireless Temperature Sensing components of the Chromalox Heat Trace system include our
IntelliTrace ITLS or ITAS Control Panel, which is configured for wireless sensing, and a speci-
fied industrial Wireless Transmitter, that is paired with an appropriate temperature sensor. We
vigorously field-tested and validated the highest rated and most recognized industrial components
available. Full wireless temperature sensing installation details and considerations are found in our
ITLS & ITAS Installation Manual, PK497.
Control Panel
When the wireless temperature sensing feature is selected, our IntelliTrace Control Panel is
internally equipped with an industrial-duty certified wireless gateway, antenna
and the necessary communication accessories. The panel firmware facilitates wired and wire-
less temperature sensor inputs seamlessly. Our large 10” (250 mm) touchscreen computer HMI
distinguishes wireless circuits from wired ones. Each wireless circuit has its own sensor battery
life meter. This provides three levels of remaining battery life so that you may properly plan service
before it is needed.
Wireless Transmitter
Chromalox has chosen the Rosemount® 248 Wireless Temperature Transmitter, which is an indus-
try standard in the industrial wireless community. This transmitter is certified
and it may be pipe or structure mounted. The 248 Transmitter is offered in either an aluminum or
polymer housing and is available with or without the universal mounting bracket.
Temperature Sensor
We have standardized on an RTD type temperature sensor. See the heat trace temperature sensor
table for several heat trace sensor choices.
G-144
Heating Cable
Sensing Solutions Wireless Sensing Components and Accessories
(cont’d.) Wireless Temperature Transmitter
Rosemount 248 Wireless Temperature Transmitter, USA Intrinsically Safe and Non-incendive,
Aluminum or Polymer Housing, with 1/2-14 NPT Conduit Entry Size, WirelessHART, 2.4 GHz, Ex-
ternal Omni-directional Antenna (Aluminum Housing only), 5-point Calibration, External ground
lug, 60Hz & 3 Year Warranty
Description Part Number

Aluminum Housing with universal mounting bracket
0108-70477
(248DXI5D2NSWA3WK1B5C4Q4G1WR3)
Aluminum Housing without universal mounting bracket
0108-70478
(248DXI5D2NSWA3WK1C4Q4G1WR3)
Polymer Housing with universal mounting bracket
0108-70479
(248DXI5P2NSWA3WP5B5C4Q4WR3)
Polymer Housing without universal mounting bracket
0108-70480
(248DXI5P2NSWA3WP5C4Q4WR3)
Battery for 248 Wireless Transmitter with Aluminum Housing Only 0108-70432
Battery for 248 Wireless Transmitter with Polymer Housing Only 0108-70481
Rosemount 248 Wireless Temperature Transmitter
Polymer Housing Aluminum Housing

with Universal Mounting Bracket
CONTROL PANELS
HEAT TRACE
Pipe Mounting
Structure Mount
G-145
Heating Cable
Wireless Temperature Sensing

Solutions (cont’d.)
Heat Trace Temperature Sensor - 100 Ohm, 3-Wire RTD

Pipe Mounted Heat Trace Sensor with Connection Head – 316 SS Sheath, 1/2" or 3/4” NPT Con-
nection Port.
Model Number & Description Part Number

RBF185M-HT30418RD31SB/C
317315
Aluminum -NEMA 4X
317323
316L Stainless Steel -NEMA 4X
317340
Aluminum -Class I, Div's 1 & 2, NEMA 4X, IP66
RBF185M Heat Trace Sensor
Pipe Mounted with 399550
316L Stainless Steel -Class I, Div's 1 & 2, NEMA 4X, IP66
Connection Head
Wireless Transmitter Pipe Mounting Option
Industrial grade components for mounting the wireless transmitter onto insulated or non-
insulated piping.
Note: The conduit (customer supplied) from the transmitter fitting to the sensor must be rated
for the environment in which it is being installed.
PIPE STANDOFF KIT, DIVISION 1 & DIVISION 2 394337

Item Qty. Component Div. 1 Div. 2
A 1 3/4” Seal fitting Yes Yes
B 1 Sealing compound & fiber Yes No
C 1 Pipe standoff Yes Yes
D 2 3/4” x 1/2” NPT reducer with hex head Yes Yes
E 1 All-thread Yes Yes
F 1 1/2” NPT X 1” Nipple Yes Yes
Pipe Mounting Kit

B
D F
E
C
G-146
Heating Cable
RSP
Remote Sensor Panel
• Consolidates Multiple
Temperature Sensor Signals
into a Single Enclosure
• Facilitates 1-252 Sensor Inputs
• Fully Integrated Package
• Works Seamlessly with ITAS
& ITLS Heat Trace Control
Systems
Locations Remote Sensor Panel ITLS/ITAS IntelliTrace Heat
Trace Control System
• Significant Installation Cost
Savings
Description
• Optional Wireless
The Chromalox RSP - Remote Sensor Panel The RSP comes standard with NEMA 4 Painted
Communication
greatly reduces installation costs as it facilitates Steel, NEMA 4X Fiberglass or NEMA 4X 304
• Optional Enclosure Heater the monitoring of 1 - 252 heat trace tempera- SS wall mounted enclosure for Ordinary or
ture sensor inputs within a single enclosure. Hazardous (Class I, Division 2) Areas, DIN rail
• IP 66, NEMA 4 & 4X Enclosures mounted components, wired communication
The RSP is a completely integrated package
• UL/cUL, CE connection to the ITAS/ITLS Heat Trace Control
and it works seamlessly with the Chromalox
Panel, Power-On lamp.
IntelliTrace ITLS/ITAS heat trace control panels
in either ordinary or hazardous areas. In addition, enclosure heaters for either
ordinary or Class I, Division 2 areas as well as
The RSP communicates with the base panel
wireless communication between the RSP and
via a single, twisted-pair wire return or via a
base ITAS or ITLS control panels are available
CONTROL PANELS
wirelessly transmitted signal. Multiple RSP
options.
HEAT TRACE
modules may be linked together for added
convenience. Approvals
UL, cUL, CE
G-147
Heating Cable
RSP
Remote Sensor Panel (cont’d.)
Remote Sensor Panel Example
1. RTD Sensor Board – facilitates the connection of up to 6 RTD sensor
inputs per RTD Sensor board. Multiple boards may be employed in
each enclosure.
2. Communication / Distribution Board – facilitates the intra-panel con-
nection via Modbus RS485 (twisted pair). Wireless communication is
available.
3. Power Supply – 100 – 240 VAC IN, 5 VDC out
4. Enclosure Heater – (not shown) Both ordinary area and Class I, Div. 2
designs are available
5. Enclosure – Fiberglas, Painted Steel or 304 Stainless Steel (316 SS is
available as an option)
Temperature Sensing Example Layout
G-148
Heating Cable
RSP
Ordering Information Model Remote Sensor Panel
RSP Remote Sensor Panel facilitates 1 - 252 heat trace temperature sensor inputs and is
To Order — Complete the Model Number designed to work with the Chromalox IntelliTrace ITLS/ITAS heat trace control panels in
using the Matrix provided. either ordinary or hazardous areas. Standard Features: NEMA 4 Painted Steel, NEMA
4X Fiberglass or NEMA 4X 304 SS wall mounted enclosure, wired communication to the
ITLS/ITAS Control Panel, Power-On lamp. Optional Features: Enclosure Heater, wireless
communications. Approvals: UL, cUL, CE
Fiberglass (F), Painted Steel (P) Sensor 304 Stainless Steel (S)
Code Enclosure Size, In (cm) Inputs Code Enclosure Size, In (cm)
006F 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22) 1-6 006S 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22)
012F 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22) 7 - 12 012S 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22)
018F 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22) 13 - 18 018S 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22)
024P 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22) 19 - 24 024S 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22)
030P 24 x 20 x 10 (61 x 51 x 25) 25 - 30 030S 24 x 20 x 10 (61 x 51 x 25)
036P 24 x 20 x 10 (61 x 51 x 25) 31 - 36 036S 24 x 20 x 10 (61 x 51 x 25)
999P TBD 37-252 999S TBD
Code Enclosure Heater (Heater will increase enclosure size)

0 None
1 Ordinary Areas (Codes 006X, 012X)
4 Hazardous Areas (Codes 006X, 012X) - Class I, Div. 2-Groups ABCD
9 Code 999P/999S
Code Communication to ITLS/ITAS Control Panel
0 Wired (RS485)
1 Wireless (Ethernet/Wireless)
9 Other
CONTROL PANELS
HEAT TRACE
RSP- 012S -1 1 Typical Model Number
Optional Features:
• Enclosure Heater
• Wireless communications
G-149
ITC-FS
1 & 2 Circuit
• SSR Control
• 100 – 277 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• UL Approved for Freeze
Protection of Fire Sprinkler
Mains and Branch Lines (VGNJ)
• Operating Temperature: The Chromalox intelliTRACE ITC-FS is designed controller monitors temperature, current load
-40˚F to 104˚F (-40˚C to 40˚C) for Freeze Protection of Fire Sprinkler Mains and and ground fault equipment protection leakage
Branch Lines. The ITC-FS is offered in either a current (GFEP). Additionally, the alarms on the
• Modbus RTU/RS485, RS422 &
single circuit or an independently controlled and ITC-FS consist of high and low temperature,
TCP/Ethernet high and low current, high GFEP current and
monitored dual circuit platform. They provide a
• 10” x 8” x 6” (26cm x 21cm x unique, industry-leading combination of heating sensor failure. For GFEP see next page for
15cm) NEMA 4X FG Wall Mount capacity, application flexibility and technology. specifics.
Enclosure Should the ITC-FS unit realize a failed sensor,
You must employ two RTD sensors to control
• High Resolution Color TFT both circuits and alarms, use one RTD to control the controller automatically switches into a
Display both circuits and individual RTD's for alarms, user adjustable manual output duty cycle. To
or two individual RTD's per circuit to control eliminate abrupt current spikes, the Chromalox
• LED Indication for Power, Load ITC-FS employs bumpless transfer power
each circuit independently and alarms indepen-
& Alarm per Circuit switching when switching over from either
dently. This provides the owner with flexibility
• Front Panel Capacitive Touch and redundancy to help meet their ever-varying manual or auto mode.
Switches demands.
The ITC-FS unit is housed in a compact wall
• PID, On/Off or Manual Control The ITC-FS employs a soft start feature that mountable, NEMA 4X FG or optional 316 SS
Modes uses a proprietary software algorithm which enclosure and it features a high resolution TFT
eliminates the inherent self-regulating in-rush display, LED indication of Load, Power & Alarm
• 2 RTD's per circuit status for each circuit and front panel capacitive
current, resulting in less nuisance tripping at
• 1RTD for Ambient Control touch user interface buttons which are mounted
cold temperatures.
• 1 RTD for Alarms on a hinged door.
• Full Monitoring & Alarms All process conditions may be monitored and
managed both locally and remotely. All process The ITC-FS enclosure provides electrical con-
• High / Low Temperature & nections for the heating cable, the AC Power
variable, communication and alarm settings and
Current, GFEP & Sensor Failure and the RTD Sensors and it comes complete
security codes are user-adjustable via simple
• Programmable Duty Cycle On page menu navigation. with stainless steel mounting brackets.
Sensor Failure
In terms of system supervision, the ITC-FS
• Audible Alarm Annunciation
• AC & DC Alarms
• Password Protected Security
Levels To comply with the UL approval for Fire Sprinklers the power connection between the cable and
• UL/cUL the ITC-FS must be made with an RTBC (PCN 513201). The bulb of the RTBC must be placed on
one of the sprinkler sprig pipes nearest the sprig head. One RTBC per ITC-FS circuit is required.
Example: A 2 circuit ITC-FS must have 2 RTBC's and use one for each circuit.
37
ITC-FS
Specifications
Input
Number of Sensor Inputs �� 2 per Circuit
Controller Sensing Configuration �� Range: Single, RTD 1A to control both circuits,
RTD 1A and 2A to control both circuits

Control Types
To comply with NEC code one of the following Rate or Derivative, (seconds) �� Range: 0 – 500
must apply: On/Off �� Control mode must be set to Auto
1. Customer supplied 2 pole GFEP breaker in Manual �� Range: 0 – 100%
branch circuit breaker box upstream of the Soft Start, Current Clamping �� Enable or Disable
controller.
Settings
2. Requirement shall not apply in industrial es- Temperature (PV) �� Range: +35˚F to +75˚F (+1˚C to +23˚C)
tablishments where there is alarm indication Low Temperature Alarm �� Range: +20˚F to +150˚F, Off (-6˚C to +66˚C, Off)
of ground faults and the following conditions High Temperature Alarm �� Range: +20˚F to +150˚F, Off (-6˚C to +66˚C, Off )
apply:
High Current Alarm �� Range: 0.1 A – 50.0 A, Off
a. Conditions of maintenance and supervi- GFEP �� Range: 30 mA – 150 mA Off
sion ensure that only qualified person(s) GFEP Alarm Condition �� Alarm Only, Alarm & Trip, Alarm & Latch, Alarm & Trip
service the installed system & Latch
b. Continued circuit operation is necessary Calendar �� Year, Month, Day, Date, Hour & Minute
for safe operation of equipment or pro- Audible button depress �� Range: On, Off
cess Security �� 3 Levels of password protected security
Alarms
Alarm Contact State �� Mode Default
Normal Operation Closed
Alarm Condition Open
Power Off / Open
Controller Failure
Communications
Approvals �� UL/cUL Freeze Protection of Fire Sprinkler Systems.
(UL File: EX27939 VGNJ)
38
ITC-FS Dimensions
H W D F B M

Enclosure
Inch 11.8 9.9 7.6 0.7 1.8 3.0
Controller
cm 30.2 25.1 19.4 1.7 4.4 7.6
Fiberglass Inch 10.3 8.5 8.0 1.2 1.8 3.0
Mounting W D
Brackets
M
Heat Sink B
H
Heat Sink
F

Ordering
ITC-FS The Chromalox ITC-FS series IntelliTRACE Controller will control 1 or 2 circuits and is designed for Freeze Protection of Fire Sprinkler
Information Mains and Branch lines. The ITC-FS is a wall mounted device that operates at 100-277 VAC and rated at 22A per circuit in a -40˚F
to 104˚F (-40˚C to 40˚C) Ambient. Standard features: NEMA 4X FG enclosure, 3.5" High Resolution TFT Display with integral display
To Order — heater, front panel capacitive touch switches & LED Indication of Power, Load & Alarm. ON/OFF, PID or Manual SSR power control
Complete the with a selectable Soft Start program. The ITC-FS accepts 2 RTD sensors per circuit using one for Ambient Control and the other for
Model Number alarms. Other standard features include: 2 x common alarm outputs (1 x AC, 1 x DC), Alarms for Low/High Temperature & Current,
using the Matrix GFEP (Ground Fault Equipment Protection) & Sensor Failure, ModBus RTU/RS485 (or /RS422) Communications and user selectable
provided. manual output on failed sensor. 16 gage Stainless Steel wall mounting brackets are included. UL/cUL Optional features include: NEMA
4X 316 SS Enclosure, ModBus TCP/Ethernet, Webserver/Ethernet or BACnet communications. Standard 1 year warranty.
1 1 Circuit
2 2 Circuits
Code Communications
3 BACnet/Ethernet
1 NEMA 4X 316 SS 12 x 10 x 8 (30 x 25 x 19)
1
ITC-FS c – c c c Typical Model Number
Note: The ITC-FS comes complete with one set of 16 gauge stainless steel wall mounting brackets.
Model Description PCN

ITC-FS1-001 ITC-FS 1 Loop, FG ENC, RS485 390248
ITC-FS2-001 ITC-FS 2 Loop, FG ENC, RS485 390256
39
Heating Cable
Freeze Protection
Heat Trace Panels
• Standard NEMA 4 Enclosures
• NEMA 4X Stainless Steel

Enclosure Option FPASM Model Shown
• Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch
• 12, 18, 20, 30, and 42 Description

Position Panelboards
The Chromalox FPAS, FPLS, FPASM, and FPASM – Freeze Protection Ambient Sensing
• 15, 25, 30, and 40 Amp Single- FPLSM series freeze protection heat trace Monitor Series
pole and Double-pole 30 mA panels offer power-distribution, ground-fault
The FPASM WeatherTrace with the Sentinel
Ground Fault Thermal-Magnetic protection, individual circuit alarming, line and
ambient sensing control. System, continually monitors the supply
Circuit Breakers voltage to each individual heat trace circuit.
The panels are housed in NEMA 4 enclosures Loss of voltage or a ground fault condition will
• 100 and 225 Amp Main Bus for indoor/outdoor applications. NEMA 4X 304 trigger an automatic alarm condition, alerting
stainless steel enclosures may be selected as plant personnel of critical process problems
• Single-phase 120/240 VAC an option for more harsh environments. and reducing downtime. An annunciator panel
then identifies the faulted zone and a Common
• Three-phase 120/208 VAC The standard models are available in 12, 18, Alarm is activated with the re-ring feature.*
4-Wire 20, 30, and 42 position panelboards with 100
and 225 amp bus ratings in Single and Three- The FPASM series controls multiple heat
• Three-phase 277 VAC 4-Wire Phase configurations. trace circuits via an ambient sensing external
thermostat, external electronic controller or
Branch circuit breakers are available in 20, via an ambient sensing, door mounted 1601E
• 100 and 250 Amp Main 25, 30, and 40 amp single-pole and two-pole controller. Chromalox recommended control-
Disconnect Switch Option configurations with 30 mA ground-fault equip- lers include: RTAS, RTAS-EP, B100, E100 or
ment protection. the 1601E microprocessor controller.
• Ambient and Line Sensing
FPAS – Freeze Protection Ambient Sensing
Control The FPASM may be operated in two modes;
Series automatically with the external controller or in
The FPAS series controls multiple heat trace
• WeatherTrace Sentinel manual override via the Hand/Off/Auto selector
circuits via an ambient sensing external
Monitoring with Common Alarm thermostat, external electronic controller or
switch.
and Re-Ring Feature* via an ambient sensing, door mounted 1601E FPLSM – Freeze Protection Line Sensing
controller. Chromalox recommended control- Monitor Series
• Z-Purge Pressurization System lers include: RTAS, RTAS-EP, B100, E100 or The FPLSM series controls heat trace lines
for Class 1, Division 2 Option the 1601E microprocessor controller. with individual Chromalox RTBC, RTBC-EP,
E100 or E121 pipe line sensing controls. Each
• Enclosure Heater Option for The FPAS may be operated in two modes; circuit should be controlled by and individual
Subzero Ambients automatically with the external controller, or in sensor/controller. Depending on the applica-
manual override via the Hand/Off/Auto selector tion, controllers can switch more that one
• UL and cUL Third Party switch. circuit.
Approvals FPLS – Freeze Protection Line Sensing The FPLSM is identical to the FPLS Plug. It
Series features the WeatherTrace Sentinel which
The FPLS series controls each heat trace line continually monitors the supply voltage to
with individual Chromalox RTBC, RTBC-EP, each individual heat trace circuit without the
* The re-ring feature allows the WeatherTrace panel to E-100 or E121 pipe line sensing controls. Each
communicate additional alarm conditions in the system need for additional staff. Loss of voltage or a
circuit should be controlled by an individual ground fault condition triggers an automatic
by momentarily clearing and resetting the alarm output
contact. The customer's monitoring device such as a sensor/controller. Depending on the applica- alarm condition, alerting plant personnel of
PLC or DCS would interpret this condition to alert the tion, controllers can switch more that one critical process problems and reducing down-
operators of an additional alarm occurring. circuit. time. An annunciator panel then identifies the
faulted zone and a Common Alarm is activated
with the re-ring feature.*
G-150
Heating Cable
Specifications
Power Source 120/240 VAC Single Phase
120/208 VAC Three-Phase 4-Wire
Freeze Protection 277/480 VAC Three-Phase 4-Wire
Heat Trace Panels Ambient Operating Temperature -32˚F to 122˚F (With Enclosure Heater)
Field Wire Size 14 - 18 AWG (15 - 30 Amp C.B), 8 - 4 AWG
(cont’d.) (40 Amp C.B)
Ground Fault Breaker Type 30mA Ground Fault Equipment Protection
Enclosure NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X 304 Stainles Steel (option)
Main Bus Size 100 Amp and 225 Amp
Main Breaker Size 100 Amp Two-Pole Main Disconnect Switch with
through Door Rotary Handle
250 Amp Three-Pole Main Disconnect Switch
with through Door Rotary Handle
Pressurization System Type Z Purge Pressurization System for Class 1
Division 2 Area
Approvals UL and cUL
L1 L2 L3 N
THREE-POLE O
OFF CONTACTOR
MAIN CIRCUIT COIL
BREAKER
THREE-POLE C NC
MAIN
CONTACTOR PANEL
EXTERNAL CONTROLLER/ ENERGIZED
THERMOSTAT
POWER
ONE-POLE WITH 30mA CONNECTION END SEAL
GROUND FAULT TRIP
(120/277 Vac)
Ambient Sensing
FREEZE-
PROTECTION Three Phase
CIRCUIT
208/120 4-Wire or 480/277 4-Wire
TWO-POLE WITH 30mA HEATING
G
GROUND FAULT TRIP CABLE
(208/480 Vac)
FREEZE-
PROTECTION
CIRCUIT
* EXTERNAL CONTROLLER/THERMOSTAT SOLD SEPARATELY
CONTROL PANELS
HEAT TRACE
L1 L2 N
THREE-POLE
MAIN CIRCUIT
BREAKER
*LINE-SENSING POWER
ONE-POLE WITH 30mA THERMOSTAT CONNECTION END SEAL
Line Sensing GROUND FAULT TRIP C NC
(120/277 Vac)
Single Phase FREEZE-
PROTECTION
CIRCUIT
240/120
*LINE-SENSING
TWO-POLE WITH 30mA THERMOSTAT
GROUND FAULT TRIP C NC
(208/480 Vac) FREEZE-
PROTECTION
CIRCUIT
*EXTERNAL CONTROLLER/THERMOSTAT SOLD SEPARATELY
G-151
Heating Cable
Freeze Protection Heat Trace Panels (cont’d.)

Model 240/120 VAC Single-Phase, 208/120 VAC Three-Phase 4-Wire
FPAS FPAS series Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Panels are designed for use in industrial Freeze Protection and Snow Melt applications. The
Chromalox FPAS series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch, Load Energized Indi-
cator Lamp, Main Power On Lamp, Main Contactor, and Thermal Magnetic Branch Circuit Breakers with 30mA Ground Fault Equipment
Ordering Protection. Options include: NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Enclosures, Main Disconnect Switch, Remote or Local Ambient Temperature
Controller, Enclosure Heater, and Type Z Pressurization System. The FPAS series panels have UL and cUL Third Party Approvals.
Information
Code Panelboard Available Breaker Poles Enclosure Size HxWxD In, (cm)
To Order — 12 12 Positions (100 Amp Main Rating) (12) 1-pole breakers or (6) 2-pole Breakers 48 x 36 x 10 (122 x 92 x 25)
20 20 Positions (100 Amp Main Rating) (20) 1-pole breakers or (10) 2-pole Breakers 48 x 36 x 10 (122 x 92 x 25)
Complete the 30 30 Positions (225 Amp Main Rating) (30) 1-pole breakers or (14) 2-pole Breakers 60 x 36 x 10 (152 x 92 x 25)
Model Number 42 42 Positions (225 Amp Main Rating) (42) 1-pole breakers or (20) 2-pole Breakers 60 x 36 x 10 (152 x 92 x 25)
using the Matrix Code Line Voltage Heater Load
provided. 1 240/120 VAC Single Phase, 3-Wire 120 VAC
2 208/120 VAC 3-Phase, 4-Wire 120 VAC
3 208/120 VAC 3-Phase, 4-Wire 208 VAC (240 VAC Cable)
Remote
Mounted Control PCN 4 240/120 VAC Single Phase, 3-Wire 240 VAC
Accessories Code Enclosure Rating
RTAS 389589 1 NEMA 4 Single Door, Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure
Thermostat 2 NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure (Codes 12 & 20)
RTAS-EP 389597 3 NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure (Codes 30 & 42)
Division 2
Thermostat Code Branch Circuit Breaker Selection (DO NOT EXCEED MAIN RATING)
B-100 NEMA 305365 1(*) 15 Amp 1-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 120 VAC load
4X Thermostat 2(*) 20 Amp 1-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 120 VAC load
B-121 Division 384104 3(*) 25 Amp 1-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 120 VAC load
2 THermostat 4(*) 30 Amp 1-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 120 VAC load
THL NEMA 4X 387014 5(*) 15 Amp 2-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 208/240 VAC load
Thermostat 6(*) 20 Amp 2-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 208/240 VAC load
TXL Division 2 387022 7(*) 25 Amp 2-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 208/240 VAC load
LCD-1 Snow 389781 9(*) 40 Amp 2-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 208/240 VAC load
Switch
Code Main Disconnect or Main Circuit Breaker Selection
0 None
Disconnects
1 100 Amp with 65K Fault Protection (Code 12 & 20 Only)
Main Circuit Breakers for 240/120V line Voltage
A 80 Amp, 2 Pole Circuit Breaker
B 175 Amp, 2 Pole Circuit Breaker
C 250 Amp, 2 Pole Circuit Breaker
F 50 Amp, 3 Pole Circuit Breaker
G 100 Amp, 3 Pole Circuit Breaker
H 150 Amp, 3 Pole Circuit Breaker
J 225 Amp, 3 Pole Circuit Breaker
Code Ambient Controller
0 None (See Accessories)
5 6040-R00000 1/16 DIN Controller (Panel Door Mounted)
Code Enclosure Heater
0 None
1 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater
Code Pressurization Control System
0 None
1 Type Z Class 1, Division 2
FPAS- 42 2 1 1(20) 2 5 0 0 Typical Model Number

Technical Notes: (*) Enter number of circuit breakers in parenthesis
Note: Maximum number of circuit breakers is dependent on the panelboard size (see panelboard selection) and the current capacity of the panelboard
(see table below)
100 Amp Panel Board Breaker Rating 225 Panel Board Breaker Rating
Maximum Number of Breakers Maximum Number of Breakers
Line Voltage 15 Amp 20 Amp 25 Amp 30 Amp 40 Amp Line Voltage 15 Amp 20 Amp 25 Amp 30 Amp 40 Amp
Code 1 (1 Pole CB) 16 12 10 8 Code 1 (1 Pole CB) 37 28 22 18
Code 3 (2 Pole CB) 10 10 8 7 5 Code 3 (2 Pole CB) 20 20 19 16 14
G-152
Heating Cable
Freeze Protection
Heat Trace Panels
(cont’d.) Model 277 VAC 4-Wire
FPAS FPAS series Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Panels are designed for use in industrial Freeze Protection and Snow Melt applica-
tions. The Chromalox FPAS series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch,
Load Energized Indicator Lamp, Main Power On Lamp, Main Contactor, and Thermal Magnetic Branch Circuit Breakers with
Ordering 30mA Ground Fault Equipment Protection. Options include: NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Enclosures, Main Disconnect
Information Switch, Remote or Local Ambient Temperature Controller, Enclosure Heater, and Type Z Pressurization System. The FPAS
series panels have UL and cUL Third Party Approvals.
To Order — Code Panelboard Available Breaker Poles Enclosure Size HxWxD In, (cm)
Complete the
181 18 Positions (100 Amp Main Rating) (8) 1-pole breakers 48 x 36 x 10 (122 x 92 x 25)
Model Number
using the Matrix 421 42 Positions (100 Amp Main Rating) (20) 1-pole breakers 60 x 36 x 10 (152 x 92 x 25)
provided. 302 30 Positions (225 Amp Main Rating) (14) 1-pole breakers 48 x 36 x 10 (122 x 92 x 25)
Code Power Source Load Voltage
1 3 Phase Power, 277/480 VAC 4-Wire 277 VAC (240 VAC Cable)
Code Enclosure Rating
1 NEMA 4 Single-Door, Wall-Mount Steel Enclosure
2 NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure; (Code 181, 301 & 302)
3 NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure; (Code 421 & 422)
Code Branch Circuit Breaker Selection (DO NOT EXCEED MAIN RATING)
1(*) 15 Amp 1-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 120 VAC load
0 None
Disconnects
Main Circuit Breakers
G 175Amp, 3 Pole Circuit Breaker
CONTROL PANELS
6040-R00000 1/16 DIN Controller (Panel Door Mounted)
HEAT TRACE
5
0 None
0 None
FPAS- 302 1 1 2(10) 2 5 1 0 Typical Model Number

Remote Mounted Control Accessories PCN
Note: Maximum number of circuit breakers is dependent on the panelboard size (see
panelboard selection) and the current capacity of the panelboard (see table below) RTAS Thermostat 389589
RTAS-EP Division 2 Thermostat 389597
Breaker Rating
B-100 NEMA 4X Thermostat 305365
Maximum Number of Breakers B-121 Division 2 THermostat 384104
277 VAC 15 Amp 20 Amp 30 Amp 40 Amp THL NEMA 4X Thermostat 387014
100 amp Panel Board 20 18 12 9 TXL Division 2 Thermostat 387022
225 amp Panel Board 20 20 20 20 LCD-1 Snow Switch 389781
G-153
Heating Cable

FPLS FPLS series Line Sensing Heat Trace Panels are designed for use in industrial Freeze Protection and Snow Melt applications. The Chromalox
FPLS series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Main Power on Lamp and Thermal Magnetic Branch Circuit Breakers
with 30mA Ground Fault Equipment Protection. Options include: NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Enclosures, Main Disconnect Switch, Enclo-
Ordering sure Heater, and Type Z Pressurization System. The FPLS series have UL and cUL Third Party Approvals..
Information Code Panelboard Available Breaker Poles Enclosure Size HxWxD In, (cm)
provided. 1 240/120 VAC, Single Phase, 3 Wire 120 VAC
2 208/120 VAC, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 120 VAC
3 208/120 VAC, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 208 VAC (240 VAC Cable)
4 240/120 VAC, Single Phase, 3 Wire 240 VAC
Code Branch Circuit Breaker (DO NOTEXCEED MAIN RATING)
5(*) 15 Amp 2-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 208/240 VAC load
Code Main Disconnect Switch Selection
0 None
Disconnects
0 None
0 None

FPLS- 20 1 1 1(4) 2 0 0 Typical Model Number
Note: Maximum number of circuit breakers is dependent on the panelboard size (see panelboard selection) and the
current capacity of the panelboard (see table below)
Line Voltage 15 Amp 20 Amp 25 Amp 30 Amp Line Voltage 15 Amp 20 Amp 25 Amp 30 Amp
G-154
Heating Cable
Freeze Protection
Heat Trace Panels
(cont’d.)
Model 277 VAC 4-Wire
FPLS FPLS series Line Sensing Heat Trace Panels are designed for use in industrial Freeze Protection and Snow Melt applications.
The Chromalox FPLS series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Main Power on Lamp and Thermal Mag-
Ordering netic Branch Circuit Breakers with 30mA Ground Fault Equipment Protection. Options include: NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel
Enclosures, Main Disconnect Switch, Enclosure Heater, and Type Z Pressurization System. The FPLS series have UL and cUL
Information Third Party Approvals.
To Order —
Complete the 181 18 Positions (100 Amp Main Rating) (8) 1-pole breakers 48 x 36 x 10 (122 x 92 x 25)
Model Number 301 30 Positions (100 Amp Main Rating) (14) 1-pole breakers 48 x 36 x 10 (122 x 92 x 25)
Code Power Source Load Voltage
1 NEMA 4 Single-Door, Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure
2 NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure (Codes 181, 301 & 302)
3 NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure (Codes 421 & 422)
0 None
Disconnects
1 100 Amp with 25K Fault Protection (Code 181, 301 & 421 Only)
2 250 Amp with 35K Fault Protection
CONTROL PANELS
HEAT TRACE
0 None
0 None
FPLS- 181 2 1 1(4) 1 1 0 Typical Model Number

Note: Maximum number of circuit breakers is dependent on the panelboard size

(see panelboard selection) and the current capacity of the panelboard (see table
below)
Breaker Rating
Maximum Number of Breakers
277 VAC 15 Amp 20 Amp 30 Amp
100 amp Panel B 20 18 12
225 amp Panel B 20 20 20
G-155
Heating Cable

Model FPASM 240/120 VAC Single-Phase, 208/120 VAC Three-Phase Wire
FPASM FPASM series Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Panels are designed for use in industrial Freeze Protection and Snow Melt applications. The
Chromalox FPASM series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch, Load Energized
Indicator Lamp, Main Power On Lamp, Main Contactor, and Thermal Magnetic Branch Circuit Breakers with 30mA Ground Fault Equip-
ment Protection.The FPASM weatherTRACE Sentinel continually monitors the supply voltage to each individual heat trace circuit. Loss
of voltage or ground fault condition triggers automatic alarm condition to an annunciator panel which identifies the faulted zone and
a Common Alarm is activated with the Re-Ring Feature. Options include: NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Enclosures, Main Disconnect
Ordering Switch, Remote or Local Ambient Temperature Controller, Enclosure Heater, and Type Z Pressurization System. The FPASM series
have UL and cUL Third Party Approvals.
Information Code Panelboard Available Breaker Poles Enclosure Size HxWxD In, (cm)
2 208/120 VAC, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 120 VAC
Remote 3 208/120 VAC, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 208 VAC (240 VAC Cable)
Mounted Control PCN 4 240/120 VAC, Single Phase, 3 Wire 240 VAC
Accessories
RTAS 389589
Thermostat 1 NEMA 4 Single-Door, Wall-Mount Steel Enclosure
RTAS-EP 389597 3 NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure; (Code 30 & 42)
Division 2
Thermostat Code Branch Circuit Breaker Selection (DO NOT EXCEED MAIN RATING)
B-100 NEMA 305365 1(*) 15 Amp 1-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 120 VAC load
4X Thermostat 2(*) 20 Amp 1-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 120 VAC load
B-121 Division 384104 3(*) 25 Amp 1-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 120 VAC load
2 THermostat 4(*) 30 Amp 1-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 120 VAC load
THL NEMA 4X 387014 5(*) 15 Amp 2-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 208/240 VAC load
TXL Division 2 387022 7(*) 25 Amp 2-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 208/240 VAC load
LCD-1 Snow 389781 9(*) 40 Amp 2-Pole GFI Circuit Breaker for 208/240 VAC load
Switch Code Main Disconnect or Main Circuit Breaker Selection
0 None
Disconnects
0 None
0 None
FPASM- 42 2 1 5(20) 2 5 0 0 Typical Model Number

Note: Maximum number of circuit breakers is dependent on the panelboard

size (see panelboard selection) and the current capacity of the panelboard (see
table below)
Line Voltage 15 Amp 20 Amp 25 Amp 30 Amp 40 Amp Line Voltage 15 Amp 20 Amp 25 Amp 30 Amp 40 Amp
G-156
Heating Cable
Freeze Protection
Heat Trace Panels
(cont’d.) Model 277 VAC 4-Wire; ambient rating 40°C (104°F)
FPASM FPASM series Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Panels are designed for use in industrial Freeze Protection and Snow Melt applica-
tions. The Chromalox FPASM series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch,
Load Energized Indicator Lamp, Main Power On Lamp, Main Contactor, and Thermal Magnetic Branch Circuit Breakers with
Ordering 30mA Ground Fault Equipment Protection.The FPASM weatherTRACE Sentinel continually monitors the supply voltage to each
individual heat trace circuit. Loss of voltage or ground fault condition triggers automatic alarm condition to an annunciator
Information panel which identifies the faulted zone and a Common Alarm is activated with the Re-Ring Feature. Options include: NEMA 4X
304 Stainless Steel Enclosures, Main Disconnect Switch, Remote or Local Ambient Temperature Controller, Enclosure Heater,
To Order — and Type Z Pressurization System. The FPASM series have UL and cUL Third Party Approvals..
Complete the
Model Number
Code Power Source Heater Load
0 None
Disconnect
G 175Amp, 3 Pole Circuit Breaker
CONTROL PANELS
HEAT TRACE
0 None
0 None
FPASM-
422 1 1 1(20) 2 5 0 0 Typical Model Number
Note: Maximum number of circuit breakers is dependent on the panelboard size (see Remote Mounted Control Accessories PCN
panelboard selection) and the current capacity of the panelboard (see table below)
RTAS Thermostat 389589
Breaker Rating RTAS-EP Division 2 Thermostat 389597
Maximum Number of Breakers B-100 NEMA 4X Thermostat 305365
277 VAC 15 Amp 20 Amp 30 Amp 40 Amp B-121 Division 2 THermostat 384104
100 amp Panel Board 20 18 12 9 THL NEMA 4X Thermostat 387014
225 amp Panel Board 20 20 20 20 TXL Division 2 Thermostat 387022
LCD-1 Snow Switch 389781
G-157
Heating Cable

FPLSM FPLSM series Line Sensing Heat Trace Panels are designed for use in industrial Freeze Protection and Snow Melt applications.
The Chromalox FPLSM series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Main Power On Lamp, and Thermal
Magnetic Branch Circuit Breakers with 30mA Ground Fault Equipment Protection. The FPLSM WeatherTRACE Sentinel continu-
ally monitors the supply voltage to each individual heat trace circuit. Loss of voltage or a ground fault condition trggers and
automatic alarm to an annunciator panel which identifies the faulted zone and a Common Alarm is activated with the Re-Ring
Feature. Options Include: NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Enclosures, Main Disconnect Switch, Cabinet Heater, andType Z Pres-
Ordering surization System. The FPLSM series panels have UL and cUL Third Party Approvals.
Information
Complete the
Model Number
Code Line Voltage Heater Load
using the Matrix
2 208/120 VAC 3-Phase, 4-Wire 120 VAC
3 208/120 VAC 3-Phase, 4-Wire 208 VAC (240 VAC Cable)
4 240/120 VAC Single Phase, 3 Wire 240 VAC
1 NEMA 4 Single Door, Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure
0 None
Disconnects
Main Circuit Breakers for 240/120V Line Voltage
Main Circuit Breakers for 208/120V Line Voltage
0 None
0 None

FPLSM- 30 2 1 2(30) 3 5 0 Typical Model Number
Note: Maximum number of circuit breakers is dependent on the panelboard size (see panelboard selection) and the
current capacity of the panelboard (see table below)
Line Voltage 15 Amp 20 Amp 25 Amp 30 Amp Line Voltage 15 Amp 20 Amp 25 Amp 30 Amp
G-158
Heating Cable
Freeze Protection
Heat Trace Panels
(cont’d.)
Model 277 VAC 4-Wire; Ambient Rating 40°C (104°F)
FPLSM FPLSM series Line Sensing Heat Trace Panels are designed for use in Freeze Protection and Snow Melt applications. The Chro-
Ordering malox FPLSM series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Main Power On Lamp, and Thermal Magnetic
Branch Circuit Breakers with 30mA Ground Fault Equipment Protection. The FPLSM WeatherTRACE Sentinel continually moni-
Information tors the supply voltage to each individual heat trace circuit. Loss of voltage or a ground fault condition trggers and automatic
alarm to an annunciator panel which identifies the faulted zone and a Common Alarm is activated with the Re-Ring Feature. The
To Order — FPLSM Options Include: NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Enclosures, Main Disconnect Switch, Enclosure Heater, andType Z Pres-
Complete the surization System. The FPLSM series panels have UL and cUL Third Party Approvals.
Model Number Code Panelboard Available Breaker Poles Enclosure Size HxWxD In, (cm)
using the Matrix
Code Power Source Heater Load
0 None
Disconnects
CONTROL PANELS
0 None
HEAT TRACE
0 None
FPLSM- 181 1 1 1(5) 1 0 0 Typical Model Number

Note: Maximum number of circuit breakers is dependent on the panelboard size (see
panelboard selection) and the current capacity of the panelboard (see table below)
Breaker Rating
Maximum Number of Breakers
277 VAC 15 Amp 20 Amp 30 Amp
100 amp Panel Board 20 18 12
225 amp Panel Board 20 20 20
G-159
Heating Cable
SEHS
Skin Effect
Heating System
• Indirect Heating
• Up to 16 Miles (26 km) in Length
• Rated for Voltages up to 5,000 V
• Single Side Supply Voltage
• Temperatures to 392˚F (200˚C)
• Temperature Maintenance,
Freeze Protection or Heat-up
• Third Party Certified, with

Hazardous Area Certificate Description
Available
Skin Effect Heating is used specifically for Skin Effect Heating can be installed in any
providing indirect heat to longer runs of piping setting. Arrangements can be made for above
• Low Maintenance
from a single electrical supply source. Skin Ef- ground, buried, or submerged piped installa-
fect is used in markets such as Oil & Gas, Refin- tions.
• Low Operating Cost
ing, Chemical, or any similar industrial market
that requires heated pipelines on long runs. Advantages
• Above Ground, Buried or
Submerged Installation A Skin Effect System is an easy-to-use arrange- Long Runs – Skin Effect can be used for pipe
ment made up of the heating tube, skin-effect runs up to 16 miles (26 km) in length.
cable, junction boxes, transformer, and control
Single Supply Voltage – Skin effect only
panel.
requires voltage termination at one end of the
Heating Principle heating system, simplifying installation time.
1 2 3 4
A small steel tube is bonded on the pipe to be Low Installation Cost – The Skin Effect System
heated. A skin-effect electric cable is placed installs right along with the piping systems and
inside the tube to conduct the voltage up to insulation, providing no interference.
the end of the pipe. The return of current goes
Low Operating Costs – The direct attachment of
by the small tube, but only through the inter-
the tube and pipe provide efficient heat transfer
nal thickness as defined by the laws of Kelvin
e to the process.
and Maxwell. The setup provides conductive
heating direct to the wall of the process pipe. Low Maintenance Costs – No moving parts
Supply connections are made in special boxes. mean minimal yearly maintenance required for
a fully operating system. Any replacements can
Application be done without disturbing the insulation.
Skin Effect can be used for freeze protection, ‘Invisible’ Operation – Skin Effect does not
5
temperature maintenance, or heating-up of interfere with cathodic protection systems. No
multiple fluids. Heat input can be adjusted to residual voltage is present on the surface of the
1 Insulation handle a range of thermal viscosities such as tube.
2 Heating Steel Tube water, crude or refined oils, steam, and various
3 Special Skin-Effect Cable chemical. Third Party Certified – Systems can be certified
4 Thermal Junction Electric Current Focusing
for ordinary or Hazardous Area use.
The indirect heating arrangement allows it to
5 Traced Pipe Heating Transfer
be used with any potentially corrosive process. Effective Heating Control – Systems can be
The simple installation provides for minimal provided for multiple uses, heat-up for start-up
maintenance and allows extremely low operat- situations or maintenance temperature for
ing costs. operating phase.
G-160
Heating Cable
Impedance
Heating System
• Uniform, Indirect Heating
• Distances of up to Several Miles

in Length
• 1kW to Several MW of Power Shown Above: Heat Tracing and Freeze Protection
• Low Voltage Operation in the

Process (less than 50V)
• Temperatures to 2,000˚F
(1,090˚C)
• Watt Densities up to 190 W/in2

(29.5 W/cm2)
Shown Above: Heat Transfer and Process Liquifications
• Hazardous Area Certifications
Available
Description Impedance heating allows for even, smooth
Impedance systems utilize the carrier pipe for heating along the entire circumference and
the heating element and require no modifica- length.
tions to the carrier pipe. A low AC voltage is
• Simple Installation - As compared to
supplied to the carrier pipe, with the result
electric heating elements, additional piping,
being that the carrier pipe becomes the heat-
valves, wiring, etc are not needed to ac-
ing element. Impedance systems apply heat
commodate Impedance heating. Impedance
uniformly over the pipe surface eliminating
utilizes the pipe itself and minimizes the
"hot spots" which can damage sensitive mate-
amount of eqipment needed.
rials. These systems can be used at very high
temperatures and can supply enough energy • Efficient, Compact area for heat
to heat the material as it is flowing. Impedance transfer - Impedance heating allows higher
systems are much more efficient and safer watt densities to be used due to increased
than other tracing systems that can provide velocities and lower pressure drops.
heat inputs up to 190 W/in2 (29.5 W/cm2) and
temperatures up to 2,000˚F (1,090˚C). Several • Indirect Heating Contact - There are no
impedance systems can be connected together concerns of corrosion on a heater sheath as
to heat longer pipelines. the process is only heated by the pipe.
HEAT TRACING
• Can handle warm up or temperature main-
PRODUCTS
Applications tenance conditions - Impedance heating can
• Raising or maintaining the temperature of be use for simply maintaining pipe tempera-
a process stream, including the fluids that tures or adding additional power to heat-up
are thermally sensitive or highly viscous, or liquid flow. Impedance can also be used to
fluids that may solidfy in piping and need liquify coagulated fluids when re-starting a
liquefied prior to pumping system.
• Freeze Protection • No routine maintainence needed - Imped-
• Heating corrosive materials when direct im- ance has no moving parts that require ser-
mersion heating is not desired or practical vicing or that can cause costly shutdowns
on operations.
Advantages • No double jacketing - Steam or oil traced
• Accurate temperature control to +-1˚F - lines have additional hazards of frozen lines,
Available SCR power control can accurately or leaky connections. Impedance totally
monitor and control desired temperature eliminates these concerns.
• Uniform Heating - rather than having
localized 'hot spots' for transfering energy,
G-161
Heating Cable
Chromalox®
Specification Data Sheet Impedance Heating System
Form 234
Customer Name: Quote No.: Date:
Process Data Insulation Data

1. NAME OF FLUID: 1. INSULATION MATERIAL:
2. TYPE OF PROCESS: o Gas o Liquid 2. INSULATION "K" FACTOR:
3. WORKING PRESSURE:
psig. 3. THICKNESS: Inches
4. JACKETING MATERIAL:
Complete Information for Section A or Section B Environmental Data
A. Pipe Maintenance 1. LOCATION: o Indoor o Outdoor
1. MAINTENANCE TEMPERATURE: (°F) 2. MAXIMUM WIND SPEED: o Mph
3. MINIMUM AMBIENT TEMP.: (°F)
B. Process Heat Up 4. HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS: (If Yes, Specify) o Yes o No
1. INLET TEMPERATURE: (°F) Class:
2. OUTLET TEMPERATURE: (°F) Division:
3. FLOW RATE: lb/hr Group:
4. FLUID DENSITY:
lb/ft3 T-Rating:
5. SPECIFIC HEAT:
Btu/lb/˚F
6. WILL PROCESS CHANGE STATE? (If Yes, Specify) Controls
Melting Point: (°F) 1. CONTACTOR OR SCR:
Heat of Fusion Btu/lb 2. NEMA ENCLOSURE RATING:
Viscosity of Liquid State 3. OTHER DESIRED FEATURES:
Viscosity of Solid State
Density in Liquid State lb/ft3 Other
Density in Solid State lb/ft3 1. KW (If Known):
2. AVAILABLE VOLTAGE:
Pipe Data 3. PHASE:
1. MATERIAL:
2. LENGTH: Feet
3. OUTSIDE DIAMETER: Inches Please include a piping diagram for complex systems.
4. THICKNESS: Inches
G-162
Controls
T H E C O M P O N E N T S O L U T I O N
Making it Right Monitors &

Overtemperature
Controls
Chromalox makes it easy to protect expensive
process equipment, products and processes.
From multiple loop digital monitors to
microprocessor-based 50 Series High Limit
Controller with digital communications, to the
space-saving, compact board level models,
Chromalox has the right monitor or overtem-
perature controller for your application.
Temperature &
Process Controllers
With control options ranging from basic electromechanical
thermostats to multi-loop, microprocessor-based temperature
and process controllers, Chromalox has the exact degree of ChromaloxPro Software
cost-effective product sophistication, or simplicity, that your
application demands:
• 1/32, 1/16, 1/8 and 1/4 DIN Temperature and
Process Controllers
• Single and Dual Loop Advanced Process Controllers
• Multi-Loop Controllers
• Non-Indicating Temperature Controls
• Thermostats
• OEM Engineering and Customization Capabilities
Standard Chromalox controllers are equipped with

advanced features such as:
PRODUCTS
CONTROLS
CONTROL
• Digital Communications
• Ramp/Soak
• Fuzzy Logic
• Self-Tuning Control
Cost-Effective Products
H-1
Controls
Solid State Power

Control Components
Chromalox offers a complete array of solid state
power control components from efficient, cost-
sensitive SSR's to full-featured advanced SCR's.
Options such as parameter diagnostics, current
limiting, multiple firing modes, soft start and
communications ensure high precision control,
system integrity and process stability:
• Zero-Crossover and Phase-Angle Fired
• 120 to 690 VAC
• 0 to 1200 Amps
• Single and 3-Phase Loads
• User Configurable Firing Models
• Current Limiting, Heater Break and Soft Start
• V, I, P Diagnostics
• Standard Industrial Communication Protocols
Your Single Source

Heat Trace Controls Sensors &
Chromalox also offers a complete line of
electronic heat trace controls and control
Accessories
panels. As your single source for the es-
sential control elements, Chromalox
specifies and stocks all the acces-
sories you need to complete your
application – simply and reliably
from one source:
• Thermocouples and RTDs
• Thermowells, Connection Hard-
ware and Extension Wire
• Calibration Devices
• Indicating Meters, Timers and
Recorders
• Electromechanical Contactors,
Thermostats and Thermoswitches.
Choose from integrated temperature controls, sensors and single or

multi-loop control panels used for process temperature control and
freeze protection applications. See section G in this catalog for more information
about our complete line of heat trace products.
H-2
Controls
T H E S Y S T E M S O L U T I O N
Control Panels
Integrating all the components – temperature controllers, overtempera-
ture controllers and Power Controllers – into standard, off-the-shelf-pan-
els, sets Chromalox apart from the competition. Chromalox stocks more
standard power control panels, in different sizes and configurations than
anyone in the industry. Choose from basic. single-circuit, low amperage
contactor or SCR mini control panels to sophisticated, multiple circuit,
higher amperage phase angle SCR control with full system diagnostics
and several layers of process redundancy. Every panel is pre-engineered,
field-proven and ready to install, and saves you the time and trouble of
selecting, obtaining and assembling the various components. Select
from pre-configured panels that include:
• NEMA 12, 7, 4X or 4 Enclosure
• 120-690 VAC
• 25 Amps - 1200 Amps
• Zero Cross or Phase Angle
• Process/Temperature Controller(s)
• Overtemperature Controller(s)
• SCR Power Controller(s) and Fusing
• Contactor(s)
• Hybrid Contactor with SCR Trim Control
• Pushbuttons, Switches, Indicators and Labeling Options
• Agency Approvals (UL, CSA, cUL)
Custom Panels & Control Systems

Drawing on nearly 100 years of experience, Chromalox has an expertise that comes from working with world-scale engineering
groups such as Bechtel and Flour-Daniel, U.S. military shipboard systems and the most demanding research institutions. Chro-
malox has encountered and conquered the challenges of even the most specialized requirements. This experience translates to
efficient, economical solutions for your system's applications.
PRODUCTS
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Medium Voltage SCR Control Panel

4,160 VAC • 2,500 kW
The Essential Elements H-3

Controls
Temperature & Process Controller Selection Guide

40 Series 20 Series
Controller 4081/4082 4080 6060
4040, 8040, 6040 8020, 6020
Temperature & Process Temperature & Process Temperature & Process Temperature & Process Temperature & Process
Description Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller
Control Loops Single / Dual Single Single Single Single
Upper: 4 digit Low: Hi-
Indication/Display Graphical/Text LCD Graphical/Text LCD Dual 4-Digit Dual 4-Digit
Res Text
Panel Cutout (DIN) 1/4 1/4 1/16 1/4, 1/8, 1/16 1/8, 1/16
Inputs J,K,R,S,T,B,C,D,E,L,N,Pt RH J,K,R,S,T,B,C,D,E,L,N,Pt RH J,K,R,S,T,B,C,D,E,L,N,Pt J,K,C,E,N,T,R,S,B & Pt J,K,C,L,N,T,R,S,B & Pt RH
Thermocouple 20%:40% 20%:40% RH 20%:40% RH 20% vs 40% 20% vs 40%
2 or 3 wire PT100,
RTD 2 or 3 wire PT100, NI120 2 or 3 wire PT100, NI120 2 or 3 wire PT100 2 or 3 wire PT100
PT1000, KTY 11-6
0/4-20 mA, 0/10-50 mV,
0/4-20 mA, 0/10-50 mV, 0/1- 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, 0-50
0/1-5 V, 0/2-10 V, (0-100 mV
5 V, 0/2-10 V, (0-100 mV and 0-5 V, 1-5 V, 0-10 V, 0-50 mV, 10-50 mV, 0-5 mV, 10-50 mV, 0-5 V,
Current, Voltage and 2K Ω pot also on Feature
2K Ω pot also on aux input), 2-10 V, scaling -1999 V, 1-5 V, 0-10 V, 2-10 V, 1-5 V, 0-10 V, 2-10 V,
Option B input), scaling
scaling -1999 to +9999 to +9999 scaling -1999 to +9999 scaling -1999 to +9999
-1999 to +9999
Digital 9 (+ 4 soft) 2 2 or 4 1 N
Outputs (Maximum) 9 9 6 3/5 3
Relay Y Y Y Y Y
SSR Drive Y Y Y Y Y
Triac/SSR Y Y Y Y N
4-20mA Y Y Y Y N
Number of
3 2 3 2 2
Control Points
Number of Alarms1 7 5 5 3 2
Number of Events 1
7 5 5 3 2
Agency Approvals UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE
Operating NEMA 4X, IP66 NEMA 4X, IP66
NEMA 4X, IP65 NEMA 4X / IP66 NEMA 4X, IP65
Environment (IP65 with USB) (IP65 with USB)
Control Modes
N N N N N
Limit
ON/OFF Y Y Y Y Y
Proportional
Y Y Y Y Y
(w/ manual reset)
PID Y (5 sets) Y Y Y Y
Auto Tune PID Y Y Y Y Y
Valve Drive
Y Y Y Y N
w/Feedback
Ramp and Soak Y Y Y N N
Programs X Segments 64 X 255 64 X 255 16 X 16 - -
Ramp to Set Point Y Y Y Y Y
Heat, Cool Heat/Cool, Valve Heat, Cool Heat/Cool, Valve
Control Action Heat, Cool Heat/Cool Heat, Cool Heat/Cool Heat, Cool Heat/Cool
Actuator Actuator
Loop / Heater Break Alarm,
Loop / Heater Break Alarm, Loop / Heater Break Valve Motor Drive, Heater
Other Cascade, Ratio, Gain Schedul- -
Valve Motor Drive Alarm Break Alarm
ing, Valve Motor Drive
Remote Setpoint Y Y Y Y N
Retransmit Output Y Y Y Y N
Communications
RTU/RS485 & TCP/Ethernet, RTU/RS485 & TCP/Ethernet,
(Modbus unless RTU/RS485 RTU/RS485 RTU/RS485
USB Data Port USB Data Port
otherwise specified)
See Page H-7 H-11 H-15 H-18 H-21
1 Some outputs are field selectable as Alarms or Events.
H-4
Controls

Controller 2110 3204 ETR-3400 300D/300B 1040
Temperature & Process Temperature & Process Temperature & Process
Description Temperature Controller
Temperature Controller
Controller
Control Loops Single Single Single Single 1 - 32 / System
Set Point Dial/Non Indicat-
Indication/Display Single 4-Digit Single 4-Digit Single 4-Digit N/A
ing
Panel Cutout (DIN) 1/4 1/32 1/32 DIN Rail DIN Rail Mount
Inputs J,K,E,L,N,T,R,S,B & Pt RH

J,K J,K,T,E,B,R,S,N J,K,T,E,B,R,S,N J,K
Thermocouple 20% vs 40%
RTD PT100 PT100 PT100 PT100 3 wire PT100, NI120

0/4-20 mA, 0/10 to 50 mV,
4-20mV, 0-20mV and 0/1-5 V, 0/2-10 V, scaling
4-20mA, 0-20mA 0-1,
Current, Voltage - 4-20mA*, 0-20mA* - -32000 to +32000; Heater
0-5, 1-5 or 0-10Vdc
*requires 1-Ohm resistor Current: 0 to 50mA/60mA
Scaleable 0.1 to 100AAC
Digital N - 1 - N
Outputs (Maximum) 2 3 3 1 Up to 48
Relay Y (20 Amps) Y Y Y Y
SSR Drive Y (10 Amps) Y Y N Y
Triac/SSR Y Y Y N N
4-20mA N Y Y N Y
Number of
1 2 2 1
Control Points
Number of Alarms1 1 1 2 (1 out Vdc) N Up to 16
Number of Events 1
- - - 0 Up to 16
Agency Approvals UL, cUL UL, cUL, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CUL UL, cUL, CE
Operating
NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 1 IP20
Environment
Control Modes
N Y N N N
Limit
ON/OFF Y Y Y Y Y
Proportional
Y Y Y Y N
(w/ manual reset)
PID Y (PI Only) Y Y N Y
Auto Tune PID N Y Y N Y
Valve Drive
N N N N Y
w/Feedback
Ramp and Soak N Y Y N N
Programs X Segments - 1X2 2 - -
Ramp to Set Point - Y Y - Y
PRODUCTS
CONTROL
Control Action Heat Heat, Cool Heat/Cool Heat, Cool Heat/Cool Heat Heat, Cool Heat/Cool
Differential Input Loop /
Other High Current Output - Sensor Break Heater Break Alarm
Heater Break
Remote Setpoint N N Y N
Retransmit Output N N Y N Y
Communications RTU/RS485, TCP/IP,
(Modbus unless N RTU/RS485, RS232 RTU/RS485 N DeviceNet, Ethernet/IP,
otherwise specified) ProfiBus
See Page H-25 H-27 H-30 H-33 H-34
H-5
Controls

50 Series
Controller 3340 / 3380 CX224
4050, 6050
LIMIT
Description Temperature & Process Controller Monitor High/Low Limit High Limit
Control Loops Four / Eight Twelve Single Single
Indication/Display Dual 4-Digit LED Dual 4-Digit Set Point Dial Non-Indicating
Panel Cutout (DIN) 1/4 Special Front Panel Mount 1/4 & 1/16 (1/8 available) Back Panel Mount
Inputs J,K,E,T,R,S,B,N,PLII,U,LW5Re/ J,K,C,L,N,T,R,S,B & Pt RH 20%
J,K,E,T J,K
Thermocouple W26Re vs 40%
RTD PT100 Pt, Ni, Cu 3 wire PT100 PT100
0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, 0-50 mV, 10 to
0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, 0-5 V, 1-5 V,
Current, Voltage 0-5, 0-10, 1-5 Vdc 4-20 mA 50 mV, 0-5 V, 1-5 V, 0-10 V, 2-10
2-10 V, 0-10 V
V, scaling -1999 to +9999
Digital Up to 5 0 1 Reset
Outputs (Maximum) 11 5 3 1
Relay Y Y Y Y
SSR Drive Y Y Y N
Triac/SSR Y N Y N
4-20mA Y N Y N
Number of
4/8 0 1 0
Control Points
Number of Alarms1 Up to 7 / Up to 3 12 3 1
Number of Events 1
0 1 0
Agency Approvals UL, cUL, CE UL UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, FM
Operating
IP65 NEMA 4 NEMA 4X, IP66
Environment
Control Modes
N N Y Y
Limit
ON/OFF Y N N N
Proportional
Y N N N
(w/ manual reset)
PID Y N N N
Auto Tune PID Y N N N
Valve Drive
N N N N
w/Feedback
Ramp and Soak N N N N
Programs X Segments - - - -
Ramp to Set Point Y N N N
Control Action Heat, Cool Heat/Cool Limit/Alarm Limit/Alarm -
Other Heater Break, Multi-Memory Area Differential Input Heater Break - 3PH/Heater Break Memory Area
Remote Setpoint N N
Retransmit Output N N Y
Communications
(Modbus unless RTU/RS485/422/232 RTU/RS485, RS232 RTU/RS485 N
otherwise specified)
See Page H-38 H-42 H-44 H-47
H-6
CONTROLS
4081 & 4082

Advanced Temperature
& Process Controller
1 & 2 Loop
• 1/4 DIN Format
• Up to 9 Outputs
• Up to 7 Programmable Event
Outputs: Absolute, Deviation,
Rate of Change, Sensor Break,
Recorder Memory, Power
• Reinforced Safety Isolation from
Outputs and Inputs
• Several Inputs
- 2 Analog
- Remote Setpoint
- 9 Digital
• Profiling Option
- 64 Programs Using 255 Description
Segments
The Chromalox 4081 (Single Loop ) and 4082 (Dual Loop) are affordable temperature and process
- Ramp, Dwell, Hold, Loop,
controllers with advanced functionality including profiling and data-logging options. They both
Join, End & Repeat
incorporate a graphic/text LCD display and are designed to improve user efficiency with many
• Data-Logging Option (Data, features integrated to reduce startup time, simplify operation and minimize downtime.
Alarms & Events)
Improved Process Visibility
• Real Time Clock One of the key factors in maintaining and improving operation of
• USB Port To Access Files a system is to have high visibility of the process. The LCD screen
displays clear real-text messages, removing ambiguity that can
• Large Graphical / Text LCD be caused by mnemonic codes on LED displays used in many
Display products. The 4082 has two independent loop displays.
- Trend View
- Color Change LED Backlight Simplified Operation
On Alarm Operators can improve efficiency and reduce the possibility of errors by creating an optimized
- Configurable User-Menu menu structure for screen navigation. The configuration tool is used to provide operators with the
Structure specific parameters needed in the order desired. Security is assured with password protection on
supervisor and configuration parameter access levels.
• Simplified Programming Wizard
A Complete & Compact Control Solution
• Cascade Control Advanced process and temperature control, such as cascade,
• Ratio Control valve and ratio control, extensive profiling capability, high
• Valve Motor Control visibility alarms and data-logging functions are all packaged
within a single 1/4 DIN product. The integrated control, dual
• 2nd Universal Input also For loop capability and monitoring functions translate into fewer
Monitoring system control components. This reduces wiring, shrinks the
• Modbus RS485 & Modbus TCP panel footprint and compresses installation time, resulting in a lower system cost.
Ethernet Minimize Setup Time
• ChromaloxPro TM
Configuration Time is money. Constantly referring to instruction manuals increases startup time and can lead to
Software confusion. A number of tools are available with the 4081/4082 to simplify the configuration process:
An easy setup wizard; on-screen help; ChromaloxProTM software for on or offline programming; and
• Multiple Language Option secure local configuration with a memory stick via the optional front access USB port.
• UL, cUL, CE and RoHS2
H-8
CONTROLS
4081 & 4082 Advanced Temp. & Process Controller (cont’d.)

Features
Advanced Process Control Integrated Data-Logging Option ChromaloxPro Configuration Suite
• Easy setup wizard for quick configuration • Historic data for analysis or reporting Save time with the ChromaloxPro software
• Universal input for T/C, RTDs & Linear DC • Trend view and alarm indication configuration tools.
signals • Export data files via front USB or comms
• Log PV’s, SP’s or alarms (including min, max • Change parameter settings
• Up to 9 output options including Triac & Linear
& ave) • PID tuning
DC
• Run/Stop or FIFO (first in-first out) recording • Offline simulation tools – reduce risk
• Up to 9 Digital inputs
• Logging time intervals from 1s to 30m • Visibility of live process data
• Configurable menus
• Fine-tune settings for optimum performance
• Pre-tune and self-tune function
Real text display with graphics • Back-up all settings for quick reconfiguration
• RS485 Modbus or Ethernet option
• Easy to read green/red LCD display
• USB port for local files access Customize 4081 & 4082 for your process
• Screen color can be set to change on alarm
• Master-slave config for multi-zone apps • Optimized menu structure – simplify operation
• Multi-language option
• Custom splash-screen on startup • Modify text labels to match system operation
Profiling Functionality
• Graphical trend view • Create a company contact page
• 255 segments used within 64 programs
• Ramp, dwell, hold, loop or jump to other profile • LED indication of heat, cool, auto-tuning and
• User-defined text profile names alarms
• Delayed or day/time profile start
• Detailed overview of profile status
• Up to 7 event outputs
• Bar graph profile and segment trend progress
Specifications
FEATURES
Control Types ��1 or 2 control loops, each with PID or VMD (3-point stepping PID control). Two internally linked cascade loops,
each with PID or VMD (3-point stepping PID control). One ratio loop for combustion control
VMD Feedback ��Second input can provide valve position feedback or flow indication
Tuning Types ��Pre-tune, auto-pretune, self-tune or manual tuning, with up to 5 PID sets stored internally
Auto/Manual Control ��Selectable with ‘bumpless’ transfer when switching between auto and manual control
Output Configuration ��Up to 9 for control, alarms, profiler event outputs, 24VDC transmitter power supply & retransmission.
Alarms ��Up to 7 alarms selectable as process high, process low, deviation & band, plus sensor break and loop alarms.
Logical OR alarm outputs, % recorder memory used, control power high/low unused.
HMI ��Display: 160 x 80 pixel, monochrome graphic LCD with a dual color (red/green) backlight; 4 button operation; 4
LEDs to Indicate heat, cool, auto-tuning and alarm
PC Configuration ��ChromaloxPro configuration and commissioning software
INPUT
Thermocouple ��J, K, R, S, T, B, C, D, E, L, N, PtRh 20%:40%
RTD ��3 wire PT100, NI120
DC Linear ��0 -20 mA, 4-20 mA, 0-50 mV, 10-50 mV, 0-5 V, 1-5 V, 0-10 V, 2-10 V (0-100 mV and 2K W pot also on aux-B
input) scaling -1999 to 9999
SINGLE CHANNEL
Accuracy ��±0.1% of input range ± 1 LSD, Thermocouple CJC, (Aux Input : ±0.25% of input range ± 1 LSD)
Sampling rate ��Process input 10 per second, Aux input : 4 per second
Sensor break ��Detected within 2 seconds, control goes to user preset power value.
Digital inputs ��Functions: setpoint select, control output, enable/disable, auto/manual control, profiler run/hold/abort, data-
logger start/stop
Volt free contact or DC voltage: open contact / 2 to 24 VDC signal = Logic high, closed contact / -0.6 to 0.8 VDC
signal = Logic low
OUTPUTS
Relay ��Single relay: 2 A resistive SPDT at 120/240 VAC, >500,000 operations
Dual & Quad relay: 2 A resistive SPST at 120/240 VDC, >200,000 operations (dual) or >500,000 operations (quad)
SSR Driver ��Voltage >10V into 500W min
H-9
CONTROLS

Specifications (continued)
Triac ��Operating voltage: 20 to 280 Vrms (47 to 63 Hz), Rating 0.01 to 1 A @ 25°C
Linear DC ��Ranges: 0-5 V, 0-10 V, 1-5 V, 2-10 V, 0-20 mA & 4-20 mA (selectable) ±0.25% of range (mA@250W, V@2kW)
Transmitter PSU ��Power rating 24 V nominal (19 to 28 VDC) into 910W min (option to use DC linear output as 0-10 V adjustable
Tx PSU)
Communications ��RS232 via RJ11 cable, (configuration only) RS485 - Modbus RTU master or slave, Ethernet - Modbus TCP
slave (10 base-T or 100 base-T), Ver 1.1/2.0 USB host for memory stick
PROFILER
Memory ��255 segments can be freely allocated in up to 64 programs
Segment types ��Ramp (rate or time), dwell (soak), hold (manual guaranteed soak or real-time profiling), loop (to previous seg-
ment), join another profile, end or repeat sequence
Control ��Run, hold, abort, profile select, jump to next segment, delayed profile start, real-time clock profile start.
DATA-LOGGER
Data record options ��PV (Process variable), max and min PV between samples, actual SP (setpoint), output power, alarm & event
status, power on/off
Record modes ��FIFO (circular buffer) or run-then-stop (fixed buffer)
Recording Interval ��1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 30 sec or 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 30 min
Control ��Manual; serial comms; digital input; synchronized with profile; PV rate of change; log on alarm
ENVIRONMENTAL
Standards ��UL, cUL, CE, RoHS2. EMI - EN61326, Safety EN61010-1 & UL61010C-1 Pollution degree 2, Installation
category II; RoHS2 2011/65/EU
Protection ��Front Panel: NEMA 4, IP66 (IP65 with USB fitted). Behind panel IP20
Temperature & RH ��0 to 55˚C (-20 to 80˚C Storage), 20% to 95% RH Non-Condensing
Model X Y F D W H
4081 & 4082 3.78" (96 mm) 3.78" (96 mm) 0.39" (10 mm) 4.61" (117 mm) 3.62" (92 mm) 3.62" (92 mm)
Accessories
ChromaloxPro Configuration Software 0149-50092
Universal S/W Converter & PC Cable 20/40/50/60/80 Series 0149-50086
Cable Only - 40/50/80 Series to Universal Adapter 0149-50088
Snubber 0149-01305
H-10
CONTROLS

Model Advanced Temperature & Process Controller
4081 1 Control Loop
4082 2 Control Loops
Code Unit Type
C Controller
U Controller with USB Port
R Controller/Recorder with USB Port & Real Time Clock
Code
Profiler Option
0 Not Fitted
P Profiler
Code
Output 1
0 None
R *Relay (2 Amp resistive at 240 VAC, SPDT, Form C)
S SSR (0/10 VDC, 500W Minimum load)
A *Analog (Linear DC: 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-5V, 0-10V, 2-10V)
T *Triac (0.01 to 1 Amp AC, 20 to 280Vrms, 47 to 63Hz)
Codes Output 2 & Output 3 (Choose the Appropriate Code for Each)
Out 2 Out 3 Output Type

0 0 None
R R *Relay (2 Amp resistive at 240 VAC, SPDT, Form C)
S S *SSR (0/10 VDC, 500W Minimum load)
T T *Triac (0.01 to 1 Amp AC, 20 to 280Vrms, 47 to 63Hz)
M M *Dual Relay Output - 2 Amp resistive, 240 VAC, SPST, Form A, norm. open, comm. term.
W W *Dual SSR Output - Non Isolated, 0/10 VDC, 500 W Minimum load
P P *Isolated Power Supply 24 VDC, 910 W Minimum (Only 1 Power Supply Supported)
Code
Base Outputs
1 1X Relay
2 1X Relay & 1X Analog
Code
Feature Option A
0 None
1 RS485 (ModBus/RTU) Digital Comms
2 Digital Input (Voltage Free or TTL Input)
3 Remote Setpoint - Analog Input A
4 Ethernet Port - ModBus TCP Slave
Code Auxiliary Input
0 None
2 1
Universal Input (Avail. on Single Loop Controllers Only)
Code
Feature Option C
SINGLE CHANNEL
0 None
1 Multiple Digital Inputs (1 - 8 Digital Inputs)
Code
Power Supply
0 100 - 240V AC
1 24 - 48V AC/DC
4082- R P S R R - 2 4 0 1 0 Typical Model Number
Order Table Notes: Technical Notes:

1
Only available on Single Loop Models. 1. Quick Start manuals are shipped with the controller. Full installation
*Reinforced 240V safety isolation from inputs and other outputs and instruction manuals are available online at www.chromalox.com
H-11
Controls
4081 & 4082 Advanced Temperature & Process Controller (cont’d.)

Features
• Up to 9 output options including Triac & • Log PV’s, SP’s or alarms (including min, • Change parameter settings
Linear DC max & ave) • PID tuning
• Up to 9 Digital inputs • Run/Stop or FIFO (first in-first out) record- • Offline simulation tools – reduce risk
• Configurable menus ing • Visibility of live process data
• Pre-tune and self-tune function • Logging time intervals from 1s to 30m • Fine-tune settings for optimum performance
• RS485 Modbus or Ethernet option • Back-up all settings for quick reconfiguration
• USB port for local files access Real text display with graphics
• Easy to read green/red LCD display Customize 4081 & 4082 for your process
• Master-slave config for multi-zone apps • Optimized menu structure – simplify opera-
Profiling Functionality • Multi-language option tion
• 255 segments used within 64 programs • Custom splash-screen on startup • Modify text labels to match system operation
• Ramp, dwell, hold, loop or jump to other • Graphical trend view • Create a company contact page
profile • LED indication of heat, cool, auto-tuning and
• Bar graph profile and segment trend progress
Specifications
FEATURES
Control Types ��1 or 2 control loops, each with PID or VMD (3-point stepping PID control). Two internally linked cascade loops,
each with PID or VMD (3-point stepping PID control). One ratio loop for combustion control
VMD Feedback ��Second input can provide valve position feedback or flow indication
Tuning Types ��Pre-tune, auto-pretune, self-tune or manual tuning, with up to 5 PID sets stored internally
Auto/Manual Control ��Selectable with ‘bumpless’ transfer when switching between auto and manual control
Output Configuration ��Up to 9 for control, alarms, profiler event outputs, 24VDC transmitter power supply & retransmission.
Logical OR alarm outputs, % recorder memory used, control power high/low unused.
PC Configuration ��ChromaloxPro configuration and commissioning software
INPUT
logger start/stop
signal = Logic low
OUTPUTS
H-8
Controls

Tx PSU)
PROFILER
DATA-LOGGER
ENVIRONMENTAL
Standards ��UL, cUL, CE, RoHS2. EMI - EN61326, Safety EN61010-1 & UL61010C-1 Pollution degree 2, Installation
category II; RoHS2 2011/65/EU
Model X Y F D W H
SINGLE CHANNEL
4081 & 4082 3.78" (96 mm) 3.78" (96 mm) 0.39" (10 mm) 4.61" (117 mm) 3.62" (92 mm) 3.62" (92 mm)
Accessories
ChromaloxPro Configuration Software 0149-50092
Universal S/W Converter & PC Cable 20/40/50/60/80 Series 0149-50086
Cable Only - 40/50/80 Series to Universal Adapter 0149-50088
Snubber 0149-01305
H-9
Controls

4081 1 Control Loop
4082 2 Control Loops
Code Unit Type
C Controller
Code
Profiler Option
0 Not Fitted
P Profiler
Code
Output 1
0 None
R *Relay (2 Amp resistive at 240 VAC, SPDT, Form C)
A *Analog (Linear DC: 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-5V, 0-10V, 2-10V)
T *Triac (0.01 to 1 Amp AC, 20 to 280Vrms, 47 to 63Hz)

0 0 None
R R *Relay (2 Amp resistive at 240 VAC, SPDT, Form C)
T T *Triac (0.01 to 1 Amp AC, 20 to 280Vrms, 47 to 63Hz)
M M *Dual Relay Output - 2 Amp resistive, 240 VAC, SPST, Form A, norm. open, comm. term.
W W *Dual SSR Output - Non Isolated, 0/10 VDC, 500 W Minimum load
P P *Isolated Power Supply 24 VDC, 910 W Minimum (Only 1 Power Supply Supported)
Code
Base Outputs
1 1X Relay
Code
Feature Option A
0 None
3 Remote Setpoint - Analog Input A
Code Auxiliary Input
0 None
2 1
Universal Input (Avail. on Single Loop Controllers Only)
Code
Feature Option C
0 None
1 Multiple Digital Inputs (1 - 8 Digital Inputs)
Code
Power Supply
0 100 - 240V AC
1 24 - 48V AC/DC
4082- R P S R R - 2 4 0 1 0 Typical Model Number

1
Only available on Single Loop Models. 1. Quick Start manuals are shipped with the controller. Full installation
*Reinforced 240V safety isolation from inputs and other outputs and instruction manuals are available online at www.chromalox.com
H-10
Controls
4080
Advanced Temperature
• 1/4 DIN Format
• Up to 9 Outputs: Control,
Alarms, Profiler Events,
Retransmit & 24 VDC
Transmitter Power Supply
• Up to 5 Programmable Event
Outputs: Process High/Low,
Deviation & Band, Sensor
Break, Loop
• Reinforced Safety Isolation from
Outputs and Inputs
• Profiling Option
- 64 Programs Using 255 Description
Segments
- Ramp, Dwell, Hold, Loop, The Chromalox 4080 is an affordable temperature and process controller with advanced functional-
Join, End & Repeat ity including profiling and data-logging options. The 4080 incorporates a graphic/text LCD display
and is designed to improve user efficiency with many features integrated to reduce startup time,
• Data-Logging Option (Data,
simplify operation and minimize downtime.
Alarms & Events)
Improved Process Visibility
• Real Time Clock
One of the key factors in maintaining and improving operation of
• USB Port To Access Files a system is to have high visibility of the process. The LCD screen
on the 4080 displays clear real-text messages, removing ambigu-
• Large Graphical / Text LCD ity that can be caused by mnemonic codes on LED displays used
Display in many products.
- Trend View
- Color Change LED Backlight Simplified Operation
On Alarm Operators can improve efficiency and reduce the possibility of errors by creating an optimized menu
- Configurable User-Menu structure for screen navigation. The 4080 configuration tool is used to provide operators with the
specific parameters needed in the order desired. Security is assured with password protection on
Structure
supervisor and configuration parameter access levels.
• Simplified Programming Wizard A Complete & Compact Control Solution
• Ratio Control Advanced process and temperature control, extensive profiling
capability, high visibility alarms and data-logging functions are
• Valve Motor Control all packaged within a single 1/4 DIN product. The integrated
• 2nd Universal Input also For control and monitoring functions of the 4080 translates into
fewer system control components. This reduces wiring, shrinks
Monitoring
the panel footprint and compresses installation time, resulting
• Modbus RS485 & Modbus TCP in a lower system cost.
Ethernet
SINGLE CHANNEL
Minimize Setup Time

• ChromaloxPro Configuration Time is money. Constantly referring to instruction manuals increases startup time and can lead to
Software confusion. A number of tools are available with the 4080 to simplify the configuration process: An
easy setup wizard; on-screen help; ChromaloxProTM software for on or offline programming; and
• Multiple Language Option secure local configuration with a memory stick via the optional front access USB port.
• Standards: UL, cUL and CE
H-11
Controls
4080 Advanced Temperature & Process Controller (cont’d.)

Features
• Up to 9 output options including Triac & • Log PV’s, SP’s or alarms (including min, • Change parameter settings
Linear DC max & ave) • PID tuning
• Digital input • Run/Stop or FIFO (first in-first out) record- • Offline simulation tools – reduce risk
• Configurable menus ing • Visibility of live process data
• Pre-tune and self-tune function • Logging time intervals from 1s to 30m • Fine-tune settings for optimum performance
• RS485 Modbus or Ethernet option • Back-up all settings for quick reconfiguration
• USB port for local files access Real text display with graphics
• Easy to read green/red LCD display Customize 4080 for your process
• Master-slave config for multi-zone apps • Optimized menu structure – simplify opera-
Profiling Functionality • Multi-language option tion
• 255 segments used within 64 programs • Custom splash-screen on startup • Modify text labels to match system operation
• Ramp, dwell, hold, loop or jump to other • Graphical trend view • Create a company contact page
profile • LED indication of heat, cool, auto-tuning and
• Bar graph profile and segment progress
Specifications
FEATURES
Control types ��Full PID with pre-tune, auto-pretune, self-tune or manual tuning, heat only or heat and cool
Auto manual ��Selectable with ‘bumpless’ transfer when switching between auto and manual control
Output configuration ��Up to 9 for control, alarms, profiler event outputs, 24 VDC transmitter power supply & retransmission.
Logical OR alarm outputs.
PC configuration ��ChromaloxPro configuration and commissioning software
INPUT
logger start/stop
signal = Logic low
OUTPUTS
H-12
Controls

Tx PSU)
PROFILER
DATA-LOGGER
ENVIRONMENTAL
Standards ��CE, UL, cUL. EMI - EN61326, Safety EN61010-1 & UL61010C-1 Pollution degree 2, Installation category II
Model X Y F D W H
4080 3.78” (96mm) 3.78” (96mm) 0.39” (10mm) 4.61” (117mm) 3.62” (92mm) 3.62” (92mm)
SINGLE CHANNEL
Accessories
Model Description Part Number
ChromaloxPro Configuration Software & Cable 0149-50061
4080
Snubber 0149-01305
H-13
Controls

4080 1/4 DIN
Code Unit Type
C Controller
Code
Profiler Option
0 Not Fitted
P Profiler
Code
Output 1
0 None
R *Relay (2 Amp resistive at 240 VAC)
S *SSR (0/10 VDC, 500W Minimum load)
A *Analog (0-10V, 0-20mA, 0-5V, 2-10V, 4-20mA)
T *Triac (1 Amp AC)

0 0 None
R R *Relay (2 Amp resistive at 240 VAC)
A A *Analog (0-10V, 0-20mA, 0-5V, 2-10V, 4-20mA)
T T *Triac (1 Amp AC)
M M *Dual Relay Output - 2 Amp 240 VAC, (X2), Form A, normally open, comm term
W W *Dual SSR Output - Non Isolated, (X2), 0/10 VDC, 500W Minimum load
P P *Isolated Power Supply 24 VDC, 910W Minimum
Code
Output 4
0 None
1 *4 Relay Output - 2 Amp 240 VAC, Form A, norm. open, NOT comm term
Code
Feature Option A
0 None
3 1
Remote Setpoint - Manual Set (RSP) Analog Input A
Code Feature Option B
0 None
1 1
Enhanced Remote Setpoint Input & Digital Input
Code
Feature Option C
0 None
Code
Power Supply
0 100 - 240V AC
1 24 - 48V AC/DC
4080- U P S S R - 0 1 0 0 0 Typical Model Number

1
Between Feature Options A&B, only one Remote Setpoint may be 1. Quick Start manuals are shipped with the controller. Full installation
selected. and instruction manuals are available online at www.chromalox.com
*Reinforced 240V safety isolation from inputs and other outputs
H-14
CONTROLS
6060
1/16 DIN
Temperature
• Universal Input
• Supplemental Analog Input
• Up to 4 Digital Inputs
• 6 Outputs Description
Small in size but packed with features and flex- Self-Tuning Ramps to Setpoint without Over-
• Heat/Cool Operation ibility, the Chromalox 6060 single-loop tempera- shooting – Self-tuning during startup determines
ture and process controller is a great choice for the optimum process parameters for rapid line-
• 2- and 3-Point Control precise, cost-effective temperature control for out to setpoint. At power on, changing a set
a variety of applications, simple and complex. value, or during an external disturbance, the con-
• Heater, Control Loop and Sensor troller uses a three-point controller configuration
Features and Flexibility for a Sophisticated to make an adaptation attempt whereby the
Alarms
Level of Control – Among its many integrated “cooling” parameters are determined separately.
features are two PID sets to ensure reliable This ensures that performance is optimized to
• Self-Tuning Startup control over a wide set point range and separate the process. Oscillation is not required and de-
PID for heat and cool strategies for optimized viation of the process value is minimal.
• Capable of 16 Profiles, 16 control and stability. Extensive flexibility is of-
Segments Each fered with one universal input and one optional Applications
input, up to 4 digital inputs, 6 outputs, RS485
• Built-in Transmitter Power • Industrial Ovens and Furnaces
communications, and a built-in profiler capable
Supply of creating 16 profiles with up to 16 segments • Boiler and Steam Processes
each. Manual control is enhance by the ability • Heat Treatment
• Modbus RTU/RS485 to make frequently used functions available at
a keystroke. • Plastics, Extrusion, and Rubber
• ChromaloxPro Configuration • Packaging
Software Capability and Convenience Further Enhanced
by ChromaloxPro Configuration Software – • Chiller and Refrigeration Systems
ChromaloxPro™ configuration software is avail-
• cULus, CE • Laboratory and Test Equipment
able to make parameter setup easier and faster.
It also enables simulation to test the settings • Food and Beverage
before applying them.
Robust Control Functionality – A range of dif-
ferent temperature control functionality includes:
• On/Off
• PID Heat Only (2-point control)
• Heat/Cool (3-point control)
• VMD (3-point stepping control)
Non-linear cooling strategies are also available,
which is especially popular for oil, water, and fan
cooling applications.
H-12
CONTROLS
6060
Frequently Used Functions Available at the Boost Function
Push of a Key The boost function is for programming the con-
Operation can be customized by configuring troller to increase heat for a limited duration at
1/16 DIN frequently used functions to be controlled by
the F (function) key on the front panel. This
startup or cyclically. This is ideal for processes
where a short-term increase of heat is required to
Temperature simplifies manual operation and speeds up the
management of the controller.
clear “frozen” material from clogged die nozzles
for example.
& Process Special Functions for Even Greater Control ModBus Master Function
Controller (cont’d.) Startup Circuit Function for Slow Heat-Up. This
function initially controls and stabilizes heat-up
This function allows the Chromalox 6060
controller to serve as a master to other con-
to a startup setpoint (SP.st) that is kept constant nected controllers acting as slaves, transmitting
during a startup holding time. Subsequently the user-specified signals or parameters cyclically.
process is controlled to the main setpoint (SP). Examples of possible applications include:
If a disturbance reduces the process value, the
startup circuit is activated again. • Setpoint shifting relative to the setpoint ad-
justed in the slave
This function is particularly useful for high-
• Matching of control parameters, limit contacts,
performance resistive heating elements with
etc.
magnesium oxide (MgO) insulation. They must
be heated slowly to remove any humidity which • Limiting the output value (override control)
improves heater performance. Using the startup
circuit function can aid their lifetime.
Model X Y F D W H
6060 1.89” (48mm) 1.89” (48mm) 0.35” (9mm) 4.35” (110mm) 1.77” (45mm) 1.77” (45mm)
Front View Side View Panel Cutout
Y H
X F D W
Accessories
ChromaloxPro Configuration Software Only (60 & 80 Series) 0149-50092
Universal Converter & PC Cable 20/40/50/60/80 Series 309112
Cable Only - 60 Series (6060) to Universal Converter 309147
Snubber (0149-01305) 314448
SINGLE CHANNEL
Current Transformer for Heater Break Alarm (HBA): 0 - 25 Amp 0149-50071

Stocked Items
6060-PSRA10 315002
6060-PRRR10 315101
H-13
CONTROLS
6060
1/16 DIN Temperature & Process Controller (cont’d.)
Model 60 Series 1/16 DIN Temperature and Process Controller
6060 Combination 4 Digit 7-Segment & LCD Text Display on two rows, Universal Input, Up to 6 Outputs, up to 4 Digital Inputs (2: Volt-Free
Standard, 2: TTL Optional), Auto or Manual Tuning, Heat/Cool Operation, Ramp to Setpoint and 16 x16 Programs with up to 4 events,
Transmitter power supply or Heater Break/ Remote Setpoint, Optional Features: Configuration Software, ModBus RS485 Communica-
tions. Operating Temperature: 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C). IEC IP65 front panel protection, removable screw terminal block. UL/cUL, CE.
2-Year Warranty
Code Base Option
P Transmitter Power Supply
H 1
Heater Current (0-30mA ac) / Remote Setpoint (0/4-20mA dc)
Code
Output 1
R Relay (2 Amp resistive at 240 VAC, SPDT, Form C)
S SSR (0/10 VDC, 500 W Minimum load)
W Dual SSR Output - Non Isolated, 0/10 VDC, 500 W Minimum load
A Analog (Linear DC: 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-5V, 0-10V, 2-10V)
Code
Output 2
0 None
M Dual Relay Output - 2 Amp 240 VAC, Form A (X 2)
Code
Output 3
0 None
A Analog (Linear DC: 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-5V, 0-10V, 2-10V)
1 2
RS485 (ModBus/RTU) Digital Comms
Code
Feature Option A
None
0
1
2
RS485 (ModBus/RTU) Digital Comms
Dual Isolated Digital Input (TTL Input)
2
Code
Power Supply
0 100 - 240VAC
1 24VAC, 18-30Vdc
6060- P W M A 0 0 Typical Model Number
Order Table Notes:

1
If Choosing Heater Current Setup, This Requires 1 On/Off Type Output from above (R, S, W or M) & 1 Current Transformer ordered separately.
2
Between Output 3 and Feature Option A, only one RS485 ModBus Code may be selected.
Technical Notes: Quick Start Manuals are shipped with the Controller. Full Installation & Instruction Manuals are available on line at www.chromalox.com
H-14
Controls
6040/8040/4040
Temperature & Process
Controllers
• Universal Input
• Jumperless Configuration
• Auto Detected Hardware
• Process & Loop Alarms
• ModBus Communications Description

• Auto or Manual Tuning Whether you have to manage temperature, • Process & Loop Alarms
flow, valve positioning or pressure, the
Chromalox 40 Series Temperature & Process • ModBus Communications
• Heat/Cool Operation
Controllers provide you with a comprehensive • Auto or Manual Tuning
feature list and the flexibility to meet your
• Up to 3 Outputs
most demanding process needs. • Heat/Cool Operation
• Optional 24 VDC Transmitter Application needs change over time, but that • Ramping Setpoint
Power Supply doesn't mean that you'll need to change your
controller. The Chromalox 40 series modu- • Valve Motor Drive Position Option
• Ramping Setpoint lar card design provides the owner with the • Heater Break Alarm Function Option
flexibility to alter the functionality with ease.
• Adjustable Hysteresis Expansion from 1 to 3 outputs, as well as • Alarm 1 & 2 Types:
communications and remote setpoint is easily • Process high/Process low
• Valve Motor Drive Position accomplished and automatically recognized • SP deviation, Band
by the firmware. • Logical OR / AND
• Heater Break Alarm Function • Also 1 loop alarm for process
The optional ChromaWareTM configura- control security.
tion software allows the owner to program • Process alarms have adjustable
• Remote/Dual Setpoint Options multiple units efficiently and store parameter hysteresis.
settings for later use.
• Security Options • 24 VDC Output for loop power
The 40 Series Controllers are an ideal
• Available in 1/16, 1/8 & 1/4 DIN complement in both design and esthetics to • PC Configuration Software
Sizes its cousin, the Chromalox 50 Series Limit
• Remote Setpoint Input:
Controllers.
• 0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V, 0
• Optional Configuration Software to 10V or 2 to 10V.
Features
• Scaleable -1999 to 9999.
• UL, cUL, CE & CSA • Universal Input • Local/Remote setpoint selected from
• Full PID with Pre-tune, Self-tune, Manual front panel
• 3 Year Warranty tuning, or On-Off control. Heat only or Heat • Output Configuration:
& Cool • Up to 3 possible, for control, alarm, 24
• Auto Detected Hardware VDC transmitter power supply or retrans-
Accessories mit of process value or Setpoint
Part Stocked Items
Models Description Number
ChromaWare DIN Size Part Number PCN DIN Size Part Number PCN
Configuration 0149-50060 1/16 6040-R00000 314616 1/16 6040-RRR001 314659
40 & 50 Software 1/16 6040-S00000 314720 1/8 8040-R00000 314544
Series Cable for
Configuration 0149-50062 1/16 6040-RR0000 314624 1/4 4040-ARR000 314528
Software 1/16 6040-SR0000 314632 1/4 4040-R00000 314704
Snubber 0149-01305 1/16 6040-RRR000 314640 1/4 4040-RRR000 314510
H-18
Controls
6040/8040/4040 Temperature & Process Controllers (cont’d.)

Specifications
FEATURES
Control Types ��Full PID with Pre-tune, Self-tune, manual tuning, or On-Off control. Heat only or heat & cool
Auto/Manual ��Selectable from front panel or via digital input, with bumpless transfer
Output Configuration ��Up to 3 possible, for control, alarm, 24 VDC transmitter power supply or retransmit of process value or setpoint
Alarm 1 & 2 Types ��Process high, process low, SP deviation, band, logical OR / AND. Also 1 loop alarm for process control
security. Process alarms have adjustable hysteresis.
Human Interface ��4 button operation, dual 4 digit 10mm & 8mm high (6040, 8040) and 13mm & 10mm high (4040) LED dis-
plays, plus 5 LED indicators
PC Configuration ��Off-line configuration from PC serial port to dedicated config socket (comms option not required). Chro-
maWare Configuration Software for Windows 98 or higher.
INPUT
Thermocouple ��J, K, C, R, S, T, B, E, N & PtRh20%vsPtRh40%.
RTD ��3 Wire PT100, 50W per lead maximum (balanced)
DC Linear ��0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA, 0 to 50mV, 10 to 50mV, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V, 0 to 10V, 2 to 10V. Scaleable -1999 to 9999,
with adjustable decimal point
Impedance ��>10MW for Thermocouple and mV ranges, 47KW for V ranges and 5W for mA ranges
Accuracy ��±0.1% of input range ±1 LSD (T/C CJC better than 1°C)
Sampling ��4 per second, 14 bit resolution approximately
Sensor Break Detection ��<2 seconds (except zero based DC ranges), control O/P’s turn off, high alarms activate for T/C and mV
ranges, low alarms activate for RTD, mA or V ranges
OUTPUTS & OPERATIONS
Control & Alarm Relays ��Contacts SPDT 2 Amp resistive at 240V AC, >500,000 operations
Control SSR Driver Outputs ��Drive capability >10V DC in 500W minimum
Triac Outputs ��0.01 to 1 Amp AC, 20 to 280Vrms, 47 to 63Hz
DC Linear Outputs ��0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA into 500W max, 0 to 10V, 2 to 10V, 0 to 5V into 500W min. Control outputs have 2%
over/under drive applied. Accuracy ±0.25% at 250W (degrades linearly to 0.5% for increasing burden to speci-
fied limits)
Transmitter Power Supply ��Output 24 VDC (nominal) into 910W minimum to power external devices
Communications ��2 Wire RS485, 1200 to 19200 Baud, Modbus protocol
Digital Input ��Selects between 2 setpoints or Auto/Manual control. Volt free or TTL input
Remote Setpoint Input ��0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V, 0 to 10V or 2 to 10V. Scaleable -1999 to 9999. Local/Remote
setpoint selected from front panel
OPERATING & ENVIRONMENTAL
Temperature & RH ��0 to 55°C (-20 to 80°C storage), 20% to 95% RH non-condensing
Power Supply ��100 to 240V 50/60Hz 7.5VA (optional 20 to 48V AC 7.5VA/22 to 65V DC 5 watts)
Front Panel Protection ��NEMA 4, IEC IP66 (Behind panel protection is IP20)
Standards ��CE, CSA, UL & cUL recognized
Model X Y F D W H
6040 1.89” (48mm) 1.89” (48mm) 0.35” (9mm) 4.33” (110mm) 1.77” (45mm) 1.77” (45mm)
8040 1.89” (48mm) 3.78” (96mm) 0.39” (10mm) 3.94” (100mm) 1.77” (45mm) 3.62” (92mm)
SINGLE CHANNEL
4040 3.78” (96mm) 3.78” (96mm) 0.43” (11mm) 3.94” (100mm) 3.62” (92mm) 3.62” (92mm)
H-19
Controls
6040/8040/4040
Controllers (cont’d.)
Model 40 Series Temperature & Process Controller
6040 1/16 DIN Dual 4-Digit Display, Universal Input, Auto-Detect Hardware, Up to 3 or 5 Outputs, Auto or Manual Tuning, Heat/Cool Opera-
8040 1/8 DIN tion, Ramp to Setpoint. Optional Features: Valve Motor Drive Position, Heater Break Alarm, Remote/Dual Setpoint, Modbus
4040 1/4 DIN RTU/RS485 Communications, 0 to 55˚C Operating Temperature, IP66. Three Year Warranty.
Code Output 1
0 None
R Relay (2 Amp resistive at 240 VAC)
A Analog (0-10V, 0-20mA, 0-5V, 2-10V, 4-20mA)
T Triac (1 Amp AC)
Code
Output 2
0 None
A Analog (0-10V, 0-20mA, 0-5V, 2-10V, 4-20mA)
T Triac (1 Amp AC)
M 4
Dual Relay Output - 2 Amp, Form A
Code
Output 3
0 None
A Analog (0-10V, 0-20mA, 0-5V, 2-10V, 4-20mA)
P Isolated Power Supply 24 VDC (910W min )
M 4
Dual Relay Output - 2 Amp, Form A (Not available on the 6040 model)
Code
Feature Option A
0 None
1 RS485 Digital Communications
3 3
Remote Setpoint - Manual Set (Not available if H is selected in Feature Option B)
Code
Feature Option B
0 None
1 3
Enhanced Remote Setpoint Input & Digital Input - (Not available on the 6040 model)
V 1
Valve Motor Drive Position
W 1,3 Valve Motor Drive Position & Remote Setpoint - (Not available on the 6040 model)
H 2
Heater Break Alarm Function (Available ONLY on 6040 model)
9 Other Special Firmware
Code
Power Supply
0 100 - 240V AC
1 24 - 48V AC/DC
4040- S R A 0 0 0 Typical Model Number
Order Table Notes: Current Transformers for HBA Function

1
Requires 2 Identical On/Off Outputs from above (2X R, S, T or 1X M) Current Rating Part Number
2
Requires 1 On/Off Output from above (R, S or T) & a Current Transformer 0 - 25 Amp 0149-50071
3
Between Feature Options A&B, only one Remote Setpoint may be selected 0 - 50 Amp 0149-50072
4
Only available when V or W is selected in Feature Option B. 0 - 100 Amp 0149-50073
H-20
Controls
6020 & 8020

Controllers
• 1/16 & 1/8 DIN Sizes
• 2 or 3 Outputs (SSR Drive/Relay)
• Extremely Quick Setup
• Thermocouple, RTD & Linear DC

Inputs
• PID or ON/OFF Control
• Large Dual 4-Digit Display

Description Traditional Applications
• Modbus RTU/RS485
The Chromalox 20 Series temperature • Packaging
• Configuration Software controllers are very cost effective, extremely • Testing
fast to configure and offer the most common
• General Heat Processes
• Low Supply Voltage Version standard process control features. These
controllers have impressively large and bright • Food and Beverage
dual 4-digit LED displays, 3 LED output/event • Kilns & Ovens
• Latching/Non-latching Alarms:
Process Hi/Lo, Band, Deviation, indicators, 3 large tactile input buttons and • Fluid Baths
they occupy only 2.6" (67mm) behind the
Loop • Autoclaves
panel. Controller design choices include 1/16
• Food Processing
and 1/8 DIN sizes, 2 or 3 outputs, Modbus
• Sensor Break Detection • Thermal Bonding & Sealers
RTU/RS485 digital communications and
standard or low supply voltages. • Micro-brewing
• Shallow Panel Depth
• Incubators
(67mm/2.6”) Ready, Set, Control…
• Warming / Chilled Cabinets
The controller setup has been greatly simpli-
• IP65 Protection • Heat Presses
fied to the point where you will be up and run-
• Tempering
ning in less than 60 seconds. The Chromalox
• UL, cUL, CE • Plastic & Rubber Extrusion
20 Series units are factory programmed with
the most common parameter value settings And many more…
• 3 Year Warranty found in process heating applications. Sepa-
rate default setting profiles exist for both SSR
Drive output and Relay output units. Simply
enter the process temperature setpoint and
you are controlling your process. Of course,
should you wish to change any settings, the
20 Series controller provides efficient, user-
friendly navigation throughout all program-
SINGLE CHANNEL
ming menus.
Additional Features
Some features that you may not expect to find
on the 20 Series units include Sensor Break
Detection, Modbus RTU/RS485 Communi-
cations and Process, Band, Deviation and
Loop alarms which may be either latching or
non-latching.
H-21
Controls
6020 & 8020

Configuration Software
The 20 Series Configurator is an extremely includes a Setup Wizard which removes the
Temperature & Process intuitive programming tool which facilitates the
cloning of multiple controllers and fast param-
guesswork by methodically walking you through
the most basic wiring, input considerations and
Controllers eter file uploads and downloads to and from
the controller or PC. The Configurator program
progamming requirements.
(cont’d.)
Stocked Items Accessories

Part Number PCN Description PCN
6020-SR000 307619 Universal Converter & PC
Cable For Configuration 309112
6020-RR000 307627 Software
6020-RRR00 307635 Cable From Universal
Converter to Controller - 20 309120
6020-SR001 307643 Series Only
6020-RR001 307660 Snubber 314448
6020-RRR01 307678
6020-SR010 307715
6020-RR010 307723
6020-RRR10 307731
6020-SR011 307774
6020-RR011 307782
6020-RRR11 307790
8020-SR000 307838
8020-RR000 307846
8020-SR001 307854
8020-RR001 307900
8020-SR010 307918
8020-RR010 309104
H-22
Controls
6020 & 8020

Specifications
Universal Input
Temperature & Process Thermocouple
Calibration:
±0.25% of full range, ±1LSD (±1°C for Thermocouple CJC).
BS4937, NBS125 & IEC584.
Controllers PT100 Calibration:
±0.25% of full range, ±1LSD.
BS1904 & DIN43760 (0.00385Ω/Ω/°C).
(cont’d.) DC Calibration: ±0.2% of full range, ±1LSD.
Sampling Rate: 4 per second.
Impedance: >10MΩ resistive, except DC mA (5Ω) and V (47kΩ).
Sensor Break Thermocouple, RTD, 4 to 20mA, 2 to 10V and 1 to 5V
Detection: ranges only. Control outputs turn off.
Isolated from all outputs (except SSR driver) by at least
BASIC isolation. Universal input must not be connected to
operator accessible circuits if relay outputs are connected
Isolation:
to a hazardous voltage source. Supplementary insulation
or input grounding would then be required. Isolated from
Mains Power Input by basic isolation.
Outputs
Relays (Optional)
Contacts: SPST Form A relay; current capacity 2A at 250VAC.
Lifetime: >150,000 operations at rated voltage/current, resistive load.
Isolation: Basic Isolation from universal input and SSR outputs.
SSR Drivers (Optional)
Drive Capability: SSR drive voltage >10V at 20mA
Isolation: Not isolated from universal input or other SSR driver outputs.
Serial Communications (Optional)
Physical: RS485, at 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 or 38400 bps.
Protocols: Modbus RTU.
Basic safety isolation from Universal input and SSR.
Isolation:
Basic safety isolation to Mains and Relay Circuits.
Usage For indoor use only, mounted in suitable enclosure
Ambient Temperature: 0°C to 55°C (Operating), –20°C to 80°C (Storage).
Relative Humidity: 20% to 95% non-condensing.
Altitude <2000m
100 to 240VAC ±10%, 50/60Hz, 7.5VA (for standard
Supply Voltage and
powered version), or 24VAC +10/-15% 50/60Hz 7.5VA or
Power:
24VDC +10/-15% 5W (for low voltage version)
Environmental
Standards: CE, UL, cUL
EMI: Complies with EN61326 (Susceptibility and Emissions).
SINGLE CHANNEL
Safety Considerations: Complies with EN61010-1

Front Panel Sealing: Front to IP65 when correctly mounted, Rear of panel to IP20.
Physical
Front Bezel Size: 1/16 Din = 48 x 48 mm, 1/8 Din = 48 x 96 mm
Depth Behind Panel: 67mm with sealing gasket fitted.
Display: Dual 4-Digit, 7-Segment LED
1/8 DIN: 18.0 mm (Both Rows);
Display Height
1/16 DIN: 18.0 mm (Top), 10.2 mm (Bottom)
Weight: 0.20kg maximum
H-23
Controls
6020 & 8020

20 Series 1/16 & 1/8 DIN Temperature Controller
20 Series Temperature Controller
Temperature & Process 1/16 & 1/8 DIN Temperature Controller. Universal Input, PID Control with Auto or Manual Tun-
ing, Up to 3 Outputs (Relay or SSR Drive), Dual Large 4-Digit, 7-Segment LED Display, Heat/
Controllers Cool Operation, Latching/Non-Latching Alarms and Configuration Software. Options: ModBus
RTU/RS485 Digital Communications, Low Voltage Supply. Operating Temperature: 32°-131°F
(cont’d.) (0°-55°C), IEC IP65 front panel protection. CE, UL, CUL & 3-Year Warranty.
Model
6020 1/16 DIN
8020 1/8 DIN
Code Output 1 Output 2
R R Relay Relay
S R SSR Relay
S S SSR SSR
Code Output 3
0 None
R Relay
Code Digital Communications
0 None
1 ModBus RTU/RS485 Digital Communication
Code Power Supply
0 100 to 240 VAC 50/60Hz
1 24 VDC/AC +10%/-15%, AC 50/60 Hz
6020 - S R R 0 0 Typical Model Number
Relay: SPST Form A, 2A at 250 VAC

SSR: >10 VDC @ 20 mA
Model X Y D W H
6020 1.89” (48mm) 1.77” (45mm)
1.89" (48mm) 2.64” (67mm) 1.77” (45mm)
8020 3.78” (96mm) 3.62” (92mm)
Front View Side View Panel Cutout
Y H
X D W
H-24
CONTROLS
2110
1/4 DIN Temperature
Controller
• Easy Three-Step Setup
• High Current Output Option

• 10 Amp Solid State Relay
Description
• 20 Amp Mechanical Relay
The Chromalox 2110 Temperature controller of- The 2110 features a variety of output cards in-
• Plug-In Output Cards fers simple setup, flexibility and control features cluding High Current options of a 10 Amp Solid
in an attractive, compact design that both OEMs State Relay or 20 Amp Mechanical Relay. These
• J, K Thermocouple, or RTD and users will find cost effective. The 2110 is outputs can directly control many cartridge or
Selectable Inputs, °F or °C housed in a rugged, plastic 1/4 DIN package that strip heaters, eliminating the need for a remote
Indication only requires four inches behind the mounting contactor or solid state relay. For larger three-
surface. Straightforward operation and easy-to- phase loads, the 2110 can drive a remote device
• Alarm Relay Output Option use control features are major strengths of the with the Pilot Duty Relay or Solid State Relay
2110 controller. Drive outputs.
• NEMA 4X Front Panel
Easy Three-Step Setup: The 2110 delivers The optional Alarm Output gives you a non-
exceptional process temperature control. Your latching, normally de-energized, 5 Amp relay
• Compact 1/4 DIN process is up and running after three easy setup output for over or under temperature protection
Design 4" Depth steps: 1) Select the sensor and control type, 2) of critical process temperatures.
Hook up the system and 3) Select the desired
temperature. Packaging with the User in Mind: The 2110
features a NEMA 4X front panel with tactile
Full Feature Outputs: A total of six output func- feedback push buttons. The buttons allow even
tions further extend the applications flexibility of the heaviest gloved hand to easily configure
the 2110 controller: this controller. Large, bright LED’s provide an
easy-to-read interface at a distance.
• 1 Amp Relay
• 20 Amp Relay Flexibility: Output cards are plug-in modules
• Solid State Relay Drive that are field replaceable. The switch-selectible
• 1 Amp Solid State Relay control modes include On-Off or Proportional-
• 5 Amp Solid State Relay Integral (PI).
• 10 Amp Solid State Relay
Simple Sensor & Control Selection

Display
Locate the input selection DIP switch on the bottom of the 2110 controller (7-Segment LEDs)
and simply select °F or °C. Thermocouple (TC) or RTD, the Thermocouple Actual Process Temperature
LEDs Indicate
type (J or K), and PI (Proportional-Integral) or onof (on-off) control. Displayed
°F or °C Selected
NEMA 4X Front Panel
Construction for for Process Variable
Hosedown Applications
2110
Load F Set Point LED
Alarm C
When Illuminated,
LEDs Set Point Temp-
Indicate Control Load ON Temp Set Point erature is Displayed
or Alarm ON
Set
Point
Temp LED
When Illuminated,
Process Temperature
is Displayed
H-22
CONTROLS
2110 Mounting Dimensions (Inches)

0.4 3.6 0.5*
1/4 DIN Temperature (10) (92) (12.7)

2110
Load F
Alarm C
4.0 Temp Set Point 3.55 3.6

(101.6) (90) (92)
Set
Point
4.0 4.0 3.6

(101.6) (102) (92)
Specifications * With alarm option or S2 output
Control Modes
ON/OFF 10 Amps, 5 Million Readout Stability
PI—Proportional with integral Operations J and K TC.........................+/-1°F per 10°F
5 Amps, 5 Million change in
Control Adjustments Operations ambient temp.
Proportional Band.............Sensor range Solid State Relay Drive(V0) 24 VDC at 40mA RTD...................................+/-0.5°F per 10°F
Automatic Reset................0.0 to 99.9 Solid State Relay (S0).......1A Triac change in
repeats/minute Solid State Relay (S1).......5A, up to 240 VAC ambient temp.
Cycle Time........................0.1 to 60.0 seconds at 40°C
On/Off Deadband...............1 to 100°F Solid State Relay (S2).......10A, up to 240 Open Sensor and ................Displays “SEnS”,
Set Point Upper Limit........Sensor range VAC at 40°C Out-of-Range Conditions Control output 0%
Set Point Lower Limit.......Sensor range Alarm................................Form C, Relay 5
Output Limit......................0 to 100% Instrument Power ...............100 to 240 VAC
Amps at 120 VAC, input +10%, -15%
Alarm Adjustments 2.5A at 240 VAC Less than 10 VA
Type..................................Absolute High Sensor Input .......................Switch selectable Operating Environment ......0 to 65°C (32
or Low J, K Thermocouple to 150°F)
Set Point...........................Sensor range or RTD
Alarm Dead Band..............0 to 100°F Enclosure Material ABS plastic rated
Input Update Rate ..............Four samples per for 0 to 175 °F
Control/Alarm Outputs second
Relay (R1).........................1 Amp Form A, Front Panel .........................NEMA 4X
120/240 VAC Input construction
Relay (R3).........................20 Amp Form A Specifications Range°F Range°C Influence of Line ................+/-0.1% of sensor
120/240 VAC J TC -100 to 1,400°F -73 to 760°C Voltage Variation span per 10%
resistive loads at K TC -100 to 2,400°F -73 to 1,316°C change in nominal
30 sec. cycle time 100Ω Pt RTD -200 to 1,000°F -128 to 538°C line voltage
20 Amps, 500,000 (a=.00385) Accuracy at 77°F Ambient
Operations 0.2%span ±1 LSD
15 Amps, 1 Million
Operations
Complete the Model Number using the Matrix Model
provided.
2110 1/4 DIN Controller, with Selectable Thermocouple or RTD Inputs
In Stock: Code Control Output
Model PCN R1 Relay, 1 Amp Form A, 120/240 VAC
R3 Relay, 20 Amp Form A, 120/240 VAC
2110 1/4 DIN Controller Single Output V0 Solid State Relay Drive, 24 VDC @ 40mA
2110-R1000 1 Amp Relay 317016 S0 Solid State Relay, 1 Amp, up to 240 VAC
2110-R3000 20 Amp Relay 317024
SINGLE CHANNEL
S1 Solid State Relay, 5 Amp, up to 240 VAC, at 40°C

2110-V0000, SSR Drive 317032 S2 Solid State Relay, 10 Amp, up to 240 VAC, at 40°C
2110-S1000, 5 Amp SSR 317059
Code Alarm output (Kit Option)
2110-S2000, 10 Amp SSR 317067
0 No Alarm
Dual Output
1 Form "C" Relay, 5 Amp at 120 VAC, 2.5 Amps at 240 VAC
2110-R1100, 1 Amp Relay Alarm 317075 Code
2110-R3100, 20 Amp Relay Alarm 317083 0 Add to Complete Part Number
2110-V0100 SSR Drive Alarm 317091 Code
Power Supply
2110-S1100 5 Amp SSR Alarm 317112
2110-S2100 10 Amp SSR Alarm 317120
0 100-240 VAC
2110 - R3 1 0 0 Typical Model Number
H-23
Controls
3204
1/32 DIN Temperature
Controller
• Ultra-Compact 1/32 DIN Size
• Dual Outputs for Heat, Cool and

Alarm
• User Selectable Sensor and

Process Inputs
• Autotune PID Dimensions 4.2

(106.7)
• Single Ramp/Soak
0.95 1.1
• NEMA 4X (Front Panel) (24) (28)
1.89
• IP66 (48) 4.57
(116.2)
• Large 4 Digit Display Front View Side View
• Program Security All Dimensions in Inches (mm)
• RS-232/ RS-485 Digital

Communications Option
Description
The 3204 control provides full auto-tuning PID alarm output. Select from Relay and SSR Drive
control in a compact 1/32 DIN package, mak- output combinations. The 3204 also offers
ing it an excellent choice where panel space is either RS-232 or RS-485 Modbus/RTU com-
a premium. The large 4-digit display, several munications for remote management needs.
temperature and process control options, a Auto tuning functions calculate dependable
rugged design and efficient programming PID parameters for optimal control of the
capabilities make the 3204 ideal for use in process. The single ramp to setpoint feature
several demanding applications such as plas- enhances process control capability. NEMA
tics, packaging, heat treating and life sciences. 4X/IP66 front panel withstands harsh environ-
Input options include 9 different thermocou- ments and applications where the unit might
ples, 100Ω Pt RTD or 0-20 or 4-20 mV or mA come in contact with water or corrosives.
linear process. Each of the two outputs can be
programmed as heat control, cool control or
SINGLE CHANNEL
H-27
Controls
3204
Specifications
Control Modes Field Selectable, On/Off, PID
Control Adjustments Control Setpoint Instrument Range

Proportional Band 25% of span, adjustable for each output
Automatic Reset 0.1 to 60 min. or Off
Rate 1-200 seconds or Off
Output Cycle Time 0.1-81 seconds
Approach Control 0.5 to 5 x Proportional Band
Outputs
Output #1 One Heat, Cool or Alarm Output
Relay Normally open SPST contact rated 2 Amps
at 250 VAC
SSR Drive 5 VDC, +0, -15%, 15 mA, non isolated
Output #2 One Heat, Cool or Alarm Output
Relay Normally open SPST contact rated 1 Amps
at 250 VAC
SSR Drive 5 VDC, +0, -15%, 15 mA, non isolated
Alarm Features
Functions Field Selectable
Process, Devation, Band
Types Field Selectable
High/Low, Inhibit on Start up, Latching
Input Specifications
Input Sampling 10 times per second
Sensor Type Range* ˚F C Accuracy
Thermocouple J 32 to 1472 0 to 800 ±0.25% of
K -58 to 2192 -50 to 1200 Sensor
T -273 to 482 -200 to 250 Maximum
E 32 to 1112 0 to 600 "
R 32 to 2912 0 to 1600 "
S 32 to 2912 0 to 1600 "
N -58 to 2192 -50 to 1200 "
B 32 to 3272 0 to 1800 "
L 32 to 1472 0 to 800 "
RTD 100 Ohm Pt -273 to 752 -200 to 400 "
Linear Voltage 0-20 mV, 4-20 mV
Linear Amperage 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA (must use 1Ω resistor)
Instrument Power 90-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 12 to 24 VAC/VDC
Operating Environment 32-130°F (0-50°C) with relative humidity 90% or less

(non-condensing)
Physical Specifications 1/32 DIN, 1.89 (48) x 0.95 (24) x 3.98 (102)
Max. Panel Thickness 0.39 (10)
H-28
Controls
3204
Complete the model number using the matrix provided.
Model 3204 1/32 DIN Auto Tuning PID Controller

3204 Compact 1/32 DIN AutoTune PID controller with the following standard features: User selectable inputs (thermocouple, RTD or
0-20, 4-20 mV or mA** linear process inputs), dual outputs for heat, cool and alarm; single ramp & soak program, latching alarm
and limit control capabiliy, with user program security levels. Also, NEMA 4X / IEC IP66 front panel; large 4-digit display. Optional
features include RS-485 or RS-232 ModBus RTU digital communications. 3 year warranty. Approvals: UL, cUL, CE
Code Outputs 1 and 2, Control Output or Alarm
11* Two Relay Outputs: Output 1: 2 Amps at 250 VAC. Output 2: 1 Amp at 250 VAC. Both resistive loads
71 Two Outputs: Output 1: Solid State Relay Drive, 5 VDC, 15 mA. Output 2: Relay, 1 Amp at 250 VAC
77 Two Solid State Relay Drive Outputs: 5 VDC, 15mA (X 2)
Code
0 Add to complete model number
9 Special Configuration
Code Options
0 None
1 RS-485 ModBus/RTU Digital Communications Interface
2 RS-232 ModBus/RTU Digital Communications Interface
Code Power Supply
0 90-264 VAC
1 12-24 VDC/AC +/20%
3204 - 71 0 0 0 Typical Model Number

*2 Relay Output Code “11” is not available with the 12-24 VDC/AC Power supply option
**0-20 mA or 4-20 mA input signal requires 1Ω resistor. See accessories.
Stocked Items Accessories

Model PCN Description PCN
3204-11000 305090 Resistor, 1Ω (2% tolerance) 305630
3204-71000 305082
3204-77000 305103
SINGLE CHANNEL
3204-71001 305146
3204-77001 305162
3204-11010 305120
3204-71010 305111
3204-77010 305138
3204-11020 305189
3204-71020 305170
3204-77020 305197
H-29
CONTROLS
ETR-3400
Controller with Smarter
Logic ®
• Automatic Tuning of PID

Parameters
Description
• Universal Sensor Input Analog Retransmit:
• Selectable Set Point or Process The ETR-3400 with Smarter Logic offers extensive
Value Display features that are rarely available on a 1/32 DIN This analog output can retransmit to a PLC or
controller. In addition to universal field select- recorder the Process value, input 2 value, the dif-
• Analog Input for Remote Set able inputs, auto tuning of PID parameters and a ference between input 1 and 2, the set point, the
Point Adjustment selection of various control outputs, this controller output 1 or 2 value, or the deviation between the
• Event Input has an additional analog input and an event input, set point and Process variable.
an analog output or digital communications and
• Loop Break Alarm other software features which make this controller
Other Features:
• Heater Break Alarm a stand out among 1/32 DINs. • The bumpless transfer on a sensor break
• 5 Per Second Sample Rate continues to switch the output at the same
Flexible Second Input:
percentage to prevent a possibly damaging
• Digital Communications The control sensor input is the primary input. The change in output
• NEMA 4X/IP65 second input can be set up as a CT (current trans-
• Sensor sample rates of 5 times per second
former) input to monitor the actual heater current
• 3 Year Warranty allow controlling processes such as pressure
and alarm if a heater is lost. The second input can
and flow.
also be used as a remote set point, or this input
can make the controller a differential controller • NEMA 4X front panel rating can be used in
via a temperature transmitter (the difference in applications requiring washing with a direct
temperature between input 1 and 2). spray.
Event Input: • Up to 3 outputs provide flexibility.
The event input can be used for various func- • Dwell Timer is excellent for cooking or other
tions: selecting between set point 1 and set point batch applications.
2, between PID1 and PID2 parameters, resetting
the alarms, disabling outputs, or locking out the • Digital Communications permits networking
operator parameters. with other controllers and computers.
External Lockout Code

• Prevents accidental or unauthorized Non-Volatile Memory
changes Retains process parameters when power is off
Automatic Tuning
Set Point/Process Parameter • Eliminates complicated and
Display time consuming manual tuning
• Process display updated 5 times per procedures
second
• Smarter Logic practically elimi-
SINGLE CHANNEL
• Menu and error codes

• Output Percentage nates overshoot and temperature
• Calibration parameter variations.
• Selectable set point or process value • Universal Input
• Analog Input for remote set point
adjustments
Output 1 Indicator
• Heater Break alarm
Output 2 Indicator
Scroll Up Down
Alarm 1 Indicator • Serial Communications or analog
Key Key Key
retransmission of process value
NEMA 4X Front Panel
• Water and corrosion proof
H-27
CONTROLS
ETR-3400
1/32 DIN Temperature Controller
with Smarter Logic (cont’d.) ®
Control Specifications
UNIVERSAL INPUT SELECTIONS Control Action: Selectable - Direct action INDICATION
Display in temperature or engineering units for cooling; reverse action
Input Set 1 for heating 4-Digit red .4” LED Process Value Display
Input 1: Thermocouple - J,K,T,E,B,R,S,N,L
Selectable Decimal
RTD-PT 100 DIN, PT100 JIS
POWER Placement: For normal or high
Current or Voltage - 4-20mA,
resolution display.
0-20mA, 0-1V, 0-5V, 1-5V and 0-10V
Supply Voltage: 90-264 VAC, 50/60Hz; Example: 0000; 000.0;
Input 2: Analog input 4-20mA, 0-20mA,
20-23 VAC/VDC optional 00.00; or 0.000
0-1V, 0-5V, 1-5V and 0-10V
˚F/˚C: Selectable with 2 LED
CT for heater break Consumption: Less than 15VA indicators
Event input
Data Retention: 10 Years (EEPROM) Sample Rate: 5 Samples/second
CONTROL FEATURES
OUTPUTS SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Range: Selectable Main output with 2 optional independent
secondary outputs Accuracy: ±0.1% of span, ± least
Set Point: Full range adjustable significant digit
Control Modes: Relay: SPST relay rated 2A, 240V
maximum resistive load, Control Stability: ±0.15% (typical) of full
All Models can be scale
configured as: • On/off, Proportional (P) Pulsed Voltage: 5V/30mA SSR Drives
(Code 2) Cold Junction
• Proportional w/manual reset Compensation: 0.1˚C/˚C
• Proportional/Integral (PI) 14V/40mA SSR Drives
• Proportional Derivative (PD) (Code C) External
• Proportional/Integral/De- Current: 4-20mA/0-20mA Resistance: 100 ohms, maximum
rivative (PID) Voltage: Isolated 0-10V, minimum Common Mode
impedence 500K ohms Rejection: 120dB
Heating and Cooling
Proportional Band:: 0-900˚F (0-482˚C) Triac: 1A/240 VAC Normal Mode
Rejection: 60dB
Integral (Reset): 0-1000 Seconds Secondary
Output (A1): 5V/30mA SSR Drives Input Impedance: 10M ohms
Derivative (Rate): 0-360 Seconds
(Code 2) Operating Temperature
Ramp Rate: 0-99.9˚F
14V/40mA SSR Drives for Rated Accuracy: 14-122˚F (-10 - 50˚C)
(0-55.5˚C)/Minute
(Code C) Humidity: 0-90% RH
Dwell Timer: 0-430 minutes Secondary (non-condensing)
Anti-Reset (Wind-up): Inhibits integral action Output (A2): Form A Relay - 2A/240
Insulation: 20M ohm minimum
outside proportional VAC
(500VDC)
band Alarm functions: Dwell
timer, Deviation hi/low Breakdown: 2000 VAC, 50/60Hz,
Cooling: Adjustable dead
alarm, PV1 High/Low 1 minute
band from -199.9
to +199˚F/-110.0 - alarm, PV2 High/Low Vibration: 10 - 55Hz, amplitude 1mm
+111.0˚C alarm, PV1 or PV2 High Shock: 200m/s2 (20 grams)
Low alarm, PV1- PV2 High
Manual Mode: Configurable or Low alarm, Loop break Dimensions: 1-7/8”W x 15/16”H x 4-5/16”D
automatic transfer to alarm, Sensor Break alarm (48mmW x 24mmH x 110mmD)
open loop control and Depth behind panel: 3-7/8”
secondary output Alarm Mode: Normal, latching, hold,
latching/hold (76mm)
Heating or Cooling Panel Cutout: 7/8”x1-25/32”
Cycle Time: 0.1 to 100.0 seconds Communications: RS-485, RS-232 serial
Analog Output: 4-20mA/0-20mA. 1-5V/0- (22X45mm)
Sensor Break 5V analog retransmission Weight: 4oz. (113 grams)
Protection: Configurable status of con- of set point, output % and
trol and secondary outputs deviation
H-28
CONTROLS
ETR-3400
Model Microprocessor based temperature controller with Smarter Logic®
ETR-3400 1/32 DIN; universal field selectable inputs; PID autotuning; selection of
various control outputs; additional analog and event inputs; analog or digital
1/32 DIN Temperature communications
Code Power Input
Controller with

4
5
90-264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
11-26 VAC or VDC
Smarter Logic (cont’d.) ®
Code Signal Input
1 Standard Input
Input 1 - Universal input Thermocouple J,K,T,E,B,R,S,N,L
RTD: PT100 DIN, PT100 JIS
Current: 4-20mA, 0-20mA
Ordering Information Voltage: 0-1V, 0-5V, 1-5V, 0-10V
Input 2 - CT: 0-50 Amp, AC Current Transformer***
Complete the model number using the matrix Analog Input: 4-20mA, 0-20mA,
provided. 0-1V, 0-5V, 1-5V, 0-10V
Input 3 - Event Input (EI)**
Code Output 1
1 Relay rated 2A/240 VAC
2 Pulsed voltage to drive SSR, 5V/30mA
3 Isolated 4 - 20mA/0 - 20mA
4 Isolated 1 - 5/0 - 5V*
5 Isolated 0 - 10V
6 Triac Output 1A/240 VAC
C SSR Drive 14V/40mA
Code Output 2/Alarm 2
0 None
1 Form A Relay 2A/240 VAC
2 Pulsed voltage to drive SSR, 5V/30mA
3 Isolated 4 - 20mA/0 - 20mA*
4 Isolated 1 - 5/0 - 5V*
5 Isolated 0 - 10V
6 Triac Output 1A/240 VAC
7 Isolated 20V/25mA DC Output Power Supply
C SSR Drive 14V/40mA
Code Alarm 1
1 5V Logic Output
Code Communications
0 None
Accessories 1 RS-485 Interface
CC94-1 RS-232 Interface Cable (2M) 2 RS-232 Interface**
CT94-1 Current Transformer for CT Input/ 3 Retransmit 4 - 20mA
Heater Break Option 0 - 20mA*
SNA10A Smart Network Adaptor for Third
4 Retransmit 1 - 5V/0 - 5V*
Party Software. Converts one 5 Retransmit 0 - 10V
channel of RS-485 or RS-422 to
RS-232 Network.
SINGLE CHANNEL
SNA10B Smart Network Adapter for ETR-Net

Software. Converts 255 channels
of RS-485 or RS-422 to RS-232
Network.
ETR-3400 4 1 1 1 1 1 Typical Model Number

* Range set by front keyboard
** Alternative between RS-232 and Event Input
*** Order CT94-1 if Heater Break Function is required
H-29
Controls
300 300D
300D & 300B

Temperature Controllers
• 300D - Enclosed with Integral
Set Point Dial
• 300B - Open Board with Remote

Set Point Knob 300B
• On/Off or Proportional Controller
• Sub-panel or DIN Rail Mounting Description Specifications

• 10 Amp Control Relay The 300 Series Controllers are rugged, reli- Input
able and very economical for precise process J Thermocouple Dual Scale 0-1000˚F (0-500˚C)
• Power On & Load LED control. These controllers are designed for K Thermocouple Dual Scale 0-2000˚F (0-1000˚C)
Indication (300D) general purpose industrial and commercial Cold Junction Compensation
temperature control. Sensor Break: Output de-energizes (contacts open)
Accuracy: Typically better than 0.5% of span:
The fully enclosed 300D can be either mount-
ed directly to the surface or DIN rail mounted. Output
Relay SPDT 10 Amps@240 VAC (300D)
The open board 300B mounts to the subpanel, Relay SPST 20 Amps@240 VAC (300B)
and has a remote dial for front panel mount-
ing. Control Mode:
Proportional
These controllers also have a 10Amp NO relay Proportional Band 2.5% of span
contact. Switching 2400W at 240 VAC, single Cycle Time 20 seconds
phase allows the 300 Series to directly control
a small strip or cartridge heater...eliminating On/Off
the expense of a contactor and the cost of wir- Dead band 0.5% of span
ing the contactor. Dimensions:
300D: 5.625” H X 2.75” W X 2.75”D
300B: 3” H X 4.28” W X 1.675” D
Line Voltage: 115/230 VAC, 10%,
50-60Hz field selectable
Ambient Operating 32-130˚F (0-55˚C), 0-90 RH,
Condition: noncondensing
Weight: .75 lbs. (320gr)
SINGLE CHANNEL
Temperature Input
Model PCN Control Range Type Power Stock
300D-20200 329703 On/Off 0-1000-˚F(0-500˚C) J T/C 120/240 VAC S
300D-20300 329711 On/Off 0-2000-˚F(0-1000˚C) K T/C 120/240 VAC NS
300D-30100 329728 Proportional 0-1000-˚F(0-500˚C) J T/C 120/240 VAC NS
300B-30400 329736 Proportional 0-1000-˚F(0-500˚C) J T/C 120/240 VAC NS
H-33
CONTROLS
1040
DIN Rail Multiple
Loop Temperature &
Process Controller
• Compact DIN Rail-Mount System
• 4 Fieldbus Communication Port

Options
• 1-, 3-, or 4-Loop Configurations

per Module
• Heater Break Alarm Feature
• Hot Swap with Auto-Detection

and Configuration
• Detachable Modules Optimized

Description
for Easy Maintenance and Wiring The Chromalox 1040 is a DIN-rail-mounted mul- The control modules are available with 1, 3,
tiloop PID control system that can operate in a and 4 loops. Therefore, using from one to a full
• Windows* PC Configuration stand-alone system or in a PLC environment. Its complement of 8 control modules, any number
Software simplicity is based on its modular construction: of loops—from 1 to 32—can be achieved. If
one communications module and any combina- more than 32 loops are required, multiple sys-
tion of up to 8 control modules. With numerous tems can be linked together.
• Loop Enable/Disable
state-of-the-art control features and 100 ms
Heater break inputs are available on 1- and
• Detects Broken Process Sensor realtime scan rates, reliable single-loop control
3-loop modules.
performance and integrity are never sacrificed.
Input
With the Chromalox 1040 control system only
The communications module is a supervisory
• Optional Configuration Software the loops required need to be purchased.
module connected directly to the DIN rail. It
provides power to the control modules and Advantages
• UL, cUL & CE contains a back-up of the system configuration
data. It also manages the communications with • Space Saving Footprint
• 3 Year Warranty external devices.
• Reduced Installation Time and Cost
The control modules are independently managed
by the communications module. They are con- • Rapid, Easy Setup
nected to the DIN rail via an interconnect module
• Improved Performance vs. PLC/PC
that provides power and communications from
the communications module. • True, Simple Integration into Existing Control
Systems
The communications module is available in
any of four different protocol options: ModBus, • Rapid Hot-Swap and Auto Configure
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS and ModBus/TCP.
• Minimize Risk of Loss or Damage
SINGLE CHANNEL
H-35
CONTROLS
1040
DIN Rail Multiple Loop Temperature &
Process Controller
(cont’d.)
Communication Module
Configuration Port Chromalox PC configuration protocol for connection to the Chromalox 1040 configuration software.
ModBus Port Connects to a ModBus RTU fieldbus system.
Protocol ModBus RTU on a RS485 physical layer.
Configuration Data rate: 4800, 9600, 19200. Parity: none, even or odd. Configured using the Chromalox 1040 con-
figuration software.
DeviceNet Port Connects to a DeviceNet fleldbus ststem.
Protocol DeviceNet Class 2 slave device.
Configuration Data Rate 125 kbps, 250 kbps, or 500 kbps. MAC ID 0 to 63 (Defaults 125 kbps, ID 63). Configured using
the Chromalox 1040 configuration software, via the configuration port .
PROFIBUS Port Connects to a PROFIBUS fleldbus system.
Protocol PROFIBUS DP slave device.
Configuration Data Rate automatically detected by communication modules from 9.6 kb ps, 19.2 kbps, 45.4 kbps, 93.75
kbps, 1 87.5 kbps, 500 kbps, 1.5 Mbps, 3 Mbps, 6 Mbps, and 12 Mbps.
Profibus Address 0 -126 (Default = 126). Configured using the Chromalox 1040 configuration software, via the configura-
tion port.
ModBus/TCP Port Connects to a ModBus/TCP fleldbus system.
Mounting DIN rail mounting via supplied interconnect module. Fits DIN standard EN50022, DIN46277-3.
Protocol ModBus TCP/IP slave device.
Configuration 10/100 Base T, user-definable IP address. Configured using the Chromalox 1040 configuration software
via the configuration port.
Operating Environmental
Temperature & RH 32° to 131°F (0° to 55°C), -4° to 176°F (-20° to 80°C) storage, 30% to 90% RH non-condensing.
Power Supply 18 to 30 Vdc (inc ripple). 25 W max.
Protection lEC IP20. Designed for installation in an enclosure sealed against dust and moisture.
Approvals and Certifications EMC: Certified to EN61326-1:2006. Safety: Complies with EN61 010-1:2010. UL & cUL. Has received
ODVA Declaration of Conformity for DeviceNet.
H-36
CONTROLS
1040
DIN Rail Multiple Loop Temperature &
Process Controller (cont’d.)
Loop Control Module

Process Input One, three or four loops, temperature or DC process input. Type and scale user selectable.
Temperature Thermocouple Types: B,N,E,J,R,K,S,L,T. RTD Types: 3-wire PT100, NI 120.
Measuring Accruacy 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 50 mV, 10 to 50 mV, 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, 2 to 10 V. Scaleable -32000
to +32000.
Input Sample Rate 10 Hz (100 msec) for all loops
Heater Break Alarm Optional, Compares actual heater current to nominal. Alarms for High/low current or S/C output
Heater Current Input 0 to 50 mA, 0 to 60 mA, Sinusoidal rms, from current transformer. Scaleable 0.1 to 100 A ac.
Outputs
Relay Outputs Contact Type: Single pole single throw (SPST). Rating: 2 A resistive @120/240 VAV Lifetime: >500,000
operations at rated voltage/current
SSR Drive Outputs Drive Capability: 12 Vdc nominal (10 Vdc minimum), at up to 20 mA
Linear Output Optional. Resolution: 8 bits in 250 msec, (10 bits in 1 second typical). Accuracy +0.25% (mA into 250
ohm load, V into 2 kohm load). Degrading linearity to +0.5% for increasing burden to maximum drive
capacity (500 ohm).
Output Useage Any output can be assigned as any control or alarm output for any of the loops in the loop control module.
Environmental Specifications
Supply Voltage Powered by the communications module within its operating condition
Temperature & RH 32° to 131°F (0° to 55°C), -4° to 176°F (-20° to 80°C) storage, 30% to 90% RH non-condensing.
Dimensions 7/8 In. (22mm) W, 3-7/8In. (100mm) H, 4-3/4 In. (120mm) D.
Weight 0.33 lb (0.15 kg).
Mounting DIN rail mounting via supplied interconnect module. Fits DIN standard EN50022.
SINGLE CHANNEL
H-37
CONTROLS
1040
DIN Rail Multiple Loop
Temperature &
Process Controller
(cont’d.)
Communication Module
Part Number Communication Platform
1040-M B ModBus RTU/RS485
1040-D N DeviceNET
1040-P B Profibus
1040-M T ModBus TCP/IP
Loop Control Module

Loop Description
Part Number Inputs Outputs
1040-120000 1 Universal 2 SSR/Relay (Selectable)
2 SSR/Relay (Selectable), 1 Linear or
1040-120010 1 Universal
3 SSR/Relay (Selectable)
2 SSR/Relay (Selectable), 1 Linear or
1040-120011 1 Universal, 1 Heater Break
3 SSR/Relay (Selectable)
1040-300601 3 Universal, 1 Heater Break 6 Relay
1040-306001 3 Universal, 1 Heater Break 6 SSR
1040-304000 3 Universal, 1 Heater Break 3 SSR, 3 Relay
1040-400600 4 Universal 6 Relay
1040-406000 4 Universal 6 SSR
1040-404200 4 Universal 4 SSR, 2 Relay
Accessories
0149-50082 Configuration Software, Cable & Manual
0149-50071 Current Transfomer for Heater Break Alarm (HBA) 0 - 25 A
H-38
CONTROLS
3300 Series
Multiloop Controller
• 3340: 4 Loops of Autotuning PID

Heat, Cool or Heat/Cool Control
• 3380: 8 Loops of Autotuning PID

Heat or Cool Control
• Up to 11 Total Outputs, 4 or 8 for

Control, Others for Alarm
3.6 (91.8)
• Thermocouple, RTD or Analog Mounting bracket
Inputs
Dimensions
• Outputs, Relay, SSR Drive, Triac Units Inches (mm) 3.78
(96) 3.6
or Analog 92
• Heater Breakdown Option with
4.36 (110.8)
3.6 (91.8)
CT Inputs
3.78
(96)
• Communications Option with

MODBUS Protocol Compatible
with SpecView Software 3.94
(100)
• IP65
Features
Space and Time Savings: In comparison to other multi-loop packages, the
3340/3380 has a straight forward user interface
The 3340/3380 can control up to a maximum of 8 that does not require a PLC programmer or other
Stocked Items channels in a compact 1/4 DIN package. The 1/4 support hardware to operate. The display, push-
DIN controller reduces panel size and panel cut- buttons, outputs and software are integrated in
3340 outs. By increasing zone density, the 3340/3380 this single multi-loop package.
can now make PID temperature control for 3 to
Part Number PCN 8 zones affordable in a multi-loop form factor, Although all inputs are scanned at least once
3340-1R04100000 317884 aiding designers of control equipment to save per second, the display of the 3340/3380 will
labor costs, installation costs, electric panel size, display the temperatures of each channel on an
3340-1V04100000 317905
and operation cost. adjustable scan rate so the operator can view
all channels without touching any pushbuttons.
Heater Break Alarm:
3380
Alarm 2 can be ordered as a Heater Break
Part Number PCN Alarm. For loads with multiple heaters this
3380-1RR4100000 317770 feature alarms when individual heaters fail. This
CONTROLLERS
provides maintenance of a process before the

MULTI-LOOP
3380-4RR4100000 317788
problem becomes critical.
3380-1TT4100000 317809
3380-4TT4100000 317817 Multi-Memory Area:
3380-1VV4100000 317825 Temperature set point, PID constants, alarm
3380-1VV4111000 317841 set point, ramp to set point rate, channel used/
3380-1VV4100060 317868 unused for each loop can be stored in a “memory
area”. The eight memory area allows for quick
changes to alternate processes or products.
The memory area can be selected via the front
faceplate or digital inputs.
H-39
CONTROLS
3300 Series Specifications
Multiloop Controller Control Modes: PID with Autotuning, PID Heat/Cool with Autotuning (3340 only), Air or
water cooling selectable, PI, PD, P or On/Off Selectable
(cont’d.) Control Adjustments:

Control Set Point Input Span
Set Point Limits Within Span High and Low
Dead band 2 degrees or .2% factory setting (default), Adjustable up to full span
Proportional Band (P) Input Span (PB=0 selects On/Off control)
Cool Proportional Band 1-1000% of the Heat Proportional Band
Integral (I) 1 to 3600sec (0= Off)
Derivative (D) 1 to 3600 sec (0=Off)
Anti reset windup 1 to 100% of Proportional Band (0 turns off Integral)
Heat Cycle Time 1-100 sec (no setting for current output)
Cool Cycle Time 1-100 sec (no setting for current output)
H/C Overlap Deadzone -Span to +Span (within –1999 to +1999), Minus setting Overlap
Ramp Rate 0 to span/minute (0=off)
PV bias -span to +span (within –1999 to 9999)
Alarm Adjustments:
Alarm Type High Process, Low Process, Deviation Low, High, High-Low, Band; Loop
Break Alarm, Heater Break Alarm
FAIL – Automatic alarm on controller failure
Alarm Inhibit/Hold Inhibit on: Power Up, From STOP to RUN, Set point Changes, Memory
area changes
Ranges Process Alarm: Input span, Deviation Alarm: -span to +span
Alarm Differential 2 degrees (temperature input), 0.2%(Voltage input)default, Adjustable to
span
Loop Break Alarm Off, 0.1 to 200.0 minutes, dead band: 0 to span, LBA output is allocated to
Alarm 1
Heater Break Alarm Requires external current transformers (CT)
Input Range 0-30A or 0-100A
Display Range 0.0 to 100.0A
Accuracy ±5% of input value or ±2A
HBA is allocated to Alarm 2
ontrol Outputs (up to 8)

C
Relay NO Form A contact, 3A (resistive) at 250 VAC, 300,000 cycles or more at
rated load
SSR drive(Voltage Pulse) 12VDC, 20mA max
Triac 0.5A @ 40C or less
Current 0 to 20mA into 0 to 600Ω
4 to 20mA into 0 to 600Ω
Alarm Outputs
Relay 3 Relays, NO Form A contact, 1A (resistive) at 250 VAC
Out 5-8 on 3340 can be used as alarms, 3A at 250 VAC via Alarm 3 settings
Electrical Life 300,000 cycles or more at rated load
General
Environment IP65 Protection (Optional)
Power Consumption Up to 20VA
Ambient temperature 0˚ to 50˚C (32˚ to 122˚F)
Ambient Humidity 45 to 85% non-condensing
Weight 1.2 lb. (560g)
H-40
CONTROLS
3300 Series
Sensor Inputs: Thermocouple, RTD or Voltage
Input Update Rate 0.5sec (3340), 1 sec (3380)
Input Break Action Upscale: Thermocouple and RTD, Downscale: Voltage input
Multiloop Controller Input Filter 1-100 sec. Time constant 0=off, First order digital filter
(cont’d.) Thermocouple
Type Max Range ˚F Max Range ˚C Accuracy
J 0 to 2192 0-1200 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
-199.9 to 999.9 -199.9 to 999.9 Accuracy under –100C not guaranteed
K 0 to 2502 0 to 1372 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
-199.9 to999.9 -199.9 to 800.0 Accuracy under –100C not guaranteed
E 0 to 1820 0 to 1000 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
T -199.9 to 752.0 -199.9 to 400.0 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
Accuracy under –100C not guaranteed
R 0 to 3216 0 to1769 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
Accuracy 0 to 399C not guaranteed
S 0 to 3216 0 to1769 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
B 0 to 3308 0 to 1820 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
N 0 to 2372 0 to 1300 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
0.0 to 999.9 0.0 to 800.0
PLII 0 to 1390 0 to 2534 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
W5Re/W26Re 0 to 4000 0 to 2320 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
U -199.9 to 999.9 -199.9 TO 600.0 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
Accuracy under –100C not guaranteed
L 0 to 1600 0 to 800 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±2˚C(4˚F)
RTD non-isolated
Type Max Range ˚F Max Range ˚C Accuracy
100Ω PLT IEC -199.9 to 999.9 -199.9 to 649.0 ±0.3% of reading + 1 digit or ±0.8˚C(1.6˚F)
or JIS
Voltage non-isolated
Type Adjustable Range Accuracy
0-10, 0-5, 1-5 VDC -1999 to 9999 (0.0 to 100.0 default)
±0.3% of reading + 1 digit
Decimal Point in 1/10, 1/100, 1/1000
Digital Input (Optional)

Number of input 5 inputs
Rating Non-voltage contact input, Open: 500kΩ or more, Close: 10Ω or less
Function Run (close) Stop(open), Memory area selection, 3 inputs binary (0-7), Data
Set
Communications (Optional)
Hardware RS232C 3 wire single drop
RS-422 4 wire multi-drop, up to 31 units
RS-485 2 wire multi-drop, up to 31 units
Protocol Modbus
CONTROLLERS
Baud Rate 2400,4800,9600,19200 bps

MULTI-LOOP
Software Compatible with ChromaSoft SpecView
Accessories
Part Number PCN Description
700462222 339135 Current Transformer, 0-30.0Aac for Heater Break Option
700462223 339143 Current Transformer, 0-100.0Aac for Heater Break Option
700562224 339151 Control Relay module for outputs 1-8
700462225 339160 SSR driver module for outputs 1-8
0149-01305 314448 Snubber
H-41
CONTROLS
3300 Series
Multiloop Controller (cont’d.)
Model
3340 Four Loop Autotuning PID Controller

3380 Eight Loop Autotuning PID Controller
Code Input
1 Thermocouple J, K, R, S, B, E, PLII, N, T, U, L
3 Analog VDC 0-5, 0-10, 1-5 VDC
4 RTD, 100 ohm Plt
Code Control Output 1-4, Heat or Cool
R Relay 3 amp, 250 VAC
V SSR drive, 12 VDC at 20mA
T Triac, 0.5 A
7 0-20mA up to 600ohms
Code Output 5-8, Alarm or Cooling Control (3340), Heat or Cool (3380)
0 No outputs (3340 only)
R Relay 3 amp, 250 VAC
V SSR drive, 12 VDC
T Triac, 0.5 A
Code Instrument Power
3 24 VAC/VDC
4 100-240 VAC
Code Alarm 1
1 Relay, 1A, 250 VAC
Code Alarm 2
0 No alarm
2 Heater Break Alarm, 0-30A Single Phase Input1
3 Heater Break Alarm, 0-100A Single Phase Input1
4 Heater Break Alarm, 0-30A Three Phase Input (3340 only)1
5 Heater Break Alarm, 0-100A Three Phase Input (3340 only)1
Code Alarm 3
0 No alarm
Code Contact In
0 None
1 5 Digital Inputs2
Code Digital Communications2
0 None
6 RS-485/RS-422 Modbus
8 RS 232 - Modbus
Code None
0 None

3340- 1 V R 4 1 0- 0 0 6 0 Typical Model Number
NOTE: Each alarm output is common to all channels.

1
Heater break is not available when the control output is 0-20mA or 4-20 mA.
2
On 3380 heater break alarm and communications/contact input cannot be specified on the same 3380 controller.
H-42
Controls
CX224
12-Channel
Temperature Monitor
• Prevent Costly Damage to
Motors, Generators,
Transformers and Other
Equipment
• Monitor Up to 12 Inputs
• Variety of Inputs: RTD,

Thermocouple, 4 to 20 mA,
in any Combination
• Program Via Front Panel &

RS485 or RS232 (Modbus
Protocol)
• Power Loss Protection Description Software

• 24 Independent Trip Points The CX224 consists of a 12-Channel Tem- CX224 Software Features:
(2 Per Channel) perature Monitor and ChromaSoft™ CX224 • Compatibility with Microsoft® Windows®
Software. It is the next generation in tempera- operating system
• 5 Outputs (Relays or Logic) ture monitoring equipment from Chromalox
designed to meet the needs of electric ma- • User-friendly configuration program
• Logic Outputs can be Used With chinery protection. The 12-channel scanning • Save unlimited set-up configurations
External SSRs capability, standard RS485/RS232 interface
and Windows-compatible software utility for • Commission mode to test configurations
• Programmable Deadband system configuration and data logging provide before implementation
(Hysteresis) overtemperature and undertemperature
• Continuously displayed measurement and
protection and critical feedback to safeguard
relay status of all 12 channels
• Rugged Steel Enclosure expensive machinery.
• Data logging
• Can be Used as a 4-Channel
• Data graphing for trend analysis
On/Off Controller Custom Options
• Display High, Low, or Any Valid • Difference between two channels

Zones • Average reading of several channels
• Self Calibrating • Other input types
• Password Protected Areas

Allow Supervisory Control and
Monitoring of Trip Points
H-42
Controls
CX224
Specifications Trip point Hysteresis (deadband):
Programmable from 0 to 20 (°C or °F).
Input: 1 to 12 RTDs (2 or 3-wire), thermo-
couples, or 4 to 20 mA current loops. Display: 20×4 line backlit LCD. 0.1°C or
12-Channel Accepts any combination of input types.
Standard Input Types:
0.1°F resolution. Front panel LEDs
indicate relay and alarm status
Temperature Monitor RTD: -200 to 700°C: PA
(Platinum/100 Ω/0.00392 Ω/Ω/°C)
Accuracy: 2°C (3°F) in 0 to 60°C (32 to
158°F) ambient, over entire range
(cont’d.) -200 to 700°C: PB of the input
(Platinum/100 Ω/0.00391 Ω/Ω/°C) Supply Power: 85 to 240 VAC @ 50/60 Hz. or
-200 to 850°C: PD/PE 110 to 370 VDC, 5 watts max.
(Platinum/100 Ω/0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C) Power Loss Protection:
-200 to 600°C: PF Trip points and program pa-
(Platinum/1000 Ω/0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C) rameters stored in non-volatile
memory. Normal operation
-80 to 260°C: NA resumes when power is restored.
(Nickel/120 Ω/0.00672 Ω/Ω/°C)
Keyboard: 4 membrane type keys with
-100 to 260°C: CA audible feedback.
(Copper/10 Ω/0.00427 Ω/Ω/°C)
Serial Interface:
Thermocouple (grounded models require TI241): RS485 or RS232 (Modbus protocol).
-270 to 1000°C: Type E
-200 to 1200°C: Type J Programming:
-270 to 1150°C: Type K Programmable from front panel
-270 to 400°C: Type T or via RS485 or RS232 interface
using Modbus protocol. PC soft-
4 to 20 mA current loop: Pressure (PSI, Bar), ware is included for data logging,
Humidity (%), Temperature (°F, °C), Vibration commissioning, and configura-
(G), and process variable (mA, VDC) tion. Program settings may be
Note: 4 to 20 mA inputs must be linear with password protected
respect to the measured variable. Firmware Fault Protection:
Input Scan Rate: 1.5 seconds maximum. Watchdog resets microproces-
sor if it fails to perform program
Stocked Items Input Fault Detection: sequence
Options for ignoring, sounding
Part Number PCN alarm, or tripping relays associ- Enclosure: Steel case; NEMA 4 front panel
CX224-A1A 309913 ated with the failed sensor. Other Ambient Temperature Rating:
CX224-A1B 309921 zones are unaffected. 0 to 60°C (32 to 158°F)
Output: 24 independent trip points (2 per Connections: Terminal blocks at rear accept
channel): 5 relays, one relay is wires to AWG 12
intended for use as an alarm func- Leadwire Resistance Compensation:
tion (but can be configured as a Up to 30 Ω per leadwire for RTDs,
trip point), and one internal audible with no effect on reading
alarm. Alarm may be programmed
to sound when selected relays trip. Dimensions: 7.5×11.5×2” (191×292×51 mm)
Logic output option is available for Mounting: Panel mount enclosure. Cutout
controlling external SSRs or send- size of 6.8×10.6” (173×269 mm)
ing a signal to another device.
Weight: 3.8 lbs. (1.72 kg.)
Relays: Form C, SPDT 10 A @ 250 VAC/24
VDC resistive load; 10 A make Agency Approvals: UL: 508
Ordering Information current; 2500 VA breaking capac-
Complete the model number using the matrix ity, ¼ HP at 120 VAC motor load.
provided.
CX224 12-Temperature Monitor
Accessories Code Power supply
CONTROLLERS
MULTI-LOOP
Part A 85-240 VAC @ 50/60 Hz / 110-370 VDC

Number Description
Code Output
AC102734 Communications package.
Includes isoated RS232 to RS485 1 Relays
converter, power supply for con- 2 Logic (5 VDC)
verter, 6' (1.8 m) serial cable and
Code Interface
DB25 to DB9 Adapter
TI241 8-Channel thermocouple isolator. A RS232
Electrically isolates grounded ther- B RS485
mocouples for use with CX224

CX224 - A 1 A Typical Model Number
The CX224 monitor comes complete with CX224 software.
H-43
Controls
6050 & 4050

DIN Limit Controllers
• Universal Input
• Jumperless Configuration
• Auto Detected Hardware
• Standard 5A Latching Limit

Relay
• Up to 3 Outputs
• 1/16 & 1/4 DIN Sizes
• Windows PC Configuration
Software Description Features
• Retransmit Process Value or The Chromalox 50 Series Limit Controllers • User-friendly functionality
Limit Setpoint provide you with a comprehensive feature list
• High/Low Limit Alarm
and the flexibility to meet your most demand-
• Process Alarms ing process needs. This series is affordable, • Universal Input
easy-to-use and adaptable to simplify all • Digital Inputs
• Optional MODBUS (RS-485) aspects of limit control.
Communications • Intuitive ChromaWareTM Configuration Soft-
This fail-safe protection device may be used ware
to prevent damage to equipment or products.
• Optional digital input and • Easy to use HMI
It will shut down a process when the preset
remote reset parameter threshold is realized. The controller • Jumperless and auto-hardware detection
cannot be reset until the process has returned configurations
• Optional 10V SSR Driver Output to an acceptable parameter condition.
• 24 VDC transmitter power supply
• Optional 24 VDC Transmitter The 50 Series Limit Controller maintains the
• Dual, red over green, 7 segment LED
Power Supply maximum (High Limit Action) or minimum
(Low Limit Action) process variable value • 10 VDC SSR Drive Output
• UL, cUL, CE, CSA & FM since the last reset occurred. Additionally the • 4 digit upper and lower displays
Approved controller records the accumulated time for
which the limit has been exceeded since this • MODBUS communication
• 3 Year Warranty parameter was last reset. • Plug-in output modules
The 50 Series Limit Controllers are an ideal • Process Alarms
complement in both design and esthetics to its
• Outputs 2 and 3 are user-selectable and
cousin, the Chromalox 40 Series Temperature/
Process Controllers. customizable for each application
• Output Options:
• Relay, SSR Driver, DC linear, Triac, 24 VDC
transmitter power supply, Retransmit PV
or Limit Trip Setpoint
• Remote reset for digital input option
H-44
Controls
6050 & 4050 DIN Limit Controllers (cont’d.)

Specifications
FEATURES
Human Interface ��4 button operation, dual 4 digit 10mm & 8mm high (6050) and 13mm & 10mm high (4050) LED displays, plus
4 LED indicators
PC Configuration ��Off-line configuration from PC serial port to dedicated config socket (comms option not required).
ChromaWare Configuration Software for Windows 98 or higher.
INPUT
Thermocouple ��J, T, K, E, N, B, R, S, C; Pt Rh20% vs. Pt 40% Rh
RTD ��3-wire, PT100
DC Linear ��0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA, 0 to 50mV, 10 to 50mV, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V, 0 to 10V, 2 to 10V. Scaleable -1999 to 9999,
with adjustable decimal point
Impedance ��>10M ohm for the thermocouple and mV ranges, 47k ohm for V ranges and 5 ohm for mA ranges
Accuracy ��± 0.1% of input range ±1 LSD (T/C CJC better than 1˚C)
Sampling ��4 per second, 14 bit resolution
Sensor Break Detection ��<2 seconds (except zero based DC ranges), limit output opens, low alarms activate for RTD, mA or V ranges
OUTPUTS & OPERATIONS

Configuration ��Output 1 (limit relay) fixed; outputs 2 and 3 (alarm relay) are user-selectable and customized based on desired
application; Process Alarm: Reverse or direct. Choose from the following output types:
Max # of Outputs ��3 for alarm, 24 VDC transmitter power supply or retransmit of process value/limit trip setpoint
Limit Relay ��Fixed, SPDT; 240 VAC 5A resistive; Lifetime >100,000 operations at rated voltage/current
Alarm Relays ��Optional SPDT; 240 VAC 2A resistive; Lifetime >500,000 operations at rated voltage/current.
Modes (Alarm 1 and 2): High/Low, Band, Deviation, logical OR/AND
Control SSR Driver Outputs ��Optional drive capability: >10 VDC nominal into 500 ohm minimum
Triac Outputs ��Optional 0.01 to 1A AC, 20 to 280Vrms, 47-63 Hz (Limit 2)
DC Linear Outputs ��Optional 0-20mA, 4-20mA into 500 ohm max; 0-10V, 1-5V, 2-10V, 0-5V into 500 ohm min; Outputs have 2%
over/under drive applied; Accuracy +-0.25% (mA into 250 ohm load, V into 2k ohm load); degrading linearity to
+-0.5% for increasing burden to specified limits
Transmitter Power Supply ��Optional 24 VDC (Limit 1)
Communications ��2 Wire RS485, 1200 to 19200 Baud, Modbus protocol
Digital Input ��Selects between 2 setpoints or Auto/Manual control. Volt free or TTL input
Remote Setpoint Input ��0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V, 0 to 10V or 2 to 10V. Scaleable -1999 to 9999. Local/Remote setpoint
selected from front panel
OPERATING & ENVIRONMENTAL
Temperature & RH ��0 to 55°C (-20 to 80°C storage), 20% to 95% RH non-condensing
Power Supply ��100 to 240V 50/60Hz 7.5VA (optional 20 to 48V AC 7.5VA/22 to 65V DC 5 watts)
Protection ��Front Panel: NEMA 4, IEC IP66 Behind Panel: IP20
Standards ��FM, CE, CSA, UL & cUL recognized
Model X Y F D W H
4050 3.78” (96mm) 3.78” (96mm) 0.43” (11mm) 3.93” (100mm) 3.62” (92mm) 3.62” (92mm)
6050 1.89” (48mm) 1.89” (48mm) 0.35” (9mm) 4.33” (110mm) 1.77” (45mm) 1.77” (45mm)
SINGLE CHANNEL
H-45
Controls
6050 & 4050

DIN Limit Controllers (cont’d.)
Model 50 Series DIN Limit Controller

6050 1/16 DIN
4050 1/4 DIN
Code Output 1
1 Relay - SPDT, 5A resistive at 120/240 VAC
Code
Output 2
0 None
A Analog (0-10V, 0-20mA, 0-5V, 2-10V, 4-20mA)
T Triac (1 Amp AC)
Code
Output 3
0 None
A Analog (0-10V, 0-20mA, 0-5V, 2-10V, 4-20mA)
P Isolated Power Supply 24 VDC (910W min )
Code
Feature Option A
0 None
1 RS485 Digital Communications
Code
Power Supply
0 100 - 240V AC
1 24 - 48V AC/DC
4050- 1 S A 0 0 Typical Model Number
Stocked Items
DIN Size Part Number PCN

1/16 6050-10000 314683
1/16 6050-1R000 314691
1/4 4050-1R000 314667
Accessories
Part
Models Description Number
ChromaWare Configuration
0149-50060
40 & 50 Software
Series Cable for Configuration
0149-50062
Software
Snubber 0149-01305
H-46
Controls
LIMIT Controller
Temperature
Limit Control
• Protects Processes and
Equipment from Excessive
Temperatures
• DIN Rail and Sub-Panel

Mounting
Description Specifications
• J & K Thermocouple or RTD
The LIMIT protects expensive heaters and sen-
Input Power Input: 120 VAC or 24 VAC ±15%,
sitive materials from damaging over tempera- 50/60Hz, 3VA max. standard
ture conditions. It is designed for industrial
• Terminals Provided for Remote Control Output: SPDT Relay rated 3.8 Amps
and commercial applications that require high
Pushbutton Reset temperature protection. Res. and 1.5 Amps Pilot Duty 120 VAC.
100,000 cycles (UL rated). 30 VDC, 6 Amps
• Latching, Normally Energized, The LIMIT features a Form C latching, manu- (not UL rated)
3 Amp Relay Output ally resettable relay output that
de-energizes whenever the sensed tempera- Control Mode: Latching with Manual Reset
ture exceeds the set point temperature. or power off.
The DIN Rail mounting feature allows quick Field Terminations: Screw Terminals with
installation without drilling or extra hardware. wire clamping plates and touch safe shield.
Slots are also provided for direct
Sensor Break Protection: Contacts 4 and 5
panel mounting.
open for thermocouple or RTD break.
Two methods are provided to reset an alarm
Ambient Operating Temperature:
condition. (1) The Limit alarm has a reset
pushbutton on the unit and (2) reset terminals
are provided for resetting the alarm from Dimensions (Inches)
a remote pushbutton.
Features
• J & K Thermocouple or RTD Input
• Terminals Provided for Remote Pushbutton
Reset
• Latching, Normally Energized, 3 Amp Relay
Output
Ordering Information Depth = 2 1/2" (63.5 mm)

SINGLE CHANNEL
CONTROLLERS
Temperature Input Input

Model PCN Range Type Power
LIMIT-10100L 309200 0 to 1400˚F / -20 to 760˚C J T/C 120 VAC
LIMIT-10200L 309219 0 to 2300˚F / -20˚C to 1260˚C K T/C 120 VAC
LIMIT-10400L 309243 0 to 850˚F / -20˚C to 455˚C RTD 120 VAC
LIMIT-10101L 309235 0 to 1400˚F / -20˚C - 760˚C J T/C 24 VAC
Custom Controllers
Custom temperature ranges and fixed set point units are available to meet your specific applica-
tion needs.
H-47
Controls
ChromaSoft®
SpecView Plus
• Communicates with Multiple
Chromalox Controllers
• “Instrument Views” Auto-

matically Created for Graphical
Screen
• Access to all Controller

Parameters
• Easy Graphics Tools for Graphic Display Screen with 2104 Instrument View
Custom Screens Including

Bitmap Import and OLE ChromaSoft SpecView communicates with operator wants to view several instruments on
multiple Chromalox 2104, 1604, 3101, 2030, one screen, the instruments can be added to
• Trend Charts - Unlimited 3380 and 2120 legacy controllers from a a single GDS. Multiple screens can separate
Number of Pens and Data single computer via RS485 or RS232 comm different functions. It’s the operator’s choice.
Logging port. Additional Chromalox Controllers will be
communicating with ChromaSoft SpecView. Another feature of the GDS set up is the
• Up to 9 Simultaneous See chromalox.com for updated information. “Trend Chart” utility. An operator can quickly
Communications Ports This flexible Windows based package allows build a trend chart with multiple variables
an operator to view and change any controller and scales on a single chart or build multiple
• Alarm Monitoring and Time parameter from the computer. Using this pack- charts on a single screen. The trend chart can
Stamping age the operator can also monitor and record later be quickly reviewed using the “Historical
any controller parameter, logging data for Replay” option or the data can be exported to
• Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) - future evaluation. a 3rd party data base program.
Option Other features of the Graphical Display
Set up is quick and simple. The operator can
design and build a GDS (Graphical Display Screens are bar graphs, recipe storage and
Screen) in less than an hour. Each Controller downloading, user defined pushbuttons, and
has an already designed “Instrument View”, alarm logging. ChromaSoft Windows is a
which can be added to the GDS with a couple simple solution for set up and data logging of
of key strokes. The Instrument View looks like Chromalox Controllers with digital communi-
the controller and displays the process vari- cations.
able, set point and has functional pushbuttons.
If the process has multiple controllers or the
Windows is a registered trademark

of Microsoft Corp. Sample Trend Chart
H-48
Controls
ChromaSoft
Multi-port Option is ideal if ChromaSoft
® SpecView is communicating with multiple
tions. Typical applications include: turning on
an output based on an event, setting multiple
controllers. With this option the program can set points from a master, cascade control, etc.
SpecView Plus use up to 9 communications ports. SpecView

can communicate to as many as 255 control-
lers per comm port. However, for communica-
Remote Computer Option
Many applications require operating SpecView
on a computer other than the one connected
(cont’d.) tion speed considerations, it is recommended
that no more than 30 controllers connect to to the instruments. Required functions include
a single communications port. If ChromaSoft remote monitoring and adjustment of instru-
is communicating with a 1604 and one of the ments. In a typical networked situation the Lo-
other Chromalox controllers (2104 or 3101) cal computer is connected to the instruments.
the multi-port option will be needed. The 1604 The Remote computer(s) may be in the same
uses a different communications protocol than building or in another country.
the other controllers. Using SpecView Remote Option connection
Historical Replay Option allows the operator can be made in 3 possible ways:
to quickly review data on a trend chart. The 1. Over a Local Area Network (LAN).
operator can “fast forward” as fast as 240x the 2. By using Modem dial-up between
original speed to quickly identify excursions or computers.
problems. 3. By making the Local computer available
Strategy Controller Option is a powerful
Ordering Information feature that allows the user to automate opera-
Complete the Model Number
using the Matrix provided.
Model
Soft ChromaSoft® Specview
Code Configuration & Historical Replay Option
MO Multiple Instrument
MH Multiple Instrument with Historical Replay
Code
Communications Options
0 None
P Multi-Port option (up to 9 Communications Ports)
Code
Strategy Controller Option
0 None
S Strategy Control Option
Code
Dynamic Data Exchange
0 None
D Dynamic Data Exchange Options
Code
Remote Computer Option*
00 None
XX 01-99 Additional Simultaneous Users
Code
Special Driver
0 None
P Driver for Model 2120 Ramp/Soak Controller ACCESSORIES
CONTROLLER
Soft- MH 0 0 0 – 00 0 Typical Model Number

Windows and Microsoft are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
*To order, specify number of simultaneous users. If 01 is ordered, only one
computer can be connected at a time, although multiple computers can have access.
H-49
Controls
4.5
1/4 DIN
(114)
3.5 3.25
(89) (83)
Accessories
1/4 DIN Mounting
Brackets 4.5
(114)
6
(152)
3.5” C/C
0.266” Dia. Mtg. Holes
Surface Mounting
Part No. 0006-12081 PCN 309307
4.5
4.5
(114)
(114)
6 5
3.5 3.5
(152) (127)
(89) (89)
4.5 4.5
(114) (114)
6 6
(152) (152)
3.5” C/C 3.5” C/C

0.266” Dia. Mtg. Holes 0.266” Dia. Mtg. Holes
Surface Mounting Surface Mounting

Part No. 0006-12072 PCN 309315 Part No. 0006-12151 PCN 317980
2
4.2 (51)
(107)
9.5
(241)
4.5 3.5
(114) (89) 4.5
5.2 (114)
(132)
10.5
(260)
7/32”
Surface Mounting for 2 Controllers
Side Mounting Part No. 0006-12157 PCN 339098
1/4 DIN Instruments
Part No. 0006-12034 PCN 313904
H-54
Controls
Description
1/8 & 1/16 DIN The 1/8 and 1/16 DIN Mounting Adaptor Kits
Mounting Adapter Kits allow you to easily convert an existing 1/4 DIN
panel cutout for mounting an 1/8 or 1/16 DIN
instrument.
• Convert 1/4 DIN Mounting Hole Ordering Information

Cutouts
Description Part Number PCN
• Pre-drilled, Easy to Install 1/4 to 1/8 DIN Mounting Adapter Kit 0006-12136 306931
1/4 to 1/16 DIN Mounting Adapter Kit 0006-12137 306923
• 4 Screws and Nuts Included
Dimensions
1/8 DIN 1/16 DIN

3.9 3.9
(99) (99)
1.7 1.7
(43) (43)
3.9 3.6 3.9 1.7

(99) (91) (99) (43)
Front View Front View

1/8 DIN 1/16 DIN
Cutout Cutout
1/16 DIN Dimensions
Surface Mounting 2.5

(64) Depth
Brackets 0.375
(10)
2.12
(54)
Cutout
1.77 x 1.77
(43 x 43)
ACCESSORIES
CONTROLLER
Front View Side View

Description Depth (In, mm) Part Number PCN
Surface Mounting Bracket 4.38 (111) 0006-12155 305200
Mounting Bracket 5.13 (130) 0006-12154 305218
H-55
Controls
ENC Series
ENC 4
Instrument Enclosures
• NEMA 4X, Fiberglass Enclosures
with DIN cutouts or Door
Window
• Prepunched Sub-Panel for

Window Design Enclosures The NEMA 4X fiberglass enclosures have hinged front covers to allow for easy mounting and
wiring. When the controller is installed according to factory recommendations the NEMA rating
of the controller is maintained.
Enclosures with Cutouts

Description Stock
Model Description Status PCN
The ENC series of enclosures are simple boxes
ENC4-QTR01 One 1/4 DIN Cutout, 8”H x 6.5”W x 6”D S 317913
with either cutouts or with window covers for
mounting 1/16 DIN or 1/4 DIN Controllers. ENC4-SIX01 One 1/16 DIN Cutout 8”H x 6.5”W x 6”D NS 317921
(Controllers not included.) ENC4-SIX02 Two 1/16 DIN Cutouts, 8”H x 6.5”W x 6”D NS 317930
The ENCs with cutouts allow the operator to ENC4-QTR02 Two 1/4 DIN Cutouts, 12”H x 10”W x 6”D S 317948
easily access the controller pushbuttons. The
ENC enclosure with window covers ensure
protection for the controllers.
NEMA 4X fiberglass enclosure with hinged door window and pre-drilled sub-panel for either
single or double 1/4 DIN Mounting Brackets. Brackets are ordered separately (see accessory
table below.)
Stock
ENC4-QTRW0 NEMA 4X 12”H x 10”W x 6”D Subpanel predrilled S 317365
ENC4-SIX01 for single or dual 1/4 DIN mounting brackets
Mounting Brackets for ENC 4 Enclosures with Windows
Stock
0006-12151* Single 1/4 DIN Mounting Bracket S 317980
0006-12157** Double 1/4 DIN Mounting Bracket S 339098
* 0006-12151 requires 1/4 x 20 bolts; not supplied.
** 0006-12157 requires 8/332 screws; not supplied
H-56
Controls
ENC Series
ENC 7
Instrument Enclosures
(cont’d.)
• NEMA 7/4, Explosion Proof

Enclosure
• Suitable for 1/4 & 1/16 DIN

Controllers under 5.5” in Depth
Description
The ENC series of enclosures are simple boxes F, & G. Includes a 5” Window, breather/drain
with window covers for mounting 1/16 DIN or valve, and (3) each 1/2”NPT conduit openings.
1/4 DIN Controllers. (Controllers not in- ENC7s are suitable for one 1/4 DIN controller
cluded.) The NEMA 7/4 enclosures are rugged or up to (2) 1/16 DIN controllers. Mounting
sand-cast aluminum designed for NEC Class Plates are ordered separately (see accessory
I, Division I & Division II, Groups B, C, & D table below).
and Class II, Division I & Division II, Groups E,
Stock
ENC7-QTRW0 NEMA 7/4 8”H x 8”W x 8”D* NS 317964
* 1/4 and 1/16 DIN Mounting Plates Sold Separately
Mounting Plates for ENC 7 Enclosures

Stock
0006-12179 1/4 DIN Mounting Plate NS 339100
0006-12177 1/16 DIN Mounting Plate NS 339119
0006-12178 Dual 1/16 DIN Mounting Plate NS 339127
ACCESSORIES
CONTROLLER
H-57
Controls
Splash Guard
Instrument Cover
Protects 1/4 DIN Panel Mounted
Instruments Against:
• Mechanical Damage
• Unauthorized Operation Dimensions

• Dust and Splashwater 1.5
Features 4.8 (39)
(122)
4.6 1.3
• High impact strength, high temperature (116) (34)
Ordering Information plastic
Description Part Number PCN
• Heat Resistant up to 266°F (130°C)
Splash-Guard 0148-00012 314421 2.6 4.3
• Protection to DIN 40050, dust-tight and (66) (110)
splashproof IP54
• Supplied with 2 keys
• Use with 1/4" DIN models
Note: Controllers not included.
Super Splash Guard Dimensions

7.3
1.8
(45)
Instrument Cover (184)
Model 0076-12034
NEMA 4 Protection TEMP CONTROL
Protects Two 1/4 DIN Panel

Mounted Instruments Against:
• Mechanical Damage
• Unauthorized Operation 11.9
(301)
• Dust and Splashwater
OVERTEMP
Features
• High impact strength, high temperature
plastic
• Heat Resistant up to 266°F (130°C)
• NEMA 4 Protection
• Supplied with 2 keys Front View Side
View
Ordering Information All Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Description Part Number PCN Note: Controllers not included.
Splash-Guard 0076-12034 321939
H-58
Controls
SCR Selection Guide

SCR Power
CTF/CTF-Xtra MiniMax 1 MiniMax 2 MiniMax 3 MiniMax 1P
Controller
Single Phase Y Y Y
3-Phase/2-Leg Y* Y
3-Phase/3-Leg Y* Y
Mounting DIN, Rear Panel Rear Panel Rear Panel Rear Panel Rear Panel
Firing
Y Y Y Y
• On/Off
• Proportional Y Y (DOT) Y (DOT) Y (DOT)
• Phase Angle Y Y
120-480, 120-600,
Line Voltage (VAC) 120-600 120-600 120-600 120-600
120-690/120-480
Current Load (Amps) 25-250/25-60 30-75 30-75 30-75 30-75
5-30 VDC; PWM-

Inputs 5-32 VDC; 120, 240 5-32 VDC; 120, 240 5-32 VDC; 120, 240
Pulse Width
On/Off Control VAC, Dry Contact VAC, Dry Contact VAC, Dry Contact
Modulation
4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC,
0-20 mA, 4-20mA,
Proportional /Phase 1-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, 0/1-5, 0/4-20, 0/10-
0-5/10V, 1kΩ-10kΩ
Angle Control Remote Manual Adjust, Remote Manual Adjust, Remote Manual Adjust, 50 mA; 0-5, 0-10 VDC
Potentiometer
Auto/Man Auto/Man Auto/Man
Remote/Manual
Y Option Option Option Option
Adjust
Current Limit & Soft

Y Y
Start
Zero/Gain Adjust Y
Line Voltage
Y Y
Regulation
Heatsink Isolation Y Y Y Y
Full Isolation
Heatsink Thermostat
Y Y Y Y Y
/ Electronic Sensor
Shorted SCR
Y Option Option Option
Detection
Touch Safe Option Y
Integral I2T Y (CTF-Xtra IGBT) Y Y Y Y
SCR COMPONENTS
Communications
Y
• RS485
Feedback
(Diagnostics) Y
• Voltage
• Current Y Y
• Power Y
Agency Approvals UL, cUL, CE, TÜV UL/cUL, CE, Demko UL/cUL, CE, Demko UL/cUL, CE, Demko UL/cUL
See Page H-61 to H-66 H-67 H-69 H-71 H-73
* May be grouped with additional CTF's or CS1's to achieve 3-phase control
H-59
Controls
SCR Selection Guide (cont'd.)

SCR Power
MaxPac I MaxPac II MaxPac III MaxPac IP CS1/CS3 SSR
Controller
Single Phase Y Y Y (CS1) Y
3-Phase/2-Leg Y Y
3-Phase/3-Leg Y Y (CS3) Y
Mounting Rear Panel Rear Panel Rear Panel Rear Panel DIN, Rear DIN, Rear
Firing
Y Y Y Y Y
• On/Off
• Proportional Y (DOT) Y (DOT) Y (DOT) Y Y
• Phase Angle Y Y
Line Voltage (VAC) 120-600 120-600 120-600 120-600 24-600 42-600
Current Load (Amps) 100-1200 100-1200 100-1200 100-1200 25-120/25-55 15-75
5-32 VDC; 120, 5-32 VDC; 120, 5-32 VDC; 120,

Inputs VAC, VDC,
240 VAC, Dry 240 VAC, Dry 240 VAC, Dry VAC, VDC
On/Off Control 4-20mA
Contact Contact Contact
4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC,
0/1-5, 0/4-20,
Proportional /Phase 1-5 VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-10VDC,
0/10-50 mA; 0-5,
Angle Control Remote Manual Remote Manual Remote Manual
0-10 VDC
Adjust, Auto/Man Adjust, Auto/Man Adjust, Auto/Man
Remote/Manual
Option Option Option Option N N
Adjust
Current Limit & Soft

Y Soft Start
Start
Zero/Gain Adjust Y
Line Voltage
Y
Regulation
Heatsink Isolation Y Y Y Y
Full Isolation Y Y Y Y Y Y
Heatsink Thermostat
Y Y Y Y
/ Electronic Sensor
Shorted SCR
Option Option Option Y
Detection
Touch Safe Option Option Option Option Option Y
Integral I2T Option Option Option Option
Communications
• RS485
Feedback
(Diagnostics)
• Voltage
• Current
• Power
UL/cUL, CE, UL/cUL, CE, UL/cUL, CE,
Agency Approvals UL/cUL UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE
Demko Demko Demko
See Page H-75 H-78 H-81 H-84 H-87 H-91
* May be grouped with additional CTF's or CS1's to achieve 3-phase control
H-60
Controls
CTF
Advanced Single Phase
SCR Power Controller
• 25 A to 250 A
• 480 Vac, 600 Vac & 690 Vac
• User Configurable Firing Modes:

Zero Cross (Fixed Cycle, Burst
Firing (DOT) & Half Single Cycle)
or Phase angle
• Analog Control Inputs:

0-5 Vdc, 0-10 Vdc, 0-20 mA,
4-20 mA & Potentiometer from
1kΩ to 10kΩ
CTF
• Digital Input: 5-30 V or PWM 25 A - 120 A CTF
(Pulse Width Modulation ) 150 A - 250 A
• Total or Partial Load Interrupt

Alarm (Heater Break) Description
The CTF microprocessor-based advanced SCR The CTF also features the powerful and detailed
• Current Alarms - SCR Short C-PWR configuration software, which allows
power controller is designed to control all types
Circuit, Full or Partial Interrupt you to run trends, save historical data and read
of industrial heater loads ranging from 25A to
& Load or write device parameters quickly and easily.
250A and up to voltages of 480Vac, 600Vac
and 690Vac in several different configura- Configurations may be saved locally for later
• Modbus RTU/RS485 retrieval or sent across a network for cloning of
tions. Powerful system parameter diagnostics,
Communications other units. This significantly reduces mistakes
multiple firing mode options, control mode
versatility and on-board Modbus communica- and system setup time.
• Soft Start, Current limit, V, I, P
tions make the CTF an ideal choice for almost
feedback Applications
any process power control application.
• Master Controller for 2 or • Thermoforming
Whether you have traditional resistive heaters,
3-Leg/3-phase loads (zero elements with low thermal inertia, medium/ • Plastic extrusion lines
crossing) short-wave IR lamps or transformer-coupled • Injection molding
loads, the CTF offers several zero crossing
• Powerful C-PWR Configuration (fixed cycle time, burst fire (DOT) and half • Heat treatment
Software single cycle) and phase angle firing modes to • Industrial ovens / furnaces
properly and precisely manage these types of
• UL, CUL, CE, TÜV Marking loads.
• Mold & dye heating/cooling
• HVAC
The CTF runs complete diagnostics of tem-
perature, current (including full or partial load • Packaging
interrupt), voltage, and power and offers pro- • Chemical processing
SCR COMPONENTS
grammable soft start-up and current limiting

• Textile production
controls to keep your system safe and reliable
while extending the heater life. • Rubber vulcanization equipment
The configurable control input accepts analog • Driers, incubators and autoclaves
and digital signals, including 0-10V, 0/4-20mA, • Pharmaceutical processes
potentiometer, logic, and PWM (pulse width
modulation). • Rapid resistive load switching
On its own, the CTF manages single phase

loads. However, it is designed to also be the
master controller in 2- & 3-Leg, 3-phase load
configurations with one or two CTFs or CS1s as
the slave(s).
H-61
Controls
CTF
Advanced Single Phase CTF 150 A, 200 A, 250 A
SCR Power Controller 4.3 (108.3)

3.3 (84)
(cont’d.) 1.7 (42)
CTF Dimensions, In. (mm)

CTF 75 A (Without Fan)
CTF 25 A CTF50 A (Without Fan) CTF 90 A (Without Fan)
CTF 40 A CTF60 A (Without Fan) CTF 120 A (With Fan) 11.3
(287.4)
2.4 (60.1) 3.1 (80) 5 (127)
0.7 (18.5) 1.2 (30)

11.9
(302)
4.1
(104) 3.9
(100)
0.5 (14.0) Fan 1.3

(32)
Depth: 5.6 (143)
Weight: 2.1 lbs (870 g)
Depth: 5.6 (143) Depth: 5.6 (143)
Weight: 2.9 lbs (1,300 g) Depth: 6.7 (170.4)
Weight: 1.8 lbs (810 g)
Weight: 3.3 lbs (1,500 g) Weight: 5.7 lb. (2,600 g)
General Ratings
Maximum Rated Voltage 480 Vac 600 Vac 690 Vac
Work Voltage Range 90 ‐ 530 VAC 90 ‐ 660 Vac 90 ‐ 760 Vac
Non Repetitive Voltage 1200 Vp 1600 Vp 1600 Vp
Rated Frequency 50/60Hz auto‐synchronization
CTF Model CTF-025 CTF-040 CTF-050 CTF-060 CTF-075 CTF-090 CTF-120 CTF-150 CTF-200 CTF-250
Rated Current, AC51 ‐ AC55b Resistive Load
25 A 40 A 50 A 60 A 75 A 90 A 120 A 150 A 200 A 250 A
(@ 40˚C continuous service)
Rated current AC56A permitted trigger modes:
ZC, BF/DOT with DT (Delay Trigger), PA with 20 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 60 A 75 A 100 A 125 A 160 A 200 A
softstart (@ Tamb =40 °C)
Maximum Surge Current (t = 10 ms) A 400 A 520 A 520 A 1150 A 1150 A 1500 A 1500 A 5000 A 8000 A 8000 A
Maximum I t for fusing (blowout) A s
2 2
450 1,800 1,800 6,600 6,600 11,200 11,200 125,000 320,000 320,000
Critical dV/dt Off‐state (minimum) 1,000 V/μs
Nominal Impulse Voltage 4 KV
Nominal SCCR 5 KA
H-62
Controls
CTF
Advanced Single Phase SCR Power Controller (cont’d.)
Model CTF SCR Power Controller
CTF
Code Current @ 104˚F (40˚C) Ambient, Continuous Service
025 25 Amps 090 90 Amps
040 40 Amps 120 120 Amps
050 50 Amps 150 150 Amps
060 60 Amps 200 200 Amps
075 75 Amps 250 250 Amps
Code Voltage
48- 480 V
60- 600 V
69- 690 V (Only for Models ≥ 150 A)
0 None
1 Current Limit
2 Current Limit and Feedback V.I.P.
Code Heater Break Alarm
0 None
1 Heater Break Alarm (Partial/Total Load)
Code Fusing
0 None
1 Internal (for current sizes ≥ 150 A)
Code Communications
0- None
M- Modbus RTU/RS485
Code Signal Control
1 10 V (Default)
2 5 V/Potentiometer The shaded settings are user
3 0-20 mA selectable only with the C-
PWR configuration
4 4-20 mA Software
5 PWM/Digital Input
Code Trigger Modes
B Burst Fire (DOT) (Default)
Z Zero Cross
H Half Single Cycle
P Phase Angle
Code Function Type
SCR COMPONENTS
M Master (Default)
2 Slave (2-Leg)
S Slave (3-Leg)
CTF- 075 60- 2 1 0 0- 1 B M Typical Model Number
Accessories
Description PCN
Communication Cable, USB to TTL 309171
Communication Cable, USB to RS485 309180
H-63
Controls
CTF-Xtra
Advanced Single Phase
with Electronic Resettable Fuse
• 25 A to 60A
• 100-480 VAC
• Integral Over Current Fault
Protection
• User Configurable Firing Modes: CTF-Xtra 25 A - 60 A
Zero Cross (Fixed Cycle, Burst
Firing (DOT) & Half Single Cycle)
or Phase angle Description
• Analog Control Inputs: The CTF-Xtra microprocessor-based advanced The configurable control input accepts analog
0-5 Vdc, 0-10 Vdc, 0-20 mA, 4-20 SCR power controller is designed to control all and digital signals, including 0-20 mA, 4-20
mA & Potentiometer from 1 kΩ types of industrial heater loads ranging from mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, potentiometer, logic,
to 10 kΩ 25 A to 60 A and up to 480 Vac in several dif- and PWM (pulse width modulation).
ferent configurations. Integral programmable On its own, the CTF-Xtra manages single phase
• Digital Input: 5-30 V or PWM over-current fault protection, powerful system loads. However, it is designed to also be the
(Pulse Width Modulation ) parameter diagnostics, multiple firing mode master controller in 2- & 3-Leg, 3-phase load
• Current Alarms - SCR Short options, control mode versatility and on-board configurations with one or two CTF-Xtras as the
Modbus communications make the CTF-Xtra
Circuit, Full or Partial Interrupt & slave(s).
an ideal choice for almost any process power
Load (Heater Break) The CTF-Xtra also features the powerful and
control application.
• Modbus RTU/RS485 detailed C-PWR configuration software, which
Whether you have traditional resistive heaters, allows you to run trends, save historical data
Communications elements with low thermal inertia, medium/ and read or write device parameters quickly
• Soft Start, Current limit, V, I, P short-wave IR lamps or transformer-coupled and easily. Configurations may be saved locally
feedback loads, the CTF-Xtra offers several zero crossing for later retrieval or sent across a network
(fixed cycle time, burst fire (DOT) and half for cloning of other units. This significantly
• Master Controller for 2 or -single cycle) and phase angle firing modes to reduces mistakes and system setup time.
3-Leg/3-phase loads properly and precisely manage these types of
(zero crossing) loads. Applications
• Powerful C-PWR Configuration The “Xtra” is an on-board over-current • Thermoforming
Software fault protection feature which eliminates the
• Plastic extrusion lines
need for extra-rapid fuses, reduces machine
• UL, CUL, CE, TÜV Marking downtime and the cost of replacing failed • Injection molding
fuses. In applications susceptible to intermit- • Heat treatment
tent short-circuits and overloads, the CTF-Xtra
power controller can be programmed to restore • Industrial ovens / furnaces
power automatically when the fault has cleared, • Mold & dye heating/cooling
preventing complete process shutdown and
• HVAC
maintaining production. Alternatively, power
can be manually restored, locally or remotely. • Packaging
To prevent system damage in the event that the • Chemical processing
fault is not effectively cleared, A soft-start ramp
is applied when the current is restored. • Textile production
The CTF-Xtra runs complete diagnostics of • Rubber vulcanization equipment

temperature, current (including full or partial • Driers, incubators and autoclaves
load interrupt/heater break), voltage, and power
• Pharmaceutical processes
and offers programmable soft start-up and cur-
rent limiting controls to keep your system safe • Rapid resistive load switching
and reliable while extending the heater life.
H-64
Controls
CTF-Xtra CTF-Xtra Dimensions, In. (mm)
Advanced Single Phase CTF 25 A (Without Fan)

SCR Power Controller CTF 40 A (With Fan)
CTF 50 A (With Fan) CTF 60 A (With Fan)
(cont’d.) 3.1 (80) 5 (127)
0.7 (18.5)
1.2 (30)
3.9 (100)
1.2 (29.5) Fan 1.3 (32)
Overvoltage
Depth: 5.6 (143) Depth: 5.6 (143) Protector
CTF 25 Weight: 2.1 lbs (970 g) Weight: 3.3 lbs (1,500 g)
CTF 40/50 Weight: 2.4 lbs (1,000 g)
General Ratings
Maximum Rated Voltage 480 VAC
Work Voltage Range 90 ‐ 530 VAC
Non Repetitive Voltage 1200 Vp
Rated Frequency 50/60Hz auto‐synchronization
CTF-Xtra Model CTF-025 CTF-040 CTF-050 CTF-060

Rated Current, AC51 ‐ AC55b Resistive Load
25 A 40 A 50 A 60 A
(@ 40˚C continuous service)
Rated current AC56A permitted trigger modes:
ZC, BF/DOT with DT (Delay Trigger), PA with 20 A 32 A 40 A 50 A
softstart (@ Tamb =40˚C)
This function eliminates the need for an external extra‐rapid fuse to protect the device. In case of
Over current fault protection
load short‐circuit, the internal device is instantaneously switched off and the alarm status is signaled.
SCR COMPONENTS
Critical dV/dt Off‐state (minimum) 1,000 V/μs

Nominal Impulse Voltage 4 KV
Nominal SCCR 5KA / 480 V WARNING: Maximum permissible inductance loop impedance is 500 μH
H-65
Controls
CTF-Xtra Advanced Single Phase SCR Power Controller

(cont’d.)
Model Product Overview

CTF The CTF-Xtra Series industrial SCR power controller is designed to control 1-phase loads or be the master control for 3 phase Iine with
2-Leg or 3-leg 3-phase loads or 3 phase Iine with 3 single phase Ioads. CTF-Xtra Standard features: Several zero cross firing modes or
phase angle firing, integral programmable electronic fuse, operational voltage rating up to 480Vac. Optional features: Total and partial
load interrupt alarm, and Modbus RTU/RS485. Approvals: CE, TÜV, UL Listed in USA & Canada .
025 25 Amps
040 40 Amps
050 50 Amps
060 60 Amps
Code Voltage
48- 480 V
0 None
1 Current Limit
2 Current Limit and Feedback V.I.P.
Code Heater Break Alarm
1 Heater Break Alarm (Partial/Total Load)
Code Fusing
2 Electronic Resettable Fuse
Code Communications
0- None
M- Modbus RTU/RS485
Code Signal Control
1 10 V (Default)
2 5 V/Potentiometer The shaded settings are user
selectable only with the C-
3 0-20 mA PWR configuration
4 4-20 mA Software
5 PWM/Digital Input
Code Trigger Modes
B Burst Fire (DOT) (Default)
Z Zero Cross
H Half Single Cycle
P Phase Angle
Code Function Type
M Master (Default)
2 Slave (2-Leg)
S Slave (3-Leg)
CTF- 050 48- 2 1 2 0- 1 B M Typical Model Number
Accessories
Description PCN
H-66
CONTROLS
CFW
Advanced Modular
SCR Power
Controller
• 40A—600A Models Available

• 480Vac, 600Vac, and 690Vac
Options
• 1P, 3P 2-Leg, or 3P 3-Leg
• 100KA SCCR Rating
• Zero Cross (Fixed Cycle, Burst
Fire, Half Single Cycle) and
Phase Angle Firing Capability
• Current Limiting Description Complete Process Control Package
The CFW Series Advanced SCR Power Controller In addition to the integration of PID control and
• Multiple Analog Input Options
offers modular single phase, three phase 2-Leg, power control, the CFW offers a full suite of di-
Including 0-5V, 0-10V, 0-20mA, or three phase 3-Leg power control from 40A to agnostic and monitoring capabilities to make this
4-20mA, PWM and Potentiometer 600A. All models feature Zero Cross and Phase the most versatile controller Chromalox has to
• Analog Retransmit Angle firing capability making the CFW extremely offer. Full thermal and electrical monitoring allows
versatile in the industry. Multiple input options users to anticipate failures and malfunctions so
• V, V2, I, I2, P Feedback Control are featured, including 0-5V, 0-10V, 0-20mA, corrective steps can be taken in a timely manner.
• Built In Fusing 4-20mA, PWM, and 1Kohm to 10Kohm poten-
tiometer signal. Programmable analog outputs With each zone outfitted with an independent
• Total and Partial Interrupted are included to allow retransmission of critical current transformer, full diagnostics can be
Load Alarm process details. performed from loop break alarm, heater break,
SSR short circuit, input opening or short circuit,
• Default Modbus RS-485
Communications Communications and even over temperature alarm
• Communication Expansion Slot Modbus RTU/RS485 communications are out-

fitted by default, but with PLC’s and integrated
Capable of Profibus, Modbus
networks being commonplace, the CFW can host Applications
TCP/RTU, Realtime Ethernet IP, a number of additional fieldbus communications
EtherCat, CanOpen, ProfiNet including Modbus TCP, Profibus, ProfiNet, Ether- • Packaging
• Optional Add On Keyboard For net IP, DeviceNet, EtherCat, and CANopen. Each
• Thermoforming
Programming and Monitoring of these fieldbus cards can be installed at time
of order or outfitted at a later date. This makes • Heat treatment
• Optional Built In PID Control it extremely easy to adapt the CFW to any host • Mold & dye heating/cooling
• C-PWR PC Configuration network.
• HVAC
Software
• SCR Overtemperature and
Shorted SCR Alarm • Textile production
SCR COMPONENTS
• UL, cUL, CE Marking • Multizone Furnaces

• Dryers
• Industrial Ovens
And many more…
H-67
CONTROLS
CFW
CFW 40A—300A Dimensions, In (mm)
4.26”
(108.4) 9.37” (238)
6.70”
Advanced Modular
3.3”(84) 7.31” (185.81) (170.39)
CFW1 1.65”(42)
SCR Power
Controller (cont’d.) 11.9”
(302)
11.31”
(287.4)
Weights Lbs (kg)
Weight
Model Amps Lbs (kg.)
CFW1 40/60/100 4.85 (2.2kg)
CFW2 40/60/100 9.25 (4.2kg) Lateral view Lateral view
1.65” with keypad without keypad
CFW3 40/60/100 13.67 (6.2kg) (42)
CFW1 150/200/250/300 5.73 (2.6kg)
CFW2 150/200/250/300 11.0 (5.0kg) 7.7” (195.6)
4.26”
CFW3 150/200/250/300 16.3 (7.4kg) CFW2 6.75” (171.5) (108.4)
3.43”(87.2)
13.31”
(338.2)
13.7”
(349.4)
11.9”
(302)
11.13” (282.8)
4.26”
CFW3 10.18” (258.65) (108.4)
3.43” 3.43”
(87.2) (87.2)
H-68
CONTROLS
CFW
CFW 400A—600A Dimensions, In (mm)
11.81” (300) 5.70” (145)
Advanced Modular
2.56”
(65) 11.25” (286) 3.74”
CFW1 (95)
SCR Power
Controller (cont’d.) 13.78”
13.34” (350)
(339)
Weights Lbs (kg)

Weight
Model Amps Lbs (kg.)
CFW1 400 17.63 (8 Kg)
CFW2 400 34.17 (15.5 Kg) 2.56”
(65)
CFW3 400 49.60 (22.5 Kg)
CFW1 500/600 24.25 (11kg)
CFW2 500/600 46.30 (21kg)
9.45” (240)
CFW3 500/600 68.34 (31kg) CFW2 7.48” (190)
2.56” 2.56”
(65) (65)
13.34” 13.78”
(339) (350)
2.56” 2.56”
(65) (65)
CFW3 13.19” (335)

2.56” 2.56” 2.56” 11.22” (285)
(65) (65) (65)
SCR COMPONENTS
13.34” 13.78”
(339) (350)
2.56” 2.56” 2.56”

(65) (65) (65)
H-69
CONTROLS
CFW
Advanced Modular SCR Power Controller (cont’d.)
Technical Data
Voltage
Nominal Voltage 480Vac (max range 90-530Vac), 600Vac (max range 90-660Vac), 690Vac (max range 90-760Vac)
Frequency Nominal 50-60Hz
Non-repetitive Voltage 1200 Vpk (480V models) / 1600 Vpk (600 & 690 Vac)
Control Analog Inputs
Voltage 0-5 Vdc, 0-10Vdc (impedance > 100 kohm
Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA (impedance 125 ohm)
Potentiometer 1-10 Kohm (auto-fed by 5V from CFW)
Digital Inputs
Range 5-30V max 7mA
PWM Input Control 0.03 – 100Hz
PID Inputs
Sampling Time 60msec
Accuracy 0.2% FS +/- Scale points 25˚C
Thermal Drift < 100ppm/C scale points.
Thermocouples Type J, K, S, R, T, custom
RTD PT100 / Max Resistance 20ohm
Selectable Temperature °C/°F
Voltage 0-60mV, 12-60mV, Ri > 1Mohm / 0-1V, 0.2-1V, Ri > 1Mohm custom linearization at 32 sections
Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA, Ri = 50ohm custom linearization at 32 sections
TC AUX Inputs
Sampling Time 480msec
Accuracy 1% F.S. +/- scale point 25°C
Thermocouples Type J, K, S, R, T, custom
Voltage 0-60mV, 12-60mV, Ri > 1Mohm
Voltage Line Range
Range 90V Nominal Product
Frequency 50/60Hz
Accuracy 1% F.S. with neutral connected / 2% F.S. without neutral connected
Voltage Load Range
Accuracy 1% F.S. with load voltage measurement option (VLOAD option) / 2% F.S. without option VLOAD
Current Load Range
Accuracy 2% F.S. at room temperature of 25°C
Sampling Time 0.25msec
Measurement Of External Current Transformer (400-600A Models Only)
Input F.S. 5A rms
Input Impedance 16mohm
Accuracy 2% F.S. at room temperature of 25°C
Sampling Time 0.25msec
H-70
CONTROLS
CFW Advanced Modular SCR Power Controller (cont’d.)

RS485 Serial (PORT 1)
Connector Double RJ10
Protocol Modbus RTU RS485
Baud Rate Configurable from 1200 Baud to 115000 Baud
Node Address Pair of rotary-switches
Dip Switch For insertion of line termination resistance. Isolation 1500V
Fieldbus (PORT 2)
Modbus RTU 115Kbps
CANopen 10K-1Mbps
Profibus DP 9.6-12Mbps
Ethernet IP/Modbus TCP 10/100Mbps
EtherCAT 10/100Mbps
PROFINET 10/100Mbps
Isolation HV Output
Rated Isolation Voltage Input/Output 4000Vac
CFW 40
Nominal Current 40Arms @ 40°C in continuous service
Non-repetitive Overcurrent t = 10ms: 1,400A
I2T For Blowout 10,000 A2s
dV/dt Critical 1,000 V/us
CFW 60
I T For Blowout
2
12,000 A2s
CFW 100
CFW 150
dV/dt Critical 1,000 V/us SCR COMPONENTS
CFW 200
CFW 250
H-71
CONTROLS

CFW 300
Nominal current 300 Arms @ 40°C in continuous service.
Non-repetitive overcurrent t=10ms: 8000 A
I2t for blowout 320000 A2s
dV/dt critical 1000V/μs
CFW 400
I T For Blowout
2
1,125,000 A2s
CFW 500
Nominal current 500 Arms @ 50°C n continuous service.
Non-repetitive overcurrent t=10ms: 15.000 A
I2t for blowout 1.125.000 A²s
dV/dt critical 1000V/μs
CFW 600
I T For Blowout
2
1,125,000 A2s
Thermal Dissipation
Pdissipation (W) I_Load_Arms*1.3V (For models with integrated fuse, refer to fuse table for additional dissipation)
LED
Quantity 8 LED Indicators (All are configurable via software. Default configuration as follows)
Run (Green) RUN state of the CPU ERROR (Red) error
DI1 (Yellow) DI1 Digital Input State
DI2 (Yellow) DI2 Digital Input State
O1 (Yellow) Out 1 Main Input State
Button (Yellow) State Key Heater Break
Power Supply (40-300A Models) - Externally Supplied
CPU Power Supply 24Vdc +/- 10%, Max 10VA
Cooling Fan Power Supply 24Vdc +/- 10% (For each module), Input @ 24Vdc Max 500mA
Power Supply (400-600A Models) - Externally Supplied
CFW1 Power Supply 24Vdc +/- 10%, Max 38W
Ambient Conditions
Working Temperature 0-50°C (reference derating curve)
Storage Temperature -20°C to 85°C
Max Relative Humidity 85+ UR Non-condensing
Max Altitude 2000m above sea level
Installation Requirements Installation Category 2, Pollution Level 2, Double Isolation
Installation Panel with screws
H-72
CONTROLS

Model CFW Advanced Modular SCR Power Controller
CFW1 Single Phase
CFW2 Three Phase, 2-leg
CFW3 Three Phase, 3-leg
Code Current @ 104˚F (40˚C) Ambient, continuous service
040 40 Amps 200 200 Amps 500 500 Amps
060 60 Amps 250 250 Amps 600 600 Amps
100 100 Amps 300 300 Amps
150 150 Amps 400 400 Amps
Code Nominal Voltage
48 480 Vac1
60 600 Vac1
69 690 Vac3
Code Input 1: Analog Process Input + PID
0 None
1 TC/RTD/Linear input (60mV)1
Code Inputs 2 - 5: Auxiliary Analog Inputs
0 None
1 4 TC/Linear input (60mV)1
0 None
1 Current Limit and P, I, V Monitoring
2 Current limit and feedback control V,I,P
3 Current limit and feedback control V,I,P + V Load input
4 Current limit and feedback control V,I,P+ Vload input; CT external inputs2
Code Auxiliary Output
0 None A 4 Direct analog outputs1
R 4 Relays T 4 Triac outputs1
D 4 Digital outputs W 3 Analog outputs 12 bit 0-10V, 4-20mA2
Code Diagnostic/Alarm option
1 Partial or Total Load Failure Alarm (HB) & Shorted SCR Detection
Code Fusing
0 None
1 Internal
Code Communications
00 None EP Ethernet IP
MR Modbus RTU/RS485 ET Modbus TCP/IP
Profinet w/ Stack
PB Profibus DP PS
Protocol 3.12.0.5
SCR COMPONENTS
EtherCAT w/ Stack
CN CANopen ES
Protocol 4.7.0.3
CFW1- 040 48- 0 0 2 R 0- 0 MR Typical Model Number

Not available on models with rated current >=400A
1 2
Not available on models with rated current <=250A
UL only recognizes up to 600V
3
Accessories
Description PCN
CFW-OP Operator Terminal 307109
H-73
CONTROLS
MiniMax 1
Single Phase
SCR Power Pak
• 120-600 VAC @ 30-75 Amp

• Automatic 50/60HZ Line
Sensing
User Adjustable Firing Modes
Include:
• On/Off Control Inputs:
120VAC, 240VAC, 5-32 VDC Dry
Contact Closure
Description Electrical Features
Proportional Zero Cross or DOT
Firing Power Control The MiniMax Series is specifically designed for • SCRs PIV 1500V Minimum
Inputs: the OEM market. The plug-in options, flexible I/O (1400 Volts on 600 Volt model)
power wiring, space saving footprint, I t fusing
2
4-20mA, 0-5 VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-10 and universal approvals make it an excellent • Isolated Semiconductor Power Blocks are
VDC candidate for your product. used on all Current Ratings
Remote Manual Adjust, • I2t Fusing
The Chromalox Model MiniMax 1 Single Phase
Remote Auto Manual Switch
Solid State SCR Power Controller is a highly
• Flexible I/O Power Wiring versatile power pak with optional plug-in Shorted Safety Features
• Shorted SCR Detection (option) SCR Detection Boards. Firing modes can be Personnel Safety
switched between On/Off and proportional Zero
• Easy Customer Interface Cross or DOT Firing power control at any time • Ground Potential Heat Sink
• Remote Stop based on process needs. • SCR to Heat Sink Isolation
• Electronically Protected with Chromalox’ exclusive DOT (Demand Oriented Equipment/Process Safety
Temperature Warning and Transfer) firing switches the fewest number of
• Input to Output Isolation
Shutdown System cycles to provide the most precise zero cross-
over control. At 50% output the unit’s output • dv/dt Transient Voltage Protection
• Compact Size and Construction
alternates between one electrical cycle on and • I2t Fusing for SCR Protection
• dv/dt Transient Voltage one cycle off. At 51% the output continues
Protection with one cycle on / one cycle off and gradually • Remote Stop
• MOV Protection integrates one extra “on” cycle for the additional • Optional Shorted SCR Detection
one percent. With the exception of phase angle
• DOT Fired with Single or Three firing, DOT firing is the most precise method • MOV
Cycle Resolution (Jumper of SCR control. DOT firing is preferred in many
selectable) applications because phase angle firing creates Wave Form Cycle Rate
unwanted RFI. DOT is excellent for applications ON/OFF Power Controller
where consistent heater/process temperature
0% Shown 100% Shown
control is critical.
Applications
Mechanical Features
• Resistive Heaters • LED Indication of Firing Output 0% or 100%
• Electric Ovens
• Customer Control Connections are made on a Proportional Power Controller
• Furnaces Plug-In Screw Type Terminal Block (Zero Voltage Switching) DOT
50% Shown
• Kilns • Optional Remote Manual Adjust and Auto/
• Environmental Chambers Manual Switch
• Heatsink Mounted Temperature Sensor
50% Output = 1 Cycle ON; 1 Cycle OFF
H-88
CONTROLS
Mounting Dimensions
MiniMax 1 MiniMax 1 Open
Single Phase Height Width Depth
Amps H W D
SCR Power Pak 30 6.25 7.5 6
(cont’d.) 50
75
6.25
6.25
7.5
9.5
6.5
7.5
Ordering Information Model SCR Power Pack

Complete the model number using the Mmax 1 Single Phase SCR Power Controller Complete with Lugs and I2T Fusing1, 2
matrix provided.
Code Control Configuration
5 Proportional Control, DOT Zero-Crossover Firing, Command Input Signals:
4-20mA, 0-5VDC, 1-5VDC (via Modbus RTU/485 only), 0-10VDC, Remote 0-1000
OHM Potentiometer w/Manual Override, Modbus RTU/RS485 Communications.
RTD Heat Sink Temperature Sensor with Two Set-Points, Automatic Line Sens-
ing 50/60HZ, Remote Permissive Shutdown Input, Form "C" Dry Contact Alarm
Output, Staged Heating w/Digital Calibration Zero / Span Adjustments(4-8mA,
8-12mA,12-16mA,16-20mA(via Modbus RTU/RS485 only), LED Diagnostics:
Command Input, Main/Trigger Boards Running, SCR Status per Phase, Diag-
nostic Kit via Modbus RTU/RS485: Highest Heat Sink Temperature, Last Heat
Sink Temperature, Highest and Lowest Ambient Temperature, Line Frequency
Monitoring, Third Party Certifications: UL, cUL, CE, DEMKO (650A and below).
Code Current at 50˚C (122˚F) Ambient

01 30 Amp
02 50 Amp
1) SCR fusing is for semiconductor protection 03 75 Amp
only, not wire protection.
Code Line Voltage
2) Fuses are supplied loose for 575/600 VAC ap-
plications. 1 120 - 480 VAC
3) Potentiometer supplied loose for customer 2 575/600 VAC2
mounting. 3 50/60 Hz *For CE, 50 Hz Limited to 400V
Code Instrument Power (10 Va Required)
SCR COMPONENTS
Note:
Storage Temperature 14˚F to 158˚F (-10˚C to 70˚C). 1 120 to 240 VAC 50/60Hz
CE application requires filters. Code Remote Manual Adjust/Auto Manual Switch3
0 None
Chromalox Part Numbers
0005-60055 — Line filter, single phase, 230 VAC 1 Pot with 0 - 100% dial and local/Remote
0005-60057 — Line filter, 120-230 VAC Switch, Single Turn 1K ohm Potentiometer
CE application requires filter. (Proportional control only)
Mmax I - 5 01 1 1 0 Typical Model Number
H-89
CONTROLS
MiniMax 2
Three Phase, 2-Leg
SCR Power Pak
• 120-600 VAC @ 30-75 Amp

Sensing

Include:
Contact Closure
Firing Power Control The MiniMax Series is specifically designed for
the OEM market. The plug-in options, flexible I/O • PIV 1200V Min at 480 VAC PIV 1500V Min at
Inputs: power wiring, space saving footprint, I2t fusing 600 VAC
4-20mA, 0-5 VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-10 and universal approvals make it an excellent
VDC • Isolated Semiconductor Power Blocks are
candidate for your product.
used on all Current Ratings
Remote Manual Adjust, The MiniMax 2 is a Solid State, highly
Remote Auto Manual Switch versatile power pak with optional plug-in
and Shorted SCR Detection Boards. Firing Safety Features
• Flexible I/O Power Wiring
modes can be switched between On/Off and
Personnel Safety
• Shorted SCR Detection (option) proportional Zero Cross or DOT Firing power
control at any time based on process needs. • Ground Potential Heat Sink
• Easy Customer Interface Chromalox’ exclusive DOT (Demand Oriented • SCR to Heat Sink Isolation
Transfer) firing switches the fewest number of Equipment/Process Safety
• Remote Stop
cycles to provide the most precise zero cross-
over control. At 50% output the unit’s output • Input to Output Isolation
• Electronically Protected with
Temperature Warning and alternates between three electrical cycles on • dv/dt Transient Voltage Protection
Shutdown System and three cycles off. At 51% the output contin-
• I2t Fusing for SCR Protection
ues with three cycles on / three cycles off and
• Compact Size and Construction gradually integrates three extra “on” cycle for • Remote Stop Input
the additional one percent. With the exception of • Optional Shorted SCR Detection
• dv/dt Transient Voltage phase angle firing, DOT firing is the most precise
Protection method of SCR control. DOT firing is preferred
in many applications because phase angle fir- Wave Form Cycle Rate
• MOV Protection ing creates unwanted RFI. DOT is excellent for
applications where consistent heater/process ON/OFF Power Controller
• DOT Fired with Single or Three temperature control is critical. 0% Shown 100% Shown
Cycle Resolution (Jumper se-
lectable)
Mechanical Features
Applications • LED Indication of Firing Output 0% or 100%
• Resistive Heaters • Customer Control Connections are made on a Proportional Power Controller
(Zero Voltage Switching) DOT
Plug-In Screw Type Terminal Block
50% Shown
• Electric Ovens
• Optional Remote Manual Adjust and Auto/
• Furnaces
Manual Switch
• Kilns
• Environmental Chambers 50% Output = 3 Cycles ON; 3 Cycles OFF
H-90
CONTROLS
Mounting Dimensions
MiniMax 2 MiniMax 2 Open
Three Phase, 2-Leg Height Width Depth
Amps H W D
SCR Power Pak 30 6.25 9.5 7.25
50 6.25 9.5 7.25
(cont’d.) 75 5 14 9.5 D
W H

Mmax2 3 Phase SCR Power Controller complete with Lugs and I2T Fusing1, 2
Complete the model number using the
matrix provided.
RTD Heat Sink Temperature Sensor with Two Set-Points, Automatic Line Sensing
50/60HZ, Remote Permissive Shutdown Input, Form "C" Dry Contact Alarm Output,
Staged Heating w/Digital Calibration Zero / Span Adjustments(4-8mA, 8-12mA,12-
16mA,16-20mA(via Modbus RTU/RS485 only), LED Diagnostics: Command
Input, Main/Trigger Boards Running, SCR Status per Phase, Diagnostic Kit via
Modbus RTU/RS485: Highest Heat Sink Temperature, Last Heat Sink Temperature,
Highest and Lowest Ambient Temperature, Line Frequency Monitoring, Third
Party Certifications: UL, cUL, CE, DEMKO (650A and below).
01 30 Amp
02 50 Amp
03 75 Amp
Code Line Voltage
1 120 - 480 VAC
2 575/600 VAC2
3 50/60 Hz * For CE, 50 Hz Limited to 400V
Note:
Storage Temperature 14˚0F to 158˚F (-10˚C to 70˚C). Code Instrument Power (10 Va Required)
1 120 to 240VAC 50/60Hz
CE Application requires filters.
Code Remote Man. Adjust/Auto Man. Switch3
SCR COMPONENTS

0005-60056 — Line filter, three phase, 440 VAC 0 None
0005-60057 — Line filter, 120-230 VAC 1 Pot with 0-100% dial and local/Remote
CE application requires filter. Switch, Single Turn 1K ohm Potentiometer
(Proportional control only)
Mmax 2 - 5 01 1 1 0 Typical Model Number
1) SCR fusing is for semiconductor protection only, not wire protection.

2) Fuses are supplied loose for 575/600 VAC applications.
3) Potentiometer supplied loose for customer mounting.
H-91
CONTROLS
MiniMax 3
Three Phase, 3-Leg
Power Pak
• 120-600 VAC @ 30-75 Amp
* Automatic 50/60HZ Line
Sensing
Include:
Contact Closure
Firing Power Control
The MiniMax Series is specifically designed for • PIV 1200V Min at 480 VAC PIV 1500V Min at
Inputs:
the OEM market. The plug-in options, flexible I/O 600 VAC
4-20mA, 0-5 VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-10
power wiring, space saving footprint, I2t fusing
VDC and universal approvals make it an excellent • Isolated Semiconductor Power Blocks are
Remote Manual Adjust, candidate for your product. used on all Current Ratings
Remote Auto Manual Switch
The Chromalox Model MiniMax 3 is a Solid State,
• Flexible I/O Power Wiring highly versatile power pak with optional plug-in Safety Features
Shorted SCR Detection Boards. Firing modes can Personnel Safety
• Shorted SCR Detection (option) be switched between On/Off and proportional
Zero Cross or DOT Firing power control at any • Ground Potential Heat Sink
• Easy Customer Interface
time based on process needs. • SCR to Heat Sink Isolation
• Remote Stop
• Electronically Protected with Chromalox’ exclusive DOT (Demand Oriented Equipment/Process Safety
Temperature Warning and Transfer) firing switches the fewest number of
Shutdown System cycles to provide the most precise zero cross-
over control. At 50% output the unit’s output • dv/dt Transient Voltage Protection
• Compact Size and Construction alternates between three electrical cycles on • I2t Fusing for SCR Protection
• dv/dt Transient Voltage and three cycles off. At 51% the output contin-
ues with three cycles on / three cycles off and • Remote Stop
Protection
gradually integrates three extra “on” cycle for • Optional Shorted SCR Detection
• MOV Protection the additional one percent. With the exception of
• Six SCR Full Converter phase angle firing, DOT firing is the most precise Wave Form Cycle Rate
method of SCR control. DOT firing is preferred
• MOV Protection in many applications because phase angle fir-
• Three Phase Delta, 3-Wire Wye ing creates unwanted RFI. DOT is excellent for ON/OFF Power Controller
or 4-Wire Wye Connected Loads applications where consistent heater/process 0% Shown 100% Shown
temperature control is critical.
• DOT Fired with Single or Three
Cycle Resolution (Jumper se-
lectable)
Mechanical Features
Output 0% or 100%
Applications • LED Indication of Firing Proportional Power Controller

• Resistive Heaters • Customer Control Connections are made on a 50% Shown

• Electric Ovens
• Furnaces • Optional Remote Manual Adjust and Auto/
Manual Switch
• Kilns
50% Output = 3 Cycles ON; 3 Cycles OFF
• Environmental Chambers • Heatsink Mounted Temperature Sensor
H-92
CONTROLS
MiniMax 3
Three Phase, 3-Leg
Power Pak (cont’d.)
Mounting Dimensions
D
MiniMax 3 Open
Height Width Depth
Amps H W D
30 10 14 7.75 H
50 10 14 7.75
75 10 14 9.5
w

Mmax3 3 Phase, 3 Leg Power Controller Complete with Lugs and I2T Fusing
matrix provided. Code Control Configuration
4-20mA, 0-5VDC, 1-5VDC (via Modbus RTU/485 only), 0-10VDC, Remote
0-1000 OHM Potentiometer w/Manual Override, Modbus RTU/RS485 Com-
munications. RTD Heat Sink Temperature Sensor with Two Set-Points, Auto-
matic Line Sensing 50/60HZ, Remote Permissive Shutdown Input, Form "C"
Dry Contact Alarm Output, Staged Heating w/Digital Calibration Zero / Span
Adjustments(4-8mA, 8-12mA,12-16mA,16-20mA(via Modbus RTU/RS485
only), LED Diagnostics: Command Input, Main/Trigger Boards Running,
SCR Status per Phase, Diagnostic Kit via Modbus RTU/RS485: Highest Heat
Sink Temperature, Last Heat Sink Temperature, Highest and Lowest Ambient
Temperature, Line Frequency Monitoring, Third Party Certifications: UL, cUL,
CE, DEMKO (650A and below).
01 30 Amp
02 50 Amp
03 75 Amp
1) SCR fusing is for semiconductor protection
only, not wire protection. Code Line Voltage
2) Fuses are supplied loose for 575/600 VAC ap-
1 120 - 480 VAC
plications.
3) Potentiometer supplied loose for customer 2 575/600 VAC2
mounting. 3 50/60 Hz For CE, 50 Hz Limited to 400V
Note:
SCR COMPONENTS
Storage Temperature 14˚F to 158˚F (-10˚C to 70˚C). 1 120 to 240 VAC 50/60Hz
Code Remote Manual Adjust/Auto Manual Switch
CE Application requires filters.
Chromalox Part Numbers 0 None
0005-60056 — Line filter, three phase, 440 VAC 1 Pot with 0-100% dial and local/Remote
0005-60057 — Line filter, 120-230 VAC Switch, Single Turn 1K ohm Potentiometer
CE application requires filter. (Proportional control only)
Mmax3- 5 01 1 1 0 Typical Model Number
H-93
CONTROLS
MiniMax 1P
Single Phase
SCR Power Pak
• 120-600 VAC @ 30-75 Amp
• Phase Angle Firing
• Isolated Control Circuit Inputs:

0-5mA, 0-20mA,
0-50mA, 1-5mA
4-20mA, 10-50mA
0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC
• Flexible I/O Power Wiring Description Electrical Features

The MiniMax Series is specifically designed • SCRs PIV 1500V Minimum
• Optional Current Limit
for the OEM market. The current limit, soft (1400 Volts on 600 Volt model)
start option, flexible I/O power wiring, space
• Easy Customer Interface • Isolated Semiconductor Power Blocks are
saving footprint, I2t fusing with UL and cUL
approvals make it an excellent candidate for used on all Current Ratings
• Remote Shutdown your product. • Optional I2t Fusing
The Chromalox Model MiniMax 1P utilizes Phase
• Soft Start Angle firing to modulate power to an inductive
or resistive load. Phase Angle control has the
• Line Voltage Compensation advantage of proportioning every cycle thereby Safety Features
providing very fine resolution of power. Fast re- Personnel Safety
• Compact Size and Construction sponding loads in which the resistance changes
as a function of temperature are excellent can- • Ground Potential Heat Sink
• dv/dt Transient Voltage didates for Phase Angle control. The MiniMax • SCR to Heat Sink Isolation
Protection Soft Start feature assures that the load power
is gradually increased from zero to the value set Equipment/Process Safety
• MOV Protection by the command signal in the event of a power
interruption. In addition to the Soft Start feature,
optional Current Limit is used to protect the load, • dv/dt Transient Voltage Protection
fuses, SCR controller, and the total system from • I2t Fusing for SCR Protection
large surge currents that could occur at startup.
Applications Chromalox MiniMax offers separate and adjust- • Remote Shutdown
able Zero, Gain, Manual Bias, and Current Limit • MOV
• Resistive Heaters potentiometers for ease of calibration. Screw
type plug-in connectors for input signals, remote • Current Limit
• Electric Ovens
shutdown, and optional Remote Manual Bias are
• Soft Start
• Furnaces standard for easy customer interface.
• Kilns Mechanical Features

Wave Form Cycle Rate
• LED Indication of Firing
Phase Angle Firing
• Customer Control Connections are made on a
Plug-In Screw Type Terminal Block SCR 1
50% Shown
• Optional Remote Manual Adjust

• Heatsink Mounted Temperature
Thermostat NC SCR 2
Output Continuously Variable
• Built-In Power Distribution
H-94
CONTROLS
MiniMax 1P Mounting Dimensions
Single Phase MiniMax 1P Open

Height Width Depth
SCR Power Pak Amps

30
H
5
W
7.5
D
6
(cont’d.) 50
75
5
5
7.5
9.5
6.5
7.5
D
H W
Model 1P Power Pack
Mmax 1P Single Phase SCR Power Controller Complete with Lugs and I2T Fusing1, 2
matrix provided.
1 Phase Angle Control (Accepts: 1-5/0-5mA, 4-20/0-20mA, 10-50/0-50mA)
2 Phase Angle Control with Current Limit

01 30 Amp
02 50 Amp
03 75 Amp
Code Voltage
1 120 VAC
2 208 VAC
3 240 VAC
4 277 VAC
5 480 VAC
6 575/600 VAC2
Code Remote Manual Adjust/Auto Manual Switch3

0 None
1 Pot with 0-100% dial and local/Remote
Switch, Single Turn 1K ohm Potentiometer
SCR COMPONENTS
Mmax 1P - 2 01 1 1 Typical Model Number
1) SCR fusing is for semiconductor protection only, not wire protection.

2) Fuses are supplied loose for 575/600 VAC applications.
3) Potentiometer supplied loose for customer mounting.
Note:
Storage temperature 14˚F to 158˚F (-10˚C to 70˚C).
SCR units calibrated for 4-20mA input.
H-95
CONTROLS
MaxPac I
Single Phase
SCR Power Pak
• 120-600 VAC @ 100-1200 Amp

Touch Safe
Sensing *Shown without cover
User Adjustable Firing Modes Open Design

Include:
- On/Off Control Inputs:
Contact Closure The MaxPac Series is specifically designed for • SCRs PIV 1200V Minimum
the OEM market. The plug-in options, flexible I/O (1500 Volts on 600 Volt model)
- Proportional Zero Cross or DOT power wiring, space saving footprint, optional
Firing Power Control lug kits, I t fusing and universal approvals make
2
• Isolated Semiconductor Power Blocks are
it an excellent candidate for your product. used on all Current Ratings up to 650 Amps
Inputs:
The Chromalox Model MaxPac I Single Phase • UL 508 for units 650 Amps and under
4-20mA, 0-5 VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-10
VDC Solid State SCR Power Controller is a highly
versatile power pak with optional plug-in Safety Features
• Flexible I/O Power Wiring Shorted SCR Detection Boards. Firing modes Personnel Safety
can be switched between On/Off and propor-
• Built-In Power Distribution • Ground Potential Heat Sink up to 650 Amps
tional Zero Cross or DOT Firing power control
• Shorted SCR Detection (Option) at any time based on process needs. • SCR to Heat Sink Isolation up to 650 Amps
• Easy Customer Interface Chromalox’s exclusive DOT (Demand Oriented • Touch-Safe Option
Transfer) firing switches the fewest number of • CE Compliance; Line filters are required
• Remote Stop cycles to provide the most precise zero cross-
over control. At 50% output the unit’s output Equipment/Process Safety
• Electronically Protected with
Temperature Warning and alternates between one electrical cycle on and • Input to Output Isolation
Shutdown System one cycle off. At 51% the output continues • dv/dt Transient Voltage Protection
with one cycle on / one cycle off and gradually
• Compact Size and Construction integrates one extra “on” cycle for the additional • Optional I2t Fusing
• Touch-Safe (Option on one percent. With the exception of phase angle • Remote Stop
100 to 650 Amp Models) firing, DOT firing is the most precise method • Optional Shorted SCR Detection
of SCR control. DOT firing is preferred in many
• dv/dt Transient Voltage • MOV
applications because phase angle firing creates
Protection unwanted RFI. DOT is excellent for applications
where consistent heater/process temperature
• MOV Protection ON/OFF Power Controller
control is critical.
• Single or Three Cycle 0% Shown 100% Shown
Resolution (Jumper Selectable)
Mechanical Features
Output 0% or 100%
Applications • Customer Control Connections are made on a
Plug-In Screw Type Terminal Block Proportional Power Controller
• Resistive Heaters (Zero Voltage Switching) DOT
• Optional Remote Manual Adjust and Auto/ 50% Shown
• Electric Ovens
Manual Switch
• Furnaces
• Kilns
• Environmental Chambers 50% Output = 1 Cycle ON; 1 Cycle OFF
H-96
CONTROLS
MaxPac I
Single Phase SCR Power Pak (cont’d.)
Mounting Dimensions
W
MaxPac I Open MaxPac I Closed
Width Height Depth Width Height Depth
Amps W H D Amps W H D
100 7.75 9.75 10 100 9.5 14.75 11.8
150 7.75 9.75 10 150 9.5 14.75 11.8
200 7.75 9.75 10 200 9.5 14.75 11.8 H
300 7.75 9.75 10 300 9.5 14.75 11.8
400 9.5 14.75 11 400 9.5 14.75 11.8
550 11 17.75 11 550 11 17.75 11.8
650 11 17.75 11 650 11 17.75 11.8
800 17 27 17
1000 17 27 17
1200 17 27 17
D
Complete the model number using the MXPC I Single Phase SCR Power Pack
RTD Heat Sink Temperature Sensor with Two Set-Points, Automatic Line Sens-
ing 50/60HZ, Remote Permissive Shutdown Input, Form "C" Dry Contact Alarm
Output, Staged Heating w/Digital Calibration Zero / Span Adjustments(4-8mA,
8-12mA,12-16mA,16-20mA (via Modbus RTU/RS485 only), LED Diagnostics:
Command Input, Main/Trigger Boards Running, SCR Status per Phase, Diagnostic
Kit via Modbus RTU/RS485: Highest Heat Sink Temperature, Last Heat Sink Tem-
perature, Highest and Lowest Ambient Temperature, Line Frequency Monitoring,
Third Party Certifications: UL, cUL, CE, DEMKO (650A and below).
Code Current at 50˚C (122˚F)
01 100 Amp Open Design
02 100 Amp Touch Safe Design
03 150 Amp OpenDesign
SCR COMPONENTS

Note: CE approval for all units, line 11 550 Amp OpenDesign
filters required. UL Listed for units 12 550 Amp Touch Safe Design
650 amps and under.
MXPC I- 5 03 (Continued on next page)
H-97
CONTROLS
MaxPac I Model SCR Power Pack

MXPC 1 Single Phase SCR Power Pack
Single Phase Code Line Voltage
SCR Power Pak 1

2
120 VAC - 480 VAC
575/600 VAC
(cont’d.) 3 50/60 Hz
Code
* For CE, 50 Hz Limited to 400V
Instrument Power (100 Va Required)
Ordering Information (cont’d.) 1 120 VAC 50/60 Hz

2 230 VAC 50/60 HZ
Complete the model number using the matrix Code Compression Lug Kits (Open Design up to 300 Amps)
provided. For Other Ranges See Crimp Lug Chart
LO None (Select for all Touch Safe Design and for over 300
Amp Open Design)
L1 100-150 Amp PAK (#2 - 4/0)/connection
L2 200-300 Amp PAK (1/0 - 500mcm)/connection
Code Fusing Option (1)
F00 None
For 500 VAC Applications, Select One
F01 100-150 Amp PAK (200 Amp Fuse)
F02 200 Amp PAK (250 Amp Fuse)
Crimp Lug Chart
Chromalox # Panduit # Conductor Size F08 1000 Amp PAK (1200 Amp Fuses)
0135-10002 LCD8-14A-L #8 AWG
0135-10003 LCD6-14A-L #6 AWG or #6 Weld
F09 1200 Amp PAK (Two 1000 Amp Fuses)
For 575/600 VAC Applications, Select One (2)
0135-10004 LCD4-14A-L #4 AWG or #4 Weld
0135-10005 LCD2-56B-Q #2 AWG F10 100 Amp PAK (125 Amp Fuse)
0135-10006 LCD1-56C-E #1 AWG or #2 Weld F11 150 Amp PAK (175 Amp Fuse)
0135-10007 LCD1/0-12-X #1/0 AWG or #1 Weld F12 200 Amp PAK (250 Amp Fuse)
0135-10008 LCD2/0-12-X #2/0 AWG or #1/0 Weld F13 300 Amp PAK (400 Amp Fuse)
0135-10011 LCD250-12-X 250 MCM or #4/0 Weld
0135-10012 LCD300-12-X 300 MCM
0135-10013 LCD350-12-6 350 MCM
0135-10014 LCD400-12-6 400 MCM
0135-10015 LCD500-12-6 500 MCM
Remote Manual Adjust/Auto Manual Switch

0 None
1 Pot with 0 - 100% dial and Local/
Remote Switch(2) Single Turn
1KΩ Potentiometer
1) SCR Fusing is for semiconductor protec- (cont’d.) 1 1 L1 F01 1 Typical Model Number
tion only, not wire protection.
2) Supplied Loose for Customer Mounting. Open Design Closed Design
Note: Current Rating Input Bus Output Bus Input Bus Output Bus
Storage Temperature 14˚F to 158˚F 100, 150, 200, 300 1 Crimp Lug / Phase 1 Crimp Lug / Phase 3 / Phase* 3 / Phase*
(-10˚C to 70˚C). CE application requires filters. 400 3 / Phase* 10 / Phase* 3 / Phase* 10 / Phase*
550, 650 4 / Phase* 12 / Phase* 4 / Phase* 12 / Phase*
800, 1200 4 / Phase* 12 / Phase* N/A N/A
0005-60056 - Line filter, single phase, 440 VAC * Accepts up to this number of NEMA standard lugs (See Crimp Lug Chart)
0005-60057 - Line filter, 120-230 VAC
H-98
CONTROLS
MaxPac II
Three Phase, 2-Leg
SCR Power Pak
• 120-600 VAC @ 100-1200 Amp
Sensing
User Adjustable Firing Modes Touch Safe Design

Include: Shown without cover
- On/Off Control Inputs: Open Design

Contact Closure
- Proportional Zero Cross or DOT Description Electrical Features
The MaxPac Series is specifically designed for • PIV 1200V Min at 480 VAC PIV 1500V Min at
Inputs: the OEM market. The plug-in options, flexible I/O 600 VAC
4-20mA, 0-5 VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-10 power wiring, space saving footprint, optional • Isolated Semiconductor Power Blocks are
VDC lug kits, I2t fusing and universal approvals make used on all Current Ratings up to 650 Amps
Remote Manual Adjust, it an excellent candidate for your product.
Remote Auto Manual Switch The MaxPac II is a Solid State, highly versatile
power pak with optional plug-in Shorted SCR
Safety Features
• Flexible I/O Power Wiring Personnel Safety
Detection Boards. Firing modes can be switched
• Built-In Power Distribution between On/Off and proportional Zero Cross or • Ground Potential Heat Sink up to 650 Amps
DOT Firing power control at any time based on
• Shorted SCR Detection (Option) process needs. • SCR to Heat Sink Isolation up to 650 Amps
• Touch-Safe Option
• Easy Customer Interface Chromalox’s exclusive DOT (Demand Oriented
• UL 508 Listed for units 650 Amps and under
Transfer) firing switches the fewest number of
• Remote Stop cycles to provide the most precise zero cross- • CE Approval for all units with line filters re-
• Electronically Protected with over control. At 50% output the unit’s output quired.
Temperature Warning and alternates between three electrical cycles on
Equipment/Process Safety
Shutdown System and three cycles off. At 51% the output contin-
ues with three cycles on / three cycles off and
• Compact Size and Construction gradually integrates three extra “on” cycle for • dv/dt Transient Voltage Protection
the additional one percent. With the exception of • Optional I2t Fusing
• Touch-Safe (Option on phase angle firing, DOT firing is the most precise
100 to 650 Amp Models) • Remote Stop
method of SCR control. DOT firing is preferred
in many applications because phase angle fir- • Optional Shorted SCR Detection
• dv/dt Transient Voltage
Protection ing creates unwanted RFI. DOT is excellent for
applications where consistent heater/process Wave Form Cycle Rate
• MOV Protection temperature control is critical. ON/OFF Power Controller
• Single or Three Cycle 0% Shown 100% Shown

SCR COMPONENTS
Resolution (Jumper selectable) Mechanical Features

Output 0% or 100%
Applications
Proportional Power Controller
• Resistive Heaters • Optional Remote Manual Adjust and Auto/
50% Shown
• Electric Ovens Manual Switch
• Furnaces • Heatsink Mounted Temperature Sensor
• Kilns • Built-In Power Distribution
• Environmental Chambers 50% Output = 3 Cycles ON; 3 Cycles OFF
H-99
CONTROLS
MaxPac II
Three Phase, 2-Leg SCR Power Pak (cont’d.)
Mounting Dimensions
MaxPac II Open MaxPac II Closed
100 9 9.75 10 100 16 14.75 11.8 H
150 9 9.75 10 150 16 14.75 11.8
200 9 9.75 10
200 16 14.75 11.8
300 13 14.75 10
300 16 14.75 11.8
400 16 14.75 11
400 16 14.75 11.8
550 19 17.75 11
650 19 17.75 11 550 19 17.75 11.8
800 27 27 17 650 19 17.75 11.8
1000 27 27 17 W D
1200 27 27 17
Model SCR Power Pack
Complete the model number using the MXPC II 3 Phase SCR Power Pack
matrix provided.
16mA,16-20mA(via Modbus RTU/RS485 only), LED Diagnostics: Command Input,
Main/Trigger Boards Running, SCR Status per Phase, Diagnostic Kit via Modbus
RTU/RS485: Highest Heat Sink Temperature, Last Heat Sink Temperature, High-
est and Lowest Ambient Temperature, Line Frequency Monitoring, Third Party
Certifications: UL, cUL, CE, DEMKO (650A and below).
Note: CE approval, for all units with line

filters required. UL Listed for units
650 amps and under. MXPC II- 5 03 (Continued on next page)
H-100
CONTROLS
MaxPac II Model SCR Power Pack

MXPC II 3 Phase SCR Power Pack
Three Phase, 2-Leg Code Line Voltage
SCR Power Pak 1

2
120 VAC - 480 VAC
575/600 VAC
(cont’d.) Code Instrument Power (100 Va Required)
1 120 VAC 50/60 Hz
Ordering Information (cont’d.) 2 230 VAC 50/60 HZ
Code Compression Lug Kits (Open Design up to 300 Amps)
Complete the model number using the matrix
For Other Ranges See Crimp Lug Chart
provided.
Amp Open Design)
F00 None
For <500 VAC Applications, Select One
Crimp Lug Chart F08 1000 Amp PAK (1200 Amp Fuses)
Chromalox # Panduit # Conductor Size
For 575/600 VAC Applications, Select One (2)
0135-10002 LCD8-14A-L #8 AWG
0135-10003 LCD6-14A-L #6 AWG or #6 Weld F10 100 Amp PAK (125 Amp Fuse)
0135-10005 LCD2-56B-Q #2 AWG F12 200 Amp PAK (250 Amp Fuse)
0135-10007 LCD1/0-12-X #1/0 AWG or #1 Weld F14 400 Amp PAK (500 Amp Fuse)
0135-10010 LCD4/0-12-X #4/0 AWG or #3/0 Weld
0135-10011 LCD250-12-X 250 MCM or #4/0 Weld
0135-10012 LCD300-12-X 300 MCM
0135-10013 LCD350-12-6 350 MCM
0135-10014 LCD400-12-6 400 MCM
0135-10015 LCD500-12-6 500 MCM
0 None
Remote Switch(2) Single Turn
1KΩ Potentiometer
(cont’d.) 2 1 L1 F01 1 Typical Model Number
SCR COMPONENTS
1) SCR Fusing is for semiconductor

protection only, not wire protection.
2) Supplied Loose for Customer Mounting. Open Design Closed Design
Current Rating Input Bus Output Bus Input Bus Output Bus
Note: 100, 150, 200, 300 1 Crimp Lug / Phase 1 Crimp Lug / Phase 3 / Phase* 3 / Phase*
Storage Temperature 14˚F to 158˚F
400 3 / Phase* 10 / Phase* 3 / Phase* 10 / Phase*
(-10˚C to 70˚C). CE application requires filters.
Chromalox Part Numbers 800, 1200 4 / Phase* 12 / Phase* N/A N/A
0005-60056 - Line filter, three phase, 440 VAC
0005-60057 - Line filter, 120-230 VAC * Accepts up to this number of NEMA standard lugs (See Crimp Lug Chart)
H-101
CONTROLS
MaxPac III
Three Phase, 3-Leg
Power Pak
• 120-600 VAC @ 100-1200 Amp
Sensing Touch Safe Design
Shown without cover
Include:
- On/Off Control Inputs:
Open Design
Contact Closure
- Proportional Zero Cross or DOT Description Electrical Features
The MaxPac Series is specifically designed for • PIV 1200V Min at 480 VAC PIV 1500V Min at
Inputs:
the OEM market. The plug-in options, flexible I/O 600 VAC
4-20mA, 0-5 VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-10
power wiring, space saving footprint, optional
VDC Remote Manual Adjust, lug kits, I2t fusing and universal approvals make • Isolated Semiconductor Power Blocks are
Remote Auto Manual Switch it an excellent candidate for your product. used on all Current Ratings up to 650 Amps
• Flexible I/O Power Wiring The Chromalox Model MaxPac III is a Solid State,
• Built-In Power Distribution highly versatile power pak with optional plug-in Safety Features
Shorted SCR Detection Boards. Firing modes can
• Shorted SCR Detection (option) be switched between On/Off and proportional Personnel Safety
• Easy Customer Interface Zero Cross or DOT Firing power control at any
• Ground Potential Heat Sink up to 650 Amps
time based on process needs.
• Remote Stop • SCR to Heat Sink Isolation up to 650 Amps
• Electronically Protected with Chromalox’s exclusive DOT (Demand Oriented
Transfer) firing switches the fewest number of • UL 508 Listed for units 650 Amps and under
Temperature Warning and
Shutdown System cycles to provide the most precise zero cross- • CE Approval for all units with line filters re-
over control. At 50% output the unit’s output quired.
• Compact Size and Construction alternates between three electrical cycles on
• Touch-Safe (option on and three cycles off. At 51% the output contin- Equipment/Process Safety
100 to 650 Amp models) ues with three cycles on / three cycles off and • Input to Output Isolation
gradually integrates three extra “on” cycle for
• dv/dt Transient Voltage • dv/dt Transient Voltage Protection
the additional one percent. With the exception of
Protection phase angle firing, DOT firing is the most precise • Optional I2t Fusing
• MOV Protection method of SCR control. DOT firing is preferred • Remote Stop
in many applications because phase angle fir-
• Six SCR Full Converter • Optional Shorted SCR Detection
ing creates unwanted RFI. DOT is excellent for
• MOV Protection applications where consistent heater/process
temperature control is critical. Wave Form Cycle Rate
• Three Phase Delta, 3-Wire Wye
or 4-Wire Wye Connected Loads ON/OFF Power Controller
0% Shown 100% Shown

• Single or Three Cycle Resolu- Mechanical Features
tion (Jumper selectable)
Applications Output 0% or 100%
• Resistive Heaters • Optional Remote Manual Adjust and Auto/ Proportional Power Controller
• Electric Ovens Manual Switch
50% Shown
• Furnaces • Heatsink Mounted Temperature Sensor
• Kilns • Built-In Power Distribution
• Environmental Chambers
50% Output = 3 Cycles ON; 3 Cycles OFF
H-102
CONTROLS
MaxPac III
Three Phase, 3-Leg Power Pak (cont’d.) D
Mounting Dimensions
MaxPac III Open MaxPac III Closed
100 9 14.75 10 100 22.75 14.75 11.8
150 9 14.75 10 150 22.75 14.75 11.8
200 9 14.75 10 200 22.75 14.75 11.8
300 22.75 14.75 10 300 22.75 14.75 11.8
400 22.75 14.75 11 400 22.75 14.75 11.8
550 27 17.75 11 550 27 20 17.75
650 27 17.75 11 650 27 20 17.75
800 33 27 17
1000 33 27 17
1200 33 27 17
W

Complete the model number using the MXPC III 3 Phase 3-Leg Power Pack
16mA,16-20mA(via Modbus RTU/RS485 only), LED Diagnostics: Command Input,
Main/Trigger Boards Running, SCR Status per Phase, Diagnostic Kit via Modbus
RTU/RS485: Highest Heat Sink Temperature, Last Heat Sink Temperature, High-
est and Lowest Ambient Temperature, Line Frequency Monitoring, Third Party
Certifications: UL, cUL, CE, DEMKO (650A and below).
SCR COMPONENTS

Note: CE approval for all units, line

filters required. UL Listed for units MXPC III- 5 04 (Continued on next page)
650 amps and under.
H-103
CONTROLS
MaxPac III Model SCR Power Pack

MXPC III 3 Phase Six SCR Power Pack
Three Phase, 3-Leg Code Line Voltage
Power Pak (cont’d.) 1

2
120 VAC - 480 VAC
575/600 VAC
3 50/60 Hz *For CE, 50 Hz Limited to 400V
Ordering Information (cont’d.) 1 120 VAC 50/60 Hz
2 230 VAC 50/60 HZ
Complete the model number using the matrix
provided.
Amp Open Design)
F00 None
For < 500 VAC Applications, Select One
F08 1000 Amp PAK (1200 Amp Fuses)
Crimp Lug Chart For 575/600 VAC Applications, Select One (2)
Chromalox # Panduit # Conductor Size F10 100 Amp PAK (125 Amp Fuse)
0135-10002 LCD8-14A-L #8 AWG F11 150 Amp PAK (175 Amp Fuse)
0135-10005 LCD2-56B-Q #2 AWG
0135-10006 LCD1-56C-E #1 AWG or #2 Weld
0135-10007 LCD1/0-12-X #1/0 AWG or #1 Weld
0135-10008 LCD2/0-12-X #2/0 AWG or #1/0 Weld
0135-10011 LCD250-12-X 250 MCM or #4/0 Weld F19 1200 Amp PAK (Two 1000 Amp Fuses)
0135-10012 LCD300-12-X 300 MCM
0135-10013 LCD350-12-6 350 MCM Remote Manual Adjust/Auto Manual Switch
0135-10014 LCD400-12-6 400 MCM
0135-10015 LCD500-12-6 500 MCM 0 None
Remote Switch Single Turn
(2)
1KΩ Potentiometer
(cont’d.) 1 1 L1 F02 1 Typical Model Number
1) SCR Fusing is for semiconductor protec-
tion only, not wire protection.
Open Design Closed Design
2) Supplied Loose for Customer Mounting. Current Rating Input Bus Output Bus Input Bus Output Bus
Note: 100, 150, 200, 300 1 Crimp Lug / Phase 1 Crimp Lug / Phase 3 / Phase* 3 / Phase*
Storage Temperature 14˚F to 158˚F 400 3 / Phase* 10 / Phase* 3 / Phase* 10 / Phase*
(-10˚C to 70˚C). CE application requires filters. 550, 650 4 / Phase* 12 / Phase* 4 / Phase* 12 / Phase*
Chromalox Part Numbers 800, 1200 4 / Phase* 12 / Phase* N/A N/A
0005-60056 - Line filter, three phase, 440 VAC
* Accepts up to this number of NEMA standard lugs (See Crimp Lug Chart)
0005-60057 - Line filter, 120-230 VAC
H-104
CONTROLS
MaxPac IP
Single Phase
SCR Power Pak
• 120-600 VAC @ 100-1200 Amp
• Phase Angle Firing
• Isolated Control Circuit Inputs:
0-5mA, 0-20mA,
0-50mA, 1-5mA
4-20mA, 10-50mA
0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC Touch Safe Design (Shown without Cover)
• Flexible I/O Power Wiring

The MaxPac Series is specifically designed for • SCRs PIV 1200V Minimum on 480 V
• Optional Current Limit the OEM market. The current limit, soft start (1500 Volts on 600 Volt model)
option, flexible I/O power wiring, space saving
• Easy Customer Interface footprint, optional lug kits, I2t fusing, UL and • Isolated Semiconductor Power Blocks are
cUL approvals make it an excellent candidate used on all Current Ratings up to 650 Amps
• Remote Shutdown for your product.
Safety Features
• Soft Start The Chromalox Model MaxPac IP utilizes Phase
Angle firing to modulate power to an inductive Personnel Safety
• Compact Size and Construction or resistive load. Phase Angle control has the • Ground Potential Heat Sink up to 650 Amps
advantage of proportioning every cycle thereby
• Touch-Safe (option on providing very fine resolution of power. Fast re- • SCR to Heat Sink Isolation up to 650 Amps
100 to 650 Amp models) sponding loads in which the resistance changes • Touch-Safe Option
as a function of temperature are excellent can-
• dv/dt Transient Voltage • UL 508 for units 650 Amps and under
didates for Phase Angle control. The MaxPac
Protection Soft Start feature assures that the load power
Equipment/Process Safety
is gradually increased from zero to the value set
• MOV Protection by the command signal in the event of a power • Input to Output Isolation
interruption. In addition, the Soft Start feature, • dv/dt Transient Voltage Protection
optional Current Limit is used to protect the load,
fuses, SCR controller, and the total system from • Optional I2t Fusing
large surge currents that could occur at startup. • Remote Shutdown
Applications
Chromalox MaxPac offers separate and adjust-
• MOV
• Resistive Heaters able Zero, Gain, Manual Bias, and Current Limit
potentiometers for ease of calibration. Screw • Current Limit
• Electric Ovens type plug-in connectors for input signals, remote • Soft Start
shutdown, and optional Remote Manual Bias are
• Furnaces
standard for easy customer interface.
• Kilns
SCR COMPONENTS

Mechanical Features Phase Angle Firing
• LED Indication of Firing 50% Shown

SCR 1

• Optional Remote Manual Adjust SCR 2
Output Continuously Variable
• Heatsink Mounted Temperature Thermostat
H-105
CONTROLS
MaxPac IP Mounting Dimensions
Single Phase MaxPac IP Open

Width Height Depth
SCR Power Pak Amps

100
W
7.75
H
9.75
D
10 W
(cont’d.) 150
200
7.75
7.75
9.75
9.75
10
10
300 7.75 9.75 10
400 9.5 14.75 11
550 11 17.75 11
650 11 17.75 11
800 17 27 17
1000 17 27 17
1200 17 27 17 H
MaxPac IP Closed
Width Height Depth
Amps W H D
100 9.5 14.75 11.8
150 9.5 14.75 11.8
200 9.5 14.75 11.8
300 9.5 14.75 11.8
D
400 9.5 14.75 11.8
550 11 17.75 11.8
650 11 17.75 11.8
Complete the model number using the MXPC IP Single Phase SCR Power Pack
1 Phase Angle Control (Accepts: 0-5mA, 0-20mA, 0-50mA, 1-5mA, 4-20mA,
10-50mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC)
2 Phase Angle Control with Current Limit
MXPC IP- 2 03 (Continued on next page)

Note: UL Listed for units 650A and below.
H-106
CONTROLS
MaxPac IP Model SCR Power Pack

MXPC IP Single Phase SCR Power Pack
Single Phase Code

1
Voltage
120 VAC
SCR Power Pak 2
3
208 VAC
240 VAC
(cont’d.) 4
5
277 VAC
480 VAC
6 575/600 VAC
Ordering Information (cont’d.) Code Fan Power (100 Va Required)
Complete the model number using the matrix 1 120 VAC 50/60 Hz
provided. 2 230 VAC 50/60 HZ
LO None
Crimp Lug Chart L2 200 - 300 Amp PAK 1(1/0 - 500mcm)/connection
Chromalox # Panduit # Conductor Size Code Fusing Option (1)
0135-10002 LCD8-14A-L #8 AWG
0135-10003 LCD6-14A-L #6 AWG or #6 Weld F00 None
For < 500 VAC Applications, Select One
0135-10004 LCD4-14A-L #4 AWG or #4 Weld
0135-10005 LCD2-56B-Q #2 AWG F01 100-150 Amp PAK (200 Amp Fuse)
0135-10007 LCD1/0-12-X #1/0 AWG or #1 Weld
0135-10008 LCD2/0-12-X #2/0 AWG or #1/0 Weld
0135-10011 LCD250-12-X 250 MCM or #4/0 Weld F08 1000 Amp PAK (1200 Amp Fuses)
0135-10012 LCD300-12-X 300 MCM F09 1200 Amp PAK (Two 1000 Amp Fuses)
0135-10013 LCD350-12-6 350 MCM
0135-10014 LCD400-12-6 400 MCM For 575/600 VAC Applications, Select One (2)
0135-10015 LCD500-12-6 500 MCM F10 100 Amp PAK (125 Amp Fuse)

0 None
1 Pot with 0 - 100% dial
Single Turn 1KΩ Potentiometer
(cont’d.) 1 1 L1 F01 1 Typical Model Number SCR COMPONENTS
Open Design Closed Design

1) SCR Fusing is for semiconductor protection Current Rating Input Bus Output Bus Input Bus Output Bus
only, not wire protection. 100, 150, 200, 300 1 Crimp Lug / Phase 1 Crimp Lug / Phase 3 / Phase* 3 / Phase*
2) Supplied Loose for Customer Mounting. 400 3 / Phase* 10 / Phase* 3 / Phase* 10 / Phase*
Note:
Storage Temperature 14˚F to 158˚F (-10˚C to 800, 1200 4 / Phase* 12 / Phase* N/A N/A
70˚C). SCR units calibrated for 4-20mA input. * Accepts up to this number of NEMA standard lugs (See Crimp Lug Chart)
H-107
Controls
C4
Advanced Multi-Loop
• DIN Rail or Panel Mount
• 30, 60, and 80KW Solid State
Relays (Higher Amperages
Possible With C4X)
• 4 Main Universal Inputs
• 4 Heat/Cool Independent PID
Loops
• 4 Main Outputs Internally Wired to
SSR
• 4 Configurable Output Options Description
Including Relay, Logic, TRIAC,
The C4 Series Multiple Zone SCR Power Con- performed from loop break alarm, heater
Continuous troller manages both single phase and 3-phase break, SSR short circuit, input opening or short
• Current Transformers on Each industrial healing load applications which circuit, and even over temperature alarm.
Loop require zero cross firing modes. Load options
include up to 4 independently controlled single The C4 also features the powerful and detailed
• 2 Configurable Relay Alarm phase loads or two 3-phase/2-Leg load or one C-PWR configuration software, which allows
Output 3-phase/3-leg load (with or without an addition- you to run trends, save historical data and read
or write device parameters quickly and easily.
• 2 Digital Inputs al single phase load).
Configurations may be saved locally for later
• Zero Cross Firing The controller features four universal main retrieval or sent across a network for cloning of
process inputs, two digital inputs, and two other units. This significantly reduces mistakes
• Load Connections in Single
configurable alarm outputs as standard to ac- and system setup time.
Phase, Dualphase, and Three
commodate a variety of process needs. When
Phase more flexibility is required, the C4 controller
• Standard ModBus RTU can be customized with four analog inputs, and
Communication up to four configurable outputs.
• 8 Optional Fieldbus Despite the four independent zones, the C4 still
Communications Including boasts a compact footprint, with options for
Modbus RTU, Modbus/TCP, either DIN rail mounting or direct panel mount.
Profibus, Profinet, Ethernet
IP, DeviceNet, EtherCat, and Communications
CANopen Available Modbus RTU/RS485 communications are out-
• Powerful C-PWR Configuration
networks being commonplace, the C4 can host
Software a number of additional fieldbus communica-
• Optional Fuse Holder With Fast tions including Modbus TCP, Profibus, ProfiNet,
Applications
Acting Fuses For 30KW and 60KW Ethernet IP, DeviceNet, EtherCat, and CANopen.
• Packaging
models Each of these fieldbus cards can be installed at
time of order or outfitted at a later date. This • Extrusion
• Compact Footprint makes it extremely easy to adapt the C4 to any
PRODUCTS
CONTROL
• Thermoforming
• UL, cUL, CE Marking host network.
• Injection molding
Complete Process Control Package • Heat treatment
While the C4 includes diverse process control • Mold & dye heating/cooling
capability, it also features efficient thermal and • HVAC
electrical monitoring, allowing users to antic-
ipate failures and malfunctions so corrective
steps can be taken in a timely manner. • Textile production
• Multizone Furnaces
With each zone outfitted with an independent
current transformer, full diagnostics can be And many more…
H-1
Controls
C4
Advanced Multi-Loop SCR Power Controller (cont’d.)
C4-OP Local Programming Interface
With no external power requirements, the C4-
The C4-OP local interface Its built-in memory gives users the ability to
OP is powered directly from the C4 host device
display is a great tool to use save complete configurations for up to ten C4
and can either be DIN rail mounted, or installed
when remote programming family devices, which can then be uploaded to
directly on the front panel of the enclosure
or monitoring isn’t enough. a PC for seamless integration with the C-PWR
where permanent installations are required.
It is comprised of a Lexan software. The opposite is also true if users
With its minimal footprint, the C4-OP continues
membrane, IP65 display, prefer to download C-PWR settings on to the
the compact trend of the C4 family.
including three 4-digit dis- C4-OP, making this controller an ideal addition
plays, and a 2-digit display. for routine plant maintenance where local pro-
A total of 6 function keys gramming and monitoring is necessary.
allow navigation through
the C4-OP software menus
and adjustment of process
parameters on the spot.
C4 Dimensions, In. (mm)

0.75 0.16 4
Without Fuse Holder (4) (101.5) 0.16
(19.6)
(4)
1.4
(35)
5.5
5.5 (140) 5.2
(140) (132)
3.85
(92.5)
5.5
(140) 4.3
5.75 (109.5)
(147)
With Fuse Holder

5.5 1.55 4
0.75 (101.5)
(19.5) (140) (42) 0.16
0.16 (4)
(4)
4.4
1.4 (111.5)
(35)
5.75
(147) 5.5 5.2
(140) (132)
3.65
(92.5)
3.25
(52 7.2
) 4.3 (182)
(109.5) 7.7
(155)
H-2
Controls
C4
Current (Amp) Voltage (Vac) Power
Size Max Per Channel Range Nominal Working Total Single Channel
110 7.0 1.7
230 14.7 3.6
30 (4 x 16A) 16 24...530 480
400 25.6 6.4
480 30.7 7.6
110 13.2 3.3
230 27.6 6.9
60 (4 x 30A) 30 24...530 480
400 48.0 12.0
480 57.6 14.4
110 17.6 4.4
230 36.8 9.2
80 (4 x 40A) 40 24...530 480
400 64.0 16.0
480 76.8 19.2
1) For amperages in excess of 40A, refer to C4X
Specifications
Power
Thermocouple J, K, R, S, T
RTD 3 Wire PT100
DC Linear 0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA, 0 to 60mV, 12 to 60mV, 0 to 1V, 0.2 to 1V
Accuracy Thermocouple ±0.2% of full range ±1 LSD. PT100 ±0.2% of full range, ±1LSD, Linear±0.2% of full range, ±1LSD
Sampling 120msec the four inputs
Impedance >1MΩ resistive, except DC mA (50Ω) and Thermoresistance (20Ω)
Selectable Range °C/°F
Digital Input PNP, 24VDC, 8mA (isol. 3500V)
CT Input 50mAac, 50/60Hz, 10Ω
CT Sampling 60msec, 1% of full range ±1 LSD
Outputs 1-4
Function Default heating control. Outputs connected to solid state relay
Outputs 5-8
Connector J1
Relay NO, max 3A, 250V/30VDC, cosϕ = 1, resistive load
Logic 24Vdc, 35mA
Voltage 0 to 10V, 2 to 10V, max 25mA Short Circuit Protection
Current 0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA, 500Ω max
Insulation 3500V
TRIAC 230V/4A AC51, 1A for four, 2A for two
PRODUCTS
CONTROL
Outputs 9-10
Connector J1
Relay NO, max 5A, 30 Vdc, cosϕ = 1,
Protection IP20
Work/Storage Temperature 32 - 122˚F (0 - 50˚C) / -4 - 158˚F (-20 - 70˚C)
Ambient Conditions 20-85% UR not condensing
Installation DIN EN50022 RAIL / Panel Mount with Screws
Weight Without Fuses = 1200g / With Fuses = 1600g
H-3
Controls
C4
Model C4 SCR Power Controller
C4
Code Current Per Loop @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient, continuous service (110 Vac to 480 Vac)3
164 16 Amps/Loop
304 30 Amps/Loop
404 40 Amps/Loop
Code Auxiliary Outputs
O None
R Relay
D Logic
A Analog
T Triac
Code Auxiliary Inputs
2 4 Current Transformers
4 4 Current Transformers plus 4 Linear Inputs1
Code Fusing
0 None
F Fuse Holder & Extra rapid fuses2
Code Second Fieldbus Option
00 None
MR Modbus RTU (RS485)
ET Modbus TCP/Ethernet
ER Ethernet IP, Real Time1
PB Profibus DP
PN ProfiNET1
EC EtherCAT1
CN CANopen
DN DeviceNet
EM Euromap 66
C4- 304 D 4- F 00 Typical Model Number

1
Not available with EC, PN & ER Fieldbus Codes.
2
Not available with 404 Current Code
3
For higher amperages, refer to C4X
Accessories
Description PCN
H-4
Controls
C4-IR
Advanced Multi-Loop
• DIN Rail or Panel Mount
• 30, 60, or 80KW Solid State Relay
(Higher Amperages are Possible
with C4X)
• 4 Main Universal Inputs
• 4 Heat/Cool Independent PID
Loops
• 4 Main Outputs Internally Wired to
SSR Description
• 4 Configurable Output Options The C4-IR Series Multiple Zone SCR Power With feedback from current transformers on
Including Relay, Logic, TRIAC, Controller manages both single phase and each zone, full diagnostics of current, voltage,
Continuous 3-phase industrial heating load applications and temperature can be performed including
• Current Transformers on each which require zero cross, burst firing, half loop break alarm, heater break, SSR short
Loop single cycle, and phase angle firing modes. circuit, input opening or short circuit, and even
Load options include up to 4 independently over temperature alarm.
• 2 Configurable Relay Alarm controlled single phase loads or two 3-phase/2-
Output Leg load or one 3- phase/3-leg load (with or The C4-IR also features the powerful and
without an additional single phase load). detailed C-PWR configuration software, which
• 2 Digital Inputs allows you to run trends, save historical data
• Zero Cross, Burst Firing, Half The controller features four universal main and read or write device parameters quickly
Single Cycle, and Phase Angle process inputs, two digital inputs, and two and easily. Configurations may be saved locally
Firing Modes configurable alarm outputs as standard to ac- for later retrieval or sent across a network for
commodate a variety of process needs. When cloning of other units. This significantly reduc-
• Load Connections in Single more flexibility is required, the C4-IR controller es mistakes and system setup time.
Phase, Dualphase, and Three can be customized with four analog inputs, and
Phase up to four configurable outputs. Applications
• Standard ModBus RTU Despite the four independent zones, the C4-IR
• Thermoforming
Communication still boasts a compact footprint, with options
for either DIN rail mounting or direct panel • Hot runners for injection presses
• 8 Optional Fieldbus
mount.
Communications Including • Fiber Weaving
Modbus RTU, Modbus/TCP, Communications • Wood-working machines
Profibus, Profinet, Ethernet
Modbus RTU/RS485 communications are out- • Heat treatment
IP, DeviceNet, EtherCat, and
CANopen Available • Glass hardening furnaces
networks being commonplace, the C4-IR can
• Powerful C-PWR Configuration host a number of additional fieldbus commu- And many more…
Software nications including Modbus TCP, Profibus,
ProfiNet, Ethernet IP, DeviceNet, EtherCat, and
• Optional Fuse Holder with Fast
CANopen. Each of these fieldbus cards can be
Acting Fuses for 30KW and 60KW installed at time of order or outfitted at a later
PRODUCTS
models
CONTROL
date. This makes it extremely easy to adapt the

• Compact Footprint C4-IR to any host network.
• UL, cUL, CE Marking Complete Process Control Package
While the C4-IR includes diverse process con-
trol capability, it also features efficient thermal
and electrical monitoring, allowing users to an-
ticipate failures and malfunctions so corrective
steps can be taken in a timely manner.
H-1
Controls
C4-IR
C4-OP Local Programming Interface
The C4-OP local interface Its built-in memory gives users the ability to With no external power requirements, the C4-
display is a great tool to use save complete configurations for up to ten C4 OP is powered directly from the C4 host device
when remote programming family devices, which can then be uploaded to and can either be DIN rail mounted, or installed
or monitoring isn’t enough. a PC for seamless integration with the C-PWR directly on the front panel of the enclosure
It is comprised of a Lexan software. The opposite is also true if users where permanent installations are required.
membrane, IP65 display, prefer to download C-PWR settings on to the With its minimal footprint, the C4-OP continues
including three 4-digit dis- C4-OP, making this controller an ideal addition the compact trend of the C4 family.
plays, and a 2-digit display. for routine plant maintenance where local pro-
A total of 6 function keys gramming and monitoring is necessary.
allow navigation through
the C4-OP software menus
and adjustment of process
parameters on the spot.
C4-IR Dimensions, In. (mm)

0.75 0.16 4
(19.6) Without Fuse Holder (4) (101.5) 0.16
(4)
1.4
(35)
5.5
5.5 (140) 5.2
(140) (132)
3.85
(92.5)
5.5
(140) 4.3
5.75 (109.5)
(147)
With Fuse Holder

5.5 1.55 4
0.75 (101.5)
(19.5) (140) (42) 0.16
0.16 (4)
(4)
4.4
1.4 (111.5)
(35)
5.75
(147) 5.5 5.2
(140) (132)
3.65
(92.5)
3.25
(52 7.2
) 4.3 (182)
(109.5) 7.7
(155)
H-2
Controls
C4-IR
Current (Amp) Voltage (Vac) Power
Size Max Per Channel Range Nominal Working Total Single Channel
110 7.0 1.7
230 14.7 3.6
30 (4 x 16A) 16 24...530 480
400 25.6 6.4
480 30.7 7.6
110 13.2 3.3
230 27.6 6.9
60 (4 x 30A) 30 24...530 480
400 48.0 12.0
480 57.6 14.4
110 17.6 4.4
230 36.8 9.2
80 (4 x 40A) 40 24...530 480
400 64.0 16.0
480 76.8 19.2
1) For amperages in excess of 40A, refer to C4X
Specifications
Power
Thermocouple J, K, R, S, T
RTD 3 Wire PT100
DC Linear 0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA, 0 to 60mV, 12 to 60mV, 0 to 1V, 0.2 to 1V
Accuracy Thermocouple ±0.2% of full range ±1 LSD. PT100 ±0.2% of full range, ±1LSD, Linear±0.2% of full range, ±1LSD
Sampling 120msec the four inputs
Impedance >1MΩ resistive, except DC mA (50Ω) and Thermoresistance (20Ω)
Selectable Range °C/°F
Digital Input PNP, 24VDC, 8mA (isol. 3500V)
CT Input 50mAac, 50/60Hz, 10Ω
CT Sampling 60msec, 1% of full range ±1 LSD
Outputs 1-4
Function Default heating control. Outputs connected to solid state relay
Outputs 5-8
Connector J1
Relay NO, max 3A, 250V/30VDC, cosϕ = 1, resistive load
Logic 24Vdc, 35mA
Voltage 0 to 10V, 2 to 10V, max 25mA Short Circuit Protection
Current 0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA, 500Ω max
Insulation 3500V
TRIAC 230V/4A AC51, 1A for four, 2A for two
PRODUCTS
CONTROL
Outputs 9-10
Connector J1
Relay NO, max 5A, 30 Vdc, cosϕ = 1,
Protection IP20
Work/Storage Temperature 32 - 122˚F (0 - 50˚C) / -4 - 158˚F (-20 - 70˚C)
Ambient Conditions 20-85% UR not condensing
Installation DIN EN50022 RAIL / Panel Mount with Screws
Weight Without Fuses = 1200g / With Fuses = 1600g
H-3
Controls
C4-IR
Model C4-IR SCR Power Controller
C4-IR
Code Current Per Loop @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient, continuous service (110 Vac to 480 Vac)3
164 16 Amps/Loop
304 30 Amps/Loop
404 40 Amps/Loop
Code Auxiliary Outputs
O None
R Relay
D Logic
A Analog
T Triac
Code Auxiliary Inputs
0 None
4 4 Linear Inputs1
Code Fusing
0 None
F Fuse Holder & Extra rapid fuses2
Code Second Fieldbus Option
00 None
MR Modbus RTU (RS485)
ET Modbus TCP/Ethernet
ER Ethernet IP, Real Time1
PB Profibus DP
PN ProfiNET1
EC EtherCAT1
CN CANopen
DN DeviceNet
EM Euromap 66
C4-IR- 304 D 4- F 00 Typical Model Number

1
Not available with EC, PN & ER Fieldbus Codes.
2
Not available with 404 Current Code
3
For higher amperages, refer to C4-IRX
Accessories
Description PCN
H-4
CONTROLS
CS Series
Power Controllers
CS1 & CS3
• Industrial Solid State Relays
• Single and Three-Phase Load

Designs
• DIN Rail Mounted
• Conservative Thermal Design
• Up to 120 Amp Ratings - CS1 CS1

• Up to 3x55 Amp Ratings - CS3 CS3
• Up to 600 VAC Operational
Voltage
• Integrated Heatsink Description Applications

• Zero Crossover Switching to The CS Series of solid state relays are an ideal, • Thermoforming
Minimize Electronic Noise low cost power control solution for switching
• Plastic extrusion lines
resistive loads found applications in such as
• AC & DC Voltage Input Signals furnaces, ovens, heat treating, injection molding, • Injection molding
thermoforming, press platens, commercial food
equipment, semiconductor, lighting and drying, • Heat treatment
• Alarms for Load/Line Interrupt
just to name a few.
• Industrial ovens / furnaces
• Overtemperature Alarm The CS Series power controllers feature a rug-
• Mold & dye heating/cooling control
ged, industrial design, touch-safe exterior and
• Digital PNP Alarm Output Signal conservative, continuous service amperage • HVAC
for Logic-Gated Devices ratings at 40˚C ambient. They are available in
both AC and DC Voltage logic input command • Packaging
• UL / cUL signals and employ zero crossover firing (gated • Textile production
to turn on and off at zero voltage), which keeps
• CE Marked unwanted RFI (Radio Frequency Interference) • Rubber vulcanization equipment
to a minimum. Each controller comes complete
• Driers, incubators and autoclaves
• LED Status Indicator with integrated heat sink, SCR thermal protection
with LED indication and has USA & Canadian UL • Pharmaceutical and chemical processes
• IP20 Touch Protection Cover component recognition and CE conformity. Op-
tional alarms are available for over temperature • Rapid resistive heat load switching
as well as load and line interrupt conditions. The
CS1 offers a digital PNP alarm output signal for
logic-gated devices such as PLCs.
The CS1 Series controller manages single phase
loads up to 120 Amps and up to 600 VAC.
The CS3 Series controller manages three phase,
3 leg loads up to 55 Amps and up to 600 VAC.
H-108
CONTROLS
CS Series
Power Controllers CS1 & CS3
(cont’d.)
CS1 Dimensions, In. (mm) CS1 75A (without fan)
CS1 90A (without fan)
CS1 25A CS1 40A CS1 50A CS1 60A CS1 120A (with fan)
.95” (24) 1.4” (35) 2.36” (60) 3.15” (80) 5” (127)
1.18” (50)
4.24” (108)
3.94” (100)
CS1 CS1 CS1 CS1 CS1

(14)
0.5”
(18)
0.7”
1.97” (50) max.

Depth = 4.2” (107) 5.6” (142) 5.6” (142) 5.6” (142)
Weight = .71lb (320g) 1.2lb (540g) 1.9lb (900g) 2.6lb (1200g)
• The “ON” LED is red with the control active and yellow if the thermal protection trips. Depth = 5.6” (142)
• The “AL” LED is available only with alarm output option Weight = 2.9lb (1300g)
3.7lb (1700g)
CS3 Dimensions, In. (mm)

CS3 25A CS3 40A / CS3 55A
5” (127) 5” (127)
8
8
1.18” (30)
30mm
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Alarm

3.15” (80)
B1
L1 L2 L3 A1+ 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Alarm
CS3-02548-110 B2 B1
A1 L1 L2 L3 A1+
AC51: 25A T1 T2 T3 A2- CS3-04060-112 B2
AC53a: 5A
A2 A1
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 On AC51: 40A 600V ac T1 T2 T3 A2-
3.94 (100)
AC53a: 8A 50/60Hz
A2
SCR COMPONENTS
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 On
2.4lb (1100g)
1.97” (50) Max
Depth:
- Models CS3-xxxxx-1xx: 5.9” (150)
- Models CS3-xxxxx-2xx: 6.2” (158)
3.0lb (1350g)
H-109
CONTROLS
CS Series
Power Controllers CS1 & CS3
(cont’d.)
Model Single Phase, Solid State Relay Power Controller - DIN Rail Mount
Ordering Information CS1 The CS1 Series are DIN Rail mounted, single-phase solid state relays with integrated heatsink
for switching resistive loads in industrial applications. Standard features: Zero-voltage turn-
To Order — Complete the Model Number on, LED input status indicator, internal over voltage protection (MOV), integrated SCR thermal
using the Matrix provided. protection with LED indication1, two logic input control signals, operating voltage up to 600 VAC.
Optional features: 1Solid state switch or PNP Digital Signal alarm output during over-heated or
interrupted line/load condition. Approvals: CE, UL, cUL
025 25 Amps
040 40 Amps
050 50 Amps
060 60 Amps
075 75 Amps
090 90 Amps
120 120 Amps (requires fan choice from below)
Code Voltage
48 480 VAC (Range: 24 - 530 VAC)
60 600 VAC (Range: 24 - 660 VAC)
Code Input Control Signal
Stocked Items 1 6 - 32 VDC
2 20 - 260 VAC/DC
Model Number PCN
Code Alarm Output (Note: Alarms only available on ≥ 50 Amp Models)
CS1-02560-100 316515 0 None 2
External 24 VDC
CS1-02560-200 316523 1 Solid State Relay Switch (normally open) Power Supply is
required to power
CS1-04060-100 316531 2* Solid State Relay Switch (normally closed) the alarms
3* Digital Logic PNP Output (normally open)
CS1-04060-200 316540
4* Digital Logic PNP Output (normally closed)
CS1-05060-100 316558 Code Fan (120 Amp Version Only)
CS1-05060-200 316566 0 No Fan (select for all models < 120 Amp)
CS1-07560-100 316574 1** Fan (230 VAC Power Supply Requirement)
2** Fan (120 VAC Power Supply Requirement)
3** Fan (24VDC Power Supply Requirement)
CS1– 050 48- 1 1 0 Typical Model Number
1
Available only on models ≥ 50 Amps
2 Some models may accept 24 VDC or 24 VAC. See optional Alarm Wiring details in manual
* Available only for models with 6-32 VDC input control signal
** Fan requires customer supplied voltage.
The following Chromalox Process Controllers offer a suitable 24 VDC power supply for the alarm option:
40 Series: 6040 / 8040 / 4040
50 Series: 6050 / 4050
60 Series: 6060
80 Series: 4080 / 4081 / 4082
H-110
CONTROLS
CS Series
Power Controllers CS1 & CS3 (cont’d.)
Model 3-Phase, 3-Leg Solid State Relay Power Controller - DIN Rail Mount
Ordering Information CS3 The CS3 Series are DIN Rail mounted 3-phase, 3-leg solid state relays with integrated heatsink
for switching resistive loads in industrial applications. Standard features: Zero-voltage turn-on,
To Order — Complete the Model Number LED input status indicator, IP20 touch protection, two different input control signal choices,
using the Matrix provided. integrated SCR thermal protection with LED signal indication, operating voltage up to 600
VAC. Optional features: Alarms for over temperature protection and load/line interruption*
conditions. Approvals: CE, UL, cUL
025 25 Amps
040 40 Amps
055 55 Amps
Code Voltage
48 480 VAC
60 600 VAC
Code Input Control Signal
1 5 - 32 VDC
2 20 - 260 VAC/DC
Code Alarm Options
0 None External 24V Power Supply is Required to
Stocked Items 1 Thermal Protection Power the Alarms
2* Interrupted Load or Line & Thermal Protection

Model Number PCN
Code Fan (For 40A & 55A Versions Only)
CS3-02560-100 316582 0 No Fan (25 Amp only)
3** Fan (24VDC Power Supply Requirement)
CS3-04060-202 316611
CS3-05560-102 316620
CS3-05560-202 316638
CS3 – 040 48- 1 1 2 Typical Model Number
* Available ONLY with Input Control Signal Code 2

** Fan requires customer supplied voltage.
The following Chromalox Process Controllers offer a suitable 24 VDC power supply for the alarm option:
40 Series: 6040 / 8040 / 4040
50 Series: 6050 / 4050
60 Series: 6060
80 Series: 4080 / 4081 / 4082
SCR COMPONENTS
H-111
CONTROLS
SSR Series
Power Controllers
SSR, SSR1, SSR1P,
SSR2 & SSR3 SSR

SSR2
• 15 - 75 Amp Ratings
• 42-600 VAC Operational Voltage
• Single and Three Phase Offering
• Zero Cross and Phase Angle

Fired
• Control Inputs:
4.5-32 VDC
24-265 VAC/24-190 VDC SSR1/SSR1P SSR3
4-20/0-20 mA
• Din Rail Mount on SSR1, SSR1P,

SSR2, SSR3 and SSR3P Description
• UL Recognized and CSA The Chromalox SSR family line of solid state re- SSR1, SSR2 and SSR3 Series
lays are an ideal low cost power control solution
Approved These units are rated for 10, 15, 25, 35, 40, 50,
for furnace/oven, heat treating, plastics, food, 70 and 75 amps with operational voltages up
semiconductor, lighting, and drying applications
• CE Marked to 600 VAC.
just to name a few.
The series is zero-fired single phase, three-phase
• LED Status Indicator The SSR line of power controllers are a complete two leg and three-phase three leg control. The
package. They feature a rugged design, touch control signal can be 4.5 - 32 VDC, or 24 - 265
• IP20 Touch Protection Cover safe exterior, back-to-back SCR design, ambient VAC / 24 - 190 VDC.
ratings of 40˚C, and are DIN rail mount.
SSR1P Series
The benefits from the Chromalox SSR line
are quick and low cost installation, reduced These units are rated for 35, 50 and 70 amps with
Applications: operational voltages up to 600 VAC. The series is
panel space, increased heater life due to fast
cycling, and easy replacements for mechanical phase-angle fired single-phase and three-phase
• Mercury Relay Replacement three leg design. The control signal can be 4 - 20
contactors.
• Electric Ovens mA or 0 - 20 mA.
When using any of the SSR's to switch greater
• Plastics Machinery than 65 amps, 4 awg wire is required. Lug
PN0013-40282 (PCN 389984) can accept a 4
• Packaging Equipment
awg wire and can be ordered.
• Food and Beverage Processing Equipment
SSR Series
• Platen Heater These units are rated for 25, 50 and 75 amps
with operational voltages up to 600 VAC. The
• Extruders
series is zero-fired single phase control with
• Resistance Heating 4.5 - 32 VDC and 24 - 265 VAC / 24 - 190 VDC
control signals.
• Contactor Replacement
DIN Rail Mount
H-112
CONTROLS
SSR Series
Heat Sink Mounting Dimensions
Heat Sink w/o Fan Amps
Power Controllers
Compatible
solid state relay 15 25 30 35 40 45 50 65 70 75
SSR1/SSR1P - Fig. B - Fig. A - - Fig. A - Fig. C Fig. C
SSR, SSR1, SSR1P, SSR2
SSR3
-
Fig. C
Fig. C -
Fig. C Fig. C
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SSR2 & SSR3 (cont’d.) Heat Sink w/Fan
Compatible
Amps
solid state relay 15 25 30 35 40 45 50 65 70 75

SSR1/SSR1P - - - - - - - - - -
SSR2 - - - - - - Fig. D - - Fig. D
SSR3 - - - - - Fig. E - Fig. E - -
Dimensions
H/In. (mm) W/In. (mm) D/In. (mm)
Fig. A 4.05 (103) 3.54 (90) 4.29 (109)
Fig. B 4.05 (103) 1.77 (45) 4.29 (109)
Fig. C 3.22 (82) 4.64 (118) 4.80 (122)
Fig. D 5.70 (145) 4.80 (122) 4.92 (125)
Fig. E 5.70 (145) 4.80 (122) 4.92 (125)
Fig. F 2.25 (57) 1.75 (44) 1.125 (28)
H
H H
D W W
D D
W
Fig. A
Fig. B Fig. C
SCR COMPONENTS
H H
H
Fan
Fan
D W
D W Fig. F
D W (SSR without heatsink)
Fig. E
Fig. D
H-113
CONTROLS
SSR Series MODEL

SSR
Solid State Relay Power Controller
The SSR series are industrial single-phase relays for switching resistive loads. Chromalox
Power Controllers
SSR series offers the following standard features: Zero-voltage turn-on, LED status indicator,
IP20 touch protection clip-on cover, two input ranges, operational rating up to 600 VAC,
self-lifting terminals, dv/dt protection, CE mark, UL and CSA approvals.
SSR, SSR1, SSR1P, CODE Current @ 25˚C (77˚F) Ambient, 42 - 600 VAC Minimum Heat Sink Required:
SSR2 & SSR3 (cont’d.)

25
50
25 Amp
50 Amp
R0 = 2.5˚C/Watt
R0 = 0.95˚C/Watt
75 75 Amp R0 = 0.80˚C/Watt
CODE Input Control Voltage
1 4.5 - 32 VDC
2 24 - 265 VAC / 24 - 190 VDC
Complete the model number using the matrix SSR 25 1 Typical Model Number
provided.
Note: See SSR Accessories Table for additional options. Thermstrate 0029-00640
(PCN 389976)
In Stock MODEL Single-Phase Solid State Relay with Heat Sink
Model PCN
SSR1 The SSR1 series are industrial single-phase relays mounted on heat sinks for switching
SSR-251 305744 high current resistive loads. Chromalox SSR1 series offers the following standard features:
SSR-501 305752 40˚C Ambient Rating, Zero-voltage turn-on, LED status indicator, IP20 touch protection
SSR-751 305760 clip-on cover, two input ranges, operational rating up to 600 VAC, self-lifting terminals,
SSR-252 305779 dv/dt protection, DIN rail mount, CE mark, UL and CSA approvals.
SSR-502 305787
SSR-752 305795 CODE Current @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient, 42 - 600 VAC
SSR1-251 305808
SSR1-351 305824 25 25 Amp
SSR1-501 305840 35 35 Amp
SSR1-751 305867 50 50 Amp
SSR1-502 305859 75 75 Amp
SSR1P-2511 305883 CODE Input Control Voltage
SSR1P-3511 305904
SSR1P-2521 305891 1 4.5 - 32 VDC
SSR1P-5021 305939 2 24 - 265 VAC / 24 - 190 VDC
SSR1 25 1 Typical Model Number

Note: See SSR Accessories Table for additional options.
MODEL Single-Phase, Phase Fired Solid State Relay with Heat Sink
SSR1P The SSR1P series are industrial single-phase relays mounted on heat sinks for switching high
current resistive and inductive loads. Chromalox SSR1P series offers the following standard
Accessories features: 40˚C Ambient Rating, Phase-Angle control, variable intensity LED-indication according
Solid State Relay Driver LM-2 to the input current, IP20 touch protection clip-on cover, self-lifting terminals, dv/dt protection,
integral snubber network, DIN rail mount, CE mark, UL and CSA approvals.
Model PCN
0135-28144 341260 CODE Current @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient
Lug for Loads greater than 65 Amps 25 25 Amp

35 35 Amp
Model PCN 50 50 Amp
0013-40282 389984 70 70 Amp
Vari-Watt Power Controller CODE Voltage

Model PCN 1 120 - 230 VAC
2 410 - 600 VAC
0113-10237 339768
Note: For use with SSR, SSR1 and SSR2 Series CODE Input Control Signal
1 4 - 20 mA
SSR1P 25 1 1 Typical Model Number

Note: See SSR Accessories for additional options.
H-114
CONTROLS
SSR Series MODEL

SSR2
Three Phase 2-Leg Solid State Relay with Heat Sink
The SSR2 series are industrial three-phase 2-leg relays mounted on heat sinks for
Power Controllers switching high current resistive loads. Chromalox SSR2 series offers the following
standard features: 40˚C Ambient Rating, Zero-voltage turn-on, LED status indicator, IP20
SSR, SSR1, SSR1P, touch protection clip-on cover, two input ranges, operational rating up to 600 VAC, self-
lifting terminals, dv/dt protection, DIN rail mount, CE mark, UL and CSA approvals.
SSR2 & SSR3 (cont’d.) CODE Current @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient, 42 - 600 VAC
25 25 Amp
50 50 Amp Fan Cooled (120 VAC Required for Fan)
Ordering Information 1 4.5 - 32 VDC
Complete the model number using the matrix 2 24 - 265 VAC / 24 - 190 VDC
provided.
Note: See SSR Accessories Table on page H-86 for additional options.
In Stock MODEL Three-Phase 3-Leg Solid State Relay with Heat Sink
Model PCN SSR3 The SSR3 series are industrial three-phase 3-leg relays mounted on heat sinks for
SSR2-251 339282 switching resistive loads. Chromalox SSR3 series offers the following standard features:
SSR2-501 339303 40˚C Ambient Rating, Zero-voltage turn-on, LED status indicator, IP10 back-of-hand
SSR2-751 339320 protection, 2 input ranges, operational rating up to 600 VAC, self-lifting terminals, dv/
SSR2-252 339290 dt protection, DIN rail mount, CE mark, UL and CSA approvals.
SSR2-502 339311
CODE Current @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient, 42 - 600 VAC
SSR3-251 339362
SSR3-301 339389 15 15 Amp
SSR3-651 339426 25 25 Amp
SSR3-302 339397
30 30 Amp
SSR3-652 339434
1 4 - 32 VDC
2 24 - 275 VAC / 24 - 50 VDC

Note: See SSR Accessories Table on page H-86 for additional options.
SSR Accessories Table

SCR COMPONENTS
PCN
SSR Series
15 Amps 25 Amps 30 Amps 35 Amps 40 Amps 45 Amps 50 Amps 65 Amps 70 Amps 75 Amps
SSR
Thermstrate (Thermal Conductor) 0029-00640 0029-00640 0029-00640 0029-00640 0029-00640 0029-00640 0029-00640 0029-00640 0029-00640 0029-00640
H-115
Controls
Vari-Watt
Power Controller
• Allows Manual Control of
Heaters using SSR Solid State
Relays
• Converts Analog, Digital or

Potentiometer Signals to Trigger
SSRs or a contactor
Description
• DOT Switches On and Off Zero-
Crossover SSR’s to Accurately The NEW Vari-watt Power controller accepts DOT firing which allows for switching as ac-
Control Heat a control signal input and produces output curate as every 3 cycles (50msec). In addition,
signals that can drive up to 4 Zero-Crossover the 4 outputs evenly distribute power using
• Load Management Feature Solid State Relays or a Contactor. The signal to the Vari-Watt’s Load Management Feature.
Evenly Distributes Output Over the solid state relays implements Chromalox
Up to 4 Outputs
• Auto/Manual Feature
Specifications
Features Control Signal Input
Analog 4-20mA (200 Ohms impedance)
• Select from 3 analog control inputs of 0-5 VDC (10K Ohms)
0-10 VDC (20K Ohms)
4-20ma, 0-5 VDC or 0-10 VDC to drive up
to 4 SSRs. The SSR’s will fire in succession Digital 4-12 VDC (1 Sec. time Proportional)
and evenly distribute the power draw via the
Vari-watt’s Load Management Feature. Auto/ Manual Transfer
Input: Contact Closure
• The Vari-Watt can accept a digital input of a Closed Manual Mode (1K Pot)
4-12 VDC 1 sec time proportion signal from Open Auto Mode (4-20ma, 0-5 VDC, or 0-10 VDC)
a controller, and convert it to a 15sec cycle
time 240 VAC output for a contactor or a Outputs: 0.5A Optically isolated 240 VAC switch
distributed output with Load Management to Cycle Time: 15 seconds
up to 4 SSR’s. Quantity 4 of 12 VDC sold state relay drive (50mA each)
• Auto/Manual Control – A jumper or contact Power Requirements 95-250 VAC

closure allows the user to select between
Manual Control using the 1K Pot or Auto Dimensions 5.1” x 3.5”
Control using either the 4-20ma, 0-5 VDC or
Mounting Board Level product suitable for DIN Rail Mounting (35mm)
0-10 VDC control inputs.
• Robust Circuitry – Specially protected
components reduce the effect of external
harmonics on the power line.
Ordering Information – In Stock
Description PCN Part No.
New Vari-Watt Controller 339768 0113-10237
Remote 10K Potentiometer with Auto Manual Switch 313947 0135-27000
H-96
Controls
LM-2
Solid State Relay
Driver for SSR Series
• Easily Mounted Directly to
Terminals
• Single & 3-Phase 2-Leg Description Specifications

Configurations
The LM-2 (0135-28144) module accepts a Input.................................................4 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA control signal and converts it to a
• Accepts 4-20mA Control Signal Time Base........................... 3 Cycle Resolution
4.5 - 32 VDC time proportional control signal.
Power supply is not required. The LM-2 is pow-
• Power Supply not Required Compliance Voltage
ered by the 4 - 20 mA loop. The LM-2 Module Requirement.....6.4 VDC (320 ohms @ 20 mA)
supports single and three-phase 2-leg power
• For Use with Chromalox SSR control configurations. Span & Linearity....................... Better than 2%
Series Controllers
The LM-2 module mounts directly to the input Ambient Temperature....................... 32 - 104˚F
terminals labeled A2(-) and A1(+) of the solid
Dimensions................. 1.25"W x 1.75"L x .75"D
state relay. Screw terminals are provided on the
Stock PCN Chart LM-2 module for the 4 - 20 mA control signal.
Model PCN The solid state relay's load is connected to
terminals L1 and T1.
0135-28144 341260
Once the connections are made the LM-2
module and solid state relays provide a time
proportional zero-fired control signal to the load.
4-20mA
Single Phase Power Control Wiring Terminal
Connections
OPTIONAL
FUSE SSR1
A2 L1 AC INPUT
(-)
- VOLTAGE
4-20 mA Control L Single-Leg
Signal Screw LM-2 SSR Harness
O
Terminals A1 Jumper
A
(+) + T1 Connection
D
SSR-1
LM-2
CONTACTOR Module
COIL
Three Phase Power Control Wiring

OPTIONAL FUSE
Heat Sink SSR2 Module
(-) A2 L1 L1
4-20 mA - 4-20mA
SCR COMPONENTS
Control Signal LM-2 SSR Terminal

Screw Terminals A1 Connections
(+) + T1
Harness
LO
AD
Part # 0023-70178 A2 L1 L2
AD
LO
Blk
-
SSR
A1 LOAD
Red + T1
Fan
L3
SSR-2
CONTACTOR Two-Leg Harness LM-2

COIL Jumper Connection Module
H-97
Controls
Max VI
Multi-Zone
Power Controller
• Isolated Bonded Fin Heatsink
• 25 - 75 Amp ratings
• 42 - 600 VAC operational voltage
• Zero Cross and Phase Fired
• Control Inputs:
• 4 - 32 VDC
• 24 - 275 VAC
• 24 - 190 VDC Description Applications
• 4 - 20mA
The Chromalox MAX VI Multi-Zone SCR • Electric Ovens
• Self-Lifting Terminals Power Controller consists of (6) SCR’s
mounted on a highly efficient, fan cooled • Plastics Machinery
heatsink. The MAX VI heatsink features an
• LED Status Indicator • Packaging Equipment
all-metal bonded-fin design. Bonded-fin heat-
sinks have up to three times the cooling area • Food and Beverage Processing Equipment
• IP20 Touch Protection Cover
of a conventional aluminum extrusion and
• Platen Heaters
therefore can dissipate more heat. Additional-
• Single Phase ly, bonded-fin heatsinks offer a much smaller • Transformer coupled loads
• Zero Fire and Phase Control footprint. The MAX VI offers the flexibilty for
(6) Single Phase Zero-Cross or Phase Fired • Resistance Heating
• Three Phase, 2-Leg Controllers. Additionally, the Zero-Cross
• Zero Fire Only • Contactor Replacement
mode can be configured into (3) Three Phase
2-leg controllers, or (2) Three Phase 3-leg • Mercury Relay Replacement
• Three Phase, 3-Leg controllers. The MAX VI offers current ratings
• Zero Fire Only of 25, 50, and 75 amps at 40˚C and Voltage
ratings up to 600 VAC.
The MAX VI unit is fan cooled and provides

up to 450 Amps of control power with a foot-
print dimension of 14.75" L x 9" W x 6.5” D.
The MAX VI easily bolts to a chasis plate and
all load wiring can dress down one side of
the heatsink and all control wiring can dress
down the other side. Each SCR incorporates
a LED status indicator and IP20 touch protec-
tion removable cover.
The benefits from Chromalox MAX VI SCR

controller are quick and low cost installation,
reduced panel space, increased heater life
due to fast cycling, and easy replacements for
mechanical and mercury contactors.
H-98
Controls
Max VI
Multi-Zone 6.50”
Power Controller
(cont’d.)
14.75”
9.0”
Specifications
Control Modes: Single Phase, Three-
Phase 2-Leg or Three-
Phase 3-Leg Zero-cross,
On/Off or Time Pro- Model Multi-Zone Power Controller
portional, Phase Angle The MAX VI Multi-Zone SSR power pak consists of (6) SSR’s mounted on a highly
Single Phase Only efficient, fan cooled heatsink. The MAX VI can be configured as (6) single-phase,
(3) three-phase 2-leg or (2) three-phase 3-leg controllers. MAX VI offers On/Off,
Time Proportional, and Single-Phase, Phase Fired configurations. The Chromalox
Command Signals: On/Off:
MAX VI offers the following standard features: 40˚C Ambient Rating, Zero-Voltage
4.5 - 32 VDC
Turn-On or Phase Angle Fired designs, LED Staus Indicator, IP20 Touch Protection,
24 - 265 VAC
Operational Ranges up to 600 VAC, Self-Lifting Terminals, and dv/dt protection.
24 - 190 VDC
Linear: Code Current @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient
4 - 20mA
25 25 Amp Per SSR 150 Amp Total
50 50 Amp Per SSR 300 Amp Total
Line Voltage: 42 - 600 VAC 75 75 Amp Per SSR 450 Amp Total
Zero-Cross Mode; 230 Code Input Control Voltage
or 600 VAC Phase Angle
Mode 1 4.5 - 32 VDC (DC logic Zero Cross Fired)
2 24 - 265 VAC or 24 - 190 VDC
(AC/DC logic Zero Cross Fired)
Line/Load Self Lifting Terminals. 3 4 - 20 mA, 7.6 VDC Minimum
Connections: Output ter- (Time Proportioning Single Phase Zero Cross Fired)
minals can handle cables 4 4 - 20 mA, 15.2 VDC Minimum
up to #6AWG (Time Proportioning Three Phase 2-Leg Zero Cross Fired)
5 4 - 20 mA (Single Phase, Phase Angle Fired 90-280 VAC)
6 4 - 20 mA (Single Phase, Phase Angle Fired 330-660 VAC)
Load Current: 25, 50, 75 Amps @ 40˚C
(104˚F)
Cooling: Forced Air, Fan Cooled 25 1 Typical Model Number

120 VAC, 17 VA. Terminal
provided for separate fan Note: Fan Requires 120 VAC Power
power SCR COMPONENTS
Mounting: Panel Mount, any

orientation.
Weight: 11.5kg (12 lbs.)
H-99
Controls
ProtoAir
IIoT Product Gateway
• IIoT Gateway Compatible with

All Chromalox IIoT Enabled
Products
• Fully Integrated Cloud Platform
• Remotely Access and Monitor
Entire Chromalox Portfolio
Anywhere Description IIoT Enabled Products
The Chromalox IIoT Gateway can be installed Chromalox IIoT enabled products stretch across
• Remote Troubleshooting from with any Chromalox IIoT enabled product to pro- all of our product segments, and feature any
Chromalox Service Personnel vide seamless real time connectivity to the cloud device with Ethernet or Modbus capability
platform. Through the cloud platform users can which includes heat trace panels and controls,
• LAN or BACnet Connectivity customize their dashboard for quick access of standalone temperature and power controls, and
Options Available for Local critical system information or analytics. Asset our Direct Connect Technology platform. The
mapping for global tracking of system location, Chromalox IIoT Gateway is one common device
Storage and Control that can be used across your entire Chromalox
health, and connection status can be referenced
• Synchronize with 3rd Party from anywhere to alleviate the unknown of product portfolio.
Cloud Platforms with RESTful remote monitoring.
Connectivity
API
Remote Troubleshooting The Chromalox IIoT Gateway has a number of
• SMS or Email Event Notification With approved access, Chromalox service tech- different connectivity options which includes
nicians can even perform remote troubleshoot- hard wired to local network behind firewall,
• Customizable Dashboards ing to save time and money. Locations that do hard wired with internet access to the cloud,
WIFI with internet access to cloud, and Cellular
not permit cloud based services can still benefit
• Asset Mapping for Quick from the Chromalox IIoT gateway through
access via separately purchased SIM card. Over
Reference of Location, System its local LAN or BACnet connectivity options,
140 communication protocols are supported for
Health and Connectivity Status connection to any BMS or automation protocol,
permitting up to 30 days of on site storage along so no matter what connection option is needed,
• Wired, Wireless and Cellular with one year of web storage for trend analysis. Chromalox has an IIoT Gateway to fit.
Even 3rd party Cloud based services can be
Capabilities
used with the Chromalox IIoT gateway through
RESTful API.
Example
PRODUCTS
CONTROL
H-1
Controls
ProtoAir
IIoT Product Gateway (cont’d.)
Dimensions In. (mm)
Local Network Gateway

1.10 3.46 (89)
(28)
2.76 (70)
3.46 3.94
(89) (100)
Cellular Network Gateway
11.9
(302)
1.1
(28)
3.94
(100)
2.8 (70)
4.6 (117)
H-2
Controls
ProtoAir
IIoT Product Gateway (cont’d.)
Specifications
Electrical Specifications ProtoAir ProtoAir Cell
One 3-pin Phoenix connector with: RS-485 (Tx+ / Rx- / gnd) One 3-pin Phoenix connector with: RS-485
One 3-pin Phoenix connector with: Power port (+ / - / Frame-gnd) (Tx+ / Rx- / gnd)
Electrical Connections One Ethernet 10/100 BaseT port One 3-pin Phoenix connector with: Power port
(+ / - / Frame-gnd)
One Ethernet 10/100 BaseT port
Input Voltage: 12-24VDC or 24VAC Input Voltage: 12-24VDC
Power Requirements Power Rating: 2.5 Watts Power Rating: 2.5 Watts
W44 Current draw: @ 12V, 240 mA C34 Current draw: @ 12V, 670 mA
CE and FCC Class B & C Part 15, TUV approved
CE and FCC Class B & C Part 15, UL 60950, WEEE Compliant, IC
Approvals UL 60950, IC Canada, RoHS Compliant, PTCRB
Canada, RoHS Compliant, PTCRB and CTIA
and CTIA
Physical Dimensions 4 x 1.1 x 2.7 in (10.16 x 2.8 x 6.8 cm) 4 x 1.1 x 2.7 in (10.16 x 2.8 x 6.8 cm)
Weight 0.4 lbs (0.2 Kg) 0.4 lbs (0.2 Kg)
Operating Temperature -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F) -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F)
Humidity 10-95% RH non-condensing 10-95% RH non-condensing
Frequency: 2.4 GHz Channels: 1 to 11 (inclusive) Frequency: 2.4 GHz Channels: 1 to 11 (inclusive)
Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n
Antenna Type: SMA Encryption: TKIP, WPA & AES Antenna Type: SMA Encryption: TKIP, WPA & AES
Features: 3G & GPS Antenna Type: SMA
Cellular 1F Not Applicable HSDPA: Up to 21.0 Mbps HSUPA: Up to 5.76
Mbps
Stocked Items
Part Number PCN Description
ProtoAir 390416 Local Network Wired/Wireless Gateway

ProtoAir Cell 390424 Cellular Network Wireless Gateway
PRODUCTS
CONTROL
H-3
Controls
Panel Selection Guide

Low Current SCRs (<110A)
Model Number 4214 4224 4168 4268 4532 4534 4537

Mounting Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall
SCR with External SCR with External
Power Control SSR SSR SCR SCR SCR
Heat Sink Heat Sink
Disconnect OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION STD STD STD
Shut down Device Contactor Contactor Contactor Contactor Contactor Contactor Contactor
Load Fusing OPTION OPTION
Voltage 120 - 600 120 - 600 120 - 600 120 - 600 120-480 120-480 120-480
Max. Current (@40˚C) 30 30 65 65 90 30 45
Environment NEMA 4/12 NEMA 4/12 NEMA4/12 NEMA 4/12 NEMA 1(2) NEMA 4 NEMA 7
6040, 4040 or 6040, 4040 or 6040, 4040 or 6040, 4040 or 6040, 4040 or
Temp Control 6040 6040 4080 4080 4080 4080 4080
Overtemp Control 6050 6050 6050 or 4050 6050 or 4050 6050 or 4050 6050 or 4050 6050 or 4050
Phase Single 3 Phase,2-leg Single 3 Phase,2-leg 3 Phase,2-leg 3 Phase,2-leg 3 Phase,2-leg
Circuits 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Main Disconnect, Main Disconnect, Main Disconnect, Main Disconnect, Ground Fault Ground Fault
Ground Fault
Options Ground Fault Ground Fault Ground Fault Ground Fault Monitor, Enclo- Monitor, Enclo-
Monitor, Control
Monitor, Enclo- Monitor, Enclo- Monitor, Enclosure Monitor, Enclosure sure Heater, sure Heater,
Pot Input
sure Heater sure Heater Heater Heater Control Pot Input NEMA 4 Gasket
Agency Approvals UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL
Page H-105 H-105 H-107 H-107 H-110 H-110 H-110
High Current SCRs (30 to 1200A)
Model Number 4131 4132 4133 4232/33 4235 4236 IntelliPANEL

Wall or Floor Wall or Floor
Mounting Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall
Mount Mount
SCR with SCR with
Power Control MaxPac MaxPac MaxPac MaxPac External Heat External Heat MaxPac
Sink Sink
Disconnect STD STD STD STD
Shut down Device Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip Shunt Trip
Load Fusing OPTION STD STD OPTION
Voltage 120-600 120-600 120-600 208-600 208-600 208-600 208-600
Max. Current (1) 650 650 650 1200 432 432 1200
Environment NEMA 1(2) NEMA 1(2) NEMA 1(2) NEMA 1(2) NEMA 4 NEMA 4X NEMA 1
Temp Control 4040 or 4080 4040 or 4080 4040 or 4080 Touch Screen
Overtemp Control 4050 (up to 3) 4050 (up to 3) 4050 (up to 3) 6050 (up to 3)
3 Phase, 2-leg, 3 Phase, 2-leg,
Phase Single Phase 3 Phase, 2-leg 3 Phase, 3-leg 3 Phase, 2-leg 3 Phase, 2-leg
3-leg 3-leg
1 or 2 SCRs, up
Circuits 1 1 1 Up to 6 Up to 6 Up to 16
to 10 ckts
Multimeter,
Multimeter, Multimeter,
Multimeter, Multimeter, Multimeter, Shorted SCR
Shorted SCR Shorted SCR Communica-
Shorted SCR Shorted SCR Shorted SCR Detection,
Options Detection, Ground Detection, Ground Detection, Ground Detection, Ground Ground Fault Detection, Ground tions, Shut Down
Fault Monitor, Fault Monitor, Contactors
Fault Monitor Fault Monitor Fault Monitor Monitor, Floor
Floor Stand Kit Floor Stand Kit
Stand Kit
Agency Approvals UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL, CE
Page H-103 H-103 H-103 H-114 H-114 H-114 H-119
(1)All current ratings at 40˚C external to enclosure

(2) Ventilating NEMA 12 enclosure derates panel to NEMA 1
H-100
Controls
Panel Selection Guide (cont’d.)

Contactor
Model Number 4464 4466 4468 4463 4477 4432 4436

Mounting Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall
Contactor, Optional Contactor, Optional
Power Control Contactor Contactor Contactor Contactor Contactor 1 Ckt SSR 1 Ckt SSR
Disconnect OPTION OPTION OPTION STD STD STD STD
Shut down Device Contactor Contactor Contactor Contactor Ckt. Breaker Contactor Contactor
Load Fusing OPTION OPTION OPTION
Voltage 120-480 120-480 120-480 240, 480 240, 480 208-480 208-480
Max. Current (1) 100 100 100 40/zone 75 576 576
NEMA 4X NEMA 4 NEMA 4X
Environment NEMA 4X NEMA 7/4 NEMA 12,4 NEMA 4X
(304 SS) (Painted Steel) (Fiberglas®)
Temp Control 6040 or 4040 6040 or 4040 6040 or 4040 6040 6040 or 4040 4040 4040
Overtemp Control 6050 or 4050 6050 or 4050 6050 or 4050 6050 or 4050 4050 4050
Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase
Circuits 1 1 1 4 Zones 1 6 6
Enclosure Enclosure Heater, Enclosure Heater,
Heater, Ground
Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Multimeter, Stepper, Multimeter, Stepper,
Options Heater Heater Heater Fault Monitor, Ground Fault Moni- Ground Fault Moni-
Enclosure View tor, "Z" Air Purge Kit tor, "Z" Air Purge Kit
Window
Agency Approvals UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL UL,cUL
Page H-124 H-124 H-124 H-126 H-130 H-127 H-127

Mounting Pipe or Wall Wall Wall or Floor Wall or Floor Wall & Floor
Voltage 100-277 100-277 120-600 120-600 120-600
Circuits 1 1 or 2 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36
Large TFT Display
CONTROL
SYSTEMS

Heater
UL, cUL, CE, ATEX,
Agency Approvals UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL (CE Optional) UL, cUL (CE Optional) UL, cUL (CE Optional)
IECEx
Page H-133 H-135 H-138 H-138 H-138
H-101
Controls


Voltage 120-600 120-600 120-600 120-600 120-600
Temp Control IntelliTRACE Controller
®
IntelliTRACE® Controller
Circuits 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36
Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP & Cur- Temperature, GFEP &
Standard Features Current Monitoring & Current Monitoring & Current Monitoring & rent Monitoring & Alarms, Current Monitoring &
Alarms, Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start
Customizable I/O Map- Customizable I/O Map-
Customizable I/O Mapping,
ping, Multiple Sensor ping, Multiple Sensor
Main Disconnect, Main Disconnect, Multiple Sensor Inputs per
Options Inputs per Circuit, Main Inputs per Circuit, Main
Enclosure Heater Enclosure Heater Circuit, Main Disconnect,
Disconnect, Enclosure Disconnect, Enclosure
Enclosure Heater
Heater Heater
Page H-138 H-147 H-147 H-147 H-147

Voltage 120, 208, 240, 277 120, 208, 240, 277 120, 208, 240, 277 120, 208, 240, 277
Max Current (1) 100/225 100/225 100/225 100/225

120, 208, 240 VAC Load Voltage Systems: 120, 208, 240 VAC Load Voltage Systems:
277 VAC Load Voltage Systems: 18, 30 or 42 Circuits 277 VAC Load Voltage Systems: 18, 30 or 42 Circuits
Page H-161 H-161 H-161 H-161
H-102
Controls
4130 Series
MaxPac SCR Power
Controllers in an
Enclosure
Description
• MaxPac Series SCR Power
The 4130 Series panels provide a simple-to- the panel is ventilated and fan cooled to allow
Controllers in an Enclosure install solution for adding an SCR to an existing the selected MaxPac controller to operate at
heater control system. The panels are a Chro- 100% output with an ambient of 40˚C (104˚F).
• Allows Addition of SCR to a malox model MaxPac I, MaxPac II or MaxPac
System Without Rearranging III in an enclosure. Since SCRs generate heat,
Existing Equipment
• Rugged NEMA 1 or NEMA 12

Construction Enclosures*
• Enclosure Ventilated and Fan

Cooled to be Installed in Model
Ambient of 40˚C (104˚F) with 4131 Single Phase Zero Fired SCR Power Control Panel
SCR at 100% Output Panel Configuration
cUL and UL Listed Single Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for
quick installation, NEMA 1 or NEMA 12 rated Enclosure for Indoor Applications, Forced Air
Cooling, Heat-Sink Overtemperature Lamp, Terminal Block for customer supplied 120 VAC
*NEMA 12 Available with additional venting Control Power. Options Include: Ground Fault Monitor, Shorted SCR Detection, Multimeter:
measures. Consult Factory. Combination Ammeter with Current Transformer and Voltmeter with Potential Transformer.
Code Current @ 40oC (104oF) Ambient
SCR Component1 Enclosure Dimensions
01 100 Amp MXPCI-3-02-1-1-L0-F01-0 (24"H x 24"W x 16"D)
Ordering Information 03 150 Amp MXPCI-3-04-1-1-L0-F01-0 (24"H x 24"W x 16"D)
Complete the Model Number using the 07 300 Amp MXPCI-3-08-1-1-L0-F03-0 (36"H x 30"W x 16"D)
Matrix provided. 09 400 Amp MXPCI-3-10-1-1-L0-F04-0 (36"H x 30"W x 16"D)
Code Voltage
1 120 - 480 VAC
Note: Additional control panel options avail- 2 575/600 VAC
able. See pages H-143 to H-145.
Code Ground Fault Sensing Option
0 None
1 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown includes Illuminated Reset
Switch
1
For information on the SCR component, Code Options
seeMaxPac I in the Controls Section, tabbed
0 None
SCR Component
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
3 Shorted SCR Detection

4 Multimeter (Volts & Current)
6 Multimeter (Volts & Current) & Shorted SCR Detection
4131- 03 1 1 3 Typical Model Number
Technical Notes:
Ventilated NEMA 12 Enclosure Derates Enclosure to NEMA 1.
Consult Factory for 575 VAC Applications and Pricing
H-103
Controls
4130 Series
Model
4132 Three Phase Two-Leg Zero Fired SCR Power Control Panel
Panel Configuration
MaxPac SCR Power cUL and UL Listed Three Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installation, NEMA 1
or NEMA 12 rated Enclosure for Indoor Applications, Forced Air Cooling, Heat-Sink Overtemperature Lamp, Terminal
Controllers in an Block for customer supplied 120 VAC Control Power. Options Include: Ground Fault Monitor, Shorted SCR Detection,
Multimeter: Combination Ammeter with Current Transformer & Voltmeter with Potential Transformer.
Enclosure

(cont'd.) 01
03
100 Amp
150 Amp
MXPCII-3-02-1-1-L0-F01-0
MXPCII-3-04-1-1-L0-F01-0
(36"H x 30"W x 16"D)
(36"H x 30"W x 16"D)
05 200 Amp MXPCII-3-06-1-1-L0-F02-0 (36"H x 30"W x 16"D)
Ordering Information 13 650 Amp MXPCII-3-14-1-1-L0-F06-0 (36"H x 30"W x 16"D)
Code Voltage
1 120 - 480 VAC
Matrix provided. 2 575/600 VAC
Code Ground Fault Sensing/Interrupt Option
0 None
Note: Additional control panel options avail- 1 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown includes Illuminated Reset Switch
able. See pages H-143 to H-145. Code Options
0 None
2
For information on the SCR component, 6 Multimeter (Volts & Current) and Shortened SCR Detection
see MaxPac II (4132) or MaxPac III in the
Controls Section, tabbed SCR Component
*NEMA 12 Available with additional venting

measures. Consult Factory.
Model
4133 Three Phase Three-Leg Zero Fired SCR Power Control Panel
Panel Configuration
cUL and UL Listed Three Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installation,
NEMA 1 or NEMA 12 rated Enclosure for Indoor Applications, Forced Air Cooling, Heat-Sink Overtemperature
Lamp, Terminal Block for customer supplied 120 VAC Control Power. Options Include: Ground Fault Monitor,
Shorted SCR Detection, Ammeter with Phase Selector Switch, and Voltmeter with Phase Selector Switch.
01 100 Amp MXPCIII-3-02-1-1-L0-F01-0 (36"H x 30"W x 16"D)
Code Voltage
1 120 - 480 VAC
2 575/600 VAC
0 None
1 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown includes Illuminated Reset Switch
Code Options
0 None
6 Multimeter (Volts & Current) and Shortened SCR Detection
H-104
Controls
4214 & 4224

Mini SCR Control
Panels
• Model 4214 - One SCR, Single
Phase Loads
1347 HEIL-QUAKER BOULEVARD
LAVERGNE, TN 37086
PHONE: 615-793-3900 WEB: www.chromalox.com
MODEL & STK. NO.
VOLTS SERIAL
AMPS SCCR(kA) ENCL TYPE
PHASE/HZ DIAG NO. MADE IN U.S.A.
• Model 4224 - Two SCRs, Three

Phase Loads
• Digital Indicating Temperature
The Chromalox 4214 and 4224 SCR Control • Fused Control Power Transformer
and Overtemperature Controls
Panels combine full-featured 1/16 DIN, digital- • LED Indication of Power On, Heater On, and
indicating temperature and overtemperature
• Compact, Space Efficient NEMA Overtemperature Alarm
controllers completely assembled, pre-tested
4 Enclosure and pre-wired in a NEMA 4 enclosure. Instal- • 40 Amp Shutdown Contactor
lation is easy, requiring only power supply, • Universal Sensor Input
• 40 Amp Shutdown Contactor load and sensor wiring. Drawings for record
and installation/operation manuals are also • Options:
• LED Indication of Power On, supplied. • Main Disconnect
Heater On, and Overtemperature • Ground Fault Monitor for Equipment
Alarm Protection
• Enclosure Heater for Anti-Condensation
• 208-600 VAC, Three Phase or and Instrument Protection in
120 VAC Single Phase Ordering Information Ambient Temperatures as low as 0˚F
Complete the Model Number using the Matrix provided.
• Universal Sensor Input Types
Model
4214
Single Phase Zero Fired SCR Power Control Panel
• Main Disconnect Switch Option Panel Configuration
Single Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installation, Step-down
Transformer with Primary & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, NEMA 4 rated Enclosure for
Indoor/Outdoor Applications, Three-Pole Shutdown Contactor, SSR for Power Switching with I2t Fusing.
Options Include: Process Controller, Hi-limit Controllers, Ground Fault Monitor, Disconnect Switch, and
Cabinet Heater.
Code Current @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient with no Solar Load Enclosure Dimensions
3 30 (16"H x 16"W x 6"D)
Code Voltage
In Stock:
0 120 VAC 4 415 VAC
Model PCN 1 208 VAC 5 480 VAC
2 240 VAC 6 575/600 VAC
4224-35111 314771 3 380 VAC
Code Process Controller Options
0 Customer Supplied Digital Signal (3-20 VDC)
1 6040-SR000 1/16 DIN SSR, Relay
6 LM-2 Module (4-20mA Input)
Code Overtemperature Controller Options
0 None
1 6050-SR000 1/16 DIN Fixed Relay, Relay
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Code Options
Note: Additional control panel options avail- 0 None
able. See pages H-143 to H-145. 1 Main Disconnect with Through Door Operator
2 Ground Fault Monitor includes Illuminated Reset Switch*
4 Ground Fault Monitor & Main Disconnect Switch*
5 Main Disconnect Switch & Enclosure Heater
* See “Single Channel Controllers” for 6 Ground Fault Monitor, Main Disconnect Switch
controller specifications. & Enclosure Heater*
7 Ground Fault Monitor & Enclosure Heater*
4214- 3 5 5 5 1 Typical Model Number

Ground Fault detection requires grounded supply.
H-105
Controls
4214 & 4224

Mini SCR Control
Panels (cont'd.)
Model
Panel Configuration
Three Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installation, Step-
down Transformer with Primary & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, NEMA 4 rated
Enclosure for Indoor/Outdoor Applications, Three-Pole Shutdown Contactor, SSRs for Power
Switching with I2t Fusing. Options Include: Process Controller, Hi-limit Controllers, Ground Fault
Monitor, Disconnect Switch, and Cabinet Heater.

Code Current @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient (with no Solar Load) Enclosure Dimensions
3 30 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
Code Voltage
1 208 VAC
2 240 VAC
3 380 VAC
4 415 VAC
Note: Additional control panel options avail- 5 480 VAC
able. See pages H-143 to H-145. 6 575/600 VAC
0 Customer Supplied Digital Signal (3-20 VDC)
1 6040-SR0000 1/16 DIN SSR, Relay
6 LM-2 Module (4-20mA Input)
0 None
1 6050-1R000 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay
Code Options
0 None
1 Main Disconnect Switch
2 Ground Fault Monitor includes Illuminated
Reset Switch**
4 Ground Fault Monitor & Main Disconnect
Switch**
6 Ground Fault Monitor, Main Disconnect Switch
& Enclosure Heater**
7 Ground Fault Monitor & Enclosure Heater**
4224- 3 5 5 5 1 Typical Model Number
**Ground Fault detection requires grounded supply.
H-106
Controls
4168 & 4268

Mini-SCR Power
Control Panel
• NEMA 4 Steel Enclosure for
Indoor/Outdoor Environments
• Shutdown Contactor
• Single or Three Phase

30 and 65 Rating Amp for
Resistive Loads
• 120/240/480 VAC Fused Control

Power Transformer
Description Options
The 4168/4268 Mini-SCR Power Control • Ground Fault Monitor for Equipment Protection
Panels are a convenient, economical solution
• Enclosure Heater for Anti-Condensation and
designed to control most process heating
Instrument Protection in Ambient Tempera-
applications that require precise temperature
tures as low as 0˚F
control, maximum operating efficiency and
proven reliability. • Disconnect Switch
Augmented process and high limit controllers • 1/16 or 1/4 DIN Process Controllers
as well as the optional design features provide
the user with the flexibility to meet count- • 1/16 or 1/4 DIN Hi-Limit Controllers
less application needs. The temperature and
• Load Fusing
process controllers are available in 1/16 or 1/4
DIN sizes and their base features include SSR
driver and relay outputs. Remote management
capabilities are facilitated via retransmitted or
remote setpoint signals or customer supplied
process analog input. Communication options
include Modbus RTU/RS485 or Ethernet (1/4
DIN 4080 only).
The Limit controllers are also available in ei-
ther 1/16 or 1/4 DIN sizes. They are equipped
with two relay outputs/alarms and optional
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
analog retransmit and Modbus RTU/RS485

communications.
Design feature options include: Ground fault
monitoring with shutdown; integral main dis-
connect switch; and a thermostat-controlled
enclosure heater.
H-107
Controls
4168 & 4268

Mini-SCR Power
Control Panel (cont'd.) Model Single Phase Zero Fired SCR Mini Power Control Panel
4168 cUL and UL Listed Single Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick instal-
lation, Step-down Transformer with Primary & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, NEMA 4
rated Enclosure (24"H x 20"W x 8"D), External Heat Sinks for Indoor/ Outdoor Applications, I2t Fusing, and
Shutdown Contactor. Options Include: Process and Hi-Limit Controllers, Ground Fault Monitoring, Main
Disconnect Switch and Enclosure Heater.
Code Current @ 40˚C (104˚F)
3 30 Amp
6 65 Amp
Code Voltage
1 120 VAC
2 208 VAC
3 240 VAC
4 480 VAC
6 575/600 VAC
0 None (6 - 12 VDC Control Signal Customer Supplied)
1 6040-SR0000 1/16 DIN SSR, Relay
2 6040-SRA100 1/16 DIN SSR, Relay, Retransmit , RS485
4 4040-SRA110 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay, Retransmit, RS485, Remote Setpoint
5 4080-C0SRA-04000 1/4 DIN Graphic Display, SSR, Relay, Retransmit, Ethernet
7 Customer Supplied Remote 4 - 20 mAdc, 0-10 VDC, 0-5 VDC
0 None
Note: Additional control panel options avail- 1 6050-1R000 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay
able. See pages H-143 to H-145. 2 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485
3 4050-1R000 1/4 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay
4 4050-1RA10 1/4 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485
Code Options
0 None
1 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown incl. Illuminated Reset Switch**
2 Main Disconnect with Through Door Operator
4 Ground Fault Monitor & Main Disconnect Switch **
6 Ground Fault Monitor & Enclosure Heater **
7 Ground Fault Monitor, Main Disconnect Switch & Enclosure
Heater **
Code Load Fusing Option*
Blank None
9010(*) 8 Amps/Circuit (10 Amp fuse)

4168- 6 4 2 2 0- 9025(3) Typical Model Number
*Specify Number of Circuits (Maximum Three Circuits of Load Fusing).

Note:
• Total Amperage not to exceed panel rating
• Maximum 3 Circuits
• Contact Factory for fuse option price and enclosure size requirement
H-108
Controls
4168 & 4268

Mini-SCR Power Ordering Information
Model Three Phase Two-Leg Zero Fired SCR Mini Power Control Panel
Control Panel (cont'd.) 4268 cUL and UL Listed Three Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick instal-
lation, Step-down Transformer with Primary & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, NEMA 4
rated Enclosure (24"H x 20"W x 8"D), External Heat Sinks for Indoor/Outdoor Applications, I2t Fusing, and
Shutdown Contactor. Options Include: Process and Hi-Limit Controllers, Ground Fault Monitoring, Main
Disconnect Switch and Enclosure Heater.
In Stock: Code Current @ 40˚C (104˚F)
3 30 Amp
Model PCN
6 65 Amp
4268-34112 314739 Code Voltage
4268-64112 314763 2 208 VAC
3 240 VAC
4 480 VAC
6 575/600 VAC
0 None (6 - 12 VDC Control Signal Customer Supplied)
1 6040-SR0000 1/16 DIN SSR, Relay
Note: Additional control panel options avail- 3 4040-SR0000 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay
able. See pages H-143 to H-145. 4 4040-SRA110 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay, Retransmit, RS485, Remote Setpoint
7 Customer Supplied Remote 4 - 20 mAdc, 0-10 VDC, 0-5 VDC
0 None
Code Load Fusing Option Code Options
9010(*) 8 Amps/Circuit (10 Amp Fuse) 0 None
9015(*) 12 Amps/Circuit (15 Amp Fuse) 1 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown incl. Illuminated Reset Switch**
9020(*) 16 Amps/Circuit (20 Amp Fuse) 2 Main Disconnect with Through Door Operator
9025(*) 20 Amps/Circuit (25 Amp Fuse) 3 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater
9030(*) 24 Amps/Circuit (30 Amp Fuse) 4 Ground Fault Monitor & Main Disconnect Switch **
9035(*) 28 Amps/Circuit (35 Amp Fuse) 5 Main Disconnect Switch & Enclosure Heater
9040(*) 32 Amps/Circuit (40 Amp Fuse) 6 Ground Fault Monitor & Enclosure Heater **
9045(*) 36 Amps/Circuit (45 Amp Fuse) 7 Ground Fault Monitor, Main Disconnect Switch & Enclosure
9050(*) 40 Amps/Circuit (50 Amp Fuse) Heater **
9060(*) 48 Amps/Circuit (60 Amp Fuse) Code Load Fusing Option*
9070(*) 56 Amps/Circuit (70 Amp Fuse)
9080(*) 64 Amps/Circuit (80 Amp Fuse) Blank None
* Add -90XX(*) at end of part number 9030(*) 24 Amps/Circuit (30 Amp fuse)
XX = Fuse Code 9035(*) 28 Amps/Circuit (35 Amp fuse)
(*) = Number of Circuits 9040(*) 32 Amps/Circuit (40 Amp fuse)
Note: 9050(*) 40 Amps/Circuit (50 Amp fuse)
• Total Amperage not to exceed panel rating 9070(*) 56 Amps/Circuit (70 Amp fuse)
• Maximum 3 Circuits 9080(*) 64 Amps/Circuit (80 Amp fuse)
• Contact Factory for fuse option price and
enclosure size requirement

CONTROL
SYSTEMS
4268- 6 4 2 1 0- 9025(3) Typical Model Number

Note:
Stocked Panels may be used at 240 VAC by changing
strapping of control power transformer.
H-109
Controls
4530 Series Chromalox ® 4040
SCR Temperature/
P
V
S 1
P
2
MANUAL TUNE ALARM
Power Control Panels Chromalox ®
P
V
S
4050
P
S
OUT EXCEED ALARM
• 30 to 90 Amps
• Voltage Field Selectable VOLTS

LAVERGNE, TN 37086
MODEL & STK. NO.
SERIAL
• Three Phase, Two Leg
• Zero Crossover Fired

Front View
• NEMA 12*, 4 and 7 Enclosures
• Cost Effective SCR Power

Control Description Features
The 4530 SCR Panel Series is an economical, • Enclosure -
• Pre-Wired, Ready to Install
convenient solution to mid-range SCR power NEMA1 General Purpose, indoor
control requirements, and eliminates the need
NEMA 12* General Purpose, fan cooled
to select, collect and assemble separate com-
and louvered
ponents. The pre-configured panels are ready
to install, requiring only power supply, load NEMA 4 Weatherproof
and sensor wiring. Compact packaging makes NEMA 7 Explosion-proof for Class I,
them easy to mount, even in limited spaces. Div. 1&2, Groups B,C&D
Class II, Div. 1&2, Groups
The control signal may be a customer supplied E,F & G
4-20 mA signal or manually operated with
remote or door mounted potentiometer, or • Control Signal Input Device
a Chromalox digital indicating temperature
controller. • Zero-Crossover Fired SCR Power Controllers
An optional digital indicating overtemperature • Manual Disconnect Switch

controller can be provided. • I2T Fusing for SCR Protection
• Overtemperature Shutdown Contactor
• Power “ON” Pilot Light
• Multi-Tap Control Power Transformer
480/240/120 Vac
• Optional Overtemperature Controller
with Reset
• Drawings for Record
• Installation and Operation Manual
• Terminals Provided for remote shutdown
• Optional Ground Fault Monitor with Door
Mounted Illuminated Reset
• Optional Enclosure Heater Anti-Condensa-
tion and Instrument Protection for Ambient
Tempertures as low as 0˚F
Model 4537
* NEMA 12 available with additional venting
Explosion Proof Control Panel measures. Consult Factory.
H-110
Controls
4532
SCR Temperature/
Chromalox ® 4040
P
V
S 1
P
Power Control Panels

2
MANUAL TUNE ALARM
(cont’d.)
Chromalox ® 4050
P
V
S
P
S
OUT EXCEED ALARM
In Stock:
Model PCN
4532-40530 307070 1347 HEIL-QUAKER BOULEVARD
LAVERGNE, TN 37086
MODEL & STK. NO.
VOLTS SERIAL
Note: Additional control panel options avail-

Model
Panel Configuration
cUL and UL Listed Three Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installation, Step-down Transformer with Prima-
ry & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, NEMA 1/12** rated Enclosure for Indoor Applications, Forced Air Cooling, Main Disconnect
Switch, Three-Pole Shutdown Contactor, and SCRs for Power Switching. Options Include: Process and Hi-Limit Controllers, Customer Supplied
"Control Signal, Door Mounted Potentiometer and Ground Fault Monitor. NOTE: A Vari-Watt is supplied when either the Customer Supplied
Control Signal or 10K Potentiometer Control Option is selected.
Code Current @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient

SCR Component Enclosure Dimensions
40 90 Amp SCR Power Controller (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
1 Terminal Block for Customer Supplied Control Signal (4-20 mA, 3-20 VDC, Contact Closure, or 10K Potentiometer)
2 Door Mounted 10K Potentiometer, 0 - 100% Power Ouput Scale
3 6040-SR0000 1/16 DIN SSR, Relay
4 6040-SRA100 1/16 DIN SSR, Relay, Retransmit, RS485
0 None
CONTROL
SYSTEMS

0 None

Technical Notes:
*Ground Fault detection requires grounded supply
**NEMA 12 available with additional venting measures. Consult factory.
H-111
Controls
4534
SCR Temperature/ Model
Power Control Panels 4534 Three Phase Two-Leg Zero Fired SCR Power Control Panel
Panel Configuration
(cont’d.) cUL and UL Listed Three Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for
quick installation, Step-down Transformer with Primary & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt
Control Circuit, NEMA 4 rated Enclosure for Indoor/Outdoor Applications, Main Disconnect
Switch, Three-Pole Shutdown Contactor, and SSRs for Power Switching. Options Include:
Process and Hi-Limit Controllers, Customer Supplied Control Signal, Door Mounted
Potentiometer, Cabinet Heater and Ground Fault Monitor. NOTE: A Vari-Watt is supplied
when either the Customer Supplied Control Signal or 10K Potentiometer Control Option is
selected.
SCR Component Enclosure Dimensions
40 30 Amp Solid State Relays (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
Note: Additional control panel options avail-
able. See pages H-143 to H-145. Code Process Controller Options
1 Terminal Block for Customer Supplied Control Signal (4-20 mA, 3-20
VDC, Contact Closure, or 10K Potentiometer)
2 Door Mounted 10K Potentiometer, 0 - 100% Power Ouput Scale.
3 6040-SR0000 1/16 DIN SSR, Relay
7 4080-C0SRA-04000 1/4 DIN Graphic Display, SSR, Relay, Retransmit,
Ethernet
0 None
2 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit,
RS485
4 4050-1RA10 1/4 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit,
RS485
Code Options
0 None
1 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown includes Illumi-
nated Reset Switch *
3 Ground Fault Monitor & Enclosure Heater

H-112
Controls
4537
SCR Temperature/ Note: Additional control panel options avail-
Power Control Panels
(cont’d.)
4537 Three Phase Two-Leg Zero Fired SCR Power Control Panel - Class I, Div 1 & 2, Group B, C, D, Class 2, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G
Panel Configuration
Three Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installation, Step-down Transformer with Primary & Second-
ary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, NEMA 7 rated Explosion-Proof Enclosure for Hazardous Areas, Main Disconnect Switch, Three-Pole
Shutdown Contactor, SSR's for Power Switching, and Viewing Window. Options Include: Process and Hi-Limit Controllers, Customer Sup-
plied Control Signal, Cabinet Heater, Weather Proof-Gasket, and Ground Fault Monitor. NOTE: A Vari-Watt is supplied when the Customer
Supplied Control Signal Control Option is selected.
SCR Component Enclosure Dimensions (250 lbs.)
40 45 Amp Solid State Relays (28.5"H x 21"W x 13"D)
0 Terminal Block for Customer Supplied Signal (4-20 mA, 3-20 VDC, Contact Closure or 10K Potentiometer)
1 6040-SR0000 1/16 DIN SSR, Relay
Code Overtemperature Controller Option
0 None
1 6050-1R020 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Digital Input
2 6050-1RA20 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, Digital Input
Code Options
0 None
1 NEMA 7/4 Weather Proof Gasket for Out Door Applications
2 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown includes Illuminated Reset Switch*
3 Enclosure Heater
4 Weather Proof Gasket and Ground Fault Monitor
5 Weather Proof Gasket and Cabinet Heater
6 Ground Fault Monitor and Cabinet Heater

Note: A Vari-Watt is supplied when the Customer Supplied Control Signal Control Option is selected.
NEMA Enclosure Descriptions

CONTROL
SYSTEMS
NEMA 3R - Enclosures are intended NEMA 7 - Enclosures capable of withstanding NEMA 12 - Enclosures are intended for indoor
for outdoor use primarily to provide the pressures resulting from an internal explo- use primarily to provide protection against
protection against falling rain, sleet and sion of specified gas, and contain such an dust, falling dirt, and dripping non-corrosive
external ice formation. explosion sufficiently that an explosive gas-air liquids. When ventilated a NEMA 12 enclosure
mixture existing in the atmosphere surround- rating is altered to Nema 1.
NEMA 4 - Enclosures are intended ing the enclosure will not be ignited. Enclosed
for indoor or outdoor use primarily to heat-generating devices will not cause external Note - These descriptions are not intended to
provide protection against windblown surfaces to reach temperatures capable of be complete representations of National Elec-
dust and rain, splashing water and igniting explosive gas-air mixtures in the sur- tric Manufacturers Assoc. (NEMA) standards
hose-directed water. rounding atmosphere. for enclosures.
H-113
Controls
4230 Series
SCR Control Panels
• SCR-Zero Crossover Control
• 100 to 1200 Amps
• Louvered, Fan Cooled

Enclosures
• Main Disconnect Switch with

Shunt Trip
• 208-600 Volt
Description
• Control Power Transformer
The 4230 Series of SCR Power Control Panels • Load Management Option: Distributes Firing
• 4232 NEMA 1 or NEMA 12 offers convenient, economical control of resis- of SCRs to Even Out the Demand. Great for
tive loads and capabilities beyond the smaller, Systems Using Generators.
• 2 Leg, 3 Phase more compact 4530 series. An additional
• MaxPac II DOT Fired SCR 46 Standard Options increase the application
• Z Purge Pressurization System for Class 1,
• Shorted SCR Detection Option Div. 2. Group C, D Environments
flexibility of the 4230 Series. These pre-engi-
• SCR/Load Fusing neered, pre-wired panels require only sensor, Common Features
load and power supply connections - and
• 4233 NEMA 1 or NEMA 12 totally eliminate the need to design your panel, • Ammeter and Voltmeter Combination
• 3 Leg, 3 Phase specify and purchase separate components, • Temperature Controller
• MaxPac III DOT Fired SCR and assemble them into a functioning power
control system. • Overtemperature Controller with manual reset
• Shorted SCR Detection Option
• SCR/Load Fusing • Ground Fault Monitor
SCR power control efficiently and accurately
proportions power to the resistive heating • Fused Control Power Transformer
• 4235/36 NEMA 4 or 4X load. Unlike traditional contactor control, • Manual Disconnect Switch
• 2 Leg, 3 Phase SCR’s deliver:
• Power “ON” Pilot Lamp
• Up to 6 Circuits • Reduced Power Cost
• Load Management Option • Automatic Shutdown Device for Overtem-
• Z Purge Option • Extended Heater Life perature Protection
• Less Maintenance • Remote Shutdown Interlock Terminals
• Improved Process Products • Enclosure Heater with Anti-Condensation
• Stable Process Temperature and Instrument Protection for Ambient
Temperatures as low as 0˚F
4232/4233 Features • Installation and Operation Manual
• Zero-crossover Distributed Fired SCR (DOT) Custom Panel Capability

with I2T fusing for SCR Protection
In addition to the pre-engineered and field-
• Fan Cooling proven standard control panels presented in
• Load Fusing for Up to 16 Circuits this catalog, Chromalox has over 60 years
of custom power control systems expertise.
• Shunt Trip Disconnect Working with world-scale engineering firms,
4235/4236 Features military shipboard systems and the most
demanding research institutes, Chromalox has
• NEMA 4 and 4X Enclosures for Hosedown encountered and conquered the challenges of
and Corrosive applications. (External even the most specialized requirements. This
Heatsinks Cool the SCRs) experience translates to efficient, economical
solutions for virtually any heating and power
• Up to 6 SCR Circuits
control application.
• Load Fusing Protects SCRs and Load
H-114
Controls
4232 Model
Panel Configuration
3-Phase, 2 Leg cUL and UL Listed Three Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installa-
tion, Step-down Transformer with Primary & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, NEMA 1 or
NEMA 12 rated Enclosure for Indoor Applications, Forced Air Cooling, Main Magnetic Disconnect Switch
with Shunt Trip Feature, Heat-Sink Overtemperature Lamp. Options Include: Process and Hi-Limit Con-
SCR Control Panels trollers, Ground Fault Monitor, Sub-Circuit Fusing for Heater Load, Shorted SCR Detection, Multimeter
(Amps & Volts) with Phase Selector Switch and Floor Stand Kit.
(cont’d.) Code Current @ 40oC
(104oF) Ambient SCR Component Enclosure Dim. (HxWxD)
02 100 Amp MXPCII-3-02-1-1-L0-F01-0 (60" x 36" x 12")
03 150 Amp MXPCII-3-04-1-1-L0-F01-0 (60" x 36" x 12")
06 200 Amp MXPCII-3-06-1-1-L0-F02-0 (60" x 36" x 12")
08 300 Amp MXPCII-3-08-1-1-L0-F03-0 (60" x 36" x 12")
10 400 Amp MXPCII-3-10-1-1-L0-F04-0 (72" x 36" x 12")
Ordering Information 12 550 Amp MXPCII-3-12-1-1-L0-F05-0 (72" x 36" x 12")
14 650 Amp MXPCII-3-14-1-1-L0-F06-0 (72" x 36" x 12")
Complete the Model Number using the Matrix 151 800 Amp (2) MXPCII-3-10-1-1-L0-F04-0 (72" x 72" x 12") Floor Mount
provided. 161 1000 Amp (2) MXPCII-3-12-1-1-L0-F05-0 (72" x 72" x 12") Floor Mount
171 1200 Amp (2) MXPCII-3-14-1-1-L0-F06-0 (72" x 72" x 12") Floor Mount
Note: Additional control panel options avail- Code Voltage
able. See pages H-143 to H-145. 1 208 VAC 4 415 VAC
2 240 VAC 5 480 VAC
3 380 VAC 6 575/600 VAC
0 None
1 4040-AR0000 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay
2 4040-ARA110 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay, Retransmit, RS485, Remote Setpoint
3 4080-C0ARA-04000 1/4 DIN Graphic Display, SSR, Relay, Retransmit, Ethernet
0 None
1 One 4050-1R000 1/4 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay
2 Two 4050-1R000 1/4 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay
3 Three 4050-1R000 1/4 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay
4 One 4050-1RA10 1/4 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485
5 Two 4050-1RA10 1/4 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485
6 Three 4050-1RA10 1/4 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485
Code Ground Fault Sensing/Interrupt & Shorted SCR Detection Option
0 None
2 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown, Illuminated Reset
Switch(code 02-14)*
3 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown, Illuminated Reset
Switch(code 15,16,17)
4 Ground Fault Monitor & Shorted SCR Detection(code 02-14)
5 Ground Fault Monitor & Shorted SCR Detection(code 15,16,17)
Code Options
0 None
Code Load Fusing Option2,3 (*) No. of Circuits
LAVERGNE, TN 37086
MODEL & STK. NO. 9000 None

9010(*) 8 Amps/ Circuit (10 Amp fuse)
VOLTS SERIAL

*Ground Fault detection requires grounded supply. 9040(*) 32 Amps/ Circuit (40 Amp fuse)
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Technical Notes: 9050(*) 40 Amps/ Circuit (50 Amp fuse)

1
Includes Chromalox Load Management Module 9060(*) 48 Amps/ Circuit (60 Amp fuse)
2
Load Fuse Current Rating Reflects 125% of Actual 9070(*) 56 Amps/ Circuit (70 Amp fuse)
Load Amps. 9080(*) 64 Amps/ Circuit (80 Amp fuse)
3
Panel Codes 15, 16, and 17 (Maximum Sixteen 9090(*) 72 Amps/ Circuit (90 Amp fuse)
Circuits of Load Fusing) 9100(*) 80 Amps/ Circuit (100 Amp fuse)
*Specify Number of Circuits (Maximum Eight 9125(*) 100 Amps/ Circuit (125 Amp fuse)
Circuits of Load Fusing). 9150(*) 120 Amps/ Circuit (150 Amp fuse)
*NEMA 12 available with additional venting measures. 9175(*) 140 Amps/ Circuit (175 Amp fuse)
Consult factory. 9200(*) 160 Amps/ Circuit (200 Amp fuse)
4232- 03 5 1 1 0 0 – 9025(5) Typical Model Number
H-115
Controls
4233
Model
4233 Three Phase, Three-Leg Zero Six SCR Fired SCR Power Control Panel
Panel Configuration: cUL and UL Listed Three Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory
3-Phase, 3 Leg
pre-wired for quick installation, Step-down Transformer with Primary & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt
Control Circuit, NEMA 1 or NEMA 12 rated Enclosure for Indoor Applications, Forced Air Cooling, Main
Magnetic Disconnect Switch with Shunt Trip Feature, Heat-Sink Overtemperature Lamp. Options Include:
Process and Hi-Limit Controllers, Ground Fault Monitor, Sub-Circuit Fusing for Heater Load, Shorted
SCR Control Panels SCR Detection, Multimeter (Amps & Volts) with Phase Selector Switch and Floor Stand Kit.
Code Current @ 40oC
(cont’d.) (104oF) Ambient SCR Component Enclosure Dim. (HxWxD)
02 100 Amp MXPCII-3-02-1-1-L0-F01-0 (60" x 36" x 12")
03 150 Amp MXPCII-3-04-1-1-L0-F01-0 (60" x 36" x 12")
06 200 Amp MXPCII-3-06-1-1-L0-F02-0 (60" x 36" x 12")
08 300 Amp MXPCII-3-08-1-1-L0-F03-0 (60" x 36" x 12")
10 400 Amp MXPCII-3-10-1-1-L0-F04-0 (72" x 36" x 12")
12 550 Amp MXPCII-3-12-1-1-L0-F05-0 (72" x 36" x 12")
14 650 Amp MXPCII-3-14-1-1-L0-F06-0 (72" x 36" x 12")
Ordering Information 161 1000 Amp (2) MXPCII-3-12-1-1-L0-F05-0 (72" x 72" x 12") Floor Mount
Complete the Model Number using the Matrix
Code Voltage
provided.
1 208 VAC 4 415 VAC
2 240 VAC 5 480 VAC
3 380 VAC 6 575/600 VAC
Note: Additional control panel options avail- Code Process Controller Options
able. See pages H-143 to H-145. 0 None
1 4040-AR0000 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay
2 4040-ARA110 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay, Retransmit, RS485, Remote Setpoint
3 4080-C0ARA-04000 1/4 DIN Graphic Display, SSR, Relay, Retransmit, Ethernet
0 None
Code Ground Fault Sensing/Interrupt & Shorted SCR Detection Option
0 None
2 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown, Illum. Reset Switch (Code 02-14)
3 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown, Illum. Reset Switch (Code 15, 16, 17)
4 Ground Fault Monitor & Shorted SCR Detection (Code 02-14)
5 Ground Fault Monitor & Shorted SCR Detection (Code 15, 16, 17)
Code Options
0 None
Code Load Fusing Option3,4 (*Number of Circuits)
9000 None
Technical Notes: 9025(*) 20 Amps/Circuit (25 Amp Fuse)
1
Includes Chromalox Load Management Module. 9030(*) 24 Amps/Circuit (30 Amp Fuse)
2
Panel Codes 15, 16 and 17 have Floor Stands 9040(*) 32 Amps/Circuit (40 Amp Fuse)
Standard. 9045(*) 36 Amps/Circuit (45 Amp Fuse)
Ventilated NEMA 12 Enclosure Derates Enclosure to 9060(*) 48 Amps/Circuit (60 Amp Fuse)
NEMA 1. 9070(*) 56 Amps/Circuit (70 Amp Fuse)
Louvres and Fans are available upon request to 9080(*) 64 Amps/Circuit (80 Amp Fuse)
maintain NEMA 12 rating. 9100(*) 80 Amps/Circuit (100 Amp Fuse)
Load Fuse Current Rating Reflects 125% of Actual 9110(*) 88 Amps/Circuit (110 Amp Fuse)
Load Amps. 9125(*) 100 Amps/Circuit (125 Amp Fuse)
*NEMA 12 available with additional venting measures. 9175(*) 140 Amps/Circuit (175 Amp Fuse)
Consult factory 9200(*) 160 Amps/Circuit (200 Amp Fuse)

4233- 03 5 1 1 0 0 – 9025(5) Typical Model Number
H-116
Controls
4235
Model
Panel Configuration
SCR Control Panels cUL and UL Listed Three Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installa-
tion, Step-down Transformer with Primary & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, NEMA 4 rated
Enclosure for Indoor/Outdoor Applications with External Heat Sinks, Main Magnetic Disconnect Switch
(cont’d.) with Shunt Trip Feature, and Sub-Circuit Fusing. Options Include: Process Controllers, Hi-Limit Controllers,
Load Management Module, Ground Fault Monitor, Multimeter (Amps & Volts) with Phase Selector Switch,
Enclosure Heater and Type "Z" Purge Pressurization System
Code Current @ 40oC (104oF) Ambient with no Solar Load
Circuits Max. Amps/Ckt Total Amps Fuse Amps/Ckt2 Enclosure Dimensions
Complete the Model Number using the Matrix
124 1 24 24 30 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
provided. 148 1 48 48 60 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
172 1 72 72 90 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
224 2 24 48 30 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
*Floor Mount 248 2 48 96 60 (36"H x 30"W x 10"D)
Technical Notes: 272 2 72 144 90 (36"H x 30"W x 10"D)
1
Code 0: Up to Two Circuits Maximum. 324 3 24 72 30 (36"H x 30"W x 10"D)
348 3 48 144 60 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
2
Load Fuse Current Rating Reflects 125% of Actual 372 3 72 216 90 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
Load Amps.
424 4 24 96 30 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
3
Ground Fault detection requires grounded supply. 448 4 48 192 60 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
472 4 72 288 90 (60"H x 36"W x 10"D)
524 5 24 120 30 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
548 5 48 240 60 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
572 5 72 360 90 (62"H x 60"W x 12"D)
624 6 24 144 30 (60"H x 36"W x 10"D)
648 6 48 288 60 (60"H x 36"W x 10"D)
672 6 72 432 90 (62"H x 60"W x 12"D)
Code Voltage
1 208 VAC
2 240 VAC
3 380 VAC
4 415 VAC
5 480 VAC
Note: Additional control panel options avail- 6 575/600 VAC
able. See pages H-143 to H-145. Code Process Controller Options
0 1
Customer supplied SSR drive signal (12-24 VDC @ 120 mA)
2 Customer supplied 4-20mA Input to Load Management Module
3 4040-SR0000 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay & Load Management Module
5 4040-SRA110 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay, Retransmit, RS485, Remote Setpoint & Load
Management Module
& Load Management Module
0 None
Code Ground Fault Sensing/Interrupt, Enclosure Heater
and “Z” Purge Pressurization Option
0 None
1 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown incl. Illum. Reset Switch3
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
2 Enclosure Heater
3 "Z" Purge Pressurization System
4 Ground Fault Monitor & Cabinet Heater
5 Ground Fault Monitor and "Z" Purge System
6 Ground Fault Monitor, Cabinet Heater and "Z" Purge System
7 Enclosure Heater and "Z" Purge System
Code Options
0 None

4235- 624 5 3 1 0 0 Typical Model Number
H-117
Controls
4236
Model
Panel Configuration
SCR Control Panels cUL and UL Listed Three Phase SCR Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installa-
tion, Step-down Transformer with Primary & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, NEMA 4X rated
Enclosure for Indoor/Outdoor Applications with External Heat Sinks, Main Magnetic Disconnect Switch
(cont’d.) with Shunt Trip Feature, and Sub-Circuit Fusing. Options Include: Process Controllers, Hi-Limit Controllers,
Load Management Module, Ground Fault Monitor, Multimeter (Amps & Volts) with Phase Selector Switch,
Enclosure Heater and Type "Z" Purge Pressurization System.
Current @ 35˚C (95˚F) Ambient with no Solar Load3
Ordering Information Code Circuits Max. Amps/Ckt Total Amps Fuse Amps/Ckt2 Enclosure Dimensions
Complete the Model Number using the Matrix 124 1 24 24 30 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
provided. 148 1 48 48 60 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
172 1 72 72 90 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
224 2 24 48 30 (24"H x 24"W x 12"D)
248 2 48 96 60 (36"H x 30"W x 12"D)
272 2 72 144 90 (36"H x 30"W x 12"D)
Note: Additional control panel options avail- 324 3 24 72 30 (36"H x 30"W x 12"D)
348 3 48 144 60 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
able. See pages H-143 to H-145. 372 3 72 216 90 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
424 4 24 96 30 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
448 4 48 192 60 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
472 4 72 288 90 (60"H x 36"W x 12"D)
*Floor Mount
524 5 24 120 30 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
Technical Notes: 548 5 48 240 60 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
1
Code 0: Up to Two Circuits Maximum. 572 5 72 360 90 (62"H x 60"W x 12"D)
2
Load Fuse Current Rating Reflects 125% of 624 6 24 144 30 (60"H x 36"W x 12"D)
Actual Load Amps. 648 6 48 288 60 (60"H x 36"W x 12"D)
3
Ambient rating based on all sides of enclosure 672 6 72 432 90 (62"H x 60"W x 12"D)
dissipating heat
Code Voltage
4
Ground Fault detection requires grounded supply.
Control Panel UL and cUL rated for NEMA 4. 1 208 VAC
2 240 VAC
3 380 VAC
4 415 VAC
5 480 VAC
6 575/600 VAC
0 1
Customer supplied SSR drive signal (12-24VDC @ 120 mA)
2 Customer supplied 4-20mA Input to Load Management Module
3 4040-SR0000 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay & Load Management Module
5 4040-SRA110 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay, Retransmit, RS485, Remote Setpoint &
Load Management Module
& Load Management Module
O None
Code Ground Fault Sensing/Interrupt, Enclosure Heater
and “Z” Purge Pressurization Option
0 None
1 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown incl. Illum. Reset Switch4
2 Cabinet Heater
7 Cabinet Heater and "Z" Purge System
Code Options
0 None
H-118
Controls
3-Phase SCR Power

Control Panel
• Color Touchscreen Operator
Panel
• 8 Points of Temperature
Monitoring
• Temperature & Alarm Display for
all 8 Temperature Sensor Inputs
• 4 Control Modes: Single Loop,
Temperature Differential, and 2
Cascade Modes
Description Additional Features
• Temperature Range Selection of
0-250˚F, 0-500˚F, 0-1000˚F, While basic low cost temperature controllers • 4 User-Definable Discrete Interlocks
0-1500˚F, 0-2000˚F may be appropriate for some process heat including 1 with Time-Adjustable Delay
applications, most require more sophisticated
• Programmable Setpoint control systems. With the Chromalox Intel- • 20 Character Text Entry Identification for all
Ramping liPANEL™ you’ll have the benefit of advanced Temperature Inputs and 16 Character Text
diagnostics, trending, and monitoring right Entry Identification for all Interlocks
• Adjustable Deadband and at your fingertips. This revolutionary new
HI-HI, HI, LO, & LO-LO Setpoints • 4 Levels of Security with User-Defined
concept in process/power control utilizes Numeric Passwords
for each point touch-screen programming technology.
• Programmable Setpoint Entry Range
• Input Sensor Type, Engineering With simplified configuration settings and lo- Limits
Unit, & Open Sensor-Selection cal monitoring, set-up time is greatly reduced.
(in groups of 4) Users have quick access to measurement • Programmable Open Sensor Protection
instruments, alarm configurations, control
• Ground Fault Alarm / Trip, algorithms, start-up, and trouble-shooting.
• Virtual Six-Pen Trending Chart
adjustable from 30 - 300mA with IntelliPANEL comes loaded with standard • Alarm History Logging
Graphical Trending features. It brings the power of several
instruments to your application: voltmeters, • Time and Date Stamp on Alarms
• 4 Alarm Outputs, Programmable
ammeters, wattmeter, watt/hr meter, ground
as Normally Open or Normally fault monitoring and trending,
• RS-485 / 422 Configurable Network Com-
Closed munications with option for MODBUS,
man-machine interface, six-pen chart trend- Device Net, Profibus, and Ethernet
• Temperature and Discrete Alarm ing, communications, resistance monitoring,
temperature alarms, SCR Power Control, and • Languages - Multiple Language Options
Mapping to any of the 4 Alarm
four selectable process algorithms, including
Outputs • NEMA 1 or 12 Enclosure Construction
a remote 4-20 mA input for customer supplied
command signals. • Operating Environment 32 - 104˚F
The advanced IntelliPANEL design provides
standard panel ratings from 100-1200 amps
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
with voltage ratings of 208, 240, 380, 400, and

480 VAC three-phase power. In addition to the
IntelliPANEL Central Control Unit, Chromalox’
patented MaxPac SCR power controllers
feature built-in power distribution, selectable
single/three-cycle resolution and an electronic
heat sink temperature monitoring and warning
system. Chromalox DOT variable time-base
firing provides uniform heating which ensures
increased heater life by reducing thermal
shock.
H-119
Controls
Conversion Time .............. 270ms per channel On Delay .....................................5, 10, 20 ms.
Address.................................................1 – 128
Warm-Up Time ........30 minutes typically ± 1˚C
Max. network distance ......................4000 feet
repeatability
Max. number of devices ...........32 per network
3-Phase SCR Power Linearity Error
(End to End) ..... ±1˚C maximum, ±0.5˚C typical
Max. baud rate ...............................38.4 Kbaud
Max. driver load..................................62 ohms
Control Panel (cont’d.) Maximum Inaccuracy .............±3˚C (excluding Driver voltage.......................... ±1.5V minimum
thermocouple error) No load current ...................................... 80mA
Max. current.........................100mA (62 ohms)
Specifications Linearity Error Isolation resistance ...............>1014 ohms/7pF
(All Input Ranges) ............... 0.05% @ 0-60˚C; Voltage withstand ...................... 1.2KVrms/1s,
INPUTS: Typical: ..................................0.03% @ 25˚C
4-channel RTD input module 1.0KVrms/1 minute
Input Ranges Notes: Termination ..................... Dipswitch selectable
Type Pt100 ..........-200.0/850.0˚C, -328/1562˚F 1. Shields should be grounded at the power Bias resistors .................. Dipswitch selectable
Type Pt1000 ........-200.0/595.0˚C, -328/1103˚F source only. RS485/RS422 Operation .................. Dipswitch
Type jPt100 ...............-38.0/450.0˚C, -36/842˚F selectable
2. All CH- terminals must be connected Connections ........ Plug in removable terminals
RTD Excitation Current ........................ 200 µA together. for field termination
Notch Filter .......... >50 db notches at 50/60 Hz
3. Unused channels should have a shorting
Maximum Setting Time ....................... 100 ms
wire (jumper) installed from CH+ to CH-.
(full-scale step input) CONTROL AND ALARM
Common Mode Range ...................... 0-5 VDC Control Modes: ...................... Single Loop PID
Absolute Maximum Differential PID
Permissive Digital Inputs:
Ratings ...... Fault protected inputs to ±50 VDC Cascade PID/PID
All.............................. Dry contact or triac rated
Sampling Rate ................ 140 ms per channel
for 120 VAC at 20 mA
Notes: PID Parameters:
1. The three wires connecting the RTD to the Relay Output Specifications Proportional Band............ 20 to 2000 degrees
module must be the same type and length. Output Voltage Reset................0.61 to 60 repeats per minute
Do not use the shield or drain wire for the Range ............ 6-240 VAC, 47-63Hz, 6-27 VDC Rate................................. 0 to 99.99 seconds
third connection. Reset Windup Limit......................100% fixed
Maximum Voltage ............... 264 VAC, 30 VDC Rate Limit........................................X10 fixed
2. Unused channels require shorting wires Manual Output................ 0 to 100%, 1% steps
(jumpers) installed from terminals CH+ to Maximum Current ............................ 2 A/point Control Setpoint...... full range, 0.1 deg. setting
CH– to COM to prevent possible noise from Setpoint Limits............................. high and low
influencing active channels. Maximum Leakage
Current ............................... 0.1mA @ 246 VAC full range, 0.1˚ setting
3. If a RTD sensor has four wires, the plus Alarm Setpoint..................full range, 1˚ Setting
sensor wire should be left unconnected. Smallest Recommended Load ... 5mA @ 5 VDC Alarm Deadband........... 0 to 50.0, 0.1˚. Setting
Ramp to Setpoint.......... 0 to 2000˚ per minute,
1˚. setting
Relay Operating Cycles:
4-Channel Thermocouple Input Module Time delay on interlock...... 0 to 9999 seconds,
Input Ranges Voltage and Type Load Current 1 second settable
Type J ............. -190 to 760˚C (-310 to 1400˚F) of Load 1A 2A
Type E............ -210 to 1000˚C (-346 to 1832˚F) 24 VDC Resistive 600K 270K Ground Fault Monitor
Type K............ -150 to 1372˚C (-238 to 2502˚F) 24 VDC Solenoid 150K 60K Trip setting range.......................... 6 to 600 mA
110 VAC Resistive 900K 350K Current indication......0- 100% of trip set point
110 VAC Solenoid 350K 150K
General Specifications 220 VAC Resistive 600K 250K Password: .............................. 4 levels settable
Number of Channels ..................4, differential 220 VAC Solenoid 200K 100K Time: ................... 24 Hr. clock hrs/min format
Common Mode Range ....-1.3 VDC to +3.8 VDC Date: .................................. mon/day/yr format
Touch Screen Display:
Common Mode Screen Size ..................................... 5.7 in. dia.
Rejection ........... 100dB min. @ VDC 50/60Hz. Resolution ........................................320 x 240 Power Train Components
Input Impedance ....................................... 5M Touch Grid ...............................................8 x 6 Main Disconnect
Switch .............................. load rated shunt trip
Absolute Maximum I2T Fusing ..............> 125% load with 100 kaic
Ratings ...... Fault-protected inputs to ±50 VDC Communications: Load Circuit Breakers .........>125% load rated
Protocol .................................... ModBus Slave with 25 kaic
Update Rate .................... 4 channels per scan
Physical ....................................RS-422 4 wire Contactors (if supplied) ..................load rated
Open Circuit Protection ..... Upscale or Downscale RS-485 2 wire
Display Resolution ................ ±0.1˚C or ±0.1˚F Baud Rate ........2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 Kbaud
Stop Bits ................................................ 1 or 2
Cold Junction Compensation ..........Automatic Parity ..................................... odd, even, none
H-120
Controls
Note: Additional control panel options available. See pages H-143 to H-145.
Technical Notes:
1
Enclosure for codes 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17 are Floor-Mount Designs
3-Phase SCR Power Consult Factory for 575/600 VAC Applications and Pricing
2
3
NEMA 12 available with additional venting measures. Consult factory.
*Specify Quantity of Circuits
Control Panel (cont’d.)

Model IntelliPANEL Series 1
IPZ2 Three Phase Two-Leg Zero-Fired SCR Power Control Panel
Panel Configuration
Real Time Process Indicators: Operational Features Selectable Control Setups:
Heater Current Global Alarm Display, Alarm Setup, Mapping & Configuration Single Loop
Line Voltage Interlock Status Display, Interlock Setup & Configuration Differential
Load Power Measurement (Kw/Kw/Hr) Real Time Trending (Six Pens), Heater Graphics
Duty Cycle (0 - 100%) RS-485 MODBUSTM Communications Cascade:
Ground Fault Leakage Trending Eight Sensor Inputs Selectable in Groups of Four J, K, E Thermocouples Outlet and Sheath
Life Factor Measurement or RTD’s, Loop ID / Tagging, Hand / Off / Auto Selection, Process and Sheath
Resistance Monitoring Language Selection Option (contact factory),
Inlet / Outlet / Shell Temperatures Security Code Protection, Built-In Help and Remote 4-20mA Command
Historical Hi / Low Temperature Troubleshooting Pages Signal
Indication & Record
SCR Component Max. # Circuits Type 12 Enclosure Dimensions3
02 100 Amp MXPCII-4-02-1-1-L0-F01-0 4 72”H x 36”W x 12”D
151 800 Amp (2) MXPCII-4-10-1-1-L0-F04-0 12 72”H x 72”W x 12”D
Code Voltage2
1 208 VAC
2 240 VAC
3 380 VAC
4 400 VAC
5 415 VAC
6 480 VAC
Code Sensor Options
J (8) J Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-8)
K (8) K Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-8)
JK (4) J Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) K Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (5-8)
KJ (4) K Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) J Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (5-8)
R (8) RTD Sensor Inputs (1-8)
RJ (4) RTD Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) J Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (5-8)
RK (4) RTD Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) K Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (5-8)
JR (4) J Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) RTD Sensor Inputs (5-8)
KR (4) K Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) RTD Sensor Inputs (5-8)
0 None
1 One 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 (Sheath)
2 Two 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 (One Sheath, One Shell)
3 Two 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 (Two Sheath)
4 Three 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 (Two Sheath, One Shell)
5 Three 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 (Three Sheath)
Code Communications Option
0 None
1 RS485 / 422 MODBUSTM
Code Remote On / Off Shutdown Contactor Option (Per Sub-Circuit)
0 None
1(*) Industrial Three-Pole Contactor 25 Amp Rating 5(*) Industrial Three-Pole Contactor 60 Amp Rating
CONTROL
SYSTEMS


Code
Load Fusing Option (Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers)3
9000 None
9025(*) 20 Amps/Ckt (25 Amp Circuit Breaker) 9060(*) 48 Amps/Ckt (60 Amp Circuit Breaker)
IPZ2 03 5 J 2 1 4(3) -9070(3) Typical Model Number
H-121
Controls
Note: Additional control panel options available. See pages H-143 to H-145.
Technical Notes:
1
Enclosure for codes 12, 14, 15, 16, and 17 are Floor-Mount Designs
2
Consult Factory for 575/600 VAC Applications and Pricing
3-Phase SCR Power Ventilated NEMA 12 Enclosure Derates Enclosure to NEMA 1.

3
* Specify Quantity of Circuits
Control Panel (cont’d.)

Model IntelliPANEL Series 1
IPZ3 Three Phase Three-Leg Zero-Fired SCR Power Control Panel
Panel Configuration
Real Time Process Indicators: Operational Features Selectable Control Setups:
Heater Current Global Alarm Display, Alarm Setup, Mapping & Configuration Single Loop
Line Voltage Interlock Status Display, Interlock Setup & Configuration Differential
Load Power Measurement (Kw/Kw/Hr) Real Time Trending (Six Pens), Heater Graphics
Duty Cycle (0 - 100%) RS-485 MODBUSTM Communications Cascade:
Ground Fault Leakage Trending Eight Sensor Inputs Selectable in Groups of Four J, K, E Thermocouples Outlet and Sheath
Life Factor Measurement or RTD’s, Loop ID / Tagging, Hand / Off / Auto Selection, Process and Sheath
Resistance Monitoring Language Selection Option (contact factory),
Inlet / Outlet / Shell Temperatures Security Code Protection, Ramp-to-Setpoint Remote 4-20mA Command
Historical Hi / Low Temperature Built-In Help and Troubleshooting Pages Signal
Indication & Record
SCR Component Max. # Circuits Type 12 Enclosure Dimensions3
Code Voltage2
1 208 VAC
2 240 VAC
3 380 VAC
4 400 VAC
5 415 VAC
6 480 VAC
Code Sensor Options

J (8) J Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-8)
K (8) K Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-8)
JK (4) J Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) K Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (5-8)
KJ (4) K Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) J Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (5-8)
R (8) RTD Sensor Inputs (1-8)
RJ (4) RTD Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) J Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (5-8)
RK (4) RTD Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) K Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (5-8)
JR (4) J Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) RTD Sensor Inputs (5-8)
KR (4) K Thermocouple Sensor Inputs (1-4) and (4) RTD Sensor Inputs (5-8)
0 None
1 One 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 (Sheath)
2 Two 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 (One Sheath, One Shell)
3 Two 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 (Two Sheath)
4 Three 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 (Two Sheath, One Shell)
5 Three 6050-1RA10 1/16 DIN Fixed 5A Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 (Three Sheath)

Code Communications Option
0 None
1 RS485 / 422 MODBUSTM
Code Remote On / Off Shutdown Contactor Option (Per Sub-Circuit)

0 None

Code Load Fusing Option (Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers)3
9000 None
IPZ3- 03 6 J 2 1 4(3) 9070(3) Typical Model Number

H-122
Controls
HCP
ENCLOSURE
NEMA 12
14.00
Percentage Timing
12.00 6.00
Input Controllers
• Motor Driven Cycling Device,
115 & 230 VAC
• 50/60 Hz, 20 & 25 Amp 16.75 16.00
Capacity
• 50/60 Hz, 60 Amp Capacity

(HCP only)
• 15 & 30 Second Cycles
ø0.31
All Dimensions in Inches (mm )
Completely wired mechanical control package Percentage timing can be set to energize a
for infinitely varying radiant heater output. The heater for a chosen percentage (4-100%) of
heavy gauge metal enclosure includes a door- a preset 15 or 30 second cycle, thus derating
mounted input controller, indicator lights and heat output to match varying work sizes, loads
ON/OFF switch for the control circuit. Panel or conveyor speeds.
mounted inside is a 3-pole magnetic contactor
for power interruption, a voltage step-down Settings are repeatable between instruments
transformer to provide 120 VAC to the control and provide constant percentage of heat
circuit from a 240 or 480 VAC power supply, output.
and a 2-pole fuse block to protect the trans-
former. The HCP can be used to control either
single or 3-phase loads. PCN 309905
Applications
• Processes requiring exact replication of heat
pulses.
• Varying work loads
• Conveyors
• Radiant heat control

CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Time1 Volts Capacity Type Wt.

Cycle Sec. Mtr. Amps of Mtg. Model Stock PCN (Lbs.)
WARNING: Hazard of Fire. These devices 15/30 120 603 Surface/Wall 4439-23006 S 309905 30
function as energy controls only. Because they Stock Status: S = stock
do not fail-safe, an approved temperature and/ Notes —
or pressure safety control must be used for 1. When used on 50 Hz, standard units will provide 36 second cycle instead of
30, or 18 second cycle instead of 15.
safe operation. 2. 25 Amps permissible on 230V but not UL.
3. Contactor capacity.
H-123
CONTROLS
4464/4466/4468
Contactor Panels
• Fully NEMA 4X Fiberglas® or
304SS Enclosure for Corrosive
Environments
• NEMA 4 Steel Enclosure

for Indoor Environments
• Single or Three Phase
• 120 to 600 VAC
• 40, 75 or 100 Amp Resistive

Loads
• 120/240/480 VAC Fused Control

Power Transformer
The 4464/4466/4468 Contactor Temperature • 1/16 or 1/4 DIN Process Controllers

Control panel combines basic to sophisticated • 1/16 or 1/4 DIN Hi-Limit Controllers
temperature and overtemperature controllers
• Pilot Light or Controller Indication of Power
in either NEMA 4 Steel, NEMA 4X Fiberglas® or
"ON"
NEMA 4X 304SS enclosure with a hinged screw
cover. The panel is completely assembled, pre- • Remote Shutdown Interlock Terminals (Flow,
wired, tested and ready for installation. Level and Thermal Fuse)
The simplified to well-featured control options • Optional Disconnect Switch

combined with the optional design features • Optional Enclosure Heater
provide the user with countless solutions for
• Wall Mount Enclosures
their varying contactor control panel application
needs. • Optional Load Fusing
The process and Hi-Limit controllers are avail-
able in 1/16 or 1/4 DIN sizes and offer two relay
outputs. Optional control features include analog
out retransmit, remote setpoint control and
Modbus RTU/RS485 communications. Design
feature options include main disconnect switch
and enclosure heater.
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
H-149
CONTROLS
4464/4466/4468
In Stock:
Model PCN
Contactor Panels (cont’d.) 4468-30100

4468-30101
360022
314798
4468-30110 314800
4468-30111 314819
4468-60100 360073
4468-60101 314827
4468-60110 314835
Complete the Model Number using the 4468-60111 314843
Matrix provided.
NEMA Enclosure Enclosure Size Enclosure Size with

Model Rating Material No Fusing Option Fusing Option
4464 3 Phase Contactor Power Control Panel 4X 304 Stainless 20"H x 16"W x 10"D 20"H x 16"W x 10"D
4466 3 Phase Contactor Power Control Panel 4 Painted Carbon Steel 20"H x 16"W x 8"D 20"H x 16"W x 8"D
4468 3 Phase Contactor Power Control Panel 4X Fiberglas® 16"H x 14"W x 8"D 18"H x 16"W x 10"D
Panel Configuration
cUL and UL Listed Three Phase Contactor Power Control Panel with three enclosure options for Indoor or Outdoor applications. Features: Factory pre-wired for
quick installation, Step-down Transformer & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, Three-Pole Control Contactor Options Include: Cabinet Heater, Main
Disconnect Switch, both 1/4 DIN & 1/16 DIN Process and Hi-Limit Controllers
3 40 Amp
6 75 Amp
9 100 Amp
Code Line Voltage
0 120/208/240/480 VAC
1 575/600 VAC
2 208 VAC
9 Special
0 Terminal Block for Customer Supplied Control Signal (Dry Contact or Soldis State Relay, 120 VAC)
1 6040-RR0000 1/16 DIN Relay, Relay
2 6040-RRA100 1/16 DIN Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485
4 4040-RRA110 1/4 DIN Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485, Remote Setpoint
Code Options
0 None
1 Main Disconnect Switch
2 Enclosure Heater
0 None
Code Load Fusing Option (See Note)
Blank None
4468- 3 0 1 1 1 9025(3) Typical Model Number

H-150
Controls
4463
Multi-zone Control/
Contactor Panel
• Up to 4 Control Zones in a Single

Enclosure
• 1/16 DIN Controller and 40 Amp

Contractor Per Zone
• NEMA 4X Enclosure Allows

for Hose Down to Corrosive
Environments
• 240 VAC or 480 VAC Loads

Description
The Chromalox model 4463 Panels provide
up to four temperature zones of control in
Ordering Information a single NEMA 4X fiberglass enclosure. The
4463 is excellent for multiple zone ovens or
Complete the Model Number using the any application where multiple heaters are
Matrix provided. utilized in a process. The multi-zone panel is
only16”H x 14”W x 8”D, which is important
for applications where space is at a premium.
Model
4463 Multi-Zone Contactor Power Control Panel NEMA 4X Rated
Panel Configuration
cUL and UL Listed Three Phase or Single Phase Contactor Power Control Panel. Fea-
tures: Factory pre-wired for quick installation, NEMA 4X rated Enclosure (16"H x 14"W
x 8"D), Terminal Blocks for Customer supplied 120 VAC Control Power and up to Four
Independent Zones of Control.
Code Control Zones
10 One 6040-RR0000 1/16 DIN Relay, Relay with One Three-Pole 40 Amp rated
Industrial Contactor
20 Two 6040-RR0000 1/16 DIN Relay, Relay with Two Three-Pole 40 Amp rated
Industrial Contactors
30 Three 6040-RR0000 1/16 DIN Relay, Relay with Three Three-Pole 40 Amp
rated Industrial Contactors
40 Four 6040-RR0000 1/16 DIN Relay, Relay with Four Three-Pole 40 Amp rated
Industrial Contactors
Code
000 Add to Complete Model Number
4463- 30 000 Typical Model Number

H-126
Controls
4430 Series
Contactor Panels
• NEMA 4 or 4X Enclosure
• 208-600 Volt, with Control Power

Transformer
• Up to 6 Individually Fused
Circuits of Contactors, 40-96
Amps
• Up to 6 Circuits of Branch
Circuit Fusing, each 30-120
Amps
• Optional Digital Indicating
Microprocessor-Based Chromalox 4430 Series Contactor Panels are • NEMA 4 or 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure
Temperature and designed and engineered to meet virtually
• Manual Disconnect Switch
Overtemperature Controllers every heating application. Ranging in size
from 24.9KW to 448.9KW, the 4430 Series • Magnetic Contactors
• Options: handles resistive heating applications exceed-
• Stepper ing the capabilities of thermostats and manual • Load Fusing
• High Limit switches.
• Control Power Transformer
• SCR Trim Load
Options
• Ground Fault Monitor • Temperature Controller (indicating)
• Cabinet Heater • Ground Fault Monitor for Equipment • Overtemperature Controller(s) with Manual
• "Z" Purge System Protection Reset
• Volt and Amp Meters
• Floor Stand Kit • Enclosure heater – Anti-Condensation for • Automatic Shutdown Device for
Instrument Protection for Ambient Tempera- Overtemperature Protection
tures as low as 0˚F
• Z Purge Pressurization System for Class I,
Div. 2, Groups C, D environments • Complete Installation and Operation Manuals
• Combination Voltmeter and Ampmeter with • Power “ON” Pilot Lamp

Phase Selector Switch
• Floor Stand Kit
See end of this section for an additional list of
Special Panel Options and NEMA Descriptions.
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
H-127
Controls
4430 Series Contactor Panels (cont’d.)

Technical Notes: Load Fuse Current Rating Reflects
125% of Actual Load Amps.
*External cooling required.
Ordering Information - Complete the Model Number using the Matrix provided. **Ground Fault detection requires grounded supply.
Model
4432 Three Phase Contactor Power Control Panel NEMA 4/12
Panel Configuration
cUL and UL Listed Three Phase Contactor Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installation, Step-down Transformer with Primary & Secondary
Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, NEMA 4 rated Enclosure for Indoor/Outdoor Applications, Main Magnetic Disconnect Switch with Shunt Trip Feature, Three-Pole
Contactors, and Sub-Circuit Fusing. Options Include: Process Controller, Hi-Limit Controllers, Stepper, SCR Trim Load, Ground Fault Monitor, Ammeter with Phase
Selector Switch, Voltmeter with Phase Selector Switch, Floor Stand Kit, Enclosure Heater, and Type "Z" Purge Pressurization System.
Code Current @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient with NO SOLAR LOAD
Circuits Max. Amps/Ckt Total Amps Fuse Amps/Ckt Enclosure Dimensions
124 1 24 24 30 (24"H x 24"W x 12"D)
148 1 48 48 60 (24"H x 24"W x 12"D)
180 1 80 80 100 (24"H x 24"W x 12"D)
196 1 96 96 120 (24"H x 24"W x 12"D)
224 2 24 48 30 (36"H x 30"W x 12"D)
248 2 48 96 60 (36"H x 30"W x 12"D)
280 2 80 160 100 (36"H x 30"W x 12"D)
296 2 96 192 120 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
324 3 24 72 30 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
348 3 48 144 60 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
380 3 80 240 100 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
396 3 96 288 120 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
424 4 24 96 30 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
448 4 48 192 60 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
480 4 80 320 100 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
496 4 96 384 120 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
524 5 24 120 30 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
548 5 48 240 60 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
580 5 80 400 100 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
596 5 96 480 120 (60"H x 36"W x 12"D)
624 6 24 144 30 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
648 6 48 288 60 (48"H x 36"W x 12"D)
680 6 80 480 100 (60"H x 36"W x 12"D)
696 6 96 576 120 (60"H x 36"W x 12"D)
Code Voltage
1 208 VAC
2 240 VAC
3 380 VAC
4 415 VAC
5 480 VAC
0 Customer Supplied Signal (Dry Contact or Solid State Switch, 120 VAC)
1 4040-TRA100 1/4 DIN TRIAC, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 Controller
2 Customer Supplied Signal to Stepper (4 - 20 mA).
3 4040-SRA100 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 Controller & Stepper
4 Customer Supplied Digital Signal for Stepper and One 24 or 48 Amp SCR Trim Load
5 4040-SRA100 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 & Stepper & One 24 or 48 Amp SCR Trim Load
0 None
Code Ground Fault Sensing/Interrupt, Enclosure Heater, and “Z” Purge Pressurization Option
0 None
1 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown includes Illuminated Reset Switch**
2 Cabinet Heater
7 Enclosure Heater and "Z" Purge System
Code Options
0 None
H-128
Controls
4430 Series Contactor Panels (cont’d.) Technical Notes: Load Fuse Current Rating Reflects
125% of Actual Load Amps.
Ordering Information - Complete the Model Number using the Matrix provided.
Model
4436 Three Phase Contactor Power Control Panel with Optional SCR Trim Load Control
Panel Configuration
cUL and UL Listed Three Phase Contactor Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installation, Step-down Transformer with Primary & Second-
ary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit, NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel rated Enclosure for Indoor/Outdoor Applications, Main Magnetic Disconnect Switch with
Shunt Trip Feature, Three-Pole Contactors, and Sub-Circuit Fusing. Options Include: Process Controller, Hi-Limit Controllers, Stepper, SCR Trim Load, Ground Fault
Monitor, Ammeter with Phase Selector Switch, Voltmeter with Phase Selector Switch, Floor Stand Kit, Enclosure Heater, and Type "Z" Purge Pressurization System.
Code Current @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient with NO SOLAR LOAD
Circuits Max. Amps/Ckt Total Amps Fuse Amps Enclosure Dimensions
124 1 24 24 30 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
148 1 48 48 60 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
180 1 80 80 100 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
196 1 96 96 120 (24"H x 24"W x 10"D)
224 2 24 48 30 (36"H x 30"W x 10"D)
248 2 48 96 60 (36"H x 30"W x 10"D)
280 2 80 160 100 (36"H x 30"W x 10"D)
296 2 96 192 120 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
324 3 24 72 30 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
348 3 48 144 60 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
380 3 80 240 100 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
396 3 96 288 120 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
424 4 24 96 30 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
448 4 48 192 60 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
480 4 80 320 100 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
496 4 96 384 120 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
524 5 24 120 30 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
548 5 48 240 60 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
580 5 80 400 100 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
596 5 96 480 120 (60"H x 36"W x 10"D)
624 6 24 144 30 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
648 6 48 288 60 (48"H x 36"W x 10"D)
680 6 80 480 100 (60"H x 36"W x 10"D)
696 6 96 576 120 (60"H x 36"W x 10"D)
Code Voltage
1 208 VAC
2 240 VAC
3 380 VAC
4 415 VAC
5 480 VAC
0 Customer Supplied Signal (Dry Contact or Soldid State Relay, 120 VAC)
1 4040-TRA100 1/4 DIN TRIAC, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 Controller
2 Customer Supplied Signal to Stepper (4 - 20 mA).
3 4040-SRA100 1/4 DIN SSR, Relay, Retransmit, RS485 Controller & Stepper
0 None
Code Ground Fault Sensing/Interrupt, Enclosure Heater, and “Z” Purge Pressurization Option
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
0 None
2 Enclosure Heater
3 “Z” Purge Pressurization System
5 Ground Fault Monitor and “Z” Purge System
6 Ground Fault Monitor, Enclosure Heater and “Z” Purge System
7 Enclosure Heater and “Z” Purge System
Code Options
0 None
H-129
Controls
4477
Explosion Proof Mini
Contactor Control Panel Description
The Chromalox model 4477 Panel is excellent
• NEMA 7 Enclosure for power control in a hazardous environment.
The enclosure contains a single 45 or 75 amp
3 pole contactor, a separate thermal magnetic
• Suitable for Class I, Div. 1 & 2
circuit breaker, optional temperature and
Groups B, C & D Locations overtemperature control, an optional window
for viewing the controller, and a door mounted,
• Suitable for Class II, Div. 1 & 2, illuminated reset pushbutton for the overtemp
Groups E, F & G circuit. NEMA 7/4 rating of the enclosure is
suitable for Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Group B, C & D.
• Suitable for Hose Down
Conditions
• 45 or 75 Amp Contactor for Model

Resistive Loads 4477 Three Phase MINI Explosion-Proof Contactor Power Control Panel - Class I, Division II
Panel Configuration
• Temperature Controller Optional Three Phase Contactor Power Control Panel. Features: Factory pre-wired for quick installa-
tion, Step-down Transformer with Primary & Secondary Fusing for 120 volt Control Circuit,
• Overtemperature Control with NEMA 7 rated Explosion-Proof Enclosure for Indoor/Outdoor Hazardous Areas, Main Thermal
Door Mounted Illuminated Reset Magnetic Disconnect Switch, Three-Pole Contactor for Power Switching. Options Include:
Pushbutton Option Process and Hi-Limit Controllers, Panel Door Veiwing Window, Enclosure Heater, and Ground
Fault Monitor.
• Circuit Breaker Provides Fault Code Current @ 40˚C (104˚F) Ambient Enclosure Dimensions
and Circuit Protection 40 45 Amp (29"H x 21"W x 9"D)
75 75 Amp (29"H x 21"W x 9"D)
0 Terminal Block for Customer Supplied Control
(Dry Contact or Solid State Switch, 120 VAC)
Ordering Information 1 6040-RR0000 1/16 DIN Relay, Relay
2 6040-RRA100 1/16 DIN Relay, Relay, Retransmit , RS485
Matrix provided. 4 4040-RRA110 1/4 DIN Relay, Relay, Retransmit, RS485, Remote Setpoint
0 None
Code Options
0 None
1 Ground Fault Monitor & Shutdown includes Illuminated
Reset Switch
2 Enclosure Heater
3 Enclosure Door Viewing Window
5 Ground Fault Monitor & Enclosure Viewing Window
6 Ground Fault Monitor, Enclosure Heater, and Enclosure
Viewing Window
7 Enclosure Heater and Enclosure Viewing Window
H-130
Controls


Mounting Pipe or Wall Wall Wall or Floor Wall or Floor Wall & Floor
Voltage 100-277 100-277 120-600 120-600 120-600
Circuits 1 1 or 2 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36
Large TFT Display
Heater
Agency Approvals UL, cUL, CE, IECEx/ATEX UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL (CE Optional) UL, cUL (CE Optional) UL, cUL (CE Optional)
Page H- 133 H-135 H-138 H-138 H-138

Voltage 120-600 120-600 120-600 120-600 120-600
Temp Control IntelliTRACE® Controller IntelliTRACE® Controller
Circuits 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36 6,12,18,24,30,36
Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP & Temperature, GFEP &
Standard Features Current Monitoring & Current Monitoring & Current Monitoring & Current Monitoring & Current Monitoring &
Alarms, Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start Alarms, Soft Start
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Customizable I/O Customizable I/O

Mapping, Multiple Customizable I/O Mapping, Mapping, Multiple
Sensor Inputs Main Disconnect, Main Disconnect, Multiple Sensor Inputs per Sensor Inputs
Options
per Circuit, Main Enclosure Heater Enclosure Heater Circuit, Main Disconnect, per Circuit, Main
Disconnect, Enclosure Enclosure Heater Disconnect, Enclosure
Heater Heater
Page H-138 H-147 H-147 H-147 H-147
H-131
Controls


Voltage 120, 208, 240, 277 120, 208, 240, 277 120, 208, 240, 277 120, 208, 240, 277
Max Current (1) 100/225 100/225 100/225 100/225

120, 208, 240 VAC Load Voltage Systems: 120, 208, 240 VAC Load Voltage Systems:
277 VAC Load Voltage Systems: 18, 30 or 42 Circuits 277 VAC Load Voltage Systems: 18, 30 or 42 Circuits
Page H-161 H-161 H-161 H-161
H-132
Controls
DTS Series
Heat Trace
Digital Thermostat
Output
• C1D2 Hazardous Area Approval
• ATEX / IECEx Zone II
• On/Off Control With 100 Degree

Deadband Programmable In One 4.75”
Degree Increments 6.30” (121mm)
(160mm)
• Selectable Soft-Start Feature –
Eliminates SR Cable In-Rush
6.30”
(160mm)
• LED Indication for Power, Alarm
and Load 11.38”
(289mm)
• Large LED Display of Process
Variables Ø1.12” (28mm)
1.13” (29mm)
• Programmable High & Low
Temperature Alarms
• Solid State Alarm for Remote Description

- AC Alarm: DTS-HAZ The DTS-HAZ digital thermostat is a micropro- management system to indicate alarm status.
- DC Alarm: DTS-HAZ-DC cessor based temperature control and power This alarm may be set to open or close on all
connection kit. It is used for freeze protection alarm conditions including loss of power, high
• NEMA 4X Enclosure or process temperature maintenance of pipes or low temperature alarm and RTD failure. The
or tanks protected by heat tracing products. loss of power indication qualifies this unit to
• Integral Pipe Stand This thermostat can be used with Constant be used to sense temperature and control heat
Wattage, Mineral Insulated or Self-Regulating trace when used in fire protection systems.
• Optional Wall Mount heating cables in Ordinary area or Class 1, Choose either the DC or the AC customer sup-
Division 2 and IECEx/ATEX Zone II hazardous plied voltage alarm variation. The minimum
• 100 Ohm Platinum RTD - area locations. operating ambient temperature is -40°F
Included (-40°C). This unit has programmable high and
This unit is designed to provide local tempera- low temperature alarm set points from -80°F
• Enclosure Serves as Heating ture control and monitoring for heat traced (-62°C) to 1150°F (621°C).
Cable, A/C Power & Sensor pipes or tanks across a variety of industries
Connection and applications and will switch 30 amperes The DTS-HAZ employs a Soft Start feature that
of current. uses a proprietary software algorithm which
• Works with SR, CWM and MI eliminates the inherent self-regulating in-rush
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
The DTS-HAZ provides easy programming current, resulting in less nuisance tripping at
Cable of the temperature set point, high and low cold temperatures. For added flexibility, the
temperature alarms, the deadband, the
• RoHS Compliant user may disable the soft start feature for non-
temperature units, the soft start function and heat trace applications. The alarm contact may
• UL, cUL Listed, CE Approved the alarm state through the front panel push be either normally open or normally closed.
buttons. LED lights are provided for indica-
tion of power to the unit, heater power on A 100 Ohm platinum RTD is provided with a 3
(load) and alarm status. A Fail Safe solid state foot (1 M) lead resulting in flexible mounting
alarm is included for wiring to your building options for the user.
H-133
Controls
DTS Series
Features
• User Selectable Soft-Start Program • Pipe stand-off mount for direct pipe mount-
ing.
Heat Trace • Small Enclosure. The 6.25 inch by 6.25 inch
enclosure houses the temperature control • Integral wiring. The wiring of the heating
Digital Thermostat and monitoring unit along with terminals for
connecting instrument power, heating cable
cable, alarm, AC power line and the RTD
sensor are all accomplished within the en-
(cont’d.) and RTD. closure. This feature reduces both labor and
material costs by eliminating the need for an
• 100 Ohm platinum RTD which can be pipe additional heat trace power connection kit as
mounted or can be used to sense ambient well as the time for the additional wiring.
PCN Model air temperature.
387364 DTS-HAZ
316187 DTS-HAZ-DC
Accessories Specifications
PCN Model
318043 DTS Wall Mount Kit Operating Voltage 120 to 277 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
308144 RTD Extension Wire (50 ft/15m) Operating Temperature
- Hazardous Areas -40°F to 104°F (-40°C to 40°C)
- Ordinary Areas -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)
Input 100 Ohm platinum RTD
Applications
• Freeze Protection of Piping
• Process Temperature Maintenance Alarms High temp to 1150°F (621°C)
• Tank Freeze Protection Low temp to -80°F (-62°C)
• Tank Process Temperature Maintenance RTD Failure
Red LED alarm status indicator on front panel
Environments Solid State Alarm Rating - AC 12-277 VAC, 1.8 Amps RMS - Customer Supplied
• Hazardous Areas, Class I, Div 2, Groups Solid State Alarm Rating - DC 0-42 VDC, 1.8 Amps RMS- Customer Supplied
A,B,C,D – Temperature Rating: T4A
• IECEx, ATEX Zone II, Temperature Rating: T4 Alarm Function: Mode Default Optional
• 100 OHM PT RTD
• Probe Length = 4" (10.2 cm) Deadband 1°F (or ˚C) to 100°F (or ˚C), programmable
• Probe Diameter = 1/4" (6.35 mm) Set Points -80°F to 1100°F programmable (-62˚C to 593˚C)
• Leadwire Length = 3ft (1 M)*
* The maximum allowable length of the RTD Units of Temperature ˚F or ˚C, selectable
compliant.
Soft Start User selectable integral soft start, patent pending
Markets software algorithm, which eliminates nuisance breaker
• Agriculture
• Alternative Fuels
• Food Processing
• Oil / Gas
• Pharmaceutical Current Approvals
• Power Generation
• CE, UL, cUL Listed
• Water Treatment
• Ordinary Areas
• Building and Construction
• Hazardous Area
• Transportation
• Class I, Div. 2 – Groups A, B, C, D
• HVAC/Refrigeration
• ATEX/IECEx Zone II (Ex nA IIC)
H-134
Controls
ITC1 & ITC2

1 & 2 Circuit
• SSR Control
• 100 – 277 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• Hazardous (Class I, Division 2)
or Non Hazardous Areas
• Operating Temperature: The Chromalox intelliTRACE ITC series is de- current, resulting in less nuisance tripping at
-40˚F to 104˚F (-40˚C to 40˚C) signed for line or ambient sensing heat trace cold temperatures. The soft start feature is
• Modbus RTU/RS485, RS422 & applications such as freeze protection and/or selectable which allows this controller to be
TCP/Ethernet process temperature control. This controller employed in non-heat trace applications as
may be used with constant wattage, mineral well.
• 10” x 8” x 6” (26cm x 21cm x insulated or self regulating heating cables.
15cm) NEMA 4X FG Wall Mount The ITC is intended for use in industrial loca-
All process conditions may be monitored
Enclosure and managed both locally and remotely. All
tions in either hazardous (Class I, Division 2)
process variable, communication and alarm
• High Resolution Color TFT or non-hazardous environments.
settings and security codes are user-adjust-
Display The ITC Series is offered in either a single able via simple page menu navigation.
• LED Indication for Power, Load circuit or an independently controlled and
In terms of system supervision, the ITC
& Alarm per Circuit monitored dual circuit platform. They provide
controller monitors temperature, current load
a unique, industry-leading combination of
• Front Panel Capacitive Touch heating capacity, application flexibility and
and ground fault equipment protection leak-
Switches technology.
age current (GFEP). Additionally, the alarms
on the ITC consist of high and low tempera-
• PID, On/Off or Manual Control
The ITC is a microprocessor based system ture, high and low current, high GFEP current
Modes and sensor failure. For GFEP see next page
with SSR (Solid State Relay) power control
• One or Two Sensor Inputs / which switches an impressive 40 Amps per for specifics.
Circuit – Min, Max & Averaging circuit at 100-277 VAC.
Should the ITC unit realize a failed sensor,
• 2 Circuit Ambient Control from 1 There are three user-selectable control modes the controller automatically switches into a
RTD Sensor available on the ITC: Manual, Off or Auto. An user adjustable manual output duty cycle. To
• Full Monitoring & Alarms output of 1% to 100% is available while in eliminate abrupt current spikes, the Chro-
• High / Low Temperature & Manual Mode and you may choose either PID malox ITC employs bumpless transfer power
or ON/OFF control while in the Auto Control switching when switching over from either
Current, GFEP & Sensor
Mode. manual or auto mode.
Failure
• Programmable Duty Cycle On You may employ one or two RTD sensors for The ITC unit is housed in a compact wall
Sensor Failure either circuit. When using two RTD sensors, mountable, NEMA 4X FG or optional 316 SS
the ITC may be set to Low, High or Average. enclosure and it features a high resolution
• AC & DC Alarms
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
The ITC may also be configured as a 2-circuit TFT display, LED indication of Load, Power &
• Password Protected Security ambient sensing controller that uses only one Alarm status for each circuit and front panel
Levels RTD to control both circuits. This provides the capacitive touch user interface buttons which
owner with much more flexibility and redun- are mounted on a hinged door.
• CE, UL/cUL dancy to help meet their ever-varying process
The ITC enclosure provides electrical connec-
demands.
tions for the heating cable, the AC Power and
The ITC employs a soft start feature that the RTD Sensors and it comes complete with
uses a proprietary software algorithm which stainless steel mounting brackets.
eliminates the inherent self-regulating in-rush
H-135
Controls
ITC1 & ITC2

Specifications
Input
Number of Sensor Inputs �� 1 or 2 per Circuit
Controller Sensing Configuration �� Range: Single, Low, High, Average, Use RTD1 to
control both circuits
Control Types
To comply with NEC code one of the following Rate or Derivative, (seconds) �� Range: 0 – 500
must apply: On/Off �� Control mode must be set to Auto
1. Customer supplied 2 pole GFEP breaker in Manual �� Range: 0 – 100%
branch circuit breaker box upstream of the Soft Start, Current Clamping �� Enable or Disable
controller. Settings
2. Requirement shall not apply in industrial Temperature (PV) �� Range: -80˚F to +1100˚F (-62˚C to +593˚C)
Low Temperature Alarm �� Range: -80˚F to +1050˚F, Off (-62˚C to +566˚C, Off)
establishments where there is alarm indi-
High Temperature Alarm �� Range: -80˚F to +1150˚F, Off (-62˚C to +621˚C, Off )
cation of ground faults and the following
conditions apply: High Current Alarm �� Range: 0.1 A – 50.0 A, Off
a. Conditions of maintenance and GFEP �� Range: 30 mA – 150 mA
GFEP Alarm Condition �� Alarm Only, Alarm & Trip, Alarm & Latch, Alarm &
supervision ensure that only qualified
Trip & Latch
person(s) service the installed system
b. Continued circuit operation is neces- Calendar �� Year, Month, Day, Date, Hour & Minute
sary for safe operation of equipment or Audible button depress �� Range: On, Off
Security �� 3 Levels of password protected security
process
Alarms
Alarm Contact State �� Mode Default Optional
Power Off Open Open
Communications
Approvals �� UL/cUL Ordinary and Class I, Division 2, Groups
A,B,C,D Hazardous Locations. (UL File: E347725)
CE
H-136
Controls
ITC1 & ITC2 Dimensions

H W D F B M

Enclosure
Inch 11.8 9.9 7.6 0.7 1.8 3.0
Controller cm
Inch
30.2
10.3
25.1
8.5
19.4
8.0
1.7
1.2
4.4
1.8
7.6
3.0
Fiberglass
Mounting W D
Brackets
M
Heat Sink B
H
Heat Sink
F
Ordering Model Product Description
Information ITC The Chromalox ITC series IntelliTRACE Controller will control 1 or 2 circuits and is designed for industrial Heat Trace Line and/or Ambi-
ent Sensing applications in Non-Hazardous or Hazardous (Class I, Division 2) areas. The ITC is a wall mounted device that operates
at 100-277 VAC and rated at 40A per circuit in a -40˚F to 104˚F (-40˚C to 40˚C) Ambient. Standard features: NEMA 4X FG enclosure,
To Order —
3.5" High Resolution TFT Display with integral display heater, front panel capacitive touch switches & LED Indication of Power, Load
Complete the & Alarm. ON/OFF, PID or Manual SSR power control with a selectable Soft Start program. The ITC accepts up to 2 RTD sensors per
Model Number circuit for Ambient and/or Line Sensing applications. With multiple sensors, output behavior is based on min, max, average temperature
using the Matrix or as 2-circuit ambient sensing control from a single RTD. Other standard features include: 2 x common alarm outputs (1 x AC, 1 x
provided. DC), Alarms for Low/High Temperature & Current, GFEP (Ground Fault Equipment Protection) & Sensor Failure, ModBus RTU/RS485
(or /RS422) Communications and user selectable manual output on failed sensor. 16 gage Stainless Steel wall mounting brackets are
included. UL/cUL & CE Optional features include: NEMA 4X 316 SS Enclosure, ModBus TCP/Ethernet, Webserver/Ethernet or BACnet
communications. Standard 1 year warranty.

1 1 Circuit
2 2 Circuits
Code Communications
3 BACnet/Ethernet
1 NEMA 4X 316 SS 12 x 10 x 8 (30 x 25 x 19)
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
ITC 2- 0 0 0 Typical Model Number

Note: The ITC comes complete with one set of 16 gauge stainless steel wall mounting brackets.
Model Description PCN Model Description PCN
ITC1-100 ITC 1 Loop, FG ENC, Ethernet 316128 ITC1-110 ITC 1 LOOP, SS ENC, Ethernet 316929
ITC2-100 ITC 2 LOOP, FG ENC, Ethernet 316136 ITC2-110 ITC 2 LOOP, SS ENC, Ethernet 316937
H-137
Controls
Ambient Sensing
ITAS Base Panel
ITAS-EXT Extender Panel
Line Sensing
ITLS Base Panel
for Ordinary Areas
• 10” VGA Touch Screen HMI
• 40 Amps/Loop @ 100 – 600 VAC
• 6 Loops to 72 Loops
• NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X Enclosure

The 10” Touch Screen Computer provides real time display of process variable, set point,
• SCR Control load current, load demand (%), operation mode type, alarm status and alarm type for any 6
loops at time as well as alarm status for all other loops.
• Optional Wireless Temperature
The Quick Launch buttons take you to any other 6-loop real time display screen as well as
Sensing
the Setup, Fault, Log or Communication Screen. All set point, alarm, security, time, loop
identification, I/O mapping, tuning, communications and control type mode settings are
• Integral Circuit Panel with Circuit
Breakers
these functions are achievable locally or remotely via wired or wireless communications.
• Optional Main Disconnect
• Soft Start Feature

Description
• Full Communications and
The intelliTRACE ITAS and ITLS Series is a The standard enclosure is rated for NEMA 4
Enhanced Data Logging
micro-processor based Control/Monitoring environments and an optional NEMA 4X 304
• Full Alarm and Monitoring and Power Management system for Ambient SS enclosure is available.
Capabilities on GFEP, Sensing, Line Sensing or a combination of
The ITAS / ITLS Control Panel Series provide
Temperature, Sensor, Current Line and Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Applica-
alarms for high and low temperatures, current
tions and is suitable for use in ordinary areas.
Load & Communications load, communications, sensor faults and
The base panels will handle 6 - 36 loops ground fault leakage. There are several output/
• Optional Customizable I/O and may be increased up to 72 loops with control behavior scenarios for the ground fault
Mapping the Extension Panels. Each circuit has a 40 (GFEP) alarm condition. Choices include Trip
Amperage capacity and accepts 100 to 600 and/or Latch options in which both, either or
• Optional Enclosure Heater VAC service. The SCR Control may be set to none may be enabled. Trip sets the output to
Automatic, which includes PID or On/Off con- zero %, while Latch requires a manual reset.
• UL, cUL trol or to Manual, which spans a 0% to 100% Alarm events are automatically logged and
control output. stored for easy access.
• Optional CE
The HMI is a 10” (25 cm) user friendly touch Advanced standard features include a propri-
screen computer. It displays the process vari- etary soft start function, off duty Auto Cycle
able, temperature setpoint, alarm status, cur- maintenance program and either Modbus
rent load, control mode, sensor failure manual RTU/RS485 or Ethernet communications.
override output for any 6 loops at a time as Optional features include an industry leading
well as the alarm status for all other loops. I/O (Sensor & Output) Mapping** function,
remote monitoring and wireless communica-
tions.
H-138
Controls

Advanced Features More on Sensor Mapping Touch Screen Computer:
Ambient or Line Sensing - Single Sensor: • 6 Loops displayed / screen
Soft Start Feature
A single sensor (RTD) may be mapped (or • Quick launch to any 6 loop group, Setup
Certain heating cables exhibit inherent current
linked) to multiple Output Circuits. This allows Menu or System Screens
inrush in colder temperatures. This inrush
several circuits to be controlled by a single • Full User Setting Capabilities - Specific Loop
can cause nuisance breaker tripping. To limit
sensor. Naming/Identification, Baud rate, set points,
inrush current on the overall system, a pro-
units, alarms, etc.
prietary Soft Start algorithm is applied during Minimum, Maximum, Averaging
system start-up. This will ONLY occur while Several sensors may be mapped to a single • Remote Desktop Monitoring
the operation mode is set to AUTO. After the output circuit. This allows a single circuit to be
Optional Features:
Soft Start program completes its cycle, the controlled by the Minimum or the Maximum or
Control Mode of the system will either be PID the Average temperature of all of the sensors • NEMA 4X 304 SS Enclosure
or ON/OFF Control Mode, depending what was mapped to that output circuit. This may be • Fully Customizable I/O (Sensor and Output)
selected by the user. The default setting of the desirable on long runs or zones which realize Mapping**
Soft Start Feature for each circuit is “enabled”. varying temperatures or weather conditions at • Enclosure Heater
However, the Soft Start Feature may be dis- different times of the day.
abled if so desired by the owner. The owner Multiple Sensor Mapping
has the option to independently manage the A single sensor may be used independently or
Soft Start Feature on each circuit. combined with other sensors to control more
Auto Cycle Feature than one circuit.
During prolonged down time periods, typically Combining Sensing Types
during the summer months, it advisable to The owner may need to have multiple Line
intermittently exercise the system circuits. and/or Ambient Sensing control scenarios
This exercising of the loops is accomplished occurring simultaneously.
via the Autocycle feature. On a sequential
circuit basis, the Autocycle feature periodi- More on Output Mapping
cally monitors system performance between
Output Power Sensing
1-999 hours. This provides a certain level
A single Output demand value may be mapped
to multiple Circuits. This allows several
circuits to be controlled by a single Output
demand value.
owner has the option to engage or disengage Minimum, Maximum, Averaging
the Autocycle feature at any time. Several Output demand values may be
mapped to a single output circuit. This allows
I/O (Sensor & Output) Mapping** a circuit to be controlled by the Minimum or
When factory enabled, the ITLS & ITLSC1D2 the Maximum or the Average Output demand
Models provide the owner with customizable value of all of the Outputs that are mapped to
I/O Mapping. This becomes a very powerful that single Circuit.
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
and desirable feature when the owner needs

Multiple Output Mapping
added flexibility in controlling the circuit out-
A single output demand value may be used
puts beyond the standard single sensor input.
independently or combined with other output
There are two types of I/O Mapping: Sensor demand values to control more than one
Mapping and Output Mapping. Sensor Map- circuit.
ping is the assignment of one or more Sensor
Inputs to one or more output circuits. Output ** Available only on ITLS & ITLS-EXT
Mapping is the assignment of one or more
Power Outputs to one or more output circuits.
H-139
Controls

Alarms: ��Hi/Lo Temp, GFEP – 20 mA to 150 mA, Hi/Lo Current – 0.1 to
50A or off
Approvals: ��UL, cUL Listed. Optional CE & ATEX Certification
Temperature Rating ��T4A (UL)
H-140
Controls
Technical Notes:
1. 120-264V customer supplied instrument power supply
2. Our standard SCCR is 5 KA. Consult sales if a different SCCR is needed.
Ambient Sensing 3. Do Not Exceed 80% of Panelboard Rating
ITAS Base Panel

4. See ITASC1D2-EXT Extension Panel Order Table to increase total circuits
Heat Tracing Control Panel for Ordinary Areas To Order — Complete the Model Number using the Matrix provided.
ITAS series Intelligent Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Panel. Designed for Industrial applications in Non-Hazardous Areas. ITAS series offers the following standard
ITAS
features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Industrial 10” Digital CE Computer Touchscreen Operator Interface, PID SCR Power Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104˚F (40˚C)
Ambient, Six to Thirty-Six Circuits (Expandable to Seventy-Two Circuits*), Common Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground
Fault Equipment Protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet Communications, UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS Enclosure,
Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater, Remote Monitoring Capability, Wireless Ethernet Communications, CE Third Party Compliance
NEMA 4 Enclosure Size (HxWxD In. (cm)
Code Circuits 1 Pole 2 Pole Panelboard Size Panelboard Rating
06 6 Circuits 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) N/A N/A
12 12 Circuits 36 x 30 x 12 (92 x 76 x 31) ------- 18 position up to 100 A
12 12 Circuits 48 x 36 x 12 (122 x 92 x 31) 48 x 36 x 12 (122 x 92 x 31) 30 position up to 400 A
18 18 Circuits - - - - - - - 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31) 42 position up to 600 A
24 24 Circuits ------- 62 x 60 x 12 (157 x 152 x 31) 30 position (X2) up to 400 A
Code Line Voltage Cable Voltage Circuit Breaker Rating - Type (1/Loop)
1 208/120 VAC, 3 Phase 4 Wire 120 VAC 120 V-1 Pole
2 208/120 VAC, 3 Phase 4 Wire 208 VAC 208/240V-2 Pole
3 240/120 VAC, Single Phase 3 Wire 240 VAC 208/240V-2 Pole
4 480/277 VAC, 3 Phase 4 Wire 277 VAC 277V-1 Pole
6 240/120 VAC, Single Phase 3 Wire 120 VAC 120 V-1 Pole
9 Multiple Line Voltage Requirement ---------- ----------
Code Cable Load Circuit Breaker Rating
1 15A Thermal Magnetic 4 40A Thermal Magnetic
3 30A Thermal Magnetic 9 Multiple Breaker Ratings (Consult Sales)
Code Main Disconnect / Circuit Breaker
0 None A 100A Thermal Magnetic
1 100A Disconnect B 150A Thermal Magnetic
2 150A Disconnect C 225A Thermal Magnetic
3 250A Disconnect D 250A Thermal Magnetic
4 400A Disconnect E 400A Thermal Magnetic
5 600A Disconnect F 600A Thermal Magnetic
Code Enclosure
1 NEMA 4 Single-Door Wall-Mount Steel Enclosure
2 NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure: 24 x 24 x 12 In, (61 x 61 x 31) (cm)
6 NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel Floor-Mount Enclosure: 62 x 60 x 12 In, (157 x 152 x 31) (cm)
2 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to 0˚F, -18˚C Ambient)
3 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to -40˚F/˚C Ambient)
Code Input Options
0 Standard Sensor Input
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
1 Dry Contact Closure from Ambient Sensing Thermostat

2 Remote Snow Sensor Input (i.e. SIT, GIT & CIT Type Sensors)
Code Communications
0 Standard: Modbus RTU/ RS485 or Modbus TCP/Ethernet
1 Modbus TCP/Wireless
2 BACnet
9 Other
1 Wireless Temperature Sensing
9 Other
ITAS- 24 1 3 3- 1 1 1 0 0 Typical Model Number
H-141
Controls
Ambient Sensing
ITAS-EXT Extender Panel Ordering Information
Heat Tracing Control Panel To Order — Complete the Model Number using the Matrix provided.
for Ordinary Areas

ITAS-EXT ITAS-EXT series Intelligent Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Extension Panel. Designed for industrial applications in non-hazardous areas. Intended to be used with
ITAS Heat Trace Ambient Sensing Panel to increase circuit service. ITAS series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, PID SCR Power Controller
Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104˚F (40˚C) Ambient, Six to Thirty-Six Circuits, Common Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground
Fault Equipment protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet Communications, UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS Enclosure,
Remote Monitoring Capability, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater, CE Third Party Compliance
1 15A Thermal Magnetic
9 Multiple Breaker Ratings - Consult Sales
Code Enclosure
2 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to 0˚F, -18˚C Ambient)
3 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to -40˚F/˚C Ambient)

ITAS-EXT- 24 1 3 1- 1 0 Typical Model Number
*Designed to be paired with an ITAS Panel
H-142
Controls
Ambient Sensing
ITAS Base Panel Spare/Replacement Parts for ITAS & ITAS-EXT
ITAS-EXT Extender Panel Part Number

0135-02261
Description
SSR/GFI Power Control Assy, with Heat Sink
Heat Tracing Control Panel 0135-02262

0135-02263
Digital Distribution Comm Board Assembly
for Ordinary Areas 0002-60054
0029-00640
SSR, 40 Amp rated
SSR Thermstrate Material
Model Number Note 0081-10063 Power Supply 5VDC 6A 30W DIN Rail Mount
-XXXX Indicates that the design has varied from the order table 0081-10047 Power Supply 24VDC 2.5A 60W DIN Rail Mount
parameters. This could include one or more of the following 0135-30490 ITAS-Digital Control 10" (250mm) Display, programmed
non-standard considerations: Special Software or Configuration, 0017-42931 15A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (120V)
Private Branding, Remote Monitoring/Touch-Screen Computer, 0017-43355 20A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (120V)
Sunshield or other Protective Covering, Third Party Approval, 0017-43356 30A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (120V)
Floor Stands, Mounting Options, Special Materials (316 SS) or 0017-43427 40A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (120V)
Coatings, Additional Venting or Cooling, Special Indication or 0017-43428 50A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (120V)
Alarms. 0017-43373 15A 2P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (208/240V)
0017-43374 20A 2P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (208/240V)
ATEX Certification: Consult Sales on all models.
Technical Notes 0017-43375 40A 2P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (208/240V)
1. 120-264V customer supplied instrument power supply 0017-43013 15A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (277V)
2. Our standard SCCR is 5 KA. Consult sales if a different SCCR 0017-42912 20A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (277V)
is needed. 0017-42913 30A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (277V)
3. Do Not Exceed 80% of Panelboard Rating
0017-43349 40A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (277V)
4. These Extension Panels are to be paired with an ITAS Panel.
Accessories for ITAS & ITAS-EXT

Contact Sales Power Transformers
317315 RTD Aluminum, NEMA 4
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
0076-15392 HMI Sunscreen, Painted Steel (ITLS/ITAS-6-72)

0076-12009 Floor Stand Kit, 12" (30 cm) Deep, Steel
0076-12050 Floor Stand Kit, 12" (30 cm) Deep, 304 SS
Contact Sales Floor Stand Kit, 12" (30 cm) Deep, 316 SS
H-143
Controls
*42 - 72 circuit service via ITLS-EXT Extension Panel. See ITLS-EXT Heat
Line Sensing Tracing Extension Panel - Line Sensing Order Table
ITLS Base Panel Heat Tracing Control Panel for Ordinary Areas
ITLS ITLS series Intelligent Line Sensing Heat Trace Panel. Designed for Industrial applications in Non-Hazardous Areas. ITLS series offers the following standard features:
NEMA 4 enclosure, Industrial 10” Digital CE Computer Touchscreen Operator Interface, PID SCR Power Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104°F (40˚C) Ambient, Two to
Thirty-Six Circuits (Expandable to Seventy-Two Circuits*), Common Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, 120 Volt Instrument Power Included, Current Monitoring, 30
mA Ground Fault Equipment Protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet Communications, UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS Enclosure,
Remote Monitoring Capability, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater, Customizable I/O Mapping, Wireless Ethernet Communications, CE Third Party Compliance.
9 Multiple Line Voltage Requirement ----------
3 30A Thermal Magnetic 9 Multiple Breaker Ratings - Consult Sales
Code Enclosure
2 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to -0°F Ambient)
3 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to -40°F Ambient)
Code** Inputs/Circuit I/O Mapping
0 1 No I/O Mapping
1 1 Full I/O Mapping Use Enclosure sizes from above
2 2 Full I/O Mapping See ITLS I/O mapping: Enclosure size on
3 3 Full I/O Mapping accessory page
9 X Special Configuration Consult Sales
Code Communications
0 Standard Modbus RTU/ RS485 or Modbus TCP/Ethernet
1 Modbus TCP/Wireless
2 BACnet
9 Other
Code Monitoring
1 Wireless Temp Sensing (Must select Full I/O Mapping)
See Wireless Guidelines
9 Other
ITLS - 24 1 3 3- 1 1 1 0 0 Typical Model Number
H-144
Controls
Line Sensing
ITLS-EXT ITLS-EXT series Intelligent Line Sensing Heat Trace Extension Panel. Designed for industrial applications in non-hazardous areas. Intended to be used with ITLS
Heat Trace Line Sensing Panel to increase circuit service. ITLS-EXT series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, PID SCR Power Controller
Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104˚F (40˚C) Ambient, Six to Thirty-Six Circuits, Common Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground
Fault Equipment protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet Communications, UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS Enclosure,
Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater, Customizable I/O Mapping, Remote Monitoring Capability, CE Third Party Compliance
9 Multiple Breaker Ratings - Consult Sales
Code Enclosure (Choose the Size that aligns with the Number of INPUTS PER CIRCUIT)
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
2 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to 0˚F Ambient)
3 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to -40˚F Ambient)
Code** Inputs/Circuit I/O Mapping
0 1 No I/O Mapping Use Enclosure sizes from above
1 1 Full I/O Mapping
2 2 Full I/O Mapping See ITLS I/O mapping: Enclosure size on
3 3 Full I/O Mapping accessory page
9 X Special Configuration

ITLS-EXT- 24 1 3 3- 1 1 1 Typical Model Number
*Designed to be paired with an ITLS Panel
H-145
Controls
Spare/Replacement Parts for ITAS & ITAS-EXT

Line Sensing 0135-02261 SSR/GFI Power Control Assy, with Heat Sink
ITLS Base Panel 0135-02262

0135-02263
Digital Distribution Comm Board Assembly

0002-60054 SSR, 40 Amp rated
Heat Tracing Control Panel 0081-10063 Power Supply 5VDC 6A 30W DIN Rail Mount
for Ordinary Areas 0135-30490 ITAS-Digital Control 10" (250mm) Display, programmed
ITLS & ITLS-EXT I/O Mapping: Enclosure 0017-43356 30A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (120V)
Size 0017-43427 40A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (120V)
Enclosure Size - H x W x D In (cm) 0017-43428 50A 1P Thermal Mag Circuit Breaker (120V)
Circuits -
Poles 2 Inputs / Output 3 Inputs / Output
06 - 1 24 x 24 x 12 36 x 30 x 12
06 - 2 24 x 24 x 12 36 x 30 x 12
12 - 1 36 x 30 x 12 48 x 36 x 12
12 - 1 48 x 36 x 12 48 x 36 x 12
12 - 2 48 x 36 x 12 48 x 36 x 12
18 - 1 48 x 36 x 12 48 x 36 x 12
18 - 2 60 x 36 x 12 60 x 36 x 12
24 - 1 48 x 36 x 12 48 x 36 x 12
24 - 2 62 x 60 x 12 62 x 60 x 12
30 - 1 60 x 36 x 12 Consult Sales
1. The MAXIMUM number of Inputs for any ITLS System, including
Extension Panel, is 252.
2. When Full I/O Mapping is selected from the Order Table, any
individual sensor or output may be mapped to more than one
circuit. For Example: The average temperature of Sensors 1, 2 & Accessories for ITLS & ITLS-EXT
3 is used to control Circuit 1, while simultaneously the maximum Part Number Description
temperature of Sensors 3, 4 & 5 is used to control Circuit 2.
3. The maximum amount of inputs for each panel design is as shown Contact Sales Power Transformers
in Inputs Table. 317315 RTD Aluminum, NEMA 4
0076-15392 HMI Sunscreen, Painted Steel (ITLS/ITAS 6-72)
Total Number of Available Inputs per Panel Design for

ITLS & ITLS-EXT
Inputs / Circuit Code from Order Table
Number of Circuits 1 2 3 9
06 06 12 18 252
12 12 24 36 252
18 18 36 54 252
24 24 48 72 252
30 30 60 90 252
36 36 72 108 252
H-146
Controls
Ambient Sensing
ITASC1D2 Base Panel
Line Sensing
ITLSC1D2 Base Panel
Class I, Div. 2, 6-72 Loops
• Class I, Division 2 Hazardous

Environments - Groups A,B,C,D
• 12” VGA Touch Screen HMI
• 40 Amps/Loop @ 100 – 600 VAC
• SCR Control – PID, On/Off or The 12” Touch Screen Computer provides real time display of process variable, set point,
Manual Control load current, load demand (%), operation mode type, alarm status and alarm type for any
6 loops at time as well as alarm status for all other loops.
• 6 Loops to 72 Loops
The Quick Launch buttons take you to any other 6-loop real time display screen as well as
• NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X Enclosure the Setup, Fault, Log or Communication Screen. All set point, alarm, security, time, loop
identification, I/O mapping, tuning, communications and control type mode settings are
• User Selectable Soft Start easily accomplished through the intuitive & familiar Windows based menu screens. All of
Feature these functions are achievable locally or remotely via wired or wireless communications.
• Optional Customizable I/O

Mapping Description
• Full Communications The intelliTRACE ITASC1D2 and ITLSC1D2 The standard enclosure is rated for NEMA 4
Series is a micro-processor based Control/ environments and an optional NEMA 4X 304
• Enhanced Data Logging Monitoring and Power Management system SS enclosure is available.
for Ambient Sensing, Line Sensing or a com-
• Full Alarm & Monitoring The ITASC1D2 / ITLSC1D2 Control Panel Se-
bination of Line and Ambient Sensing Heat
Capabilities on GFEP, ries provide alarms for high and low tempera-
Trace Applications and is suitable for use in
Temperature, Sensor, Current tures, current load, communications, sensor
Class I, Division 2 environments.
Load & Communications faults and ground fault leakage. There are sev-
The base panels will handle 6 - 36 loops eral output/control behavior scenarios for the
• UL, cUL Listed and may be increased up to 72 loops with ground fault (GFEP) alarm condition. Choices
the Extension Panels. Each circuit has a 40 include Trip and/or Latch options in which
• Optional CE Certification Amperage capacity and accepts 100 to 480 both, either or none may be enabled. Trip sets
VAC service. The SCR Control may be set to the output to zero %, while Latch requires a
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Automatic, which includes PID or On/Off con- manual reset. Alarm events are automatically
trol or to Manual, which spans a 0% to 100% logged and stored for easy access.
control output.
The HMI is a 12” (30 cm) user friendly touch etary soft start function, off duty Auto Cycle
screen computer. It displays the process vari- maintenance program and either Modbus
able, temperature setpoint, alarm status, cur- RTU/RS485 or Ethernet communications.
rent load, control mode, sensor failure manual Optional features include an industry leading
override output for any 6 loops at a time as I/O (Sensor & Output) Mapping** function,
well as the alarm status for all other loops. remote monitoring and wireless communica-
tions.
H-147
Controls

Heat Tracing Control Panel Class I, Div. 2, 6-72 Loops
Advanced Features More on Sensor Mapping Touch Screen Computer:
Ambient or Line Sensing - Single Sensor: • 6 Loops displayed / screen
Soft Start Feature
A single sensor (RTD) may be mapped (or • Quick launch to any 6 loop group, Setup
Certain heating cables exhibit inherent current
linked) to multiple Output Circuits. This allows Menu or System Screens
inrush in colder temperatures. This inrush
several circuits to be controlled by a single • Full User Setting Capabilities - Specific Loop
can cause nuisance breaker tripping. To limit
sensor. Naming/Identification, Baud rate, set points,
inrush current on the overall system, a pro-
units, alarms, etc.
prietary Soft Start algorithm is applied during Minimum, Maximum, Averaging
system start-up. This will ONLY occur while Several sensors may be mapped to a single • Remote Desktop Monitoring
the operation mode is set to AUTO. After the output circuit. This allows a single circuit to be
Optional Features:
Soft Start program completes its cycle, the controlled by the Minimum or the Maximum or
Control Mode of the system will either be PID the Average temperature of all of the sensors • NEMA 4X 304 SS Enclosure
or ON/OFF Control Mode, depending what was mapped to that output circuit. This may be • Fully Customizable I/O (Sensor and Output)
selected by the user. The default setting of the desirable on long runs or zones which realize Mapping**
Soft Start Feature for each circuit is “enabled”. varying temperatures or weather conditions at • Enclosure Heater
However, the Soft Start Feature may be dis- different times of the day.
abled if so desired by the owner. The owner Multiple Sensor Mapping
has the option to independently manage the A single sensor may be used independently or
Soft Start Feature on each circuit. combined with other sensors to control more
Auto Cycle Feature than one circuit.
During prolonged down time periods, typically Combining Sensing Types
during the summer months, it advisable to The owner may need to have multiple Line
intermittently exercise the system circuits. and/or Ambient Sensing control scenarios
This exercising of the loops is accomplished occurring simultaneously.
via the Autocycle feature. On a sequential
circuit basis, the Autocycle feature periodi- More on Output Mapping
cally monitors system performance between
Output Power Sensing
1-999 hours. This provides a certain level
A single Output demand value may be mapped
to multiple Circuits. This allows several
circuits to be controlled by a single Output
demand value.
owner has the option to engage or disengage Minimum, Maximum, Averaging
the Autocycle feature at any time. Several Output demand values may be
mapped to a single output circuit. This allows
I/O (Sensor & Output) Mapping** a circuit to be controlled by the Minimum or
When factory enabled, the ITLS & ITLSC1D2 the Maximum or the Average Output demand
Models provide the owner with customizable value of all of the Outputs that are mapped to
I/O Mapping. This becomes a very powerful that single Circuit.
and desirable feature when the owner needs
Multiple Output Mapping
added flexibility in controlling the circuit out-
A single output demand value may be used
puts beyond the standard single sensor input.
independently or combined with other output
There are two types of I/O Mapping: Sensor demand values to control more than one
Mapping and Output Mapping. Sensor Map- circuit.
ping is the assignment of one or more Sensor
Inputs to one or more output circuits. Output ** Available only on ITLSC1D2 & ITLSC1D2-EXT
Mapping is the assignment of one or more
Power Outputs to one or more output circuits.
H-148
Controls

Heat Tracing Control Panel Class I, Div. 2, 6-72 Loops
Alarms: ��Hi/Lo Temp, GFEP – 20mA to 150 mA,
Hi/Lo Current – 0.1 to 50A or off
Approvals: ��UL, cUL Listed. Optional CE & ATEX Certification
Area Classifications: ��HAZ Class 1 Div 2
Temperature Rating ��T4A
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
H-149
Controls
Ambient Sensing
ITASC1D2 Base Panel
Class I, Div. 2, 6-72 Loops Technical Notes:
4. See ITASC1D2-EXT Extension Panel Order Table to increase total circuits

ITASC1D2 ITASC1D2 series Intelligent Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Panel. Designed for Industrial applications and suitable for Class I, Division 2 Hazardous Ar-
eas. The ITASC1D2 series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Industrial 12" (30 cm) Digital CE Computer Touchscreen Operator
Interface, PID SCR Power Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104˚F (40˚C) Ambient, Six to Thirty-Six Circuits (Expandable to Seventy-Two Circuits*),
Common Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground Fault Equipment Protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ether-
net Communications, Remote Monitoring Capability, Selectable Soft Start Operation, UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS
Enclosure, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater and CE & ATEX Certification.
Code Circuits Enclosure Size HxWxD In (cm) Line Voltage Line Phase Cable Voltage
06 6 Circuits 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
12 12 Circuits 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
18 18 Circuits 42 x 36 x 12 (107 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
24 24 Circuits 42 x 36 x 12 (107 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
30 30 Circuits 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
36 36 Circuits 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
Code Enclosure Rating, Material & Size HxWxD In (cm) Enclosure Mounting
1 NEMA 4 Painted Steel Size is per design selection Wall-Mount Enclosure
2 NEMA 4X 304 SS 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) Wall-Mount Enclosure
Code Enclosure Heater Class 1, Div 2
1 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (Anti-Condensation Heater) For use with 6 & 12 circuit designs
2 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to 0°F Ambient) For use with 6 & 12 circuit designs
3 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to -40°F Ambient) For use with 6 & 12 circuit designs
4 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (Anti-Condensation Heater) For use with 18, 24, 30 & 36 circuit designs
5 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to 0°F Ambient) For use with 18, 24, 30 & 36 circuit designs
6 Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater (to -40°F Ambient) For use with 18, 24, 30 & 36 circuit designs
Code Input Options
0 Standard Sensor Input
1 Dry Contact Closure from Ambient Sensing Thermostat
2 Remote Snow Sensor Input (i.e SIT, GIT & CIT Type Sensors)
Code Communications
0 Standard: Modbus RTU/RS485 or Modbus TCP/Ethernet
2 BACNet
9 Other
1 Wireless Temperature Sensing - See Wireless Guidelines
9 Other
ITASC1D2 - 24 1 4 0 - 0 1 Typical Model Number

*42 - 72 circuit service via ITASC1D2-EXT Extension Panel. See ITASC1D2-EXT heat Tracing Extension Panel - Ambient Sensing - Class 1, Division 2 Order Table.
H-150
Controls
Ambient Sensing
Technical Notes:
4. These Extension Panels are to be paired w ith an ITASC1D2 Panel.

ITASC1D2-EXT ITASC1D2-EXT series Intelligent Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Extension Panel. Designed for Industrial applications and suitable for Class I, Division
2 Hazardous Areas. Designed to be used with ITASC1D2 Heat Trace Line Sensing Panel to increase circuit service. ITASC1D2-EXT series offers the
following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, PID SCR Power Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104˚F (40˚C) Ambient, Six to Thirty-Six Circuits,
Common Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground Fault Equipment protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet
Communications, UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS Enclosure, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater and CE & ATEX
Certification
Code Circuits Enclosure Size HxWxD In. (cm) Line Voltage Line Phase Cable Voltage
06 6 Circuits 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
12 12 Circuits 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
18 18 Circuits 42 x 36 x 12 (107 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
24 24 Circuits 42 x 36 x 12 (107 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
30 30 Circuits 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
36 36 Circuits 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
ITASC1D2-EXT - 24 1 4 Typical Model Number
Spare/Replacement Parts – ITASC1D2 & ITASC1D2-EXT Accessories for ITASC1D2 & ITASC1D2-EXT
Part Number Description Part Number Description
0135-02261 SSR/GFI Power Control Contact Sales Power Transformers
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
0135-02262 RTD Sensor Input Board Assembly 317315 RTD Aluminum, NEMA 4
0135-02263 Digital Distribution Comm Board Assembly 317340 RTD, Expl. Resist., Cast Iron/Alum., NEMA 4
0002-60054 SSR, 40 Amp rated 308144 RTD Ext Wire, 3-wire, 16 ga, Cu, shielded, 50 ft
0029-00640 SSR Thermstrate Material 317342 RTD Ext Wire, 3-wire, 16 ga, Cu, shielded, 200 ft
0025-05227 Common Alarm Relay 0076-15392 HMI Sunscreen, Painted Steel (ITLS/ITAS-6-72)
0081-10063 Power Supply 5 VDC 6A 30W DIN Rail Mount 0076-12009 Floor Stand Kit, 12" (30 cm) Deep, Steel
0081-10047 Power Supply 24 VDC 2.5A 60W DIN Rail Mount 0076-12050 Floor Stand Kit, 12" (30 cm) Deep, 304 SS
0023-15097-0001 6" (15 cm) Ribbon Cable with Connectors Contact Sales Floor Stand Kit, 12" (30 cm) Deep, 316 SS
H-151
Controls
Line Sensing
ITLSC1D2 Base Panel
Technical Notes:
4. See ITLSC1D2-EXT Extension Panel Order Table to increase total circuits

ITLSC1D2 ITLSC1D2 series Intelligent Line Sensing Heat Trace Panel. Designed for Industrial applications and suitable for Class I, Division 2 Hazardous Areas.
The ITLSC1D2 series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, Industrial 12" (30 cm) Digital CE Computer Touchscreen Operator
Interface, PID SCR Power Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104˚F (40˚C) Ambient, Six to Thirty-Six Circuits (Expandable to Seventy-Two Circuits*),
Common Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground Fault Equipment Protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ether-
net Communications, Remote Monitoring Capability, Selectable Soft Start Operation, UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS
Enclosure, Customized I/O (Sensor & Output) Mapping, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater and CE & ATEX Certification.
Code Circuits Enclosure Size HxWxD In (cm) Line Voltage Line Phase Cable Voltage
06 6 Circuits 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
12 12 Circuits 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
18 18 Circuits 42 x 36 x 12 (107 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
24 24 Circuits 42 x 36 x 12 (107 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
30 30 Circuits 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
36 36 Circuits 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
Code Inputs/Circuit I/O Mapping
0 1 No I/O Mapping Use Enclosure Sizes from Above
See ITLSC1D2 I/O Mapping: Enclosure Size Chart
Code Communications
0 Standard: Modbus RTU/RS485 or Modbus TCP/Ethernet
2 BACNet
9 Other
1 Wireless Temperature Sensing (Must select Full I/O Mapping) See Wireless Guidelines
9 Other
ITLSC1D2 - 24 1 4 3 - 0 0 Typical Model Number

*42 - 72 circuit service via ITLSC1D2-EXT Extension Panel. See ITLSC1D2-EXT heat Tracing Extension Panel - Line Sensing - Class 1, Division 2 Order table.
H-152
Controls
Line Sensing
Technical Notes:
4. These Extension Panels are to be paired with an ITLSC1D2 Panel

ITLSC1D2-EXT ITLSC1D2-EXT series Intelligent Line Sensing Heat Trace Extension Panel. Designed for Industrial applications and suitable for Class I, Division 2 Haz-
ardous Areas. Designed to be used with ITLSC1D2 Heat Trace Line Sensing Panel to increase circuit service. ITLSC1D2-EXT series offers the following
standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, PID SCR Power Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104˚F (40˚C) Ambient, Six to Thirty-Six Circuits, Common
Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground Fault Equipment protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet Commu-
nications, UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS Enclosure, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater, Customized I/O (Sensor
& Output) Mapping, Remote Monitoring Capability, CE & ATEX Certification.
Code Circuits Enclosure Size HxWxD In. (cm) Line Voltage Line Phase Cable Voltage
06 6 Circuits 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
12 12 Circuits 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
18 18 Circuits 42 x 36 x 12 (107 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
24 24 Circuits 42 x 36 x 12 (107 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
30 30 Circuits 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
36 36 Circuits 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31) 120/208/240/277/480 1 120/208/240/277/480
Code Enclosure Rating, Material & Size HxWxD, In (cm) Enclosure Mounting
Code Inputs/Circuit I/O Mapping
0 1 No I/O Mapping Use Enclosure Sizes from Above
2 2 Full I/O Mapping See ITLSC1D2-EXT I/O Mapping: Enclosure Size & Chart
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
ITLSC1D2-EXT - 24 1 4 3 Typical Model Number

** This code MUST match the same code on the Base ITLSC1D2 Panel
H-153
Controls
Spare/Replacement Parts for ITLSC1D2 & ITLSC1D2-EXT

Line Sensing 0135-02261 SSR/GFI Power Control
ITLSC1D2 Base Panel

0135-02262 RTD Sensor Input Board Assembly
0135-02263 Digital Distribution Comm Board Assembly

0002-60054 SSR, 40 Amp rated
Heat Tracing Control Panel 0081-10063 Power Supply 5 VDC 6A 30W DIN Rail Mount
0081-10047 Power Supply 24 VDC 2.5A 60W DIN Rail Mount
Class I, Div. 2, 6-72 Loops 0023-15097-0001 6" (15 cm) Ribbon Cable with Connectors
Accessories for ITLSC1D2 & ITLSC1D2-EXT

Contact Sales Power Transformers
317315 RTD Aluminum, NEMA 4
308056 RTD, Snap Lid, Alum., Ambient Sensing
ITLSC1D2 & ITLSC1D2-EXT I/O Mapping:

Enclosure Sizes
Enclosure Size - H x W x D, In (cm)
Circuits 2 Inputs / Output 3 Inputs / Output
06 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31)
12 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31) 24 x 24 x 12 (61 x 61 x 31)
18 42 x 36 x 12 (107 x 92 x 31) 42 x 36 x 12 (107 x 92 x 31)
24 42 x 36 x 12 (107 x 92 x 31) 48 x 36 x 12 (122 x 92 x 31)
30 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31) 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31)
36 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31) 60 x 36 x 12 (152 x 92 x 31)
1. The MAXIMUM number of Inputs for any ITLSC1D2 System, including Extension
Panel, is 252.
2. When Full I/O Mapping is selected from the Order Table, any individual sensor or
output may be mapped to more than one circuit. For Example: The average tem-
perature of Sensors 1, 2 & 3 is used to control Circuit 1, while simultaneously the
maximum temperature of Sensors 3, 4 & 5 is used to control Circuit 2.
3. The maximum amount of inputs for each panel design is as follows:
Total Number of Available Inputs per Panel Design for

ITLSC1D2 & ITLSC1D2-EXT
Inputs / Circuit Code from Above Order Table
Number of Circuits 1 2 3 9
06 06 12 18 252
12 12 24 36 252
18 18 36 54 252
24 24 48 72 252
30 30 60 90 252
36 36 72 108 252
Wireless Guidelines - Please see ITLS/ITAS Installation & Instruction Maunual for full
details
1. Chromalox employs WirelessHART as its standard wireless protocol.
2. Wireless Transmitters require an RTD. Choose the appropriate connection/design for
your sensing needs.
H-154
Controls
Sensing Solutions
• Seamlessly Integrates with
ITLS & ITAS Heat Trace Control
Systems
Locations ITLS/ITAS IntelliTrace
Wireless Temperature Transmitter Heat Trace Control
• Certified
System
• Added Redundancy & Improved
Safety Description
• Process Temperature Control Wireless is rapidly becoming the preferred sensing technology of choice in many commercial
Optimization and industrial systems. Wireless sensing can greatly reduce installation costs and more easily
solve geographically and structurally challenging sensing applications. Chromalox now provides
• System Testing Flexibility fully integrated Wireless Temperature Sensing Solutions for Heat Trace applications in ordinary
• Industry Leading Components and hazardous areas. Whether you are designing a new heat trace system, expanding an existing
one or need to optimize your process, and you are considering wireless temperature sensing, the
• 360˚ Pipe or Structure Mounting Chromalox IntelliTrace ITLS & ITAS heat trace control panels are an ideal choice.
Wireless System Overview

System
The Wireless Temperature Sensing components of the Chromalox Heat Trace system include our
IntelliTrace ITLS or ITAS Control Panel, which is configured for wireless sensing, and a speci-
fied industrial Wireless Transmitter, that is paired with an appropriate temperature sensor. We
vigorously field-tested and validated the highest rated and most recognized industrial components
available. Full wireless temperature sensing installation details and considerations are found in our
ITLS & ITAS Installation Manual, PK497.
Control Panel
When the wireless temperature sensing feature is selected, our IntelliTrace Control Panel is
internally equipped with an industrial-duty certified wireless gateway, antenna
and the necessary communication accessories. The panel firmware facilitates wired and wire-
less temperature sensor inputs seamlessly. Our large 10” (250 mm) touchscreen computer HMI
distinguishes wireless circuits from wired ones. Each wireless circuit has its own sensor battery
life meter. This provides three levels of remaining battery life so that you may properly plan service
before it is needed.
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Wireless Transmitter
Chromalox has chosen the Rosemount® 248 Wireless Temperature Transmitter, which is an indus-
try standard in the industrial wireless community. This transmitter is certified
and it may be pipe or structure mounted. The 248 Transmitter is offered in either an aluminum or
polymer housing and is available with or without the universal mounting bracket.
Temperature Sensor
We have standardized on an RTD type temperature sensor. See the heat trace temperature sensor
table for several heat trace sensor choices.
H-155
Controls
Sensing Solutions Wireless Sensing Components and Accessories
(cont’d.) Wireless Temperature Transmitter
Rosemount 248 Wireless Temperature Transmitter, USA Intrinsically Safe and Non-incendive,
Aluminum or Polymer Housing, with 1/2-14 NPT Conduit Entry Size, WirelessHART, 2.4 GHz, Ex-
ternal Omni-directional Antenna (Aluminum Housing only), 5-point Calibration, External ground
lug, 60Hz & 3 Year Warranty

Aluminum Housing with universal mounting bracket
0108-70477
(248DXI5D2NSWA3WK1B5C4Q4G1WR3)
Aluminum Housing without universal mounting bracket
0108-70478
(248DXI5D2NSWA3WK1C4Q4G1WR3)
Polymer Housing with universal mounting bracket
0108-70479
(248DXI5P2NSWA3WP5B5C4Q4WR3)
Polymer Housing without universal mounting bracket
0108-70480
(248DXI5P2NSWA3WP5C4Q4WR3)
Battery for 248 Wireless Transmitter with Aluminum Housing Only 0108-70432
Battery for 248 Wireless Transmitter with Polymer Housing Only 0108-70481
Polymer Housing Aluminum Housing

with Universal Mounting Bracket
Pipe Mounting
Structure Mount
H-156
Controls
Wireless Temperature Sensing

Solutions (cont’d.)
Heat Trace Temperature Sensor - 100 Ohm, 3-Wire RTD

Pipe Mounted Heat Trace Sensor with Connection Head – 316 SS Sheath, 1/2" or 3/4” NPT Con-
nection Port.
Model Number & Description Part Number

317315
Aluminum -NEMA 4X
317323
316L Stainless Steel -NEMA 4X
317340
Aluminum -Class I, Div's 1 & 2, NEMA 4X, IP66
RBF185M Heat Trace Sensor
Pipe Mounted with 399550
316L Stainless Steel -Class I, Div's 1 & 2, NEMA 4X, IP66
Connection Head
Wireless Transmitter Pipe Mounting Option
Industrial grade components for mounting the wireless transmitter onto insulated or non-
insulated piping.
Note: The conduit (customer supplied) from the transmitter fitting to the sensor must be rated
for the environment in which it is being installed.
PIPE STANDOFF KIT, DIVISION 1 & DIVISION 2 394337

Item Qty. Component Div. 1 Div. 2
A 1 3/4” Seal fitting Yes Yes
B 1 Sealing compound & fiber Yes No
C 1 Pipe standoff Yes Yes
D 2 3/4” x 1/2” NPT reducer with hex head Yes Yes
E 1 All-thread Yes Yes
F 1 1/2” NPT X 1” Nipple Yes Yes
Pipe Mounting Kit

B
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
D F
E
C
H-157
Controls
RSP
Remote Sensor Panel
• Consolidates Multiple
Temperature Sensor Signals into
a Single Enclosure
• Facilitates 1-252 Sensor Inputs
• Fully Integrated Package
• Works Seamlessly with ITAS &
ITLS Heat Trace Control Systems
Locations Remote Sensor Panel ITLS/ITAS IntelliTrace Heat
Trace Control System
• Significant Installation Cost
Savings
• Optional Wireless Description
Communication
The Chromalox RSP - Remote Sensor Panel The RSP comes standard with NEMA 4 Painted
• Optional Enclosure Heater greatly reduces installation costs as it facilitates Steel, NEMA 4X Fiberglass or NEMA 4X 304
the monitoring of 1 - 252 heat trace tempera- SS wall mounted enclosure for Ordinary or
• IP 66, NEMA 4 & 4X Enclosures ture sensor inputs within a single enclosure. Hazardous (Class I, Division 2) Areas, DIN rail
• UL/cUL, CE mounted components, wired communication
The RSP is a completely integrated package
connection to the ITAS/ITLS Heat Trace Control
and it works seamlessly with the Chromalox
Panel, Power-On lamp.
IntelliTrace ITLS/ITAS heat trace control panels
in either ordinary or hazardous areas. In addition, enclosure heaters for either
ordinary or Class I, Division 2 areas as well as
The RSP communicates with the base panel
wireless communication between the RSP and
via a single, twisted-pair wire return or via a
base ITAS or ITLS control panels are available
wirelessly transmitted signal. Multiple RSP
options.
modules may be linked together for added
convenience. Approvals
UL, cUL, CE
H-158
Controls
RSP
Remote Sensor Panel Example
1. RTD Sensor Board – facilitates the connection of up to 6 RTD sensor
inputs per RTD Sensor board. Multiple boards may be employed in
each enclosure.
2. Communication / Distribution Board – facilitates the intra-panel con-
nection via Modbus RS485 (twisted pair). Wireless communication is
available.
3. Power Supply – 100 – 240 VAC IN, 5 VDC out
4. Enclosure Heater – (not shown) Both ordinary area and Class I, Div. 2
designs are available
5. Enclosure – Fiberglas, Painted Steel or 304 Stainless Steel (316 SS is
available as an option)
Temperature Sensing Example Layout
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
H-159
Controls
RSP
Ordering Information Model Remote Sensor Panel
RSP Remote Sensor Panel facilitates 1 - 252 heat trace temperature sensor inputs and is
To Order — Complete the Model Number designed to work with the Chromalox IntelliTrace ITLS/ITAS heat trace control panels in
using the Matrix provided. either ordinary or hazardous areas. Standard Features: NEMA 4 Painted Steel, NEMA
4X Fiberglass or NEMA 4X 304 SS wall mounted enclosure, wired communication to the
ITLS/ITAS Control Panel, Power-On lamp. Optional Features: Enclosure Heater, wireless
communications. Approvals: UL, cUL, CE
Fiberglass (F), Painted Steel (P) Sensor 304 Stainless Steel (S)
Code Enclosure Size, In (cm) Inputs Code Enclosure Size, In (cm)
006F 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22) 1-6 006S 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22)
012F 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22) 7 - 12 012S 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22)
018F 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22) 13 - 18 018S 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22)
024P 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22) 19 - 24 024S 20 x 16 x 9 (51 x 41 x 22)
030P 24 x 20 x 10 (61 x 51 x 25) 25 - 30 030S 24 x 20 x 10 (61 x 51 x 25)
036P 24 x 20 x 10 (61 x 51 x 25) 31 - 36 036S 24 x 20 x 10 (61 x 51 x 25)
999P TBD 37-252 999S TBD
Code Enclosure Heater (Heater will increase enclosure size)

0 None
9 Code 999P/999S
Code Communication to ITLS/ITAS Control Panel
0 Wired (RS485)
1 Wireless (Ethernet/Wireless)
9 Other
RSP- 012S -1 1 Typical Model Number
Optional Features:
• Enclosure Heater
• Wireless communications
H-160
Ambient Sensing
CIP Base Panel
CIP-EXT Extension Panel
Commercial Heat Tracing
Control Panel for Ordinary Areas
• 10” or 7” Touch Screen HMI
• 40 Amps/Circuit @ 100 to 600

VAC
• 2 Circuits to 72 Circuits
• NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X Enclosure
• SCR Control
• Optional Wireless Temperature The 10” or 7” Touch Screen Computer provides real time display of process variable, set point,
Sensing load current, load demand (%), operation mode type, alarm status and alarm type for any 2
or 6 circuits at time as well as alarm status for all other circuits.
• Integral Circuit Panel with Circuit
Breakers The Quick Launch buttons take you to any other 2 or 6-circuit real time display screen as well
as the Setup, Fault, Log or Communication Screen. All set point, alarm, security, time, circuit
• Optional Main Breaker identification, sensor mapping, tuning, communications and control type mode settings are
• Soft Start Feature these functions are achievable locally or remotely via wired or wireless communications.
• Full Communications
Description
• Full Alarm and Monitoring The standard enclosure is rated for NEMA 4
The intelliTRACE CIP Series is a microprocessor
Capabilities on GFEP, based Control/Monitoring and Power Manage- environments and an optional NEMA 4X 304
Temperature, Sensor, Current ment system for Ambient Sensing, Line Sensing SS enclosure is available.
Load & Communications or a combination of Line and Ambient Sensing The CIP Control Panel Series provide alarms
Heat Trace Applications and is suitable for use for high and low temperatures, current load,
• Customizable Sensor Mapping in ordinary areas. communications, sensor faults and ground
• Optional Enclosure Heater The base panels will handle 2 - 48 circuits and fault leakage. There are several output/control
may be increased up to 72 circuits with the Ex- behavior scenarios for the ground fault (GFEP)
• UL, cUL tension Panels. A 2 to 4 circuit extension panel alarm condition. Choices include Trip and/or
may be added to a 6-48 circuit panel but not vice Latch options in which both, either or none may
• Optional CE versa. Each circuit has a 40 Amperage capacity be enabled. Trip sets the output to zero %, while
and accepts 100 to 600 VAC service. The SCR Latch requires a manual reset. Alarm events are
Control may be set to Automatic, which includes automatically logged and stored for easy access.
PID or On/Off control or to Manual, which spans Advanced standard features include a propri-
a 0% to 100% control output. etary soft start function, off duty Auto Cycle
The HMI is a 10” (25 cm) or 7” (17cm) user maintenance program and either Modbus RTU/
friendly touch screen computer. It displays the RS485 or Ethernet communications. Optional
process variable, temperature setpoint, alarm features include an industry leading Sensor
status, current load, control mode, sensor Mapping** function, remote monitoring and
failure manual override output for any 2 or 6 wireless communications.
circuits at a time as well as the alarm status for
all other circuits.
42
Ambient Sensing
CIP Base Panel
Commercial Heat Tracing Control Panel for Ordinary Areas
Advanced Features
Soft Start Feature Sensor Mapping** Combining Sensing Types
Certain heating cables exhibit inherent current The CIP Control Panels provide the owner with The owner may need to have multiple Line and/
inrush in colder temperatures. This inrush can customizable Sensor Mapping. This becomes or Ambient Sensing control scenarios occurring
cause nuisance breaker tripping. To limit inrush a very power-ful and desirable feature when simultaneously.
current on the overall system, a proprietary the owner needs added flexibility in controlling
Soft Start algorithm is applied during system the circuit outputs beyond the standard single
start-up. This will ONLY occur while the opera- sensor input.
Touch Screen Computer:
tion mode is set to AUTO. After the Soft Start
Sensor Mapping is the assignment of one or • 2 or 6 Circuit displayed / screen
program completes its cycle, the Control Mode
more Sensor Inputs to one or more output • Quick launch to any 2 or 6 circuit group, Setup
of the system will either be PID or ON/OFF
circuits. Menu or System Screens
Control Mode, depending what was selected
by the user. The default setting of the Soft Start • Full User Setting Capabilities - Specific Circuit
Feature for each circuit is “enabled”. However, Naming/Identification, Baud rate, set points,
the Soft Start Feature may be disabled if so More on Sensor Mapping units, alarms, etc.
desired by the owner. The owner has the option • Remote Desktop Monitoring
Ambient or Line Sensing - Single Sensor:
to independently manage the Soft Start Feature A single sensor (RTD) may be mapped (or
on each circuit. linked) to multiple Output Circuits. This allows
Auto Cycle Feature several circuits to be controlled by a single Optional Features:
During prolonged down time periods, typically sensor. • NEMA 4X 304 SS Enclosure
during the summer months, it advisable to in- Minimum, Maximum, Averaging • Fully Customizable Sensor Mapping
termittently exercise the system circuits. This Several sensors may be mapped to a single • Enclosure Heater
exercising of the circuits is accomplished via the output circuit. This allows a single circuit to be
Autocycle feature. On a sequential circuit basis, controlled by the Minimum or the Maximum or
the Autocycle feature periodically monitors the Average temperature of all of the sensors
system performance between 1-999 hours. This mapped to that output circuit. This may be desir-
provides a certain level of predictive maintenance able on long runs or zones which realize varying
of the system as Faults (Alarms) will present temperatures or weather conditions at different
themselves accordingly. Problem areas may times of the day.
be addressed during nonessential operating
periods. The owner has the option to engage Multiple Sensor Mapping
or disengage the Autocycle feature at any time. A single sensor may be used independently or
combined with other sensors to control more
than one circuit.
43
Ambient Sensing
CIP Base Panel
Operating Environment: ��-40 to +104°F (-40 to +40°C)* Enclosure heater required for Ambient Temperatures below 32˚F (0˚C)
Alarms: ��Hi/Lo Temp, GFEP – 20 mA to 150 mA, Hi/Lo Current – 0.1 to 50A or off
Temperature Rating ��T4A (UL) (Derate to T3 & Groups B, C, D when using enclosure heater)
44
Technical Notes:
3. See CIP-EXT to increase circuits up to 8 circuits for 2-4 Circuit Panels & up to 72 Circuits for 6-48 Circuit Panels.
Ambient Sensing 4.

6-48 Circuit Extension Panels can not be added to 2-4 Circuit Panels but 2-4 circuit extension panels can be added
to 6-8 Circuit Panels (up to 72 circuits)
CIP Base Panel Ordering Information

IntelliTRACE Line/Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Panels are Designed for Industrial applications in Non-Hazardous Areas. CIP series offers the following standard features:
CIP
NEMA 4 enclosure, Industrial 10” (7" for 2 and 4 Loop Models) Digital CE Computer Touchscreen Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104°F (40˚C) (Expandable to Seventy-Two Circuits*),
Common Alarm Output, Operator Interface, PID SCR Power, Hand/Off/Auto Operation Breaker for Instrument Power Included, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground Fault Equipment
Protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet Communications, Lockout Capable Breakers, UL & cUL Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS Enclosure, Copper Ground
Bar (Standard is Aluminum), Remote Monitoring Capability, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater, Heater Power and RTD Terminal Blocks, Wireless Ethernet Communications, CE
Third Party Compliance.
Code Circuits
Code Main Disconnect / Circuit Breaker Applicable Voltage
0 None None

Code Panel Options
1 HMI Sunshield (Req'd. if Panel is to be outdoors) 7 Copper Ground Bar
3 Heater Power and RTD Terminal Blocks B Floor Stands for 12" Deep Panel
4 Z-purge system C Floor Stands for 16" Deep Panel
5 Panel Light (on separate breaker) X Other (If multiple options needed contact factory)
6 Powered Recepticle (on separate breaker)
1 6 (Select if Ambient Sensing panel) 6 36
2 12 7 42
3 18 8 48
5 30
Code Communications
3 BacNet
9 Other
2 Wireless Sensing
4 Remote Snow Sensor Input ( i.e. SIT, GIT & CIT type sensors)
Code Enclosure (Size determined by Table 1)
7 NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 24 X 20 X 10
A NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 42 X 36 X 12
B NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 42 X 36 X 16
C NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 60 X 36 X 12
D NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 60 X 36 X 16
CIP c c c c c c c c c c Typical Model Number
45
Ambient Sensing To Order — Complete the Model Number using the Matrix provided.

CIP-EXT CIP-EXT series Intelligent Line/Ambient Sensing Heat Trace Extension Panel. Designed for Industrial applications in Non-Hazardous Areas. Intended To Be Used with CIP Heat Trace Ambient/Line Ambient
Sensing Panel to increase circuit service. CIP-EXT series offers the following standard features: NEMA 4 enclosure, PID SCR Power Controller Rated at 40A Per Circuit at 104°F (40˚C) Ambient, Two to
Forty-Eight Circuits, Common Alarm Output, Hand/Off/Auto Operation, Current Monitoring, 30 mA Ground Fault Equipment protection, ModBus RTU/RS485 or TCP/Ethernet Communications, UL & cUL
Third Party Compliance. Options Include: NEMA 4XSS Enclosure, Copper Ground Bar (Standard is Aluminum), Remote Monitoring Capability, Thermostat Controlled Enclosure Heater, Heater Power and
RTD Terminal Blocks, Wireless Ethernet Communications, CE Third Party Compliance.
Code Circuits
1(*) 15A Thermal Magnetic 4(*) 40A Thermal Magnetic *Designed to be paired with an ITAS Panel
Code Main Disconnect / Circuit Breaker Applicable Votlage
0 None None

Code Panel Options
3 Heater Power and RTD Terminal Blocks A Floor Stands for 10" Deep Panel
4 Z-purge system B Floor Stands for 12" Deep Panel
6 Powered Receptacle (on separate breaker) X Other (If multiple options needed contact factory)
7 Copper Ground Bar
Code Number of 100 Ohm RTD Sensor Inputs (must be multiple of 6, up to 48 inputs, MAX. 3 RTD's/heater ckt.)
1 6 (Select if Ambient Sensing panel) 6 36
2 12 7 42
3 18 8 48
5 30
Code Communications
3 BacNet
9 Other
2 Wireless Sensing
4 Remote Snow Sensor Input (i.e. SIT, GIT & CIT type sensors)
A NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 42 X 36 X 12
B NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 42 X 36 X 16
C NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 60 X 36 X 12
D NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Wall-Mount Enclosure 60 X 36 X 16
CIP-EXT- c c c c c c c c c c Typical Model Number
46
Spare/Replacement Parts for CIP & CIP-EXT

Chromalox Full Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chromalox Full Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chromalox Sales and Application Engineering Offices

V VOLCO COMPANY DD VALIN CORPORATION

Component Heaters include the

• Thin Blade Heaters

• Ring & Disc Heaters

• Band & Nozzle Heaters

Component heaters may be used by

Tubular Heaters — Section Outline Tubular Heaters — Selection Guidelines

Product Uniformity — Electric tubular heating Typical Installations

Factory Bending Dia.

Note — OAL represents overall length.

Factory Minimum Bends for Tubular Heaters

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13

Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16

Sheath Dia. Per Tab Sheath Dia.

Threaded terminal pin (#8-32), nut

Threaded terminal pin (#8-32), nut 3/4

200°C leadwire, silicone sleeving Air set cement, >700˚F temp

Ceramic Bushing RX Seal (600˚F)

Customer Bending — Min. Inside Radius (In.)

• UL and CSA Component

• Optional Adjustable Ambient

• Custom Designs Available 3-1/2” (89.1)

Stock Parts list

Volts Watts PCN Model PCN Model

Heaters (cont’d.) D Top

TEH- A- 200W- 120V- T- S- A- T Typical Model Number

Terminal Configurations Element Closure Configurations

1/4" Quick Connect

• 120 and 240 Volt

TRID & TRIW

• INCOLOY® Sheath Dimensions

• 1,000 - 7,500 Watts

• 19 and 22 W/In2 (type TRID)

• 40 W/In2 (type TRIW)

• 400 - 4,500 Watts Dimensions

• 120 and 240 Volt

• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp.

0.430" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath

Specifications and Ordering Information

• 350 - 4,000 Watts Dimensions

• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp.

Advantages Work Temperatures — See Tubular

Specifications and Ordering Information

• 275 - 1,450 Watts

• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp.

Advantages Dimensions (In.) INCOLOY® Sheath

• 1,550 - 3,150 Watts Dimensions

• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp.

Applications All Dimensions in Inches

Versatile tubular elements can be designed for

• 175 - 2,500 Watts Dimensions

• 120 and 240 Volt 1

• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp.

Applications All Dimensions in Inches

Versatile tubular elements can be designed for

• 1600°F Max. Sheath Temp. B

All Dimensions in Inches

0.200" Dia. INCOLOY® Sheath All Dimensions in Inches

Specifications and Ordering Information

• Stainless Steel Sheath 13/16 A ± 1% 13/16

• 1,000 - 7,500 Watts

• 120, 208, 240, 277 and 480 Volt